Nissan - Quest - Workshop Manual - 2010 - 2010

BODY SECTION BL BODY, LOCK & SECURITY SYSTEM A B C D E CONTENTS SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 4 Work Flow ................................................................35 CONSULT-III Function (BCM) .................................36 Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart ..........................37 BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection ....37 Door Switch Check ..................................................38 Key Switch (Insert) Check .......................................39 Door Lock and Unlock Switch Check ......................40 Front Door Lock Assembly LH (Actuator) Check ....44 Door Lock Actuator Check (Front RH and Rear LH/RH) .....................................................................45 Front Door Key Cylinder Switch LH Check ..............46 Passenger Select Unlock Relay Circuit Inspection (With Intelligent Key) ...............................................47 PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 4 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 4 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 4 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...... 5 Precaution for Work .................................................. 5 PREPARATION ................................................... 6 Special Service Tool ................................................. 6 Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 6 SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ....................................................................... 7 G H BL J REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM ............. 50 Work Flow ................................................................. 7 Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting ............ 9 Diagnostic Worksheet ............................................. 11 HOOD .................................................................13 Fitting Adjustment ................................................... 13 Removal and Installation ......................................... 14 RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT ...........................18 Removal and Installation ......................................... 18 FRONT FENDER ................................................19 Removal and Installation ......................................... 19 POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM ........................20 Component Parts and Harness Connector Location .......................................................................... 20 System Description ................................................. 20 CAN Communication System Description ............... 23 Schematic (Without Intelligent Key) ........................ 24 Wiring Diagram - D/LOCK - (Without Intelligent Key) ......................................................................... 25 Schematic (With Intelligent Key) ............................. 30 Wiring Diagram - D/LOCK - (With Intelligent Key).... 31 Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ................. 35 Revision: January 2010 F BL-1 Component Parts and Harness Connector Location ...........................................................................50 System Description ..................................................50 CAN Communication System Description ...............52 Schematic ................................................................53 Wiring Diagram - KEYLES - ....................................54 Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ..................56 How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis ..........................56 CONSULT-III Function (BCM) .................................57 Work Flow ................................................................58 Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart ..........................58 Keyfob Battery and Function Check ........................60 ACC Switch Check ..................................................61 Door Switch Check ..................................................61 Key Switch Check ....................................................63 Hazard Function Check ...........................................64 Horn Function Check ...............................................64 Interior Lamp Illumination Function Check ..............65 Remote Keyless Entry Receiver Check ...................65 Keyfob Function (Lock) Check ................................67 Keyfob Function (Unlock) Check .............................67 ID Code Entry Procedure ........................................68 Keyfob Battery Replacement ...................................70 Removal and Installation of Remote Keyless Entry Receiver ..................................................................70 2010 Sentra K L M N O P INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM ............................ 71 Component Parts and Harness Connector Location .......................................................................... 71 System Description ................................................. 72 CAN Communication System Description .............. 81 Schematic ............................................................... 82 Wiring Diagram - Intelligent Key - ........................... 84 Intelligent Key Unit Harness Connector Terminal Layout ..................................................................... 92 Terminal and Reference Value for Intelligent Key Unit ......................................................................... 92 Steering Lock Solenoid Harness Connector Terminal Layout ........................................................... 94 Terminal and Reference Value for Steering Lock Solenoid .................................................................. 94 Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ................. 94 Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R ......... 94 Terminal and Reference Value for Combination Meter ...................................................................... 94 Trouble Diagnosis Procedure ................................. 94 CONSULT-III Function (INTELLIGENT KEY) ......... 96 BASIC OPERATION ............................................... 97 CONSULT-III Application Item ................................ 97 Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart ......................... 99 CAN Communication System Inspection ...............106 Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection ........106 Key Switch (Intelligent Key Unit Input) Check .......107 Key Switch (BCM Input) Check .............................108 Ignition Knob Switch Check ...................................109 Door Switch Check ................................................110 Trunk Room Lamp Switch Check ..........................112 Front Door Request Switch Check ........................113 Trunk Opener Request Switch Check ...................115 Front Door Lock Assembly LH (Door Unlock Sensor) Check .............................................................117 Intelligent Key Warning Chime (Combination Meter) Check .........................................................118 Check Intelligent Key Warning Buzzer (Front of Vehicle) ..................................................................118 Outside Key Antenna Check .................................119 Inside Key Antenna Check ....................................120 Steering Lock Solenoid Check ..............................122 Stop Lamp Switch Check ......................................123 CVT Selector Lever (Park Position Switch) Check..125 "P-SHIFT" Warning Lamp Check ...........................126 "KEY" Warning Lamp (RED) Check ......................126 "KEY" Warning Lamp (GREEN) Check .................126 Hazard Function Check .........................................127 Check Horn Function .............................................127 IPDM E/R Operation Check ...................................127 Intelligent Key Battery Replacement .....................128 Remote Keyless Entry Function ............................128 Removal and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit ....129 Component Parts Location ................................... 135 Removal and Installation ....................................... 135 REAR DOOR LOCK ......................................... 138 Component Parts Location ................................... 138 Removal and Installation ....................................... 138 TRUNK LID ....................................................... 141 Fitting Adjustment ................................................. 141 Trunk Lid Assembly .............................................. 141 Trunk Lid Lock ...................................................... 142 Trunk Lid Striker .................................................... 142 Trunk Lid Stay Disposal ........................................ 143 TRUNK LID OPENER ....................................... 144 Component Parts and Harness Connector Location ........................................................................ 144 System Description ............................................... 144 Wiring Diagram - TLID - ........................................ 145 Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ............... 146 Terminal and Reference Value for Intelligent Key Unit ........................................................................ 146 CONSULT-III Function (BCM) .............................. 147 Work Flow ............................................................. 147 Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom .................. 148 Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ............... 148 Terminal and Reference Value for Intelligent Key Unit ........................................................................ 148 BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection . 148 Intelligent Key Unit Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection ....................................................... 148 Check Trunk Opener Request Switch Circuit (With Intelligent Key) ...................................................... 148 Check Trunk Lid Opener Actuator Circuit ............. 150 FUEL FILLER LID OPENER ............................ 152 Removal ................................................................ 152 Installation ............................................................. 152 VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM ........................................................... 153 DOOR ............................................................... 130 Fitting Adjustment ..................................................130 Removal and Installation .......................................132 FRONT DOOR LOCK ...................................... 135 Revision: January 2010 BL-2 Component Parts and Harness Connector Location ........................................................................ 153 System Description ............................................... 153 CAN Communication System Description ............ 155 Schematic ............................................................. 156 Wiring Diagram - VEHSEC - ................................. 157 Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ............... 160 Terminal and Reference Value for Intelligent Key Unit ........................................................................ 160 CONSULT-III Function (BCM) .............................. 161 Trouble Diagnosis ................................................. 162 Preliminary Check ................................................. 162 Symptom Chart ..................................................... 164 Diagnosis Procedure 1 .......................................... 165 Diagnosis Procedure 2 .......................................... 166 Diagnosis Procedure 3 .......................................... 167 Diagnosis Procedure 4 .......................................... 167 Diagnosis Procedure 5 .......................................... 167 2010 Sentra Diagnosis Procedure 6 .......................................... 167 Diagnosis Procedure 7 .......................................... 168 Diagnosis Procedure 4 .......................................... 180 Diagnosis Procedure 5 .......................................... 181 Diagnosis Procedure 6 .......................................... 182 How to Replace NATS Antenna Amp .................... 182 NATS(Nissan Anti-Theft System) .................. 170 Component Parts and Harness Connector Location ........................................................................ 170 System Description ............................................... 170 System Composition ............................................. 171 ECM Re-communicating Function ........................ 171 Wiring Diagram - NATS - ...................................... 172 Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ............... 172 CONSULT-III Function .......................................... 173 Trouble Diagnosis Procedure ................................ 173 Trouble Diagnosis ................................................. 176 Diagnosis Procedure 1 .......................................... 177 Diagnosis Procedure 2 .......................................... 178 Diagnosis Procedure 3 .......................................... 180 BODY REPAIR ................................................ 183 Body Exterior Paint Color ...................................... 183 Body Component Parts ......................................... 184 Corrosion Protection .............................................. 187 Body Sealing ......................................................... 190 Body Construction ................................................. 194 Body Alignment ..................................................... 194 Handling Precaution for Plastics ............................ 204 Precaution in Repairing High Strength Steel ......... 207 Foam Repair .......................................................... 210 Replacement Operation ......................................... 212 A B C D E F G H BL J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 BL-3 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000005527111 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect INFOID:0000000005283098 NOTE: • This procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NVIS/IVIS (NISSAN/INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM - NATS). • Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition in the ″LOCK″ position. • Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results. For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NVIS/IVIS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder. For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and steering wheel rotation will become impossible. If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before starting the repair operation. OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the steering lock will be released. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be rotated. Perform the necessary repair operation. Revision: January 2010 BL-4 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.) 6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III. Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000005283099 A B When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover the lower end of windshield. C D E PIIB3706J Precaution for Work INFOID:0000000005283100 • After removing and installing the opening/closing parts, be sure to carry out fitting adjustments to check their operation. • Check the lubrication level, damage, and wear of each part. If necessary, grease or replace it. F G H BL J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 BL-5 2010 Sentra PREPARATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000005283101 Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description — (J-39570) Chassis ear Locating the noise SIIA0993E — (J-43980) NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit Repairing the cause of noise SIIA0994E — (J-43241) Remote Keyless Entry Tester Used to test key fobs LEL946A Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000005283102 Tool name Description Engine ear Locating the noise SIIA0995E Revision: January 2010 BL-6 2010 Sentra SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS Work Flow A INFOID:0000000005283103 B C D E F SBT842 G CUSTOMER INTERVIEW Interview the customer if possible, to determine the conditions that exist when the noise occurs. Use the Diagnostic Worksheet during the interview to document the facts and conditions when the noise occurs and any H customer's comments; refer to BL-11, "Diagnostic Worksheet". This information is necessary to duplicate the conditions that exist when the noise occurs. • The customer may not be able to provide a detailed description or the location of the noise. Attempt to obtain BL all the facts and conditions that exist when the noise occurs (or does not occur). • If there is more than one noise in the vehicle, be sure to diagnose and repair the noise that the customer is concerned about. This can be accomplished by test driving the vehicle with the customer. • After identifying the type of noise, isolate the noise in terms of its characteristics. The noise characteristics J are provided so the customer, service adviser and technician are all speaking the same language when defining the noise. • Squeak —(Like tennis shoes on a clean floor) K Squeak characteristics include the light contact/fast movement/brought on by road conditions/hard surfaces = higher pitch noise/softer surfaces = lower pitch noises/edge to surface = chirping. • Creak—(Like walking on an old wooden floor) Creak characteristics include firm contact/slow movement/twisting with a rotational movement/pitch depen- L dent on materials/often brought on by activity. • Rattle—(Like shaking a baby rattle) Rattle characteristics include the fast repeated contact/vibration or similar movement/loose parts/missing M clip or fastener/incorrect clearance. • Knock —(Like a knock on a door) Knock characteristics include hollow sounding/sometimes repeating/often brought on by driver action. N • Tick—(Like a clock second hand) Tick characteristics include gentle contacting of light materials/loose components/can be caused by driver action or road conditions. • Thump—(Heavy, muffled knock noise) O Thump characteristics include softer knock/dead sound often brought on by activity. • Buzz—(Like a bumble bee) Buzz characteristics include high frequency rattle/firm contact. • Often the degree of acceptable noise level will vary depending upon the person. A noise that you may judge P as acceptable may be very irritating to the customer. • Weather conditions, especially humidity and temperature, may have a great effect on noise level. DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE If possible, drive the vehicle with the customer until the noise is duplicated. Note any additional information on the Diagnostic Worksheet regarding the conditions or location of the noise. This information can be used to duplicate the same conditions when you confirm the repair. Revision: January 2010 BL-7 2010 Sentra SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > If the noise can be duplicated easily during the test drive, to help identify the source of the noise, try to duplicate the noise with the vehicle stopped by doing one or all of the following: 1) Close a door. 2) Tap or push/pull around the area where the noise appears to be coming from. 3) Rev the engine. 4) Use a floor jack to recreate vehicle “twist”. 5) At idle, apply engine load (electrical load, half-clutch on M/T model, drive position on CVT model). 6) Raise the vehicle on a hoist and hit a tire with a rubber hammer. • Drive the vehicle and attempt to duplicate the conditions the customer states exist when the noise occurs. • If it is difficult to duplicate the noise, drive the vehicle slowly on an undulating or rough road to stress the vehicle body. CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS After verifying the customer concern or symptom, check ASIST for Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) related to that concern or symptom. If a TSB relates to the symptom, follow the procedure to repair the noise. LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE 1. Narrow down the noise to a general area.To help pinpoint the source of the noise, use a listening tool (Chassis Ear: J-39570, Engine Ear: J-39565 and mechanic's stethoscope). 2. Narrow down the noise to a more specific area and identify the cause of the noise by: • removing the components in the area that you suspect the noise is coming from. Do not use too much force when removing clips and fasteners, otherwise clips and fasteners can be broken or lost during the repair, resulting in the creation of new noise. • tapping or pushing/pulling the component that you suspect is causing the noise. Do not tap or push/pull the component with excessive force, otherwise the noise will be eliminated only temporarily. • feeling for a vibration with your hand by touching the component(s) that you suspect is (are) causing the noise. • placing a piece of paper between components that you suspect are causing the noise. • looking for loose components and contact marks. Refer to BL-9, "Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting". REPAIR THE CAUSE • • - If the cause is a loose component, tighten the component securely. If the cause is insufficient clearance between components: separate components by repositioning or loosening and retightening the component, if possible. insulate components with a suitable insulator such as urethane pads, foam blocks, felt cloth tape or urethane tape. A NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) is available through your authorized NISSAN Parts Department. CAUTION: Do not use excessive force as many components are constructed of plastic and may be damaged. Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information. The following materials are contained in the NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980). Each item can be ordered separately as needed. URETHANE PADS [1.5 mm (0.059 in) thick] Insulates connectors, harness, etc. 76268-9E005: 100×135 mm (3.94×5.31 in)/76884-71L01: 60×85 mm (2.36×3.35 in)/76884-71L02: 15×25 mm (0.59×0.98 in) INSULATOR (Foam blocks) Insulates components from contact. Can be used to fill space behind a panel. 73982-9E000: 45 mm (1.77 in) thick, 50×50 mm (1.97×1.97 in)/73982-50Y00: 10 mm (0.39 in) thick, 50×50 mm (1.97×1.97 in) INSULATOR (Light foam block) 80845-71L00: 30 mm (1.18 in) thick, 30×50 mm (1.18×1.97 in) FELT CLOTH TAPE Used to insulate where movement does not occur. Ideal for instrument panel applications. 68370-4B000: 15×25 mm (0.59×0.98 in) pad/68239-13E00: 5 mm (0.20 in) wide tape roll. The following materials not found in the kit can also be used to repair squeaks and rattles. UHMW (TEFLON) TAPE Insulates where slight movement is present. Ideal for instrument panel applications. Revision: January 2010 BL-8 2010 Sentra SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SILICONE GREASE Used instead of UHMW tape that will be visible or not fit. Note: Will only last a few months. SILICONE SPRAY Use when grease cannot be applied. DUCT TAPE Use to eliminate movement. A B CONFIRM THE REPAIR Confirm that the cause of a noise is repaired by test driving the vehicle. Operate the vehicle under the same conditions as when the noise originally occurred. Refer to the notes on the Diagnostic Worksheet. Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting INFOID:0000000005283104 C D Refer to Table of Contents for specific component removal and installation information. INSTRUMENT PANEL E Most incidents are caused by contact and movement between: 1. The cluster lid A and instrument panel F 2. Acrylic lens and combination meter housing 3. Instrument panel to front pillar garnish 4. Instrument panel to windshield G 5. Instrument panel mounting pins 6. Wiring harnesses behind the combination meter 7. A/C defroster duct and duct joint H These incidents can usually be located by tapping or moving the components to duplicate the noise or by pressing on the components while driving to stop the noise. Most of these incidents can be repaired by applying felt cloth tape or silicone spray (in hard to reach areas). Urethane pads can be used to insulate wiring harBL ness. CAUTION: Do not use silicone spray to isolate a squeak or rattle. If you saturate the area with silicone, you will not be able to recheck the repair. J CENTER CONSOLE Components to pay attention to include: 1. Shifter assembly cover to finisher 2. A/C control unit and cluster lid C 3. Wiring harnesses behind audio and A/C control unit The instrument panel repair and isolation procedures also apply to the center console. K L DOORS Pay attention to the: 1. Finisher and inner panel making a slapping noise 2. Inside handle escutcheon to door finisher 3. Wiring harnesses tapping 4. Door striker out of alignment causing a popping noise on starts and stops Tapping or moving the components or pressing on them while driving to duplicate the conditions can isolate many of these incidents. You can usually insulate the areas with felt cloth tape or insulator foam blocks from the NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) to repair the noise. TRUNK BL-9 N O P Trunk noises are often caused by a loose jack or loose items put into the trunk by the owner. In addition look for: 1. Trunk lid bumpers out of adjustment 2. Trunk lid striker out of adjustment 3. The trunk lid torsion bars knocking together 4. A loose license plate or bracket Revision: January 2010 M 2010 Sentra SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Most of these incidents can be repaired by adjusting, securing or insulating the item(s) or component(s) causing the noise. SUNROOF/HEADLINING Noises in the sunroof/headlining area can often be traced to one of the following: 1. Sunroof lid, rail, linkage or seals making a rattle or light knocking noise 2. Sun visor shaft shaking in the holder 3. Front or rear windshield touching headliner and squeaking Again, pressing on the components to stop the noise while duplicating the conditions can isolate most of these incidents. Repairs usually consist of insulating with felt cloth tape. OVERHEAD CONSOLE (FRONT AND REAR) Overhead console noises are often caused by the console panel clips not being engaged correctly. Most of these incidents are repaired by pushing up on the console at the clip locations until the clips engage. In addition look for: 1. Loose harness or harness connectors. 2. Front console map/reading lamp lense loose. 3. Loose screws at console attachment points. SEATS When isolating seat noise it's important to note the position the seat is in and the load placed on the seat when the noise is present. These conditions should be duplicated when verifying and isolating the cause of the noise. Cause of seat noise include: 1. Headrest rods and holder 2. A squeak between the seat pad cushion and frame 3. The rear seatback lock and bracket These noises can be isolated by moving or pressing on the suspected components while duplicating the conditions under which the noise occurs. Most of these incidents can be repaired by repositioning the component or applying urethane tape to the contact area. UNDERHOOD Some interior noise may be caused by components under the hood or on the engine wall. The noise is then transmitted into the passenger compartment. Causes of transmitted underhood noise include: 1. Any component mounted to the engine wall 2. Components that pass through the engine wall 3. Engine wall mounts and connectors 4. Loose radiator mounting pins 5. Hood bumpers out of adjustment 6. Hood striker out of adjustment These noises can be difficult to isolate since they cannot be reached from the interior of the vehicle. The best method is to secure, move or insulate one component at a time and test drive the vehicle. Also, engine RPM or load can be changed to isolate the noise. Repairs can usually be made by moving, adjusting, securing, or insulating the component causing the noise. Revision: January 2010 BL-10 2010 Sentra SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Diagnostic Worksheet INFOID:0000000005283105 A B C D E F G H BL J K L M N O LAIA0072E Revision: January 2010 BL-11 P 2010 Sentra SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > LAIA0071E Revision: January 2010 BL-12 2010 Sentra HOOD < SERVICE INFORMATION > HOOD A Fitting Adjustment INFOID:0000000005283106 B C D E F G H BL J K L M LIIA2774E N 1. Hood assembly 2. Radiator grille 3. Front bumper fascia 4. Headlamp assembly 5. Front fender a. 5.0 ± 2.0 mm (0.2 ± 0.08 in) b. 2.0 ± 2.0 mm (0.08 ± 0.08 in) c. 5.0 ± 2.0 mm (0.2 ± 0.08 in) d. 2.95 ± 2.0 mm (0.12 ± 0.08 in) e. 4.5 ± 2.0 mm (0.18 ± 0.08 in) f. 4.5 ± 2.0 mm (0.18 ± 0.08 in) g. 1.5 ± 2.0 mm (0.06 ± 0.08 in) h. 3.5 ± 1.0 mm (0.14 ± 0.04 in) j. 0.0 ± 1.0 mm (0.0 ± 0.04 in) P LATERAL/LONGITUDINAL CLEARANCE ADJUSTEMNT 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the front fenders. Refer to BL-19, "Removal and Installation". Seat the hood hinge bolts without torquing. Install the front fenders. Refer to BL-19, "Removal and Installation". Adjust the hood assembly so that the right and left side clearance dimensions are within specification. Remove the front fenders. Refer to BL-19, "Removal and Installation". Revision: January 2010 BL-13 O 2010 Sentra HOOD < SERVICE INFORMATION > 6. Tighten the hood hinge bolts to the specified torque. 7. Install the front fenders. Refer toBL-19, "Removal and Installation". SURFACE MISMATCH ADJUSTMENT 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the front grille. Refer to EI-18, "Removal and Installation". Position the hood lock aside. Adjust surface level difference of hood, fender, and headlamp according to the fitting standard dimension, using RH and LH bumper rubbers. Install the hood lock and adjust until the center of the striker and the hood lock are vertically aligned. Press the hood lightly with [approx. 29 N (3 kg] of force and adjust A and B as shown. PIIB5794E 1. Hood striker 4. Secondary latch A B 6. 7. 2. Primary latch 3. Secondary striker : 20 mm (0.79 in) : 6.8 mm (0.268 in) min. After adjustment tighten hood lock bolts to the specified torque. Install the front grille. Refer to EI-18, "Removal and Installation". Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283107 HOOD ASSEMBLY Removal 1. Remove the nuts (a) and the hood assembly (1). CAUTION: Two technicians should be used to avoid damaging the hood or windshield during removal. Hood hinge nuts : 14.6 N·m (1.5 kg-m, 11 ft-lb) LIIA2787E Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: • After installing, perform fitting adjustment. Refer to BL-13, "Fitting Adjustment". HOOD HINGE Removal 1. 2. Remove the hood assembly. Refer to "HOOD ASSEMBLY". Remove the front fender (s). Refer to BL-19, "Removal and Installation". Revision: January 2010 BL-14 2010 Sentra HOOD < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Remove the bolts (a) and the hood hinge (1). A Hood hinge bolts : 14.6 N·m (1.5 kg-m, 11 ft-lb) B C LIIA2788E Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: • Before installing the hood hinge, apply anticorrosive agent to the surface that makes contact with the hoodledge. • After installing, perform fitting adjustment. Refer to BL-13, "Fitting Adjustment". D E F HOOD LOCK Removal 1. 2. Remove the front grille (LH). Refer to EI-18, "Removal and Installation". Remove the hood lock bolts. Hood lock bolts 3. G : 23.6 N·m (2.4 kg-m, 17 ft-lb) H Remove the hood lock from the hood lock cable. BL J LIIA2809E Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. K Inspection CAUTION: If the hood lock cable is bent or deformed, replace it. 1. Check that the secondary latch is properly engaged with the secondary striker (B: 6.8 mm (0.268 in) by the hood's own weight. L M N O P PIIB5794E 2. 3. 1. Hood striker 4. Secondary latch 2. Primary latch 3. Secondary striker While operating the hood release handle, carefully check that the front end of the hood is raised by approx. 20 mm (0.79 in). Also check that the hood release handle returns to the original position. Check that the secondary hood release operates at 29.4 N (3.0 kg) or below. Revision: January 2010 BL-15 2010 Sentra HOOD < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Confirm that the static closing force of the hood is 343 – 441 N·m (35 – 44 kg-m). 5. Check the hood lock lubrication condition. If necessary, apply “body grease” to the points as shown. PIIB6514E HOOD LOCK CABLE LIIA2810E Removal 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the front grille (LH/RH). Refer to EI-18. Remove the fender protector (LH). Refer to EI-21. Remove the hood lock. Refer to "HOOD LOCK". Disconnect the hood lock cable from the radiator core support and the underside of the hoodledge. Remove the instrument lower finisher. Refer to IP-11. Push the grommet from the upper dash into the passenger compartment and remove the hood lock cable. CAUTION: While pulling the cable, be careful not to damage (peel) hood opener cable outer surface on edges of body through hole. Installation 1. 2. 3. Pull the hood lock cable through the hole in the upper dash and into the wheel well. CAUTION: Be careful not to bend the cable too much, keeping the radius 100 mm (3.94 in) or more. Check that the cable is not offset from the positioning grommet, and push the grommet into the upper dash hole securely. Apply sealant around the grommet (at * mark). PIIB5801E Revision: January 2010 BL-16 2010 Sentra HOOD < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Connect the hood lock cable to hood lock. 5. After installing, check the hood lock adjustment and the hood opener operation. Refer to BL-13, "Fitting Adjustment". A B C PIIB6537E D E F G H BL J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 BL-17 2010 Sentra RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT < SERVICE INFORMATION > RADIATOR CORE SUPPORT Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283108 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Remove the hood. Refer to BL-14, "Removal and Installation". Remove the front bumper reinforcement. Refer to EI-16 . Remove the hood lock assembly. Refer to BL-14, "Removal and Installation". Remove the air duct. Refer to EM-16, "Removal and Installation" (MR20DE) or EM-133, "Removal and Installation" (QR25DE). Remove both headlamps. Refer to LT-23, "Removal and Installation" . Remove the crash zone sensor. Remove the I-key buzzer. Remove the horn. Refer to WW-28. Remove the air guide and hood lock cable clip. Remove the washer tank. Refer to WW-23, "Removal and Installation of Washer Fluid Reservoir". Remove the radiator. Refer to CO-15, "Removal and Installation" (MR20DE) or CO-44, "Removal and Installation" (QR25DE). Remove the AC condenser. Refer to MTC-88, "Removal and Installation for Condenser". Remove the bolts (a) and the radiator core support (1). LIIA2804E INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Revision: January 2010 BL-18 2010 Sentra FRONT FENDER < SERVICE INFORMATION > FRONT FENDER A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005527113 B C D E F G AWKIA1565GB 1. Front fender 2. Fender insulator a. Bolts H REMOVAL 1. Remove the front bumper fascia. Refer to EI-14, "Removal and Installation". 2. Remove the cowl top cover (LH/RH). Refer to EI-19, "Removal and Installation". 3. Remove the front fender protector. Refer to EI-22, "Removal and Installation". 4. Remove the bolts and the front fender. CAUTION: While removing use a shop cloth to protect the vehicle body from damage. BL J INSTALLATION K Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: • After installing, apply touch-up paint onto the head of the front fender bolts. L M N O P Revision: January 2010 BL-19 2010 Sentra POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM Component Parts and Harness Connector Location INFOID:0000000005283110 ALKIA1781ZZ 1. BCM M18, M19, M20 (view with instrument panel removed) 2. Intelligent Key unit M42 (with Intelligent Key) 3. Passenger select unlock relay M14 (with Intelligent Key) 4. Combination meter M24 5. Front door lock assembly LH (key cylinder switch) D9 6. Front door switch LH B21, RH B28 7. Front door lock assembly (actuator) LH D9, RH D107 8. Rear door switch LH B26, RH B41 9. Rear door lock actuator LH D202, RH D302 10. Key switch and ignition knob switch M49 (with Intelligent Key) 11. Key switch M50 (without Intelligent Key) 12. Main power window and door lock/unlock switch D5, D11 (with power windows) Power window and door lock/unlock switch RH D104 (with power windows) 13. Door lock/unlock switch LH D6 (without power windows) System Description INFOID:0000000005283111 Power is supplied at all times • through 50A fusible link (letter j, located in the fuse and fusible link box) Revision: January 2010 BL-20 2010 Sentra POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > • to BCM terminal 70 • through 10A fuse [No. 21, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to BCM terminal 57 • through 10A fuse [No. 19, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to key switch terminal 2 (without Intelligent Key system) • through 10A fuse [No. 9, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to key switch and ignition knob switch terminals 2 and 4 (with Intelligent Key system). When key switch is ON (key is inserted in ignition key cylinder), power is supplied • through key switch terminal 1 (without Intelligent Key system) or key switch and ignition knob terminal 1 (with Intelligent Key system) • to BCM terminal 37. Ground is supplied • to BCM terminal 67 • through body grounds M57 and M61. A B C D LOCK OPERATION E When the door is locked with main power window and door lock/unlock switch (with power windows) or with door lock/unlock switch LH (without power windows), ground is supplied • to BCM terminal 45 F • through main power window and door lock and unlock switch terminals 18 and 17 • through body grounds M57 and M61. With power windows, when the door is locked with power window and door lock/unlock switch RH, ground is supplied G • to BCM terminal 45 • through power window and door lock and unlock switch RH terminals 1 and 3 • through body grounds M57 and M61. H When the door is locked with front door key cylinder switch LH, ground is supplied • to BCM terminal 8 • through front door key cylinder switch LH terminals 4 and 6 BL • through body grounds M57 and M61. UNLOCK OPERATION When the door is unlocked with main power window and door lock/unlock switch (with power windows) or with door lock/unlock switch LH (without power windows), ground is supplied • to BCM terminal 46 • through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminals 6 and 17 • through body grounds M57 and M61. With power windows, when the door is unlocked with power window and door lock/unlock switch RH, ground is supplied • to BCM terminal 46 • through power window and door lock and unlock switch RH terminals 2 and 3 • through body grounds M57 and M61. When the door is unlocked with front door key cylinder switch LH, ground is supplied • to BCM terminal 7 • through front door key cylinder switch LH terminals 4 and 5 • through body grounds M57 and M61. When the front door switch LH is ON (door is OPEN), ground is supplied • to BCM terminal 47 • through front door switch LH terminal 2 • through front door switch LH case ground. When the front door switch RH is ON (door is OPEN), ground is supplied • to BCM terminal 12 • through front door switch RH terminal 2 • through front door switch RH case ground. When the rear door switch LH is ON (door is OPEN), ground is supplied • to BCM terminal 48 • through rear door switch LH terminal 2 • through rear door switch LH case ground. When the rear door switch RH is ON (door is OPEN), ground is supplied • to BCM terminal 13 • through rear door switch RH terminal 2 • through rear door switch RH case ground. Revision: January 2010 BL-21 2010 Sentra J K L M N O P POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > OUTLINE Functions available by operating the inside door lock and unlock switches • Interlocked with the locking operation of door lock and unlock switch, door lock actuators of all doors are locked. • Interlocked with the unlocking operation of door lock and unlock switch, door lock actuators of all doors are unlocked. Functions available by operating the front door key cylinder switch LH • Interlocked with the locking operation of front door key cylinder switch LH, door lock actuators of all doors are locked. • When front door key cylinder switch LH is unlocked, front door lock actuator LH is unlocked. • When front door key cylinder switch LH is unlocked for the second time within 5 seconds after the first operation, door lock actuators on all doors are unlocked. Key reminder door system When door lock and unlock switch is operated to lock doors with ignition key inserted in key cylinder and any door open, all door lock actuators are locked and then unlocked. AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS (LOCK OPERATION) The interlock door lock function is the function that locks all doors linked with the vehicle speed. Vehicle Speed Sensing Auto Door Lock*1 All doors are locked when the vehicle speed reaches 24 km/h (15 MPH) or more. BCM outputs the lock signal to all door lock actuators when it detects that the ignition switch is turned ON, all doors are closed and the vehicle speed received from the combination meter via CAN communication becomes 15 MPH (24 km/h) or more. If a door is opened and closed at any time during one ignition cycle (OFF → ON), even after initial auto door lock has taken place, the BCM will relock all doors when the vehicle speed reaches 15 MPH (24 km/h) or more again. Setting change of Automatic Door Locks (LOCK) Function The lock operation setting of the automatic door locks function can be changed. With CONSULT-III The ON/OFF switching of the automatic door locks (LOCK) function and the type selection of the automatic door locks (LOCK) function can be performed at the WORK SUPPORT setting of CONSULT-III. Refer to BL36, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)". Without CONSULT- III The automatic door locks (LOCK) function can be switched ON/OFF by performing the following operation. 1. Close all doors (door switch OFF). 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Within 20 seconds of turning the ignition switch ON, press and hold the door lock and unlock switch to the LOCK position for more than 5 seconds. 4. The switching is completed when the hazard lamps blink. 5. OFF → ON : 2 blinks ON → OFF : 1 blink The ignition switch must be turned OFF and ON again between each setting change. AUTOMATIC DOOR LOCKS (UNLOCK OPERATION) The automatic door locks (UNLOCK) function is the function that unlocks all doors linked with the key position. IGN OFF Interlock Door Unlock*1 For vehicles equipped with Intelligent Key system, all doors are unlocked when the power supply position is changed from ON to OFF. For vehicles not equipped with Intelligent Key system, all doors are unlocked when the mechanical key is removed from the ignition key cylinder. BCM outputs the unlock signal to all door lock actuators when it detects that the power supply position is changed from ignition switch ON to OFF (with Intelligent Key) or when the mechanical key is removed from the ignition key cylinder (without Intelligent Key). Setting change of Automatic Door Locks (UNLOCK) Function Revision: January 2010 BL-22 2010 Sentra POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > The lock operation setting of the automatic door locks function can be changed. With CONSULT-III The ON/OFF switching of the automatic door locks (UNLOCK) function and the type selection of the automatic door locks (UNLOCK) function can be performed at the WORK SUPPORT setting of CONSULT-III. Refer to BL-36, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)". Without CONSULT- III The automatic door locks (UNLOCK) function can be switched ON/OFF by performing the following operation. 1. Close all doors (door switch OFF). 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Within 20 seconds of turning the ignition switch ON, press and hold the door lock and unlock switch to the UNLOCK position for more than 5 seconds. 4. The switching is completed when the hazard lamps blink. OFF → ON : 2 blinks ON → OFF : 1 blink A B C D E 5. The ignition switch must be turned OFF and ON again between each setting change. *1: This function is set to ON before delivery. CAN Communication System Description F INFOID:0000000005283112 G Refer to LAN-7, "System Description". H BL J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 BL-23 2010 Sentra POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Schematic (Without Intelligent Key) INFOID:0000000005283113 ABKWA0321GB Revision: January 2010 BL-24 2010 Sentra POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - D/LOCK - (Without Intelligent Key) INFOID:0000000005283114 A B C D E F G H BL J K L M N O AAKWA0211GB Revision: January 2010 BL-25 2010 Sentra P POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > WIWA2176E Revision: January 2010 BL-26 2010 Sentra POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H BL J K L M N O AWKWA0095GB P Revision: January 2010 BL-27 2010 Sentra POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > With Power Windows ABKWA0323GB Revision: January 2010 BL-28 2010 Sentra POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Without Power Windows A B C D E F G H BL J K L M N O WIWA2179E P Revision: January 2010 BL-29 2010 Sentra POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Schematic (With Intelligent Key) INFOID:0000000005283115 ABKWA0324GB Revision: January 2010 BL-30 2010 Sentra POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - D/LOCK - (With Intelligent Key) INFOID:0000000005283116 A B C D E F G H BL J K L M N O WIWA2181E Revision: January 2010 BL-31 2010 Sentra P POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > WIWA2182E Revision: January 2010 BL-32 2010 Sentra POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H BL J K L M N O ABKWA0325GB P Revision: January 2010 BL-33 2010 Sentra POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > AAKWA0212GB Revision: January 2010 BL-34 2010 Sentra POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H BL J K L M N O AWKWA0099GB Terminal and Reference Value for BCM INFOID:0000000005283117 Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM". Work Flow 1. 2. INFOID:0000000005283118 Check the symptom and customer's requests. Understand the outline of system. Refer to BL-20, "System Description". Revision: January 2010 BL-35 2010 Sentra P POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. According to the trouble diagnosis chart, repair or replace the cause of the malfunction. Refer to BL-37, "Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart". 4. Does power door lock system operate normally? OK: GO TO 5, NG: GO TO 3. 5. Inspection End. CONSULT-III Function (BCM) INFOID:0000000005283119 CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following. BCM diagnostic test item Diagnostic mode Description WORK SUPPORT Supports inspections and adjustments. Commands are transmitted to the BCM for setting the status suitable for required operation, input/output signals are received from the BCM and received date is displayed. DATA MONITOR ACTIVE TEST Inspection by part SELF-DIAG RESULTS CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR ECU PART NUMBER CONFIGURATION Displays BCM input/output data in real time. Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to them. Displays BCM self-diagnosis results. The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read. BCM part number can be read. Performs BCM configuration read/write functions. WORK SUPPORT Work item Description DOOR LOCK-UNLOCK SET Select unlock mode can be changed in this mode. Selects ON-OFF of select unlock mode. ANTI-LOCK OUT SET Key reminder door mode can be changed in this mode. Selects ON-OFF of key reminder door mode. AUTOMATIC DOOR UNLOCK SELECT • • • • • • AUTOMATIC LOCK/UNLOCK SELECT • ON • OFF MODE1 MODE2 MODE3 MODE4 MODE5 MODE6 DATA MONITOR Monitor item Content IGN ON SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch in ON position. KEY ON SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of key switch. CDL LOCK SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from door lock and unlock switch. CDL UNLOCK SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from door lock and unlock switch. DOOR SW-DR Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch LH. DOOR SW-AS Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch RH. DOOR SW-RR Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of rear door switch RH. DOOR SW-RL Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of rear door switch LH. KEY CYL LK-SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from key cylinder. KEY CYL UN-SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from key cylinder. KEYLESS LOCK* Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from keyfob. KEYLESS UNLOCK* Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from keyfob. Revision: January 2010 BL-36 2010 Sentra POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Monitor item Content I-KEY LOCK** Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from door request switch. I-KEY UNLOCK** Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from door request switch. A *: With Remote Keyless Entry system B **: With Intelligent Key system ACTIVE TEST C Test item Content ALL LOCK This test is able to check all door lock actuators lock operation. These actuators lock when "ON" on CONSULT–III screen is touched. ALL UNLOCK This test is able to check all door lock actuators unlock operation. These actuators unlock when "ON" on CONSULT–III screen is touched. DR UNLOCK This test is able to check front door lock actuator LH unlock operation.These actuators lock when "ON" on CONSULT–III screen is touched. OTHER UNLOCK This test is able to check door lock actuators (except front door lock actuator LH) unlock operation. These actuators unlock when "ON" on CONSULT–III screen is touched. Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart D E F INFOID:0000000005283120 G Symptom Repair order 1. BCM power supply and ground circuit check Key reminder door function does not operate properly. Refer to page BCS-15 2. Door switch check BL-38 3. Key switch (insert) check BL-39 4. Replace BCM. BCS-18 Power door lock does not operate with door lock and unlock switch on main power window and door lock/unlock switch, power window and door lock/unlock switch RH or door lock/unlock switch LH. 1. Door lock/unlock switch check One or both rear door lock actuators do not operate. 1. Passenger select unlock relay circuit check BL-47 Front door lock assembly LH (actuator) does not operate. 1. Front door lock assembly LH (actuator) check BL-44 Specific door lock actuator does not operate. 1. Door lock actuator check (Front RH, Rear LH/RH) BL-45 Power door lock does not operate with front door key cylinder switch operation. 1. Front door key cylinder switch check BL-46 All power door locks do not operate. 2. Replace BCM. Vehicle speed sensing auto door LOCK operation does not operate. Ignition OFF interlock auto door UNLOCK function does not operate. BCS-18 BCS-18 1. BCM power supply and ground circuit check BCS-15 3. Replace BCM. BL-40 BL-36 2. Check combination meter vehicle speed signal. DI-19 3. Check intermittent incident. GI-23 1. Ensure automatic door lock/unlock function (unlock operation) is enabled. BL-36 2. Check BCM for DTCs. BCS-4 3. Check intermittent incident. GI-23 INFOID:0000000005283121 Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Revision: January 2010 BL-37 J K L M BCS-18 1. Ensure automatic door lock/unlock function (lock operation) is enabled. BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection BL BL-40 2. Replace BCM. 2. Door lock/unlock switch check H 2010 Sentra N O P POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Door Switch Check INFOID:0000000005283122 1.CHECK DOOR SWITCHES INPUT SIGNAL With CONSULT-III Check door switches ("DOOR SW-DR", "DOOR SW-AS", "DOOR SW-RL", "DOOR SW-RR") in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT–III. Refer to BL-36, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)". • When any doors are open: DOOR SW-DR DOOR SW-AS DOOR SW-RL DOOR SW-RR : ON : ON : ON : ON • When any doors are closed: DOOR SW-DR DOOR SW-AS DOOR SW-RL DOOR SW-RR : OFF : OFF : OFF : OFF Without CONSULT-III Check voltage between BCM connector M18 or M19 terminals 12, 13, 47, 48 and ground. Connector M19 M18 Item Terminals (+) Front door switch LH 47 Rear door switch LH 48 Front door switch RH 12 Rear door switch RH 13 (–) Ground Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.) Open ↓ Closed 0 ↓ Battery voltage LIIA1177E OK or NG OK >> Door switch circuit is OK. NG >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK DOOR SWITCH CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect door switch and BCM. Check continuity between door switch connector B21 (Front LH), B28 (Front RH), B26 (Rear LH), B41 (Rear RH) terminal 2 and BCM connector M18, M19 terminals 12, 13, 47 and 48. 2 - 47 2 - 12 2 - 48 2 - 13 4. : Continuity should exist. : Continuity should exist. : Continuity should exist. : Continuity should exist. Check continuity between door switch connector B21 (Front LH), B28 (Front RH), B26 (Rear LH), B41 (Rear RH) terminal 2 and ground. 2 - Ground : Continuity should not exist. LIIA1178E OK or NG Revision: January 2010 BL-38 2010 Sentra POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness. A 3.CHECK DOOR SWITCHES Check continuity between door switch terminals. Terminals Door switch (front or rear) 2 – Ground B Condition Continuity Pressed No Released Yes C OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace door switch. D WIIA0644E 4.CHECK BCM OUTPUT VOLTAGE 1. 2. Reconnect BCM connectors. Check voltage between BCM connector M18, M19 terminals 12, 13, 47, 48 and ground. 12 - Ground 13 - Ground 47 - Ground 48 - Ground E F : Battery voltage : Battery voltage : Battery voltage : Battery voltage G H OK or NG OK >> Door switch circuit is OK. NG >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". Key Switch (Insert) Check LIIA1177E INFOID:0000000005283123 BL J 1.CHECK KEY SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL With CONSULT-III Check key switch "KEY ON SW" in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT–III. Refer to BL-36, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)". • When key is inserted into ignition key cylinder: KEY ON SW K L : ON M • When key is removed from ignition key cylinder: KEY ON SW : OFF N Without CONSULT-III Check voltage between BCM connector and ground. O Connector M18 Terminals (+) (–) 37 Ground Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.) Key is inserted. Battery voltage Key is removed. 0 OK or NG OK >> Key switch circuit is OK. NG-1 >> GO TO 2 (with Intelligent Key). NG-2 >> GO TO 3 (without Intelligent Key). Revision: January 2010 P LIIA0567E BL-39 2010 Sentra POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2.CHECK KEY SWITCH (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY) 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect key switch and ignition knob switch connector. Check continuity between key switch and ignition knob switch terminals. Terminal Condition Key switch and ignition knob switch 1 2 Key Continuity Inserted Yes Removed No OK or NG OK >> NG Check the following. • 10A fuse (No. 9, located in fuse and fusible link block) • Harness for open or short between key switch and ignition knob switch and fuse • Harness for open or short between BCM and key switch and ignition knob switch >> Replace key switch and ignition knob switch. PIIB6411E 3.CHECK KEY SWITCH (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY) 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect key switch connector. Check key switch. Terminals 1–2 Condition Continuity Key is inserted. Yes Key is removed. No OK or NG OK >> NG Check the following. • 10A fuse [No. 19, located in fuse block (J/B)] • Harness for open or short between key switch and fuse • Harness for open or short between BCM and key switch >> Replace key switch. Door Lock and Unlock Switch Check WIIA1314E INFOID:0000000005283124 1.CHECK DOOR LOCK AND UNLOCK INPUT SIGNAL With CONSULT-III Check door lock and unlock switch (“CDL LOCK SW” and “CDL UNLOCK SW”) in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. Test item CDL LOCK SW CDL UNLOCK SW Condition Door lock and unlock switch is turned to LOCK : ON Other than above : OFF Door lock and unlock switch is turned to UNLOCK : ON Other than above : OFF Without CONSULT-III Check voltage between BCM connector and ground Revision: January 2010 BL-40 2010 Sentra POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > A Terminals (+) BCM connector Terminal Door lock and unlock switch condition (–) B 45 M19 Voltage (V) (Approx.) Ground Lock 0 Neutral / Unlock Battery voltage Unlock 0 Neutral / Lock Battery voltage 46 C PIIB6412E D OK or NG OK >> Door lock and unlock switch is OK. NG1 >> With power windows, GO TO 2. NG2 >> Without power windows, GO TO 5. E 2.CHECK DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect door lock/unlock switch. Check continuity between main power window and door lock/ unlock switch connector D11 (B) terminal 18 and connector D11 (B) terminal 17, and connector D5 (A) terminal 6 and connector D11 (B) terminal 17. Terminals 18 17 6 4. Condition Continuity Lock Yes Unlock/Neutral No Unlock Yes Lock/Neutral No F G H BL J Check continuity between power window and door lock/unlock switch RH connector D104 (C) terminals 1, 2 and 3. Terminals 1 3 2 Condition Continuity Lock Yes Unlock/Neutral No Unlock Yes Lock/Neutral No OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace door lock/unlock switch. K L AWKIA0336ZZ 3.CHECK DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH GROUND HARNESS 1. 2. N Disconnect main power window and door lock/unlock switch or power window and door lock/unlock switch RH. Check continuity between main power window and door lock/ unlock switch connector D11 terminal 17and ground. 17 - Ground : Continuity should exist. BL-41 O P AWKIA0337ZZ Revision: January 2010 M 2010 Sentra POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check continuity between power window and door lock/unlock switch RH connector D104 terminal 3 and ground 3 - Ground : Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace harness. WIIA0450E 4.CHECK DOOR LOCK SWITCH CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect BCM. Check continuity between BCM connector M19 (A) terminal 45 and main power window and door lock/ unlock switch connector D11 (B) terminal 18 or power window and door lock/unlock switch RH connector D104 (C) terminal 1. 1 - 45 18 - 45 3. : Continuity should exist. : Continuity should exist. Check continuity between BCM connector M19 (A) terminal 45 and ground. 45 - Ground : Continuity should not exist. AWKIA0338ZZ 4. Check continuity between BCM connector M19 (A) terminal 46 and main power window and door lock/ unlock switch LH connector D5 (B) terminal 6 or power window and door lock/unlock switch RH connector D104 (C) terminal 2. Revision: January 2010 BL-42 2010 Sentra POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2 - 46 6 - 46 5. : Continuity should exist. : Continuity should exist. A Check continuity between BCM connector M19 (A) terminal 46 and ground. 46 - Ground B : Continuity should not exist. C OK or NG OK >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM" . NG >> Repair or replace harness. D E F G AWKIA0339ZZ 5.CHECK DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH LH 1. 2. 3. H Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect door lock/unlock switch LH. Check continuity between door lock/unlock switch LH terminals 1, 2 and 5. Terminals 1 5 2 Condition Continuity Lock Yes Unlock/Neutral No Unlock Yes Lock/Neutral No OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace door lock/unlock switch LH. BL J K WIIA1371E L 6.CHECK DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH GROUND HARNESS M Check continuity between door lock/unlock switch connector D6 terminal 5 and ground. 5 - Ground N : Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace harness. O P WIIA1372E 7.CHECK DOOR LOCK SWITCH CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect BCM. Check continuity between BCM connector M19 (A) terminal 45 and door lock/unlock switch LH connector D6 (B) terminal 1. Revision: January 2010 BL-43 2010 Sentra POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1 - 45 3. : Continuity should exist. Check continuity between BCM connector M19 (A) terminal 45 and ground. 45 - Ground : Continuity should not exist. WIIA1373E 4. Check continuity between BCM connector M19 (A) terminal 46 and door lock/unlock switch LH connector D6 (B) terminal 2. 2 - 46 5. : Continuity should exist. Check continuity between BCM connector M19 (A) terminal 46 and ground. 46 - Ground : Continuity should not exist. OK or NG OK >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM" . NG >> Repair or replace harness. Front Door Lock Assembly LH (Actuator) Check WIIA1374E INFOID:0000000005283125 1.CHECK FRONT DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY LH (ACTUATOR) HARNESS 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect BCM and front door lock assembly LH (actuator). Check continuity between BCM connector M20 (A) terminals 59, 65 and front door lock assembly LH (actuator) connector D9 (B) terminals 1, 2. Connector A: M20 4. Terminal Connector 59 Terminal Continuity 2 Yes 1 Yes B: D9 65 Check continuity between BCM connector M20 (A) terminals 59, 65 and body ground. WIIA1315E Connector A: M20 Terminals 59 65 Ground Continuity No No OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace harness. 2.CHECK FRONT DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY LH SIGNAL 1. Reconnect BCM. Revision: January 2010 BL-44 2010 Sentra POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Check voltage between BCM connector M20 terminals 59, 65 and ground. Connector Terminals (+) Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.) Main power window and door lock/unlock switch is turned to UNLOCK 0 → Battery voltage Main power window and door lock/unlock switch is turned to LOCK 0 → Battery voltage (-) 59 M20 Ground 65 A B C LIIA1355E D OK or NG OK >> Replace front door lock assembly LH (actuator). Refer to BL-135, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". E Door Lock Actuator Check (Front RH and Rear LH/RH) F INFOID:0000000005283126 1.CHECK DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR HARNESS NOTE: For models with Intelligent Key, insure that passenger select unlock relay remains connected during this test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect BCM and each door lock actuator. 3. Check continuity between BCM connector M20 (A) terminals 65, 66 and front door lock actuator RH connector D107 (B), rear door lock actuator RH connector D302 (B), rear door lock actuator LH connector D202 (C) terminals 1, 2. Connector A: M20 Terminal Connector Terminal Continuity 65 B: D107 C: D202 B: D302 2 Yes 1 Yes 66 G H BL J K L M N WIIA1316E O 4. Check continuity between BCM connector M20 (A) terminals 65, 66 and body ground. P Connector A: M20 Terminals 65 66 Ground Continuity No No OK or NG Revision: January 2010 BL-45 2010 Sentra POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Check the following: • Without Intelligent Key: Repair or replace harness. • With Intelligent Key: For front doors, repair or replace harness. • With Intelligent Key: For rear door, repair or replace harness or passenger select unlock relay. 2.CHECK DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR SIGNAL 1. 2. Reconnect BCM. Check voltage between BCM connector M20 terminals 65, 66 and ground. Connector Terminals (+) Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.) Main power window and door lock/unlock switch is turned to UNLOCK 0 → Battery voltage Main power window and door lock/unlock switch is turned to LOCK 0 → Battery voltage (-) 65 M20 Ground 66 LIIA1357E OK or NG OK >> Replace front door lock assembly RH or rear door lock actuator LH/RH. Refer to BL-135, "Removal and Installation" (rear) or BL-138, "Removal and Installation" (rear). NG >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". Front Door Key Cylinder Switch LH Check INFOID:0000000005283127 1.CHECK FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH LH With CONSULT-III Check front door key cylinder switch ("KEY CYL LK-SW") and ("KEY CYL UN-SW) in DATA MONITOR mode in CONSULT–III. Refer to BL-36, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)". • When key inserted and front key cylinder is turned to LOCK: KEY CYL LK-SW : ON • When key inserted and front key cylinder is turned to UNLOCK: KEY CYL UN-SW : ON Without CONSULT-III Check voltage between BCM connector M18 terminals 7, 8 and ground. Connector Terminals (+) (–) 7 M18 Ground 8 Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.) Neutral/Lock 5 Unlock 0 Neutral/Unlock 5 Lock 0 WIIA1247E OK or NG OK >> Front door key cylinder switch LH signal is OK. NG >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH LH GROUND HARNESS Revision: January 2010 BL-46 2010 Sentra POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect front door key cylinder switch LH. 3. Check continuity between front door key cylinder switch LH connector D9 terminal 4 and body ground. A B Connector Terminals Continuity D9 4 – Ground Yes C OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness. D WIIA1317E 3.CHECK DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH LH E Check continuity between front door key cylinder switch LH terminals. Terminals Door key cylinder switch position 4–6 4–5 F Continuity Neutral/Unlock No Lock Yes Neutral/Lock No Unlock Yes OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace front door key cylinder switch LH. Refer to BL-135. G H WIIA1318E BL 4.CHECK DOOR KEY CYLINDER HARNESS 1. 2. Disconnect BCM connector M18. Check continuity between BCM connector M18 (A) terminals 7, 8 and front door key cylinder switch LH connector D9 (B) terminals 5, 6 and body ground. Connector Terminal 7 A: M18 8 Connector Terminal Continuity 5 Yes 6 Yes B: D9 7 Ground No 8 Ground No J K L WIIA1319E OK or NG OK >> Front door key cylinder switch LH circuit is OK. NG >> Repair or replace harness. Passenger Select Unlock Relay Circuit Inspection (With Intelligent Key) N INFOID:0000000005283128 O 1.CHECK PASSENGER SELECT UNLOCK RELAY CIRCUIT NOTE: Passenger select unlock relay must remain connected during this step. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect BCM and inoperative rear door lock actuator. Revision: January 2010 BL-47 M P 2010 Sentra POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check continuity between BCM connector M20 (A) terminal 65 and rear door lock actuator LH connector D202 (B) terminal 2 or rear door lock actuator RH connector D302 (C) Terminal 2. 65 - 2 4. : Continuity should exist. Check continuity between BCM connector M20 (A) terminal 65 and body ground. 65 - Ground : Continuity should not exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2. WIIA1320E 2.CHECK PASSENGER SELECT UNLOCK RELAY INPUT 1. 2. Disconnect passenger select unlock relay. Check continuity between BCM connector M20 (A) terminal 66 and passenger select unlock relay connector M14 (B) terminal 3. 66 - 3 3. : Continuity should exist. Check continuity between BCM connector M20 (A) terminal 66 and body ground. 66 - Ground : Continuity should not exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness between BCM and relay. WIIA1321E 3.CHECK PASSENGER SELECT UNLOCK RELAY OUTPUT 1. 2. Disconnect inoperative rear door lock actuator. Check continuity between passenger select unlock relay connector M14 (A) terminal 4 and rear door lock actuator LH connector D202 (B) or rear door lock actuator RH connector D302 (C) terminal 1. 4-1 3. : Continuity should exist. Check continuity between passenger select unlock relay connector M14 (A) terminal 4 and ground. 4 - Ground : Continuity should not exist. WIIA1322E OK or NG OK >> Replace passenger select unlock relay. NG >> Repair or replace harness between relay and actuator. 4.CHECK REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY 1. Reconnect BCM. Revision: January 2010 BL-48 2010 Sentra POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Check voltage between rear door lock actuator connector LH D202 (A) or rear door lock actuator connector RH D302 (B) terminals 1 and 2. Connector A: D202 (LH) B: D302 (RH) Terminals (+) (-) 2 1 A Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.) B Main power window and door lock/unlock switch is turned to LOCK 0 → Battery voltage C WIIA1323E D 3. Check voltage between rear door lock actuator connector LH D202 (A) or rear door lock actuator connector RH D302 (B) terminals 1 and 2. Connector A: D202 (LH) B: D302 (RH) Terminals (+) (-) 1 2 Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.) Main power window and door lock/unlock switch is turned to UNLOCK 0 → Battery voltage E F G WIIA1324E H OK or NG OK >> Replace rear door lock actuator. Refer to BL-138, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Repair or replace harness between actuator and splice. BL J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 BL-49 2010 Sentra REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM Component Parts and Harness Connector Location INFOID:0000000005283129 BIIA0004E 1. BCM M18, M19, M20 (view with instrument panel removed) 2. Remote keyless entry receiver M15 (view with instrument panel removed) 3. Front door switch LH B21, RH B28 4. Rear door switch LH B26, RH B41 5. Trunk room lamp switch B57 6. Key switch M50 7. IPDM E/R E43, E46, E48 (next to battery) 8. Horn relay H-1 (front of battery) 9. Horn E57, E58 System Description INFOID:0000000005283130 INPUTS Power is supplied at all times • through 50A fusible link (letter j, located in the fuse and fusible link box) • to BCM terminal 70 • through 10A fuse [No. 21, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to BCM terminal 57. When the key switch is ON (key is inserted in ignition key cylinder), power is supplied • through 10A fuse [No. 19, located in the fuse block (J/B)] Revision: January 2010 BL-50 2010 Sentra REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > • through key switch terminals 2 and 1 • to BCM terminal 37. When the ignition switch is ACC or ON, power is supplied • through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to BCM terminal 11. When the ignition switch is ON or START, power is supplied • through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to BCM terminal 38. Ground is supplied • to BCM terminal 67 • through body grounds M57 and M61. When the front door switch LH is ON (door is OPEN), ground is supplied • to BCM terminal 47 • through front door switch LH terminal 2 • through front door switch LH case ground. When the front door switch RH is ON (door is OPEN), ground is supplied • to BCM terminal 12 • through front door switch RH terminal 2 • through front door switch RH case ground. When the rear door switch LH is ON (door is OPEN), ground is supplied • to BCM terminal 48 • through rear door switch LH terminal 2 • through rear door switch LH case ground. When the rear door switch RH is ON (door is OPEN), ground is supplied • to BCM meter terminal 13 • through rear door switch RH terminal 2 • through rear door switch RH case ground. When the trunk room lamp switch is ON (trunk is OPEN), ground is supplied • to BCM terminal 42 • through trunk room lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 • through body grounds B7 and B19. Keyfob signal is inputted to BCM from remote keyless entry receiver. The remote keyless entry system controls operation of the • power door lock • hazard reminder • auto door lock • panic alarm • room lamp A B C D E F G H BL J K OPERATION PROCEDURE L Power Door Lock Operation BCM receives a LOCK signal from keyfob. BCM locks all doors with input of LOCK signal from keyfob. BCM receives an UNLOCK signal from keyfob. BCM unlocks all doors with input of UNLOCK signal from keyfob. Hazard and Horn Reminder When the doors are locked or unlocked by keyfob, power is supplied to sound horn and flash hazard warning lamps as follows • LOCK operation: 3 or 4 mode (lamps flash twice) • UNLOCK operation: 2 or 4 mode (lamps flash once) • Horns sound once with LOCK function when this feature is set ON. The hazard reminder has modes 1, 2, 3 or 4. The horn reminder can be turned ON/OFF with any LOCK mode. Operating function of hazard reminder Mode 1 Keyfob operation Hazard warning lamp flash Horns sound (ON/OFF) Mode 2 Mode 3 Lock Unlock Lock Unlock Lock Unlock Lock Unlock — — — Once Twice — Twice Once ON: once — ON: once — ON: once — ON: once — BL-51 N O P Mode 4 Hazard and horn reminders do not operate if any door switch is ON (any door is OPEN). How to change hazard and horn reminder modes Revision: January 2010 M 2010 Sentra REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > With CONSULT-III Hazard reminder can be changed using “HAZARD LAMP SET” mode in “WORK SUPPORT”. Horn reminder can be changed using “HORN CHIRP SET” mode in “WORK SUPPORT”. Refer to BL-57, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)". Without CONSULT-III Refer to Owner's Manual for instructions. Auto Door Lock Operation Auto lock function signal is sent for operation when any of the following signals are not sent within 1 minute after the unlock signal is sent from the keyfob: • when door switch is turned ON for open • when the key switch is turned ON • when the lock signal is sent from the keyfob Auto door lock mode can be changed using “AUTO LOCK SET” mode in “WORK SUPPORT”. Refer to BL-57, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)". Panic Alarm Operation When key switch is OFF (when ignition key is not inserted in key cylinder), BCM turns on and off horn intermittently with input of PANIC ALARM signal from keyfob. BCM outputs to IPDM E/R for panic alarm signal (horn signal) as DATA LINE (CAN H line and CAN L line). The alarm automatically turns off after 25 seconds or when BCM receives any signal from keyfob. Panic alarm operation mode can be changed using “PANIC ALARM SET” mode in “WORK SUPPORT”. Refer to BL-57, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)". Trunk Lid Operation When a TRUNK OPEN signal is sent with key OFF (ignition key removed from key cylinder) from keyfob, power is supplied • through BCM terminal 53 • to trunk lid opener actuator terminal 1. When power and ground are supplied, trunk lid opener actuator opens trunk lid. Interior Lamp Operation When the following conditions occur, remote keyless entry system turns on interior lamp (for 30 seconds) with input of UNLOCK signal from keyfob. For detailed description, refer to LT-83. • Interior room lamp switch is in the DOOR position • door switch OFF (when all the doors are closed) CAN Communication System Description INFOID:0000000005283131 Refer to LAN-7, "System Description". Revision: January 2010 BL-52 2010 Sentra REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Schematic INFOID:0000000005283132 A B C D E F G H BL J K L M N O ABKWA0327GB Revision: January 2010 BL-53 2010 Sentra P REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - KEYLES - INFOID:0000000005283133 WIWA2187E Revision: January 2010 BL-54 2010 Sentra REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H BL J K L M N O ABKWA0328GB P Revision: January 2010 BL-55 2010 Sentra REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > WIWA2323E Terminal and Reference Value for BCM INFOID:0000000005283134 Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM". How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis 1. 2. INFOID:0000000005283135 Confirm the symptom or customer complaint. Understand operation, description and function description. Refer to BL-50, "System Description". Revision: January 2010 BL-56 2010 Sentra REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Perform the Preliminary Check. Refer to BL-58, "Work Flow". 4. Check symptom and repair or replace the component. 5. Does the remote keyless entry system operate normally? If YES, GO TO 6. If NO, GO TO 4. 6. Inspection end. CONSULT-III Function (BCM) A B INFOID:0000000005283136 CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following. BCM diagnostic test item C Diagnostic mode Description WORK SUPPORT Supports inspections and adjustments. Commands are transmitted to the BCM for setting the status suitable for required operation, input/output signals are received from the BCM and received date is displayed. DATA MONITOR D E Displays BCM input/output data in real time. Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to them. ACTIVE TEST Inspection by part SELF-DIAG RESULTS CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR ECU PART NUMBER F Displays BCM self-diagnosis results. The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read. G BCM part number can be read. CONFIGURATION Performs BCM configuration read/write functions. CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEMS H Work Support Test Item BL Description REMO CONT ID REGIST Keyfob ID code can be registered. REMO CONT ID ERASER Keyfob ID code can be erased. REMO CONT ID CONFIR It can be checked whether keyfob ID code is registered or not in this mode. HAZARD LAMP SET Hazard reminder mode can be changed in this mode. The hazard reminder mode will be changed when “CURRENT SETTING” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. AUTO LOCK SET Auto locking function mode can be changed in this mode. The function mode will be changed when “CURRENT SETTING” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. PANIC ALRM SET Panic alarm operation mode can be changed in this mode. The operation mode will be changed when “CURRENT SETTING” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. TRUNK OPEN SET Keyless trunk open operation mode can be changed in this mode. The operation mode will be changed when “CURRENT SETTING” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. PW DOWN SET Power window down can be changed in this mode. The operation mode will be changed when “CURRENT SETTING” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. J PANIC ALARM SET Keyfob operation MODE 2 MODE 3 0.5 seconds Nothing 1.5 seconds MODE 2 MODE 3 MODE 4 Nothing Unlock only Lock only Lock and Unlock MODE 1 MODE 2 MODE 3 30 seconds Nothing 1 minutes MODE 1 MODE 2 MODE 3 0.5 seconds Nothing 1.5 seconds TRUNK OPEN Keyfob operation Revision: January 2010 M O MODE 1 AUTO LOCK SET Auto locking function L N MODE 1 HAZARD LAMP BACK SET Hazard lamp operation mode K BL-57 2010 Sentra P REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Data Monitor Monitored Item Description IGN ON SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch in ON position. KEY ON SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of key switch. ACC ON SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch in ACC position. KEYLESS LOCK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from keyfob. KEYLESS UNLOCK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from keyfob. KEYLESS PANIC Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of panic alarm signal from keyfob. KEYLESS TRUNK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk signal from keyfob. DOOR SW-DR Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch driver side. DOOR SW-AS Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch passenger side. DOOR SW-RR Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of rear door switch RH. DOOR SW-RL Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of rear door switch LH. TRNK OPN MNTR Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk room lamp switch. CDL LOCK SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from door lock and unlock switch. CDL UNLOCK SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from door lock and unlock switch. RKE LCK-UNLCK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock and unlock signal from keyfob. RKE KEEP UNLK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from keyfob after 3 seconds. KEY CYL LK-SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of driver key cylinder lock signal. Active Test Test Item Description FLASHER This test is able to check right hazard reminder operation. The right hazard lamp turns on when “ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. POWER WINDOW DOWN This is displayed even when it is not equipped. HORN This test is able to check horn operation. The horn blows when “ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. DOOR LOCK This test is able to check door lock actuator operation. • The all door lock actuator are locked when “ALL LOCK” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. • The all door lock actuator are unlocked when “ALL UNLOCK” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. Work Flow 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. INFOID:0000000005283137 Check the symptom and customer's requests. Understand outline of system. Refer to BL-50, "System Description". Confirm that power door lock system operates normally. Refer to BL-20. Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts. Refer to BL-58, "Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart". Does remote keyless entry system operate normally? If Yes, GO TO 6. If No, GO TO 4. Inspection end. Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart INFOID:0000000005283138 NOTE: • Always check the “Work Flow” before troubleshooting. Refer to BL-58, "Work Flow". • Always check keyfob battery before replacing keyfob. Revision: January 2010 BL-58 2010 Sentra REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Diagnoses/service procedure Reference page A 1. Check keyfob battery and function. NOTE: If the result of keyfob function check with CONSULT-III is OK, keyfob is not malfunctioning. BL-67 B 2. Check remote keyless entry receiver. BL-65 3. Refer to ID Code Entry Procedure. BL-68 Symptom All functions of remote keyless entry system do not operate. 4. Replace BCM. The new ID of keyfob cannot be entered. Door lock does not function with keyfob. (Power door lock system is “OK”.) BL-67 2. Check key switch. BL-63 3. Check door switch. BL-61 4. Check ACC switch. BL-61 5. Replace keyfob. Refer to ID Code Entry Procedure. BL-68 2. Replace keyfob. Refer to ID Code Entry Procedure. BL-68 2. Replace keyfob. Refer to ID Code Entry Procedure. BL-68 Panic alarm does not activate when panic alarm button is continuously pressed. BL-57 2. Check hazard function. BL-64 J K BCS-18 M BL-57 N BL-67 3. Check horn function. BL-64 4. Check key switch. BL-63 5. Replace keyfob. Refer to ID Code Entry Procedure. BL-68 BL-59 BL L 2. Check keyfob battery and function. NOTE: If the result of keyfob function check with CONSULT-III is OK, keyfob is not malfunctioning. 6. Replace BCM. Revision: January 2010 BCS-18 1. Check hazard reminder mode.* *: Hazard reminder mode can be changed. First check the hazard reminder setting. 1. Check panic alarm mode.* *: Panic alarm mode can be changed. First check the panic alarm setting. G BL-61 BCS-18 BL-67 3. Replace BCM. F H 1. Check keyfob function. (Unlock) NOTE: If the result of keyfob function check with CONSULT-III is OK, keyfob is not malfunctioning. 3. Replace BCM. E BCS-18 BL-67 4. Replace BCM. Hazard reminder does not activate properly when pressing lock or unlock button of keyfob. D 1. Check keyfob function. (Lock) NOTE: If the result of keyfob function check with CONSULT-III is OK, keyfob is not malfunctioning. 3. Check door switch. Door unlock does not function with keyfob (Power door lock system is “OK”) BCS-18 1. Check keyfob battery and function. NOTE: If the result of keyfob function check with CONSULT-III is OK, keyfob is not malfunctioning. 6. Replace BCM. C BCS-18 2010 Sentra O P REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Symptom Reference page Diagnoses/service procedure Trunk lid does not open when trunk opener button is continuously pressed (ignition key must be OFF). Auto door lock operation does not activate properly. (All other remote keyless entry system functions are OK.) Interior lamp operation does not activate properly. 1. Check keyfob battery and function. NOTE: If the result of keyfob function check with CONSULT-III is OK, keyfob is not malfunctioning. BL-67 2. Check trunk lid opener actuator. BL-148 3. Replace BCM. BCS-18 1. Check auto door lock operation mode.* *: Auto door lock operation mode can be changed. First check the auto door lock operation setting. 2. Replace BCM. BL-57 BCS-18 1. Check interior lamp operation. 2. Replace BCM. BL-65 BCS-18 Keyfob Battery and Function Check INFOID:0000000005283139 1.CHECK KEYFOB BATTERY 1. 2. Remove keyfob battery. Refer to BL-70, "Keyfob Battery Replacement". Measure voltage between battery positive and negative terminals, (+) and (−). Voltage : 2.5 – 3.0V NOTE: Keyfob does not function if battery is not set correctly. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Replace battery. SEL237W 2.CHECK KEYFOB FUNCTION With CONSULT-III Check keyfob function in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. When pushing each button of keyfob, the corresponding monitor item should be turned as follows. Condition Monitor item Pushing LOCK KEYLESS LOCK : ON Pushing UNLOCK KEYLESS UNLOCK : ON Keep pushing UNLOCK RKE KEEP UNLK after UNLOCK button is pushed for 3 seconds. : ON Pushing PANIC KEYLESS PANIC : ON Pushing LOCK and UNLOCK at the same time RKE LCK-UNLCK : ON Pushing TRUNK KEYLESS TRUNK : ON Without CONSULT-III Revision: January 2010 BL-60 2010 Sentra REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check keyfob function using Remote Keyless Entry Tester J-43241. A B C LEL946A D OK or NG OK >> WITH CONSULT-III: Keyfob, remote keyless entry receiver and wiring harness between BCM and remote keyless entry receiver are OK. Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". OK >> WITHOUT CONSULT-III: Keyfob is OK. Further inspection is necessary. Refer to BL-58, "Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart". NG >> WITH CONSULT-III: Further inspection is necessary. Refer to BL-58, "Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart". NG >> WITHOUT CONSULT-III: Replace keyfob. Refer to BL-68, "ID Code Entry Procedure". ACC Switch Check E F G INFOID:0000000005283140 1.CHECK ACC SWITCH H With CONSULT-III Check ACC switch (“ACC ON SW”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Monitor item BL Condition ACC ON SW Ignition switch position is ACC or ON : ON Ignition switch position is OFF : OFF J Without CONSULT-III Check voltage between BCM connector and ground. K L Terminals (+) BCM connector Terminal M18 11 (–) Ground Ignition switch condition Voltage (V) (Approx.) ACC or ON Battery voltage OFF 0 M N PIIB6453E O OK or NG OK >> ACC switch is OK. NG >> Check the following. • 10A fuse [No. 6, located in fuse block (J/B)] • Harness for open or short between BCM and fuse. Door Switch Check P INFOID:0000000005283141 1.CHECK DOOR SWITCHES INPUT SIGNAL With CONSULT-III Revision: January 2010 BL-61 2010 Sentra REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check door switches ("DOOR SW-DR", "DOOR SW-AS", "DOOR SW-RL", "DOOR SW-RR") in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT–III. Refer to BL-36, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)". • When any doors are open: DOOR SW-DR DOOR SW-AS DOOR SW-RL DOOR SW-RR : ON : ON : ON : ON • When any doors are closed: DOOR SW-DR DOOR SW-AS DOOR SW-RL DOOR SW-RR : OFF : OFF : OFF : OFF Without CONSULT-III Check voltage between BCM connector M18 or M19 terminals 12, 13, 47, 48 and ground. Connector M19 M18 Item Terminals (+) Front door switch LH 47 Rear door switch LH 48 Front door switch RH 12 Rear door switch RH 13 (–) Ground Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.) Open ↓ Closed 0 ↓ Battery voltage LIIA1177E OK or NG OK >> Door switch circuit is OK. NG >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK DOOR SWITCH CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect door switch and BCM. Check continuity between door switch connector B21 (Front LH), B28 (Front RH), B26 (Rear LH), B41 (Rear RH) terminal 2 and BCM connector M18, M19 terminals 12, 13, 47 and 48. 2 - 47 2 - 12 2 - 48 2 - 13 4. : Continuity should exist. : Continuity should exist. : Continuity should exist. : Continuity should exist. Check continuity between door switch connector B21 (Front LH), B28 (Front RH), B26 (Rear LH), B41 (Rear RH) terminal 2 and ground. 2 - Ground : Continuity should not exist. LIIA1178E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness. 3.CHECK DOOR SWITCHES Revision: January 2010 BL-62 2010 Sentra REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check continuity between door switch terminals. A Terminals Door switch (front or rear) 2 – Ground Condition Continuity Pressed No Released Yes B OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace door switch. C WIIA0644E 4.CHECK BCM OUTPUT VOLTAGE 1. 2. D Reconnect BCM connectors. Check voltage between BCM connector M18, M19 terminals 12, 13, 47, 48 and ground. 12 - Ground 13 - Ground 47 - Ground 48 - Ground E : Battery voltage : Battery voltage : Battery voltage : Battery voltage F G OK or NG OK >> Door switch circuit is OK. NG >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". Key Switch Check LIIA1177E INFOID:0000000005283142 1.CHECK KEY SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL With CONSULT-III Check key switch "KEY ON SW" in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT–III. Refer to BL-57, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)". • When key is inserted into ignition key cylinder: KEY ON SW H BL J K : ON • When key is removed from ignition key cylinder: KEY ON SW L : OFF M Without CONSULT-III Check voltage between BCM connector and ground. N Connector M18 Terminals (+) (–) 37 Ground Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.) Key is inserted. Battery voltage Key is removed. 0 O OK or NG OK >> Key switch circuit is OK. NG >> GO TO 2. P LIIA0567E 2.CHECK KEY SWITCH 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect key switch connector. Revision: January 2010 BL-63 2010 Sentra REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check key switch. Terminals 1–2 Condition Continuity Key is inserted. Yes Key is removed. No OK or NG OK >> NG Check the following. • 10A fuse [No. 19, located in fuse block (J/B)] • Harness for open or short between key switch and fuse • Harness for open or short between BCM and key switch >> Replace key switch. Hazard Function Check WIIA1314E INFOID:0000000005283143 1.CHECK HAZARD WARNING LAMP Does hazard warning lamp flash with hazard switch? OK or NG OK >> Hazard warning lamp circuit is OK. NG >> Check hazard circuit. Refer to LT-45. Horn Function Check INFOID:0000000005283144 First perform the “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” in “BCM” with CONSULT-III, then perform the trouble diagnosis of malfunction system indicated “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” of “BCM”. Refer to BL-57, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)". 1.CHECK HORN FUNCTION Does horn sound with horn switch? OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Check horn circuit. Refer to WW-28. 2.CHECK IPDM E/R INPUT SIGNAL Check voltage between IPDM E/R connector and ground. Terminals (+) IPDM E/R connector Terminal E43 13 (–) Voltage (V) (Approx.) Ground Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R" NG >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK HORN RELAY CIRCUIT 1. 2. WIIA1326E Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R and horn relay connector. Revision: January 2010 BL-64 2010 Sentra REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and horn relay harness connector. A 4. A B IPDM E/R connector Terminal Horn relay connector Terminal E43 13 H-1 1 B Continuity Yes C Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground. WIIA1327E D A IPDM E/R connector Terminal E43 13 Ground Continuity No E OK or NG OK >> Check condition of harness and connector. NG >> Repair or replace harness. F Interior Lamp Illumination Function Check INFOID:0000000005283145 1.CHECK INTERIOR LAMP ILLUMINATION FUNCTION G When interior room lamp switch is in “DOOR” position, open the front door (LH or RH). Does interior lamp illuminate? YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". NO >> Check interior lamp circuit. Refer to LT-83. H Remote Keyless Entry Receiver Check INFOID:0000000005283146 1.CHECK REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER OUTPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. BL J Turn ignition switch OFF. Check remote keyless entry receiver connector and ground signal with oscilloscope. K Terminals (+) Remote keyless entry receiver connector Terminal (–) Keyfob condition Signal (Reference value) L M PIIB6457E N No function O M15 2 OCC3879D Ground P Any button is pressed OCC3880D OK or NG Revision: January 2010 BL-65 2010 Sentra REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> Remote keyless entry receiver circuit is OK. NG >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER INPUT VOLTAGE 1. 2. Disconnect remote keyless entry receiver connector. Check voltage between remote keyless entry receiver connector M15 terminal 4 and ground. Terminals (+) Remote keyless entry receiver connector Terminal M15 4 (–) Voltage (V) (Approx.) Ground 4.5 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. PIIB6458E 3.CHECK REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect BCM connector. Check continuity between BCM connector M18 (A) terminal 19 and remote keyless entry receiver connector M15 (B) terminal 4. A 3. B BCM connector Terminal Remote keyless entry receiver connector Terminal M18 19 M15 4 Continuity Yes Check continuity between BCM connector (A) M18 terminal 19 and ground. A PIIB6459E BCM connector Terminal M18 19 Ground Continuity No OK or NG OK >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". NG >> Repair or replace the harness. 4.CHECK REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER GROUND CIRCUIT Check continuity between remote keyless entry receiver connector M15 terminal 1 and ground. Remote keyless entry receiver connector Terminal M15 1 Ground Continuity Yes OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. 5.CHECK REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER GROUND CIRCUIT PIIB6460E Check continuity between BCM connector M18 (A) terminal 18 and remote keyless entry receiver connector M15 (B) terminal 1. Revision: January 2010 BL-66 2010 Sentra REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > A BCM connector A B Terminal M18 Remote keyless entry receiver connector Terminal M15 1 18 Continuity B Yes OK or NG OK >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". NG >> Repair or replace the harness. 6.CHECK REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER SIGNAL CIRCUIT 1. PIIB6461E D Check continuity between BCM connector M18 (A) terminal 20 and remote keyless entry receiver connector M15 (B) terminal 2. A 2. C E B BCM connector Terminal Remote keyless entry receiver connector Terminal M18 20 M15 2 Continuity F Yes G Check continuity between BCM connector (A) M18 terminal 20 and ground. H A PIIB6462E BCM connector Terminal M18 20 Ground Continuity BL No OK or NG OK >> Replace remote keyless entry receiver. Refer to BL-70, "Removal and Installation of Remote Keyless Entry Receiver". NG >> Repair or replace harness. J Keyfob Function (Lock) Check K INFOID:0000000005283147 1.CHECK KEYFOB FUNCTION With CONSULT-III Check keyfob function in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. When pushing lock button of keyfob, the corresponding monitor item should be turned as follows. L M Test item KEYLESS LOCK Condition Pushing LOCK button: ON N Other than above: OFF OK or NG OK >> Keyfob is OK. NG >> Replace keyfob. O Keyfob Function (Unlock) Check INFOID:0000000005283148 P 1.CHECK KEYFOB FUNCTION With CONSULT-III Check keyfob function in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. When pushing unlock button of keyfob, the corresponding monitor item should be turned as follows. Revision: January 2010 BL-67 2010 Sentra REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Test item KEYLESS UNLOCK Condition Pushing UNLOCK button: ON Other than above: OFF OK or NG OK >> Keyfob is OK. NG >> Replace keyfob. ID Code Entry Procedure INFOID:0000000005283149 KEYFOB ID SET UP WITH CONSULT-III NOTE: • If a keyfob is lost, the ID code of the lost keyfob must be erased to prevent unauthorized use. A specific ID code can be erased with CONSULT-III. However, when the ID code of a lost keyfob is not known, all controller ID codes should be erased. After all ID codes are erased, the ID codes of all remaining and/or new keyfobs must be re-registered. • When registering an additional keyfob, the existing ID codes in memory may or may not be erased. If five ID codes are stored in memory, when an additional code is registered, only the oldest code is erased. If less than five ID codes are stored in memory, when an additional ID code is registered, the new ID code is added and no ID codes are erased. • Entry of maximum five ID codes is allowed. When more than five ID codes are entered, the oldest ID code will be erased. • Even if same ID code that is already in the memory is input, the same ID code can be entered. The code is counted as an additional code. 1. Connect CONSULT-III. 2. Touch “MULTI REMOTE ENT”. 3. Touch “WORK SUPPORT”. 4. The following items can be set up: • “REMO CONT ID CONFIR” Use this mode to confirm if a keyfob ID code is registered or not. • “REMO CONT ID REGIST” Use this mode to register a keyfob ID code. NOTE: Register the ID code when keyfob or BCM is replaced, or when additional keyfob is required. • “REMO CONT ID ERASUR” Use this mode to erase a keyfob ID code. Revision: January 2010 BL-68 2010 Sentra REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > KEYFOB ID SET UP WITHOUT CONSULT-III A B C D E F G H BL J K L M N O LIIA1513E NOTE: • If a keyfob is lost, the ID code of the lost keyfob must be erased to prevent unauthorized use. A specific ID code can be erased with CONSULT-III. However, when the ID code of a lost keyfob is not known, all controller ID codes should be erased. After all ID codes are erased, the ID codes of all remaining and/or new keyfobs must be re-registered. To erase all ID codes in memory, register one ID code (keyfob) five times. After all ID codes are erased, the ID codes of all remaining and/or new keyfobs must be re-registered. Revision: January 2010 BL-69 2010 Sentra P REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > • When registering an additional keyfob, the existing ID codes in memory may or may not be erased. If five ID codes are stored in memory, when an additional code is registered, only the oldest code is erased. If less than five ID codes are stored in memory, when an additional ID code is registered, the new ID code is added and no ID codes are erased. • If you need to activate more than two additional new keyfobs, repeat the procedure “Additional ID code entry” for each new keyfob. • Entry of maximum five ID codes is allowed. When more than five ID codes are entered, the oldest ID code will be erased. • Even if same ID code that is already in the memory is input, the same ID code can be entered. The code is counted as an additional code. Keyfob Battery Replacement INFOID:0000000005283150 LIIA2871E Removal and Installation of Remote Keyless Entry Receiver INFOID:0000000005283151 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. Remove glove box assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Remove the screw (a) disconnect and remove the remote keyless entry receiver (1). LIIA2850E INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Revision: January 2010 BL-70 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM Component Parts and Harness Connector Location A INFOID:0000000005283152 B C D E F G H BL J K L M N O P BIIA0002E Revision: January 2010 BL-71 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > BIIA0003E 1. Horn E57, E58 (view with front fascia removed) 2. Intelligent key warning buzzer E26 (view with front fascia removed) 3. Horn relay H-1 4. BCM M18, M19, M20 (view with instrument panel removed) 5. Intelligent Key Unit M42 6. Stop lamp switch E60 7. Instrument panel antenna M25 (view with center console removed) 8. CVT selector lever (park position switch) M38 9. Steering lock solenoid M27 (view with steering wheel removed) 10. Key switch and ignition knob switch M49 11. Combination meter M24 (warning lamp indicators) 12. Front outside handle key antenna LH D4, RH D103 13. Front outside handle request switch LH D4, RH D103 14. Front door lock assembly LH (door unlock sensor) D9 15. Front door switch LH B21, RH B28 16. Rear door switch LH B26, RH B41 17. Front console antenna B18 (view with front console removed) 18. Rear parcel shelf antenna B45 (view from inside trunk) 19. Trunk opener request switch T5 20. Trunk room lamp switch B57 21. Rear bumper antenna B49 (view with rear fascia removed) System Description INFOID:0000000005283153 • The Intelligent Key system is a system that makes it possible to lock and unlock the door locks (door lock/ unlock function), open the trunk (trunk open function), and start the engine (engine start function) by carrying around the Intelligent Key (without some key operation), which operates based on the results of electronic ID verification using two-way communications between the Intelligent Key and the vehicle (Intelligent Key unit). CAUTION: The driver should always carry the Intelligent Key Revision: January 2010 BL-72 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Operation of the remote control buttons on the Intelligent Key also provides the same functions as the remote control entry system (Remote keyless entry functions). • If an action that does not meet the operating conditions of the Intelligent Key system is taken, the chime (inside vehicle) goes off to inform the driver (Warning chime functions). • When a door lock is locked or unlocked with request switch or remote control button operation, the hazard lamps flash and the Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle) sounds (Hazard and horn reminder function). • Even if the Intelligent Key battery is completely discharged, the door locks can be locked and unlocked and the engine started with the mechanical key built into the Intelligent Key. • The settings for each function can be changed with the CONSULT-III. • If an Intelligent Key is lost, a new Intelligent Key can be registered. A maximum of 4 Intelligent Keys can be registered. • It has been made possible to diagnose the system and register an Intelligent Key with the CONSULT-III. A B C D DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK/TRUNK OPEN FUNCTION Only when pressing the request switch, it is possible to lock and unlock the door and open the trunk by carrying around the Intelligent Key (without some key operation). E System Diagram F G H BL J WIIA1328E Operation Description • When the Intelligent Key unit detects that each request switch is pressed, it starts the outside antenna corresponding to the pressed request switch and sends the request signal to the Intelligent Key. And then, make sure that the Intelligent Key is near the door or the trunk. • If the Intelligent Key is within the outside antenna detection area, it receives the request signal and sends the key ID signal to the Intelligent Key unit. • Intelligent Key receives the key ID signal and compares it with the registered key ID. • If the key ID check result is OK, the Intelligent Key unit sends the door lock/unlock or trunk open request signal to BCM (Body control module) via CAN communication line. • Intelligent Key unit sends the door lock/unlock signal and sounds Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle) warning (lock: 2 times, unlock: 1 time, trunk open: 4 times) at the same time. • When BCM receives the door lock/unlock signal, it operates door lock actuator and flashes the hazard lamp (lock: 2 times, unlock: 1 time) at the same time as an operation check. • When BCM receives the trunk open request signal, it operates the trunk lid opener actuator and opens the trunk. Operation Condition If the following conditions are not satisfied, door lock/unlock or trunk open operations will not response even if the request switch is operated. Revision: January 2010 BL-73 2010 Sentra K L M N O P INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Each request switch operation Operation condition Lock operation • All doors are closed • Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle • Intelligent Key is within outside key antenna detection area even if another Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle • OFF position warning chime is not operated Unlock Operation • Intelligent Key is outside the vehicle • Intelligent Key is within outside key antenna detection area Trunk open operation • Intelligent Key is in the outside key antenna (rear bumper) detection area and Intelligent Key is not inside vehicle. • Intelligent Keys are in the outside key antenna (rear bumper) detection area and Intelligent Key is inside vehicle. But both Intelligent Key IDs are different. Outside Key Antenna Detection Area The outside key antenna detection area of door lock/unlock function is in the range of approximately 80 cm (31.50 in) surrounding the driver and passenger door handles. The outside key antenna detection area of trunk open function is in the range of approximately 80 cm (31.50 in) surrounding Trunk opener request switch. However, this operating range depends on the ambient conditions. Key Reminder Function Key reminder functions have the following 2 functions. Key reminder function Operation condition Operation When the door is open to closed Key reminder function is operated when • Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle • Any door is open • All doors are locked by door lock and unlock switch or door lock knob • All doors are closed • All doors unlock operation • Sound Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle) for 3 seconds When the trunk is closed Key reminder function is operated when • Intelligent Key is inside trunk room • All doors are closed • All doors are locked • Trunk is closed • Trunk open operation. • Sound Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle) for 10 seconds CAUTION: • The above function operates when the Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle. However, there may be times when the Intelligent Key cannot be detected, and this function will not operate when the Intelligent Key is on the instrument panel, rear parcel shelf, or in the glove box. Also, this system sometimes does not operate if the Intelligent Key is in the door pocket of an open door. • While the key reminder function is operated when the trunk is open/closed and the chime sounds, if the following operations are performed, the key reminder function is cleared and chime sounds are stopped. - Remote control door lock button operation of Intelligent Key - Remote control door unlock button operation of Intelligent Key - When the trunk is closed, the Intelligent Key is not inside the vehicle - When any door is open Selective Unlock Function When a LOCK signal is sent from front door request switch LH or RH, all doors will be locked. When an UNLOCK signal is sent from front door request switch LH or RH once, that door will be unlocked. Then, if an UNLOCK signal is sent from the same front door request switch again within 1 minute, all other doors will be unlocked. Hazard and Horn Reminder When doors are locked or unlocked by a door request switch, Intelligent Key unit sends hazard request signal to BCM via CAN communication line. BCM flashes hazard warning lamps as a reminder. Intelligent Key unit sends a chirp signal to the Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle) as a reminder. The hazard and buzzer reminder has a horn chirp mode (C mode) and a non-horn chirp mode (S mode). Revision: January 2010 BL-74 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Operating function of hazard and horn reminder C mode S mode A Door request switch operation Lock Unlock Lock Unlock Hazard warning lamp flash Twice Once Twice — Warning buzzer (front of vehicle) Twice Once — — B C Hazard and buzzer reminders do not operate if any door switch is ON (OPEN door) and ignition switch is ON. How to change hazard and horn reminder mode With CONSULT-III Hazard and horn reminder can be changed using “HAZARD ANSWER BACK”, “ANSWER BACK WITH I-KEY LOCK” and “ANSWER BACK WITH I-KEY UNLOCK” mode in “WORK SUPPORT”. Refer to BL-97, "CONSULT-III Application Item" . Without CONSULT-III Refer to Owner's Manual for instructions. Auto Door Lock Function When all doors are locked, ignition knob switch is OFF (when ignition switch is not pressed) and key switch is OFF (when mechanical key is not inserted in key cylinder), doors are unlocked with a door request switch. When Intelligent Key unit does not receive the following signals within 1 minute, all doors are locked. • Door switch is ON (door is opened) • Door is locked • Ignition knob switch is ON (ignition switch is pressed) • Key switch is ON (mechanical key is inserted in key cylinder) Auto door lock mode can be changed by “AUTO RELOCK TIMER” mode in “WORK SUPPORT”. Refer to BL97, "CONSULT-III Application Item" . D E F G H BL Room Lamp Operation When the following conditions are met: • Condition of interior lamp switch is in DOOR position • Door switch is OFF (when all the doors are closed) J Intelligent Key system turns on interior lamp (for 30 seconds) by receiving UNLOCK signal from a door request switch. For detailed description, refer to "Room Lamp Operation". CAN communication system BCM × × × × × × × × × × × × × Key reminder function × Selective unlock function by request switch (LH side) × Auto door lock function × × × × × × × BL-75 × × × × × × × × × × × × × × Hazard warning lamp Intelligent Key unit × × × × × Hazard and horn reminder function Revision: January 2010 Intelligent Key warning buzzer × Rear bumper antenna Front outside antenna (LH, RH) × × Door lock/unlock function by mechanical key Trunk open function by the trunk opener switch Trunk lid opener actuator × Inside key antenna × Door lock actuator L Trunk opener request switch × Front door request switch (LH, RH) × Trunk lamp switch Door switch × K Door unlock sensor Door lock/unlock function by request switch Key switch Intelligent Key Door lock/trunk open function Ignition knob switch List of Operation Related Parts Parts marked with × are the parts related to operation. × × × × × × × M N O P 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTIONS Door Lock/Unlock Function The Intelligent Key has the same functions as the remote control entry system. Therefore, it can be used in the same manner as the remote control transmitter by operating the door lock/unlock button and trunk open button. System Diagram WIIA1329E Door Lock/Unlock Function • When door lock/unlock button of the Intelligent Key is pressed, lock signal or unlock signal is sent from Intelligent Key to Intelligent Key unit. • Intelligent Key unit sends the door lock/unlock request signal to BCM via CAN communication line. • When BCM receives the door lock/unlock signal, it operates door lock actuator and flashes the hazard lamp (lock: 2 times, unlock: 1 time) at the same time as an operation check. Trunk Open Function • When pressing the trunk button of the Intelligent Key, the trunk open signal is sent from the Intelligent Key to the Intelligent Key unit. • Intelligent Key unit sends trunk open request signal to BCM via CAN communication line and sounds Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle) 4 times at the same time. • When BCM receives the trunk open request signal, it operates the trunk lid opener actuator and opens the trunk. Operation Condition Remote control operation Lock Operation condition • All doors closed • OFF position warning chime is not operated. Unlock Trunk open — • Ignition switch is in OFF position. • Press and hold the trunk open button for 0.5 second or more Selective Unlock Function When a LOCK signal is sent from remote control of Intelligent Key, all doors will be locked. When an UNLOCK signal is sent from remote control of Intelligent Key once, driver's door will be unlocked. Then, if an UNLOCK signal is sent from remote control of Intelligent Key again within 1 minute, all other door will be unlocked. Hazard and Horn Reminder When doors are locked or unlocked by remote control of Intelligent Key, Intelligent Key unit sends hazard and horn request signal to BCM via CAN communication line. BCM flashes hazard warning lamps as a reminder and sends horn chirp signal to IPDM E/R. IPDM E/R sounds horn as a reminder. The hazard and horn reminder has a horn chirp mode (C mode) and a non-horn chirp mode (S mode). Revision: January 2010 BL-76 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Operating function of hazard and horn reminder C mode S mode A Remote control of Intelligent Key operation Lock Unlock Lock Unlock Hazard warning lamp flash Twice Once Twice — Horn sound Once — — — B Hazard and horn reminders do not operate if any door switch is ON (door is OPEN) and ignition switch is ON. How to change hazard and horn reminder mode With CONSULT-III Hazard and horn reminder can be changed using “HORN WITH KEYLESS LOCK” and “HAZARD ANSWER BACK” mode in “WORK SUPPORT”. Refer to BL-97, "CONSULT-III Application Item" . Without CONSULT-III Refer to Owner's Manual for instructions. Auto Door Lock Function When all doors are locked, ignition knob switch is OFF (when ignition switch is not pressed) and key switch is OFF (when mechanical key is not inserted in key cylinder), doors are unlocked with remote control of Intelligent Key. When Intelligent Key unit does not receive the following signals within 1 minute, all doors are locked. • Door switch is ON (door is opened) • Door is locked • Ignition knob switch is ON (ignition switch is pressed) • Key switch is ON (mechanical key is inserted in key cylinder) Auto door lock mode can be changed by “AUTO RELOCK TIMER” mode in “WORK SUPPORT”. Refer to BL97, "CONSULT-III Application Item" . C D E F G H Panic Alarm Function When ignition knob switch is OFF (when ignition switch is not pressed) and key switch is OFF (when mechanical key is not inserted in key cylinder), Intelligent Key unit receives PANIC ALARM signal from remote control BL of Intelligent Key. Intelligent Key unit sends alarm request signal to BCM via CAN communication line. BCM turns on and off headlamp intermittently and sends theft warning horn signal to IPDM E/R. Then, IPDM J E/R turns on and off horn intermittently. The headlamp flashes and the horn sounds intermittently. The alarm automatically turns off: K • After 25 seconds • When Intelligent Key unit receives any signal from remote control of Intelligent Key • When a door request switch is pressed (Intelligent Key is outside vehicle) Panic alarm function mode can be changed by “PANIC ALARM DELAY” mode in “WORK SUPPORT”. Refer to L BL-97, "CONSULT-III Application Item" . Room Lamp Illumination Operation When the following conditions are met: • Condition of interior lamp switch is in DOOR position • Door switch OFF (when all the doors are closed) Intelligent Key system turns on interior lamp (for 30 seconds) by receiving UNLOCK signal from remote control of Intelligent Key. For detailed description, refer to "Room Lamp Operation". List of Operation Related Parts Parts marked with × are the parts related to operation. M N O P Revision: January 2010 BL-77 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM × Keyless power window down (open) function × × Auto door lock function × × Panic alarm function × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × Head lamp Intelligent Key warning buzzer Trunk lid opener actuator Door lock actuator Trunk lamp switch Door switch Front door request switch (LH, RH) × × IPDM E/R Selective unlock function × × Horn × × × Hazard warning lamp Hazard and horn reminder function × × Combination meter × × BCM Trunk open function by remote control button × CAN communication system × Intelligent Key unit Door lock/unlock function by remote control button Key switch Intelligent Key Remote keyless entry functions Ignition knob switch < SERVICE INFORMATION > × × × × ENGINE START FUNCTION When the registered Intelligent Key is carried, the engine can be started without inserting the key. WIIA1282E When ignition knob switch is ON (press ignition switch), Intelligent Key unit searches Intelligent Key in the vehicle using inside key antenna. When Intelligent Key is inside the vehicle, it performs the following operation. • Illuminate green “KEY” warning lamp in combination meter. • Released steering lock and ignition switch can be turned from OFF to ACC, ON or START position. NOTE: If Intelligent Key is not registered, “KEY” warning lamp in combination meter illuminates red. • Intelligent Key sends engine start signal via CAN communication line. When ignition switch turns to START position, BCM sends starter request signal to IPDM E/R. Then, engine starts. Even if Intelligent Key battery runs down, Intelligent Key unit can start engine with mechanical key built into Intelligent Key. For details, refer to BL-170. All of the originally supplied Intelligent Key IDs have been registered in Intelligent Key system. If requested by the vehicle owner, a maximum of four Intelligent Key IDs can be registered into the Intelligent Key system components. List of Operation Related Parts Parts marked with × are the parts related to operation. Revision: January 2010 BL-78 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM CAN communication system BCM Combination meter IPDM E/R × × × × × × × Engine start function by the mechanical key × × × × steering lock solenoid Intelligent Key unit × NATS antenna amp. Inside key antenna × Engine start function by the Intelligent Key A Ignition knob switch Key switch Engine start functions Intelligent Key < SERVICE INFORMATION > × × × WARNING CHIME/BUZZER/LAMPS FUNCTION B C D E Operation Description The following warning chime (combination meter), intelligent key warning buzzer (front of vehicle), and warning lamps "KEY" and “P-SHIFT” (combination meter) are given to the user as warning information while using F the intelligent key system. • Ignition switch warning chime • Ignition key warning chime G • OFF position warning chime • OFF position warning chime (after door closed) • Take away warning chime H • Take away warning chime (from window) • Door lock operation warning chime • Intelligent key low battery warning • P position warning BL NOTE: For key-in-ignition warning chime related issues only, refer to DI-53. Operation Condition J Intelligent Key warning sound Warning lamp illuminates Ignition switch warning chime • Key switch is OFF. • Ignition switch is in the ACC, OFF or LOCK position. [ignition switch is pressed (ignition knob switch is ON)]. • Driver door is open. Chime (Instrument panel) — Ignition key warning chime (When mechanical key is used) • Mechanical key is inserted in ignition switch (key switch is ON). • Ignition switch is in the ACC, OFF or LOCK position. • Driver door is open. Chime (Instrument panel) — OFF position warning chime • Ignition switch is turned from ACC to OFF. [ignition switch is pressed (ignition knob switch is ON)]. • Ignition switch is in the LOCK position and pressed for 1 second. Chime (Instrument panel) — OFF position warning chime (after door closed) When driver door is opened and then closed while the OFF position warning chime above is operating. Buzzer (front of vehicle) — Take away warning chime • Engine is running. • Door open to close. • Intelligent Key is not found inside vehicle. Buzzer (front of vehicle) “KEY” (red) blinking Take away warning chime (from window) • Engine is running. • Door is closed. • Intelligent Key is not found inside vehicle. Chime (Instrument panel) “KEY” (red) blinking Operation Revision: January 2010 Condition BL-79 K L M N O 2010 Sentra P INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Operation Condition Intelligent Key warning sound Warning lamp illuminates Buzzer (front of vehicle) — Door lock operation warning chime When request switch is pushed under the following conditions: • All door are closed. • Door is unlocked. • Intelligent Key is inside vehicle. Intelligent Key low battery warning When Intelligent Key battery is low, Intelligent Key unit is detected after ignition switch is turned ON. — “KEY” (green) blinking P position warning When selector lever is in other than P position, ignition switch is turned from ON to OFF. — “P-SHIFT” OFF position warning chime × OFF position warning chime (after door close) × × × × × × × × × × Take away warning chime × × × × × × × Take away warning chime (from window) × × × × × × × Door lock operation warning chime × × × × × Intelligent Key low battery warning × × × P position warning CVT selector lever (park position switch) Combination meter Intelligent Key unit Intelligent Key warning buzzer × × × × Rear bumper antenna Front outside antenna (LH, RH) × Inside key antenna × Door request switch × BCM × × CAN communication system Ignition key warning chime (When mechanical key used) Door switch × Ignition switch warning chime Ignition switch ON position input signal Ignition switch ACC position input signal Key switch Intelligent Key Warning and alarm functions Ignition knob switch List of Operation Related Parts Parts marked with × are the parts related to operation. × × × × × × × × × CHANGE SETTINGS FUNCTION The settings for each function can be changed with the CONSULT-III. Changing Settings Using CONSULT-III The settings for the Intelligent Key system functions can be changed using CONSULT-III (WORK SUPPORT). Refer to BL-97, "CONSULT-III Application Item" . NOTE: Once a function setting is changed, it will remain effective even if the battery is disconnected. INTELLIGENT KEY REGISTRATION Intelligent Key-ID registration is performed using the CONSULT-III. CAUTION: • After a new Intelligent Key-ID is registered, be sure to check the function. • When registering an additional Intelligent Key-ID, take any Intelligent Keys already registered and Intelligent Keys for any other vehicles out of the vehicle before starting. CONSULT-III can be used to check and delete Intelligent Key-IDs. For further information, see the CONSULT-III Operation Manual NATS. Revision: January 2010 BL-80 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > STEERING LOCK SOLENOID REGISTRATION Steering Lock Solenoid ID Registration CAUTION: • The method for registering a steering lock solenoid ID depends on the status of the steering lock solenoid and Intelligent Key unit (new or old unit). • After registration is completed, press ignition switch with an Intelligent Key in the vehicle so that it can be turned, and confirm that it cannot be turned even when ignition switch is pressed without an Intelligent Key in the vehicle. For further information, see the CONSULT-III Operation Manual NATS-IVIS/NVIS. CAN Communication System Description A B C INFOID:0000000005283154 D Refer to LAN-7, "System Description". E F G H BL J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 BL-81 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Schematic INFOID:0000000005283155 AAKWA0213GB Revision: January 2010 BL-82 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H BL J K L M N O ABKWA0330GB P Revision: January 2010 BL-83 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - Intelligent Key - INFOID:0000000005283156 WIWA2197E Revision: January 2010 BL-84 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H BL J K L M N O LIWA0561E P Revision: January 2010 BL-85 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > AAKWA0214GB Revision: January 2010 BL-86 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H BL J K L M N O AWKWA0125GB P Revision: January 2010 BL-87 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > AWKWA0135GB Revision: January 2010 BL-88 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H BL J K L M N O ABKWA0331GB P Revision: January 2010 BL-89 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > AAKWA0215GB Revision: January 2010 BL-90 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H BL J K L M N O WIWA2324E P Revision: January 2010 BL-91 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Intelligent Key Unit Harness Connector Terminal Layout INFOID:0000000005283157 WIIA1168E Terminal and Reference Value for Intelligent Key Unit INFOID:0000000005283158 Condition Terminal Wire Color Item Ignition Switch Position Operation or Conditions Voltage (V) Approx. 1 LG Steering lock solenoid power supply LOCK — 5 2 L CAN-H — — — 3 P CAN-L — — — 4 Y Intelligent Key warning buzzer 5 SB Front door request switch LH — 6 BR Ignition switch (ON) ON 7 V Key switch 10 R CVT selector lever (park position switch) ON 11 SB Power source (Fuse) — — Battery voltage 12 B Ground — — 0 13 W Instrument panel antenna (+) signal LOCK • Any door open → all door close • Press ignition knob switch: ON (Ignition knob switch) 14 BR Instrument panel antenna (-) signal LOCK LOCK Operate door request switch. Buzzer OFF Sound buzzer Battery voltage 0 Press door request switch (driver side). 0 Other than above 5 — Battery voltage Insert mechanical key into ignition switch. Battery voltage Remove mechanical key from ignition switch. Shift lever in park position. Other than above 0 0 Battery voltage PIIB5502J 15 16 SB O Front console antenna (+) signal Front console antenna (-) signal LOCK • Any door open → all door close • Press ignition knob switch: ON (Ignition knob switch) PIIB5502J Revision: January 2010 BL-92 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Condition Terminal Wire Color Item 17 W Rear bumper antenna (+) signal R Rear bumper antenna (-) signal 18 Ignition Switch Position Operation or Conditions Voltage (V) Approx. B LOCK C Press trunk opener request switch. SIIA1910J 19 V A D Front outside antenna LH (+) signal E 20 O Front outside antenna LH (-) signal LOCK Press door request switch LH. F SIIA1910J 25 GR Front door request switch RH — 27 O Ignition knob switch — 28 LG Unlock sensor (driver side) — 29 31 P Trunk opener — G Steering lock solenoid ground — Press front door request switch RH. 0 Other than above 5 Press ignition switch. Battery voltage Release ignition switch. 0 Door (driver side) is locked. 5 Door (driver side) is unlocked. 0 Press trunk opener request switch. 0 Other than above 5 — G H BL J 0 K 32 L Steering lock solenoid communication signal LOCK When Intelligent Key is inside vehicle, press ignition knob switch. L SIIA1911J Other than above 33 34 Y V M 5 Rear parcel shelf antenna (+) signal Rear parcel shelf antenna (-) signal LOCK N • Any door open → all door close • Press ignition knob switch: ON (Ignition knob switch) O PIIB5502J 37 G Front outside antenna RH (+) signal 38 SB Front outside antenna RH (-) signal P LOCK Press door request switch RH. SIIA1910J Revision: January 2010 BL-93 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Condition Terminal Wire Color 40 GR Item AS unlock output Ignition Switch Position Operation or Conditions Unlock with rear door locks disabled. — Other than above Voltage (V) Approx. 0 Battery voltage Steering Lock Solenoid Harness Connector Terminal Layout INFOID:0000000005283159 WIIA1169E Terminal and Reference Value for Steering Lock Solenoid INFOID:0000000005283160 Condition Terminal Wire Color Ignition Switch Position Operation or Conditions Voltage (V) Approx. 1 SB Power source (fuse) LOCK — Battery voltage 2 LG Steering lock solenoid power supply LOCK — 5 3 L Steering lock solenoid communication signal LOCK When Intelligent Key is inside vehicle, press ignition knob switch. Signal Designation SIIA1911J Other than the above 4 G Steering lock solenoid ground — — Terminal and Reference Value for BCM 5 0 INFOID:0000000005283161 Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM" . Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R INFOID:0000000005283162 Refer to PG-24, "Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R" . Terminal and Reference Value for Combination Meter INFOID:0000000005283163 Refer to DI-13, "Terminal and Reference Value for Combination Meter". Trouble Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005283164 PRELIMINARY CHECK Revision: January 2010 BL-94 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H BL J K L M N WIIA1362E *1: BL-128 *2: BL-99 *3: BL-99 *4: BL-99 *5: BL-99 *6: BL-97 *7: BL-99 *8: BL-99 *9: "WORK FLOW" O *10: "WORK FLOW" P WORK FLOW Revision: January 2010 BL-95 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > PIIB4186E *1: BL-20 *2: BL-99 *3: BL-144 *4: BL-99 *5: BL-99 *6: GW-15 *7: BL-99 *8: BL-99 *9: BL-72 *10: BL-99 *11: BL-99 CONSULT-III Function (INTELLIGENT KEY) INFOID:0000000005283165 CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes as shown below. Revision: January 2010 BL-96 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Part to be diagnosed Test item, Diagnosis mode Intelligent Key A Description WORK SUPPORT Changes settings for each function. SELF-DIAG RESULTS Intelligent Key unit performs CAN communication diagnosis. DATA MONITOR Displays Intelligent Key unit input data in real time. CAN DIAG SUPPORT MONITOR The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN Communication can be read. ACTIVE TEST Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending driving signal to then. ECU PART NUMBER Displays Intelligent Key unit part No. BASIC OPERATION B C D INFOID:0000000005283166 1. Connect CONSULT-III. NOTE: Use mechanical key to turn ignition switch to ON. 2. Perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. E F CONSULT-III Application Item INFOID:0000000005283167 G SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Self-diag results Description Diagnosis procedure Reference page CAN COMM Malfunction is detected in CAN communication. CAN communication system check. LAN-10 CAN COMM2 Intelligent Key unit internal malfunction CAN communication system check. LAN-10 STRG COMM Malfunction is detected in communication of Intelligent Key unit and steering lock solenoid. Steering lock solenoid check. BL-122 I-KEY C/U Intelligent Key unit internal malfunction Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-129 IMMU NATS malfunction Check NATS. BL-170 WORK SUPPORT H BL J K Monitor item Description CONFIRM KEY FOB ID It can be checked whether Intelligent Key ID code is registered or not in this mode. TAKE OUT FROM WINDOW WARN Take away warning chime (from window) mode can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this mode. The operation mode will be changed when “CHANGE SETT” on CONSULTIII screen is touched. LOW BAT OF KEY FOB WARN Intelligent Key low battery warning mode can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this mode. The operation mode will be changed when “CHANGE SETT” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. The condition of answer back function can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this mode. The operation mode will be changed when “CHANGE SETT” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. N ANSWER BACK FUNCTION SELECTIVE UNLOCK FUNCTION Selective unlock function mode can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this mode. The operation mode will be changed when “CHANGE SETT” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. O ANTI KEY LOCK IN FUNCTION Key reminder function mode can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this mode. The operation mode will be changed when “CHANGE SETT” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. P HORN WITH KEYLESS LOCK Horn reminder function mode by Intelligent Key remote control button can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this mode. The operation mode will be changed when “CHANGE SETT” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. Revision: January 2010 BL-97 2010 Sentra L M INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Monitor item Description HAZARD ANSWER BACK Hazard reminder function mode can be selected from the following with this mode. The operation mode will be changed when “CHANGE SETT” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. • LOCK ONLY: Door lock operation only • UNLOCK ONLY: Door unlock operation only • LOCK/UNLOCK: Lock/Unlock operation • OFF: Non-operation ANSWER BACK WITH I-KEY LOCK Horn reminder function (lock operation) mode by any front door request or trunk opener request switch can be selected from the following with this mode. The operation mode will be changed when “CHANGE SETT” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. • HORN CHIRP: Sound horn • BUZZER: Sound buzzer • OFF: Non-operation ANSWER BACK WITH I-KEY UNLOCK Horn reminder function (unlock operation) mode by a door request switch can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this mode. AUTO RELOCK TIMER Auto door lock timer mode can select the following with this mode. • 1 minute • 5 minute • OFF: Non-operation PANIC ALARM DELAY Panic alarm button's pressing time on Intelligent Key remote control button can be selected from the following with this mode. The operation mode will be changed when “CHANGE SETT” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. • 0.5 second • 1.5 second • No delay TRUNK/GLASS HATCH OPEN Hazard and horn reminder function mode by trunk request switch can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this mode. The operation mode will be changed when “CHANGE SETT” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. TRUNK OPEN DELAY Trunk button's pressing time on Intelligent Key remote control button can be selected from the following with this mode. The operation mode will be changed when “CHANGE SETT” on CONSULTIII screen is touched. • 0.5 second • 1.5 second • No delay LOCK/UNLOCK BY I-KEY Door lock/unlock function by any front door request or trunk opener request switch mode can be changed to operate (ON) or not operate (OFF) with this mode. The operation mode will be changed when “CHANGE SETT” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. DATA MONITOR Monitor item Content PUSH SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition knob switch. KEY SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of key switch. DR REQ SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door request switch LH. AS REQ SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door request switch RH. BD/TR REQ SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk opener request switch. IGN SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch in ON position. ACC SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch in ACC position. STOP LAMP SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of stop lamp switch. P RANGE SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT selector lever (park position switch). DOOR LOCK SIG* Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of door lock signal from Intelligent Key remote control button. DOOR UNLOCK SIG* Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of door unlock signal from Intelligent Key remote control button. KEYLESS TRUNK* Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk open signal from Intelligent Key remote control button. KEYLESS PANIC* Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of panic alarm signal from Intelligent Key remote control button. DOOR SW DR* Indicates [OPEN/CLOSE] condition of front door switch driver side from BCM via CAN communication line. Revision: January 2010 BL-98 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Monitor item Content DOOR SW AS* Indicates [OPEN/CLOSE] condition of front door switch passenger side from BCM via CAN communication line. DOOR SW RR* Indicates [OPEN/CLOSE] condition of RR door switch from BCM via CAN communication line. DOOR SW RL* Indicates [OPEN/CLOSE] condition of RL door switch from BCM via CAN communication line. TRUNK SW* Indicates [OPEN/CLOSE] condition of trunk lamp switch from BCM via CAN communication line. VEHICLE SPEED* Indicates [km/h] condition of vehicle speed. A B C *: Select “SELECTION FROM MENU”. ACTIVE TEST D Test item DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK ANTENNA Description This test is able to check door lock/unlock operation. • The all door lock actuators are unlocked when “ALL UNLK” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. • The door lock actuator (driver side) is unlocked when “DR UNLK” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. • The door lock actuator (passenger side) is unlocked when “AS UNLK” on CONSULT- III screen is touched. • The all door lock actuators are locked when “LOCK” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. This test is able to check Intelligent Key antenna operation. When the following conditions are met, hazard warning lamps flash. • Inside key antenna (Instrument panel) detects Intelligent Key, when “RM ANT1” on CONSULTIII screen is touched. • Inside key antenna (Front console) detects Intelligent Key, when “RM ANT2” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. • Inside key antenna (Trunk room) detects Intelligent Key, when “LAG ANT” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. • Outside key antenna (LH side) detects Intelligent Key, when “DR ANT” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. • Outside key antenna (RH side) detects Intelligent Key, when “AS ANT” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. • Rear bumper antenna detects Intelligent Key, when “BD ANT” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. E F G H BL J OUTSIDE BUZZER This test is able to check Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle) operation. Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle) sounds when “ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. K INSIDE BUZZER (CHIME) This test is able to check Intelligent Key warning chime (combination meter) operation. • Take away warning chime sounds when “TAKE OUT” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. • Ignition switch warning chime sounds when “KNOB” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. • Ignition key warning chime sounds when “KEY” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. L INDICATOR This test is able to check warning lamp operation. • “KEY” Warning lamp (Green) illuminates when “BLUE ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. • “KEY” Warning lamp (Red) illuminates when “RED ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. • “P-SHIFT” Warning lamp illuminates when “KNOB ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. • “KEY” Warning lamp (Green) flashes when “BLUE IND” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. • “KEY” Warning lamp (RED) flashes when “BLUE IND” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. • “P-SHIFT” Warning lamp flashes when “KNOB ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart INFOID:0000000005283168 M N O ALL INTELLIGENT KEY FUNCTIONS ARE INOPERATIVE NOTE: • Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check “Trouble Diagnosis Procedure”. Refer to BL-94, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure" . • Make sure that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and check each symptom. • If the following “symptoms” are detected, check systems shown in the “Diagnoses/service procedure” column in this order. • Check if ignition switch turns using mechanical key. If it turns, check if “ENGINE START BY I-KEY” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode is ON. Revision: January 2010 BL-99 2010 Sentra P INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions) • Intelligent Key is registered. • Key is not inserted in ignition switch. • One or more registered Intelligent Keys are in the vehicle. Symptom All doors, trunk and ignition switch do not respond to Intelligent Key command. Diagnosis/service procedure Reference page 1. Intelligent Key battery inspection check. BL-128 2. Remote Keyless Entry Function check. BL-128 3. Intelligent Key unit power supply and ground circuit check. BL-106 4. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-129 KEY WARNING LAMP (GREEN) ILLUMINATES NOTE: • Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check “Trouble Diagnosis Procedure”. Refer to BL-94, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure" . • Make sure that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and check each symptom. • If the following “symptoms” are detected, check systems shown in the “Diagnoses/service procedure” column in this order. Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions) • Intelligent Key is registered. • Key is not inserted in ignition switch. • One or more registered Intelligent Keys are in the vehicle. Symptom Ignition switch does not turn on with Intelligent Key. [KEY warning lamp (green) illuminates]. Diagnosis/service procedure Reference page 1. Steering lock solenoid check. BL-122 2. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-129 KEY WARNING LAMP (RED) ILLUMINATES NOTE: • Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check “Trouble Diagnosis Procedure”. Refer to BL-94, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure" . • Make sure that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and check each symptom. • If the following “symptoms” are detected, check systems shown in the “Diagnoses/service procedure” column in this order. Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions) • Intelligent Key is registered. • Key is not inserted in ignition switch. • One or more registered Intelligent Keys are in the vehicle. Symptom Ignition switch does not turn on with Intelligent Key. [KEY warning lamp (red) illuminates]. Diagnosis/service procedure Reference page 1. Inside key antenna check. BL-120 2. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-129 KEY WARNING LAMP DOES NOT ILLUMINATE NOTE: • Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check “Trouble Diagnosis Procedure”. Refer to BL-94, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure" . • Make sure that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and check each symptom. • If the following “symptoms” are detected, check systems shown in the “Diagnoses/service procedure” column in this order. • Check if ignition switch turns using mechanical key. If it turns, check if “ENGINE START BY I-KEY” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode is ON. Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions) Revision: January 2010 BL-100 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Intelligent Key is registered. • Key is not inserted in ignition switch. • One or more registered Intelligent Keys are in the vehicle. Symptom Diagnosis/service procedure Ignition switch does not turn on with Intelligent Key. [KEY warning lamp does not illuminate]. A Reference page 1. Intelligent Key unit power supply and ground circuit check. BL-106 2. Ignition knob switch check. BL-109 3. Key switch check. BL-107 4. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-129 C D NON DTC ITEM NOTE: • Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check “Trouble Diagnosis Procedure”. Refer to BL-94, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure" . • Make sure that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and check each symptom. • If the following “symptoms” are detected, check systems shown in the “Diagnoses/service procedure” column in this order. Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions) • Intelligent Key is registered. • Multiple mechanical keys are not set in a keyfob. (If mechanical keys are near the ignition switch, the operation may not work properly). Symptom Non DTC Item B Diagnosis/service procedure E F G Reference page 1. Key switch check. BL-107 2. NATS antenna amp. check BL-173 H BL ENGINE START CONDITION CHECK NOTE: • Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check “Trouble Diagnosis Procedure”. Refer to BL-94, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure" . • If the following “symptoms” are detected, check systems shown in the ”Diagnoses/service procedure” column in this order. Symptom Engine start condition check Diagnosis/service procedure J K Reference page 1. CVT selector lever (park position switch) check. BL-125 2. Stop lamp switch check. BL-123 3. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-129 L M DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK FUNCTION MALFUNCTION NOTE: • Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check “Trouble Diagnosis Procedure”. Refer to BL-94, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure" . • Make sure that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and check each symptom. • If the following “symptoms” are detected, check systems shown in the “Diagnosis/procedure” column in this order. Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions) • “LOCK/UNLOCK BY I-KEY” is ON when setting on CONSULT-III. • Ignition switch is not depressed. • All doors are closed. Revision: January 2010 BL-101 N O P 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Symptom Diagnosis/service procedure Door lock/unlock do not operate by request switch. Door lock/unlock does not operate by request switch (LH side). Door lock/unlock does not operate by request switch (RH side). Selective unlock function does not operate by front door request switch LH (other door lock functions operate properly). Auto lock function does not operate properly. Key reminder function does not operate properly. Reference page 1. Door switch check. BL-110 2. Ignition knob switch check. BL-109 3. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-129 1. Front door request switch LH check. BL-113 2. Front outside antenna LH check. BL-119 3. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-129 1. Front door request switch RH check. BL-113 2. Front outside antenna RH check. BL-119 3. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-129 1. Check “SELECT UNLOCK FUNCTION” setting in “WORK SUPPORT”. BL-97 2. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-129 1. Check “AUTO RELOCK TIMER” setting in “WORK SUPPORT”. BL-97 2. Key switch check. BL-107 3. Ignition knob switch check. BL-109 4. Door switch check. BL-110 5. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-129 1. Check “ANTI KEY LOCK IN FUNCTION” setting in “WORK SUPPORT”. BL-97 2. Door switch check. BL-110 3. Inside key antenna check. BL-120 4. Front door lock actuator LH (door unlock sensor) check. BL-117 5. Intelligent Key battery inspection. BL-128 6. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-129 REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY FUNCTION MALFUNCTION NOTE: • Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check “Trouble Diagnosis Procedure”. Refer to BL-94, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure" . • Make sure that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and check each symptom. • If the following “symptoms” are detected, check systems shown in the “Diagnosis/service procedure” column in this order. Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions) • Ignition switch is not depressed. • All doors are closed. Symptom All of the remote keyless entry functions do not operate. Selective unlock function does not operate by Intelligent Key remote control button. Revision: January 2010 Diagnosis/service procedure Reference page 1. Intelligent Key battery and function inspection. BL-128 2. Remote Keyless Entry function check. BL-128 3. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-129 1. Check “SELECT UNLOCK FUNCTION” setting in “WORK SUPPORT”. BL-97 2. Intelligent Key battery inspection. BL-128 3. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-129 BL-102 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Symptom Auto lock function does not operate properly. Key reminder function does not operate properly. Panic alarm function does not operate properly. Trunk open function does not operate properly. Reference page Diagnosis/service procedure 1. Check “AUTO RELOCK TIMER” setting in “WORK SUPPORT”. BL-97 2. Key switch check. BL-107 3. Ignition knob switch check. BL-109 4. Door switch check. BL-110 5. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-129 1. Check “ANTI KEY LOCK IN FUNCTION” setting in “WORK SUPPORT”. BL-97 2. Door switch check. BL-110 3. Inside key antenna check. BL-120 4. Front door lock actuator LH (door unlock sensor) check. BL-117 5. Intelligent Key battery inspection. BL-128 6. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-129 1. Check “PANIC ALARM DELAY” setting in “WORK SUPPORT”. BL-97 2. Theft warning operation check. BL-153 3. Intelligent Key battery inspection. BL-128 4. Key switch check. BL-107 5. Ignition knob switch check. BL-109 6. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-129 1. Check “TRUNK OPEN DELAY” setting in “WORK SUPPORT”. BL-97 2. Trunk lid opener system check. BL-144 3. Trunk lamp switch check. BL-112 4. Intelligent Key battery inspection. BL-128 5. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-129 A B C D E F G H BL J TRUNK OPEN FUNCTION MALFUNCTION NOTE: • Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check “Trouble Diagnosis Procedure”. Refer to BL-94, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure" . • Make sure that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and check each symptom. • If the following “symptoms” are detected, check systems shown in the “Diagnosis/service procedure” column in this order. Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions) • “LOCK/UNLOCK BY I-KEY” is ON when setting on CONSULT-III. • Trunk cancel switch is in ON position. Symptom Trunk open function does not operate by trunk opener request switch. Diagnosis procedure Reference page 1. Trunk opener request switch check. BL-115 2. Rear bumper antenna check. BL-119 3. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-129 NOTE: • Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check “Trouble Diagnosis Procedure”. Refer to BL-94, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure" . • Make sure that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and check each symptom. • If the following “symptoms” are detected, check systems shown in the “Diagnosis/service procedure” column in this order. Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions) BL-103 L M HAZARD AND HORN REMINDER FUNCTION MALFUNCTION Revision: January 2010 K 2010 Sentra N O P INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Ignition switch is not depressed. • All doors are closed. Symptom Hazard reminder does not operate properly by request switch. (Horn reminder operates properly). Horn reminder does not operate properly by request switch. (Hazard reminder operates properly). Hazard reminder does not operate properly by Intelligent Key remote control button. (Horn reminder operates properly). Horn reminder does not operate properly by Intelligent Key remote control button (door lock/unlock button). (Hazard reminder operates properly). Horn reminder does not operate properly by trunk opener request switch. Diagnosis/service procedure Reference page 1. Check “HAZARD ANSWER BACK” setting in “WORK SUPPORT”. BL-97 2. Hazard function with hazard switch check. BL-127 3. Replace Intelligent Key unit BL-129 1. Check “ANSWER BACK WITH I-KEY LOCK” or “ANSWER BACK WITH I-KEY UNLOCK” setting in “WORK SUPPORT”. BL-97 2. Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle) check. BL-118 3. Horn function check. BL-127 4. IPDM E/R operation check. BL-127 5. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-129 1. Check “HAZARD ANSWER BACK” setting in “WORK SUPPORT”. BL-97 2. Hazard function check. BL-127 3. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-129 1. Check “HORN WITH KEYLESS LOCK” setting in “WORK SUPPORT”. BL-97 2. Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle) check. BL-118 3. Horn function check. BL-127 4. IPDM E/R operation check. BL-127 5. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-129 1. Check “TRUNK/GLASS HATCH OPEN” setting in “WORK SUPPORT”. BL-97 2. Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle) check. BL-118 3. Lid trunk opener system check. BL-144 4. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-129 WARNING CHIME FUNCTION MALFUNCTION NOTE: • Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check “Trouble Diagnosis Procedure”. Refer to BL-94, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure" . • Make sure that vehicle is under the condition shown in “Conditions of vehicle” before starting diagnosis, and check each symptom. • If the following “symptoms” are detected, check systems shown in the “Diagnosis/service procedure” column in this order. Conditions of Vehicle (Operating Conditions) Each warning chime function is ON when setting on CONSULT-III. Symptom Ignition switch warning chime does not operate. Revision: January 2010 Diagnosis/service procedure Reference page 1. Ignition knob switch check. BL-109 2. Door switch check. BL-110 3. Key switch check. BL-107 4. Intelligent Key warning chime (combination meter) check. BL-118 5. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-129 BL-104 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Symptom Ignition key warning chime does not operate properly. (When mechanical key is used) OFF position warning chime does not operate. OFF position warning chime (after door closed) does not operate properly. Take away warning chime does not operate properly. Take away warning chime (from window) does not operate properly. Door lock operation warning chime does not operate properly. Diagnosis/service procedure Reference page 1. Key switch (Intelligent Key unit input) check. BL-107 2. Key switch (BCM input) check. BL-108 3. Door switch check. BL-110 4. Warning chime check. BL-118 5. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-129 1. Ignition knob switch check. BL-109 2. Key switch check. BL-107 3. Power supply and ground circuit check. BL-106 4. Intelligent Key warning chime (combination meter) check. BL-118 5. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-129 1. Ignition knob switch check. BL-109 2. Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle) check. BL-118 3. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-129 1. Door switch check. BL-110 2. Power supply and ground circuit check. BL-106 3. Intelligent Key battery inspection. BL-128 4. Inside key antenna check. BL-120 5. Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle) check. BL-118 6. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-129 1. Check “TAKE OUT FROM WINDOW WARN” setting in “WORK SUPPORT”. BL-97 2. Inside key antenna check. BL-120 3. Power supply and ground circuit check BL-106 4. Intelligent Key battery inspection. BL-128 5. Intelligent Key warning chime (combination meter) check. BL-118 6. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-129 1. Door switch check. BL-110 2. Ignition knob switch check. BL-109 3. Front door request switch LH check. BL-113 4. Front outside antenna LH check. BL-119 5. Inside key antenna check. BL-120 6. Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle) check. BL-118 7. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-129 A B C D E F G H BL J K L M WARNING LAMP FUNCTION MALFUNCTION N NOTE: • Before performing the diagnosis in the following table, check “Trouble Diagnosis Procedure”. Refer to BL-94, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure" . • If the following “symptoms” are detected, check systems shown in the “Diagnosis/service procedure” column in this order. O Symptom Intelligent Key low battery warning does not operate properly. Revision: January 2010 Diagnosis/service procedure Reference page 1. Check “LOW BAT OF KEY FOB WARN” setting in “WORK SUPPORT”. BL-97 2. Intelligent Key battery inspection. BL-128 3. KEY warning lamp (green) check. BL-126 4. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-129 BL-105 2010 Sentra P INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Symptom P position warning lamp does not illuminate properly. Take away warning lamp does not illuminate properly. (Take away warning chime is operated). Ignition switch warning lamp does not illuminate properly. (Ignition switch warning chime is operated). Diagnosis/service procedure Reference page 1. CVT selector lever (park position switch) check. BL-125 2. “P-SHIFT” warning lamp (red) check. BL-126 3. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-129 1. KEY warning lamp (red) check. BL-126 2. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-129 1. KEY warning lamp (red) check. BL-126 2. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-129 CAN Communication System Inspection INFOID:0000000005283169 1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS • • • • With CONSULT-III Connect CONSULT-III, and turn ignition switch ON. Touch “INTELLIGENT KEY” on “SELECT SYSTEM” screen. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” on “SELECT DIAG MODE” screen. Check display content in self-diagnostic results. CONSULT-III display item DTC code NO DTC IS DETECTED — CAN COMM U1000 CAN COMM2 U1010 OK or NG NO DTC IS DETECTED>> INSPECTION END CAN COMM [U1000]>> Go to “CAN SYSTEM”, Refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". CAN COMM2 [U1010]>> Replace Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-129, "Removal and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit" . Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection INFOID:0000000005283170 1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector. Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M42 terminals 6, 11 and ground. Connector Terminals (+) M42 6 11 (–) Ground Ignition switch position OFF ON 0V Battery voltage Battery voltage Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace Intelligent Key power supply circuit. WIIA1171E 2.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 BL-106 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M42 terminal 12 and ground. 12 - Ground A : Continuity should exist. B OK or NG OK >> Power supply and ground circuits are OK. NG >> Repair or replace the Intelligent Key unit ground circuit. C WIIA1172E D Key Switch (Intelligent Key Unit Input) Check INFOID:0000000005283171 1.CHECK KEY SWITCH E With CONSULT-III Check key switch (“KEY SW”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. F Monitor item Condition Insert mechanical key into ignition switch: ON KEY SW 1. 2. 3. G Remove mechanical key from ignition switch: OFF Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit harness connector. Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M42 terminal 7 and ground. Connector M42 Terminals (+) 7 (–) Ground H BL Voltage (V) (Approx.) Condition Insert mechanical key into ignition switch J Battery voltage Remove mechanical key from ignition switch K 0 OK or NG OK >> Key switch is OK. NG >> GO TO 2. WIIA1173E L 2.CHECK KEY SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT M 1. 2. 3. N Remove mechanical key from ignition switch. Disconnect key switch and ignition knob switch connector. Check voltage between key switch and ignition knob switch harness connector M49 terminal 2 and ground. 2 - Ground : Battery voltage O OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace key switch and ignition knob switch power supply circuit. WIIA1330E 3.CHECK KEY SWITCH OPERATION Revision: January 2010 P BL-107 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check continuity between key switch and ignition knob switch terminals 1 and 2. Component Key switch Terminals 1 Condition 2 Continuity Insert mechanical key into ignition switch. Yes Remove mechanical key from ignition switch. No OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace key cylinder assembly (built-in key switch). PIIA9929E 4.CHECK KEY SWITCH CIRCUIT 1. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M42 (A) terminal 7 and key switch and ignition knob switch harness connector M49 (B) terminal 1. 7-1 2. : Continuity should exist. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M42 (A) terminal 7 and ground. 7 - Ground : Continuity should not exist. OK or NG OK >> Check the condition of harness and harness connector. NG >> Repair or replace harness between Intelligent Key unit and key switch and ignition knob switch. Key Switch (BCM Input) Check WIIA1331E INFOID:0000000005283172 1.CHECK KEY SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Remove mechanical key from ignition switch. Disconnect key switch and ignition knob switch connector. Check voltage between key switch and ignition knob switch harness connector M49 terminal 2 and ground. 2 – Ground : Battery voltage. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Check harness between key switch and ignition knob switch and fuse. 2.CHECK KEY SWITCH WIIA1330E Check continuity between key switch and ignition knob switch terminals 1 and 2. Component Ignition switch Terminals 1 Condition 2 Continuity Insert mechanical key into ignition switch. Yes Remove mechanical key from ignition switch. No OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace key cylinder assembly (built-in key switch). PIIA9929E 3.CHECK KEY SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 BL-108 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Disconnect BCM connector. 2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M18 (A) terminal 37 and key switch and ignition knob switch harness connector M49 (B) terminal 1. 37 – 1 3. A B : Continuity should exist. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M18 (A) terminal 37 and ground. 37 – Ground C : Continuity should not exist. OK or NG OK >> Key switch (BCM input) circuit is OK. NG >> Repair or replace harness between key switch and ignition knob switch and BCM. Ignition Knob Switch Check WIIA1332E D INFOID:0000000005283173 1.CHECK IGNITION KNOB SWITCH With CONSULT-III Display “PUSH SW” on DATA MONITOR screen, and check if ON/OFF display is linked to ignition switch operation. Monitor item Ignition switch is pushed: ON M42 G H Ignition switch is released: OFF Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector. Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M42 terminal 27 and ground. Connector F Condition PUSH SW 1. 2. 3. E Terminals (+) 27 (–) Ground Condition Ignition switch is pushed Ignition switch is released BL J Voltage (V) (Approx.) K Battery voltage L 0 OK or NG OK >> Ignition knob switch is OK. NG >> GO TO 2. WIIA1175E M 2.CHECK IGNITION KNOB SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT N 1. 2. 3. O Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect key switch and ignition knob switch connector. Check voltage between key switch and ignition knob switch harness connector M49 terminal 4 and ground. P Revision: January 2010 BL-109 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4 - Ground : Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace key switch and ignition knob switch power supply circuit. WIIA1333E 3.CHECK IGNITION KNOB SWITCH OPERATION Check continuity between key switch and ignition knob switch terminals 3 and 4. Component Ignition knob switch Terminals 3 4 Condition Continuity Ignition switch is pushed Yes Ignition switch is released No OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace key switch and ignition knob switch. PIIB6604E 4.CHECK IGNITION KNOB SWITCH CIRCUIT 1. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M42 (A) terminal 27 and key switch and ignition knob switch harness connector M49 (B) terminal 3. 27 - 3 2. : Continuity should exist. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M42 terminal 27 and ground. 27 - Ground : Continuity should not exist. OK or NG OK >> Check the condition of harness and harness connector. NG >> Repair or replace harness between Intelligent Key unit and key switch and ignition knob switch. Door Switch Check WIIA1334E INFOID:0000000005283174 1.CHECK DOOR SWITCHES INPUT SIGNAL With CONSULT-III Check door switches ("DOOR SW-DR", "DOOR SW-AS", "DOOR SW-RL", "DOOR SW-RR") in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT–III. Refer to BL-36, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)" . • When any doors are open: DOOR SW-DR DOOR SW-AS DOOR SW-RL DOOR SW-RR : ON : ON : ON : ON • When any doors are closed: DOOR SW-DR DOOR SW-AS Revision: January 2010 : OFF : OFF BL-110 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > DOOR SW-RL DOOR SW-RR : OFF : OFF A Without CONSULT-III Check voltage between BCM connector M18 or M19 terminals 12, 13, 47, 48 and ground. Connector M19 Item Terminals (+) Front door switch LH 47 Rear door switch LH 48 Front door switch RH 12 Rear door switch RH 13 M18 (–) Condition B C Voltage (V) (Approx.) D Ground Open ↓ Closed 0 ↓ Battery voltage E LIIA1177E F OK or NG OK >> Door switch circuit is OK. NG >> GO TO 2. G 2.CHECK DOOR SWITCH CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect door switch and BCM. Check continuity between door switch connector B21 (Front LH), B28 (Front RH), B26 (Rear LH), B41 (Rear RH) terminal 2 and BCM connector M18, M19 terminals 12, 13, 47 and 48. 2 - 47 2 - 12 2 - 48 2 - 13 4. : Continuity should exist. : Continuity should exist. : Continuity should exist. : Continuity should exist. : Continuity should not exist. BL J Check continuity between door switch connector B21 (Front LH), B28 (Front RH), B26 (Rear LH), B41 (Rear RH) terminal 2 and ground. 2 - Ground H K LIIA1178E L OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness. M Check continuity between door switch terminals. N 3.CHECK DOOR SWITCHES Terminals Door switch (front or rear) 2 – Ground Condition Continuity Pressed No Released Yes O P OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace door switch. WIIA0644E 4.CHECK BCM OUTPUT VOLTAGE 1. Reconnect BCM connectors. Revision: January 2010 BL-111 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Check voltage between BCM connector M18, M19 terminals 12, 13, 47, 48 and ground. 12 - Ground 13 - Ground 47 - Ground 48 - Ground : Battery voltage : Battery voltage : Battery voltage : Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> Door switch circuit is OK. NG >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM" . Trunk Room Lamp Switch Check LIIA1177E INFOID:0000000005283175 1.CHECK TRUNK ROOM LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL With CONSULT-III Check (“TRUNK SW”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Monitor item Trunk condition TRUNK SW 1. 2. OPEN : ON CLOSED : OFF Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Check voltage between BCM harness connector M19 terminal 42 and ground. Connector M19 Terminals (+) (-) 42 Ground Trunk condition Voltage (V) (Approx.) CLOSED Battery voltage OPEN 0 OK or NG OK >> Trunk room lamp switch circuit is OK. NG >> GO TO 2. WIIA1179E 2.CHECK TRUNK ROOM LAMP SWITCH 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect trunk room lamp switch connector. Check continuity between trunk room lamp switch terminals 1 and 2. Terminals 1 Trunk condition Continuity CLOSED No OPEN Yes 2 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace trunk room lamp switch. 3.CHECK TRUNK ROOM LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT 1. WIIA1335E Disconnect BCM connector M19. Revision: January 2010 BL-112 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M19 (A) terminal 42 and trunk room lamp switch harness connector B57 (B) terminal 1. 42 – 1 A : Continuity should exist. B C WIIA1336E D 3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M19 (A) terminal 42 and ground. 42 – Ground : Continuity should not exist. E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace harness between BCM and trunk room lamp switch. F 4.CHECK TRUNK ROOM LAMP SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT G Check continuity between trunk room lamp switch harness connector B57 terminal 2 and ground. 2 – Ground H : Continuity should exist. BL J WIIA1337E OK or NG OK >> Check connection of harness and connector. NG >> Repair or replace trunk room lamp switch ground circuit. Front Door Request Switch Check K INFOID:0000000005283176 L 1.CHECK FRONT DOOR REQUEST SWITCH M With CONSULT-III Check front door request switch (“DR REQ SW” or “AS REQ SW”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode. Monitor item DR REQ SW AS REQ SW 1. N Condition Front door request switch is pressed: ON Front door request switch is released: OFF O Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: January 2010 P BL-113 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M42 terminals 5, 25 and ground. Connector Terminals Item (+) Front door request switch LH M42 Front door request switch RH (–) 5 Ground 25 Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.) Door request switch is pressed ↓ Door request switch is released 0 ↓ Battery voltage WIIA1183E OK or NG OK >> Front door request switch is OK. NG >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK FRONT DOOR REQUEST SWITCH OPERATION 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect front door request switch connector. Check continuity between front door request switch terminals 3 and 4. Component Front door request switch (LH or RH) Terminals 3 4 Condition Continuity Front door request switch is pressed Yes Front door request switch is released No OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace front door request switch. WIIA1338E 3.CHECK FRONT DOOR REQUEST SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT Check continuity between front door request switch harness connector D4 (LH), D103 (RH) terminal 4 and ground. 4 - Ground : Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace door request switch ground circuit. 4.CHECK FRONT DOOR REQUEST SWITCH CIRCUIT 1. 2. WIIA1339E Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M42 (A) terminals 5 (LH), 25 (RH) and front door request switch harness connector D4 (B) (LH), D103 (RH) terminal 3. Revision: January 2010 BL-114 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Driver side Passenger side 3. 5-3 25 - 3 : Continuity should exist. : Continuity should exist. A Check continuity between front door request switch harness connector D4 (B) (LH), D103 (RH), terminal 3 and ground. 3 - Ground B : Continuity should not exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace harness between Intelligent Key unit and front door request switch. C WIIA1340E D 5.CHECK FRONT DOOR REQUEST SWITCH SIGNAL 1. 2. Connect Intelligent Key unit connector. Check voltage between front door request switch harness connector D4 (LH), D103 (RH) terminal 3 and ground. LH: RH: 3 - Ground 3 - Ground F : Battery voltage : Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> Check condition of harness and connector. NG >> Replace Intelligent Key Unit. Refer to BL-129, "Removal and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit" . G H WIIA1341E Trunk Opener Request Switch Check J With CONSULT-III Check trunk opener request switch (“BD/TR REQ SW”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode. K Condition Trunk opener request switch is pressed: ON BD/TR REQ SW 1. 2. L Trunk opener request switch is released: OFF Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit connector M42 terminal 29 and ground. Connector M42 Terminals (+) 29 (–) Ground Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.) Trunk opener request switch is pressed 0 Trunk opener request switch is released 5 OK or NG OK >> Trunk opener request switch is OK. NG >> GO TO 2. M N O P WIIA1185E 2.CHECK TRUNK OPENER REQUEST SWITCH OPERATION 1. BL INFOID:0000000005283177 1.CHECK TRUNK OPENER REQUEST SWITCH Monitor item E Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: January 2010 BL-115 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Disconnect trunk opener request switch connector. 3. Check continuity between trunk opener request switch terminals 1 and 2. Component Trunk opener request switch Terminals 1 2 Condition Continuity Trunk opener request switch is pressed Yes Trunk opener request switch is released No OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace trunk opener request switch. WIIA1186E 3.CHECK TRUNK OPENER REQUEST SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT Check continuity between trunk opener request switch harness connector T5 terminal 2 and ground. 2 - Ground : Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace trunk opener request switch ground circuit. 4.CHECK TRUNK OPENER REQUEST SWITCH CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M42 (A) terminal 29 and trunk opener request switch harness connector T5 (B) terminal 1. 29 - 1 3. : Continuity should exist. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M42 (A) terminal 29 and ground. 29 - Ground : Continuity should not exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace harness between Intelligent Key unit and trunk opener request switch. 5.CHECK TRUNK OPENER REQUEST SWITCH SIGNAL 1. 2. WIIA1187E WIIA1188E Connect Intelligent Key Unit connector. Check voltage between trunk opener request switch harness connector T5 terminal 1 and ground. 1 - Ground : Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> Check condition of harness and connector. NG >> Replace Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-129, "Removal and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit" . WIIA1189E Revision: January 2010 BL-116 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Front Door Lock Assembly LH (Door Unlock Sensor) Check INFOID:0000000005283178 A 1.CHECK UNLOCK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit connector terminal 28 and ground. Connector M42 Terminals (+) 28 (-) Ground Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.) Driver side door lock is locked 5 Driver side door lock is unlocked 0 B C D OK or NG OK >> front door lock assembly LH (door unlock sensor) is OK. NG >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK UNLOCK SENSOR CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. F Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit and front door lock assembly LH (door unlock sensor) connector. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M42 (A) terminal 28 and front door lock assembly LH (door unlock sensor) harness connector D9 (B) terminal 3. 28 – 3 4. E WIIA1190E G H : Continuity should exist. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M42 (A) terminal 28 and ground. 28 – Ground : Continuity should not exist. BL WIIA1342E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness between Intelligent Key unit and front door lock assembly LH (door unlock sensor). 3.CHECK UNLOCK SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT Check continuity between front door lock assembly LH (door unlock sensor) harness connector D9 terminal 4 and ground. 4 – Ground J K L : Continuity should exist. M OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace harness. N O 4.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY UNIT OUTPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. WIIA1343E P Connect Intelligent Key unit harness connector. Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M42 terminal 28 and ground. Revision: January 2010 BL-117 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 28 – Ground : Approx. 5V OK or NG OK >> Replace front door lock assembly LH (door unlock sensor). NG >> Replace Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-129, "Removal and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit" . WIIA1193E Intelligent Key Warning Chime (Combination Meter) Check INFOID:0000000005283179 1.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING CHIME (COMBINATION METER) OPERATION Using CONSULT-III, enter "INTELLIGENT KEY" menu and select "ACTIVE TEST". Activate "INSIDE BUZZER" and listen for a chime response. OK or NG OK >> Warning chime is OK. NG >> Refer to DI-53. Check Intelligent Key Warning Buzzer (Front of Vehicle) INFOID:0000000005283180 1.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER (FRONT OF VEHICLE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle) connector. Check voltage between Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle) harness connector E26 terminal 1 and ground. 1 - Ground : Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle) power supply circuit. 2.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER (FRONT OF VEHICLE) CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M42 (A) terminal 4 and Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle) harness connector E26 (B) terminal 3. 4-3 3. WIIA1195E : Continuity should exist. Check continuity between Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle) harness connector E26 (B) terminal 3 and ground. 3 - Ground : Continuity should not exist. OK or NG WIIA1196E OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness between Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle) and Intelligent Key unit. Revision: January 2010 BL-118 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY WARNING BUZZER (FRONT OF VEHICLE) OPERATION Connect battery power supply to Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle) harness connector E26 terminals 1 and 3, and check the operation. 1 (BAT+) - 3 (BAT-) A B : The buzzer sounds OK or NG OK >> Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle) is OK. NG >> Replace Intelligent Key warning buzzer (front of vehicle). C D WIIA1197E Outside Key Antenna Check INFOID:0000000005283181 1.CHECK OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA INPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. F Turn ignition switch OFF. Check signal between Intelligent Key unit connector M42 terminals 17, 19, 37 and ground with an oscilloscope. Connector M42 Item Terminals (+) Rear bumper antenna 17 Front outside antenna LH 19 Front outside antenna RH 37 (-) Condition Signal (Reference value) G H BL Ground Request switch is pushed J WIIA1198E SIIA1910J K OK or NG OK >> Outside key antenna is OK. NG >> GO TO 2. L 2.CHECK OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA CIRCUIT 1. 2. E Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector and outside key antenna connector. Check continuity between each outside key antenna harness connector D4 (B) (LH) or D103 (B) (RH), rear bumper antenna connector B49 (C) terminals 1, 2 and Intelligent Key unit harness connector M42 (A) terminals 17, 18, 19, 20, 37, and 38. M N O P Revision: January 2010 BL-119 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Item Connector Rear bumper antenna C: B49 Front outside antenna LH B: D4 Front outside antenna RH B: D103 3. Terminal Connector Terminal 1 17 2 18 1 Continuity 19 A: M42 2 Yes 20 1 37 2 38 Check continuity between each outside key antenna harness connector terminals 1, 2 and ground. Item Connector Terminal Continuity Ground No 1 Rear bumper antenna C: B49 Front outside antenna LH B: D4 Front outside antenna RH B: D103 2 1 2 1 WIIA1345E 2 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace harness between outside key antenna and Intelligent Key unit. 3.CHECK OUTSIDE KEY ANTENNA POWER SUPPLY 1. 2. 3. Replace outside key antenna. (New antenna or other antenna) Connect Intelligent Key unit connector and outside key antenna connector. Check signal between Intelligent Key unit connector terminals 17, 19, 37 and ground with an oscilloscope. Connector M42 Item Terminals (+) Rear bumper antenna 17 Front outside antenna LH 19 Front outside antenna RH 37 (-) Ground Condition Signal (Reference value) Request switch is pushed WIIA1198E SIIA1910J OK or NG OK >> Replace outside key antenna. NG >> Replace Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-129, "Removal and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit" . Inside Key Antenna Check INFOID:0000000005283182 1.CHECK INSIDE KEY ANTENNA POWER SUPPLY SIGNAL 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check signal between Intelligent Key unit connector and ground with an oscilloscope. Revision: January 2010 BL-120 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Connector M42 Terminals Item (+) Rear parcel shelf antenna 33 Front console antenna 15 (–) Ground Ground Instrument panel antenna 13 Condition A Signal (V) (Reference value) Any door is open → All doors are closed B C WIIA1200E Ignition switch is pushed. D PIIB7441E E OK or NG OK >> Inside key antenna is OK. NG >> GO TO 2. F 2.CHECK INSIDE KEY ANTENNA 1. 2. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit connector and inside key antenna connectors. Check continuity between inside key antenna harness connector M25 (B) (instrument panel), B18 (B) (front console), B45 (B) (rear parcel shelf) terminals 1, 2 and Intelligent Key unit harness connector M42 (A) terminals 13, 14, 15, 16, 33 and 34. Item Connector Instrument panel antenna B: M25 Front console antenna B: B18 Rear parcel shelf antenna B: B45 3. Terminal Connector Terminal 2 13 1 14 1 A: M42 2 BL Yes 16 33 2 34 H Continuity 15 1 G Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M42 (A) terminals 13, 14, 15, 16, 33, 34 and ground. J K WIIA1254E L Item Connector Terminals Continuity 13 M 14 Intelligent Key unit A: M42 15 16 Ground No N 33 34 O OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness between inside key antenna and Intelligent Key unit. 3.CHECK INSIDE KEY ANTENNA POWER SUPPLY SINGAL 1. 2. P Replace inside key antenna. (New antenna or other antenna) Connect Intelligent Key unit connector. Revision: January 2010 BL-121 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check signal between Intelligent Key unit connector and ground with oscilloscope. Connector Item Rear parcel shelf antenna M42 Front console antenna Instrument panel antenna Terminals (+) 33 (–) Ground Condition Signal (V) (Reference value) Any door is open → All doors are closed WIIA1200E 15 Ground 13 Ignition switch is pushed. PIIB7441E OK or NG OK >> Replace inside key antenna. NG >> Replace Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-129, "Removal and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit" . Steering Lock Solenoid Check INFOID:0000000005283183 1.CHECK STEERING LOCK SOLENOID POWER SUPPLY 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect steering lock solenoid connector. Check voltage between steering lock solenoid harness connector M27 terminal 1 and ground. 1 - Ground : Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace steering lock solenoid power supply circuit. 2.CHECK STEERING LOCK SOLENOID GROUND CIRCUIT WIIA1202E Check continuity between steering lock solenoid harness connector M27 terminal 4 and ground. 4 - Ground : Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace the steering lock solenoid ground circuit. 3.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY UNIT OUTPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. WIIA1203E Connect steering lock solenoid connector. Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M42 terminal 1 and ground. Revision: January 2010 BL-122 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1 - Ground : Approx. 5V A OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-129, "Removal and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit" . B C WIIA1204E 4.CHECK STEERING LOCK COMMUNICATION SIGNAL D Check signal between Intelligent Key unit connector M42 terminal 32 and ground with oscilloscope. E Connector Terminals (+) (–) Condition Signal (V) (Reference value) F M42 32 Ground Ignition switch is pushed G SIIA1911J WIIA1205E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-129, "Removal and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit" . H BL 5.CHECK STEERING LOCK SOLENOID COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit and steering lock solenoid connectors. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M42 (B) terminals 1, 32 and steering lock solenoid connector M27 (A) terminals 2, 3. 1-2 32 - 3 3. K : Continuity should exist. : Continuity should exist. L Check continuity between steering lock solenoid harness connector M27 (A) terminals 2, 3 and ground. 2 - Ground 3 - Ground : Continuity should not exist. : Continuity should not exist. OK or NG OK >> NG M WIIA1206E Replace steering lock solenoid. • After replacing steering lock solenoid, perform registration procedure. Refer to BL-72, "System Description" . >> Repair or replace harness between steering lock solenoid and Intelligent Key unit. Stop Lamp Switch Check N O INFOID:0000000005283184 1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL P With CONSULT-III Check stop lamp switch (“STOP LAMP SW”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Revision: January 2010 J BL-123 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Monitor item Condition Brake pedal depressed: ON STOP LAMP SW 1. 2. 3. Brake pedal released: OFF Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect BCM. Check voltage between BCM connector M18 terminal 9 and ground. Connector Terminals (+) (–) 9 Ground M18 Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.) Brake pedal depressed Battery voltage Brake pedal released 0 OK or NG OK >> Stop lamp switch circuit is OK. NG >> GO TO 2. WIIA1347E 2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Check voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector E60 terminal 1 and ground. 1 - Ground : Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness between stop lamp switch power supply circuit and fuse. WIIA1255E 3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH OPERATION Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2. Component Stop lamp switch Terminals 1 2 Condition Continuity Brake pedal depressed Yes Brake pedal not depressed No OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace stop lamp switch. WIIA1256E 4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 BL-124 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Check continuity between BCM connector M18 (A) terminal 9 and stop lamp switch connector E60 (B) terminal 2. 9-2 2. A : Continuity should exist. B Check continuity between BCM connector M18 (A) terminal 9 and ground. 9 - Ground : Continuity should not exist. OK or NG OK >> Check condition of harness and connector. NG >> Repair or replace harness. C WIIA1348E D CVT Selector Lever (Park Position Switch) Check INFOID:0000000005283185 1.CHECK CVT SELECTOR LEVER (PARK POSITION SWITCH) INPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check for continuity between Intelligent Key unit harness connector M42 terminal 10 and ground. Connector M42 Terminals (+) (-) 10 Ground Condition Continuity Selector lever is in "P" position Yes Other than above No OK or NG OK >> Replace Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-129, "Removal and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit" . NG >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK CVT SELECTOR LEVER (PARK POSITION SWITCH) GROUND CIRCUIT 1. 2. E F G H BL WIIA1349E J Disconnect CVT selector lever (park position switch) connector. Check for continuity between CVT selector lever (park position switch) harness connector M38 terminal 2 and ground. K 2 – Ground : Continuity should exist. L M WIIA1350E N OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness. 3.CHECK CVT SELECTOR LEVER (PARK POSITION SWITCH) O Check continuity between CVT selector lever (park position switch) terminals 2 and 5. P Revision: January 2010 BL-125 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Component Terminals CVT selector lever (park position switch) 2 5 Condition Continuity Selector lever is in "P" position Yes Other than above No OK or NG OK >> Repair or replace harness. NG >> Replace CVT selector lever (park position switch). WIIA1351E "P-SHIFT" Warning Lamp Check INFOID:0000000005283186 1.CHECK WARNING LAMP OPERATION With CONSULT-III • Check “INDICATOR” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. • Select “KNOB ON”. “P-SHIFT” warning lamp should illuminate. 1. 2. Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. While monitoring the combination meter warning lamps, turn ignition switch ON. "P-SHIFT" warning lamp should illuminate for 1 second to perform a bulb check. OK or NG OK >> Inspection end. NG >> Check combination meter. Refer to DI-6. "KEY" Warning Lamp (RED) Check INFOID:0000000005283187 1.CHECK WARNING LAMP OPERATION With CONSULT-III • Check “INDICATOR” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. • Select “RED ON”. “KEY” warning lamp (red) should illuminate. 1. 2. 3. 4. Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Ensure Intelligent Key is outside and away from the vehicle. While monitoring the combination meter warning lamps, push the ignition knob switch. The "KEY" warning lamp (red) should illuminate indicating that the Intelligent Key is not nearby. OK or NG OK >> Inspection end. NG >> Check combination meter. Refer to DI-6. "KEY" Warning Lamp (GREEN) Check INFOID:0000000005283188 1.CHECK WARNING LAMP OPERATION With CONSULT-III • Check “INDICATOR” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. • Select “BLUE ON”. “KEY” warning lamp (green) should illuminate. Without CONSULT-III Revision: January 2010 BL-126 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Ensure Intelligent Key is in your possession inside the vehicle. 3. While monitoring the combination meter warning lamps, push the ignition knob switch. 4. The "KEY" warning lamp (green) should illuminate indicating that the Intelligent Key is nearby. A B OK or NG OK >> Inspection end. NG >> Check combination meter. Refer to DI-6. Hazard Function Check C INFOID:0000000005283189 D 1.CHECK HAZARD WARNING LAMP Does hazard warning lamp flash with hazard switch? YES or NO YES >> Hazard warning lamp circuit is OK. NO >> Check hazard circuit. Refer to LT-45. Check Horn Function E F INFOID:0000000005283190 First perform the “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” in “BCM” with CONSULT-III, then perform the trouble diagnosis of malfunction system indicated “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” of “BCM”. Refer to BCS-17, "CAN Communication Inspection Using CONSULT-III (Self-Diagnosis)". 1.CHECK HORN FUNCTION H Does horn sound with horn switch? YES or NO YES >> Horn circuit is OK. NO >> Check horn circuit. Refer to WW-28. BL IPDM E/R Operation Check INFOID:0000000005283191 1.CHECK IPDM E/R INPUT SIGNAL Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector E43 terminal 13 and ground. 13 – Ground G J K : Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R". NG >> GO TO 2. L M N WIIA1352E 2.CHECK IPDM E/R CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R and horn relay connector. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector E43 (A) terminal 13 and horn relay harness connector H-1 (B) terminal 1. Revision: January 2010 BL-127 2010 Sentra O P INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 13 – 1 : Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> Check harness connection. NG >> Repair or replace harness. WIIA1353E Intelligent Key Battery Replacement INFOID:0000000005283192 LIIA2852E INTELLIGENT KEY BATTERY INSPECTION 1. 2. Remove battery to measure voltage across battery positive (+) and negative (-) terminals. Check by connecting a resistance (approximately 300Ω) so that the current value becomes about 10 mA. Standard : Approx. 2.5 - 3.0V NOTE: Key fob does not function if battery is not installed correctly. OCC0607D Remote Keyless Entry Function INFOID:0000000005283193 1.CHECK KEYFOB FUNCTION Revision: January 2010 BL-128 2010 Sentra INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check keyfob function using Remote Keyless Entry Tester J-43241. Does the test pass? YES or NO YES >> Keyfob is OK. NO >> Replace keyfob. Refer to BL-72, "System Description" . A B C LEL946A Removal and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit D INFOID:0000000005283194 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. E Disconnect the battery negative terminal. Remove the glove box assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation" . Remove the screw (a), disconnect and remove the Intelligent Key unit (1). F G H LIIA2851E BL INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 BL-129 2010 Sentra DOOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > DOOR Fitting Adjustment INFOID:0000000005283195 LIIA2811E 1. Body side outer 2. Front fender 3. Front door outer 4. Front door sash 5. Rear door sash 6. Rear pillar 7. Rear door outer 8. Center pillar a. 2.0 ± 1.0 mm (0.08 ± 0.04 in) b. 0.0 ± 1.0 mm(0.0 ± 0.04 in) c. 0.0 ± 1.0 mm (0.0 ± 0.04 in) d. 4.6 ± 1.0 mm (0.18 ± 0.04 in) e. 7.0 ± 1.0 mm (0.28 ± 0.04 in) f. -3.6 ± 1.5 mm (-0.14 ± 0.06 in) h. -5.5 ± 1.5 mm (-0.22 ± 0.06 in) j. 6.8 ± 1.0 mm (0.27 ± 0.04 in) m. 7.0 ± 1.0 mm (0.28 ± 0.04 in) n. -4.7 ± 2.0 mm(-0.19 ± 0.08 in) q. 22.1 ± 1.0 mm (0.87 ± 0.04 in) t. 4.6 ± 1.0 mm (0.18 ± 0.04 in) r. 4.5 ± 1.0 mm (0.18 ± 0.04 in) u. 0.0 ± 1.0 mm (0.0 ± 0.04 in) g. 6.8 ± 1.0 mm (0.27 ± 0.04 in) k. -5.3 ± 1.5 mm (-0.21 ± 0.06 in) p. -8.9 ± 2.0 mm (-0.35 ± 0.08 in) s. 0.0 ± 1.0 mm (0.0 ± 0.04 in) v. 0.0 ± 1.0 mm (0.0 ± 0.04 in) w. 5.5 ± 1.5 mm (0.22 ± 0.06 in) FRONT DOOR Revision: January 2010 BL-130 2010 Sentra DOOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > Longitudinal Clearance 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Front door hinge bolts 7. A Remove the front fender. Refer to BL-19, "Removal and Installation". Loosen the front door hinge bolts. Install the front fender. Refer to BL-19, "Removal and Installation". Open the front door and adjust up or down at the rear edge according to specification. Remove the front fender. Refer to BL-19, "Removal and Installation". Tighten the front door hinge bolts. B C 20.6 N·m (2.1 kg-m, 15 ft-lb) D Install the front fender. Refer to BL-19, "Removal and Installation". Surface Height Adjustment 1. 2. 3. Loosen the front door hinge nuts. Adjust the surface height difference of the fender and the front door according to specification. Tighten the front door hinge nuts. Refer to BL-132, "Removal and Installation". E Striker Adjustment F 1. Striker screws 16.7 N·m (1.7 kg-m, 12 ft-lb) G H BL PIIB2804J REAR DOOR J Longitudinal Clearance 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the center pillar upper and lower garnishes. Refer to EI-34. Open the front door and loosen the rear door hinge bolts. From inside the vehicle, loosen the upper hinge nut. Open the rear door, and raise or lower the rear door at the rear edge according to specification. Tighten the rear door hinge bolts and nut. Rear door hinge bolts Rear door hinge to center pillar nut 5. 20.6 N·m (2.1 kg-m, 15 ft-lb) 28.8 N·m (2.9 kg-m, 21 ft-lb) K L M Install the center pillar upper and lower garnishes. Refer to EI-34. N Surface Height Adjustment 1. 2. 3. Loosen the rear door hinge nuts. Adjust the surface height difference of front and rear doors according to specification. Tighten the rear door hinge nuts. Refer to BL-132, "Removal and Installation". O Striker Adjustment Revision: January 2010 P BL-131 2010 Sentra DOOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Striker screws 16.7 N·m (1.7 kg-m, 12 ft-lb) PIIB2804J Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283196 FRONT DOOR CAUTION: • When removing and installing the front door assembly, support the door with a jack and cloth to protect the door and body. • When removing and installing front door assembly, be sure to carry out the fitting adjustment. Refer to BL-130, "Fitting Adjustment". • After installing, apply touch-up paint onto the head of the hinge nuts. • Check the hinge rotating part for lubrication. If necessary, apply “body grease”. • Operate with two workers, because of its heavy weight. • Check front door open/close operation after installation. Removal 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove dash side finisher. Refer to EI-34, "Removal and Installation". Disconnect the front door harness connectors. Remove the front door harness grommet, and then remove the harness from the front pillar. Remove the check link bolt from the front pillar. Front door check link bolt 14.7 N·m (1.5 kg-m, 11 ft-lb) PIIB6543E Revision: January 2010 BL-132 2010 Sentra DOOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. Remove the front door hinge nuts (a) and the door assembly (1). A Front door hinge nuts 24.5 N·m (2.5 kg-m, 18 ft-lb) B C D E F G LIIA2812E Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. H REAR DOOR CAUTION: • When removing and installing the rear door assembly, support the door with a jack and cloth to pro- BL tect the door and body. • When removing and installing rear door assembly, be sure to carry out the fitting adjustment. Refer to BL-130, "Fitting Adjustment". J • After installing, apply touch-up paint onto the head of the hinge nuts. • Check the hinge rotating part for poor lubrication. If necessary, apply “body grease”. • Operate with two workers, because of its heavy weight. K • Check rear door open/close operation after installation. Removal 1. Remove the rear door harness grommet. L M N PIIB6520E O P Revision: January 2010 BL-133 2010 Sentra DOOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Disconnect the rear door harness connector. PIIB6521E 3. Remove the check link bolt from the center pillar. Rear door check link bolt 14.7 N·m (1.5 kg-m, 11 ft-lb) PIIB6543E 4. Remove the rear door hinge nuts (a) and the door assembly (1). Rear door hinge nuts 24.5 N·m (2.5 kg-m, 18 ft-lb) LIIA2813E Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Revision: January 2010 BL-134 2010 Sentra FRONT DOOR LOCK < SERVICE INFORMATION > FRONT DOOR LOCK A Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000005283197 B C D E F G LIIA2814E 1. Front door outside handle assembly 4. Key cylinder assembly 5. Rear gasket 6. Front gasket 7. Outside handle bracket 8. Key cylinder connecting rod 9. Door lock assembly 10. Inside door handle cap 2. Front door outside handle assembly 11. Inside door handle assembly Removal and Installation 3. Door key cylinder assembly (Driver's side) Outside handle escutcheon (passenger's side) H BL 12. Front door assembly INFOID:0000000005283198 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Remove front door finisher. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation". Temporarily reconnect the battery and the power window switch. Fully close front door window. Disconnect the battery negative terminal and remove the power window switch. Remove the front door sealing screen. NOTE: If the sealing screen is to be reused, pull it and the adhesive at approximately a 30 degree angle from the metal to remove it cleanly. Remove front door rear glass run channel. Refer to GW-47. Remove the door side grommet, and the door key cylinder mask (escutcheon) bolt. Disconnect the key cylinder connecting rod (key cylinder side). If equipped, disconnect the door antenna, the door request switch connector and remove the harness clamp. (Vehicle with intelligent key systems only). J K L M N O P PIIB5808E Revision: January 2010 BL-135 2010 Sentra FRONT DOOR LOCK < SERVICE INFORMATION > 9. Remove the door cylinder and mask assembly while pulling the outside handle forward. PIIB5809E 10. Pull the outside door handle out and then slide it toward the rear of the vehicle to remove. PIIB5810E 11. Remove the front and rear gaskets. PIIB6526E 12. Remove the door lock assembly bolts. 5.8 N·m (0.6 kg-m, 51.4 in-lb) PIIB6527E 13. Slide the outside handle bracket toward the rear of the vehicle, and remove the assembly. PIIB6528E Revision: January 2010 BL-136 2010 Sentra FRONT DOOR LOCK < SERVICE INFORMATION > 14. If equipped, disconnect the door lock assembly electrical connector. 15. Separate the outside handle cable from the outside handle bracket. A B C PIIB5815E INSTALLATION D E Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: • To install the rod, be sure to rotate the rod holders until a click is felt. F G H BL J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 BL-137 2010 Sentra REAR DOOR LOCK < SERVICE INFORMATION > REAR DOOR LOCK Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000005283199 LIIA2815E 1. Outside door handle assembly 2. Outside handle 3. Outside handle escutcheon 4. Rear gasket 5. Front gasket 6. Outside handle bracket 7. Grommet 8. Rear door lock assembly 9. Inside door handle cap 10. Inside door handle assembly 11. Rear door assembly Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283200 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. Remove the partition glass. Refer to GW-51. Support door glass while lifting it up to the door window completely closed position. Remove the door side grommet, and the outside handle escutcheon screw. PIIB5808E 4. Pull the outside handle forward while removing outside handle escutcheon. PIIB5809E Revision: January 2010 BL-138 2010 Sentra REAR DOOR LOCK < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. Pull outside door handle forward and slide it toward the rear of the vehicle to remove. A B C PIIB5810E 6. D Remove the front and rear gaskets. E F G PIIB6526E 7. Remove the door lock assembly screws. H : 5.8 N·m (0.6 kg-m, 51.4 in-lb) BL J PIIB6527E 8. K Slide the outside handle bracket toward the rear of vehicle, remove the outside handle bracket and the door lock assembly. L M N PIIB6528E 9. If equipped, disconnect the door lock assembly electrical connector. O P Revision: January 2010 BL-139 2010 Sentra REAR DOOR LOCK < SERVICE INFORMATION > 10. Disconnect the outside handle cable from the outside handle bracket. PIIB5815E INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Revision: January 2010 BL-140 2010 Sentra TRUNK LID < SERVICE INFORMATION > TRUNK LID A Fitting Adjustment INFOID:0000000005283201 B C D E F G H BL J LIIA2816E 1. Rear fender 2. Trunk lid 3. K Rear combination lamp a. 4.0 ± 1.0 mm (0.16 ± 0.04 in) b. 0.0 ± 1.0 mm (0.0 ± 0.04 in) c. 4.0 ± 1.6 mm (0.16 ± 0.06 in) d. 0.8 ± 1.6 mm (0.03 ± 0.06 in) e. 4.0 ± 1.6 mm (0.16 ± 0.06 in) f. 1.25 ± 1.6 mm (0.05 ± 0.06 in) Longitudinal and lateral clearance adjustment 1. 2. With the striker released, loosen the trunk lid hinge nuts and close the trunk lid. Make the lateral clearance and the clearance to the rear window glass equal. Then open the trunk lid to tighten the nuts. Surface height adjustment 1. 2. Loosen the striker bolts. Raise the striker to the top position, and temporarily tighten the upper bolt. Close the trunk lid lightly and adjust the surface height. Then open the trunk lid and tighten the striker bolts. Trunk Lid Assembly N O P Remove the trunk lid finisher. Refer to EI-44 . Remove the trunk lid wire harness. Revision: January 2010 M INFOID:0000000005283202 REMOVAL 1. 2. L BL-141 2010 Sentra TRUNK LID < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Remove the nuts (a) and the trunk lid assembly (1). LIIA2817E INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: After installing, apply touch-up paint (body color) to the head of the hinge nuts. Trunk Lid Lock INFOID:0000000005283203 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the trunk lid finisher. Refer to EI-44 . If equipped, disconnect the trunk lid lock cylinder rod. Remove the release cable. Remove the bolts (a) and the trunk lid lock (1). LIIA2818E INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Trunk Lid Striker INFOID:0000000005283204 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. Remove the trunk rear plate and trunk rear finisher. Refer to EI-44 . Remove the bolts, disconnect the electrical connector and remove the trunk lock actuator. Remove the bolt and disconnect the trunk lid release cable. Revision: January 2010 BL-142 2010 Sentra TRUNK LID < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Remove the bolts (a) and the trunk lid striker (1). A B C LIIA2819E D INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Trunk Lid Stay Disposal 1. 2. INFOID:0000000006043921 Secure trunk lid stay (1) using a vise (C). Using hacksaw (A) slowly make 2 holes in the trunk lid stay, in numerical order as shown in the figure. CAUTION: • When cutting a hole on trunk lid stay, always cover a hacksaw using a shop cloth (B) to avoid scattering metal fragments or oil. • Wear eye protection (safety glasses). • Wear gloves. E F G H JMKIA3336ZZ BL A: B: 20 mm (0.787 in) Cut at the groove. J K L JMKIA3609ZZ M N O P Revision: January 2010 BL-143 2010 Sentra TRUNK LID OPENER < SERVICE INFORMATION > TRUNK LID OPENER Component Parts and Harness Connector Location INFOID:0000000005283205 BIIA0005E 1. BCM M18, M19, M20 2. (view with instrument panel removed) Intelligent Key unit M42 3. (with Intelligent Key) (view with instrument panel removed) 4. Trunk opener request switch T5 (with Intelligent Key) Trunk lid opener actuator B59 5. System Description Remote keyless entry receiver M15 (without Intelligent Key) INFOID:0000000005283206 Power is supplied at all times • through 50A fusible link (letter j, located in fuse and fusible link box) • to BCM terminal 70 • through 10A fuse [No. 21, located in fuse block (J/B)] • to BCM terminal 57 • through 10A fuse [No. 9, located in fuse block (J/B)] • to Intelligent Key unit terminal 11 (with Intelligent Key). Ground is supplied • to BCM terminal 67 and • to Intelligent Key unit terminal 12 (with Intelligent Key) • through body grounds M57 and M61. Then power is supplied • through BCM terminal 53 • to trunk lid opener actuator terminal 1. Ground is supplied • to trunk lid opener actuator terminal 2 • through body grounds B7 and B19. Then BCM operates trunk lid opener actuator. Revision: January 2010 BL-144 2010 Sentra TRUNK LID OPENER < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - TLID - INFOID:0000000005283207 A WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY B C D E F G H BL J K L M N O P WIWA2204E Revision: January 2010 BL-145 2010 Sentra TRUNK LID OPENER < SERVICE INFORMATION > WITH INTELLIGENT KEY AWKWA0101GB Terminal and Reference Value for BCM INFOID:0000000005283208 Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM". Terminal and Reference Value for Intelligent Key Unit INFOID:0000000005283209 Refer to BL-92, "Terminal and Reference Value for Intelligent Key Unit". Revision: January 2010 BL-146 2010 Sentra TRUNK LID OPENER < SERVICE INFORMATION > CONSULT-III Function (BCM) INFOID:0000000005283210 A CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following. BCM diagnostic test item Diagnostic mode Description B WORK SUPPORT Supports inspections and adjustments. Commands are transmitted to the BCM for setting the status suitable for required operation, input/output signals are received from the BCM and received date is displayed. C DATA MONITOR ACTIVE TEST Inspection by part SELF-DIAG RESULTS CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR ECU PART NUMBER CONFIGURATION Displays BCM input/output data in real time. Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to them. D Displays BCM self-diagnosis results. The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read. E BCM part number can be read. Performs BCM configuration read/write functions. F CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEMS Data Monitor G Monitor item Content IGN ON SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch. KEYLESS TRUNK** Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk release signal from keyfob. I-KEY TRUNK* Momentarily indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk open signal from trunk opener request switch. VEHICLE SPEED Indicates vehicle speed. H BL * : With Intelligent Key system ** : Without Intelligent Key system J Active Test Test item TRUNK/BACK DOOR Content Work Flow 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. K This test is able to check trunk lid opener actuator unlock operation. Actuator opens trunk lock assembly when “OPEN” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. INFOID:0000000005283211 Check the symptom and customer's requests. Understand the outline of system. Refer to BL-144, "System Description". Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts. Refer to BL-148, "Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom". Does trunk lid opener operate normally? If Yes, GO TO 5. If No, GO TO 3. Inspection end. L M N O P Revision: January 2010 BL-147 2010 Sentra TRUNK LID OPENER < SERVICE INFORMATION > Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom INFOID:0000000005283212 Symptom Reference page Diagnoses/service procedure 1. Check BCM power supply and ground circuit. Trunk lid release switch does not operate. (Without Intelligent Key system) Trunk lid release does not operate. (With Intelligent Key system) BCS-15 2. Check keyfob battery and function. NOTE: If the result of keyfob function check with CONSULT-III is OK, keyfob is not malfunctioning. BL-60 3. Check remote keyless entry receiver. BL-65 4. Check trunk lid opener actuator. BL-150 5. Replace BCM. BCS-18 1. Check Intelligent Key power supply and ground circuit. BL-106 2. Check BCM power supply and ground circuit. BCS-15 3. Intelligent Key battery inspection check. BL-128 4. Remote Keyless Entry Function check. BL-128 5. Check trunk opener request switch. BL-148 6. Check trunk lid opener actuator. BL-150 7. Replace Intelligent Key unit. BL-129 Terminal and Reference Value for BCM INFOID:0000000005283213 Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM". Terminal and Reference Value for Intelligent Key Unit INFOID:0000000005283214 Refer to BL-92, "Terminal and Reference Value for Intelligent Key Unit". BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection INFOID:0000000005283215 Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Intelligent Key Unit Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection INFOID:0000000005283216 Refer to BL-106, "Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Check Trunk Opener Request Switch Circuit (With Intelligent Key) INFOID:0000000005283217 1.CHECK TRUNKOPENER REQUEST SWITCH SIGNAL With CONSULT-III Check trunk opener request switch (“I-KEY TRNK”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Test item I-KEY TRNK Condition trunk opener request switch is pushed: ON (momentarily) trunk opener request switch is released: OFF Without CONSULT-III Revision: January 2010 BL-148 2010 Sentra TRUNK LID OPENER < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit connector M42 terminal 29 and ground. A Terminals (+) Intelligent Key unit connector Terminal M42 29 Door condition (–) B Voltage (V) (Approx.) C Ground trunk opener request switch Pushed 0 Released 5 WIIA1358E D OK or NG OK >> Trunk opener request switch is OK. NG >> GO TO 2. E 2.CHECK TRUNK OPENER REQUEST SWITCH CIRCUIT 1 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect Intelligent Key unit and trunk opener request switch connector. Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit connector M42 (A) terminal 29 and trunk opener request switch connector T5 (B) terminal 1. A G B Intelligent Key unit connector Terminal Trunk opener request switch connector Terminal M42 29 T5 1 4. F H Continuity Yes Check continuity between Intelligent Key unit connector M42 (A) terminal 29 and ground. BL WIIA1359E J A Intelligent Key unit connector Terminal M42 29 Ground Continuity K No OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness. L 3.CHECK TRUNK OPENER REQUEST SWITCH M Check continuity between trunk opener request switch terminals 1 and 2. Terminal Trunk opener request switch 1 2 Trunk opener request switch condition Continuity Pushed Yes Released No N O OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace trunk opener request switch. P 4.CHECK TRUNK OPENER REQUEST SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 BL-149 PIIB6470E 2010 Sentra TRUNK LID OPENER < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check continuity between trunk opener request switch connector terminal 2 and ground. Trunk opener request switch connector Terminal T5 2 Continuity Ground Yes OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace harness. PIIB6472E 5.CHECK INTELLIGENT KEY UNIT OUTPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. Connect Intelligent Key unit connector. Check voltage between Intelligent Key unit connector M42 terminal 29 and ground. Terminals (+) Intelligent Key unit connector Terminal M42 29 (–) Voltage (V) (Approx.) Ground 5 OK or NG OK >> Check the condition of harness and connector. NG >> Replace Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-129, "Removal and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit". Check Trunk Lid Opener Actuator Circuit WIIA1358E INFOID:0000000005283218 1.CHECK TRUNK LID OPENER ACTUATOR FUNCTION With CONSULT-III Check the operation with (“TRUNK/BACK DOOR”) in the ACTIVE TEST. Does trunk lid opener actuator operate normally? YES or NO YES >> Trunk lid opener actuator circuit is OK. NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK TRUNK LID OPENER ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect trunk lid opener actuator connector. Check voltage between trunk lid opener actuator connector B59 terminal 1 and ground. Terminals (+) Trunk lid opener actuator connector B59 Terminal 1 (–) Ground Voltage (V) (Approx.) Condition Keyfob trunk release button Pushed 0 ↓ Battery voltage ↓ 0 Released WIIA1354E 0 OK or NG Revision: January 2010 BL-150 2010 Sentra TRUNK LID OPENER < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 4. A 3.CHECK TRUNK LID OPENER ACTUATOR GROUND CIRCUIT Check continuity between trunk lid opener actuator connector B59 terminal 2 and ground. Trunk lid opener actuator connector Terminal B59 2 B Continuity Ground C Yes OK or NG OK >> Replace trunk lid opener actuator. Refer to BL-142, "Trunk Lid Lock". NG >> Repair or replace harness. WIIA1355E 4.CHECK TRUNK LID OPENER ACTUATOR CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect BCM connector. Check continuity between BCM connector M19 (A) terminal 53 and trunk lid opener actuator connector B59 (B) terminal 1. A 3. D BCM connector Terminal Trunk lid opener actuator connector Terminal M19 53 B59 1 Continuity H Yes Check continuity between BCM connector M19 (A) terminal 53 and ground. Terminal M19 53 F G B BCM connector E Ground BL Continuity No WIIA1377E J OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace harness between BCM and trunk lid opener actuator. K 1. 2. L 5.CHECK BCM OUTPUT SIGNAL Reconnect BCM connector. Check voltage between BCM connector M19 terminal 53 and ground. Terminals (+) BCM connector M19 Terminal 53 (–) Ground Keyfob trunk release button M Voltage (V) (Approx.) Condition Pushed N 0 ↓ Battery voltage ↓ 0 Released 0 O WIIA1378E P OK or NG OK >> Check the condition of harness and connector. NG >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". Revision: January 2010 BL-151 2010 Sentra FUEL FILLER LID OPENER < SERVICE INFORMATION > FUEL FILLER LID OPENER Removal INFOID:0000000005283219 1. Remove trunk side finisher (RH). Refer to EI-44. 2. 3. Remove fuel filler lock. Remove rear seat cushion assembly. Refer to SE-19. PIIB3831J 4. 5. 6. Remove front kicking plate and rear kicking plate. Refer to EI-34. Remove the trunk and fuel lid opener control cover. Remove the bolts (a), disconnect the cables (1), and remove the trunk and fuel lid opener control (2). LIIA2820E 7. Remove fuel filler lid opener cable and clips from the vehicle. LIIA2821E Installation INFOID:0000000005283220 Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Revision: January 2010 BL-152 2010 Sentra VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM A Component Parts and Harness Connector Location INFOID:0000000005283221 B C D E F G H BL J K ALKIA1782ZZ BCM M18, M19, M20 2. (view with instrument panel removed) 4. Security indicator lamp 5. Front door key cylinder switch LH D9 6. Front door switch LH B21, RH B28 M 7. Rear door switch LH B26, RH B41 8. Trunk room lamp switch B57 Main power window and door lock/unlock switch D5, D11 (with power windows) Power window and door lock/unlock switch RH D104 (with power windows) N 10. Door lock/unlock switch LH D6 (without power windows) Intelligent Key unit M42 (with Intelligent Key) 11. Horn relay H-1 3. L 1. 9. Combination meter M24 12. Horn E57, E58 O System Description INFOID:0000000005283222 DESCRIPTION P Operation Flow Revision: January 2010 BL-153 2010 Sentra VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > PIIA1367E Setting the vehicle security system Initial condition • Ignition switch is in OFF position. Disarmed phase • When the vehicle is being driven or when any door is open, the vehicle security system is set in the disarmed phase on the assumption that the owner is inside or near the vehicle. Pre-armed phase and armed phase • The vehicle security system turns into the "pre-armed" phase (security lamp illuminates) when the BCM receives LOCK signal from front door key cylinder switch, keyfob or Intelligent Key after all doors are closed. • All doors are closed after front doors are locked by key or door lock and unlock switch. The security indicator lamp illuminates for 30 seconds. then, the system automatically shifts into the "armed" phase. Canceling the set vehicle security system The armed phase is canceled when the driver unlocks the doors with the key, keyfob or Intelligent Key. Activating the alarm operation of the vehicle security system Make sure the system is in the armed phase. When one of the following operations is performed, the system sounds the horn and flashes the headlamps for about 50 seconds. 1. Any door is opened before unlocking door with key, keyfob or Intelligent Key. 2. Door is unlocked without using key, keyfob or Intelligent Key. POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND Power is supplied at all times • • • • • • • • • • • • through 10A fuse [No.19, located in the fuse block (J/B)] to combination meter terminal 1 (security indicator lamp) through 50A fusible link (letter j, located in the fuse and fusible link box) to BCM terminal 70 through 10A fuse [No. 21, located in the fuse block (J/B)] to BCM terminal 57 through 10A fuse (No. 25, located in the fuse and fusible link box) to horn relay terminal 2 through 15A fuse (No. 52, located in the IPDM E/R) to IPDM E/R internal CPU through 20A fuse (No. 53, located in the IPDM E/R) to IPDM E/R internal CPU. With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied • through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in the fuse block (J/B)] Revision: January 2010 BL-154 2010 Sentra VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > • to BCM terminal 11. A With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied • through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to BCM terminal 38. B Ground is supplied • to BCM terminal 67 • through body grounds M57 and M61. C INITIAL CONDITION TO ACTIVATE THE SYSTEM The operation of the vehicle security system is controlled by the doors and trunk. To activate the vehicle security system, BCM must receive signals indicating the ignition switch is OFF, doors and trunk are closed and locked. When a door or trunk is open, BCM terminal 12, 13, 42, 47 or 48 receives a ground signal from each switch. When front door LH is unlocked, BCM terminal 46 receives a signal from terminal 11 (without Automatic Close Power Window) or terminal 2 (with Automatic Close Power Window) of main power window and door lock/ unlock switch. When front door RH is unlocked, BCM terminal 46 receives a signal from terminal 2 of power window and door lock/unlock switch RH. D E F VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM ALARM OPERATION The vehicle security system is triggered by • opening a door G • opening the trunk • unlocking door or trunk without using the key, keyfob or Intelligent Key. The vehicle security system will be triggered once the system is in armed phase, H • when BCM receives a ground signal at terminals 12, 13, 47, 48 (front or rear door switch), or terminal 42 (trunk switch). When the vehicle security system is triggered, ground is supplied intermittently BL • from IPDM E/R terminal 13 • to horn relay terminal 1. The headlamps flash and the horn sounds intermittently. The alarm automatically turns off after 50 seconds, but will reactivate if the vehicle is tampered with again. J VEHICLE SECURITY SYSTEM DEACTIVATION To deactivate the vehicle security system, a door must be unlocked with the key, keyfob or Intelligent Key. When the key is used to unlock the driver door, BCM terminal 7 receives signal • from terminal 5 of the front door key cylinder switch LH. When the BCM receives this signal or unlock signal from keyfob or Intelligent Key or front door key cylinder switch LH, the vehicle security system is deactivated. (Disarmed phase) PANIC ALARM OPERATION Intelligent Key and remote keyless entry system may or may not operate vehicle security system (horn and headlamps) as required. When the remote keyless entry system is triggered, ground is supplied intermittently • from IPDM E/R terminal 13 • to horn relay terminal 1. The headlamp flashes and the horn sounds intermittently. The alarm automatically turns off after 25 seconds or when BCM receives any signal from keyfob or Intelligent Key. CAN Communication System Description INFOID:0000000005283223 K L M N O Refer to LAN-7, "System Description". P Revision: January 2010 BL-155 2010 Sentra VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Schematic INFOID:0000000005283224 ABKWA0332GB Revision: January 2010 BL-156 2010 Sentra VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - VEHSEC - INFOID:0000000005283225 A B C D E F G H BL J K L M N O P AAKWA0216GB Revision: January 2010 BL-157 2010 Sentra VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > WIWA2192E Revision: January 2010 BL-158 2010 Sentra VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H BL J K L M N O ABKWA0333GB P Revision: January 2010 BL-159 2010 Sentra VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > WIWA2325E Terminal and Reference Value for BCM INFOID:0000000005283226 Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM". Terminal and Reference Value for Intelligent Key Unit INFOID:0000000005283227 Refer to BL-92, "Terminal and Reference Value for Intelligent Key Unit". Revision: January 2010 BL-160 2010 Sentra VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > CONSULT-III Function (BCM) INFOID:0000000005283228 A CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following. BCM diagnostic test item Diagnostic mode Description B WORK SUPPORT Supports inspections and adjustments. Commands are transmitted to the BCM for setting the status suitable for required operation, input/output signals are received from the BCM and received date is displayed. C DATA MONITOR ACTIVE TEST Inspection by part SELF-DIAG RESULTS CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR ECU PART NUMBER CONFIGURATION Displays BCM input/output data in real time. Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to them. D Displays BCM self-diagnosis results. The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read. E BCM part number can be read. Performs BCM configuration read/write functions. F CONSULT-III APPLICATION ITEM Work Support G Test Item Description SECURITY ALARM SET This mode can confirm and change security alarm ON-OFF setting. THEFT ALM TRG The switch which triggered vehicle security alarm is recorded. This mode is able to confirm and erase the record of vehicle security alarm. The trigger data can be erased by touching “CLEAR” on CONSULT-III screen. H BL Data Monitor Monitored Item Description J IGN ON SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch. ACC ON SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch in ACC position. I-KEY LOCK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from keyfob. I-KEY UNLOCK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from keyfob. I-KEY TRUNK Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk open signal from keyfob. TRNK OPNR SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk opener switch. TRUNK CYL SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk key cylinder switch. TRNK OPN MNTR Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk lid status. DOOR SW-DR Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch LH. DOOR SW-AS Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch RH. DOOR SW-RR Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of rear door switch RH. DOOR SW-RL Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of rear door switch LH. BACK DOOR SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of trunk room lamp switch. KEY CYL LK SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from key cylinder switch. KEY CYL UN SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from key cylinder switch. CDL LOCK SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of lock signal from door lock/unlock switch LH and RH. CDL UNLOCK SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of unlock signal from door lock/unlock switch LH and RH. K L M N O Active Test Revision: January 2010 BL-161 2010 Sentra P VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Test Item Description THEFT IND This test is able to check security indicator lamp operation. The lamp will be turned on when “ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. VEHICLE SECURITY HORN This test is able to check vehicle security horn operation. The horns will be activated for 0.5 seconds after “ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. HEADLAMP (HI) This test is able to check vehicle security lamp operation. The headlamps will be activated for 0.5 seconds after “ON” on CONSULT-III screen is touched. Trouble Diagnosis INFOID:0000000005283229 WORK FLOW LIIA2635E • For “POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM” diagnosis, refer to BL-20. • For "INTELLIGENT KEY SYSTEM” diagnosis, refer to BL-71. • For “REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM” diagnosis, refer to BL-50. Preliminary Check INFOID:0000000005283230 1.CHECK BCM CONFIGURATION Confirm BCM configuration for "THEFT ALARM" is set to "WITH". Refer to BCS-18, "Configuration". OK or NG OK >> Proceed with the preliminary check to verify system operation. NG >> Change BCM configuration for "THEFT ALARM" to "WITH". Refer to BCS-18, "Configuration". Revision: January 2010 BL-162 2010 Sentra VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > The system operation is canceled by turning ignition switch to ACC at any step between START and ARMED in the following flow chart. A B C D E F G H BL J K L ALKIA1784GB After performing preliminary check, go to symptom chart. Refer to BL-164, "Symptom Chart". M N O P Revision: January 2010 BL-163 2010 Sentra VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Symptom Chart INFOID:0000000005283231 SYMPTOM PROCEDURE Diagnostic procedure Diagnostic Procedure 1 (Door switch check) Refer to BL-165, "Diagnosis Procedure 1". AII items Diagnostic Procedure 7 (Trunk room lamp switch check) Refer to BL-168, "Diagnosis Procedure 7". If the above systems are “OK”, replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". 1 Vehicle security system cannot be set by ···· Lock/unlock switch Door outside key (driver) Keyfob 2 Security indicator does not turn “ON”. Security indicator lamp Diagnostic Procedure 6 (Door lock/unlock switch check) Refer to BL-167, "Diagnosis Procedure 6". If the above systems are “OK”, check main power window and door lock/ unlock switch. Refer to GW-15. Diagnostic Procedure 3 (Door key cylinder switch check) Refer to BL-167, "Diagnosis Procedure 3". If the above systems are “OK”, check main power window and door lock/ unlock switch. Refer to GW-15. Check remote keyless entry function. Refer to BL-99, "Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart". If the above systems are “OK”, replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". Diagnostic Procedure 2 (Security indicator lamp check) Refer to BL-166, "Diagnosis Procedure 2". If the above systems are “OK”, replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". Diagnostic Procedure 1 (Door switch check) Refer to BL-165, "Diagnosis Procedure 1". 3 *1 Vehicle security system does not alarm when ···· Any door or trunk is opened. Diagnostic Procedure 7 (Trunk room lamp switch check) Refer to BL-168, "Diagnosis Procedure 7". If the above systems are “OK”, replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". Horn alarm 4 Vehicle security alarm does not activate. Head lamp alarm Door outside key (driver) 5 Vehicle security system cannot be canceled by ···· Diagnostic Procedure 4 (Vehicle security horn alarm check). Refer to BL-167, "Diagnosis Procedure 4". If the above systems are “OK”, check horn system. Refer to WW-28. Diagnostic Procedure 5 (Head lamp alarm check). Refer to BL-167, "Diagnosis Procedure 5". If the above systems are “OK”, replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". Diagnostic Procedure 3 (Door key cylinder switch check). Refer to BL-167, "Diagnosis Procedure 3". If the above systems are “OK”, check main power window and door lock/ unlock switch. Refer to GW-15. Check Intelligent Key entry function. Refer to BL-72, "System Description". Intelligent key Keyfob If the above systems are “OK”, replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". Check remote keyless entry function. Refer to BL-99, "Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart". If the above systems are “OK”, replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". *1 : Make sure the system is in the armed phase. Revision: January 2010 BL-164 2010 Sentra VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Diagnosis Procedure 1 INFOID:0000000005283232 A DOOR SWITCH CHECK 1.CHECK DOOR SWITCHES INPUT SIGNAL B With CONSULT-III Check door switches ("DOOR SW-DR", "DOOR SW-AS", "DOOR SW-RL", "DOOR SW-RR") in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT–III. Refer to BL-36, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)". • When any doors are open: DOOR SW-DR DOOR SW-AS DOOR SW-RL DOOR SW-RR : ON : ON : ON : ON C D E • When any doors are closed: DOOR SW-DR DOOR SW-AS DOOR SW-RL DOOR SW-RR F : OFF : OFF : OFF : OFF G H Without CONSULT-III Check voltage between BCM connector M18 or M19 terminals 12, 13, 47, 48 and ground. Connector M19 Item Terminals (+) Front door switch LH 47 Rear door switch LH 48 Front door switch RH 12 Rear door switch RH 13 M18 (–) Condition BL Voltage (V) (Approx.) J Ground Open ↓ Closed 0 ↓ Battery voltage K LIIA1177E L OK or NG OK >> Door switch circuit is OK. NG >> GO TO 2. M 2.CHECK DOOR SWITCH CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect door switch and BCM. Check continuity between door switch connector B21 (Front LH), B28 (Front RH), B26 (Rear LH), B41 (Rear RH) terminal 2 and BCM connector M18, M19 terminals 12, 13, 47 and 48. 2 - 47 2 - 12 2 - 48 2 - 13 4. : Continuity should exist. : Continuity should exist. : Continuity should exist. : Continuity should exist. LIIA1178E BL-165 O P Check continuity between door switch connector B21 (Front LH), B28 (Front RH), B26 (Rear LH), B41 (Rear RH) terminal 2 and ground. Revision: January 2010 N 2010 Sentra VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2 - Ground : Continuity should not exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness. 3.CHECK DOOR SWITCHES Check continuity between door switch terminals. Terminals Door switch (front or rear) Condition 2 – Ground Continuity Pressed No Released Yes OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace door switch. WIIA0644E 4.CHECK BCM OUTPUT VOLTAGE 1. 2. Reconnect BCM connectors. Check voltage between BCM connector M18, M19 terminals 12, 13, 47, 48 and ground. 12 - Ground 13 - Ground 47 - Ground 48 - Ground : Battery voltage : Battery voltage : Battery voltage : Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> Door switch circuit is OK. NG >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". Diagnosis Procedure 2 LIIA1177E INFOID:0000000005283233 SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP CHECK 1.SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP ACTIVE TEST With CONSULT-III Check "THEFT IND” in "ACTIVE TEST" mode with CONSULT-III. 1. 2. Without CONSULT-III Disconnect BCM. Check voltage between BCM harness connector M18 terminal 23 and ground. Connector M18 Terminals (+) (-) 23 Ground Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.) ON 0 OFF Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> Security indicator lamp is OK. NG >> GO TO 2. LIIA0523E 2.SECURITY INDICATOR LAMP CHECK Revision: January 2010 BL-166 2010 Sentra VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check security indicator lamp condition. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace security indicator lamp. A 3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect BCM and combination meter. Check continuity between BCM connector M18 (A) terminal 23 and combination meter connector M24 (B) terminal 16. 23 - 16 4. B C D : Continuity should exist. Check continuity between BCM connector M18 (A) terminal 23 and ground. 23 - Ground : Continuity should not exist. OK or NG OK >> NG E Check the following: • 10A fuse [No. 19, located in fuse block (J/B)] • Harness for open or short between combination meter and fuse >> Repair or replace harness. Diagnosis Procedure 3 F AWKIA1574ZZ G INFOID:0000000005283234 H FRONT DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY LH (KEY CYLINDER SWITCH) CHECK 1.FRONT DOOR LOCK ASSEMBLY LH (KEY CYLINDER SWITCH) CHECK BL Check front door lock assembly LH (key cylinder switch) with key. Do doors lock/unlock when using the key? YES >> Front door lock assembly LH (key cylinder switch) is OK. NO >> Check front door lock assembly LH (key cylinder switch) circuit. Refer to BL-135. Diagnosis Procedure 4 J INFOID:0000000005283235 K VEHICLE SECURITY HORN ALARM CHECK 1.CHECK HORN OPERATION L Check if horn sounds with horn switch. Does horn operate? YES >> Check harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and horn relay. NO >> Check horn circuit. Refer to WW-28. Diagnosis Procedure 5 M INFOID:0000000005283236 N VEHICLE SECURITY HEADLAMP ALARM CHECK 1.CHECK VEHICLE SECURITY HEADLAMP ALARM OPERATION O Check if headlamps operate with lighting switch. Do headlamps come on when turning switch ON? YES >> Headlamp alarm is OK. NO >> Check headlamp system. Refer to LT-4 or LT-25. Diagnosis Procedure 6 P INFOID:0000000005283237 DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH CHECK 1.CHECK DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL Revision: January 2010 BL-167 2010 Sentra VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check if power door lock operates with door lock/unlock switch. Do doors lock/unlock when using each door lock/unlock switch? YES >> Door lock/unlock switch is OK. NO >> Refer to BL-40, "Door Lock and Unlock Switch Check". Diagnosis Procedure 7 INFOID:0000000005283238 TRUNK ROOM LAMP SWITCH CHECK 1.CHECK TRUNK ROOM LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL With CONSULT-III Check (“TRUNK SW”) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Monitor item Trunk condition TRUNK SW 1. 2. OPEN : ON CLOSED : OFF Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Check voltage between BCM harness connector M19 terminal 42 and ground. Connector M19 Terminals (+) (-) 42 Ground Trunk condition Voltage (V) (Approx.) CLOSED Battery voltage OPEN 0 OK or NG OK >> Trunk room lamp switch circuit is OK. NG >> GO TO 2. WIIA1179E 2.CHECK TRUNK ROOM LAMP SWITCH 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect trunk room lamp switch connector. Check continuity between trunk room lamp switch terminals 1 and 2. Terminals 1 Trunk condition Continuity CLOSED No OPEN Yes 2 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace trunk room lamp switch. 3.CHECK TRUNK ROOM LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT 1. WIIA1335E Disconnect BCM connector M19. Revision: January 2010 BL-168 2010 Sentra VEHICLE SECURITY (THEFT WARNING) SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M19 (A) terminal 42 and trunk room lamp switch harness connector B57 (B) terminal 1. 42 – 1 A : Continuity should exist. B C WIIA1336E D 3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M19 (A) terminal 42 and ground. 42 – Ground : Continuity should not exist. E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace harness between BCM and trunk room lamp switch. F 4.CHECK TRUNK ROOM LAMP SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT G Check continuity between trunk room lamp switch harness connector B57 terminal 2 and ground. 2 – Ground H : Continuity should exist. BL J WIIA1337E OK or NG OK >> Check connection of harness and connector. NG >> Repair or replace trunk room lamp switch ground circuit. K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 BL-169 2010 Sentra NATS(NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM) < SERVICE INFORMATION > NATS(NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM) Component Parts and Harness Connector Location INFOID:0000000005283239 BIIA0007E 1. BCM M18, M20 2. (view with instrument panel removed) Intelligent Key unit M42 (with Intelligent Key) 3. NATS antenna amp. M21 (inside steering column) 4. Combination meter M24 Security indicator lamp 6. ECM E16 5. System Description INFOID:0000000005283240 DESCRIPTION NOTE: If customer reports a “No start” condition, request ALL KEYS to be brought to a Nissan dealer in case of a NATS malfunction. NATS (Nissan Anti-Theft System) has the following functions: • NATS shows a higher anti-theft performance at preventing engine to be started by an unregistered key. (registered key: mechanical key and Intelligent Key). • Only a key with key ID registered in BCM and ECM can start engine, it has a higher protection against auto theft that duplicates keys. • If a malfunction has been detected, security indicator will illuminate when ignition switch is in ON position. • If the owner requires, mechanical key can be registered for up to 5 keys. • During trouble diagnosis or when the following parts have been replaced, and if mechanical key is added, registration* is required. *: All mechanical keys of the vehicle should be registered. - ECM - BCM - Mechanical key • NATS trouble diagnoses, system initialization and additional registration of other NATS mechanical key IDs must be carried out using CONSULT-III. When NATS initialization has been completed, the ID of the inserted mechanical key can be displayed. Regarding the procedures of NATS initialization and mechanical key ID registration, refer to CONSULT-III operation manual. SECURITY INDICATOR • Forewarns that the vehicle is equipped with NATS. Revision: January 2010 BL-170 2010 Sentra NATS(NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM) < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Security indicator will not blink while the ignition knob is in ON or START state. NOTE: Because security indicator is highly efficient, the battery is barely affected. A Condition of Security Indicator • When operating the ignition switch with Intelligent Key, security indicator lamp will turn off at once if ignition switch is pressed and blinks when ignition switch is released. • When operating the ignition switch with mechanical key security indicator will turn off at once if mechanical key is inserted into key cylinder and blinks when mechanical key is removed. (Once the mechanical key is inserted into key cylinder, BCM will only perform the key ID verification with mechanical key) System Composition INFOID:0000000005283241 The function of the NATS consists of the following: • Mechanical key • NATS antenna amp. located in the ignition key cylinder • BCM • ECM (Engine control module) • Security indicator • Intelligent Key unit (with Intelligent Key) NOTE: The communication between ECM, BCM and/or Intelligent Key unit uses the CAN communication system. B C D E F G H BL J K L LIIA2637E ECM Re-communicating Function INFOID:0000000005283242 Performing the following procedure can automatically perform re-communication of ECM and BCM or Intelligent Key unit, but only when the ECM has been replaced with a new one which has never been energized onboard. (In this step, initialization procedure by CONSULT-III is not necessary) NOTE: • When registering new Key IDs or replacing the ECM other than brand new, refer to CONSULT-III Operation Manual. • If multiple keys are attached to the key holder, separate them before work. • Distinguish keys with unregistered key ID from those with registered ID. 1. Install ECM. 2. Use a registered key (*), turn ignition switch to “ON”. *: To perform this step, use the key that has been used before to perform ECM replacement. 3. Maintain ignition switch in “ON” position for at least 5 seconds. 4. Turn ignition switch to “OFF”. 5. Start engine. If engine can be started, procedure is completed. Revision: January 2010 BL-171 2010 Sentra M N O P NATS(NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM) < SERVICE INFORMATION > If engine cannot be started, refer to CONSULT-III Operation Manual and initialize control unit. Wiring Diagram - NATS - INFOID:0000000005283243 AAKWA0217GB Terminal and Reference Value for BCM INFOID:0000000005283244 Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM". Revision: January 2010 BL-172 2010 Sentra NATS(NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM) < SERVICE INFORMATION > CONSULT-III Function INFOID:0000000005283245 A CONSULT-III DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE FUNCTION CONSULT-III DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE B Description C/U INITIALIZATION When replacing any of the following components, C/U initialization and re-registration of all NATS mechanical keys are necessary. [NATS mechanical key/ BCM/ ECM*] SELF-DIAG RESULTS Detected items (screen terms) are as shown in the chart. Refer to "NATS SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS ITEM CHART". D *: When replace ECM, refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function". NOTE: • When any initialization is performed, all ID previously registered will be erased and all NATS mechanical keys must be registered again. • The engine cannot be started with an unregistered key. In this case, the system will show “DIFFERENCE OF KEY” or “LOCK MODE” as a self-diagnostic result on the CONSULT-III screen. • In rare case, “CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU” might be stored as a self-diagnostic result during key registration procedure, even if the system is not malfunctioning. NATS SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS ITEM CHART Detected items [NATS program card screen terms] P No. Code (Self-diagnostic result of “ENGINE”) C E F G Reference page Malfunction is detected when..... H CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU [P1612] NATS MALFUNCTION P1612 Communication impossible between ECM and BCM In rare case, “CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU” might be stored during key registration procedure, even if the system is not malfunctioning. BL-177 BL DIFFERENCE OF KEY [P1615] NATS MALFUNCTION P1615 BCM can receive the key ID signal but the result of ID verification between key ID and BCM is NG. BL-182 J CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY [P1614] NATS MALFUNCTION P1614 BCM cannot receive the key ID signal. BL-178 K ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM [P1611] NATS MALFUNCTION P1611 The result of ID verification between BCM and ECM is NG. System initialization is required. BL-180 L NATS MALFUNCTION P1610 When the starting operation is carried out five or more times consecutively under the following conditions, NATS will shift the mode to one which prevents the engine from being started. • Unregistered mechanical key is used. • BCM or ECM’s malfunctioning. BL-181 All engine trouble codes except NATS trouble code has been detected in ECM. BL-173 LOCK MODE [P1610] DON'T ERASE BEFORE CHECKING ENG DIAG — Trouble Diagnosis Procedure N INFOID:0000000005283246 PRELIMINARY CHECK O P 1.GET SYMPTOMS Listen to customer complaints request. (Get symptoms) NOTE: If customer reports a “No start” condition, request all Intelligent Keys to be brought to the dealer in case of Intelligent Key system malfunction. Revision: January 2010 M BL-173 2010 Sentra NATS(NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM) < SERVICE INFORMATION > Intelligent Key or mechanical key service request>> For further information, refer to CONSULT-III operation manual. Malfunctions>>GO TO 2. 2.START ENGINE WITH INTELLIGENT KEY (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY) Check if the engine could be started by all registered Intelligent Keys. The engine cannot be started by some Intelligent Keys>>Intelligent Key is low battery or malfunction. Refer to BL-128, "Intelligent Key Battery Replacement". The engine cannot be started by all Intelligent Keys>>GO TO 3. The engine can be started by all Intelligent Keys>>GO TO 4. 3.CHECK “KEY” WARNING LAMP ILLUMINATION When pushing the ignition switch, check if “KEY” warning lamp in combination meter illuminates. KEY warning lamp illuminates green>>GO TO BL-126, ""KEY" Warning Lamp (GREEN) Check". KEY warning lamp illuminates red>>GO TO BL-126, ""KEY" Warning Lamp (RED) Check". Does not illuminate>>GO TO BL-99, "Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart". 4.START ENGINE WITH MECHANICAL KEY Check if the engine could be started by all registered mechanical keys. The engine can not be started by some mechanical keys>>Register mechanical key. Refer to CONSULT-III operation manual. The engine cannot be started by all mechanical keys>> "WORK FLOW". The engine can be started by all mechanical keys>>GO TO 5. 5.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch to ON by carrying the Intelligent Key. Perform self-diagnosis of Intelligent Key system with CONSULT-III. Malfunction is detected>>GO TO BL-97, "CONSULT-III Application Item". No malfunction is detected>>GO TO BL-94, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure". WORK FLOW 1.STARTING ENGINE Check if the engine could be started by inserting the mechanical key into the ignition key cylinder and operate ignition switch. OK NG >> System is normal. >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM SELF DIAGNOSIS Perform SELF-DIAGNOSIS “NATS V5.0” using CONSULT-III. NOTE: NATS program card is necessary to display the “SELF-DIAGNOSIS”. No malfunction is detected>>Recheck the starting engine section GO TO 1. Malfunction related to NATS is detected>>GO TO 3. Malfunctions related to “DON’T ERASE BEFORE CHECKING ENG DIAG” and NATS are detected>>GO TO 7. 3.IDENTIFYING NATS MALFUNCTION Self-diagnosis results referring to NATS, but no information about engine self-diagnosis result is displayed on CONSULT-III. Refer to BL-176, "Trouble Diagnosis". >> GO TO 4. Revision: January 2010 BL-174 2010 Sentra NATS(NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM) < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4.NATS TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS A Repair NATS (if necessary, perform “C/U INITIALIZATION” with CONSULT-III.) >> GO TO 5. B 5.ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSIS Erase the record of “SELF-DIAGNOSIS” by using CONSULT-III. C >> GO TO 6. 6.STARTING ENGINE D Check if the engine could be started by inserting the mechanical key into the ignition key cylinder and operate ignition switch. NG OK >> GO TO 2. >> End of inspection. E 7.IDENTIFYING NATS AND ENGINE CONTROL MALFUNCTION F NATS malfunction and “DON’T ERASE BEFORE CHECKING ENG DIAG” are displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. NOTE: This indication means that malfunction have been detected in NATS and engine control system. G H >> GO TO 8. 8.NATS TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS Repair NATS according to self-diagnosis results refer to NATS (if necessary, perform “C/U INITIALZATION” BL with CONSULT-III.) NOTE: Do not erase “SELF-DIAGNOSIS” by using CONSULT-III. J >> GO TO 9. 9.IDENTIFYING ENGINE CONTROL MALFUNCTION K Check engine “SELF-DIAGNOSIS” records with a generalized program card instead of the NATS program card. L >> GO TO 10. 10.ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS M Repair engine control system if engine related malfunction is detected. With engine diagnostic codes present, refer to EC-24. Without engine diagnostic codes present, refer to EC-36. N NOTE: If only “NATS MALFUNCTION” is displayed, erase the self-diagnosis results. O >> GO TO 11. 11.STARTING ENGINE P Check if the engine could be started by inserting the mechanical key into the ignition key cylinder and operate ignition switch. OK NG >> GO TO 12. >> GO TO 2. Revision: January 2010 BL-175 2010 Sentra NATS(NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM) < SERVICE INFORMATION > 12.ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSIS Erase both NATS and ENGINE "SELF-DIAGNOSIS" records by using CONSULT-III NATS program card and generalized program card. >> GO TO 13 13.COMFIRMATION Perform running test with CONSULT-III in engine “SELF-DIAGNOSIS” mode. “NO DTC” is displayed>> End of inspection. Malfunction information is displayed>>GO TO 2. Trouble Diagnosis INFOID:0000000005283247 SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART 1 Self-diagnosis related item SYMPTOM Displayed “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” on CONSULT-III screen. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (Reference page) SYSTEM (Malfunctioning part or mode) In rare case, “CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU” might be stored during key registration procedure, even if the system is not malfunctioning. Open circuit in battery voltage line of BCM circuit CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU [P1612] PROCEDURE 1 (BL-177) Open circuit in ignition line of BCM circuit Open circuit in ground line of BCM circuit Open or short circuit between BCM and ECM communication line ECM BCM DIFFERENCE OF KEY [P1615] PROCEDURE 6 (BL-182) Unregistered ignition key is used. BCM is malfunctioning. Malfunction of key ID chip • Security indicator lighting up* • Engine cannot be started CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY [P1614] PROCEDURE 2 (BL-178) Communication line between ANT/ AMP and BCM: Open circuit or short circuit of battery voltage line or ground line Open circuit in power source line of ANT/ AMP circuit Open circuit in ground line of ANT/ AMP circuit NATS antenna amp. BCM ID DISCORD, IMMECM [P1611] Security indicator lighting up* PROCEDURE 3 (BL-180) System initialization has not yet been completed. ECM LOCK MODE [P1610] PROCEDURE 5 (BL-181) When the starting operation is carried out five or more times consecutively under the following conditions, NATS will shift the mode to one which prevents the engine from being started. • Unregistered ignition key is used. • BCM or ECM’s malfunctioning. DON'T ERASE BEFORE CHECKING ENG DIAG WORK FLOW (BL-173) Engine trouble data and NATS trouble data have been detected in ECM • *: When NATS detects trouble, the security indicator lights up while ignition key is in the “ON” position. SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART 2 Revision: January 2010 BL-176 2010 Sentra NATS(NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM) < SERVICE INFORMATION > Non self-diagnosis related item DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (Reference page) SYMPTOM SYSTEM (Malfunctioning part or mode) A Security indictor. PROCEDURE 4 (BL-180) Security indicator does not light up*. Open circuit between Fuse and BCM B BCM *: CONSULT-III self-diagnostic results display screen “no malfunction is detected”. Diagnosis Procedure 1 C INFOID:0000000005283248 Self-diagnostic results: “CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU” displayed on CONSULT-III screen First perform the “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” in “BCM” with CONSULT-III, then perform the trouble diagnosis of malfunction system indicated “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” of “BCM”. Refer to BCS-17, "CAN Communication Inspection Using CONSULT-III (Self-Diagnosis)". 1.CONFIRM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS “CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU” displayed on CONSULT-III screen. NOTE: In rare case, “CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU” might be stored during key registration procedure, even if the system is not malfunctioning. Is CONSULT-III screen displayed as shown above [P1612]? Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> GO TO BL-176, "Trouble Diagnosis". 2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR BCM 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check voltage between BCM and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. BCM connector M20 Terminals (+) 57 70 (–) Voltage [V] (Approx.) Ground Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Check the following. • 50A fusible link (letter j, located in the fuse and fusible link box). • 10A fuse [No.21, located in the fuse block (J/B)]. • Harness for open or short between fusible link and BCM. • Harness for open or short between fuse and BCM. M18 G H K L PIIB6582E M N O Terminal (+) (–) Voltage [V] (Approx.) 38 Ground Battery voltage P OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Check the following. • 10A fuse [No. 12, located in the fuse block (J/B)]. • Harness for open or short between fuse and BCM. PIIB6587E Revision: January 2010 F J Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between BCM connector and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. BCM connector E BL 3.CHECK IGNITION SWITCH ON SIGNAL 1. 2. D BL-177 2010 Sentra NATS(NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM) < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT FOR BCM 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect BCM connector. Check continuity between BCM connector and ground. BCM connector M20 Terminal (+) (–) 67 Ground Continuity Yes OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace harness. PIIB6588E 5.REPLACE BCM 1. 2. Replace BCM. Perform initialization with CONSULT-III. For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-III Operation Manual”. Does the engine start? Yes >> BCM is malfunctioning. • Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". • Perform initialization with CONSULT-III • For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-III Operation Manual” No >> ECM is malfunctioning. • Replace ECM. • Perform initialization or re-communicating function • For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-III Operation Manual” • For re-communicating function, refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function" Diagnosis Procedure 2 INFOID:0000000005283249 Self-diagnostic results: “CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY” displayed on CONSULT-III screen 1.CONFIRM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS “CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY” displayed on CONSULT-III screen. Is CONSULT-III screen displayed as shown above [P1614]? Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> GO TO BL-176, "Trouble Diagnosis" 2.CHECK NATS ANTENNA AMP. INSTALLATION Check NATS antenna amp. installation. Refer to BL-182, "How to Replace NATS Antenna Amp". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Reinstall NATS antenna amp. correctly. 3.CHECK NATS IGNITION KEY ID CHIP Start engine with another registered NATS ignition key. Does the engine start? Yes >> Ignition key ID chip is malfunctioning. • Replace the ignition key • Perform initialization with CONSULT-III For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-III Operation Manual” No >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR NATS ANTENNA AMP. Revision: January 2010 BL-178 2010 Sentra NATS(NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM) < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. 2. Check voltage between NATS antenna amp. connector and ground. Terminal NATS antenna amp. connector (+) (–) Voltage [V] (Approx.) M21 1 Ground Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Check the following. • 20A fuse [No. 53, located in IPDM E/R] • Harness for open or short between fuse and NATS antenna amp. A B C D PIIB6589E 5.CHECK NATS ANTENNA AMP. SIGNAL LINE- 1 E Check voltage between NATS antenna amp. connector and ground with analog tester. NATS antenna amp. connector M21 Terminal (+) (–) 2 Ground F Conditions Status of Voltage and tester Before tuning ignition switch to ON Approx. 0 [V] G Right after tuning ignition switch to ON Pointer of tester should move H OK or NG PIIB6590E OK >> GO TO 6. BL NG >> • Check harness for open or short between NATS antenna amp. and BCM. NOTE: If harness is OK, replace BCM, perform initialization with CONSULT-III. For initialization, refer to J “CONSULT-III Operation Manual”. 6.CHECK NATS ANTENNA AMP. SIGNAL LINE- 2 Check voltage between NATS antenna amp. connector and ground with analog tester. NATS antenna amp. connector M21 Terminal (+) 4 (–) Ground Conditions Status of Voltage and tester Before tuning ignition switch to ON Approx. 0 [V] Right after tuning ignition switch to ON Pointer of tester should move K L M OK or NG PIIB6591E OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> • Check harness for open or short between NATS antenna amp. and BCM. NOTE: If harness is OK, replace BCM, perform initialization with CONSULT-III. For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-III Operation Manual”. 7.CHECK NATS ANTENNA AMP. GROUND LINE CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. BL-179 O P Turn ignition switch “OFF”. Disconnect NATS antenna amp. connector. Check continuity between NATS antenna amp. connector and ground. Revision: January 2010 N 2010 Sentra NATS(NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM) < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal NATS antenna amp. connector (+) (–) M21 3 Ground Continuity Yes OK or NG OK >> NATS antenna amp. is malfunctioning, reinstall antenna or replace it. NG >> Repair or replace NATS antenna amp. ground circuit. PIIB6592E Diagnosis Procedure 3 INFOID:0000000005283250 Self-diagnostic results: “ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM” displayed on CONSULT-III screen 1.CONFIRM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS “ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM” displayed on CONSULT-III screen. NOTE: “ID DISCORD IMM-ECM”: Registered ID of BCM is in discord with that of ECM. Is CONSULT-III screen displayed as shown above [P1611]? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO BL-176, "Trouble Diagnosis". 2.PERFORM INITIALIZATION WITH CONSULT-III Perform initialization with CONSULT-III. Re-register all NATS ignition key IDs. For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-III Operation Manual”. NOTE: If the initialization is not completed or malfunctions, CONSULT-III shows message on the screen [INITIALIZATION FAIL]. Can the system be initialized? YES >> • Start engine. (END) • (System initialization had not been completed.) NO >> ECM is malfunctioning. • Replace ECM. • Perform initialization with CONSULT-III For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-III Operation Manual” Diagnosis Procedure 4 INFOID:0000000005283251 “COMBINATION METER (SECURITY) DOES NOT LIGHT UP” 1.CHECK FUSE Check 10A fuse [No.19, located in the fuse block (J/B)] OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Replace fuse. 2.CHECK COMBINATION METER (SECURITY) 1. 2. 3. Install 10A fuse. Start engine and turn ignition switch OFF. Check if the combination meter (security) lights up. Combination meter (security) should light up. OK or NG OK >> Inspection End. NG >> GO TO 3. Revision: January 2010 BL-180 2010 Sentra NATS(NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM) < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3.CHECK COMBINATION METER (SECURITY) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. A Disconnect combination meter (security) connector. Check voltage between combination meter (security) connector and ground. Combination meter (security) connector Terminal (+) (-) Voltage [V] (Approx.) M24 1 Ground Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Check harness for open or short between fuse and combination meter (security). B C D AWKIA1575ZZ E 4.CHECK BCM FUNCTION 1. 2. 3. Connect combination meter (security) connector. Disconnect BCM connector. Check voltage between BCM connector and ground. BCM connector M18 Terminal (+) (-) Voltage [V] (Approx.) 23 Ground Battery voltage F G H OK or NG OK >> NG BCM is malfunctioning. • Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". • Perform initialization with CONSULT-III • For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-III Operation Manual” >> Check the following. • Harness for open or short between combination meter (security) and BCM • Indicator lamp condition Diagnosis Procedure 5 PIIB6594E BL J INFOID:0000000005283252 Self-diagnostic results: “LOCK MODE” displayed on CONSULT-III screen L 1.CONFIRM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS “LOCK MODE” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen. Is CONSULT-III screen displayed as shown above [P1610]? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO BL-176, "Trouble Diagnosis". M N 2.ESCAPE FROM LOCK MODE 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Turn ignition switch ON with registered key. (Do not start engine.) Wait 5 seconds. 3. Return the key to OFF position. Wait 5 seconds. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 twice (total of three cycles). 5. Start the engine. Does engine start? YES >> System is OK (Now system is escaped from “LOCK MODE”). NO >> GO TO 3. O P 3.PERFORM INITIALIZATION WITH CONSULT-III Perform initialization with CONSULT-III. For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-III Operation Manual”. Revision: January 2010 BL-181 K 2010 Sentra NATS(NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM) < SERVICE INFORMATION > NOTE: If the initialization is not completed or malfunctions, CONSULT-III shows the message on the screen [INITIALIZATION FAIL]. Can the system be initialized? YES >> System is OK. NO >> GO TO 4. 4.PERFORM INITIALIZATION WITH CONSULT-III AGAIN 1. 2. Replace BCM. Perform initialization with CONSULT-III. For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-III Operation Manual”. NOTE: If the initialization is not completed or malfunctions, CONSULT-III shows the message on the screen [INITIALIZATION FAIL]. Can the system be initialized? YES >> System is OK. (BCM is malfunctioning.) NO >> ECM is malfunctioning. • Replace ECM. • Perform initialization with CONSULT-III • For initialization, refer to “CONSULT-III Operation Manual” Diagnosis Procedure 6 INFOID:0000000005283253 Self-diagnostic results: “DIFFERENCE OF KEY” displayed on CONSULT-III screen 1.CONFIRM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Confirm SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS “DIFFERENCE OF KEY” displayed on CONSULT-III screen. Is “DIFFERENCE OF KEY” displayed? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO BL-176, "Trouble Diagnosis". 2.PERFORM INITIALIZATION WITH CONSULT-III Perform initialization with CONSULT-III. Re-register all NATS ignition key IDs. For initialization and registration of NATS ignition key IDs, refer to CONSULT-III Operation Manual. NOTE: If the initialization is not completed or malfunctions, CONSULT-III shows message on the screen. Can the system be initialized and can the engine be started with re-registered NATS ignition key? YES >> • Ignition key ID was unregistered. NO >> • BCM is malfunctioning. • Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". • Perform initialization with CONSULT-III. • For initialization, refer to CONSULT-III Operation Manual. How to Replace NATS Antenna Amp INFOID:0000000005283254 NOTE: • If NATS antenna amp. is not installed correctly, NATS system will not operate properly and SELF-DIAG RESULTS on CONSULT-III screen will show “LOCK MODE” or “CHAIN OF IMMUKEY”. • Initialization is not necessary only when NATS antenna amp. is replaced with a new one. SIIA1683E Revision: January 2010 BL-182 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > BODY REPAIR A Body Exterior Paint Color INFOID:0000000005283255 B C D E F LIIA2681E Color code B17 B23 CAE EAF HAB K23 K36 KH3 NAC QAC Description Blue Dark Blue Brown Orange Beige Silver Grey Black Red White Paint type M M S M M M M 2S P S Hard clear coat –- –- –- –- –- –- –- –- –- –- Outside mirror Body color B17 B23 CAE EAF HAB K23 K36 KH3 NAC QAC 2 Radiator grille Chromiumplate + Black Cr2P + G02-1 Cr2P + G02-1 Cr2P + G02-1 Cr2P + G02-1 Cr2P + G02-1 Cr2P + G02-1 Cr2P + G02-1 Cr2P + G02-1 Cr2P + G02-1 Cr2P + G02-1 3 Bumper fascia Body color B17 B23 CAE EAF HAB K23 K36 KH3 NAC QAC 4 Outside handle Body color B17 B23 CAE EAF HAB K23 K36 KH3 NAC QAC 5 Roof ditch molding Body color B17 B23 CAE EAF HAB K23 K36 KH3 NAC QAC Component 1 G H BL J M: Metallic; 2S: 2-Coat Solid, 2P: 2-Coat Pearl; 3P: 3-Coat Pearl; PM: Pearl Metallic; TM: Micro Titanium Metallic; G01-1: Material color; G02-1: Material color K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 BL-183 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > Body Component Parts INFOID:0000000005283256 UNDERBODY COMPONENT PARTS LIIA2682E 1. 2. 3. Cowl top assembly Upper dash assembly Upper dash crossmember Revision: January 2010 BL-184 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Cowl top extension member (RH & LH) 5. 3rd crossmember assembly (RH & LH) 6. 2nd crossmember (RH & LH) 7. Fuel tank protector (RH & LH) 8. Front side member extension rear (RH & LH) 9. Lower dash crossmember assembly 10. Lower dash assembly 11. Lower dash crossmember 12. Side member center assembly (RH & LH) 13. Steering hole cover 14. Front strut housing assembly (RH & LH) 15. Engine mounting bracket 16. Front floor assembly (RH & LH) 17. Center floor assembly 18. Front side member assembly (RH & LH) 19. Front side member (RH & LH) 20. Front suspension member mounting bracket assembly (RH & LH) 21. Front side member connector (RH & LH) 22. Outside front suspension member mounting bracket (RH & LH) 23. Front side member closing plate (RH & LH) 24. Hoodledge connector (RH & LH) 25. Hoodledge upper (RH & LH) 26. Hoodledge front reinforcement (RH & LH) 27. Hoodledge rear reinforcement (RH & LH) 28. Dash side panel (RH & LH) 29. Dash side assembly (RH & LH) 30. Front side member outrigger (RH & LH) 31. Sill inner assembly (RH & LH) 32. Sill inner extension (RH & LH) 33. Rear side member (RH & LH) 34. Rear side member extension (RH & LH) 35. Rear side member assembly (RH & LH) 36. Inner rear wheel housing assembly LH 37. Rear front extension (RH &LH) 38. Rear seat crossmember 39. Rear floor front extension 40. Rear floor front 41. Rear seat back side support (RH & LH) 42. Rear seat belt anchor inner reinforcements 43. Rear center crossmember 44. Rear floor side assembly (RH & LH) 45. Rear floor rear 46. Inner rear wheel housing assembly RH Revision: January 2010 BL-185 A B C D E F G H BL J K L M N O P 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > BODY COMPONENT PARTS LIIA2683E 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Sunroof panel assembly Rear roof rail assembly Standard roof panel assembly 4th roof bow assembly 3rd roof bow assembly Revision: January 2010 BL-186 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 6. 2nd roof bow assembly 7. 1st roof bow assembly 8. Front roof rail assembly 9. Inner side roof rail (RH & LH) 10. Center pillar inner reinforcement (RH & LH) 11. Front pillar inner (RH & LH) 12. Hood assembly 13. Front fender assembly (RH & LH) 14. Front body side assembly (RH & LH) 15. Outer roof side reinforcement (RH & LH) 16. Front pillar upper reinforcement (RH & LH) 17. Front pillar lower reinforcement (RH & LH) 18. Center pillar reinforcement (RH & LH) 19. Front body side outer (RH & LH) 20. Sill reinforcement assembly (RH & LH) 21. Front sill reinforcement (RH & LH) 22. Sill reinforcement (RH & LH) 23. Rear sill reinforcement (RH & LH) 24. Front door assembly (RH & LH) 25. Front door outer panel (RH & LH) 26. Rear door assembly (RH & LH) 27. Rear door outer panel (RH & LH) 28. Rear body side assembly (RH & LH) 29. Rear body side outer (RH & LH) 30. Rear combination lamp base (RH & LH) 31. Rear wheel housing outer extension (RH & LH) 32. Outer rear wheel housing (RH & LH) 33. Trunk hinge reinforcement (RH & LH) 34. Rear fascia brackets 35. Rear panel upper reinforcement 36. Jack mounting bracket 37. Rear panel 38. Rear pillar reinforcement (RH & LH) 39. Inner rear pillar reinforcement (RH & LH) 40. Rear panel assembly 41. Trunk lid assembly Corrosion Protection A B C D E F G H BL J K L M INFOID:0000000005283257 N DESCRIPTION To provide improved corrosion prevention, the following anti-corrosive measures have been implemented in NISSAN production plants. When repairing or replacing body panels, it is necessary to use the same anti-corrosive measures. ANTI-CORROSIVE PRECOATED STEEL (GALVANNEALED STEEL) Revision: January 2010 BL-187 O P 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > To improve repairability and corrosion resistance, a new type of anticorrosive precoated steel sheet has been adopted replacing conventional zinc-coated steel sheet. Galvannealed steel is electroplated and heated to form Zinc-iron alloy, which provides excellent and long term corrosion resistance with cationic electrodeposition primer. PIIA0093E Nissan Genuine Service Parts are fabricated from galvannealed steel. Therefore, it is recommended that GENUINE NISSAN PARTS or equivalent be used for panel replacement to maintain the anti-corrosive performance built into the vehicle at the factory. PHOSPHATE COATING TREATMENT AND CATIONIC ELECTRODEPOSITION PRIMER A phosphate coating treatment and a cationic electrode position primer, which provide excellent corrosion protection, are employed on all body components. CAUTION: Confine paint removal during welding operations to an absolute minimum. PIIA0095E Nissan Genuine Service Parts are also treated in the same manner. Therefore, it is recommended that GENUINE NISSAN PARTS or equivalent be used for panel replacement to maintain anti-corrosive performance built into the vehicle at the factory. ANTI-CORROSIVE WAX To improve corrosion resistance, anti-corrosive wax is applied inside the body sill and inside other closed sections. Accordingly, when replacing these parts, be sure to apply anti-corrosive wax to the appropriate areas of Revision: January 2010 BL-188 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > the new parts. Select an excellent anti-corrosive wax which will penetrate after application and has a long shelf life. A B C D E F G H BL J K L M N LIIA2684E O UNDERCOATING The underside of the floor and wheelhouse are undercoated to prevent rust, vibration, noise and stone chipping. Therefore, when such a panel is replaced or repaired, apply undercoating to that part. Use an undercoating which is rust preventive, soundproof, vibration-proof, shock-resistant, adhesive, and durable. Precautions in undercoating 1. 2. Do not apply undercoating to any place unless specified (such as the areas above the muffler and three way catalyst which are subjected to heat). Do not undercoat the exhaust pipe or other parts which become hot. Revision: January 2010 BL-189 2010 Sentra P BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Do not undercoat rotating parts. LIIA2685E Body Sealing INFOID:0000000005283258 DESCRIPTION Revision: January 2010 BL-190 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > The following figure shows the areas which are sealed at the factory. Sealant which has been applied to these areas should be smooth and free from cuts or gaps. Care should be taken not to apply an excess amount of sealant and not to allow other unaffected parts to come into contact with the sealant. A B C D E F G H BL J K L M N O LIIA2686E P Revision: January 2010 BL-191 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > LIIA2687E Revision: January 2010 BL-192 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H BL J K L M N O LIIA2688E P Revision: January 2010 BL-193 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > Body Construction INFOID:0000000005283259 BODY CONSTRUCTION LIIA2689E Body Alignment INFOID:0000000005283260 BODY CENTER MARKS Revision: January 2010 BL-194 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > A mark has been placed on each part of the body to indicate the vehicle center. When repairing parts damaged by an accident which might affect the vehicle frame (members, pillars, etc.), more accurate and effective repair will be possible by using these marks together with body alignment specifications. A B C D E F G H BL J K L M N O P LIIA2690E PANEL PARTS MATCHING MARKS Revision: January 2010 BL-195 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > A mark has been placed on each body panel to indicate the parts matching positions. When repairing parts damaged by an accident which might affect the vehicle structure (members, pillars, etc.), more accurate and effective repair will be possible by using these marks together with body alignment specifications. LIIA2691E DESCRIPTION • All dimensions indicated in the figures are actual. • When using a tracking gauge, adjust both pointers to equal length. Then check the pointers and gauge itself to make sure there is no free play. • When a measuring tape is used, check to be sure there is no elongation, twisting or bending. • Measurements should be taken at the center of the mounting holes. • An asterisk (*) following the value at the measuring point indicates that the measuring point on the other side is symmetrically the same value. • The coordinates of the measurement points are the distances measured from the standard line of ″X″, ″Y″ and ″Z″. Revision: January 2010 BL-196 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E PIIA0104E ENGINE COMPARTMENT Measurement F G H BL J K L M N LIIA2692E O P Revision: January 2010 BL-197 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > Measurement Points LIIA2693E UNDERBODY Revision: January 2010 BL-198 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > Measurement A B C D E F G H BL J K L M N O AWIIA1268GB P Revision: January 2010 BL-199 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > Measurement Points AWIIA1269GB PASSENGER COMPARTMENT Revision: January 2010 BL-200 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > Measurement A B C D E F G H BL J K L M N O LIIA2696E P Revision: January 2010 BL-201 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > Measurement Points LIIA2697E REAR BODY Revision: January 2010 BL-202 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > Measurement A B C D E F G H BL J K L M N O LIIA2698E P Revision: January 2010 BL-203 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > Measurement Points LIIA2699E Handling Precaution for Plastics INFOID:0000000005283261 HANDLING PRECAUTIONS FOR PLASTICS Revision: January 2010 BL-204 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > Abbreviation 1. 2. Material name Heat resisting temperature °C (°F) Resistance to gasoline and solvents Other cautions PE Polyethylene 60 (140) Gasoline and most solvents are harmless if applied for a very short time (wipe up quickly). Flammable PVC Polyvinyl Chloride 80 (176) Same as above. Poison gas is emitted when burned. EPM/ EPDM Ethylene Propylene (Diene) rubber 80 (176) Same as above. Flammable TPO/ TPR Thermoplastic Olefine/ Thermoplastic Rubber 80 (176) Same as above. Flammable PP Polypropylene 90 (194) Same as above. Flammable, avoid battery acid. UP Polyester thermoset 90 (194) Same as above. Flammable PS Polystyrene 80 (176) Avoid solvents. Flammable ABS Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene resin 80 (176) Avoid gasoline and solvents. AES Acrylonitrile Ethylene Styrene 80 (176) Same as above. PMMA Polymethyl Methacrylate 85 (185) Same as above. AAS Acrylonitrile Acrylic Styrene 85 (185) Same as above. AS Acrylonitrile Styrene 85 (185) Same as above. EVA Polyvinyl Ethyl Acetate 90 (194) Same as above. ASA Acrylonitrile Styrene Acrylate 100 (222) Same as above. PPO/ PPE Polyphenylene Oxide/ Polyphenylene Ether 110 (230) Same as above. PC Polycarbonate 120 (248) Same as above. PAR Polyacrylate 180 (356) Same as above. LLDPE Lenear Low Density PE 45 (100) Gasoline and most solvents are harmless. PUR Polyurethane 90 (194) Same as above. TPU Thermoplastic Urethane 110 (230) Same as above. PPC Polypropylene Composite 115 (239) Same as above. Flammable POM Polyacetal 120 (248) Same as above. Avoid battery acid. PBT+P C Polybutylene Terephthalate+Polycarbonate 120 (248) Same as above. Flammable PA Polyamide (Nylon) 140 (284) Same as above. Avoid immersing in water. PBT Polybutylene Terephthalate 140 (284) Same as above. FRP Fiber Reinforced Plastics 170 (338) Same as above. PET Polyethylene Terephthalate 180 (356) Same as above. PEI Polyetherimide 200 (392) Same as above. B E F G H Flammable BL J Flammable K L M N Avoid battery acid. O , Plastic parts should be repaired and painted using methods suiting the materials characteristics. BL-205 C D When repairing and painting a portion of the body adjacent to plastic parts, consider their characteristics (influence of heat and solvent) and remove them if necessary or take suitable measures to protect them. Revision: January 2010 A 2010 Sentra P BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > LOCATION OF PLASTIC PARTS LIIA2700E Revision: January 2010 BL-206 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H BL LIIA2701E Precaution in Repairing High Strength Steel INFOID:0000000005283262 High strength steel is used for body panels in order to reduce vehicle weight. Accordingly, precautions in repairing automotive bodies made of high strength steel are described below: HIGH STRENGTH STEEL (HSS) USED IN NISSAN VEHICLES Tensile strength 373 N/mm2 (38kg/mm2 ,54klb/sq in) 785-1350 N/mm2 (80-138kg/mm2 , 114-196klb/sq in) K Nissan/Infiniti designation SP130 SP150 J Major applicable parts • • • • • • Front & rear side member assembly Front side member closing plate assembly Front strut housing Lower dash Rear seat crossmember Other reinforcements • Center pillar reinforcement (Component part) • Outer roof side rail reinforcement (Component part) L M N SP130 is the most commonly used HSS. O SP150 HSS is used only on parts that require much more strength. Read the Following Precautions When Repairing HSS: 1. Additional points to consider Revision: January 2010 P BL-207 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > • The repair of reinforcements (such as side members) by heating is not recommended since it may weaken the component. When heating is unavoidable, do not heat HSS parts above 550°C (1,022°F). Verify heating temperature with a thermometer. (Crayon-type and other similar type thermometer are appropriate.) PIIA0115E • When straightening body panels, use caution in pulling any HSS panel. Because HSS is very strong, pulling may cause deformation in adjacent portions of the body. In this case, increase the number of measuring points, and carefully pull the HSS panel. PIIA0116E • When cutting HSS panels, avoid gas (torch) cutting if possible. Instead, use a saw to avoid weakening surrounding areas due to heat. If gas (torch) cutting is unavoidable, allow a minimum margin of 50 mm (1.97in). PIIA0117E • When welding HSS panels, use spot welding whenever possible in order to minimize weakening surrounding areas due to heat. If spot welding is impossible, use M.I.G. welding. Do not use gas (torch) welding because it is inferior in welding strength. PIIA0144E Revision: January 2010 BL-208 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > • The spot weld on HSS panels is harder than that of an ordinary steel panel. Therefore, when cutting spot welds on a HSS panel, use a low speed high torque drill (1,000 to 1,200 rpm) to increase drill bit durability and facilitate the operation. A B C PIIA0145E 2. D Precautions in spot welding HSS This work should be performed under standard working conditions. Always note the following when spot welding HSS: • The electrode tip diameter must be sized properly according to the metal thickness. E F G PIIA0146E • The panel surfaces must fit flush to each other, leaving no gaps. H BL J PIIA0147E K • Follow the specifications for the proper welding pitch. L Unit: mm Thickness (t) Minimum pitch ( ) 0.6 (0.024) 0.8 (0.031) 1.0 (0.039) 1.2 (0.047) 1.6 (0.063) 1.8 (0.071) 10 (0.39) or over 12 (0.47) or over 18 (0.71) or over 20 (0.79) or over 27 (1.06) or over 31 (1.22) or over M N PIIA0148E Rear fender hemming process 1. A wheel arch is to be installed and hemmed over left and right outer wheel house. 2. In order to hem the wheel arch, it is necessary to repair any damaged or defaced parts around outer wheel house. CAUTION: Ensure that the area that is to be glued around outer wheelhouse is undamaged or defaced. Procedure of the hemming process Revision: January 2010 BL-209 2010 Sentra O P BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Peel off old bonding material on the surface of outer wheelhouse and clean thoroughly. • Peel off a primer coat in the specified area where new adhesive is to be applied on rear fender (the replacing part). • Apply new adhesive to both specified areas of outer wheelhouse and rear fender. 3M automix panel bond 8115, or any equivalents • Attach rear fender to the body of the car, and weld the required part except the hemming part. SIIA2244E • Bend the welded part starting from the center of the wheel arch gradually with a hammer and a dolly. (Also hem the end of the flange.) • Hemming with a hammer is conducted to an approximate angle of 80 degrees. SIIA2245E • Starting from the center, hem the wheel arch gradually, using slight back and forth motion with a hemming tool. SIIA2246E • Seal up the area around the hemmed end of the flange. SIIA2247E Foam Repair INFOID:0000000005283263 During factory body assembly, foam insulators are installed in certain body panels and locations around the vehicle. Use the following procedure(s) to replace any factory-installed foam insulators. URETHANE FOAM APPLICATIONS Use commercially available spray foam for sealant (foam material) repair of material used on vehicle. Read instructions on product for fill procedures. FILL PROCEDURES 1. Fill procedures after installation of service part. Revision: January 2010 BL-210 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > Remove foam material remaining on vehicle side. Clean area in which foam was removed. Install service part. Insert nozzle into hole near fill area and fill foam material or fill in enough to close gap with the service part. A B C D LIIA1081E E 2. Fill procedures before installation of service part. Remove foam material remaining on vehicle side. Clean area in which foam was removed. Fill foam material on wheelhouse outer side. NOTE: Fill in enough to close gap with service part while avoiding flange area. Install service part. NOTE: Refer to label for information on working times. F G H LIIA1082E BL J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 BL-211 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > LIIA2702E 1. Body side outer 2. Front pillar lower reinforcement 3. Body side insulation (foam) front pillar 4. Roof panel assembly 5. Body side insulation (Foam) rear roof rail 6. Rear roof rail assembly 7. Body side insulation strip, center pil- 8. lar Body side insulation strip, rear pillar lower 9. Body side insulation strip, rear pillar upper Replacement Operation INFOID:0000000005283264 DESCRIPTION Revision: January 2010 BL-212 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > This section is prepared for technicians who have attained a high level of skill and experience in repairing collision-damaged vehicles and also use modern service tools and equipment. Persons unfamiliar with body repair techniques should not attempt to repair collision-damaged vehicles by using this section. Technicians are also encouraged to read Body Repair Manual (Fundamentals) in order to ensure that the original functions and quality of the vehicle can be maintained. The Body Repair Manual (Fundamentals) contains additional information, including cautions and warnings, that are not including in this manual. Technicians should refer to both manuals to ensure proper repairs. Please note that this information is prepared for worldwide usage, and as such, certain procedures may not apply in some regions or countries. A B C D E F G H BL J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 BL-213 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > The symbols used in this section for cutting and welding / brazing operations are shown below. PIIA0149E Revision: January 2010 BL-214 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Front pillar butt joint can be determined anywhere within shaded area as shown in the figure. The best location for the butt joint is at position A due to the construction of the vehicle. Refer to the front pillar section. A B C PIIA0150E D • Determine cutting position and record distance from the locating indent. Use this distance when cutting the service part. Cut outer front pillar over 60 mm above inner front pillar cut position. E F G PIIA0151E H • Prepare a cutting jig to make outer pillar easier to cut. Also, this will permit service part to be accurately cut at joint position. BL J PIIA0152E • An example of cutting operation using a cutting jig is as follows. 1. Mark cutting lines. A: Cut position of outer pillar B: Cut position of inner pillar 2. Align cutting line with notch on jig. Clamp jig to pillar. 3. Cut outer pillar along groove of jig. (At position A) 4. Remove jig and cut remaining portions. 5. Cut inner pillar at position B in same manner. K L M N PIIA0153E HOODLEDGE LH O • Work after radiator core support upper and lower have been removed. P Revision: January 2010 BL-215 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > LIIA2705E Change Parts z Hoodledge reinforcement assembly z Hoodledge connector z Cowl top side upper z Hoodledge upper z Fender bracket HOODLEDGE RH • Work after radiator core support upper and lower have been removed. Revision: January 2010 BL-216 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H BL J K L M N O LIIA2706E P Change Parts z Hoodledge reinforcement assembly z Hoodledge connector z Fender bracket z Cowl top side upper z Hoodledge upper z Engine mounting bracket FRONT SIDE MEMBER • Work after hoodledge, radiator core support and outrigger have been removed. Revision: January 2010 BL-217 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > LIIA2707E Change parts z Front side member z Front side member closing plate z Frame bracket outer z Front strut housing z Front side member outrigger OUTRIGGER Revision: January 2010 BL-218 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H BL J K L M N O LIIA2708E P Change parts z Outrigger FRONT PILLAR • Work after the rear hoodledge reinforcement has been removed. Revision: January 2010 BL-219 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > LIIA2709E Change parts z Front pillar section of body side outer Revision: January 2010 BL-220 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H BL J K L M N O LIIA2710E P Change parts z Front pillar upper reinforcement Revision: January 2010 z Front pillar lower reinforcement BL-221 A. Body assembly bolts 24 Nm (2.4 kg-m, 18 ft-lb) 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > LIIA2711E Change parts z Front pillar inner reinforcement A. Body assembly bolts 24 Nm (2.4 kg-m, 18 ft-lb) DASH SIDE Work after front pillar and outer sill reinforcement have been removed. Revision: January 2010 BL-222 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H BL J K L M N O LIIA2712E P Change parts z Dash side CENTER PILLAR Outer Revision: January 2010 BL-223 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > LIIA2713E Change parts z Center pillar portion of body side outer Reinforcement Revision: January 2010 BL-224 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H BL J K L M N O LIIA2714E P Change parts z Center pillar reinforcement Inner Revision: January 2010 BL-225 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > LIIA2765E Change parts z Inner center pillar OUTER SILL REINFORCEMENT Work after lower front pillar reinforcement, center pillar reinforcement, and rear fender have been removed. Revision: January 2010 BL-226 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H BL J K L M N O LIIA2766E P Change parts z Outer sill reinforcement REAR FENDER Revision: January 2010 BL-227 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > LIIA2767E Change parts z Rear fender z Rear fender corner z Rear combination lamp base REAR PANEL Revision: January 2010 BL-228 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H BL J K L M N O LIIA2768E P Change parts z Rear end crossmember z Rear panel assembly z Rear bumper fascia brackets REAR FLOOR REAR • Work after rear panel assembly has been removed. Revision: January 2010 BL-229 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > LIIA2769E Change parts z Rear floor rear REAR SIDE MEMBER EXTENSION • Work after rear panel assembly and rear floor rear have been removed. Revision: January 2010 BL-230 2010 Sentra BODY REPAIR < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H BL J K L M N O LIIA2770E P Change parts z Rear side member extension Revision: January 2010 BL-231 2010 Sentra ELECTRICAL SECTION AV AUDIO, VISUAL, NAVIGATION & TELEPHONE SYSTEM A B C D E CONTENTS AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 4 PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 4 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 4 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 4 PREPARATION ................................................... 6 Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 6 AUDIO ................................................................. 7 Component Parts Location ........................................ 7 System Description ................................................... 8 Schematic ............................................................... 11 Wiring Diagram - AUDIO - ....................................... 14 Audio Unit (Base System) Harness Connector Terminal Layout ...................................................... 38 Terminal and Reference Value for Audio Unit (Base System) ......................................................... 38 Audio Unit (Mid System) Harness Connector Terminal Layout ............................................................ 39 Terminal and Reference Value for Audio Unit (Mid System) ................................................................... 39 AV Control Unit (Premium System without Rockford Fosgate) Harness Connector Terminal Layout ........................................................................... 42 Terminal and Reference Value for AV Control Unit (Premium System without Rockford Fosgate) ......... 42 AV Control Unit (Premium System with Rockford Fosgate) Harness Connector Terminal Layout ....... 45 Terminal and Reference Value for AV Control Unit (Premium System with Rockford Fosgate) .............. 46 Audio Amplifier Harness Connector Terminal Layout ........................................................................... 49 Terminal and Reference Value for Audio Amplifier.... 50 Revision: January 2010 AV-1 IPod Adapter Harness Connector Terminal Layout ....52 Terminal and Reference Value for IPod Adapter ....52 Satellite Radio Tuner Harness Connector Terminal Layout ................................................................54 Terminal and Reference Value for Satellite Radio Tuner .......................................................................55 Trouble Diagnosis ....................................................55 Noise Inspection ......................................................58 Audio Unit (Base and Mid System) Power and Ground Supply Circuit Inspection ............................58 AV Control Unit (Premium System) Power and Ground Supply Circuit Inspection ............................59 Audio Amplifier Power and Ground Supply Circuit Inspection ................................................................60 Satellite Radio Tuner Power and Ground Supply Circuit Inspection .....................................................60 Satellite Radio Tuner Communication Circuit Inspection (Mid System) .............................................61 Satellite Radio Tuner Communication Circuit Inspection (Premium System) ....................................63 Satellite Radio Tuner Left Channel Audio Signal Circuit Inspection (Mid System) ...............................64 Satellite Radio Tuner Left Channel Audio Signal Circuit Inspection (Premium System) ......................65 Satellite Radio Tuner Right Channel Audio Signal Circuit Inspection (Mid System) ...............................66 Satellite Radio Tuner Right Channel Audio Signal Circuit Inspection (Premium System) ......................67 Steering Switch Check (With Bluetooth) ..................67 Steering Switch Check (Without Bluetooth) .............69 Sound Is Not Heard from Front Door Speaker or Front Tweeter (Base and Mid System) ....................70 Sound Is Not Heard from Front Door Speaker or Front Tweeter (Premium System without Rockford Fosgate) ..................................................................71 Sound Is Not Heard from Rear Speaker (Base and Mid System) .............................................................73 Sound Is Not Heard from Rear Speaker (Premium System without Rockford Fosgate) ..........................74 2010 Sentra F G H I J AV L M N O P Sound Is Not Heard from Front Door Speaker or Front Tweeter (Premium System with Rockford Fosgate) ................................................................. 75 Sound Is Not Heard from Rear Speaker Assembly (Premium System with Rockford Fosgate) ............. 78 Removal and Installation ........................................ 81 USB CONNECTOR AND AUX JACK ............... 86 Removal and Installation ........................................ 86 AUDIO ANTENNA ............................................. 87 Location of Antenna ................................................ 87 Removal and Installation of Roof Antenna ............. 87 TELEPHONE ..................................................... 89 Component Parts and Harness Connector Location .......................................................................... 89 System Description ................................................. 89 Wiring Diagram - H/PHON - .................................... 93 Bluetooth Control Unit Harness Connector Terminal Layout ............................................................... 97 Terminal and Reference Value for Bluetooth Control Unit ................................................................... 97 Bluetooth Control Unit Self-Diagnosis Function ..... 99 How to Proceed with Trouble Diagnosis ................100 Malfunction Code/Symptom Chart .........................100 Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection for Bluetooth Control Unit ...........................................100 Steering Wheel Audio Control Switch Does Not Operate ..................................................................101 Voice Activated Control Function Does Not Operate ..........................................................................102 Removal and Installation .......................................105 REAR VIEW CAMERA .................................... 108 Component Parts and Harness Connector Location .........................................................................108 System Description ................................................109 Wiring Diagram - R/VIEW - ....................................110 Rear View Camera Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection ........................................................110 Removal and Installation .......................................112 iPod® CONNECTOR ....................................... 113 Removal and Installation .......................................113 iPod® ADAPTER ............................................. 114 Removal and Installation .......................................114 AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION SERVICE INFORMATION .......................... 115 PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 115 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................115 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect .................................115 PREPARATION ............................................... 117 AUDIO ............................................................... 118 Component Parts Location ................................... 118 System Description ............................................... 119 Schematic ............................................................. 121 Wiring Diagram - AUDIO - .................................... 123 AV Control Unit (Without Rockford Fosgate) Harness Connector Terminal Layout .......................... 136 Terminal and Reference Value for AV Control Unit (Without Rockford Fosgate) .................................. 136 AV Control Unit (With Rockford Fosgate) Harness Connector Terminal Layout ................................... 139 Terminal and Reference Value for AV Control Unit (With Rockford Fosgate) ....................................... 139 Audio Amplifier Harness Connector Terminal Layout (With Rockford Fosgate) ................................. 142 Terminal and Reference Value for Audio Amplifier (With Rockford Fosgate) ....................................... 142 On-Board Diagnosis .............................................. 144 Symptom Chart ..................................................... 147 AV Control Unit Power and Ground Supply Circuit Inspection .............................................................. 149 Audio Amplifier Power and Ground Supply Circuit Inspection .............................................................. 150 Steering Switch Check .......................................... 150 Sound Is Not Heard from Front Door Speaker or Front Tweeter (Without Rockford Fosgate) ........... 152 Sound Is Not Heard from Rear Speaker (Without Rockford Fosgate) ................................................ 153 Sound Is Not Heard from Front Door Speaker or Front Tweeter (With Rockford Fosgate) ................ 154 Sound Is Not Heard from Rear Speaker Assembly (With Rockford Fosgate) ....................................... 157 Removal and Installation ....................................... 159 NAVIGATION SYSTEM .................................... 163 How to Proceed with Trouble Diagnosis ............... 163 TELEPHONE .................................................... 164 Component Parts and Harness Connector Location ........................................................................ 164 System Description ............................................... 164 Wiring Diagram - H/PHON - .................................. 167 Bluetooth Control Unit Harness Connector Terminal Layout ............................................................. 169 Terminal and Reference Value for Bluetooth Control Unit .................................................................. 169 Bluetooth Control Unit Self-Diagnosis Function .... 170 How to Proceed with Trouble Diagnosis ............... 171 Malfunction Code/Symptom Chart ........................ 171 Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection for Bluetooth Control Unit ........................................... 171 Steering Wheel Audio Control Switch Does Not Operate ................................................................. 172 Voice Activated Control Function Does Not Operate ......................................................................... 172 Removal and Installation ....................................... 174 REAR VIEW CAMERA ..................................... 177 Commercial Service Tool ......................................117 Revision: January 2010 AV-2 2010 Sentra Component Parts and Harness Connector Location ........................................................................ 177 System Description ............................................... 177 Wiring Diagram - R/VIEW - ................................... 179 Rear View Camera Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection ....................................................... 179 Camera Image Signal Circuit ................................ 181 Removal and Installation ....................................... 182 USB CONNECTOR AND AUX JACK ............. 183 Removal and Installation ....................................... 183 A AUDIO ANTENNA ........................................... 184 Location of Antenna ............................................... 184 Removal and Installation of Roof Antenna ............ 184 B GPS ANTENNA ............................................... 186 Location of Antenna ............................................... 186 Removal and Installation ....................................... 186 C D E F G H I J AV L M N O P Revision: January 2010 AV-3 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000005485388 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect INFOID:0000000005485387 NOTE: • This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM). • Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the ″LOCK″ position. • Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results. For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder. For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and steering wheel rotation will become impossible. If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before starting the repair operation. OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the steering lock will be released. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be rotated. Perform the necessary repair operation. Revision: January 2010 AV-4 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.) 6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III. A B C D E F G H I J AV L M N O P Revision: January 2010 AV-5 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000005283567 Tool name Description Power tool Loosening bolts and nuts PBIC0191E Revision: January 2010 AV-6 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > AUDIO A Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000005283568 B C D E F G H I J AV L M N O P AWNIA1993ZZ Revision: January 2010 AV-7 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > AWNIA1994ZZ 1. Front tweeter LH M46 (mid and pre- 2. mium system) Audio unit M43, M45, M53, M90 (base and mid system) 4. AV control unit M92, M93, M94, M96, 5. M97 (premium system) Steering wheel audio control switch- 6. es (if equipped) Front door speaker LH D10 RH D108 7. Rear speaker LH B27 (base, mid and 8. premium without Rockford Fosgate system) Rear speaker assembly LH B40 (premium system with Rockford Fosgate) Rear speaker RH B39 (base, mid 9. and premium without Rockford Fosgate system) Rear speaker assembly RH B38 (premium system with Rockford Fosgate Satellite radio tuner B56, B60 (with satellite radio tuner) 10. Bluetooth control unit B15 (with Bluetooth) 11. Audio amplifier B43, B44 (premium system with Rockford Fosgate) 3. Front tweeter RH M47 (mid and premium system) 12. iPod® adapter M91 (mid system, view with console side finisher - RH removed) 13. iPod® connector M226 (mid system) 14. Rear view camera T21(with rear USB interface M228 (premium sysview camera) tem) iPod® is a trademark of Apple inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. System Description INFOID:0000000005283569 BASE AND MID SYSTEM Refer to Owner's Manual for audio system operating instructions. Power is supplied at all times • through 20A fuse (No. 31, located in the fuse and fusible link box) • to audio unit terminal 19. With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied • through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to audio unit terminal 7. Ground is supplied to • audio unit terminal 28 (with mid system) and 20 • through grounds M57 and M61. Then audio signals are supplied Revision: January 2010 AV-8 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • through audio unit terminals 2, 3, 4, 5, 11, 12, 13 and 14 • to terminals + and - of front door speaker LH and RH • to terminals + and - of front tweeter LH and RH (with mid system) and • to terminals + and - of rear speaker LH and RH. A PREMIUM SYSTEM (WITHOUT ROCKFORD FOSGATE) B Refer to Owner's Manual for audio system operating instructions. Power is supplied at all times • through 20A fuse (No. 31, located in the fuse and fusible link box) • to AV control unit terminal 19. With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied • through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to AV control unit terminal 7. Ground is supplied to • to AV control unit terminals 20, 27 and 47 • through grounds M57 and M61. Then audio signals are supplied • through AV control unit terminals 2, 3, 4, 5, 11, 12, 13 and 14 • to terminals + and - of front door speaker LH and RH • to terminals + and - of front tweeter LH and RH and • to terminals + and - of rear speaker LH and RH. C D E F PREMIUM SYSTEM (WITH ROCKFORD FOSGATE) G Refer to Owner's Manual for audio system operating instructions. Power is supplied at all times • through 20A fuse [No. 17, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to audio amplifier terminal 17, • through 20A fuse (No. 31, located in the fuse and fusible link box) • to audio amplifier terminal 1 and • to AV control unit terminal 19. With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied • through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to AV control unit terminal 7. Ground is supplied to • to AV control unit terminals 20, 27 and 47 • through grounds M57 and M61. Ground is also supplied • to audio amplifier terminals 4 and 20 • through grounds B7 and B19. Then audio signals are supplied • through AV control unit terminals 53, 54, 57, 58, 59, 60, 63, and 64 • to audio amplifier terminals 5, 6, 7, 8, 21, 22, 23 and 24. Audio signals are amplified by the audio amplifier. The amplified audio signals are supplied • through audio amplifier terminals 2, 3, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 19, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31 and 32 • to terminals + and - of front door speaker LH and RH and • to terminals + and - of front tweeter LH and RH • to terminals 1, 2, 3 and 4 of rear speaker assembly LH and RH. H I J AV L M N STEERING WHEEL AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES (IF EQUIPPED) When one of steering wheel audio control switches is pushed, the resistance in steering switch circuit changes depending on which button is pushed. O SATELLITE RADIO TUNER (IF EQUIPPED) Power is supplied at all times • through 20A fuse (No. 31, located in the fuse and fusible link box) • to satellite radio tuner terminal 32. With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied • through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to satellite radio tuner terminal 36. Ground is supplied through the case of the satellite radio tuner. Then audio signals are supplied Revision: January 2010 AV-9 P 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • through satellite radio tuner terminals 21, 22, 23 and 24 • to audio unit terminals 45, 46, 47 and 48 (with mid system) or • to AV control unit terminals 65, 66, 67 and 68 (with premium system). SPEED SENSITIVE VOLUME SYSTEM (MID AND PREMIUM SYSTEM) Volume level of this system goes up and down automatically in proportion to the vehicle speed. The control level can be selected by the customer. Refer to Owner's Manual for operating instructions. Revision: January 2010 AV-10 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Schematic INFOID:0000000005283570 A MID SYSTEM B C D E F G H I J AV L M N O P AANWA0181GB Revision: January 2010 AV-11 2010 Sentra AUDIO < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREMIUM SYSTEM (WITHOUT ROCKFORD FOSGATE) [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] AANWA0182GB Revision: January 2010 AV-12 2010 Sentra AUDIO < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREMIUM SYSTEM (WITH ROCKFORD FOSGATE) [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] A B C D E F G H I J AV L M N O AANWA0183GB Revision: January 2010 AV-13 2010 Sentra P AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - AUDIO - INFOID:0000000005283571 BASE SYSTEM AANWA0184GB Revision: January 2010 AV-14 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > MID SYSTEM A B C D E F G H I J AV L M N O AANWA0185GB Revision: January 2010 AV-15 2010 Sentra P AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > AANWA0186GB Revision: January 2010 AV-16 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Without Bluetooth A B C D E F G H I J AV L M N O AANWA0187GB P Revision: January 2010 AV-17 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > With Bluetooth AANWA0188GB Revision: January 2010 AV-18 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I J AV L M N O AANWA0189GB P Revision: January 2010 AV-19 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > AANWA0190GB Revision: January 2010 AV-20 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I J AV L M N O AANWA0191GB P Revision: January 2010 AV-21 2010 Sentra AUDIO < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREMIUM SYSTEM - WITHOUT ROCKFORD FOSGATE [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] AANWA0192GB Revision: January 2010 AV-22 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I J AV L M N O AANWA0193GB P Revision: January 2010 AV-23 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > AANWA0195GB Revision: January 2010 AV-24 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I J AV L M N O AANWA0196GB P Revision: January 2010 AV-25 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > AANWA0197GB Revision: January 2010 AV-26 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I J AV L M N O AANWA0198GB P Revision: January 2010 AV-27 2010 Sentra AUDIO < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREMIUM SYSTEM - WITH ROCKFORD FOSGATE [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] AANWA0199GB Revision: January 2010 AV-28 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I J AV L M N O AANWA0200GB P Revision: January 2010 AV-29 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > AANWA0201GB Revision: January 2010 AV-30 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I J AV L M N O AANWA0202GB P Revision: January 2010 AV-31 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > AANWA0203GB Revision: January 2010 AV-32 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I J AV L M N O AANWA0204GB P Revision: January 2010 AV-33 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > AANWA0205GB Revision: January 2010 AV-34 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I J AV L M N O AANWA0206GB P Revision: January 2010 AV-35 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > AV COMMUNICATION - WITH MID SYSTEM AANWA0219GB Revision: January 2010 AV-36 2010 Sentra AUDIO < SERVICE INFORMATION > AV COMMUNICATION - WITH PREMIUM SYSTEM [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] A B C D E F G H I J AV L M N O AANWA0220GB Revision: January 2010 AV-37 2010 Sentra P AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Audio Unit (Base System) Harness Connector Terminal Layout INFOID:0000000005283572 WKIA5439E Terminal and Reference Value for Audio Unit (Base System) Terminal (Wire color) + – 2 (L) 3 (W) Item Audio signal front LH Signal input/ output Output Condition Ignition switch ON Operation INFOID:0000000005283573 Reference value (Approx.) Receive audio signal SKIB3609E 4 (G) 5 (V) Audio signal rear LH Output ON Receive audio signal SKIB3609E 7 (GR) Ground ACC power supply 11 (P) 12 (R) Audio signal front RH Input ACC Output ON — Battery voltage Receive audio signal SKIB3609E 13 (L) 14 (Y) Audio signal rear RH Output ON Receive audio signal SKIB3609E 19 (Y) Ground 20 (B) Ground Revision: January 2010 Battery power supply Ground Input OFF — Battery voltage — ON — — AV-38 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Audio Unit (Mid System) Harness Connector Terminal Layout INFOID:0000000005283574 A B C AWNIA1989GB D Terminal and Reference Value for Audio Unit (Mid System) INFOID:0000000005283575 E Terminal (Wire color) + Item – Signal input/ output Condition Ignition switch Operation Reference value (Approx.) Example of symptom F G 2 (L) 3 (W) Audio sound signal front LH Output ON No sound from front door speaker LH or tweeter LH. Receive audio signal H SKIA0177E I 4 (G) 5 (V) Audio sound signal rear LH Output ON Receive audio signal No sound from rear speaker LH. AV SKIA0177E 6 (P) 7 (GR) Ground Ground Remote control A ACC signal Input Input ON ON Press Phone/ End switch 0V Press SEEK UP switch 1.7V Press VOL UP switch 3.3V Except for above 5.0V Ignition switch ACC or ON J L Steering wheel audio controls do not function Battery voltage System does not work properly. M N O 11 (P) 12 (R) Audio sound signal front RH Output ON No sound from front door speaker RH or tweeter RH. Receive audio signal SKIA0177E Revision: January 2010 AV-39 2010 Sentra P AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal (Wire color) + – 13 (L) 14 (Y) Item Audio sound signal rear RH Signal input/ output Output Condition Ignition switch ON Operation Reference value (Approx.) Receive audio signal Example of symptom No sound from rear speaker RH. SKIA0177E 15 (LG) 16 (L) 18 (O) — Ground Ground Remote control ground Remote control B Vehicle speed signal (8-pulse) Input Input Input — ON ON — — Press Phone/ Send switch 0V Press SEEK DOWN switch 1.7V Press VOL DOWN switch 3.3V Except for above 5.0V Steering wheel audio controls do not function Steering wheel audio controls do not function When vehicle speed is approx. 40 km/h (25 MPH) Ground SKIA6649J 19 (Y) Ground Battery power 20 (B) Ground Ground 25 (L) — 26 (L) System does not work properly. Input — — Battery voltage — — — — — AV communication signal 1 (H) Input/ Output — — — — — AV communication signal 1 (H) Input/ Output — — — — 27 (P) — AV communication signal 1 (L) Input/ Output — — — — 28 (B) Ground — — — — — TEL ON signal Output ON — — — AV communication signal 1 (L) Input/ Output — — — — 32 (R) 33 (P) Ground — Ground Revision: January 2010 AV-40 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal (Wire color) + 34 (BR) Item – 35 (Y) 36 (GR) — 37 (G) 41 (W) TEL voice audio signal Shield iPod® audio signal LH Signal input/ output Input Condition Ignition switch Operation ON Start confirmation/adjustment mode, and then Voice Microphone Test by selecting “Voice Microphone Test” on Handsfree Microphone screen. — — — Input ON With iPod® operating Reference value (Approx.) Example of symptom A B — C D SKIB3609E — — — E F G SKIB3609E H 39 (L) 43 (R) iPod® audio signal RH Input ON With iPod® operating — I SKIB3609E 44 (GR) 46 (R) — Shield 45 (G) Audio left channel sound signal from satellite radio tuner — Input — ON — — — No sound from satellite radio tuner left channel. Receive audio signal J AV L SKIA0177E 48 (B) 47 (W) Audio right channel sound signal from satellite radio tuner M Input ON No sound from satellite radio tuner right channel. Receive audio signal SKIA0177E O 49 (GR) — Shield ground (audio signal) 50 (GR) — Shield ground (data) — — — 0V — Ground Satellite radio tuner request to audio unit Input ON Turn audio unit ON 5V Satellite radio tuner does not operate properly. 52 (L) Revision: January 2010 N — — — 0V — P AV-41 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal (Wire color) + 53 (LG) Item – Ground Audio RX Signal input/ output Input Condition Ignition switch ON Operation Reference value (Approx.) Example of symptom Satellite radio tuner audio information does not display properly. Receive data SKIA4403E 54 (V) Ground Audio TX Output ON Satellite radio tuner audio information does not display properly. Transmit data SKIA4402E AV Control Unit (Premium System without Rockford Fosgate) Harness Connector Terminal Layout INFOID:0000000005548864 AWNIA1996ZZ Terminal and Reference Value for AV Control Unit (Premium System without Rockford Fosgate) INFOID:0000000005548863 Terminal (Wire color) + – 2 (L) 3 (W) Item Audio sound signal front LH Signal input/ output Output Condition Ignition switch ON Operation Reference value (Approx.) Example of symptom No sound from front door speaker LH or tweeter LH. Receive audio signal SKIA0177E 4 (G) 5 (V) Audio sound signal rear LH Output ON Receive audio signal No sound from rear speaker LH. SKIA0177E Revision: January 2010 AV-42 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal (Wire color) + 6 (P) Item – Ground 7 (GR) Ground 11 (P) 12 (R) Remote control A Signal input/ output Input Condition Ignition switch ON Operation Reference value (Approx.) Press Phone/ End switch 0V Press SEEK UP switch 1.7V Press VOL UP switch 3.3V Except for above 5.0V ACC signal Input ON Ignition switch ACC or ON Audio sound signal front RH Output ON Receive audio signal Example of symptom A B Steering wheel audio controls do not function C D Battery voltage System does not work properly. No sound from front door speaker RH or tweeter RH. E F G SKIA0177E H 13 (L) 14 (Y) Audio sound signal rear RH Output ON Receive audio signal No sound from rear speaker RH. I SKIA0177E 15 (LG) 16 (L) 18 (O) — Ground Ground Remote control ground Remote control B Vehicle speed signal (8-pulse) Input Input Input — ON ON — — Press Phone/ Send switch 0V Press SEEK DOWN switch 1.7V Press VOL DOWN switch 3.3V Except for above 5.0V Steering wheel audio controls do not function J AV Steering wheel audio controls do not function L M N When vehicle speed is approx. 40 km/h (25 MPH) Ground O SKIA6649J 19 (Y) Ground Battery power Input — — Battery voltage 20 (B) Ground Ground — ON — — Revision: January 2010 AV-43 System does not work properly. — 2010 Sentra P AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal (Wire color) + 25 (BR) 26 (GR) Item – 24 (Y) TEL voice audio signal Signal input/ output Input Condition Ignition switch Operation ON Start confirmation/adjustment mode, and then Voice Microphone Test by selecting “Voice Microphone Test” on Handsfree Microphone screen. Reference value (Approx.) Example of symptom TEL voice audio signal SKIB3609E — Shield — — — — — 28 (L) — AV communication signal 1 (H) Input/ Output — — — — 29 (P) — AV communication signal 1 (L) Input/ Output — — — — 30 (GR) — Shield — — — — — 31 (L) — AV communication signal 1 (H) Input/ Output — — — — 32 (P) — AV communication signal 1 (L) Input/ Output — — — — 33 (B) Ground Rear view camera ground signal — — — — Ground 34 (R) Ground Rear view camera ON signal Output ON Shift selector is in R position 6V Ground Rear view camera video in (+) Input ON With rear view camera ON 35 (L) Ground Ground SKIB2251J 36 (P) Ground Rear view camera video in (-) Input ON With rear view camera ON Ground SKIB2251J 41 (R) Ground TEL ON signal Output ON — — — ON — — — Battery voltage Ground Other than R position 0V 47 (B) Ground Ground — 50 (G) Ground Reverse signal Input Revision: January 2010 ON R position AV-44 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal (Wire color) + Item – Signal input/ output Condition Ignition switch Operation Reference value (Approx.) Example of symptom A B 66 (R) 65 (G) Audio left channel sound signal from satellite radio tuner Input ON No sound from satellite radio tuner left channel. Receive audio signal D SKIA0177E 68 (B) 67 (W) Audio right channel sound signal from satellite radio tuner Input ON No sound from satellite radio tuner right channel. Receive audio signal C E F SKIA0177E 69 (GR) — Shield ground (audio signal) 70 (GR) — Shield ground (data) — — — 0V — H Ground Satellite radio tuner request to audio unit Input ON Turn audio unit ON 5V Satellite radio tuner does not operate properly. I 72 (L) — — — 0V — G J 73 (LG) Ground Audio RX Input ON Satellite radio tuner audio information does not display properly. Receive data SKIA4403E 74 (V) Ground Audio TX Output ON L Satellite radio tuner audio information does not display properly. Transmit data AV M N SKIA4402E 77 (B) — USB ground — — — — — 78 (W) — USB D- — — — — — 79 (R) — USB V BUS signal — — — — — 80 (G) — USB D+ — — — — — 81 (GR) — SHIELD — — — — — AV Control Unit (Premium System with Rockford Fosgate) Harness Connector Termi- Revision: January 2010 AV-45 2010 Sentra O P AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > nal Layout INFOID:0000000005283576 AWNIA1995ZZ Terminal and Reference Value for AV Control Unit (Premium System with Rockford Fosgate) INFOID:0000000005283577 Terminal (Wire color) + 1 (G) 6 (P) 7 (GR) 15 (LG) 16 (L) 18 (O) Item – Ground Ground Ground — Ground Ground Amp. ON/ OFF signal Remote control A Signal input/ output Output Input Condition ON ON Remote control ground Input — Vehicle speed signal (8-pulse) Input — More than 6.5V Audio amplifier does not work properly. Press Phone/ End switch 0V Press SEEK UP switch 1.7V Press VOL UP switch 3.3V Except for above 5.0V ON Input Input Example of symptom Operation ACC signal Remote control B Reference value (Approx.) Ignition switch ON ON Ignition switch ACC or ON Steering wheel audio controls do not function Battery voltage — — Press Phone/ Send switch 0V Press SEEK DOWN switch 1.7V Press VOL DOWN switch 3.3V Except for above 5.0V System does not work properly. Steering wheel audio controls do not function Steering wheel audio controls do not function When vehicle speed is approx. 40 km/h (25 MPH) Ground SKIA6649J 19 (Y) Ground Battery power Input — — Battery voltage 20 (B) Ground Ground — ON — — Revision: January 2010 AV-46 System does not work properly. — 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal (Wire color) + 25 (BR) 26 (GR) Item – 24 (Y) TEL voice audio signal Signal input/ output Input Condition Ignition switch Operation ON Start confirmation/adjustment mode, and then Voice Microphone Test by selecting “Voice Microphone Test” on Handsfree Microphone screen. Reference value (Approx.) Example of symptom B TEL voice audio signal D Shield — — — — — — AV communication signal 1 (H) Input/ Output — — — — 29 (P) — AV communication signal 1 (L) Input/ Output — — — — 30 (GR) — Shield — — — — — 31 (L) — AV communication signal 1 (H) Input/ Output — — — — — AV communication signal 1 (L) Input/ Output — Ground Rear view camera ground signal — — Rear view camera ON signal Output Rear view camera video in (+) Input 32 (P) 33 (B) 34 (R) 35 (L) Ground Ground C SKIB3609E — 28 (L) A E F G H — — — I — — Ground J ON Shift selector is in R position 6V Ground AV L ON With rear view camera ON Ground M SKIB2251J N 36 (P) Ground Rear view camera video in (-) Input ON With rear view camera ON Ground O SKIB2251J 41 (R) Ground P TEL ON signal Output ON — — — ON — — — Battery voltage Ground Other than R position 0V 47 (B) Ground Ground — 50 (G) Ground Reverse signal Input Revision: January 2010 ON R position AV-47 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal (Wire color) + – 59 (W) 53 (B) Item Audio sound signal front LH Signal input/ output Output Condition Ignition switch ON Operation Reference value (Approx.) Example of symptom No sound from front door speaker LH or tweeter LH. Receive audio signal SKIA0177E 54 (V) Audio sound signal rear LH 61 (GR) — Shield ground — — 63 (R) 57 (L) Audio sound signal front RH Output ON 60 (LG) Output ON No sound from rear speaker assembly LH. Receive audio signal SKIA0177E — — — No sound from front door speaker RH or tweeter RH. Receive audio signal SKIA0177E 64 (BR) 58 (Y) Audio sound signal rear RH Output ON No sound from rear speaker assembly RH. Receive audio signal SKIA0177E 66 (R) 65 (G) Audio left channel sound signal from satellite radio tuner Input ON No sound from satellite radio tuner left channel. Receive audio signal SKIA0177E 68 (B) 67 (W) Audio right channel sound signal from satellite radio tuner Input ON No sound from satellite radio tuner right channel. Receive audio signal SKIA0177E 69 (GR) — Shield ground (audio signal) Revision: January 2010 — — — AV-48 0V — 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal (Wire color) + 70 (GR) 72 (L) 73 (LG) Item – — Shield ground (data) Ground Satellite radio tuner request to audio unit Ground Audio RX Signal input/ output Condition Ignition switch Operation Reference value (Approx.) Example of symptom B — Input — — ON Turn audio unit ON 0V — 5V Satellite radio tuner does not operate properly. Ground Audio TX C D Input ON Satellite radio tuner audio information does not display properly. Receive data Output ON Satellite radio tuner audio information does not display properly. Transmit data E F SKIA4403E 74 (V) A G H SKIA4402E 77 (B) — USB ground — — — — — 78 (W) — USB D- — — — — — 79 (R) — USB V BUS signal — — — — — 80 (G) — USB D+ — — — — — 81 (GR) — SHIELD — — — — — Audio Amplifier Harness Connector Terminal Layout I J AV INFOID:0000000005283578 L M N WKIA5763E O P Revision: January 2010 AV-49 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal and Reference Value for Audio Amplifier Terminal (wire color) Item + – 1 (R) Ground Battery 2 (W) 18 (B) Subwoofer LH Signal input/ output Condition Ignition switch Operation Input — — Output ON Receive audio signal INFOID:0000000005283579 Reference value (Approx.) Battery voltage Example of symptom System does not work properly. No sound from subwoofer LH. SKIA0177E 3 (Y) 19 (L) Subwoofer RH Output ON Receive audio signal No sound from subwoofer RH. SKIA0177E 4 (B) 9 (G/R) 11 (V) Ground Ground Ground Amp. ON signal — ON — Input ON — 27 (B/Y) Rear speaker LH Output ON Receive audio signal — — More than 6.5V System does not work properly. No sound from rear speaker LH. SKIA0177E 12 (R/Y) 28 (R/L) Rear speaker RH Output ON Receive audio signal No sound from rear speaker RH. SKIA0177E 13 (W/R) 29 (L/B) Front tweeter RH Output ON No sound from front tweeter RH. Receive audio signal SKIA0177E Revision: January 2010 AV-50 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal (wire color) + Item – Signal input/ output Condition Ignition switch Operation Reference value (Approx.) Example of symptom A B 14 (R/G) 30 (B/R) Front tweeter LH Output ON Receive audio signal No sound from front tweeter LH. D SKIA0177E 15 (L/W) 31 (L/R) Front door speaker LH Output ON No sound from front door speaker LH. Receive audio signal C E F SKIA0177E G 16 (W/B) 32 (G/W) Front door speaker RH Output ON No sound from front door speaker RH. Receive audio signal SKIA0177E 17 (G) Ground 20 (B) Ground 21 (R) 5 (W) Battery Input — — Battery voltage Ground — ON — — Input ON Receive audio signal Audio sound signal front RH System does not work properly. — No sound from front door speaker RH or front tweeter RH. H I J AV L SKIA0177E M 22 (W) 6 (B) Audio sound signal front LH Input ON No sound from front door speaker LH or front tweeter LH. Receive audio signal N SKIA0177E O P Revision: January 2010 AV-51 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal (wire color) + – 23 (L) 7 (B/W) Signal input/ output Item Audio sound signal rear RH Input Condition Reference value (Approx.) Ignition switch Operation ON Receive audio signal Example of symptom No sound from rear speaker assembly RH. SKIA0177E 24 (L/R) 8 (L/G) Audio sound signal rear LH Input ON No sound from rear speaker assembly LH. Receive audio signal SKIA0177E IPod Adapter Harness Connector Terminal Layout INFOID:0000000005548856 AWNIA2015ZZ Terminal and Reference Value for IPod Adapter Terminal (Wire color) + – 1 (G) 13 (W) INFOID:0000000005548857 Description Signal name iPod® sound signal LH Condition Input/ Output Output Ignition switch ON Reference value (Approx.) When iPod® mode is selected. SKIB3609E 2 (L) 14 (R) iPod® sound signal RH Output Ignition switch ON When iPod® mode is selected. SKIB3609E Revision: January 2010 AV-52 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal (Wire color) + Description – 3 (GR) Ground 4 (G) — 5 (Y) Ground 6 (G) 7 (SB) 8 (O) Ground Signal name ACC power supply AV communication signal (L) Battery power supply iPod® USD signal iPod® battery charge Condition Input/ Output Reference value (Approx.) A B Input Ignition switch ACC — Battery voltage Input/ Output — — — Input Ignition switch OFF — Battery voltage — Ignition switch ON — — Output Ignition switch ON Connected to iPod®. C D E Battery voltage F G 9 (LG) Ground Communication signal (iPod® adapter→iPod®) Output Ignition switch ON The wave pattern is displayed just after iPod® connection. H JPNIA0462GB NOTE: After the wave pattern display, the value continues Approx 3.3V I J 10 (V) Ground Communication signal (iPod®→iPod® adapter) Input Ignition switch ON Connected to iPod®. AV JPNIA0462GB 11 (W) Ground ACCESSORY-IDENTIFY — Ignition switch ON Connected to iPod®. L 0V M 12 (R) Ground iPod® sound signal RH Input Ignition switch ON When iPod® mode is selected. N SKIB3609E 15 (GR) — Shield 16 (R) — AV communication signal (H) 17 (P) Ground 19 (GR) — — — — — Input/ Output — — — Ground — Ignition switch ON — 0V Shield — — — — Revision: January 2010 AV-53 O P 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal (Wire color) Description + – Signal name 20 (O) Ground iPod® battery charge 21 (V) Ground iPod® connection recognition signal 22 (Y) Ground 23 (GR) — 24 (G) Ground Condition Input/ Output Output Ignition switch ON Input Ignition switch ON ACCESSORY-DETECT — Ignition switch ON Shield — — Input Ignition switch ON iPod® sound signal LH Reference value (Approx.) Connected to iPod®. 5.0V Not connected to iPod®. 4.0V Connected to iPod®. 0V Connected to iPod®. 0V — — When iPod® mode is selected. SKIB3609E Satellite Radio Tuner Harness Connector Terminal Layout INFOID:0000000005283580 LKIA0735E Revision: January 2010 AV-54 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal and Reference Value for Satellite Radio Tuner Terminal (Wire color) + Item – Signal input/ output Condition Ignition switch Operation INFOID:0000000005283581 A Voltage (Approx.) B C 22 (R) 21 (G) Audio signal LH Output ON Receive audio signal. D SKIB3609E E F 24 (B) 23 (W) Audio signal RH Output ON Receive audio signal. G SKIB3609E H 28 (L) Ground REQ1 (SAT-AUDIO) Output ON Set to the satellite radio mode I SKIB3825E J 29 (W/R) Ground Communication signal (SAT-AUDIO) Output ON AV Set to the satellite radio mode SKIB3824E L M 30 (B/R) Ground Communication signal (AUDIO-SAT) Input ON Set to the satellite radio mode N SKIB3826E 32 (Y) 36 (V) 37 Ground — Battery power supply ACC power supply Antenna signal OFF Input ACC — — Battery voltage — — Trouble Diagnosis INFOID:0000000005283584 The majority of the audio troubles are the result of outside causes (bad CD, electromagnetic interference, etc.). Check the inspection items below to diagnose the malfunction. MALFUNCTION WITH RADIO AND CD (BASE AND MID SYSTEM) Revision: January 2010 AV-55 2010 Sentra O P AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Symptom Possible cause Inoperative • Audio unit power supply circuit check. Refer to AV-58, "Audio Unit (Base and Mid System) Power and Ground Supply Circuit Inspection". If above check is OK, replace audio unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". Steering switch does not operate (mid system) • Steering switch check. Refer to AV-67, "Steering Switch Check (With Bluetooth)" or AV-69, "Steering Switch Check (Without Bluetooth)". If above check is OK, replace audio unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". All speakers do not sound • Audio unit One or several speakers do not sound • Front door speaker check. Refer to AV-70, "Sound Is Not Heard from Front Door Speaker or Front Tweeter (Base and Mid System)". • Rear speaker check. Refer to AV-73, "Sound Is Not Heard from Rear Speaker (Base and Mid System)". Poor sound • Audio unit • Speaker Noisy • Audio unit • Electrical equipment (generator, bonding wire, etc.) MALFUNCTION WITH RADIO AND CD (PREMIUM SYSTEM) Symptom Possible cause Inoperative • AV control unit power supply circuit check. Refer to AV-58, "Audio Unit (Base and Mid System) Power and Ground Supply Circuit Inspection". If above check is OK, replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". Steering switch does not operate • Steering switch check. Refer to AV-67, "Steering Switch Check (With Bluetooth)". If above check is OK, replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". All speakers do not sound • AV control unit • Audio amplifier power supply and ground circuit check. Refer to AV-60, "Audio Amplifier Power and Ground Supply Circuit Inspection". • Audio amplifier ON signal • Audio amplifier One or several speakers do not sound • Front door speaker check. Refer to AV-75, "Sound Is Not Heard from Front Door Speaker or Front Tweeter (Premium System with Rockford Fosgate)". • Rear speaker check. Refer to AV-78, "Sound Is Not Heard from Rear Speaker Assembly (Premium System with Rockford Fosgate)" or AV-74, "Sound Is Not Heard from Rear Speaker (Premium System without Rockford Fosgate)" . Poor sound • AV control unit • Audio amplifier • Speaker Noisy • AV control unit • Audio amplifier • Electrical equipment (generator, bonding wire, etc.) FOR RADIO ONLY (PREMIUM SYSTEM) Revision: January 2010 AV-56 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Symptom Possible cause No sound • AV control unit • Antenna feeder, wiring or connections Noisy • • • • • • All radio stations stored in memory are deleted A B AV control unit AV control unit ground Antenna feeder, wiring or connections Noise prevention parts Electrical equipment Wire harness of each piece of electrical equipment C • AV control unit power supply circuit. Refer to AV-59, "AV Control Unit (Premium System) Power and Ground Supply Circuit Inspection". • Audio unit D NOTE: The following noise results from variations in field strength, such as fading noise and multi-path noise, or external noise from trains and other sources. It is not a malfunction. • Fading noise: This noise occurs because of variations in the field strength in a narrow range due to mountains or buildings blocking the signal. • Multi-path noise: This noise results from the waves sent directly from the broadcast station arriving at the antenna at a different time from the waves which reflect off mountains or buildings. E FOR CD ONLY G Symptom Possible cause H CD cannot be inserted. CD cannot be ejected. The CD cannot be played. F • CD • Audio unit I The sound skips, stops suddenly, or is distorted. FOR SATELLITE RADIO TUNER ONLY J Symptom Possible cause Inoperative • Satellite radio tuner power and ground circuit inspection. Refer to AV-60, "Satellite Radio Tuner Power and Ground Supply Circuit Inspection". • Satellite radio tuner communication circuit inspection. Refer to AV-61, "Satellite Radio Tuner Communication Circuit Inspection (Mid System)" or AV63, "Satellite Radio Tuner Communication Circuit Inspection (Premium System)". If above check is OK, replace satellite radio tuner. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". Right or left channel does not sound • Satellite radio tuner right channel audio signal circuit inspection. Refer to AV66, "Satellite Radio Tuner Right Channel Audio Signal Circuit Inspection (Mid System)" or AV-67, "Satellite Radio Tuner Right Channel Audio Signal Circuit Inspection (Premium System)". • Satellite radio tuner left channel audio signal circuit inspection. Refer to AV64, "Satellite Radio Tuner Left Channel Audio Signal Circuit Inspection (Mid System)" or AV-65, "Satellite Radio Tuner Left Channel Audio Signal Circuit Inspection (Premium System)". If above check is OK, replace satellite radio tuner. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". Poor reception • Location of vehicle. Make certain vehicle is in an open area. • Satellite radio antenna or antenna feeder. Refer to AV-87, "Location of Antenna". Noisy • Satellite radio tuner ground. • Satellite radio tuner harness shield wires. • Electrical equipment (generator, bonding wire, etc.). Refer to AV-58, "Noise Inspection". Revision: January 2010 AV-57 2010 Sentra AV L M N O P AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Noise Inspection INFOID:0000000005283585 The vehicle itself can be a source of noise if noise prevention parts or electrical equipment is malfunctioning. Check if noise is caused and/or changed by engine speed, ignition switch turned to each position, and operation of each piece of electrical equipment, and determine the cause. NOTE: The source of the noise can be found easily by listening to the noise while removing the fuses of electrical components, one by one. TYPE OF NOISE AND POSSIBLE CAUSE Occurrence condition Occurs only when engine is ON. Noise only occurs when various electrical components are operating. Possible cause A continuous growling noise occurs. The speed of the noise varies with changes in the engine speed. Ignition components A whistling noise occurs while the engine speed is high. A booming noise occurs while the engine is running and the lighting switch is ON. Generator A cracking or snapping sound occurs with the operation of various switches. Relay malfunction, radio malfunction The noise occurs when various motors are operating. • Motor case ground • Motor The noise occurs constantly, not just under certain conditions. • Rear defogger coil malfunction • Open circuit in printed heater A cracking or snapping sound occurs while the vehicle is being driven, especially when it is vibrating excessively. • Ground wire of body parts. • Ground due to improper part installation • Wiring connections or a short circuit Audio Unit (Base and Mid System) Power and Ground Supply Circuit Inspection INFOID:0000000005283586 1.CHECK FUSE Check that the following fuses of the audio amplifier (premium system) and audio unit are not blown. Unit Terminals Audio unit Signal name Fuse No. 19 Battery power 31 7 Ignition switch ACC or ON 6 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse. Refer to PG16, "Fuse". 2.AUDIO UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT CHECK 1. 2. Disconnect audio unit connector. Check voltage between the audio unit connector and ground. Terminal No. Unit (+) Connector Audio unit Terminal (-) OFF ACC ON 19 Ground Battery voltage Battery voltage Battery voltage 7 Ground 0V Battery voltage Battery voltage M43 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals. Revision: January 2010 AV-58 WKIA5769E 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Repair harness or connector. 3.GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK A Check continuity between audio unit harness connector M43 terminals 28 (mid system), 20 and ground. B Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> Inspection End. NG >> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals. • Repair harness or connector. C D AWNIA1998ZZ AV Control Unit (Premium System) Power and Ground Supply Circuit Inspection E INFOID:0000000005549051 1.CHECK FUSE F Check that the following fuses of the AV control unit are not blown. Unit Terminals AV control unit Signal name Fuse No. 19 Battery power 31 7 Ignition switch ACC or ON 6 G H OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse. Refer to PG3. I 2.AV CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT CHECK 1. 2. J Disconnect AV control unit connector. Check voltage between the AV control unit connector and ground. AV Terminal No. Unit (+) Connector AV control unit Terminal (-) OFF ACC ON 19 Ground Battery voltage Battery voltage Battery voltage 7 Ground 0V Battery voltage Battery voltage M92 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals. • Repair harness or connector. L M WKIA5769E 3.GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK N O P Revision: January 2010 AV-59 2010 Sentra AUDIO < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check continuity between AV control unit harness connectors M92, M93 terminals 20, 27, 47 and ground. [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> Inspection End. NG >> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals. • Repair harness or connector. AWNIA1999ZZ Audio Amplifier Power and Ground Supply Circuit Inspection INFOID:0000000005549052 1.CHECK FUSE Check that the following fuses of the audio amplifier are not blown. Unit Terminals Audio amplifier Signal name Fuse No. 17 Battery power 17 1 Battery power 31 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse. Refer to PG3. 2.AUDIO AMPLIFIER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT CHECK 1. 2. Disconnect audio amplifier connector. Check voltage between audio amplifier connector and ground. Terminal No. Unit (+) Connector Audio amplifier B44 Terminal 1 17 (-) Ground OFF ACC ON 0V Battery voltage Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals. • Repair harness or connector. WKIA3722E 3.GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK Check continuity between audio amplifier harness connector B44 terminals 4, 20 and ground. Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> Inspection End. NG >> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals. • Repair harness or connector. WKIA3723E Satellite Radio Tuner Power and Ground Supply Circuit Inspection INFOID:0000000005283587 1.CHECK FUSES Revision: January 2010 AV-60 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check that the following fuses are not blown. A Unit Terminals Satellite radio tuner Signal name Fuse No. 32 Battery power 31 36 Ignition switch ACC or ON 6 B OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse. Refer to PG3. C 2.POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT CHECK D 1. 2. 3. E Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect satellite radio tuner connector B56. Check voltage between the satellite radio tuner and ground. Terminal No. Unit (+) Connector Satellite radio tuner Terminal (-) OFF ACC ON F G 32 Ground Battery voltage Battery voltage Battery voltage 36 Ground 0V Battery voltage Battery voltage B56 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals. • Repair harness or connector. H WKIA4539E I 3.GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK J Inspect satellite radio tuner case ground. OK or NG OK >> Inspection End. NG >> Repair satellite radio tuner case ground. Satellite Radio Tuner Communication Circuit Inspection (Mid System) AV INFOID:0000000005283588 L 1.CHECK HARNESS - 1 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect satellite radio tuner connector B56 and audio unit connector M45. Check continuity between satellite radio tuner harness connector B56 (A) terminal 28 and audio unit harness connector M45 (B) terminal 52. M N Continuity should exist. 4. Check continuity between satellite radio tuner harness connector B56 (A) terminal 28 and ground. O Continuity should not exist. P OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair harness or connector. AWNIA2000ZZ 2.CHECK HARNESS - 2 Revision: January 2010 AV-61 2010 Sentra AUDIO < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Check continuity between satellite radio tuner harness connector B56 (A) terminal 29 and audio unit harness connector M45 (B) terminal 53. [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] Continuity should exist. 2. Check continuity between satellite radio tuner harness connector B56 (A) terminal 29 and ground. Continuity should not exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair harness or connector. AWNIA2001ZZ 3.CHECK HARNESS - 3 1. Check continuity between satellite radio tuner harness connector B56 (A) terminal 30 and audio unit harness connector M45 (B) terminal 54. Continuity should exist. 2. Check continuity between satellite radio tuner harness connector B56 (A) terminal 30 and ground. Continuity should not exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair harness or connector. AWNIA2002ZZ 4.CHECK REQ1 SIGNAL 1. 2. 3. Connect satellite radio tuner connector and audio unit connector. Turn ignition switch to ACC. Check signal between satellite radio tuner harness connector B56 terminal 28 and ground with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope. 28 - Ground : Refer to AV-55, "Terminal and Reference Value for Satellite Radio Tuner". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace audio unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". 5.CHECK TXD SIGNAL WKIA4544E Check signal between satellite radio tuner harness connector B56 terminal 29 and ground with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope. 29 - Ground : Refer to AV-55, "Terminal and Reference Value for Satellite Radio Tuner". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace audio unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". 6.CHECK RXD SIGNAL Revision: January 2010 AV-62 WKIA4545E 2010 Sentra AUDIO < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check signal between satellite radio tuner harness connector B56 terminal 30 and ground with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope. 30 - Ground [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] A : Refer to AV-55, "Terminal and Reference Value for Satellite Radio Tuner". OK or NG OK >> Replace satellite radio tuner. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Replace audio unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". Satellite Radio Tuner Communication Circuit Inspection (Premium System) B C WKIA4546E D INFOID:0000000005549769 1.CHECK HARNESS - 1 E 1. 2. 3. F Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect satellite radio tuner connector B56 and AV control unit connector M96. Check continuity between satellite radio tuner harness connector B56 (A) terminal 28 and AV control unit harness connector M96 (B) terminal 72. G Continuity should exist. 4. Check continuity between satellite radio tuner harness connector B56 (A) terminal 28 and ground. H Continuity should not exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair harness or connector. AWNIA2005ZZ 2.CHECK HARNESS - 2 1. J Check continuity between satellite radio tuner harness connector B56 (A) terminal 29 and AV control unit harness connector M96 (B) terminal 73. AV Continuity should exist. 2. I L Check continuity between satellite radio tuner harness connector B56 (A) terminal 29 and ground. M Continuity should not exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair harness or connector. AWNIA2006ZZ N 3.CHECK HARNESS - 3 1. O Check continuity between satellite radio tuner harness connector B56 (A) terminal 30 and AV control unit harness connector M96 (B) terminal 74. P Continuity should exist. 2. Check continuity between satellite radio tuner harness connector B56 (A) terminal 30 and ground. Continuity should not exist. OK or NG Revision: January 2010 AWNIA2007ZZ AV-63 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair harness or connector. 4.CHECK REQ1 SIGNAL 1. 2. 3. Connect satellite radio tuner connector and AV control unit connector. Turn ignition switch to ACC. Check signal between satellite radio tuner harness connector B56 terminal 28 and ground with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope. 28 - Ground : Refer to AV-55, "Terminal and Reference Value for Satellite Radio Tuner". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". 5.CHECK TXD SIGNAL WKIA4544E Check signal between satellite radio tuner harness connector B56 terminal 29 and ground with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope. 29 - Ground : Refer to AV-55, "Terminal and Reference Value for Satellite Radio Tuner". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". 6.CHECK RXD SIGNAL WKIA4545E Check signal between satellite radio tuner harness connector B56 terminal 30 and ground with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope. 30 - Ground : Refer to AV-55, "Terminal and Reference Value for Satellite Radio Tuner". OK or NG OK >> Replace satellite radio tuner. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". WKIA4546E Satellite Radio Tuner Left Channel Audio Signal Circuit Inspection (Mid System) INFOID:0000000005283589 1.CHECK HARNESS 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect satellite radio tuner connector B56 (A) and audio unit connector M45 (B). Check continuity between satellite radio tuner and audio unit. Revision: January 2010 AV-64 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminals A Satellite radio tuner Connector Terminal Connector 21 A: B56 4. Audio unit Continuity Terminal B: M45 22 B 45 Yes 46 Check continuity between satellite radio tuner and ground. C Terminals Satellite radio tuner Connector — Terminal 21 A: B56 Continuity Ground 22 AWNIA2003ZZ D No E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair harness or connector. F 2.CHECK LEFT CHANNEL AUDIO SIGNAL 1. 2. 3. G Connect satellite radio tuner and audio unit. Turn ignition switch ON. Check signal between satellite radio tuner connector B56 terminals 21 and 22 with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope. 21 - 22 H : Refer to AV-55, "Terminal and Reference Value for Satellite Radio Tuner". OK or NG OK >> Replace audio unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Replace satellite radio tuner. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". I J WKIA4548E Satellite Radio Tuner Left Channel Audio Signal Circuit Inspection (Premium System) AV INFOID:0000000005549770 L 1.CHECK HARNESS 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect satellite radio tuner connector B56 (A) and AV control unit connector M96 (B). Check continuity between satellite radio tuner and AV control unit. M Terminals Satellite radio tuner Connector A: B56 4. AV control unit Terminal Connector 21 B: M96 22 N Continuity Terminal 65 O Yes 66 Check continuity between satellite radio tuner and ground. P Terminals Satellite radio tuner Connector A: B56 Revision: January 2010 Terminal 21 22 Continuity — Ground AV-65 AWNIA2008ZZ No 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair harness or connector. 2.CHECK LEFT CHANNEL AUDIO SIGNAL 1. 2. 3. Connect satellite radio tuner and AV control unit. Turn ignition switch ON. Check signal between satellite radio tuner connector B56 terminals 21 and 22 with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope. 21 - 22 : Refer to AV-55, "Terminal and Reference Value for Satellite Radio Tuner". OK or NG OK >> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Replace satellite radio tuner. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". WKIA4548E Satellite Radio Tuner Right Channel Audio Signal Circuit Inspection (Mid System) INFOID:0000000005283590 1.CHECK HARNESS 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect satellite radio tuner connector B56 (A) and audio unit connector M45 (B). Check continuity between satellite radio tuner and audio unit. Terminals Satellite radio tuner Connector A: B56 4. Audio unit Terminal Connector 23 B: M45 24 Continuity Terminal 47 Yes 48 Check continuity between satellite radio tuner and ground. Terminals Satellite radio tuner Connector A: B56 Terminal 23 24 Continuity — Ground AWNIA2004ZZ No OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair harness or connector. 2.CHECK RIGHT CHANNEL AUDIO SIGNAL 1. 2. Connect satellite radio tuner and audio unit. Turn ignition switch ON. Revision: January 2010 AV-66 2010 Sentra AUDIO < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check signal between satellite radio tuner connector B56 terminals 23 and 24 with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope. 23 - 24 [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] A : Refer to AV-55, "Terminal and Reference Value for Satellite Radio Tuner". OK or NG OK >> Replace audio unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Replace satellite radio tuner. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". B C WKIA4550E D Satellite Radio Tuner Right Channel Audio Signal Circuit Inspection (Premium System) INFOID:0000000005549771 E 1.CHECK HARNESS 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect satellite radio tuner connector B56 (A) and AV control unit connector M96 (B). Check continuity between satellite radio tuner and AV control unit. F Terminals G Satellite radio tuner Connector Terminal Connector 23 A: B56 4. AV control unit B: M96 24 Continuity Terminal H 67 Yes 68 Check continuity between satellite radio tuner and ground. Terminals AWNIA2009ZZ Satellite radio tuner Connector A: B56 I — Terminal 23 Ground 24 J Continuity AV No OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair harness or connector. L 2.CHECK RIGHT CHANNEL AUDIO SIGNAL 1. 2. 3. M Connect satellite radio tuner and AV control unit. Turn ignition switch ON. Check signal between satellite radio tuner connector B56 terminals 23 and 24 with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope. 23 - 24 N : Refer to AV-55, "Terminal and Reference Value for Satellite Radio Tuner". OK or NG OK >> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Replace satellite radio tuner. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". Steering Switch Check (With Bluetooth) O P WKIA4550E INFOID:0000000005283591 1.CHECK HARNESS Revision: January 2010 AV-67 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect Bluetooth control unit connector B15 and spiral cable connector M30. 3. Check continuity between Bluetooth control unit connector B15 (A) terminals 12, 13, and 14 and spiral cable connector M30 (B) terminals 25, 31, and 33. Terminals A Connector B Terminal Connector Terminal 12 B15 33 13 M30 31 14 4. Continuity Yes 25 Check continuity between Bluetooth control unit and ground. WKIA5775E Terminals (+) Connector Continuity (–) Terminal 12 B15 13 Ground No 14 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair harness. 2.CHECK HARNESS 1. 2. Disconnect audio unit connector M43 (mid system) or AV control unit M92 (premium system). Check continuity between audio unit connector M43 (mid system) or AV control unit M92 (premium system) (A) terminals 6, 15, and 16 and Bluetooth control unit connector B15 (B) terminals 17, 19, and 18. Terminals (A) (B) Connector Terminal M43 (mid system) M92 (premium system) 6 15 Connector Continuity Terminal 17 B15 16 19 Yes 18 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair harness. WKIA5776E 3.SPIRAL CABLE CHECK 1. 2. Disconnect spiral cable connector M78. Check continuity between spiral cable terminals. 15 - 33 17 - 31 19 - 25 : Continuity should exist. : Continuity should exist. : Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace spiral cable. Refer to SRS-33, "Removal and Installation". WKIA5777E Revision: January 2010 AV-68 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4.CHECK STEERING SWITCH RESISTANCE A Check resistance between spiral cable connector M78 terminals. Terminal 17 15 Signal name 19 19 Condition Resistance (Ω) (Approx.) B C Seek (down) Depress Seek down switch. 165 Phone/Send Depress Phone/Send switch. 0 Volume (down) Depress volume down switch. 487 Seek (up) Depress Seek up switch. 165 Phone/End Depress Phone/End switch. 0 Volume (up) Depress volume up switch. 487 D WKIA5778E E OK or NG OK >> Inspection End. NG >> Replace steering switch. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". Steering Switch Check (Without Bluetooth) F INFOID:0000000005283592 1.CHECK HARNESS G 1. 2. 3. H Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect audio unit connector M43 and spiral cable connector M30. Check continuity between audio unit connector terminal and spiral cable connector terminal. Terminals A Connector Terminal Connector 6 M43 Continuity Terminal J 33 15 M30 16 4. I B 25 Yes 31 WKIA5807E Check continuity between audio unit and ground. L Terminals A Connector (–) Terminal Continuity M 6 M43 15 AV Ground No N 16 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair harness. O 1. P 2.SPIRAL CABLE CHECK Disconnect spiral cable connector M78. Revision: January 2010 AV-69 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Check continuity between spiral cable terminals. 15 - 33 17 - 31 19 - 25 : Continuity should exist. : Continuity should exist. : Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace spiral cable. Refer to SRS-33, "Removal and Installation". WKIA5777E 3.CHECK STEERING SWITCH RESISTANCE Check resistance between spiral cable connector M78 terminals. Terminal 17 15 19 19 Signal name Resistance (Ω) (Approx.) Condition Seek (down) Depress (station) down switch. Power Depress power switch. Volume (down) Depress volume down switch. 487 Seek (up) Depress (station) up switch. 165 Mode Depress mode switch. Volume (up) Depress volume up switch. 165 0 0 487 WKIA5778E OK or NG OK >> Inspection End. NG >> Replace steering switch. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". Sound Is Not Heard from Front Door Speaker or Front Tweeter (Base and Mid System) INFOID:0000000005283593 1.HARNESS CHECK 1. 2. Disconnect audio unit connector and front door speaker and front tweeter (mid system) connector (LH or RH). Check continuity between audio unit harness connector terminal and front door speaker and front tweeter (mid system) harness connector terminal. Terminals Audio unit Connector Speaker or tweeter Terminal 2 3 11 A: M43 12 2 3 11 12 Connector B: M46* B: M47* B: D10 B: D108 Continuity Terminal + + + Yes + - *: With mid system 3. Check continuity between audio unit harness connector terminal and ground. WKIA5444E Revision: January 2010 AV-70 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A Terminals Audio unit Connector — Terminal Continuity B 2 3 A: M43 Ground 11 No C 12 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals. • Repair harness or connector. D 2.FRONT SPEAKER SIGNAL CHECK E 1. 2. 3. 4. F Connect audio unit connector, front door speaker connector and front tweeter (mid system) connector. Turn ignition switch to ACC. Push “POWER” switch. Check the signal between audio unit connector terminals with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope. G Terminals (+) Connector (-) Terminal Connector 2 M43 11 Terminal Condition Reference signal H 3 M43 12 I Receive audio signal J AV SKIA0177E OK or NG OK >> Replace front speaker. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Replace audio unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". L WKIA5853E Sound Is Not Heard from Front Door Speaker or Front Tweeter (Premium System without Rockford Fosgate) INFOID:0000000005549044 M N 1.HARNESS CHECK 1. Disconnect AV control unit connector and front door speaker and front tweeter connector (LH or RH). O P Revision: January 2010 AV-71 2010 Sentra AUDIO < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector terminal and front door speaker and front tweeter harness connector terminal. [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] Terminals AV control unit Connector Speaker or tweeter Terminal Connector 2 B: M46 3 11 A: M92 B: M47 12 2 B: D10 3 11 B: D108 12 3. Continuity Terminal + + + Yes + - Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector terminal and ground. Terminals AV control unit Connector Terminal WKIA5444E — Continuity 2 A: M92 3 11 Ground No 12 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals. • Repair harness or connector. 2.FRONT SPEAKER SIGNAL CHECK 1. 2. 3. Connect AV control unit connector, front door speaker connector and front tweeter connector. Turn ignition switch to ACC. Push “POWER” switch. Revision: January 2010 AV-72 2010 Sentra AUDIO < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Check the signal between AV control unit connector terminals with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope. [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] A Terminals (+) Connector (-) Terminal Connector Terminal 2 M92 11 Condition B Reference signal C 3 M92 Receive audio signal 12 D E SKIA0177E OK or NG OK >> Replace front speaker. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". F G WKIA5853E Sound Is Not Heard from Rear Speaker (Base and Mid System) INFOID:0000000005283594 H 1.HARNESS CHECK 1. 2. Disconnect audio unit connector and rear speaker connector. Check continuity between audio unit harness connector terminal and rear speaker harness connector terminal. I J Terminals Audio unit Connector Speaker Terminal Connector 4 A: M43 B: B27 5 13 B: B39 14 3. Continuity Terminal AV + + Yes L - Check continuity between audio unit harness connector terminal and ground. M Terminals Audio unit Connector Terminal — N Continuity O 4 A: M43 5 13 Ground No WKIA5353E P 14 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals. • Repair harness or connector. 2.REAR SPEAKER SIGNAL CHECK Revision: January 2010 AV-73 2010 Sentra AUDIO < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Connect audio unit connector and rear speaker connector. 2. Turn ignition switch to ACC. 3. Push “POWER” switch. 4. Check the signal between audio unit harness connector terminals with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope. [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] Terminals (+) Connector (-) Terminal Connector Terminal 4 M43 13 Condition Reference signal 5 M43 Receive audio signal 14 SKIA0177E OK or NG OK >> Replace speaker. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Replace audio unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". WKIA5808E Sound Is Not Heard from Rear Speaker (Premium System without Rockford Fosgate) INFOID:0000000005549045 1.HARNESS CHECK 1. 2. Disconnect AV control unit connector and rear speaker connector. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector terminal and rear speaker harness connector terminal. Terminals AV control unit Connector Speaker Terminal Connector 4 A: M92 B: B27 5 13 B: B39 14 3. Continuity Terminal + + Yes - Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector terminal and ground. Terminals AV control unit Connector Terminal — Continuity 4 A: M92 5 13 Ground No WKIA5353E 14 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. Revision: January 2010 AV-74 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > NG >> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals. • Repair harness or connector. 2.REAR SPEAKER SIGNAL CHECK 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect AV control unit connector and rear speaker connector. Turn ignition switch to ACC. Push “POWER” switch. Check the signal between AV control unit harness connector terminals with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope. A B C Terminals (+) Connector (-) Terminal Connector 4 M92 13 Terminal Condition D Reference signal E 5 M92 14 F Receive audio signal G SKIA0177E OK or NG OK >> Replace speaker. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". H I WKIA5808E Sound Is Not Heard from Front Door Speaker or Front Tweeter (Premium System with Rockford Fosgate) INFOID:0000000005283595 1.HARNESS CHECK 1. 2. J AV Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect audio amplifier connector B43 and suspect speaker connector. L M N O P Revision: January 2010 AV-75 2010 Sentra AUDIO < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check continuity between audio amplifier harness connector terminal and suspect speaker harness connector terminal. [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] Terminals Audio amplifier Connector Speaker or tweeter Terminal Connector 15 D10 31 16 B43 D108 32 14 M46 30 13 M47 29 4. Continuity Terminal + + - Yes + + Check continuity between audio amplifier harness connector terminal and ground. Terminals Audio amplifier Connector Terminal — Continuity WKIA3372E 13 14 15 B43 16 29 Ground No 30 31 32 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals. • Repair harness or connector. 2.FRONT SPEAKER SIGNAL CHECK 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect audio amplifier connector B43 and suspect speaker connector. Turn ignition switch to ACC. Push “POWER” switch. Check the signal between audio amplifier harness connector terminals with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope. LKIA0602E Revision: January 2010 AV-76 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A Terminals (+) Connector (-) Terminal B43 Connector Terminal 13 29 14 30 15 31 B43 16 Condition Reference signal B C Receive audio signal 32 D SKIA0177E OK or NG OK >> Replace suspect speaker. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". NG >> GO TO 3. E 3.HARNESS CHECK F 1. 2. 3. G Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect AV control unit connector M94 and audio amplifier connector B43. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector terminals and audio amplifier harness connector terminals. H Terminals AV control unit Connector Audio amplifier Terminal Connector Terminal 53 A: M94 I 6 59 22 B: B43 57 5 63 4. Continuity Yes J 21 Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector terminals and ground. AV Terminals AV control unit Connector Terminal — L Continuity 53 A: M94 57 59 M Ground No AWNIA2016ZZ N 63 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals. • Repair harness or connector. O 4.FRONT SPEAKER SIGNAL CHECK 1. 2. 3. P Connect AV control unit connector and audio amplifier connector. Turn ignition switch to ACC. Push “POWER” switch. Revision: January 2010 AV-77 2010 Sentra AUDIO < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Check the signal between AV control unit harness connector terminals with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope. [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] Terminals (+) Connector (-) Terminal Connector Terminal 59 M94 63 Condition Reference signal 53 M94 Receive audio signal 57 SKIA0177E OK or NG OK >> Replace audio amplifier. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". AWNIA2017ZZ Sound Is Not Heard from Rear Speaker Assembly (Premium System with Rockford Fosgate) INFOID:0000000005283596 1.HARNESS CHECK 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect audio amplifier connectors B43, B44 and suspect speaker connector. Check continuity between audio amplifier harness connector terminal and suspect speaker harness connector terminal. Terminals Audio amplifier Connector Terminal 11 A: B43 27 12 28 2 B: B44 18 3 19 4. Speaker Connector C: B40 C: B38 C: B40 C: B38 Continuity Terminal 4 3 4 3 2 Yes 1 2 1 Check continuity between audio amplifier harness connector terminals and ground. WKIA5816E Revision: January 2010 AV-78 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A Terminals Audio amplifier Connector — Terminal Continuity B 11 27 A: B43 C 12 28 Ground 2 No D 18 B: B44 3 19 E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals. • Repair harness or connector. F 2.REAR SPEAKER SIGNAL CHECK 1. 2. 3. 4. G Connect audio amplifier connectors B43, B44 and suspect speaker connector. Turn ignition switch to ACC. Push “POWER” switch. Check the signal between audio amplifier harness connector terminals with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope. H I Terminals (+) Connector A: B43 (-) Terminal 11 12 Connector A: B43 2 B: B44 3 Condition J Terminal 27 28 18 B: B44 Reference signal 19 AV Receive audio signal L SKIA0177E M OK or NG OK >> Replace suspect speaker. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". NG >> GO TO 3. WKIA5817E 3.HARNESS CHECK 1. 2. N O Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect AV control unit connector M94 and audio amplifier connector B43. P Revision: January 2010 AV-79 2010 Sentra AUDIO < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector terminals and audio amplifier harness connector terminals. [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] Terminals AV control unit Connector Audio amplifier Terminal Connector Terminal 54 8 60 A: M94 24 B: B43 58 7 64 4. Continuity Yes 23 Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector terminal and ground. Terminals AV control unit Connector — Terminal Continuity 54 58 A: M94 Ground 60 No AWNIA2018ZZ 64 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals. • Repair harness or connector. 4.REAR SPEAKER SIGNAL CHECK 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect AV control unit connector M94 and audio amplifier connector B43. Turn ignition switch to ACC. Push “POWER” switch. Check the signal between audio unit harness connector terminals with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope. Terminals (+) Connector (-) Terminal Connector 60 M94 64 Condition Reference signal Terminal 54 M94 58 Receive audio signal SKIA0177E OK or NG OK >> Replace audio amplifier. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". AWNIA2019ZZ Revision: January 2010 AV-80 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283597 A AUDIO UNIT B C D E F G H I J LKIA0867E 1. Display unit 2. Display unit connector 4. Audio unit A. Cluster lid C bracket screws 3. Audio unit connector AV Removal 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. L Disconnect the battery negative terminal. Remove the cluster lid C. Refer to IP-11. Remove the display unit to audio unit harness. Remove the cluster lid C bracket screws. Remove the audio unit and display unit (if equipped). M Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. N FRONT TWEETER O Removal 1. 2. Remove the front pillar garnish. Refer to EI-34. Remove the front tweeter grille. Revision: January 2010 AV-81 P 2010 Sentra AUDIO < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Remove the front tweeter screws (A), disconnect the front tweeter connector and remove the front tweeter (1). [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] LKIA0855E Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. FRONT DOOR SPEAKER Removal 1. 2. Remove the front door finisher. Refer to EI-31. Remove the front door speaker screws (A), disconnect the front door speaker connector and remove the front door speaker (1). LKIA0856E Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. REAR SPEAKER Removal 1. 2. Remove the rear parcel shelf finisher. Refer to EI-38, "Removal and Installation". Remove the rear speaker screws (A), disconnect the rear speaker connector and remove the rear speaker (1). LKIA0857E Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. AUDIO AMPLIFIER Revision: January 2010 AV-82 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H LKIA0865E 1. Audio amplifier ⇒ Front 2. Audio amplifier connectors A. Bolts I Removal 1. 2. 3. 4. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. Slide the RH front seat toward the front to remove the audio amplifier rear bolts. Slide the RH front seat toward the rear to remove the audio amplifier front bolts. Disconnect the audio amplifier connectors and remove the audio amplifier. J AV Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. L SATELLITE RADIO TUNER M N O P Revision: January 2010 AV-83 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > LKIA0858E 1. Satellite radio tuner connector ⇒ Front 2. Satellite radio tuner B. Bolts Removal 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the luggage side finisher (LH). Refer to EI-44, "Removal and Installation". Remove the satellite radio tuner bolts. Disconnect the satellite radio tuner connector and remove the satellite radio tuner. If necessary, remove the satellite radio tuner bracket bolts (A) and remove the satellite radio tuner brackets (1). LKIA0859E Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. STEERING WHEEL AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES Removal 1. Remove the driver air bag module. Refer to SRS-31, "Removal and Installation". Revision: January 2010 AV-84 2010 Sentra AUDIO < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Remove the steering wheel audio control switch screws (A) and remove the steering wheel audio control switches (1). [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] A B C LKIA0860E D Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. E F G H I J AV L M N O P Revision: January 2010 AV-85 2010 Sentra USB CONNECTOR AND AUX JACK [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > USB CONNECTOR AND AUX JACK Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005485390 REMOVAL 1. 2. Remove the center console assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Push the pawl from the back of the center console to remove the USB connector and aux jack (1). ALNIA1209ZZ INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Revision: January 2010 AV-86 2010 Sentra AUDIO ANTENNA [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > AUDIO ANTENNA A Location of Antenna INFOID:0000000005283598 B C D E F G H I J AV L LKIA0862E 1. Roof antenna 2. Roof antenna base connectors 3. Antenna feeder 4. Antenna feeder connector 5. Audio unit (base and mid system) AV control unit (premium system) 6. Roof antenna base 7. Satellite radio tuner antenna feeder connector 8. Satellite radio tuner antenna feeder 9. Satellite radio tuner antenna feeder connector A. Antenna feeder clips B. Satellite radio tuner antenna feeder clips 10. Satellite radio tuner Removal and Installation of Roof Antenna M O INFOID:0000000005283599 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. P Partially remove the rear body side welts. Refer to EI-41, "Removal and Installation". Remove rear pillar finishers. Refer to EI-41, "Removal and Installation". Remove rear assist grip (LH). Refer to EI-41, "Removal and Installation". Remove three headliner rear clips. Pull down the rear part of the headliner to reposition out of the way. CAUTION: Use care when repositioning headliner to avoid causing damage. Revision: January 2010 N AV-87 2010 Sentra AUDIO ANTENNA < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. Disconnect the roof antenna harness connectors (B). 6. Remove the roof antenna nut (A) and remove the roof antenna (1). [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] LKIA0863E INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Revision: January 2010 AV-88 2010 Sentra TELEPHONE [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TELEPHONE A Component Parts and Harness Connector Location INFOID:0000000005283600 B C D E F G H I J AV L AWNIA1983GB 1. Bluetooth control unit B15, B62 2. Steering wheel audio control switches 3. Microphone R4 4. Combination meter M24 5. Audio unit M43, M53 (with mid system) 6. AV control unit M92, M93 (with premium system) N O System Description INFOID:0000000005283601 BLUETOOTH® HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM Refer to the Owner's Manual for Bluetooth telephone system operating instructions. NOTE: Cellular telephones must have their wireless connection set up (paired) before using the Bluetooth telephone system. Bluetooth telephone system allows users who have a Bluetooth cellular telephone to make a wireless connection between their cellular telephone and the Bluetooth control unit. Hands-free cellular telephone calls can be Revision: January 2010 M AV-89 2010 Sentra P TELEPHONE [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > sent and received. Some Bluetooth cellular telephones may not be recognized by the Bluetooth control unit. When a cellular telephone or the Bluetooth control unit is replaced, the telephone must be paired with the Bluetooth control unit. Different cellular telephones may have different pairing procedures. Refer to the cellular telephone operating manual. Bluetooth Telephone System Diagram AWNIA1984GB Bluetooth Control Unit When the ignition switch is turned to ACC or ON, the Bluetooth control unit will power up. During power up, the Bluetooth control unit is initialized and performs various self checks. Initialization may take up to 20 seconds. If a phone is present in the vehicle and paired with the Bluetooth control unit, Nissan Voice Recognition will then become active. Bluetooth telephone functions can be turned off using the Nissan Voice Recognition system. WKIA5781E Steering Wheel Audio Control Switches When buttons on the steering wheel audio control switch are pushed, the resistance in steering wheel audio control switch circuit changes depending on which button is pushed. The Bluetooth control module uses this signal to perform various functions while navigating through the voice recognition system. The following functions can be performed using the steering wheel audio control switch: • Initiate Self Diagnosis of the Bluetooth telephone system • Start a voice recognition session • Answer and end telephone calls • Adjust the volume of calls WKIA5783E Volume Switch (with mid system) Revision: January 2010 AV-90 2010 Sentra TELEPHONE < SERVICE INFORMATION > Call volume can be adjusted using the audio unit volume switch. [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] A B C AWNIA1985GB D Volume Switch (with premium system) Call volume can be adjusted using the AV control unit volume switch. E F G AWNIA1986GB Bluetooth Microphone The Bluetooth microphone is located in the roof console assembly. The Bluetooth microphone sends a signal to the Bluetooth control unit. The Bluetooth microphone can be actively tested during selfdiagnosis. H I J AV AWNIA1987GB Audio Unit (with mid system) The audio unit receives signals from the Bluetooth control unit and sends audio signals to the speakers. L M N AWNIA1985GB O AV Control Unit (with premium system) P Revision: January 2010 AV-91 2010 Sentra TELEPHONE < SERVICE INFORMATION > The AV control unit receives signals from the Bluetooth control unit and sends audio signals to the speakers. [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] AWNIA1986GB Revision: January 2010 AV-92 2010 Sentra TELEPHONE [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - H/PHON - INFOID:0000000005283602 A MID SYSTEM B C D E F G H I J AV L M N O P AANWA0207GB Revision: January 2010 AV-93 2010 Sentra TELEPHONE [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > AANWA0208GB Revision: January 2010 AV-94 2010 Sentra TELEPHONE [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREMIUM SYSTEM A B C D E F G H I J AV L M N O AANWA0209GB Revision: January 2010 AV-95 2010 Sentra P TELEPHONE [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > AANWA0210GB Revision: January 2010 AV-96 2010 Sentra TELEPHONE [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Bluetooth Control Unit Harness Connector Terminal Layout INFOID:0000000005283603 A B C AWNIA1988GB D Terminal and Reference Value for Bluetooth Control Unit INFOID:0000000005283604 E Terminal (Wire color) + – 1 (Y) Ground Item Battery power Signal input/ output Condition Ignition switch Operation Input — — Reference value (Approx.) Example of symptom Battery voltage System does not work properly. — Battery voltage System does not work properly. System does not work properly. 2 (V) Ground ACC power Input ACC/ ON 3 (W/L) Ground IGN power Input ON/ START — Battery voltage 4 (B) — Ground — — — — — 5 (GR) — Shield — — — — — 6 (GR) — Shield — — — — — F G H I J 7 (W) 8 (R) Mic-in signal Input ACC/ ON When giving a voice Bluetooth Microphone inoperative. PKIB5037J 9 (G) 10 (L) Audio out Output ACC/ ON Bluetooth control unit sends audio signal AV L Audio can not be heard. M N SKIB3609E 11 (Y/V) — Mute Output — — Press MODE switch 12 (R/W) Ground Remote control switch 1 Revision: January 2010 Input ACC/ ON Press SEEK UP switch 5V O 0V 0.75V Press VOL UP switch 2V Except for above 5V AV-97 Mute inoperative. Steering wheel audio control switches do not function. 2010 Sentra P TELEPHONE [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal (Wire color) + 13 (G/W) 14 (W/V) Item – Ground — Remote control switch 2 Remote control ground Signal input/ output Input Input Condition Ignition switch ACC/ ON — Operation Press POWER switch 0V Press SEEK DOWN switch 0.75V Press VOL DOWN switch 2V Except for above 5V — Press Phone/ End switch 17 (W/R) 18 (LG/B) Ground Ground Audio unit switch 1 Audio unit switch 2 Output ACC/ ON Press SEEK UP switch Example of symptom Steering wheel audio control switches do not function. Steering wheel audio control switches do not function. — 0V 0.75V Press VOL UP switch 2V Except for above 5V Press Phone/ Send switch 0V Press SEEK DOWN switch 0.75V Press VOL DOWN switch 2V Except for above 5V Steering wheel audio controls do not function. Steering wheel audio controls do not function. Output — — — Steering wheel audio controls do not function. Cont-2 — — — — — — Cont-3 — — — — — — Cont-4 — — — — — ON When vehicle speed is approx. 40 km/h (25 MPH) 19 (V/W) Ground 21 (B) — 22 *1 (B) 23 *2 (B) Audio unit switch ground Output ACC/ ON Reference value (Approx.) Ground Vehicle speed signal (8–pulse) 29 (B) Ground Bluetooth Microphone power Output — — 5V 33 — Bluetooth antenna signal Input — — — — 34 — Shield — — — — — 35 (L) — M CAN + — — — — — 36 (P) — M CAN - — — — — — 28 (G/Y) Input — PKIC0643E Revision: January 2010 AV-98 Bluetooth Microphone inoperative. 2010 Sentra TELEPHONE [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal (Wire color) Item Signal input/ output Condition Reference value (Approx.) Example of symptom Ignition switch Operation — — — — — M CAN jumper 1 — — — — — — M CAN 1 — — — — — 41 *1 (SB) — M CAN jumper 2 — — — — — 42 *1 (SB) — M CAN 2 — — — — — + – 37 *2 (GR) — M CAN shield 39 *1 (Y/R) — 40 *1 (Y/R) A B C D E *1 With Mid System *2 With Premium System Bluetooth Control Unit Self-Diagnosis Function F INFOID:0000000005283605 The Bluetooth control unit has two diagnostic checks. The first diagnostic check is performed automatically every ignition cycle during control unit initialization. The second diagnostic check is performed by the technician using the steering wheel audio control switches prior to trouble diagnosis. BLUETOOTH CONTROL UNIT INITIALIZATION CHECKS • • • • • • H Internal control unit failure Bluetooth antenna connection open or shorted Steering wheel audio control switches (SEND/END) stuck closed Vehicle speed pulse count Bluetooth Microphone connection test (with playback to operator) Bluetooth inquiry check I SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE 1. 2. 3. G J Turn ignition switch to ACC or ON. Wait for the Bluetooth system to complete initialization. This may take up to 20 seconds. Press and hold the steering wheel audio control switch SEND button for at least 1.5 seconds. The Bluetooth system will begin to play a verbal prompt. AV L M WKIA5789E 4. 5. 6. 7. While the prompt is playing, momentarily press the steering wheel audio control switch END button. The Bluetooth system will sound a 10 second beep. While the beep is sounding, momentarily press the steering wheel audio control switch END button again. The Bluetooth system has now entered into the diagnostic mode. Results of the diagnostic checks will be verbalized to the technician. Refer to AV-100, "Malfunction Code/Symptom Chart". If there are no failure records to report, the speed pulse count will be reported next. Revision: January 2010 AV-99 N O P AWKIA1579ZZ 2010 Sentra TELEPHONE [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 8. After the speed pulse count is reported, an interactive Bluetooth microphone test will be performed. Follow the voice prompt. If the Bluetooth microphone test fails refer to AV-100, "Malfunction Code/Symptom Chart". 9. Self-diagnosis mode is complete. A short beep is heard. How to Proceed with Trouble Diagnosis 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. INFOID:0000000005283606 Confirm the symptom or customer complaint. Perform Bluetooth control unit self-diagnosis. Refer to AV-99, "Bluetooth Control Unit Self-Diagnosis Function". According to the symptom chart, repair or replace the cause of the symptom. Refer to AV-100, "Malfunction Code/Symptom Chart". Does the Bluetooth system operate normally? If so, GO TO 5. If not, GO TO 2. Inspection End. Malfunction Code/Symptom Chart Code/Symptom INFOID:0000000005283607 Failure Message Action Replace Bluetooth control unit. Refer to AV105, "Removal and Installation". 1 "Internal failure" 2 "Bluetooth antenna open" 3 "Bluetooth antenna shorted" 4 "Phone/Send for the Hands Free Phone System is stuck" 5 "Phone/End for the Hands Free Phone System is stuck" 1. 2. Check steering wheel audio control switches. Refer to AV-101, "Steering Wheel Audio Control Switch Does Not Operate". 1. "Bluetooth Microphone test" (failed interactive test) – 2. 1. Bluetooth system is inoperative Inspect harness connection. Replace Bluetooth antenna. Refer to AV-105, "Removal and Installation". – 2. Inspect harness between Bluetooth control unit and Bluetooth microphone. Replace Bluetooth microphone. Refer to AV-105, "Removal and Installation". Inspect Bluetooth control unit power supply and ground circuits. Refer to AV-100, "Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection for Bluetooth Control Unit". Replace Bluetooth control unit. Refer to AV-105, "Removal and Installation". Steering wheel audio control switch does not operate – Refer to AV-101, "Steering Wheel Audio Control Switch Does Not Operate". Voice activated control does not operate – Refer to AV-102, "Voice Activated Control Function Does Not Operate". Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection for Bluetooth Control Unit INFOID:0000000005283608 1.CHECK FUSES Make sure the following fuses for the Bluetooth control unit are not blown. Terminals Connector B15 Ignition Switch Fuse No. 1 All positions 22 2 ACC/ON 6 3 ON/START 12 Terminal OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. Revision: January 2010 AV-100 2010 Sentra TELEPHONE [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > NG >> If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse. Refer to PG3. 2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect Bluetooth control unit connector B15. Check voltage between connector terminals and ground as follows. Terminals (–) Terminal 1 B15 B C Ignition switch position (+) Connector 2 OFF ACC ON Battery voltage Battery voltage Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage Ground 3 0V D E WKIA4389E F OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Check harness for open between Bluetooth control unit and fuse. G 3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUITS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check continuity between the following Bluetooth control unit terminals and ground. Terminals Connector Terminal — A H I Continuity 4 B15 21 22 (with mid system) J Ground Yes 23 (with premium system) AWNIA1990ZZ OK or NG OK >> Inspection End. NG >> Repair or replace harness. AV L Steering Wheel Audio Control Switch Does Not Operate INFOID:0000000005283609 1.CHECK STEERING WHEEL AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH M Check steering wheel audio control switch. Refer to AV-67, "Steering Switch Check (With Bluetooth)". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Replace steering wheel audio control switch. AV-81, "Removal and Installation". N 2.CHECK AUDIO UNIT 1. O Turn ignition switch ON. P Revision: January 2010 AV-101 2010 Sentra TELEPHONE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Check voltage between audio unit harness connector M43 (with mid system) or AV control unit harness M92 (with premium system) terminals 6, 16 and ground. 6 - Ground 16 - Ground [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] : Approx. 5V : Approx. 5V OK or NG OK >> Replace audio unit (with mid system). Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". OK >> Replace AV control unit (with premium system). Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". NG >> GO TO 3. WKIA5793E 3.CHECK BLUETOOTH CONTROL UNIT Check voltage between Bluetooth control unit harness connector B15 terminals 17, 18 and ground. 17 - Ground 18 - Ground : Approx. 5V : Approx. 5V OK or NG OK >> Repair or replace harness. NG >> Replace Bluetooth control unit. AV-105, "Removal and Installation". WKIA5794E Voice Activated Control Function Does Not Operate INFOID:0000000005283610 NOTE: Even under normal condition, Bluetooth voice guidance may not occur when pressing steering wheel audio control switch. BLUETOOTH VOICE GUIDANCE IS HEARD WHEN PRESSING STEERING WHEEL AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH 1.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN BLUETOOTH CONTROL UNIT AND MICROPHONE 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect Bluetooth control unit connector and microphone connector. Check continuity between Bluetooth control unit connector B15 (A) and microphone connector R4 (B). Terminals Connector Terminal Connector Terminal 7 A: B15 1 8 B: R4 2 29 4. Continuity Yes 4 Check continuity between Bluetooth control unit harness connector B15 and ground. Terminals Connector Terminal — WKIA5795E Continuity 7 A: B15 8 Ground No 29 OK or NG Revision: January 2010 AV-102 2010 Sentra TELEPHONE [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair harness or connector. A 2.CHECK MICROPHONE POWER SUPPLY 1. 2. 3. Connect Bluetooth control unit connector and microphone connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between microphone connector R4 terminal 4 and ground. B C 4 - Ground : Approx. 5V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace Bluetooth control unit. Refer to AV-105, "Removal and Installation". D E WKIA5796E 3.CHECK MICROPHONE SIGNAL F Check signal between Bluetooth control unit harness connector B15 terminals 7 and 8. G When giving a voice H 7 – 8: I PKIB5037J LKIA0780E OK or NG OK >> Replace Bluetooth control unit. Refer to AV-105, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Replace microphone. Refer to AV-105, "Removal and Installation". J BLUETOOTH VOICE GUIDANCE IS NOT HEARD WHEN PRESSING STEERING WHEEL AUDIO AV CONTROL SWITCH (WITH MID SYSTEM) 1.CHECK STEERING WHEEL AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT L Refer to AV-101, "Steering Wheel Audio Control Switch Does Not Operate". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Replace applicable parts. M 2.CHECK BLUETOOTH VOICE SIGNAL CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect Bluetooth control unit connector and audio unit connector. Check continuity between Bluetooth control unit harness connector B15 (A) and audio unit harness connector M53 (B). Terminals Connector Terminal Connector 9 A: B15 10 11 4. Terminal O Continuity P 34 B: M53 35 Yes 32 Check continuity between Bluetooth control unit harness connector B15 (A) and ground. Revision: January 2010 N AV-103 AWNIA1991ZZ 2010 Sentra TELEPHONE [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminals Connector Terminal — Continuity 9 A: B15 10 Ground No 11 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair harness or connector. 3.CHECK MUTE SIGNAL 1. 2. 3. Connect Bluetooth control unit connector and audio unit connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between Bluetooth control unit connector B15 terminal 11 and ground. 11 - Ground : Approx. 5V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace audio unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". LKIA0782E 4.CHECK BLUETOOTH VOICE SIGNAL Check signal between Bluetooth control unit harness connector B15 terminals 9 and 10. When giving a voice 9 – 10: SKIB3609E WKIA5798E OK or NG OK >> Replace audio unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Replace Bluetooth control unit. Refer to AV-105, "Removal and Installation". BLUETOOTH VOICE GUIDANCE IS NOT HEARD WHEN PRESSING STEERING WHEEL AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH (WITH PREMIUM SYSTEM) 1.CHECK STEERING WHEEL AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT Refer to AV-101, "Steering Wheel Audio Control Switch Does Not Operate". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Replace applicable parts. 2.CHECK BLUETOOTH VOICE SIGNAL CIRCUIT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect Bluetooth control unit connector and AV control unit connector. Revision: January 2010 AV-104 2010 Sentra TELEPHONE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check continuity between Bluetooth control unit harness connector B15 (A) and AV control unit harness connector M93 (B). Terminals Connector Terminal Connector A: B15 10 B: M93 24 Yes C 41 Check continuity between Bluetooth control unit harness connector B15 (A) and ground. Terminals Connector B 25 11 4. A Continuity Terminal 9 [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] Terminal — AWNIA1992ZZ D Continuity E 9 A: B15 10 Ground No F 11 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair harness or connector. G 3.CHECK MUTE SIGNAL 1. 2. 3. H Connect Bluetooth control unit connector and AV control unit connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between Bluetooth control unit connector B15 terminal 11 and ground. 11 - Ground I : Approx. 5V J OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". AV LKIA0782E 4.CHECK BLUETOOTH VOICE SIGNAL Check signal between Bluetooth control unit harness connector B15 terminals 9 and 10. L M When giving a voice N 9 – 10: O SKIB3609E WKIA5798E OK or NG OK >> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Replace Bluetooth control unit. Refer to AV-105, "Removal and Installation". Removal and Installation P INFOID:0000000005283611 COMPONENTS Revision: January 2010 AV-105 2010 Sentra TELEPHONE [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Bluetooth Control Unit and Antenna ALNIA0977ZZ 1. Bluetooth control unit bracket 2. Bluetooth control unit 3. Bluetooth antenna Front BLUETOOTH CONTROL UNIT Removal NOTE: Bluetooth control unit shown with the LH seat removed for clarity. 1. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. 2. Slide the LH front seat toward the front to remove the bluetooth control unit bracket rear bolt (A). 3. Slide the LH front seat toward the rear to remove the bluetooth control unit bracket front bolts (A). 4. Detach the Bluetooth control unit harness clip (B) from the Bluetooth control unit bracket. 5. Disconnect the Bluetooth control unit connector (C). 6. Remove the Bluetooth control unit and bracket assembly (1). 7. Remove the Bluetooth control unit screws and remove the Bluetooth control unit. ALNIA0978ZZ Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. BLUETOOTH ANTENNA Removal NOTE: Bluetooth antenna is mounted on top of the Bluetooth control unit. 1. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. Revision: January 2010 AV-106 2010 Sentra TELEPHONE [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Slide the LH front seat toward the rear. 3. Disconnect the Bluetooth antenna connector. 4. Remove the Bluetooth antenna screws and remove the Bluetooth antenna. Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. A B BLUETOOTH MICROPHONE C Removal 1. 2. 3. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. Remove the map lamp. Refer to LT-81, "Map Lamp". Remove the Bluetooth microphone. D Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. E F G H I J AV L M N O P Revision: January 2010 AV-107 2010 Sentra REAR VIEW CAMERA [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > REAR VIEW CAMERA Component Parts and Harness Connector Location INFOID:0000000005548828 AWNIA2013ZZ 1. Front tweeter LH M46 (mid and pre2. mium system) Revision: January 2010 Audio unit M43, M45, M53, M90 (base and mid system) AV-108 3. Front tweeter RH M47 (mid and premium system) 2010 Sentra REAR VIEW CAMERA [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. AV control unit M92, M93, M94, M95, 5. M97 (premium system) Steering wheel audio control switch6. es (if equipped) 7. Back-up lamp switch F47 (manual transmission) Transmission range switch (CVT) 8. Rear view camera T21 System Description A INFOID:0000000005548829 REAR VIEW CAMERA SYSTEM B When the shift selector is in the R position, the AV control unit shows a view to the rear of the vehicle. Lines which indicate the vehicle clearance and distances are also displayed. C Rear View Camera System Diagram D E F AWNIA2012GB Part name G Description AV control unit • Sends camera ON signal to the rear view camera • Receives camera image signal from the rear view camera Rear view camera • Receives camera ON signal from the AV control unit • Sends image signal to the AV control unit H I J AV L M N O P Revision: January 2010 AV-109 2010 Sentra REAR VIEW CAMERA [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - R/VIEW - INFOID:0000000005533858 AANWA0221GB Rear View Camera Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection INFOID:0000000005548830 1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (REAR VIEW CAMERA SIDE) Revision: January 2010 AV-110 2010 Sentra REAR VIEW CAMERA < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Shift transmission into Reverse. 3. Check voltage between rear view camera harness connector T21 and ground. (+) Connector T21 4 A B (-) Transmission position Value (Approx.) Ground Reverse 6V Terminal [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] Is voltage reading approximately 6 volts? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 2. C AWNIA2020ZZ D 2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (CONTINUITY) 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect rear view camera and AV control unit connectors. Check continuity between rear view camera harness connector T21 (A) terminal 4 and AV control unit harness connector M93 (B) terminal 34. A 4. B Connector Terminal Connector Terminal T21 4 M93 34 A Terminal T21 4 F Continuity G Yes Check continuity between rear view camera harness connector T21 (A) terminal 4 and ground. Connector E — Continuity Ground No AWNIA2010ZZ I J Are continuity test results as specified? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair harness or connector. AV 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT SIDE) 1. 2. 3. Connect AV control unit harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between AV control unit harness connector M93 and ground. (+) Connector M93 34 L M (-) Transmission position Value (Approx.) Ground Reverse 6V Terminal Is voltage reading approximately 6 volts? YES >> Inspection End. NO >> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". N AWNIA2011ZZ O 4.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 H P AV-111 2010 Sentra REAR VIEW CAMERA < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect rear view camera harness connector. 3. Check continuity between rear view camera harness connector T21 terminal 3 and ground. Connector Terminal — Continuity T21 3 Ground Yes [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] Does continuity exist? YES >> Inspection End. NO >> Repair harness or connector. AWNIA2021ZZ Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005485391 ALNIA1211ZZ 1. Licence lamp finisher 2. Trunk opener request switch (if equipped) A. License lamp finisher nut B. Rear view camera connector 3. Rear view camera REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove trunk lid finisher. Refer to EI-44, "Removal and Installation". Disconnect the rear view camera connector. Remove the license plate finisher. Refer to EI-25, "Removal and Installation". Press in the rear view camera tab (A) then release the rear view camera hook (B) and remove the rear view camera. ALNIA1212ZZ INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Revision: January 2010 AV-112 2010 Sentra IPOD® CONNECTOR [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > IPOD® CONNECTOR A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006054109 REMOVAL 1. 2. B Remove the center console assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Push the pawl from the back of the center console to remove the iPod® connector and aux jack (1). C D E ALNIA1209ZZ INSTALLATION F Installation is in the reverse order of removal. G H I J AV L M N O P Revision: January 2010 AV-113 2010 Sentra IPOD® ADAPTER [AUDIO WITHOUT NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > IPOD® ADAPTER Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006054119 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. Remove the cluster lid C. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts". Remove the cluster lid C bracket screws. Remove the iPod® adapter. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Revision: January 2010 AV-114 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION A PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" B INFOID:0000000005905412 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. C D E F G H PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. I J Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect INFOID:0000000005905413 NOTE: • This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM). • Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the ″LOCK″ position. • Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results. For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder. For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and steering wheel rotation will become impossible. If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before starting the repair operation. AV L M N O OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the steering lock will be released. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be rotated. Perform the necessary repair operation. Revision: January 2010 AV-115 2010 Sentra P PRECAUTIONS [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.) 6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III. Revision: January 2010 AV-116 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION A Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000005905415 Tool name Description Power tool Loosening bolts and nuts B C D PBIC0191E E F G H I J AV L M N O P Revision: January 2010 AV-117 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > AUDIO Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000005905466 AWNIA2204ZZ Revision: January 2010 AV-118 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Front tweeter LH M46 4. 7. 2. AV control unit M79, M86, M87, M88, 3. M92, M99 Front tweeter RH M47 A Steering wheel audio control switch- 5. es Front door speaker LH D10 RH D108 6. Rear speaker LH B27 (without Rockford Fosgate system) Rear speaker assembly LH B40 (with Rockford Fosgate) B Rear speaker RH B39 (without Rock- 8. ford Fosgate system) Rear speaker assembly RH B38 (with Rockford Fosgate) USB interface and AUX jack M228,M229 9. Bluetooth control unit B15, B62, B69 C 10. Audio amplifier B43, B44 (with Rock- 11. GPS antenna (view with combination ford Fosgate) meter removed) System Description D INFOID:0000000005905467 E F G H I J AV L M N O P AWNIA2208GB AUDIO SYSTEM (WITHOUT ROCKFORD FOSGATE) Refer to Owner's Manual for audio system operating instructions. Navigation is built into AV control unit. This navigation has the following functions. Revision: January 2010 AV-119 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Full support for playback of music from iPod® and USB device. • High resolution full color touch panel 5 “WQVGA” display. • FM/AM twin digital tuner. • USB mass storage. • RDS-TCM. • POI Support is included. User POI download. Power is supplied at all times • through 20A fuse (No. 31, located in the fuse and fusible link box) • to AV control unit terminal 19. With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied • through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to AV control unit terminal 7. Ground is supplied to • to AV control unit terminals 20 and 31 • through grounds M57 and M61. Then audio signals are supplied • through AV control unit terminals 2, 3, 4, 5, 11, 12, 13 and 14 • to terminals + and - of front door speaker LH and RH • to terminals + and - of front tweeter LH and RH and • to terminals + and - of rear speaker LH and RH. AUDIO SYSTEM (WITH ROCKFORD FOSGATE) Refer to Owner's Manual for audio system operating instructions. Navigation is built into AV control unit. This navigation has the following functions. • Full support for playback of music from iPod® and USB device. • High resolution full color touch panel 5 “WQVGA” display. • FM/AM twin digital tuner. • USB mass storage. • RDS-TCM. • POI Support is included. User POI download. Power is supplied at all times • through 20A fuse [No. 17, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to audio amplifier terminal 17, • through 20A fuse (No. 31, located in the fuse and fusible link box) • to audio amplifier terminal 1 and • to AV control unit terminal 19. With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied • through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to AV control unit terminal 7. Ground is supplied to • to AV control unit terminals 20, 31 and 32 • through grounds M57 and M61. Ground is also supplied • to audio amplifier terminals 4 and 20 • through grounds B7 and B19. Then audio signals are supplied • through AV control unit terminals 2, 3, 4, 5, 11, 12, 13 and 14 • to audio amplifier terminals 5, 6, 7, 8, 21, 22, 23 and 24. Audio signals are amplified by the audio amplifier. The amplified audio signals are supplied • through audio amplifier terminals 2, 3, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 18, 19, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31 and 32 • to terminals + and - of front door speaker LH and RH and • to terminals + and - of front tweeter LH and RH • to terminals 1, 2, 3 and 4 of rear speaker assembly LH and RH. STEERING WHEEL AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES When one of steering wheel audio control switches is pushed, the resistance in steering switch circuit changes depending on which button is pushed. SPEED SENSITIVE VOLUME SYSTEM Revision: January 2010 AV-120 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Volume level of this system goes up and down automatically in proportion to the vehicle speed. The control level can be selected by the customer. Refer to Owner's Manual for operating instructions. Schematic A INFOID:0000000005905470 B WITHOUT ROCKFORD FOSGATE C D E F G H I J AV L M N O P AANWA0281GB Revision: January 2010 AV-121 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > WITH ROCKFORD FOSGATE AANWA0288GB Revision: January 2010 AV-122 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - AUDIO - INFOID:0000000005905471 A WITHOUT ROCKFORD FOSGATE B C D E F G H I J AV L M N O P AANWA0282GB Revision: January 2010 AV-123 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > AANWA0283GB Revision: January 2010 AV-124 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I J AV L M N O AANWA0284GB P Revision: January 2010 AV-125 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > AANWA0286GB Revision: January 2010 AV-126 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I J AV L M N O AANWA0287GB P Revision: January 2010 AV-127 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > WITH ROCKFORD FOSGATE AANWA0289GB Revision: January 2010 AV-128 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I J AV L M N O AANWA0290GB P Revision: January 2010 AV-129 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > AANWA0291GB Revision: January 2010 AV-130 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I J AV L M N O AANWA0292GB P Revision: January 2010 AV-131 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > AANWA0293GB Revision: January 2010 AV-132 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I J AV L M N O AANWA0298GB P Revision: January 2010 AV-133 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > AANWA0294GB Revision: January 2010 AV-134 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I J AV L M N O AANWA0285GB P Revision: January 2010 AV-135 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > AV Control Unit (Without Rockford Fosgate) Harness Connector Terminal Layout INFOID:0000000005905472 AWNIA2200ZZ Terminal and Reference Value for AV Control Unit (Without Rockford Fosgate) INFOID:0000000005905473 Terminal (Wire color) + – 2 (L) 3 (W) Item Audio sound signal front LH Signal input/ output Output Condition Ignition switch ON Operation Reference value (Approx.) Example of symptom No sound from front door speaker LH or tweeter LH. Receive audio signal SKIA0177E 4 (G) 5 (V) Audio sound signal rear LH Output ON Receive audio signal No sound from rear speaker LH. SKIA0177E 6 (P) Ground 7 (GR) Ground 11 (P) 12 (R) Remote control A Input ON Press Phone/ End switch 0V Press SEEK UP switch 1.7V Press VOL UP switch 3.3V Except for above 5.0V ACC signal Input ON Ignition switch ACC or ON Audio sound signal front RH Output ON Receive audio signal Steering wheel audio controls do not function Battery voltage System does not work properly. No sound from front door speaker RH or tweeter RH. SKIA0177E Revision: January 2010 AV-136 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal (Wire color) + Item – Signal input/ output Condition Ignition switch Operation Reference value (Approx.) Example of symptom A B 13 (L) 14 (Y) Audio sound signal rear RH Output ON Receive audio signal No sound from rear speaker RH. D SKIA0177E 15 (LG) 16 (L) — Ground Remote control ground Remote control B Input Input — ON — Steering wheel audio controls do not function — Press Phone/ Send switch 0V Press SEEK DOWN switch 1.7V Press VOL DOWN switch 3.3V Except for above 5.0V C Steering wheel audio controls do not function E F G H 18 (O) Ground Vehicle speed signal (8-pulse) Input ON When vehicle speed is approx. 40 km/h (25 MPH) Ground I J SKIA6649J 19 (Y) Ground Battery power Input — — Battery voltage 20 (B) Ground Ground — ON — — — 28 (G) Ground Reverse signal Input ON Battery voltage Ground Other than R position 0V 31 (B) Ground Ground — ON — — — 33 (B) Ground Rear view camera ground signal — — — — Ground M 34 (R) Ground Rear view camera ON signal Output ON Shift selector is in R position 6V Ground N R position System does not work properly. AV L O 35 (P) Ground Rear view camera video in (-) Input ON With rear view camera ON Ground P SKIB2251J Revision: January 2010 AV-137 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal (Wire color) + 36 (L) Item – Ground Rear view camera video in (+) Signal input/ output Input Condition Ignition switch ON Operation Reference value (Approx.) With rear view camera ON Example of symptom Ground SKIB2251J 37 (GR) — Shield — — — — — 38 (P) — AV communication signal 1 (L) Input/ Output — — — — 39 (L) — AV communication signal 1 (H) Input/ Output — — — — 40 (GR) — Shield — — — — — ON Start confirmation/adjustment mode, and then Voice Microphone Test by selecting “Voice Microphone Test” on Handsfree Microphone screen. 43 (BR) 42 (Y) TEL voice audio signal Input TEL voice audio signal SKIB3609E 45 (B) — USB ground — — — — — 46 (L) — AUX sound signal LH — — — — — 47 (W) — USB D- — — — — — 48 (GR) — AUX sound signal RH — — — — — 49 (G) — USB D+ — — — — — 50 (BR) — AUX sound signal ground — — — — — 51 (R) — USB V BUS signal — — — — — 53 (GR) — SHIELD — — — — — 54 — Satellite antenna signal — — — — — 55 — GPS antenna signal — — — — — 56 — SHIELD — — — — — 57 — Antenna ON signal — — — — — 58 — Main antenna signal — — — — — Revision: January 2010 AV-138 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > AV Control Unit (With Rockford Fosgate) Harness Connector Terminal Layout INFOID:0000000005905474 A B C D AWNIA2200ZZ Terminal and Reference Value for AV Control Unit (With Rockford Fosgate) Terminal (Wire color) + 1 (G) Item – Ground Amp. ON/ OFF signal Signal input/ output Output Condition Ignition switch Operation ON — INFOID:0000000005905475 E Reference value (Approx.) Example of symptom F More than 6.5V Audio amplifier does not work properly. G H 2 (W) 3 (B) Audio sound signal front LH Output ON No sound from front door speaker LH or tweeter LH. Receive audio signal SKIA0177E 4 (LG) 5 (V) Audio sound signal rear LH Output ON Receive audio signal I J No sound from rear speaker LH. AV L SKIA0177E 6 (P) 7 (GR) 10 (GR) Ground Ground Remote control A Input ON ACC signal Input ON Shield ground — — — Revision: January 2010 Press Phone/ End switch 0V Press SEEK UP switch 1.7V Press VOL UP switch 3.3V Except for above 5.0V Ignition switch ACC or ON — AV-139 Battery voltage — M Steering wheel audio controls do not function System does not work properly. — 2010 Sentra N O P AUDIO [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal (Wire color) + – 11 (R) 12 (L) Item Audio sound signal front RH Signal input/ output Output Condition Ignition switch ON Operation Reference value (Approx.) Example of symptom No sound from front door speaker RH or tweeter RH. Receive audio signal SKIA0177E 13 (BR) 14 (Y) Audio sound signal rear RH Output ON Receive audio signal No sound from rear speaker RH. SKIA0177E 15 (LG) 16 (L) 18 (O) — Ground Ground Remote control ground Remote control B Vehicle speed signal (8-pulse) Input Input Input — ON ON — — Press Phone/ Send switch 0V Press SEEK DOWN switch 1.7V Press VOL DOWN switch 3.3V Except for above 5.0V Steering wheel audio controls do not function Steering wheel audio controls do not function When vehicle speed is approx. 40 km/h (25 MPH) Ground SKIA6649J 19 (Y) Ground Battery power Input — — Battery voltage 20 (B) Ground Ground — ON — — — 28 (G) Ground Reverse signal Input ON 31 (B) Ground Ground — ON 32 (B) Ground Ground — 33 (B) Ground Rear view camera ground signal 34 (R) Ground Rear view camera ON signal Revision: January 2010 System does not work properly. Battery voltage Ground Other than R position 0V — — — ON — — — — — — — Ground Output ON Shift selector is in R position 6V Ground R position AV-140 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal (Wire color) + Item – Signal input/ output Condition Ignition switch Operation Reference value (Approx.) Example of symptom A B 35 (P) Ground Rear view camera video in (-) Input ON With rear view camera ON C Ground D SKIB2251J 36 (L) Ground Rear view camera video in (+) E Input ON With rear view camera ON Ground F SKIB2251J 37 (GR) — Shield — — — — — — AV communication signal 1 (L) Input/ Output — — — — 39 (L) — AV communication signal 1 (H) Input/ Output — — — — 40 (GR) — Shield — — — — — ON Start confirmation/adjustment mode, and then Voice Microphone Test by selecting “Voice Microphone Test” on Handsfree Microphone screen. 38 (P) 43 (BR) 42 (Y) TEL voice audio signal H Input TEL voice audio signal AV SKIB3609E — USB ground — — — — — 46 (L) — AUX sound signal LH — — — — — 47 (W) — USB D- — — — — — 48 (GR) — AUX sound signal RH — — — — — 49 (G) — USB D+ — — — — — 50 (BR) — AUX sound signal ground — — — — — 51 (R) — USB V BUS signal — — — — — 53 (GR) — SHIELD — — — — — 54 — Satellite antenna signal — — — — — 55 — GPS antenna signal — — — — — 56 — SHIELD — — — — — AV-141 I J 45 (B) Revision: January 2010 G 2010 Sentra L M N O P AUDIO [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal (Wire color) Item + – 57 — Antenna ON signal 58 — Main antenna signal Signal input/ output Condition Reference value (Approx.) Example of symptom Ignition switch Operation — — — — — — — — — — Audio Amplifier Harness Connector Terminal Layout (With Rockford Fosgate) INFOID:0000000005905476 WKIA5763E Terminal and Reference Value for Audio Amplifier (With Rockford Fosgate) Terminal (wire color) Item + – 1 (R) Ground Battery 2 (W) 18 (B) Subwoofer LH Signal input/ output Condition Ignition switch Operation Input — — Output ON Receive audio signal Reference value (Approx.) Battery voltage INFOID:0000000005905477 Example of symptom System does not work properly. No sound from subwoofer LH. SKIA0177E 3 (Y) 19 (L) Subwoofer RH Output ON Receive audio signal No sound from subwoofer RH. SKIA0177E 4 (B) Ground Ground 9 (G/R) Ground Amp. ON signal Revision: January 2010 — ON — — Input ON — More than 6.5V AV-142 — System does not work properly. 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal (wire color) + Item – Signal input/ output Condition Ignition switch Operation Reference value (Approx.) Example of symptom A B 11 (V) 27 (B/Y) Rear speaker LH Output ON Receive audio signal No sound from rear speaker LH. C D SKIA0177E E 12 (R/Y) 28 (R/L) Rear speaker RH Output ON Receive audio signal No sound from rear speaker RH. F SKIA0177E G 13 (W/R) 29 (L/B) Front tweeter RH Output ON Receive audio signal No sound from front tweeter RH. SKIA0177E 14 (R/G) 30 (B/R) Front tweeter LH Output ON Receive audio signal H I No sound from front tweeter LH. J AV SKIA0177E L 15 (L/W) 31 (L/R) Front door speaker LH Output ON No sound from front door speaker LH. Receive audio signal M SKIA0177E N 16 (W/B) 32 (G/W) Front door speaker RH Output ON No sound from front door speaker RH. Receive audio signal P SKIA0177E 17 (G) 20 (B) Ground Ground Battery Input — — Battery voltage Ground — ON — — Revision: January 2010 AV-143 O System does not work properly. — 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal (wire color) + 21 (R) Item – 5 (W) Audio sound signal front RH Signal input/ output Input Condition Ignition switch Operation ON Receive audio signal Reference value (Approx.) Example of symptom No sound from front door speaker RH or front tweeter RH. SKIA0177E 22 (W) 6 (B) Audio sound signal front LH Input ON No sound from front door speaker LH or front tweeter LH. Receive audio signal SKIA0177E 23 (L) 7 (B/W) Audio sound signal rear RH Input ON No sound from rear speaker assembly RH. Receive audio signal SKIA0177E 24 (L/R) 8 (L/G) Audio sound signal rear LH Input ON No sound from rear speaker assembly LH. Receive audio signal SKIA0177E On-Board Diagnosis INFOID:0000000006035565 METHOD OF STARTING 1. 2. 3. Start the engine. Turn OFF audio. While pressing the “SET UP” switch, turn the MENU dial counterclockwise 3 clicks or more first, then clockwise and counterclockwise 3 clicks or more, respectively. (After the diagnosis mode starts, the initial screen of the diagnosis mode appears.) JSNIA2456ZZ • On-board diagnosis can be performed in the service test mode. • On-board diagnosis checks that the system can be operated normally. Revision: January 2010 AV-144 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Service test mode Mode Service version Item Content — The version data of the parts is shown displayed. FM monitor — AM monitor — Radio XM monitor XM functions User Configuration Touch Display Calibration — • • • • Clear XM Chipset NVM Reset all XM settings XM CBM debug mode ON/OFF External Diag mode ON/OFF — A The Change Mediator monitors the dynamic values of the current tuner. If the band is switched within the radio monitor context, the active monitor is switched as well. B C The version data is displayed. The current system status is displayed. The function allows connection of the position detection accuracy of the touch panel. D E F G H I J AV L M N O P Revision: January 2010 AV-145 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Mode Item Running system status • • • • • • • • • • SD card slot Access Power Supply Speed Signal Direction Signal Illumination Signal GPS Antenna EXT. Phone Sig Microphone Current Radio Antenna USB Device Content The current system status is displayed. • iPod® firmware version • Steering wheel L32H System history System status • Bluetooth® Module - Sub-Unit Connection Malfunction • SD-card Slot - Sub-Unit Connection Malfunction • Programming Error • Radio-Antenna Circuit Malfunction • FM-Antenna 1 Connection Malfunction • Satellite Antenna Connection Failure • GPS Antenna Circuit Malfunction • CD-Drive Mechanical Malfunction • CD Read Malfunction • Power Supply voltage: Lower Limit Exceeded • Power Supply voltage: Upper Limit Exceeded • Reduced system Functionality due to over temperature • Display switched OFF due to over temperature • SD card removed without being de-mounted • Code plug missing The history of the system status is reported in the report memory, displayed. — This activates a sequence of test tone outputs to the four speaker lines one after the other for 1 second. The frequency can be chosen by user selection (100Hz and 4KHz). — This provides a test sequence where test displays (plain colored display: e.g. white, black, red, blue, green) are shown one after the other. The respective color is shown for an indicated period of time (parameter). After the display test, the design of the display previously available is stored. While the screen shows a plain colored display, a pixel malfunction may be detected. Speaker test 100Hz Speaker test 4KHz Display test Revision: January 2010 AV-146 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Mode Item System configuration • • • • • • • • • 8 pulses speed Clock ON/OFF Camera guidelines L32H Equalizer setup L32H RF tuning Antenna type Sound system Sub Out: Code Steering wheel • Bluetooth® module Access Malfunction • SD-card Access Malfunction • Radio-Antenna Circuit Malfunction • GPS Antenna Circuit Malfunction • Microphone Circuit Malfunction Self test Content A The device is configured by a connected hardware circuit. The parameter is influenced. B C A system self test is executed: the result is stored into the error memory which is shown afterwards as a list of codes of the detected malfunctions. END ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS D E F Turn OFF ignition switch. Symptom Chart INFOID:0000000005905480 G MALFUNCTION WITH NAVIGATION Symptoms Display does not turn ON. All switches cannot be operated. Check items All switches cannot be operated. AV control unit. Refer to AV-149. Display does not turn ON. AV control unit power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AV-149. Display turn ON. AV control unit. Refer to AV-149. – Voice guidance is not heard. Audio sound is normal. Display does not dim. Check “Illumination Signal” in “SERVICE SYSTEM STATUS”, “SERVICE MENU”. Map matching is not complete GPS icon is not displayed Traffic information (XM Traffic) is not received. AV control unit power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AV-149. All switches can be operated. Only specified switch cannot be operated. Vehicle icon does not move. Probable malfunction location / Action to take Check “Speed Signal” in “SERVICE SYSTEM STATUS”, “SERVICE MENU”. Check “GPS Antenna” in “SERVICE SYSTEM SELF TEST”, “SERVICE MENU”. AV control unit. Refer to AV-149. I J AV AV control unit. Refer to AV-149. “Illumination Signal” reaches 100% when the lighting switch is ON. AV control unit. Refer to AV-149. “Illumination Signal” does not reach 100% when the lighting switch is ON. Illumination signal circuit A value of “Speed Signal” changes according to vehicle speeds. AV control unit. Refer to AV-149. N A value of “Speed Signal” does not change according to vehicle speeds. Vehicle speed signal circuit O “Connected” is displayed for “GPS Antenna”. AV control unit. Refer to AV-149. “Connected” is not displayed for “GPS Antenna”. GPS antenna. Refer to AV-186. Radio broadcasts are received. AV control unit. Refer to AV-149. Radio broadcasts are not received. • Radio antenna. Refer to AV-186. • Antenna feeder. Refer to AV-186. AV-147 L M MALFUNCTION WITH AUDIO Revision: January 2010 H 2010 Sentra P AUDIO [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • The majority of the audio malfunctions are the result of outside causes (Malfunction CD, electromagnetic interference, etc.). Check the symptoms below to diagnose the malfunction. • The vehicle itself can be a source of noise if noise prevention parts or electrical equipment is malfunctioning. Check if noise is caused and/or changed by engine speed, ignition switch turned to each position, and operation of each piece of electrical equipment, and then determine the cause. NOTE: • CD-R is not guaranteed to play because they can contain compressed audio (MP3, WMA) or could be incorrectly mastered by the customer on a computer. • Check if the CDs have the Compact Disc logo. If not, the disc is not mastered to the “red book” Compact Disc standard and may not play. Symptom Probable malfunction location Audio system does not work normally. • AV control unit power supply and ground circuit. Refer to AV-149. • AV control unit. Refer to AV-149. Audio steering wheel switch does not operate properly. • Remote control signal circuit between steering switch and combination switch (spiral cable) • Remote control signal circuit between combination switch (spiral cable) and AV control unit • Steering wheel audio control switch • Combination switch (spiral cable) • AV control unit. Refer to AV-149. No sound can be heard from any speakers. • Speaker circuit shorted to ground. Refer to AV-123 • AV control unit. Refer to AV-149. No sound can be heard from one or several speakers. • • • • No sound can be heard from radio or noise is herd. • Antenna feeder • Roof antenna • AV control unit. Refer to AV-149. Speed dependent volume system does not function. • Vehicle speed signal circuit between combination meter and AV control unit • AV control unit. Refer to AV-149. • Combination meter There is no sound from the iPod® Audio signal circuit between AV control unit and speaker Speaker Tweeter AV control unit. Refer to AV-149. • iPod® sound signal circuit between AV control unit and Auxiliary jack assembly • AV control unit. Refer to AV-149. or Aux jack. NOTE: Noise resulting from variations in field strength, such as fading noise and multi-path noise, or external noise from trains and other sources, is not a malfunction. • Fading noise: This noise occurs because of variations in the field strength in a narrow range due to mountains or buildings blocking the signal. • Multi-path noise: This noise results from a time difference between the broadcast waves directly from the station arriving at the antenna and the waves reflected by mountains or buildings. MALFUNCTION WITH USB NOTE: Check that there is no malfunction of USB equipment main body before performing a diagnosis. Symptoms iPod® or USB memory can not be recognized. Probable malfunction location / Action to take Check items With iPod® or USB memory Connected, check “USB Device” in “SERVICE STATUS”, “SERVICE MENU”. iPod® or USB memory name is displayed for “USB Device”. • USB interface and AUX jack harness • USB interface and AUX jack • AV control unit. Refer to AV-149. “Removed” is displayed for “USB Device”. • USB interface and AUX jack harness • USB interface and AUX jack — — Generation of iPod® not supported MALFUNCTION WITH AUXILIARY INPUT Revision: January 2010 AV-148 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > NOTE: Check that there is no malfunction of AUX equipment main body before performing a diagnosis. Symptoms Check items No voice sound is heard when AUX mode is selected. A Probable malfunction location Voice sound is heard when other modes are selected. B • USB interface and AUX jack harness • USB interface and AUX jack MALFUNCTION WITH STEERING SWITCH C Symptoms Possible malfunction location / Action to take All steering switches are not operated. D Only specified switch cannot be operated. “SEEK UP”, “VOL UP” and “SOURCE” switches are not operated. Steering switch. Refer to AV-150. E “SOURCE”, “SEEK DOWN” and “VOL DOWN” switches are not operated. AV Control Unit Power and Ground Supply Circuit Inspection INFOID:0000000005906752 F 1.CHECK FUSE G Check that the following fuses of the AV control unit are not blown. Unit Terminals AV control unit Signal name Fuse No. 19 Battery power 31 7 Ignition switch ACC or ON 6 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse. Refer to PG3. 2.AV CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT CHECK 1. 2. Disconnect AV control unit connector. Check voltage between the AV control unit connector and ground. H I J AV Terminal No. Unit (+) Connector AV control unit Terminal (-) OFF ACC ON L M 19 Ground Battery voltage Battery voltage Battery voltage 7 Ground 0V Battery voltage Battery voltage M92 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals. • Repair harness or connector. N WKIA5769E O 3.GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK Revision: January 2010 P AV-149 2010 Sentra AUDIO < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check continuity between AV control unit harness connectors M92 (A), M99 (B) terminals 20, 31, 32 (with rockford fosgate) and ground. [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> Inspection End. NG >> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals. • Repair harness or connector. AWNIA2201ZZ Audio Amplifier Power and Ground Supply Circuit Inspection INFOID:0000000005906753 1.CHECK FUSE Check that the following fuses of the audio amplifier are not blown. Unit Terminals Audio amplifier Signal name Fuse No. 17 Battery power 17 1 Battery power 31 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse. Refer to PG3. 2.AUDIO AMPLIFIER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT CHECK 1. 2. Disconnect audio amplifier connector. Check voltage between audio amplifier connector and ground. Terminal No. Unit (+) Connector Audio amplifier B44 Terminal 1 17 (-) Ground OFF ACC ON 0V Battery voltage Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals. • Repair harness or connector. WKIA3722E 3.GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK Check continuity between audio amplifier harness connector B44 terminals 4, 20 and ground. Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> Inspection End. NG >> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals. • Repair harness or connector. WKIA3723E Steering Switch Check INFOID:0000000005905482 1.CHECK HARNESS Revision: January 2010 AV-150 2010 Sentra AUDIO < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect audio unit connector M92 and spiral cable connector M30. 3. Check continuity between audio unit connector terminal and spiral cable connector terminal. [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] A B Terminals A Connector B Terminal Connector 6 M92 Terminal C 33 15 M30 16 4. Continuity 25 Yes D 31 WKIA5807E Check continuity between audio unit and ground. E Terminals A Connector Terminal Continuity (–) F 6 M92 15 Ground No G 16 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair harness. H 2.SPIRAL CABLE CHECK 1. 2. I Disconnect spiral cable connector M78. Check continuity between spiral cable terminals. 15 - 33 17 - 31 19 - 25 J : Continuity should exist. : Continuity should exist. : Continuity should exist. AV OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace spiral cable. Refer to SRS-33, "Removal and Installation". L WKIA5777E 3.CHECK STEERING SWITCH RESISTANCE M Check resistance between spiral cable connector M78 terminals. Terminal 17 15 19 19 Signal name Condition Resistance (Ω) (Approx.) N O Seek (down) Depress Seek down switch. 165 Phone/Send Depress Phone/Send switch. 0 Volume (down) Depress volume down switch. 487 Seek (up) Depress Seek up switch. 165 Phone/End Depress Phone/End switch. 0 Volume (up) Depress volume up switch. 487 P WKIA5778E OK or NG OK >> Inspection End. NG >> Replace steering switch. Refer to AV-159, "Removal and Installation". Revision: January 2010 AV-151 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Sound Is Not Heard from Front Door Speaker or Front Tweeter (Without Rockford Fosgate) INFOID:0000000005905490 1.HARNESS CHECK 1. 2. Disconnect AV control unit connector and front door speaker and front tweeter connector (LH or RH). Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector terminal and front door speaker and front tweeter harness connector terminal. Terminals AV control unit Connector Speaker or tweeter Terminal Connector 2 B: M46 3 11 A: M92 B: M47 12 2 B: D10 3 11 B: D108 12 3. Continuity Terminal + + + Yes + - Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector terminal and ground. Terminals AV control unit Connector Terminal WKIA5444E — Continuity 2 A: M92 3 11 Ground No 12 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals. • Repair harness or connector. 2.FRONT SPEAKER SIGNAL CHECK 1. 2. 3. Connect AV control unit connector, front door speaker connector and front tweeter connector. Turn ignition switch to ACC. Push “POWER” switch. Revision: January 2010 AV-152 2010 Sentra AUDIO < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Check the signal between AV control unit connector terminals with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope. [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] A Terminals (+) Connector (-) Terminal Connector Terminal 2 M92 11 Condition B Reference signal C 3 M92 Receive audio signal 12 D E SKIA0177E OK or NG OK >> Replace front speaker. Refer to AV-159, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-159, "Removal and Installation". F G WKIA5853E Sound Is Not Heard from Rear Speaker (Without Rockford Fosgate) INFOID:0000000005905491 H 1.HARNESS CHECK 1. 2. Disconnect AV control unit connector and rear speaker connector. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector terminal and rear speaker harness connector terminal. I J Terminals AV control unit Connector Speaker Terminal Connector 4 A: M92 B: B27 5 13 B: B39 14 3. Continuity Terminal AV + + Yes L - Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector terminal and ground. M Terminals AV control unit Connector Terminal — N Continuity O 4 A: M92 5 13 Ground No WKIA5353E P 14 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals. • Repair harness or connector. 2.REAR SPEAKER SIGNAL CHECK Revision: January 2010 AV-153 2010 Sentra AUDIO < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Connect AV control unit connector and rear speaker connector. 2. Turn ignition switch to ACC. 3. Push “POWER” switch. 4. Check the signal between AV control unit harness connector terminals with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope. [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] Terminals (+) Connector (-) Terminal Connector Terminal 4 M92 13 Condition Reference signal 5 M92 Receive audio signal 14 SKIA0177E OK or NG OK >> Replace speaker. Refer to AV-159, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-159, "Removal and Installation". WKIA5808E Sound Is Not Heard from Front Door Speaker or Front Tweeter (With Rockford Fosgate) INFOID:0000000005905492 1.HARNESS CHECK 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect audio amplifier connector B43 and suspect speaker connector. Check continuity between audio amplifier harness connector terminal and suspect speaker harness connector terminal. Terminals Audio amplifier Connector Terminal 15 31 16 B43 32 14 30 13 29 4. Speaker or tweeter Connector D10 D108 M46 M47 Continuity Terminal + + - Yes + + Check continuity between audio amplifier harness connector terminal and ground. WKIA3372E Revision: January 2010 AV-154 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A Terminals Audio amplifier Connector — Terminal Continuity B 13 14 C 15 16 B43 Ground 29 No D 30 31 32 E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals. • Repair harness or connector. F 2.FRONT SPEAKER SIGNAL CHECK 1. 2. 3. 4. G Connect audio amplifier connector B43 and suspect speaker connector. Turn ignition switch to ACC. Push “POWER” switch. Check the signal between audio amplifier harness connector terminals with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope. H I Terminals (+) Connector B43 (-) Terminal Connector Terminal 13 29 14 30 15 31 B43 16 32 Condition Reference signal J Receive audio signal LKIA0602E AV L SKIA0177E OK or NG OK >> Replace suspect speaker. Refer to AV-159, "Removal and Installation". NG >> GO TO 3. M 3.HARNESS CHECK 1. 2. N Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect AV control unit connector M92 and audio amplifier connector B43. O P Revision: January 2010 AV-155 2010 Sentra AUDIO < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector terminals and audio amplifier harness connector terminals. [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] Terminals AV control unit Connector Audio amplifier Terminal Connector Terminal 3 6 2 A: M92 22 B: B43 12 Yes 5 11 4. Continuity 21 Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector terminals and ground. Terminals AV control unit Connector — Terminal Continuity 2 3 A: M92 Ground 11 No AWNIA2202ZZ 12 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals. • Repair harness or connector. 4.FRONT SPEAKER SIGNAL CHECK 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect AV control unit connector and audio amplifier connector. Turn ignition switch to ACC. Push “POWER” switch. Check the signal between AV control unit harness connector terminals with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope. Terminals (+) Connector (-) Terminal Connector 2 M92 11 Terminal Condition Reference signal 3 M92 12 Receive audio signal SKIA0177E OK or NG OK >> Replace audio amplifier. Refer to AV-159, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-159, "Removal and Installation". WKIA5853E Revision: January 2010 AV-156 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Sound Is Not Heard from Rear Speaker Assembly (With Rockford Fosgate) INFOID:0000000005905493 A 1.HARNESS CHECK 1. 2. 3. B Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect audio amplifier connectors B43, B44 and suspect speaker connector. Check continuity between audio amplifier harness connector terminal and suspect speaker harness connector terminal. C Terminals Audio amplifier Connector Speaker Terminal Connector 11 A: B43 C: B40 27 12 C: B38 28 2 B: B44 C: B40 18 3 C: B38 19 4. D Continuity Terminal 4 E 3 4 3 2 F Yes 1 G 2 1 Check continuity between audio amplifier harness connector terminals and ground. H Terminals Audio amplifier Connector Terminal I — Continuity WKIA5816E J 11 A: B43 27 12 28 2 B: B44 AV Ground No L 18 3 19 M OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals. • Repair harness or connector. N 2.REAR SPEAKER SIGNAL CHECK 1. 2. 3. O Connect audio amplifier connectors B43, B44 and suspect speaker connector. Turn ignition switch to ACC. Push “POWER” switch. P Revision: January 2010 AV-157 2010 Sentra AUDIO < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Check the signal between audio amplifier harness connector terminals with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope. [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] Terminals (+) Connector (-) Terminal 11 A: B43 12 Connector Condition Terminal 27 A: B43 28 2 B: B44 3 Reference signal Receive audio signal 18 B: B44 19 SKIA0177E OK or NG OK >> Replace suspect speaker. Refer to AV-159, "Removal and Installation". NG >> GO TO 3. WKIA5817E 3.HARNESS CHECK 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect AV control unit connector M92 and audio amplifier connector B43. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector terminals and audio amplifier harness connector terminals. Terminals AV control unit Connector Audio amplifier Terminal Connector Terminal 5 A: M92 8 4 24 B: B43 14 7 13 4. Continuity Yes 23 Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector terminal and ground. Terminals AV control unit Connector Terminal — Continuity 4 A: M92 5 13 Ground No AWNIA2203ZZ 14 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> • Check connector housings for disconnected or loose terminals. • Repair harness or connector. 4.REAR SPEAKER SIGNAL CHECK 1. Connect AV control unit connector M92 and audio amplifier connector B43. Revision: January 2010 AV-158 2010 Sentra AUDIO < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Turn ignition switch to ACC. 3. Push “POWER” switch. 4. Check the signal between audio unit harness connector terminals with CONSULT-III or oscilloscope. [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] A B Terminals (+) Connector (-) Terminal Connector 4 Condition Reference signal C Terminal 5 D M92 13 M92 14 Receive audio signal E SKIA0177E F OK or NG OK >> Replace audio amplifier. Refer to AV-159, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-159, "Removal and Installation". G WKIA5808E Removal and Installation H INFOID:0000000005905494 AV CONTROL UNIT I J AV L M N O P Revision: January 2010 AV-159 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ALNIA1208ZZ 1. AV control unit 2. Cluster lid C A. Cluster lid C bracket screws Removal 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. Remove the cluster lid C. Refer to IP-11. Remove the AV control unit harness. Remove the cluster lid C bracket screws. Remove the AV control unit. Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. FRONT TWEETER Removal 1. 2. Remove the front pillar garnish. Refer to EI-34. Remove the front tweeter grille. Revision: January 2010 AV-160 2010 Sentra AUDIO < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Remove the front tweeter screws (A), disconnect the front tweeter connector and remove the front tweeter (1). [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] A B C LKIA0855E D Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. FRONT DOOR SPEAKER E Removal 1. 2. Remove the front door finisher. Refer to EI-31. Remove the front door speaker screws (A), disconnect the front door speaker connector and remove the front door speaker (1). F G H LKIA0856E Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. I J REAR SPEAKER Removal 1. 2. AV Remove the rear parcel shelf finisher. Refer to EI-38, "Removal and Installation". Remove the rear speaker screws (A), disconnect the rear speaker connector and remove the rear speaker (1). L M N LKIA0857E O Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. AUDIO AMPLIFIER Revision: January 2010 P AV-161 2010 Sentra AUDIO [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > LKIA0865E 1. Audio amplifier ⇒ Front 2. Audio amplifier connectors A. Bolts Removal 1. 2. 3. 4. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. Slide the RH front seat toward the front to remove the audio amplifier rear bolts. Slide the RH front seat toward the rear to remove the audio amplifier front bolts. Disconnect the audio amplifier connectors and remove the audio amplifier. Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. STEERING WHEEL AUDIO CONTROL SWITCHES Removal 1. 2. Remove the driver air bag module. Refer to SRS-31, "Removal and Installation". Remove the steering wheel audio control switch screws (A) and remove the steering wheel audio control switches (1). LKIA0860E Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Revision: January 2010 AV-162 2010 Sentra NAVIGATION SYSTEM [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > NAVIGATION SYSTEM How to Proceed with Trouble Diagnosis A INFOID:0000000005909233 Refer to AV-147, "Symptom Chart". B C D E F G H I J AV L M N O P Revision: January 2010 AV-163 2010 Sentra TELEPHONE [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TELEPHONE Component Parts and Harness Connector Location INFOID:0000000005905499 AWNIA2190GB 1. Bluetooth control unit B15, B62, B69 2. Steering wheel audio control switches 4. Combination meter M24 5. AV control unit M99 System Description 3. Microphone R4 INFOID:0000000005905500 BLUETOOTH® HANDS-FREE PHONE SYSTEM Refer to the Owner's Manual for Bluetooth telephone system operating instructions. NOTE: Cellular telephones must have their wireless connection set up (paired) before using the Bluetooth telephone system. Bluetooth telephone system allows users who have a Bluetooth cellular telephone to make a wireless connection between their cellular telephone and the Bluetooth control unit. Hands-free cellular telephone calls can be sent and received. Some Bluetooth cellular telephones may not be recognized by the Bluetooth control unit. Revision: January 2010 AV-164 2010 Sentra TELEPHONE [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > When a cellular telephone or the Bluetooth control unit is replaced, the telephone must be paired with the Bluetooth control unit. Different cellular telephones may have different pairing procedures. Refer to the cellular telephone operating manual. A Bluetooth Telephone System Diagram B C D E F G AWNIA2191GB Bluetooth Control Unit When the ignition switch is turned to ACC or ON, the Bluetooth control unit will power up. During power up, the Bluetooth control unit is initialized and performs various self checks. Initialization may take up to 20 seconds. If a phone is present in the vehicle and paired with the Bluetooth control unit, Nissan Voice Recognition will then become active. Bluetooth telephone functions can be turned off using the Nissan Voice Recognition system. H I J WKIA5781E Steering Wheel Audio Control Switches When buttons on the steering wheel audio control switch are pushed, the resistance in steering wheel audio control switch circuit changes depending on which button is pushed. The Bluetooth control module uses this signal to perform various functions while navigating through the voice recognition system. The following functions can be performed using the steering wheel audio control switch: • Initiate Self Diagnosis of the Bluetooth telephone system • Start a voice recognition session • Answer and end telephone calls • Adjust the volume of calls AV L M N WKIA5783E Volume Switch O P Revision: January 2010 AV-165 2010 Sentra TELEPHONE < SERVICE INFORMATION > Call volume can be adjusted using the AV control unit volume switch. [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] AWNIA2192GB Bluetooth Microphone The Bluetooth microphone is located in the roof console assembly. The Bluetooth microphone sends a signal to the Bluetooth control unit. The Bluetooth microphone can be actively tested during selfdiagnosis. AWNIA1987GB AV Control Unit The AV control unit receives signals from the Bluetooth control unit and sends audio signals to the speakers. AWNIA2193GB Revision: January 2010 AV-166 2010 Sentra TELEPHONE [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - H/PHON - INFOID:0000000005905501 A B C D E F G H I J AV L M N O P AANWA0295GB Revision: January 2010 AV-167 2010 Sentra TELEPHONE [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > AANWA0296GB Revision: January 2010 AV-168 2010 Sentra TELEPHONE [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Bluetooth Control Unit Harness Connector Terminal Layout INFOID:0000000005905502 A B C AWNIA1988GB D Terminal and Reference Value for Bluetooth Control Unit INFOID:0000000005905503 E Terminal (Wire color) + – 1 (Y) Ground Item Battery power Signal input/ output Condition Ignition switch Operation Input — — Reference value (Approx.) Example of symptom Battery voltage System does not work properly. — Battery voltage System does not work properly. System does not work properly. 2 (V) Ground ACC power Input ACC/ ON 3 (W/L) Ground IGN power Input ON/ START — Battery voltage 4 (B) — Ground — — — — — 5 (GR) — Shield — — — — — 6 (GR) — Shield — — — — — F G H I J 7 (W) 8 (R) Mic-in signal Input ACC/ ON When giving a voice Bluetooth Microphone inoperative. PKIB5037J 9 (BR) 10 (Y) Audio out Output ACC/ ON Bluetooth control unit sends audio signal AV L Audio can not be heard. M N SKIB3609E 22 (B) — Cont-3 — — — — — 23 (B) — Cont-4 — — — — — 27 (B) — Cont-6 — — — — — ON When vehicle speed is approx. 40 km/h (25 MPH) O P 28 (G/Y) Ground Vehicle speed signal (8–pulse) Input — PKIC0643E Revision: January 2010 AV-169 2010 Sentra TELEPHONE [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal (Wire color) Item Signal input/ output Condition Reference value (Approx.) Example of symptom Ignition switch Operation Output — — 5V Input — — — — Shield — — — — — — M CAN + — — — — — 36 (P) — M CAN - — — — — — 37 (GR) — M CAN shield — — — — — 39 (Y/R) — M CAN jumper 1 — — — — — 40 (Y/R) — M CAN 1 — — — — — 41 (SB) — M CAN jumper 2 — — — — — 42 (SB) — M CAN 2 — — — — — + – 29 (B) Ground Bluetooth Microphone power 33 — Bluetooth antenna signal 34 — 35 (L) Bluetooth Microphone inoperative. Bluetooth Control Unit Self-Diagnosis Function INFOID:0000000005909226 The Bluetooth control unit has two diagnostic checks. The first diagnostic check is performed automatically every ignition cycle during control unit initialization. The second diagnostic check is performed by the technician using the steering wheel audio control switches prior to trouble diagnosis. BLUETOOTH CONTROL UNIT INITIALIZATION CHECKS • • • • • • Internal control unit failure Bluetooth antenna connection open or shorted Steering wheel audio control switches (PHONE/SEND, PHONE/END) stuck closed Vehicle speed pulse count Bluetooth Microphone connection test (with playback to operator) Bluetooth inquiry check SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch to ACC or ON. Wait for the Bluetooth system to complete initialization. This may take up to 20 seconds. Press and hold the steering wheel audio control switch PHONE/ SEND button for at least 5 seconds. The Bluetooth system will begin to play a verbal prompt. NOTE: At any time, press and hold the steering wheel audio control switch PHONE/SEND button for at least 5 seconds to exit diagnostic mode. WKIA5789E Revision: January 2010 AV-170 2010 Sentra TELEPHONE [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. While the prompt is playing, press and hold the steering wheel audio control switch PHONE/END button for at least 5 seconds. The Bluetooth system will sound a 5 second beep. 5. While the beep is sounding, press and hold the steering wheel audio control switch PHONE/END button for at least 5 seconds again. 6. The Bluetooth system has now entered into the diagnostic mode. Results of the diagnostic checks will be verbalized to the technician. Refer to AV-171, "Malfunction Code/Symptom Chart". 7. If there are no failure records to report, the speed pulse count AWKIA1579ZZ will be reported next. 8. After the speed pulse count is reported, an interactive Bluetooth microphone test will be performed. Follow the voice prompt. If the Bluetooth microphone test fails refer to AV-171, "Malfunction Code/Symptom Chart". 9. Self-diagnosis mode is complete. A short beep is heard. How to Proceed with Trouble Diagnosis 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Malfunction Code/Symptom Chart Failure Message 2 "Bluetooth antenna open" 3 "Bluetooth antenna shorted" 4 "Phone/Send for the Hands Free Phone System is stuck" 5 "Phone/End for the Hands Free Phone System is stuck" 1. 2. "Bluetooth Microphone test" (failed interactive test) Inspect harness connection. Replace Bluetooth antenna. Refer to AV-174, "Removal and Installation". Check steering wheel audio control switches. Refer to AV-101, "Steering Wheel Audio Control Switch Does Not Operate". 1. 2. 1. – 2. Inspect harness between Bluetooth control unit and Bluetooth microphone. Replace Bluetooth microphone. Refer to AV-174, "Removal and Installation". Inspect Bluetooth control unit power supply and ground circuits. Refer to AV-100, "Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection for Bluetooth Control Unit". Replace Bluetooth control unit. Refer to AV-174, "Removal and Installation". Steering wheel audio control switch does not operate – Refer to AV-101, "Steering Wheel Audio Control Switch Does Not Operate". Voice activated control does not operate – Refer to AV-102, "Voice Activated Control Function Does Not Operate". Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection for Bluetooth Control Unit INFOID:0000000005905507 1.CHECK FUSES Revision: January 2010 D E F G H I Action Replace Bluetooth control unit. Refer to AV105, "Removal and Installation". "Internal failure" Bluetooth system is inoperative C INFOID:0000000005909228 1 – B INFOID:0000000005909227 Confirm the symptom or customer complaint. Perform Bluetooth control unit self-diagnosis. Refer to AV-170, "Bluetooth Control Unit Self-Diagnosis Function". According to the symptom chart, repair or replace the cause of the symptom. Refer to AV-171, "Malfunction Code/Symptom Chart". Does the Bluetooth system operate normally? If so, GO TO 5. If not, GO TO 2. Inspection End. Code/Symptom A AV-171 2010 Sentra J AV L M N O P TELEPHONE < SERVICE INFORMATION > Make sure the following fuses for the Bluetooth control unit are not blown. Terminals Connector Ignition Switch Fuse No. 1 All positions 22 2 ACC/ON 6 3 ON/START 12 Terminal B15 [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse. Refer to PG3. 2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect Bluetooth control unit connector B15. Check voltage between connector terminals and ground as follows. Terminals (+) Connector Terminal Ignition switch position (–) 1 B15 2 OFF ACC ON Battery voltage Battery voltage Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage Ground 3 0V WKIA4389E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Check harness for open between Bluetooth control unit and fuse. 3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUITS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check continuity between the following Bluetooth control unit terminals and ground. Terminals Connector Terminal — Continuity 4 B15 22 23 Ground Yes 27 AWNIA2194ZZ OK or NG OK >> Inspection End. NG >> Repair or replace harness. Steering Wheel Audio Control Switch Does Not Operate INFOID:0000000005905508 Refer to AV-150, "Steering Switch Check". Voice Activated Control Function Does Not Operate INFOID:0000000005905509 NOTE: Even under normal condition, Bluetooth voice guidance may not occur when pressing steering wheel audio control switch. Revision: January 2010 AV-172 2010 Sentra TELEPHONE [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BLUETOOTH VOICE GUIDANCE IS HEARD WHEN PRESSING STEERING WHEEL AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH A 1.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN BLUETOOTH CONTROL UNIT AND MICROPHONE 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect Bluetooth control unit connector and microphone connector. Check continuity between Bluetooth control unit connector B15 (A) and microphone connector R4 (B). Terminals Connector Terminal Connector A: B15 D 1 8 B: R4 2 29 4. Yes E 4 Check continuity between Bluetooth control unit harness connector B15 and ground. Terminals Connector C Continuity Terminal 7 B Terminal — WKIA5795E F Continuity G 7 A: B15 8 Ground No H 29 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair harness or connector. I 2.CHECK MICROPHONE POWER SUPPLY 1. 2. 3. Connect Bluetooth control unit connector and microphone connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between microphone connector R4 terminal 4 and ground. 4 - Ground J AV : Approx. 5V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace Bluetooth control unit. Refer to AV-174, "Removal and Installation". L M WKIA5796E 3.CHECK MICROPHONE SIGNAL N Check signal between Bluetooth control unit harness connector B15 terminals 7 and 8. O When giving a voice P 7 – 8: PKIB5037J LKIA0780E OK or NG OK >> Replace Bluetooth control unit. Refer to AV-174, "Removal and Installation". Revision: January 2010 AV-173 2010 Sentra TELEPHONE [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > NG >> Replace microphone. Refer to AV-174, "Removal and Installation". BLUETOOTH VOICE GUIDANCE IS NOT HEARD WHEN PRESSING STEERING WHEEL AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH 1.CHECK STEERING WHEEL AUDIO CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT Refer to AV-172, "Steering Wheel Audio Control Switch Does Not Operate". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Replace applicable parts. 2.CHECK BLUETOOTH VOICE SIGNAL CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect Bluetooth control unit connector and AV control unit connector. Check continuity between Bluetooth control unit harness connector B15 (A) and AV control unit harness connector M99 (B). Terminals Connector A: B15 4. Terminal 9 Connector Terminal 43 B: M99 10 42 Continuity Yes Check continuity between Bluetooth control unit harness connector B15 (A) and ground. Terminals Connector A: B15 Terminal 9 10 — Ground AWNIA2195ZZ Continuity No OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair harness or connector. 3.CHECK BLUETOOTH VOICE SIGNAL Check signal between Bluetooth control unit harness connector B15 terminals 9 and 10. When giving a voice 9 – 10: SKIB3609E WKIA5798E OK or NG OK >> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-159, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Replace Bluetooth control unit. Refer to AV-174, "Removal and Installation". Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005905510 COMPONENTS Revision: January 2010 AV-174 2010 Sentra TELEPHONE [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Bluetooth Control Unit and Antenna A B C D E F G H I ALNIA0977ZZ 1. Bluetooth control unit bracket 2. Bluetooth control unit 3. Bluetooth antenna J Front BLUETOOTH CONTROL UNIT Removal NOTE: Bluetooth control unit shown with the LH seat removed for clarity. 1. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. 2. Slide the LH front seat toward the front to remove the bluetooth control unit bracket rear bolt (A). 3. Slide the LH front seat toward the rear to remove the bluetooth control unit bracket front bolts (A). 4. Detach the Bluetooth control unit harness clip (B) from the Bluetooth control unit bracket. 5. Disconnect the Bluetooth control unit connector (C). 6. Remove the Bluetooth control unit and bracket assembly (1). 7. Remove the Bluetooth control unit screws and remove the Bluetooth control unit. AV L M N O ALNIA0978ZZ Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. P BLUETOOTH ANTENNA Removal NOTE: Bluetooth antenna is mounted on top of the Bluetooth control unit. 1. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. Revision: January 2010 AV-175 2010 Sentra TELEPHONE [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Slide the LH front seat toward the rear. 3. Disconnect the Bluetooth antenna connector. 4. Remove the Bluetooth antenna screws and remove the Bluetooth antenna. Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. BLUETOOTH MICROPHONE Removal 1. 2. 3. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. Remove the map lamp. Refer to LT-81, "Map Lamp". Remove the Bluetooth microphone. Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Revision: January 2010 AV-176 2010 Sentra REAR VIEW CAMERA [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > REAR VIEW CAMERA A Component Parts and Harness Connector Location INFOID:0000000005905511 B C D E F G H I J AV L AWNIA2196ZZ 1. Front tweeter LH M46 2. 4. Steering wheel audio control switch5. es 7. Transmission range switch F26 (CVT) AV control unit M92, M99 3. Front tweeter RH M47 Rear view camera T21 6. Back-up lamp switch F47 (manual transmission) N O System Description INFOID:0000000005905512 P REAR VIEW CAMERA SYSTEM When the shift selector is in the R position, the AV control unit shows a view to the rear of the vehicle. Lines which indicate the vehicle clearance and distances are also displayed. Revision: January 2010 M AV-177 2010 Sentra REAR VIEW CAMERA [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Rear View Camera System Diagram AWNIA2012GB Part name Description AV control unit • Sends camera ON signal to the rear view camera • Receives camera image signal from the rear view camera Rear view camera • Receives camera ON signal from the AV control unit • Sends image signal to the AV control unit Revision: January 2010 AV-178 2010 Sentra REAR VIEW CAMERA [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - R/VIEW - INFOID:0000000005905513 A B C D E F G H I J AV L M N O AANWA0297GB Rear View Camera Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection INFOID:0000000005905514 1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (REAR VIEW CAMERA SIDE) Revision: January 2010 AV-179 2010 Sentra P REAR VIEW CAMERA < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Shift transmission into Reverse. 3. Check voltage between rear view camera harness connector T21 and ground. (+) Connector (-) Transmission position Value (Approx.) Ground Reverse 6V Terminal T21 4 Is voltage reading approximately 6 volts? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 2. [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] AWNIA2020ZZ 2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (CONTINUITY) 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect rear view camera and AV control unit connectors. Check continuity between rear view camera harness connector T21 (A) terminal 4 and AV control unit harness connector M99 (B) terminal 34. A 4. B Connector Terminal Connector Terminal T21 4 M99 34 Continuity Yes Check continuity between rear view camera harness connector T21 (A) terminal 4 and ground. A Connector Terminal T21 4 — Continuity Ground No AWNIA2197ZZ Are continuity test results as specified? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair harness or connector. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (AV CONTROL UNIT SIDE) 1. 2. 3. Connect AV control unit harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between AV control unit harness connector M99 and ground. (+) Connector M99 (-) Transmission position Value (Approx.) Ground Reverse 6V Terminal 34 Is voltage reading approximately 6 volts? YES >> Inspection End. NO >> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-159, "Removal and Installation". AWNIA2198ZZ 4.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 AV-180 2010 Sentra REAR VIEW CAMERA < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect rear view camera harness connector. 3. Check continuity between rear view camera harness connector T21 terminal 3 and ground. [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] A B Connector Terminal — Continuity T21 3 Ground Yes C Does continuity exist? YES >> Inspection End. NO >> Repair harness or connector. AWNIA2021ZZ D Camera Image Signal Circuit INFOID:0000000005909179 E 1.CHECK CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL CIRCUIT CONTINUITY 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect AV control unit connector and rear view camera connector. Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector M99 (A) terminals 35, 36 and rear view camera harness connector T21 (B) terminals 1, 2. 35 - 1 36 - 2 4. F G : Continuity should exist. : Continuity should exist. H Check continuity between AV control unit harness connector M99 (A) terminals 35, 36 and ground. 35, 36 - Ground : Continuity should not exist. I AWNIA2206ZZ Is inspection result OK? YES >> GO TO 2 NO >> Repair harness or connector. J 2.CHECK CAMERA IMAGE SIGNAL 1. 2. 3. 4. AV Connect AV control unit connector and rear view camera connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Shift transmission into reverse. Check signal between AV control unit harness connector M99 terminals 35 and 36. 35 - 36 L M : N SKIB2251J AWNIA2207ZZ Is inspection result OK? YES >> Replace AV control unit. Refer to AV-159, "Removal and Installation". NO >> Replace rear view camera. Refer to AV-182, "Removal and Installation". Revision: January 2010 AV-181 O P 2010 Sentra REAR VIEW CAMERA [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005905515 ALNIA1211ZZ 1. Licence lamp finisher 2. Trunk opener request switch (if equipped) A. License lamp finisher nut B. Rear view camera connector 3. Rear view camera REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove trunk lid finisher. Refer to EI-44, "Removal and Installation". Disconnect the rear view camera connector. Remove the license plate finisher. Refer to EI-25, "Removal and Installation". Press in the rear view camera tab (A) then release the rear view camera hook (B) and remove the rear view camera. ALNIA1212ZZ INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Revision: January 2010 AV-182 2010 Sentra USB CONNECTOR AND AUX JACK [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > USB CONNECTOR AND AUX JACK Removal and Installation A INFOID:0000000005909201 REMOVAL 1. 2. B Remove the center console assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Push the pawl from the back of the center console to remove the USB connector and aux jack (1). C D E ALNIA1209ZZ INSTALLATION F Installation is in the reverse order of removal. G H I J AV L M N O P Revision: January 2010 AV-183 2010 Sentra AUDIO ANTENNA [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > AUDIO ANTENNA Location of Antenna INFOID:0000000005905496 AWNIA2199ZZ 1. Roof antenna 2. Roof antenna base connectors 3. Antenna feeder 4. Antenna feeder connector 5. AV control unit 6. Roof antenna base A. Antenna feeder clips Removal and Installation of Roof Antenna INFOID:0000000005905497 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. Partially remove the rear body side welts. Refer to EI-41, "Removal and Installation". Remove rear pillar finishers. Refer to EI-41, "Removal and Installation". Remove rear assist grip (LH). Refer to EI-41, "Removal and Installation". Remove three headliner rear clips. Pull down the rear part of the headliner to reposition out of the way. CAUTION: Use care when repositioning headliner to avoid causing damage. Revision: January 2010 AV-184 2010 Sentra AUDIO ANTENNA < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. Disconnect the roof antenna harness connectors (B). 6. Remove the roof antenna nut (A) and remove the roof antenna (1). [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] A B C LKIA0863E D INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. E F G H I J AV L M N O P Revision: January 2010 AV-185 2010 Sentra GPS ANTENNA [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] < SERVICE INFORMATION > GPS ANTENNA Location of Antenna INFOID:0000000005907619 AWNIA2205ZZ 1. AV control unit 2. Antenna feeder Removal and Installation 3. GPS antenna (view with combination meter removed) INFOID:0000000005905498 REMOVAL 1. 2. Remove cluster lid C and disconnect the GPS navigation antenna harness. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Remove the combination meter. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Revision: January 2010 AV-186 2010 Sentra GPS ANTENNA < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Remove the GPS navigation antenna screw (A). 4. Remove the GPS navigation antenna (1) [AUDIO WITH NAVIGATION] A B C ALNIA1210ZZ D INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. E F G H I J AV L M N O P Revision: January 2010 AV-187 2010 Sentra TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE SECTION CL CLUTCH A B CL D E CONTENTS SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2 PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2 Inspection ................................................................. 9 Air Bleeding Procedure ............................................. 9 F Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2 Service Notice or Precaution ..................................... 3 CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER ........................ 11 PREPARATION ................................................... 4 Removal and Installation .........................................14 Special Service Tools ................................................ 4 Commercial Service Tools ........................................ 4 CLUTCH DISC, CLUTCH COVER AND FLYWHEEL .............................................................. 15 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ............................. 5 Exploded View .........................................................15 Removal and Installation .........................................15 NVH Troubleshooting Chart ...................................... 5 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ................................................................. 17 K Clutch Control System .............................................17 Clutch Pedal ............................................................17 Clutch Disc ..............................................................17 Clutch Cover ............................................................17 L CLUTCH PEDAL ................................................. 6 Removal and Installation .........................................11 G CSC (CONCENTRIC SLAVE CYLINDER) ....... 13 Removal and Installation .........................................13 H CLUTCH PIPING ............................................... 14 On-vehicle Inspection and Adjustment ...................... 6 Removal and Installation ........................................... 7 CLUTCH FLUID ................................................... 9 I J M N O P Revision: January 2010 CL-1 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000005612373 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect INFOID:0000000005612374 NOTE: • This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM). • Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the ″LOCK″ position. • Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results. For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder. For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and steering wheel rotation will become impossible. If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before starting the repair operation. OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the steering lock will be released. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be rotated. Perform the necessary repair operation. Revision: January 2010 CL-2 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.) 6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III. Service Notice or Precaution INFOID:0000000005284060 A B • Use recommended brake fluid when adding fluid to the clutch reservoir tank. Refer to MA-15, "MR20DE" or MA-15, "QR25DE". • Never reuse fluid drained from clutch system. CL • Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas. • Use new brake fluid to clean or wash all parts of master cylinder and CSC (Concentric slave cylinder). D • Never use mineral oils such as gasoline or kerosene. It will ruin the rubber parts of the hydraulic system. • If transaxle assembly is removed from the vehicle, always replace CSC. Return CSC to original position to remove transaxle assembly. Dust on clutch disc sliding parts may damage CSC seal and may E cause clutch fluid leakage. • Do not disassemble clutch master cylinder and CSC. WARNING: F After cleaning clutch disc, clean it with a dust collector. Do not use compressed air. G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 CL-3 2010 Sentra PREPARATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION Special Service Tools INFOID:0000000005284061 The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here. Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description ST20050240 ( — ) Diaphragm spring adjusting wrench Adjusting unevenness of diaphragm spring of clutch cover ZZA0508D Commercial Service Tools INFOID:0000000005284062 Tool name Description Clutch aligner Installing clutch disc MCIB0404E Power tool Loosening bolts and nuts PBIC0190E Revision: January 2010 CL-4 2010 Sentra NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING < SERVICE INFORMATION > NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING NVH Troubleshooting Chart A INFOID:0000000005284063 EM-97 (MR20DE), EM-202(QR25DE) CL-15 CL-13 D FLYWHEEL (Distortion) G PRESSURE PLATE (Distortion) 2 DIAPHRAGM SPRING (Out of tip alignment) 2 DIAPHRAGM SPRING (Damaged) CLUTCH DISC (Hardened) 2 CLUTCH DISC (Lack of spline grease) CLUTCH DISC (Worn out) 2 CLUTCH DISC (Oily) CLUTCH DISC (Dirty or burned) CLUTCH DISC (Lining broken) CLUTCH DISC (Runout is excessive) CLUTCH DISC (Out of true) CSC (Concentric slave cylinder) (Worn, dirty or damaged) CL F H I J 2 1 Clutch noisy B E 1 Clutch pedal spongy Symptom EM-75 (MR20DE), EM-184 (QR25DE) CL-9 Clutch grabs/chatters ENGINE MOUNTING (Loose) SUSPECTED PARTS (Possible cause) CLUTCH LINE (Air in line) Reference page CLUTCH PEDAL (Inspection and adjustment) CL-6 Use the chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. The numbers indicate the order of the inspection. If necessary, repair or replace these parts. K 1 Clutch slips 1 Clutch does not disengage 1 2 2 5 5 5 5 5 2 3 5 6 4 6 5 7 L M N O P Revision: January 2010 CL-5 2010 Sentra CLUTCH PEDAL < SERVICE INFORMATION > CLUTCH PEDAL On-vehicle Inspection and Adjustment 1. INFOID:0000000005284064 Check to see if the master cylinder rod end moves freely. It should not be bound by the clutch pedal. • If the rod end does not move freely, remove the rod end and check for deformation or damage on the rod end. Leave the rod end removed for step 2. PCIB1491E 2. a. b. 3. a. b. 4. Check the clutch pedal stroke for free range of movement. With the master cylinder rod end removed, manually move the pedal up and down to determine if it moves freely. If any sticking is noted, replace the clutch pedal assembly. Re-verify that the master cylinder rod end moves freely. Inspect the ASCD switch position (if equipped). If the rod end does not move freely, check that the ASCD switch is not applying pressure to the clutch pedal causing the rod end to bind. To adjust, disconnect the ASCD switch electrical connector and turn the ASCD switch. Connect the ASCD switch electrical connector. Adjust clutch interlock switch (1) position so that clearance between clutch pedal (2) and thread end of clutch interlock switch (1), with clutch pedal fully depressed, is within specification (C). Clearance C Refer to CL-17, "Clutch Pedal" WCIA0668E Revision: January 2010 CL-6 2010 Sentra CLUTCH PEDAL < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. Adjust the ASCD clutch switch (1) (if equipped). Adjust ASCD clutch switch position with the clutch pedal fully released, so that clearance between clutch pedal (2) and thread end of ASCD clutch switch (1) is within specification (A). Clearance A A B Refer to CL-17, "Clutch Pedal" CL D E F G WCIA0669E 6. a. b. Check the clutch hydraulic system components (clutch master cylinder, CSC (Concentric slave cylinder), clutch damper) for sticking or binding. If any sticking or binding is noted, repair or replace the related parts as necessary. If any hydraulic system repair was necessary, bleed the clutch hydraulic system. Refer to CL-9, "Air Bleeding Procedure". NOTE: Do not use a vacuum assist or any other type of power bleeder on this system. Use of a vacuum assist or power bleeder will not purge all of the air from the system. Removal and Installation H I J INFOID:0000000005284065 COMPONENTS K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 CL-7 2010 Sentra CLUTCH PEDAL < SERVICE INFORMATION > WCIA0666E 1. Clutch pedal assembly 2. Lock nut 4. ASCD clutch switch (if equipped) 5. Lock nut 3. Clutch interlock switch REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove instrument panel lower finisher. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Remove front upper floor duct. Refer to MTC-77, "Removal and Installation". Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector (if equipped). Disconnect master cylinder rod end from clutch pedal lever. Remove clutch pedal assembly nuts, and then remove clutch pedal assembly. Disconnect clutch interlock switch harness connector. PCIB1491E INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL Check clutch pedal for bend, damage or a cracked weld. If bend, damage or a cracked weld is found, replace clutch pedal assembly. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • After installing the clutch switches, adjust the switch positions. Refer to CL-6, "On-vehicle Inspection and Adjustment". Revision: January 2010 CL-8 2010 Sentra CLUTCH FLUID < SERVICE INFORMATION > CLUTCH FLUID A Inspection INFOID:0000000005613066 FLUID LEVEL B • Check that the fluid level in the reservoir tank is within the specified range (MAX – MIN lines). • Visually check for any clutch fluid leakage around the reservoir tank. • Check the clutch system for any leakage if the fluid level is extremely low (lower than MIN). CL D E JPFIA0007ZZ FLUID LEAKAGE F • Check clutch line for cracks, deterioration or other damage. Replace any damaged parts. • Check for fluid leakage by fully depressing clutch pedal while engine is running. CAUTION: If leakage occurs around joints, reinstall the joints or, if necessary, replace damaged parts. Air Bleeding Procedure G INFOID:0000000005284066 CAUTION: Do not spill clutch fluid onto painted surfaces. If it spills, wipe up immediately and wash the affected area with water. NOTE: • Do not use a vacuum assist or any other type of power bleeder on this system. Use of a vacuum assist or power bleeder will not purge all the air from the system. • Carefully monitor fluid level in reservoir tank during bleeding operation. • Bleed the air of bleeding connector (1). 1. Fill reservoir tank with new clutch fluid. CAUTION: Never reuse drained clutch fluid. 2. Connect a transparent vinyl hose to air bleeder of bleeding connector. 3. “Depress” and “release” the clutch pedal slowly and fully 15 times at an interval of 2 to 3 seconds and release the clutch pedal. JPDIB0166ZZ 4. Press the lock pin (1) into the bleeding connector (2), and maintain the position. CAUTION: Since the inside of clutch tube is under hydraulic pressure, hold the tube to prevent it from getting disconnected. H I J K L M N O P JPDIB0041ZZ Revision: January 2010 CL-9 2010 Sentra CLUTCH FLUID < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. Slide bleeding connector (1) in the direction of the arrow as shown. 2 : Clutch housing Dimension “A” : 10 mm (0.39 in) 6. Depress the clutch pedal soon and hold it, and then bleed the air from the piping. CAUTION: Since the inside of clutch tube is under hydraulic pressure, JPDIB0042ZZ hold the tube to prevent it from getting disconnected. 7. Return clutch tube and lock pin in their original positions. 8. Release clutch pedal and wait for 5 seconds. 9. Repeat steps 3 to 8 until no bubbles are observed in the clutch fluid. 10. Check that the fluid level in the reservoir tank is within the specified range after air bleeding. Refer to CL9, "Inspection". Revision: January 2010 CL-10 2010 Sentra CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER < SERVICE INFORMATION > CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284067 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. B Remove the battery and battery tray. Refer to SC-7, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE Battery)" or SC9, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery Tray)". CL Remove the engine room cover. Remove the air cleaner and air duct. Refer to EM-16, "Removal and Installation" (MR20DE) or EM-133, "Removal and Installation" (QR25DE). D Remove engine under cover. Refer to EI-14, "Removal and Installation". Use one of the following methods to remove hose from master cylinder. • Drain clutch fluid from reservoir tank and remove hose. • Remove hose from master cylinder. Immediately plug hose and reservoir tank to prevent clutch fluid E from dripping. CAUTION: Do not spill clutch fluid onto painted surfaces. If it spills, wipe up immediately and wash the F affected area with water. Remove master cylinder rod end from clutch pedal assembly. G H I PCIB1491E 7. J Remove lock pin (1) from connector of master cylinder (2) and separate clutch tube (3). K L M PCIB1497E 8. Rotate master cylinder clockwise by 45° and remove from the vehicle. N INSTALLATION 1. 2. Tilt master cylinder clockwise by 45° and insert it in the mounting hole. Rotate counterclockwise to secure it. At this time, nipple is in the up position. Install master cylinder rod end to clutch pedal. O P SCIA1286E Revision: January 2010 CL-11 2010 Sentra CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Install clutch tube (1) fully into connector of master cylinder (2). 4. Install lock pin (3) fully into connector of master cylinder (2). 5. Fill with new clutch fluid and bleed air from the system. Refer to CL-9, "Air Bleeding Procedure". 6. After completing this procedure, inspect clutch pedal operation. Refer to CL-6, "On-vehicle Inspection and Adjustment". 7. Install the air cleaner and air duct. Refer to EM-16, "Removal and Installation" (MR20DE) or EM-133, "Removal and Installation" (QR25DE). 8. Install the battery and battery tray. Refer to SC-7, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE Battery)" or SC-9, "Exploded View (QR25DE Battery Tray)". 9. Install the engine room cover. 10. Install the engine under cover. Refer to EI-14, "Removal and Installation". Revision: January 2010 CL-12 PCIB1500E 2010 Sentra CSC (CONCENTRIC SLAVE CYLINDER) < SERVICE INFORMATION > CSC (CONCENTRIC SLAVE CYLINDER) Removal and Installation A INFOID:0000000005284068 COMPONENTS B CL D E F G JPDIB0040GB 1. Transaxle assembly 2. H CSC (Concentric Slave Cylinder) CAUTION: • If transaxle assembly is removed from the vehicle, always replace CSC (Concentric slave cylinder). Return CSC insert to original position to remove transaxle assembly. Dust on clutch disc sliding parts may damage CSC seal and may cause clutch fluid leakage. • Do not spill clutch fluid onto painted surfaces. If it spills, wipe up immediately and wash the affected area with water. I J REMOVAL 1. 2. Remove transaxle assembly. Refer to MT-18, "Removal and Installation" (RS6F94R), MT-68, "Removal and Installation" (RS6F52A) or MT-145, "Removal and Installation" (RS6F52H). Remove CSC bolts and the CSC from clutch housing. K L M N PCIB1498E O INSTALLATION 1. 2. 3. Install CSC to clutch housing and then tighten bolts to specification. CAUTION: • Do not reuse CSC. • Do not insert and operate CSC because piston and stopper of CSC components may fall off. Install transaxle assembly. Refer to MT-18, "Removal and Installation" (RS6F94R), MT-68, "Removal and Installation" (RS6F52A) or MT-145, "Removal and Installation" (RS6F52H). Bleed the air from the clutch hydraulic system. Refer to CL-9, "Air Bleeding Procedure". Revision: January 2010 CL-13 2010 Sentra P CLUTCH PIPING < SERVICE INFORMATION > CLUTCH PIPING Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284069 PCIB1499E 1. Clutch tube 2. Clutch tube lock pin 3. CSC 4. Clutch damper 5. Clutch master cylinder 6. Clutch pedal Carefully observe the following steps during clutch tube removal and installation. CAUTION: Do not spill clutch fluid onto painted surfaces. If it spills, wipe up immediately and wash the affected area with water. REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Remove the battery. Refer to SC-7, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE Battery)" or SC-8, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery)". Remove the air cleaner and air duct. Refer to EM-16, "Removal and Installation" (MR20DE) or EM-133, "Removal and Installation" (QR25DE). Remove clutch tube lock pin from clutch master cylinder, if necessary. Remove clutch tube lock pin at clutch housing, if necessary. Remove clutch tube lock pins (2) from clutch damper (3). Remove clutch tubes (1) from clutch damper (3). Remove clutch damper (3) from bracket (4). BCIA0043E INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • Make sure that all tubes are fully installed into connectors. • Make sure that all connector lock pins are fully installed. • After installation, bleed the air from the clutch hydraulic system. Refer to CL-9, "Air Bleeding Procedure". Revision: January 2010 CL-14 2010 Sentra CLUTCH DISC, CLUTCH COVER AND FLYWHEEL < SERVICE INFORMATION > CLUTCH DISC, CLUTCH COVER AND FLYWHEEL A Exploded View INFOID:0000000005284070 B CL D E F G PCIB1394E 1. Flywheel 2. Clutch disc Removal and Installation 3. Clutch cover H INFOID:0000000005284071 CAUTION: • If transaxle assembly is removed from the vehicle, always replace CSC (Concentric slave cylinder). Return CSC insert to original position to remove transaxle assembly. Dust on clutch disc sliding parts may damage CSC seal and may cause clutch fluid leakage. • Be careful not to apply any grease to the clutch disc facing, pressure plate surface and flywheel surface. REMOVAL 1. 2. Remove transaxle assembly from the vehicle. Refer to MT-18, "Removal and Installation" (RS6F94R) or MT-68, "Removal and Installation" (RS6F52A), MT-145, "Removal and Installation" (RS6F52H). Loosen clutch cover bolts evenly. Then remove clutch cover and clutch disc. I J K L INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL Clutch Disc • Measure circumferential runout relative to clutch disc center spline. If it is outside the specification, replace clutch disc. Runout limit/diameter of the area to be measured M : Refer to CL-17, "Clutch Disc". N • Measure backlash to clutch disc spline and main drive gear spline at the circumference of clutch disc. If it is outside the specification, replace clutch disc. Maximum allowable spline backlash (at outer edge of disc) Revision: January 2010 : Refer to CL-17, "Clutch Disc". CL-15 O SCL221 2010 Sentra P CLUTCH DISC, CLUTCH COVER AND FLYWHEEL < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Measure the depth “A” to clutch disc facing rivet heads, using a calipers. If it exceeds the allowable wear limit, replace clutch disc. Facing wear limit (depth to the rivet head) “A” : Refer to CL-17, "Clutch Disc". JPDIB0026ZZ Clutch Cover • Check clutch cover thrust ring for wear or breakage. If wear or breakage is found, replace clutch cover. NOTE: • Worn thrust ring will generate a beating noise when tapped at the rivet with a hammer. • Broken thrust ring will make a clinking sound when cover is shaken up and down. • If a trace of burn or discoloration is found on the clutch cover pressure plate to clutch disc contact surface, repair the surface with sandpaper. If surface is damaged or distorted, replace clutch cover. INSTALLATION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Clean clutch disc and input shaft splines to remove grease and dust caused by abrasion. Apply recommended grease to clutch disc and input shaft splines. CAUTION: Be sure to apply grease to the points specified. Otherwise, noise, poor disengagement, or damage to the clutch may result. Excessive grease may cause slip or shudder. If it adheres to CSC seal, it will cause clutch fluid leakage. Wipe off excess grease. Install clutch disc, using a clutch aligner (A) [Commercial service tool]. Install clutch cover and then temporarily tighten clutch cover mounting bolts. Tighten clutch cover mounting bolts to the specified torque evenly in two steps in the numerical order as shown. Install transaxle assembly. Refer to MT-18, "Removal and Installation" (RS6F94R), MT-68, "Removal and Installation" (RS6F52A) or MT-145, "Removal and Installation" (RS6F52H). JPDIB0141ZZ INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION Clutch Cover Check diaphragm spring lever claws for unevenness with the lever still on the vehicle. If they exceed the tolerance, adjust lever height, using the diaphragm adjusting wrench (A) [SST: ST20050240 ( - )]. Tolerance for diaphragm spring lever unevenness : Refer to CL-17, "Clutch Cover". JPDIB0160ZZ Revision: January 2010 CL-16 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A Clutch Control System INFOID:0000000005284072 Type of clutch control B Hydraulic Clutch Pedal INFOID:0000000005284073 Clearance ″A″ between clutch pedal and ASCD switch threaded end while clutch pedal is fully released (if equipped). 0.74 - 1.96 mm (0.0291 - 0.0772 in) Clearance ″C″ between clutch pedal and clutch interlock switch threaded end while clutch pedal is fully depressed. 0.74 - 1.96 mm (0.0291 - 0.0772 in) Clutch Disc D INFOID:0000000005284074 Engine MR20DE QR25DE Model 225 240 Facing size (outer dia. × inner dia. × thickness) 225 mm × 160 mm × 3.2 mm (8.86 in × 6.30 in × 0.126 in) 240 mm x 160 mm x 3.2 mm (9.45 in x 6.30 in x 0.126 in) Runout limit/diameter of the area to be measured 1.0 mm (0.039 in) / 215 mm (8.46 in) dia. 0.7 mm (0.028 in) / 230 mm (9.06 in) dia. Maximum allowable spline backlash (at outer edge of disc) 1.0 mm (0.039 in) Facing wear limit (depth to the rivet head) (A) 0.3 mm (0.012 in) E F G H I Clutch Cover Engine CL INFOID:0000000005284075 MR20DE Tolerance for diaphragm spring lever unevenness J QR25DE 0.7 mm (0.028 in) or less K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 CL-17 2010 Sentra BRAKES SECTION BR BRAKE SYSTEM A B C D E CONTENTS SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 3 PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 3 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 3 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 3 Precaution for Brake System .................................... 4 On Board Inspection ................................................23 Removal and Installation .........................................23 VACUUM LINES ............................................... 25 Component ..............................................................25 Removal and Installation .........................................25 Inspection ................................................................25 FRONT DISC BRAKE ....................................... 27 NVH Troubleshooting Chart ...................................... 7 On Board Inspection ................................................27 Component ..............................................................27 Removal and Installation of Brake Pad ...................28 Removal and Installation of Brake Caliper Assembly ............................................................................30 Disassembly and Assembly of Brake Caliper Assembly .....................................................................32 Brake Burnishing .....................................................35 BRAKE PEDAL ................................................... 8 REAR DISC BRAKE ......................................... 36 Inspection and Adjustment ........................................ 8 Removal and Installation ........................................... 9 On Board Inspection ................................................36 Component ..............................................................36 Removal and Installation of Brake Pad ...................37 Removal and Installation of Caliper Assembly ........38 Disassembly and Assembly of Caliper Assembly....40 Brake Burnishing .....................................................43 PREPARATION ................................................... 5 Special Service Tool ................................................. 5 Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 5 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ............................. 7 BRAKE FLUID ....................................................11 On Board Inspection ............................................... 11 Drain and Refill ........................................................ 11 Bleeding Brake System ........................................... 12 BRAKE TUBE AND HOSE ................................13 Removal and Installation ......................................... 19 Inspection ................................................................ 19 H I J K L M Component ..............................................................44 Removal and Installation of Drum Brake Assembly ....44 Removal and Installation of Wheel Cylinder ............47 Disassembly and Assembly of Wheel Cylinder .......47 O SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ................................................................. 49 P BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER ............................21 On-Board Inspection ............................................... 21 Removal and Installation ......................................... 21 BRAKE BOOSTER ............................................23 Revision: January 2010 G REAR DRUM BRAKE ....................................... 44 Hydraulic Circuit ...................................................... 13 Front Brake Tube and Hose .................................... 15 Rear Brake Tube and Hose .................................... 16 Inspection After Installation ..................................... 18 DUAL PROPORTIONING VALVE .....................19 BR BR-1 General Specification ..............................................49 Brake Pedal .............................................................49 Check Valve ............................................................50 Brake Booster ..........................................................50 Dual Proportioning Valve .........................................50 Front Disc Brake ......................................................50 Rear Disc Brake ......................................................51 2010 Sentra N Rear Drum Brake .................................................... 51 Revision: January 2010 BR-2 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION A PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" B INFOID:0000000005282818 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front D air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: E • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. BR • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this G Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. H PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. I J Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect INFOID:0000000005944004 NOTE: • This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM). • Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the ″LOCK″ position. • Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results. For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder. For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and steering wheel rotation will become impossible. If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before starting the repair operation. K L M N O OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the steering lock will be released. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be rotated. Perform the necessary repair operation. Revision: January 2010 BR-3 2010 Sentra P PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.) 6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III. Precaution for Brake System INFOID:0000000005282819 • Refill using recommended brake fluid. Refer to MA-15. • Never reuse drained brake fluid. • Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted surface of body. If brake fluid is splashed on painted surfaces of body immediately wipe it off with cloth and then wash it away with water. • To clean or wash all parts of master cylinder, disc brake caliper and wheel cylinder, use new brake fluid. • Never use mineral oils such as gasoline or kerosene. They will ruin rubber parts of the hydraulic system. • Use a flare nut wrench when removing a brake tube and use a flare nut torque wrench when installing a brake tube. • When installing brake tubes and hoses, be sure to check torque. • Before working, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect connectors of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) or the battery cable from the negative terminal. • Burnish the new braking surfaces after refinishing or replacing drums or rotors, after replacing pads or linings, or if a soft pedal occurs at very low mileage. Refer to BR-35, "Brake Burnishing". SBR686C Revision: January 2010 BR-4 2010 Sentra PREPARATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION A Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000005282820 The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here. Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description — (J-46532) Brake and clutch pedal height measurement tool Measuring brake pedal height B C D E LFIA0227E 38-PFM90.5 ( — ) Pro-Cut PFM 90 On-Car Brake Lathe Turning rotors BR G ALFIA0092ZZ Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000005282821 Tool name Description 1 Flare nut crowfoot 2 Torque wrench Removing and installing each brake piping a: 10 mm (0.39 in)/12mm (0.47 in) H I J K S-NT360 Pin punch Tip diameter: 4 mm (0.16 in) dia. Removing and installing reservoir tank pin L M ZZA0515D N O P Revision: January 2010 BR-5 2010 Sentra PREPARATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > Tool name Description Brake fluid pressure gauge Measuring brake fluid pressure NT151 Power tool Removing nuts, bolts, and screws PIIB1407E Revision: January 2010 BR-6 2010 Sentra Symptom Revision: January 2010 × × × Shake × Shimmy, Shudder × × × BR-7 × × × × SUSPENSION TIRES ROAD WHEEL DRIVE SHAFT STEERING × WHEEL HUB Drum out of round Rotor thickness variation Rotor rust Rotor deflection Rotor deformation Rotor runout Rotor damage Rotor imbalance Shims damaged Noise Pads/Lining - uneven wear Possible cause and SUSPECTED PARTS PS-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart" FAX-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart" NVH Troubleshooting Chart WT-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart" WT-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart" FSU-6, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart", RSU-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart" FAX-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart", RAX-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart" BR-44 BR-32 — BR-32 BR-32 BR-32 BR-32 BR-32 — BR-27, BR-44 BR-27, BR-44 Reference page Pads/Lining damaged NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING < SERVICE INFORMATION > NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING INFOID:0000000005282822 A Use the chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts. × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × 2010 Sentra B C D E BR G H I ×: Applicable J K L M N O P BRAKE PEDAL < SERVICE INFORMATION > BRAKE PEDAL Inspection and Adjustment INFOID:0000000005282823 INSPECTION 1. Inspect the brake pedal height (H) and brake pedal full stroke (S) from the floor using Tool at a 90° angle to the floor. Tool number 2. : — (J-46532) Adjust the brake pedal height to specification. AWFIA0557ZZ Brake Pedal Specifications Brake pedal height (H) (from dash lower panel top surface) Brake pedal full stroke (S) [under a force of 490 N (50 kg-f, 110 lb-f) with engine running] CVT Refer to BR-49, "Brake Pedal". M/T Refer to BR-49, "Brake Pedal". CVT Refer to BR-49, "Brake Pedal". M/T Refer to BR-49, "Brake Pedal". Clearance between stopper bracket and threaded end of the stop lamp switch and ASCD cancel switch (C1 and C2) Refer to BR-49, "Brake Pedal". ADJUSTMENT Revision: January 2010 BR-8 2010 Sentra BRAKE PEDAL < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Loosen stop lamp switch and ASCD switch (if equipped) by rotating it counterclockwise by 45°. 2. Loosen lock nut on input rod, then rotate input rod to set pedal to the specified height, and tighten lock nut. CAUTION: Make sure that the threaded end of input rod stays inside clevis. Lock nut 3. 4. 5. A B C : Refer to BR-9, "Removal and Installation". With the pedal pulled and held by hand, press stop lamp switch or ASCD switch (if equipped) until its threaded end contacts brake pedal lever. With the threaded end of stop lamp switch or ASCD switch (if equipped) contacting brake pedal lever, rotate the switch clockwise by 45° to secure. CAUTION: Make sure that the clearance (C) is within the standard. Start engine to check brake pedal full stroke. CAUTION: Make sure that stop lamps go off when brake pedal is released. D E BR G SFIA3064E Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005282824 H COMPONENTS I J K L M AWFIA0551GB 1. Clevis pin 2. ASCD switch 3. Clip 4. Stop lamp switch 5. Brake pedal assembly 6. Brake pedal pad 7. Snap pin O NOTE: The clevis pin must be installed from the right side as shown above. P REMOVAL 1. 2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector. Remove stop lamp switch and ASCD switch (if equipped) from brake pedal assembly. Revision: January 2010 BR-9 N 2010 Sentra BRAKE PEDAL < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Remove snap pin and clevis pin from clevis of brake booster. SFIA2044E 4. 5. Remove nuts from brake pedal bracket, and remove brake pedal assembly. Remove accelerator pedal from brake pedal assembly. INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL • Check brake pedal for bend, damage, and cracks on the welded parts. • Replace brake pedal assembly if any non-standard condition is detected. • Check clevis pin and plastic stopper for damage and deformation. Replace clevis pin as necessary. SBR997 INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of the removal. • After installing brake pedal assembly, adjust brake pedal. Refer to BR-8, "Inspection and Adjustment". • After installing accelerator pedal, check accelerator pedal for proper operation. NOTE: The clevis pin must be installed from the right side. Revision: January 2010 BR-10 2010 Sentra BRAKE FLUID < SERVICE INFORMATION > BRAKE FLUID A On Board Inspection INFOID:0000000005282825 CHECKING BRAKE FLUID LEVEL B • Make sure the fluid level in the reservoir tank is between MAX and MIN lines (A) as shown. C D E ALFIA0169ZZ BR • Visually check around the reservoir tank for fluid leakage. • If fluid level is excessively low, check brake system for fluid leakage. G H I SBR389C • Release parking brake lever and see if brake warning lamp goes off. If not, check brake system for fluid leakage. Drain and Refill INFOID:0000000005282826 CAUTION: • Refill using recommended brake fluid. • Never reuse drained brake fluid. • Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is splashed on painted areas, immediately wipe them with cloth and wash it away with water. • Before working, disconnect connectors of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) or battery negative terminal if equipped. 1. Connect a vinyl tube to bleed valve. 2. Depress the brake pedal, loosen the bleed valve, and gradually remove the brake fluid. J K L M N O P WFIA0512E Revision: January 2010 BR-11 2010 Sentra BRAKE FLUID < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Clean inside of reservoir tank, and refill with new brake fluid. 4. Loosen bleed valve, depress brake pedal slowly to full stroke and then release it. Repeat the procedure every 2 or 3 seconds until the new brake fluid comes out, then close the bleed valve while depressing the brake pedal. Repeat the same procedure for each wheel. 5. Bleed air. Refer to BR-12, "Bleeding Brake System". WFIA0513E Bleeding Brake System INFOID:0000000005282827 CAUTION: • While bleeding, pay attention to master cylinder fluid level. • Before working, disconnect connectors of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) or the battery negative terminal if equipped. 1. Connect a vinyl tube to the rear right bleed valve. 2. Fully depress brake pedal 4 to 5 times. 3. With brake pedal depressed, loosen bleed valve to let the air out, and then tighten it immediately. 4. Repeat steps 2, 3 until no more air comes out. 5. Tighten bleed valve to specified torque. Refer to BR-27, "Component" (front disc brake), BR-44, "Component" (rear drum brake), BR-36, "Component" (rear disc brake). 6. Following the steps 1 to 5 above, with master cylinder reservoir tank filled at least half way, bleed air from the rear right, front left, rear left, and front right brake, in that order. Revision: January 2010 BR-12 2010 Sentra BRAKE TUBE AND HOSE < SERVICE INFORMATION > BRAKE TUBE AND HOSE A Hydraulic Circuit INFOID:0000000005282828 MR20DE without ABS B C D E BR G H I AWFIA0542ZZ J 1. Dual proportioning valve 2. Brake master cylinder 3. Brake booster A. Union bolt (front disc brake) 18 N·m (1.8 kg-m, 13 ft-lb) B. Rear tube connector (rear drum brake) 16.5 N·m (1.7 kg-m, 12 ft-lb) C. Flare nut 16.5 N·m (1.7 kg-m, 12 ft-lb) – Brake tube = Brake hose K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 BR-13 2010 Sentra BRAKE TUBE AND HOSE < SERVICE INFORMATION > MR20DE with ABS or VDC/TCS/ABS AWFIA0544ZZ 1. ABS actuator and electric unit 2. (control unit) 4. Connector C. Flare nut 16.5 N·m (1.7 kg-m, 12 ft-lb) Brake master cylinder 3. Brake booster A. Union bolt (front disc brake) 18 N·m (1.8 kg-m, 13 ft-lb) B. Rear tube connector (rear drum brake) 16.5 N·m (1.7 kg-m, 12 ft-lb) – Brake tube = Brake hose QR25DE with VDC/TCS/ABS AWFIA0543ZZ Revision: January 2010 BR-14 2010 Sentra BRAKE TUBE AND HOSE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. ABS actuator and electric unit 2. (control unit) 4. Connector C. Flare nut 16.5 N·m (1.7 kg-m, 12 ft-lb) Brake master cylinder 3. Brake booster A. Union bolt (front disc brake) 18 N·m (1.8 kg-m, 13 ft-lb) B. Union bolt (rear disc brake) 18.5 N·m (1.9 kg-m, 14 ft-lb) – Brake tube = Brake hose A B CAUTION: C • All tubes and hoses must be free from excessive bending, twisting and pulling. • Make sure there is no interference with other parts when turning steering both clockwise and counterclockwise. • Brake tubes and hoses are an important safety part. Always disassemble the parts and retighten D their fittings, if a brake fluid leak is detected. Replace applicable part with a new one, if damaged part is detected. • Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it way cause paint damage. If brake fluid is E splashed on painted surfaces of body, immediately wipe them with cloth and then wash it away with water. • Do not bend or twist brake hose sharply, or strongly pull it. • When removing components, cover brake line connections so that dirt, dust, or other foreign mat- BR ters do not get in. • Refill using new recommended brake fluid. • Never reuse drained brake fluid. G Front Brake Tube and Hose INFOID:0000000005282829 H REMOVAL CAUTION: • Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is splashed on painted areas, wash it away with water immediately. • Cover the open end of brake tubes and hoses when disconnecting to prevent entrance of dirt. 1. Drain brake fluid. Refer to BR-11, "Drain and Refill". 2. Remove brake tube from brake hose, using suitable tool. 3. Remove union bolt, and remove brake hose from caliper assembly. 4. Remove lock plate, and remove brake hose from vehicle. I J K L SFIA1118E M INSTALLATION CAUTION: • All brake hoses and tubes must be free from excessive bending, twisting and pulling. • Make sure that there is no interference with other parts when turning steering both clockwise and counterclockwise. • Brake tubes and hoses are an important safety part. Always disassemble the parts and retighten their fittings, if a brake fluid leak is detected. Replace applicable part with a new one, if damaged part is detected. • Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is splashed on painted areas, wash it away with water immediately. • Refill with new brake fluid “DOT 3”. • Never reuse drained brake fluid. 1. Assemble union bolt and copper washers to brake hose. Revision: January 2010 BR-15 2010 Sentra N O P BRAKE TUBE AND HOSE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Position the L-shape metal fitting of the brake hose to the brake caliper assembly positioning hole. 3. Tighten union bolt to the specified torque. Refer to BR-13, "Hydraulic Circuit". 4. Connect brake hose to brake tube on vehicle, and temporarily tighten flare nut by hand as much as possible. 5. Secure it with lock plate. 6. Tighten flare nut to the specified torque using suitable tool. Refer to BR-13, "Hydraulic Circuit". 7. Install brake hose to vehicle, and tighten nuts to the specified torque. 8. Bleed air from brake system. Refer to BR-12, "Bleeding Brake System". Rear Brake Tube and Hose SFIA1137E INFOID:0000000005282830 OVER AXLE REAR BRAKE HOSE Removal CAUTION: • Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is splashed on painted areas, wash it away with water immediately. • Cover the open end of brake tubes and hoses when disconnecting to prevent entrance of dirt. 1. Drain brake fluid. Refer to BR-11, "Drain and Refill". 2. Remove brake tube from brake hose, using a suitable tool. 3. Remove lock plate, and remove brake hose. SFIA1120E Installation CAUTION: • All brake hoses and tubes must be free from excessive bending, twisting and pulling. • Make sure that there is no interference with other parts when turning steering both clockwise and counterclockwise. • Brake tubes and hoses are an important safety part. Always disassemble the parts and retighten their fittings, if a brake fluid leak is detected. Replace applicable part with a new one, if damaged part is detected. • Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is splashed on painted areas, wash it away with water immediately. • Refill with new brake fluid “DOT 3”. • Never reuse drained brake fluid. 1. Connect brake hose to brake tube on vehicle, and temporarily tighten flare nut by hand as much as possible. 2. Secure it to bracket with lock plate. 3. Tighten flare nut to the specified torque using a suitable tool. Refer to BR-13, "Hydraulic Circuit". 4. Bleed air from brake system. Refer to BR-12, "Bleeding Brake System". REAR BRAKE HOSE - QR25DE Removal CAUTION: • Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is splashed on painted areas, wash it away with water immediately. • Cover the open end of brake tubes and hoses when disconnecting to prevent entrance of dirt. Revision: January 2010 BR-16 2010 Sentra BRAKE TUBE AND HOSE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Drain the brake fluid. Refer to BR-11, "Drain and Refill". 2. Disconnect the brake hose from brake tube, using a flare nut wrench and then remove the lock plate. A B C LFIA0238E 3. Remove the union bolt (A), and then remove brake hose from brake caliper assembly and discard the copper washers. CAUTION: Do not reuse the copper washers. D E BR G AWFIA0505ZZ 4. H Remove the brake hose. Installation CAUTION: • All brake hoses and tubes must be free from excessive bending, twisting and pulling. • Make sure that there is no interference with other parts when turning steering both clockwise and counterclockwise. • Brake tubes and hoses are an important safety part. Always disassemble the parts and retighten their fittings, if a brake fluid leak is detected. Replace applicable part with a new one, if damaged part is detected. • Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is splashed on painted areas, wash it away with water immediately. • Refill with new brake fluid “DOT 3”. • Never reuse drained brake fluid. 1. Assemble the union bolt and the new copper washers on the brake hose. CAUTION: Do not reuse the copper washers. 2. Attach L-shape metal fitting of the brake hose to brake caliper assembly positioning hole, and then tighten union bolt to the specified torque. I J K L M N O SFIA1137E P Revision: January 2010 BR-17 2010 Sentra BRAKE TUBE AND HOSE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Connect brake hose to brake tube, partially tighten flare nut by hand as much as possible, then secure it to the bracket with lock plate. 4. Using a flare nut torque wrench, tighten flare nut to the specified torque. 5. Refill brake fluid and bleed air. Refer to BR-12, "Bleeding Brake System". LFIA0238E Inspection After Installation INFOID:0000000005282831 CAUTION: • Always disassemble the parts and retighten their fittings, if a brake fluid leak is detected. Replace applicable part with a new one, if damaged part is detected. • If leak is detected at the connections, retighten it or replace the damaged part. 1. Check brake hose, tube, and connections for fluid leaks, damage, twist, deformation, contact with other parts, and loose connections. 2. While depressing pedal under a force of 785 N (80 kg-f, 177 lb-f) with the engine running for approximately 5 seconds, check for fluid leak from each part. Revision: January 2010 BR-18 2010 Sentra DUAL PROPORTIONING VALVE < SERVICE INFORMATION > DUAL PROPORTIONING VALVE A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005282832 B C D E BR G LFIA0257E 1. Dual proportioning valve bracket 2. Dual proportioning valve Front H Removal CAUTION: Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is splashed on paint areas, wash it away with water immediately. 1. Drain the brake fluid. Refer to BR-11, "Drain and Refill". 2. Disconnect brake lines from dual proportioning valve. • Mark brake lines for installation. 3. Remove dual proportioning valve bolt and dual proportioning valve. 4. Remove two bolts and bracket. I J K Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • When installing brake lines to the dual proportioning valve, tighten to specifications. Refer to BR-13, "Hydraulic Circuit". • Refill and bleed the brake system. Refer to BR-12, "Bleeding Brake System". CAUTION: • Carefully monitor brake fluid level at master cylinder. • Use the recommended new brake fluid. • Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is splashed on paint areas, wash it away with water immediately. Inspection M N INFOID:0000000005282833 CAUTION: • Carefully monitor brake fluid level at master cylinder. • Use the recommended new brake fluid. • Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is splashed on paint areas, wash it away with water immediately. Revision: January 2010 L BR-19 2010 Sentra O P DUAL PROPORTIONING VALVE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Connect commercially available brake fluid pressure gauge to air bleeders of front and rear brakes on either LH and RH side. SBR822BA 2. 3. Bleed air from the Tool. Check fluid pressure by depressing brake pedal. Refer to BR50, "Dual Proportioning Valve". • If output pressure is out of specification, replace dual proportioning valve. SBR823BA 4. Bleed air after disconnecting the Tool. Refer to BR-12, "Bleeding Brake System". Revision: January 2010 BR-20 2010 Sentra BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER < SERVICE INFORMATION > BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER A On-Board Inspection INFOID:0000000005282834 LEAK INSPECTION B Check for leaks in a master cylinder installation surface, the reservoir tank installation surface, and the brake tube connections. Repair or replace components as necessary. Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005282835 C D E BR G H I J AWFIA0545GB 1. Reservoir cap 2. Filter 3. Brake fluid level switch connector 4. Master cylinder and reservoir assembly 5. Hose to clutch master cylinder (if equipped) 6. O-ring L CAUTION: Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is splashed on painted areas, immediately wipe them with cloth and wash it away with water. REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Drain the brake fluid. Refer to BR-11, "Drain and Refill". Remove the battery. Refer to SC-7, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE Battery)", SC-8, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery)". Remove the air cleaner and air duct. Refer to EM-16, "Removal and Installation" (MR20DE), EM-133, "Removal and Installation" (QR25DE). Disconnect the brake fluid level switch harness connector. Disconnect the hose to clutch master cylinder (if equipped) from the brake fluid reservoir. Remove the brake tubes from master cylinder using a suitable tool. Remove the master cylinder and reservoir assembly nuts, and remove the master cylinder and reservoir assembly. INSTALLATION CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 BR-21 K 2010 Sentra M N O P BRAKE MASTER CYLINDER < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Refill using recommended brake fluid. • Never reuse drained brake fluid. • Check if the rod of primary piston has dust or scratches. 1. Install master cylinder and reservoir assembly to brake booster assembly, and tighten master cylinder and reservoir assembly nuts to the specified torque. CAUTION: • Do not damage or strain rod of primary piston. • Apply silicone grease for O-ring, primary piston rod and to inside of booster. SFIA2614E 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Install brake tubes to master cylinder, then tighten flare nuts to the specified torque using a suitable tool. Refer to BR-13, "Hydraulic Circuit". Connect the hose to clutch master cylinder (if equipped) from the brake fluid reservoir. Connect brake fluid level switch harness connector and clutch master cylinder hose (if equipped). Install the air cleaner and air duct. Refer to EM-16, "Removal and Installation" (MR20DE), EM-133, "Removal and Installation" (QR25DE). Install the battery. Refer to SC-7, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE Battery)", SC-8, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery)". Refill with new brake fluid and bleed air. Refer to BR-12, "Bleeding Brake System". Revision: January 2010 BR-22 2010 Sentra BRAKE BOOSTER < SERVICE INFORMATION > BRAKE BOOSTER A On Board Inspection INFOID:0000000005282836 OPERATING CHECK B • With the engine stopped, change the vacuum to the atmospheric pressure by depressing brake pedal several times at intervals of 5 seconds. • Then with brake pedal fully depressed, start engine and when the vacuum pressure reaches the standard, make sure that the clearance between brake pedal and floor panel decreases. C D E WFIA0520E AIRTIGHT CHECK BR • Run engine at idle for approximately 1 minute, and stop it after applying vacuum to booster. Depress brake pedal normally to change the vacuum to the atmospheric pressure. Make sure that distance between brake pedal and floor panel gradually increases. • Depress the brake pedal while engine is running, then stop engine with brake pedal depressed. The pedal stroke should not change after holding pedal down for 30 seconds. G H WFIA0521E Removal and Installation I INFOID:0000000005282837 J COMPONENTS K L M N O P ALFIA0170GB Revision: January 2010 BR-23 2010 Sentra BRAKE BOOSTER < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Reservoir tank 2. Master cylinder 3. Gasket 4. Clevis 5. Spacer 6. Brake booster 7. Lower dash assembly A. Up mark REMOVAL CAUTION: • Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas such as body. It may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is splashed on painted surfaces of body, wipe them with cloth immediately and then wash it away with water. • Be careful not to deform or bend brake tubes while removing and installing brake booster. • Replace clevis pin if it is damaged. • Be careful not to damage brake booster stud bolt threads. If brake booster is tilted or inclined during installation, dash panel may damage the threads. 1. Remove vacuum hose from brake booster. Refer to BR-25, "Removal and Installation". 2. Remove master cylinder assembly. Refer to BR-21, "Removal and Installation". 3. Remove LH instrument panel lower finisher. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". 4. Remove snap pin and clevis pin from the clevis of the input rod, and disconnect clevis from brake pedal. 5. Remove the three brake pedal nuts from lower dash assembly. 6. Remove the spacer nut from lower dash assembly. 7. Remove brake booster and spacer. 8. Remove brake booster nuts and remove spacer from brake booster. SFIA2044E INSTALLATION 1. Loosen lock nut to adjust input rod length so that the length (B) satisfies the specified value. Length (B) : Refer to BR-50, "Brake Booster". 2. Install spacer with new gasket to brake booster and tighten spacer nut (brake booster side) to the specified torque. 3. After adjusting length (B), temporarily tighten lock nut to install brake booster assembly to lower dash assembly. At this time, make sure to install a gasket between brake booster and lower dash assembly. SGIA0060E CAUTION: Be sure to install the gasket between brake booster and lower dash assembly. 4. Connect brake pedal to clevis of input rod with the clevis pin and snap pin. 5. Install the three brake pedal bracket nuts and tighten them to the specified torque. 6. Install the spacer nut and tighten to the specified torque. 7. Adjust the height of brake pedal. Refer to BR-8, "Inspection and Adjustment". 8. Tighten lock nut for the input rod to the specified torque. 9. Install LH instrument panel lower finisher. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation" 10. Install vacuum hose into brake booster. Refer to BR-25, "Removal and Installation". 11. Install master cylinder assembly. Refer to BR-21, "Removal and Installation". 12. Refill with new brake fluid and bleed air from brake system. Refer to BR-12, "Bleeding Brake System". Revision: January 2010 BR-24 2010 Sentra VACUUM LINES < SERVICE INFORMATION > VACUUM LINES A Component INFOID:0000000005282838 B C D E BR LFIA0256E 1. Clamp 2. Engine side indicator stamp (for built-in check valve) 3. Vacuum hose 4. Clip A. To intake manifold B. To brake booster Removal and Installation G H INFOID:0000000005282839 REMOVAL I 1. 2. 3. J Disconnect the vacuum hose from the brake booster. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the engine intake manifold. Remove the vacuum hose. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • Inspect the vacuum hose and internal one-way check valve before installation. Refer to BR-25, "Inspection". CAUTION: • Because the vacuum hose contains a one-way check valve, the hose must be installed in the correct position. Refer to the stamp on the hose to confirm the correct direction for installation. The brake booster will not operate normally if the hose is installed in the wrong direction. • Do not use lubricating oil during assembly. • Insert the vacuum hose at least 24 mm (0.94 in) onto the brake booster fitting as shown. K L M N O SBR225B Inspection INFOID:0000000005282840 VISUAL INSPECTION Check for improper installation, damage and aging. Reinstall or replace the vacuum hose with the internal check valve as necessary. CHECK VALVE INSPECTION Revision: January 2010 BR-25 2010 Sentra P VACUUM LINES < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Use a hand vacuum pump to inspect the vacuum hose and internal check valve. Replace the vacuum hose and internal check valve if not within specifications. When connected to booster side (1) Refer to BR-50, "Check Valve". When connected to engine side (2) Refer to BR-50, "Check Valve". SFIA0210E • Replace the vacuum hose with the internal check valve if the vacuum hose is damaged or deformed. Revision: January 2010 BR-26 2010 Sentra FRONT DISC BRAKE < SERVICE INFORMATION > FRONT DISC BRAKE A On Board Inspection INFOID:0000000005282841 PAD WEAR INSPECTION B Inspect pad thickness from check hole in cylinder body. Refer to BR50, "Front Disc Brake". C D E BRA0010D Component INFOID:0000000005282842 BR Front Disc Brakes - MR20DE (All Models) & QR25DE (SE-R) G H I J K L M AWFIA0628GB 1. Union bolt 2. Brake hose 3. Copper washer 4. Cap 5. Bleed valve 6. Sliding pin bolt 7. Cylinder body 8. Piston seal 9. Piston 10. Piston boot 11. Inner shim cover 12. Inner shim 13. Inner pad 14. Pad wear sensor 15. Pad retainer 16. Outer pad 17. Outer shim 18. Outer shim cover 19. Sliding pin 20. Sliding pin boot 21. 22. Torque member bolt 23. Torque member A. Molykote AS-880N grease B. Rubber grease D. Brake fluid E. SE-R only Revision: January 2010 BR-27 O P Bushing Front C. N Molykote M-7439 grease 2010 Sentra FRONT DISC BRAKE < SERVICE INFORMATION > Front Disc Brakes - QR25DE (SE-R SPEC -V) AWFIA0627GB 1. Union bolt 2. Brake hose 3. Copper washer 4. Cap 5. Bleed valve 6. Sliding pin bolt 7. Cylinder body 8. Piston seal 9. Piston 10. Piston boot 11. Inner shim cover 12. Inner shim Pad retainer 13. Inner pad 14. Pad wear sensor 15. 16. Outer pad 17. Outer shim 18. Outer shim cover 19. Sliding pin 20. Sliding pin boot 21. Bushing 22. Torque member bolt 23. Torque member A. Molykote AS-880N grease B. D. Brake fluid Rubber grease Front C. Molykote M-7439 grease CAUTION: Clean dust with a vacuum dust collector. Do not blow with compressed air. Removal and Installation of Brake Pad INFOID:0000000005282843 WARNING: Clean dust on caliper and brake pad with a vacuum dust collector to minimize the hazard of air borne particles or other materials. CAUTION: • While removing caliper, do not depress brake pedal because piston will pop out. • It is not necessary to remove bolts on torque member and brake hose except for disassembly or replacement of caliper assembly. In this case, hang caliper with a wire so as not to stretch brake hose. • Do not damage piston boot. • If any shim is subject to serious corrosion, replace it with a new one. • Always replace shim and shim cover as a set when replacing brake pads. • Keep rotor free from brake fluid. • Burnish the brake pads and disc rotor mutually contacting surfaces, after refinishing or replacing rotors, after replacing pads, or if a soft pedal occurs at very low mileage. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment". REMOVAL Revision: January 2010 BR-28 2010 Sentra FRONT DISC BRAKE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Drain a quarter of the brake fluid from the reservoir. 2. Remove front wheels and tires using power tools. 3. Remove lower sliding pin bolt. A B C D SBR976B 4. Swing cylinder body up and support cylinder body with a suitable wire as shown. Remove pads, shims and pad retainers from torque member. E BR G SBR932C CAUTION: When removing pad retainer from torque member, lift pad retainer in the direction shown by arrow, so as not to deform it. H I J K SBR556E L INSTALLATION 1. 2. Apply Molykote AS-880N grease or equivalent to the shims. Install shims to pads. CAUTION: Securely install shims according to mounting direction of pads. Apply Molykote M-7439 grease or equivalent to pad contact surfaces (A) on pad retainers. Install pad retainers and pads to the torque member. M N O P AWFIA0039ZZ CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 BR-29 2010 Sentra FRONT DISC BRAKE < SERVICE INFORMATION > • When installing pad retainer, attach it firmly so that it is not lifted up from torque member, as shown. PFIA0273E • If equipped, both inner and outer pads have a pad return system on the pad retainer. Install pad return lever securely to pad wear sensor. SBR557E 3. 4. 5. On SE-R models, apply Molykote AS-880N grease to inside of cylinder fingers. Install the cylinder body to torque member. • Press the piston into the cylinder body using a suitable tool. CAUTION: Check the brake fluid level in the reservoir tank because brake fluid returns to master cylinder reservoir tank when pressing piston in. Install lower sliding pin bolt, and tighten to the specified torque. Refer to BR-27, "Component". SBR976B 6. 7. Check front brakes for drag. Install front wheels and tires. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment". Removal and Installation of Brake Caliper Assembly INFOID:0000000005282844 WARNING: Clean dust on caliper and brake pad with a vacuum dust collector to minimize the hazard of air borne particles or other materials. CAUTION: • While removing caliper, do not depress brake pedal because piston will pop out. • It is not necessary to remove bolts on torque member and brake hose except for disassembly or replacement of caliper assembly. In this case, hang caliper with a wire so as not to stretch brake hose. • Do not damage piston boot. • If any shim is subject to serious corrosion, replace it with a new one. • Always replace shim and shim cover as a set when replacing brake pads. Revision: January 2010 BR-30 2010 Sentra FRONT DISC BRAKE < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Keep rotor free from brake fluid. • Burnish the brake pads and disc rotor mutually contacting surfaces, after refinishing or replacing rotors, after replacing pads, or if a soft pedal occurs at very low mileage. Refer to BR-35, "Brake Burnishing". A REMOVAL B 1. 2. 3. 4. C Drain a quarter of the brake fluid from the reservoir. Remove front wheels and tires using power tools. Secure disc rotor using wheel nuts. Remove union bolt (A), and then disconnect brake hose from cylinder body. Discard the copper washers. • Protusions (B) CAUTION: Do not reuse the copper washers. D E BR AWFIA0502ZZ 5. G Remove sliding pin bolts (A) and remove cylinder body from torque member. H I AWFIA0548ZZ 6. If necessary, apply matching marks then remove wheel nuts and remove disc rotor. CAUTION: Put matching marks on wheel hub assembly and disc rotor as shown, if it is necessary to remove disc rotor. J K L M SDIA2608E N INSTALLATION 1. If removed, install disc rotor and secure using wheel nuts. CAUTION: Follow matching marks on wheel hub assembly and disc rotor for installation as shown. O P SDIA2608E Revision: January 2010 BR-31 2010 Sentra FRONT DISC BRAKE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Install cylinder body on sliding pins, and tighten sliding pin bolts (A) to the specified torque. Refer to BR-27, "Component". CAUTION: Before installing cylinder body, wipe off all oil and grease on mounting surface of torque member. AWFIA0548ZZ 3. Install brake hose to cylinder body with new copper washers. Align the brake hose tab between the protusions (B) on the cylinder body as shown. Tighten the union bolt (A) to specification. Refer to BR-13, "Hydraulic Circuit". AWFIA0502ZZ CAUTION: Do not reuse copper washers. SFIA1137E 4. 5. 6. Check front disc brake for drag. Bleed the brake system. Refer to BR-12, "Bleeding Brake System". Install front wheels and tires. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment". Disassembly and Assembly of Brake Caliper Assembly INFOID:0000000005282845 WARNING: Clean dust on caliper and brake pad with a vacuum dust collector to minimize the hazard of air borne particles or other materials. CAUTION: • While removing caliper, do not depress brake pedal because piston will pop out. • It is not necessary to remove bolts on torque member and brake hose except for disassembly or replacement of caliper assembly. In this case, hang caliper with a wire so as not to stretch brake hose. • Do not damage piston boot. • If any shim is subject to serious corrosion, replace it with a new one. • Always replace shim and shim cover as a set when replacing brake pads. • Keep rotor free from brake fluid. • Burnish the brake pads and disc rotor mutually contacting surfaces, after refinishing or replacing rotors, after replacing pads, or if a soft pedal occurs at very low mileage. Refer to BR-35, "Brake Burnishing". NOTE: Revision: January 2010 BR-32 2010 Sentra FRONT DISC BRAKE < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not remove torque member, brake pads, shims and pad retainers, when disassembling or assembling cylinder body. A DISASSEMBLY 1. 2. Remove cylinder body from the torque member. Refer to BR-30, "Removal and Installation of Brake Caliper Assembly". Place a wooden block as shown, and blow air from union bolt hole to remove piston and piston boot. Discard the piston boot. WARNING: Do not place your finger in front of piston. B C D E WFIA0525E 3. BR Remove piston seal using a suitable tool. Discard the piston seal. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the inner wall of cylinder body. G H SFIA2277E I INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY Cylinder Body Check the inner wall of cylinder for corrosion, wear, and damage. Replace cylinder body as necessary. CAUTION: Clean cylinder body using new brake fluid. Never use mineral oils such as gasoline or kerosene. J K Torque Member Check for wear, cracks, and damage. Replace torque member as necessary. L Piston Check piston surface for corrosion, wear, and damage. Replace piston as necessary. CAUTION: The piston sliding surface is plated. Do not polish with sandpaper. M Sliding Pin, Sliding Pin Bolt, and Sliding Pin Boot Check sliding pins, sliding pin bolts and sliding pin boots for wear, damage, and cracks. Replace affected parts as necessary. N ASSEMBLY 1. Apply rubber grease to new piston seal and install into cylinder body. O P SFIA2278E Revision: January 2010 BR-33 2010 Sentra FRONT DISC BRAKE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Apply rubber grease to new piston boot and apply brake fluid to piston. Cover the piston end with piston boot, and install cylinder-side lip on piston boot properly into groove on cylinder body using a suitable tool. SFIA3074E 3. Press piston into cylinder body by hand to assemble piston-side lip on piston boot properly into a groove on piston. CAUTION: Press piston evenly and change pressing point to prevent inner wall of cylinder from being rubbed. SFIA2279E 4. Install the cylinder body on the torque member. Refer to BR-30, "Removal and Installation of Brake Caliper Assembly". DISC ROTOR INSPECTION Visual Inspection Check surfaces of disc rotor for uneven wear, cracks or serious damage. Replace as necessary. Runout Inspection 1. 2. Secure disc rotor to wheel hub at two or more positions using wheel nuts. Inspect runout using a dial gauge located at a point 10 mm (0.39 in) from the edge. CAUTION: Make sure that wheel bearing axial end play is within the specifications before measuring runout. Refer to FAX-6, "On-Vehicle Inspection and Service". Runout limit : Refer to BR-50, "Front Disc Brake". SBR019B 3. 4. If runout is outside the limit, find the minimum runout point by shifting the mounting positions of disc rotor and wheel hub by one hole. If runout is still out of specification, turn the disc rotor using Tool until runout is with the specified limit. Tool number : 38-PFM90.5 ( — ) Thickness Inspection Revision: January 2010 BR-34 2010 Sentra FRONT DISC BRAKE < SERVICE INFORMATION > Using a micrometer, check thickness of disc rotor. If thickness is outside the specification, replace disc rotor. Repair limit thickness A : Refer to BR-50, "Front Disc Brake". B C SBR020B D Brake Burnishing INFOID:0000000005282846 Burnish the new braking surfaces according to following procedure after refinishing or replacing disc rotors, E pads, or if a soft pedal occurs at very low mileage. CAUTION: • Be careful of vehicle speed because brake does not operate easily until pad and disc rotor are securely fitted. BR • Only perform this procedure under safe road and traffic conditions. Use extreme caution. 1. Drive vehicle on straight, flat road. 2. Depress brake pedal with the power to stop vehicle within 3 to 5 seconds until the vehicle stops. G 3. Drive without depressing brake pedal for a few minutes to cool brake. 4. Repeat steps 1 to 3 until pad and disc rotor are securely fitted. H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 BR-35 2010 Sentra REAR DISC BRAKE < SERVICE INFORMATION > REAR DISC BRAKE On Board Inspection INFOID:0000000005282847 PAD WEAR INSPECTION Inspect pad thickness from check hole in cylinder body. Refer to BR51, "Rear Disc Brake". BRA0010D Component INFOID:0000000005282848 AWFIA0629GB 1. Union bolt 2. Brake hose 3. Copper washer 4. Cap 5. Air bleeder 6. Sliding pin 7. Cylinder body 8. Piston seal 9. Piston 10. Piston boot 11. Retaining ring 12. Inner shim cover 13. Inner shim 14. Inner pad 15. Pad retainer 18. 16. Outer pad 17. Outer cover (multi-layer) 19. Torque member bolts 20. Torque member A. Molykote AS-880N grease B. Revision: January 2010 Brake fluid C. BR-36 Sliding pin boot Front Rubber grease 2010 Sentra REAR DISC BRAKE < SERVICE INFORMATION > CAUTION: • Clean dust with a vacuum dust collector. Do not blow with compressed air. • Make sure parking brake lever is released completely. Removal and Installation of Brake Pad A INFOID:0000000005282849 B WARNING: Clean dust on caliper and brake pad with a vacuum dust collector to minimize the hazard of air borne particles or other materials. C CAUTION: • While removing caliper, do not depress brake pedal because piston will pop out. • It is not necessary to remove bolts on torque member and brake hose except for disassembly or D replacement of caliper assembly. In this case, hang caliper with a wire so as not to stretch brake hose. • Do not damage piston boot. E • If any shim is subject to serious corrosion, replace it with a new one. • Always replace shim and shim cover as a set when replacing brake pads. • Keep rotor free from brake fluid. • Burnish the brake pads and disc rotor mutually contacting surfaces, after refinishing or replacing BR rotors, after replacing pads, or if a soft pedal occurs at very low mileage. Refer to BR-43, "Brake Burnishing". REMOVAL G 1. 2. 3. H Drain a quarter of the brake fluid from the reservoir. Remove rear wheels and tires using power tool. Remove lower sliding pin. I J SBR976B 4. Swing cylinder body up and support cylinder body with a suitable wire as shown. Remove pads, shim, covers and pad retainers from torque member. K L M N SBR932C O CAUTION: P Revision: January 2010 BR-37 2010 Sentra REAR DISC BRAKE < SERVICE INFORMATION > When removing pad retainer from torque member, lift pad retainer in the direction shown by arrow, so as not to deform it. SBR556E INSTALLATION 1. 2. 3. Apply Molykote AS-880N grease between the inner shim and inner shim cover. Apply Molykote AS-880N grease inside the outer cover. Attach the inner shim and inner shim cover to the inner pad, and the outer cover to the outer pad. Install the pad retainers and assembled pads on the torque member. CAUTION: • When installing pad retainer, attach it firmly so that it is not lifted up from torque member, as shown. PFIA0273E 4. 5. Install the cylinder body to the torque member. • Press the piston into the cylinder body using a suitable tool. CAUTION: Check the brake fluid level in the reservoir tank because brake fluid returns to master cylinder reservoir tank when pressing piston in. Install the lower sliding pin and tighten to the specified torque. Refer to BR-36, "Component". SBR976B 6. 7. Check rear brakes for drag. Install rear wheels and tires. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment". Removal and Installation of Caliper Assembly INFOID:0000000005282850 WARNING: Clean dust on caliper and brake pad with a vacuum dust collector to minimize the hazard of air borne particles or other materials. CAUTION: • While removing caliper, do not depress brake pedal because piston will pop out. Revision: January 2010 BR-38 2010 Sentra REAR DISC BRAKE < SERVICE INFORMATION > • It is not necessary to remove bolts on torque member and brake hose except for disassembly or replacement of caliper assembly. In this case, hang caliper with a wire so as not to stretch brake hose. • Do not damage piston boot. • If any shim is subject to serious corrosion, replace it with a new one. • Always replace shim and shim cover as a set when replacing brake pads. • Keep rotor free from brake fluid. • Burnish the brake pads and disc rotor mutually contacting surfaces, after refinishing or replacing rotors, after replacing pads, or if a soft pedal occurs at very low mileage. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment". REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. A B C D Drain a quarter of the brake fluid from the reservoir. Remove rear wheels and tires using power tool. Secure disc rotor using wheel nuts. Remove the union bolt to disconnect the rear brake hose. Discard the copper washers. CAUTION: Do not reuse the copper washers. Remove sliding pins (A) and remove cylinder body from torque member. E BR G H I AWFIA0550ZZ 6. If necessary, remove torque member and disc rotor. If the disc rotor cannot be removed, remove as follows: • Make sure parking brake lever is completely disengaged. • Hold down the disc rotor with the wheel nut and remove the adjuster hole plug. • Insert a flat-bladed screwdriver through the plug opening and rotate the star wheel on the adjuster assembly in the direction shown to loosen and retract the brake shoes. • Prior to removing disc rotor, make alignment mark using a marker between the hub and disc rotor. • Remove wheel nut and rotor. J K L M WFIA0018E N INSTALLATION 1. 2. If necessary, install disc rotor and torque member. • Align marks made during removal on the hub and disc rotor. Install cylinder body to the torque member and tighten sliding pins (A) to the specified torque. Refer to BR-36, "Component". CAUTION: Before installing cylinder body, wipe off oil and grease on mounting surfaces of cylinder body. O P AWFIA0550ZZ Revision: January 2010 BR-39 2010 Sentra REAR DISC BRAKE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. 4. 5. 6. Install brake hose with new copper washers to cylinder body and tighten union bolt to the specified torque. Refer to BR-36, "Component". CAUTION: • Do not reuse the copper washers. • Align brake hose protrusion to groove on cylinder body. Adjust the parking brake. Refer to PB-5, "On-Vehicle Service". Bleed the brake system. Refer to BR-12, "Bleeding Brake System". Install rear wheels and tires. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment". Disassembly and Assembly of Caliper Assembly INFOID:0000000005282851 WARNING: Clean dust on caliper and brake pad with a vacuum dust collector to minimize the hazard of air borne particles or other materials. CAUTION: • While removing caliper, do not depress brake pedal because piston will pop out. • It is not necessary to remove bolts on torque member and brake hose except for disassembly or replacement of caliper assembly. In this case, hang caliper with a wire so as not to stretch brake hose. • Do not damage piston boot. • If any shim is subject to serious corrosion, replace it with a new one. • Always replace shim and shim cover as a set when replacing brake pads. • Keep rotor free from brake fluid. • Burnish the brake pads and disc rotor mutually contacting surfaces, after refinishing or replacing rotors, after replacing pads, or if a soft pedal occurs at very low mileage. Refer to BR-43, "Brake Burnishing". NOTE: Do not remove torque member, brake pads, shims and pad retainers, when disassembling or assembling cylinder body. DISASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. Remove the cylinder body from the torque member. Refer to BR-38, "Removal and Installation of Caliper Assembly". Remove sliding pin boot from the torque member. Remove the retaining ring from the cylinder body using a suitable tool as shown. Discard the retaining ring. CAUTION: Do not reuse the retaining ring. SBR028A 4. Place a wooden block as shown, and blow air from union bolt hole to remove piston and piston boot. WARNING: Do not place your finger in front of piston. BRD0041D Revision: January 2010 BR-40 2010 Sentra REAR DISC BRAKE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. Remove piston seal from cylinder body using a suitable tool as shown. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage cylinder inner wall. A B C PFIA0269E D INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY Cylinder Body Check the inner wall of cylinder for corrosion, wear, and damage. Replace cylinder body as necessary. CAUTION: Clean cylinder body using new brake fluid. Never use mineral oils such as gasoline or kerosene. Torque Member Check for wear, cracks, and damage. Replace torque member as necessary. BR Piston Check piston surface for corrosion, wear, and damage. Replace piston as necessary. CAUTION: The piston sliding surface is plated. Do not polish with sandpaper. G Sliding Pin and Sliding Pin Boot Check sliding pins and sliding pin boots for wear, damage, and cracks. Replace affected parts as necessary. ASSEMBLY 1. E H I Apply a rubber grease to the new piston seal and install into the cylinder body. CAUTION: Do not reuse the piston seals. J K L SFIA0156E 2. Apply rubber grease to the new piston boot and install on the piston, then firmly insert the new piston boot cylinder-side lip into the cylinder body groove. CAUTION: Do not reuse the piston boot. M N O SFIA0157E Revision: January 2010 BR-41 2010 Sentra P REAR DISC BRAKE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Apply a brake fluid to the piston then insert it into the cylinder body by hand and firmly attach the new piston boot piston-side lip into the new piston boot. CAUTION: Press the piston evenly and vary the pressing point to prevent cylinder inner wall from being rubbed. PFIA0272E 4. Install the new retaining ring to hold the piston boot. CAUTION: • Make sure the boot is firmly in the cylinder body groove. • Do not reuse the retaining ring. SFIA0158E 5. 6. Attach the sliding pin boot to the torque member. Install the cylinder body on the torque member. Refer to BR-38, "Removal and Installation of Caliper Assembly". DISC ROTOR INSPECTION Visual Inspection Check surface of the disc rotor for uneven wear, cracks or serious damage. Replace as necessary. Runout Inspection 1. 2. Secure disc rotor to the wheel hub in two or more positions, using wheel nuts. Inspect runout using a dial gauge located at a point 10 mm (0.39 in) from the edge. CAUTION: Before measuring, make sure the axle end play is with specification. Refer to RAX-6, "On-Vehicle Inspection and Service". Runout limit : Refer to BR-51, "Rear Disc Brake". SBR019B 3. 4. If runout is outside the limit, find the minimum runout point by shifting mounting positions of the disc rotor and wheel hub by one hole. If runout is still out of specification, turn the disc rotor using Tool until runout is with the specified limit. Tool number : 38-PFM90.5 ( — ) Thickness Inspection Revision: January 2010 BR-42 2010 Sentra REAR DISC BRAKE < SERVICE INFORMATION > Using a micrometer, check thickness of the disc rotor. If thickness is not within specification, replace disc rotor. Repair limit thickness A : Refer to BR-51, "Rear Disc Brake". B C SBR020B D Brake Burnishing INFOID:0000000005282852 Burnish the new braking surfaces according to following procedure after refinishing or replacing disc rotors, E pads, or if a soft pedal occurs at very low mileage. CAUTION: • Be careful of vehicle speed because brake does not operate easily until pad and disc rotor are securely fitted. BR • Only perform this procedure under safe road and traffic conditions. Use extreme caution. 1. Drive vehicle on straight, flat road. 2. Depress brake pedal with the power to stop vehicle within 3 to 5 seconds until the vehicle stops. G 3. Drive without depressing brake pedal for a few minutes to cool brake. 4. Repeat steps 1 to 3 until pad and disc rotor are securely fitted. H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 BR-43 2010 Sentra REAR DRUM BRAKE < SERVICE INFORMATION > REAR DRUM BRAKE Component INFOID:0000000005282853 WFIA0536E 1. Back plate 4. Plug 5. Retainer ring 6. Operating lever 7. Adjuster lever 8. Spring 9. Retainer 10. Return spring (lower side) 2. Shoe hold pin 3. Plug 11. Return spring (upper side) 12. Adjuster spring 13. Adjuster 14. Brake shoe 15. Brake drum 16. Wheel cylinder 17. Spring 18. Piston cup 19. Piston 20. Boot 21. Bleed valve 22. Cap 23. Parking brake rear cable 1: NISSAN rubber lubricant (KRE12 00030) 2: NISSAN brake grease (KRF00 00005) : Brake fluid CAUTION: • Clean dust on drum and back plate with a vacuum dust collector. Do not blow with compressed air. • Make sure parking brake lever is released completely. Removal and Installation of Drum Brake Assembly INFOID:0000000005282854 WARNING: Clean dust with a vacuum dust collector to minimize the hazard of air borne particles or other materials. CAUTION: • While removing brake shoes, do not depress brake pedal because wheel cylinder pistons will pop out. • It is not necessary to disconnect brake tube except for disassembly or replacement of wheel cylinder assembly. • Keep drum free from brake fluid. REMOVAL Revision: January 2010 BR-44 2010 Sentra REAR DRUM BRAKE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Remove rear wheels and tires using power tools. 2. With the parking brake lever released, remove the brake drum. If it is difficult to remove the brake drum, use the following procedure. a. Remove the plug from the back plate. b. Press up adjuster lever with a suitable tool from the plug hole (at the side of wheel cylinder) on the back plate as shown. Turn the frame of the adjuster assembly using a suitable tool in the direction that narrows the expanded brake shoes. A B C D SFIA3080E 3. 4. 5. 6. While pushing and rotating the retainer, pull out the shoe hold pin, and remove the brake shoe assembly. CAUTION: Do not damage the wheel cylinder boot. Disconnect the parking brake rear cable from the operating lever. CAUTION: Do not bend the parking brake cable. Disassemble the brake shoe assembly (brake shoes, springs, adjuster and adjuster lever). Remove the retainer ring (A) with a suitable tool to separate the operating lever (C) from brake shoe. • Contact point (B) • Pin (D) E BR G H I J SFIA3075E K INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL L Lining Thickness Inspection Check lining thickness. Standard thickness (A) Repair limit thickness (A) : Refer to BR-51, "Rear Drum Brake". : Refer to BR-51, "Rear Drum Brake". M N O SBR021A Drum Inner Diameter Inspection Revision: January 2010 P BR-45 2010 Sentra REAR DRUM BRAKE < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check inner diameter of brake drum. Measurement area: lining contact surface (center) Standard inner diameter : Refer to BR-51, "Rear Drum Brake". Repair limit inner diameter : Refer to BR-51, "Rear Drum Brake". SBR022A Wheel Cylinder Leakage Inspection • Check wheel cylinder for brake fluid leakage. • Check for wear, damage, and looseness. If any non-standard condition is found, replace it. WFIA0528E Other Inspections Check the following: • Inside of the drum for excessive wear, damage, and cracks. • Lining for excessive wear, damage, and peeling. • Shoe sliding surface for excessive wear and damage. • Return spring for sagging. • Check back plate for damage, cracks, and deformation. Replace back plate as necessary. Replace applicable part as necessary. INSTALLATION 1. a. b. Install the operating lever (C) using the following procedure. Position operating lever (C) on brake shoe. Install retainer ring (A) on operating lever (C), and crimp them until their contact points (B) are met. • Pin (D) SFIA3075E 2. Apply NISSAN brake grease (KRF00 00005) to brake shoes sliding surfaces (the shaded areas) and other parts on the back plate as indicated by arrows. WFIA0529E Revision: January 2010 BR-46 2010 Sentra REAR DRUM BRAKE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Apply NISSAN brake grease (KRF00 00005) to screw and confirm the difference between right and left wheel for assembling when disassembled. Right rear wheel Left rear wheel Thread cutting direction Thread cutting direction A : Right-hand screw B : Left-hand screw C SFIA3076E D 4. 5. 6. Assemble the shoe, adjuster, adjuster lever and springs on the shoe assembly. Connect the parking brake rear cable to the operating lever. Install the shoe assembly. After installation be sure that each part is installed properly. CAUTION: Do not damage the wheel cylinder piston boot. 7. Install the brake drum. 8. Depress brake pedal approximately 2 to 3 times. 9. Adjust the clearance of brake shoe. 10. Install rear wheels and tires. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment". Removal and Installation of Wheel Cylinder E BR G INFOID:0000000005282855 WARNING: Clean dust with a vacuum dust collector to minimize the hazard of air borne particles or other materials. CAUTION: • While removing brake shoes, do not depress brake pedal because wheel cylinder pistons will pop out. • It is not necessary to disconnect brake tube except for disassembly or replacement of wheel cylinder assembly. • Keep drum free from brake fluid. REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. Remove the rear drum brake assembly. Refer to BR-44, "Removal and Installation of Drum Brake Assembly". Disconnect the brake tube from the wheel cylinder. Remove the wheel cylinder bolts, and then remove wheel cylinder from the back plate. INSTALLATION INFOID:0000000005282856 WARNING: Clean dust with a vacuum dust collector to minimize the hazard of air borne particles or other materials. CAUTION: • While removing brake shoes, do not depress brake pedal because wheel cylinder pistons will pop out. • It is not necessary to disconnect brake tube except for disassembly or replacement of wheel cylinder assembly. • Keep drum free from brake fluid. DISASSEMBLY 1. Remove the wheel cylinder. Refer to BR-47, "Removal and Installation of Wheel Cylinder". Revision: January 2010 BR-47 I J K L M Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • Tighten bolts to the specified torque. Refer to BR-44, "Component". • Bleed the brake system. Refer to BR-12, "Bleeding Brake System". Disassembly and Assembly of Wheel Cylinder H 2010 Sentra N O P REAR DRUM BRAKE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Remove the boots from the ends of the wheel cylinder and discard the boots. CAUTION: Do not reuse the boots. 3. Pull out the pistons from the wheel cylinder. 4. Remove piston cups from the piston and discard the piston cups. CAUTION: Do not reuse the piston cups. SFIA3077E 5. Remove the bleed valve and cap. INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY Check the pistons, spring, and inner wall of the cylinder for wear, corrosion, and damage. If malfunction is detected, replace it. ASSEMBLY CAUTION: Do not use NISSAN rubber grease (KRE00 00010, KRE00 00011) during assembly. 1. Install the bleed valve and cap, tighten to specification. Refer to BR-44, "Component". 2. Apply brake fluid to the piston sliding surface on the wheel cylinder. 3. Apply NISSAN rubber lubricant (KRE12 00030) to the piston cups and boots. Assemble the spring, piston cups, and piston inside the wheel cylinder as shown. CAUTION: When inserting the piston, be careful not to scratch the wheel cylinder wall. 4. Install the boots on the wheel cylinder securing them in the grooves as shown. SFIA3078E 5. Install the wheel cylinder. Refer to BR-47, "Removal and Installation of Wheel Cylinder". Revision: January 2010 BR-48 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A General Specification INFOID:0000000005282857 Unit: mm (in) MR20DE Applied model Front disc brake Brake model Cylinder bore diameter Pad thickness Rotor outer diameter × thickness Rear disc brake Rear drum brake Base, S, SR, SL SE-R SE-R SPEC-V CLZ25VB CLZ25VJ AD25V 57.2 (2.252) 57.2 (2.252) 57.15 (2.250) 11 (0.433) 11 (0.433) 11 (0.433) 280 × 24.0 (11.02 × 0.945) 296 × 26.0 (11.65 × 1.024) 320 × 28.0 (12.60 × 1.102) Brake model — AD9A/DS17 Cylinder bore diameter — 34.93 (1.375) Pad thickness — 8.5 (0.335) Rotor outer diameter × thickness — 292 × 9.0 (11.50 × 0.354) Brake model Cylinder bore diameter Lining Length × width × thickness Drum inner diameter Master cylinder Cylinder bore diameter Brake booster Booster model B QR25DE C D E BR LT23E — — 19.05 (0.750) — — 194.1 × 35 × 2.9 (7.642 × 1.378 × 0.114) — — 228.6 (9.000) — — G H 23.81 (0.937) C255 Diaphragm diameter I 255 (10.04) Recommended brake fluid DOT 3 J Brake Pedal INFOID:0000000005282858 Unit: mm (in) K L M N O P AWFIA0557ZZ Revision: January 2010 BR-49 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) < SERVICE INFORMATION > Brake pedal height (H) (from dash lower panel top surface) Brake pedal full stroke (S) [under a force of 490 N (50 kg-f, 110 lb-f) with engine running] CVT 164.0 - 174.0 (6.46 - 6.85) M/T 164.0 - 174.0 (6.46 - 6.85) CVT 135.1 (5.32) M/T 135.1 (5.32) Clearance between stopper bracket and threaded end of the stop lamp switch and ASCD cancel switch (C1 and C2) 0.74 - 1.96 (0.0291 - 0.0772) Check Valve INFOID:0000000005282859 SFIA0210E Vacuum leakage when connected to booster side (1) [at vacuum of – 66.7 kPa (– 500 mmHg, – 19.69 inHg] Within 1.3 kPa (10 mmHg, 0.39 inHg) of vacuum for 15 seconds Vacuum leakage when connected to engine side (2) No vacuum will be applied. Brake Booster INFOID:0000000005282860 SGIA0060E Input rod installation standard length (B) Vacuum leakage [at vacuum of – 66.7 kPa (– 500 mmHg, –19.69 inHg)] 163.2 - 164.2 mm (6.43 - 6.46 in) Within 1.3 kPa (10 mmHg, 0.39 inHg) of vacuum for 15 seconds Dual Proportioning Valve INFOID:0000000005282861 Unit: kPa (kg/cm2, psi) Applied pressure (Front brake) 7,355 (75, 1,067) Output pressure (Rear brake) 5,099 - 5,492 (52 - 56, 740 - 796) Front Disc Brake INFOID:0000000005282862 CLZ25VB Revision: January 2010 BR-50 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) < SERVICE INFORMATION > Unit: mm (in) Brake pad Disc rotor Standard thickness (new) 11 (0.433) Repair limit thickness 2.0 (0.079) Standard thickness (new) 24.0 (0.945) Repair limit thickness 22.0 (0.866) Runout limit A B 0.035 (0.0014) Maximum uneven wear (measured at 8 positions) C 0.02 mm (0.0008 in) or less CLZ25VJ Unit: mm (in) Brake pad Standard thickness (new) 11 (0.433) Repair limit thickness 2.0 (0.079) Standard thickness (new) 26.0 (1.024) Repair limit thickness Disc rotor D E 24.0 (0.945) Runout limit 0.035 (0.0014) Maximum uneven wear (measured at 8 positions) BR 0.02 mm (0.0008 in) or less G AD25V Unit: mm (in) Brake pad Disc rotor Standard thickness (new) 11 (0.433) Repair limit thickness 2.0 (0.079) Standard thickness (new) 28.0 (1.102) Repair limit thickness 26.0 (1.024) Runout limit H I 0.035 (0.0014) Maximum uneven wear (measured at 8 positions) 0.02 mm (0.0008 in) or less Rear Disc Brake J INFOID:0000000005282863 K DA9A/DS17 Unit: mm (in) Brake pad Disc rotor Standard thickness (new) 8.5 (0.335) Repair limit thickness 2.0 (0.079) Standard thickness (new) 9.0 (0.354) Repair limit thickness 8.0 (0.315) Runout limit L M 0.07 (0.0028) Maximum uneven wear (measured at 8 positions) 0.015 mm (0.0006 in) or less Rear Drum Brake N INFOID:0000000005282864 O LT23E Unit: mm (in) Brake lining Drum Revision: January 2010 Standard thickness (new) 2.9 (0.114) Repair limit thickness 1.5 (0.059) Standard inner diameter (new) 228.6 (9.000) Repair limit inner diameter 230.0 (9.055) BR-51 P 2010 Sentra BRAKES SECTION BRC BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM A B C D E CONTENTS ABS SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 3 PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 3 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 3 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 3 Precaution for Brake System .................................... 4 Precaution for Brake Control ..................................... 4 Precaution for CAN System ...................................... 4 PREPARATION ................................................... 6 Special Service Tool ................................................. 6 Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 6 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ..................................... 7 System Component ................................................... 7 ABS Function ............................................................ 7 EBD Function ............................................................ 7 Fail-Safe Function ..................................................... 7 Hydraulic Circuit Diagram ......................................... 8 CAN COMMUNICATION ..................................... 9 System Description ................................................... 9 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .....................................10 Wheel Sensor System .............................................25 ABS Control Unit Inspection ....................................26 Solenoid Valve System Inspection ..........................26 Actuator Motor, Motor Relay, and Circuit Inspection ...........................................................................27 ABS Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection ...................................................................28 CAN Communication System Inspection .................29 G H TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS ..... 30 ABS Works Frequently ............................................30 Unexpected Pedal Action ........................................30 Long Stopping Distance ..........................................31 ABS Does Not Work ................................................31 Pedal Vibration or ABS Operation Noise .................31 I J WHEEL SENSOR .............................................. 33 Removal and Installation .........................................33 K SENSOR ROTOR .............................................. 34 Removal and Installation .........................................34 L ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (ASSEMBLY) .................................................................. 35 Removal and Installation .........................................35 M VDC/TCS/ABS SERVICE INFORMATION ........................... 37 How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair ...................................................... 10 Component Parts and Harness Connector Location .......................................................................... 13 Schematic ............................................................... 14 Wiring Diagram - ABS - ........................................... 15 Basic Inspection ...................................................... 18 Warning Lamp and Indicator Timing ....................... 19 Control Unit Input/Output Signal Standard .............. 19 CONSULT-III Function (ABS) ................................. 20 PRECAUTIONS ................................................. 37 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS ..................................................25 Special Service Tool ................................................40 Commercial Service Tool ........................................40 Revision: January 2010 BRC Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" .................................................................37 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ...................................37 Precaution for Brake System ...................................38 Precaution for Brake Control ...................................38 Precaution for CAN System .....................................38 PREPARATION ................................................. 40 BRC-1 2010 Sentra N O P SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ................................... 41 System Component ................................................ 41 ABS Function .......................................................... 41 EBD Function ......................................................... 41 TCS Function .......................................................... 42 VDC Function ......................................................... 42 Wheel Sensors ....................................................... 42 Fail-Safe Function .................................................. 42 Hydraulic Circuit Diagram ....................................... 43 CAN COMMUNICATION ................................... 44 System Description ................................................. 44 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ..................................... 45 How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair ...................................................... 45 Component Parts and Harness Connector Location .......................................................................... 48 Schematic ............................................................... 49 Wiring Diagram - VDC - .......................................... 50 Basic Inspection ..................................................... 54 Warning Lamp and Indicator Timing ....................... 55 Control Unit Input/Output Signal Standard ............. 55 CONSULT-III Function (ABS) ................................. 58 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS .................................................. 65 Wheel Sensor System Inspection ........................... 65 Engine System Inspection ...................................... 66 ABS/TCS/VDC Control Unit Inspection .................. 66 Steering Angle Sensor System Inspection ............. 67 Yaw Rate/Side/Decel G Sensor System Inspection .......................................................................... 68 Solenoid and VDC Change-Over Valve System Inspection ............................................................... 70 Actuator Motor, Motor Relay, and Circuit Inspection .......................................................................... 71 Stop Lamp Switch System Inspection .................... 72 Revision: January 2010 ABS/TCS/VDC Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection ................................................. 73 Brake Fluid Level Switch System Inspection .......... 74 Pressure Sensor System Inspection ....................... 75 Transmission Range Switch System Inspection ..... 76 CAN Communication System Inspection ................ 77 Component Inspection ............................................ 77 TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS ..... 79 ABS Works Frequently ............................................ 79 Unexpected Pedal Action ........................................ 79 Long Stopping Distance .......................................... 80 ABS Does Not Work ............................................... 80 Pedal Vibration or ABS Operation Noise ................ 80 ABS Warning Lamp Does Not Come On When Ignition Switch Is Turned On ...................................... 81 ABS Warning Lamp Stays On When Ignition Switch Is Turned On ............................................... 81 Vehicle Jerks During TCS/VDC Activation .............. 82 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE .................................... 83 Adjustment of Steering Angle Sensor Neutral Position ........................................................................ 83 WHEEL SENSOR .............................................. 84 Removal and Installation ......................................... 84 SENSOR ROTOR .............................................. 85 Removal and Installation ......................................... 85 ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (ASSEMBLY) ................................................................... 86 Removal and Installation ......................................... 86 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ........................... 88 Removal and Installation ......................................... 88 G SENSOR ........................................................ 89 Removal and Installation ......................................... 89 BRC-2 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS [ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION A PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" B INFOID:0000000005641701 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front D air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: E • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. BRC • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this G Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. H PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. I J Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect INFOID:0000000005944002 NOTE: • This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM). • Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the ″LOCK″ position. • Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results. For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder. For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and steering wheel rotation will become impossible. If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before starting the repair operation. K L M N O OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the steering lock will be released. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be rotated. Perform the necessary repair operation. Revision: January 2010 BRC-3 2010 Sentra P PRECAUTIONS [ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.) 6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III. Precaution for Brake System INFOID:0000000005282940 CAUTION: • Refer to MA-15 for recommended brake fluid. • Never reuse drained brake fluid. • Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is splashed on painted areas, wash it away with water immediately. • To clean or wash all parts of master cylinder and disc brake caliper, use clean brake fluid. • Never use mineral oils such as gasoline or kerosene. They will ruin rubber parts of the hydraulic system. • Use flare nut wrench when removing and installing brake tube. • If a brake fluid leak is found, the part must be disassembled without fail. Then it has to be replaced with a new one if a defect exists. • Turn the ignition switch OFF and remove the connector of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) or the battery terminal before performing the work. • Always torque brake lines when installing. • Burnish the brake contact surfaces after refinishing or replacing rotors, after replacing pads, or if a soft pedal occurs at SBR686C very low mileage. Refer to BR-35, "Brake Burnishing" . WARNING: • Clean brake pads and shoes with a waste cloth, then wipe with a dust collector. Precaution for Brake Control INFOID:0000000005282941 • During ABS operation, the brake pedal may vibrate lightly and a mechanical noise may be heard. This is normal. • Just after starting the vehicle, the brake pedal may vibrate or motor operating noises may be heard from engine compartment. This is normal due to the self check operation. • Stopping distance may be longer than that of vehicles without ABS when vehicle drives on rough, gravel, or snow-covered (fresh, deep snow) roads. • When an error is indicated by ABS or another warning lamp, collect all necessary information from customer (what symptoms are present under what conditions) and check for simple causes before starting diagnosis. Besides electrical system inspection, check brake booster operation, brake fluid level, and fluid leaks. • If incorrect tire sizes or types are installed on the vehicle or brake pads are not Genuine NISSAN parts, stopping distance or steering stability may deteriorate. • If there is a radio, antenna or related wiring near the control module, ABS function may have a malfunction or error. • If aftermarket parts (car stereo, CD player, etc.) have been installed, check for incidents such as harness pinches, open circuits or improper wiring. Precaution for CAN System INFOID:0000000005282942 • Do not apply voltage of 7.0V or higher to terminal to be measured. • Maximum open terminal voltage of tester in use must be less than 7.0V. • Before checking harnesses, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect battery negative cable. Revision: January 2010 BRC-4 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Area to be repaired must be soldered and wrapped with tape. Make sure that fraying of twisted wire is within 110 mm (4.33 in). [ABS] A B C PKIA0306E D • Do not make a bypass connection to repaired area. (If the circuit is bypassed, characteristics of twisted wire will be lost.) E BRC G PKIA0307E H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 BRC-5 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000005282943 The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here. Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description KV991J0080 (J-45741) ABS active wheel sensor tester Checking operation of ABS active wheel sensors WFIA0101E Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000005282944 Tool name Description 1. Flare nut crowfoot 2. Torque wrench Removing and installing brake piping a: 10 mm (0.39 in)/12 mm (0.47 in) S-NT360 Power tool Removing nuts, bolts and screws PIIB1407E Revision: January 2010 BRC-6 2010 Sentra SYSTEM DESCRIPTION [ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A System Component INFOID:0000000005282945 B C D E BRC WFIA0563E G ABS Function INFOID:0000000005282946 • The Anti-Lock Brake System detects wheel revolution while braking and improves handling stability during sudden braking by electrically preventing wheel lockup. Maneuverability is also improved for avoiding obstacles during emergency braking. • If the electrical system malfunctions, the Fail-Safe function is activated, the ABS becomes inoperative and the ABS warning lamp turns on. • The electrical system can be diagnosed using CONSULT-III. • During ABS operation, the brake pedal may vibrate lightly and a mechanical noise may be heard. This is normal. • Just after starting the vehicle, the brake pedal may vibrate or motor operating noises may be heard from the engine compartment. This is normal due to the self check operation. • Stopping distance may be longer than that of vehicles without ABS when vehicle drives on rough, gravel, or snow-covered (fresh, deep snow) roads. EBD Function I J K INFOID:0000000005282947 • Electronic Brake Distribution is a function that detects subtle slippages between the front and rear wheels during braking, and it improves handling stability by electronically controlling the brake fluid pressure which results in reduced rear wheel slippage. • If the electrical system malfunctions, the Fail-Safe function is activated, the EBD and ABS become inoperative, and the ABS warning lamp and brake warning lamp are turned on. • The electrical system can be diagnosed using CONSULT-III. • During EBD operation, the brake pedal may vibrate lightly and a mechanical noise may be heard. This is normal. • Just after starting the vehicle, the brake pedal may vibrate or motor operating noises may be heard from the engine compartment. This is normal due to the self check operation. Fail-Safe Function L M N O INFOID:0000000005282948 CAUTION: If the Fail-Safe function is activated, perform the Self Diagnosis for ABS system. P ABS/EBD SYSTEM In case of an electrical malfunction with the ABS, the ABS warning lamp will turn on. In case of an electrical malfunction with the EBD system, the brake warning lamp and the ABS warning lamp will turn on. The system will revert to one of the following conditions of the Fail-Safe function. 1. For ABS malfunction, only the EBD is operative and the condition of the vehicle is the same condition of vehicles without ABS system. Revision: January 2010 H BRC-7 2010 Sentra SYSTEM DESCRIPTION [ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. For EBD malfunction, the EBD and ABS become inoperative, and the condition of the vehicle is the same as the condition of vehicles without ABS or EBD system. Hydraulic Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000005282949 SFIA3082E Revision: January 2010 BRC-8 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION [ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CAN COMMUNICATION A System Description INFOID:0000000005282950 Refer to LAN-7, "System Description". B C D E BRC G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 BRC-9 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair INFOID:0000000005282951 INTRODUCTION The ABS system has an electronic control unit to control major functions. The control unit accepts input signals from sensors and controls actuator operation. It is also important to check for air leaks in the booster or brake and vacuum lines, lack of brake fluid, or other malfunctions in the brake system. It is much more difficult to diagnose a malfunction that occurs intermittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent conditions are caused by poor electrical connections or damaged wiring. In this case, careful checking of suspicious circuits may help prevent the replacement of good parts. A visual check only may not find the cause of the malfunction, so a road test should be performed. Before undertaking actual checks, take just a few minutes to talk with a customer who approaches with an ABS complaint. The customer is a very good source of information, especially for intermittent conditions. Through the talks with the customer, find out what symptoms are present and under what conditions they occur. Start your diagnosis by looking for “conventional” malfunctions first. This is one of the best ways to troubleshoot brake malfunctions on an ABS equipped vehicle. Also check related Service Bulletins for information. SEF233G SEF234G Revision: January 2010 BRC-10 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > WORK FLOW A B C D E BRC G H I J K L M N O WFIA0558E CLARIFY CONCERN Revision: January 2010 BRC-11 2010 Sentra P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • A customer's description of a vehicle concern may vary depending on the individual. It is important to clarify the customer's concern. • Ask the customer about what symptoms are present under what conditions. Use this information to reproduce the symptom while driving. • It is also important to use the diagnosis sheet to understand what type of symptoms the customer is experiencing. SBR339B EXAMPLE OF DIAGNOSIS SHEET SFIA3264E Revision: January 2010 BRC-12 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Component Parts and Harness Connector Location INFOID:0000000005282952 A B C D E BRC G H I J K L WFIA0549E 1. 4. Front wheel sensor LH E61 RH E52 2. Rear wheel sensor LH B54 RH B55 3. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) E33 M N Combination meter M24 O P Revision: January 2010 BRC-13 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Schematic INFOID:0000000005282953 WFWA0450E Revision: January 2010 BRC-14 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - ABS - INFOID:0000000005282954 A B C D E BRC G H I J K L M N O WFWA0451E Revision: January 2010 BRC-15 2010 Sentra P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > WFWA0452E Revision: January 2010 BRC-16 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E BRC G H I J K L M N O WFWA0453E P Revision: January 2010 BRC-17 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > AAFWA0032GB Basic Inspection INFOID:0000000005282955 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL, FLUID LEAK, AND BRAKE PAD INSPECTION 1. 2. Check fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir. If fluid level is low, add fluid. Check the brake piping and around the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for leaks. If there is leaking or seeping fluid, check the following items. Revision: January 2010 BRC-18 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • If ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connection is loose, tighten the piping to the specified torque and recheck for leaks. • If there is damage to the connection flare nut or ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) threads, replace the damaged part and recheck for leaks. • When there is fluid leaking or seeping from a fluid connection, use a clean cloth to wipe off the fluid and recheck for leaks. If fluid is still seeping out, replace the damaged part. If the fluid is leaking at the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit), replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) assembly. CAUTION: The ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) cannot be disassembled and must be replaced as an assembly. 3. Check the brake pads for excessive wear. A B C D POWER SYSTEM TERMINAL LOOSENESS AND BATTERY INSPECTION Make sure the battery positive cable, negative cable and ground connection are not loose. In addition, make sure the battery is sufficiently charged. E ABS WARNING LAMP INSPECTION 1. 2. 3. Make sure ABS warning lamp turns on for approximately 2 seconds when the ignition switch is turned ON. BRC If it does not, check CAN communications. If there are no errors with the CAN communication system, replace the combination meter. Refer to DI-6. Make sure the lamp turns off approximately 2 seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON. If the lamp does not turn off, conduct self-diagnosis of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). If no malfunctions G are detected in self-diagnosis, replace combination meter. Refer to DI-6. After conducting the self-diagnosis, be sure to erase the error memory. Refer to BRC-20, "CONSULT-III H Function (ABS)". Warning Lamp and Indicator Timing INFOID:0000000005282956 I ABS warning lamp BRAKE warning lamp [Note 1] Remarks When the ignition switch is OFF – – – After the ignition switch is turned ON for approx. 1 second × × – After the ignition switch is turned ON for approx. 2 seconds – – ABS malfunction × – – EBD malfunction × × – Condition J K Lamp goes off approx. 2 seconds after the engine is started. L Note 1: Brake warning lamp will turn on when the parking brake is applied or when the brake fluid level is low. M x: ON –: OFF Control Unit Input/Output Signal Standard INFOID:0000000005282957 N REFERENCE VALUE FROM CONSULT-III CAUTION: The display shows the control unit calculation data, so a normal value might be displayed even in the event the output circuit (harness) is open or short circuited. O P Revision: January 2010 BRC-19 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Data monitor Monitor item Display content Vehicle stopped 0 [km/h (MPH)] Vehicle running (Note 1) Almost in accordance with speedometer display (within ±10%) Ignition switch ON 10 to 16V Stop lamp switch operation Brake pedal depressed ON Brake pedal not depressed OFF ABS warning lamp ON condition (Note 2) ABS warning lamp ON ON ABS warning lamp OFF OFF Ignition switch ON or running (ABS not activated) OFF Ignition switch ON or engine running (ABS activated) ON Vehicle stopped (Ignition switch ON) OFF Vehicle stopped (Engine running) ON Actuator (solenoid) is active (“ACTIVE TEST” with CONSULT-III) or actuator relay is inactive (in fail-safe mode). ON When actuator (solenoid) is not active and actuator relay is active (ignition switch ON). OFF ABS active EBD active ON ABS not active EBD not active OFF ABS fail EBD fail ON ABS normal EBD normal OFF FR RH SENSOR FR LH SENSOR RR RH SENSOR RR LH SENSOR Wheel speed BATTERY VOLT Battery voltage supplied to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) STOP LAMP SW ABS WARN LAMP MOTOR RELAY ACTUATOR RLY FR LH IN SOL FR LH OUT SOL FR RH IN SOL FR RH OUT SOL RR RH IN SOL RR RH OUT SOL RR LH IN SOL RR LH OUT SOL ABS SIGNAL EBD SIGNAL ABS FAIL SIG EBD FAIL SIG Operation status of motor and motor relay Actuator relay operation status Solenoid valve operation Signal status Fail signal status Note: Error inspection checklist Reference value in normal operation Condition BRC-25, "Wheel Sensor System" BRC-28, "ABS Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection" — BRC-18, "Basic Inspection" BRC-27, "Actuator Motor, Motor Relay, and Circuit Inspection" BRC-27, "Actuator Motor, Motor Relay, and Circuit Inspection" BRC-26, "Solenoid Valve System Inspection" ABS system EBD system ABS system EBD system Note 1: Confirm tire pressure is normal. Note 2: ON/OFF timing of ABS warning lamp ON: For approximately 2 seconds after ignition switch is turned ON, or when a malfunction is detected. OFF: Approximately 2 seconds after ignition switch is turned ON (when system is in normal operation). CONSULT-III Function (ABS) INFOID:0000000005282958 CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following. ABS diagnostic mode SELF-DIAG RESULTS DATA MONITOR Description Displays ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis results. Displays ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) input/output data in real time. CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read. ACTIVE TEST Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to them. Revision: January 2010 BRC-20 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ABS diagnostic mode Description FUNCTION TEST Conducted by CONSULT-III instead of a technician to determine whether each system is "OK" or "NG". ECU PART NUMBER A ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) part number can be read. B SELF-DIAGNOSIS Description If an error is detected in the system, the ABS warning lamp will turn on. In this case, perform self-diagnosis as follows: C Operation Procedure 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF. D Connect CONSULT-III to the data link connector. Turn ignition switch ON. E Start engine and drive at approximately 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approximately 1 minute. After stopping the vehicle, with the engine running, use CONSULT-III to perform ABS “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. BRC 6. The self-diagnostic results are displayed. • When “NO DTC IS DETECTED” is displayed, check the ABS warning lamp. 7. Conduct the appropriate inspection from the display item list, and repair or replace the malfunctioning G component. 8. Start engine and drive at approximately 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approximately 1 minute. CAUTION: • When a wheel sensor “short-circuit” is detected, if the vehicle is not driven at 30 km/h (19 MPH) H for at least 1 minute, the ABS warning lamp will not turn off even if the malfunction is repaired. 9. Turn ignition switch OFF to prepare for erasing the memory. 10. Start the engine and return to ABS “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”, select “ERASE” for the CONSULT-III to erase I the error memory. If “ABS” is not indicated, go to GI-37, "CONSULT-III Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit". CAUTION: J If the error memory is not erased, re-conduct the operation from step 5. 11. For the final inspection, drive at approximately 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approximately 1 minute and confirm that the ABS warning lamp is off. K Display Item List Self-diagnostic item Malfunction detecting condition RR RH SENSOR-1 [C1101] Circuit of rear RH wheel sensor is open, shorted or sensor power voltage is abnormal. RR LH SENSOR-1 [C1102] Circuit of rear LH wheel sensor is open, shorted or sensor power voltage is abnormal. FR RH SENSOR-1 [C1103] Circuit of front RH wheel sensor is open, shorted or sensor power voltage is abnormal. FR LH SENSOR-1 [C1104] Circuit of front LH wheel sensor is open, shorted or sensor power voltage is abnormal. RR RH SENSOR-2 [C1105] RR LH SENSOR-2 [C1106] FR RH SENSOR-2 [C1107] Check system M N BRC-25, "Wheel Sensor System" (Note 1) When the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) detects an abnormal wheel sensor signal that can be caused by the distance between the wheel sensor and sensor rotor being too large. Wheel sensor signal is abnormal. Revision: January 2010 BRC-21 O P FR LH SENSOR-2 [C1108] ABS SENSOR [ABNORMAL SIGNAL] [C1115] L 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Self-diagnostic item Malfunction detecting condition Check system BATTERY VOLTAGE [ABNORMAL] [C1109] ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power voltage is abnormal (high/low). BRC-28, "ABS Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection" CONTROLLER FAILURE [C1110] Internal malfunction of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). BRC-26, "ABS Control Unit Inspection" PUMP MOTOR [C1111] During actuator motor operation with ON, when actuator motor turns OFF or when control line for actuator motor relay is open. During actuator motor operation with OFF, when actuator motor turns ON or when control line for relay is shorted to ground. BRC-27, "Actuator Motor, Motor Relay, and Circuit Inspection" FR LH IN ABS SOL [C1120] Circuit of front LH IN ABS solenoid is open or shorted, or control line is open or shorted to power supply or ground. FR LH OUT ABS SOL [C1121] Circuit of front LH OUT ABS solenoid is open or shorted, or control line is open or shorted to power supply or ground. FR RH IN ABS SOL [C1122] Circuit of front RH IN ABS solenoid is open or shorted, or control line is open or shorted to power supply or ground. FR RH OUT ABS SOL [C1123] Circuit of front RH OUT ABS solenoid is open or shorted, or control line is open or shorted to power supply or ground. RR LH IN ABS SOL [C1124] Circuit of rear LH IN ABS solenoid is open or shorted, or control line is open or shorted to power supply or ground. RR LH OUT ABS SOL [C1125] Circuit of rear LH OUT ABS solenoid is open or shorted, or control line is open or shorted to power supply or ground. RR RH IN ABS SOL [C1126] Circuit of rear RH IN ABS solenoid is open or shorted, or control line is open or shorted to power supply or ground. RR RH OUT ABS SOL [C1127] Circuit of rear RH OUT ABS solenoid is open or shorted, or control line is open or shorted to power supply or ground. MAIN RELAY [C1114] ABS actuator relay or circuit malfunction. BRC-27, "Actuator Motor, Motor Relay, and Circuit Inspection" CAN COMM CIRCUIT [U1000] • CAN communication line is open or shorted. • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) internal malfunction • Battery voltage for ECM is suddenly interrupted for approximately 0.5 second or more. LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart" (Note 2) BRC-26, "Solenoid Valve System Inspection" Note 1: If wheel sensor 2 for each wheel is indicated, check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply voltage in addition to wheel sensor circuit check. Note 2: If multiple malfunctions are detected including CAN communication line [U1000], perform diagnosis for CAN communication line first. DATA MONITOR Display Item List Item (Unit) Data monitor item selection Remarks ECU INPUT SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS SELECTION FROM MENU FR RH SENSOR (km/h, MPH) × × × Wheel speed calculated by front RH wheel sensor signal is displayed. FR LH SENSOR (km/h, MPH) × × × Wheel speed calculated by front LH wheel sensor signal is displayed. RR RH SENSOR (km/h, MPH) × × × Wheel speed calculated by rear RH wheel sensor signal is displayed. RR LH SENSOR (km/h, MPH) × × × Wheel speed calculated by rear LH wheel sensor signal is displayed. BATTERY VOLT (V) × × × Voltage supplied to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is displayed. Revision: January 2010 BRC-22 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Data monitor item selection Item (Unit) Remarks A × Stop lamp switch (ON/OFF) status is displayed. B × × ABS warning lamp (ON/OFF) status is displayed. – × × Front LH IN ABS solenoid (ON/OFF) status is displayed. FR LH OUT SOL (ON/OFF) – × × Front LH OUT ABS solenoid (ON/ OFF) status is displayed. FR RH IN SOL (ON/OFF) – × × Front RH IN ABS solenoid (ON/ OFF) status is displayed. FR RH OUT SOL (ON/OFF) – × × Front RH OUT ABS solenoid (ON/ OFF) status is displayed. RR LH IN SOL (ON/OFF) – × × Rear LH IN ABS solenoid (ON/OFF) status is displayed. RR LH OUT SOL (ON/OFF) – × × Rear LH OUT ABS solenoid (ON/ OFF) status is displayed. RR RH IN SOL (ON/OFF) – × × Rear RH IN ABS solenoid (ON/OFF) status is displayed. RR RH OUT SOL (ON/OFF) – × × Rear RH OUT ABS solenoid (ON/ OFF) status is displayed. ECU INPUT SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS SELECTION FROM MENU STOP LAMP SW (ON/OFF) × × ABS WARN LAMP (ON/OFF) – FR LH IN SOL (ON/OFF) MOTOR RELAY (ON/OFF) – × × ABS motor relay signal (ON/OFF) status is displayed. ACTUATOR RLY (ON/OFF) – × × ABS actuator relay signal (ON/OFF) status is displayed. ABS FAIL SIG (ON/OFF) – – × ABS fail signal (ON/OFF) status is displayed. EBD FAIL SIG (ON/OFF) – – × EBD fail signal (ON/OFF) status is displayed. EBD SIGNAL (ON/OFF) – – × EBD operation (ON/OFF) status is displayed. ABS SIGNAL (ON/OFF) – – × ABS operation (ON/OFF) status is displayed. C D E BRC G H I J K L ×: Applicable –: Not applicable M ACTIVE TEST CAUTION: • Do not perform active test while driving. • Make sure to completely bleed air from the brake system. • The ABS and brake warning lamps turn on during the active test. N Solenoid Valve Operation Chart O TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGEMENT Brake fluid pressure control operation FR RH SOL FR LH SOL RR RH SOL RR LH SOL Ignition switch is turned ON. IN SOL OUT SOL UP (Increase): OFF OFF KEEP (Hold): ON OFF DOWN (Decrease): ON ON* * : ON for 1 to 2 seconds after operation starts, then OFF. NOTE: Revision: January 2010 BRC-23 2010 Sentra P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • If active test is performed with brake pedal depressed, pedal stroke may change. This is normal. • “TEST IS STOPPED” is displayed approximately 10 seconds after operation starts. • After “TEST IS STOPPED” is displayed, to perform test again, reselect item to be tested. ABS Motor Touch “ON” and “OFF” on the screen. Check that ABS motor relay operates as shown in table below. ON OFF ABS actuator relay Operation ON ON ABS motor relay ON OFF NOTE: • If active test is performed with brake pedal depressed, pedal stroke may change. This is normal. • “TEST IS STOPPED” is displayed approximately 10 seconds after operation starts. Revision: January 2010 BRC-24 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS [ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS Wheel Sensor System A INFOID:0000000005282959 INSPECTION PROCEDURE B 1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E33 and wheel sensor of malfunctioning code. Check the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness or damage. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace as necessary. 2.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR OUTPUT SIGNAL C D E 1. 2. Connect ABS active wheel sensor tester (J-45741) to wheel sensor using appropriate adapter. Turn on the ABS active wheel sensor tester power switch. NOTE: BRC The green POWER indicator should illuminate. If the POWER indicator does not illuminate, replace the battery in the ABS active wheel sensor tester before proceeding. 3. Spin the wheel of the vehicle by hand and observe the red SENSOR indicator on the ABS active wheel G sensor tester. The red SENSOR indicator should flash on and off to indicate an output signal. NOTE: If the red SENSOR indicator illuminates but does not flash, reverse the polarity of the tester leads and retest. H Does the ABS active wheel sensor tester detect a signal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Replace the wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-33, "Removal and Installation". I CHECK TIRES 3. Check for inflation pressure, wear and size of each tire. Refer to WT-28. Are tire pressure and size correct and is tire wear within specifications? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Adjust tire pressure or replace tire(s). J K 4.CHECK WHEEL BEARINGS Check wheel bearing axial end play. Refer to FAX-6, "On-Vehicle Inspection and Service" or RAX-6, "On-Vehicle Inspection and Service". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace as necessary. Refer to FAX-6, "Removal and Installation" (front) or RAX-6, "Removal and Installation" (rear). 5.CHECK WIRING HARNESS FOR SHORT CIRCUIT 1. 2. L M N Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector and wheel sensor connector of malfunction code No. Check continuity between wheel sensor harness connector terminals and ground. O Continuity should not exist. P OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair the circuit. 6.CHECK WIRING HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 BRC-25 WFIA0556E 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS [ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and wheel sensor harness connector. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor Connector Terminals 5 Front LH 16 10 Front RH E33 Rear LH 9 17 6 19 Rear RH 8 Wheel sensor Connector E61 E52 B54 B55 Continuity Terminals 2 1 2 1 2 Yes 1 2 1 OK or NG OK >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-35, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Repair the circuit. ABS Control Unit Inspection INFOID:0000000005282960 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1.SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT CHECK Check self-diagnosis results. Self-diagnosis results CONTROLLER FAILURE Is the above displayed in the self-diagnosis display items? YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-35, "Removal and Installation" NO >> Inspection End. Solenoid Valve System Inspection INFOID:0000000005282961 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1.SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT CHECK Check self-diagnosis results. Self-diagnosis results FR LH IN ABS SOL FR LH OUT ABS SOL FR RH IN ABS SOL FR RH OUT ABS SOL RR LH IN ABS SOL RR LH OUT ABS SOL RR RH IN ABS SOL RR RH OUT ABS SOL Is the above displayed in the self-diagnosis display items? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Inspection End. Revision: January 2010 BRC-26 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS [ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2.CONNECTOR INSPECTION A 1. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E33. 2. Check the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness or damage. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace as necessary. B 3. CHECKING SOLENOID POWER AND GROUND 1. C Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector E33 and body ground. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector E33 3 Body ground — D Measured value (Approx.) 12V E BRC WFIA0499E 2. G Check resistance between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector E33 and body ground. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector E33 4 Body ground — Measured value (Approx.) 0Ω OK or NG OK >> Perform self-diagnosis again. If the same results appear, replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-35, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Repair the circuit. Actuator Motor, Motor Relay, and Circuit Inspection H I WFIA0500E INFOID:0000000005282962 INSPECTION PROCEDURE J K L 1.CHECKING SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS Check self-diagnosis results. M Self-diagnosis results PUMP MOTOR N MAIN RELAY Is the above displayed in the self-diagnosis display items? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Inspection End. O 2.CONNECTOR INSPECTION P 1. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E33. 2. Check the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness or damage. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace as necessary. 3. CHECKING ABS MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY POWER SYSTEM Revision: January 2010 BRC-27 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS [ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector E33 and ground. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector E33 2 Body ground — Measured value (Approx.) 12V WFIA0501E 2. Check resistance between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E33 and ground. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector E33 1 Body ground — Measured value (Approx.) 0Ω OK or NG OK >> Perform self-diagnosis again. If the same results appear, replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-35, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Repair the circuit. WFIA0502E ABS Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection INFOID:0000000005282963 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1.SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT CHECK Check self-diagnosis results. Self-diagnosis results BATTERY VOLTAGE Is the above displayed in the self-diagnosis display items? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Inspection End. 2.CONNECTOR INSPECTION 1. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E33. 2. Check the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness or damage. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace as necessary. 3.ABS CONTROL UNIT POWER AND GROUND CIRCUIT INSPECTION Measure the voltage and continuity between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector E33 and ground. Signal name Power supply Revision: January 2010 ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector E33 2 3 Body ground Measured value — Battery voltage (Approx. 12V) BRC-28 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS [ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Ground 1 — 4 Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> Check the battery for loose terminals, low voltage, etc. Repair as necessary. NG >> Repair the circuit. CAN Communication System Inspection A B INFOID:0000000005282964 C INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1.CHECK CONNECTOR D 1. Turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector and check the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness, and so on. If there is a malfunction, repair or replace the terminal. E 2. Reconnect connector to perform self-diagnosis. Is "CAN COMM CIRCUIT" displayed in self-diagnosis display items? YES >> Print out the self-diagnostic results, and refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". BRC NO >> Connector terminal is loose, damaged, open, or shorted. G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 BRC-29 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS [ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS ABS Works Frequently INFOID:0000000005282965 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1.CHECK WARNING LAMP ACTIVATION Make sure warning lamp remains off while driving. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Carry out self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-20, "CONSULT-III Function (ABS)". 2.CHECK WHEEL SENSORS Check the following. • Wheel sensor mounting for looseness • Wheel sensors for physical damage • Wheel sensor connectors for terminal damage or loose connections • Sensor rotor and mount for physical damage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace as necessary. 3.CHECK WHEEL BEARINGS Check wheel bearing axial end play. Refer to FAX-6, "On-Vehicle Inspection and Service" or RAX-6, "On-Vehicle Inspection and Service". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair as necessary. 4.CHECK BRAKE FLUID PRESSURE Check brake fluid pressure distribution. Is brake fluid pressure distribution normal? YES >> Inspection End. NO >> Perform Basic Inspection. Refer to BRC-18, "Basic Inspection". Unexpected Pedal Action INFOID:0000000005282966 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1.CHECK WARNING LAMP ACTIVATION Make sure warning lamp remains off while driving. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Carry out self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-20, "CONSULT-III Function (ABS)". 2.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL STROKE Check brake pedal stroke. Is brake pedal stroke excessive? YES >> Perform Basic Inspection. Refer to BRC-18, "Basic Inspection". NO >> GO TO 3. SBR540A Revision: January 2010 BRC-30 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS [ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3.CHECK CONNECTOR AND BRAKING PERFORMANCE 1. 2. Disable ABS by disconnecting ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector. Drive vehicle and check brake operation. NOTE: • Stopping distance may be longer than vehicles without ABS when road condition is slippery. • Driving the vehicle with the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) disconnected may induce DTCs in electrical control units using CAN communication. After the inspection, clear all DTCs. Refer to LAN13, "CAN Diagnosis with CONSULT-III". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Perform Basic Inspection. Refer to BRC-18, "Basic Inspection". 4.CHECK WHEEL SENSORS A B C D Check the following. E • Wheel sensor mounting for looseness • Wheel sensors for physical damage • Wheel sensor connectors for terminal damage or loose connections BRC • Sensor rotor and mount for physical damage OK or NG OK >> Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness or damage. Reconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness G connector. Then retest. NG >> Repair or replace as necessary. H Long Stopping Distance INFOID:0000000005282967 INSPECTION PROCEDURE I 1.CHECK BASE BRAKING SYSTEM PERFORMANCE 1. 2. Disable ABS by disconnecting ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector. Drive vehicle and check brake operation. NOTE: • Stopping distance may be longer than vehicles without ABS when road condition is slippery. • Driving the vehicle with the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) disconnected may induce DTCs in electrical control units using CAN communication. After the inspection, clear all DTCs. Refer to LAN13, "CAN Diagnosis with CONSULT-III". OK or NG OK >> Go to BRC-30, "ABS Works Frequently". NG >> Perform Basic Inspection. Refer to BRC-18, "Basic Inspection". K ABS Does Not Work M INFOID:0000000005282968 CAUTION: The ABS does not operate when the vehicle speed is 10 km/h (6 MPH) or less. J L N INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1.CHECK WARNING LAMP ACTIVATION O Turn ignition switch ON and check for warning lamp activation. NOTE: Warning lamp should activate for approximately 2 seconds after turning the ignition switch ON. OK or NG OK >> Carry out self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-20, "CONSULT-III Function (ABS)". NG >> Go to BRC-18, "Basic Inspection". Pedal Vibration or ABS Operation Noise P INFOID:0000000005282969 NOTE: Revision: January 2010 BRC-31 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS [ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > During ABS activation, pedal vibration may be felt and a noise may be heard. This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction. INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1.CHECK SYMPTOM 1. Apply brake. 2. Start engine. Does the symptom occur only when engine is started? YES >> Carry out self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-20, "CONSULT-III Function (ABS)". NO >> GO TO 2. 2.RECHECK SYMPTOM Does the symptom occur only when electrical equipment switches (such as headlamps) are turned on? YES NO >> Check for radio, antenna or related wiring that is routed too close to the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and reroute as necessary. >> Go to BRC-30, "ABS Works Frequently". Revision: January 2010 BRC-32 2010 Sentra WHEEL SENSOR [ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > WHEEL SENSOR A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005282970 B C D E BRC G H I WFIA0559E A. Front B. Rear 1. Front wheel sensor connector (LH) 2. Front wheel sensor (LH) 3. Rear wheel sensor (LH) 4. Rear wheel sensor connector (LH) 5. Rear wheel sensor connector (RH) 6. Rear wheel sensor (RH) J Front K NOTE: The top portion of the figure (front side) shows view from LH side of vehicle. RH side is the mirror image. REMOVAL Pay attention to the following when removing wheel sensor. CAUTION: • As much as possible, avoid rotating wheel sensor when removing it. Pull wheel sensors out without pulling on sensor harness. • Take care to avoid damaging wheel sensor edges or rotor teeth. Remove wheel sensor first before removing front or rear wheel hub. This is to avoid damage to wheel sensor wiring and loss of sensor function. L M N INSTALLATION Pay attention to the following when installing wheel sensor. Tighten wheel sensor bolts to the specified torques. • When installing, make sure there is no foreign material such as iron chips on and in the mounting hole of the wheel sensor. Make sure no foreign material has been caught in the sensor rotor. Remove any foreign material and clean the mount. • When installing front wheel sensor, press rubber grommets of strut bracket and body all the way in until they get locked, and be careful not to apply a twist to harness. Harness should not be twisted after installation. (Install it with harness paint mark on body side grommet facing front of vehicle, and the strut side grommet facing outside of vehicle.) • When installing rear wheel sensor, press rubber grommets of suspension arm bracket and harness of side member all the way in until they get locked, and be careful not to apply a twist to harness. Harness should not be twisted after installation. (Aim the paint mark upward of vehicle.) Revision: January 2010 BRC-33 2010 Sentra O P SENSOR ROTOR [ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SENSOR ROTOR Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005282971 The front and rear sensor rotor are part of the wheel hub assembly and cannot be removed separately. To replace the sensor rotor it is necessary to replace the hub bearing assembly. Refer to FAX-6, "Removal and Installation" (FAX), RAX-6, "Removal and Installation" (RAX). Revision: January 2010 BRC-34 2010 Sentra ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (ASSEMBLY) [ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (ASSEMBLY) A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005282972 B C D E BRC G H I J LFIA0258E 1. K To front right brake 2. To rear left brake 3. To rear right brake 4. To front left brake 5. From master cylinder primary port 6. From master cylinder secondary port 7. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 8. Harness connector Front L CAUTION: • Before removing, disconnect battery negative terminal. • To remove brake tube, use flare nut wrench to prevent flare nuts and brake tube from being damaged. To install, use flare nut torque wrench, tighten flare nut to the specified torque. Refer to BR-13, "Hydraulic Circuit". • Do not apply excessive impact to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit), such as dropping it. • Do not remove and install ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) by holding harness. • After work is completed, bleed air from brake system. REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. N O Disconnect the battery negative terminal. Remove the insulator surrounding the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector and ground wire. Loosen brake tube flare nuts using suitable tool, then remove brake tubes from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Remove ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) bracket bolts. Remove ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Revision: January 2010 M BRC-35 2010 Sentra P ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (ASSEMBLY) [ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Bleed air from brake system. Refer to BR-12, "Bleeding Brake System". CAUTION: After installing harness connector in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit), make sure connector is securely locked. Revision: January 2010 BRC-36 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION A PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" B INFOID:0000000005641700 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front D air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: E • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. BRC • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this G Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. H PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. I J Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect INFOID:0000000005944003 NOTE: • This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM). • Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the ″LOCK″ position. • Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results. For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder. For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and steering wheel rotation will become impossible. If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before starting the repair operation. K L M N O OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the steering lock will be released. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be rotated. Perform the necessary repair operation. Revision: January 2010 BRC-37 2010 Sentra P PRECAUTIONS [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.) 6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III. Precaution for Brake System INFOID:0000000005641694 CAUTION: • Refer to MA-15 for recommended brake fluid. • Never reuse drained brake fluid. • Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is splashed on painted areas, wash it away with water immediately. • To clean or wash all parts of master cylinder and disc brake caliper, use clean brake fluid. • Never use mineral oils such as gasoline or kerosene. They will ruin rubber parts of the hydraulic system. • Use flare nut wrench when removing and installing brake tube. • If a brake fluid leak is found, the part must be disassembled without fail. Then it has to be replaced with a new one if a defect exists. • Turn the ignition switch OFF and remove the connector of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) or the battery terminal before performing the work. • Always torque brake lines when installing. • Burnish the brake contact surfaces after refinishing or replacing rotors, after replacing pads, or if a soft pedal occurs at SBR686C very low mileage. Refer to BR-35, "Brake Burnishing" . WARNING: • Clean brake pads and shoes with a waste cloth, then wipe with a dust collector. Precaution for Brake Control INFOID:0000000005641695 • During ABS operation, the brake pedal may vibrate lightly and a mechanical noise may be heard. This is normal. • Just after starting the vehicle, the brake pedal may vibrate or motor operating noises may be heard from engine compartment. This is normal due to the self check operation. • Stopping distance may be longer than that of vehicles without ABS when vehicle drives on rough, gravel, or snow-covered (fresh, deep snow) roads. • When an error is indicated by ABS or another warning lamp, collect all necessary information from customer (what symptoms are present under what conditions) and check for simple causes before starting diagnosis. Besides electrical system inspection, check brake booster operation, brake fluid level, and fluid leaks. • If incorrect tire sizes or types are installed on the vehicle or brake pads are not Genuine NISSAN parts, stopping distance or steering stability may deteriorate. • If there is a radio, antenna or related wiring near the control module, ABS function may have a malfunction or error. • If aftermarket parts (car stereo, CD player, etc.) have been installed, check for incidents such as harness pinches, open circuits or improper wiring. Precaution for CAN System INFOID:0000000005641696 • Do not apply voltage of 7.0V or higher to terminal to be measured. • Maximum open terminal voltage of tester in use must be less than 7.0V. • Before checking harnesses, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect battery negative cable. Revision: January 2010 BRC-38 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Area to be repaired must be soldered and wrapped with tape. Make sure that fraying of twisted wire is within 110 mm (4.33 in). [VDC/TCS/ABS] A B C PKIA0306E D • Do not make a bypass connection to repaired area. (If the circuit is bypassed, characteristics of twisted wire will be lost.) E BRC G PKIA0307E H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 BRC-39 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000005641691 The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here. Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description KV991J0080 (J-45741) ABS active wheel sensor tester Checking operation of ABS active wheel sensors WFIA0101E Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000005641692 Tool name Description 1. Flare nut crowfoot 2. Torque wrench Removing and installing brake piping a: 10 mm (0.39 in)/12 mm (0.47 in) S-NT360 Power tool Removing nuts, bolts and screws PIIB1407E Revision: January 2010 BRC-40 2010 Sentra SYSTEM DESCRIPTION [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A System Component INFOID:0000000005570713 B C D E BRC G H AWFIA0604GB ABS Function INFOID:0000000005570714 • The Anti-Lock Brake System detects wheel revolution while braking and improves handling stability during sudden braking by electrically preventing wheel lockup. Maneuverability is also improved for avoiding obstacles. • If the electrical system malfunctions, the Fail-Safe function is activated, the ABS becomes inoperative and the ABS warning lamp turns on. • The electrical system can be diagnosed using CONSULT-III. • During ABS operation, the brake pedal may vibrate lightly and a mechanical noise may be heard. This is normal. • Just after starting the vehicle, the brake pedal may vibrate or a motor operating noise may be heard from engine compartment. This is a normal status of operation check. • Stopping distance may be longer than that of vehicles without ABS when vehicle drives on rough, gravel, or snow-covered (fresh, deep snow) roads. EBD Function INFOID:0000000005570715 • Electronic Brake Distribution is a function that detects subtle slippages between the front and rear wheels during braking, and it improves handling stability by electronically controlling the brake fluid pressure which results in reduced rear wheel slippage. • If the electrical system malfunctions, the Fail-Safe function is activated, the EBD and ABS become inoperative, and the ABS warning lamp and BRAKE warning lamp are turned on. • The electrical system can be diagnosed using CONSULT-III. • During EBD operation, the brake pedal may vibrate lightly and a mechanical noise may be heard. This is normal. • Just after starting the vehicle, the brake pedal may vibrate or a motor operating noise may be heard from engine compartment. This is a normal status of operation check. • Stopping distance may be longer than that of vehicles without EBD when vehicle drives on rough, gravel, or snow-covered (fresh, deep snow) roads. Revision: January 2010 I BRC-41 2010 Sentra J K L M N O P SYSTEM DESCRIPTION [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TCS Function INFOID:0000000005570716 • Spinning of the drive wheels is detected by the ABS/TCS/VDC control unit using inputs from the wheel speed sensors. If wheel spin occurs, the drive wheel right and left brake fluid pressure control and engine fuel cut are conducted while the throttle value is restricted to reduce the engine torque and decrease the amount of wheel spin. In addition, the throttle opening is controlled to achieve the optimum engine torque. • Depending on road condition, the vehicle may have a sluggish feel. This is normal, because optimum traction has the highest priority during TCS operation. • TCS may be activated during sudden vehicle acceleration, wide open throttle acceleration, sudden transmission shifts or when the vehicle is driven on a road with a varying surface friction coefficient. • The SLIP indicator lamp flashes to inform the driver of TCS operation. VDC Function INFOID:0000000005570717 • In addition to the ABS/TCS function, the driver steering amount and brake operation amount are detected from the steering angle sensor, and the vehicle's driving status (amount of under steering/over steering) is determined using inputs from the yaw rate/side/decel G sensor, wheel speed sensors, etc. and this information is used to improve vehicle stability by controlling the braking and engine torque application to the wheels. • The SLIP indicator lamp flashes to inform the driver of VDC operation. • During VDC operation, the vehicle body and brake pedal may vibrate lightly and a mechanical noise may be heard. This is normal. • The ABS warning lamp, VDC OFF indicator lamp and SLIP indicator lamp may turn on when the vehicle is subject to strong shaking or large vibration, such as when the vehicle is on a turn table or a ship while the engine is running or steep slope. In this case, restart the engine on a normal road and if the ABS warning lamp, VDC OFF indicator lamp and SLIP indicator lamp turn off, there is no problem. Wheel Sensors INFOID:0000000005570718 The front sensor units consist of a gear-shaped sensor rotor and a sensor element. The element contains a magnet around which a coil is wound. The front wheel sensors are installed on the front of the wheel knuckles. As the wheel rotates, the sensor generates a square-wave signal. The frequency increases as the wheel speed increases. LBR333 The rear sensor units consist of wheel hubs with a series of internal magnets and a sensor element. The rear wheel sensors are installed on the inner side of the wheel knuckles. As the wheel rotates, the sensor generates a square-wave signal. The frequency increases as the wheel speed increases. WFIA0033E Fail-Safe Function INFOID:0000000005570719 ABS/EBD SYSTEM In case of an electrical malfunction with the ABS, the ABS warning lamp, VDC OFF indicator lamp and SLIP indicator lamp will turn on. In case of an electrical malfunction with the EBD system, the BRAKE warning lamp, ABS warning lamp, VDC OFF indicator lamp and SLIP indicator lamp will turn on. Revision: January 2010 BRC-42 2010 Sentra SYSTEM DESCRIPTION [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > The system will revert to one of the following conditions of the Fail-Safe function. 1. For ABS malfunction, only the EBD is operative and the condition of the vehicle is the same condition of vehicles without ABS/TCS/VDC system. 2. For EBD malfunction, the EBD and ABS become inoperative, and the condition of the vehicle is the same as the condition of vehicles without ABS/TCS/VDC or EBD system. A B VDC/TCS SYSTEM In case of TCS/VDC system malfunction, the VDC OFF indicator lamp and SLIP indicator lamp are turned on and the condition of the vehicle is the same as the condition of vehicles without TCS/VDC system. In case of an electrical malfunction with the TCS/VDC system, the ABS control continues to operate normally without TCS/VDC control. CAUTION: If the Fail-Safe function is activated, perform the Self Diagnosis for ABS/TCS/VDC system. Hydraulic Circuit Diagram C D INFOID:0000000005570720 E BRC G H I J K L M AWFIA0612GB N O P Revision: January 2010 BRC-43 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CAN COMMUNICATION System Description INFOID:0000000005570721 Refer to LAN-7, "System Description". Revision: January 2010 BRC-44 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair A INFOID:0000000005570722 INTRODUCTION B The ABS/TCS/VDC system has an electronic control unit to control major functions. The control unit accepts input signals from sensors and controls actuator operation. It is also important to check for conventional malfunctions such as air leaks in the booster or lines, lack of brake fluid, or other malfunctions with the brake system. It is much more difficult to diagnose a malfunction that occurs intermittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent malfunctions are caused by poor electrical connections or wiring. In this case, careful checking of suspicious circuits may help prevent the replacement of good parts. A visual check only may not find the cause of the malfunction, so a road test should be performed. Before undertaking actual checks, take just a few minutes to talk with a customer who approaches with an ABS/TCS/VDC complaint. The customer is a very good source of information, especially for intermittent malfunctions. Through the talks with the customer, find out what symptoms are present and under what conditions they occur. Start your diagnosis by looking for “conventional” malfunctions first. This is one of the best ways to troubleshoot brake malfunctions on an ABS/TCS/VDC equipped vehicle. Also check related Service Bulletins for information. C D E SEF233G BRC G H SEF234G I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 BRC-45 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > WORK FLOW ALFIA0011GB CLARIFY CONCERN Revision: January 2010 BRC-46 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > • A customer's description of a vehicle concern may vary depending on the individual. It is important to clarify the customer's concern. • Ask the customer about what symptoms are present under what conditions. Use this information to reproduce the symptom while driving. • It is also important to use the diagnosis sheet to understand what type of trouble the customer is having. [VDC/TCS/ABS] A B C SBR339B D EXAMPLE OF DIAGNOSIS SHEET E BRC G H I J K L WFIA0097E M N O P Revision: January 2010 BRC-47 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Component Parts and Harness Connector Location INFOID:0000000005570723 AWFIA0602GB 1. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) E33 Revision: January 2010 2. Combination meter M24 BRC-48 3. Stop lamp switch E60 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Front wheel sensor LH E61 Front wheel sensor RH E52 5. VDC OFF switch M64 7. Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor B70 8. Steering angle sensor M63 (steering wheel removed for clarity) Schematic 6. Rear wheel sensor LH B54 Rear wheel sensor RH B55 INFOID:0000000005570724 A B C D E BRC G H I J K L M N O P AAFWA0033GB Revision: January 2010 BRC-49 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - VDC - INFOID:0000000005570725 AAFWA0034GB Revision: January 2010 BRC-50 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E BRC G H I J K L M N O AAFWA0035GB P Revision: January 2010 BRC-51 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > AAFWA0036GB Revision: January 2010 BRC-52 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E BRC G H I J K L M N O AAFWA0037GB P Revision: January 2010 BRC-53 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > AAFWA0038GB Basic Inspection INFOID:0000000005570726 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL, FLUID LEAK, AND BRAKE PAD INSPECTION 1. 2. Check fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir. If fluid level is low, add fluid. Check the brake piping and around the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for leaks. If there is leaking or seeping fluid, check the following items. • If ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connection is loose, tighten the piping to the specified torque and recheck for leaks. Revision: January 2010 BRC-54 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • If there is damage to the connection flare nut or ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) screw, replace the damaged part and recheck for leaks. • When there is fluid leaking or seeping from a fluid connection, use a clean cloth to wipe off the fluid and recheck for leaks. If fluid is still seeping out, replace the damaged part. If the fluid is leaking at the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit), replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) assembly. CAUTION: The ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) cannot be disassembled and must be replaced as an assembly. 3. Check the brake pads for excessive wear. POWER SYSTEM TERMINAL LOOSENESS AND BATTERY INSPECTION Make sure the battery positive cable, negative cable and ground connection are not loose. In addition, make sure the battery is sufficiently charged. A B C D ABS WARNING LAMP, SLIP INDICATOR LAMP AND VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP INSPECTION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. E Make sure ABS warning lamp, SLIP indicator lamp and VDC OFF indicator lamp (when VDC OFF switch is off), turn on for approximately 2 seconds when the ignition switch is turned ON. If they do not, check the VDC OFF indicator lamp and then VDC OFF switch. Refer to BRC-77, "Component Inspection". Check BRC CAN communications. If there are no errors with VDC OFF switch and CAN communication system, check combination meter. Refer to DI-6. Make sure the lamps turn off approximately 2 seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON. If the lamp G does not turn off, conduct self-diagnosis. With the engine running, make sure VDC OFF indicator lamp turns on and off when VDC OFF switch is turned on and off. If the indicator lamp status does not correspond to switch operation, check the VDC H OFF switch system. Refer to BRC-77, "Component Inspection". Make sure ABS warning lamp, SLIP indicator lamp and VDC OFF indicator lamp turn off approximately 2 seconds after the engine is started. If ABS warning lamp, SLIP indicator lamp or VDC OFF indicator lamp have not turned off 10 seconds after the engine has been started, conduct self-diagnosis of the ABS actuI ator and electric unit (control unit). After conducting the self-diagnosis, be sure to erase the error memory. Refer to BRC-58, "CONSULT-III Function (ABS)". J Warning Lamp and Indicator Timing INFOID:0000000005570727 ×: ON –: OFF K ABS warning lamp VDC OFF indicator lamp SLIP indicator lamp Remarks When the ignition switch is OFF – – – – After the ignition switch is turned ON For approx. 2 seconds × × × – Ignition switch ON Approx. 2 seconds later – – – – When the VDC OFF switch turns ON (VDC function OFF). – × – – × × × – × – When the ABS/TCS/VDC control unit is malfunctioning (power supply or ground malfunction). O × – × × – P Condition ABS/TCS/VDC malfunction When the VDC is malfunctioning. Control Unit Input/Output Signal Standard L M N INFOID:0000000005570728 REFERENCE VALUE FROM CONSULT-III CAUTION: The display shows the control unit calculation data, so a normal value might be displayed even in the event the output circuit (harness) is open or short circuited. Revision: January 2010 BRC-55 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Data monitor Monitor item FR LH SENSOR FR RH SENSOR RR LH SENSOR RR RH SENSOR Display content Wheel speed FR RH IN SOL FR RH OUT SOL FR LH IN SOL FR LH OUT SOL RR RH IN SOL RR RH OUT SOL RR LH IN SOL RR LH OUT SOL Solenoid valve operation STOP LAMP SW Brake pedal operation MOTOR RELAY ACTUATOR RLY Operation status of motor and motor relay Actuator relay operation status ABS WARN LAMP ABS warning lamp ON condition (Note 2) OFF LAMP VDC OFF indicator lamp status (Note 2) OFF SW SLIP LAMP BATTERY VOLT GEAR Revision: January 2010 VDC OFF switch ON/OFF status SLIP indicator lamp status (Note 2) Battery voltage supplied to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Manual mode gear position determined by TCM Condition Reference value in normal operation Vehicle stopped 0 [km/h (mph)] Vehicle running (Note 1) Almost in accordance with speedometer display (within ±10%) Actuator (solenoid) is active (“ACTIVE TEST” with CONSULT-III) or actuator relay is inactive (in fail-safe mode). On When actuator (solenoid) is not active and actuator relay is active (ignition switch ON). Off Brake pedal depressed On Brake pedal released Off Ignition switch ON or engine running (ABS not operated) Off Ignition switch ON or engine running (ABS operated) On Vehicle stopped (Ignition switch ON) Off Vehicle stopped (Engine running) On ABS warning lamp ON On ABS warning lamp OFF Off When VDC OFF indicator lamp is ON On When VDC OFF indicator lamp is OFF Off VDC OFF switch ON (When VDC OFF indicator lamp is ON) On VDC OFF switch OFF (When VDC OFF indicator lamp is OFF) Off When SLIP indicator lamp is ON On When SLIP indicator lamp is OFF Off BRC-65, "Wheel Sensor System Inspection" BRC-70, "Solenoid and VDC Change-Over Valve System Inspection" BRC-72, "Stop Lamp Switch System Inspection" BRC-71, "Actuator Motor, Motor Relay, and Circuit Inspection" BRC-81, "ABS Warning Lamp Does Not Come On When Ignition Switch Is Turned On" BRC-77, "CAN Communication System Inspection" BRC-77, "Component Inspection" Ignition switch ON 10 to 16V Ignition switch ON 1 2 3 4 5 6 BRC-56 Note: Error inspection checklist BRC-77, "CAN Communication System Inspection" BRC-73, "ABS/TCS/VDC Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection" — 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Data monitor Monitor item Display content YAW RATE SEN Yaw rate detected by yaw rate/side G sensor ACCEL POS SIG Open/close condition of throttle valve (linked with accelerator pedal) SIDE G-SENSOR Transverse G detected by side G-sensor Condition Vehicle stopped Approx. 0 d/s Vehicle turning –75 to 75 d/s Accelerator pedal not depressed (ignition switch is ON) 0% Depress accelerator pedal (ignition switch is ON) 0 to 100% Vehicle stopped Approx. 0 m/s2 Vehicle turning right Vehicle turning left STR ANGLE SIG Steering angle detected by steering angle sensor PRESS SENSOR Brake fluid pressure detected by pressure sensor EBD SIGNAL EBD operation ABS SIGNAL ABS operation TCS SIGNAL TCS operation VDC SIGNAL VDC operation EBD FAIL SIG EBD fail-safe signal ABS FAIL SIG ABS fail-safe signal TCS FAIL SIG TCS fail-safe signal VDC FAIL SIG VDC fail-safe signal CRANKING SIG FLUID LEV SW PARK BRAKE SW Revision: January 2010 Crank operation Status of brake fluid level switch Status of parking brake switch Reference value in normal operation negative value (m/ s2) positive value (m/ A BRC-68, "Yaw Rate/Side/ Decel G Sensor System Inspection" B BRC-77, "CAN Communication System Inspection" C D BRC-68, "Yaw Rate/Side/ Decel G Sensor System Inspection" E s2) Straight-ahead Approx. 0° Steering wheel turned –720 to 720° With ignition switch ON and brake pedal released Approx. 0 bar With ignition switch ON and brake pedal depressed –40 to 300 bar EBD is active On EBD is inactive Off ABS is active On ABS is inactive Off TCS is active On TCS is inactive Off VDC is active On VDC is inactive Off In EBD fail safe mode On EBD is normal Off In ABS fail safe mode On ABS is normal Off In TCS fail safe mode On TCS is normal Off In VDC fail safe mode On VDC is normal Off Crank is active On Crank is inactive Off When brake fluid level switch ON On When brake fluid level switch OFF Off Parking brake switch is active On Parking brake switch is inactive Off BRC-57 Note: Error inspection checklist BRC-67, "Steering Angle Sensor System Inspection" BRC-75, "Pressure Sensor System Inspection" BRC G H — — — I J — K — — — — L M N — O BRC-74, "Brake Fluid Level Switch System Inspection" BRC-77, "Component Inspection" 2010 Sentra P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Data monitor Monitor item USV[FL-RR] USV[FR-RL] HSV[FL-RR] HSV[FR-RL] V/R OUPUT M/R OUTPUT ENGINE RPM Display content VDC switch-over valve status Solenoid valve relay activated Actuator motor and motor relay activated With engine running Note: Error inspection checklist Reference value in normal operation Condition When actuator (switch-over valve) is active (“ACTIVE TEST” with CONSULT-III) or actuator relay is inactive (when in fail-safe mode). On When actuator (switch-over valve) is not active and actuator relay is active (ignition switch ON). Off When solenoid valve relay is active (ignition switch OFF) On When solenoid valve relay is not active (in fail-safe mode) Off When actuator motor and motor relay are active (“ACTIVE TEST” with CONSULT-III) On When actuator motor and motor relay are inactive Off With engine stopped 0 rpm Engine running Almost in accordance with tachometer display BRC-70, "Solenoid and VDC Change-Over Valve System Inspection" BRC-71, "Actuator Motor, Motor Relay, and Circuit Inspection" BRC-66, "Engine System Inspection" Note 1: Confirm tire pressure is normal. Note 2: On and Off timing for warning lamp and indicator lamp. CONSULT-III Function (ABS) INFOID:0000000005570729 CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following. ABS diagnostic mode Description WORK SUPPORT Supports inspection and adjustments. Commands are transmitted to the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for setting the status suitable for required operation, input/output signals are received from the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and received data is displayed. SELF-DIAG RESULTS DATA MONITOR Displays ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis results. Displays ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) input/output data in real time. CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read. ACTIVE TEST Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to them. FUNCTION TEST ECU PART NUMBER Conducted by CONSULT-III instead of a technician to determine whether each system is "OK" or "NG". ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) part number can be read. SELF-DIAGNOSIS Description If an error is detected in the system, the ABS warning lamp will turn on. In this case, perform self-diagnosis as follows: Operation Procedure 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF. Connect CONSULT-III To the data link connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Start engine and drive at approximately 30 km/h (19 MPH) for approximately 1 minute. After stopping the vehicle, with the engine running, touch “ABS”, “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” in order on the CONSULT-III screen. Revision: January 2010 BRC-58 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 6. The self-diagnostic results are displayed. • When “NO DTC IS DETECTED” is displayed, check the ABS warning lamp, SLIP indicator lamp and VDC OFF indicator lamp. 7. Conduct the appropriate inspection from the display item list, and repair or replace the malfunctioning component. 8. Start engine and drive at approximately 30 km/h (19 MPH) for approximately 1 minute. CAUTION: • When a wheel sensor “short-circuit” is detected, if the vehicle is not driven at 30 km/h (19 MPH) for at least 1 minute, the ABS warning lamp will not turn off even if the malfunction is repaired. 9. Turn ignition switch OFF to prepare for erasing the memory. 10. Start the engine and touch “ABS”, “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”, “ERASE” in order on the CONSULT-III screen to erase the error memory. If “ABS” is not indicated, go to GI-37, "CONSULT-III Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit". CAUTION: If the error memory is not erased, re-conduct the operation from step 5. 11. For the final inspection, drive at approximately 30 km/h (19 MPH) for approximately 1 minute and confirm that the ABS warning lamp, SLIP indicator lamp, and VDC OFF indicator lamp are off. B C D E BRC Display Item List Self-diagnostic item A Malfunction detecting condition Check system G RR RH SENSOR 1 [C1101] Circuit of rear RH wheel sensor is open. RR LH SENSOR 1 [C1102] Circuit of rear LH wheel sensor is open. FR RH SENSOR 1 [C1103] Circuit of front RH wheel sensor is open. FR LH SENSOR 1 [C1104] Circuit of front LH wheel sensor is open. RR RH SENSOR 2 [C1105] Circuit of rear RH wheel sensor is shorted, or sensor power voltage is unusual. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) cannot identify sensor pulses, because of large gap between wheel sensor and sensor rotor. RR LH SENSOR 2 [C1106] Circuit of rear LH wheel sensor is shorted, or sensor power voltage is unusual. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) cannot identify sensor pulses, because of large gap between wheel sensor and sensor rotor. FR RH SENSOR 2 [C1107] Circuit of front RH wheel sensor is shorted, or sensor power voltage is unusual. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) cannot identify sensor pulses, because of large gap between wheel sensor and sensor rotor. M FR LH SENSOR 2 [C1108] Circuit of front LH wheel sensor is shorted, or sensor power voltage is unusual. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) cannot identify sensor pulses, because of large gap between wheel sensor and sensor rotor. N BATTERY VOLTAGE [ABNORMAL] [C1109] ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power voltage is too low. BRC-73, "ABS/TCS/VDC Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection" CONTROLLER FAILURE [C1110] Internal malfunction of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). BRC-66, "ABS/TCS/VDC Control Unit Inspection" PUMP MOTOR [C1111] Revision: January 2010 During actuator motor operation with ON, when actuator motor turns OFF or when control line for actuator motor relay is open. During actuator motor operation with OFF, when actuator motor turns ON or when control line for relay is shorted to ground. BRC-59 H I J BRC-65, "Wheel Sensor System Inspection" (Note 1) K L BRC-71, "Actuator Motor, Motor Relay, and Circuit Inspection" 2010 Sentra O P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Self-diagnostic item MAIN RELAY [C1114] Malfunction detecting condition During actuator relay OFF, when the actuator relay turns ON, or when the control line for the relay is shorted to ground. During actuator relay ON, when the actuator relay turns ON, or when the control line for the relay is open. Check system BRC-70, "Solenoid and VDC Change-Over Valve System Inspection" ABS SENSOR [ABNORMAL SIGNAL] [C1115] When wheel sensor input signal is malfunctioning. BRC-65, "Wheel Sensor System Inspection" (NOTE 1) STOP LAMP SW [C1116] Stop lamp switch or circuit malfunction. BRC-72, "Stop Lamp Switch System Inspection" FR LH IN ABS SOL [C1120] Circuit of front LH IN ABS solenoid is open or shorted, or control line is open or shorted to power supply or ground. FR LH OUT ABS SOL [C1121] Circuit of front LH OUT ABS solenoid is open or shorted, or control line is open or shorted to power supply or ground. FR RH IN ABS SOL [C1122] Circuit of front RH IN ABS solenoid is open or shorted, or control line is open or shorted to power supply or ground. FR RH OUT ABS SOL [C1123] Circuit of front RH OUT ABS solenoid is open or shorted, or control line is open or shorted to power supply or ground. RR LH IN ABS SOL [C1124] Circuit of rear LH IN ABS solenoid is open or shorted, or control line is open or shorted to power supply or ground. RR LH OUT ABS SOL [C1125] Circuit of rear LH OUT ABS solenoid is open or shorted, or control line is open or shorted to power supply or ground. RR RH IN ABS SOL [C1126] Circuit of rear RH IN ABS solenoid is open or shorted, or control line is open or shorted to power supply or ground. RR RH OUT ABS SOL [C1127] Circuit of rear RH OUT ABS solenoid is open or shorted, or control line is open or shorted to power supply or ground. ENGINE SIGNAL 1 [C1130] ECM judges the communication between ABS/TCS/VDC control unit and ECM is abnormal. ENGINE SIGNAL 2 [C1131] ECM judges the communication between ABS/TCS/VDC control unit and ECM is abnormal. ENGINE SIGNAL 3 [C1132] ECM judges the communication between ABS/TCS/VDC control unit and ECM is abnormal. ENGINE SIGNAL 4 [C1133] ECM judges the communication between ABS/TCS/VDC control unit and ECM is abnormal. ENGINE SIGNAL 6 [C1136] ECM judges the communication between ABS/TCS/VDC control unit and ECM is abnormal. PRESS SEN CIRCUIT [C1142] Pressure sensor signal line is open or shorted, or pressure sensor is malfunctioning. ST ANGLE SEN CIRCUIT [C1143] Neutral position of steering angle sensor is dislocated, or steering angle sensor is malfunctioning. ST ANGLE SEN SIGNAL [C1144] Neutral position correction of steering angle sensor is not finished. YAW RATE SENSOR [C1145] Yaw rate sensor has generated an error, or yaw rate sensor signal line is open or shorted. SIDE G-SEN CIRCUIT [C1146] Lateral G-sensor is malfunctioning, or signal line of lateral G-sensor is open or shorted. Revision: January 2010 BRC-60 BRC-70, "Solenoid and VDC Change-Over Valve System Inspection" BRC-66, "Engine System Inspection" BRC-75, "Pressure Sensor System Inspection" BRC-67, "Steering Angle Sensor System Inspection" BRC-68, "Yaw Rate/ Side/Decel G Sensor System Inspection" 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Self-diagnostic item Malfunction detecting condition Check system A USV LINE [FL-RR] [C1147] Front side VDC switch-over solenoid valve (cut valve) is open or shorted, or control line is open or shorted to power supply or ground. USV LINE [FR-RL] [C1148] Rear side VDC switch-over solenoid valve (cut valve) is open or shorted, or control line is open or shorted to power supply or ground. HSV LINE [FL-RR] [C1149] Front side VDC switch-over solenoid valve (suction valve) is open or shorted, or control line is open or shorted to power supply or ground. HSV LINE [FR-RL] [C1150] Rear side VDC switch-over solenoid valve (suction valve) is open or shorted, or control line is open or shorted to power supply or ground. EMERGENCY BRAKE [C1153] When ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is malfunctioning. (Pressure increase is too much or too little) BRC-66, "ABS/TCS/VDC Control Unit Inspection" E PNP POS SIG [C1154] Transmission range switch signal or communication line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and TCM is open or shorted. BRC-76, "Transmission Range Switch System Inspection" BRC BR FLUID LEVEL LOW [C1155] Brake fluid level drops or circuit between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and brake fluid level switch is open or shorted. BRC-74, "Brake Fluid Level Switch System Inspection" G ST ANG SEN COM CIR [C1156] CAN communication line or steering angle sensor has generated an error. BRC-77, "CAN Communication System Inspection" (Note 2) H VARIANT CODING [C1170] In case where VARIANT CODING is different. BRC-66, "ABS/TCS/VDC Control Unit Inspection" CAN COMM CIRCUIT [U1000] • CAN communication line is open or shorted. • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) internal malfunction • Battery voltage for ECM is suddenly interrupted for approximately 0.5 seconds or more. BRC-77, "CAN Communication System Inspection" (Note 2) B BRC-70, "Solenoid and VDC Change-Over Valve System Inspection" C D Note 1. If wheel sensor 2 for each wheel is indicated, check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) power supply voltage in addition to wheel sensor circuit check. Note 2. If multiple malfunctions are detected including CAN communication line [U1000], perform diagnosis for CAN communication line first. I J K DATA MONITOR L Display Item List Data monitor item selection Remarks M × Wheel speed (km/h, mph) calculated by front LH wheel sensor signal is displayed. N × × Wheel speed (km/h, mph) calculated by front RH wheel sensor signal is displayed. × × × Wheel speed (km/h, mph) calculated by rear LH wheel sensor signal is displayed. RR RH SENSOR (km/h, mph) × × × Wheel speed (km/h, mph) calculated by rear RH wheel sensor signal is displayed. FR RH IN SOL (On/Off) — × × Front RH IN ABS solenoid (On/Off) status is displayed. FR RH OUT SOL (On/Off) — × × Front RH OUT ABS solenoid (On/Off) status is displayed. FR LH IN SOL (On/Off) — × × Front LH IN ABS solenoid (On/Off) status is displayed. Item (Unit) ECU INPUT SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS SELECTION FROM MENU FR LH SENSOR (km/h, mph) × × FR RH SENSOR (km/h, mph) × RR LH SENSOR (km/h, mph) Revision: January 2010 BRC-61 2010 Sentra O P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > FR LH OUT SOL (On/Off) — × × Front LH OUT ABS solenoid (On/Off) status is displayed. RR RH IN SOL (On/Off) — × × Rear RH IN ABS solenoid (On/Off) status is displayed. RR RH OUT SOL (On/Off) — × × Rear RH OUT ABS solenoid (On/Off) status is displayed. RR LH IN SOL (On/Off) — × × Rear LH IN ABS solenoid (On/Off) status is displayed. RR LH OUT SOL (On/Off) — × × Rear LH OUT ABS solenoid (On/Off) status is displayed. STOP LAMP SW (On/Off) × × × Stop lamp switch (On/Off) status is displayed. MOTOR RELAY (On/Off) — × × ABS motor relay signal (On/Off) status is displayed. ACTUATOR RLY (On/Off) — × × ABS actuator relay signal (On/Off) status is displayed. ABS WARN LAMP (On/Off) — × × ABS warning lamp (On/Off) status is displayed. OFF LAMP (On/Off) — × × VDC OFF lamp (On/Off) status is displayed. OFF SW (On/Off) × × × VDC OFF switch (On/Off) status is displayed. SLIP LAMP (On/Off) — × × SLIP indicator lamp (On/Off) status is displayed. BATTERY VOLT (V) × × × Voltage (V) supplied to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is displayed. GEAR (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6) × × × Gear position (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6) while in manual mode determined by TCM is displayed. YAW RATE SEN (d/s) × × × Yaw rate (d/s) detected by yaw rate sensor is displayed. ACCEL POS SIG (%) × — × Throttle valve open/close (%) status judged by CAN communication signal is displayed. × — × Lateral acceleration (m/s2) detected by side G sensor is displayed. STR ANGLE SIG (deg) × — × Steering angle (deg) detected by steering angle sensor is displayed. PRESS SENSOR (bar) × — × Brake fluid pressure detected by pressure sensor is displayed. EBD SIGNAL (On/Off) — — × EBD operation (On/Off) status is displayed. ABS SIGNAL (On/Off) — — × ABS operation (On/Off) status is displayed. TCS SIGNAL (On/Off) — — × TCS operation (On/Off) status is displayed. VDC SIGNAL (On/Off) — — × VDC operation (On/Off) status is displayed. EBD FAIL SIG (On/Off) — — × EBD fail signal (On/Off) status is displayed. ABS FAIL SIG (On/Off) — — × ABS fail signal (On/Off) status is displayed. TCS FAIL SIG (On/Off) — — × TCS fail signal (On/Off) status is displayed. VDC FAIL SIG (On/Off) — — × VDC fail signal (On/Off) status is displayed. SIDE G-SENSOR (m/s2) Revision: January 2010 BRC-62 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CRANKING SIG (On/Off) — — × Cranking condition (On/Off) status is displayed. FLUID LEV SW (On/Off) × — × Brake fluid level switch (On/Off) status is displayed. PARK BRAKE SW (On/Off) × — × Parking brake switch (On/Off) status is displayed. USV[FL-RR] (On/Off) — — × Primary side USV solenoid valve (On/Off) status is displayed. USV[FR-RL] (On/Off) — — × Secondary side USV solenoid valve (On/Off) status is displayed. HSV[FL-RR] (On/Off) — — × Primary side HSV solenoid valve (On/Off) status is displayed. HSV[FR-RL] (On/Off) — — × Secondary side HSV solenoid valve (On/Off) status is displayed. V/R OUTPUT (On/Off) — — × Valve relay operation signal (On/Off) status is displayed. M/R OUTPUT (On/Off) — — × Motor relay operation signal (On/Off) status is displayed. ENGINE RPM (rpm) × — × Engine speed judged by CAN communication signal is displayed. A B C D E BRC G ×: Applicable –: Not applicable H ACTIVE TEST CAUTION: • Do not perform active test while driving vehicle. • Make sure to completely bleed air from brake system. • The active test cannot be performed with the ABS warning lamp, VDC indicator lamp, SLIP indicator lamp or brake warning lamp on. • ABS warning lamp, VDC OFF indicator lamp, SLIP indicator lamp and brake warning lamp are on during active test. NOTE: • When active test is performed while depressing the pedal, the pedal depression amount will change. This is normal. (Only solenoid valve and ABS motor) • “TEST IS STOPPED” is displayed 10 seconds after operation start. • After “TEST IS STOPPED” is displayed, to perform test again, touch BACK. I J K L Test Item SOLENOID VALVE • When performing an active test of the ABS function, select “MAIN SIGNALS” for each test item. • For ABS solenoid valve, touch “Up”, “Keep”, and “Down” on the display screen. For ABS solenoid valve (ACT), touch “Up”, “ACT UP”, “ACT KEEP” and confirm that solenoid valves operate as shown in the table below. M N ABS solenoid valve Operation FR RH SOL FR LH SOL Revision: January 2010 ABS solenoid valve (ACT) Up Keep Down Up ACT UP ACT KEEP FR RH IN SOL Off On On — — — FR RH OUT SOL Off Off On* — — — USV [FR-RL] Off Off On* — — — HSV [FR-RL] Off Off On* — — — FR LH IN SOL Off On On — — — FR LH OUT SOL Off Off On* — — — USV [FL-RR] Off Off On* — — — HSV [FL-RR] Off Off On* — — — BRC-63 2010 Sentra O P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ABS solenoid valve Operation RR RH SOL RR LH SOL FR RH ABS SOLENOID (ACT) FR LH ABS SOLENOID (ACT) RR RH ABS SOLENOID (ACT) RR LH ABS SOLENOID (ACT) ABS solenoid valve (ACT) Up Keep Down Up ACT UP ACT KEEP RR RH IN SOL Off On On — — — RR RH OUT SOL Off Off On* — — — USV [FL-RR] Off Off On* — — — HSV [FL-RR] Off Off On* — — — RR LH IN SOL Off On On — — — RR LH OUT SOL Off Off On* — — — USV [FR-RL] Off Off On* — — — HSV [FR-RL] Off Off On* — — — FR RH IN SOL — — — Off Off Off FR RH OUT SOL — — — Off Off Off USV [FR-RL] — — — Off On On HSV [FR-RL] — — — Off On* Off FR LH IN SOL — — — Off Off Off FR LH OUT SOL — — — Off Off Off USV [FL-RR] — — — Off Off Off HSV [FL-RR] — — — Off Off Off RR RH IN SOL — — — Off Off Off RR RH OUT SOL — — — Off Off Off USV [FL-RR] — — — Off Off Off HSV [FL-RR] — — — Off Off Off RR LH IN SOL — — — Off Off Off RR LH OUT SOL — — — Off Off Off USV [FR-RL] — — — Off On On HSV [FR-RL] — — — Off On* Off *: On for 1 to 2 seconds after the touch, and then Off ABS MOTOR • Touch “On” and “Off” on screen. Make sure motor relay, actuator relay, V/R output and M/R output operate as shown in table below. On Off MOTOR RELAY Operation On Off ACTUATOR RLY On On Revision: January 2010 BRC-64 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS Wheel Sensor System Inspection A INFOID:0000000005570730 INSPECTION PROCEDURE B 1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E33 and wheel sensor of malfunctioning code. Check the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness or damage. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace as necessary. 2.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR OUTPUT SIGNAL C D E 1. 2. Connect ABS active wheel sensor tester (J-45741) to wheel sensor using appropriate adapter. Turn on the ABS active wheel sensor tester power switch. NOTE: BRC The green POWER indicator should illuminate. If the POWER indicator does not illuminate, replace the battery in the ABS active wheel sensor tester before proceeding. 3. Spin the wheel of the vehicle by hand and observe the red SENSOR indicator on the ABS active wheel G sensor tester. The red SENSOR indicator should flash on and off to indicate an output signal. NOTE: If the red SENSOR indicator illuminates but does not flash, reverse the polarity of the tester leads and retest. H Does the ABS active wheel sensor tester detect a signal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Replace the wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-84, "Removal and Installation". I CHECK TIRES 3. Check for inflation pressure, wear and size of each tire. Refer to WT-28. Are tire pressure and size correct and is tire wear within specifications? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Adjust tire pressure or replace tire(s). J K 4.CHECK WHEEL BEARINGS Check wheel bearing axial end play. Refer to FAX-6, "On-Vehicle Inspection and Service" or RAX-6, "On-Vehicle Inspection and Service". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace as necessary. Refer to FAX-6, "Removal and Installation" (front) or RAX-6, "Removal and Installation" (rear). 5.CHECK WIRING HARNESS FOR SHORT CIRCUIT 1. 2. L M N Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector and wheel sensor connector of malfunction code No. Check continuity between wheel sensor harness connector terminals and ground. O Continuity should not exist. P OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair the circuit. 6.CHECK WIRING HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 BRC-65 WFIA0556E 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and wheel sensor harness connector. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor Connector Terminals 5 Front LH 16 10 Front RH E33 Rear LH Rear RH 9 17 6 19 8 Wheel sensor Connector E61 E52 B54 B55 Continuity Terminals 2 1 2 1 2 Yes 1 2 1 OK or NG OK >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-86, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Repair the circuit. Engine System Inspection INFOID:0000000005570731 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1.SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT CHECK Check self-diagnosis results. Self-diagnosis results ENGINE SIGNAL 1 ENGINE SIGNAL 2 ENGINE SIGNAL 3 ENGINE SIGNAL 4 ENGINE SIGNAL 6 Is the above displayed in the self-diagnosis display items? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Inspection End. 2.ENGINE SYSTEM INSPECTION 1. Perform ECM self-diagnosis and repair as necessary. 2. Perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis again. OK or NG OK >> Inspection End. NG >> Repair as necessary. ABS/TCS/VDC Control Unit Inspection INFOID:0000000005570732 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1.SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT CHECK Check self-diagnosis results. Self-diagnosis results CONTROLLER FAILURE Revision: January 2010 BRC-66 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Self-diagnosis results A EMERGENCY BRAKE VARIANT CODING Is the above displayed in the self-diagnosis display items? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Inspection End. B 2.CHECK WHEEL SENSORS C Check all wheel sensors. Refer to BRC-65, "Wheel Sensor System Inspection". OK or NG OK >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-86, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Repair or replace as necessary. D Steering Angle Sensor System Inspection E INFOID:0000000005570733 INSPECTION PROCEDURE BRC 1.SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT CHECK Check self-diagnosis results. G Self-diagnosis results ST ANGLE SEN CIRCUIT H ST ANGLE SEN SIGNAL Is the above displayed in the self-diagnosis display items? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2. I 2.DATA MONITOR CHECK J Conduct “DATA MONITOR” of the “STR ANGLE SIG” to check if the status is normal. Steering condition Data monitor Straight-ahead -2.5 ° to +2.5° Turn wheel 90° to the right. Approx. +90° Turn wheel 90° to the left. Approx. -90° K L OK or NG OK >> Inspection End. NG >> GO TO 3. M 3.CONNECTOR INSPECTION 1. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and steering angle sensor connectors. 2. Check the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness or damage. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace as necessary. 4. CHECKING STEERING ANGLE SENSOR POWER AND GROUND Revision: January 2010 BRC-67 N O P 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Turn the ignition switch ON. 2. Check voltage between steering angle sensor connector M63 terminal 1 and ground. Steering angle sensor Connector Terminal M63 1 Ground Voltage (Approx.) — Battery voltage [VDC/TCS/ABS] AWFIA0605ZZ 3. 4. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Check resistance between steering angle sensor connector M63 terminal 3 and ground. Steering angle sensor Connector Terminal M63 3 Ground Continuity Ground Yes OK or NG OK >> Check the CAN communication system. Refer to BRCAWFIA0606ZZ 77, "CAN Communication System Inspection". If the CAN communication system is OK, replace steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-88, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Repair the circuit. Yaw Rate/Side/Decel G Sensor System Inspection INFOID:0000000005570734 CAUTION: Sudden turns (such as spin turns, acceleration turns), drifting, etc. When VDC function is OFF may cause the yaw rate/side/decel G sensor system to indicate a problem. However this is not a problem if normal operation can be resumed after restarting the engine. INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1.SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT CHECK Check self-diagnosis results. Self-diagnosis results YAW RATE SENSOR SIDE G-SEN CIRCUIT CAUTION: When on a turntable, such as at a parking structure entrance, or when on a moving object with the engine running, the VDC OFF indicator lamp might turn on and the self-diagnosis using the CONSULTIII the yaw rate sensor system might be displayed, but in this case there is no problem with the yaw rate sensor system. As soon as the vehicle leaves the turntable or moving object, restart the engine to return the system to normal. Is the above displayed in the self-diagnosis display items? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Inspection End. 2.CONNECTOR INSPECTION Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and yaw rate/side/decel G sensor connectors. Check the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness or damage. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. Revision: January 2010 BRC-68 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > NG >> Repair or replace as necessary. 3.CHECK YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A Check voltage between yaw rate/side/decel G sensor connector B70 terminal 4 and ground. Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor Connector B70 Condition Voltage (Approx.) Ignition switch: ON Battery voltage Ignition switch: OFF 0V Ground Terminal 4 — Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4 NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components. B C D ALFIA0019ZZ E 4.CHECK YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR GROUND SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. BRC Turn ignition switch OFF. Check resistance between yaw rate/side/decel G sensor connector B70 terminal 1 and ground. Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor Connector Terminal B70 1 Ground Continuity — Yes G H Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5 NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components. I ALFIA0020ZZ 5.CHECK YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR HARNESS 1. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Connector E33 (A) 2. J Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E33 (A) terminals 14 and 25 and yaw rate/side/ decel G sensor connector B70 (B) terminals 2 and 3. Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor Terminal Connector 14 Continuity L Terminal 2 B70 (B) 25 K Yes 3 Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E33 (A) terminals 14, 25 and ground. M ALFIA0021ZZ N ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Connector E33 (A) Terminal 14 25 Ground Continuity — No O P Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 6 NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components. 6.CHECK DATA MONITOR 1. Connect Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connectors. Revision: January 2010 BRC-69 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Select “YAW RATE SEN”, “SIDE G-SENSOR” in “Data Monitor” and check Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor signal. Vehicle condition Yaw rate sensor (Data monitor) Side G sensor (Data monitor) Approx. 0 d/s Approx. 0 m/s2 Turning right Negative value Negative value Turning left Positive value Positive value Stopped Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-86, "Removal and Installation". NO >> Replace Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor. Refer to BRC-89, "Removal and Installation". Solenoid and VDC Change-Over Valve System Inspection INFOID:0000000005570735 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1.SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT CHECK Check self-diagnosis results. Self-diagnosis results FR LH IN ABS SOL FR LH OUT ABS SOL RR RH IN ABS SOL RR RH OUT ABS SOL FR RH IN ABS SOL FR RH OUT ABS SOL RR LH IN ABS SOL RR LH OUT ABS SOL USV LINE [FL-RR] USV LINE [FR-RL] HSV LINE [FL-RR] HSV LINE [FR-RL] MAIN RELAY Is the above displayed in the self-diagnosis display items? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Inspection End. 2.CONNECTOR INSPECTION 1. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector. 2. Check the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness or damage. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace as necessary. 3. CHECKING SOLENOID POWER AND GROUND Revision: January 2010 BRC-70 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector E33 and body ground. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector E33 3 Body ground — [VDC/TCS/ABS] A Measured value (Approx.) 12V B C WFIA0499E D 2. Check resistance between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector E33 and body ground. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector E33 4 Body ground — E Measured value (Approx.) 0Ω OK or NG OK >> Perform self-diagnosis again. If the same results appear, replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-86, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Repair the circuit. Actuator Motor, Motor Relay, and Circuit Inspection BRC G WFIA0500E H INFOID:0000000005570736 INSPECTION PROCEDURE I Check self-diagnosis results. J 1.CHECKING SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS Self-diagnosis results K PUMP MOTOR Is the above displayed in the self-diagnosis display items? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Inspection End. L 2.CONNECTOR INSPECTION Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector. Check the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness or damage. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace as necessary. M N 3. CHECKING ABS MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY POWER SYSTEM 1. O Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector E33 and ground. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector E33 2 Body ground — P Measured value (Approx.) 12V WFIA0501E Revision: January 2010 BRC-71 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Check resistance between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E33 and ground. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector E33 1 Measured value (Approx.) 0Ω Body ground — OK or NG OK >> Perform self-diagnosis again. If the same results appear, replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-86, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Repair the circuit. Stop Lamp Switch System Inspection WFIA0502E INFOID:0000000005570737 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1.SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT CHECK Check self-diagnosis results. Self-diagnosis results STOP LAMP SW Is the above displayed in the self-diagnosis display items? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Inspection End. 2.CONNECTOR INSPECTION 1. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and stop lamp switch connectors. 2. Check the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness or damage. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace as necessary. 3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT 1. 2. Connect stop lamp switch connector. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E33 terminal 20 and ground. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Connector Terminal E33 20 Ground — Condition Voltage (Approx.) Brake pedal depressed Battery voltage Brake pedal released 0V ALFIA0016ZZ Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-86, "Removal and Installation". NO >> GO TO 4 4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR OPEN Revision: January 2010 BRC-72 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Disconnect stop lamp switch connector. 2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E33 (A) terminal 20 and stop lamp switch connector E60 (B) terminal 2 (with CVT), or E60 (C) terminal 2 (with M/T). ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Connector Terminal E33 (A) 20 stop lamp switch Connector A B Continuity C Terminal E60 (B) (with CVT) 2 E60 (C) (with M/T) Yes AWFIA0607ZZ D Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Repair or replace as necessary. E 5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR SHORT Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E33 terminal 20 and ground. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Connector Terminal E33 20 Ground Continuity — No BRC G H Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace stop lamp switch. NO >> Repair harness or connectors. AWFIA0445ZZ ABS/TCS/VDC Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection I INFOID:0000000005570738 INSPECTION PROCEDURE J Check self-diagnosis results. K 1.SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT CHECK Self-diagnosis results L BATTERY VOLTAGE Is the above displayed in the self-diagnosis display items? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Inspection End. M 2.CONNECTOR INSPECTION N 1. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector. 2. Check the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness or damage. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace as necessary. O 3.ABS/TCS/VDC CONTROL UNIT POWER AND GROUND CIRCUIT INSPECTION Measure the voltage and continuity between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E33 and ground. Signal name ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E33 Revision: January 2010 Ground BRC-73 Measured value 2010 Sentra P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2 Power supply Battery voltage (Approx. 12V) 3 — 1 Ground Continuity should exist. 4 OK or NG OK >> Check the battery for loose terminals, low voltage, etc. Repair as necessary. NG >> Repair the circuit. Brake Fluid Level Switch System Inspection INFOID:0000000005570739 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1.SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT CHECK 1. 2. Check the brake reservoir tank fluid level. If the level is low, add brake fluid. Erase the self-diagnosis results and check the self-diagnosis results. Self-diagnosis results BR FLUID LEVEL LOW Is the above displayed in the self-diagnosis display items? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Inspection End. 2.CONNECTOR INSPECTION 1. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and brake fluid level switch connectors. 2. Check the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness or damage. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace as necessary. 3.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check continuity between brake fluid level switch terminals 1 and 2. Brake fluid level switch terminals 1— 2 Condition Continuity Brake fluid reservoir full No Brake fluid reservoir empty Yes Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4 NO >> Replace brake fluid level switch. ALFIA0026ZZ 4.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH HARNESS 1. 2. Disconnect combination meter connector. Check continuity between combination meter connector M24 (A) terminal 25 and brake fluid level switch connector E40 (B) terminal 1. 25 - 1 3. : Continuity should exist. Check continuity between combination meter connector M24 (A) terminal 25 and ground. 25 - Ground : Continuity should not exist. AWFIA0608ZZ Is the inspection result normal? Revision: January 2010 BRC-74 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS < SERVICE INFORMATION > YES >> GO TO 5 NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components. [VDC/TCS/ABS] A 5.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT Check continuity between brake fluid level switch connector E40 (B) terminal 2 and ground. 2 - Ground B : Continuity should exist. C Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Inspection End. NO >> • Repair or replace malfunctioning components. • Perform the self-diagnosis, and make sure that the result shows ″NO DTC IS DETECTED″. D ALFIA0028ZZ Pressure Sensor System Inspection E INFOID:0000000005598958 INSPECTION PROCEDURE BRC 1.SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT CHECK Check the self-diagnosis results. G Self-diagnosis results H PRESS SEN CIRCUIT Is the above displayed in the self-diagnosis display items? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Inspection End. I 2.CONNECTOR INSPECTION 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector and stop lamp switch connector. Check terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness and damage. If any malfunction is found, repair or replace terminals. 4. Reconnect connectors securely. 5. Start engine. 6. Pump brake pedal carefully several times, and perform self-diagnosis. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3 NO >> Poor connection of connector terminal. Repair or replace connector. 3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 BRC-75 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check continuity between stop lamp switch (A) (with CVT) or (B) (with M/T) terminals 1 and 2. Stop lamp switch terminals Condition 1−2 [VDC/TCS/ABS] Continuity Brake pedal depressed Yes Brake pedal released No Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4 NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. AWFIA0609ZZ 4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector. Connect stop lamp switch connector. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E33 terminal 20 and ground. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Connector Terminal E33 20 Ground — Condition Voltage (Approx.) Brake pedal depressed Battery voltage Brake pedal released 0V ALFIA0016ZZ Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 5 NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components. 5.CHECK DATA MONITOR On “DATA MONITOR”, select “PRESS SENSOR” and check the brake fluid pressure. Condition With ignition switch turned ON and brake pedal released. With ignition switch turned ON and brake pedal depressed. PRESS SENSOR (DATA MONITOR) Approx. 0 bar − 40 to 300 bar Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-86, "Removal and Installation". NO >> Inspection End. Transmission Range Switch System Inspection INFOID:0000000005598959 INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1.SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT CHECK Revision: January 2010 BRC-76 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check the self-diagnosis results. A Self-diagnosis results PNP POS SIG B Is the above displayed in the self-diagnosis display items? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Inspection End. C 2.CONNECTOR INSPECTION 1. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and brake fluid level switch connectors. 2. Check the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness or damage. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace as necessary. 3.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH D E Perform transmission range switch inspection. Refer to CVT-63, "Component Inspection". BRC Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-86, "Removal and Installation". G NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components. CAN Communication System Inspection INFOID:0000000005570740 H INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1.SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT CHECK I Check the self-diagnosis results. J Self-diagnosis results ST ANG SEN COM CIR CAN COMM CIRCUIT K Is the above displayed in the self-diagnosis display items? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Inspection End. L 2.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector, and check the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness, and so on. If there is a malfunction, repair or replace the terminals. 2. Reconnect connector to perform self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-58, "CONSULT-III Function (ABS)". Is “CAN COMM CIRCUIT” displayed in the self-diagnosis display items? YES >> Refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". NO >> Connector terminal connection is loose, damaged, open, or shorted. Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005570741 M N O VDC OFF SWITCH P Revision: January 2010 BRC-77 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check the continuity between terminals 1 and 2. 1 -2 : Continuity should exist when pushing the switch. Continuity should not exist when releasing the switch. AWFIA0446ZZ PARKING BRAKE SWITCH 1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect parking brake switch connector. Check continuity between parking brake switch terminal 1 and ground. Component Terminal Parking brake switch 1 Condition Continuity Parking brake applied Yes Parking brake released No Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Inspection End. NO >> Replace parking brake switch. Revision: January 2010 AWNIA0018ZZ BRC-78 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS ABS Works Frequently A INFOID:0000000005570742 B 1.CHECK WARNING LAMP ACTIVATION Make sure warning lamp remains off while driving. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Carry out self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-58, "CONSULT-III Function (ABS)". C D 2.CHECK WHEEL SENSORS Check the following. • Wheel sensor mounting for looseness • Wheel sensors for physical damage • Wheel sensor connectors for terminal damage or loose connections OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair as necessary. E BRC 3.CHECK WHEEL BEARINGS G Check wheel bearing axial end play. Refer to FAX-6, "On-Vehicle Inspection and Service" or RAX-6, "On-Vehicle Inspection and Service". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair as necessary. 4.CHECK BRAKE FLUID PRESSURE Check brake fluid pressure distribution. Refer to BR-11, "On Board Inspection". Is brake fluid pressure distribution normal? YES >> Inspection End. NO >> Perform Basic Inspection. Refer to BRC-54, "Basic Inspection". Unexpected Pedal Action H I J K INFOID:0000000005570743 L 1.CHECK WARNING LAMP ACTIVATION Make sure warning lamp remains off while driving. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Carry out self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-58, "CONSULT-III Function (ABS)". M Check brake pedal stroke. Is pedal stroke excessive? YES >> Perform Basic Inspection. Refer to BRC-54, "Basic Inspection". NO >> GO TO 3. O N 2.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL STROKE P SBR540A Revision: January 2010 BRC-79 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3.CHECK CONNECTOR AND BRAKING PERFORMANCE 1. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector. 2. Check brake effectiveness. NOTE: Driving the vehicle with the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) disconnected may induce DTCs in electrical control units using CAN communication. After the inspection, clear all DTCs. Refer to BRC-58, "CONSULT-III Function (ABS)". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Perform Basic Inspection. Refer to BRC-54, "Basic Inspection". 4.CHECK WHEEL SENSORS Check the following. • Wheel sensor mounting for looseness • Wheel sensors for physical damage • Wheel sensor connectors for terminal damage or loose connections OK or NG OK >> Check ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) pin terminals for damage and the connection of harness connector. Reconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector. Then retest. NG >> Repair as necessary. Long Stopping Distance INFOID:0000000005570744 1.CHECK BASE BRAKING SYSTEM PERFORMANCE 1. Disable ABS by disconnecting ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector. 2. Drive vehicle and check to see if stopping distance is still long. NOTE: Driving the vehicle with the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) disconnected may induce DTCs in electrical control units using CAN communication. After the inspection, clear all DTCs. Refer to BRC-58, "CONSULT-III Function (ABS)". OK or NG OK >> Go to BRC-79, "ABS Works Frequently". NG >> Perform Basic Inspection. Refer to BRC-54, "Basic Inspection". NOTE: Stopping distance may be longer than vehicles without ABS when road condition is slippery. ABS Does Not Work INFOID:0000000005570745 CAUTION: The ABS does not operate when the vehicle speed is 10 km/h (6 MPH) or less. 1.CHECK WARNING LAMP ACTIVATION Turn ignition switch ON and check for warning lamp activation. • Warning lamp should activate for approximately 2 seconds after turning the ignition switch ON. OK or NG OK >> Carry out self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-58, "CONSULT-III Function (ABS)". NG >> Go to BRC-81, "ABS Warning Lamp Does Not Come On When Ignition Switch Is Turned On". Pedal Vibration or ABS Operation Noise INFOID:0000000005570746 NOTE: During ABS activation, pedal vibration may be felt and a noise may be heard. This is normal and does not indicate a malfunction. Revision: January 2010 BRC-80 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1.CHECK SYMPTOM A 1. Apply brake. 2. Start engine. Does the symptom occur only when engine is started? YES >> Carry out self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-58, "CONSULT-III Function (ABS)". NO >> GO TO 2. B 2.RECHECK SYMPTOM C Does the symptom occur only when electrical equipment switches (such as headlamp) are turned on? YES NO >> Check for radio, antenna or related wiring that is routed too close to the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and reroute as necessary. >> Go to BRC-79, "ABS Works Frequently". ABS Warning Lamp Does Not Come On When Ignition Switch Is Turned On D E INFOID:0000000005570747 BRC 1.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) FUSES Check 30A fusible link g and 30A fusible link h for ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> If fusible link is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of problem before replacing. G 1. I H 2.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector. 2. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E33 terminals 2, 3 and ground. Does battery voltage exist? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair harness or connectors between fusible link and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). 3.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) GROUND CIRCUIT J K AWFIA0610ZZ Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E33 terminals 1, 4 and ground. Does continuity exist? YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-86, "Removal and Installation". NO >> Repair harness or connectors between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and ground. L M N O AWFIA0611ZZ ABS Warning Lamp Stays On When Ignition Switch Is Turned On INFOID:0000000005570748 1.CARRY OUT SELF-DIAGNOSIS Carry out self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-58, "CONSULT-III Function (ABS)". Are malfunctions detected in self-diagnosis? Revision: January 2010 BRC-81 2010 Sentra P TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR SYMPTOMS < SERVICE INFORMATION > YES >> Refer to BRC-58, "CONSULT-III Function (ABS)". NO >> Refer to DI-35, "Schematic". Vehicle Jerks During TCS/VDC Activation [VDC/TCS/ABS] INFOID:0000000005570749 1.ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) SELF-DIAGNOSIS Perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis. Are self-diagnosis result items displayed? YES >> After checking and repairing the applicable item, perform the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis again. NO >> GO TO 2. 2.ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL INSPECTION Perform data monitor with CONSULT-III for the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Is the engine speed at idle 400 rpm or higher? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.ECM SELF-DIAGNOSIS Perform ECM self-diagnosis. Are self-diagnosis result items displayed? YES >> After checking and repairing the applicable item, perform the ECM self-diagnosis again. NO >> GO TO 4. 4.TCM SELF-DIAGNOSIS Perform TCM self-diagnosis. Are self-diagnosis result items displayed? YES >> After checking and repairing the applicable item, perform the TCM self-diagnosis again. NO >> GO TO 5. 5.CONNECTOR INSPECTION Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector and the ECM connectors and check the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness or damage. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair or replace the connector terminal. 6.CAN COMMUNICATION INSPECTION Check the CAN communication system. Refer to BRC-77, "CAN Communication System Inspection". OK or NG OK >> Inspection End. NG >> Reconnect the connectors, and perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis. Revision: January 2010 BRC-82 2010 Sentra ON-VEHICLE SERVICE [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ON-VEHICLE SERVICE Adjustment of Steering Angle Sensor Neutral Position A INFOID:0000000005570750 After removing/installing or replacing ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit), steering angle sensor, steer- B ing and suspension components which affect wheel alignment or after adjusting wheel alignment, be sure to adjust neutral position of steering angle sensor before running vehicle. NOTE: C Adjustment of steering angle sensor neutral position requires CONSULT-III. 1. Stop vehicle with front wheels in straight-ahead position. 2. Connect CONSULT-III to data link connector on vehicle, and turn ignition switch ON (do not start engine). D 3. Touch “ABS”, “WORK SUPPORT” and “ST ANGLE SENSOR ADJUSTMENT” on CONSULT-III screen in this order. 4. Touch “START”. E CAUTION: Do not touch steering wheel while adjusting steering angle sensor. 5. After approximately 10 seconds, touch “END”. (After approximately 60 seconds, it ends automatically.) BRC 6. Turn ignition switch OFF, then turn it ON again. 7. Run vehicle with front wheels in straight-ahead position, then stop. 8. Select “DATA MONITOR”, “SELECTION FROM MENU”, and “STR ANGLE SIG” on CONSULT-III screen. G Then check that “STR ANGLE SIG” is within 0±2.5 deg. If value is more than specification, repeat steps 1 to 5. 9. Erase memory of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and ECM. H 10. Turn ignition switch to OFF. I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 BRC-83 2010 Sentra WHEEL SENSOR [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > WHEEL SENSOR Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005641697 WFIA0559E A. Front 2. Front wheel sensor (LH) 5. Rear wheel sensor connector (RH) B. Rear 1. 3. Rear wheel sensor (LH) 4. 6. Rear wheel sensor (RH) Front wheel sensor connector (LH) Rear wheel sensor connector (LH) Front NOTE: The top portion of the figure (front side) shows view from LH side of vehicle. RH side is the mirror image. REMOVAL Pay attention to the following when removing wheel sensor. CAUTION: • As much as possible, avoid rotating wheel sensor when removing it. Pull wheel sensors out without pulling on sensor harness. • Take care to avoid damaging wheel sensor edges or rotor teeth. Remove wheel sensor first before removing front or rear wheel hub. This is to avoid damage to wheel sensor wiring and loss of sensor function. INSTALLATION Pay attention to the following when installing wheel sensor. Tighten wheel sensor bolts to the specified torques. • When installing, make sure there is no foreign material such as iron chips on and in the mounting hole of the wheel sensor. Make sure no foreign material has been caught in the sensor rotor. Remove any foreign material and clean the mount. • When installing front wheel sensor, press rubber grommets of strut bracket and body all the way in until they get locked, and be careful not to apply a twist to harness. Harness should not be twisted after installation. (Install it with harness paint mark on body side grommet facing front of vehicle, and the strut side grommet facing outside of vehicle.) • When installing rear wheel sensor, press rubber grommets of suspension arm bracket and harness of side member all the way in until they get locked, and be careful not to apply a twist to harness. Harness should not be twisted after installation. (Aim the paint mark upward of vehicle.) Revision: January 2010 BRC-84 2010 Sentra SENSOR ROTOR [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SENSOR ROTOR A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005641698 The front and rear sensor rotor are part of the wheel hub assembly and cannot be removed separately. To replace the sensor rotor it is necessary to replace the hub bearing assembly. Refer to FAX-6, "Removal and Installation" (FAX), RAX-6, "Removal and Installation" (RAX). B C D E BRC G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 BRC-85 2010 Sentra ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (ASSEMBLY) [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (ASSEMBLY) Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005641699 LFIA0258E 1. To front right brake 2. To rear left brake 3. To rear right brake 4. To front left brake 5. From master cylinder primary port 6. From master cylinder secondary port 7. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 8. Harness connector Front CAUTION: • Before removing, disconnect battery negative terminal. • To remove brake tube, use flare nut wrench to prevent flare nuts and brake tube from being damaged. To install, use flare nut torque wrench, tighten flare nut to the specified torque. Refer to BR-13, "Hydraulic Circuit". • Do not apply excessive impact to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit), such as dropping it. • Do not remove and install ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) by holding harness. • After work is completed, bleed air from brake system. REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. On models with QR25DE engine, remove cowl top and cowl extension panel. Refer to EI-19, "Removal and Installation". Remove the insulator surrounding the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector and ground wire. Loosen brake tube flare nuts using suitable tool, then remove brake tubes from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Remove ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) bracket bolts. Remove ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Revision: January 2010 BRC-86 2010 Sentra ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (ASSEMBLY) [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • Bleed air from brake system. Refer to BR-12, "Bleeding Brake System". • Adjust steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-83, "Adjustment of Steering Angle Sensor Neutral Position". CAUTION: After installing harness connector in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit), make sure connector is securely locked. A B C D E BRC G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 BRC-87 2010 Sentra STEERING ANGLE SENSOR [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > STEERING ANGLE SENSOR Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005570754 REMOVAL NOTE: The steering angle sensor is and integrated part of the spiral cable and must be replaced as an assembly. 1. Remove the spiral cable. Refer to SRS-33, "Removal and Installation". INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Perform the neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-83, "Adjustment of Steering Angle Sensor Neutral Position". Revision: January 2010 BRC-88 2010 Sentra G SENSOR [VDC/TCS/ABS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > G SENSOR A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005570755 REMOVAL B 1. 2. 3. Remove center console. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Disconnect harness connector. Remove attaching nuts and remove yaw rate/side/decel G sensor. CAUTION: • Do not drop or strike the yaw rate/side/decel G sensor. • Do not use power tools to remove or install yaw rate/side/ decel G sensor. C D E BRC AWFIA0624GB INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: • Do not drop or strike the yaw rate/side/decel G sensor. G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 BRC-89 2010 Sentra ELECTRICAL SECTION ACS AUTO CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM A B C D E CONTENTS SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2 AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) ................................................................ 2 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" .................................................................. 2 Description ................................................................ 2 F G H I J ACS L M N O P Revision: January 2010 ACS-1 2010 Sentra AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000005576261 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. Description INFOID:0000000005283978 Regarding the information for ASCD system, refer to EC-42 (MR20DE) or EC-1135 (QR25DE). Revision: January 2010 ACS-2 2010 Sentra ENGINE SECTION FL FUEL SYSTEM A FL C D E CONTENTS SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2 General Precaution ................................................... 5 PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY ......................... 6 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2 Component ............................................................... 6 Removal and Installation .......................................... 6 FUEL TANK ...................................................... 10 FUEL SYSTEM .................................................... 5 G H Component ..............................................................10 Removal and Installation .........................................10 PREPARATION ................................................... 4 Special Service Tool ................................................. 4 Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 4 F SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ................................................................. 14 Standard and Limit ..................................................14 Checking Fuel Line ................................................... 5 I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 FL-1 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000005602349 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect INFOID:0000000005286298 NOTE: • This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM). • Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the ″LOCK″ position. • Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results. For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder. For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and steering wheel rotation will become impossible. If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before starting the repair operation. OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the steering lock will be released. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be rotated. Perform the necessary repair operation. Revision: January 2010 FL-2 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.) 6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III. A FL C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 FL-3 2010 Sentra PREPARATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000005286299 The actual shapes of the Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of the special tools illustrated here. Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description — (J-45722) 130 mm lock ring tool Removing and installing fuel tank lock ring LBIA0398E Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000005286300 Tool name Description Power tools Loosening bolts and nuts PBIC0190E Revision: January 2010 FL-4 2010 Sentra FUEL SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > FUEL SYSTEM A Checking Fuel Line INFOID:0000000005286301 Inspect fuel lines, fuel filler cap and fuel tank for improper attachment, leaks, cracks, damage, loose connections, chafing or deterioration. If necessary, repair or replace damaged parts. FL C D SMA803A General Precaution E INFOID:0000000005286302 WARNING: When replacing fuel line parts, be sure to observe the following. • Put a “CAUTION: FLAMMABLE” sign in the work area. • Be sure to work in a well ventilated area and have a CO2 fire extinguisher. • Do not smoke while working on the fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from the work area. • Put drained fuel in an explosion-proof container and put the lid on securely. Keep the container in safe area. CAUTION: • Use gasoline required by the regulations for octane number. Refer to GI-4, "Precaution for Fuel (Unleaded Regular Gasoline Recommended) MR20DE and QR25DE Except SE-R Spec-V" or GI-5, "Precaution for Fuel (Unleaded Premium Gasoline Required) QR25DE SE-R Spec-V Only". • Before removing fuel line parts, perform the following procedures: - Release fuel pressure from the fuel lines. Refer to EC-52, "System Description" MR20DE (California), EC-607, "System Description" MR20DE (except California), or EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check" QR25DE. - Disconnect the battery ground cable. • Always replace O-rings and clamps with new ones. • Do not kink or twist tubes when they are being installed. • Perform work on level surface. • Do not tighten hose clamps excessively to avoid damaging hoses. • After connecting fuel tube quick connectors, make sure quick connectors are secure. Ensure that connector and resin tube do not contact any adjacent parts. • After installing tubes, make sure there is no fuel leakage at connections in the following steps. - Apply fuel pressure to fuel lines by turning ignition switch ON (without starting the engine). Then check for fuel leaks at the fuel tube connections. - Start engine and rev it up and check for fuel leaks at connections. • Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on. • For servicing “Evaporative Emission System” parts, refer to EC-52, "System Description" MR20DE (California), EC-600, "Description" MR20DE (except California), or EC-1138, "Description" QR25DE. • For servicing "On Board Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR)" parts, refer to Refer to EC-52, "System Description" MR20DE (California), EC-607, "System Description" MR20DE (except California), or EC1145, "System Description" QR25DE. F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 FL-5 2010 Sentra FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY Component INFOID:0000000005286303 WBIA0804E 1. Lock ring 4. Fuel tank 2. Fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and fuel pump assembly Removal and Installation 3. O-ring INFOID:0000000005286304 REMOVAL WARNING: Be sure to read “General Precautions” before working on the fuel system. Refer to GI-3, "General Precaution". 1. Check fuel level with the vehicle on a level surface. If the fuel gauge indicates more than the level as shown (7/8 full), drain fuel from the fuel tank until the fuel gauge indicates level as shown (7/8 full). NOTE: Fuel will be spilled when removing fuel pump assembly if fuel level is above the fuel pump assembly installation surface. • As a guide, fuel level is at the level as shown or below when approximately 12 (3 1/8 US gal, 2 5/8 Imp gal) of fuel is drained from a full fuel tank. • In case fuel pump does not operate, perform the following proKBIA3505J cedure. a. Insert fuel tubing of less than 25 mm (0.98 in) in diameter into fuel filler tube through fuel filler opening to drain fuel from fuel filler tube. b. Disconnect fuel filler hose from fuel filler tube. Refer to FL-10. c. Insert fuel tubing into fuel tank through fuel filler hose to drain fuel from fuel tank. 2. Open fuel door and unscrew the fuel filler cap to release the pressure inside the fuel tank. 3. Release the fuel pressure from the fuel lines. Refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check" MR20DE (California), EC-656, "Fuel Pressure Check" MR20DE (except California), or EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check" QR25DE. 4. Disconnect battery negative terminal. 5. Remove rear seat bottom. Refer to SE-19, "Component Parts Drawing" 60/40 Split Fold Down Seat or SE24, "Component Parts Drawing" Fixed Back Seat. Revision: January 2010 FL-6 2010 Sentra FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > 6. Turn the three retainers (A) 90° in a clockwise direction and remove the fuel pump inspection hole cover. A FL C WBIA0805E 7. D Disconnect electrical connector (A) and fuel feed hose quick connector (B). • Fuel feed hose (1) E F G WBIA0806E • Disconnect the quick connector using the following procedure. - Hold the sides of the connector, push in tabs and pull out the tube. - If quick connector and tube on fuel pump assembly are stuck, push and pull several times until they move. Disconnect them by pulling. CAUTION: • The tube can be removed when the tabs are completely depressed. Do not twist it more than necessary. • Do not use any tools to remove the quick connector. • Keep resin tube away from heat. Be especially careful when welding near the resin tube. • Prevent acid liquid such as battery electrolyte, from getting on resin tube. • Do not bend or twist resin tube during installation and removal. • To keep the connecting portion clean, free of foreign materials and to avoid damage, cover them completely with plastic bags or something similar. • Do not insert plug to prevent damage to O-ring in quick connector. H I J K SFE562A L M N O PBIC0163E Revision: January 2010 FL-7 2010 Sentra P FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > 8. Remove the lock ring using Tool (A) as shown. Tool number : — (J-45722) WBIA0807E 9. Remove fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and fuel pump assembly (1). CAUTION: • Do not bend float arm during removal. • Do not allow foreign materials to fall into fuel tank. Use a lint free cloth when handling components. • Avoid impacts such as dropping when handling components. WBIA0808E INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL Make sure that the fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and fuel pump is free from defects and foreign materials. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Fuel Level Sensor Unit, Fuel Filter and Fuel Pump Assembly 1. 2. Install O-ring to fuel tank without twisting. Install fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and fuel pump assembly as shown. : Vehicle front WBIA0809E Revision: January 2010 FL-8 2010 Sentra FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT, FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PUMP ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Turn the lock ring (1) using Tool until the lock ring is fully rotated into the fuel tank lock tabs (A) as shown. Tool number A : — (J-45722) FL C WBIA0810E D Quick Connector 1. 2. 3. Check the connection for damage or any foreign materials. Align the connector with the tube, then insert the connector straight into the tube until a “click” sound is heard. After connecting, make sure that the connection is secure using the following procedure. • Visually confirm that the two retainer tabs are secured to the connector. • Pull the tube and the connector to make sure they are securely connected. E F G H PBIC1653E Inspection Hole Cover 1. 2. 3. Before installing inspection hole cover, confirm that there are no fuel leaks. Refer to FL-10, "Removal and Installation". Install inspection hole cover with the front mark (arrow) facing front of vehicle. Lock clips (A) by turning counterclockwise. I J K L M WBIA0805E INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION Use the following procedure to check for fuel leaks. 1. Turn ignition switch “ON” (without starting the engine), to check the connections for fuel leaks with the electric fuel pump applying pressure to the fuel piping. 2. Start the engine and let it idle to check that there are no fuel leaks at the fuel system connections. N O P Revision: January 2010 FL-9 2010 Sentra FUEL TANK < SERVICE INFORMATION > FUEL TANK Component INFOID:0000000005286305 WBIA0811E 1. Lock ring 2. Fuel level sensor unit, fuel filter and fuel pump assembly 3. O-ring 4. Fuel tank 5. Fuel tank protector 6. Fuel tank band (LH) 7. Fuel tank band (RH) 8. EVAP hose 9. Hose clamp 10. Fuel filler hose 11. Fuel filler tube 13. Grommet 14. Fuel filler cap 12. Fuel filler shield Front of vehicle Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005286306 REMOVAL WARNING: Be sure to read “General Precautions” when working on the fuel system. Refer to FL-5, "General Precaution". 1. Drain fuel from fuel tank if necessary. Refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation". CAUTION: • Because fuel tank becomes unstable when installing/removing, fuel should be drained if the level exceeds specification. • Situate vehicle on a flat and solid surface. 2. Open fuel door and unscrew the fuel filler cap to release the pressure inside the fuel tank. 3. Release the fuel pressure from the fuel lines. Refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check" MR20DE (California), EC-656, "Fuel Pressure Check" MR20DE (except California), or EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check" QR25 DE. 4. Disconnect battery negative terminal. Revision: January 2010 FL-10 2010 Sentra FUEL TANK < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. Remove rear seat bottom. Refer to SE-19, "Component Parts Drawing" 60/40 Split Fold Down Seat or SE24, "Component Parts Drawing" Fixed Back Seat. 6. Turn the three retainers (A) 90° in a clockwise direction and remove the fuel pump inspection hole cover. A FL C D WBIA0805E 7. Disconnect electrical connector (A) and fuel feed hose quick connector (B). • Fuel feed hose (1) E F G WBIA0806E H • Disconnect the quick connector using the following procedure. I - Hold the sides of the connector, push in tabs and pull out the tube. - If quick connector and tube on fuel pump assembly are stuck, push and pull several times until they move. Disconnect them by pulling. CAUTION: • The tube can be removed when the tabs are completely depressed. Do not twist it more than necessary. • Do not use any tools to remove the quick connector. • Keep resin tube away from heat. Be especially careful when welding near the resin tube. • Prevent acid liquid such as battery electrolyte, from getting on resin tube. • Do not bend or twist resin tube during installation and removal. • To keep the connecting portion clean, free of foreign materials and to avoid damage, cover them completely with plastic bags or something similar. • Do not insert plug to prevent damage to O-ring in quick connector. J K L SFE562A M N O P PBIC0163E 8. 9. Remove center exhaust tube. Refer to EX-5, "Component" MR20DE, or EX-11, "Component" QR25DE. Remove fuel tank protector. Revision: January 2010 FL-11 2010 Sentra FUEL TANK < SERVICE INFORMATION > 10. Loosen fuel filler hose clamp (B) and remove fuel filler hose (1). CAUTION: Do not remove fuel filler hose (1) from fuel filler tube. When removing fuel filler hose (1) at the fuel filler tube, mark components for alignment. 11. Remove vent hose (3) and EVAP hose (2) at rear of fuel tank. • Disconnect vent hose and EVAP hose quick connectors using the following procedures. a. Pinch retaining tabs (C) of vent hose quick connector and remove vent hose (3). b. Pinch retaining tabs (A) of EVAP hose quick connector and remove EVAP hose (2). • If hoses are stuck, push and pull (A) several times until they move freely, and disconnect by holding side of connector and pushing in the tabs (B). WBIA0812E WBIA0831E CAUTION: • The tube can be removed when the tabs are completely depressed. Do not twist it more than necessary. • Do not use any tools to remove the quick connector. • Keep the resin tube away from heat. Be especially careful when welding near the tube. • Prevent acid liquid such as battery electrolyte, from getting on the resin tube. • Do not bend or twist the tube during installation and removal. • Do not insert plug that may cause damage to O-ring in quick connector. • To keep the connecting portion clean and to avoid damage and foreign materials, cover them completely with plastic bags or something similar. PBIC0713E 12. Support center of fuel tank (1) with transmission jack (A) as shown. CAUTION: Securely support the fuel tank with a suitable tool (B). 13. Remove fuel tank bands (RH and LH). 14. Lower transmission jack carefully to remove fuel tank while supporting it by hand as shown. CAUTION: Fuel tank may be in an unstable position because of the shape of fuel tank bottom. Be sure to support tank securely. PBIC3792E INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Revision: January 2010 FL-12 2010 Sentra FUEL TANK < SERVICE INFORMATION > EVAP Canister 1. 2. 3. A Check the connection for damage or any foreign materials. Align the connector with the tube, then insert the connector straight into the tube until a “click” sound is heard. FL After connecting, make sure that the connection is secure. • Pull the tube and the connector to make sure they are securely connected. Fuel Tank Band • Install them in the proper position by referring to the identification stamp mark “R” and “L” on the end. Fuel Filler Hose • Insert fuel filler hose (1) to the length (A) below on the fuel tank (3). Fuel filler hose installation on fuel tank (A) C D : 35mm (1.38 in) E • Be sure hose clamp (2) is not placed on swelled area of fuel filler hose (1). F WBIA0832E G EVAP Hose 1. 2. 3. Check connections for damage or foreign material. Align the matching quick connector (A) with the center of EVAP hose (1), and insert quick connector (A) straight until it clicks. After connecting, pull on quick connector (A) and EVAP hose (1) by hand. Make sure connections are secure. H I J BBIA0873E K INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION Use the following procedure to check for fuel leaks. 1. Turn ignition switch “ON” (without starting the engine), to check the connections for fuel leaks with the electric fuel pump applying pressure to the fuel piping. 2. Start the engine and let it idle to check that there are no fuel leaks at the fuel system connections. L M N O P Revision: January 2010 FL-13 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) Standard and Limit INFOID:0000000005286307 FUEL TANK Unit: Fuel tank capacity 55.0 (14 1/2, 12 1/8) Fuel specification Refer to MA-15 Revision: January 2010 FL-14 (US gal, Imp gal) 2010 Sentra BODY SECTION IP INSTRUMENT PANEL A B C D E CONTENTS SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2 Commercial Service Tool ......................................... 4 PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2 SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ...................................................................... 5 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2 Precaution ................................................................. 3 Work Flow ................................................................. 5 Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting ............ 7 Diagnostic Worksheet ............................................... 9 F G H INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY ................. 11 PREPARATION ................................................... 4 Component Parts .....................................................11 Removal and Installation .........................................12 Special Service Tool ................................................. 4 IP J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 IP-1 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000005612481 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect INFOID:0000000005283293 NOTE: • This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM). • Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the ″LOCK″ position. • Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results. For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder. For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and steering wheel rotation will become impossible. If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before starting the repair operation. OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the steering lock will be released. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be rotated. Perform the necessary repair operation. Revision: January 2010 IP-2 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.) 6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III. Precaution INFOID:0000000005283294 • • • • • Disconnect both battery terminals in advance. Disconnect air bag system line in advance. Never tamper with or force air bag lid open, as this may adversely affect air bag performance. Be careful not to scratch pad and other parts. When removing or disassembling any part, be careful not to damage or deform it. Protect parts which may get in the way with cloth. • When removing parts, protect parts by wrapping tools with vinyl or tape. • Keep removed parts protected with cloth. • If a clip is deformed or damaged, replace it. • If an non-reusable part is removed, replace it with a new one. • Tighten bolts and nuts firmly to the specified torque. • After re-assembly has been completed, make sure each part functions correctly. • Remove stains in the following way. Water-soluble stains: Dip a soft cloth in warm water, and then squeeze it tightly. After wiping the stain, wipe with a soft dry cloth. Oil stain: Dissolve a synthetic detergent in warm water (density of 2 to 3% or less), dip the cloth, then clean off the stain with the cloth. Next, dip the cloth in fresh water and squeeze it tightly. Then clean off the detergent completely. Then wipe the area with a soft dry cloth. • Do not use any organic solvent, such as thinner or benzine. A B C D E F G H IP J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 IP-3 2010 Sentra PREPARATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000005283295 The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here. Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description — (J-39570) Chassis ear Locating the noise SIIA0993E — (J-43980) NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit Repairing the cause of noise SIIA0994E — ( J-46534 ) Trim tool set For removing trim AWJIA0483ZZ Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000005283296 Tool name Description Engine ear Locating the noise SIIA0995E Power tool Loosening bolts and nuts PBIC0191E Revision: January 2010 IP-4 2010 Sentra SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS Work Flow A INFOID:0000000005283297 B C D E F SBT842 G CUSTOMER INTERVIEW Interview the customer, if possible, to determine the conditions that exist when the noise occurs. Use the Diagnostic Worksheet during the interview to document the facts and conditions when the noise occurs and any H customer's comments; refer to IP-9, "Diagnostic Worksheet". This information is necessary to duplicate the conditions that exist when the noise occurs. • The customer may not be able to provide a detailed description or the location of the noise. Attempt to obtain IP all the facts and conditions that exist when the noise occurs (or does not occur). • If there is more than one noise in the vehicle, be sure to diagnose and repair the noise that the customer is concerned about. This can be accomplished by test driving the vehicle with the customer. • After identifying the type of noise, isolate the noise in terms of its characteristics. The noise characteristics J are provided so the customer, service adviser and technician are all speaking the same language when defining the noise. - Squeak — (Like tennis shoes on a clean floor) K Squeak characteristics include the light contact/fast movement/brought on by road conditions/hard surfaces = higher pitch noise/softer surfaces = lower pitch noises/edge to surface = chirping. - Creak — (Like walking on an old wooden floor) Creak characteristics include firm contact/slow movement/twisting with a rotational movement/pitch depen- L dent on materials/often brought on by activity. - Rattle — (Like shaking a baby rattle) Rattle characteristics include the fast repeated contact/vibration or similar movement/loose parts/missing M clip or fastener/incorrect clearance. - Knock — (Like a knock on a door) Knock characteristics include hollow sounding/sometimes repeating/often brought on by driver action. N - Tick — (Like a clock second hand) Tick characteristics include gentle contacting of light materials/loose components/can be caused by driver action or road conditions. - Thump — (Heavy, muffled knock noise) O Thump characteristics include softer knock/dead sound often brought on by activity. - Buzz — (Like a bumblebee) Buzz characteristics include high frequency rattle/firm contact. • Often the degree of acceptable noise level will vary depending upon the person. A noise that you may judge P as acceptable may be very irritating to the customer. • Weather conditions, especially humidity and temperature, may have a great effect on noise level. DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE If possible, drive the vehicle with the customer until the noise is duplicated. Note any additional information on the Diagnostic Worksheet regarding the conditions or location of the noise. This information can be used to duplicate the same conditions when you confirm the repair. Revision: January 2010 IP-5 2010 Sentra SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > If the noise can be duplicated easily during the test drive, to help identify the source of the noise, try to duplicate the noise with the vehicle stopped by doing one or all of the following: 1. Close a door. 2. Tap or push/pull around the area where the noise appears to be coming from. 3. Rev the engine. 4. Use a floor jack to recreate vehicle “twist”. 5. At idle, apply engine load (electrical load, half-clutch on M/T model, drive position on CVT model). 6. Raise the vehicle on a hoist and hit a tire with a rubber hammer. • Drive the vehicle and attempt to duplicate the conditions the customer states exist when the noise occurs. • If it is difficult to duplicate the noise, drive the vehicle slowly on an undulating or rough road to stress the vehicle body. CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS After verifying the customer concern or symptom, check ASIST for Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) related to that concern or symptom. If a TSB relates to the symptom, follow the procedure to repair the noise. LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE 1. 2. Narrow down the noise to a general area. To help pinpoint the source of the noise, use a listening tool (Chassis Ear: J-39570, Engine Ear: J-39565, and mechanics stethoscope). Narrow down the noise to a more specific area and identify the cause of the noise by: • Removing the components in the area that you suspect the noise is coming from. Do not use too much force when removing clips and fasteners, otherwise clips and fasteners can be broken or lost during the repair, resulting in the creation of new noise. • Tapping or pushing/pulling the component that you suspect is causing the noise. Do not tap or push/pull the component with excessive force, otherwise the noise will be eliminated only temporarily. • Feeling for a vibration with your hand by touching the component(s) that you suspect is (are) causing the noise. • Placing a piece of paper between components that you suspect are causing the noise. • Looking for loose components and contact marks. Refer to IP-7, "Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting". REPAIR THE CAUSE • • - If the cause is a loose component, tighten the component securely. If the cause is insufficient clearance between components: Separate components by repositioning or loosening and retightening the component, if possible. Insulate components with a suitable insulator such as urethane pads, foam blocks, felt cloth tape or urethane tape. A NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) is available through your authorized NISSAN Parts Department. CAUTION: Do not use excessive force as many components are constructed of plastic and may be damaged. Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information. The following materials are contained in the NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980). Each item can be ordered separately as needed. URETHANE PADS [1.5 mm (0.059 in) thick] Insulates connectors, harness, etc. 76268-9E005: 100 x 135 mm (3.94 x 5.31 in)/76884-71L01: 60 x 85 mm (2.36 x 3.35 in)/76884-71L02: 15 x 25 mm (0.59 x 0.98 in) INSULATOR (Foam blocks) Insulates components from contact. Can be used to fill space behind a panel. 73982-9E000: 45 mm (1.77 in) thick, 50 x 50 mm (1.97 x 1.97 in)/73982-50Y00: 10 mm (0.39 in) thick, 50 x 50 mm (1.97 x 1.97 in) INSULATOR (Light foam block) 80845-71L00: 30 mm (1.18 in) thick, 30 x 50 mm (1.18 x 1.97 in) FELT CLOTH TAPE Used to insulate where movement does not occur. Ideal for instrument panel applications. 68370-4B000: 15 x 25 mm (0.59 x 0.98 in) pad/68239-13E00: 5 mm (0.20 in) wide tape roll The following materials, not found in the kit, can also be used to repair squeaks and rattles. UHMW (TEFLON) TAPE Insulates where slight movement is present. Ideal for instrument panel applications. Revision: January 2010 IP-6 2010 Sentra SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SILICONE GREASE Used in place of UHMW tape that will be visible or not fit. Note: Will only last a few months. SILICONE SPRAY Use when grease cannot be applied. DUCT TAPE Use to eliminate movement. A B CONFIRM THE REPAIR Confirm that the cause of a noise is repaired by test driving the vehicle. Operate the vehicle under the same conditions as when the noise originally occurred. Refer to the notes on the Diagnostic Worksheet. Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting INFOID:0000000005283298 C D Refer to Table of Contents for specific component removal and installation information. INSTRUMENT PANEL E Most incidents are caused by contact and movement between: 1. The cluster lid A and instrument panel F 2. Acrylic lens and combination meter housing 3. Instrument panel to front pillar garnish 4. Instrument panel to windshield G 5. Instrument panel mounting pins 6. Wiring harnesses behind the combination meter 7. A/C defroster duct and duct joint H These incidents can usually be located by tapping or moving the components to duplicate the noise or by pressing on the components while driving to stop the noise. Most of these incidents can be repaired by applying felt cloth tape or silicone spray (in hard to reach areas). Urethane pads can be used to insulate wiring harIP ness. CAUTION: Do not use silicone spray to isolate a squeak or rattle. If you saturate the area with silicone, you will not be able to recheck the repair. J CENTER CONSOLE Components to pay attention to include: 1. Shifter assembly cover to finisher 2. A/C control unit and cluster lid C 3. Wiring harnesses behind audio and A/C control unit The instrument panel repair and isolation procedures also apply to the center console. K L DOORS Pay attention to the: 1. Finisher and inner panel making a slapping noise 2. Inside handle escutcheon to door finisher 3. Wiring harnesses tapping 4. Door striker out of alignment causing a popping noise on starts and stops Tapping or moving the components or pressing on them while driving to duplicate the conditions can isolate many of these incidents. You can usually insulate the areas with felt cloth tape or insulator foam blocks from the NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) to repair the noise. TRUNK IP-7 N O P Trunk noises are often caused by a loose jack or loose items put into the trunk by the owner. In addition look for: 1. Trunk lid bumpers out of adjustment 2. Trunk lid striker out of adjustment 3. The trunk lid torsion bars knocking together 4. A loose license plate or bracket Revision: January 2010 M 2010 Sentra SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Most of these incidents can be repaired by adjusting, securing or insulating the item(s) or component(s) causing the noise. SUNROOF/HEADLINING Noises in the sunroof/headlining area can often be traced to one of the following: 1. Sunroof lid, rail, linkage or seals making a rattle or light knocking noise 2. Sun visor shaft shaking in the holder 3. Front or rear windshield touching headliner and squeaking Again, pressing on the components to stop the noise while duplicating the conditions can isolate most of these incidents. Repairs usually consist of insulating with felt cloth tape. OVERHEAD CONSOLE (FRONT AND REAR) Overhead console noises are often caused by the console panel clips not being engaged correctly. Most of these incidents are repaired by pushing up on the console at the clip locations until the clips engage. In addition look for: 1. Loose harness or harness connectors. 2. Front console map/reading lamp lens loose. 3. Loose screws at console attachment points. SEATS When isolating seat noise it's important to note the position the seat is in and the load placed on the seat when the noise is present. These conditions should be duplicated when verifying and isolating the cause of the noise. Cause of seat noise include: 1. Headrest rods and holder 2. A squeak between the seat pad cushion and frame 3. The rear seatback lock and bracket These noises can be isolated by moving or pressing on the suspected components while duplicating the conditions under which the noise occurs. Most of these incidents can be repaired by repositioning the component or applying urethane tape to the contact area. UNDERHOOD Some interior noise may be caused by components under the hood or on the engine wall. The noise is then transmitted into the passenger compartment. Causes of transmitted underhood noise include: 1. Any component mounted to the engine wall 2. Components that pass through the engine wall 3. Engine wall mounts and connectors 4. Loose radiator mounting pins 5. Hood bumpers out of adjustment 6. Hood striker out of adjustment These noises can be difficult to isolate since they cannot be reached from the interior of the vehicle. The best method is to secure, move or insulate one component at a time and test drive the vehicle. Also, engine RPM or load can be changed to isolate the noise. Repairs can usually be made by moving, adjusting, securing, or insulating the component causing the noise. Revision: January 2010 IP-8 2010 Sentra SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Diagnostic Worksheet INFOID:0000000005283299 A B C D E F G H IP J K L M N O LAIA0072E Revision: January 2010 IP-9 P 2010 Sentra SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > LAIA0071E Revision: January 2010 IP-10 2010 Sentra INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY A Component Parts INFOID:0000000005283300 B C D E F G H IP J K L M N O P AWJIA0471ZZ 1. Steering member 2. Cluster lid A 3. Tweeter grille (LH) 4. Instrument panel and pad assembly 5. Instrument side mask (LH) 6. Fuse block lid storage bin 7. Combination meter 8. Instrument panel trim (LH) 9. Instrument lower finisher Revision: January 2010 IP-11 2010 Sentra INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > 10. Steering column cover upper 11. Steering lock escutcheon 12. Steering column cover lower 13. Instrument lower cover (LH) 14. Center console mat 15. Instrument upper cover (center) 16. Center console cup holder 17. Center console 18. Instrument lower cover (center) 19. Center console felt pad 20. Glove box lower finisher 21. Glove box assembly 22. Instrument lower cover (RH) 23. Instrument panel trim center 24. Instrument panel trim (RH) 25. CVT finisher 26. MT finisher 27. Controller finisher 28. Cluster lid C storage bin 29. Cluster lid C 30. Cluster lid C upper mask (non SE-R models) 33. Tweeter grille (RH w/o sensor) 31. Instrument side mask (RH) 32. Double meter (SE-R models) 34. Tweeter grille (RH w/sensor) 35. Sensor Metal clip Clip Pawl Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283301 CAUTION: • Disconnect the negative and positive battery terminals. • Never tamper with or force air bag lid open, as this may adversely affect air bag performance. • Be careful not to scratch pad and other parts. INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY Removal 1. 2. Disconnect both the negative and positive battery terminals, then wait at least three minutes. Remove center console mat and remove screws (A). • : Front LIIA2800E 3. Open center console lid, remove center console felt pad and remove the center console screws (A). LIIA2799E 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Pull parking brake control handle up engaging the parking brake, then remove the center console. Remove instrument lower finisher screw, remove instrument lower finisher, disconnect diagnostic connector and hood release cable. Remove the M/T or CVT shift selector handle. Refer to CVT-171, "Shift Lever Handle Removal and Installation" (CVT), MT-15, "Component of Control Device and Cable" (MT). Remove the CVT or MT finisher. Remove the M/T or CVT shift selector finisher, then disconnect the connectors. Remove the cluster lid C upper mask (non SE-R models). Revision: January 2010 IP-12 2010 Sentra INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > 10. Remove the double meter (1) (SE-R models). A B C LKIA0923E D 11. Remove cluster lid C (1). a. Remove cluster lid C screws (A). b. Pull out cluster lid C (1) to disconnect harness connector and remove cluster lid C (1). E F G LIIA2803E 12. Remove the instrument panel trim (RH). 13. Remove glove box lower finisher screws (A), remove glove box lower finisher (1). H IP J K LIIA2801E L M N O P Revision: January 2010 IP-13 2010 Sentra INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > 14. Remove the glove box assembly. a. Remove the two lower glove box assembly screws (A). b. Open the glove box and remove the four upper glove box assembly screws (B). LIIA2802E 15. 16. 17. 18. Remove instrument lower covers (LH and RH). Remove the instrument lower cover (center) screws and remove the instrument lower cover (center). Remove the instrument upper cover screws, remove the instrument upper cover. Remove steering lock escutcheon (1), remove steering column cover screws (A) and remove steering column cover upper and steering column cover lower (2). LIIA2791E 19. Disengage the metal clips, and then remove cluster lid A. 20. Remove the combination meter screws (A), pull out the combination meter (1) to disconnect the connector, remove the combination meter (1). LIIA2792E 21. Remove the front pillar garnish. Refer to EI-34. 22. Remove the headlamp control switch. Refer to LT-62, "Removal and Installation". 23. Remove the wiper control switch. Refer to WW-22, "Removal and Installation of Front Wiper and Washer Switch". Revision: January 2010 IP-14 2010 Sentra INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > 24. Remove the passenger air bag module bolt (A) from the steering member. A B C LIIA2793E D 25. Remove the instrument panel lower RH screw (A). E F G LIIA2794E 26. 27. 28. 29. 30. 31. 32. Remove the instrument panel screw inside the combination meter opening. Remove the instrument panel screw at the upper LH corner. Remove the instrument panel lower LH screw. Remove the front tweeters (LH and RH). Refer to AV-81, "Removal and Installation". Remove the upper instrument panel bolts located near the front tweeters (RH and LH). Disconnect the audio antenna. Remove the instrument panel assembly. H IP J Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. K CLUSTER LID C Removal 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the M/T or CVT shift selector handle. Refer to CVT-171, "Shift Lever Handle Removal and Installation" (CVT), MT-15, "Component of Control Device and Cable" (MT). Remove the CVT or MT finisher. Remove the M/T or CVT shift selector finisher, then disconnect the connectors. Remove the cluster lid C upper mask (non SE-R models). Remove the double meter (1) (SE-R models). L M N O P LKIA0923E Revision: January 2010 IP-15 2010 Sentra INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > 6. Remove cluster lid C (1). a. Remove cluster lid C screws (A). b. Pull out cluster lid C (1) to disconnect harness connector and remove cluster lid C (1). LIIA2803E Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. COMBINATION METER Removal 1. Remove steering lock escutcheon (1), remove steering column cover screws (A) and remove steering column cover upper and steering column cover lower (2). LIIA2791E 2. 3. Disengage the metal clips, and then remove cluster lid A. Remove the combination meter screws (A), pull out the combination meter (1) to disconnect the connector, remove the combination meter (1). LIIA2792E Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. GLOVE BOX ASSEMBLY Removal 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the M/T or CVT shift selector handle. Refer to CVT-171, "Shift Lever Handle Removal and Installation" (CVT), MT-15, "Component of Control Device and Cable" (MT). Remove the CVT or MT finisher. Remove the M/T or CVT shift selector finisher, then disconnect the connectors. Remove the cluster lid C upper mask (non SE-R models). Revision: January 2010 IP-16 2010 Sentra INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. Remove the double meter (1) (SE-R models). A B C LKIA0923E 6. a. b. D Remove cluster lid C (1). Remove cluster lid C screws (A). Pull out cluster lid C (1) to disconnect harness connector and remove cluster lid C (1). E F G LIIA2803E 7. 8. Remove the instrument panel trim (RH). Remove glove box lower finisher screws (A), remove glove box lower finisher (1). H IP J K LIIA2801E L M N O P Revision: January 2010 IP-17 2010 Sentra INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > 9. Remove the glove box assembly a. Remove the two lower glove box assembly screws (A). b. Open the glove box and remove the four upper glove box assembly screws (B). LIIA2802E Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. INSTRUMENT LOWER FINISHER Removal Remove instrument lower finisher screw, remove instrument lower finisher, disconnect diagnostic connector and hood release cable. Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CENTER CONSOLE ASSEMBLY Removal 1. Remove center console mat and remove screws (A). • : Front LIIA2800E Revision: January 2010 IP-18 2010 Sentra INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Open center console lid, remove center console felt pad and remove the center console screws (A). A B C LIIA2799E 3. Pull parking brake control handle up engaging the parking brake, then remove the center console. Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. D E F G H IP J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 IP-19 2010 Sentra ENGINE SECTION EX EXHAUST SYSTEM A EX C D E CONTENTS F MR20DE QR25DE SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2 SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 8 PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2 PRECAUTIONS .................................................. 8 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" .................................................................. 8 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect .................................... 8 PREPARATION ................................................... 4 PREPARATION ................................................. 10 Special Service Tool ................................................. 4 Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 4 Special Service Tool ................................................10 Commercial Service Tool ........................................10 EXHAUST SYSTEM ............................................ 5 EXHAUST SYSTEM .......................................... 11 Checking Exhaust System ........................................ 5 Component ................................................................ 5 Removal and Installation ........................................... 5 Inspection After Installation ....................................... 7 Checking Exhaust System .......................................11 Component ..............................................................11 Removal and Installation .........................................11 Inspection After Installation .....................................12 G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EX-1 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000005284504 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect INFOID:0000000005284505 NOTE: • This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM). • Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the ″LOCK″ position. • Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results. For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder. For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and steering wheel rotation will become impossible. If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before starting the repair operation. OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the steering lock will be released. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be rotated. Perform the necessary repair operation. Revision: January 2010 EX-2 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.) 6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III. A EX C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EX-3 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000005284506 The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here. Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description KV10114400 (J-38365) Heated oxygen sensor wrench Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensors: a: 22 mm (0.87 in) S-NT636 Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000005284507 (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description (J-43897-18) (J-43897-12) Oxygen sensor thread cleaner Reconditioning the exhaust system threads before installing a new oxygen sensor (Use with anti-seize lubricant shown below): a: J-43897-18 (18 mm dia.) for zirconia oxygen sensor b: J-43897-12 (12 mm dia.) for titania oxygen sensor AEM488 Anti-seize lubricant (Permatex 133AR or equivalent meeting MIL specification MIL-A-907) Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool when reconditioning exhaust system threads AEM489 Power tool Loosening nuts and bolts PBIC0190E Revision: January 2010 EX-4 2010 Sentra EXHAUST SYSTEM [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > EXHAUST SYSTEM A Checking Exhaust System INFOID:0000000005284508 Check exhaust pipes, muffler and mounting for improper attachment, leaks, cracks, damage or deterioration. • If necessary, repair or replace damaged parts. EX C D SMA211A Component E INFOID:0000000005284509 F MR20DE Models G H I J K L M N AWBIA0770GB 1. Main muffler 4. Center muffler 7. Heated oxygen sensor 2 10. Ground cable 2. Mounting rubber 3. 5. Spring 6. 8. Exhaust front tube (except for California) 9. O Ring gasket Seal bearing Stud bolt P 11. Exhaust front tube (for California) Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284510 WARNING: • Perform the procedure with the exhaust system fully cooled down because the system will be hot just after the engine is turned off. Revision: January 2010 EX-5 2010 Sentra EXHAUST SYSTEM [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Be careful not to cut your hand on heat insulator edges. CAUTION: • Use genuine NISSAN exhaust system parts or equivalent, which are specially designed for heat resistance, corrosion resistance and shape. REMOVAL Remove exhaust system components using power tools. • Remove heated oxygen sensor using Tool as needed. Tool number : KV10114400 (J-38365) CAUTION: Be careful not to damage heated oxygen sensor. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: • Always replace exhaust gaskets and seal bearings with new ones when installing. • Before installing a new heated oxygen sensor, clean and apply anti-seize lubricant to exhaust system threads using suitable tool. Oxygen sensor thread cleaner Oxygen sensor thread cleaner : — (J-43897-18) : — (J-43897-12) • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; install a new one. • Do not over-tighten the heated oxygen sensor. Doing so may damage the heated oxygen sensor, resulting in the MIL coming on. • Remove deposits from the sealing surface of each connection. Connect them securely to avoid exhaust leakage. • Temporarily tighten nuts on the exhaust manifold side and bolts on the vehicle side. Check each part for unusual interference, and then tighten them to the specified torque. • When installing each mounting rubber, avoid twisting or unusual extension in up/down and right/left directions. Exhaust Manifold to Exhaust Front Tube 1. 2. Securely insert seal bearing (2) into exhaust manifold (1) side in the direction shown. • Exhaust front tube (5) CAUTION: Be careful not to damage seal bearing surface when installing. Install spring (3), tighten nut (4). • Be careful that the stud bolt nut does not interfere with the flanged area ( ). • Make sure the spring (3) sits properly on the flange surface by aligning it to the locator dimples. PBIC3797E Exhaust Front Tube to Center Muffler 1. 2. Securely insert seal bearing (2) into exhaust front tube (1) side in the direction shown. • Center muffler (5) CAUTION: Be careful not to damage seal bearing surface when installing. Install spring (3), tighten bolt (4). • Be careful that the stud bolt does not interfere with the flanged area ( ). • Make sure the spring (3) sits properly on the flange surface by aligning it to the locator dimples. Revision: January 2010 EX-6 PBIC3798E 2010 Sentra EXHAUST SYSTEM [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Inspection After Installation INFOID:0000000005284511 A • With the engine running, check the exhaust tube joints for exhaust gas leaks and abnormal noise. • Check that the mounting brackets and mounting insulators are installed properly and free from excessive stress. Improper installation could result in excessive noise, leaks, and vibration. EX C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EX-7 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000005284512 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect INFOID:0000000005284513 NOTE: • This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM). • Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the ″LOCK″ position. • Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results. For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder. For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and steering wheel rotation will become impossible. If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before starting the repair operation. OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the steering lock will be released. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be rotated. Perform the necessary repair operation. Revision: January 2010 EX-8 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.) 6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III. A EX C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EX-9 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000005284514 The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here. Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description KV10114400 (J-38365) Heated oxygen sensor wrench Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensors: a: 22 mm (0.87 in) S-NT636 Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000005284515 (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description (J-43897-18) (J-43897-12) Oxygen sensor thread cleaner Reconditioning the exhaust system threads before installing a new oxygen sensor (Use with anti-seize lubricant shown below): a: J-43897-18 (18 mm dia.) for zirconia oxygen sensor b: J-43897-12 (12 mm dia.) for titania oxygen sensor AEM488 Anti-seize lubricant (Permatex 133AR or equivalent meeting MIL specification MIL-A-907) Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool when reconditioning exhaust system threads AEM489 Power tool Loosening nuts and bolts PBIC0190E Revision: January 2010 EX-10 2010 Sentra EXHAUST SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > EXHAUST SYSTEM A Checking Exhaust System INFOID:0000000005284516 Check exhaust pipes, muffler and mounting for improper attachment, leaks, cracks, damage or deterioration. • If necessary, repair or replace damaged parts. EX C D SMA211A Component E INFOID:0000000005284517 F QR25DE Models G H I J K L M N AWBIA0769GB 1. Main muffler 2. Mounting rubber 4. Center muffler 5. Front exhaust tube mounting bracket 6. Gasket 7. Seal bearing 8. Exhaust front tube Ground cable Removal and Installation 3. 9. O Ring gasket P INFOID:0000000005284518 WARNING: • Perform the procedure with the exhaust system fully cooled down because the system will be hot just after the engine is turned off. • Be careful not to cut your hand on the insulator edges. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EX-11 2010 Sentra EXHAUST SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Use genuine NISSAN exhaust system parts or equivalent, which are specifically designed for heat resistance, corrosion resistance, and shape. REMOVAL Remove exhaust system components using power tools. • Remove heated oxygen sensor using Tool as needed. Tool number : KV10114400 (J-38365) INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: • Always replace exhaust gaskets with new ones when reassembling. • Before installing a new heated oxygen sensor, clean and lube the exhaust tube threads using suitable tool. Oxygen sensor thread cleaner Oxygen sensor thread cleaner : — (J-43897-18) : — (J-43897-12) • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; install a new one. • Do not over-tighten the heated oxygen sensor. Doing so may damage the heated oxygen sensor, resulting in the MIL coming on. • If any mounting insulator is badly deformed, repair or replace it. If deposits such as mud pile up on the mounting insulator, clean and inspect them. • When installing the insulator avoid large gaps or interference between the insulator and each exhaust pipe. • Remove deposits from the sealing surface of each connection. Connect them securely to avoid exhaust gas leaks. • Temporarily tighten the exhaust manifold side nuts and the vehicle side bolts. Check each part for any interference, and then tighten the nuts and bolts to specification. • When installing each mounting rubber, avoid twisting or excessive extension in up/down and right/ left directions. • Tighten the bolts without causing interference with the flange. Inspection After Installation INFOID:0000000005284519 • With the engine running, check the exhaust tube joints for exhaust gas leaks and abnormal noise. • Check that the mounting brackets and mounting insulators are installed properly and free from excessive stress. Improper installation could result in excessive noise, leaks, and vibration. Revision: January 2010 EX-12 2010 Sentra ELECTRICAL SECTION DI DRIVER INFORMATION SYSTEM A B C D E CONTENTS SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 3 DOUBLE METERS ............................................ 24 System Description ..................................................24 Wiring Diagram - 2METER - ....................................25 Terminal and Reference Value for Double Meter ....27 Terminal and Reference Value for Combination Meter .......................................................................27 CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A) ....................28 Trouble Diagnosis ....................................................30 Symptom Chart ........................................................31 Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection ..........31 Oil Pressure Sensor Inspection ...............................31 Removal and Installation .........................................33 PRECAUTION ..................................................... 3 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 3 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 3 PREPARATION ................................................... 5 Special Service Tool ................................................. 5 Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 5 COMBINATION METERS ................................... 6 Component Parts and Harness Connector Location ............................................................................ 6 System Description ................................................... 6 Arrangement of Combination Meter .......................... 9 Schematic ............................................................... 10 Wiring Diagram - METER - ..................................... 11 Combination Meter Harness Connector Terminal Layout ..................................................................... 13 Terminal and Reference Value for Combination Meter ....................................................................... 13 Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter ............ 14 CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A) ................... 15 Trouble Diagnosis ................................................... 17 Symptom Chart ....................................................... 17 Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection ......... 18 Vehicle Speed Signal Inspection ............................. 19 Engine Speed Signal Inspection ............................. 20 Water Temperature Signal Inspection ..................... 20 Fuel Level Sensor Signal Inspection ....................... 20 Fuel Gauge Fluctuates, Indicates Wrong Value, or Varies ...................................................................... 22 Fuel Gauge Does Not Move to Full-position ........... 22 DTC [U1000] CAN Communication Circuit ............. 22 Electrical Component Inspection ............................. 23 Removal and Installation ......................................... 23 Revision: January 2010 WARNING LAMPS ............................................ 35 Schematic ................................................................35 Wiring Diagram - WARN - .......................................36 Oil Pressure Warning Lamp Stays Off (Ignition Switch ON) ..............................................................43 Oil Pressure Warning Lamp Does Not Turn Off (Oil Pressure Is Normal) ..........................................45 Component Inspection .............................................46 F G H I J DI L CVT INDICATOR ............................................... 47 System Description ..................................................47 Schematic ................................................................48 Wiring Diagram - CVTIND - .....................................49 CVT Indicator Does Not Illuminate ..........................51 WARNING CHIME ............................................. 53 DI-1 Component Parts and Harness Connector Location ...........................................................................53 System Description ..................................................54 Wiring Diagram - CHIME - .......................................57 Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ..................59 CONSULT-III Function (BCM) .................................62 Trouble Diagnosis ....................................................64 Combination Meter Buzzer Circuit Inspection .........65 Front Door Switch LH Signal Inspection ..................65 Key Switch Signal Inspection (Without Intelligent Key) .........................................................................66 2010 Sentra M N O P Key Switch and Ignition Knob Switch Signal Inspection (With Intelligent Key, When Mechanical Key Is Used) ........................................................... 67 Lighting Switch Signal Inspection ........................... 69 Seat Belt Buckle Switch LH Signal Inspection ........ 69 Parking Brake Switch Signal Inspection ................. 70 Electrical Component Inspection ............................ 71 Revision: January 2010 BOARD COMPUTER ........................................ 73 DI-2 System Description ................................................. 73 CAN Communication System Description .............. 73 Wiring Diagram - B/COMP - .................................... 74 Trouble Diagnosis ................................................... 75 Ambient Air Temperature Signal Inspection ........... 76 Electrical Component Inspection ............................ 77 2010 Sentra PRECAUTION < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION A PRECAUTION Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" B INFOID:0000000005527103 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. C D E F G H PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. I J Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect INFOID:0000000005283042 NOTE: • This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM). • Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the ″LOCK″ position. • Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results. For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder. For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and steering wheel rotation will become impossible. If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before starting the repair operation. DI L M N O OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the steering lock will be released. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be rotated. Perform the necessary repair operation. Revision: January 2010 DI-3 2010 Sentra P PRECAUTION < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.) 6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III. Revision: January 2010 DI-4 2010 Sentra PREPARATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION A Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000006043922 The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here. Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description — ( J-46534 ) Trim tool set B C For removing trim D E AWJIA0483ZZ Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000005283043 Tool name Description Power tool Loosening bolts and nuts F G H I PBIC0191E J DI L M N O P Revision: January 2010 DI-5 2010 Sentra COMBINATION METERS < SERVICE INFORMATION > COMBINATION METERS Component Parts and Harness Connector Location INFOID:0000000005283044 AWNIA2065ZZ 1. Combination meter M24 2. ECM E16 3. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (fuel level sensor) B48 (view with rear seat and inspection hole cover removed) (⇐: Front) 4. Vehicle speed sensor F41 (without ABS or CVT) 5. TCM F23 6. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) E33 System Description INFOID:0000000005283045 UNIFIED METER CONTROL UNIT • Speedometer, odo/trip meter, tachometer, water temperature gauge and fuel gauge are controlled by the unified meter control unit, which is built into the combination meter. • Warning and indicator lamps are controlled by signals drawn from the CAN communication system, BCM (body control module), and components connected directly to the combination meter. • Odo/trip meter and CVT indicator segments can be checked in self-diagnosis mode. • Meters/gauges can be checked in self-diagnosis mode. POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 DI-6 2010 Sentra COMBINATION METERS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Power is supplied at all times • through 10A fuse [No. 19, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to combination meter terminal 1. With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied • through 10A fuse [No. 14, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to combination meter terminal 2. With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied • through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to combination meter terminal 23. Ground is supplied • to combination meter terminals 3, 21 and 22 • through grounds M57 and M61. A B C D SPEEDOMETER With ABS The ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) provides a vehicle speed signal to the combination meter via CAN communication lines. E F G H WKIA5370E Without ABS or CVT The vehicle speed sensor provides a vehicle speed signal to the combination meter for speedometer indication. I J DI L AWNIA0002GB With CVT, Without ABS The TCM provides a vehicle speed signal to the combination meter via CAN communication lines. M N O AWNIA0003GB TACHOMETER Revision: January 2010 DI-7 2010 Sentra P COMBINATION METERS < SERVICE INFORMATION > The tachometer indicates engine speed in revolutions per minute (rpm). The ECM provides an engine speed signal to combination meter via CAN communication lines. SKIB6904E FUEL GAUGE The fuel gauge indicates the approximate fuel level in the fuel tank. The fuel gauge is regulated by the unified meter control unit and a variable resistor signal supplied • to combination meter terminal 4 • through fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 5 • through fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump terminal 2 • from combination meter terminal 8. WATER TEMPERATURE GAUGE The water temperature gauge indicates the engine coolant temperature. The ECM provides an engine coolant temperature signal to the combination meter via CAN communication lines. SKIB6905E ODO/TRIP METER The vehicle speed signal and the memory signals from the meter memory circuit are processed by the combination meter and the mileage is displayed. How to Change the Display Refer to Owner's Manual for odo/trip meter operating instructions. CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Refer to LAN-7, "System Description". Revision: January 2010 DI-8 2010 Sentra COMBINATION METERS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Arrangement of Combination Meter INFOID:0000000005283046 A B C D E F G H I J DI L M N O AWNIA1942ZZ Revision: January 2010 DI-9 2010 Sentra P COMBINATION METERS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Schematic INFOID:0000000005283047 AANWA0165GB Revision: January 2010 DI-10 2010 Sentra COMBINATION METERS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - METER - INFOID:0000000005283048 A B C D E F G H I J DI L M N O AANWA0166GB Revision: January 2010 DI-11 2010 Sentra P COMBINATION METERS < SERVICE INFORMATION > AANWA0167GB Revision: January 2010 DI-12 2010 Sentra COMBINATION METERS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Combination Meter Harness Connector Terminal Layout INFOID:0000000005283049 A B C AWNIA1773ZZ D Terminal and Reference Value for Combination Meter INFOID:0000000005283050 E Terminal No. Wire color Condition 1 W 2 Ignition switch Operation or condition Reference value (V) (Approx.) Battery power supply OFF — Battery voltage P Ignition switch ON or START ON — Battery voltage 3 B Ground (power) — — 0 4 B Fuel level sensor ground (-) ON — 0 6 B Vehicle speed sensor ground (without ABS or CVT) ON — 0 7 GR Vehicle speed signal (without ABS or CVT) ON 8 LG Fuel level sensor signal (+) — — 9 L CAN-H — — — 10 P CAN-L — — — 13 V Illumination control switch (LED) — — 16 SB Immobilizer/security indicator input OFF 18 G Seat belt buckle switch RH ON 21 Item Speedometer operated [When vehicle speed is approx. 20 km/h (12 MPH)] I 240 Hz Refer to DI-23, "Electrical Component Inspection". Refer to LT-96, "System Description". Security indicator ON 0 Security indicator OFF Battery voltage Unfastened (ON) 0 Fastened (OFF) Battery voltage Ground (illumination) — — 0 23 O Ignition switch ACC or ON ON — Battery voltage 24 GR Parking Brake switch ON 25 V Brake fluid level switch ON 26 O Seat belt buckle switch LH ON 28 R Washer fluid level switch (Canada models) ON 29 W O/D OFF switch ON Revision: January 2010 Parking brake applied Parking brake released Brake fluid level low Brake fluid level normal Battery voltage DI L M N O 0 Battery voltage P 0 Fastened (OFF) Battery voltage 0 Washer fluid level normal Battery voltage O/D OFF switch pressed 0 O/D OFF switch released Battery voltage DI-13 J 0 Unfastened (ON) Washer fluid level low G H B 22 F 2010 Sentra COMBINATION METERS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal No. Condition Wire color Item Ignition switch Operation or condition Reference value (V) (Approx.) NOTE: Maximum voltage may be 12 V due to specifications (connected units). 31 O Vehicle speed signal output (8-pulse) ON Speedometer operated [When vehicle speed is approx. 40 km/h (25 MPH)] PKIC0643E Generator ON Illumination output to double meter — Generator voltage low 0 32 BR 33 V 34 LG Ambient sensor power ON — 5 35 B Ambient sensor ground ON — 0 - 5 (Based on ambient temperature) 37* LG Manual mode signal ON 38* SB Not manual mode signal ON 39* W CVT steering shift up signal ON Generator voltage normal — Y CVT steering shift down signal ON Refer to LT-96, "System Description". Manual mode switch ON 0 Manual mode switch OFF Battery voltage Manual mode switch ON 0 Manual mode switch OFF Battery voltage • Manual mode switch ON • Steering shift up operation Other than above 40* Battery voltage • Manual mode switch ON • Steering shift down operation Other than above 0 Battery voltage 0 Battery voltage *: With QR25DE Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter INFOID:0000000005283051 SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE FUNCTION • Self-diagnosis can check for continuity between the meter control circuit and the speedometer and tachometer. • Self-diagnosis can check for odo/trip meter and CVT indicator segments. OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. Turn the ignition switch ON, and switch the odo/trip meter to “trip A” or “trip B”. NOTE: If the diagnosis function is activated with “trip A” displayed, the mileage on “trip A” will indicate “0000.0”, but the actual trip mileage will be retained. (The same applies for “trip B”.) Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: January 2010 DI-14 2010 Sentra COMBINATION METERS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. While pushing the odo/trip meter switch (1), turn the ignition switch ON. 4. Confirm that the trip meter displays “0000.0”. 5. Push the odo/trip meter switch at least 3 times. (Within 7 seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON.) A B C LKIA0870E 6. D All segments on the odo/trip meter illuminate. At this time, the unified meter control unit is turned to self-diagnosis mode. NOTE: • Check combination meter power supply and ground circuit when self-diagnosis mode of combination meter does not start. Replace combination meter if normal. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". • If any of the segments is not displayed, replace combination meter. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". E F G AWNIA1943ZZ 7. Each meter activates while pressing odo/trip meter switch. H I J DI L AWNIA1944ZZ NOTE: If the speedometer or tachometer are not activated, replace combination meter. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A) INFOID:0000000005283052 M N CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following. METER diagnosis mode SELF-DIAG RESULTS DATA MONITOR CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR O Description Displays combination meter self-diagnosis results. Displays combination meter input/output data in real time. P The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read. SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Display Item List Revision: January 2010 DI-15 2010 Sentra COMBINATION METERS < SERVICE INFORMATION > CONSULT-III display Malfunction Reference page CAN COMM CIRC [U1000] Malfunction is detected in CAN communication lines. CAUTION: Even when there is no malfunction on CAN communication system, malfunction may be misinterpreted when battery has low voltage (when maintaining 7 - 8 V for about 2 seconds) or 10A fuse [No. 14, located in the fuse block (J/B)] is removed. DI-22 VEHICLE SPEED CIRC [B2205] Malfunction is detected when an erroneous speed signal is input. CAUTION: Even when there is no malfunction on speed signal system, malfunctions may be misinterpreted when battery has low voltage (when maintaining 7 - 8 V for about 2 seconds). DI-19 NOTE: “TIME” indicates the following. • 0: Indicates that a malfunction is detected at present. • 1-63: Indicates that a malfunction was detected in the past. (Displays number of ignition switch OFF → ON cycles after malfunction is detected. Self-diagnostic result is erased when “63” is exceeded.) DATA MONITOR Display Item List MAIN SIGNALS SELECTION FROM MENU Contents SPEED METER [km/h] X X The value of vehicle speed signal, which is input from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). SPEED OUTPUT [km/h] X X The value of vehicle speed signal, which is transmitted to each unit with CAN communication. TACHO METER [rpm] X X The value of engine speed signal, which is input from ECM. W TEMP METER [°C] X X The value of engine coolant temperature signal, which is input from ECM. FUEL METER [lit.] X X The value, which processes a resistance signal from fuel gauge. FUEL W/L [ON/OFF] X X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of low-fuel warning lamp. C-ENG W/L [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of malfunction indicator lamp (MIL). AIR PRES W/L X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of low tire pressure warning lamp. SEAT BELT W/L X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of seat belt warning lamp. X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of buzzer. DOOR W/L [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of door warning lamp. HI-BEAM IND [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of high beam indicator lamp. TURN IND [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of turn indicator. OIL W/L [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of oil pressure warning lamp. LIGHT IND [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the light indicator lamp. VDC/TCS IND [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of VDC OFF indicator lamp. ABS W/L [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ABS warning lamp. SLIP IND [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SLIP indicator lamp. BRAKE W/L [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of brake warning lamp.* KEY G/Y W/L [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of KEY warning lamp (green). Display item [Unit] BUZZER [ON/OFF] X KEY R W/L [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of KEY warning lamp (red). KEY KNOB W/L [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of LOCK warning lamp. O/D OFF SW [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of O/D OFF switch. X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT shift P range indicator. P RANGE IND [ON/OFF] Revision: January 2010 X DI-16 2010 Sentra COMBINATION METERS < SERVICE INFORMATION > MAIN SIGNALS SELECTION FROM MENU R RANGE IND [ON/OFF] X X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT shift R range indicator. N RANGE IND [ON/OFF] X X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT shift N range indicator. D RANGE IND [ON/OFF] X X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT shift D range indicator. L RANGE IND [ON/OFF] X X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT shift L range indicator. M RANGE SW [ON/OFF] X X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of manual mode range switch. NM RANGE SW [ON/OFF] X X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of except manual mode range switch. AT-M IND [ON/OFF] X X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of manual mode indicator. AT-M GEAR [1 - 8] X X Indicates [1 - 8] condition of manual mode gear position. SPORT IND [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of O/D OFF indicator. ST SFT UP SW [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of steering shift up switch. ST SFT DWN SW [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of steering shift down switch. CRUISE IND [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CRUISE indicator. SET IND [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SET indicator. EPS W/L [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of EPS warning lamp. Display item [Unit] Contents A *: The monitor will indicate “OFF” even though the brake warning lamp is on if either of the following conditions exist. B C D E F G • The parking brake is engaged • The brake fluid level is low H Trouble Diagnosis INFOID:0000000005283053 HOW TO PERFORM TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. I Confirm the symptom or customer complaint. Perform preliminary check. Refer to "PRELIMINARY CHECK". According to the symptom chart, repair or replace the cause of the malfunction. Refer to DI-17, "Symptom J Chart". Does the meter operate normally? If so, GO TO 5. If not, GO TO 2. DI Inspection End. PRELIMINARY CHECK 1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS OPERATION OF COMBINATION METER L Perform self-diagnosis of combination meter. Refer to DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter". Does self-diagnosis mode operate? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Check power supply and ground circuit of combination meter. Refer to DI-18, "Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". 2.CHECK COMBINATION METER (CONSULT-III) Select “METER/M&A” on CONSULT-III and perform self-diagnosis of combination meter. Refer to DI-15, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)". Self-diagnostic results content No malfunction detected>> Refer to DI-17, "Symptom Chart". Malfunction detected>> Refer to DI-15, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)". Symptom Chart INFOID:0000000005283054 Symptom Possible cause Improper speedometer and odo/trip meter indication. Refer to DI-19, "Vehicle Speed Signal Inspection". Improper tachometer indication. Refer to DI-20, "Engine Speed Signal Inspection". Revision: January 2010 DI-17 2010 Sentra M N O P COMBINATION METERS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Symptom Possible cause Improper fuel gauge indication. Refer to DI-20, "Fuel Level Sensor Signal Inspection". Low-fuel warning lamp indication is irregular. Improper water temperature gauge indication. Refer to DI-20, "Water Temperature Signal Inspection". Improper CVT position indication. Refer to DI-51, "CVT Indicator Does Not Illuminate". Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection INFOID:0000000005283055 1.CHECK FUSE Check for blown combination meter fuses. Power source Fuse No. Battery 19 Ignition switch ON or START 14 Ignition switch ACC or ON 6 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse. Refer to PG-3. 2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Check voltage between combination meter harness connector terminals and ground. Terminals Ignition switch position (+) Combination meter connector Terminal (–) 1 M24 2 Ground 23 OFF ACC ON Battery voltage Battery voltage Battery voltage 0V 0V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage Battery voltage AWNIA1945ZZ OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair harness or connector. 3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect combination meter connector. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector terminals and ground. Combination meter connector Terminal M24 21 3 Continuity Ground Yes 22 OK or NG OK >> Replace combination meter. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Repair harness or connector. Revision: January 2010 DI-18 AWNIA1946ZZ 2010 Sentra COMBINATION METERS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Vehicle Speed Signal Inspection INFOID:0000000005283056 A Symptom: • Improper speedometer and odo/trip meter indication. • Display VEHICLE SPEED CIRC [B2205] at the result of self-diagnosis for combination meter. B WITH ABS 1.CHECK COMBINATION METER INPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. Start engine and select “METER/M&A” on CONSULT-III. Using “SPEED METER” on “DATA MONITOR”, compare the value of “DATA MONITOR” with speedometer pointer of combination meter. OK or NG OK >> Perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-20, "CONSULTIII Function (ABS)". NG >> Replace combination meter. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". C D E WITHOUT ABS OR CVT F 1. 2. 3. G 1.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR CIRCUITS Remove vehicle speed sensor. Turn ignition switch ON. Rotate vehicle speed sensor while checking voltage between combination meter harness connector M24 terminals 6 and 7. H Terminals (+) Voltage (Approx.) (–) Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M24 7 M24 6 I 0.5 OK or NG OK >> Replace combination meter. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". NG >> GO TO 2. AWNIA1947ZZ 2.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR 1. 2. 3. DI Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect vehicle speed sensor connector. Check resistance between vehicle speed sensor terminals 1 and 2. Terminals (+) Component Terminal Component Terminal 1 Vehicle speed sensor 2 L M Resistance value (Approx.) (–) Vehicle speed sensor N 250Ω WKIA5833E O OK or NG OK >> Check harness or connector between combination meter and vehicle speed sensor. NG >> Replace vehicle speed sensor. P WITH CVT, WITHOUT ABS 1.CHECK COMBINATION METER INPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. Start engine and select “METER/M&A” on CONSULT-III. Using “SPEED METER” on “DATA MONITOR”, compare the value of “DATA MONITOR” with speedometer pointer of combination meter. OK or NG Revision: January 2010 J DI-19 2010 Sentra COMBINATION METERS < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> Perform TCM self-diagnosis. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". NG >> Replace combination meter. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Engine Speed Signal Inspection INFOID:0000000005283057 Symptom: Improper tachometer indication. 1.CHECK COMBINATION METER INPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. Start engine and select “METER/M&A” on CONSULT-III. Using “TACHO METER” on “DATA MONITOR”, compare the value of “DATA MONITOR” with tachometer pointer of combination meter. OK or NG OK >> • Perform ECM self-diagnosis. Refer to EC-1224, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)" (with QR25DE). • Perform ECM self-diagnosis. Refer to EC-131, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)" (with MR20DE for California). • Perform ECM self-diagnosis. Refer to EC-686, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)" (with MR20DE except California). NG >> Replace combination meter. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Water Temperature Signal Inspection INFOID:0000000005283058 Symptom: Improper water temperature gauge indication. 1.CHECK COMBINATION METER INPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. Start engine and select “METER/M&A” on CONSULT-III. Run the engine at different temperatures and compare water temperature with “W TEMP METER” of “DATA MONITOR”. Indication should be as follows: High: Normal: Cold: 130°C (266°F) 70 - 105°C (158 - 221°F) Less than 50°C (122°F) OK or NG OK >> • Perform ECM self-diagnosis. Refer to EC-1224, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)" (with QR25DE). • Perform ECM self-diagnosis. Refer to EC-131, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)" (with MR20DE for California). • Perform ECM self-diagnosis. Refer to EC-686, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)" (with MR20DE except California). NG >> Replace combination meter. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Fuel Level Sensor Signal Inspection INFOID:0000000005283059 Symptom: • Improper fuel gauge indication. • Low-fuel warning lamp indication is irregular. NOTE: The following symptoms do not indicate a malfunction. • Depending on vehicle position or driving circumstance, the fuel level in the tank shifts and the indication may fluctuate. • If the vehicle is fueled with the ignition switch ON, the indication will update slowly. • If the vehicle is tilted when the ignition switch is turned ON, fuel in the tank may flow to one direction resulting in a change of reading. 1.CHECK COMBINATION METER INPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. Select “METER/M&A” on CONSULT-III. Using “FUEL METER” on “DATA MONITOR”, compare the value of “DATA MONITOR” with fuel gauge indication of combination meter. Revision: January 2010 DI-20 2010 Sentra COMBINATION METERS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Fuel gauge indication (approx. segments) Reference value of data monitor [lit.] Full (13) Approx. 55 3/4 (10) Approx. 38 1/2 (7) Approx. 25 1/4 (4) Approx. 13 Empty (0) Approx. 4 A B C OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Replace combination meter. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". D 2.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check combination meter and fuel level sensor unit terminals (meter-side and harness-side) for poor connection. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace terminals or connectors. 3.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CIRCUIT 1. 2. E F G Disconnect combination meter connector and fuel level sensor unit connector. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector (A) and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector (B). H I A 3. B Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M24 8 B48 2 Continuity Check continuity between combination meter harness connector (A) and ground. A Connector Terminal M24 8 J Yes AWNIA1949ZZ DI Continuity Ground L No OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair harness or connector. M 4.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT 1. A 2. N Check continuity between combination meter harness connector (A) and fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector (B). B Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M24 4 B48 5 O Continuity P Yes Check continuity between combination meter harness connector (A) and ground. AWNIA1950ZZ Revision: January 2010 DI-21 2010 Sentra COMBINATION METERS < SERVICE INFORMATION > A Connector Terminal M24 4 Continuity Ground No OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair harness or connector. 5.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT Check fuel level sensor unit. Refer to DI-23, "Electrical Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> Check fuel level sensor unit installation, and check whether the float arm interferes or binds with any of the internal components in the fuel tank. Repair or replace malfunctioning part, if necessary. NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. Fuel Gauge Fluctuates, Indicates Wrong Value, or Varies INFOID:0000000005283060 1.CHECK FUEL GAUGE FLUCTUATION Test drive vehicle to see if gauge fluctuates only during driving or at the instant of stopping. Does the indication value vary only during driving or at the at the instant of stopping? YES >> The gauge fluctuation may be caused by fuel level change in the fuel tank. Condition is normal. NO >> Ask the customer about the situation when the symptom occurs in detail, and perform the trouble diagnosis. Fuel Gauge Does Not Move to Full-position INFOID:0000000005283061 1.OBSERVE FUEL GAUGE Does it take a long time for the indication to move to FULL position? YES or NO YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3. 2.IDENTIFY FUELING CONDITION Was the vehicle fueled with the ignition switch ON? YES or NO YES >> Be sure to fuel the vehicle with the ignition switch OFF. Otherwise, it will take a long time to move to FULL position because of the characteristic of the fuel gauge. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.OBSERVE VEHICLE POSITION Is the vehicle parked on an incline? YES or NO YES >> Check the fuel level indication with vehicle on a level surface. NO >> GO TO 4. 4.OBSERVE FUEL GAUGE INDICATOR During driving, does the fuel gauge indication move gradually toward EMPTY position? YES or NO YES >> Check the components. Refer to DI-23, "Electrical Component Inspection". NO >> The float arm may interfere or bind with any of the components in the fuel tank. DTC [U1000] CAN Communication Circuit INFOID:0000000005283062 Symptom: Display CAN COMM CIRC [U1000] at the result of self-diagnosis for combination meter. Revision: January 2010 DI-22 2010 Sentra COMBINATION METERS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION A Select "SELF-DIAG RESULTS" mode for "METER/M&A" with CONSULT-III. >> Go to "CAN SYSTEM". Refer to LAN-44, "Diagnosis Procedure". Electrical Component Inspection B INFOID:0000000005283063 C FUEL LEVEL SENSOR UNIT CHECK For removal, refer to FL-6, "Removal and Installation". Check Fuel Level Sensor Unit and Fuel Pump Check resistance between terminals 2 and 5. Terminals 2 5 Float position mm (in) D Resistance value (Ω) (Approx.) 1* Full 145.9 (5.74) 5 2* Empty 14 (0.55) 81.5 E F 1* and 2*: When float rod is in contact with stopper. G WKIA5456E Check Fuel Level Sensor Unit and Fuel Pump Harness Check continuity at the following terminals. Terminal 2 - Signal terminal (A) 5 - Ground terminal (B) H Continuity I Yes • If the results of check are NG, replace fuel pump assembly. If the results of check are OK, replace fuel level sensor unit. J WKIA5457E Removal and Installation DI INFOID:0000000005283064 L COMBINATION METER Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". M N O P Revision: January 2010 DI-23 2010 Sentra DOUBLE METERS < SERVICE INFORMATION > DOUBLE METERS System Description INFOID:0000000005283065 DOUBLE METER Oil pressure gauge and G-force gauge are controlled by the double meter. WKIA5977E Oil Pressure Warning Lamp The oil pressure warning lamp is controlled by the double meter. When the oil pressure is less than 4.52 psi (0.318 kg/cm2), the double meter sends a ground signal to the IPDM E/R. The IPDM E/R then sends a signal to the combination meter via CAN communication and the oil pressure warning lamp is turned on. When the oil pressure is greater than 6.5 psi (0.457 kg/cm2) the warning lamp turns off. POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Power is supplied at all times • through 10A fuse [No. 19, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to double meter terminal 7 and • to combination meter terminal 1. With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied • through 10A fuse [No. 14, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to double meter terminal 8 and • to combination meter terminal 2. With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied • through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to combination meter terminal 23. Ground is supplied • to double meter terminals 9 and 10 and • to combination meter terminals 3 and 21 • through body grounds M57 and M61. OIL PRESSURE GAUGE The oil pressure gauge indicates engine oil pressure. With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied • through double meter terminal 3 • to oil pressure sensor terminal 3. Ground is supplied • through double meter terminal 5 • to oil pressure sensor terminal 1. Double meter receives oil pressure signal from oil pressure sensor • through oil pressure sensor terminal 2 • to double meter terminal 4. G-FORCE GAUGE The G-force gauge indicates the longitudinal acceleration and deceleration G-forces while driving. The indication is based on a calculation using the speed input supplied by the combination meter via CAN communication. The gauge does not indicate cornering G-forces. Revision: January 2010 DI-24 2010 Sentra DOUBLE METERS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - 2METER - INFOID:0000000005283066 A B C D E F G H I J DI L M N O AANWA0168GB Revision: January 2010 DI-25 2010 Sentra P DOUBLE METERS < SERVICE INFORMATION > AANWA0222GB Revision: January 2010 DI-26 2010 Sentra DOUBLE METERS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal and Reference Value for Double Meter Terminal No. Wire color 1 L 2 3 4 INFOID:0000000005283067 A Condition Ignition switch Operation or condition Voltage (V) (Approx.) CAN-H — — — P CAN-L — — — Y Oil pressure sensor power supply ON — 5.5 When ignition switch is in the ON position. (Engine stopped) 0.5 G Item Oil pressure sensor signal ON Engine running. [When the oil R Oil pressure sensor ground ON — SB Oil pressure warn out Engine oil pressure is above 6.5 psi (0.457 kg/cm2) E 0.5 4.52 psi (0.318 kg/cm2) ON D 0 Engine oil pressure is below 6 C 2.5 pressure is 60 psi (4.22 kg/cm2)] 5 F Battery voltage 7 W Battery power supply OFF — Battery voltage 8 P Ignition switch ON or START ON — Battery voltage B Ground ON — 0 V Illumination control — — Refer to LT-96, "System Description". 9 10 12 B Terminal and Reference Value for Combination Meter G H I INFOID:0000000005527107 J Terminal No. Condition Wire color 1 W 2 Ignition switch Operation or condition Reference value (V) (Approx.) Battery power supply OFF — Battery voltage P Ignition switch ON or START ON — Battery voltage 3 B Ground (power) — — 0 4 B Fuel level sensor ground (-) ON — 0 6 B Vehicle speed sensor ground (without ABS or CVT) ON — 0 7 GR Vehicle speed signal (without ABS or CVT) ON 8 LG Fuel level sensor signal (+) — — 9 L CAN-H — — — 10 P CAN-L — — — 13 V Illumination control switch (LED) — — 16 SB Immobilizer/security indicator input OFF 18 G Seat belt buckle switch RH ON Item Revision: January 2010 Speedometer operated [When vehicle speed is approx. 20 km/h (12 MPH)] L M 240 Hz N Refer to DI-23, "Electrical Component Inspection". Refer to LT-96, "System Description". Security indicator ON 0 Security indicator OFF Battery voltage Unfastened (ON) 0 Fastened (OFF) Battery voltage DI-27 DI 2010 Sentra O P DOUBLE METERS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal No. 21 22 23 Condition Wire color Item Ignition switch Operation or condition Reference value (V) (Approx.) — 0 — Battery voltage B Ground (illumination) — O Ignition switch ACC or ON ON 24 GR Parking Brake switch ON 25 V Brake fluid level switch ON 26 O Seat belt buckle switch LH ON 28 R Washer fluid level switch (Canada models) ON 29 W O/D OFF switch ON Parking brake applied Parking brake released Brake fluid level low Brake fluid level normal 0 Battery voltage 0 Battery voltage Unfastened (ON) 0 Fastened (OFF) Battery voltage Washer fluid level low 0 Washer fluid level normal Battery voltage O/D OFF switch pressed 0 O/D OFF switch released Battery voltage NOTE: Maximum voltage may be 12 V due to specifications (connected units). 31 O Vehicle speed signal output (8-pulse) ON Speedometer operated [When vehicle speed is approx. 40 km/h (25 MPH)] PKIC0643E 32 BR Generator voltage low Generator ON Illumination output to double meter — — Generator voltage normal 0 Battery voltage Refer to LT-96, "System Description". 33 V 34 LG Ambient sensor power ON — 5 35 B Ambient sensor ground ON — 0 - 5 (Based on ambient temperature) 37* LG Manual mode signal ON 38* SB Not manual mode signal ON 39* W CVT steering shift up signal ON Manual mode switch ON 0 Manual mode switch OFF Battery voltage Manual mode switch ON 0 Manual mode switch OFF Battery voltage • Manual mode switch ON • Steering shift up operation Other than above 40* Y CVT steering shift down signal ON • Manual mode switch ON • Steering shift down operation Other than above 0 Battery voltage 0 Battery voltage *: With QR25DE CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A) INFOID:0000000005527108 CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following. Revision: January 2010 DI-28 2010 Sentra DOUBLE METERS < SERVICE INFORMATION > METER diagnosis mode SELF-DIAG RESULTS DATA MONITOR CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR Description A Displays combination meter self-diagnosis results. Displays combination meter input/output data in real time. B The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read. SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS C Display Item List CONSULT-III display Malfunction Reference page CAN COMM CIRC [U1000] Malfunction is detected in CAN communication lines. CAUTION: Even when there is no malfunction on CAN communication system, malfunction may be misinterpreted when battery has low voltage (when maintaining 7 - 8 V for about 2 seconds) or 10A fuse [No. 14, located in the fuse block (J/B)] is removed. DI-22 VEHICLE SPEED CIRC [B2205] Malfunction is detected when an erroneous speed signal is input. CAUTION: Even when there is no malfunction on speed signal system, malfunctions may be misinterpreted when battery has low voltage (when maintaining 7 - 8 V for about 2 seconds). D E F DI-19 G NOTE: “TIME” indicates the following. • 0: Indicates that a malfunction is detected at present. • 1-63: Indicates that a malfunction was detected in the past. (Displays number of ignition switch OFF → ON cycles after malfunction is detected. Self-diagnostic result is erased when “63” is exceeded.) H DATA MONITOR I Display Item List Display item [Unit] SPEED METER [km/h] J MAIN SIGNALS SELECTION FROM MENU Contents X X The value of vehicle speed signal, which is input from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). SPEED OUTPUT [km/h] X X The value of vehicle speed signal, which is transmitted to each unit with CAN communication. TACHO METER [rpm] X X The value of engine speed signal, which is input from ECM. W TEMP METER [°C] X X The value of engine coolant temperature signal, which is input from ECM. FUEL METER [lit.] X X The value, which processes a resistance signal from fuel gauge. FUEL W/L [ON/OFF] X X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of low-fuel warning lamp. C-ENG W/L [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of malfunction indicator lamp (MIL). AIR PRES W/L X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of low tire pressure warning lamp. SEAT BELT W/L X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of seat belt warning lamp. X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of buzzer. DOOR W/L [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of door warning lamp. HI-BEAM IND [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of high beam indicator lamp. TURN IND [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of turn indicator. OIL W/L [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of oil pressure warning lamp. LIGHT IND [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the light indicator lamp. VDC/TCS IND [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of VDC OFF indicator lamp. BUZZER [ON/OFF] Revision: January 2010 X DI-29 2010 Sentra DI L M N O P DOUBLE METERS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Display item [Unit] MAIN SIGNALS SELECTION FROM MENU Contents ABS W/L [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ABS warning lamp. SLIP IND [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SLIP indicator lamp. BRAKE W/L [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of brake warning lamp.* KEY G/Y W/L [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of KEY warning lamp (green). KEY R W/L [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of KEY warning lamp (red). KEY KNOB W/L [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of LOCK warning lamp. O/D OFF SW [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of O/D OFF switch. X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT shift P range indicator. P RANGE IND [ON/OFF] X R RANGE IND [ON/OFF] X X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT shift R range indicator. N RANGE IND [ON/OFF] X X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT shift N range indicator. D RANGE IND [ON/OFF] X X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT shift D range indicator. L RANGE IND [ON/OFF] X X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT shift L range indicator. M RANGE SW [ON/OFF] X X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of manual mode range switch. NM RANGE SW [ON/OFF] X X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of except manual mode range switch. AT-M IND [ON/OFF] X X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of manual mode indicator. AT-M GEAR [1 - 8] X X Indicates [1 - 8] condition of manual mode gear position. SPORT IND [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of O/D OFF indicator. ST SFT UP SW [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of steering shift up switch. ST SFT DWN SW [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of steering shift down switch. CRUISE IND [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CRUISE indicator. SET IND [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SET indicator. EPS W/L [ON/OFF] X Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of EPS warning lamp. *: The monitor will indicate “OFF” even though the brake warning lamp is on if either of the following conditions exist. • The parking brake is engaged • The brake fluid level is low Trouble Diagnosis INFOID:0000000005283070 HOW TO PERFORM TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Confirm the symptom or customer complaint. Perform preliminary check. Refer to "PRELIMINARY CHECK". According to the symptom chart, repair or replace the cause of the symptom. Refer to DI-31, "Symptom Chart". Does the double meter operate normally? If so, GO TO 5. If not, GO TO 2. Inspection End. PRELIMINARY CHECK 1.CHECK COMBINATION METER (CONSULT-III) Select "METER/M&A" on CONSULT-III and perform self-diagnosis of combination meter. Refer to DI-15, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)". Self-diagnostic results content No malfunction detected>>Refer to DI-31, "Symptom Chart". Malfunction detected>>Refer to DI-15, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)". Revision: January 2010 DI-30 2010 Sentra DOUBLE METERS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Symptom Chart INFOID:0000000005283071 A Symptom Possible cause B Improper oil pressure gauge indication. Refer to DI-31, "Oil Pressure Sensor Inspection". Improper G-force gauge indication. Replace double meter. Refer to DI-33, "Removal and Installation". Double meter is inoperative. • Refer to DI-31, "Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". • Replace double meter. Refer to DI-33, "Removal and Installation". Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection INFOID:0000000005283072 1.CHECK FUSES Check for blown double meter fuses. Power source Fuse No. Battery 19 Ignition switch ON or START 14 F 2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Terminals Connector Terminal 7 M89 I Ignition switch position (–) Ground 8 OFF ON START Battery voltage Battery voltage Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage Battery voltage J DI WKIA5978E L OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Check harness for open between double meter and fuse. M 3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check continuity between double meter harness connector M89 terminals 9, 10 and ground. N O Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> Inspection End. NG >> Check harness or connector. P WKIA5979E Oil Pressure Sensor Inspection INFOID:0000000005283073 1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL Revision: January 2010 G H Disconnect the double meter connector. Check voltage between double meter harness connector terminals and ground. (+) D E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse. Refer to PG3. 1. 2. C DI-31 2010 Sentra DOUBLE METERS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check voltage between double meter harness connector M89 terminal 4 and ground. Terminals (+) Connector M89 Terminal 4 Condition Voltage (Approx.) When ignition switch is in ON position. (Engine stopped.) 0.5V (–) Ground Engine running. [When the oil pressure is 60 psi (4.22 kg/ WKIA5980E 2.5V cm2)] OK or NG OK >> Replace double meter. Refer to DI-33, "Removal and Installation". NG >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK OIL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY Check voltage between double meter harness connector M89 terminal 3 and ground. Approx. 5.5V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace double meter. Refer to DI-33, "Removal and Installation". 3.CHECK OIL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. WKIA5981E Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect double meter and oil pressure sensor connectors. Check continuity between double meter harness connector M89 (A) terminal 3 and oil pressure sensor harness connector F32 (B) terminal 3. Continuity should exist. 4. Check continuity between double meter harness connector M89 (A) terminal 3 and ground. Continuity should not exist. WKIA5982E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair harness or connector between double meter and oil pressure sensor. 4.CHECK OIL PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 DI-32 2010 Sentra DOUBLE METERS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Check continuity between double meter harness connector M89 (B) terminal 4 and oil pressure sensor harness connector F32 (A) terminal 2. A Continuity should exist. 2. B Check continuity between double meter harness connector M89 (B) terminal 4 and ground. C Continuity should not exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair harness or connector between double meter and oil pressure sensor. WKIA5983E D 5.CHECK OIL PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT E Check continuity between double meter harness connector M89 (A) terminal 5 and oil pressure sensor harness connector F32 (B) terminal 1. F Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> Replace oil pressure sensor. NG >> Repair harness or connector between double meter and oil pressure sensor. G H WKIA5984E Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283074 I COMPONENTS J DI L M N O P LKIA0922E 1. Double meter Clip Revision: January 2010 2. Upper housing 3. Double meter finisher Pawl DI-33 2010 Sentra DOUBLE METERS < SERVICE INFORMATION > REMOVAL 1. Carefully remove the double meter assembly (1) using suitable tool. CAUTION: Wrap suitable tool with clean shop cloth to prevent damage to the instrument panel. LKIA0923E 2. Disconnect the double meter assembly connector (1) and remove the double meter assembly (2). LKIA0924E INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Revision: January 2010 DI-34 2010 Sentra WARNING LAMPS < SERVICE INFORMATION > WARNING LAMPS A Schematic INFOID:0000000005283075 B C D E F G H I J DI L M N O P AANWA0169GB Revision: January 2010 DI-35 2010 Sentra WARNING LAMPS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - WARN - INFOID:0000000005283076 AANWA0170GB Revision: January 2010 DI-36 2010 Sentra WARNING LAMPS < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I J DI L M N O AANWA0171GB P Revision: January 2010 DI-37 2010 Sentra WARNING LAMPS < SERVICE INFORMATION > AANWA0172GB Revision: January 2010 DI-38 2010 Sentra WARNING LAMPS < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I J DI L M N O AANWA0173GB P Revision: January 2010 DI-39 2010 Sentra WARNING LAMPS < SERVICE INFORMATION > AANWA0174GB Revision: January 2010 DI-40 2010 Sentra WARNING LAMPS < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I J DI L M N O WKWA5424E P Revision: January 2010 DI-41 2010 Sentra WARNING LAMPS < SERVICE INFORMATION > AANWA0175GB Revision: January 2010 DI-42 2010 Sentra WARNING LAMPS < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I J DI L M N O ABNWA0273GB Oil Pressure Warning Lamp Stays Off (Ignition Switch ON) INFOID:0000000005283077 1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP OPERATION Activate IPDM E/R auto active test. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test". Does oil pressure warning lamp blink? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 5. Revision: January 2010 DI-43 2010 Sentra P WARNING LAMPS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2.CHECK IPDM E/R INPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector and ground. Terminals (+) IPDM E/R connector Terminal E46 37 (–) Ground Condition Voltage (Approx.) Engine stopped 0V OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R". NG >> GO TO 3. WKIA5458E 3.CHECK OIL PRESSURE CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and oil pressure switch connector (with MR20DE) or double meter connector (with QR25DE). Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector E46 (A) terminal 37 and oil pressure switch harness connector F32 (B) terminal 1 (with MR20DE) or double meter connector M89 (C) terminal 6 (with QR25DE). With MR20DE 37 - 1 : Continuity should exist With QR25DE 37 - 6 : Continuity should exist WKIA5985E OK or NG OK >> With MR20DE, GO TO 4. With QR25DE, refer to DI-31, "Oil Pressure Sensor Inspection". NG >> Repair harness or connector. 4.CHECK OIL PRESSURE SWITCH Check oil pressure switch. Refer to DI-46, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R". NG >> Replace oil pressure switch. 5.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION Select “METER/M&A” on CONSULT-III, and perform self-diagnosis of combination meter. Self-diagnostic results content No malfunction detected>>GO TO 6. Malfunction detected>> Check applicable parts, and repair or replace as necessary. 6.CHECK COMBINATION METER INPUT SIGNAL Select “METER/M&A” on CONSULT-III. Operate ignition switch with “OIL W/L” of “DATA MONITOR” and check operation status. “OIL W/L” When ignition switch is in ON position (Engine stopped.) When engine running : ON : OFF OK or NG OK >> Replace combination meter. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Revision: January 2010 DI-44 2010 Sentra WARNING LAMPS < SERVICE INFORMATION > NG >> GO TO 7. 7.CHECK BCM INPUT SIGNAL A Select “BCM” on CONSULT-III. Then select “SIGNAL BUFFER”. Operate ignition switch with “OIL PRESS SW” of “DATA MONITOR” and check operation status. “OIL PRESS SW” When ignition switch is in ON position (Engine stopped.) When engine running : ON C : OFF OK or NG OK >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". NG >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R". Oil Pressure Warning Lamp Does Not Turn Off (Oil Pressure Is Normal) D INFOID:0000000005283078 NOTE: For oil pressure inspection, refer to LU-6, "Inspection" (MR20DE) or LU-18, "Inspection" (QR25DE). 1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP OPERATION Activate IPDM E/R auto active test. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test". Does oil pressure warning lamp blink? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 5. : Battery voltage With QR25DE 6 - ground : Battery voltage J L 3.CHECK OIL PRESSURE SWITCH M N 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check oil pressure switch. Refer to DI-46, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R". NG >> Replace oil pressure switch. O 4.CHECK OIL PRESSURE CIRCUIT P Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and oil pressure switch connector (with MR20DE) or double meter connector (with QR25DE). Revision: January 2010 I DI WKIA5986E OK or NG OK >> With MR20DE, GO TO 3. With QR25DE, refer to DI-31, "Oil Pressure Sensor Inspection". NG >> GO TO 4. 1. F H Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect oil pressure switch connector (with MR20DE) or double meter connector (with QR25DE). Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between oil pressure switch harness connector F32 (A) terminal 1 (with MR20DE) or double meter connector M89 (B) terminal 6 (with QR25DE) and ground. With MR20DE 1 - ground E G 2.CHECK IPDM E/R OUTPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. 3. 4. B DI-45 2010 Sentra WARNING LAMPS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector E46 (A) terminal 37 and oil pressure switch harness connector F32 (B) terminal 1 (with MR20DE) or double meter connector M89 (C) terminal 6 (with QR25DE). With MR20DE 37 - 1 : Continuity should exist With QR25DE 37 - 6 : Continuity should exist WKIA5985E OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R". NG >> Repair harness or connector. 5.CHECK BCM INPUT SIGNAL Select “BCM” on CONSULT-III. Then select “SIGNAL BUFFER”. Operate ignition switch with “OIL PRESS SW” of “DATA MONITOR” and check operation status. “OIL PRESS SW” When ignition switch is in ON position (Engine stopped.) When engine running : ON : OFF OK or NG OK >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". NG >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R". Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005283079 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH Check continuity between oil pressure switch and ground. Condition Oil pressure [kPa (bar, kg/cm2, psi)] Continuity Engine stopped Less than 29 (0.3, 0.3, 4) Yes Engine running More than 29 (0.3, 0.3, 4) No ELF0044D Revision: January 2010 DI-46 2010 Sentra CVT INDICATOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > CVT INDICATOR A System Description INFOID:0000000005283080 The TCM receives CVT indicator signals from the transmission range switch. The TCM then sends CVT position indicator signals to the combination meter via CAN communication lines. The combination meter indicates the received shift position. B C D E AWNIA1914GB F G H I J DI L M N O P Revision: January 2010 DI-47 2010 Sentra CVT INDICATOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > Schematic INFOID:0000000005527120 AANWA0176GB Revision: January 2010 DI-48 2010 Sentra CVT INDICATOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - CVTIND - INFOID:0000000005283081 A B C D E F G H I J DI L M N O AANWA0177GB Revision: January 2010 DI-49 2010 Sentra P CVT INDICATOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > AANWA0178GB Revision: January 2010 DI-50 2010 Sentra CVT INDICATOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I J DI L M N O AANWA0179GB CVT Indicator Does Not Illuminate INFOID:0000000005283082 1.CHECK SEGMENT OF CVT INDICATOR Revision: January 2010 DI-51 2010 Sentra P CVT INDICATOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > Perform self-diagnosis of combination meter. Refer to DI-14, "SelfDiagnosis Mode of Combination Meter". Are all segments displayed? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Replace combination meter. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". AWNIA1943ZZ 2.CHECK COMBINATION METER (CONSULT-III) 1. 2. Connect CONSULT-III. Select “METER/M&A” on CONSULT-III, and perform self-diagnosis of combination meter. Refer to DI-15, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)". Self-diagnostic results content No malfunction detected>>GO TO 3. Malfunction detected>> Check applicable parts, and repair or replace as necessary. 3.CHECK COMBINATION METER INPUT SIGNAL Use “DATA MONITOR” of “METER/M&A” on CONSULT-III. Confirm each indication on the monitor while operating the CVT selector lever. CONSULT-III display P RANGE IND R RANGE IND N RANGE IND D RANGE IND L RANGE IND Switch operation Operation status P range position ON Except for P range position OFF R range position ON Except for R range position OFF N range position ON Except for N range position OFF D range position ON Except for D range position OFF L range position ON Except for L range position OFF OK or NG OK >> Replace combination meter. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". NG >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS OF TCM Perform self-diagnosis of TCM. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". OK or NG OK >> Check TCM input/output signal. Repair or replace malfunctioning part, if necessary. Refer to CVT44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". NG >> Check applicable part, and repair or replace as necessary. Revision: January 2010 DI-52 2010 Sentra WARNING CHIME < SERVICE INFORMATION > WARNING CHIME Component Parts and Harness Connector Location A INFOID:0000000005283083 B C D E F G H I J DI L M N O P LKIA0877E Revision: January 2010 DI-53 2010 Sentra WARNING CHIME < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Combination meter M24 2. Combination switch M28 3. Key switch and ignition knob switch M49 (with Intelligent Key) 4. Key switch M50 (without Intelligent Key) 5. Front door switch LH B21 6. Seat belt buckle switch LH B16 7. BCM M18, M19, M20 (view with instrument panel removed) 8. Intelligent Key unit M42 (view with instrument panel removed) 9. Parking brake switch B24 System Description INFOID:0000000005283084 • Buzzer for warning chime system is installed in the combination meter. • The buzzer sounds when combination meter receives buzzer output signal with CAN communication line. POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Power is supplied at all times • through 50A fusible link (letter j, located in the fuse and fusible link box) • to BCM terminal 70, • through 10A fuse [No. 21, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to BCM terminal 57, • through 10A fuse [No. 19, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to combination meter terminal 1 and • to key switch (without Intelligent Key) terminal 2, • through 10A fuse [No. 9, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to key switch and ignition knob switch (with Intelligent Key) terminals 2 and 4. With ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied • through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to BCM terminal 38, • through 10A fuse [No. 14, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to combination meter terminal 2. With ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied • through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to combination meter terminal 23. Ground is supplied • to BCM terminal 67 and • to combination meter terminals 3 and 21 • through grounds M57 and M61. IGNITION KEY WARNING CHIME (WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY) With the key inserted into the key switch, and the ignition switch in the OFF or ACC position, when driver's door is opened, the warning chime will sound. • BCM detects key inserted into the ignition switch, and sends key warning signal to combination meter with CAN communication line. • When combination meter receives key warning signal, it sounds warning chime. WKIA5463E IGNITION KEY WARNING CHIME (WITH INTELLIGENT KEY) When Mechanical Key Is Used With the key inserted into the key switch, and the ignition switch in the LOCK or ACC position, when driver's door is opened, the warning chime will sound. • BCM detects key inserted into the ignition switch, and sends key warning signal to combination meter with CAN communication line. Revision: January 2010 DI-54 2010 Sentra WARNING CHIME < SERVICE INFORMATION > • When combination meter receives key warning signal, it sounds warning chime. A B C WKIA5836E D When Intelligent Key Is Carried With The Driver Refer to BL-72, "System Description". LIGHT WARNING CHIME The warning chime sounds, when driver's door is opened (door switch ON) with lighting switch ON and the ignition switch is in any position other than ON or START. NOTE: BCM detected lighting switch in the 1st or 2nd position, refer to LT-59, "Combination Switch Reading Function". • BCM detects headlamps are illuminated, and sends light warning signal to combination meter with CAN communication lines. • When the combination meter receives light warning signal, it sounds warning chime. E F G H I J WKIA5465E SEAT BELT WARNING CHIME With the ignition switch turned ON and driver's seat belt unfastened, the seat belt warning chime will sound for DI approximately 6 seconds. • The combination meter reads an ON/OFF signal from the seat belt buckle switch LH, and transmits the seat belt buckle switch signal to the BCM with CAN communication. L • The BCM detects the ignition switch turned ON and seat belt buckle switch LH ON. And then, transmits the buzzer output signal (seat belt warning chime) to the combination meter with CAN communication. • When the combination meter receives the buzzer output signal (seat belt warning chime), it sounds the M buzzer. N O P LKIA0878E PARKING BRAKE WARNING CHIME The parking brake warning chime sounds when the parking brake is applied and vehicle speed reaches approximately 2 km/h (1 MPH). • The combination meter receives a parking brake applied signal from the parking brake switch. Revision: January 2010 DI-55 2010 Sentra WARNING CHIME < SERVICE INFORMATION > • When the combination meter receives a vehicle speed signal from the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) (with ABS), vehicle speed sensor (without ABS or CVT) or the TCM (with CVT, without ABS), it sounds the buzzer. LKIA0906E Revision: January 2010 DI-56 2010 Sentra WARNING CHIME < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - CHIME - INFOID:0000000005283085 A B C D E F G H I J DI L M N O WKWA5429E Revision: January 2010 DI-57 2010 Sentra P WARNING CHIME < SERVICE INFORMATION > AANWA0180GB Revision: January 2010 DI-58 2010 Sentra WARNING CHIME < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal and Reference Value for BCM Terminal Wire color Signal name Signal input/ output INFOID:0000000005527109 A Measuring condition Ignition switch Operation or condition Reference value or waveform (Approx.) B C 2 V Combination switch input 5 Input ON Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4 D SKIA5291E 3 BR Combination switch input 4 Input ON E F Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4 SKIA5292E G H 4 L Combination switch input 3 Input ON Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4 I SKIA5291E 5 6 P Combination switch input 2 GR Combination switch input 1 J Input ON Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4 DI SKIA5292E 7 W Front door key cylinder switch LH (unlock) ON (open, 2nd turn) Input OFF 8 BR Front door key cylinder switch LH (lock) Input 9 W Stop lamp switch Input LG Rear window defogger switch Input 10 OFF ON 11 GR Ignition switch (ACC or ON) Input ACC or ON 12 BR Front door switch RH Input OFF 13 W Rear door switch RH Input OFF Revision: January 2010 OFF (closed) On (open) 0V Momentary 1.5V OFF (closed) 0V ON (pedal depressed) 0V OFF (pedal released) Battery voltage Rear window defogger switch ON 0V Rear window defogger switch OFF 5V Ignition switch ACC or ON ON (open) OFF (closed) ON (open) OFF (closed) DI-59 L Momentary 1.5V M N O Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 2010 Sentra P WARNING CHIME < SERVICE INFORMATION > Measuring condition Terminal Wire color Signal name Signal input/ output Ignition switch Operation or condition Reference value or waveform (Approx.) 15 L Tire pressure warning check connector Input OFF — 5V 18 Y Remote keyless entry receiver (ground) Output OFF — 0V 19 GR Remote keyless entry receiver (power supply) Output OFF Ignition switch OFF LIIA1893E Stand-by (keyfob buttons released) 20 SB Remote keyless entry receiver signal (signal) Input LIIA1894E OFF When remote keyless entry receiver receives signal from keyfob (keyfob buttons pressed) LIIA1895E 21 R 23 SB NATS antenna amp. Input/ Output OFF → ON Security indicator lamp Output OFF OFF → ON 25 O NATS antenna amp. Input/ Output 27 G Compressor ON signal Input ON 28 SB Front blower monitor Input ON 29 Y Hazard switch Input OFF 32 O Combination switch output 5 Output ON Ignition switch (OFF → ON) Goes OFF → illuminates (Every 2.4 seconds) Ignition switch (OFF → ON) Just after turning ignition switch ON: Pointer of tester should move for approx. 1 second, then return to battery voltage. Battery voltage → 0V Just after turning ignition switch ON: Pointer of tester should move for approx. 1 second, then return to battery voltage. A/C switch OFF 5V A/C switch ON 0V Front blower motor OFF Battery voltage Front blower motor ON 0V ON 0V OFF 5V Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4 SKIA5291E Revision: January 2010 DI-60 2010 Sentra WARNING CHIME < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal Wire color Signal name Signal input/ output Measuring condition Ignition switch Operation or condition Reference value or waveform (Approx.) A B 33 LG Combination switch output 4 Output ON Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4 C SKIA5292E 34 SB Combination switch output 3 Output ON D E Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4 F SKIA5291E 35 36 G R Combination switch output 2 Combination switch output 1 G Output ON Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4 H SKIA5292E Key inserted Battery voltage Key removed 0V Key inserted Battery voltage Key removed 0V 371 V Key switch Input OFF 372 V Key switch and ignition knob switch Input OFF 38 BR Ignition switch (ON) Input ON — Battery voltage 39 L CAN-H — — — — 40 P CAN-L — — — — 42 V Trunk room switch Input OFF 45 R Lock switch Input OFF 46 P Unlock switch Input OFF 47 SB Front door switch LH Input OFF 48 O Rear door switch LH Input OFF 49 L Trunk room lamp Output OFF 53 R Trunk lid opener actuator Output 56 Y Battery saver output Output 57 W Battery power supply Revision: January 2010 Input ON (open) J DI 0V OFF (closed) Battery voltage ON (lock) L 0V OFF Battery voltage ON (unlock) M 0V OFF Battery voltage ON (open) N 0V OFF (closed) Battery voltage ON (open) 0V OFF (closed) Battery voltage Trunk open (ON) O 0V Trunk closed (OFF) Battery voltage OFF Trunk lid (open) Battery voltage OFF 30 minutes after ignition switch is turned OFF 0V ON — Battery voltage OFF — Battery voltage DI-61 I 2010 Sentra P WARNING CHIME < SERVICE INFORMATION > Measuring condition Terminal Wire color Signal name Signal input/ output Ignition switch 59 G Front door lock actuator LH (unlock) Output OFF 60 SB Turn signal (left) Output ON Operation or condition OFF (neutral) Reference value or waveform (Approx.) 0V ON (unlock) Battery voltage Turn left ON SKIA3009J 61 O Turn signal (right) Output ON Turn right ON SKIA3009J 63 R Interior room lamp Output OFF 65 V All door lock actuators (lock) Output OFF 66 G Front door lock actuator RH, rear door lock actuators LH/RH (unlock) 67 B Ground 68 W Power window power supply (RAP) ON (open) Any door switch OFF (closed) OFF (neutral) 0V ON (lock) Battery voltage OFF (neutral) Output OFF Input ON Output — 0V Battery voltage 0V ON (unlock) Battery voltage — 0V Ignition switch ON Battery voltage Within 45 seconds after ignition switch OFF Battery voltage More than 45 seconds after ignition switch OFF 0V When front door LH or RH is open or power window timer operates 0V 69 P Battery power supply Output OFF — Battery voltage 70 L Battery power supply Input OFF — Battery voltage 1: Without Intelligent Key 2: With Intelligent Key CONSULT-III Function (BCM) INFOID:0000000005527110 CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following. Revision: January 2010 DI-62 2010 Sentra WARNING CHIME < SERVICE INFORMATION > BCM diagnostic test item Content WORK SUPPORT Supports inspections and adjustments. Commands are transmitted to the BCM for setting the status suitable for required operation, input/output signals are received from the BCM and received data is displayed. DATA MONITOR ACTIVE TEST Inspection by part A Diagnostic mode Displays BCM input/output data in real time. Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to them. SELF-DIAG RESULTS Displays BCM self-diagnosis results. CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read. ECU PART NUMBER BCM part number can be read. CONFIGURATION B Performs BCM configuration read/write functions. C D E ITEMS OF EACH PART NOTE: CONSULT-III will only display systems the vehicle possesses. F Diagnostic test mode (Inspection by part) System and item CONSULT-III display WORK SUPPORT SELF− DIAG RESULTS CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR × × BCM BCM × Power door lock system DOOR LOCK × Rear defogger DATA MONITOR ECU PART NUMBER ACTIVE TEST × × × × REAR DEFOGGER × × Warning chime BUZZER × × Room lamp timer INT LAMP × × × Remote keyless entry system MULTI REMOTE ENT × × × Headlamp HEAD LAMP × × × Wiper WIPER × × × Turn signal lamp Hazard lamp FLASHER × × Blower fan switch signal Air conditioner switch signal AIR CONDITIONER × Intelligent Key INTELLIGENT KEY × Combination switch COMB SW × × × IMMU BATTERY SAVER × × × Theft alarm THEFT ALARM × × × Retained accessory power control RETAINED PWR × × × Oil pressure switch SIGNAL BUFFER × × Low tire pressure monitor AIR PRESSURE MONITOR × × Panic alarm PANIC ALARM Revision: January 2010 I J DI L O P × DI-63 H N NVIS (NATS) × G M Interior lamp battery saver × CONFIGURATION 2010 Sentra WARNING CHIME < SERVICE INFORMATION > WORK SUPPORT Display Item List Item Description RESET SETTING VALUE Return a value set with WORK SUPPORT of each system to a default value in factory shipment. Trouble Diagnosis INFOID:0000000005283088 HOW TO PERFORM TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Confirm the symptom and customer complaint. Understand the outline of system. Refer to DI-54, "System Description". Perform the preliminary inspection. Refer to "PRELIMINARY INSPECTION". According to symptom chart, repair or replace the cause of the malfunction. Refer to "SYMPTOM CHART". Does warning chime system operate normally? If it operates normally, GO TO 6. If not, GO TO 4. Inspection End. PRELIMINARY INSPECTION 1.CHECK BCM Perform self-diagnosis of BCM. Refer to BCS-16, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)". Self-diagnostic results content No malfunction detected>>GO TO 2. Malfunction detected>> Check applicable parts, and repair or replace corresponding parts. 2.CHECK COMBINATION METER Perform self-diagnosis of combination meter. Refer to DI-15, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)". Self-diagnostic results content No malfunction detected>> Inspection End. Malfunction detected>> Check applicable parts, and repair or replace corresponding parts. SYMPTOM CHART Symptom Diagnoses/Service procedure Perform DI-65, "Combination Meter Buzzer Circuit Inspection". If above check is OK, replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". All warning chime systems do not activate. Key warning chime does not activate. Without Intelligent Key. Perform DI-66, "Key Switch Signal Inspection (Without Intelligent Key)". If above check is OK, replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". With Intelligent Key, when mechanical key is used. Perform DI-67, "Key Switch and Ignition Knob Switch Signal Inspection (With Intelligent Key, When Mechanical Key Is Used)". If above check is OK, replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". With Intelligent Key, when Intelligent Key is carried with the driver. Refer to BL-99, "Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart". Light warning chime does not activate. Perform DI-69, "Lighting Switch Signal Inspection". If above check is OK, replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". Seat belt warning chime does not activate Perform DI-69, "Lighting Switch Signal Inspection". If above check is OK, replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". Parking brake warning chime does not activate Perform the following inspections • DI-70, "Parking Brake Switch Signal Inspection" • DI-19, "Vehicle Speed Signal Inspection" Revision: January 2010 DI-64 2010 Sentra WARNING CHIME < SERVICE INFORMATION > Combination Meter Buzzer Circuit Inspection INFOID:0000000005283089 A 1.CHECK CHIME OPERATION 1. Select “BUZZER” of “BCM” on CONSULT-III. 2. Perform “LIGHT WARN ALM” or “IGN KEY WARN ALM” of “ACTIVE TEST”. Does chime sound? YES >> Combination meter buzzer circuit is OK. Return to DI-64, "Trouble Diagnosis". NO >> GO TO 2. B C 2.CHECK COMBINATION METER INPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. Select “METER/M&A” on CONSULT-III. Turn on hazard switch or lighting switch while monitoring “BUZZER” of “DATA MONITOR” and check operation status. “BUZZER” While hazard switch or lighting switch is ON Except above E : ON and OFF repeatedly F : OFF OK or NG OK >> Check battery power supply circuit of combination meter. If OK, replace combination meter. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". Front Door Switch LH Signal Inspection INFOID:0000000005283090 1.CHECK BCM INPUT SIGNAL With CONSULT-III 1. Select “BCM”. 2. With “DATA MONITOR” of “BUZZER”, confirm “DOOR SW-DR” when the driver's door is operated. “DOOR SW-DR” When driver's door is opened When driver's door is closed : ON : OFF 47 (−) J Ground Voltage (Approx.) Condition N Driver's door is opened Driver's door is closed 0 Battery voltage O PKIC0719E OK or NG OK >> Front door switch LH signal is OK. Return to DI-64, "Trouble Diagnosis". NG >> GO TO 2. P 2.CHECK FRONT DOOR SWITCH LH CIRCUIT 1. 2. I M (+) M19 H L Terminals Terminal G DI Without CONSULT-III Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground. BCM connector D Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect BCM connector and front door switch LH connector. Revision: January 2010 DI-65 2010 Sentra WARNING CHIME < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check continuity between BCM harness connector (A) and front door switch LH harness connector (B). A 4. B Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M19 47 B21 2 Continuity Yes Check continuity between BCM harness connector (A) and ground. PKIC0720E A Connector Terminal M19 47 Ground Continuity No OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair harness or connector. 3.CHECK FRONT DOOR SWITCH LH Check front door switch LH. Refer to DI-71, "Electrical Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". NG >> Replace front door switch LH. Key Switch Signal Inspection (Without Intelligent Key) INFOID:0000000005283091 1.CHECK FUSE Check if the key switch 10A fuse [No. 19, located in the fuse block (J/B)] is blown. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Be sure to repair the cause of malfunction before installing new fuse. Refer to PG-3. 2.CHECK BCM INPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. With CONSULT-III Select “BCM”. With “DATA MONITOR” of “BUZZER”, confirm “KEY ON SW” when the key is operated. “KEY ON SW” When key is inserted into ig- : ON nition key cylinder When key is removed from : OFF ignition key cylinder Without CONSULT-III Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground. Terminals (+) BCM connector Terminal M18 37 (−) Ground Condition Voltage (Approx.) Key is inserted Battery voltage Key is removed 0V OK or NG Revision: January 2010 PKIC0721E DI-66 2010 Sentra WARNING CHIME < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> Key switch signal is OK. Return to DI-64, "Trouble Diagnosis". NG >> GO TO 3. A 3.CHECK KEY SWITCH 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect key switch connector. Check continuity between key switch terminals 1 and 2. Terminals 1 2 Condition B When key is inserted into ignition key cylinder Yes When key is removed from ignition key cylinder No OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace key switch. Disconnect BCM connector. Check continuity between BCM harness connector (A) and key switch harness connector (B). A 3. D WKIA5837E 4.CHECK KEY SWITCH CIRCUIT 1. 2. C Continuity B Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M18 37 M50 1 F G Continuity Yes H Check continuity between BCM harness connector (A) and ground. A WKIA5838E Connector Terminal M18 37 E I Continuity Ground No J OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair harness or connector. DI 5.CHECK KEY SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Check voltage between key switch harness connector and ground. L Terminals (+) Key switch connector Terminal M50 2 (−) Voltage (Approx.) Ground Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". NG >> Repair harness or connector. M N LKIA0879E Key Switch and Ignition Knob Switch Signal Inspection (With Intelligent Key, When Mechanical Key Is Used) INFOID:0000000005283092 1.CHECK FUSE Check if the key switch and ignition knob switch 10A fuse [No. 9, located in the fuse block (J/B)] is blown. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Be sure to repair the cause of malfunction before installing new fuse. Refer to PG-3. Revision: January 2010 DI-67 2010 Sentra O P WARNING CHIME < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2.CHECK BCM INPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. With CONSULT-III Select “BCM”. With “DATA MONITOR” of “BUZZER”, confirm “KEY ON SW” when the key is operated. “KEY ON SW” When key is inserted into ignition key cylinder When key is removed from ignition key cylinder : ON : OFF Without CONSULT-III Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground. Terminals (+) BCM connector Terminal M18 37 Voltage (Approx.) Condition (−) Ground Key is inserted Battery voltage Key is removed 0 OK or NG OK >> Key switch and ignition knob switch signal is OK. Return to DI-64, "Trouble Diagnosis". NG >> GO TO 3. PKIC0721E 3.CHECK KEY SWITCH 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect key switch and ignition knob switch connector. Check continuity between key switch and ignition knob switch terminals 1 and 2. Terminals 1 Condition 2 Continuity When key is inserted into ignition key cylinder Yes When key is removed from ignition key cylinder No OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace key switch and ignition knob switch. WKIA5466E 4.CHECK KEY SWITCH CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect BCM connector. Check continuity between BCM harness connector (A) and key switch and ignition knob switch harness connector (B). A 3. B Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M18 37 M49 1 Continuity Yes Check continuity between BCM harness connector (A) and ground. A Connector Terminal M18 37 Revision: January 2010 Ground Continuity PKIC0723E No DI-68 2010 Sentra WARNING CHIME < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair harness or connector. A 5.CHECK KEY SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT B Check voltage between key switch and ignition knob switch harness connector and ground. C Terminals (+) Key switch and ignition knob switch connector Terminal (−) M49 2 Ground Voltage (Approx.) D Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". NG >> Repair harness or connector. Lighting Switch Signal Inspection E PKIC0724E F INFOID:0000000005283093 1.CHECK BCM INPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. G Select “BCM” on CONSULT-III. With “DATA MONITOR” of “BUZZER”, confirm “LIGHT SW 1ST” when the lighting switch is operated. “LIGHT SW 1ST” Lighting switch (1st position) Lighting switch (OFF) : ON : OFF I OK or NG OK >> Lighting switch signal is OK. Return to DI-64, "Trouble Diagnosis". NG >> Check the lighting switch. Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection". Seat Belt Buckle Switch LH Signal Inspection J INFOID:0000000005283094 DI 1.CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH LH SIGNAL INPUT (BCM) 1. 2. Select “BCM” on CONSULT-III. With “DATA MONITOR” of “BUZZER”, confirm “BUCKLE SW” when the seat belt buckle switch LH is operated. “BUCKLE SW” When seat belt is fastened When seat belt is unfastened : OFF : ON N O 2.CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH LH SIGNAL INPUT (COMBINATION METER) Turn ignition switch ON. Revision: January 2010 L M OK or NG OK >> Inspection End. NG >> GO TO 2. 1. H P DI-69 2010 Sentra WARNING CHIME < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Check voltage between combination meter harness connector M24 terminal 26 and ground. Terminals (+) Combination meter connector Terminal M24 26 Voltage (Approx.) Condition (−) Seat belt fastened Ground Battery voltage Seat belt unfastened 0 AWNIA1951ZZ OK or NG OK >> Replace combination meter. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". NG >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH LH CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect combination meter connector and seat belt buckle switch LH connector. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector (A) and seat belt buckle switch LH harness connector (B). A 4. B Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M24 26 B16 1 Continuity Yes Check continuity between combination meter harness connector (A) and ground. A Connector Terminal M24 26 Continuity Ground AWNIA1952ZZ No OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair harness or connector. 4.CHECK SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH LH Check seat belt buckle switch LH. Refer to DI-71, "Electrical Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> Check seat belt buckle switch LH ground circuit. NG >> Replace seat belt buckle switch LH. Parking Brake Switch Signal Inspection INFOID:0000000005283095 1.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL INPUT (COMBINATION METER) 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between combination meter harness connector M24 terminal 24 and ground. Terminals (+) Combination meter connector Terminal M24 24 (−) Ground Condition Voltage (Approx.) Parking brake released Battery voltage Parking brake applied 0 AWNIA1953ZZ OK or NG Revision: January 2010 DI-70 2010 Sentra WARNING CHIME < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> Replace combination meter. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". NG >> GO TO 2. A 2.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect combination meter connector and parking brake switch connector. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector (A) and parking brake switch harness connector (B). B C A 4. B Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M24 24 B24 1 Continuity D Yes Check continuity between combination meter harness connector (A) and ground. A Connector Terminal M24 24 Continuity Ground E AWNIA1954ZZ F No OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair harness or connector. G 3.CHECK PARKING BRAKE SWITCH H Check parking brake switch. Refer to DI-71, "Electrical Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> Check parking brake switch case ground. NG >> Replace parking brake switch. Electrical Component Inspection I INFOID:0000000005283096 J FRONT DOOR SWITCH LH Check continuity between terminal 2 and door switch case ground. DI Terminal 2 Condition Door switch case ground Continuity When door switch is released. Yes When door switch is pushed. No L M PKIC0245E N SEAT BELT BUCKLE SWITCH LH Check continuity between terminals 1 and 2. Terminal 1 Condition 2 O Continuity When seat belt LH is fastened. No When seat belt LH is unfastened. Yes P WKIA1143E PARKING BRAKE SWITCH Revision: January 2010 DI-71 2010 Sentra WARNING CHIME < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check continuity between terminal 1 and parking brake switch case ground. Terminal 1 Parking brake switch case ground Condition Continuity When parking brake is applied. Yes When parking brake is released. No LKIA0907E Revision: January 2010 DI-72 2010 Sentra BOARD COMPUTER < SERVICE INFORMATION > BOARD COMPUTER A System Description INFOID:0000000005600551 FUNCTION B The board computer can indicate the following items. • Outside air temperature • dte (distance to empty) • Trip distance • Trip time • Instant fuel consumption • Average fuel consumption • Average vehicle speed C D OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE INDICATION The outside air temperature indication is displayed while the ignition switch is in the ON position. Signal is supplied • through ambient sensor terminal 2 • to combination meter (board computer) terminal 35. Indication range is between -22 and 140°F (-30 and 60°C). The indicated temperature is not affected by engine heat. It changes only when one of the following conditions exists. • When vehicle speed is more than 20 km/h (12 MPH). • The ignition switch has been turned OFF for more than 3.5 hours. • When outside air temperature is less than the indicated temperature. DTE (DISTANCE TO EMPTY) INDICATION The dte indication provides the driver with an estimation of the distance that can be driven before refueling. The dte is calculated by signals from the fuel level sensor unit (fuel remaining), ECM (fuel consumption) and the ABS actuator and electric unit (vehicle speed). The indication will be refreshed every 30 seconds. When the battery is disconnected and reconnected, dte mode will display "---" until the vehicle is driven 0.3 miles (0.5 km). TRIP DISTANCE Trip distance is calculated by signal from the ABS actuator and electric unit (vehicle speed). If trip distance is reset, trip time will be reset at the same time. TRIP TIME Trip time displays cumulative ignition switch ON time. If trip time is reset, trip distance will be reset at the same time. INSTANT FUEL CONSUMPTION E F G H I J DI L Instant fuel consumption indication is calculated by signals from the ABS actuator and electric unit (vehicle speed) and the ECM (fuel consumption). The indication updates instantly while driving. M AVERAGE FUEL CONSUMPTION Average fuel consumption indication is calculated by signals from the ABS actuator and electric unit (vehicle speed) and the ECM (fuel consumption). The indication will be refreshed every 30 seconds. N AVERAGE VEHICLE SPEED Average vehicle speed indication is calculated by running distance and running time. The indication will be refreshed every 30 seconds. If average vehicle speed is reset, average fuel consumption will be reset at the same time. After resetting, the display will show "---" for 30 seconds. O HOW TO CHANGE/RESET INDICATION Indication can be changed in the following order by momentarily depressing the board computer switch. Odometer → TRIP A → TRIP B → dte → Instant fuel consumption → Average vehicle speed → Average fuel consumption → Trip time→. Holding the switch for more than 0.8 second will reset the indication of the currently displayed mode (trip distance, trip time, average vehicle speed or average fuel consumption). CAN Communication System Description INFOID:0000000005600552 Refer to LAN-7, "System Description". Revision: January 2010 DI-73 2010 Sentra P BOARD COMPUTER < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - B/COMP - INFOID:0000000005600553 AANWA0257GB Revision: January 2010 DI-74 2010 Sentra BOARD COMPUTER < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I J DI L M N O AANWA0258GB Trouble Diagnosis INFOID:0000000005600554 SEGMENT CHECK The board computer segment display can be checked by entering combination meter self-diagnostic mode. Refer to DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter". Revision: January 2010 DI-75 2010 Sentra P BOARD COMPUTER < SERVICE INFORMATION > PRELIMINARY CHECK WKIA3296E *1 "Diagnosis procedure" *2 DI-17, "Trouble Diagnosis" DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE Symptom Possible cause 1. Repair order Average fuel consumption display Fuel tank gauge signal circuit 1. 1. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 1. Perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self diagnosis. Trip time is not indicated properly. 1. Fuse 1. 10A fuse [No. 19 located in fuse block (J/B)]. Verify battery voltage is present at combination meter terminal 1. 1. Average fuel consumption is not displayed properly. 1. 2. Trip distance display Fuel consumption signal Perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis. Check CAN lines for open or short between ECM and combination meter. Average vehicle speed is not indicated properly. 1. 2. Trip distance display Trip time display 1. Ambient air temperature signal circuit Ambient sensor dte (distance to empty) is not displayed properly. Trip distance is not indicated properly. 2. 2. 2. 1. Outside temperature is not displayed properly 2. 2. 1. 2. Ambient Air Temperature Signal Inspection Make sure fuel consumption is displayed properly. If NG, check fuel consumption display. Make sure fuel gauge operates properly. If NG, check fuel gauge. Perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis. Make sure trip time is displayed properly. If NG, check trip time display. Perform ambient air temperature signal inspection. Refer to DI-76, "Ambient Air Temperature Signal Inspection". Check ambient sensor. Refer to DI-77, "Electrical Component Inspection". INFOID:0000000005527106 1.CHECK AMBIENT SENSOR CIRCUITS BETWEEN COMBINATION METER AND AMBIENT SENSOR Revision: January 2010 DI-76 2010 Sentra BOARD COMPUTER < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Disconnect combination meter connector M24 and ambient sensor connector E63. 2. Check continuity between combination meter harness connector M24 (A) terminals 34, 35 and ambient sensor harness connector E63 (B) terminals 1 and 2. A Connector B Terminal 34 M24 3. Connector 35 B Continuity Terminal 1 E63 A C Yes 2 AWNIA1948ZZ Check continuity between combination meter harness connector M24 (A) terminals 34, 35 and ground. A Connector Terminal 34 M24 D E Continuity Ground No 35 F Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair harness or connector. G 2.CHECK AMBIENT SENSOR Check ambient sensor. Refer to DI-77, "Electrical Component Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES >> Replace combination meter. Refer to DI-23, "Removal and Installation". NO >> Replace ambient senor. Electrical Component Inspection H I INFOID:0000000005602368 J AMBIENT SENSOR After disconnecting the ambient sensor harness connector, measure resistance between ambient sensor terminals 1 and 2 using the table below. Temperature °C (°F) Resistance kΩ (Approx.) -30 (-22) 28.62 -20 (-4) 16.50 -10 (14) 9.92 0 (32) 6.19 10 (50) 3.99 20 (68) 2.65 30 (86) 1.81 40 (104) 1.27 50 (122) 0.90 55 (131) 0.77 60 (140) 0.66 DI L M N O P If NG, replace ambient sensor. AWNIA2066ZZ Revision: January 2010 DI-77 2010 Sentra ELECTRICAL SECTION LT LIGHTING SYSTEM A B C D E CONTENTS SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 3 CAN Communication System Description ...............27 Schematic ................................................................28 Wiring Diagram - DTRL - .........................................29 Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ..................32 Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R ..........32 How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis ..........................33 Preliminary Check ...................................................33 CONSULT-III Function (BCM) .................................33 CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R) .........................33 Daytime Light Control Does Not Operate Properly (High Beam Headlamps Operate Properly) .............33 Aiming Adjustment ...................................................34 Bulb Replacement ...................................................34 Removal and Installation .........................................34 Disassembly and Assembly .....................................35 PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 3 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 3 HEADLAMP (FOR USA) ..................................... 4 Component Parts and Harness Connector Location ............................................................................ 4 System Description ................................................... 4 CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .......................................................................... 5 Schematic ................................................................. 6 Wiring Diagram ......................................................... 7 Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ................. 10 Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R ......... 10 How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis ......................... 11 Preliminary Check ................................................... 11 CONSULT-III Function (BCM) ................................. 11 CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R) ......................... 12 Headlamp High Beam Does Not Illuminate (Both Sides) ...................................................................... 13 Headlamp High Beam Does Not Illuminate (One Side) ........................................................................ 15 High Beam Indicator Lamp Does Not Illuminate .... 16 Headlamp Low Beam Does Not Illuminate (Both Sides) ...................................................................... 16 Headlamp Low Beam Does Not Illuminate (One Side) ........................................................................ 19 Headlamps Do Not Turn OFF ................................. 20 Aiming Adjustment .................................................. 21 Bulb Replacement ................................................... 22 Removal and Installation ......................................... 23 Disassembly and Assembly .................................... 24 HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) - DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM - ...............................................25 FRONT FOG LAMP .......................................... 36 Component Parts and Harness Connector Location ...........................................................................36 System Description ..................................................36 CAN Communication System Description ...............37 Wiring Diagram - F/FOG - .......................................38 Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ..................39 Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R ..........39 How to Proceed with Trouble Diagnosis ..................40 Preliminary Check ...................................................40 CONSULT-III Function (BCM) .................................40 CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R) .........................40 Front Fog lamps Do Not Illuminate (Both Sides) ....40 Front Fog Lamp Does Not Illuminate (One Side) ....42 Aiming Adjustment ...................................................43 Bulb Replacement ...................................................43 Removal and Installation, All Except SE-R ..............44 Removal and Installation, SE-R ...............................44 TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS .............................................................. 45 Component Parts and Harness Connector Location .......................................................................... 25 System Description ................................................. 25 Revision: January 2010 LT-1 Component Parts and Harness Connector Location ...........................................................................45 System Description ..................................................45 CAN Communication System Description ...............47 2010 Sentra F G H I J LT L M N O P Schematic ............................................................... 48 Wiring Diagram - TURN - ........................................ 49 Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ................. 52 How to Proceed with Trouble Diagnosis ................. 52 Preliminary Check .................................................. 53 CONSULT-III Function (BCM) ................................ 53 Turn Signals Do Not Operate ................................. 53 Front Turn Signal Lamp Does Not Operate ............ 53 Rear Turn Signal Lamp Does Not Operate ............ 54 Hazard Warning Lamp Does Not Operate But Turn Signal Lamp Operatess .................................. 55 Turn Signal Indicator Lamp Does Not Operate ...... 56 Bulb Replacement for Front Turn Signal Lamp ...... 56 Bulb Replacement for Rear Turn Signal Lamp ....... 56 Removal and Installation of Front Turn Signal Lamp ....................................................................... 56 Removal and Installation of Rear Turn Signal Lamp ....................................................................... 56 Schematic ............................................................... 69 Wiring Diagram - TAIL/L - ....................................... 70 Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ................. 72 Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R ......... 72 How to Proceed with Trouble Diagnosis ................. 73 Preliminary Check ................................................... 73 CONSULT-III Function (BCM) ................................ 73 CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R) ........................ 73 Parking, License Plate and Tail Lamps Do Not Illuminate .................................................................. 73 Front Parking Lamps Do Not Illuminate (License Plate and Tail Lamps Operate Normally) ................ 74 License Plate and Tail Lamps Do Not Illuminate (Front Parking Lamps Operate Normally) ............... 75 Parking, License Plate and Tail Lamps Do Not Turn OFF (After Approx. 10 Minutes) ..................... 77 Bulb Replacement ................................................... 77 Removal and Installation ......................................... 77 LIGHTING AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH ......... 57 REAR COMBINATION LAMP ........................... 79 Removal and Installation ........................................ 57 Removal and Installation ........................................ 58 Component ............................................................. 79 Bulb Replacement ................................................... 79 Removal and Installation ......................................... 80 Disassembly and Assembly .................................... 80 COMBINATION SWITCH .................................. 59 INTERIOR LAMP ............................................... 81 HAZARD SWITCH ............................................. 58 Wiring Diagram - COMBSW - ................................. 59 Combination Switch Reading Function ................... 59 Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ................. 60 CONSULT-III Function (BCM) ................................ 60 Combination Switch Inspection .............................. 60 Removal and Installation ........................................ 62 Map Lamp ............................................................... 81 Trunk Room Lamp .................................................. 81 INTERIOR ROOM LAMP ................................... 83 Component Parts and Harness Connector Location .......................................................................... 83 System Description ................................................. 83 Schematic ............................................................... 87 Wiring Diagram - INT/L - ......................................... 88 Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ................. 91 How to Proceed with Trouble Diagnosis ................. 91 Preliminary Check ................................................... 92 CONSULT-III Function (BCM) ................................ 92 Interior Room Lamp Control Does Not Operate ...... 93 Bulb Replacement ................................................... 94 Removal and Installation ......................................... 94 STOP LAMP ...................................................... 63 Wiring Diagram - STOP/L - ..................................... 63 Bulb Replacement for High-Mounted Stop Lamp ... 63 Bulb Replacement for Rear Combination Lamp for Stop Lamp .............................................................. 64 Removal and Installation of High-Mounted Stop Lamp, All Except SE-R ........................................... 64 Removal and Installation of High-Mounted Stop Lamp, SE-R ............................................................ 64 Removal and Installation of Rear Combination Lamp for Stop Lamp ............................................... 64 ILLUMINATION ................................................. 96 System Description ................................................. 96 CAN Communication System Description .............. 97 Schematic ............................................................... 98 Wiring Diagram - ILL - ............................................. 99 Bulb Replacement ................................................. 104 Removal and Installation ....................................... 105 BACK-UP LAMP ................................................ 65 Wiring Diagram - BACK/L - ..................................... 65 Bulb Replacement .................................................. 65 Removal and Installation ........................................ 66 PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS ............................................................... 67 Component Parts and Harness Connector Location .......................................................................... 67 System Description ................................................. 67 CAN Communication System Description .............. 68 Revision: January 2010 BULB SPECIFICATIONS ................................. 106 LT-2 Headlamp .............................................................. 106 Exterior Lamp ........................................................ 106 Interior Lamp/Illumination ...................................... 106 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION A PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" B INFOID:0000000005533831 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. C D E F G H PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. I J LT L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LT-3 2010 Sentra HEADLAMP (FOR USA) < SERVICE INFORMATION > HEADLAMP (FOR USA) Component Parts and Harness Connector Location INFOID:0000000005283303 WKIA5751E 1. IPDM E/R E46, E47 and E48 4. Combination meter M24 2. BCM M18 and M20 (view with instru- 3. ment panel removed) System Description Combination switch (lighting switch) M28 INFOID:0000000005283304 Headlamp operation is controlled by the BCM (body control module) based on inputs from the combination switch (lighting switch). When the lighting switch is placed in the 2ND position, the BCM receives an input signal requesting the headlamps (and tail lamps) illuminate. The BCM sends a signal, via the CAN communication lines, to the IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room) requesting the headlamps be turned ON. The CPU (central processing unit) located in the IPDM E/R controls ground for the headlamp high and headlamp low relay coils. These relays direct power to the respective headlamps, which then illuminate. OUTLINE Power is supplied at all times • to headlamp high relay RH and LH (located in IPDM E/R), • to headlamp low relay (located in IPDM E/R), • to ignition relay (located in IPDM E/R), • through 15A fuse (No. 52, located in IPDM E/R) and • through 20A fuse (No. 53, located in IPDM E/R) • to CPU located in IPDM E/R, • through 50A fusible link (letter j, located in fuse and fusible link block) • to BCM terminal 70, • through 10A fuse [No. 21, located in fuse block (J/B)] • to BCM terminal 57, and • through 10A fuse [No. 19, located in fuse block (J/B)] • to combination meter terminal 1. With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied • to the ignition relay (located in IPDM E/R), • through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in fuse block (J/B)] • to BCM terminal 38, • through 10A fuse [No. 14, located in fuse block (J/B)] • to combination meter terminal 2. With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied • through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in fuse block (J/B)] • to BCM terminal 11. Ground is supplied • to BCM terminal 67 • to combination meter terminals 3 and 21 • through grounds M57 and M61, and • to IPDM E/R terminals 39 and 59 • through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE). HEADLAMP OPERATION Low Beam Operation Revision: January 2010 LT-4 2010 Sentra HEADLAMP (FOR USA) < SERVICE INFORMATION > With the lighting switch in 2ND position, the BCM receives an input signal requesting the headlamps to illuminate. The BCM then sends a signal, via the CAN communication lines, to the IPDM E/R requesting the low beam headlamps be turned ON. The CPU located in the IPDM E/R controls ground to the headlamp low relay coil, which when energized, directs power • through 15A fuse (No. 41, located in IPDM E/R) • through IPDM E/R terminal 54 • to headlamp RH terminal 3, and • through 15A fuse (No. 40, located in IPDM E/R) • through IPDM E/R terminal 52 • to headlamp LH terminal 3. Ground is supplied • to headlamp RH and LH terminals 5 • through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE). With power and ground supplied, low beam headlamps illuminate. High Beam Operation/Flash-to-Pass Operation With the lighting switch in 2ND position and high beam switch in the HIGH position, the BCM receives an input signal requesting the headlamp high beams to illuminate. The flash to pass feature can be used any time and also sends a signal to the BCM. This input signal is then communicated to the IPDM E/R and the combination meter via the CAN communication lines. The CPU located in the IPDM E/R controls the headlamp high relays (LH and RH), which when energized, directs power • through 10A fuse (No. 34, located in IPDM E/R) • through IPDM E/R terminal 56 • to headlamp RH terminal 6, and • through 10A fuse (No. 35, located in IPDM E/R) • through IPDM E/R terminal 55 • to headlamp LH terminal 6. Ground is supplied • to headlamp RH and LH terminal 5 • through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE). With power and ground supplied, the high beam headlamps illuminate. The BCM sends a signal, via the CAN communication lines, to the combination meter requesting the high beam indicator lamp be turned ON. COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION A B C D E F G H I J Refer to LT-59, "Combination Switch Reading Function". CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM DESCRIPTION INFOID:0000000005283305 LT Refer to LAN-7, "System Description". L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LT-5 2010 Sentra HEADLAMP (FOR USA) < SERVICE INFORMATION > Schematic INFOID:0000000005283306 BKWA0779E Revision: January 2010 LT-6 2010 Sentra HEADLAMP (FOR USA) < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005283307 A B C D E F G H I J LT L M N O BKWA0780E Revision: January 2010 LT-7 2010 Sentra P HEADLAMP (FOR USA) < SERVICE INFORMATION > BKWA0832E Revision: January 2010 LT-8 2010 Sentra HEADLAMP (FOR USA) < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I J LT L M N O BKWA0833E P Revision: January 2010 LT-9 2010 Sentra HEADLAMP (FOR USA) < SERVICE INFORMATION > AALWA0161GB Terminal and Reference Value for BCM INFOID:0000000005283308 Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM". Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R INFOID:0000000005283309 Refer to PG-24, "Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R". Revision: January 2010 LT-10 2010 Sentra HEADLAMP (FOR USA) < SERVICE INFORMATION > How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. INFOID:0000000005283310 A Confirm the symptom or customer complaint. Understand operation, description and function description. Refer to LT-4, "System Description". Perform the Preliminary Check. Refer to LT-11, "Preliminary Check". Check symptom and repair or replace the cause of the malfunction. Do the headlamps operate normally? If YES, GO TO 6. If NO, GO TO 4. Inspection end. Preliminary Check B C INFOID:0000000005283311 D CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR BCM Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". E CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR IPDM E/R Refer to PG-26, "IPDM E/R Power/Ground Circuit Inspection". CONSULT-III Function (BCM) INFOID:0000000005283312 F CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following. G BCM diagnostic test item Diagnostic mode Description WORK SUPPORT Supports inspections and adjustments. Commands are transmitted to the BCM for setting the status suitable for required operation, input/output signals are received from the BCM and received data is displayed. DATA MONITOR ACTIVE TEST Inspection by part SELF-DIAG RESULTS CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR ECU PART NUMBER CONFIGURATION H Displays BCM input/output data in real time. Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to them. I Displays BCM self-diagnosis results. The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read. J BCM part number can be read. Performs BCM configuration read/write functions. LT WORK SUPPORT Display Item List L Item Description CONSULT-III Factory setting Exterior lamp battery saver control mode can be changed in this mode. Selects exterior lamp battery saver control mode between ON/OFF. ON × BATTERY SAVER SET OFF — DATA MONITOR M N Display Item List Monitor item Contents IGN ON SW "ON/OFF" Displays "IGN position (ON)/OFF, ACC position (OFF)" judged from the ignition switch signal. ACC ON SW "ON/OFF" Displays "ACC (ON)/OFF, Ignition OFF (OFF)" status judged from ignition switch signal. HI BEAM SW "ON/OFF" Displays status (high beam switch: ON/Others: OFF) of high beam switch judged from lighting switch signal. HEAD LAMP SW 1 "ON/OFF" Displays status (headlamp switch 1: ON/Others: OFF) of headlamp switch 2 judged from lighting switch signal. HEAD LAMP SW 2 "ON/OFF" Displays status (headlamp switch 2: ON/Others: OFF) of headlamp switch 2 judged from lighting switch signal. Revision: January 2010 LT-11 2010 Sentra O P HEADLAMP (FOR USA) < SERVICE INFORMATION > Monitor item Contents LIGHT SW 1ST "ON/OFF" Displays status (lighting switch 1st position: ON/Others: OFF) of lighting switch judged from lighting switch signal. PASSING SW "ON/OFF" Displays status (flash-to-pass switch: ON/Others: OFF) of flash-to-pass switch judged from lighting switch signal. FR FOG SW "ON/OFF" Displays status (front fog lamp switch: ON/Others: OFF) of front fog lamp switch judged from lighting switch signal. DOOR SW - DR "ON/OFF" Displays status of the front door LH as judged from the front door switch LH signal. (Door is open: ON/Door is closed: OFF) DOOR SW - AS "ON/OFF" Displays status of the front door RH as judged from the front door switch RH signal. (Door is open: ON/Door is closed: OFF) DOOR SW - RR "ON/OFF" Displays status of the rear door as judged from the rear door switch (RH) signal. (Door is open: ON/Door is closed: OFF) DOOR SW - RL "ON/OFF" Displays status of the rear door as judged from the rear door switch (LH) signal. (Door is open: ON/ Door is closed: OFF) TURN SIGNAL R "ON/OFF" Displays status (Turn right: ON/Others: OFF) as judged from lighting switch signal. TURN SIGNAL L "ON/OFF" Displays status (Turn left: ON/Others: OFF) as judged from lighting switch signal. ENGINE RUNNote 1 "ON/OFF" Displays status (Engine running: ON/Others: OFF) as judged from engine status signal. PKB SWNote 1 "ON/OFF" Displays status (Parking brake switch: ON/Others: OFF) as judged from parking brake switch signal. Note 1: Vehicles without daytime light system may display this item, but cannot monitor it. ACTIVE TEST Display Item List Test item Description TAIL LAMP Allows tail lamp relay to operate by switching ON-OFF. HEAD LAMP Allows headlamp relay (HI, LO) to operate by switching ON-OFF. FR FOG LAMP Allows fog lamp relay to operate by switching ON-OFF. SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Display Item List Monitored item CAN communication CAN communication system CONSULT-lIl display Description CAN communication [U1000] Malfunction is detected in CAN communication. CAN communication system 1 to 6 [U1000] Malfunction is detected in CAN system. CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R) INFOID:0000000005283313 CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following. IPDM E/R diagnostic Mode SELF-DIAG RESULTS DATA MONITOR Description Displays IPDM E/R self-diagnosis results. Displays IPDM E/R input/output data in real time. CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read. ACTIVE TEST Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to them. DATA MONITOR All Signals, Main Signals, Selection from Menu Revision: January 2010 LT-12 2010 Sentra HEADLAMP (FOR USA) < SERVICE INFORMATION > CONSULT-III screen display Display or unit TAIL&CLR REQ Headlamp low beam request Item name Monitor item selection A ALL SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS SELECTION FROM MENU Description ON/OFF × × × Signal status input from BCM HL LO REQ ON/OFF × × × Signal status input from BCM Headlamp high beam request HL HI REQ ON/OFF × × × Signal status input from BCM Front fog lamps request FR FOG REQ ON/OFF × × × Signal status input from BCM DTRL REQ ON/OFF x x x Signal status input from BCM Parking, license plate and tail lamps request Daytime light request NOTE: Perform monitoring of IPDM E/R data with the ignition switch ON. When the ignition switch is at ACC, the display may not be correct. ACTIVE TEST Test item C D E F CONSULT-III screen display Description TAIL LAMP Allows tail lamp relay to operate by switching operation ON-OFF at your option. G Allows headlamp relay (HI, LO) to operate by switching operation (OFF, HI, LO) at your option (Head lamp high beam repeats ON-OFF every 1 second). H Tail lamp relay output Headlamp relay (HI, LO) output B EXTERNAL LAMPS Front fog lamp relay (FOG) output Allows fog lamp relay (FOG) to operate by switching operation ON-OFF at your option. Headlamp High Beam Does Not Illuminate (Both Sides) I INFOID:0000000005283314 1.CHECK COMBINATION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL J With CONSULT-III 1. Select “BCM” on CONSULT-III. Select “HEAD LAMP” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen. 2. Select “DATA MONITOR”. Make sure that “HI BEAM SW” turns ON-OFF linked with operation of lighting LT switch. When lighting switch is high position : HI BEAM SW ON L Without CONSULT-III Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Check combination switch (lighting switch). Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection". 2.HEADLAMP ACTIVE TEST 1. 2. 3. 4. With CONSULT-III Select “IPDM E/R” on CONSULT-III. Select “ACTIVE TEST”. Select “LAMPS” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen. Touch “HI” screen. Make sure headlamp high beam operates. P Without CONSULT-III Start auto active test. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test". Make sure headlamp high beam operates. Revision: January 2010 LT-13 N O Headlamp high beam should operate (Headlamp high beam repeats ON–OFF every 2 seconds). 1. 2. M 2010 Sentra HEADLAMP (FOR USA) < SERVICE INFORMATION > Headlamp high beam should operate. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 4. 3.CHECK IPDM E/R 1. 2. Select “IPDM E/R” on CONSULT-III. Select “DATA MONITOR”. Make sure “HL HI REQ” turns ON when lighting switch is in high position. When lighting switch is high position : HL HI REQ ON OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R" . NG >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". 4.HEADLAMP HIGH BEAM FUSE INSPECTION Inspect 10A fuse [No. 34 (RH) and No. 35 (LH), located in the IPDM E/R]. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair harness. 5.BULB INSPECTION Inspect inoperative headlamp bulbs. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace headlamp bulb. Refer to LT-22, "Bulb Replacement" . 6.CHECK HEADLAMP INPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect headlamp connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “IPDM E/R” on CONSULT-III. Select “ACTIVE TEST”. Select “LAMPS” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen. Touch “HI” screen. When headlamp high beam is operating, check voltage between headlamp harness connector and ground (Headlamp high beam repeats ON–OFF every 2 seconds). Terminal (+) Headlamp connector RH E20 LH E21 Terminal 6 (−) Ground Voltage Battery voltage BKIA0229E 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect headlamp connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Start auto active test. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test" . When headlamp high beam is operating, check voltage between headlamp harness connector and ground. Revision: January 2010 LT-14 2010 Sentra HEADLAMP (FOR USA) < SERVICE INFORMATION > A Terminal (+) Headlamp connector RH E20 LH E21 Voltage (−) Terminal B 6 Ground Battery voltage C OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 8. 7.CHECK HEADLAMP GROUND CIRCUIT 1. 2. D Turn ignition switch OFF. Check continuity between headlamp harness connector and ground. Headlamp connector RH E20 LH E21 Terminal 5 E Continuity Ground F Yes OK or NG OK >> Check front combination lamp connector for damage or poor connection. Repair as necessary. NG >> Repair harness. G BKIA0230E 8.CHECK HEADLAMP CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector (A) and headlamp harness connector (B). Circuit RH LH A Connector E47 B Terminal Connector 56 E20 55 E21 Terminal H I J Continuity 6 LT Yes OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R" . NG >> Repair harness or connector. Headlamp High Beam Does Not Illuminate (One Side) L BKIA0231E M INFOID:0000000005283315 1.HEADLAMP HIGH BEAM FUSE INSPECTION N Inspect 10A fuse [No. 34 (RH) or No. 35 (LH) located in IPDM E/R]. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair harness. O 2.CHECK BULB P Check headlamp bulb which does not illuminate. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace bulb. Refer to LT-22, "Bulb Replacement" . 3.CHECK HEADLAMP INPUT SIGNAL Revision: January 2010 LT-15 2010 Sentra HEADLAMP (FOR USA) < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect headlamp connector. 3. Lighting switch is turned to HIGH position. 4. Check voltage between headlamp harness connector and ground. Terminal (+) Headlamp connector RH E20 LH E21 Voltage (−) Terminal 6 Ground Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 5. BKIA0232E 4.CHECK HEADLAMP GROUND CIRCUIT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check continuity between headlamp harness connector and ground. Headlamp connector RH E20 LH E21 Terminal Continuity Ground 5 Yes OK or NG OK >> Check condition of headlamp harness connector. NG >> Repair harness or connector. BKIA0230E 5.CHECK HEADLAMP CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector (A) and headlamp harness connector (B). Circuit RH LH A Connector B Terminal E47 Connector 56 E20 55 E21 Terminal Continuity 6 Yes OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R" . NG >> Repair harness or connector. High Beam Indicator Lamp Does Not Illuminate BKIA0231E INFOID:0000000005283316 1.BULB INSPECTION Inspect CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart" . OK or NG OK >> Replace combination meter. Refer to DI-23, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Repair as necessary. Headlamp Low Beam Does Not Illuminate (Both Sides) INFOID:0000000005283317 1.CHECK COMBINATION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL Revision: January 2010 LT-16 2010 Sentra HEADLAMP (FOR USA) < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. 2. With CONSULT-III Select “BCM” on CONSULT-III. Select “HEAD LAMP”. Select “DATA MONITOR”. Make sure that “HEAD LAMP SW 1” and “HEAD LAMP SW 2” turns ON-OFF linked with operation of lighting switch. When lighting switch is 2ND position B : HEAD LAMP SW 1 ON : HEAD LAMP SW 2 ON Without CONSULT-III Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Check combination switch (lighting switch). Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection". 2.CHECK HEADLAMP ACTIVE TEST 1. 2. 3. 4. C D E With CONSULT-III Select “IPDM E/R” on CONSULT-III. Select “ACTIVE TEST”. Select “LAMPS” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen. Touch “LO” screen. Make sure headlamp low beam operates. F Headlamp low beam should operate. 1. 2. A G Without CONSULT-III Start auto active test. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test". Make sure headlamp low beam operates. H Headlamp low beam should operate. I OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 4. J 3.CHECK IPDM E/R 1. 2. Select “IPDM E/R” on CONSULT-III. Select “DATA MONITOR”. Make sure “HL LO REQ” turns ON when lighting switch is in 2ND position. When lighting switch is 2ND position LT : HL LO REQ ON L OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R" . NG >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM" . M 4.HEADLAMP LOW BEAM FUSE INSPECTION Inspect 15A fuse [No. 40 (LH) and No. 41 (RH) located in IPDM E/R]. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair harness. N O 5.BULB INSPECTION Inspect inoperative headlamp bulbs. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace headlamp bulb. Refer to LT-22, "Bulb Replacement" . P 6.CHECK HEADLAMP INPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect headlamp connector. Revision: January 2010 LT-17 2010 Sentra HEADLAMP (FOR USA) < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Select “IPDM E/R” on CONSULT-III. Select “ACTIVE TEST”. 5. Select “LAMPS” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen. 6. Touch “LO” screen. 7. When headlamp low beam is operating, check voltage between headlamp harness connector and ground. Terminal (+) Headlamp connector 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. RH E20 LH E21 Terminal 3 (−) Ground Voltage Battery voltage Without CONSULT-III BKIA0233E Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect headlamp connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Start auto active test. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test" . When headlamp low beam is operating, check voltage between headlamp harness connector and ground. Terminal (+) Headlamp connector RH E20 LH E21 Terminal 3 (−) Ground Voltage Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 8. 7.CHECK HEADLAMP GROUND CIRCUIT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check continuity between headlamp harness connector (B) and ground. Headlamp connector RH E20 LH E21 Terminal 5 Continuity Ground Yes OK or NG OK >> Check front combination lamp connector for damage or poor connection. Repair as necessary. NG >> Repair harness. BKIA0230E 8.CHECK HEADLAMP CIRCUIT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector. Revision: January 2010 LT-18 2010 Sentra HEADLAMP (FOR USA) < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector (A) and headlamp harness connector (B). Circuit RH LH A Connector E47 B Terminal Connector 54 E20 52 E21 Terminal A Continuity 3 B Yes OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R". NG >> Repair harness or connector. Headlamp Low Beam Does Not Illuminate (One Side) C BKIA0235E D INFOID:0000000005283318 E 1.HEADLAMP LOW BEAM FUSE INSPECTION Inspect 15A fuse [No. 40 (LH) and No. 41 (RH) located in IPDM E/R]. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair harness. F G 2.CHECK BULB Check bulb of headlamp which does not illuminate. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace bulb. Refer to LT-22, "Bulb Replacement" . H 3.CHECK HEADLAMP INPUT SIGNAL I 1. 2. 3. 4. J Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect headlamp connector. Lighting switch is turned to 2ND position. Check voltage between headlamp harness connector and ground. LT Terminal (+) Headlamp connector RH E20 LH E21 Terminal 3 (−) Ground Voltage L Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 5. M BKIA0236E N 4.CHECK HEADLAMP GROUND CIRCUIT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check continuity between headlamp harness connector and ground. Headlamp connector RH E20 LH E21 Terminal 5 O P Continuity Ground Yes OK or NG OK >> Check condition of headlamp harness connector. NG >> Repair harness or connector. BKIA0230E Revision: January 2010 LT-19 2010 Sentra HEADLAMP (FOR USA) < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5.CHECK HEADLAMP CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector (A) and headlamp harness connector (B). Circuit RH LH A Connector E47 B Terminal Connector 54 E20 52 E21 Terminal Continuity 3 Yes OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R" . NG >> Repair harness or connector. Headlamps Do Not Turn OFF BKIA0235E INFOID:0000000005283319 1.CHECK HEADLAMPS TURN OFF Make sure that lighting switch is OFF. Make sure headlamp turns OFF when ignition switch is turned OFF. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK COMBINATION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. Select “BCM” on CONSULT-III. Select “HEAD LAMP” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen. Select “DATA MONITOR”. Make sure that “HEAD LAMP SW 1” and “HEAD LAMP SW 2” turns ON-OFF linked with operation of lighting switch. When lighting switch is OFF position : HEAD LAMP SW 1 OFF : HEAD LAMP SW 2 OFF OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R" . NG >> Check combination switch (lighting switch). Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection" . 3.CHECKING CAN COMMUNICATIONS BETWEEN BCM AND IPDM E/R Select “BCM” on CONSULT-III, and perform self-diagnosis for “BCM”. Display of self-diagnosis results NO DTC>> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R" . CAN COMM CIRCUIT>> Refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart" . Revision: January 2010 LT-20 2010 Sentra HEADLAMP (FOR USA) < SERVICE INFORMATION > Aiming Adjustment INFOID:0000000005283320 A B C D E F LKIA0927E 1. Headlamp A. Inner and outer adjustment B. G Adjusting screw PREPARATION BEFORE ADJUSTING Before performing aiming adjustment, check the following. 1. Keep all tires inflated to correct pressures. 2. Place vehicle on level surface. 3. Set that there is no-load in vehicle other than the driver (or equivalent weight placed in driver's position). Coolant, engine oil filled up to correct level and full fuel tank, spare tire, jack and tools are in place. LOW BEAM AND HIGH BEAM 1. 2. H I J Turn headlamp low beam ON. Use adjusting screw to perform aiming adjustment. LT ADJUSTMENT USING AN ADJUSTMENT SCREEN (LIGHT/DARK BORDERLINE) L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LT-21 2010 Sentra HEADLAMP (FOR USA) < SERVICE INFORMATION > LKIA0884E A. Vertical center line of RH headlamp B. Adjustment screen C. Horizontal/Vertical center point of headlamp D. 66.5 mm (2.6 in) E. 66.5 mm (2.6 in) F. 66.5 mm (2.6 in) G. 66.5 mm (2.6 in) H. Vertical center line of LH headlamp I. 53.2 mm (2.1 in) J. 13.3 mm (0.5 in) K. 7.62 m (25 ft) • Aim each headlamp individually and ensure other headlamp beam pattern is blocked from screen. - For vertical headlamp aiming, adjust headlamp until beam pattern is positioned per specified dimensions. Bulb Replacement INFOID:0000000005283321 HEADLAMP (HIGH/LOW) Removal 1. 2. 3. Turn lighting switch OFF. Turn the headlamp (high/low) bulb socket counterclockwise and remove. Remove the headlamp (high/low) bulb. Revision: January 2010 LT-22 2010 Sentra HEADLAMP (FOR USA) < SERVICE INFORMATION > Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. A HEADLAMP (HIGH/LOW) SE-R Removal 1. 2. 3. 4. B Turn lighting switch OFF. Remove the resonator LH. Refer to EM-133, "Removal and Installation". Turn the headlamp (high/low) bulb socket counterclockwise and remove. Remove the headlamp (high/low) bulb. C Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. D PARKING (CLEARANCE) LAMP E Removal 1. 2. 3. Turn lighting switch OFF. Turn the parking (clearance) lamp socket counterclockwise and remove. Remove the parking (clearance) lamp bulb. F Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. G FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP Removal 1. 2. 3. H Turn lighting switch OFF. Turn the front turn signal lamp socket counterclockwise and remove. Remove the front turn signal lamp bulb. I Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. J PARKING LAMP Removal 1. 2. 3. LT Turn lighting switch OFF. Turn the parking lamp socket counterclockwise and remove. Remove the front side marker lamp bulb. L Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283322 M REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. N Remove front bumper fascia. Refer to EI-14, "Removal and Installation". Remove the headlamp bolts (A). Pull the headlamp (1) toward the vehicle front, detach the harness clip, disconnect connector, and remove the headlamp. O P LKIA0885E INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Revision: January 2010 LT-23 2010 Sentra HEADLAMP (FOR USA) < SERVICE INFORMATION > • After installation, perform aiming adjustment. Refer to LT-21, "Aiming Adjustment". Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000005283323 LKIA0886E 1. Headlamp housing assembly 2. Headlamp housing assembly harness 3. Halogen bulb (high/low) socket 4. Parking (clearance) lamp bulb socket 5. Front turn signal lamp bulb socket 6. Parking lamp bulb socket DISASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn the halogen (high/low) bulb socket counterclockwise and remove. Turn the parking (clearance) lamp bulb socket counterclockwise and remove. Turn the front turn signal lamp bulb socket counterclockwise and remove. Turn parking lamp bulb counterclockwise and remove. Detach the headlamp bulb harness from the headlamp assembly. ASSEMBLY Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly. Revision: January 2010 LT-24 2010 Sentra HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) - DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) - DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM - A Component Parts and Harness Connector Location INFOID:0000000005283324 B C D E F G WKIA5752E 1. IPDM E/R E46, E47 and E48 2. BCM M18 and M20 (view with instru- 3. ment panel removed) Combination switch (lighting switch) M28 4. Combination meter M24 5. Parking brake switch B24 Daytime Light Relay 1 7. Daytime Light Relay 2 6. H I System Description INFOID:0000000005283325 Headlamp operation is controlled by the BCM (body control module) based on inputs from the combination switch (lighting switch). When the lighting switch is placed in the 2ND position, the BCM receives an input sig- J nal requesting the headlamps (and tail lamps) illuminate. The request is then communicated to the IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room) via the CAN communication lines. The CPU (central processing unit) located in the IPDM E/R controls ground for the headlamp high and headlamp low relay coils. LT These relays direct power to the respective headlamps, which then illuminate. When the headlamp switch is OFF or in the 1ST position (parking lamps ON), the parking brake is released and the engine is running, the IPDM E/R de-energizes the headlamp relays and supplies ground to the daytime light relay 1 to actuate the L daytime light function. OUTLINE Power is supplied at all times • to headlamp high relay RH and LH (located in IPDM E/R), • to headlamp low relay (located in IPDM E/R), • to ignition relay (located in IPDM E/R) • through 15A fuse (No. 52, located in IPDM E/R) and • through 20A fuse (No. 53, located in IPDM E/R) • to CPU located in IPDM E/R, • through 50A fusible link (letter j, located in fuse and fusible link box) • to BCM terminal 70, • through 10A fuse [No. 21, located in fuse block (J/B)] • to BCM terminal 57, • through 10A fuse [No. 19, located in fuse block (J/B)] • to combination meter terminal 1, • through 10A fuse (No. 27, located in fuse and fusible link box) • to the daytime light relay 1 terminals 2 and 5. With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied • to the ignition relay (located in IPDM E/R), • through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in fuse block (J/B)] • to BCM terminal 38, Revision: January 2010 LT-25 M N O P 2010 Sentra HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) - DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > • through 10A fuse [No. 14, located in fuse block (J/B)] • to combination meter terminal 2. With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied • through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in fuse block (J/B)] • to BCM terminal 11. Ground is supplied • to BCM terminal 67 and • to combination meter terminals 3 and 21 • through grounds M57 and M61, • to IPDM E/R terminals 39 and 59 • through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE). HEADLAMP OPERATION Low Beam Operation With the lighting switch in 2ND position, the BCM receives an input signal requesting the headlamps to illuminate. This input signal is communicated to the IPDM E/R via the CAN communication lines. The CPU located in the IPDM E/R controls the headlamp low relay coil, which when energized, directs power • through 15A fuse (No. 41, located in IPDM E/R) • through IPDM E/R terminal 54 • to front combination lamp RH terminal 3, • through 15A fuse (No. 40, located in IPDM E/R) • through IPDM E/R terminal 52 • to daytime light relay 2 terminals 1 and 3 (energizing the relay) and • through daytime light relay 2 terminal 5 • to front combination lamp LH terminal 3. Ground is supplied • to front combination lamp RH terminal 5 • through grounds E9, E15 and E24, • to headlamp LH terminal 5 via • daytime light relay 1 terminals 3 and 4 • through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE). With power and ground supplied, low beam headlamps illuminate. High Beam/Flash-to-Pass Operation With the lighting switch in 2ND position and high beam switch in the HIGH position, the BCM receives input signal requesting the headlamp high beams to illuminate. The flash-to-pass feature can be used any time and also sends a signal to the BCM. This input signal is communicated to the IPDM E/R and the combination meter via the CAN communication lines. The CPU located in the IPDM E/R controls the headlamp high relay coil, which when energized, directs power • through 10A fuse (No. 34, located in IPDM E/R) • through IPDM E/R terminal 56 • to front combination lamp RH terminal 6, and • through 10A fuse (No. 35, located in IPDM E/R) • through IPDM E/R terminal 55 • to front combination lamp LH terminal 6. Ground is supplied • to front combination lamp RH terminal 5 • through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE), • to front combination lamp LH terminal 5 via • daytime light relay 1 terminals 3 and 4 • through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE). With power and ground supplied, the high beam headlamps illuminate. The BCM sends a signal to the combination meter requesting the high beam indicator lamp to turn ON. Daytime Light System Operation With the lighting switch in the OFF or 1ST position (parking lamps ON), the BCM receives inputs requesting the headlights off. If the parking brake is released and the engine is running, the BCM then sends a signal, via the CAN communication lines, requesting the IPDM E/R to activate the daytime light system. The CPU located in the IPDM E/R controls the daytime light relay 1 coil, which when energized, directs power • from daytime light relay 1 terminal 3 • to front combination lamp LH terminal 5, • through front combination lamp LH high beam terminal 6 Revision: January 2010 LT-26 2010 Sentra HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) - DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > • to IPDM E/R terminal 55, • through 10A fuse (No. 35, located in IPDM E/R) and • through both de-energized headlamp high relays • to 10A fuse (No. 34, located in IPDM E/R), • through IPDM E/R terminal 56 • to front combination lamp RH high beam terminal 6. Ground is supplied • to front combination lamp RH terminal 5 and • to daytime light relay 1 terminal 4 • through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE), • to daytime light relay 1 terminal 1 • through IPDM E/R terminal 49. With power and ground supplied, high beam headlamps illuminate at reduced intensity. A B C D COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION Refer to LT-59, "Combination Switch Reading Function" . CAN Communication System Description E INFOID:0000000005283326 Refer to LAN-7, "System Description". F G H I J LT L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LT-27 2010 Sentra HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) - DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Schematic INFOID:0000000005283327 BKWA0784E Revision: January 2010 LT-28 2010 Sentra HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) - DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - DTRL - INFOID:0000000005283328 A B C D E F G H I J LT L M N O BKWA0785E Revision: January 2010 LT-29 2010 Sentra P HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) - DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > BKWA0834E Revision: January 2010 LT-30 2010 Sentra HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) - DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I J LT L M N O AWLWA0078GB P Revision: January 2010 LT-31 2010 Sentra HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) - DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > AALWA0162GB Terminal and Reference Value for BCM INFOID:0000000005283329 Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM" . Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R INFOID:0000000005283330 Refer to PG-24, "Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R" . Revision: January 2010 LT-32 2010 Sentra HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) - DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. INFOID:0000000005283331 A Confirm the symptom or customer complaint. Understand operation, description and function description. Refer to LT-25, "System Description" . Perform the Preliminary Check. Refer to LT-33, "Preliminary Check" . Check symptom and repair or replace the cause of the malfunction. Does the daytime light system operate normally? If YES, GO TO 6. If NO, GO TO 4. Inspection end. Preliminary Check B C INFOID:0000000005283332 D CHECK BCM CONFIGURATION 1.CHECK BCM CONFIGURATION Confirm BCM configuration for "DTRL" is set to "WITH". Refer to BCS-18, "Configuration". OK or NG OK >> Continue preliminary check. Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection" . NG >> Change BCM configuration for "DTRL" to "WITH". Refer to BCS-18, "Configuration". CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR BCM E F G Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection" . CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR IPDM E/R H Refer to PG-26, "IPDM E/R Power/Ground Circuit Inspection" . CONSULT-III Function (BCM) INFOID:0000000005283333 I Refer to BCS-16, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)" . CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R) INFOID:0000000005283334 J Refer to PG-18, "CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R)" . Daytime Light Control Does Not Operate Properly (High Beam Headlamps Operate Properly) INFOID:0000000005283335 1.CHECK DAYTIME LIGHT RELAY 1 FUSE LT L Inspect daytime light relay fuse 10A fuse (No. 27, located in the fuse and fusible link box). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair harness. M 2.CHECK DAYTIME LIGHT RELAY 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. N Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove daytime light relay 1. Check voltage between daytime light relay 1 harness connector E29 terminals 2, 5 and ground. 2, 5 - Ground O : Battery voltage should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair harness or connector. P WKIA3305E 3.CHECK DAYTIME LIGHT RELAY 1 1. Apply battery voltage to daytime light relay 1 terminal 2 and supply ground to terminal 1. Revision: January 2010 LT-33 2010 Sentra HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) - DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Check continuity between terminals 3 and 5. 3-5 : Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace daytime light relay 1. WIIA0291E 4.CHECK INPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. 3. Connect daytime light relay 1. Apply parking brake and start engine. Headlamp switch OFF. Select "IPDM E/R" on CONSULT-III. With DATA MONITOR, make sure "DTRL REQ" turns OFF-ON linked with operation of parking brake switch. Parking brake ON Parking brake OFF : DTRL REQ OFF : DTRL REQ ON OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. 5.CHECKING CAN COMMUNICATIONS Select "BCM" on CONSULT-III and perform self-diagnosis for BCM. Displayed self-diagnosis results NO DTC>>Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM" . CAN COMM CIRCUIT>> Check BCM CAN communication system. Refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". 6.CHECK DAYTIME LIGHT RELAY 1 CONTROL CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect daytime light relay 1 connector E29. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector E47. Check continuity between IPDM E/R connector E47 (A) terminal 49 and daytime light relay 1 connector E29 (B) terminal 1. A B Continuity Connector Terminal Connector Terminal E47 49 E29 1 Yes OK or NG OK >> Replace the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R" . NG >> Repair harness or connector. Aiming Adjustment BKIA0237E INFOID:0000000005283336 The headlamp for Canada is the same as the headlamp for USA. Refer to LT-21, "Aiming Adjustment". Bulb Replacement INFOID:0000000005283337 The headlamp for Canada is the same as the headlamp for USA. Refer to LT-22, "Bulb Replacement". Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283338 The headlamp for Canada is the same as the headlamp for USA. Refer to LT-23, "Removal and Installation". Revision: January 2010 LT-34 2010 Sentra HEADLAMP (FOR CANADA) - DAYTIME LIGHT SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000005283339 A The headlamp for Canada is the same as the headlamp for USA. Refer to LT-24, "Disassembly and Assembly". B C D E F G H I J LT L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LT-35 2010 Sentra FRONT FOG LAMP < SERVICE INFORMATION > FRONT FOG LAMP Component Parts and Harness Connector Location INFOID:0000000005283340 WKIA5753E 1. IPDM E/R E46, E47 and E48 2. BCM M18 and M20 (viewed with in- 3. strument panel removed) System Description Combination switch (lighting switch) M28 INFOID:0000000005283341 The front fog lamps are controlled by lighting switch inputs to the BCM (body control module). The lighting switch must be in the 1ST or 2ND position with the high beams OFF before the BCM will request the IPDM E/ R (intelligent power distribution module engine room) to turn the front fog lamps on. The BCM requests the front fog lamps over the CAN communication lines to the IPDM E/R. The CPU (central processing unit) of the IPDM E/R controls the front fog lamp relay coil ground. When energized, the relay directs power to the front fog lamps. OUTLINE Power is supplied at all times • to front fog lamp relay (located in IPDM E/R), • to ignition relay (located in IPDM E/R), • through 15A fuse (No. 52, located in IPDM E/R) and • through 20A fuse (No. 53, located in IPDM E/R) • to CPU located in IPDM E/R, • through 50A fusible link (letter j, located in the fuse and fusible link box) • to BCM terminal 70, • through 10A fuse [No. 21, located in fuse block (J/B)] • to BCM terminal 57. With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied • to ignition relay (located in IPDM E/R), • through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in fuse block (J/B)] • to BCM terminal 38. With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied • through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in fuse block (J/B)] • to BCM terminal 11. Ground is supplied • to BCM terminal 67 • through grounds M57 and M61, • to IPDM E/R terminals 39 and 59 • through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE). FOG LAMP OPERATION The front fog lamp switch is built into the lighting switch. The lighting switch must be in 1ST position or 2ND position and front fog lamp switch must be in the ON position for front fog lamp operation. The fog lamp will not operate with the high beam headlamps ON. When the front fog lamp switch is in the ON position, the BCM sends a request, via the CAN communication lines, to the CPU of the IPDM E/R to ground the coil side of the front fog lamp relay. The front fog lamp relay then directs power • through 15A fuse (No. 56, located in IPDM E/R) • through IPDM E/R terminal 50 • to front fog lamp LH terminal 1, and Revision: January 2010 LT-36 2010 Sentra FRONT FOG LAMP < SERVICE INFORMATION > • through IPDM E/R terminal 51 • to front fog lamp RH terminal 1. Ground is supplied • to front fog lamp LH and RH terminal 2, • through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE). With power and ground supplied, front fog lamps illuminate. A B COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION Refer to LT-59, "Combination Switch Reading Function". CAN Communication System Description C INFOID:0000000005283342 Refer to LAN-7, "System Description". D E F G H I J LT L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LT-37 2010 Sentra FRONT FOG LAMP < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - F/FOG - INFOID:0000000005283343 BKWA0789E Revision: January 2010 LT-38 2010 Sentra FRONT FOG LAMP < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I J LT L M N O BKWA0836E Terminal and Reference Value for BCM INFOID:0000000005283344 Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM" . Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R INFOID:0000000005283345 Refer to PG-24, "Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R" . Revision: January 2010 LT-39 2010 Sentra P FRONT FOG LAMP < SERVICE INFORMATION > How to Proceed with Trouble Diagnosis 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. INFOID:0000000005283346 Confirm the symptom or customer complaint. Understand operation description and function description. Refer to LT-36, "System Description" . Perform the Preliminary Check. Refer to LT-40, "Preliminary Check". Check symptom and repair or replace the cause of the malfunction. Do the front fog lamps operate normally? If YES, GO TO 6. If NO, GO TO 4. Inspection end. Preliminary Check INFOID:0000000005283347 CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR BCM Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection" . CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR IPDM E/R Refer to PG-26, "IPDM E/R Power/Ground Circuit Inspection" . CONSULT-III Function (BCM) INFOID:0000000005283348 Refer to BCS-16, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)". CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R) INFOID:0000000005283349 Refer to PG-18, "CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R)" . Front Fog lamps Do Not Illuminate (Both Sides) INFOID:0000000005283350 1.INSPECT FOG LAMP FUSE Inspect fog lamp 15A fuse (No. 56, located in IPDM E/R). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair harness. 2.CHECK COMBINATION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. With CONSULT-III Select “BCM” on CONSULT-III. Select “HEAD LAMP” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen. Select “DATA MONITOR”. Make sure that “FR FOG SW” turns ON-OFF linked with operation of fog lamp switch. When fog lamp switch is ON : FR FOG SW ON Without CONSULT-III Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Check combination switch (lighting switch). Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection" . 3.FOG LAMP ACTIVE TEST 1. 2. 3. 4. With CONSULT-III Select “IPDM E/R” on CONSULT-III. Select “ACTIVE TEST”. Select “LAMPS” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen. Touch “FOG” screen. Make sure front fog lamp operates. Front fog lamp should operate. 1. 2. Without CONSULT-III Start auto active test. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test". Make sure front fog lamp operates. Revision: January 2010 LT-40 2010 Sentra FRONT FOG LAMP < SERVICE INFORMATION > Front fog lamp should operate. A OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 5. B 4.CHECK IPDM E/R 1. 2. Select “IPDM E/R” on CONSULT-III. Select “DATA MONITOR”. Make sure “FR FOG REQ” turns ON when front fog lamp switch is in ON position. When front fog lamp switch is ON position C : FR FOG REQ ON D OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R" . NG >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM" . E 5.CHECK FOG LAMP INPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Front fog lamp connector RH E28 LH E27 G H I (+) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. F With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect front fog lamp connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “IPDM E/R” on CONSULT-III, and select “ACTIVE TEST”. Select “LAMPS” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen. Touch “FOG” screen. When front fog lamp relay is operating, check voltage between front fog lamp harness connector and ground. Terminal 1 (−) Voltage Ground Battery voltage J Without CONSULT-III LT Turn ignition switch OFF. PKIA6276E Disconnect front fog lamp connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Start auto active test. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test" . L When front fog lamp relay is operating, check voltage between front fog lamp harness connector and ground. M (+) Front fog lamp connector RH E28 LH E27 Terminal 1 (−) Voltage Ground Battery voltage N OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6. O 6.CHECK FOG LAMP CIRCUIT 1. 2. P Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector. Revision: January 2010 LT-41 2010 Sentra FRONT FOG LAMP < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector (A) and front fog lamp harness connector (B). Circuit RH LH A Connector B Terminal Connector 51 E28 50 E27 E47 Terminal Continuity 1 Yes OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R" . NG >> Repair harness or connector. WKIA4408E 7.CHECK FOG LAMP GROUND 1. Check continuity between front fog lamp harness connector and ground. Front fog lamp connector RH E28 LH E27 Terminal Continuity Ground 2 Yes OK or NG OK >> Check front fog lamp bulbs. NG >> Repair harness or connector. PKIA6277E Front Fog Lamp Does Not Illuminate (One Side) INFOID:0000000005283351 1. CHECK BULB Check bulb of lamp which does not illuminate. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Replace front fog lamp bulb. Refer to LT-43, "Bulb Replacement". 2.CHECK FOG LAMP CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector and front fog lamp connector. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector (A) and front fog lamp harness connector (B). Circuit RH LH A Connector E47 B Terminal Connector 51 E28 50 E27 Terminal Continuity 1 Yes OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair harness or connector. WKIA4408E 3.CHECK FOG LAMP GROUND Revision: January 2010 LT-42 2010 Sentra FRONT FOG LAMP < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check continuity between front fog lamp harness connector and ground. Front fog lamp connector RH E28 LH E27 Terminal 2 A Continuity Ground B Yes OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R" . NG >> Repair harness or connector. Aiming Adjustment C PKIA6277E D INFOID:0000000005283352 The front fog lamp is a semi-sealed beam type which uses a replaceable halogen bulb. Before performing aiming adjustment, make sure of the following. • Keep all tires inflated to correct pressure. • Place vehicle on level surface. • Set that there is no-load in vehicle other than the driver (or equivalent weight placed in driver’s position). Coolant, engine oil filled up to correct level and full fuel tank. Adjust aiming in the vertical direction by turning the adjusting screw (A). E F G H I PKIC1070E 1. 2. 3. J Set the distance (D) between the screen and the center of front fog lamp lens as shown. Turn front fog lamps to ON. Adjust front fog lamps using adjusting screw so that the top edge of the high intensity zone (C) is as shown. LT L Vertical distance from horizontal/vertical center point of fog lamp on screen to top edge of high intensity zone (A) 100 mm (4 in) Horizontal/vertical center point of fog lamp (B) M LKIA0887E Fog lamp high intensity zone (C) Distance from fog lamp to screen (D) 7.62 mm (25 ft) N NOTE: When performing adjustment, if necessary, cover the headlamps and opposite front fog lamp. Bulb Replacement 1. 2. INFOID:0000000005283353 Turn lighting switch OFF. Position back the front fender protector. Refer to EI-22, "Removal and Installation". Revision: January 2010 LT-43 O P 2010 Sentra FRONT FOG LAMP < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Disconnect front fog lamp connector (1). 4. Turn bulb socket (2) counterclockwise unlock and remove it. 5. Remove bulb from its socket. PKIC1071E Removal and Installation, All Except SE-R INFOID:0000000005283354 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. Remove the fender protector. Refer to EI-22, "Removal and Installation". Disconnect the front fog lamp connector (3) from the fog lamp bulb (1). Remove the front fog lamp screws (A) and remove the front fog lamp (2). • As necessary, remove the two staples attaching the base of the fog lamp (2) and discard the staples. LKIA0888E INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Removal and Installation, SE-R INFOID:0000000005283355 REMOVAL 1. 2. Disconnect the front fog lamp connector (1) from the fog lamp bulb (2). Remove the front fog lamp screws (A) and remove the front fog lamp (3). LKIA0925E INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Revision: January 2010 LT-44 2010 Sentra TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS < SERVICE INFORMATION > TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS Component Parts and Harness Connector Location A INFOID:0000000005283356 B C D WKIA5851E 1. Hazard switch M102 4. Combination meter M24 2. BCM M18 and M20 (view with instru- 3. ment panel removed Combination switch (lighting switch) M28 F System Description INFOID:0000000005283357 G TURN SIGNAL OPERATION Power is supplied at all times • through 50A fusible link (letter j, located in the fuse and fusible link box) • to BCM (body control module) terminal 70, • through 10A fuse [No. 21, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to BCM terminal 57, • through 10A fuse [No. 19, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to combination meter terminal 1. With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied • through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in fuse block (J/B)] • to BCM terminal 38, • through 10A fuse [No. 14, located in fuse block (J/B)] • to combination meter terminal 2. With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied • through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to BCM terminal 11. Ground is supplied • to BCM terminal 67 and • to combination meter terminals 3 and 21 • through grounds M57 and M61. H I J LT L LH Turn Signal Lamp When the turn signal switch is moved to the left turn position, the BCM receives an input signal requesting left turn signals to flash. The BCM then supplies power • through BCM terminal 60 • to front combination lamp LH terminal 4 and • to rear combination lamp LH terminal 6. Ground is supplied • to front combination lamp LH terminal 2 • through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE), • to rear combination lamp LH terminal 4 • through grounds B7 and B19. The BCM also sends a request, via the CAN communication lines, to the combination meter to flash the left turn signal indicator. The unified meter control unit in the combination meter supplies ground to the left turn signal indicator lamp and activates the audible turn signal indicator. With power, ground and input supplied, the BCM controls the flashing of the turn signal lamps. RH Turn Signal Lamp Revision: January 2010 E LT-45 2010 Sentra M N O P TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS < SERVICE INFORMATION > When turn signal switch is moved to the right turn position, the BCM receives an input signal requesting right turn signals to flash. The BCM then supplies power • through BCM terminal 61 • to front combination lamp RH terminal 4 and • to rear combination lamp RH terminal 6. Ground is supplied • to front combination lamp RH terminal 2 • through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE), • to rear combination lamp RH terminal 4 • through grounds B7 and B19. The BCM also sends a request, via the CAN communication lines, to the combination meter to flash the right turn signal indicator. The unified meter control unit in the combination meter supplies ground to the right turn signal indicator lamp and activates the audible turn signal indicator. With power, ground and input supplied, the BCM controls the flashing of the turn signal lamps. HAZARD LAMP OPERATION Power is supplied at all times • through 50A fusible link (letter j, located in fuse, fusible link and relay box) • to BCM terminal 70, • through 10A fuse [No. 21, located in fuse block (J/B)] • to BCM terminal 57, • through 10A fuse [No. 19, located in fuse block (J/B)] • to combination meter terminal 1. Ground is supplied • to hazard switch terminal 1, • to BCM terminal 67, and • to combination meter terminals 3 and 21 • through grounds M57 and M61. When hazard switch is depressed, ground is supplied • through hazard switch terminal 2 • to BCM terminal 29. BCM then supplies power • to front combination lamp LH terminal 4 and • to rear combination lamp LH terminal 6 • through BCM terminal 60, • to front combination lamp RH terminal 4 and • to rear combination lamp RH terminal 6 • through BCM terminal 61. Ground is supplied • to front combination lamp LH and RH terminal 2 • through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE), • to rear combination lamp LH and RH terminal 4 • through grounds B7 and B19. The BCM also supplies input to combination meter across the CAN communication lines. This input is processed by unified meter control unit in combination meter, which in turn supplies ground to the left and right turn signal indicator lamps. With power and input supplied, BCM controls flashing of hazard warning lamps. REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM OPERATION Power is supplied at all times • through 50A fusible link (letter j, located in fuse, fusible link and relay box) • to BCM terminal 70, • through 10A fuse [No. 19, located in fuse block (J/B)] • to combination meter terminal 1. Ground is supplied • to BCM terminal 67 and • to combination meter terminals 3 and 21 • through grounds M57 and M61. When the remote keyless entry system is triggered by input from the keyfob, the BCM supplies power • through BCM terminal 60 • to front combination lamp LH terminal 4 and • to rear combination lamp LH terminal 6, Revision: January 2010 LT-46 2010 Sentra TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS < SERVICE INFORMATION > • through BCM terminal 61 • to front turn signal lamp RH terminal 4 and • to rear combination lamp RH terminal 6. Ground is supplied • to front combination lamp LH and RH terminal 2 • through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE), • to rear combination lamp LH and RH terminal 4 • through grounds B7 and B19. The BCM also supplies input to combination meter via the CAN communication lines. This input is processed by the unified meter control unit in combination meter, which in turn supplies ground to the left and right turn signal indicator lamps. With power and ground supplied, BCM controls flashing of hazard warning lamps when keyfob is used to activate remote keyless entry system. A B C D COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION Refer to LT-59, "Combination Switch Reading Function". CAN Communication System Description E INFOID:0000000005283358 Refer to LAN-7, "System Description" . F G H I J LT L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LT-47 2010 Sentra TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Schematic INFOID:0000000005283359 BKWA0791E Revision: January 2010 LT-48 2010 Sentra TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - TURN - INFOID:0000000005283360 A B C D E F G H I J LT L M N O BKWA0792E Revision: January 2010 LT-49 2010 Sentra P TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS < SERVICE INFORMATION > BKWA0793E Revision: January 2010 LT-50 2010 Sentra TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I J LT L M N O AALWA0211GB P Revision: January 2010 LT-51 2010 Sentra TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS < SERVICE INFORMATION > AALWA0163GB Terminal and Reference Value for BCM INFOID:0000000005283361 Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM" . How to Proceed with Trouble Diagnosis 1. 2. INFOID:0000000005283362 Confirm the symptom or customer complaint. Understand operation description and function description. Refer to LT-45, "System Description" . Revision: January 2010 LT-52 2010 Sentra TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Perform the preliminary check. Refer to LT-53, "Preliminary Check". 4. Check symptom and repair or replace the cause of the malfunction. 5. Do turn signal and hazard warning lamps operate normally? If YES, GO TO 6. If NO, GO TO 4. 6. INSPECTION END Preliminary Check A B INFOID:0000000005283363 CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR BCM C Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". CONSULT-III Function (BCM) INFOID:0000000005283364 D Refer to BCS-16, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)". Turn Signals Do Not Operate INFOID:0000000005283365 1.CHECK COMBINATION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. With CONSULT-III Select “BCM” on CONSULT-III. Select “FLASHER” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen. Select “DATA MONITOR”. Make sure that “TURN SIGNAL R” and “TURN SIGNAL L” turn ON-OFF linked with operation of lighting switch. When turn signal switch is right position When turn signal switch is left position 2.CHECK FRONT TURN SIGNAL LAMP CIRCUIT Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect BCM connector and front combination lamp LH or RH connector. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M20 (A) terminal 60 and front combination lamp LH harness connector E21 (B) terminal 4. M N O P BKIA0238E : Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. Revision: January 2010 L : Continuity should exist. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M20 (A) terminal 61 and front combination lamp RH harness connector E20 (B) terminal 4. 61 - 4 J LT Verify the bulb standard of each turn signal lamp is correct. Refer to LT-106, "Exterior Lamp" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Replace turn signal lamp bulb. Refer to LT-56, "Bulb Replacement for Front Turn Signal Lamp" . 4. I INFOID:0000000005283366 1.CHECK BULB 60 - 4 G H : TURN SIGNAL L ON Front Turn Signal Lamp Does Not Operate 3. F : TURN SIGNAL R ON Without CONSULT-III Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection". OK or NG OK >> Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM" . NG >> Check combination switch (lighting switch). Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection" . 1. 2. E LT-53 2010 Sentra TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS < SERVICE INFORMATION > NG >> Repair harness or connector. 3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT 1. Check continuity between front combination lamp LH harness connector E21 terminal 2 and ground. 2 - Ground 2. : Continuity should exist. Check continuity between front combination lamp RH harness connector E20 terminal 2 and ground. 2 - Ground : Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> Inspect connection at front combination lamp. NG >> Repair harness. Rear Turn Signal Lamp Does Not Operate BKIA0239E INFOID:0000000005283367 1.CHECK BULB Verify the bulb standard of each turn signal lamp is correct. Refer to LT-106, "Exterior Lamp". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Replace turn signal lamp bulb. Refer to LT-56, "Bulb Replacement for Rear Turn Signal Lamp" . 2.CHECK REAR TURN SIGNAL LAMP CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect BCM connector and rear combination lamp LH or RH connector. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M20 (A) terminal 60 and rear combination lamp LH harness connector B25 (B) terminal 6. 60 - 6 4. : Continuity should exist. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M20 (A) terminal 61 and rear combination lamp RH harness connector B42 (B) terminal 6. WKIA5854E 61 - 6 : Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair harness or connector. 3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT 1. Check continuity between rear combination lamp LH harness connector B25 terminal 4 and ground. 4 - Ground 2. : Continuity should exist. Check continuity between rear combination lamp RH harness connector B42 terminal 4 and ground. 4 - Ground : Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> Check rear combination lamp connector for proper connection. Repair as necessary. NG >> Repair harness or connector. Revision: January 2010 LT-54 BKIA0240E 2010 Sentra TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Hazard Warning Lamp Does Not Operate But Turn Signal Lamp Operatess INFOID:0000000005283368 A 1.CHECK HAZARD SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL With CONSULT-III 1. Select “BCM” on CONSULT-III. Select “FLASHER” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen. 2. Select “DATA MONITOR”. Make sure that “HAZARD SW” turns ON-OFF linked with operation of hazard switch. When hazard switch is in ON position B C : HAZARD SW ON D Without CONSULT-III Check voltage between BCM harness connector and ground. E Terminal (+) BCM connector Terminal M18 29 Condition (−) Ground F Voltage Hazard switch is ON 0V Hazard switch is OFF Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". NG >> GO TO 2. G PKIC1014E I 2.CHECK HAZARD SWITCH CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. H Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect BCM connector and hazard switch connector. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M18 (A) and hazard switch harness connector M102 (B). J LT A B Continuity Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M18 29 M102 2 Yes OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair harness or connector. L PKIC1015E M 3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT Check continuity between hazard switch harness connector M102 terminal 1 and ground. 1 – Ground N : Continuity should exist. O OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair harness or connector. P PKIC1016E 4.CHECK HAZARD SWITCH Revision: January 2010 LT-55 2010 Sentra TURN SIGNAL AND HAZARD WARNING LAMPS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Disconnect hazard switch connector. 2. Check continuity between hazard switch terminals. Terminal Hazard switch 1 2 Condition Continuity Hazard switch is ON Yes Hazard switch is OFF No OK or NG OK >> Replace BCM if hazard warning lamps do not operate after setting the connector again. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". NG >> Replace hazard switch. Refer to LT-58, "Removal and Installation" . Turn Signal Indicator Lamp Does Not Operate PKIC1017E INFOID:0000000005283369 1.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM Check CAN communication. Refer to LAN-7, "System Description". OK or NG OK >> Replace combination meter. Refer to DI-23, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Repair as necessary. Bulb Replacement for Front Turn Signal Lamp INFOID:0000000005283370 Refer to LT-22, "Bulb Replacement"". Bulb Replacement for Rear Turn Signal Lamp INFOID:0000000005283371 Refer to LT-79, "Bulb Replacement". Removal and Installation of Front Turn Signal Lamp INFOID:0000000005283372 Refer to LT-22, "Bulb Replacement". Removal and Installation of Rear Turn Signal Lamp INFOID:0000000005283373 Refer to LT-80, "Removal and Installation". Revision: January 2010 LT-56 2010 Sentra LIGHTING AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH < SERVICE INFORMATION > LIGHTING AND TURN SIGNAL SWITCH Removal and Installation A INFOID:0000000005283374 REMOVAL 1. 2. B Remove steering column cover. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts". While pressing pawls (A) in direction as shown, pull lighting and turn signal switch (1) toward LH door and disconnect from the base. C D E LKIA0889E INSTALLATION F Installation is in the reverse order of removal. G H I J LT L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LT-57 2010 Sentra HAZARD SWITCH < SERVICE INFORMATION > HAZARD SWITCH Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283375 REMOVAL 1. 2. Remove the MT/CVT finisher. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts". Remove the hazard switch from the MT/CVT finisher. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Revision: January 2010 LT-58 2010 Sentra COMBINATION SWITCH < SERVICE INFORMATION > COMBINATION SWITCH A Wiring Diagram - COMBSW - INFOID:0000000005283376 B C D E F G H I J LT L M N O P BKWA0796E Combination Switch Reading Function INFOID:0000000005283377 For details, refer to "Combination Switch Reading Function" . Revision: January 2010 LT-59 2010 Sentra COMBINATION SWITCH < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal and Reference Value for BCM INFOID:0000000005283378 Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM" . CONSULT-III Function (BCM) INFOID:0000000005283379 Refer to BCS-16, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)". Combination Switch Inspection INFOID:0000000005283380 1.SYSTEM CHECK Referring to table below, check which system malfunctioning switch belongs to. System 1 System 2 System 3 System 4 System 5 — FRONT WASHER FRONT WIPER LO TURN LH TURN RH FRONT WIPER HI — FRONT WIPER INT PASSING HEAD LAMP 1 INT VOLUME 1 — — HEAD LAMP 2 HI BEAM — INT VOLUME 3 — — LIGHT SW 1ST INT VOLUME 2 — — FRONT FOG — >> Check the system to which the switch belongs, and GO TO 2. 2.SYSTEM CHECK 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Connect CONSULT-III, and select “COMB SW” on BCM “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen. Select “DATA MONITOR”. Select “START”, and confirm that other switches in the system operate normally. Example: When turn signal LH is inoperative, confirm that PASSING, HEAD LAMP 2 or FRONT FOG (if equipped) turn ON-OFF normally. Without CONSULT-III Operate combination switch, and confirm that other switches in the system operate normally. Example: When a turn signal switch is inoperative, confirm that FRONT WIPER LO or FRONT WIPER INT turn ON-OFF normally. Check results Other switches in the system operate normally.>>Replace lighting switch or wiper switch. Other switches in the system do not operate normally.>>GO TO 3. 3.HARNESS INSPECTION 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect BCM connector and combination switch connector. Check for continuity between BCM harness connector of the suspect system and the corresponding combination switch harness connector. Revision: January 2010 LT-60 2010 Sentra COMBINATION SWITCH < SERVICE INFORMATION > Suspect system A Connector 1 2 3 M18 4 5 4. A B Terminal Connector Terminal Input 1 6 6 Output 1 36 1 Input 2 5 7 Output 2 35 2 Input 3 4 Output 3 34 Input 4 3 9 Output 4 33 4 Input 5 2 8 Output 5 32 5 M28 10 3 Continuity B C Yes WKIA5497E D E Check for continuity between the BCM harness connector in suspect system and ground. Suspect system BCM Connector 1 2 3 M18 4 5 F Continuity Terminal Input 1 6 Output 1 36 Input 2 5 Output 2 35 Input 3 4 Output 3 34 Input 4 3 Output 4 33 Input 5 2 Output 5 32 G H Ground No WKIA5500E J LT OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Check harness between BCM and combination switch for open or short circuit. L 4.CHECK BCM OUTPUT TERMINAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. I Connect BCM and combination switch connectors. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn lighting switch and wiper switch to OFF position. Set wiper dial to position 4. Check BCM output terminal voltage waveform of suspect system. M N O P PKIC1020E Revision: January 2010 LT-61 2010 Sentra COMBINATION SWITCH < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal Suspect system (+) Combination switch connector 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 Reference value (−) Terminal PKIB4958J M28 1.2V Ground 5 5 PKIB8643J 1.2V OK or NG OK >> Open circuit in combination switch, GO TO 5. NG >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". 5.COMBINATION SWITCH INSPECTION Referring to table below, perform combination switch inspection. Procedure 1 Replace lighting switch 2 Confirm check results 3 OK INSPECTION END NG Replace wiper switch 4 Confirm check results 5 OK INSPECTION END NG Replace switch base 6 Confirm check results 7 OK INSPECTION END NG Confirm symptom again >> Inspection end. Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283381 Refer to SRS-33, "Removal and Installation". Revision: January 2010 LT-62 2010 Sentra STOP LAMP < SERVICE INFORMATION > STOP LAMP A Wiring Diagram - STOP/L - INFOID:0000000005283382 B C D E F G H I J LT L M N O P AWLWA0079GB Bulb Replacement for High-Mounted Stop Lamp INFOID:0000000005283383 For non-SER vehicles refer to LT-64, "Removal and Installation of High-Mounted Stop Lamp, All Except SER". Revision: January 2010 LT-63 2010 Sentra STOP LAMP < SERVICE INFORMATION > For SER refer to LT-64, "Removal and Installation of High-Mounted Stop Lamp, SE-R". Bulb Replacement for Rear Combination Lamp for Stop Lamp INFOID:0000000005283384 Refer to LT-79, "Bulb Replacement". Removal and Installation of High-Mounted Stop Lamp, All Except SE-R INFOID:0000000005283385 REMOVAL 1. 2. Unclip to release the rear high-mount stop lamp (1) from the rear parcel shelf finisher (2) and remove the rear high-mount stop lamp (1). Disconnect the rear high-mounted stop lamp connector, turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and remove the high-mounted stop lamp bulb. LKIA0940E INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Removal and Installation of High-Mounted Stop Lamp, SE-R INFOID:0000000005283386 REMOVAL 1. 2. Remove the trunk lid finisher. Refer to EI-44, "Removal and Installation". Remove the led high-mounted stop lamp screws (A), then remove the led high-mounted stop lamp assembly (2). • Rear air spoiler (1) LKIA0926E INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Removal and Installation of Rear Combination Lamp for Stop Lamp INFOID:0000000005283387 Refer to LT-80, "Removal and Installation". Revision: January 2010 LT-64 2010 Sentra BACK-UP LAMP < SERVICE INFORMATION > BACK-UP LAMP A Wiring Diagram - BACK/L - INFOID:0000000005283388 B C D E F G H I J LT L M N O P AALWA0181GB Bulb Replacement INFOID:0000000005283389 Refer to LT-79, "Bulb Replacement". Revision: January 2010 LT-65 2010 Sentra BACK-UP LAMP < SERVICE INFORMATION > Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283390 Refer to LT-80, "Removal and Installation". Revision: January 2010 LT-66 2010 Sentra PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS < SERVICE INFORMATION > PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS Component Parts and Harness Connector Location A INFOID:0000000005283391 B C D WKIA5753E 1. IPDM E/R E45, E46 and E48 2. BCM M18 and M20 (view with instru- 3. ment panel removed) E Combination switch (lighting switch) M28 F System Description INFOID:0000000005283392 The control of the parking, license plate and tail lamp operation is dependent upon the position of lighting switch. When the lighting switch is placed in the 1ST position, the BCM (body control module) receives input G signal requesting the parking, license plate and tail lamps to illuminate. This input signal is communicated to the IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room) via the CAN communication lines. The CPU (central processing unit) located in the IPDM E/R controls the tail lamp relay coil. This relay, when energized, H directs power to parking, license plate and tail lamps, which then illuminate. Power is supplied at all times • to ignition relay located in IPDM E/R, I • to tail lamp relay located in IPDM E/R, • through 15A fuse (No. 52, located in IPDM E/R) and • through 20A fuse (No. 53, located in IPDM E/R) J • to the CPU located in the IPDM E/R, • through 50A fusible link (letter j, located in fuse and fusible link block) • to BCM terminal 70, • through 10A fuse [No. 21, located in fuse block (J/B)], LT • to BCM terminal 57. With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied • through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in fuse block (J/B)] L • to BCM terminal 38, • to ignition relay located in IPDM E/R and • through the ignition relay • to the CPU of the IPDM E/R. M With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied • through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in fuse block (J/B)] • to BCM terminal 11. N Ground is supplied • to BCM terminal 67 • through grounds M57 and M61, • to IPDM E/R terminals 59 and 39 O • through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE). OPERATION BY LIGHTING SWITCH With the lighting switch in the 1ST or 2ND position, the BCM receives an input signal requesting parking, license plate and tail lamps to illuminate. This input signal is communicated to the IPDM E/R via the CAN communication lines. The CPU, located in the IPDM E/R, controls the tail lamp relay coil. When energized, the tail lamp relay directs power • through 10A fuse (No. 37, located in IPDM E/R), • through IPDM E/R terminal 28 • to front combination lamp LH terminal 1, and • through IPDM E/R terminal 29 Revision: January 2010 LT-67 2010 Sentra P PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS < SERVICE INFORMATION > • to front combination lamp RH terminal 1, • through 10A fuse (No. 36, located in IPDM E/R) • through IPDM E/R terminal 27 • to rear combination lamp LH and RH terminal 1 and • to license plate lamp LH and RH terminal 1. Ground is supplied • to front combination lamp LH and RH terminal 2 • through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE), • to rear combination lamp LH and RH terminal 4 and • to license plate lamp LH and RH terminal 2 • through grounds B7 and B19. With power and ground supplied, parking, license plate and tail lamps illuminate. COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION Refer to LT-59, "Combination Switch Reading Function" . EXTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER CONTROL When the combination switch (lighting switch) is in the 1ST (or 2ND) position and the ignition switch is turned from ON or ACC to OFF, the battery saver control feature is activated. Under this condition, the parking, license and tail lamps remain illuminated for 5 minutes, then the parking, license plate and tail lamps are turned off. Exterior lamp battery saver control mode can be changed by the function setting of CONSULT-III. CAN Communication System Description INFOID:0000000005283393 Refer to LAN-7, "System Description". Revision: January 2010 LT-68 2010 Sentra PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Schematic INFOID:0000000005283394 A B C D E F G H I J LT L M N O BKWA0799E Revision: January 2010 LT-69 2010 Sentra P PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - TAIL/L - INFOID:0000000005283395 BKWA0800E Revision: January 2010 LT-70 2010 Sentra PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I J LT L M N O BKWA0839E P Revision: January 2010 LT-71 2010 Sentra PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS < SERVICE INFORMATION > BKWA0802E Terminal and Reference Value for BCM INFOID:0000000005283396 Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM" . Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R INFOID:0000000005283397 Refer to PG-24, "Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R" . Revision: January 2010 LT-72 2010 Sentra PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS < SERVICE INFORMATION > How to Proceed with Trouble Diagnosis 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. INFOID:0000000005283398 A Confirm the symptom or customer complaint. Understand operation description and function description. Refer to LT-67, "System Description" . Perform the preliminary check. Refer to LT-73, "Preliminary Check" . Check symptom and repair or replace the cause of the malfunction. Do the parking, license plate and tail lamps operate normally? If YES, GO TO 6. If NO, GO TO 4. Inspection End. Preliminary Check B C INFOID:0000000005283399 D CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR BCM Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". E CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR IPDM E/R Refer to PG-26, "IPDM E/R Power/Ground Circuit Inspection" . CONSULT-III Function (BCM) INFOID:0000000005283400 F INFOID:0000000005283401 G INFOID:0000000005283402 H Refer to BCS-16, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)" . CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R) Refer to PG-18, "CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R)" . Parking, License Plate and Tail Lamps Do Not Illuminate 1.CHECK TAIL LAMP FUSE I Inspect tail lamp 10A fuses (No. 36 and 37, located in IPDM E/R). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair harness. J 2.CHECK COMBINATION SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. LT With CONSULT-III Select “BCM” on CONSULT-III. Select “HEAD LAMP” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen. Select “DATA MONITOR”. Make sure “LIGHT SW 1ST” turns ON-OFF linked with operation of lighting switch. L When lighting switch is 1ST position : LIGHT SW 1ST ON M Without CONSULT-III Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Check combination switch (lighting switch). Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection" . 3.ACTIVE TEST 1. 2. 3. 4. O With CONSULT-III Select “IPDM E/R” on CONSULT-III, and select “ACTIVE TEST”. Select “TAIL LAMP” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen. Touch “ON” on "ACTIVE TEST" screen. Make sure parking, license plate and tail lamps operate. P Parking, license plate and tail lamps should operate. Without CONSULT-III Revision: January 2010 N LT-73 2010 Sentra PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Start auto active test. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test" . 2. Make sure parking, license plate and tail lamps operate. Parking, license plate and tail lamps should operate. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace the IPDM E/R if the parking, license and tail lamps do not start operating after resetting connector. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R" . 4.CHECK IPDM E/R 1. 2. Select “IPDM E/R” on CONSULT-III, and select “DATA MONITOR”. Make sure “TAIL&CLR REQ” turns ON when lighting switch is in 1ST position. When lighting switch is 1ST position : TAIL&CLR REQ ON OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R" . NG >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". Front Parking Lamps Do Not Illuminate (License Plate and Tail Lamps Operate Normally) INFOID:0000000005283403 1.CHECK FUSE Inspect parking lamp 10A fuse (No. 37, located in IPDM E/R) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair harness. 2.CHECK INPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect front combination lamp connectors. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “IPDM E/R” on CONSULT-III, and select “ACTIVE TEST”. Select “TAIL LAMP” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen. Touch “ON” on "ACTIVE TEST" screen. When tail lamp relay is operating, check voltage between front combination lamp and ground. Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect front combination lamp connectors. Turn ignition switch ON. Start auto active test. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test" . When tail lamp relay is operating, check voltage between front combination lamp and ground. Terminal (+) Front combination lamp connector RH E20 LH E21 Terminal 1 (−) Ground Voltage Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. Revision: January 2010 BKIA0241E LT-74 2010 Sentra PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3.CHECK PARKING LAMP CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. A Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector (A) and front combination lamp harness connector (B). A Connector B Terminal E45 Connector 29 RH E20 28 LH E21 Terminal B C Continuity 1 Yes OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R" . NG >> Repair harness or connector. D BKIA0244E 4.CHECK PARKING LAMPS GROUND CIRCUIT F Check continuity between front combination lamp harness connector and ground. Front combination lamp connector RH E20 LH E21 Terminal 2 G Continuity Ground E Yes H OK or NG OK >> Check bulbs. NG >> Repair harness or connector. I BKIA0239E License Plate and Tail Lamps Do Not Illuminate (Front Parking Lamps Operate Normally) INFOID:0000000005283404 1.CHECK FUSE J LT Inspect tail lamp 10A fuse (No. 36, located in IPDM E/R) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair harness. L 2.CHECK INPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect license plate lamp and rear combination lamp connectors. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “IPDM E/R” on CONSULT-III, and select “ACTIVE TEST”. Select “TAIL LAMP” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen. Touch “ON” on "ACTIVE TEST" screen. When tail lamp relay is operating, check voltage between license plate lamp and rear combination lamp harness connectors and ground. Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect license plate lamp and rear combination lamp connectors. Turn ignition switch ON. Start auto active test. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test". When tail lamp relay is operating, check voltage between license plate lamp and rear combination lamp harness connectors and ground. Revision: January 2010 LT-75 2010 Sentra M N O P PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal (+) License plate lamp connector RH T4 LH T3 Voltage (−) Terminal 1 Ground Battery voltage BKIA0242E Terminal (+) Rear combination lamp connector (Tail lamp) RH B42 LH B25 Terminal 1 Voltage (−) Ground Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. BKIA0243E 3.CHECK LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMP CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector (A) and license plate lamp harness connector (B). A B Connector Terminal E45 27 Connector Terminal RH T4 LH T3 Continuity 1 Yes BKIA0245E 4. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector (A) and rear combination lamp harness connector (B). A B Connector Terminal E45 27 Connector RH B42 LH B25 Terminal 1 Continuity Yes OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R". NG >> Repair harness or connector. BKIA0246E 4.CHECK PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS GROUND CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 LT-76 2010 Sentra PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Check continuity between license plate lamp harness connector and ground. License plate lamp connector RH T4 LH T3 Terminal A Continuity B Ground 2 Yes C BKIA0248E D 2. Check continuity between rear combination lamp harness connector and ground. E Rear combination lamp connector RH B42 LH B25 Terminal Continuity Ground T4 F Yes OK or NG OK >> Check bulbs. NG >> Repair harness or connector. G BKIA0240E Parking, License Plate and Tail Lamps Do Not Turn OFF (After Approx. 10 Minutes) H INFOID:0000000005283405 • This symptom is related to the ignition relay in IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-18, "Function of Detecting Ignition Relay Malfunction". • Select “BCM” on CONSULT-III. Select “HEAD LAMP” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen and select “DATA MONITOR”. If “LIGHT SW 1ST” is OFF when lighting switch is OFF, replace IPDM E/R. I Bulb Replacement J INFOID:0000000005283406 PARKING LAMP LT Refer to LT-79, "Bulb Replacement". LICENSE PLATE LAMP 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the license plate lamp. Refer to LT-77, "Removal and Installation". Turn bulb socket counterclockwise and unlock it. Remove bulb from the socket. Installation is in the reverse order of removal. L M TAIL LAMP Refer to LT-80, "Removal and Installation". N Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283407 PARKING LAMP O Refer to LT-79, "Component". LICENSE PLATE LAMP P Removal 1. Remove the license lamp finisher. Refer to EI-25, "Removal and Installation". Revision: January 2010 LT-77 2010 Sentra PARKING, LICENSE PLATE AND TAIL LAMPS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Remove license plate lamp screw (A) and remove the license plate lamp (1). 3. Disconnect the license plate lamp connector and remove the licence plate lamp. LKIA0891E Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. TAIL LAMP Refer to LT-80, "Removal and Installation". Revision: January 2010 LT-78 2010 Sentra REAR COMBINATION LAMP < SERVICE INFORMATION > REAR COMBINATION LAMP A Component INFOID:0000000005283408 B C D E F G H I J LT L LKIA0892E 1. Rear combination lamp housing assembly 2. Turn signal/tail lamp bulb 3. Parking lamp bulb 4. Tail/stop lamp bulb 5. Back-up lamp bulb 6. Rear combination lamp harness A. Rear combination lamp housing assembly nuts M N Bulb Replacement INFOID:0000000005283409 O REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. Remove the rear combination lamp. Refer to LT-80, "Removal and Installation". Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise and unlock it. Remove the bulb. P INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Revision: January 2010 LT-79 2010 Sentra REAR COMBINATION LAMP < SERVICE INFORMATION > Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283410 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the luggage compartment side finisher. Refer to EI-44, "Removal and Installation". Detach the harness clips and remove rear combination lamp housing assembly nuts. Pull the rear combination lamp toward the rear of the vehicle. Disconnect rear combination lamp connector, and remove rear combination lamp. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000005283411 DISASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn the turn signal/tail lamp bulb socket counterclockwise and remove. Turn the parking lamp bulb socket counterclockwise and remove. Turn the rear tail/stop lamp bulb socket counterclockwise and remove. Turn the back-up lamp bulb socket counterclockwise and remove. Remove the bulbs from the rear combination lamp harness sockets. ASSEMBLY Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly. Revision: January 2010 LT-80 2010 Sentra INTERIOR LAMP < SERVICE INFORMATION > INTERIOR LAMP A Map Lamp INFOID:0000000005283412 BULB REPLACEMENT B Removal 1. 2. Remove the map lamp. Twist and remove the bulbs (1) from lamp. C D E F LKIA0893E Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. G REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Removal H 1. 2. 3. I Remove the map lamp lens. Remove the screw (A) from the map lamp (1). Disconnect map lamp connector and remove map lamp (1). J LT LKIA0894E L Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Trunk Room Lamp INFOID:0000000005283413 M BULB REPLACEMENT N Removal 1. 2. Open trunk room lamp cover. Remove the bulb. O Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION P Removal Revision: January 2010 LT-81 2010 Sentra INTERIOR LAMP < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Open trunk room lamp cover. 2. Push the trunk room lamp pawl tab (A). 3. Pull the trunk room lamp (1) toward the side and down to remove. 4. Disconnect trunk room lamp connector. LKIA0896E Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Revision: January 2010 LT-82 2010 Sentra INTERIOR ROOM LAMP < SERVICE INFORMATION > INTERIOR ROOM LAMP A Component Parts and Harness Connector Location INFOID:0000000005283414 B C D E F G WKIA5755E 1. BCM M18, M19 and M20 (view with dash panel removed) 2. Key switch and ignition knob switch (with Intelligent Key) M49 3. Key switch (without Intelligent Key) M50 4. Front door switch LH B21 and RH B28 5. Rear door switch LH B26 and RH B41 6. Front door lock assembly LH (key cylinder switch) D9 H I System Description INFOID:0000000005283415 When room lamp switch is in DOOR position, room lamp ON/OFF is controlled by timer according to signals from switches including key switch, front door switch LH, unlock signal from keyfob, door lock and unlock J switch, key cylinder lock and unlock switch, ignition switch. When room lamp turns ON, there is a gradual brightening over 1 second. When room lamp turns OFF, there is a gradual dimming over 1 second. LT Interior room lamp timer is controlled by BCM (body control module). Interior room lamp timer control settings can be changed with CONSULT-III. POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND Power is supplied at all times (without Intelligent Key system) • through 10A fuse [No. 19, located in fuse block (J/B)] • to key switch terminal 2, • through 10A fuse [No. 21, located in fuse block (J/B)] • to BCM terminal 57, • through 50A fusible link (letter j, located in fuse and fusible link box) • to BCM terminal 70. Power is supplied at all times (with Intelligent Key system) • through 10A fuse (No. 9, located in fuse and fusible link box) • to key switch and ignition knob switch terminals 2 and 4, • through 10A fuse [No. 21, located in fuse block (J/B)] • to BCM terminal 57, • through 50A fusible link (letter j, located in fuse and fusible link box) • to BCM terminal 70. When key is inserted in the key switch, power is supplied (without Intelligent Key system) • through key switch terminal 1 • to BCM terminal 37. When key is inserted in the key switch and ignition knob switch, power is supplied (with Intelligent Key system) • through key switch and ignition knob switch terminal 1 • to BCM terminal 37. When ignition knob switch is pushed, power is supplied (with Intelligent Key system) Revision: January 2010 LT-83 2010 Sentra L M N O P INTERIOR ROOM LAMP < SERVICE INFORMATION > • through key switch and ignition knob switch terminal 3 • to Intelligent Key unit terminal 27. With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied • through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in fuse block (J/B)] • to BCM terminal 38. Ground is supplied • to BCM terminal 67 • through grounds M57 and M61. When front door LH is opened, ground is supplied • to BCM terminal 47 • through front door switch LH terminal 2 • through case ground of front door switch LH. When front door RH is opened, ground is supplied • to BCM terminal 12 • through front door switch RH terminal 2 • through case ground of front door switch RH. When rear door LH is opened, ground is supplied • to BCM terminal 48 • through rear door switch LH terminal 2 • through case ground of rear door switch LH. When rear door RH is opened, ground is supplied • to BCM terminal 13 • through rear door switch RH terminal 2 • through case ground of rear door switch RH. When trunk is opened, ground is supplied • to BCM terminal 42 • through trunk room lamp switch terminal 1 • through trunk room lamp switch terminal 2 • through grounds B7 and B19. When front door LH is unlocked by front door key cylinder switch LH, the BCM receives a ground signal • to BCM terminal 7 • through front door key cylinder switch LH terminal 5 • through front door key cylinder switch LH terminal 4 • through grounds M57 and M61. When a signal, or combination of signals is received by BCM, ground is supplied • to interior room lamp terminal 1 • through BCM terminal 63. With power and ground supplied, the interior room lamp illuminates. SWITCH OPERATION Power is supplied • through BCM terminal 56 • to trunk room lamp terminal 1, • to vanity mirror lamp LH and RH terminal 1 (with vanity lamps), • to map lamp terminal 2 (with map lamp) and • to interior room lamp terminal 2. When trunk room lamp is ON (trunk is open), ground is supplied • to trunk room lamp terminal 2 • through BCM terminal 49. When vanity mirror lamp LH or RH switch is ON (with vanity lamps), ground is supplied • to vanity mirror lamp LH or RH terminal 2 • through grounds M57 and M61. When map lamp switch is ON (with map lamp), ground is supplied • to map lamp terminal 1 • through grounds M57 and M61. When interior room lamp switch is ON, ground is supplied • to interior room lamp • through interior room lamp case ground. INTERIOR ROOM LAMP TIMER OPERATION Without Intelligent Key System Revision: January 2010 LT-84 2010 Sentra INTERIOR ROOM LAMP < SERVICE INFORMATION > When room lamp switch is in DOOR position, and when all conditions below are met, BCM performs timer control (maximum 30 seconds) for room lamp ON/OFF. In addition, when the interior room lamp turns ON or OFF there is gradual brightening or dimming over 1 second. Power is supplied • through 10A fuse [No. 19, located in fuse block (J/B)] • to key switch terminal 2. When the key is removed from ignition key cylinder (key switch OFF), power will not be supplied to BCM terminal 37. When front door lock assembly LH (key cylinder switch) is unlocked, ground is supplied • to BCM terminal 7 • through front door key cylinder switch LH terminal 5 • through front door key cylinder switch LH terminal 4 • through grounds M57 and M61. At the time that front door LH is opened, BCM detects that front door LH is unlocked. It determines that interior room lamp timer operation condition is met, and turns the room lamp ON for 30 seconds. When key is in ignition key cylinder, Power is supplied • through key switch terminal 1 • to BCM terminal 37. When key is removed from key switch (key switch OFF), the power supply to BCM terminal 37 is terminated. BCM detects that key has been removed, determines that interior room lamp timer conditions are met, and turns the room lamp ON for 30 seconds. When front door LH opens → closes, and the key is not inserted in the key switch (key switch OFF), voltage at BCM terminal 47 changes between 0V (door open) → 12V (door closed). The BCM determines that conditions for room lamp operation are met and turns the room lamp ON for 30 seconds. Interior room lamp timer control is canceled under the following conditions • Front door LH is locked (locked front door key cylinder switch LH). • Front door LH is opened (front door switch LH). • Ignition switch ON. A B C D E F G H I With Intelligent Key System When the room lamp switch is in DOOR position, and when all conditions below are met, BCM performs timer J control (maximum 30 second) for room lamp ON/OFF. In addition, when interior room lamp turns ON or OFF there is gradual brightening or dimming over 1 second. Power is supplied • through 10A fuse [No. 9, located in fuse block (J/B)] LT • to key switch and ignition knob switch terminals 2 and 4. When key is removed from ignition key cylinder (key switch OFF), power will not be supplied to BCM terminal 37. L When the ignition knob switch is released, power will not be supplied to Intelligent Key unit terminal 27. When front door key cylinder switch LH is unlocked, ground is supplied • to BCM terminal 7 M • through front door key cylinder switch LH terminal 5 • through front door key cylinder switch LH terminal 4 • through grounds M57 and M61. At the time the front door LH is opened, the BCM detects the front door LH is unlocked. It determines that the N interior room lamp timer operation conditions are met, and interior room lamp ON for 30 seconds. When the key is in ignition key cylinder (key switch ON), or ignition knob switch is pushed, power is supplied • through key switch and ignition knob switch terminal 1 O • to BCM terminal 37, or • through key switch and ignition knob switch terminal 3 • to Intelligent Key unit terminal 27. When the key is removed from key switch (key switch OFF), power supply to BCM terminal 37 is terminated. P When the ignition knob switch is released, power supply to intelligent key unit is terminated. The BCM detects that the key has been removed, determines that interior room lamp timer conditions are met, and turns room lamp ON for 30 seconds. When the front door LH opens → closes, and key is not inserted in key switch (or ignition knob switch is released), BCM terminal 47 changes between 0V (door open) → 12V (door closed). BCM determines that conditions for room lamp operation are met, and turns room lamp ON for 30 seconds. Interior room lamp timer control is canceled under the following conditions: • Front door LH is locked (with keyfob or front door key cylinder switch LH). Revision: January 2010 LT-85 2010 Sentra INTERIOR ROOM LAMP < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Front door LH is opened (front door switch LH). • Ignition switch ON. INTERIOR LAMP BATTERY SAVER CONTROL If an interior room lamp is left ON, it will not be turned OFF even when door is closed. BCM turns off interior lamp automatically to save battery 30 minutes after ignition switch is turned off. After lamps are turned OFF by the battery saver system, the lamps illuminate again when • front door key cylinder switch LH is locked or unlocked • door is opened or closed • key is removed from ignition key cylinder or inserted in ignition key cylinder, or the ignition knob switch is pushed or released (with intelligent key system). Interior lamp battery saver control time period can be changed by the function setting of CONSULT-III. Revision: January 2010 LT-86 2010 Sentra INTERIOR ROOM LAMP < SERVICE INFORMATION > Schematic INFOID:0000000005283416 A B C D E F G H I J LT L M N O WKWA5863E Revision: January 2010 LT-87 2010 Sentra P INTERIOR ROOM LAMP < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - INT/L - INFOID:0000000005283417 WKWA5864E Revision: January 2010 LT-88 2010 Sentra INTERIOR ROOM LAMP < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I J LT L M N O BKWA0805E P Revision: January 2010 LT-89 2010 Sentra INTERIOR ROOM LAMP < SERVICE INFORMATION > BKWA0806E Revision: January 2010 LT-90 2010 Sentra INTERIOR ROOM LAMP < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I J LT L M N O ABLWA0342GB Terminal and Reference Value for BCM INFOID:0000000005283418 Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM" . How to Proceed with Trouble Diagnosis 1. 2. 3. INFOID:0000000005283419 Confirm the symptom or customer complaint. Understand operation description and function description. Refer to LT-83, "System Description" . Perform the preliminary check. Refer to LT-92, "Preliminary Check" . Revision: January 2010 LT-91 2010 Sentra P INTERIOR ROOM LAMP < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Check symptom and repair or replace the cause of the malfunction. 5. Does the interior room lamp operate normally? If YES, GO TO 6. If NO, GO TO 4. 6. Inspection end. Preliminary Check INFOID:0000000005283420 CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR BCM Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection" . CONSULT-III Function (BCM) INFOID:0000000005283421 Refer to BCS-16, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)" WORK SUPPORT Display Item List Item Description CONSULT-III SET I/L D−UNLCK INTCON The 30 second operating function of the interior room lamps can be selected when the front door LH is released (unlocked). ON/OFF ROOM LAMP ON TIME SET The time in order to escalate illumination can be adjusted when interior room lamps are turned on. MODE 1 – 7 ROOM LAMP OFF TIME SET The time in order to diminish illumination can be adjusted when interior room lamps are turned off. MODE 1 – 7 Reference between “MODE” and “TIME” for “TURN ON/OFF” MODE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Time (sec.) 0.5 1 2 3 4 5 0 DATA MONITOR Display Item List Monitor item Contents IGN ON SW “ON/OFF” Displays “IGN position (ON)/OFF, ACC position (OFF)” judged from ignition switch signal. KEY ON SW “ON/OFF” Displays “Key inserted (ON)/key removed (OFF)” status judged from key switch signal. DOOR SW - DR “ON/OFF” Displays status of front door LH as judged from front door switch LH signal. (Door is open: ON/Door is closed: OFF) DOOR SW - AS “ON/OFF” Displays “Door open (ON)/Door closed (OFF)” status, determined from front door switch RH signal. DOOR SW - RR “ON/OFF” Displays “Door open (ON)/Door closed (OFF)” status, determined from rear door switch RH signal. DOOR SW - RL “ON/OFF” Displays “Door open (ON)/Door closed (OFF) ” status, determined from rear door switch LH signal. BACK DOOR SW “ON/OFF” Displays "Door open (ON)/Door closed (OFF)" status, determined from trunk room switch BACK signal. KEY CYL LK-SW “ON/OFF” Displays "Door locked (ON)" status, determined from key cylinder lock switch in front door LH. KEY CYL UN-SW “ON/OFF” Displays "door unlocked (OFF)" status, determined from key cylinder lock switch in front door LH. CDL LOCK SW “ON/OFF” Displays “Door locked (ON)/Door unlocked (OFF) status, determined from locking detection switch in the front door LH. CDL UNLOCK SW “ON/OFF” Displays “Door unlocked (OFF)” status, determined from locking detection switch in front door RH. KEYLESS LOCK “ON/OFF” Displays “Locked (ON)/Other (OFF)” status, determined from lock signal. KEYLESS UNLOCK “ON/OFF” Displays “Unlocked (ON)/Other (OFF)” status, determined from unlock signal. Revision: January 2010 LT-92 2010 Sentra INTERIOR ROOM LAMP < SERVICE INFORMATION > ACTIVE TEST A Display Item List Test item Description INT LAMP B Interior room lamp can be operated by any ON-OFF operations. Interior Room Lamp Control Does Not Operate INFOID:0000000005283422 C 1.CHECK EACH SWITCH Select "BCM" on CONSULT-III. With "INT LAMP" data monitor, make sure switches listed in display item list turn ON-OFF linked with switch operation. Refer to LT-92, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)" for switches and their functions. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Inspect malfunctioning switch system. 2.ACTIVE TEST 1. 2. D E F Select "BCM" on CONSULT-III. Select "INT LAMP" active test. When room lamp switch is in DOOR position, make sure room lamp operates. G Room lamp should operate. OK or NG OK >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". NG >> GO TO 3. H 3.CHECK ROOM LAMP INPUT VOLTAGE 1. 2. I Turn ignition switch OFF. Check voltage between interior room lamp harness connector R5 terminal 2 and ground. J 2 - Ground : Battery voltage should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 5. LT BKIA0250E 4.CHECK ROOM LAMP 1. 2. Disconnect room lamp connector. Check continuity between room lamp terminals. Room lamp Condition Terminal 1 2 M N Continuity Room lamp switch is in DOOR position Yes Room lamp switch is in OFF position No OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Check bulb. If OK, replace room lamp. Refer to LT-94, "Removal and Installation" . O BKIA0251E 5.CHECK ROOM LAMP CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 L LT-93 2010 Sentra P INTERIOR ROOM LAMP < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Disconnect BCM and interior room lamp connectors. 2. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M20 (A) terminal 56 and room lamp harness connector R5 (B) terminal 2. 56 - 2 : Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair harness or connector. BKIA0252E 6.CHECK ROOM LAMP CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect BCM connector. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M20 (A) terminal 63 and room lamp harness connector R5 (B) terminal 1. 63 - 1 : Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> Replace BCM if interior lamp does not work after setting the connector again. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". NG >> Repair harness or connector. Bulb Replacement BKIA0253E INFOID:0000000005283423 INTERIOR ROOM LAMP Removal 1. 2. Remove the interior lamp lens. Push the interior lamp metal tab (B) and remove the bulb. • Interior lamp screws (A) LKIA0895E Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283424 ROOM LAMP Removal Revision: January 2010 LT-94 2010 Sentra INTERIOR ROOM LAMP < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Remove the interior lamp lens and remove the interior room lamp screws (A). • Metal tab (B) 2. Disconnect the connector and remove the interior room lamp. A B C LKIA0895E D Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. E F G H I J LT L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LT-95 2010 Sentra ILLUMINATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > ILLUMINATION System Description INFOID:0000000005283425 The control of the illumination lamps operation is dependent upon the position of the lighting switch. When the lighting switch is placed in the 1ST or 2ND position, the BCM (body control module) receives input signal requesting the illumination lamps to illuminate. This input signal is communicated to IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room) across CAN communication lines. CPU (central processing unit) located in the IPDM E/R controls the tail lamp relay coil. This relay, when energized, directs power to the illumination lamps, which then illuminate. Power is supplied at all times • to ignition relay, located in IPDM E/R, • to tail lamp relay, located in IPDM E/R, • through 15A fuse (No. 52, located in IPDM E/R) and • through 20A fuse (No. 53, located in IPDM E/R) • to CPU located in IPDM E/R, • through 50A fusible link (letter j, located in fuse and fusible link box) • to BCM terminal 70, and • through 10A fuse [No. 21, located in fuse block (J/B)] • to BCM terminal 57, • through 10A fuse [No. 19, located in fuse block (J/B)] • to combination meter terminal 1. With the ignition switch in the ACC or ON position, power is supplied • through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in fuse block (J/B)] • to BCM terminal 11. With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied • to ignition relay, located in IPDM E/R, and • through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in fuse block (J/B)] • to BCM terminal 38, • through 10A fuse [No. 14, located in fuse block (J/B)] • to combination meter terminal 2. Ground is supplied • to BCM terminal 67, • to combination meter terminals 3, 21 and 22 and • to glove box lamp terminal 2 • through grounds M57 and M61, and • to IPDM E/R terminals 39 and 59 • through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE). ILLUMINATION OPERATION BY LIGHTING SWITCH With the lighting switch in the 1ST or 2ND position, BCM receives input signal requesting the illumination lamps to illuminate. This input signal is communicated to IPDM E/R across CAN communication lines. CPU located in the IPDM E/R controls the tail lamp relay coil, which, when energized, directs power • through 10A fuse (No. 36, located in IPDM E/R) • through IPDM E/R terminal 27 • to audio unit terminal 9, • to front air control terminal 23, • to hazard switch terminal 3 • to manual mode select switch terminal 4 (with QR25DE) • to heated seat switches LH and RH terminal 5 (if equipped) • through resistor 1 terminals 2 and 1 • through combination switch (spiral cable) terminals 34 and 14 • to steering wheel audio control switch (if equipped) • to ASCD steering switch (if equipped), • to steering shift switch (if equipped), • to console lamp center terminal 1, • to CVT shift selector terminal 1 (with CVT), • to Bluetooth ON indicator terminal 3 (with Bluetooth) • to double meter terminal 11 (with double meter) and • to glove box lamp terminal 1 (if equipped). The illumination control switch controls illumination intensity by varying ground Revision: January 2010 LT-96 2010 Sentra ILLUMINATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > • through combination meter terminal 13 • to console lamp center terminal 2 and • to CVT shift selector terminal 2 (with CVT). • to audio unit terminal 8 • to front air control terminal 24 • to hazard switch terminal 4, • to manual mode select switch terminal 5 (with QR25DE) • through combination switch (spiral cable) terminals 21 and 27 • to steering wheel audio control switch (if equipped) • to ASCD steering switch (if equipped) and • to steering shift switch (if equipped) • to heated seat switches LH and RH terminal 6 (if equipped), • through combination meter terminal 33 (with double meter) • to double meter terminal 12. With power and ground supplied, illumination lamps illuminate. CAN Communication System Description A B C D E INFOID:0000000005283426 Refer to LAN-7, "System Description". F G H I J LT L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LT-97 2010 Sentra ILLUMINATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > Schematic INFOID:0000000005283427 AALWA0210GB Revision: January 2010 LT-98 2010 Sentra ILLUMINATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - ILL - INFOID:0000000005283428 A B C D E F G H I J LT L M N O BKWA0809E Revision: January 2010 LT-99 2010 Sentra P ILLUMINATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > BKWA0841E Revision: January 2010 LT-100 2010 Sentra ILLUMINATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I J LT L M N O AALWA0164GB P Revision: January 2010 LT-101 2010 Sentra ILLUMINATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > AALWA0165GB Revision: January 2010 LT-102 2010 Sentra ILLUMINATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I J LT L M N O AALWA0207GB P Revision: January 2010 LT-103 2010 Sentra ILLUMINATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > ABLWA0343GB Bulb Replacement INFOID:0000000005283429 GLOVE BOX LAMP Removal 1. Remove glove box assembly. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts". Revision: January 2010 LT-104 2010 Sentra ILLUMINATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Turn bulb socket (1) counterclockwise and remove it. 3. Remove the bulb. A B C LKIA0897E D Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CONSOLE LAMP E Removal 1. 2. Remove the CVT or MT finisher. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts". Twist the console lamp socket and remove the bulb. F Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. G Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283430 CONSOLE LAMP H The console lamp housing is part of the instrument upper cover (center) and is replaced as an assembly. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts". I J LT L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LT-105 2010 Sentra BULB SPECIFICATIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > BULB SPECIFICATIONS Headlamp INFOID:0000000005283431 Item Bulb No.* Wattage (W) H13 60/55 High/Low (halogen type) *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information. Exterior Lamp INFOID:0000000005283432 Item Front combination lamp Rear combination lamp Bulb No.* Wattage (W) 3457 AK 27/7 194 4 Stop / tail lamp 3057K 27/7 Turn signal / tail lamp 3057K 27/7 921 16 Turn signal / parking lamp Side marker lamp Back-up lamp 194 4 Front fog lamp Side marker lamp H11LL 55 License plate lamp W5W 5 High-mounted stop lamp (parcel shelf mount) 921LF 16 High-mounted stop lamp (rear air spoiler mount) LED *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information. Interior Lamp/Illumination INFOID:0000000005283433 Item Wattage (W)* Map lamp 8 Interior room lamp 8 Trunk room lamp 5 *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information. Revision: January 2010 LT-106 2010 Sentra BODY SECTION RF ROOF A B C D E CONTENTS SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2 PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2 Precaution ................................................................. 3 PREPARATION ................................................... 4 Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 4 SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ....................................................................... 5 Work Flow ................................................................. 5 Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting ............ 7 Diagnostic Worksheet ............................................... 9 SUNROOF ..........................................................11 Component Parts and Harness Connector Location .......................................................................... 11 System Description ................................................. 11 CAN Communication System Description ...............13 Wiring Diagram - SROOF - ......................................14 Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ..................15 Sunroof Motor Assembly Harness Connector Terminal Layout ............................................................16 Terminal and Reference Value for Sunroof Motor Assembly .................................................................16 Work Flow ................................................................16 CONSULT-III Function (BCM) .................................16 Work Support ...........................................................17 Active Test ...............................................................17 Data Monitor ............................................................17 Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom .....................17 BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection ....18 Sunroof Switch System Inspection ..........................18 Sunroof Motor Assembly Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection ........................................19 Door Switch Check ..................................................20 Removal and Installation .........................................23 Fitting Adjustment ....................................................27 Inspection ................................................................28 F G H RF J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 RF-1 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000005612428 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect INFOID:0000000005283266 NOTE: • This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM). • Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the ″LOCK″ position. • Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results. For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder. For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and steering wheel rotation will become impossible. If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before starting the repair operation. OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the steering lock will be released. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be rotated. Perform the necessary repair operation. Revision: January 2010 RF-2 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.) 6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III. Precaution INFOID:0000000005283267 • • • • Disconnect both battery cables in advance. Do not tamper with or force air bag lid open, as this may adversely affect air bag performance. Be careful not to scratch pad and other parts. When removing or disassembling any part, be careful not to damage or deform it. Protect parts which may get in the way with cloth. • When removing parts with a screwdriver or other tool, protect parts by wrapping them with vinyl or tape. • Keep removed parts protected with cloth. • If a clip is deformed or damaged, replace it. • If an unreusable part is removed, replace it with a new one. • Tighten bolts and nuts firmly to the specified torque. • After re-assembly has been completed, make sure each part functions correctly. • Remove stains in the following way. Water-soluble stains: Dip a soft cloth in warm water, and then squeeze it tightly. After wiping the stain, wipe with a soft dry cloth. Oil stain: Dissolve a synthetic detergent in warm water (density of 2 to 3% or less), dip the cloth, then clean off the stain with the cloth. Next, dip the cloth in fresh water and squeeze it tightly. Then clean off the detergent completely. Then wipe the area with a soft dry cloth. • Do not use any organic solvent, such as thinner or benzine. A B C D E F G H RF J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 RF-3 2010 Sentra PREPARATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000005283268 Tool name Description Engine ear Locating the noise SIIA0995E Revision: January 2010 RF-4 2010 Sentra SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS Work Flow A INFOID:0000000005283269 B C D E F SBT842 G CUSTOMER INTERVIEW Interview the customer if possible, to determine the conditions that exist when the noise occurs. Use the Diagnostic Worksheet during the interview to document the facts and conditions when the noise occurs and any H customer's comments; refer to RF-9, "Diagnostic Worksheet". This information is necessary to duplicate the conditions that exist when the noise occurs. • The customer may not be able to provide a detailed description or the location of the noise. Attempt to obtain RF all the facts and conditions that exist when the noise occurs (or does not occur). • If there is more than one noise in the vehicle, be sure to diagnose and repair the noise that the customer is concerned about. This can be accomplished by test driving the vehicle with the customer. • After identifying the type of noise, isolate the noise in terms of its characteristics. The noise characteristics J are provided so the customer, service adviser and technician are all speaking the same language when defining the noise. • Squeak —(Like tennis shoes on a clean floor) K Squeak characteristics include the light contact/fast movement/brought on by road conditions/hard surfaces = higher pitch noise/softer surfaces = lower pitch noises/edge to surface = chirping • Creak—(Like walking on an old wooden floor) Creak characteristics include firm contact/slow movement/twisting with a rotational movement/pitch depen- L dent on materials/often brought on by activity. • Rattle—(Like shaking a baby rattle) Rattle characteristics include the fast repeated contact/vibration or similar movement/loose parts/missing M clip or fastener/incorrect clearance. • Knock —(Like a knock on a door) Knock characteristics include hollow sounding/sometimes repeating/often brought on by driver action. N • Tick—(Like a clock second hand) Tick characteristics include gentle contacting of light materials/loose components/can be caused by driver action or road conditions. • Thump—(Heavy, muffled knock noise) O Thump characteristics include softer knock/dead sound often brought on by activity. • Buzz—(Like a bumble bee) Buzz characteristics include high frequency rattle/firm contact. • Often the degree of acceptable noise level will vary depending upon the person. A noise that you may judge P as acceptable may be very irritating to the customer. • Weather conditions, especially humidity and temperature, may have a great effect on noise level. DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE If possible, drive the vehicle with the customer until the noise is duplicated. Note any additional information on the Diagnostic Worksheet regarding the conditions or location of the noise. This information can be used to duplicate the same conditions when you confirm the repair. Revision: January 2010 RF-5 2010 Sentra SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > If the noise can be duplicated easily during the test drive, to help identify the source of the noise, try to duplicate the noise with the vehicle stopped by doing one or all of the following: 1) Close a door. 2) Tap or push/pull around the area where the noise appears to be coming from. 3) Rev the engine. 4) Use a floor jack to recreate vehicle “twist”. 5) At idle, apply engine load (electrical load, half-clutch on M/T model, drive position on CVT model). 6) Raise the vehicle on a hoist and hit a tire with a rubber hammer. • Drive the vehicle and attempt to duplicate the conditions the customer states exist when the noise occurs. • If it is difficult to duplicate the noise, drive the vehicle slowly on an undulating or rough road to stress the vehicle body. CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS After verifying the customer concern or symptom, check ASIST for Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) related to that concern or symptom. If a TSB relates to the symptom, follow the procedure to repair the noise. LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE 1. Narrow down the noise to a general area. To help pinpoint the source of the noise, use a listening tool (Engine Ear or mechanics stethoscope). 2. Narrow down the noise to a more specific area and identify the cause of the noise by: • removing the components in the area that you suspect the noise is coming from. Do not use too much force when removing clips and fasteners, otherwise clips and fastener can be broken or lost during the repair, resulting in the creation of new noise. • tapping or pushing/pulling the component that you suspect is causing the noise. Do not tap or push/pull the component with excessive force, otherwise the noise will be eliminated only temporarily. • feeling for a vibration with your hand by touching the component(s) that you suspect is (are) causing the noise. • placing a piece of paper between components that you suspect are causing the noise. • looking for loose components and contact marks. Refer to RF-7, "Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting". REPAIR THE CAUSE • • - If the cause is a loose component, tighten the component securely. If the cause is insufficient clearance between components: separate components by repositioning or loosening and retightening the component, if possible. insulate components with a suitable insulator such as urethane pads, foam blocks, felt cloth tape or urethane tape are available through your authorized Nissan Parts Department. CAUTION: Do not use excessive force as many components are constructed of plastic and may be damaged. NOTE: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information. Each item can be ordered separately as needed. URETHANE PADS [1.5 mm (0.059 in) thick] Insulates connectors, harness, etc. 76268-9E005: 100 × 135 mm (3.94 × 5.31 in)/76884-71L01: 60 × 85 mm (2.36 × 3.35 in)/76884-71L02: 15 × 25 mm (0.59 × 0.98 in) INSULATOR (Foam blocks) Insulates components from contact. Can be used to fill space behind a panel. 73982-9E000: 45 mm (1.77 in) thick, 50 × 50 mm (1.97 × 1.97 in)/73982-50Y00: 10 mm (0.39 in) thick, 50 × 50 mm (1.97 × 1.97 in) INSULATOR (Light foam block) 80845-71L00: 30 mm (1.18 in) thick, 30 × 50 mm (1.18 × 1.97 in) FELT CLOTH TAPE Used to insulate where movement does not occur. Ideal for instrument panel applications. 68370-4B000: 15 × 25 mm (0.59 × 0.98 in) pad/68239-13E00: 5 mm (0.20 in) wide tape roll The following materials, not available through NISSAN Parts Department, can also be used to repair squeaks and rattles. UHMW(TEFLON) TAPE Insulates where slight movement is present. Ideal for instrument panel applications. Revision: January 2010 RF-6 2010 Sentra SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SILICONE GREASE Used in place of UHMW tape that will be visible or not fit. Note: Will only last a few months. SILICONE SPRAY Use when grease cannot be applied. DUCT TAPE Use to eliminate movement. A B CONFIRM THE REPAIR Confirm that the cause of a noise is repaired by test driving the vehicle. Operate the vehicle under the same conditions as when the noise originally occurred. Refer to the notes on the Diagnostic Worksheet. Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting INFOID:0000000005283270 C D Refer to Table of Contents for specific component removal and installation information. INSTRUMENT PANEL E Most incidents are caused by contact and movement between: 1. The cluster lid A and instrument panel F 2. Acrylic lens and combination meter housing 3. Instrument panel to front pillar garnish 4. Instrument panel to windshield G 5. Instrument panel pins 6. Wiring harnesses behind the combination meter 7. A/C defroster duct and duct joint H These incidents can usually be located by tapping or moving the components to duplicate the noise or by pressing on the components while driving to stop the noise. Most of these incidents can be repaired by applying felt cloth tape or silicone spray (in hard to reach areas). Urethane pads can be used to insulate wiring harRF ness. CAUTION: Do not use silicone spray to isolate a squeak or rattle. If you saturate the area with silicone, you will not be able to recheck the repair. J CENTER CONSOLE Components to pay attention to include: 1. Shifter assembly cover to finisher 2. A/C control unit and cluster lid C 3. Wiring harnesses behind audio and A/C control unit The instrument panel repair and isolation procedures also apply to the center console. K L DOORS Pay attention to the: 1. Finisher and inner panel making a slapping noise 2. Inside handle escutcheon to door finisher 3. Wiring harnesses tapping 4. Door striker out of alignment causing a popping noise on starts and stops Tapping or moving the components or pressing on them while driving to duplicate the conditions can isolate many of these incidents. You can usually insulate the areas with felt cloth tape or insulator foam blocks from the NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) to repair the noise. TRUNK RF-7 N O P Trunk noises are often caused by a loose jack or loose items put into the trunk by the owner. In addition look for: 1. Trunk lid bumpers out of adjustment 2. Trunk lid striker out of adjustment 3. The trunk lid torsion bars knocking together 4. A loose license plate or bracket Revision: January 2010 M 2010 Sentra SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Most of these incidents can be repaired by adjusting, securing or insulating the item(s) or component(s) causing the noise. SUNROOF/HEADLINING Noises in the sunroof/headlining area can often be traced to one of the following: 1. Sunroof lid, rail, linkage or seals making a rattle or light knocking noise 2. Sun visor shaft shaking in the holder 3. Front or rear windshield touching headliner and squeaking Again, pressing on the components to stop the noise while duplicating the conditions can isolate most of these incidents. Repairs usually consist of insulating with felt cloth tape. OVERHEAD CONSOLE (FRONT AND REAR) Overhead console noises are often caused by the console panel clips not being engaged correctly. Most of these incidents are repaired by pushing up on the console at the clip locations until the clips engage. In addition look for: 1. Loose harness or harness connectors. 2. Front console map/reading lamp lens loose. 3. Loose screws at console attachment points. SEATS When isolating seat noise it's important to note the position the seat is in and the load placed on the seat when the noise is present. These conditions should be duplicated when verifying and isolating the cause of the noise. Cause of seat noise include: 1. Headrest rods and holder 2. A squeak between the seat pad cushion and frame 3. The rear seatback lock and bracket These noises can be isolated by moving or pressing on the suspected components while duplicating the conditions under which the noise occurs. Most of these incidents can be repaired by repositioning the component or applying urethane tape to the contact area. UNDERHOOD Some interior noise may be caused by components under the hood or on the engine wall. The noise is then transmitted into the passenger compartment. Causes of transmitted underhood noise include: 1. Any component installed on the engine wall 2. Components that pass through the engine wall 3. Engine wall mounts and connectors 4. Loose radiator pins 5. Hood bumpers out of adjustment 6. Hood striker out of adjustment These noises can be difficult to isolate since they cannot be reached from the interior of the vehicle. The best method is to secure, move or insulate one component at a time and test drive the vehicle. Also, engine RPM or load can be changed to isolate the noise. Repairs can usually be made by moving, adjusting, securing, or insulating the component causing the noise. Revision: January 2010 RF-8 2010 Sentra SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Diagnostic Worksheet INFOID:0000000005283271 A B C D E F G H RF J K L M N O LAIA0072E Revision: January 2010 RF-9 P 2010 Sentra SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > LAIA0071E Revision: January 2010 RF-10 2010 Sentra SUNROOF < SERVICE INFORMATION > SUNROOF A Component Parts and Harness Connector Location INFOID:0000000005283272 B C D E F G H BIIA0023E 1. BCM M18, M19, M20 (view with instrument panel removed) 4. Front door switch LH B21, RH B28 2. Sunroof switch R27 3. RF Sunroof motor assembly R26 J System Description INFOID:0000000005283273 K OUTLINE Electric sunroof system consists of • Sunroof switch • Sunroof motor assembly • BCM (body control module) BCM supplies power to the sunroof motor. Sunroof operation depends on sunroof switch condition. L OPERATION M Power is supplied at all times • through 50A fusible link (letter j, located in the fuse and fusible link box) • to BCM terminal 70, and • through BCM terminal 69 • to sunroof motor assembly terminal 7. When the ignition switch is in the ON or START position, power is supplied • through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to BCM terminal 38, and • through BCM terminal 68 • to sunroof motor assembly terminal 9. Ground is supplied • to BCM terminal 67 • through grounds M57 and M61. N O P TILT UP/SLIDE CLOSE OPERATION When up/close switch is pressed, ground is supplied • to sunroof motor assembly terminal 1 • through sunroof switch terminal 3 Revision: January 2010 RF-11 2010 Sentra SUNROOF < SERVICE INFORMATION > • through sunroof motor assembly terminal 10 • through sunroof switch terminal 2 • through grounds M57 and M61. Then the sunroof will tilt up/slide closed. TILT DOWN/SLIDE OPEN OPERATION When down/open switch is pressed, ground is supplied • to sunroof motor assembly terminal 5 • through sunroof switch terminal 1 • through sunroof motor assembly terminal 10 • through sunroof switch terminal 2 • through grounds M57 and M61. Then the sunroof will tilt down/slide open. AUTO OPERATION The power sunroof AUTO feature makes it possible to slide open and slide closed or tilt up and tilt down the sunroof without holding the sunroof switch in the UP/CLOSE or DOWN/OPEN position. RETAINED POWER OPERATION When the ignition switch is turned to OFF position from ON position, power is supplied for 45 seconds • through BCM terminal 68 • to sunroof motor assembly terminal 9. When power is supplied, the sunroof can be operated. The retained power operation is cancelled when the front door LH or RH is opened. RAP signal period can be changed by CONSULT-III. Refer to RF-17, "Work Support". ANTI-PINCH FUNCTION The CPU (central processing unit) of sunroof motor assembly monitors the sunroof motor operation and the sunroof position (fully-closed or other) by the signals from sunroof motor. When sunroof motor detects an interruption during the following slide close and tilt down operation, sunroof switch controls the motor for open and the sunroof will operate until it reaches full up position (during tilt down operation) or 125 mm (4.92 in) or more in an open direction (during slide close operation). • close operation and tilt down when ignition switch is in the ON position. • close operation and tilt down during retained power operation. INITIALIZATION FAILURE CONDITIONS Initialization and teaching of system should be conducted if the following conditions exist: • sunroof will only move in the UP/CLOSE direction, having a step by step motion • sunroof does not have any auto operation. INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE If the sunroof does not open or close automatically, use the following procedure to return sunroof operation to normal. NOTE: If the sunroof switch is released at any time during step 3, the procedure must be started over again. Leave the ignition switch ON for at least 2 seconds after this procedure. 1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position. 2. Hold the sunroof switch in the tilt up position. Release the switch when the sunroof has reached the full tilt up position. 3. Within 5 seconds of releasing the switch in step 2, hold the sunroof switch in the tilt up position again. The sunroof will move from the open position and back to the close position. Release the switch only when the sunroof has reached the full closed position. RE-TEACHING CONDITIONS Re-teaching of system should be conducted if any of the following conditions exist: • the sunroof is manually operated using the sunroof wrench with the battery discharged or disconnected. • the sunroof is manually operated using the sunroof wrench with the key switch in the OFF position and retained power timed out (after approximately 45 seconds or with a front door open). • the sunroof motor assembly is replaced with a new one. • the sunroof motor is removed from the sunroof assembly and operated before it is reinstalled. • the sunroof motor is removed from the sunroof assembly and the glass panel position is changed. RE-TEACHING PROCEDURE 1. Using the UP/CLOSE switch, move the sunroof toward the tilt position until it stops. Revision: January 2010 RF-12 2010 Sentra SUNROOF < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Release the UP/CLOSE switch. 3. Press the UP/CLOSE switch again and continuously hold. The sunroof will begin to move in about 10 seconds. 4. Continue to hold the UP/CLOSE switch while the sunroof moves in a jogging motion to the full tilt position. When the sunroof reaches the full tilt position, it will back up a few millimeters and stop. 5. Release the UP/CLOSE switch. 6. Within 5 seconds of releasing the UP/CLOSE switch, press and hold the UP/CLOSE switch again. The sunroof will move to the full open position and back to the closed position. NOTE: If the UP/CLOSE switch is released anytime during this teaching process, all learned profile data will be discarded and the procedure will have to be started over. 7. Release the UP/CLOSE switch. Do not disconnect power for at least two seconds. The sunroof is now retaught. CAN Communication System Description INFOID:0000000005283274 A B C D E Refer to LAN-7, "System Description". F G H RF J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 RF-13 2010 Sentra SUNROOF < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - SROOF - INFOID:0000000005283275 WIWA2162E Revision: January 2010 RF-14 2010 Sentra SUNROOF < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H RF J K L M N O AAKWA0218GB Terminal and Reference Value for BCM INFOID:0000000005283276 Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM". Revision: January 2010 RF-15 2010 Sentra P SUNROOF < SERVICE INFORMATION > Sunroof Motor Assembly Harness Connector Terminal Layout INFOID:0000000005283277 BIIA0024E Terminal and Reference Value for Sunroof Motor Assembly Terminal Wire color 1 G 2 B 5 Y Item Ignition switch ON and sunroof switch in UP/CLOSE position 0 Ignition switch ON and sunroof switch in OFF position Battery voltage Ground Sunroof switch (DOWN/OPEN) signal W/L BAT power supply 8 G/Y Vehicle speed signal Voltage (Approx.) Condition Sunroof switch (UP/CLOSE) signal 7 INFOID:0000000005283278 — 0 Ignition switch ON and sunroof switch in DOWN/OPEN position 0 Ignition switch ON and sunroof switch in OFF position Battery voltage — Battery voltage Speedometer operated [when vehicle speed is approx. 40 km/h (25 MPH)] ELF1080D 9 W/R 10 B RAP signal Ignition switch ON Battery voltage Within 45 seconds after ignition switch is turned OFF Battery voltage When front door LH or RH is opened while retained power is operating 0 — 0 Ground Work Flow 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. INFOID:0000000005283279 Check the symptom and customer's requests. Understand the outline of system. Refer to RF-11, "System Description". According to the trouble diagnosis chart, repair or replace the cause of the malfunction. Refer to RF-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom". Does sunroof system operate normally? If Yes, GO TO 5. If No, GO TO 3. Inspection End. CONSULT-III Function (BCM) INFOID:0000000005283280 CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following. Revision: January 2010 RF-16 2010 Sentra SUNROOF < SERVICE INFORMATION > BCM diagnostic test item A Diagnostic mode Description WORK SUPPORT Supports inspections and adjustments. Commands are transmitted to the BCM for setting the status suitable for required operation, input/output signals are received from the BCM and received data is displayed. DATA MONITOR Displays BCM input/output data in real time. ACTIVE TEST Inspection by part Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to them. SELF-DIAG RESULTS CONFIGURATION The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read. D BCM part number can be read. Performs BCM configuration read/write functions. Work Support INFOID:0000000005283281 Work item Description Active Test E F RAP signal’s power supply period can be changed by mode setting. Selects RAP signal’s power supply period between the following three steps. • MODE 1 (45 sec.) / MODE 2 (OFF) / MODE 3 (2 min.) RETAINED PWR SET C Displays BCM self-diagnosis results. CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR ECU PART NUMBER B G INFOID:0000000005283282 Test item H Description This test is able to supply RAP signal (power) from BCM to power window system, power sunroof system. Those systems can be operated when turning on "RETAINED PWR" on CONSULT-III screen even if the ignition switch is turned OFF. NOTE: During this test, CONSULT-III can be operated with ignition switch in "OFF" position. "RETAINED PWR" should be turned "ON" or "OFF" on CONSULT-III screen when ignition switch ON. Then turn ignition switch OFF for checking retained power operation. CONSULT-III might be stuck if "RETAINED PWR" is turned "ON" or "OFF" on CONSULT-III screen when ignition switch is OFF. RETAINED PWR RF J K Data Monitor INFOID:0000000005283283 Monitored item L Description IGN ON SW Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of ignition switch. DOOR SW-DR Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch LH. DOOR SW-AS Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of front door switch RH. Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom Symptom INFOID:0000000005283284 Diagnostic procedure and repair order 1. BCM power supply and ground circuit check Sunroof does not operate. M N Refer to page BCS-15 2. Sunroof motor assembly power supply and ground circuit check RF-19 3. Sunroof switch system check RF-18 4. Replace sunroof motor assembly RF-23 Motor does not stop at the sunroof fully-open or fully-closed position. 1. Initialization procedure check RF-11 2. Replace sunroof motor assembly RF-23 Revision: January 2010 RF-17 2010 Sentra O P SUNROOF < SERVICE INFORMATION > Symptom Retained power operation does not operate properly. Sunroof does not do the interruption detection. Diagnostic procedure and repair order Refer to page 1. Check the retained power operation mode setting RF-17 2. BCM power supply and ground circuit check BCS-15 3. Door switch check RF-20 4. Replace sunroof motor assembly RF-23 1. Replace sunroof motor assembly RF-23 BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection INFOID:0000000005283285 Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Sunroof Switch System Inspection INFOID:0000000005283286 1.SUNROOF SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CHECK 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between sunroof motor assembly connector and ground. Connector Terminal (+) 1 R26 Ground 5 Condition Voltage (Approx.) Sunroof switch is operated to UP/CLOSE 0 (-) Other than above Battery voltage Sunroof switch is operated to DOWN/OPEN Other than above 0 WIIA0620E Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> Sunroof switch input signal circuits are OK. NG >> GO TO 2. 2.SUNROOF SWITCH CIRCUIT CHECK 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect sunroof motor assembly and sunroof switch. Check continuity between sunroof motor assembly connector R26 terminals 1, 5 and sunroof switch connector R27 terminals 1, 3. 1-3 5-1 4. : Continuity should exist. : Continuity should exist. Check continuity between sunroof motor assembly connector R26 terminals 1, 5 and ground. 1 - Ground 5 - Ground WIIA0621E : Continuity should not exist. : Continuity should not exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness. 3.SUNROOF SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT CHECK Revision: January 2010 RF-18 2010 Sentra SUNROOF < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check continuity between sunroof switch connector R27 terminal 2 and ground. 2 - Ground A : Continuity should exist. B OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace harness. C PIIA3627E 4.SUNROOF SWITCH CHECK D Check continuity between sunroof switch terminals 1, 3 and 2. E Terminals Condition 1 2 3 Continuity Sunroof switch is operated to DOWN/OPEN Yes Other than above No Sunroof switch is operated to UP/CLOSE Yes Other than above No OK or NG OK >> Replace sunroof motor assembly. Refer to RF-23, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Replace sunroof switch. Sunroof Motor Assembly Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection F G PIIA6157E H INFOID:0000000005283287 RF 1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. J Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between sunroof motor assembly connector R26 terminals 7, 9 and ground. 7 - Ground 9 - Ground K : Battery voltage : Battery voltage L OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> GO TO 3. WIIA0622E 2.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect sunroof motor assembly. Check continuity between sunroof motor assembly connector R26 terminal 2 and ground. 2 - Ground N O : Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> Sunroof motor assembly power supply and ground circuits are OK. Further inspection is necessary. Refer to RF-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom". NG >> Repair or replace harness. P BIIA0025E 3.CHECK GROUND OUTPUT CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 M RF-19 2010 Sentra SUNROOF < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect sunroof motor assembly and sunroof switch. 3. Check continuity between sunroof motor assembly connector R26 (A) terminal 10 and sunroof switch connector R27 (B) terminal 2. 2 - Ground : Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace harness. BIIA0026E 4.CHECK BCM OUTPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between BCM connector M20 terminals 68, 69 and ground. 68 - Ground 69 - Ground : Battery voltage : Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". WIIA0425E 5.CHECK SUNROOF MOTOR CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect BCM and sunroof motor assembly connectors. Check continuity between BCM connector M20 terminals 68, 69 and sunroof motor assembly connector R26 terminals 7, 9. 68 - 9 69 - 7 4. : Continuity should exist. : Continuity should exist. Check continuity between BCM connector M20 terminals 68, 69 and ground. 68 - Ground 69 - Ground WIIA0625E : Continuity should not exist. : Continuity should not exist. OK or NG OK >> Sunroof motor assembly power supply circuits are OK. Further inspection is necessary. Refer to RF-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom". NG >> Repair or replace harness. Door Switch Check INFOID:0000000005283288 1.CHECK DOOR SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL With CONSULT-III Check ("DOOR SW-DR" and "DOOR SW-AS") in BCM "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III. Monitor item DOOR SW-DR DOOR SW-AS Revision: January 2010 Condition DOOR OPEN: ON DOOR CLOSED: OFF DOOR OPEN: ON DOOR CLOSED: OFF RF-20 2010 Sentra SUNROOF < SERVICE INFORMATION > Without CONSULT-III Check voltage between BCM connector M18, M19 terminals 12, 47 and ground. A B Item Front door switch RH Terminal (+) 12 Ground Front door switch LH Condition Voltage (Approx.) DOOR OPEN (Switch closed) 0 DOOR CLOSED (Switch open) Battery voltage (-) 47 DOOR OPEN (Switch closed) 0 DOOR CLOSED (Switch open) Battery voltage C D WIIA0234E E OK or NG OK >> Door switch circuit is OK. NG >> GO TO 2. F 2.CHECK DOOR SWITCH CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Front door LH 47 - 2 Front door RH 12 - 2 4. G Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect door switch and BCM. Check continuity between BCM connector M18, M19 terminals 12, 47 and door switch connectors B8, B108 terminal 2. H : Continuity should exist. RF : Continuity should exist. J Check continuity between BCM connector M18, M19 terminals 12, 47 and ground. 12 - Ground 47 - Ground K : Continuity should not exist. : Continuity should not exist. L OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness. M WIIA0626E 3.CHECK DOOR SWITCH Check continuity between door switches terminal 2 and ground part of door switch. Terminal 2 Ground part of door switch Door switch Continuity Pushed No Released Yes O P OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace malfunctioning door switch. LIIA2377E 4.CHECK BCM OUTPUT SIGNAL Revision: January 2010 RF-21 N 2010 Sentra SUNROOF < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Connect BCM. 2. Check voltage between BCM connector M18, M19 terminals 12, 47 and ground. 12 - Ground 47 - Ground : Battery voltage : Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> Further inspection is necessary. Refer to RF-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Chart by Symptom". NG >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". Revision: January 2010 RF-22 WIIA0234E 2010 Sentra SUNROOF < SERVICE INFORMATION > Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283289 A B C D E F G H RF J K L M N O LIIA2856E 1. Sunshade 2. Glass lid 3. Sunroof motor assembly 4. Wind deflector 5. Drain hose plug 6. Drain hose front 7. Front side bracket 8. Rear side bracket 9. Drain hose rear 10. Sunshade stopper 11. Rear drain assembly 12. Sunroof unit assembly A. Bolt B. C. D. Nut Screw P Drain hose clip Vehicle front CAUTION: • After installation or any adjustment, check clearances for sunroof operation and glass lid alignment. Revision: January 2010 RF-23 2010 Sentra SUNROOF < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Handle glass lid with care to prevent damage. • Fully close the glass lid before removal, then do not operate sunroof motor assembly after removal. • When removing sunroof unit assembly, use shop cloths to protect the seats and trim from damage. • Always work with a helper. NOTE: For easy installation, mark each point before removal. SUNROOF UNIT ASSEMBLY Removal 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Tilt glass lid up, then remove. Follow the GLASS LID procedure. Position sunroof unit assembly to the fully closed position. Remove the headlining. Refer to EI-41. Disconnect front and rear drain hoses. Remove the bolts, then disconnect the sunroof motor assembly. NOTE: • Before removing sunroof motor assembly, make sure that sunroof is fully closed. • After removing sunroof motor assembly, do not attempt to rotate sunroof motor as a single unit. PIIB4745J 6. Remove the side and front sunroof unit assembly nuts. PIIB4747J 7. Remove sunroof front and rear side bracket bolts, then remove sunroof unit assembly from roof panel. • Remove sunroof unit assembly through the passenger compartment. CAUTION: Use care during removal and installation to avoid damage to seats and trim. Installation 1. 2. 3. Install sunroof front and rear side brackets and bolts to the roof panel side only, but do not tighten. Bring sunroof unit assembly into passenger compartment and position it so the rear rests on the sunroof rear side brackets. Install sunroof front and rear side bracket bolts to the sunroof unit assembly side, but do not tighten. Revision: January 2010 RF-24 2010 Sentra SUNROOF < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Install the front and side sunroof unit assembly nuts, but do not tighten. A B C PIIB4746J 5. a. b. 6. 7. Tighten the sunroof unit assembly. First, tighten the sunroof front and rear side bracket bolts at the vehicle side, then tighten the bolt on the rail side. Next, tighten the front and side sunroof unit assembly nuts diagonally. Connect the sunroof motor assembly connector and install the bolts. D E F G H PIIB4745J 8. 9. 10. 11. Install the glass lid. Follow the GLASS LID procedure. Connect drain hoses. Install headlining. Refer to EI-41. Perform fitting adjustment and test for leaks, refer to RF-27, "Fitting Adjustment". RF J GLASS LID K Removal 1. 2. Open the sunshade fully and close the glass lid. Remove glass lid bolts, then remove glass lid. L M N PIIB4749J O Installation 1. 2. 3. Position the glass lid on sunroof unit assembly. Partially install glass lid bolts. Tighten left front bolt first, then right rear to prevent uneven torque while tightening remaining bolts. After installation, check sunroof operation and glass lid assembly alignment. Refer to RF-27, "Fitting Adjustment". SUNSHADE Removal Revision: January 2010 RF-25 2010 Sentra P SUNROOF < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Remove the headlining. Refer to EI-41. 2. Remove sunshade stopper RH/LH. 3. Pull sunshade out rear of sunroof frame to remove it from sunroof unit assembly frame. PIIB4750J Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. WIND DEFLECTOR Removal 1. 2. 3. Open the glass lid. Remove spring retainer screws RH/LH, then slide retainer forward in vehicle out of sunroof unit assembly channel. Lift wind deflector and rotate arms upward to release from sunroof unit assembly. PIIB4751J Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. SUNROOF MOTOR ASSEMBLY Removal 1. 2. 3. 4. Close the glass lid. Remove headlining. Refer to EI-41. Remove sunroof motor assembly bolts. Disconnect harness connector from sunroof motor assembly, then remove sunroof motor assembly. CAUTION: • When removing the sunroof motor assembly, be sure that the sunroof lid is in the fully closed position. • Do not operate the removed sunroof motor assembly as a single unit. PIIB4745J Installation CAUTION: • Before installing the sunroof motor assembly, be sure the link assembly is in the symmetrical and fully closed position. • Align the link notch with the hole of the guide track (fully closed: RH and LH). 1. Place the sunroof motor assembly flat onto the sunroof unit assembly surface. 2. Laterally move the assembly little by little so that the gear is completely engaged into the wire and there is no gap between the sunroof unit assembly and sunroof motor assembly. Revision: January 2010 RF-26 2010 Sentra SUNROOF < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Install the sunroof motor assembly bolts, then connect the harness connector. 4. After installing, perform the initialization procedure. Refer to RF-11, "System Description". A LINK ASSEMBLY Removal The sunroof link assembly is replaced as part of the sunroof unit assembly. B Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. C Fitting Adjustment INFOID:0000000005283290 D E F PIIB2457E G Units: mm (in) A–A a 5.4 (0.21) B–B C–C 5.4 (0.21) 5.4 (0.21) b -0.8 (-0.03) target specification [-2.3 0 (-0.09 - 0) range] -0.8 ± 1.5 (0.03 ± 0.06) -0.8 ± 1.5 (0.03 ± 0.06) c 1.4 ± 0.9 (0.06 ± 0.04) H 1.4 ± 0.9 (0.06 ± 0.04) 1.4 ± 0.9 (0.06 ± 0.04) RF GAP ADJUSTMENT 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Tilt up glass lid. Loosen glass lid bolts, then tilt down glass lid. Adjust glass lid from outside of vehicle so it resembles “A–A”“B– B”“C–C” as shown in the figure. • For gap adjustment "A-A" "C-C", carefully slide glass lid forward and rearward in vehicle. • For gap adjustment "B-B", loosen sunroof unit assembly and shift side to side. NOTE: To prevent glass lid from moving after adjustment, lightly tighten the bolts. PIIB4749J Tighten left front bolt, then right rear bolt to prevent uneven torque. Tighten remaining bolts, being careful to prevent glass lid from moving. Tilt glass lid up and down several times to check that it moves smoothly, and retains the adjustment. Tilt up glass lid. Loosen glass lid bolts, then tilt down glass lid. Adjust glass lid from outside of vehicle so it resembles "A-A" "B-B" "C-C" as shown in the figure. • For height adjustment, manually raise/lower glass lid assembly until height difference is within specifications. NOTE: Revision: January 2010 K L M N O HEIGHT ADJUSTMENT 1. 2. 3. J RF-27 2010 Sentra P SUNROOF < SERVICE INFORMATION > • If necessary, shims may be added between sunroof unit assembly and roof panel to increase glass lid height adjustment range. • To prevent glass lid from moving after adjustment, lightly tighten the bolts. 4. Tighten left front bolt, then right rear bolt to prevent uneven torque. Tighten remaining bolts, being careful to prevent glass lid from moving. 5. Tilt glass lid up and down several times to check that it moves smoothly, and retains the adjustment. PIIB4747J Inspection INFOID:0000000005283291 WIND DEFLECTOR Check that the wind deflector (1) moves freely within the sunroof unit assembly while manually pressing down and releasing. If a malfunction is detected, remove and visually check the deflector for damage, deteriorated components, or foreign objects within mechanism. Check to determine if a sufficient amount of grease has been applied to the pivot areas for non-binding operation, if not add grease as required. If it is damaged, replace it with a new one. If no damage is found, reinstall it properly. : Vehicle front WIIA0849E LINK ASSEMBLY AND WIRE NOTE: Before replacing a suspect part, make sure it is the source of noise being experienced. 1. Check link to determine if coated film has peeled off to such an extent that substrate is visible. Check also to determine if link is the source of noise. If it is, replace the sunroof unit assembly. 2. Visually check to determine if a sufficient amount of grease has been applied to wire or rail groove of the sunroof unit assembly. If not, add grease as required. 3. Check wire for any damage or deterioration. If any damage is found, replace sunroof unit assembly. WEATHERSTRIP 1. 2. Visually check weatherstrip for damage, deterioration, or deformation. • Open glass lid assembly enough to inspect front edge of weatherstrip. • Tilt up glass lid assembly fully to inspect sides and rear edge of weatherstrip. If any area of the weatherstrip is found to be damaged, replace the glass lid assembly. Refer to RF-23, "Removal and Installation". Check for leakage around glass lid. • Close glass lid fully. • Pour water around surface to determine area of concern. - For gaps or misalignment, adjust glass lid to specifications. Refer to RF-27, "Fitting Adjustment". - For damaged sealing surfaces, either replace glass lid RF-23, "Removal and Installation", or repair the panel BL-207, "Precaution in Repairing High Strength Steel". DRAIN HOSES Revision: January 2010 RF-28 2010 Sentra SUNROOF < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H LIIA2857E 1. Drain hose front RH 2. Drain hose front LH 3. Drain hose rear LH 4. Drain hose rear RH 5. Sunroof unit assembly 6. Fascia Seal 8. Fender 9. Drain hose 7. RF Vehicle front J 1. 2. Remove headlining. Refer to EI-41. Visually check drain hoses for: • Proper connection at sunroof unit assembly. • Damage, pinch, cracks, deterioration. • Proper fastening and routing on body panels. • Drain hose rear RH/LH extends 22.5 ± 5.0 mm (0.89 ± 0.20 in) beyond seal. 3. Pour water through drain hoses to determine watertight performance. If a damaged or leaking portion in any drain hose is found, replace entire drain hose as an assembly. K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 RF-29 2010 Sentra BODY SECTION EI EXTERIOR & INTERIOR A B C D E CONTENTS SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2 PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2 MUDGUARD ..................................................... 23 Removal and Installation .........................................23 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2 Precaution ................................................................. 3 LICENSE LAMP FINISHER .............................. 25 PREPARATION ................................................... 4 Removal and Installation .........................................27 Special Service Tool ................................................. 4 Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 4 DOOR OUTSIDE MOLDING ............................. 28 SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ....................................................................... 5 Work Flow ................................................................. 5 Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting ............ 7 Diagnostic Worksheet ............................................... 9 Removal and Installation .........................................25 REAR AIR SPOILER ......................................... 26 Removal and Installation .........................................26 Component ..............................................................28 Removal and Installation .........................................28 Removal and Installation .........................................30 BODY SIDE TRIM ............................................. 34 FENDER PROTECTOR ......................................21 REAR PARCEL SHELF FINISHER .................. 38 L M Removal and Installation .........................................38 FLOOR TRIM .................................................... 39 Removal and Installation .........................................39 N HEADLINING .................................................... 41 Removal and Installation .........................................41 TRUNK ROOM TRIM & TRUNK LID FINISHER ...................................................................... 44 Component .............................................................. 21 Removal and Installation ......................................... 22 Revision: January 2010 K Removal and Installation .........................................34 COWL TOP .........................................................19 Removal and Installation ......................................... 19 J Removal and Installation .........................................31 FRONT GRILLE .................................................18 Removal and Installation ......................................... 18 EI DOOR FINISHER .............................................. 31 REAR BUMPER .................................................16 Removal and Installation ......................................... 16 H SIDE GUARD MOLDING .................................. 30 FRONT BUMPER ...............................................14 Removal and Installation ......................................... 14 G ROOF SIDE MOLDING ..................................... 27 CLIP AND FASTENER .......................................11 Description .............................................................. 11 F EI-1 Removal and Installation .........................................44 2010 Sentra O P PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000005614911 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SR section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect INFOID:0000000005282903 NOTE: • This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM). • Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the ″LOCK″ position. • Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results. For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder. For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and steering wheel rotation will become impossible. If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before starting the repair operation. OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the steering lock will be released. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be rotated. Perform the necessary repair operation. Revision: January 2010 EI-2 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.) 6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III. Precaution INFOID:0000000005282904 • When removing or disassembling any part, be careful not to damage or deform it. Protect parts which may get in the way with cloth. • When removing parts with a screwdriver or other tool, protect parts by wrapping them with vinyl or tape. • Keep removed parts protected with cloth. • If a clip is deformed or damaged, replace it. • If an unreusable part is removed, replace it with a new one. • Tighten bolts and nuts firmly to the specified torque. • After re-assembly has been completed, make sure each part functions correctly. • Remove stains in the following way. - Water-soluble stains: Dip a cloth in warm water, and squeeze tightly. After wiping the stain, wipe with a soft dry cloth. - Oil stain: Dissolve a synthetic detergent in warm water (density of 2 to 3% or less), dip the cloth, then clean off the stain with the cloth. Next, dip the soft cloth in fresh water, and then squeeze it tightly. Then clean off the detergent completely. Then wipe the area with a soft dry cloth. • Do not use any organic solvent, such as thinner or benzine. • When performing procedures that require removal of the cowl top, cover the lower end of the windshield with a suitable protection material. A B C D E F G H EI PIIB3706J J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EI-3 2010 Sentra PREPARATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000005282905 The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here. Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description — (J-39570) Chassis ear Locating the noise SBT839 — (J-43980) NISSAN Squeak and Rattle kit Repairing the cause of noise SBT840 — ( J-46534 ) Trim tool set For removing trim AWJIA0483ZZ Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000005282906 Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description — (J-39565) Engine ear Locating the noise SIIA0995E Revision: January 2010 EI-4 2010 Sentra SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS Work Flow A INFOID:0000000005282907 B C D E F SBT842 G CUSTOMER INTERVIEW Interview the customer, if possible, to determine the conditions that exist when the noise occurs. Use the Diagnostic Worksheet during the interview to document the facts and conditions when the noise occurs and any H customer's comments; refer to EI-9, "Diagnostic Worksheet". This information is necessary to duplicate the conditions that exist when the noise occurs. • The customer may not be able to provide a detailed description or the location of the noise. Attempt to obtain EI all the facts and conditions that exist when the noise occurs (or does not occur). • If there is more than one noise in the vehicle, be sure to diagnose and repair the noise that the customer is concerned about. This can be accomplished by test driving the vehicle with the customer. • After identifying the type of noise, isolate the noise in terms of its characteristics. The noise characteristics J are provided so the customer, service adviser and technician are all speaking the same language when defining the noise. - Squeak — (Like tennis shoes on a clean floor) K Squeak characteristics include the light contact/fast movement/brought on by road conditions/hard surfaces = higher pitch noise/softer surfaces = lower pitch noises/edge to surface = chirping - Creak — (Like walking on an old wooden floor) Creak characteristics include firm contact/slow movement/twisting with a rotational movement/pitch depen- L dent on materials/often brought on by activity. - Rattle — (Like shaking a baby rattle) Rattle characteristics include the fast repeated contact/vibration or similar movement/loose parts/missing M clip or fastener/incorrect clearance. - Knock — (Like a knock on a door) Knock characteristics include hollow sounding/sometimes repeating/often brought on by driver action. N - Tick — (Like a clock second hand) Tick characteristics include gentle contacting of light materials/loose components/can be caused by driver action or road conditions. - Thump — (Heavy, muffled knock noise) O Thump characteristics include softer knock/dead sound often brought on by activity. - Buzz — (Like a bumblebee) Buzz characteristics include high frequency rattle/firm contact. • Often the degree of acceptable noise level will vary depending upon the person. A noise that you may judge P as acceptable may be very irritating to the customer. • Weather conditions, especially humidity and temperature, may have a great effect on noise level. DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE If possible, drive the vehicle with the customer until the noise is duplicated. Note any additional information on the Diagnostic Worksheet regarding the conditions or location of the noise. This information can be used to duplicate the same conditions when you confirm the repair. Revision: January 2010 EI-5 2010 Sentra SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > If the noise can be duplicated easily during the test drive, to help identify the source of the noise, try to duplicate the noise with the vehicle stopped by doing one or all of the following: • Close a door. • Tap or push/pull around the area where the noise appears to be coming from. • Rev the engine. • Use a floor jack to recreate vehicle “twist”. • At idle, apply engine load (electrical load, half-clutch on M/T model, drive position on CVT model). • Raise the vehicle on a hoist and hit a tire with a rubber hammer. • Drive the vehicle and attempt to duplicate the conditions the customer states exist when the noise occurs. • If it is difficult to duplicate the noise, drive the vehicle slowly on an undulating or rough road to stress the vehicle body. CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS After verifying the customer concern or symptom, check ASIST for Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) related to that concern or symptom. If a TSB relates to the symptom, follow the procedure to repair the noise. LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE 1. 2. Narrow down the noise to a general area. To help pinpoint the source of the noise, use a listening tool (Chassis Ear: J-39570, Engine Ear: J-39565 and mechanics stethoscope). Narrow down the noise to a more specific area and identify the cause of the noise by: • Removing the components in the area that you suspect the noise is coming from. Do not use too much force when removing clips and fasteners, otherwise clips and fasteners can be broken or lost during the repair, resulting in the creation of new noise. • Tapping or pushing/pulling the component that you suspect is causing the noise. Do not tap or push/pull the component with excessive force, otherwise the noise will be eliminated only temporarily. • Feeling for a vibration with your hand by touching the component(s) that you suspect is (are) causing the noise. • Placing a piece of paper between components that you suspect are causing the noise. • Looking for loose components and contact marks. Refer to EI-7, "Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting". REPAIR THE CAUSE • • - If the cause is a loose component, tighten the component securely. If the cause is insufficient clearance between components: Separate components by repositioning or loosening and retightening the component, if possible. Insulate components with a suitable insulator such as urethane pads, foam blocks, felt cloth tape or urethane tape. A NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) is available through your authorized NISSAN Parts Department. CAUTION: Do not use excessive force as many components are constructed of plastic and may be damaged. Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information. The following materials are contained in the NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980). Each item can be ordered separately as needed. URETHANE PADS [1.5 mm (0.059 in) thick] Insulates connectors, harness, etc. 76268-9E005: 100 x 135 mm (3.94 x 5.31 in)/76884-71L01: 60 x 85 mm (2.36 x 3.35 in)/76884-71L02: 15 x 25 mm (0.59 x 0.98 in) INSULATOR (Foam blocks) Insulates components from contact. Can be used to fill space behind a panel. 73982-9E000: 45 mm (1.77 in) thick, 50 x 50 mm (1.97 x 1.97 in)/73982-50Y00: 10 mm (0.39 in) thick, 50 x 50 mm (1.97 x 1.97 in) INSULATOR (Light foam block) 80845-71L00: 30 mm (1.18 in) thick, 30 x 50 mm (1.18 x 1.97 in) FELT CLOTH TAPE Used to insulate where movement does not occur. Ideal for instrument panel applications. 68370-4B000: 15 x 25 mm (0.59 x 0.98 in) pad/68239-13E00: 5 mm (0.20 in) wide tape roll The following materials, not found in the kit, can also be used to repair squeaks and rattles. UHMW (TEFLON) TAPE Insulates where slight movement is present. Ideal for instrument panel applications. Revision: January 2010 EI-6 2010 Sentra SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SILICONE GREASE Used in place of UHMW tape that will be visible or not fit. Note: Will only last a few months. SILICONE SPRAY Use when grease cannot be applied. DUCT TAPE Use to eliminate movement. A B CONFIRM THE REPAIR Confirm that the cause of a noise is repaired by test driving the vehicle. Operate the vehicle under the same conditions as when the noise originally occurred. Refer to the notes on the Diagnostic Worksheet. Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting INFOID:0000000005282908 C D Refer to Table of Contents for specific component removal and installation information. INSTRUMENT PANEL E Most incidents are caused by contact and movement between: 1. The cluster lid A and instrument panel F 2. Acrylic lens and combination meter housing 3. Instrument panel to front pillar garnish 4. Instrument panel to windshield G 5. Instrument panel pins 6. Wiring harnesses behind the combination meter 7. A/C defroster duct and duct joint H These incidents can usually be located by tapping or moving the components to duplicate the noise or by pressing on the components while driving to stop the noise. Most of these incidents can be repaired by applying felt cloth tape or silicone spray (in hard to reach areas). Urethane pads can be used to insulate wiring harEI ness. CAUTION: Do not use silicone spray to isolate a squeak or rattle. If you saturate the area with silicone, you will not be able to recheck the repair. J CENTER CONSOLE Components to pay attention to include: 1. Shifter assembly cover to finisher 2. A/C control unit and cluster lid C 3. Wiring harnesses behind audio and A/C control unit The instrument panel repair and isolation procedures also apply to the center console. K L DOORS Pay attention to the: 1. Finisher and inner panel making a slapping noise 2. Inside handle escutcheon to door finisher 3. Wiring harnesses tapping 4. Door striker out of alignment causing a popping noise on starts and stops Tapping or moving the components or pressing on them while driving to duplicate the conditions can isolate many of these incidents. You can usually insulate the areas with felt cloth tape or insulator foam blocks from the NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) to repair the noise. TRUNK EI-7 N O P Trunk noises are often caused by a loose jack or loose items put into the trunk by the owner. In addition look for: 1. Trunk lid bumpers out of adjustment 2. Trunk lid striker out of adjustment 3. The trunk lid torsion bars knocking together 4. A loose license plate or bracket Revision: January 2010 M 2010 Sentra SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Most of these incidents can be repaired by adjusting, securing or insulating the item(s) or component(s) causing the noise. SUNROOF/HEADLINING Noises in the sunroof/headlining area can often be traced to one of the following: 1. Sunroof lid, rail, linkage or seals making a rattle or light knocking noise 2. Sun visor shaft shaking in the holder 3. Front or rear windshield touching headliner and squeaking Again, pressing on the components to stop the noise while duplicating the conditions can isolate most of these incidents. Repairs usually consist of insulating with felt cloth tape. OVERHEAD CONSOLE (FRONT AND REAR) Overhead console noises are often caused by the console panel clips not being engaged correctly. Most of these incidents are repaired by pushing up on the console at the clip locations until the clips engage. In addition look for: 1. Loose harness or harness connectors. 2. Front console map/reading lamp lens loose. 3. Loose screws at console attachment points. SEATS When isolating seat noise it's important to note the position the seat is in and the load placed on the seat when the noise is present. These conditions should be duplicated when verifying and isolating the cause of the noise. Cause of seat noise include: 1. Headrest rods and holder 2. A squeak between the seat pad cushion and frame 3. The rear seatback lock and bracket These noises can be isolated by moving or pressing on the suspected components while duplicating the conditions under which the noise occurs. Most of these incidents can be repaired by repositioning the component or applying urethane tape to the contact area. UNDERHOOD Some interior noise may be caused by components under the hood or on the engine wall. The noise is then transmitted into the passenger compartment. Causes of transmitted underhood noise include: 1. Any component installed on the engine wall 2. Components that pass through the engine wall 3. Engine wall mounts and connectors 4. Loose radiator pins 5. Hood bumpers out of adjustment 6. Hood striker out of adjustment These noises can be difficult to isolate since they cannot be reached from the interior of the vehicle. The best method is to secure, move or insulate one component at a time and test drive the vehicle. Also, engine RPM or load can be changed to isolate the noise. Repairs can usually be made by moving, adjusting, securing, or insulating the component causing the noise. Revision: January 2010 EI-8 2010 Sentra SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Diagnostic Worksheet INFOID:0000000005282909 A B C D E F G H EI J K L M N O LAIA0072E Revision: January 2010 EI-9 P 2010 Sentra SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > LAIA0071E Revision: January 2010 EI-10 2010 Sentra CLIP AND FASTENER < SERVICE INFORMATION > CLIP AND FASTENER A Description INFOID:0000000005282910 • Clips and fasteners in EI section correspond to the following numbers and symbols. • Replace any clips and/or fasteners which are damaged during removal or installation. Symbol No. Shapes B Removal & Installation C D C101 E SBF302H SBF367BA F C103 G SBT095 SBF423H C203 H EI J SBF258G LIIA0236E K C205 L MBT080A SBF638CA M C206 N MBF519B MBF520B CE103 P SBF104B Revision: January 2010 O EI-11 SBF147B 2010 Sentra CLIP AND FASTENER < SERVICE INFORMATION > Symbol No. Shapes Removal & Installation CE107 SBF411H SBF767B SBF174D SBF175DA SBF648B SBF649B SBF151D SBF259G SBF145B SBF085B SBF078B SBF992G CE117 CF110 CF118 CG101 CS101 Revision: January 2010 EI-12 2010 Sentra CLIP AND FASTENER < SERVICE INFORMATION > Symbol No. Shapes Removal & Installation A B CR103 C SBF768B SBF770B D Metal Clip E WBT072 WBT073 F G H EI J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EI-13 2010 Sentra FRONT BUMPER < SERVICE INFORMATION > FRONT BUMPER Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005282911 AWKIA1585ZZ 1. Front bumper fascia 2. License plate bracket 3. 4. Fog lamp bracket (if equipped) 5. Front bumper side retainer 6. Engine under cover 7. Energy absorber 8. Bumper reinforcement A. Clip C205 Revision: January 2010 EI-14 Access cover 2010 Sentra FRONT BUMPER < SERVICE INFORMATION > B. Upper fascia screw E. Lower fascia screw C. Clip C103 D. Bumper reinforcement bolt A CAUTION: Bumper fascia is made of resin. Do not apply strong force to it, and be careful to prevent contact with oil. B REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the front grille. Refer to EI-18. Remove the screws at front edge of front fender protector RH/LH. Refer to EI-21. Remove the clips and splash shield RH/LH. Refer to EI-21. Remove the clips and engine undercover. Remove upper screws RH/LH from front bumper fascia at front fender. Pull the outboard edge of front bumper fascia away from vehicle to disengage from the bumper side retainer. C D E F G PIIB2537J 7. 8. Disconnect fog lamp harness connector RH/LH (if equipped). Remove the front bumper fascia. H EI 9. Remove the screws and fog lamp assembly RH/LH (if equipped) from bracket. Refer to LT-44, "Removal and Installation, All Except SE-R". 10. Remove the clips and bumper energy absorber. 11. Remove the clips and radiator air guides. 12. Remove the retaining pin RH/LH at lower edge, then remove the bolts and bumper reinforcement. 13. Remove bumper side retainer RH/LH from front fender. INSTALLATION J K L Installation is in the reverse order of removal. M N O P Revision: January 2010 EI-15 2010 Sentra REAR BUMPER < SERVICE INFORMATION > REAR BUMPER Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005282912 AWKIA1520ZZ 1. Rear bumper reinforcement 2. Energy absorber block 3. Energy absorbing plastic 4. Rear bumper fascia 5. Rear bumper side retainer 6. Rear bumper upper retainer A. Bolt B. Clip C205 C. Clip C101 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Open trunk lid. Release the clips and remove rear trunk plate. Remove rear combination lamp RH/LH. Refer to LT-79. Remove the clips, then remove rear fender protector RH/LH. Refer to EI-21. Remove rear bumper fascia lower clips and upper screws RH/LH. Release rear bumper side retainer (1) from rear bumper fascia pulling outward to disengage. LIIA2824E 7. Remove rear bumper fascia upper clips and screws. Revision: January 2010 EI-16 2010 Sentra REAR BUMPER < SERVICE INFORMATION > 8. Release rear bumper upper retainer (1), then pull rear bumper fascia rearward away from vehicle. A B C LIIA2825E 9. Remove the clip and energy absorber block, then release the tabs and remove energy absorbing plastic from rear bumper reinforcement. 10. Remove the bolts and rear bumper reinforcement. 11. Release the pawls and remove the rear bumper side retainer RH/LH. INSTALLATION D E F Installation is in the reverse order of removal. G H EI J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EI-17 2010 Sentra FRONT GRILLE < SERVICE INFORMATION > FRONT GRILLE Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005282913 LIIA2826E 1. Front bumper fascia A. Clip C205 2. Radiator support 3. Front grille Pawl REMOVAL 1. 2. Open hood. Remove the upper clips and release the lower pawls, then pull front grille outward to remove from front bumper fascia and radiator support. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Revision: January 2010 EI-18 2010 Sentra COWL TOP < SERVICE INFORMATION > COWL TOP A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005282914 B C D E F G H EI J LIIA2827E 1. Cowl end seal RH 2. Cowl top seal 3. Cowl top cover RH 4. Cowl extension panel 5. Cowl top cover LH 6. Cowl end seal LH 7. EPT sealer A. Clip C103 B. Clip C205 C. Clip CE103 D. Bolt K REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. L Remove front wiper arm RH/LH. Refer to WW-19, "Removal and Installation of Front Wiper Arms". Disconnect washer tube. : Vehicle front Release the clips and remove cowl top seal. Remove the clips and cowl top cover RH/LH. M N O LIIA2828E Revision: January 2010 EI-19 2010 Sentra P COWL TOP < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. Disconnect and remove the front wiper motor and linkage assembly. Refer to WW-21, "Removal and Installation of Front Wiper Drive Assembly". CAUTION: To avoid damage, make sure to cover the lower edge of windshield with suitable protection material. LIIA2829E 6. Remove the bolts and cowl extension panel. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • For wiper arm RH/LH installation and adjustment, Refer to WW-19, "Removal and Installation of Front Wiper Arms". • Always replace EPT sealer and double-faced adhesive tape when installing cowl top cover. Revision: January 2010 EI-20 2010 Sentra FENDER PROTECTOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > FENDER PROTECTOR A Component INFOID:0000000005282915 B C D E F G H EI J K L M N O P LIIA2830E 1. Splash shield RH Revision: January 2010 2. Splash shield LH EI-21 3. Front fender protector 2010 Sentra FENDER PROTECTOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Rear fender protector Clip C205 A. Clip C205 B. Pawl Plastic screw Vehicle front Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005282916 FRONT FENDER PROTECTOR Removal Remove the screws and clips, then remove front fender protector. Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. SPLASH SHIELD Removal Remove the clips and splash shield. Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. REAR FENDER PROTECTOR Removal Remove the clips and rear fender protector. Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Revision: January 2010 EI-22 2010 Sentra MUDGUARD < SERVICE INFORMATION > MUDGUARD A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005282917 B C D E F G H EI J K L LIIA2909E 1. Front fender protector 2. Mudguard center 3. Mudguard front (if equipped) 4. Mudguard rear (if equipped) 5. Mudguard center bracket rear 6. Body outer sill reinforcement Screw B. Clip C205 C. Grommet A. M N Vehicle front REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the screws and mudguard front (if equipped). Remove the screws and mudguard rear (if equipped). Remove the clips and screws, then remove mudguard center from body outer sill reinforcement. Remove the screws and mudguard center bracket rear. Using a trim stick, carefully lift the mudguard center away from the adhesive backed foam tape. Release the adhesive backed foam tape from the body surface INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Revision: January 2010 EI-23 2010 Sentra O P MUDGUARD < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Before installing mudguard center, clean the surface where it will be mounted with isopropyl alcohol or equivalent to degrease the surface. • Before installing, be sure there are no gaps or waves in the adhesive backed foam tape where the surfaces meet. Revision: January 2010 EI-24 2010 Sentra LICENSE LAMP FINISHER < SERVICE INFORMATION > LICENSE LAMP FINISHER A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005282918 B C D E F AWKIA1524ZZ 1. License lamp finisher 2. Trunk opener request switch (if equipped) A G License lamp finisher nut REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. H Open trunk and remove trunk lid finisher. Refer to EI-44. Remove license lamp finisher nuts. Disconnect trunk opener request switch connector (if equipped), then remove license lamp finisher. EI INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EI-25 2010 Sentra REAR AIR SPOILER < SERVICE INFORMATION > REAR AIR SPOILER Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005282919 LIIA2910E 1. Rear air spoiler assembly A. Nut 2. High mounted stop lamp connector 3. Grommet Vehicle front Removal 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove trunk lid finisher. Refer to EI-44. Disconnect high mounted stop lamp connector. Remove the rear air spoiler nuts.then using a trim stick carefully release lift the rear air spoiler from the gaskets. Using a trim stick, carefully pry upward to release the foam tape (gasket) from trunk lid surface. CAUTION: Use care not to damage painted surfaces during removal of, or releasing adhesive backed foam tapes. Release the high mounted stop lamp connector and grommet from trunk lid, then remove rear air spoiler. Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: • Before installing rear air spoiler, clean the surface where it will be mounted with isopropyl alcohol or equivalent to degrease the surface. • Before installing, be sure there are no gaps or waves in the foam tape (gasket) where the surfaces meet. • During installation, be sure grommet of high mounted stop lamp harness is fully seated into trunk lid opening prior to final rear air spoiler placement. Revision: January 2010 EI-26 2010 Sentra ROOF SIDE MOLDING < SERVICE INFORMATION > ROOF SIDE MOLDING A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005282920 B C D E F G H EI LIIA2831E 1. Roof side molding A. Roof side molding front clip B. Roof side molding rear clip J REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. Using a suitable tool, release the rearward most roof side molding rear clip. Lift up back edge of roof side molding and release remaining clips working forward. Release roof side molding front clips, then remove roof side molding. K L INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: For setting a new clip A or B, use Epoxy Adhesive DP-100C made by 3M. For adhesive DP-100C application, use applicator 9170 EPX W 1:1 and mixer nozzle 9742 EPX 50ML made by 3M. M N O P Revision: January 2010 EI-27 2010 Sentra DOOR OUTSIDE MOLDING < SERVICE INFORMATION > DOOR OUTSIDE MOLDING Component INFOID:0000000005282921 LIIA2832E 1. Front door outside molding 2. 4. Rear door outside molding A. Pawl Door outside molding case 3. Rear door corner cover Door outside molding clip B. Screw Vehicle front Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005282922 FRONT DOOR OUTSIDE MOLDING Removal CAUTION: • Use care while removing to avoid permanent damage to part from excessive force during removal. • After removal, visually inspect molding; replace if deformed or damaged. 1. Open front door window. 2. Remove front door outside rearview mirror. Refer to GW-69. Revision: January 2010 EI-28 2010 Sentra DOOR OUTSIDE MOLDING < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. While pulling up on front of front door outside molding, insert a suitable tool beneath the molding case and release clip from the door top edge. 4. Remove front door outside molding while pulling up after disengaging. A B C PIIB3386J D Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. REAR DOOR OUTSIDE MOLDING E Removal CAUTION: • Use care while removing to avoid permanent damage to part from excessive force during removal. • After removal, visually inspect molding; replace if deformed or damaged. 1. Open rear door window. 2. Remove rear door corner cover. Follow the REAR DOOR CORNER COVER procedure. 3. While pulling up on rear of rear door outside molding, insert a suitable tool beneath the molding case and release clip from the door top edge. 4. Remove rear door outside molding while pulling up after disengaging. F G H EI J PIIB3386J Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. K REAR DOOR CORNER COVER L Removal 1. 2. Open rear door and remove rear door corner cover screws. Using a suitable tool, release the pawls while pulling outward and remove the rear door corner cover. Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. M N O P Revision: January 2010 EI-29 2010 Sentra SIDE GUARD MOLDING < SERVICE INFORMATION > SIDE GUARD MOLDING Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005613065 ALKIA1852ZZ 1. Front door side guard molding 2. Rear door side guard molding Removal CAUTION: Never apply tack-paper adhesive remover to body panel surface finished with lacquer-based paints. • Original side guard molding is affixed to body panel with double-faced adhesive tape. 1. Heat molding to between 30° and 40°C (86° to 104°F) with a heat gun. 2. Raise end of molding to release clips, then cut away tape to remove molding. Remove all traces of tape. Installation • On vehicles coated with Hard Clear Coat, use double-faced 3M adhesive tape Product No. 4210 or equivalent, after priming with 3M primer Product No. N200 or C-100 or equivalent. • The repair parts are also affixed with double-faced adhesive tape. • To re-use existing molding, clean all traces of double sided tape from the molding and apply new doublefaced tape to the molding. CAUTION: To secure contact, do not wash vehicle for 24 hours after installation. 1. Clean the panel surface with isopropyl alcohol or equivalent to degrease the surface. 2. Heat the panel and molding tape surface to 30° to 40°C (86° to 104°F). 3. Remove the backing sheet from the tape surface. • Align the locating pin into the hole in the outer door. • Continue aligning the pins into their corresponding holes in the outer door during installation. 4. Press ends by hand and use a roller to apply 5 kg-f (11 lbs-f) to press molding to door surface. • Apply even pressure along molding to insure proper wet out. Revision: January 2010 EI-30 2010 Sentra DOOR FINISHER < SERVICE INFORMATION > DOOR FINISHER A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005282923 FRONT DOOR B C D E F G H EI LIIA2833E J 1. Pad 2. Front door finisher 3. Inside handle cover 4. Inside handle/lock assembly 5. Mirror finisher 6. Power window and door lock/unlock switch finisher (if equipped) 7. Pull cup cover A. Bolt B. Screw Clip C101 Vehicle front L Removal 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. K Open front door and front door window. Disconnect the negative battery terminal. Remove the mirror finisher. Release the inside handle cover pawls and remove, then remove the screw. Release the pull cup cover pawls and remove, then remove the screw. Insert a suitable tool into back edge of front door power window and door lock/unlock switch finisher. Gently pry upward to release the clips and remove the finisher. • If equipped, insert a suitable tool between door finisher and manual door window crank handle to release clip, then remove handle. M N O P Revision: January 2010 EI-31 2010 Sentra DOOR FINISHER < SERVICE INFORMATION > 7. Disconnect front door power window and door lock/unlock switch harness connector (if equipped). PIIB6042E 8. 9. Remove the front door finisher bolt. Release the clips and lift front door finisher upward to remove it from door body panel. SIIA0810E Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. REAR DOOR WIIA1431E 1. Pad 2. Rear door finisher 3. Inside handle cover 4. Inside handle/lock assembly 5. Power window switch finisher (if equipped) 6. Pull cup cover Revision: January 2010 EI-32 2010 Sentra DOOR FINISHER < SERVICE INFORMATION > A. Bolt B. Screw Clip C101 A Vehicle front Removal 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Open rear door and rear door window. Disconnect the negative battery terminal. Release the inside handle cover pawls and remove, then remove the screw. Release the pull cup cover pawls and remove, then remove the screw. Insert a suitable tool into back edge of rear door power window switch finisher. Gently pry upward to release the clips and remove the finisher. • If equipped, insert a suitable tool between door finisher and manual door window crank handle to release clip, then remove handle. Disconnect rear door power window switch harness connector (if equipped). Remove rear door finisher bolt. Release the clips and lift rear door finisher upward to remove it from door body panel. B C D E F G H SIIA0810E EI Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EI-33 2010 Sentra BODY SIDE TRIM < SERVICE INFORMATION > BODY SIDE TRIM Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005282924 WIIA1432E 1. Rear body side welt 2. Rear pillar finisher 3. Rear kicking plate upper 4. Rear kicking plate lower 5. Center pillar lower finisher 6. Front kicking plate 7. Lower dash side finisher 8. Front pillar finisher 9. Front body side welt 10. Center pillar upper finisher Metal clip 11. Cap A. Clip C101 Screw Pawl Vehicle front CAUTION: • Insert a suitable tool between panel on vehicle and clips (as indicated with arrow) to release clips. • Use a suitable tool when removing metal clips from finishers. • Be careful not to damage the body while prying to release clips. • Make sure clips are properly aligned in panel holes on body when installing, then press them in completely. SIIA0810E FRONT PILLAR FINISHER Removal Revision: January 2010 EI-34 2010 Sentra BODY SIDE TRIM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Release the clips and remove front pillar finisher. A B C LIIA2836E D Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. LOWER DASH SIDE FINISHER E Removal 1. 2. Partially remove front body side welt. Release the clips and remove lower dash side finisher. F G H LIIA2837E Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. EI J FRONT KICKING PLATE Removal 1. 2. K Partially remove front body side welt. Release the clips and remove front kicking plate. L M N LIIA2838E O Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. REAR KICKING PLATE UPPER P Removal 1. Partly remove rear body side welt. Revision: January 2010 EI-35 2010 Sentra BODY SIDE TRIM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Release the clips and remove rear kicking plate upper. LIIA2839E Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. REAR KICKING PLATE LOWER Removal 1. 2. Partially remove rear body side welt. Release the clips and remove rear kicking plate lower. LIIA2840E Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CENTER PILLAR LOWER FINISHER Removal 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove front kicking plate. Follow the FRONT KICKING PLATE procedure. Remove rear kicking plate lower. Follow the REAR KICKING PLATE LOWER procedure. Partially remove both front and rear body side welts. Release the clips and remove center pillar lower garnish. LIIA2841E Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CENTER PILLAR UPPER FINISHER Removal 1. Remove center pillar lower finisher. Follow the CENTER PILLAR LOWER FINISHER procedure. Revision: January 2010 EI-36 2010 Sentra BODY SIDE TRIM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Remove front seat belt shoulder anchor. Refer to SB-4, "Removal and Installation of Front Seat Belt". 3. Remove the access cover, then remove the screw. 4. Partially remove front and rear body side welts. 5. Release the clip, then remove center pillar upper finisher. A B C LIIA2842E D Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. REAR PILLAR FINISHER E Removal 1. 2. 3. Remove rear seat cushion and rear seatback. Refer to SE-19. Partially remove rear body side welt. Release the clips and remove rear pillar finisher. F G H EI LIIA2843E J Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EI-37 2010 Sentra REAR PARCEL SHELF FINISHER < SERVICE INFORMATION > REAR PARCEL SHELF FINISHER Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005282925 WIIA1390E 1. Rear parcel shelf finisher 2. Rear seat belt escutcheon 3. High mounted stop lamp (except SE-R models) 4. Anchor cover Clip C103 Clip C101 A. REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Fold rear seat cushion and seat back into forward most position. Remove rear seat belt lower anchor bolts. Refer to SB-6, "Removal and Installation of Rear Seat Belt". Release the tabs and remove the rear seat belt escutcheon RH/LH/Center. Remove rear kicking plate lower RH/LH, rear kicking plate upper RH/LH, and rear pillar finisher. Refer to EI-34. For all models (except SE-R): 1. Release the clips and remove the high mounted stop lamp from the rear parcel shelf finisher. 2. Rotate lamp and remove, then remove high mounted stop lamp. Remove the clips and rear parcel shelf finisher. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Revision: January 2010 EI-38 2010 Sentra FLOOR TRIM < SERVICE INFORMATION > FLOOR TRIM A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005282926 B C D E F G H EI J K L M LIIA2845E N 1. Floor carpet hook 2. Center floor spacer LH 3. Rear floor spacer 4. Center floor spacer RH 5. Front floor spacer RH 6. Front floor spacer LH 7. Floor trim A. Clip C101 Vehicle front O REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Disconnect both the negative and positive battery terminals, then wait at least three minutes. Remove front seat RH/LH and rear seat cushion. Refer to SE-14 and SE-19. Remove floor console and bracket. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Remove parking brake control. Refer to PB-5. Remove center console lower finisher RH/LH and disconnect connector. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Revision: January 2010 EI-39 2010 Sentra P FLOOR TRIM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 6. Remove front kicking plate RH/LH, center pillar lower finisher RH/LH, and both upper and lower rear kicking plates RH/LH. Refer to EI-34. 7. Remove front seat belt lower anchor RH/LH. Refer to SB-4, "Removal and Installation of Front Seat Belt". 8. Remove diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SRS-44. 9. 10. 11. 12. Remove floor carpet hook. Remove instrument panel stay RH/LH. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Remove push pin clips, then pull out floor trim through door opening. Remove floor spacer RH/LH/Rear. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Revision: January 2010 EI-40 2010 Sentra HEADLINING < SERVICE INFORMATION > HEADLINING A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005282927 With Sunroof B C D E F G H EI J K L AWKIA1586ZZ 1. Assist grip 2. Sunvisor RH 3. Sunvisor holder 4. Map lamp assembly 5. Sunvisor LH 6. Interior room lamp 7. Interior room lamp harness 8. Headlining (with sunroof) 9. Sunroof opening welt A. Screw Clip C103 M N Vehicle front O P Revision: January 2010 EI-41 2010 Sentra HEADLINING < SERVICE INFORMATION > Without Sunroof AWKIA1587ZZ 1. Assist grip 2. Sunvisor RH 3. Sunvisor holder 4. Map lamp assembly 5. Sunvisor LH 6. Interior room lamp 7. Interior room lamp harness 8. Headlining (with sunroof) A. Screw Clip C103 Vehicle front REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. Disconnect the negative and positive battery terminals, then wait at least three minutes. Recline front seatback to full down position. Remove front seat belt shoulder anchor RH/LH. Refer to SB-4, "Removal and Installation of Front Seat Belt". 4. Remove center console. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". 5. Remove front pillar finisher RH/LH. Refer to EI-34, "Removal and Installation". 6. Remove both center pillar upper and lower RH/LH finisher. Refer to EI-34, "Removal and Installation" and EI-34, "Removal and Installation". 7. Remove rear pillar finisher. Refer to EI-34, "Removal and Installation". 8. Disconnect room lamp harness. 9. Remove front and rear body side welt RH/LH. Refer to EI-34. 10. Remove the screw, them remove assist grips. 11. Disconnect the connector and remove the sunvisor screws, then remove sunvisor RH/LH. 12. Remove the sunvisor holder screws, then remove sunvisor holder RH/LH. Revision: January 2010 EI-42 2010 Sentra HEADLINING < SERVICE INFORMATION > 13. Remove sunroof opening welt (if equipped). 14. Remove lens and one screw, then disconnect the connector and remove the roof map lamp assembly. 15. Remove lens and two screws, then disconnect the connector and remove interior room lamp. 16. Remove three headlining clips. 17. Position the headlining so the front edge goes partially through the opening of the right side front door. A B C D E PIIB6049E 18. Position the headlining so the rear edge goes through the opening of the left rear door, then remove headlining through the rear door opening. CAUTION: • Two technicians should be used to avoid damage when removing or replacing headlining. • During headlining removal and installation, cover the center console finisher upper surface to prevent damage. • Do not bend headlining when removing. INSTALLATION F G H Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Avoid headlining damage when installing by inserting rear clips first during assembly. EI J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EI-43 2010 Sentra TRUNK ROOM TRIM & TRUNK LID FINISHER < SERVICE INFORMATION > TRUNK ROOM TRIM & TRUNK LID FINISHER Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005282928 WIIA1433E Revision: January 2010 EI-44 2010 Sentra TRUNK ROOM TRIM & TRUNK LID FINISHER < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Trunk side finisher RH 2. Trunk front finisher (if equipped) 4. Trunk divider panel (if equipped) 5. Trunk divider reinforcement upper (if 6. equipped) Spare tire spacer 7. Trunk side finisher LH 8. Trunk floor carpet 9. Rear trunk plate A. Clip C205 10. Cargo net 11. Trunk lid finisher B. C. Clip C103 Clip C101 Screw 3. Trunk divider hinge RH (if equipped) A B Metal clip C Vehicle front NOTE: If equipped, the trunk divider reinforcement upper MUST first be removed before removing trunk side finisher panels. The trunk divider reinforcement upper MUST also be installed last, if installing trunk side finisher RH/ LH panels. D E F G H EI J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EI-45 2010 Sentra STEERING SECTION PS POWER STEERING SYSTEM A B C D E CONTENTS SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2 PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2 Precaution for Steering System ................................ 3 On-Vehicle Inspection and Service .......................... 6 Removal and Installation .......................................... 7 STEERING COLUMN ......................................... 8 Exploded View .......................................................... 8 Removal and Installation .......................................... 8 POWER STEERING GEAR .............................. 11 Exploded View .........................................................11 Removal and Installation .........................................11 Exploded View .........................................................12 Disassembly and Assembly .....................................12 PREPARATION ................................................... 4 Special Service Tool ................................................. 4 Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 4 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ............................. 5 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ................................................................. 16 NVH Troubleshooting Chart ...................................... 5 STEERING WHEEL ............................................. 6 Steering Wheel ........................................................16 Steering Angle .........................................................16 Steering Column ......................................................16 Steering Gear (R24K) ..............................................17 F PS H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 PS-1 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000005642361 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect INFOID:0000000005286275 NOTE: • This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NVIS/IVIS (NISSAN/INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM - NATS). • Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the ″LOCK″ position. • Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results. For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NVIS/IVIS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder. For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and steering wheel rotation will become impossible. If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before starting the repair operation. OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the steering lock will be released. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be rotated. Perform the necessary repair operation. Revision: January 2010 PS-2 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.) 6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III. Precaution for Steering System INFOID:0000000005286276 • In case of removing steering gear assembly, make the final tightening with grounded and unloaded vehicle condition, and then check wheel alignment. • Observe the following precautions when disassembling. - Before disassembly, thoroughly clean the outside of the unit. - Disassembly should be done in a clean work area. It is important to prevent the internal parts from becoming contaminated by dirt or other foreign matter. - For easier and proper assembly, place disassembled parts in order on a parts rack. - Use nylon cloth or paper towels to clean the parts; common shop rags can leave lint that might interfere with their operation. - Do not reuse non-reusable parts. - Before assembling, apply the specified grease to the directed parts. A B C D E F PS H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 PS-3 2010 Sentra PREPARATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000005286277 The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special tools illustrated here. Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description ST27180001 (J-25726-A) Steering wheel puller Removing steering wheel S-NT544 ST3127S000 (J-25765-A) Preload gauge Inspecting rotating torque for steering column assembly and pinion assembly ZZA0806D Installing boot bands KV40107300 ( — ) Boot Band crimping tool ZZA1229D — (J-44372) Pull gauge Measuring steering wheel turning force and ball joint swinging force LST024 Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000005286278 Tool number Tool name Description Power tool Loosening bolts and nuts PBIC0190E Revision: January 2010 PS-4 2010 Sentra Symptom Revision: January 2010 × × × × Shudder PS-5 Shake × × × Vibration × × × Shimmy × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × TIRES ROAD WHEEL DRIVE SHAFT BRAKES × SUSPENSION × AXLE Steering linkage looseness Improper installation or looseness of steering column Steering column deformation or damage Mounting looseness Improper installation or looseness of tilt lock lever Improper steering wheel Steering gear pinion rotating torque Noise Steering wheel play Possible cause and SUSPECTED PARTS Inner/Outer socket ball joint end play BR-7, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart" FAX-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart" NVH Troubleshooting Chart WT-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart" WT-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart" FSU-6, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart" FAX-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart" PS-12 PS-8, PS-8 PS-8 PS-11 PS-8 PS-6 PS-6 PS-6 PS-12 PS-12 Reference page Inner/Outer socket ball joint swinging torque NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING < SERVICE INFORMATION > NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING INFOID:0000000005286279 A Use the chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts. B × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × 2010 Sentra C D E F PS H I J K L M ×: Applicable N O P STEERING WHEEL < SERVICE INFORMATION > STEERING WHEEL On-Vehicle Inspection and Service INFOID:0000000005286280 CHECKING CONDITION OF INSTALLATION • Check installation conditions of steering gear assembly, front suspension assembly, axle and steering column assembly. • Check if movement exists when steering wheel is moved up and down, to the left and right and to the axial direction. Steering wheel axial end play Refer to PS-16, "Steering Wheel" • Check steering gear assembly mounting bolts and nuts for looseness. Refer to PS-11, "Removal and Installation". CHECKING STEERING WHEEL PLAY 1. Turn steering wheel so that front wheels come to the straight-ahead position. Start engine and lightly turn steering wheel to the left and right until front wheels start to move. Measure steering wheel movement on the outer circumference. Steering wheel play 2. Refer to PS-16, "Steering Wheel" When the measurement value is outside the standard value, check backlash for each joint of steering column assembly and installation condition of steering gear assembly. CHECKING NEUTRAL POSITION STEERING WHEEL NOTE: Perform neutral position inspection after wheel alignment. 1. Make sure that steering gear assembly, steering column assembly and steering wheel are installed in the correct position. 2. Set vehicle to the straight-ahead position and confirm steering wheel is in the neutral position. • Loosen outer socket lock nut and turn inner socket to left and right equally to make fine adjustments if steering wheel is not in the neutral position. Refer to PS-12, "Disassembly and Assembly". CAUTION: Check the wheel alignment after adjusting the inner socket. Refer to FSU-7, "Wheel Alignment Inspection" CHECKING STEERING WHEEL TURNING FORCE 1. 2. 3. Park vehicle on a level and dry surface, set parking brake. Start engine. Check steering wheel turning force when steering wheel has been turned 360° from neutral position using Tool as shown. Tool number : — Steering wheel turning force 4. (J-44372) Refer to PS-16, "Steering Wheel" If steering wheel turning force is out of the specification, remove intermediate shaft and steering knuckle, and then measure the rotating torque of the pinion assembly. Refer to PS-12, "Disassembly and Assembly". SGIA1192J CHECKING FRONT WHEEL TURNING ANGLE Check the maximum inside and outside front wheel turning angle for right and left with the turning radius gauges as per the following procedure. 1. Check toe-in. NOTE: Revision: January 2010 PS-6 2010 Sentra STEERING WHEEL < SERVICE INFORMATION > Perform front wheel turning angle after the toe-in check. 2. Place front wheels on turning radius gauges and rear wheels on stands. A B C FAA0016D 3. With the engine at idle, turn steering wheel from full left stop to full right stop and measure the turning angles. Refer to PS-16, "Steering Angle". D E • Measure rack stroke if angles are outside the specified value. Rack stroke L F Refer to PS-16, "Steering Column" - Disassemble steering gear assembly to check the cause that rack stroke is outside of the standard. • Steering angles are not adjustable. Check steering gear assembly, steering column assembly and front suspension components for wear or damage if any of the turning angles are different from the specified value. Replace any of them, if any non-standard condition exists. PS H SGIA1671E Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005286281 REMOVAL NOTE: When reconnecting spiral cable, fix cable with a tape so that fixing case and rotating part keep aligned. This will omit neutral position alignment procedure during spiral cable installation. 1. Set vehicle to the straight-ahead position. 2. Remove driver air bag module. Refer to SRS-31 . 3. Remove steering wheel lock nut after steering is locked. 4. Remove steering wheel using Tool. Tool number A: ST27180001 (J-25726-A) I J K L M N O SGIA1323E INSTALLATION Installation is the reverse order of removal. For tightening torque, refer to PS-8, "Removal and Installation". NOTE: Check the spiral cable neutral position after replacing or rotating spiral cable. Refer to SRS-33, "Removal and Installation". CAUTION: Do not twist spiral cable freely on excessively after it becomes tight (doing so may cause the cable to be turn off). Revision: January 2010 PS-7 2010 Sentra P STEERING COLUMN < SERVICE INFORMATION > STEERING COLUMN Exploded View INFOID:0000000005286282 WGIA0190E 1. Steering wheel 2. Steering column assembly 3. Intermediate shaft 4. Holder 5. Cam nut 6. Cover Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005286283 CAUTION: • Any time the ignition switch has been removed or installed, the keys must be re-registered in the BCM. Refer to CONSULT-III operation manual IVIS/NVIS. • Steering column must be kept at maximum tilt up position during removal and installation. Do not operate tilt mechanism while steering column is out of the vehicle. • Put matching mark on intermediate shaft and steering column assembly before removing intermediate shaft. • When steering wheel is turned repeatedly with the vehicle stopped, care must be taken because EPS motor and EPS control unit may get too hot. • Steering column assembly is heavy. Care must be taken when removing steering column assembly from vehicle. • Do not put steering column assembly near the things that generate excessive magnetic force. • Steering column assembly cannot be disassembled. REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Set vehicle to the straight ahead-position. Remove combination switch and spiral cable. Refer to SRS-33. Remove instrument lower finisher. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts". Disconnect each switch connectors installed to steering column assembly, and then disconnect harness from steering column assembly. Remove bolt of intermediate shaft (upper side), and then remove intermediate shaft from steering column assembly. Remove steering column assembly nuts, then remove steering column assembly from vehicle. Revision: January 2010 PS-8 2010 Sentra STEERING COLUMN < SERVICE INFORMATION > 7. Remove intermediate shaft (lower side) from steering gear assembly with the following procedure. CAUTION: • Never deform or bend the holder. • Never replace the intermediate shaft if the holder is deformed or bent. a. Insert a suitable tool between the cover and the holder. Then push the cover down in the direction shown and remove the cover. b. Remove bolt. A B C D LGIA0041E c. Rotate the cam nut in direction shown. Align the cam nut Vshaped groove (1) with the holder (2) V-guide. Fit the cam nut to the holder V-guide, then remove the cam nut from the holder. CAUTION: • Rotate the cam nut if the nut becomes misaligned as shown. Align the cam nut V-shaped groove with the holder V-guide. • Their are two different grooves, but only one that fits the holder V-guide. E F PS H LGIA0042E d. I Remove the intermediate shaft by removing the holder pawl from the pinion shaft groove (A) and slide out the intermediate shaft using a suitable tool. J K LGIA0043E L INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL • Check each part of steering column assembly and intermediate shaft for damage or other malfunctions. Replace any damaged components. • Measure the length (L) as shown, if vehicle has been involved in a minor collision. Replace steering column assembly if outside specifications. Refer to PS-16, "Steering Column". • Check tilt mechanism for damage or other malfunctions. Replace steering column assembly as necessary. • Measure steering column assembly rotating torque using Tool. Replace steering column assembly if outside specifications. Refer to PS-16, "Steering Column". Tool number INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. For tightening torque, refer to PS-8, "Exploded View". PS-9 N O P : ST3127S000 (J-25765-A) SGIA1672E Revision: January 2010 M 2010 Sentra STEERING COLUMN < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Align the cam nut V-shaped groove with the holder V-guide (1). Install the cam nut to the holder guide. CAUTION: • Make sure cam nut is installed correctly to keep it from loosening. • Replace intermediate shaft assembly if cam nut does not fit to the holder. • Do not install the cam nut on the incorrect side. LGIA0044E • Install the intermediate shaft by pushing the holder pawl to the pinion shaft and sliding the intermediate shaft to (A). CAUTION: Replace the intermediate shaft assembly if the pawl is deformed. LGIA0045E • Install a new bolt and tighten to specification. Refer to PS-8, "Exploded View". CAUTION: • Make sure cam nut contacts pinion shaft correctly. • Make sure the holder is not deformed or interfering with the cam nut. • Install the cover (1) to the holder (2). CAUTION: • Align the cover groove with the holder guide. • Make sure cover is installed correctly. LGIA0046E INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION • Rotate steering wheel to check for decentered condition, binding, noise or excessive steering effort. • Check tilt mechanism operating range. Refer to PS-16, "Steering Column". • After installing steering column assembly, perform self-diagnosis of EPS system with CONSULT-III to ensure correct operation. Refer to BRC-20, "CONSULT-III Function (ABS)". Revision: January 2010 PS-10 2010 Sentra POWER STEERING GEAR < SERVICE INFORMATION > POWER STEERING GEAR A Exploded View INFOID:0000000005286284 B C D E F PS SGIA1673E 1. Steering gear assembly 2. Washer 4. Front suspension member 5. Steering gear bolt 3. Lower dash seal Removal and Installation H INFOID:0000000005286285 CAUTION: Spiral cable may be cut if steering wheel turns while separating steering column assembly and steering gear assembly. Be sure to secure steering wheel using string to avoid turning. REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. Set vehicle to the straight-ahead position. Remove bolt of intermediate shaft (lower side). Refer to PS-8, "Removal and Installation". Remove front suspension member. Refer to FSU-11, "Removal and Installation". Remove bolts and nuts of steering gear assembly and remove steering gear assembly. I J K L INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • Clean mating surface on the body side of dash panel seal when installing steering gear assembly. • Perform final tightening of nuts and bolts on each part under unladen conditions with tires on level ground when removing steering gear assembly. Check wheel alignment. Refer to FSU-7, "Wheel Alignment Inspection". M N INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION Rotate steering wheel to check for decentered condition, binding, noise or excessive steering effort. O P Revision: January 2010 PS-11 2010 Sentra POWER STEERING GEAR < SERVICE INFORMATION > Exploded View INFOID:0000000005286286 WGIA0188E 1. Outer socket 2. Inner socket 3. Rack assembly 4. Boot clamp (small diameter) 5. Boot 6. Boot clamp (large diameter) 7. Joint cover 8. Pinion seal 9. Snap ring 10. Pinion assembly 11. Gear housing assembly 12. Retainer 13. Spring 14. Adjusting screw 15. Lock nut ⇐: Front : Apply Genuine Thread Locking Sealant, Three Bound 1141 or equivalent. :1 Apply Genuine Lithium Soap, Idemitsu Autorex A or equivalent. :2 Apply Genuine Lithium Soap, Wanlouver MO No.2 (manufactured by Kyoudouyushi) or equivalent. :3 Apply Genuine Lithium Soap, Multemp AC-P (manufactured by Kyoudouyushi) or equivalent. Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000005286287 CAUTION: Clean steering gear assembly with kerosene before disassembling. DISASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. Loosen outer socket lock nut, and then remove outer socket from inner socket. Remove boot clamp, and then remove boot from inner socket. CAUTION: Do not damage inner socket and gear housing assembly when removing boot. Inner socket and gear housing assembly must be replaced if inner socket and gear housing assembly are damaged because it may allow foreign material to enter. Remove inner socket from rack assembly while holding the flat portion of the rack next to the inner socket using a suitable tool. Revision: January 2010 PS-12 2010 Sentra POWER STEERING GEAR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Measure adjusting screw height “H”, and loosen lock nut (2). 5. Remove adjusting screw (1), retainer (3) and spring (4) from gear housing assembly (5). A B C SGIA1300E D INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY Joint Cover Check joint cover protrusion for damage. Replace if damaged. E Rack and Pinion Assembly • Check pinion assembly for damage or wear. Replace as necessary. • Rotate pinion assembly and check for torque variation or rattle. Replace steering gear as necessary. F Gear Housing Assembly Check gear housing assembly for damage or scratches. Replace steering gear as necessary. PS Outer Socket and Inner Socket 1. Check ball joint swinging torque. • Hook Tool at the points P1, P2 as shown and pull the Tool. Make sure that the Tool reads the specified value when ball stud and inner socket start to move. Replace inner socket (1) and outer socket (2) if they are outside the standard. Refer to PS-17, "Steering Gear (R24K)". Tool number 2. : — H I (J-44372) J Ball joint axial end play • Apply an axial load of 490 N (50 kg-f, 111 lb-f) to ball stud. Measure amount of stud movement using a dial gauge, and then make sure that the value is within the specified range. Replace outer socket and inner socket if the measured value is outside the standard. Refer to PS-17, "Steering Gear (R24K)". WGIA0189E K L M SGIA0057E ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Apply recommended grease to the rack bush in the gear housing assembly. Apply recommended grease to teeth part and back of rack assembly. Install inner socket to rack assembly. Torque to specified value while holding the flat portion of the rack next to the inner socket using a suitable tool. Apply recommended grease to inner socket. For application points, refer to "PS-12, "Exploded View". Decide on the neutral position for the rack assembly. Refer to PS-17, "Steering Gear (R24K)". Revision: January 2010 PS-13 2010 Sentra N O P POWER STEERING GEAR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 6. Apply recommended grease to retainer (3), then install retainer (3), spring (4) and adjusting screw (1) to gear housing assembly (5). 7. Apply recommended thread locking sealant to the thread (2 turns thread), and then screw in the adjusting screw (1) until it reaches height “H” from gear housing assembly (5) measured before disassembling. 8. Tighten lock nut (2) to the specified torque securing it to prevent adjusting screw (1) from freewheeling condition. 9. Move rack assembly 10 strokes throughout the full stroke so that the parts can fit with each other. SGIA1300E 10. Using tools measure rotating torque of pinion assembly. If the measurement is outside of the specified range, readjust pinion rotating torque. If the measurement is outside of the specified range for readjust, replace steering gear assembly. Refer to PS-17, "Steering Gear (R24K)". 11. Set dial gauge to the back of rack assembly on the pinion assembly side around the center of stroke. Measure displacement of rack under torsional torque of ± 7.8 N·m (0.80 kg-m, 69 in-lb), and then check if it is within the standard value. If the measurement is outside the standard value, adjust it again. After the readjustment, if measurement is still outside the standard value, replace steering gear assembly. Refer to PS-17, "Steering Gear (R24K)". 12. Install boot to gear housing assembly and inner socket. SGIA1301E 13. Install boot clamp (1) to boot using Tool. NOTE: Install large diameter side boot clamp (1) securely to boot groove, and crimp it so as to have clearance of 3 mm (0.12 in) or less as shown. Tool number : KV40107300 ( — ) SGIA1302E 14. Install joint cover (1) to gear housing assembly (2). CAUTION: Install joint cover so that the protrusion for locating is securely set to gear housing groove. SGIA1303E Revision: January 2010 PS-14 2010 Sentra POWER STEERING GEAR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 15. Adjust inner socket to standard length “L”, and then tighten lock nut to the specified torque. Refer to PS-12, "Exploded View". Check length of inner socket “L” again after tightening lock nut. Make sure that the length is the standard. Refer to PS-17, "Steering Gear (R24K)". CAUTION: Adjust toe-in. Refer to FSU-7, "Wheel Alignment Inspection". Length achieved after toe-in adjustment is not necessarily the above value. A B C SGIA0167E D E F PS H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 PS-15 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) Steering Wheel INFOID:0000000005286288 Steering wheel axial end play 0 mm (0 in) Steering wheel play 0 – 35 mm (0 – 1.38 in) Steering wheel turning force Less than 36 N (3.7 kg-f, 8.2 lb-f) Steering Angle INFOID:0000000005286289 SGIA0055E Application Minimum Inner wheel (Angle: A) Degree minute (Decimal degree) Except SE-R models SE-R models 36°00′ (36.0°) 33°00’ (33.0°) Nominal 39°00′ (39.0°) 36°00’ (36.0°) Maximum 40°00′ (40.0°) 37°00’ (37.0°) 33°00′ (33.0°) 30°00’ (30.0°) Outer wheel (Angle: B) Degree minute (Decimal degree) Steering Column INFOID:0000000005286290 Steering Column Rotating Torque 0 - 2.1 N·m (0 - 0.21 kg-m, 0 - 18 in-lb) Minimum Steering column length L 478.3 mm (18.83 in) Nominal 480.3 mm (18.91 in) Maximum 482.3 mm (18.99 in) SGIA1672E TILT MECHANISM OPERATING RANGE Revision: January 2010 PS-16 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) < SERVICE INFORMATION > Tilt mechanism operating range L (above center line) 14.8 mm (0.58 in) Tilt mechanism operating range L (below center line) 20 mm (0.79 in) A B C D E LGIA0040E Steering Gear (R24K) INFOID:0000000005286291 F BALL JOINT SWINGING TORQUE Inner socket ball joint Measurement on Tool (Measuring point: P1) Outer socket ball stud Measurement on Tool (Measuring point: Top end of the ball stud threads P2) 55.7 N (5.7 kg-f, 13 lb-f) or less 6.0 – 58 N (0.61 – 5.91 kg-f, 1.35 – 13.03 lb-f) PS H I J K SGIA1553J L BALL JOINT AXIAL END PLAY Outer socket ball stud 0.5 mm (0.020 in) or less Inner socket ball joint 0.2 mm (0.008 in) or less M N INNER SOCKET INSTALLATION LENGTH O P Revision: January 2010 PS-17 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) < SERVICE INFORMATION > Inner socket installation length L 112.9 mm (4.445 in) SGIA1512E PINION ROTATING TORQUE Average A [Around neutral position (within ±100°)] 0.6 – 1.1 N·m (0.07 – 0.11 kg-m, 6 – 9 in-lb) Maximum value C 1.49 N·m (0.15 kg-m, 13 in-lb) MGIA0017E RACK STROKE Model Rack neutral position, dimension L (rack stroke) Except SE-R models SE-R models 72.0 mm (2.835 in) 67.7 mm (2.665 in) SGIA1671E Revision: January 2010 PS-18 2010 Sentra AIR CONDITIONER SECTION MTC MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER A B C D E CONTENTS SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 3 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 3 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 3 Precaution for Working with HFC-134a (R-134a)...... 4 Contaminated Refrigerant ......................................... 4 General Refrigerant Precaution ................................ 4 Precaution for Leak Detection Dye ........................... 5 A/C Identification Label ............................................. 5 Precaution for Refrigerant Connection ...................... 5 Precaution for Service of Compressor ...................... 9 Precaution for Service Equipment ............................. 9 Schematic ................................................................31 Wiring Diagram - HEATER - ....................................32 Wiring Diagram - A/C,M - ........................................34 Front Air Control Terminal and Reference Value ....36 Operational Check ...................................................38 Power Supply and Ground Circuit for Front Air Control .....................................................................39 LAN System Circuit .................................................41 Mode Door Motor Circuit .........................................43 Air Mix Door Motor Circuit .......................................45 Intake Door Motor Circuit .........................................47 Blower Motor Circuit ................................................48 Magnet Clutch Circuit (If Equipped) .........................53 Insufficient Cooling ..................................................56 Insufficient Heating ..................................................63 Noise .......................................................................64 PREPARATION ..................................................12 CONTROL UNIT ................................................ 66 HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Tool and Equipment.... 12 Commercial Service Tool ........................................ 14 Removal and Installation .........................................66 PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 3 REFRIGERATION SYSTEM ..............................16 FRONT BLOWER MOTOR ............................... 67 Removal and Installation .........................................67 Refrigerant Cycle .................................................... 16 Refrigerant System Protection ................................ 16 Component Part Location ....................................... 17 IN-CABIN MICROFILTER ................................. 68 OIL ......................................................................18 HEATER & COOLING UNIT ASSEMBLY ........ 70 Removal and Installation .........................................68 Maintenance of Oil Quantity in Compressor ........... 18 Removal and Installation .........................................70 AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL .........................21 HEATER CORE ................................................. 72 Overview Air Conditioner LAN Control System ....... 21 System Construction ............................................... 21 Overview of Control system .................................... 23 Control Operation .................................................... 24 Discharge Air Flow .................................................. 25 System Description ................................................. 25 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .....................................27 How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair ...................................................... 27 Component Parts and Harness Connector Location .......................................................................... 27 Revision: January 2010 F G H I MTC K L M N Removal and Installation .........................................72 INTAKE DOOR MOTOR ................................... 73 O Removal and Installation .........................................73 MODE DOOR MOTOR ...................................... 74 Removal and Installation .........................................74 AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR ................................... 75 Removal and Installation .........................................75 FAN CONTROL AMPLIFIER ............................ 76 Removal and Installation .........................................76 MTC-1 2010 Sentra P DUCTS AND GRILLES ...................................... 77 Removal and Installation ........................................ 77 REFRIGERANT LINES ...................................... 81 HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure ................. 81 Component ............................................................. 83 Removal and Installation for Compressor MR20DE ................................................................. 85 Removal and Installation for Compressor QR25DE ................................................................. 86 Removal and Installation for Low-Pressure Flexible Hose and Muffler Pipe ...................................... 87 Removal and Installation for High-pressure Flexible Hose ................................................................. 87 Removal and Installation for High-pressure Pipe ... 87 Revision: January 2010 Removal and Installation for Refrigerant Pressure Sensor ..................................................................... 88 Removal and Installation for Condenser ................. 88 Removal and Installation for Evaporator ................. 89 Removal and Installation for Expansion Valve ........ 90 Checking of Refrigerant Leaks ................................ 90 Checking System for Leaks Using the Fluorescent Leak Detector .......................................................... 90 Dye Injection ........................................................... 91 Electronic Refrigerant Leak Detector ...................... 91 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ................................................................. 94 Service Data and Specification (SDS) .................... 94 MTC-2 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION A PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" B INFOID:0000000005602372 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. C D E F G H PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the IgniI tion ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the MTC battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect INFOID:0000000005602373 NOTE: • This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM). • Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the ″LOCK″ position. • Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results. For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder. For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and steering wheel rotation will become impossible. If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before starting the repair operation. K L M N O OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the steering lock will be released. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be rotated. Perform the necessary repair operation. Revision: January 2010 MTC-3 2010 Sentra P PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.) 6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III. Precaution for Working with HFC-134a (R-134a) INFOID:0000000005282755 WARNING: • CFC-12 (R-12) refrigerant and HFC-134a (R-134a) refrigerant are not compatible. If the refrigerants are mixed compressor failure is likely to occur. Refer to MTC-4, "Contaminated Refrigerant". To determine the purity of HFC-134a (R-134a) in the vehicle and recovery tank, use Refrigerant Recovery/Recycling Recharging equipment and Refrigerant Identifier. • Use only specified oil for the HFC-134a (R-134a) A/C system and HFC-134a (R-134a) components. If oil other than that specified is used, compressor failure is likely to occur. • The specified HFC-134a (R-134a) oil rapidly absorbs moisture from the atmosphere. The following handling precautions must be observed: - When removing refrigerant components from a vehicle, immediately cap (seal) the component to minimize the entry of moisture from the atmosphere. - When installing refrigerant components to a vehicle, do not remove the caps (unseal) until just before connecting the components. Connect all refrigerant loop components as quickly as possible to minimize the entry of moisture into system. - Only use the specified oil from a sealed container. Immediately reseal containers of oil. Without proper sealing, oil will become moisture saturated and should not be used. - Avoid breathing A/C refrigerant and oil vapor or mist. Exposure may irritate eyes, nose and throat. Remove HFC-134a (R-134a) from the A/C system using certified service equipment meeting requirements of SAE J2210 [HFC-134a (R-134a) recycling equipment], or J2209 [HFC-134a (R-134a) recycling equipment], If accidental system discharge occurs, ventilate work area before resuming service. Additional health and safety information may be obtained from refrigerant and oil manufacturers. - Do not allow A/C oil to come in contact with styrofoam parts. Damage may result. Contaminated Refrigerant INFOID:0000000005282756 If a refrigerant other than pure HFC-134a (R-134a) is identified in a vehicle, your options are: • Explain to the customer that environmental regulations prohibit the release of contaminated refrigerant into the atmosphere. • Explain that recovery of the contaminated refrigerant could damage your service equipment and refrigerant supply. • Suggest the customer return the vehicle to the location of previous service where the contamination may have occurred. • If you choose to perform the repair, recover the refrigerant using only dedicated equipment and containers. Do not recover contaminated refrigerant into your existing service equipment. If your facility does not have dedicated recovery equipment, you may contact a local refrigerant product retailer for available service. This refrigerant must be disposed of in accordance with all federal and local regulations. In addition, replacement of all refrigerant system components on the vehicle is recommended. • If the vehicle is within the warranty period, the air conditioner warranty is void. Please contact NISSAN Customer Affairs for further assistance. General Refrigerant Precaution INFOID:0000000005282757 WARNING: • Do not release refrigerant into the air. Use approved recovery/recycling equipment to capture the refrigerant every time an air conditioning system is discharged. • Always wear eye and hand protection (goggles and gloves) when working with any refrigerant or air conditioning system. • Do not store or heat refrigerant containers above 52°C (125°F). • Do not heat a refrigerant container with an open flame; if container warming is required, place the bottom of the container in a warm pail of water. • Do not intentionally drop, puncture, or incinerate refrigerant containers. • Keep refrigerant away from open flames: poisonous gas will be produced if refrigerant burns. • Refrigerant will displace oxygen, therefore be certain to work in well ventilated areas to prevent suffocation. Revision: January 2010 MTC-4 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Do not pressure test or leak test HFC-134a (R-134a) service equipment and/or vehicle air conditioning systems with compressed air during repair. Some mixtures of air and HFC-134a (R-134a) have been shown to be combustible at elevated pressures. These mixtures, if ignited, may cause injury or property damage. Additional health and safety information may be obtained from refrigerant manufacturers. Precaution for Leak Detection Dye A B INFOID:0000000005282758 • The A/C system contains a fluorescent leak detection dye used for locating refrigerant leaks. An ultraviolet (UV) lamp is required to illuminate the dye when inspecting for leaks. • Always wear fluorescence enhancing UV safety goggles to protect your eyes and enhance the visibility of the fluorescent dye. • A compressor shaft seal should not be repaired because of dye seepage. The compressor shaft seal should only be repaired after confirming the leak with an electronic refrigerant leak detector (J-41995). • Always remove any dye from the leak area after repairs are complete to avoid a misdiagnosis during a future service. • Do not allow dye to come into contact with painted body panels or interior components. If dye is spilled, clean immediately with the approved dye cleaner. Fluorescent dye left on a surface for an extended period of time cannot be removed. • Do not spray the fluorescent dye cleaning agent on hot surfaces (engine exhaust manifold, etc.). • Do not use more than one refrigerant dye bottle (1/4 ounce / 7.4 cc) per A/C system. • Leak detection dyes for HFC-134a (R-134a) and CFC-12 (R-12) A/C systems are different. Do not use HFC134a (R-134a) leak detection dye in CFC-12 (R-12) A/C systems or CFC-12 (R-12) leak detection dye in HFC-134a (R-134a) A/C systems or A/C system damage may result. • The fluorescent properties of the dye will remain for over three (3) years unless a compressor failure occurs. A/C Identification Label INFOID:0000000005282759 C D E F G H Vehicles with factory installed fluorescent dye have this green identification label on the underside of hood. Precaution for Refrigerant Connection INFOID:0000000005282760 A new type refrigerant connection has been introduced to all refrigerant lines except the following locations. • Expansion valve to cooling unit • Evaporator pipes to evaporator (inside cooling unit) • Refrigerant pressure sensor I MTC FEATURES OF NEW TYPE REFRIGERANT CONNECTION K • The O-ring has been relocated. It has also been provided with a groove for proper installation. This eliminates the chance of the O-ring being caught in, or damaged by, the mating part. The sealing direction of the O-ring is now set vertically in relation to the contacting surface of the mating part to improve sealing characteristics. • The reaction force of the O-ring will not occur in the direction that causes the joint to pull out, thereby facilitating piping connections. L M N O P SHA815E Revision: January 2010 MTC-5 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > O-RING AND REFRIGERANT CONNECTION MR20DE AWIIA1293GB 1. High-pressure pipe 2. Condenser 3. Liquid tank 4. High-pressure flexible hose 5. Compressor 6. Low-pressure flexible hose 7. Heater and cooling unit assembly 8. Drain hose W. Refrigerant leak checking order X. Tightening torque (A-C) Y. Wrench size Z. O-ring size Revision: January 2010 MTC-6 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > QR25DE A B C D E F G H I MTC K L M N O AWIIA1294GB P 1. High-pressure pipe 2. Condenser 3. Liquid tank 4. High-pressure flexible hose 5. Compressor 6. Muffler pipe 7. Low-pressure flexible hose 8. Drain hose 9. Heater and cooling unit assembly W. Refrigerant leak checking order X. Tightening torque (A-C) Y. Wrench size Z. O-ring size CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 MTC-7 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > The new and former refrigerant connections use different O-ring configurations. Do not confuse Orings since they are not interchangeable. If a wrong O-ring is installed, refrigerant will leak at, or around, the connection. O-Ring Part Numbers and Specifications Connection type O-ring size Part number* D New 8 92471 N8210 6.8 (0.268) 1.85 (0.0728) Former 10 J2476 89956 9.25 (0.3642) 1.78 (0.0701) 92472 N8210 10.9 (0.429) 2.43 (0.0957) 92475 71L00 11.0 (0.433) 2.4 (0.094) 92473 N8210 13.6 (0.535) 2.43 (0.0957) New Former New Former New SHA814E Former New 12 16 19 24 mm (in) W mm (in) 92475 72L00 14.3 (0.563) 2.3 (0.091) 92474 N8210 16.5 (0.650) 2.43 (0.0957) 92477 N8200 17.12 (0.6740) 1.78 (0.0701) 92195 AH300 21.8 (0.858) 2.4 (0.094) *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information. WARNING: Make sure all refrigerant is discharged into the recycling equipment and the pressure in the system is less than atmospheric pressure. Then gradually loosen the discharge side hose fitting and remove it. CAUTION: When replacing or cleaning refrigerant cycle components, observe the following. • When the compressor is removed, store it in the same position as it is when mounted on the car. Failure to do so will cause oil to enter the low pressure chamber. • When connecting tubes, always use a torque wrench and a back-up wrench. • After disconnecting tubes, immediately plug all openings to prevent entry of dirt and moisture. • When installing an air conditioner in the vehicle, connect the pipes as the final stage of the operation. Do not remove the seal caps of pipes and other components until just before required for connection. • Allow components stored in cool areas to warm to working area temperature before removing seal caps. This prevents condensation from forming inside A/C components. • Thoroughly remove moisture from the refrigeration system before charging the refrigerant. • Always replace used O-rings. • When connecting tube, apply oil to circle of the O-rings shown in illustration. Be careful not to apply oil to threaded portion. Oil name: NISSAN A/C System Oil Type S or equivalent • O-ring must be closely attached to grooved portion of tube. • When replacing the O-ring, be careful not to damage O-ring and tube. • Connect tube until you hear it click, then tighten the nut or bolt by hand until snug. Make sure that the O-ring is installed to tube correctly. Revision: January 2010 MTC-8 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > • After connecting line, conduct leak test and make sure that there is no leakage from connections. When the gas leaking point is found, disconnect that line and replace the O-ring. Then tighten connections of seal seat to the specified torque. A B C D E F RHA861F Precaution for Service of Compressor INFOID:0000000005282761 G • Plug all openings to prevent moisture and foreign matter from entering. • When the compressor is removed, store it in the same position as it is when mounted on the car. H • When replacing or repairing compressor, follow “Maintenance of Oil Quantity in Compressor” exactly. Refer to MTC-18, "Maintenance of Oil Quantity in Compressor". • Keep friction surfaces between clutch and pulley clean. If the surface is contaminated, with oil, wipe I it off by using a clean waste cloth moistened with thinner. • After compressor service operation, turn the compressor shaft by hand more than 5 turns in both directions. This will equally distribute oil inside the compressor. After the compressor is installed, let the engine idle and operate the compressor for 1 hour. MTC • After replacing the compressor magnet clutch, apply voltage to the new one and check for normal operation. [Gap between clutch disc and pulley is 0.3 - 0.6 mm (0.012 - 0.024 in)] Precaution for Service Equipment INFOID:0000000005282762 K RECOVERY/RECYCLING EQUIPMENT Follow the manufacturer's instructions for machine operation and machine maintenance. Never introduce any refrigerant other than that specified into the machine. ELECTRONIC LEAK DETECTOR L M Follow the manufacturer's instructions for tester operation and tester maintenance. VACUUM PUMP N O P Revision: January 2010 MTC-9 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > The oil contained inside the vacuum pump is not compatible with the specified oil for HFC-134a (R-134a) A/C systems. The vent side of the vacuum pump is exposed to atmospheric pressure so the vacuum pump oil may migrate out of the pump into the service hose. This is possible when the pump is switched off after evacuation (vacuuming) and hose is connected to it. To prevent this migration, use a manual valve situated near the hose-to-pump connection, as follows. • Usually vacuum pumps have a manual isolator valve as part of the pump. Close this valve to isolate the service hose from the pump. • For pumps without an isolator, use a hose equipped with a manual shut-off valve near the pump end. Close the valve to isolate the hose from the pump. • If the hose has an automatic shut off valve, disconnect the hose from the pump: as long as the hose is connected, the valve is open and lubricating oil may migrate. Some one-way valves open when vacuum is applied and close under a no vacuum condition. Such valves may restrict the pump's ability to pull a deep vacuum and are not recommended. RHA270D MANIFOLD GAUGE SET Be certain that the gauge face indicates R-134a or 134a. Make sure the gauge set has 1/2″-16 ACME threaded connections for service hoses. Confirm the set has been used only with refrigerant HFC134a (R-134a) along with specified oil. SHA533D SERVICE HOSES Be certain that the service hoses display the markings described (colored hose with black stripe). All hoses must include positive shutoff devices (either manual or automatic) near the end of the hoses opposite the manifold gauge. RHA272D SERVICE COUPLERS Revision: January 2010 MTC-10 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Never attempt to connect HFC-134a (R-134a) service couplers to a CFC-12 (R-12) A/C system. The HFC-134a (R-134a) couplers will not properly connect to the CFC-12 (R-12) system. However, if an improper connection is attempted, discharging and contamination may occur. Shut-off valve rotation A B A/C service valve Clockwise Open Counterclockwise Close C RHA273D D REFRIGERANT WEIGHT SCALE Verify that no refrigerant other than HFC134a (R-134a) and specified oils have been used with the scale. If the scale controls refrigerant flow electronically, the hose fitting must be 1/2”-16 ACME. E F G RHA274D CHARGING CYLINDER H Using a charging cylinder is not recommended. Refrigerant may be vented into air from cylinder's top valve when filling the cylinder with refrigerant. Also, the accuracy of the cylinder is generally less than that of an electronic scale or of quality recycle/recharge equipment. I MTC K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 MTC-11 2010 Sentra PREPARATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Tool and Equipment INFOID:0000000005282763 Never mix HFC-134a refrigerant and/or its specified oil with CFC-12 (R-12) refrigerant and/or its oil. Separate and non-interchangeable service equipment must be used for handling each type of refrigerant/oil. Refrigerant container fittings, service hose fittings and service equipment fittings (equipment which handles refrigerant and/or oil) are different between CFC-12 (R-12) and HFC-134a (R-134a). This is to avoid mixed use of the refrigerants/oil. Adapters that convert one size fitting to another must never be used: refrigerant/oil contamination will occur and compressor failure will result. Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description — ( — ) Refrigerant HFC-134a (R-134a) Container color: Light blue Container marking: HFC-134a (R134a) Fitting size: Thread size • large container 1/2 in -16 ACME S-NT196 — ( — ) Genuine NISSAN A/C System Oil Type S Type: Poly alkaline glycol oil (PAG), type S Application: HFC-134a (R-134a) swash plate compressors (NISSAN only) Lubricity: 40 m (1.4 US fl oz, 1.4 Imp fl oz) S-NT197 Refrigerant recovery, recycling and recharging K991J0130 (ACR2005-NI) ACR A/C Service Center WJIA0293E — (J-41995) Electronic refrigerant leak detector Power supply: DC 12V (Battery terminal) AHA281A Revision: January 2010 MTC-12 2010 Sentra PREPARATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description — (J-43926) Refrigerant dye leak detection kit Kit includes: (J-42220) UV lamp and UV safety goggles (J-41459) Refrigerant dye injector (J-41447) qty. 24 HFC-134a (R-134a) refrigerant dye (J-43872) Refrigerant dye cleaner Power supply: DC 12V (Battery terminal) A B C D ZHA200H — (J-42220) Fluorescent dye leak detector Power supply: DC 12V (Battery terminal) For checking refrigerant leak when fluorescent dye is installed in A/C system. Includes: UV lamp and UV safety goggles E F G SHA438F Application: For HFC-134a (R-134a) PAG oil Container: 1/4 ounce (7.4cc) bottle (Includes self-adhesive dye identification labels for affixing to vehicle after charging system with dye.) — (J-41447) HFC-134a (R-134a) Fluorescent leak detection dye (Box of 24, 1/4 ounce bottles) H I SHA439F — (J-41459) HFC-134a (R-134a) Dye injector Use with J-41447, 1/4 ounce bottle For injecting 1/4 ounce of fluorescent leak detection dye into A/C system. MTC K L SHA440F — (J-43872) Refrigerant dye cleaner For cleaning dye spills. M N SHA441F — (J-39183-C) Manifold gauge set (with hoses and couplers) Identification: • The gauge face indicates R-134a. Fitting size: Thread size • 1/2 in -16 ACME O P RJIA0196E Revision: January 2010 MTC-13 2010 Sentra PREPARATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description Service hoses • (J-39500-72B) High side hose • (J-39500-72R) Low side hose • (J-39500-72Y) Utility hose Hose color: • Low side hose: Blue with black stripe • High side hose: Red with black stripe • Utility hose: Yellow with black stripe or green with black stripe Hose fitting to gauge: • 1/2 in -16 ACME S-NT201 Service couplers • (J-39500-20A) High side coupler • (J-39500-24A) Low side coupler Hose fitting to service hose: • M14 x 1.5 fitting is optional or permanently attached. S-NT202 — (J-39649) Vacuum pump (Including the isolator valve) Capacity: • Air displacement: 4 CFM • Micron rating: 20 microns • Oil capacity: 482 g (17 oz) Fitting size: Thread size • 1/2 in -16 ACME S-NT203 — ( J-46534 ) Trim tool set For removing trim AWJIA0483ZZ — (J-41425-NIS) Aluminum tube repair kit Repairing leaks in A/C tubes ALIIA0390ZZ Commercial Service Tool Revision: January 2010 INFOID:0000000005282764 MTC-14 2010 Sentra PREPARATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > Tool number Tool name Description J-41810-NI Refrigerant identifier equipment HFC 134a (R-134a) Checking refrigerant purity and system contamination A B C D RJIA0197E Power tool Removing bolts and nuts E F PIIB1407E G H I MTC K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 MTC-15 2010 Sentra REFRIGERATION SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > REFRIGERATION SYSTEM Refrigerant Cycle INFOID:0000000005282765 REFRIGERANT FLOW WJIA2295E 1. Pressure relief valve 2. Compressor 3. Refrigerant pressure sensor 4. Condenser (with liquid tank) 5. Expansion valve 6. Evaporator 7. Front blower motor A. High-pressure gas B. High-pressure liquid C. Low-pressure liquid D. Low-pressure gas E. Outside air The refrigerant flows in the standard pattern, that is, through the compressor, the condenser with liquid tank, through the evaporator, and back to the compressor. The refrigerant evaporation through the evaporator coil is controlled by an externally equalized expansion valve, located inside the evaporator case. Refrigerant System Protection INFOID:0000000005282766 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR The refrigerant system is protected against excessively high or low pressures by the refrigerant pressure sensor, located on the liquid tank. If the system pressure rises above or falls below the specifications, the refrigerant pressure sensor detects the pressure inside the refrigerant line and sends the voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM then signals the BCM (via CAN communication lines) to cease suppling power to the A/C relay which disengages and stops the compressor. This occurs when pressure on the high pressure side (as detected by refrigerant pressure sensor) is over approximately 2,746 kPa (28 kg/cm2, 398 psi), or below approximately 120 kPa (1.22 kg/cm2, 17.4 psi). PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE The refrigerant system is also protected by a pressure relief valve, located in the rear head of the compressor. When the refrigerant pressure in the system increases to an abnormal level [more than 3,600 kPa (36.7 kg/ cm2, 522 psi)], the release port on the pressure relief valve automatically opens and releases refrigerant into the atmosphere. Revision: January 2010 MTC-16 2010 Sentra REFRIGERATION SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Component Part Location INFOID:0000000005282767 A B C D E F G H I MTC K L M N O P BJIA0023E 1. Defroster nozzle 2. Side ventilator duct (LH) 3. Side defroster duct (LH) 4. Front foot duct (LH) 5. Rear floor connector duct (Canada only) 6. Rear floor duct (LH) (Canada only) 7. Rear floor duct (RH) (Canada only) 8. Front foot duct (RH) 9. Heater and cooling unit assembly 10. Side defroster duct (RH) Revision: January 2010 11. Side ventilator duct (RH) MTC-17 2010 Sentra OIL < SERVICE INFORMATION > OIL Maintenance of Oil Quantity in Compressor INFOID:0000000005282768 The oil in the compressor circulates through the system with the refrigerant. Add oil to compressor when replacing any component or after a large refrigerant leakage has occurred. It is important to maintain the specified amount. If oil quantity is not maintained properly, the following malfunctions may result: • Lack of oil: May lead to a seized compressor • Excessive oil: Inadequate cooling (thermal exchange interference) OIL • Oil type: NISSAN A/C System Oil Type S or equivalent CHECKING AND ADJUSTING CAUTION: If excessive oil leakage is noted, do not perform the oil return operation. Start the engine and set the following conditions: Test Condition • Engine speed: Idling to 1,200 rpm • A/C switch: On • Blower fan speed: Max. position • Temp. control: Optional [Set so that intake air temperature is 25° to 30° C (77° to 86°F).] • Intake position: Recirculation ( ) • Perform oil return operation for about ten minutes Adjust the oil quantity according to the following table. Oil Adjusting Procedure for Components Replacement Except Compressor After replacing any of the following major components, add the correct amount of oil to the system. Amount of Oil to be Added Oil to be added to system Part replaced m Amount of oil (US fl oz, Imp fl oz) Remarks Evaporator 75 (2.5, 2.6) — Condenser 75 (2.5, 2.6) — Liquid tank 5 (0.2, 0.2) Add if compressor is not replaced. 30 (1.0, 1.1) Large leak — Small leak *1 In case of refrigerant leak *1: If refrigerant leak is small, no addition of oil is needed. Oil Adjustment Procedure for Compressor Replacement Revision: January 2010 MTC-18 2010 Sentra OIL < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I WJIA1716E 1. New compressor 2. Old compressor 3. Recovery/recycling equipment 4. Measuring cup X 5. Measuring cup Y 6. New oil A. Drain oil from the new compressor into clean container B. Record amount of oil recovered C. Add an additional 5 m (0.2 US fl oz, 0.2 Imp fl oz) of new oil when replacing liquid tank D. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. MTC K Install new oil equal to recorded amounts in measuring cups X plus Y Before connecting recovery/recycling equipment to vehicle, check recovery/recycling equipment gauges. No refrigerant pressure should be displayed. If NG, recover refrigerant from equipment lines. Connect recovery/recycling equipment to vehicle. Confirm refrigerant purity in supply tank using recovery/ recycling equipment and refrigerant identifier. If NG, refer to MTC-4, "Contaminated Refrigerant". Confirm refrigerant purity in vehicle A/C system using recovery/recycling equipment and refrigerant identifier. If NG, refer to MTC-4, "Contaminated Refrigerant". Discharge refrigerant into the refrigerant recovery/recycling equipment. Measure oil discharged into the recovery/recycling equipment. Drain the oil from the “old” (removed) compressor into a graduated container and recover the amount of oil drained. Drain the oil from the “new” compressor into a separate, clean container. Measure an amount of new oil installed equal to amount drained from “old” compressor. Add this oil to “new” compressor through the suction port opening. Measure an amount of new oil equal to the amount recovered during discharging. Add this oil to “new” compressor through the suction port opening. If the liquid tank also needs to be replaced, add an additional 5 m (0.2 US fl oz, 0.2 Imp fl oz) of oil at this time. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 MTC-19 2010 Sentra L M N O P OIL < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not add this 5 m (0.2 US fl oz, 0.2 Imp fl oz) of oil if only replacing the compressor and not the liquid tank. Revision: January 2010 MTC-20 2010 Sentra AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL < SERVICE INFORMATION > AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL Overview Air Conditioner LAN Control System A INFOID:0000000005282769 The LAN (local area network) system consists of front air control, air mix door motor, intake door motor, and mode door motor. A configuration of these components is shown in the diagram below. B C D E WJIA0876E System Construction INFOID:0000000005282770 F A small network is constructed between the front air control, air mix door motor, intake door motor, and mode door motor. The front air control and motors are connected by data transmission lines and motor power supply G lines. The LAN network is built through the ground circuits of the two motors. Addresses, motor opening angle signals, motor stop signals and error checking messages are all transmitted through the data transmission lines connecting the front air control and each motor. The following functions are contained in LCUs built into the air mix door motor, intake door motor, and the H mode door motor. • Address • Motor opening angle signals I • Data transmission • Motor stop and drive decision • Opening angle sensor (PBR function) MTC • Comparison • Decision (front air control indicated value and motor opening angle comparison) K L M WJIA0877E Operation The front air control receives signals from its various dials and switches. The front air control then sends air mix door, mode door and intake door opening angle data to the air mix door motor LCU, mode door motor LCU and intake door motor LCU. The air mix door motor, mode door motor and intake door motor read their respective signals according to the address signal. Opening angle indication signals received from the front air control and each of the motor position sensors are compared by the LCUs in each motor with the existing decision and opening angles. Subse- N O P Revision: January 2010 MTC-21 2010 Sentra AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL < SERVICE INFORMATION > quently, HOT/COLD, DEFROST/VENT or FRESH/RECIRCULATION operation is selected. The new selection data is returned to the front air control. WJIA0878E Transmission Data and Transmission Order Front air control data is transmitted consecutively to each of the door motors following the form shown in figure below. Start: Initial compulsory signal sent to each of the door motors. Address: Data sent from the front air control is selected according to data-based decisions made by the air mix door motor, mode door motor and intake door motor. If the addresses are identical, the opening angle data and error check signals are received by the door motor LCUs. The LCUs then make the appropriate error decision. If the opening angle data is normal, door control begins. If an error exists, the received data is rejected and corrected data received. Finally, door control is based upon the corrected opening angle data. Opening angle: Data that shows the indicated door opening angle of each door motor. Error check: Procedure by which sent and received data is checked for errors. Error data is then compiled. The error check prevents corrupted data from being used by the air mix door motor, mode door motor and intake door motor. Error data can be related to the following problems. • Abnormal electrical frequency • Poor electrical connections • Interference from other signal transmission lines • Signal level fluctuation Stop signal: At the end of each transmission, a stop operation, in-operation, or internal problem message is delivered to the front air control. This completes one data transmission and control cycle. WJIA0882E Air Mix Door Control The air mix door is controlled by the front air control based on input from the temperature dial setting. Blower Speed Control Blower speed is controlled by the front air control based on the position of the blower control dial. With the blower control dial set to any position except OFF, the blower will begin to operate. Intake Door Control Revision: January 2010 MTC-22 2010 Sentra AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL < SERVICE INFORMATION > The intake door is controlled by the front air control based on input from the recirculation switch setting, and the MAX A/C switch setting. A Mode Door Control The mode door is controlled by the front air control based on input from the mode dial setting. B Magnet Clutch Control C D E F G WJIA2307E The ECM controls compressor operation using input signals from the throttle position sensor and front air control. Overview of Control system H INFOID:0000000005282771 I The control system consists of an input sensor, switches, the front air control and outputs. The relationship of these components is shown in the diagram below: MTC K L M N O P BJIA0003E Revision: January 2010 MTC-23 2010 Sentra AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL < SERVICE INFORMATION > Control Operation INFOID:0000000005282772 BJIA0004E 1. Temperature dial 2. Blower control dial 3. Recirculation switch 4. A/C switch (if equipped) 5. Rear window defogger switch 6. Mode dial AIR CONDITIONER (A/C) SWITCH (IF EQUIPPED) The air conditioner switch controls the A/C system. When the switch is pressed with the blower ON, the compressor will turn ON. The indicator lamp will also illuminate. The air conditioner cooling function operates only when the engine is running. TEMPERATURE DIAL (Potentio Temperature Control) Increases or decreases the set temperature. BLOWER CONTROL DIAL/OFF SWITCH Manually controls the blower speed. In the off position, the compressor and blower are OFF, the intake door is set to the chosen position, and the air mode doors are set to the chosen position. RECIRCULATION ( ) SWITCH OFF position: Outside air is drawn into the passenger compartment. ON position: Interior air is recirculated inside the vehicle. DEFROSTER SWITCH Positions the air mode doors to the defrost position. Also positions the intake doors to the outside air position. The compressor remains ON until the ignition is turned OFF or if the customer turns the mode to a non-defrost mode and turns the A/C button to OFF. MODE DIAL Controls the air discharge through control of mode door, also controls MAX A/C function. REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH This switch turns the rear window defogger ON and OFF. Revision: January 2010 MTC-24 2010 Sentra AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL < SERVICE INFORMATION > Discharge Air Flow INFOID:0000000005282773 A B C D BJIA0006E E Air outlet/distribution Mode door position Vent Foot Defroster 100% — — 60% 40% — 10% 60% 30% 11% 50% 39% 15% — 85% F G H Airflow always present at driver and passenger side demisters System Description INFOID:0000000005282774 I SWITCHES AND THEIR CONTROL FUNCTION MTC K L M N RHA044GA O P Revision: January 2010 MTC-25 2010 Sentra AIR CONDITIONER CONTROL < SERVICE INFORMATION > WJIA2294E Revision: January 2010 MTC-26 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS A How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair INFOID:0000000005282775 WORK FLOW B C D E SHA900E *1: MTC-38, "Operational Check" F SYMPTOM TABLE Reference Page Symptom • A/C system does not come on. • Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for A/C system. MTC-39 H • Air outlet does not change. • Mode door motor does not operate normally. • Discharge air temperature does not change. • Air mix door motor does not operate normally. G • Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Mode Door Motor. (LAN) MTC-43 I • Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Air Mix Door Motor. (LAN) MTC-45 MTC • Intake door does not change. • Intake door motor does not operate normally. • Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Intake Door Motor. (LAN) MTC-47 • Blower motor operation is malfunctioning. • Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Blower Motor. MTC-48 • Magnet clutch does not engage. • Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Magnet Clutch. MTC-53 • Insufficient cooling. • Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Insufficient Cooling. MTC-56 • Insufficient heating. • Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Insufficient Heating. MTC-63 • Noise. • Go to Trouble Diagnosis Procedure for Noise. MTC-64 Component Parts and Harness Connector Location K L M INFOID:0000000005282776 N ENGINE COMPARTMENT - QR25DE O P Revision: January 2010 MTC-27 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > WJIA2303E 1. A/C relay (internal to the IPDM E/R) 2. A/C Compressor F3 3. Refrigerant pressure sensor E35 (view with grille removed) ENGINE COMPARTMENT - MR20DE Revision: January 2010 MTC-28 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I MTC K L M N AWIIA1310ZZ 1. A/C Compressor F3 (if equipped) 2. Refrigerant pressure sensor E35 (if equipped), (view with grille removed) 3. A/C relay (if equipped), (internal to the IPDM E/R) PASSENGER COMPARTMENT Revision: January 2010 O P MTC-29 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > BJIA0012E 1. Front blower motor M62 2. Fan control amp. M52 3. Mode door motor M51 4. Front blower motor relay J1 5. Front air control M33 6. Air mix door motor M34 7. Intake door motor M48 Revision: January 2010 MTC-30 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Schematic INFOID:0000000005282777 A B C D E F G H I MTC K L M N O P WJWA0490E Revision: January 2010 MTC-31 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - HEATER - INFOID:0000000005282778 ABIWA0047GB Revision: January 2010 MTC-32 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I MTC K L M N O WJWA0501E P Revision: January 2010 MTC-33 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - A/C,M - INFOID:0000000005282779 ABIWA0050GB Revision: January 2010 MTC-34 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I MTC K L M N O WJWA0502E P Revision: January 2010 MTC-35 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > AAIWA0069GB Front Air Control Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000005282780 INSPECTION OF FRONT AIR CONTROL Revision: January 2010 MTC-36 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Measure voltage between each terminal and body ground by following Terminals and Reference Value for front air control. A B C WJIA0909E D FRONT AIR CONTROL HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINAL LAYOUT E F G BJIA0005E TERMINAL AND REFERENCE VALUES FOR FRONT AIR CONTROL H Terminal No. Wire color Item Ignition switch Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.) 1 W Power supply for BAT — — 12 2 BR Power supply for IGN — 12 3 B Ground — 0 18 P A/C LAN signal (with A/C) — 5.5 19 Y A/C PD Cut (with A/C) — 5 20 GR Sensor ground — 0 21 Y Power supply for IGN — 12 22 O Power supply for mode door motor, intake door motor, and air mix door motor — 12 23 R Light (+) 24 V Light (-) 36 R Blower motor feed back — Lighting switch Fan speed 37 L Fan control AMP. control signal 38 LG Rear defrost ON signal Defroster switch 39 SB Fan ON signal Fan Revision: January 2010 MTC-37 MTC K L OFF 0 1st position 12 — I M N 0 Low 7 - 10 Any speed except high 2.5 - 3 High 9- 10 ON 0 OFF 5 ON 0 OFF 5 O P 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal No. 40 Wire color Item G Compressor ON signal (with A/C) Ignition switch Voltage (V) (Approx.) Condition Compressor ON 0 OFF 5 Operational Check INFOID:0000000005282781 The purpose of the operational check is to confirm that the system operates properly. Conditions : Engine running at normal operating temperature CHECKING BLOWER 1. 2. Turn blower control dial clockwise, blower should operate on low speed. Continue turning blower control dial clockwise, and continue checking blower speeds until all speeds are checked. 3. Leave blower on Maximum speed. If NG, go to MTC-48, "Blower Motor Circuit". If OK, continue the check. CHECKING DISCHARGE AIR 1. Turn mode door control dial to each position. 2. Confirm that discharge air comes out according to the air distribution table. Refer to MTC-25, "Discharge Air Flow". NOTE: Confirm that the compressor clutch is engaged (audio or visual inspection) and intake door is in the fresh ( ) position when the DEF is selected. Intake door position is checked in the next step. If NG, go to MTC-43, "Mode Door Motor Circuit", MTC-74, "Removal and Installation". If OK, continue the check. CHECKING RECIRCULATION 1. Press REC switch. Recirculation indicator should illuminate. 2. Press REC switch a second time. Recirculation indicator should turn off. 3. Listen for intake door position change (you should hear blower sound change slightly). If NG, go to MTC-47, "Intake Door Motor Circuit". If OK, continue with the check. CHECKING TEMPERATURE DECREASE 1. Turn temperature control dial counterclockwise to full cold position. 2. Check for cold air at discharge air outlets. If NG, go to MTC-56, "Insufficient Cooling". If OK, continue the check. CHECKING TEMPERATURE INCREASE 1. Turn temperature control dial clockwise to full hot position. 2. Check for hot air at discharge air outlets. If NG, go to MTC-63, "Insufficient Heating". If OK, continue the check. CHECKING A/C SWITCH (IF EQUIPPED) 1. Turn blower control dial to the desired position and push the air conditioner switch (if equipped) to turn ON the air conditioner. Revision: January 2010 MTC-38 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Confirm that the A/C indicator lamp illuminates and that the compressor clutch engages (audio or visual inspection). If NG, go to MTC-39, "Power Supply and Ground Circuit for Front Air Control", then if necessary, MTC-53, "Magnet Clutch Circuit (If Equipped)". If all operational checks are OK (symptom can not be duplicated), go to GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident" and perform tests as outlined to simulate driving condition environment. If symptom appears, refer to MTC-27, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair" and perform applicable trouble diagnosis procedures. Power Supply and Ground Circuit for Front Air Control A B C INFOID:0000000005282782 D SYMPTOM: • Heater and A/C system (if equipped) does not come on. INSPECTION FLOW E 1.CONFIRM SYMPTOM BY PERFORMING OPERATIONAL CHECK 1. Turn blower control dial to any speed. 2. Turn mode dial to vent ( ) position, and press A/C switch (if equipped). 3. Confirm that the compressor clutch engages (sound or visual inspection). Can a symptom be duplicated? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2. F G 2.PERFORM COMPLETE OPERATIONAL CHECK Perform a complete operational check and check for any symptoms. Refer to MTC-38, "Operational Check". Can a symptom be duplicated? YES >> Refer to MTC-27, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair". NO >> System OK. H I 3.CHECK FOR SERVICE BULLETINS MTC Check for any service bulletins. >> GO TO 4. K 4.CHECK POWER AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check main power supply and ground circuit. Refer to "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE". OK or NG OK >> System OK. NG >> Replace front air control. Refer to MTC-66, "Removal and Installation". L M COMPONENT DESCRIPTION FRONT AIR CONTROL The front air control has a built-in microcomputer which processes information sent from the temperature control dial, and various switches needed for air conditioner operation. The air mix door motor, mode door motor, intake door motor, blower motor and compressor are then controlled. N O P WJIA0917E POTENTIO TEMPERATURE CONTROL (PTC) The PTC is built into the front air control. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE Revision: January 2010 MTC-39 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SYMPTOM: • Heater and A/C system (if equipped) does not come on. BJIA0007E 1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR FRONT AIR CONTROL 1. 2. 3. Disconnect front air control connector M33. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between front air control connector M33 terminals 1, 2, and 21, and ground. Terminals (+) (-) Voltage (V) (Approx.) Body ground 12V Connector - Terminal M33-1 M33-2 M33-21 BJIA0008E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Check the following. • 10A fuse [Nos. 12 and 19, located in the fuse block (J/B)] and 15A fuses [Nos. 10 and 11, located in the fuse block (J/B)]. • If fuses are OK, check for open circuit in wiring harness. Repair or replace as necessary. • If fuses are NG, replace fuse and check wiring harness for short circuit. Repair or replace as necessary. 2.CHECK BODY GROUND CIRCUIT FOR FRONT AIR CONTROL 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check continuity between front air control connector M33 terminal 3 and ground. Terminal (+) Connector - Terminal M33-3 (-) Body ground Continuity Yes OK or NG OK >> • Replace front air control. Refer to MTC-66, "Removal and Installation". • Inspection End. NG >> Repair or replace harness. Revision: January 2010 MTC-40 BJIA0009E 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > LAN System Circuit INFOID:0000000005282783 A SYMPTOM: Mode door motor, intake door motor and/or air mix door motor do not operate normally. B C D WJIA0883E DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE E 1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR DOOR MOTORS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between front air control connector M33 terminal 22 and ground. F Terminals (-) Voltage (V) (Approx.) Body ground 12V (+) Connector M33-22 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Replace front air control. Refer to MTC-66, "Removal and Installation". G H BJIA0010E 2.CHECK SIGNAL FOR DOOR MOTORS I MTC Check voltage between front air control connector M33 terminal 18 and ground. K Terminals (+) Connector M33-18 (-) Voltage (V) (Approx.) Ground 5.5V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace front air control. Refer to MTC-66, "Removal and Installation". L M BJIA0011E N 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR MOTOR Check voltage between mode door motor connector M51 terminal 1 and ground, between air mix door motor connector M34 terminal 1 and ground, and between intake door motor connector M48 terminal 1 and ground. O P WJIA0038E Revision: January 2010 MTC-41 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminals Door motors (+) Connector Mode M51-1 Air mix M34-1 Intake M48-1 Voltage (V) (Approx.) (-) Body ground 12V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace harness or connector. 4.CHECK SIGNAL FOR MOTOR Check voltage between mode door motor connector M51 terminal 3 and ground, between air mix door motor connector M34 terminal 3 and ground, and between intake door motor connector M48 terminal 3 and ground. Terminals Door motors (-) Voltage (V) (Approx.) Body ground 5.5V (+) Connectors Mode M51-3 Air mix M34-3 Intake M48-3 WJIA1188E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace harness or connector. 5.CHECK MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect door motor connectors. Check continuity between mode door motor connector M51 terminal 2 and ground, between air mix door motor connector M34 terminal 2 and ground, and between intake door motor connector M48 terminal 2 and ground. Terminals Door motors (+) Connector Mode M51-2 Air mix M34-2 Intake M48-2 Continuity (-) Body ground Yes WJIA0884E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace harness or connector. 6.CHECK MOTOR OPERATION Disconnect and reconnect the motor connectors and confirm the motor operation. OK or NG OK >> (Returns to normal operation.) • Motor connector contacts dirty or damaged NG >> (Does not operate normally.) • GO TO 7. Revision: January 2010 MTC-42 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 7.CHECK MODE DOOR MOTOR AND AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR OPERATION 1. 2. Disconnect the intake door motor connector. Reconnect the mode door motor connector and air mix door motor connector, confirm the mode door motor and air mix door motor operation. OK or NG OK >> (Mode door motor and air mix door motor operate normally.) • Replace the intake door motor. Refer to MTC-73, "Removal and Installation". NG >> (Mode door motor and air mix door motor do not operate normally.) • GO TO 8. 8.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR AND INTAKE DOOR MOTOR OPERATION A B C D 1. 2. Disconnect mode door motor connector. Reconnect the intake door motor connector, confirm the air mix door motor and intake door motor operation. OK or NG OK >> (Air mix door motor and intake door motor operate normally.) • Replace mode door motor. Refer toMTC-74, "Removal and Installation". NG >> (Air mix door motor and intake door motor do not operate normally.) • GO TO 9. 9.CHECK INTAKE DOOR MOTOR AND MODE DOOR MOTOR OPERATION E F G 1. Disconnect air mix door motor connector. 2. Reconnect mode door motor connector, confirm the intake door motor and mode door motor operation. OK or NG OK >> (Intake door motor and mode door motor operate normally.) • Replace air mix door motor. Refer to MTC-75, "Removal and Installation". NG >> (Intake door motor and mode door motor do not operate normally.) • Replace front air control. Refer to MTC-66, "Removal and Installation". H I MTC Mode Door Motor Circuit INFOID:0000000005282784 K SYMPTOM: • Air outlet does not change. • Mode door motor does not operate normally. L INSPECTION FLOW 1.CONFIRM SYMPTOM BY PERFORMING OPERATIONAL CHECK - DISCHARGE AIR M 1. 2. Turn mode dial to all five positions. Confirm that discharge air comes out according to the air distribution table. Refer to MTC-25, "Discharge Air Flow". Can a symptom be duplicated? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2. N O 2.PERFORM COMPLETE OPERATIONAL CHECK Perform a complete operational check and check for any symptoms. Refer to MTC-38, "Operational Check". Can a symptom be duplicated? YES >> Refer to MTC-27, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair". NO >> System OK. 3.CHECK FOR SERVICE BULLETINS Check for any service bulletins. Revision: January 2010 MTC-43 2010 Sentra P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK MODE DOOR OPERATION Check and verify mode door mechanism for smooth operation in each mode. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair as necessary. 5.CHECK LAN SYSTEM CIRCUIT Perform diagnostic procedure for the LAN system. Refer to MTC-41, "LAN System Circuit". OK or NG OK >> If the symptom still exists, perform a complete operational check. Refer to MTC-38, "Operational Check". If no other symptom exists replace front air control. Refer to MTC-66, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Repair as necessary. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Component Parts Mode door control system components are: • Front air control • Mode door motor (LCU) System Operation The front air control receives signals from its various dials and switches. The front air control then sends air mix door, mode door and intake door motor opening angle data to the air mix door motor LCU, mode door motor LCU and intake door motor LCU. The mode door motor reads their respective signals according to the address signal. Opening angle indication signals received from the front air control and each of the motor position sensors are compared by the LCU's in each motor with the existing decision and opening angles. Subsequently, HOT/COLD or DEFROST/VENT or FRESH/RECIRCULATION operation is selected. The new selection data is returned to the front air control. WJIA0920E COMPONENT DESCRIPTION Mode Door Motor Revision: January 2010 MTC-44 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > The mode door motor (1) is attached to the heater and cooling unit assembly. It rotates so that air is discharged from the outlet set by the front air control. Motor rotation is conveyed to a link which activates the mode door. A B C WJIA2282E D DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE E SYMPTOM: Mode door motor and/or air mix door motor does not operate normally. Perform diagnostic procedure for LAN system circuit. Refer to MTC-41, "LAN System Circuit". F Air Mix Door Motor Circuit INFOID:0000000005282785 SYMPTOM: H • Discharge air temperature does not change. • Air mix door motor does not operate. INSPECTION FLOW 1.CONFIRM SYMPTOM BY PERFORMING OPERATIONAL CHECK - TEMPERATURE INCREASE 1. 2. G Turn the temperature control dial clockwise. Check for hot air at discharge air outlets. I MTC >> GO TO 2. 2.CONFIRM SYMPTOM BY PERFORMING OPERATIONAL CHECK - TEMPERATURE DECREASE 1. Turn the temperature control dial counterclockwise. 2. Check for cold air at discharge air outlets. Can a symptom be duplicated? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> GO TO 3. K L M 3.PERFORM COMPLETE OPERATIONAL CHECK Perform a complete operational check and check for any symptoms. Refer to MTC-38, "Operational Check". Can a symptom be duplicated? YES >> Refer to MTC-27, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair". NO >> System OK. 4.CHECK FOR SERVICE BULLETINS N O Check for any service bulletins. P >> GO TO 5. 5.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR OPERATION Check and verify air mix door mechanism for smooth operation in each mode. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair as necessary. Revision: January 2010 MTC-45 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 6.CHECK LAN SYSTEM CIRCUIT Perform diagnostic procedure for the LAN system. Refer to MTC-41, "LAN System Circuit". OK or NG OK >> If the symptom still exists, perform a complete operational check. Refer to MTC-38, "Operational Check". If no other symptom exists replace front air control. Refer to MTC-66, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Repair as necessary. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Component Parts Air mix door control system components are: • Front air control • Air mix door motor (LCU) System Operation The front air control receives signals from its various dials and switches. The front air control then sends air mix door, mode door and intake door motor opening angle data to the air mix door motor LCU, mode door motor LCU and intake door motor LCU. The air mix door motor, mode door motor and intake door motor read their respective signals according to the address signal. Opening angle indication signals received from the front air control and each of the motor position sensors are compared by the LCUs in each motor with the existing decision and opening angles. Subsequently, HOT/COLD or DEFROST/VENT or FRESH/RECIRCULATION operation is selected. The new selection data is returned to the front air control. WJIA0922E COMPONENT DESCRIPTION Air Mix Door Motor The air mix door motor (1) is attached to the heater and cooling unit assembly. It rotates so that the air mix door is opened or closed to a position set by the front air control. Motor rotation is then conveyed through a shaft and the air mix door position is then fed back to the front air control by PBR built-in air mix door motor. WJIA2283E DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE SYMPTOM: Discharge air temperature does not change. Revision: January 2010 MTC-46 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Perform diagnostic procedure for LAN system circuit. Refer to MTC-41, "LAN System Circuit". A B Intake Door Motor Circuit INFOID:0000000005282786 SYMPTOM: C INSPECTION FLOW D • Intake door does not change. • Intake door motor does not operate normally. 1.CONFIRM SYMPTOM BY PERFORMING OPERATIONAL CHECK - REC ( ) 1. Press REC ( ) switch. Recirculation indicator should illuminate. 2. Press REC ( ) switch again. The REC ( ) indicator should go out. 3. Listen for intake door position change (blower sound should change slightly). Can a symptom be duplicated? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2. E F 2.PERFORM COMPLETE OPERATIONAL CHECK G Perform a complete operational check and check for any symptoms. Refer to MTC-38, "Operational Check". Can a symptom be duplicated? YES >> Refer to MTC-27, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair". NO >> System OK. H 3.CHECK FOR SERVICE BULLETINS I Check for any service bulletins. MTC >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK INTAKE DOOR OPERATION Check and verify intake door mechanism for smooth operation in each mode. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair as necessary. K L 5.CHECK LAN SYSTEM CIRCUIT Perform diagnostic procedure for the LAN system. Refer to MTC-41, "LAN System Circuit". OK or NG OK >> If the symptom still exists, perform a complete operational check. Refer to MTC-38, "Operational Check". If no other symptom exists replace front air control. Refer to MTC-66, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Repair as necessary. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION M N O Component Parts Intake door control system components are: P • Front air control • Intake door motor System Operation Revision: January 2010 MTC-47 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > The intake door control determines intake door position based on the position of the recirculation switch. When the front air control is set to DEFROST, or OFF, the front air control sets the intake door at the fresh position. WJIA0924E COMPONENT DESCRIPTION Intake door motor The intake door motor (1) is attached to the intake unit. It rotates so that air is drawn from inlets set by the front air control. Motor rotation is conveyed to a lever which activates the intake door. Door position is then fed back to the front air control by PBR built-in air mix door motor. WJIA2284E DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE SYMPTOM: Intake door motor does not operate normally. Perform diagnostic procedure for LAN system circuit. Refer to MTC-41, "LAN System Circuit". Blower Motor Circuit INFOID:0000000005282787 SYMPTOM: • Blower motor operation is malfunctioning. INSPECTION FLOW 1.CONFIRM SYMPTOM BY PERFORMING OPERATIONAL CHECK - FRONT BLOWER 1. Turn blower control dial clockwise one detent. Blower should operate on low speed. 2. Continue checking blower speed until all speeds are checked. 3. Leave blower on HI speed. Can the symptom be duplicated? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2. 2.PERFORM COMPLETE OPERATIONAL CHECK Revision: January 2010 MTC-48 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Perform a complete operational check and check for any symptoms. Refer to MTC-38, "Operational Check". Can a symptom be duplicated? YES >> Refer to MTC-27, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair". NO >> System OK. 3.CHECK FOR SERVICE BULLETINS A B Check for any service bulletins. C >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK BLOWER MOTOR CIRCUIT Perform diagnostic procedure for the blower motor circuit. Refer to "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE". OK or NG OK >> If the symptom still exists, perform a complete operational check and check for other symptoms. Refer to MTC-38, "Operational Check". and check for other symptoms. Refer to MTC-27, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair". If no other symptom exists replace front air control. Refer to MTC-66, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Repair as necessary. D E F SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Component Parts G Fan speed control system components are: • • • • Front air control LAN system (PBR built-in mode door motor, air mix door motor and intake door motor) Blower motor Fan control amplifier H I System Operation MTC K L M N WJIA0926E COMPONENT DESCRIPTION O Fan Control Amplifier P Revision: January 2010 MTC-49 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > The fan control amplifier (1) is located on the cooling unit. The fan control amp. receives a gate voltage from the front air control to smoothly maintain the blower fan motor voltage in the 5 to the 12V range (approx.). WJIA2285E DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE SYMPTOM: Blower motor is malfunctioning. BJIA0013E 1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR FAN CONTROL AMP. 1. 2. 3. Disconnect fan control amp. connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between fan control amp. harness connector M52 terminal 3 and ground. Terminal (+) Connector - Terminal M52-3 (-) Voltage (V) (Approx.) Body ground 12V WJIA0855E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> GO TO 7. 2.CHECK FAN FEEDBACK CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 MTC-50 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Disconnect front air control connector. 2. Check voltage between front air control harness connector M33 terminal 36 and ground. B (-) Voltage (V) (Approx.) Body ground 12V C Terminal (+) Connector - Terminal M33-18 A OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Check for open circuit in wiring harness. Repair or replace as necessary. BJIA0014E D 3.CHECK BODY GROUND CIRCUIT FOR FAN CONTROL AMP. 1. 2. E Turn ignition switch OFF. Check continuity between fan control amp. harness connector M52 terminal 1 and ground. F Terminal Connector - Terminal M52-1 Continuity Body ground Yes OK or NG OK >> Reconnect fan control amp. harness connector and GO TO 4. NG >> Repair harness or connector. G WJIA0856E 4.CHECK VOLTAGE FOR FAN CONTROL AMP. 1. 2. 3. I Turn ignition switch ON. Turn blower control dial to any position except OFF or AUTO. Check voltage between fan control amp. harness connector M52 terminal 2 and ground. MTC K Terminal (+) Connector - Terminal M52-2 (-) Voltage (V) (Approx.) Body ground 12V OK or NG OK >> 1. Replace fan control amp. Refer to MTC-76, "Removal and Installation". 2. Confirm that blower motor operation is normal. NG >> GO TO 5. L WJIA0847E M 5.CHECK FAN CONTROL AMP. CIRCUIT BETWEEN FAN CONTROL AMP. AND FRONT AIR CONTROL 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect front air control and fan control amp. harness connectors. Check continuity between fan control amp. harness connector M52 (A) terminal 2 and front air control harness connector M33 (B) terminal 37. Terminals Connector - Terminal M52-2 M33-37 P Yes BJIA0015E If OK, check harness for short. Revision: January 2010 MTC-51 N O Continuity Connector - Terminal H 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair harness or connector. 6.CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR FRONT AIR CONTROL 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between front air control harness connector M33 terminal 1 and ground. Terminal (+) Connector - Terminal M33-1 (-) Voltage (V) (Approx.) Body ground 12V OK or NG OK >> 1. NG Replace front air control. Refer to MTC-66, "Removal and Installation". 2. Confirm that blower motor operation is normal. >> • Check for open circuit in wiring harness. Repair or replace as necessary. • If OK, replace fuse and check wiring harness for short circuit. Repair or replace an necessary. BJIA0016E 7.CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR BLOWER MOTOR 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition OFF. Disconnect blower motor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between blower motor harness connector M62 terminal 1 and ground. Terminal (+) Connector - Terminal M62-1 (-) Voltage (V) (Approx.) Body ground 12V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Check power supply circuit and 15A fuses [Nos. 10 and 11, located in the fuse block (J/B)]. • Check blower motor relay. Refer to PG-5, "Wiring Diagram - POWER -". Repair or replace as necessary. • If OK, check for open circuit in wiring harness. Repair or replace as necessary. • If OK, replace fuse and check wiring harness for short circuit. Repair or replace as necessary. WJIA0056E 8.CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY BETWEEN BLOWER MOTOR AND FAN CONTROL AMP. 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect front air control connector. Check continuity between blower motor harness connector M62 terminal 2 and fan control amp. harness connector M52 terminal 3. Terminals Connector - Terminal Connector - Terminal M62-2 M52-3 Continuity Yes OK or NG Revision: January 2010 WJIA0857E MTC-52 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> Check blower motor. Refer to MTC-48, "Blower Motor Circuit". 1. If NG, replace blower motor. Refer to MTC-67, "Removal and Installation". 2. Confirm that blower motor operation is normal. NG >> Repair harness or connector. A COMPONENT INSPECTION B Blower Motor Confirm smooth rotation of the blower motor (1). • Ensure that there are no foreign particles inside the intake unit. C D E WJIA2286E Magnet Clutch Circuit (If Equipped) F INFOID:0000000005282788 SYMPTOM: Magnet clutch does not engage. G INSPECTION FLOW 1.CONFIRM SYMPTOM BY PERFORMING OPERATIONAL CHECK - MAGNET CLUTCH H 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Turn blower control dial to the desired position. 3. Press the A/C switch. A/C indicator will turn on. 4. Confirm that the compressor clutch engages (sound or visual inspection). Can the symptom be duplicated? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2. I MTC 2.CHECK FOR ANY SYMPTOMS Perform a complete operational check for any symptoms. Refer to MTC-38, "Operational Check". Does another symptom exist? YES >> Refer to MTC-27, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair". NO >> System OK. K L 3.CHECK FOR SERVICE BULLETINS Check for any service bulletins. M >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK COMPRESSOR BELT TENSION N Check compressor belt tension. Refer to EM-13, "Checking Drive Belts" (MR20DE) or EM-130, "Checking Drive Belts" (QR25DE). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Adjust or replace A/C compressor belt. O 5.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE Check refrigerant pressure with manifold gauge connected. Refer to MTC-56, "Insufficient Cooling". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for unusual pressure. Refer to MTC-56, "Insufficient Cooling". 6.CHECK MAGNET CLUTCH CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 MTC-53 2010 Sentra P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Perform diagnostic procedure for the magnetic clutch. Refer to "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE". OK or NG OK >> If the symptom still exists, perform a complete operational check. Refer to MTC-38, "Operational Check". If other symptoms exist, refer to MTC-27, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair". NG >> Repair as necessary. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Front air control controls compressor operation by a signal from ECM. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE SYMPTOM: Magnet clutch does not engage when A/C switch is ON. WJIA2305E 1.CHECK CIRCUIT CONTINUITY BETWEEN A/C RELAY IN IPDM E/R AND COMPRESSOR 1. 2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector E43 and compressor connector. Check continuity between A/C compressor harness connector F3 (B) terminal 2 and IPDM E/R harness connector E43 (A) terminal 11. Terminals Continuity Connector - Terminal Connector - Terminal F3 (A) - 2 E43 (B) - 11 Yes If OK, check harness for short to ground. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair harness or connector. WJIA2291E 2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY FOR COMPRESSOR Revision: January 2010 MTC-54 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Reconnect IPDM E/R harness connectors. 2. Start engine and press A/C switch. 3. Check voltage between A/C compressor harness connector F3 terminal 2 and ground. A B Terminal (+) Connector - Terminal F3-2 (-) Voltage (V) (Approx.) Body ground 12V BJIA0019E OK or NG OK >> NG C Check magnet clutch coil. 1. If NG, replace magnet clutch. Refer to MTC-85, "Removal and Installation for Compressor MR20DE" or MTC-86, "Removal and Installation for Compressor - QR25DE". 2. If OK, check A/C compressor mounting points for looseness or corrosion and repair as necessary. >> GO TO 3. D E 3.CHECK FUSE IN IPDM E/R F Check 10A fuse [No. 42 located at the IPDM E/R]. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace fuse and check IPDM E/R for short circuit. Replace if necessary. G 4.CHECK CONTINUITY BETWEEN BCM AND FRONT AIR CONTROL 1. 2. H Disconnect BCM connector M18 and front air control connector M33. Check continuity between BCM harness connector M18 (A) terminals 27, 28 and front air control connector M33 (B) terminals 40, 39. Terminals I MTC Continuity Connector - Terminal Connector - Terminal M18 (A) - 27 M33 (B) - 40 M18 (A) - 28 M33 (B) - 39 Yes OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair harness or connector. K BJIA0020E L 5.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL M Check voltage between ECM harness connector F25 terminal 41 [*1(with MR20DE)], 39 [(*2 with QR25DE)] and ground. Terminal (+) (-) Voltage (V) (Approx.) Body ground 12V N Connector - Terminal F25 - 41 with MR20DE F25 - 39 with QR25DE OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> 1. Repair harness or connector. 2. Confirm that magnet clutch operation is normal. O WJIA2306E 6.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-570, "Component Description"(MR20DE) or EC-1666, "Component Description" (QR25DE). OK or NG Revision: January 2010 MTC-55 2010 Sentra P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. Refer to MTC-88, "Removal and Installation for Refrigerant Pressure Sensor". 7.CHECK COMPRESSOR ON SIGNAL Check voltage between front air control connector M33 terminal 40 and ground, with A/C compressor ON and with A/C compressor OFF. Terminal (+) Connector - Terminal M33 - 40 Voltage (V) (Approx.) (-) Body ground A/C Compressor ON: 0V A/C Compressor OFF: 5V OK or NG BJIA0021E OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> • When A/C compressor is ON and voltage is not approx. 0V, Replace front air control. Refer to MTC-66, "Removal and Installation". • When A/C compressor is OFF and voltage is not approx. 5V, BCM is malfunctioning. 8.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUITS Check CAN communication circuits between BCM to ECM and between ECM to IPDM E/R. Refer to LAN-10, "Symptom When Error Occurs in CAN Communication System". OK or NG OK >> ECM malfunctioning. NG >> Repair or replace component based on the result of diagnosis. Insufficient Cooling INFOID:0000000005282789 SYMPTOM: Insufficient cooling INSPECTION FLOW 1.CONFIRM SYMPTOM BY PERFORMING OPERATIONAL CHECK - TEMPERATURE DECREASE 1. Turn temperature control dial counterclockwise to maximum cold position. 2. Check for cold air at discharge air outlets. Can the symptom be duplicated? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK FOR ANY SYMPTOMS Perform a complete operational check for any symptoms. Refer to MTC-38, "Operational Check". Does another symptom exist? YES >> Refer to MTC-27, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair". NO >> System OK. 3.CHECK FOR SERVICE BULLETINS Check for any service bulletins. >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK COMPRESSOR DRIVE BELT TENSION Check compressor belt tension. Refer to EM-13, "Checking Drive Belts" (MR20DE) or EM-130, "Checking Drive Belts" (QR25DE). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Adjust or replace compressor belt. Refer to EM-13, "Tension Adjustment" (MR20DE) or EM-13, "Tension Adjustment" (QR25DE). Revision: January 2010 MTC-56 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR OPERATION A Check and verify air mix door mechanism for smooth operation in each mode. Does air mix door operate correctly? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Repair or replace as necessary. B 6.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTOR OPERATION C Check and verify cooling fan motor for smooth operation. Refer to EC-436, "System Description". Does cooling fan motor operate correctly? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Check cooling fan motor. Refer to EC-436. D 7.CHECK RECOVERY/RECYCLING EQUIPMENT BEFORE USAGE Check recovery/recycling equipment before connecting to vehicle. Verify there is no pressure in the recovery/ recycling equipment by checking the gauges. If pressure exists, recover refrigerant from equipment lines. E F >> GO TO 8. 8.CHECK REFRIGERANT PURITY 1. Connect recovery/recycling equipment to vehicle. 2. Confirm refrigerant purity in supply tank using recovery/recycling and refrigerant identifier. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Check contaminated refrigerant. Refer to MTC-4, "Contaminated Refrigerant". G Check refrigerant pressure with manifold gauge connected. Refer to "TEST READING". OK or NG OK >> Perform diagnostic work flow. Refer to "DIAGNOSTIC WORK FLOW". NG >> GO TO 10. I H 9.CHECK FOR REFRIGERANT PRESSURE MTC 10.CHECK FOR EVAPORATOR FREEZE UP Start engine and run A/C. Check for evaporator freeze up. Does evaporator freeze up? YES >> Perform diagnostic work flow. Refer to "DIAGNOSTIC WORK FLOW". NO >> GO TO 11. K L 11.CHECK AIR DUCTS Check ducts for air leaks. OK or NG OK >> If the symptom still exists, perform a complete operational check. Refer to MTC-38, "Operational Check". If other symptoms exist, refer to MTC-27, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair". NG >> Repair air leaks. DIAGNOSTIC WORK FLOW M N O P Revision: January 2010 MTC-57 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > AWIIA0999GB *1 MTC-90, "Checking System for Leaks Using the Fluorescent Leak Detector" *2 MTC-85, "Removal and Installation *3 for Compressor - MR20DE" or MTC86, "Removal and Installation for Compressor - QR25DE" *4 "TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR ABNORMAL PRESSURE" *5 MTC-45, "Air Mix Door Motor Circuit" Revision: January 2010 MTC-58 "PERFORMANCE CHART" 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I MTC K L M N AWIIA1000GB *1 MTC-67, "Removal and Installation" *2 MTC-48, "Blower Motor Circuit" *4 EM-13, "Checking Drive Belts" (MR20DE) or EM-130, "Checking Drive Belts" (QR25DE) *5 MTC-85, "Removal and Installation for Compressor - MR20DE" or MTC86, "Removal and Installation for Compressor - QR25DE" *3 MTC-85, "Removal and Installation for Compressor - MR20DE" or MTC86, "Removal and Installation for Compressor - QR25DE" PERFORMANCE CHART Test Condition Revision: January 2010 MTC-59 2010 Sentra O P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Testing must be performed as follows: Vehicle location Indoors or in the shade (in a well-ventilated place) Doors Closed Door windows Open Hood Open TEMP. Max. COLD Mode switch (Ventilation) set Intake switch (Recirculation) set Max. speed set (fan) speed Engine speed Idle speed Operate the air conditioning system for 10 minutes before taking measurements. TEST READING Recirculating-to-discharge Air Temperature Table Inside air (Recirculating air) at blower assembly inlet Relative humidity % Discharge air temperature at center ventilator °C (°F) Air temperature °C (°F) 50 - 60 60 - 70 25 (77) 10.0 - 12.3 (50 - 54) 30 (86) 13.2 - 15.3 (56 - 60) 35 (95) 17.2 - 21.0 (63 - 70) 25 (77) 12.3 - 14.9 (54 - 59) 30 (86) 15.3 - 19.3 (60 - 67) 35 (95) 21.0 - 24.4 (70 - 76) Ambient Air Temperature-to-operating Pressure Table Ambient air Relative humidity % 50 - 70 High-pressure (Discharge side) kPa (kg/cm2, psi) Air temperature °C (°F) Low-pressure (Suction side) kPa (kg/cm2, psi) 30 (86) 1,220 - 1,500 (12.44 - 15.30, 176.9 - 217.5) 240 - 295 (2.45 - 3.01, 34.8 - 42.8) 35 (95) 1,360 - 1,690 (13.87 - 17.24, 197.2 - 245.1) 275 - 335 (2.81 - 3.42, 39.9 - 48.6) 40 (104) 1,500 - 1,830 (12.44 - 18.67, 176.9 - 265.4) 310 - 375 (3.16 - 3.83, 45.0 - 54.4) TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR ABNORMAL PRESSURE Whenever system's high and/or low side pressure is abnormal, diagnose using a manifold gauge. The marker above the gauge scale in the following tables indicates the standard (normal) pressure range. Since the standard (normal) pressure differs from vehicle to vehicle, refer to Ambient Air Temperature-to-operating Pressure Table above. Both High- and Low-pressure Sides are Too High Revision: January 2010 MTC-60 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Gauge indication Both high and low-pressure sides are too high. Refrigerant cycle Probable cause Pressure is reduced soon after water is splashed on condenser. Excessive refrigerant charge in refrigeration cycle Reduce refrigerant until specified pressure is obtained. Air suction by cooling fan is insufficient. Insufficient condenser cooling performance ↓ 1. Condenser fins are clogged. 2. Improper fan rotation of cooling fan • Clean condenser. • Check and repair cooling fan as necessary. Poor heat exchange in condenser (After compressor operation stops, high pressure decreases too slowly.) ↓ Air in refrigeration cycle Evacuate and recharge system. Engine tends to overheat. Engine cooling systems malfunction. Check and repair each engine cooling system. • An area of the low-pressure pipe is colder than areas near the evaporator outlet. • Plates are sometimes covered with frost. • Excessive liquid refrigerant on low-pressure side • Excessive refrigerant discharge flow • Expansion valve is open a little compared with the specification. ↓ 1. Improper thermal valve installation 2. Improper expansion valve adjustment • Low-pressure pipe is not cold. • When compressor is stopped high-pressure value quickly drops by approximately 196 kPa (2 kg/cm2, 28 psi). It then decreases gradually thereafter. AC359A Corrective action A B C D E F G H Replace expansion valve. I MTC High-pressure Side is Too High and Low-pressure Side is Too Low Gauge indication Refrigerant cycle Probable cause Corrective action High-pressure side is too high and low-pressure side is too low. K L Upper side of condenser and high-pressure side are hot, however, liquid tank is not so hot. High-pressure tube or parts located between compressor and condenser are clogged or crushed. • Check and repair or replace malfunctioning parts. • Check oil for contamination. M N AC360A High-pressure Side is Too Low and Low-pressure Side is Too High O P Revision: January 2010 MTC-61 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Gauge indication Refrigerant cycle High-pressure side is too low and low-pressure side is too high. High and low-pressure sides become equal soon after compressor operation stops. Compressor pressure operation is improper. ↓ Damaged inside compressor pickings Replace compressor. No temperature difference between high and low-pressure sides Compressor pressure operation is improper. ↓ Damaged inside compressor pickings. Replace compressor. AC356A Probable cause Corrective action Both High- and Low-pressure Sides are Too Low Gauge indication Both high- and low-pressure sides are too low. Refrigerant cycle Probable cause Corrective action • There is a big temperature difference between liquid tank outlet and inlet. Outlet temperature is extremely low. • Liquid tank inlet and expansion valve are frosted. Liquid tank inside is slightly clogged. • Replace desiccant assembly. • Check oil for contamination. • Temperature of expansion valve inlet is extremely low as compared with areas near liquid tank. • Expansion valve inlet may be frosted. • Temperature difference occurs somewhere in highpressure side High-pressure pipe located between receiver drier and expansion valve is clogged. • Check and repair malfunctioning parts. • Check oil for contamination. Expansion valve and liquid tank are warm or only cool when touched. Low refrigerant charge ↓ Leaking fittings or components Check refrigerant for leaks. Refer to Checking Refrigerant Leaks, MTC-90, "Checking of Refrigerant Leaks" and MTC91, "Electronic Refrigerant Leak Detector". There is a big temperature difference between expansion valve inlet and outlet while the valve itself is frosted. Expansion valve closes a little compared with the specification. ↓ 1. Improper expansion valve adjustment 2. Malfunctioning thermal valve 3. Outlet and inlet may be clogged. • Remove foreign particles by using compressed air. • Check oil for contamination. An area of the low-pressure pipe is colder than areas near the evaporator outlet. Low-pressure pipe is clogged or crushed. • Check and repair malfunctioning parts. • Check oil for contamination. Air flow volume is not enough or is too low. Evaporator is frozen. • Check thermo control amp. and intake sensor operation. • Replace compressor. AC353A Low-pressure Side Sometimes Becomes Negative Revision: January 2010 MTC-62 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Gauge indication Refrigerant cycle Probable cause Corrective action Low-pressure side sometimes becomes negative. • Air conditioning system does not function and does not cyclically cool the compartment air. • The system constantly functions for a certain period of time after compressor is stopped and restarted. Refrigerant does not discharge cyclically. ↓ Moisture is frozen at expansion valve outlet and inlet. ↓ Water is mixed with refrigerant. • Drain water from refrigerant or replace refrigerant. • Replace desiccant assembly. A B C D AC354A Low-pressure Side Becomes Negative Gauge indication Refrigerant cycle Low-pressure side becomes negative. Liquid tank or front/rear side of expansion valve's pipe is frosted or dewed. Probable cause Corrective action High-pressure side is closed and refrigerant does not flow. ↓ Expansion valve or liquid tank is frosted. Leave the system at rest until no frost is present. Start it again to check whether or not the problem is caused by water or foreign particles. • If water is the cause, initially cooling is okay. Then the water freezes causing a blockage. Drain water from refrigerant or replace refrigerant. • If due to foreign particles, remove expansion valve and remove the particles with dry and compressed air (not shop air). • If either of the above methods cannot correct the problem, replace expansion valve. • Replace desiccant assembly. • Check oil for contamination. AC362A Insufficient Heating INFOID:0000000005282790 E F G H I MTC K L SYMPTOM: Insufficient heating INSPECTION FLOW 1.CONFIRM SYMPTOM BY PERFORMING OPERATIONAL CHECK - TEMPERATURE INCREASE 1. Turn temperature control dial clockwise to maximum heat position. 2. Check for hot air at discharge air outlets. Can the symptom be duplicated? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2. N O 2.CHECK FOR ANY SYMPTOMS Perform a complete operational check for any symptoms. Refer to MTC-38, "Operational Check". Does another symptom exist? YES >> Refer to MTC-27, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair". NO >> System OK. P 3.CHECK FOR SERVICE BULLETINS Check for any service bulletins. Revision: January 2010 MTC-63 M 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK COOLANT SYSTEM 1. Check engine coolant level. Refer to CO-11, "Inspection" (MR20DE) or CO-39, "Inspection" (QR25DE). 2. Check hoses for leaks or kinks. 3. Check radiator cap. Refer to CO-11, "Inspection" (MR20DE) or CO-39, "Inspection" (QR25DE). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair/replace as necessary. 5.CHECK AIR MIX DOOR OPERATION Check and verify air mix door mechanism for smooth operation in each mode. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Adjust or replace air mix door. 6.CHECK AIR DUCTS Check ducts for air leaks. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair air leaks. 7.CHECK HEATER HOSE TEMPERATURES 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Touch both the inlet and outlet heater hoses. Is the inlet hose hot and the outlet hose warm? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Both hoses warm: GO TO 9. 8.CHECK THERMOSTAT Check thermostat for smooth operation. OK or NG OK >> System OK. NG >> Repair or replace as necessary. Retest. 9.CHECK HEATER HOSES Check heater hoses for proper installation. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Repair /replace as necessary. Retest GO TO 7. 10.BACK FLUSH HEATER CORE 1. 2. 3. Back flush heater core. Drain the water from the system. Refill system with new engine coolant. Refer to CO-12, "Changing Engine Coolant" (MR20DE) or CO-40, "Changing Engine Coolant" (QR25DE). 4. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 5. Touch both the inlet and outlet heater hoses. Is the inlet hose hot and the outlet hose warm? YES >> System OK. NO >> Replace heater core and refill engine coolant. Refer to MTC-72, "Removal and Installation". Noise INFOID:0000000005282791 SYMPTOM: Noise INSPECTION FLOW Revision: January 2010 MTC-64 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I MTC K L M N AWIIA1001GB *1 MTC-38, "Operational Check" *2 EM-13, "Checking Drive Belts" (MR20DE) or EM-130, "Checking Drive Belts" (QR25DE) *4 MTC-90, "Removal and Installation for Expansion Valve" *5 MTC-85, "Removal and Installation *6 for Compressor - MR20DE" or MTC86, "Removal and Installation for Compressor - QR25DE" MTC-85, "Removal and Installation for Compressor - MR20DE" or MTC86, "Removal and Installation for Compressor - QR25DE" *7 MTC-85, "Removal and Installation *8 for Compressor - MR20DE" or MTC86, "Removal and Installation for Compressor - QR25DE" MTC-18, "Maintenance of Oil Quanti- *9 ty in Compressor" MTC-88, "Removal and Installation for Condenser" Revision: January 2010 MTC-65 *3 MTC-56, "Insufficient Cooling" 2010 Sentra O P CONTROL UNIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > CONTROL UNIT Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005282792 FRONT AIR CONTROL Removal 1. 2. Remove controller finisher. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Remove the five screws (A) and remove the front air control (1). BJIA0024E Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Revision: January 2010 MTC-66 2010 Sentra FRONT BLOWER MOTOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > FRONT BLOWER MOTOR A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005282793 REMOVAL B 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. C Remove the instrument panel. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Remove the BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". Disconnect the front blower motor connector (2). Remove the one screw (A) from the front blower motor (1). Turn the front blower motor (1) counterclockwise and remove it. • ⇐ : Front D E BJIA0025E F INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. G H I MTC K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 MTC-67 2010 Sentra IN-CABIN MICROFILTER < SERVICE INFORMATION > IN-CABIN MICROFILTER Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005282794 FUNCTION Air inside passenger compartment is kept clean at either recirculation or fresh mode by installing in-cabin microfilter into heater and cooling unit assembly. LJIA0012E REPLACEMENT TIMING Replace the in-cabin microfilter as recommended. Refer to MA-9, "Schedule 1" and MA-12, "Schedule 2". REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES BJIA0027E 1. Heater and cooling unit assembly Revision: January 2010 2. In-cabin microfilter MTC-68 3. Filter cover 2010 Sentra IN-CABIN MICROFILTER < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Remove the filter cover. a. Release the filter cover tab (A) the pull the bottom of the filter cover out tilting it at an angle b. Pull down the filter cover to disengage the hook at the top and remove the filter cover. A B C BJIA0026E 2. 3. 4. a. b. D Remove the in-cabin microfilter. Install the new in-cabin microfilter. CAUTION: • Insert the new filter with the “UP” arrow in the correct orientation. • Insert the new filter with the “UP” arrow side of the filter facing the front of the vehicle. Install the filter cover. Insert the hook at the top of the filter cover into the heater and cooling unit case. Swing the filter cover into the heater and cooling unit case until the filter cover tab (A) snaps securely on the heater and cooling unit case. CAUTION: Check the filter cover to make sure it is securely fastened to the heater and cooling unit case. E F G H I BJIA0026E MTC K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 MTC-69 2010 Sentra HEATER & COOLING UNIT ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > HEATER & COOLING UNIT ASSEMBLY Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005282795 BJIA0028E A. Steering member bolts B. Heater and cooling unit assembly bolts ⇐ Vehicle front REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Discharge the refrigerant from the A/C system. Refer to MTC-81, "HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure". Partially drain the engine coolant from the cooling system. Refer to CO-12, "Changing Engine Coolant". Reposition the lower dash insulator out of the way. Disconnect the heater hoses from the heater core pipes. CAUTION: Cap or wrap the joint of the pipe with suitable material such as vinyl tape to avoid entry of contaminants. Disconnect the refrigerant lines from the evaporator. Refer to MTC-83, "Component". CAUTION: Cap or wrap the joint of the pipe with suitable material such as vinyl tape to avoid entry of contaminants. Remove the steering column. Refer to PS-8. Remove the instrument panel assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Remove the lower steering member stays. Disconnect the following components. • Shift lock cable • Steering harness clips • SMJ • Fuse box • Door harness • Front pillar harness • CVT shift cable (if equipped) • M/T shift cable (if equipped) • A/C drain hose • Air bag module control unit Disconnect the evaporator drain hose. Remove the steering member bolt caps. Support both front doors with a suitable jack. Remove both front door upper hinge bolts. Refer to BL-130. Revision: January 2010 MTC-70 2010 Sentra HEATER & COOLING UNIT ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > 14. Remove the steering member bolts. 15. Temporarily install the front door upper hinge bolts. 16. Remove the heater and cooling unit and the steering member from the vehicle as one unit. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the interior and seat trim when removing the heater and cooling unit assembly and steering member from the vehicle. 17. Disconnect the following components to separate the heater and cooling unit assembly from the steering member. • Front blower motor • Fan control amplifier • air mix door motor • Mode door motor • Intake door motor 18. Remove the heater and cooling unit assembly from the steering member. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • Fill the radiator with the specified water and coolant mixture. Refer to CO-12, "Changing Engine Coolant". • Recharge the A/C system. Refer to MTC-81, "HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure". • Check and adjust the front door alignment as necessary. Refer to BL-130, "Fitting Adjustment". A B C D E F G H I MTC K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 MTC-71 2010 Sentra HEATER CORE < SERVICE INFORMATION > HEATER CORE Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005282796 REMOVAL 1. 2. Remove the heater and cooling unit assembly. Refer to MTC-70, "Removal and Installation". Remove the heater core foam seal to access and remove the heater core pipe support screws (A) and then remove the heater core pipe support. BJIA0029E 3. Remove the heater core (1) from the heater and cooling unit assembly (2). BJIA0030E INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Revision: January 2010 MTC-72 2010 Sentra INTAKE DOOR MOTOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > INTAKE DOOR MOTOR A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005282797 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. B Remove the instrument panel assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Disconnect the intake door motor connector (B). Remove the screws (A) and then the intake door motor (1) from the heater and cooling unit assembly. C D E BJIA0031E INSTALLATION F Installation is in the reverse order of removal. G H I MTC K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 MTC-73 2010 Sentra MODE DOOR MOTOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > MODE DOOR MOTOR Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005282798 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. Remove the instrument lower cover (LH). Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Disconnect the mode door motor connector. Remove the two mode door motor screws (A) and then remove the mode door motor (1). BJIA0032E INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Revision: January 2010 MTC-74 2010 Sentra AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > AIR MIX DOOR MOTOR A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005282799 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. B Remove the glove box assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Disconnect the air mix door motor connector (B). Remove the two air mix door motor screws (A) and then remove the air mix door motor (1). C D E BJIA0033E INSTALLATION F Installation is in the reverse order of removal. G H I MTC K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 MTC-75 2010 Sentra FAN CONTROL AMPLIFIER < SERVICE INFORMATION > FAN CONTROL AMPLIFIER Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005282800 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the instrument lower finisher. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Remove the front foot duct (LH). Refer to MTC-77. Remove the accelerator pedal. Refer to ACC-4. Disconnect the fan control amplifier connector (B). Remove the two screws (A) from the fan control amplifier (1) and then remove the fan control amplifier (1). BJIA0034E INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Revision: January 2010 MTC-76 2010 Sentra DUCTS AND GRILLES < SERVICE INFORMATION > DUCTS AND GRILLES A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005282801 Ducts B C D E F G H I MTC K L M N O P BJIA0023E 1. Defroster nozzle 2. Side ventilator duct (LH) 3. Side defroster duct (LH) 4. Front foot duct (LH) 5. Rear floor connector duct (Canada only) 6. Rear floor duct (LH) (Canada only) Revision: January 2010 MTC-77 2010 Sentra DUCTS AND GRILLES < SERVICE INFORMATION > 7. Rear floor duct (RH) (Canada only) 10. Side defroster duct (RH) 8. Front foot duct (RH) 9. Heater and cooling unit assembly 11. Side ventilator duct (RH) Grilles BJIA0035E 1. Upper defroster grille 2. Instrument panel assembly 3. Side defroster grille (LH) 6. Center ventilator grille (RH) 4. Side ventilator grille (LH) 5. Center ventilator grille (LH) 7. Side ventilator grille (RH) 8. Side defroster grille (RH) CENTER VENTILATOR GRILLE RH, LH Removal Release the tabs using a suitable tool and then remove the center ventilator grille. Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. UPPER DEFROSTER GRILLE Removal 1. 2. 3. Pry from the rear (farthest from windshield) edge to release the tabs using a suitable tool. Pry from the front (closest to windshield) edge to release the tabs using a suitable tool. Remove the upper defroster grille. Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. SIDE VENTILATOR GRILLE RH, LH Removal Release the tabs using a suitable tool and then remove the side ventilator grille. Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Revision: January 2010 MTC-78 2010 Sentra DUCTS AND GRILLES < SERVICE INFORMATION > SIDE DEFROSTER GRILLE RH, LH A Removal Release the tabs using a suitable tool and then remove the side defroster grille. Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. B SIDE VENTILATOR DUCT RH, LH C Removal 1. 2. 3. Remove the instrument panel assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Remove the defroster nozzle. Remove the side ventilator duct. D Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. E DEFROSTER NOZZLE Removal 1. 2. F Remove the instrument panel assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Remove the defroster nozzle. G Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. SIDE DEFROSTER DUCT RH, LH H Removal 1. 2. 3. Remove the instrument panel assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Remove the defroster nozzle. Remove the side defroster duct. I Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. MTC FRONT FOOT DUCT RH K Removal 1. 2. Remove the glove box assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Remove the front foot duct. L Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. M FRONT FOOT DUCT LH Removal 1. 2. Remove the instrument lower finisher. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Remove the front foot duct. N Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. O REAR FLOOR CONNECTOR DUCT Removal 1. 2. P Push up to disengage the rear floor connector duct from the rear floor duct (LH). Remove the rear floor connector duct. Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. REAR FLOOR DUCT RH Revision: January 2010 MTC-79 2010 Sentra DUCTS AND GRILLES < SERVICE INFORMATION > Removal 1. 2. 3. Remove the floor carpet from the front floor area and remove the front floor spacer. Refer to EI-39. Remove the rear floor duct bolt. Remove the rear floor duct. Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. REAR FLOOR DUCT LH Removal 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the floor carpet from the front floor area and remove the front floor spacer. Refer to EI-39. Remove the rear floor connector duct. Remove the rear floor duct bolt. Remove the rear floor duct. Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Revision: January 2010 MTC-80 2010 Sentra REFRIGERANT LINES < SERVICE INFORMATION > REFRIGERANT LINES A HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure INFOID:0000000005282802 SETTING OF SERVICE TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT B Discharging Refrigerant C D E F G WJIA2195E 1. Shut-off valve A. Preferred (best) method 2. A/C service valve 3. H Recovery/recycling equipment I WARNING: Avoid breathing the A/C refrigerant and oil vapor or mist. Exposure may irritate eyes, nose, and throat. Remove the HFC-134a (R-134a) from the A/C system using certified service equipment meeting the MTC requirements of SAE J2210 HFC-134a (R-134a) recycling equipment or J2201 HFC-134a (R-134a) recovery equipment. If an accidental system discharge occurs, ventilate the work area before resuming service. Additional health and safety information may be obtained from the refrigerant and oil man- K ufacturers. Evacuating System and Charging Refrigerant L M N O P WJIA2196E 1. Shut-off valve 2. A/C service valve 3. Recovery/recycling equipment 4. Refrigerant container (HFC-134a) 5. Weight scale (J-39650) 6. Evacuating vacuum pump (J-39699) Revision: January 2010 MTC-81 2010 Sentra REFRIGERANT LINES < SERVICE INFORMATION > 7. Manifold gauge set (J-39183) C. For charging A. Preferred (best) method B. Alternative method Discharging, Evacuating, and Recharging the A/C System WJIA1923E *1 MTC-18, "Maintenance of Oil Quan- *3 tity in Compressor" MTC-90, "Checking of Refrigerant Leaks" *2 MTC-90, "Checking of Refrigerant Leaks" MTC-56, "Insufficient Cooling" Revision: January 2010 *4 MTC-82 *5 MTC-4, "Contaminated Refrigerant" 2010 Sentra REFRIGERANT LINES < SERVICE INFORMATION > Component INFOID:0000000005282803 A MR20DE B C D E F G H I MTC K L M N O P AWIIA1293GB 1. High-pressure pipe 2. Condenser 3. Liquid tank 4. High-pressure flexible hose 5. Compressor 6. Low-pressure flexible hose 7. Heater and cooling unit assembly 8. Drain hose W. Refrigerant leak checking order X. Tightening torque (A-C) Y. Wrench size Z. O-ring size Revision: January 2010 MTC-83 2010 Sentra REFRIGERANT LINES < SERVICE INFORMATION > QR25DE AWIIA1294GB 1. High-pressure pipe 2. Condenser 3. Liquid tank 4. High-pressure flexible hose 5. Compressor 6. Muffler pipe 7. Low-pressure flexible hose 8. Drain hose 9. Heater and cooling unit assembly W. Refrigerant leak checking order X. Tightening torque (A-C) Y. Wrench size Z. O-ring size NOTE: Refer to MTC-5, "Precaution for Refrigerant Connection". Revision: January 2010 MTC-84 2010 Sentra REFRIGERANT LINES < SERVICE INFORMATION > Removal and Installation for Compressor - MR20DE INFOID:0000000005282804 A B C D E F G H I BJIA0036E 1. MTC Compressor REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. K Discharge the refrigerant. Refer to MTC-81, "HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure". Remove the engine undercover. Remove the splash shield RH. Refer to EI-22, "Removal and Installation". Remove the drive belt. Refer to EM-13. Disconnect the compressor connector. Disconnect the high-pressure flexible hose and low-pressure flexible hose. CAUTION: Cap or wrap the joint of the hose with a suitable material such as vinyl tape to avoid the entry of any contaminants. Remove the compressor bolts using power tool, then remove the compressor. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: • Replace the O-ring of the low-pressure flexible hose and high-pressure flexible hose with new ones, then apply A/C oil to them for installation. • After charging the A/C refrigerant, check for leaks. Refer to MTC-90, "Checking of Refrigerant Leaks". High and low-pressure flexible hose and muffler pipe nuts and bolt : Refer to MTC-83, "Component". Revision: January 2010 MTC-85 2010 Sentra L M N O P REFRIGERANT LINES < SERVICE INFORMATION > Removal and Installation for Compressor - QR25DE INFOID:0000000005282805 WJIA0182E REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. Discharge the refrigerant. Refer to MTC-81, "HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure". Partially drain the engine cooling system. Refer to CO-40, "Changing Engine Coolant". Disconnect the battery negative terminal. Remove the front RH wheel and tire. Remove the engine undercover. Remove the front air duct. Refer to EM-133, "Removal and Installation". Disconnect the upper radiator hose from the radiator. Disconnect the coolant reservoir hose from the radiator. Remove the electric cooling fan assembly. Refer to CO-46, "Removal and Installation". Remove the splash shield RH. Refer to EI-22, "Removal and Installation". Remove the drive belt. Refer to EM-130, "Removal and Installation". Remove the generator assembly. Refer to SC-33, "Removal and Installation QR25DE". Disconnect the compressor connector. Disconnect the high-pressure flexible hose and low-pressure flexible hose. CAUTION: Cap or wrap the joint of the hose with a suitable material such as vinyl tape to avoid the entry of any contaminants. 15. Remove the muffler pipe from the compressor. CAUTION: Cap or wrap the joint of the hose with a suitable material such as vinyl tape to avoid the entry of any contaminants. 16. Remove the compressor bolts using power tool, then remove the compressor. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: • Replace the O-ring of the low-pressure flexible hose, muffler pipe and high-pressure flexible hose with new ones, then apply A/C oil to them for installation. • After charging the A/C refrigerant, check for leaks. Refer to MTC-90, "Checking of Refrigerant Leaks". High and low-pressure flexible hose and muffler pipe nuts and bolt Revision: January 2010 MTC-86 : Refer to MTC-83, "Component". 2010 Sentra REFRIGERANT LINES < SERVICE INFORMATION > Removal and Installation for Low-Pressure Flexible Hose and Muffler Pipe INFOID:0000000005282806 A NOTE: The QR25DE models are equipped with a two piece low-pressure flexible hose and muffler pipe. The MR20DE models are a one piece low-pressure flexible hose and muffler assembly. B REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Discharge the refrigerant. Refer to MTC-81, "HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure". Remove the cowl extension panel (QR25DE only). Refer to EI-19, "Removal and Installation". Reposition the lower dash insulator. Remove the low-pressure flexible hose (with muffler on MR20DE only) and muffler pipe as an assembly (QR25DE only). Refer to MTC-83, "Component". CAUTION: Cap or wrap the joint of the hose with a suitable material such as vinyl tape to avoid the entry of contaminants. Separate the low-pressure flexible hose and muffler pipe as necessary (QR25DE only). Refer to MTC-83, "Component". CAUTION: Cap or wrap the joint of the hose with a suitable material such as vinyl tape to avoid the entry of contaminants. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: • Replace the O-rings on the low-pressure flexible hose and muffler pipe with new ones, then apply A/ C oil to them for installation. • After recharging the refrigerant, check for leaks. Refer to MTC-90, "Checking of Refrigerant Leaks". Removal and Installation for High-pressure Flexible Hose INFOID:0000000005282807 C D E F G H I REMOVAL 1. 2. MTC Discharge the refrigerant. Refer to MTC-81, "HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure". Remove the high-pressure flexible hose. Refer to MTC-83, "Component". CAUTION: Cap or wrap the joint of the hose with a suitable material such as vinyl tape to avoid the entry of K contaminants. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: • Replace the O-ring of the high-pressure flexible hose with a new one, then apply A/C oil to it for installation. • After charging the refrigerant, check for leaks. Refer to MTC-90, "Checking of Refrigerant Leaks". Removal and Installation for High-pressure Pipe L M INFOID:0000000005282808 N REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Discharge the refrigerant. Refer to MTC-81, "HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure". Remove the cowl extension panel (QR25DE only). Refer to EI-19, "Removal and Installation". Reposition the lower dash insulator. Disconnect the low-pressure flexible hose bracket to reposition it out of the way. Remove the high-pressure pipe. Refer to MTC-83, "Component". CAUTION: Cap or wrap the joint of the pipe with suitable material such as vinyl tape to avoid the entry of air. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 MTC-87 2010 Sentra O P REFRIGERANT LINES < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Replace the O-ring of the high-pressure pipe with a new one, then apply compressor oil to it when installing it. • After charging the refrigerant, check for leaks. Refer to MTC-90, "Checking of Refrigerant Leaks". Removal and Installation for Refrigerant Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000005282809 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. Remove the front grille. Refer to EI-18. Reposition the LH air guide out of the way. Disconnect the refrigerant pressure sensor connector (1) and remove the refrigerant pressure sensor (2) from the liquid tank (3). CAUTION: Do not damage the condenser fins. BJIA0037E INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Replace the O-ring of the refrigerant pressure sensor with a new one, then apply compressor oil to it when installing it. Removal and Installation for Condenser INFOID:0000000005282810 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Discharge the refrigerant. Refer to MTC-81, "HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure". Remove the radiator. Refer to CO-15, "Component". CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the core surface of the condenser and the radiator. Disconnect the high-pressure flexible hose and the high-pressure pipe from the condenser. CAUTION: Cap or wrap the joint of the pipe and hose with suitable material such as vinyl tape to avoid the entry of contaminants. Disconnect the refrigerant pressure sensor connector (1) and remove the refrigerant pressure sensor (2) from the liquid tank (3). CAUTION: Do not damage the condenser fins. Remove the condenser bracket bolts. Remove the condenser. BJIA0037E INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: • Replace the O-rings of the high-pressure pipe, refrigerant pressure sensor, and high-pressure flexible hose with new ones, then apply A/C oil to them after installing them. • When charging refrigerant, check for leaks. Refer to MTC-90, "Checking of Refrigerant Leaks". Revision: January 2010 MTC-88 2010 Sentra REFRIGERANT LINES < SERVICE INFORMATION > Removal and Installation for Evaporator INFOID:0000000005282811 A B C D E F G H I BJIA0038E 1. Air mix door motor 2. Evaporator cover A. MTC Screws Front K REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the expansion valve. Refer to MTC-90, "Removal and Installation for Expansion Valve". Remove the instrument lower cover RH. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts". Remove the glove box. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Remove the evaporator cover (1). Remove the evaporator (2). L M N O BJIA0039E INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: • Replace the O-rings with new ones, then apply compressor oil to them when installing them. Revision: January 2010 MTC-89 2010 Sentra P REFRIGERANT LINES < SERVICE INFORMATION > Removal and Installation for Expansion Valve INFOID:0000000005282812 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Evacuate and recover the A/C system refrigerant. Refer to MTC-81, "HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure". Reposition the lower dash insulator out of the way. Remove the cowl extension panel (QR25DE only). Refer to EI-19, "Removal and Installation". Disconnect the low-pressure flexible hose and the high-pressure pipe from the expansion valve. CAUTION: Cap or wrap the joint of the pipe and hose with suitable material such as vinyl tape to avoid the entry of contaminants. Remove the expansion valve bolts (A) and then remove the expansion valve (1). SJIA0683E INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Expansion valve bolts : 3.9 N·m (0.40 kg-m, 35 in-lb) CAUTION: • Replace the O-rings with new ones, then apply compressor oil to them when installing them. Checking of Refrigerant Leaks INFOID:0000000005282813 Perform a visual inspection of all refrigeration parts, fittings, hoses and components for signs of A/C oil leakage, damage and corrosion. A/C oil leakage may indicate an area of refrigerant leakage. Allow extra inspection time in these areas when using either an electronic refrigerant leak detector or fluorescent dye leak detector. If dye is observed, confirm the leak with an electronic refrigerant leak detector. It is possible a prior leak was repaired and not properly cleaned. When searching for leaks, do not stop when one leak is found but continue to check for additional leaks at all system components and connections. When searching for refrigerant leaks using an electronic leak detector, move the probe along the suspected leak area at 25 - 50 mm (1 - 2 in) per second and no further than 6 mm (1/4 in) from the component. CAUTION: Moving the electronic leak detector probe slower and closer to the suspected leak area will improve the chances of finding a leak. Checking System for Leaks Using the Fluorescent Leak Detector 1. 2. 3. 4. INFOID:0000000005282814 Check A/C system for leaks using the UV lamp and safety goggles (J-42220) in a low sunlight area (area without windows preferable). Illuminate all components, fittings and lines. The dye will appear as a bright green/yellow area at the point of leakage. Fluorescent dye observed at the evaporator drain opening indicates an evaporator core assembly (tubes, core or expansion valve) leak. If the suspected area is difficult to see, use an adjustable mirror or wipe the area with a clean shop rag or cloth, with the UV lamp for dye residue. After the leak is repaired, remove any residual dye using refrigerant dye cleaner (J-43872) to prevent future misdiagnosis. Perform a system performance check and verify the leak repair with an approved electronic refrigerant leak detector. Revision: January 2010 MTC-90 2010 Sentra REFRIGERANT LINES < SERVICE INFORMATION > NOTE: Other gases in the work area or substances on the A/C components, for example, anti-freeze, windshield washer fluid, solvents and oils, may falsely trigger the leak detector. Make sure the surfaces to be checked are clean. Clean with a dry cloth or blow off with shop air. Do not allow the sensor tip of the detector to contact with any substance. This can also cause false readings and may damage the detector. Dye Injection INFOID:0000000005282815 NOTE: This procedure is only necessary when recharging the A/C system or when the compressor has seized and has been replaced. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Check the A/C system static (at rest) pressure. Pressure must be at least 345 kPa (3.52 kg/cm2, 50 psi). Pour one bottle (1/4 ounce / 7.4 cc) of the A/C refrigerant dye into the injector tool (J-41459). CAUTION: If repairing the A/C system or replacing a component, pour the dye directly into the open system connection and proceed with the service procedures. Connect the injector tool to the A/C LOW PRESSURE side service valve. Start the engine and switch the A/C ON and fan ON. While the A/C is operating (compressor running), inject one bottle (1/4 ounce / 7.4 cc) of fluorescent dye through the low-pressure service valve using dye injector tool (J-41459), refer to the manufacturer's operating instructions. With the engine still running, disconnect the injector tool from the low-pressure service valve. Operate the A/C system for a minimum of 20 minutes to mix the dye with the system oil. Depending on the leak size, operating conditions and location of the leak, it may take from a few minutes to a few days for the dye to penetrate the leak and become visible. A B C D E F G H I Electronic Refrigerant Leak Detector INFOID:0000000005282816 PRECAUTIONS FOR HANDLING THE LEAK DETECTOR MTC When performing a refrigerant leak check, use a electronic refrigerant leak detector (J-41995) or equivalent. Ensure that the instrument is calibrated and set properly per the manufacturer's operating instructions. The leak detector is a delicate device. In order to use the leak detector properly, read the manufacturer's operating instructions and perform any specified maintenance. K L M AHA281A 1. Position the leak detector probe approximately 5 mm (3/16 in) away from the point to be checked. N O P SHA707EA Revision: January 2010 MTC-91 2010 Sentra REFRIGERANT LINES < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. When testing, circle each fitting completely with the leak detector probe. SHA706E 3. Move the leak detector probe along the component at approximately 25 to 50 mm (1 to 2 in)/sec. SHA708EA CHECKING PROCEDURE NOTE: To prevent inaccurate or false readings, make sure there is no refrigerant vapor, shop chemicals, or cigarette smoke in the vicinity of the vehicle. Perform the leak test in a calm area (low air/wind movement) so that the leaking refrigerant is not dispersed. 1. Turn engine OFF. 2. Connect a suitable A/C manifold gauge set to the A/C service ports. 3. 4. 5. 6. Check if the A/C refrigerant pressure is at least 345 kPa (3.52 kg/cm2, 50 psi) above 16°C (61°F). If less than specification, recover/evacuate and recharge the system with the specified amount of refrigerant. NOTE: At temperatures below 16°C (61°F), leaks may not be detected since the system may not reach 345 kPa (3.52 kg/cm2, 50 psi) pressure. Conduct the leak test from the high side (compressor discharge to evaporator inlet) to the low side (evaporator drain hose to the compressor shaft seal). Refer to MTC-83, "Component". Clean the component to be checked and move the leak detector probe completely around the connection/component. Perform a leak check for the following areas: • Compressor • High and low-pressure hose fittings, relief valve and shaft seal. • Liquid tank • Refrigerant pressure sensor • Service valves - Check that all the service valve caps are secure on the service valves (to prevent leaks). - After removing A/C manifold gauge set from service valves, wipe any residue from the valves to prevent any false readings by the leak detector. • Evaporator - With engine OFF, turn blower fan on “High” for at least 15 seconds to dissipate any refrigerant trace around the evaporator. Wait a minimum of 10 minutes accumulation time (refer to the manufacturer's recommended procedure for actual wait time) before inserting the leak detector probe into the drain hose. - Keep the probe inserted for at least 10 seconds. Use caution not to contaminate the probe tip with water or dirt that may be in the drain hose. If a leak detector detects a leak, verify at least once by blowing compressed air into area of suspected leak, then repeat check as outlined above. Do not stop when one leak is found. Continue to check for additional leaks at all system components. Revision: January 2010 MTC-92 2010 Sentra REFRIGERANT LINES < SERVICE INFORMATION > If no leaks are found, perform steps 7 - 10. 7. Start engine. 8. Set the front air control as follows; a. A/C switch: ON b. Mode: Vent c. Intake position: Recirculation d. Temperature: MAX cold e. Blower fan speed: High 9. Run engine at 1,500 rpm for at least 2 minutes. 10. Turn engine off and perform leak check again following steps 4 through 6 above. Refrigerant leaks should be checked immediately after stopping the engine. Begin with the leak detector at the compressor. The pressure on the high pressure side will gradually drop after refrigerant circulation stops and pressure on the low pressure side will gradually rise, as shown in the graph. Some leaks are more easily detected when pressure is high. A B C D E F SHA839E G 11. Before connecting the recovery/recycling equipment to the A/C system, check the recovery/recycling equipment gauges. No refrigerant pressure should be displayed. If pressure is displayed, recover the H refrigerant from the equipment lines and then check the refrigerant purity. 12. Confirm the refrigerant purity in the supply tank using the recovery/recycling equipment and the refrigerant identifier equipment. I 13. Confirm the refrigerant purity in the A/C system using the recovery/recycling equipment and the refrigerant identifier equipment. 14. Discharge the A/C system using approved refrigerant recovery/recycling equipment. Repair the leaking fitMTC ting or component as necessary. 15. Evacuate and recharge the A/C system and perform the leak test to confirm there are no refrigerant leaks. 16. Conduct the A/C performance test to ensure that the system works properly. Refer to MTC-56, "InsuffiK cient Cooling". L M N O P Revision: January 2010 MTC-93 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) Service Data and Specification (SDS) INFOID:0000000005282817 COMPRESSOR Model Valeo Type DCS-171C Displacement 171 cm3 (10.43 in3) / revolution Cylinder bore × stroke 32 mm (1.260 in) x 30.5 mm (1.201 in) Direction of rotation Clockwise (viewed from drive end) Drive belt Poly V 6-grooves OIL Name Capacity Genuine NISSAN A/C System Oil Type S Total in system 150 m Compressor (service part) charging amount Refer to MTC-18, "Maintenance of Oil Quantity in Compressor". (5.03 US fl oz, 5.3 lmp fl oz) REFRIGERANT Type HFC-134a (R-134a) Capacity 0.50 ± 0.05 kg (1.10 ± 0.11 lb) Revision: January 2010 MTC-94 2010 Sentra TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE SECTION MT MANUAL TRANSAXLE A B MT D E CONTENTS RS6F94R INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS ............................ 36 SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 3 PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 3 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 3 Precaution ................................................................. 3 Disassembly and Assembly .....................................36 MAINSHAFT AND GEARS ............................... 40 Disassembly and Assembly .....................................40 REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEARS .......... 47 Disassembly and Assembly .....................................47 Disassembly and Assembly .....................................49 Special Service Tool ................................................. 4 Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 6 SHIFT CONTROL .............................................. 51 NVH Troubleshooting Chart ...................................... 9 M/T OIL ...............................................................12 Changing M/T Oil .................................................... 12 Checking M/T Oil ..................................................... 12 H I Inspection ................................................................51 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ................................................................. 52 General Specification ..............................................52 RS6F52A DESCRIPTION ...................................................10 Cross-Sectional View .............................................. 10 G FINAL DRIVE .................................................... 49 PREPARATION ................................................... 4 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ............................. 9 F SERVICE INFORMATION ........................... 53 PRECAUTIONS ................................................. 53 J K L M Removal and Installation ......................................... 13 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" .................................................................53 Service Notice or Precaution ...................................53 POSITION SWITCH ............................................14 PREPARATION ................................................. 54 N Checking ................................................................. 14 Special Service Tool ................................................54 Commercial Service Tool ........................................57 SIDE OIL SEAL ..................................................13 CONTROL LINKAGE .........................................15 Component of Control Device and Cable ................ 15 Removal and Installation ......................................... 15 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ........................... 59 NVH Troubleshooting Chart ....................................59 AIR BREATHER HOSE ......................................17 Removal and Installation ......................................... 17 DESCRIPTION .................................................. 60 Cross-Sectional View ..............................................60 TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY .................................18 Component .............................................................. 18 Removal and Installation ......................................... 18 Disassembly and Assembly .................................... 19 Revision: January 2010 M/T OIL .............................................................. 62 MT-1 Changing M/T Oil .....................................................62 Checking M/T Oil .....................................................62 2010 Sentra O P SIDE OIL SEAL ................................................. 63 Removal and Installation ........................................ 63 POSITION SWITCH ........................................... 64 Checking ................................................................. 64 CONTROL LINKAGE ........................................ 65 Component of Control Device and Cable ............... 65 Removal and Installation ........................................ 65 AIR BREATHER HOSE ..................................... 67 Removal and Installation ........................................ 67 TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY ................................ 68 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ........................... 136 NVH Troubleshooting Chart .................................. 136 DESCRIPTION .................................................. 137 Cross-Sectional View ............................................ 137 M/T OIL ............................................................. 139 Changing M/T Oil .................................................. 139 Checking M/T Oil .................................................. 139 SIDE OIL SEAL ................................................ 140 Removal and Installation ....................................... 140 Component ............................................................. 68 Removal and Installation ........................................ 68 Disassembly and Assembly .................................... 69 POSITION SWITCH .......................................... 141 INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS ............................. 99 Disassembly and Assembly .................................... 99 Component of Control Device and Cable ............. 142 Removal and Installation ....................................... 142 MAINSHAFT AND GEARS .............................. 106 AIR BREATHER HOSE .................................... 144 Disassembly and Assembly ...................................106 Removal and Installation ....................................... 144 REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEARS ......... 115 TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY ............................... 145 Disassembly and Assembly ...................................115 Component ........................................................... 145 Removal and Installation ....................................... 145 Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 146 FINAL DRIVE ................................................... 117 Disassembly and Assembly ...................................117 SHIFT CONTROL ............................................ 121 Disassembly and Assembly ...................................121 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ................................................................ 124 General Specification ............................................124 Gear End Play .......................................................125 Baulk Ring Clearance ............................................125 Available Snap Rings ............................................125 Available C-Rings ..................................................126 Available Thrust Washer .......................................126 Available Adjusting Shims .....................................127 Available Shims .....................................................128 RS6F52H SERVICE INFORMATION .......................... 130 PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 130 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................130 Service Notice or Precaution .................................130 PREPARATION ............................................... 131 Checking ............................................................... 141 CONTROL LINKAGE ....................................... 142 INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS ............................ 176 Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 176 MAINSHAFT AND GEARS .............................. 183 Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 183 REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEARS .......... 192 Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 192 FINAL DRIVE .................................................... 194 Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 194 SHIFT CONTROL ............................................. 196 Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 196 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ................................................................ 199 General Specification ............................................ 199 Gear End Play ....................................................... 200 Baulk Ring Clearance ........................................... 200 Available Snap Rings ............................................ 200 Available C-Rings ................................................. 201 Available Thrust Washer ....................................... 201 Available Adjusting Shims ..................................... 202 Available Shims .................................................... 203 Special Service Tool ..............................................131 Commercial Service Tool ......................................134 Revision: January 2010 MT-2 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS [RS6F94R] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION A PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" B INFOID:0000000005601001 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along MT with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front D air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: E • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. F • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this G Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. H PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. Precaution I J INFOID:0000000005283980 • If transaxle assembly is removed from the vehicle, always replace CSC (Concentric Slave Cylinder). Installed CSC returns to the original position when removing transaxle assembly. Dust on clutch disc sliding parts may damage CSC seal, and may cause clutch fluid leakage. • Do not reuse transaxle oil. • Drain, fill and check transaxle oil with the vehicle on level surface. • During removal or installation, keep inside of transaxle clear of dust or dirt. • Check for the correct installation orientation prior to removal or disassembly. If matching marks are required, be certain they do not interfere with the function of the parts they are applied to. • In principle, tighten bolts or nuts gradually in several steps working diagonally from inside to outside. If tightening sequence is specified, follow it. • Be careful not to damage the sliding surfaces and mating surfaces of parts. K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 MT-3 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [RS6F94R] < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000005681319 The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here. Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description KV381054S0 (J-34286) Puller Removing mainshaft front bearing outer race ZZA0601D KV38100200 ( — ) Drift • Installing mainshaft front bearing outer race • Installing mainshaft rear bearing outer race • Installing differential side bearing outer race (clutch housing side) a: 65 mm (2.56 in) dia. b: 49 mm (1.93 in) dia. ZZA1143D ST33220000 ( — ) Drift Installing input shaft oil seal a: 37 mm (1.46 in) dia. b: 31 mm (1.22 in) dia. c: 22 mm (0.87 in) dia. ZZA1046D ST33400001 (J-26082) Drift Installing differential side bearing outer race (transaxle case side) a: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia. b: 47 mm (1.85 in) dia. ZZA0814D KV32500QAA (Renault SST: B.vi 1666)) Drift set JPDIC0730ZZ Revision: January 2010 MT-4 Installing differential side oil seal 1. — (Stamping number: B.vi 1666-A) Drift a: 54.3 mm (2.138 in) dia. b: 45 mm (1.77 in) dia. c: 26.6 mm (1.047 in) dia. 2. — (Stamping number: B.vi 1666-B) Drift a: 54.3 mm (2.138 in) dia. b: 45 mm (1.77 in) dia. c: 26.6 mm (1.047 in) dia. 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [RS6F94R] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description ST36720030 ( — ) Drift • Installing input shaft rear bearing • Installing mainshaft front bearing inner race a: 70 mm (2.76 in) dia. b: 40 mm (1.57 in) dia. c: 29 mm (1.14 in) dia. A B MT ZZA0978D ST33052000 ( — ) Drift • • • • • • • • • • ZZA0969D KV32102700 ( — ) Drift S-NT065 ST30901000 (J-26010-01) Drift Removing mainshaft rear bearing inner race Removing 6th main gear Removing 5th main gear Removing 4th main gear Removing 1st main gear Removing 1st-2nd synchronizer assembly Removing 2nd main gear Removing bushing Removing 3rd main gear Removing mainshaft front bearing inner race a: 22 mm (0.87 in) dia. b: 28 mm (1.10 in) dia. • Installing bushing • Installing 2nd main gear • Installing 3rd main gear • Installing 4th main gear • Installing 5th main gear • Installing 6th main gear a: 54 mm (2.13 in) dia. b: 32 mm (1.26 in) dia. E F G H I Installing mainshaft rear bearing inner race a: 79 mm (3.11 in) dia. b: 45 mm (1.77 in) dia. c: 35.2 mm (1.386 in) dia. J K L ZZA0978D ST33061000 (J-8107-2) Drift D Removing differential side bearing inner race (clutch housing side) a: 28.5 mm (1.122 in) dia. b: 38 mm (1.50 in) dia. M N ZZA0969D O P Revision: January 2010 MT-5 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [RS6F94R] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description KV32300QAM (Renault SST: B.vi 1823) Drift Removing and installing input shaft rear bearing bolt PCIB2078J — ( J-46534 ) Trim tool set For removing trim AWJIA0483ZZ Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000005681320 Tool name Description Socket Removing and installing drain plug a: 8 mm (0.31 in) b: 5 mm (0.20 in) PCIB1776E Spacer Removing mainshaft front bearing outer race a: 25 mm (0.98 in) dia. b: 25 mm (0.98 in) PCIB1780E Drift • Installing bushing • Installing shift lever oil seal • Installing select lever oil seal a: 17 mm (0.67 in) dia. S-NT063 Drift Installing input shaft front bearing a: 35 mm (1.38 in) dia. b: 25 mm (0.98 in) dia. S-NT065 Revision: January 2010 MT-6 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [RS6F94R] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Tool name Description Drift Removing input shaft rear bearing a: 24 mm (0.94 in) dia. A B MT PCIB1779E Drift • Removing differential side bearing inner race (transaxle case side) • Installing input shaft rear bearing a: 43 mm (1.69 in) dia. D E NT109 Drift Installing differential side bearing inner race (clutch housing side) a: 45 mm (1.77 in) dia. b: 39 mm (1.54 in) dia. F G H S-NT474 Drift Installing differential side bearing inner race (transaxle case side) a: 52 mm (2.05 in) dia. b: 45 mm (1.77 in) dia. I J S-NT474 Power tool • Loosening bolts and nuts K L PBIC0190E Puller Removing differential side bearing inner race (clutch housing side) Removing differential side bearing inner race (transaxle case side) M N O NT077 P Revision: January 2010 MT-7 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [RS6F94R] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Tool name Description Puller • Removing differential side bearing inner race (clutch housing side) • Removing differential side bearing inner race (transaxle case side) • Removing input shaft rear bearing • Removing input shaft front bearing • Removing mainshaft rear bearing inner race • Removing 6th main gear • Removing 4th main gear • Removing 5th main gear • Removing 1st main gear • Removing 1st - 2nd synchronizer hub assembly • Removing 2nd main gear • Removing 3rd main gear • Removing mainshaft front bearing outer race ZZB0823D Remover • Removing bushing • Removing mainshaft rear bearing outer race S-NT134 Revision: January 2010 MT-8 2010 Sentra NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING [RS6F94R] < SERVICE INFORMATION > NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING NVH Troubleshooting Chart A INFOID:0000000005283983 MT-19 MT-19 MT-15 MT-19 Reference page MT-19 MT-12 Use the chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. The numbers indicate the order of the inspection. If necessary, repair or replace these parts. B MT D Symptoms Oil leakage 3 1 Hard to shift or will not shift 1 1 Jumps out of gear 2 2 3 INSERT SPRING (Damaged) BEARING (Worn or damaged) 3 BAULK RING (Worn or damaged) GEAR (Worn or damaged) F SHIFT FORK (Worn) SHIFT CONTROL LINKAGE (Worn) O-RING (Worn or damaged) 2 GASKET (Damaged) 1 OIL (Oil level is high.) OIL (Wrong oil.) Noise OIL (Oil level is low.) SUSPECTED PARTS (Possible cause) OIL SEAL (Worn or damaged) E G H I J 2 2 1 3 2 3 2 K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 MT-9 2010 Sentra DESCRIPTION [RS6F94R] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DESCRIPTION Cross-Sectional View INFOID:0000000005681321 JPDIC0631ZZ 1. 3rd input gear 2. 3rd-4th synchronizer assembly 3. 4th input gear 4. 5th input gear 5. 5th-6th synchronizer assembly 6. 6th input gear 7. Transaxle case 8. 6th main gear 5th main gear 9. 10. 4th main gear 11. 3rd main gear 12. 2nd main gear 13. 1st-2nd synchronizer assembly 14. 1st main gear 15. Differential 16. Final gear 17. Mainshaft 18. Input shaft 19. Clutch housing 20. Reverse idler shaft 21. Reverse input gear 22. Reverse output gear TRIPLE-CONE SYNCHRONIZER Revision: January 2010 MT-10 2010 Sentra DESCRIPTION < SERVICE INFORMATION > Triple-cone synchronizer is used for the 1st and the 2nd gears to reduce operating force of the shift lever. • 1st main gear (1) • 1st-2nd coupling sleeve (2) • Insert key (3) • Outer baulk ring (4) • 2nd main gear (5) • Synchronizer cone (6) • Inner baulk ring (7) • 1st-2nd synchronizer hub (8) [RS6F94R] A B MT SCIA7636E D REVERSE GEAR NOISE PREVENTION FUNCTION (SYNCHRONIZING METHOD) Reverse gear assembly consists of reverse input gear, return spring, reverse baulk ring and reverse output gear. When the shift lever is shifted to the reverse position, the construction allows smooth shift operation by stopping the reverse idler shaft rotation by frictional force of synchronizer. • Reverse fork rod (1) • Reverse output gear (2) • Return spring (3) • Reverse baulk ring (4) • Reverse input gear (5) E F G SCIA7621E H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 MT-11 2010 Sentra M/T OIL [RS6F94R] < SERVICE INFORMATION > M/T OIL Changing M/T Oil INFOID:0000000005283985 DRAINING 1. 2. 3. Start engine and let it run to warm up transaxle. Stop engine. Remove drain plug (1) and drain oil. Install a new gasket onto drain plug (1) and install it into transaxle. Tighten drain plug to specification. Refer to MT-19, "Disassembly and Assembly". CAUTION: Do not reuse gasket. SCIA7622E FILLING 1. Remove filler plug (1). Fill with new oil until oil level reaches the specified limit at filler plug hole as shown. Oil grade and capacity 2. : Refer to MA-15, "MR20DE". After refilling oil, check oil level. Install a new gasket on filler plug (1), then install it into transaxle. Tighten filler plug to specification. Refer to MT-19, "Disassembly and Assembly". CAUTION: Do not reuse gasket. SCIA7623E Checking M/T Oil INFOID:0000000005283986 OIL LEAKAGE AND OIL LEVEL 1. 2. 3. Make sure that oil is not leaking from transaxle or around it. Remove filler plug (1) and check oil level at filler plug hole as shown. CAUTION: Do not start engine while checking oil level. Install a new gasket onto filler plug (1) and install it into transaxle. Tighten filler plug to specification. Refer to MT-19, "Disassembly and Assembly". CAUTION: Do not reuse gasket. SCIA7623E Revision: January 2010 MT-12 2010 Sentra SIDE OIL SEAL [RS6F94R] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SIDE OIL SEAL A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005681323 REMOVAL 1. 2. B Remove front drive shafts from transaxle assembly. Refer to FAX-9, "Removal and Installation (Left Side)" and FAX-10, "Removal and Installation (Right Side)". MT Remove differential side oil seal (1) using a suitable tool. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage transaxle case and clutch housing. D E SCIA7625E F INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • Install differential side oil seal (1) to clutch housing and transaxle case using Tool. CAUTION: Do not reuse oil seal. Tool number G H : KV32500QAA (B.vi 1666-B) I - A: Transaxle case side - B: Clutch housing side Dimension (L1) Dimension (L2) : 1.2 - 1.8 mm (0.047 - 0.071 in) : 2.7 - 3.3 mm (0.106 - 0.130 in) JPDIC0454ZZ CAUTION: • Never incline differential oil seal. • Never damage clutch housing and transaxle case. • Check oil level after installation. Refer to MT-12, "Checking M/T Oil". J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 MT-13 2010 Sentra POSITION SWITCH [RS6F94R] < SERVICE INFORMATION > POSITION SWITCH Checking INFOID:0000000005283988 NOTE: For removal and installation of the switches, refer to MT-19, "Disassembly and Assembly". BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH • Check continuity between terminals 1 and 2. Gear position Continuity Reverse Yes Except reverse No PCIB1781E PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH • Check continuity between terminals 2 and 3. Gear position Continuity Neutral Yes Except neutral No Revision: January 2010 MT-14 2010 Sentra CONTROL LINKAGE [RS6F94R] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CONTROL LINKAGE A Component of Control Device and Cable INFOID:0000000005283989 B MT D E F G H I AWCIA0011GB 1. Control lever handle 2. Control lever 3. Control device assembly 4. Select cable 5. Shift cable 6. Lock plate 7. Tapping bolt 8. Cable bracket 9. Cable support bracket J K Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283990 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. L Remove battery. Refer to SC-7, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE Battery)". Remove air cleaner and air duct. Refer to EM-16, "Removal and Installation". Remove shift cable from shift lever as shown. M N O BCIA0052E Revision: January 2010 MT-15 2010 Sentra P CONTROL LINKAGE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Remove select cable from select lever as shown. [RS6F94R] BCIA0057E 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Shift control lever to neutral position. Remove control lever handle. Remove center console assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Remove control device assembly nuts. Remove exhaust front tube, center muffler and heat shield. Refer to EX-5, "Removal and Installation". Remove cable support bracket. Remove select cable and shift cable from cable bracket. Remove control device assembly from the vehicle. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Tapping work for tapping bolt is not applied to new clutch housing. Do not perform tapping by other than screwing tapping bolt because tapping is formed by screwing tapping bolt into clutch housing. • Securely install each cable to shift lever and select lever. • Be careful about the installation direction, and screw control lever handle onto control lever. ⇐: Front SCIA7630E • When control lever is selected to 1st-2nd side and 5th-6th side, confirm control lever returns to neutral position smoothly. • When control lever is shifted to each position, make sure there is no binding or disconnection in each boot. Revision: January 2010 MT-16 2010 Sentra AIR BREATHER HOSE [RS6F94R] < SERVICE INFORMATION > AIR BREATHER HOSE A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283991 COMPONENTS B MT D E F G H I AWCIA0012ZZ 1. Air cleaner case 2. Air duct 3. Clip 4. Resonator 5. Air breather hose 6. Two way connector 7. Transaxle assembly J K REMOVAL 1. 2. Disconnect air breather hose clips and disconnect air breather hose from resonator. Remove air breather hose. CAUTION: When removing air breather hose, be sure to hold two way connector securely. L M INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • When installing air breather hose on two way connector, aim paint mark face toward the vehicle front. • When installing air breather hose on two way connector, push it until it hits transaxle case. • When installing air breather hose to resonator, make sure that clips are fully inserted. CAUTION: Make sure air breather hose is not collapsed or blocked due to folding or bending when installed. N O P Revision: January 2010 MT-17 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F94R] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY Component INFOID:0000000005589333 JPDIC0632ZZ 1. Transaxle assembly : Refer to MT-18, "Removal and Installation". Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005589334 CAUTION: If transaxle assembly is removed from the vehicle, always replace CSC (Concentric Slave Cylinder). Inserted CSC returns to the original position when removing transaxle assembly. Dust on clutch disc sliding parts may damage CSC seal, and may cause clutch fluid leakage. REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Drain clutch fluid and remove clutch tube from CSC. Refer to CL-14, "Removal and Installation". CAUTION: Do not depress clutch pedal during removal procedure. Remove engine and transaxle assembly. Refer to EM-76, "Removal and Installation". Remove starter motor. Refer to SC-24, "Removal and Installation MR20DE". Remove transaxle assembly to engine bolts. Separate transaxle assembly from engine. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • If transaxle is removed from the vehicle, always replace CSC. Refer to CL-13, "Removal and Installation". • When installing the transaxle assembly to the engine, install the bolts as shown. CAUTION: When installing transaxle assembly, be careful not to bring transaxle input shaft into contact with clutch cover. Bolt No. 1 2 Quantity 3 6 60 (2.36) 50 (1.97) Bolt length “ ” mm (in) Tightening torque N·m (kg-m, ft-lb) 62.0 (6.3, 46) PCIB1786E A: M/T to engine Revision: January 2010 MT-18 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F94R] < SERVICE INFORMATION > B: Engine to M/T • Bleed the air from the clutch hydraulic system. Refer to CL-9, "Air Bleeding Procedure". • After installation, check oil level, and check for leaks and loose mechanisms. Refer to MT-12, "Checking M/T Oil". A B Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000005589335 COMPONENTS MT Case and Housing Components D E F G H I J K L M N O AWDIA0715ZZ 1. Filler plug 2. Gasket 3. Transaxle case 4. Bushing 5. Snap ring 6. Oil channel 7. Oil gutter 8. Position switch 9. Bracket 10. Differential side oil seal 11. Magnet 12. Drain plug 13. Input shaft oil seal 14. Clutch housing 15. Two way connector 16. Plug (With ABS models) 17. Vehicle speed sensor (Without ABS models) 18. Pinion shaft Revision: January 2010 MT-19 P 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F94R] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 19. Pinion gear Use specified transaxle fluid. Refer to MA-15, "MR20DE" : Apply Genuine Liquid Gasket, Three Bond 1215 or an equivalent. Gear Components JPDIC0407GB 1. Input shaft front bearing 2. Input shaft 3. 3rd input gear 4. Spacer 5. Snap ring 6. 3rd baulk ring 7. 3rd-4th coupling sleeve 8. 3rd-4th synchronizer hub 9. Insert key 10. 4th baulk ring 11. 4th input gear 12. 5th input gear 13. 5th baulk ring 14. 5th-6th coupling sleeve 15. 5th-6th synchronizer hub 16. 6th baulk ring 17. Needle bearing 18. 6th input gear 19. Input shaft rear bearing A: First step B: Final step : Apply gear oil. : Replace the parts as a set. Revision: January 2010 MT-20 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F94R] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B MT D E F G H I J K SFIA3293E 1. Mainshaft front bearing outer race 2. Mainshaft front bearing inner race 3. Mainshaft 4. 1st main gear 5. 1st inner baulk ring 6. 1st synchronizer cone 7. 1st outer baulk ring 8. 1st-2nd coupling sleeve 9. Insert key L 10. 1st-2nd synchronizer hub 11. 2nd outer baulk ring 12. 2nd synchronizer cone 13. 2nd inner baulk ring 14. 2nd main gear 15. Bushing M 16. 3rd main gear 17. Mainshaft adjusting shim 18. 4th main gear 19. 5th main gear 20. 6th main gear 21. Mainshaft rear bearing inner race 22. Mainshaft rear bearing outer race 23. Snap ring 24. Mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim N O : Apply gear oil. : Replace the parts as a set. Revision: January 2010 P MT-21 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F94R] < SERVICE INFORMATION > JPDIC0425GB 1. Reverse output gear 2. Snap ring 3. Reverse baulk ring 4. Return spring 5. Needle bearing 6. Seal washer 7. Reverse idler shaft 8. Spacer 9. Reverse input gear 10. Lock washer 11. Spring washer : Replace the parts as a set. Shift Control Components Revision: January 2010 MT-22 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F94R] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B MT D E F G H I AWDIA0716ZZ 1. Shifter lever A 2. Shifter lever B 3. Retaining pin 4. Selector 5. Selector lever 6. Reverse fork rod 7. 1st-2nd fork rod 8. Fork rod J : Replace the parts as a set. K Final Drive Components L M N O P Revision: January 2010 MT-23 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F94R] < SERVICE INFORMATION > JPDIC0604GB 1. Shim 2. Differential side bearing outer race (transaxle case side) 3. Differential side bearing inner race (transaxle case side) 4. Final gear 5. Differential case 6. Speedometer drive gear 7. Differential side bearing inner race (clutch housing side) 8. Differential side bearing outer race (clutch housing side) : Replace the parts as a set. DISASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove drain plug and gasket from clutch housing, using a suitable tool and then drain gear oil. Remove filler plug and gasket from transaxle case. Remove selector lever (1) retaining pin with a pin punch to remove selector lever. Remove bracket (2) and position switch (3) from transaxle case. PCIB1693E Revision: January 2010 MT-24 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F94R] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. Remove transaxle case bolts ( ). A B MT PCIB1694E D 6. Remove reverse idler shaft bolt ( ) and seal washer. E F G PCIB1695E 7. Remove transaxle case (2) while rotating shifter lever A (1) in the direction as shown. H I J JPDIC0444ZZ 8. K Remove selector spring (1) from return bushing (A). L M N JPDIC0445ZZ O 9. Shift 1st-2nd fork rod (1), fork rod (2), and reverse fork rod (3) to the neutral position. 10. Remove selector (4) from clutch housing. P PCIB1698E Revision: January 2010 MT-25 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F94R] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 11. Remove reverse idler shaft assembly (1) according to the following procedures. a. Pull up input shaft assembly (2), mainshaft assembly (3), fork rod (4), and 1st-2nd fork rod (5). NOTE: It is easier to pull up when shifting each fork rod to each shaft side. b. Remove reverse idler shaft assembly and reverse fork rod (6) from clutch housing. 12. Remove spring washer from clutch housing. JPDIC0606ZZ 13. Pull up and remove input shaft assembly (1), mainshaft assembly (2), fork rod (3), and 1st-2nd fork rod (4) from clutch housing. NOTE: It is easier to pull up when shifting each fork rod to each shaft side. JPDIC0607ZZ 14. Remove final drive assembly (1) from clutch housing. 15. Remove magnet from clutch housing. PCIB1703E 16. Remove differential side oil seals (1) from clutch housing and transaxle case. CAUTION: Never damage clutch housing and transaxle case. PCIB1704E 17. Remove differential side bearing outer race (1) from clutch housing, using a brass rod. CAUTION: Never damage clutch housing. PCIB1716E Revision: January 2010 MT-26 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F94R] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 18. Remove differential side bearing outer race (1) from transaxle case, using a brass rod. CAUTION: Never damage transaxle case. 19. Remove shim (2) from transaxle case. A B MT PCIB1705E 20. Remove shifter lever A (1) retaining pin, using a suitable tool. 21. Remove shifter lever A from transaxle case. D E F G JPDIC0106ZZ 22. Remove shifter lever B (1) from transaxle case. H I J PCIB1712E K 23. Remove oil gutter (1) from transaxle case. L M N PCIB1707E O 24. Remove bushings (1) from transaxle case, using a suitable tool. P PCIB1710E Revision: January 2010 MT-27 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F94R] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 25. Remove mainshaft rear bearing outer race from transaxle case, using a suitable tool. 26. Remove mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim from transaxle case. PCIB1706E 27. Remove snap ring (1) and oil channel (2) from transaxle case. PCIB1708E 28. Remove input shaft oil seal (1) from clutch housing, using a suitable tool. CAUTION: Never damage clutch housing. PCIB1714E 29. Remove mainshaft front bearing outer race (1) from clutch housing, using Tool (A) and a suitable tool (B). Tool number : KV381054S0 (J-34286) JPDIC0107ZZ 30. Remove oil channel (2) from clutch housing. Revision: January 2010 MT-28 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > 31. Remove bushing (1) from clutch housing, using suitable tool. [RS6F94R] A B MT PCIB1717E D 32. Remove two way connector (1) from clutch housing. 33. Remove plug from clutch housing. (With ABS models) 34. Remove vehicle speed sensor from clutch housing. (Without ABS models) E F G PCIB1720E 35. Remove pinion gear (1) and pinion shaft (2) from clutch housing. H I J PCIB1719E K ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. Install pinion gear (1) and pinion shaft (2) to clutch housing. CAUTION: Replace transaxle assembly when replacing clutch housing. Install plug to clutch housing. (With ABS models) Install vehicle speed sensor to clutch housing. (Without ABS models) NOTE: Apply specified transaxle fluid to O-rings prior to installation. Refer to MA-15, "MR20DE". L M N PCIB1719E O P Revision: January 2010 MT-29 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Install two way connector (1) to clutch housing. [RS6F94R] PCIB1720E 5. 6. Install bushings (1) so that they becomes even to clutch housing edge surface, using a suitable tool (A). Install oil channel to clutch housing. CAUTION: Never reuse oil channel. JPDIC0108ZZ 7. Install mainshaft front bearing outer race to clutch housing, using Tool (A). Tool number : KV38100200 ( — ) CAUTION: Replace mainshaft front bearing outer race and mainshaft front bearing inner race as a set. PCIB1724E 8. Install input shaft oil seal (1) to clutch housing, using Tool (A). Tool number : ST33220000 ( — ) PCIB1721E 9. Install snap ring (1) and oil channel (2) to transaxle case. CAUTION: • Select and install snap ring that has the same thickness as previous one. • Replace transaxle assembly when replacing transaxle case. 10. Install mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim to transaxle case. CAUTION: Select mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim according to the following procedures when replacing mainshaft adjusting shim, 6th main gear, 5th main gear, or 4th main gear. • Replace mainshaft adjusting shim. Revision: January 2010 MT-30 PCIB1729E 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F94R] < SERVICE INFORMATION > - If new mainshaft adjusting shim is thinner than previous one, offset the thickness difference by selecting thicker mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim. A - If new mainshaft adjusting shim is thicker than previous one, offset the thickness difference by selecting thinner mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim. • Replace 6th main gear, 5th main gear, or 4th main gear. B - Measure the thickness of the main gear used before and the new main gear - Increase the thickness of the mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim, if the difference is smaller than 0.025 mm (0.0010 in). - Decrease the thickness of the mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim, if the difference is greater MT than 0.025 mm (0.0010 in). 11. Install mainshaft rear bearing outer race to transaxle case, using Tool (A). Tool number : KV38100200 ( — D ) E CAUTION: Replace mainshaft rear bearing outer race and mainshaft rear bearing inner race as a set. F PCIB1728E G 12. Install bushings (1) to transaxle case, using suitable (A). H I J JPDIC0109ZZ K 13. Install oil gutter (1) to transaxle case. L M PCIB1730E 14. Install shifter lever B (1) to transaxle case. CAUTION: Replace shifter lever A and shifter lever B as a set. 15. Install shifter lever A to transaxle case. CAUTION: Replace shifter lever A and shifter lever B as a set. O P PCIB1712E Revision: January 2010 MT-31 N 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > 16. Install retaining pin to shifter lever A (1), using a pin punch. CAUTION: Never reuse retaining pin. 17. Install shim to transaxle case. [RS6F94R] BCIA0047E 18. Install differential side bearing outer race (transaxle case side) to transaxle case, using Tool (A). Tool number : ST33400001 (J-26082) CAUTION: Replace differential side bearing outer race (transaxle case side) and differential side bearing inner race (transaxle case side) as a set. PCIB1726E 19. Install differential side bearing outer race (clutch housing side) to clutch housing, using Tool (A). Tool number : KV38100200 ( — ) CAUTION: Replace differential side bearing outer race (clutch housing side) and differential side bearing inner race (clutch housing side) as a set. PCIB1722E 20. Install differential side oil seals (1) to clutch housing and transaxle case, using Tool. Tool number : KV325 QAA (B.vi 1666-B) A : Transaxle case side B : Clutch housing side Dimension “L1” Dimension “L2” : 1.2 – 1.8 mm (0.047 – 0.071 in) : 2.7 – 3.3 mm (0.106 – 0.130 in) JPDIC0454ZZ 21. Install magnet to clutch housing. 22. Install final drive assembly to clutch housing. Revision: January 2010 MT-32 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > 23. Set fork rod (1) to input shaft assembly (2), and then install them to clutch housing. [RS6F94R] A B MT JPDIC0608ZZ D 24. Install mainshaft assembly (1) according to the following procedures. a. Pull up input shaft assembly (2) and fork rod (3). b. Set 1st-2nd fork rod (4) to mainshaft assembly, and then install them to clutch housing. E F G JPDIC0609ZZ 25. Install reverse idler shaft assembly (1) according to the following procedures. a. Install spring washer to clutch housing. b. Pull up input shaft assembly (2), mainshaft assembly (3), fork rod (4), and 1st-2nd fork rod (5). NOTE: It is easier to pull up when shifting each fork rod to each shaft side. c. Set reverse fork rod (6) to reverse idler shaft assembly, and then install them to clutch housing. H I J JPDIC0606ZZ 26. Shift 1st-2nd fork rod (1), fork rod (2), and reverse fork rod (3) to the neutral position. 27. Install selector (4) to clutch housing. CAUTION: Replace selector lever and selector as a set. K L M N SCIA7782E O 28. Install selector spring (1) to return bushing (A). 29. Apply recommended sealant to transaxle case mounting surface. • Use Genuine Liquid Gasket, Three Bond 1215 or an equivalent. CAUTION: • Never allow old liquid gasket, moisture, oil, or foreign matter to remain on mounting surface. • Check that mounting surface is not damaged. • Apply liquid gasket bead continuously. P JPDIC0445ZZ Revision: January 2010 MT-33 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F94R] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 30. Install transaxle case to clutch housing while rotating shifter lever A (1) in the direction as shown. JPDIC0110ZZ 31. Install reverse idler shaft bolt ( ) according to the following procedures. a. Install seal washer to reverse idler shaft mounting bolt, and install reverse idler shaft bolt to transaxle case. CAUTION: Never reuse seal washer. b. Tighten reverse idler shaft bolt to the specified torque. Refer to MT-19, "Disassembly and Assembly". PCIB1695E 32. Tighten transaxle case bolts ( ) to the specified torque. Refer to MT-19, "Disassembly and Assembly". PCIB1694E 33. Install position switch (1) according to the following procedures. a. Apply recommended sealant to position switch thread. • Use Genuine Liquid Gasket, Three Bond 1215 or an equivalent. CAUTION: Never allow old liquid gasket, moisture, oil, or foreign matter to remain on thread. b. Install position switch to transaxle case, and tighten it to the specified torque. Refer to MT-19, "Disassembly and Assembly". 34. Install bracket (2) to transaxle case, and tighten mounting bolt to the specified torque. Refer to MT-19, "Disassembly and Assembly". 35. Install selector lever (3) according to following the procedures. a. Install selector lever to transaxle case. CAUTION: Replace selector lever and selector as a set. b. Install retaining pin to selector lever, using a suitable tool. CAUTION: Never reuse retaining pin. 36. Install drain plug according to the following procedures. a. Install gasket to drain plug. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 MT-34 SCIA7784E 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > Never reuse gasket. b. Install drain plug to clutch housing, using a suitable tool. c. Tighten drain plug to the specified torque. Refer to MT-19, "Disassembly and Assembly". 37. Install filler plug according to the following procedures. a. Install gasket to filler plug, and then install them to transaxle case. CAUTION: Never reuse gasket. b. Tighten filler plug to the specified torque. Refer to MT-19, "Disassembly and Assembly". CAUTION: Fill with gear oil before tighten filler plug to the specified torque. [RS6F94R] A B MT D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 MT-35 2010 Sentra INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS [RS6F94R] < SERVICE INFORMATION > INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000005283995 GENERAL PRECAUTIONS • Do not reuse snap ring. • Position input shaft on the vise with back plate and remove gears and snap rings. • For installation and removal of snap ring, position snap ring pliers and flat pliers at both sides of snap ring. Stretch snap ring, and move it with flat pliers. • Disassemble gear components putting matching marks on the parts that do not affect any functions. SCIA1755J DISASSEMBLY 1. Remove input shaft rear bearing bolt (1), using Tool (A). Tool number : KV32300QAM (B.vi 1823) JPDIC0449ZZ 2. Install the suitable tools (A) onto input shaft rear bearing (1), and remove input shaft rear bearing (1) from input shaft. PCIB1755E 3. 4. Remove washer (1), 6th input gear (2) and 5th-6th synchronizer assembly (3). Remove needle bearing. PCIB1750E Revision: January 2010 MT-36 2010 Sentra INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. Remove snap ring (1), washer and 5th input gear (2). 6. Remove washer. [RS6F94R] A B MT PCIB1754E 7. D Remove snap ring (1), washer, 4th input gear (2) and 3rd-4th synchronizer assembly (3). E F G PCIB1753E 8. Remove snap ring (1), washer and 3rd input gear (2). H I J PCIB1752E 9. Remove input shaft front bearing (1) from input shaft using a suitable tool. K L M N PCIB1751E INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY O Input Shaft and Gears P Revision: January 2010 MT-37 2010 Sentra INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones. • Damage, peeling, dent, uneven wear, bending, and other nonstandard conditions of the shaft. • Excessive wear, damage, peeling, and other non-standard conditions of the gears. [RS6F94R] SCIA7736E Synchronizer Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones. • Damage and excessive wear of contact surfaces of coupling sleeve, synchronizer hub and insert key. • Coupling sleeve and synchronizer hub must move smoothly. SCIA1753J • If any crack, damage, or excessive wear is found on cam face of baulk ring or working face of insert, replace it. SCIA0608J Bearing Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones. • Damage and rough rotation of bearing MTF0041D ASSEMBLY Note the following. Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly. Refer to MT-19, "Disassembly and Assembly". Revision: January 2010 MT-38 2010 Sentra INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Press-fit the input shaft front bearing (1) onto the input shaft using a suitable tool (A). [RS6F94R] A B MT PCIB1746E D • Press-fit the input shaft rear bearing (1) onto the input shaft using a suitable tool (A), and Tool (B). E Tool number B: ST36720030 ( — ) CAUTION: • Do not reuse snap ring. • Make sure that snap ring is securely installed in the groove. F G PCIB1747E H • Be careful with the orientation of 3rd-4th synchronizer hub. A: 3rd input gear side B: 4th input gear side I J PCIB1748E • Be careful with the orientation of 5th-6th synchronizer hub. A: 5th input gear side B: 6th input gear side K L M N PCIB1749E O P Revision: January 2010 MT-39 2010 Sentra MAINSHAFT AND GEARS [RS6F94R] < SERVICE INFORMATION > MAINSHAFT AND GEARS Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000005283996 GENERAL PRECAUTIONS • Do not reuse snap rings. • Position mainshaft on the vise with back plate and remove gears and snap rings. • For installation and removal of snap ring, position snap ring pliers and flat pliers at both sides of snap ring. Stretch snap ring, and move it with flat pliers. • Disassemble gear components putting matching marks on the parts that do not affect any functions. SCIA1755J DISASSEMBLY 1. Remove snap ring (1). PCIB1745E 2. Install Tool (A) and suitable tool onto 6th main gear (1), and remove mainshaft rear bearing inner race (2) and 6th main gear (1) from mainshaft. Tool number A: ST33052000 ( — ) PCIB1744E 3. Install Tool (A) and suitable tool onto 4th main gear (1), and remove 5th main gear (2), and 4th main gear (1) from mainshaft. Tool number 4. A: ST33052000 ( — ) Remove intermediate adjusting shim. PCIB1743E Revision: January 2010 MT-40 2010 Sentra MAINSHAFT AND GEARS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. Install Tool (A) and suitable tool onto 1st main gear (1), and remove 1st main gear (1), 1st-2nd synchronizer assembly (2), 2nd main gear (3), bushing, and 3rd main gear (4) from mainshaft. Tool number A: ST33052000 ( — [RS6F94R] A B ) MT PCIB1742E 6. D Install Tool (A) and suitable tool onto mainshaft front bearing inner race (1), and remove mainshaft front bearing inner race (1) from mainshaft. Tool number A: ST33052000 ( — E ) F G PCIB1741E INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY H Mainshaft and Gears Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones. • Damage, peeling, dent, uneven wear, bending, and other nonstandard conditions of the shaft. • Excessive wear, damage, peeling, and other non-standard conditions of the gears. I J K PCIB1775E L Synchronizer Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones. • Damage and excessive wear of contact surfaces of coupling sleeve, synchronizer hub, insert key. • Coupling sleeve and synchronizer hub must move smoothly. M N O SCIA1753J P Revision: January 2010 MT-41 2010 Sentra MAINSHAFT AND GEARS < SERVICE INFORMATION > • If any crack, damage, or excessive wear is found on cam face of baulk ring or working face of insert, replace it. [RS6F94R] SCIA0608J Bearing Check bearing for damage and unsmooth rotation. Replace if necessary. CAUTION: • Replace mainshaft front bearing outer race and mainshaft front bearing inner race as a set. • Replace mainshaft rear bearing inner race and mainshaft rear bearing outer race as a set. SPD715 ASSEMBLY 1. Install mainshaft front bearing inner race (1), using Tool (A). Tool number 2. 3. 4. 5. : ST36720030 ( — ) CAUTION: Replace mainshaft front bearing outer race and mainshaft front bearing inner race as a set. Apply gear oil to 1st inner baulk ring, 1st synchronizer cone, 1st outer baulk ring, 2nd inner baulk ring, 2nd synchronizer cone, and 2nd outer baulk ring. CAUTION: PCIB1733E • Replace 1st inner baulk ring, 1st synchronizer cone, and 1st outer baulk ring as a set. • Replace 2nd inner baulk ring, 2nd synchronizer cone, and 2nd outer baulk ring as a set. Install insert keys and 1st-2nd coupling sleeve to 1st-2nd synchronizer hub. CAUTION: Replace 1st-2nd synchronizer hub and 1st-2nd coupling sleeve as a set. Install 1st main gear (1), 1st inner baulk ring, 1st synchronizer cone, 1st outer baulk ring, 1st-2nd synchronizer hub assembly (2), 2nd inner baulk ring, 2nd synchronizer cone, and 2nd outer baulk ring. Install bushing (3), using Tool (A). Tool number : ST32102700 ( — ) PCIB1734E Revision: January 2010 MT-42 2010 Sentra MAINSHAFT AND GEARS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 6. Install 3rd main gear (1) and 2nd main gear (2), using Tool (A). [RS6F94R] A Tool number : ST32102700 ( — ) B MT PCIB1735E 7. D Measure dimension (L) as shown. Select mainshaft adjusting shim (1) according to the following list, and then install it to mainshaft. 2 : Mainshaft 3 : 3rd main gear E F Unit: mm (in) Dimension (L) Mainshaft adjusting shim thickness 147.690 – 147.666 (5.8146 – 5.8136) 1.500 (0.0591) 147.665 – 147.641 (5.8136 – 5.8126) 1.525 (0.0600) 147.640 – 147.616 (5.8126 – 5.8116) 1.550 (0.0610) 147.615 – 147.591 (5.8116 – 5.8107) 1.575 (0.0620) 147.590 – 147.566 (5.8106 – 5.8097) 1.600 (0.0630) 147.565 – 147.541 (5.8096 – 5.8087) 1.625 (0.0640) 147.540 – 147.516 (5.8086 – 5.8077) 1.650 (0.0650) 147.515 – 147.491 (5.8077 – 5.8067) 1.675 (0.0659) 147.490 – 147.466 (5.8067 – 5.8057) 1.700 (0.0669) 147.465 – 147.441 (5.8057 – 5.8048) 1.725 (0.0679) 147.440 – 147.416 (5.8047 – 5.8038) 1.750 (0.0689) 147.415 – 147.391 (5.8037 – 5.8028) 1.775 (0.0699) 8. G PCIB1736E H I J K Install 4th main gear (1), using Tool (A). L Tool number : ST33052000 ( — ) M N PCIB1737E 9. O Install 5th main gear (1), using Tool (A). Tool number : ST33052000 ( — ) P PCIB1738E Revision: January 2010 MT-43 2010 Sentra MAINSHAFT AND GEARS [RS6F94R] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 10. Install 6th main gear (1), using Tool (A). Tool number : ST33052000 ( — ) PCIB1739E 11. Install mainshaft rear bearing inner race (1), using Tool (A). Tool number : ST30901000 (J_26010-01) CAUTION: Replace mainshaft rear bearing inner race and mainshaft rear bearing outer race as a set. 12. Install snap ring. CAUTION: Never reuse snap ring. PCIB1740E ASSEMBLY 1. Press-fit the mainshaft front bearing inner race (1) onto the mainshaft using Tool (A). Tool number A: ST36720030 ( — ) PCIB1733E 2. 3. Install 1st main gear (1), and 1st-2nd synchronizer assembly (2) onto the mainshaft. Press-fit the bushing (3) onto the mainshaft using Tool (A). Tool number A: KV32102700 ( — ) PCIB1734E 4. Press-fit 3rd main gear (1) onto the mainshaft with Tool (A) after installing the 2nd main gear (2) and the 3rd main gear (1) onto the mainshaft. Tool number A: KV32102700 ( — ) PCIB1735E Revision: January 2010 MT-44 2010 Sentra MAINSHAFT AND GEARS [RS6F94R] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. Select the thickness of the intermediate adjusting shim (1) needed by measuring the distance (L) between the base of the mainshaft (2) and the top of the 3rd main gear (3). Refer to the following table to determine the thickness of the adjusting shim. A B Unit: mm (in) 6. 7. Distance L Adjusting shim thickness 147.690 – 147.666 (5.8146 – 5.8136) 1.500 (0.0591) 147.665 – 147.641 (5.8136 – 5.8126) 1.525 (0.0600) 147.640 – 147.616 (5.8126 – 5.8116) 1.550 (0.0610) 147.615 – 147.591 (5.8116 – 5.8107) 1.575 (0.0620) 147.590 – 147.566 (5.8106 – 5.8097) 1.600 (0.0630) 147.565 – 147.541 (5.8096 – 5.8087) 1.625 (0.0640) 147.540 – 147.516 (5.8086 – 5.8077) 1.650 (0.0650) 147.515 – 147.491 (5.8077 – 5.8067) 1.675 (0.0659) 147.490 – 147.466 (5.8067 – 5.8057) 1.700 (0.0669) 147.465 – 147.441 (5.8057 – 5.8048) 1.725 (0.0679) 147.440 – 147.416 (5.8047 – 5.8038) 1.750 (0.0689) 147.415 – 147.391 (5.8037 – 5.8028) 1.775 (0.0699) MT PCIB1736E E F G Install selected intermediate adjusting shim. Press-fit the 4th main gear (1) onto the mainshaft using Tool (A). Tool number A: KV32102700 ( — D H ) I J K PCIB1737E 8. Press-fit the 5th main gear (1) onto the mainshaft using Tool (A). Tool number A: KV32102700 ( — L ) M N PCIB1738E 9. Press-fit the 6th main gear (1) onto the mainshaft using Tool (A). Tool number A: KV32102700 ( — ) P PCIB1739E Revision: January 2010 MT-45 O 2010 Sentra MAINSHAFT AND GEARS [RS6F94R] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 10. Press-fit the mainshaft rear bearing inner race (1) onto the mainshaft using Tool (A). Tool number A: ST30901000 (J-26010-01) 11. Install snap ring onto mainshaft. PCIB1740E Revision: January 2010 MT-46 2010 Sentra REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEARS [RS6F94R] < SERVICE INFORMATION > REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEARS Disassembly and Assembly A INFOID:0000000005283997 DISASSEMBLY 1. B Remove reverse output gear (1). MT D E PCIB1760E 2. Remove snap ring (1). F G H PCIB1759E 3. I Remove reverse baulk ring (1) and return spring (2). J K L PCIB1758E M 4. Remove snap ring (1), lock washer (2), reverse input gear (3) and washer. N O P PCIB1757E Revision: January 2010 MT-47 2010 Sentra REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEARS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. Remove needle bearings (1) from reverse idler shaft. 6. Remove washer from reverse idler shaft. [RS6F94R] PCIB1761E INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY Shaft and Gear Check the following items. Replace reverse output gear, snap ring, reverse baulk ring, return spring, needle bearing, reverse idler shaft, spacer, reverse input gear, and lock washer as a set, if necessary. • Damage, peeling, bend, uneven wear, and distortion of shaft • Excessive wear, damage, and peeling of gear Bearing Check damage and rotation of bearing. Replace reverse output gear, snap ring, reverse baulk ring, return spring, needle bearing, reverse idler shaft, spacer, reverse input gear, and lock washer as a set, if necessary. ASSEMBLY Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly. Refer to MT-19, "Disassembly and Assembly". CAUTION: • Do not reuse snap ring. • Make sure that snap ring is securely installed in the groove. Revision: January 2010 MT-48 2010 Sentra FINAL DRIVE [RS6F94R] < SERVICE INFORMATION > FINAL DRIVE A Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000005283998 DISASSEMBLY 1. a. b. Remove differential side bearing inner race (clutch housing side) (1) according to the following procedures. Set a suitable tool to differential side bearing inner race (clutch housing side). Remove differential side bearing inner race (clutch housing side), using Tool (A). Tool number 2. B MT D : ST33061000 (J-8107-2) E Remove speedometer drive gear. PCIB1767E 3. Remove final gear bolts, and then remove final gear (1). F G H JPDIC0446ZZ 4. a. b. Remove differential side bearing inner race (transaxle case side) (1) according to the following procedures. Set a suitable tool to differential side bearing inner race (transaxle case side). Remove differential side bearing inner race (transaxle case side), using a suitable tool (A). I J K L JPDIC0114ZZ M INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY Gear and Case Check final gear and differential case. Replace if necessary. N Bearing Check bearing for damage and unsmooth rotation. Replace if necessary. CAUTION: • Replace differential side bearing outer race (clutch housing side) and differential side bearing inner race (clutch housing side) as a set. • Replace differential side bearing inner race (transaxle case side) and differential side bearing outer race (transaxle case side) as a set. O P SPD715 ASSEMBLY Revision: January 2010 MT-49 2010 Sentra FINAL DRIVE [RS6F94R] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Install final gear, and then tighten final gear bolts to the specified torque. Refer to MT-49, "Disassembly and Assembly". CAUTION: Replace final gear and differential case as a set. 2. Install speedometer drive gear. 3. Install differential side bearing inner race (clutch housing side), using a suitable tool (A). CAUTION: Replace differential side bearing inner race (clutch housing side) and differential side bearing outer race (clutch housing side) as a set. JPDIC0115ZZ 4. Install differential side bearing inner race (transaxle case side), using a suitable tool (A). CAUTION: Replace differential side bearing inner race (transaxle case side) and differential side bearing outer race (transaxle case side) as a set. JPDIC0116ZZ Revision: January 2010 MT-50 2010 Sentra SHIFT CONTROL [RS6F94R] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SHIFT CONTROL A Inspection INFOID:0000000005283999 • Check contact surface and sliding surface of fork rod and shift fork for wear, damage, and bend. Replace if necessary. B MT D E F G H SCIA7785E I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 MT-51 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [RS6F94R] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) General Specification INFOID:0000000005284000 Engine type MR20DE Transaxle model RS6F94R Number of speeds 6 Synchromesh type Warner Shift pattern PCIB1769E Gear ratio Number of teeth 1st 3.727 2nd 2.105 3rd 1.519 4th 1.171 5th 0.914 6th 0.767 Reverse 3.687 Final gear 3.933 Input gear Main gear 1st 11 2nd 19 3rd 27 4th 35 5th 35 6th 43 Reverse 11 1st 41 2nd 40 3rd 41 4th 41 5th 32 6th 33 Reverse 42 Reverse idler gear Input/Output 28/29 Final gear Final gear/Pinion 59/15 Side gear/Pinion mate gear 13/10 Oil capacity Remarks (US pt, Imp pt) Reverse synchronizer Installed Triple-cone synchronizer Revision: January 2010 Approx. 2.0 (4-1/4, 3-1/2) 1st and 2nd MT-52 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION A PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" B INFOID:0000000005602350 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along MT with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front D air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: E • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. F • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this G Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. H PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. Service Notice or Precaution I J INFOID:0000000005284002 • • • • Do not reuse transaxle oil, once it has been drained. Check oil level or replace oil with vehicle on level surface. During removal or installation, keep inside of transaxle clear of dust or dirt. Check for the correct installation status prior to removal or disassembly. If matching marks are required, be certain they do not interfere with the function of the parts they are applied. • In principle, tighten bolts or nuts gradually in several steps working diagonally from inside to outside. If tightening sequence is specified, use it. • Be careful not to damage sliding surfaces and mating surfaces. K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 MT-53 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000005284003 The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here. Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description KV381054S0 (J-34286) Puller • Removing differential side bearing outer race (clutch housing side) • Removing differential side bearing outer race (transaxle case side) • Removing mainshaft front bearing ZZA0601D ST33400001 (J-26082) Drift Installing differential side oil seal (clutch housing side) a: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia. b: 47 mm (1.85 in) dia. ZZA0814D ST35321000 ( — ) Drift • • • • ZZA1000D KV40105320 ( — ) Drift Installing input shaft oil seal Installing reverse main gear Installing 1st main gear bushing Installing 1st-2nd synchronizer hub assembly • Installing 2nd main gear bushing • Installing 3rd main gear a: 49 mm (1.93 in) dia. b: 41 mm (1.61 in) dia. Installing differential side bearing outer race (clutch housing side) a: 88 mm (3.46 in) dia. ZZA0898D ST33200000 (J-26082) Drift • Installing mainshaft front bearing • Installing 6th input gear bushing • Installing 4th main gear • Installing 5th main gear • Installing 6th main gear a: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia. b: 44.5 mm (1.752 in) dia. ZZA1002D Revision: January 2010 MT-54 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name A Description ST30720000 (J-25405) Drift ZZA0811D ST33061000 (J-8107-2) Drift • Installing differential side oil seal (transaxle case side) • Installing differential side bearing outer race (clutch housing side) • Installing differential side bearing outer race (transaxle case side) • Installing mainshaft rear bearing • Installing differential side bearing (clutch housing side) • Installing differential side bearing (transaxle case side) a: 77 mm (3.03 in) dia. b: 55.5 mm (2.185 in) dia. • Installing bore plug • Removing differential side bearing (transaxle case side) • Removing differential side bearing (clutch housing side) a: 38 mm (1.50 in) dia. b: 28.5 mm (1.122 in) dia. B MT D E F G ZZA1000D ST33052000 ( — ) Drift ZZA1023D KV40105020 ( — ) Drift • Removing input shaft rear bearing • Removing 6th input gear, 6th input gear bushing, 5th-6th synchronizer hub assembly, and 5th input gear • Removing 5th input gear bushing, 4th input gear, 4th input gear bushing, 3rd-4th synchronizer hub assembly, and 3rd input gear • Installing input shaft front bearing • Removing mainshaft rear bearing • Removing 6th main gear • Removing 4th main gear and 5th main gear a: 22 mm (0.87 in) dia. b: 28 mm (1.10 in) dia. Removing 3rd main gear, 2nd main gear, 2nd main gear bushing, 1st-2nd synchronizer hub assembly, 1st main gear, 1st main gear bushing, and reverse main gear a: 39.7 mm (1.563 in) dia. b: 35 mm (1.38 in) dia. c: 15 mm (0.59 in) H I J K L M ZZA1133D ST30031000 (J-22912-01) Puller Measuring wear of inner baulk ring N O ZZA0537D P Revision: January 2010 MT-55 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description KV40105710 ( — ) Press stand ZZA1058D ST30901000 (J-26010-01) Drift ZZA0978D ST30032000 (J-26010-01) Drift • Installing 3rd-4th synchronizer hub assembly • Installing 4th input gear bushing • Installing 5th input gear bushing • Installing 5th-6th synchronizer hub assembly • Installing 2nd main gear bushing • Installing 3rd main gear a: 46 mm (1.81 in) dia. b: 41 mm (1.61 in) • Installing input shaft rear bearing • Installing 4th main gear • Installing 5th main gear • Installing 6th main gear • Installing mainshaft rear bearing a: 79 mm (3.11 in) dia. b: 45 mm (1.77 in) dia. c: 35.2 mm (1.386 in) dia. Installing input shaft front bearing a: 80 mm (3.15 in) dia. b: 38 mm (1.50 in) dia. c: 31 mm (1.22 in) dia. ZZA0978D ST38220000 ( — ) Press stand • Installing reverse main gear • Installing 1st main gear bushing • Installing 1st-2nd synchronizer hub assembly a: 63 mm (2.48 in) dia. b: 65 mm (2.56 in) ZZA1058D KV40101630 (J-35870) Drift Installing reverse main gear a: 68 mm (2.68 in) dia. b: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia. ZZA1003D KV38102510 ( — ) Drift ZZA0838D Revision: January 2010 MT-56 • Installing 1st main gear bushing • Installing 1st-2nd synchronizer hub assembly • Installing differential side bearing (transaxle case side) • Installing differential side bearing (clutch housing side) a: 71 mm (2.80 in) dia. b: 65 mm (2.56 in) dia. 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name A Description (J-39713) Preload adapter Measuring end play of side gear B MT NT087 — ( J-46534 ) Trim tool set D For removing trim E F AWJIA0483ZZ Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000005284004 G Tool name Description Pin punch Removing and installing retaining pin a: 4.5 mm (0.177 in) dia. H I J NT410 Pin punch Removing and installing retaining pin of selector lever a: 5.5 mm (0.217 in) dia. K L NT410 Pin punch Removing and installing retaining pin of each shifter lever a: 7.5 mm (0.295 in) dia. M N NT410 Drift Installing striking rod oil seal and shifter lever oil seal a: 24.5 mm (0.965 in) dia. O P S-NT063 Revision: January 2010 MT-57 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Tool name Description Puller Removing each bearing, gear, and bushing ZZA0537D Puller Removing each bearing, gear, and bushing NT077 Power tool Loosening bolts and nuts PBIC0190E Revision: January 2010 MT-58 2010 Sentra NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING NVH Troubleshooting Chart A INFOID:0000000005284005 3 1 Hard to shift or will not shift 1 1 Jumps out of gear 2 MT-69 MT-69 GEAR (Worn or damaged) BEARING (Worn or damaged) SHIFT FORK (Worn) MT-65 STRIKING ROD ASSEMBLY (Worn or damaged) D 3 3 E INSERT SPRING (Damaged) Oil leakage GASKET (Damaged) 2 OIL (Oil level is high.) 1 B MT BAULK RING (Worn or damaged) Symptoms OIL (Wrong oil.) Noise OIL (Oil level is low.) SUSPECTED PARTS (Possible cause) SHIFT CONTROL LINKAGE (Worn) MT-69 Reference page OIL SEAL (Worn or damaged) MT-62 Use the chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. The numbers indicate the order of the inspection. If necessary, repair or replace these parts. 3 3 2 F G H I 2 1 2 3 3 J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 MT-59 2010 Sentra DESCRIPTION [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DESCRIPTION Cross-Sectional View INFOID:0000000005284006 PCIB1877E 1. Transaxle case 2. 3rd input gear 3. 3rd-4th synchronizer hub 4. 3rd-4th coupling sleeve 5. 4th input gear 6. 5th input gear 7. 5th-6th synchronizer hub 8. 5th-6th coupling sleeve 9. 6th input gear 10. Input shaft rear bearing 11. Mainshaft rear bearing 12. 6th main gear 13. 5th main gear 14. 4th main gear 15. 3rd main gear 16. 2nd main gear 17. 1st-2nd synchronizer hub 18. 1st-2nd coupling sleeve 19. 1st main gear 20. Reverse main gear 21. Differential side bearing 24. Speedometer drive gear 22. Differential case assembly 23. Final gear 25. Mainshaft front bearing 26. Mainshaft 27. Input shaft 28. Input shaft front bearing 29. Clutch housing 30. Reverse idler shaft 31. Reverse idler gear (front) 32. Reverse coupling sleeve 33. Reverse idler gear (rear) DOUBLE-CONE SYNCHRONIZER Revision: January 2010 MT-60 2010 Sentra DESCRIPTION [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Double-cone synchronizer is adopted for 3rd gear to reduce operating force of the control lever. A TRIPLE-CONE SYNCHRONIZER Triple-cone synchronizer are adopted for 1st and 2nd gears to reduce operating force of the control lever. B MT D PCIB1454E REVERSE GEAR NOISE PREVENTION FUNCTION (SYNCHRONIZING METHOD) E Reverse gear can be matched smoothly in a structure by setting synchronizer hub (1) of reverse idler gear (rear), reverse coupling sleeve (2), reverse baulk ring (3), and reverse insert spring (4) to reverse idler gears, and letting reverse gear be synchronized. 5 : Reverse idler gear (rear) 6 : Reverse idler gear (front) F G H PCIB1909E I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 MT-61 2010 Sentra M/T OIL [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > M/T OIL Changing M/T Oil INFOID:0000000005284007 DRAINING 1. 2. 3. Start engine and let it run to warm up transaxle. Stop engine. Remove transaxle drain plug and drain oil. Set a gasket on drain plug and install it to transaxle. Tighten drain plug to the specified torque. Refer to MT-69, "Disassembly and Assembly". CAUTION: Do not reuse gasket. PCIB1834E FILLING 1. Remove plug (1). Fill the transaxle with new oil and check the oil level (L) using suitable gauge (A) as shown. Oil grade and capacity : Refer to MA-15, "QR25DE". Oil level (L) 2. : 61.0 - 67.0 mm (2.402 - 2.638 in) Set an O-ring on plug (1) and then install it to transaxle. Tighten to the specified torque. Refer to MT-69, "Disassembly and Assembly". CAUTION: Do not reuse O-ring. Checking M/T Oil PCIB1968E INFOID:0000000005284008 OIL LEAKAGE AND OIL LEVEL 1. 2. 3. Make sure that oil is not leaking from transaxle or around it. Remove plug (1). Check the oil level (L) using suitable gauge (A) as shown. Oil level (L) 4. : 61.0 - 67.0 mm (2.402 - 2.638 in) CAUTION: Do not start engine while checking oil level. Set an O-ring on plug (1) and then install it to transaxle. Tighten to the specified torque. Refer to MT-69, "Disassembly and Assembly". CAUTION: Do not reuse O-ring. Revision: January 2010 MT-62 PCIB1968E 2010 Sentra SIDE OIL SEAL [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SIDE OIL SEAL A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284009 REMOVAL 1. 2. B Remove front drive shafts from transaxle assembly. Refer to FAX-9, "Removal and Installation (Left Side)" and FAX-10, "Removal and Installation (Right Side)". MT Remove differential side oil seal (1) using a suitable tool. CAUTION: Do not damage transaxle case and clutch housing. D E SCIA7625E F INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • Install differential side oil seal to clutch housing and transaxle case to the specified dimension (A) using Tools. G Dimension (A) : -0.5 - 0.5 mm (-0.020 - 0.020 in) H Tool numbers : ST30720000 (J-25405) : ST33400001 (J-26082) I CAUTION: Do not reuse oil seal. • Check oil level after installation. Refer to MT-62, "Checking M/T Oil". J SCIA1010E K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 MT-63 2010 Sentra POSITION SWITCH [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > POSITION SWITCH Checking INFOID:0000000005284010 NOTE: For removal and installation of the switches, refer to MT-69, "Disassembly and Assembly". BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH • Check continuity. Gear position Continuity Reverse Yes Except reverse No 1 : Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch 2 : Back-up lamp switch PCIB1970E PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH • Check continuity. Gear position Continuity Neutral Yes Except neutral No Revision: January 2010 MT-64 2010 Sentra CONTROL LINKAGE [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CONTROL LINKAGE A Component of Control Device and Cable INFOID:0000000005284011 B MT D E F G H I LCIA0414E 1. Control lever handle 2. Control lever 3. Control device assembly 4. Select cable 5. Lock plate 6. Cable bracket 7. Shift cable 8. Cable support bracket J K Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284012 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. L Remove battery. Refer to SC-8, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery)". Remove air cleaner and air duct. Refer to EM-133, "Removal and Installation". Remove shift cable from shifter lever as shown. M N O BCIA0052E Revision: January 2010 MT-65 2010 Sentra P CONTROL LINKAGE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Remove select cable from selector lever A as shown. [RS6F52A] BCIA0057E 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Shift control lever to neutral position. Remove control lever handle. Remove center console assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Remove control device assembly nuts. Remove exhaust front tube, center muffler and heat shield. Refer to EX-11, "Removal and Installation". Remove cable support bracket. Remove select cable and shift cable from cable bracket. Remove control device assembly from the vehicle. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • Securely install each cable to shifter lever and selector lever. • Be careful about the installation direction, and screw control lever handle onto control lever. ⇐: Front SCIA7630E • When control lever is selected to 1st-2nd side and 5th-6th side, confirm control lever returns to neutral position smoothly. • When control lever is shifted to each position, make sure there is no binding or disconnection in each boot. Revision: January 2010 MT-66 2010 Sentra AIR BREATHER HOSE [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > AIR BREATHER HOSE A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284013 Refer to the figure for air breather hose removal and installation information. B MT D E F G PCIB1966E 1. Air breather hose 2. Transaxle assembly 4. Clamp 5. Air cleaner case 3. H Air breather tube CAUTION: • Make sure there are no pinched or restricted areas on the air breather hose caused by bending or winding when installing it. • Be sure to insert air breather hose into air breather tube until hose end reaches the tube's base. • Set air breather hose with painted mark facing forward. • Install air breather hose to air cleaner case by fully inserting the clip. I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 MT-67 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY Component INFOID:0000000005284014 LCIA0413E 1. Transaxle assembly 2. LH engine mount bracket A. Refer to MT-68, "Removal and Installation". Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284015 CAUTION: If transaxle assembly is removed from the vehicle, always replace CSC (Concentric Slave Cylinder). Inserted CSC returns to the original position when removing transaxle assembly. Dust on clutch disc sliding parts may damage CSC seal, and may cause clutch fluid leakage. REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Drain clutch fluid and remove clutch tube from CSC. Refer to CL-14, "Removal and Installation". CAUTION: Never depress clutch pedal during removal procedure. Remove engine and transaxle assembly. Refer to EM-184, "Removal and Installation". Remove starter motor. Refer to SC-24, "Removal and Installation QR25DE". Remove transaxle assembly to engine bolts. Separate transaxle assembly from engine. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • If transaxle assembly is removed from the vehicle, always replace CSC. Refer to CL-13, "Removal and Installation". Revision: January 2010 MT-68 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > • When installing the transaxle assembly to the engine, use the specified tightening torque in the numerical sequence shown: z : Transaxle to engine X : Engine to transaxle [RS6F52A] A B CAUTION: When installing transaxle assembly, never allow the transaxle input shaft to make contact with the clutch cover. Bolt symbol A B C D E F Quantity 1 3 1 2 2 1 80 (3.15) 45 (1.77) 35 (1.38) 45 (1.77) Bolt length “ mm (in) 45 (1.77) ” Tightening torque N·m (kg-m, ft-lb) 35.3 (3.6, 26) 74.5 (7.6, 55) 42.6 (4.3, 31) MT PCIB1972E D E 48.0 (4.9, 35) • Bleed the air from the clutch hydraulic system. Refer to CL-9, "Air Bleeding Procedure". • After installation, check oil level and check for leaks and loose mechanisms. Refer to MT-62, "Checking M/T Oil". F Disassembly and Assembly G INFOID:0000000005284016 COMPONENTS H Case and Housing Components I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 MT-69 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > AWDIA0672ZZ 1. Differential side oil seal 2. Clutch housing 3. CSC (Concentric Slave Cylinder) 4. Input shaft oil seal 5. Oil channel 6. Oil gutter A 7. Back-up lamp switch 8. Plunger 9. Gasket 10. Plug 11. Bore plug 12. Striking rod oil seal 13. Transaxle case 14. Oil gutter B 15. Air breather tube 16. Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch 17. Shifter lever oil seal 18. Drain plug 19. Magnet 21. Plug 20. O-ring Gear Components Revision: January 2010 MT-70 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B MT D E F G H I PCIB1888E 1. Input shaft front bearing 2. Input shaft 3. 3rd needle bearing 4. 3rd input gear 5. 3rd inner baulk ring 6. 3rd synchronizer cone 7. 3rd outer baulk ring 8. 3rd-4th spread spring 9. 3rd-4th shifting insert 10. 3rd-4th synchronizer hub 11. 4th baulk ring 12. 3rd-4th coupling sleeve 13. 4th input gear bushing 14. 4th needle bearing 15. 4th input gear 16. Thrust washer 17. 5th input gear bushing 18. 5th needle bearing 19. 5th input gear 20. 5th baulk ring 21. 5th-6th spread spring 22. 5th-6th shifting insert 23. 5th-6th synchronizer hub 24. 5th-6th coupling sleeve J K L 25. 6th baulk ring 26. 6th input gear 27. 6th needle bearing 28. 6th input gear bushing 29. Snap ring 30. Input shaft rear bearing 31. Oil channel 32. Input shaft rear bearing adjusting shim 33. Retaining pin 34. Reverse idler shaft 35. Thrust needle bearing 36. Reverse idler gear needle bearing 37. Reverse insert spring 38. Reverse idler gear (front) 39. Reverse baulk ring 40. Reverse coupling sleeve 41. Reverse idler gear (rear) 42. Reverse idler gear adjusting shim M N O : Replace the parts as a set. • Apply gear oil to gears, shafts, synchronizers, and bearings during assembly. Revision: January 2010 MT-71 P 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > PCIB1889E 1. Mainshaft front bearing 2. Mainshaft bearing retainer 3. Mainshaft 4. Reverse main gear 5. 1st main gear 6. 1st main gear bushing 7. 1st needle bearing 8. 1st inner baulk ring 9. 1st synchronizer cone 10. 1st outer baulk ring 11. 1st-2nd spread spring 12. 1st-2nd shifting insert 13. 1st-2nd synchronizer hub 14. 2nd outer baulk ring 15. 2nd synchronizer cone 16. 2nd inner baulk ring 17. 1st-2nd coupling sleeve 18. 2nd main gear bushing 19. 2nd needle bearing 20. 2nd main gear 21. 3rd main gear 22. 3rd-4th mainshaft spacer 23. 4th main gear adjusting shim 24. 4th main gear 25. 5th main gear 26. 5th-6th mainshaft spacer 27. 6th main gear 28. 6th main gear adjusting shim 29. Mainshaft rear bearing 30. Mainshaft C-ring 31. C-ring holder 33. Mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim 32. Snap ring : Replace the parts as a set. • Apply gear oil to gears, shafts, synchronizers, and bearings during assembly. Shift Control Components Revision: January 2010 MT-72 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B MT D E F G H I J PCIB1806E 1. Clutch housing 2. Retaining pin 3. Reverse shift fork 4. Reverse fork rod 5. Return spring 6. Striking rod assembly 7. Striking rod shim 8. Striking rod adjusting shim 9. Shifter lever A 10. Shifter lever B 11. Guide bolt 12. Selector lever 13. Transaxle case 14. 3rd-4th shift fork 15. 3rd-4th fork rod 16. 1st-2nd shift fork 17. 1st-2nd fork rod 18. 5th-6th shift fork K L M 19. 5th-6th fork rod N Final Drive Components O P Revision: January 2010 MT-73 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > PCIB1964E 1. Differential side bearing outer race (clutch housing side) 2. Differential side bearing (clutch housing side) 3. Speedometer drive gear 4. Differential case 5. Final gear 6. Differential side bearing (transaxle case side) 7. Differential side bearing outer race (transaxle case side) 8. Differential side bearing adjusting shim 9. Pinion mate shaft 10. Side gear 11. Side gear thrust washer 13. Pinion mate thrust washer 14. Retaining pin 12. Pinion mate gear : Replace the parts as a set. DISASSEMBLY 1. Remove drain plug and gasket from clutch housing. PCIB1834E Revision: January 2010 MT-74 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Remove plug bolt and then plug and O-ring from clutch housing. [RS6F52A] A B MT PCIB1969E 3. D Remove plug and gasket from transaxle case. E F G PCIB1865E 4. 5. 6. Remove park/neutral position (PNP) switch (1) from transaxle case. Remove back-up lamp switch (2) and plunger from transaxle case. CAUTION: Do not lose plunger. Remove air breather tube (3) from transaxle case. H I J PCIB1835E 7. K Remove guide bolt from transaxle case. L M N PCIB1836E 8. O Remove retaining pin using suitable tool and then remove selector lever from transaxle case. P PCIB1837E Revision: January 2010 MT-75 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 9. Remove transaxle case bolts. PCIB1838E 10. Remove bore plug from transaxle case using suitable tool. CAUTION: • Do not damage transaxle case. • Access bore plug from cutout (A) of transaxle case when removing. PCIB1839E 11. Remove transaxle case following the procedures below. a. Expand snap ring at mainshaft rear bearing accessing from the bore plug hole. Then pull up transaxle case from clutch housing until snap ring comes off. PCIB1840E b. With shifter lever A (1) held in the position shown, remove transaxle case from clutch housing. CAUTION: Do not drop adjusting shims. NOTE: Make sure to hold shifter lever A in the position shown. Otherwise transaxle case cannot be removed from clutch housing. PCIB1808E Revision: January 2010 MT-76 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > 12. Remove oil gutter A (1) and oil gutter B (2) from transaxle case. [RS6F52A] A A : Tab of oil gutter B MT PCIB1841E D 13. Remove snap ring from transaxle case. E F G PCIB1842E 14. Remove retaining pin using suitable tool and then remove shifter lever A and shifter lever B from transaxle case. Tool number H : KV381054S0 (J-34286) I J PCIB1844E 15. Remove differential side bearing outer race (transaxle case side) from transaxle case using Tool. Then remove differential side bearing adjusting shim from transaxle case. CAUTION: Do not damage transaxle case or differential side bearing outer race. K L M N PCIB0936E 16. Remove differential side oil seal from transaxle case using suitable tool. CAUTION: Do not damage transaxle case. O P SCIA0397E Revision: January 2010 MT-77 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 17. Remove shifter lever oil seal (1) and striking rod oil seal (2) from transaxle case. CAUTION: Do not damage transaxle case. PCIB1846E 18. Remove striking rod shim (1), striking rod adjusting shim (2), mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim (3), input shaft rear bearing adjusting shim (4), and reverse idler gear adjusting shim (5). PCIB1858E 19. Remove retaining pin of reverse shift fork (1) using suitable tool. 2 : Reverse fork rod PCIB1850E 20. Rotate striking lever of striking rod assembly as shown. Then rotate reverse fork rod to a position where bracket of reverse fork rod does not interfere with striking lever of striking rod assembly. 21. Pull out reverse shift fork and reverse fork rod. PCIB1851E 22. Remove retaining pin of 5th-6th shift fork (1) using suitable tool. 2 : 5th-6th fork rod PCIB1852E Revision: January 2010 MT-78 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 23. Remove retaining pin of 3rd-4th shift fork (1) using a suitable tool. 24. Pull out 3rd-4th fork rod (2). A B MT PCIB1853E D 25. Pull out 5th-6th shift fork (1) and 5th-6th fork rod (2). E F G PCIB1854E H 26. Pull out 3rd-4th shift fork (1). I J PCIB1855E 27. Remove retaining pin of 1st-2nd shift fork (1) using suitable tool. 28. Pull out 1st-2nd shift fork and 1st-2nd fork rod (2). K L M N PCIB1856E O 29. Remove striking rod assembly (1). P PCIB1857E Revision: January 2010 MT-79 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 30. Remove gear components from clutch housing in the following procedure. a. Remove a set of input shaft assembly, mainshaft assembly, and reverse idler gear assembly by tapping the tip of input shaft from the back of the clutch housing with a plastic hammer. CAUTION: Always withdraw mainshaft straight out. Failure to do so can damage resin oil channel on clutch housing side. b. Remove final drive assembly. SCIA0964E 31. Remove magnet from clutch housing. PCIB1859E 32. Remove mainshaft bearing retainer and then mainshaft front bearing from clutch housing using the Tool. Tool number : KV381054S0 (J-34286) CAUTION: Do not damage clutch housing, mainshaft front bearing, or oil channel. 33. Remove oil channel from clutch housing. PCIB0937E 34. Remove differential side bearing outer race (clutch housing side) from clutch housing using the Tool. Tool number : KV381054S0 (J-34286) CAUTION: Do not damage clutch housing or differential side bearing outer race. PCIB0938E 35. Remove input shaft oil seal from clutch housing, using suitable tool. CAUTION: Do not damage clutch housing. SCIA0398E Revision: January 2010 MT-80 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 36. Remove differential side oil seal from clutch housing, using suitable tool. CAUTION: Do not damage clutch housing. A B MT PCIB1874E ASSEMBLY 1. Install differential side oil seal (1) to clutch housing using a suitable tool and Tool (A). Dimension (H) : -0.5 - 0.5 mm (-0.020 - 0.020 in) Tool number : ST33400001 (J-26082) D E F CAUTION: • Do not reuse differential side oil seal. • When installing, do not incline differential side oil seal. • Do not damage clutch housing. G H I J K PCIB1864E 2. Install input shaft oil seal (1) to clutch housing using a suitable tool and Tool (A). Dimension (H) : 1.1 - 2.1 mm (0.043 - 0.083 in) Tool number : ST35321000 ( L M — ) CAUTION: • Do not reuse input shaft oil seal. • When installing, do not incline input shaft oil seal. • Do not damage clutch housing. N O P PCIB1814E Revision: January 2010 MT-81 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Install differential side bearing outer race (clutch housing side) to clutch housing using Tools. Tool number : ST30720000 (J-25405) : KV40105320 ( — ) CAUTION: Replace differential side bearing and differential side bearing outer race as a set. PCIB0933E 4. Install oil channel (1) on mainshaft side. CAUTION: When installing oil channel, fit the rib (A) of oil channel into the processed area of the spot facing (B). PCIB1921E 5. Install mainshaft front bearing to clutch housing using Tool. Tool number : ST33200000 (J-26082) CAUTION: Be careful with the orientation of mainshaft front bearing. PCIB0939E 6. Install mainshaft bearing retainer (1) to clutch housing and tighten bolt to the specified torque. 2 : Mainshaft front bearing 3 : Oil channel CAUTION: Install with punched surface facing up. PCIB1938E 7. Install magnet to clutch housing. PCIB1859E Revision: January 2010 MT-82 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 8. Install final drive assembly into clutch housing. A B MT SCIA0888E 9. Install input shaft assembly, mainshaft assembly, and reverse idler gear assembly into clutch housing. CAUTION: • Wrap a tape, etc. to the spline of input shaft so as not to damage the input shaft oil seal. • Be careful with the orientation of reverse idler shaft. D E F G SCIA0964E 10. Install striking rod assembly (1) into clutch housing. H I J PCIB1857E CAUTION: • Check that return spring is securely seated in the groove on return pin. K L M N PCIB1866E O P Revision: January 2010 MT-83 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > 11. Install 1st-2nd shift fork (1) and 1st-2nd fork rod (2) and then install retaining pin to 1st-2nd shift fork. CAUTION: • Do not reuse retaining pin. • Be careful with the orientation of 1st-2nd shift fork and 1st-2nd fork rod. • Assemble retaining pin from the direction shown by the arrow until it becomes flush with the end surface of 1st2nd shift fork. [RS6F52A] PCIB1856E 12. Install 3rd-4th shift fork (1) to 3rd-4th coupling sleeve. CAUTION: Be careful with the orientation of 3rd-4th shift fork. PCIB1855E 13. Install 5th-6th shift fork (1) and 5th-6th fork rod (2) and then install retaining pin to 5th-6th shift fork. CAUTION: • Do not reuse retaining pin. • Be careful with the orientation of 5th-6th shift fork and 5th-6th fork rod. • Assemble retaining pin from the direction shown by the arrow until it becomes flush with the end surface of 5th6th shift fork. PCIB1852E 14. Install 3rd-4th fork rod (2) and then install retaining pin to 3rd-4th shift fork (1). CAUTION: • Do not reuse retaining pin. • Be careful with the orientation of 3rd-4th fork rod. • Assemble retaining pin from the direction shown by the arrow until it becomes flush with the end surface of 3rd4th shift fork. PCIB1853E 15. Install reverse shift fork (1) and reverse fork rod (2). CAUTION: Be careful with the orientation of reverse shift fork and reverse fork rod. PCIB1875E Revision: January 2010 MT-84 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 16. Rotate striking lever of striking rod assembly as shown. Then rotate reverse fork rod to a position where bracket of reverse fork rod does not interfere with striking lever of striking rod assembly. A B MT PCIB1851E D 17. Install retaining pin to reverse shift fork (1). 2 : Reverse fork rod E CAUTION: • Do not reuse retaining pin. • Assemble retaining pin from the direction shown by the arrow until it becomes flush with the end surface of reverse shift fork. F G PCIB1850E 18. Install selected differential side bearing adjusting shim(s) and differential side bearing outer race (transaxle case side). 19. Install selected reverse idler gear adjusting shim onto reverse idler gear assembly. 20. Install selected input shaft rear bearing adjusting shim onto input shaft. 21. Install selected striking rod adjusting shim and striking rod shim onto striking rod assembly. 22. Install shifter lever oil seal (1) and striking rod oil seal (2) to transaxle case using suitable tool. Dimension (H) H I J : 0 - 1.0 mm (0 - 0.039 in) K CAUTION: • Do not reuse shifter lever oil seal or striking rod oil seal. • When installing, do not incline shifter lever oil seal or striking rod oil seal. • Do not damage transaxle case. L PCIB1818E M N O P Revision: January 2010 MT-85 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > 23. Install differential side oil seal (1) to transaxle case using Tool (A). Dimension (H) : -0.5 - 0.5 mm (-0.020 - 0.020 in) Tool number : ST30720000 (J-25405) [RS6F52A] CAUTION: • Do not reuse differential side oil seal. • When installing, do not incline differential side oil seal. • Do not damage transaxle case. PCIB1878E 24. Install shifter lever B (1) and shifter lever A (2) to transaxle case. CAUTION: Be careful with the orientation of shifter lever B and shifter lever A. PCIB1843E 25. Install retaining pin to shifter lever A. CAUTION: • Do not reuse retaining pin. • Assemble retaining pin from the direction shown by the arrow until it becomes flush with the end surface of shifter lever A. PCIB1844E 26. Install transaxle case following the procedures below. a. Install selected mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim into transaxle case. Revision: January 2010 MT-86 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > b. Install oil gutter A (1) and oil gutter B (2) to transaxle case. CAUTION: Insert the tab (A) of oil gutter A and oil gutter B into transaxle case. [RS6F52A] A B MT PCIB1841E c. D Temporarily install snap ring of mainshaft rear bearing into transaxle case. CAUTION: Do not reuse snap ring. E F G PCIB1842E d. e. Apply recommended sealant to mating surface of clutch housing as shown. • Use Genuine Silicone RTV or an equivalent. Refer to GI44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant". CAUTION: • Remove old sealant adhering to the mounting surfaces. Also remove any moisture, oil, or foreign material adhering to both mounting surfaces. • Apply sealant so as not to break the bead. • The width of sealant bead is 1 - 2 mm (0.04 - 0.08 in). • The height of sealant bead is 0.4 - 1 mm (0.016 - 0.04 in). • The overlap length of both ends of sealant bead is 3 - 5 mm (0.12 - 0.20 in). H I J PCIB1807E With shifter lever A (1) held in the position shown, temporarily assemble transaxle case to clutch housing. CAUTION: Do not damage striking rod oil seal. NOTE: Make sure to hold shifter lever A in the position shown. Otherwise transaxle case cannot be installed to clutch housing. K L M N PCIB1808E O P Revision: January 2010 MT-87 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > f. While rotating shifter lever A (1) in the direction of the arrow shown, assemble transaxle case to clutch housing. 2 [RS6F52A] : shifter lever B PCIB1929E g. h. Accessing from the bore plug hole, expand snap ring at mainshaft rear bearing so that the ring catches the periphery of mainshaft rear bearing. Temporarily tighten transaxle case bolts. PCIB1840E i. Shift the shifter lever A (1) to 2nd gear position. NOTE: • The 2nd gear position is attained when shifter lever A is in the position shown. PCIB1809E j. • When transaxle is shifted to the 2nd gear position, mainshaft assembly is lifted. Seat snap ring in the groove on mainshaft rear bearing. If snap ring is not seated in the groove on mainshaft rear bearing, remove transaxle case and repeat the procedure from step d. SCIA0893E Revision: January 2010 MT-88 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > k. Tighten transaxle case bolts to the specified torque. A B MT PCIB1838E l. Shift the shifter lever A (1) to neutral position. NOTE: The neutral position is attained when shifter lever A is in the position shown. D E F G PCIB1930E 27. Install bore plug to transaxle case using Tool. Tool number H : ST33061000 (J-8107-2) CAUTION: Do not reuse bore plug. I J PCIB0941E 28. Install selector lever to transaxle case and then install retaining pin to selector lever. CAUTION: • Do not reuse retaining pin. • Assemble retaining pin from the direction shown by the arrow until it becomes flush with the end surface of selector lever. K L M N PCIB1837E O 29. Install guide bolt following the procedures below. a. Shift the shifter lever A and selector lever to neutral position. P Revision: January 2010 MT-89 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > b. Visually confirm from the guide bolt hole (C) that the lever is securely set to neutral position (A). If it is not in the neutral position, repeat the procedure from step a. 1 c. [RS6F52A] : Guide bolt CAUTION: The guide groove (D) of striking rod assembly will be damaged when assembling guide bolt with the lever is in except neutral position (B). Check continuity between terminals of park/neutral position (PNP) switch to confirm it in the neutral position. If it is not in the neutral position, remove park/neutral position (PNP) switch and repeat the procedure from step a. Refer to MT-64, "Checking". PCIB1890E d. Install guide bolt to transaxle case and then tighten guide bolt to the specified torque. CAUTION: Do not reuse guide bolt. PCIB1836E 30. Apply recommended sealant to threads of park/neutral position (PNP) switch (1). Then install it to transaxle case and tighten to the specified torque. • Use Genuine Silicone RTV or an equivalent. Refer to GI44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant". CAUTION: Remove old sealant and oil adhering to threads. 31. Install plunger to transaxle case. 32. Apply recommended sealant to threads of back-up lamp switch (2). Then install it to transaxle case and tighten to the specified torque. • Use Genuine Silicone RTV or an equivalent. Refer to GI44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant". CAUTION: Remove old sealant and oil adhering to threads. 33. Install air breather tube (3) to transaxle case. CAUTION: • Do not reuse air breather tube. • Assemble air breather tube until its collar element contacts with transaxle case. Revision: January 2010 MT-90 PCIB1835E 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > 34. Install gasket onto plug and then install them into transaxle case. Tighten plug to the specified torque. CAUTION: Do not reuse gasket. [RS6F52A] A B MT PCIB1865E D 35. Install gasket onto drain plug and then install them into clutch housing. Tighten drain plug to the specified torque. CAUTION: Do not reuse gasket. E F G PCIB1834E 36. Install O-ring onto plug and then install it into clutch housing. Tighten bolt to the specified torque. CAUTION: • Do not reuse O-ring. • After oil is filled, tighten bolt to specified torque. H I J PCIB1969E K ADJUSTMENT Differential Side Bearing Preload • When adjusting differential side bearing preload, select adjusting shim for differential side bearing. To select adjusting shim, measure clearance (L) between transaxle case and differential side bearing outer race. Refer to MT-128, "Available Shims". CAUTION: Up to 2 adjusting shims can be selected. • Calculate dimension (L) (thickness of adjusting shim) using the following procedure to satisfy specification of preload for differential side bearing. Preload : Refer to MT-128, "Available Shims". Dimension L = (L1 - L2) + Preload L : Thickness of adjusting shim : Distance between transaxle case end face L1 and mounting face of adjusting shim L2 : Distance between differential side bearing outer race and clutch housing end face Revision: January 2010 MT-91 L M N PCIB0795E O P 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Using a depth micrometer and straightedge, measure dimension (L1) between transaxle case end face and mounting face of adjusting shim. 2. Install differential side bearing outer race onto differential side bearing on final gear side. Holding lightly differential side bearing outer race horizontally by hand, rotate final gear five times or more (for smooth movement of bearing roller). [RS6F52A] SCIA1078E 3. Using a depth micrometer and straightedge as shown, measure dimension (L2) between differential side bearing outer race and clutch housing end face. CAUTION: L2: Measure at 4 point by approximately 90 degrees and use the average value. SCIA1079E 4. Install selected differential side bearing adjusting shim and then install differential side bearing outer race (transaxle case side) using the Tool. Tool number : ST30720000 (J-25405) CAUTION: Replace differential side bearing and differential side bearing outer race as a set. PCIB0942E Reverse Idler Gear End Play • When adjusting reverse idler gear end play, select adjusting shim for reverse idler gear. To select adjusting shim (1), measure clearance between transaxle case (2) and reverse idler gear (rear) (3). Refer to MT-127, "Available Adjusting Shims". CAUTION: Only 1 adjusting shim can be selected. • Calculate dimension (Q) (thickness of adjusting shim) using the following procedure to satisfy specification of end play for reverse idler gear. End play : Refer to MT-127, "Available Adjusting Shims". Dimension Q = (Q1 - Q2) - End play Q : Thickness of adjusting shim : Distance between transaxle case end face Q1 and mounting face of adjusting shim Q2 : Distance between clutch housing end face and end face of reverse idler gear (rear) Revision: January 2010 MT-92 PCIB1925E 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Using a depth micrometer and straightedge, measure dimension (Q1) between transaxle case end face and mounting face of adjusting shim. [RS6F52A] A B MT SCIA1003E 2. 3. D Using a depth micrometer and straightedge as shown, measure dimension (Q2) between clutch housing (1) end face and end face of reverse idler gear (rear) (2). CAUTION: Q2: Measure at 4 point by approximately 90 degrees and use the average value. Install selected reverse idler gear adjusting shim onto reverse idler gear (rear). E F G PCIB1879E Input Shaft End Play • When adjusting input shaft end play, select adjusting shim for input shaft rear bearing. To select adjusting shim, measure clearance between transaxle case and input shaft rear bearing. Refer to MT127, "Available Adjusting Shims". CAUTION: Only 1 adjusting shim can be selected. • Calculate dimension (O) (thickness of adjusting shim) using the following procedure to satisfy specification of end play for input shaft rear bearing. End play : Refer to MT-127, "Available Adjusting Shims". Dimension O = (O1 - O2) - End play O : Thickness of adjusting shim : Distance between transaxle case end face O1 and mounting face of adjusting shim O2 : Distance between clutch housing end face and end face of input shaft rear bearing 1. H I J K SCIA1001E L M N Using a depth micrometer and straightedge, measure dimension (O1) between transaxle case end face and mounting face of adjusting shim. CAUTION: O1: Measure at 4 point by approximately 90 degrees and use the average value. O P SCIA1002E Revision: January 2010 MT-93 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Using a depth micrometer and straightedge as shown, measure dimension (O2) between clutch housing end face and end face of input shaft rear bearing. CAUTION: O2: Measure at 4 point by approximately 90 degrees and use the average value. 3. Install selected input shaft rear bearing adjusting shim onto input shaft. [RS6F52A] PCIB0792E Striking rod End Play • When adjusting striking rod end play, select adjusting shim (1) for striking rod (2). To select adjusting shim, measure clearance between transaxle case (3) and striking rod shim (4). Refer to MT127, "Available Adjusting Shims". CAUTION: Only 1 adjusting shim can be selected. • Calculate dimension (R) (thickness of adjusting shim) using the following procedure to satisfy specification of end play for striking rod. End play : Refer to MT-127, "Available Adjusting Shims". Dimension R = (R1 - R2) - End play R : Thickness of adjusting shim R1 : Distance between transaxle case end face and mounting face of adjusting shim R2 : Distance between clutch housing end face and end face of striking rod shim 1. PCIB1823E Using a depth micrometer (A) and straightedge (B), measure dimension (R1) between transaxle case (1) end face and mounting face of adjusting shim. CAUTION: R1: Measure at 4 point by approximately 90 degrees and use the average value. PCIB1824E 2. 3. Using a depth micrometer (A) and straightedge (B) as shown, measure dimension (R2) between clutch housing (1) end face and end face of striking rod shim (2). CAUTION: • R2: Measure at 4 point by approximately 90 degrees and use the average value. • When measuring, be careful for the inclination of striking rod assembly and striking rod shim. Install selected striking rod adjusting shim onto striking rod assembly. PCIB1825E Mainshaft End Play Revision: January 2010 MT-94 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > • When adjusting mainshaft end play, select adjusting shim (1) for mainshaft rear bearing (2). To select adjusting shim, measure clearance (M) between transaxle case (3) and dummy adjusting shim (4) on mainshaft rear bearing. Refer to MT-127, "Available Adjusting Shims". 5 : Snap ring 6 : Mainshaft CAUTION: Only 1 adjusting shim can be selected. • Calculate dimension (P) (thickness of adjusting shim) using the following procedure to satisfy specification of end play for mainshaft rear bearing. [RS6F52A] A B MT PCIB1880E D End play : Refer to MT-127, "Available Adjusting Shims". Dimension P = (M + N) - End play P : Thickness of adjusting shim M : Distance between dummy adjusting shim on mainshaft rear bearing end face and transaxle case end face N* : Thickness of dummy adjusting shim E F G *: Refer to the latest parts information to use a dummy adjusting shim of which part number is the thinnest in thickness. Refer to MT127, "Available Adjusting Shims". 1. a. Install transaxle case following the procedures below. Temporarily install snap ring of mainshaft rear bearing into transaxle case. CAUTION: Do not reuse snap ring. H I J K PCIB1842E b. L Install dummy adjusting shim (1) to mainshaft assembly. M N O PCIB1826E P Revision: January 2010 MT-95 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > c. With shifter lever A (1) held in the position shown, temporarily assemble transaxle case to clutch housing. CAUTION: Do not damage striking rod oil seal. NOTE: Make sure to hold shifter lever A in the position shown. Otherwise transaxle case cannot be installed to clutch housing. [RS6F52A] PCIB1808E d. While rotating shifter lever A (1) in the direction of the arrow shown, assemble transaxle case to clutch housing. 2 : shifter lever B PCIB1929E e. f. Accessing from the bore plug hole, expand snap ring at mainshaft rear bearing so that the ring catches the periphery of mainshaft rear bearing. Temporarily tighten transaxle case bolts. PCIB1840E 2. Shift the shifter lever A to 2nd gear position. NOTE: • The 2nd gear position is attained when shifter lever A (1) is in the position shown. PCIB1809E • When transaxle is shifted to the 2nd gear position, mainshaft assembly (1) is lifted. PCIB1923E Revision: January 2010 MT-96 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. 4. Seat snap ring in the groove on mainshaft rear bearing. If snap ring is not seated in the groove on mainshaft rear bearing, remove transaxle case and repeat the procedure 1 from step c. Shift the shifter lever A to 1st gear position, and then shift it to 2nd gear position. Repeat 3 times. NOTE: • The mainshaft rear bearing position will be stabilized by shifting between 1st gear position and 2nd gear position alternately. • The 1st gear position is attained when shifter lever A (1) is in the position shown. A B MT D E PCIB1881E F • When transaxle is shifted to the 1st gear position, mainshaft assembly (1) is declined. G H I PCIB1934E 5. Set the dial indicator (A) to dummy adjusting shim (1) through the bore plug hole. 2 : Mainshaft rear bearing 3 : Snap ring J K L PCIB1827E M N O P Revision: January 2010 MT-97 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > 6. Shift the shifter lever A (1) to 2nd gear position (A), and then rotate it in the direction of the arrow (C) shown until it stops. Using this position as the reference point, measure the amount of movement when shifting shifter lever A to 1st gear position (B) and rotating it in the direction of the arrow (D) shown until it stops. This measurement is the (M) dimension. 7. When measurement (M) is 0 - 0.06 mm (0 - 0.0024 in), adjustment terminates, and the dummy adjusting shim becomes regular adjusting shim. Select adjusting shim from the computed expressions when measurement (M) is over 0.06 mm (0.0024 in). [RS6F52A] PCIB1935E Revision: January 2010 MT-98 2010 Sentra INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS A Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000005284017 DISASSEMBLY 1. B Before disassembling, measure end play for 3rd, 4th, 5th, and 6th input gears. MT End play standard value : Refer to MT-125, "Gear End Play". 2. D Remove oil channel. E SCIA0966E 3. 4. Press out input shaft rear bearing using Tool and a puller. Remove snap ring. Tool number : ST33052000 ( — F ) G H SCIA1037E 5. Press out 6th input gear, 6th needle bearing, 6th input gear bushing, 5th-6th synchronizer hub assembly, and 5th input gear using Tool (A) and a puller (B). Tool number 6. A: ST33052000 ( — I J ) K Remove 5th needle bearing. L PCIB1882E 7. M Press out 5th input gear bushing, thrust washer, 4th input gear, 4th needle bearing, 4th input gear bushing, 3rd-4th synchronizer hub assembly, and 3rd input gear using Tool and a puller. N Tool number 8. : ST33052000 ( — ) Remove 3rd needle bearing. O SCIA1030E Revision: January 2010 MT-99 2010 Sentra P INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 9. Press out input shaft front bearing using a puller. [RS6F52A] SCIA0920E INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY Input Shaft and Gears Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones. • Damage, peeling, dent, uneven wear, bending, etc. of shaft • Excessive wear, damage, peeling, etc. of gears SCIA1074J Synchronizer Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones. • Damage and excessive wear of contact surfaces of coupling sleeve, synchronizer hub and shifting insert • Coupling sleeve and synchronizer hub must move smoothly. SMT387A • If any crack, damage, or excessive wear is found on cam face of baulk ring or working face of insert, replace it. SMT867D BAULK RING CLEARANCE • Single-cone synchronizer (4th, 5th, and 6th) Revision: January 2010 MT-100 2010 Sentra INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Push baulk ring on the cone and measure the clearance between baulk ring and cone. If measurement is below limit, replace it with a new one. Clearance Standard value Limit value [RS6F52A] A B : Refer to MT-125, "Baulk Ring Clearance". : Refer to MT-125, "Baulk Ring Clearance". MT SMT140 D • Double-cone synchronizer (3rd) Check the clearance between outer baulk ring, synchronizer cone, and inner baulk ring as follows. CAUTION: The clearances (A) and (B) are controlled with outer baulk ring, synchronizer cone, and inner baulk ring as a set. Replace them as a set if the clearances are outside the limit value. E F G SCIA0950E H 1. Measure the clearance (A) at 2 points or more diagonally opposite using a dial indicator and Tool. And then calculate mean value. Tool number Clearance (A) Standard value Limit value I : ST30031000 (J-22912-01) J : Refer to MT-125, "Baulk Ring Clearance". : Refer to MT-125, "Baulk Ring Clearance". K PCIB0945E L 2. Measure the clearance (B) at 2 points or more diagonally opposite using a feeler gauge. And then calculate mean value. Clearance (B) Standard value Limit value M : Refer to MT-125, "Baulk Ring Clearance". : Refer to MT-125, "Baulk Ring Clearance". N O SCIA1084E Bearing Revision: January 2010 P MT-101 2010 Sentra INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones. • Damage and rough rotation of bearing [RS6F52A] MTF0041D ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. Install 3rd needle bearing to input shaft. Install 3rd input gear, 3rd inner baulk ring, 3rd synchronizer cone, and 3rd outer baulk ring to input shaft. CAUTION: Replace 3rd inner baulk ring, 3rd synchronizer cone, and 3rd outer baulk ring as a set. Install 3rd-4th spread springs, 3rd-4th shifting inserts, and 3rd-4th synchronizer hub onto 3rd-4th coupling sleeve. CAUTION: • Be careful with orientation of 3rd-4th synchronizer hub. • Never reuse 3rd-4th synchronizer hub and 3rd-4th coupling sleeve. • Replace 3rd-4th synchronizer hub and 3rd-4th coupling sleeve as a set. SCIA0921E • Be careful with orientation of 3rd-4th coupling sleeve. PCIB0799E • Be sure not to hook center projection of 2 spread springs on same shifting insert. SCIA1083E Revision: January 2010 MT-102 2010 Sentra INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Press in 3rd-4th synchronizer hub assembly using Tool [RS6F52A] A Tool number : KV40105710 ( — ) CAUTION: Align grooves of 3rd-4th shifting insert and 3rd outer baulk ring. B MT SCIA1031E 5. Tool number 6. 7. D Press in 4th input gear bushing using Tool. : KV40105710 ( — ) E Install 4th baulk ring. Install 4th needle bearing and 4th input gear to input shaft. F G PCIB0922E 8. Select thrust washer so that dimension "C2" satisfies the standard value below. Then install thrust washer onto input shaft. Refer to MT-126, "Available Thrust Washer". H I Standard value for dimension "C2" : Refer to MT-126, "Available Thrust Washer". CAUTION: Only one thrust washer can be selected. J K L M N SCIA0925E 9. Press in 5th input gear bushing using Tool. Tool number : KV40105710 ( — O ) CAUTION: Never reuse 5th input gear bushing. 10. Install 5th needle bearing and 5th input gear to input shaft. 11. Install 5th baulk ring. P SCIA1033E Revision: January 2010 MT-103 2010 Sentra INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 12. Install 5th-6th synchronizer hub, 5th-6th spread springs, and 5th-6th shifting inserts onto 5th-6th coupling sleeve. CAUTION: • Be careful with orientation of 5th-6th synchronizer hub. A : Front side B : Rear side • Never reuse 5th-6th synchronizer hub and 5th-6th coupling sleeve. • Replace 5th-6th synchronizer hub and 5th-6th coupling sleeve as a set. PCIB1883E • Be careful with orientation of 5th-6th coupling sleeve. A : 5th input gear side B : 6th input gear side PCIB1884E • Be sure not to hook center projection of 2 spread springs on same shifting insert. SCIA1083E 13. Press in 5th-6th synchronizer hub assembly using Tool. Tool number : KV40105710 ( — ) CAUTION: Align grooves of 5th-6th shifting insert and 5th baulk ring. SCIA1039E Revision: January 2010 MT-104 2010 Sentra INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 14. Install 6th needle bearing, 6th input gear, 6th baulk ring onto 6th input gear bushing and then press in 6th input gear bushing onto input shaft using Tool. Tool number : ST33200000 (J-26082 [RS6F52A] A ) B MT WCIA0309E D 15. Install snap ring onto input shaft and make sure that end play (gap between snap ring and groove) of 6th input gear bushing satisfies the standard value. E End play standard value :Refer to MT-125, "Available Snap Rings". • If measurement is outside the standard range, select snap ring. Refer to MT-125, "Available Snap Rings". CAUTION: Never reuse snap ring. F G SCIA0970E 16. Press in input shaft rear bearing using Tool. Tool number H : ST30901000 (J-26010-01) CAUTION: Install input shaft rear bearing with its brown surface facing the 6th input gear side. I J WCIA0310E K 17. Press in input shaft front bearing Tools (A), (B). Tool number L A: ST33052000 ( — ) B: ST30032000 (J-26010-01) 18. Install oil channel onto input shaft. M N WCIA0311E 19. Check end play of 3rd, 4th, 5th, and 6th input gears. O End play standard value : Refer to MT-125, "Gear End Play". P SCIA0966E Revision: January 2010 MT-105 2010 Sentra MAINSHAFT AND GEARS [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > MAINSHAFT AND GEARS Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000005284018 DISASSEMBLY 1. Before disassembling, measure the end play of 1st and 2nd main gears. End play standard value : Refer to MT-125, "Gear End Play". SCIA0973E 2. 3. Remove snap ring. Remove C-ring holder and then remove mainshaft C-rings. PCIB0805E 4. Press out mainshaft rear bearing, 6th main gear adjusting shim, and 6th main gear using Tool and a puller. Tool number 5. :ST33052000 ( — ) Remove 5th-6th mainshaft spacer. SCIA1056E 6. Press out 4th main gear and 5th main gear using Tool and a puller. Tool number 7. 8. :ST33052000 ( — ) Remove 4th main gear adjusting shim. Remove 3rd-4th mainshaft spacer. SCIA1044E Revision: January 2010 MT-106 2010 Sentra MAINSHAFT AND GEARS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 9. Press out 3rd main gear and 2nd main gear using Tool (A) and a puller (B). Tool number A: KV40105020 ( — [RS6F52A] A ) B 10. Remove 2nd needle bearing. MT PCIB1885E D 11. Press out 2nd main gear bushing, 1st-2nd synchronizer hub assembly, 1st main gear, 1st needle bearing, 1st main gear bushing, and reverse main gear using Tool (A). Tool number A: KV40105020 ( — E ) F G PCIB1886E INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY H Mainshaft and Gears Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones. • Damage, peeling, dent, uneven wear, bending, and other nonstandard conditions of the shaft. • Excessive wear, damage, peeling, and other non-standard conditions of the gears. I J K SCIA1076J L Synchronizer Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones. • Damage and unusual wear on contact surfaces of coupling sleeve, synchronizer hub and shifting insert. • Coupling sleeve and synchronizer hub must move smoothly. M N O SMT387A P Revision: January 2010 MT-107 2010 Sentra MAINSHAFT AND GEARS < SERVICE INFORMATION > • If any crack, damage, or excessive wear is found on cam face of baulk ring or working face of insert, replace it. [RS6F52A] SMT867D BAULK RING CLEARANCE Triple-cone synchronizer (1st and 2nd) • Check the clearance between outer baulk ring, synchronizer cone, and inner baulk ring as follows. CAUTION: The clearances (A), (B), and (C) are controlled with outer baulk ring, synchronizer cone, and inner baulk ring as a set. Replace them as a set if the clearances are outside the limit value. PCIB1358E 1. Measure the clearance (A) at 2 points or more diagonally opposite using a feeler gauge when pressing baulk ring toward clutch gear taper cone. And then calculate mean value. Clearance (A) Standard value Limit value : Refer to MT-125, "Baulk Ring Clearance". : Refer to MT-125, "Baulk Ring Clearance". PCIB1359E 2. Measure the clearance (B) at 2 points or more diagonally opposite using a feeler gauge. And then calculate mean value. Clearance (B) Standard value Limit value : Refer to MT-125, "Baulk Ring Clearance". : Refer to MT-125, "Baulk Ring Clearance". PCIB1360E Revision: January 2010 MT-108 2010 Sentra MAINSHAFT AND GEARS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Measure the clearance (C) at 2 points or more diagonally opposite using a feeler gauge when pressing baulk ring toward clutch gear taper cone. And then calculate mean value. Clearance (C) Standard value Limit value [RS6F52A] A B : Refer to MT-125, "Baulk Ring Clearance". : Refer to MT-125, "Baulk Ring Clearance". MT PCIB1361E D Bearing Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones. • Damage and rough rotation of bearing E F G MTF0041D ASSEMBLY 1. H Press in reverse main gear using Tools. Tool number : KV40101630 (J-35870) : ST35321000 ( — ) : ST38220000 ( — ) I J K PCIB0946E CAUTION: • Be careful with orientation of reverse main gear. • Do not reuse reverse main gear. L M N O SCIA0992E P Revision: January 2010 MT-109 2010 Sentra MAINSHAFT AND GEARS [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Press in 1st main gear bushing using Tools. Tool number 3. : KV38102510 ( — ) : ST35321000 ( — ) : ST38220000 ( — ) Install 1st needle bearing and then 1st main gear. SCIA1049E 4. Install 1st-2nd spread springs, 1st-2nd shifting inserts, and 1st-2nd synchronizer hub onto 1st-2nd coupling sleeve. CAUTION: • Be careful with orientation of 1st-2nd synchronizer hub. • Do not reuse 1st-2nd synchronizer hub and 1st-2nd coupling sleeve. • Replace 1st-2nd synchronizer hub and 1st-2nd coupling sleeve as a set. SCIA0921E • Be careful with orientation of 1st-2nd coupling sleeve. PCIB0803E • Be sure not to hook center projection of 2 spread springs on same 1st-2nd shifting insert. SCIA1083E Revision: January 2010 MT-110 2010 Sentra MAINSHAFT AND GEARS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. Install 1st inner baulk ring, 1st synchronizer cone, and 1st outer baulk ring onto mainshaft and then press in 1st-2nd synchronizer hub assembly onto mainshaft using Tools. Tool number [RS6F52A] : KV38102510 ( — ) : ST35321000 ( — ) : ST38220000 ( — ) CAUTION: • Outer baulk ring, synchronizer cone, and inner baulk ring on 2nd gear-side must have been removed. • Be careful with orientation of coupling sleeve. • Replace 1st inner baulk ring, 1st synchronizer cone, and 1st outer baulk ring as a set. 6. B MT SCIA1050E D Press in 2nd main gear bushing using Tools. Tool number 7. A E : KV40105710 ( — ) : ST35321000 ( — ) 8. Install 2nd outer baulk ring, 2nd synchronizer cone, and 2nd inner baulk ring. CAUTION: Replace 2nd outer baulk ring, 2nd synchronizer cone, and 2nd inner baulk ring as a set. Install 2nd needle bearing and 2nd main gear. 9. Press in 3rd main gear using Tools. Tool number F G SCIA1051E H I : KV40105710 ( — ) : ST35321000 ( — ) CAUTION: • Be careful with orientation of 3rd main gear. • Do not reuse 3rd main gear. 10. Install 3rd-4th mainshaft spacer. J K SCIA1052E L M N O P Revision: January 2010 MT-111 2010 Sentra MAINSHAFT AND GEARS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 11. Select 4th main gear adjusting shim so that dimension “C1” satisfies the standard value below and install 4th main gear adjusting shim onto mainshaft. Refer to MT-127, "Available Adjusting Shims". [RS6F52A] Standard value for dimension “C1” : Refer to MT-127, "Available Adjusting Shims". CAUTION: Only one adjusting shim can be selected. PCIB0804E 12. Press in 4th main gear using Tools. Tool number : ST33200000 (J-26082) : ST30901000 (J-26010-01)) CAUTION: • Be careful with orientation of 4th main gear. • Do not reuse 4th main gear. PCIB0947E 13. Press in 5th main gear using Tools. Tool number : ST33200000 (J-26082) : ST30901000 (J-26010-01)) CAUTION: • Be careful with orientation of 5th main gear. • Do not reuse 5th main gear. 14. Install 5th-6th mainshaft spacer. PCIB0948E 15. Press in 6th main gear using Tools (A), (B). Tool number A: ST33200000 (J-26082) B: ST30901000 (J-26010-01) CAUTION: Do not reuse 6th main gear. WCIA0313E Revision: January 2010 MT-112 2010 Sentra MAINSHAFT AND GEARS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 16. Select 6th main gear adjusting shim and then install it onto mainshaft. • Calculate thickness (S) of 6th main gear adjusting shim following the procedure below so that end play dimension between 6th main gear and mainshaft rear bearing becomes the dimension shown below. Refer to MT-127, "Available Adjusting Shims". [RS6F52A] A B End play :Refer to MT-127, "Available Adjusting Shims". Dimension S = (S1 - S2) - End play S : Thickness of adjusting shim : Dimension from mainshaft standard face to S1 mainshaft rear bearing press-fit end face S2 : Dimension from mainshaft standard face to 6th main gear end face a. b. MT D E CAUTION: Only one adjusting shim can be selected. Measure dimension (S1) and (S2) using a height gauge (A) and pick tester (B). Install selected 6th main gear adjusting shim to mainshaft. F G PCIB1887E H 17. Press in mainshaft rear bearing using Tools (A), (B). Tool number A: ST30720000 (J-25405) B: ST30901000 (J-26010-01) I J WCIA0314E 18. Install mainshaft C-rings onto mainshaft and check that end play of mainshaft rear bearing satisfies the standard value. K L End play standard value : Refer to MT-126, "Available C-Rings". M • If measurement is outside the standard range, reselect mainshaft C-rings. Refer to MT-126, "Available C-Rings". N SCIA0979E O P Revision: January 2010 MT-113 2010 Sentra MAINSHAFT AND GEARS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 19. Install C-ring holder and then install snap ring. CAUTION: Do not reuse snap ring. [RS6F52A] PCIB0805E 20. Check end play of 1st and 2nd main gears. End play standard value : Refer to MT-125, "Gear End Play". SCIA0973E Revision: January 2010 MT-114 2010 Sentra REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEARS [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEARS Disassembly and Assembly A INFOID:0000000005284019 DISASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. B Remove reverse idler gear (rear), reverse coupling sleeve, and reverse insert springs simultaneously. Remove reverse idler gear needle bearing. Remove thrust needle bearing. Remove reverse baulk ring. Remove reverse idler gear (front). Remove reverse idler gear needle bearing. Remove thrust needle bearing. Remove retaining pin from reverse idler shaft. MT D E INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY Reverse Idler Shaft and Gears Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones. • Damage, peeling, dent, uneven wear, bending, and other nonstandard conditions of the shaft. • Excessive wear, damage, peeling, and other non-standard conditions of the gears. F G H I SCIA0953J Synchronizer Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones. • Damage and unusual wear on contact surfaces of coupling sleeve, synchronizer hub of reverse idler gear (rear), and insert spring. • Coupling sleeve and synchronizer hub of reverse idler gear (rear) must move smoothly. J K L SMT637A • If any crack, damage, or excessive wear is found on cam face of baulk ring or working face of insert, replace it. M N O P SMT867D BAULK RING CLEARANCE Revision: January 2010 MT-115 2010 Sentra REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEARS < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Push baulk ring on the cone and measure the clearance between baulk ring and cone. If the measurement is below limit, replace it with a new one. Clearance Standard value Limit value [RS6F52A] : Refer to MT-125, "Baulk Ring Clearance". : Refer to MT-125, "Baulk Ring Clearance". SMT140 Bearing Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones. • Damage and rough rotation of bearing. ASSEMBLY Note the following, and assemble in the reverse order of disassembly. CAUTION: • Be careful with orientation of reverse insert spring. : Front • Never reuse retaining pin. PCIB1924E Revision: January 2010 MT-116 2010 Sentra FINAL DRIVE [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > FINAL DRIVE A Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000005284020 PRE-INSPECTION B • Check the clearance between side gear and differential case as follows. 1. Clean final drive assembly sufficiently to prevent side gear thrust washer, differential case, side gear, and other parts from sticking by gear oil. MT 2. 3. Put differential case vertically so that side gear to be measured faces upward. Place Tool and a dial indicator onto side gear. Tool number : — D (J-39713) E F PCIB0950E 4. Move side gear up and down, and measure the clearance. H Allowable Clearance between side gear and differential case with thrust washer : Refer to MT-126, "Available Thrust Washer". 5. 6. G CAUTION: There should be no resistance and gears should rotate freely. If not within specification, adjust the clearance by changing side gear thrust washer thickness. Turn differential case upside down and measure the clearance between side gear and differential case on the other side in the same way. I J SMT611A K DISASSEMBLY 1. 2. Remove final gear bolts and then separate the final gear from differential case. Remove differential side bearing (clutch housing side) using Tool (A) and pullers (B). Tool number 3. L M A: ST33061000 (J-8107-2) CAUTION: Hook a puller on the cage of differential side bearing. Remove speedometer drive gear. N O PCIB1876E P Revision: January 2010 MT-117 2010 Sentra FINAL DRIVE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Remove differential side bearing (transaxle case side) using Tool and puller. Tool number [RS6F52A] : ST33061000 (J-8107-2) CAUTION: Hook a puller on the inner race of differential side bearing. PCIB0951E 5. 6. Remove retaining pin from differential case using suitable tool and then remove pinion mate shaft. Rotate pinion mate gears and remove pinion mate gears, pinion mate thrust washers, side gears, and side gear thrust washers from differential case. SCIA0908E INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY Gear, Washer, Shaft and Case • Check side gears, side gear thrust washers, pinion mate shaft, pinion mate gears, pinion mate thrust washers and differential case. If necessary, replace with a new one. MTK0135D Bearing • Check for bearings damage and rough rotation. If necessary, replace with a new one. CAUTION: When replacing tapered roller bearing, replace outer and inner races as a set. SPD715 ASSEMBLY 1. Apply gear oil to sliding area of differential case, each gear, and thrust washer. Revision: January 2010 MT-118 2010 Sentra FINAL DRIVE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Install side gear thrust washers and side gears into differential case. 3. While rotating pinion mate thrust washers and pinion mate gears, aligning them diagonally, install them into differential case. [RS6F52A] A B MT SMT839 4. D Insert pinion mate shaft into differential case. CAUTION: Be sure not to damage pinion mate thrust washers. E F G MTK0132D 5. a. b. Measure end play of side gears following the procedure below. Then select side gear thrust washer. Put differential case vertically so that its side gear to be measured faces upward. Place the Tool and a dial indicator onto side gears. Tool number : — H I (J-39713) J PCIB0950E c. Move side gears up and down to measure the clearance and select thrust washer so that it satisfies the standard value. Refer to MT-126, "Available Thrust Washer". L Allowable Clearance between side gear and differential case with thrust washer : Refer to MT-126, "Available Thrust Washer". CAUTION: • There should be no resistance and gears should rotate freely. • Place differential case upside down. Measure the end play for opposite side-gears likewise securely. • Only one thrust washer can be selected. K M N SMT611A O P Revision: January 2010 MT-119 2010 Sentra FINAL DRIVE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 6. Install retaining pin into pinion mate shaft using suitable tool. CAUTION: Never reuse retaining pin. [RS6F52A] SCIA0908E 7. Press in differential side bearing (transaxle case side) to differential case using Tools. Tool number : ST30720000 (J-25405) : KV38102510 ( — ) CAUTION: Replace differential side bearing and differential side bearing outer race as a set. PCIB0952E 8. Align and install speedometer drive gear onto differential case. SMT842D 9. Press in differential side bearing (clutch housing side) to differential case using Tools (A), (B). Tool number A: ST30720000 (J-25405) B: KV38102510 ( — ) CAUTION: • Never reuse differential side bearing and differential side bearing outer race. • Replace differential side bearing and differential side bearing outer race as a set. WCIA0305E 10. Install final gear into differential case and tighten final gear bolts to the specified torque. Refer to MT-69, "Disassembly and Assembly". SCIA0912E Revision: January 2010 MT-120 2010 Sentra SHIFT CONTROL [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SHIFT CONTROL A Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000005284021 DISASSEMBLY 1. B Remove return spring to striking rod assembly. MT D E PCIB1867E F INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY Striking Rod Assembly and Return Spring • Check contact surfaces and sliding area for wear, damage, bending, etc. If necessary, replace parts. G H I J K L M PCIB1868E N Fork Rod and Shift Fork O P Revision: January 2010 MT-121 2010 Sentra SHIFT CONTROL < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Check contact surfaces and sliding area for wear, damage, bending, etc. If necessary, replace parts. [RS6F52A] PCIB1869E • Check if the width of shift fork hook (sliding area with coupling sleeve) is within allowable specification below. Item One-side wear specification Sliding width of new part 1st-2nd 0.2 mm (0.008 in) 7.80 - 7.93 mm (0.3071 - 0.3122 in) 3rd-4th 0.2 mm (0.008 in) 7.80 - 7.93 mm (0.3071 - 0.3122 in) 5th-6th 0.2 mm (0.008 in) 6.10 - 6.23 mm (0.2402 - 0.2453 in) 0.2 mm (0.008 in) 12.80 - 12.93 mm (0.5039 - 0.5091 in) Reverse SMT801D ASSEMBLY 1. Temporarily install return spring to striking rod assembly. CAUTION: Be careful with the orientation of return spring. PCIB1830E Revision: January 2010 MT-122 2010 Sentra SHIFT CONTROL < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Attach one end of the return spring to striking interlock of striking rod assembly while holding return spring. [RS6F52A] A B MT PCIB1831E D CAUTION: • When installing, check that return spring is securely seated in the groove of striking interlock of striking rod assembly. E F G PCIB1833E H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 MT-123 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) General Specification INFOID:0000000005284022 TRANSAXLE Engine type QR25DE Transaxle model RS6F52A Model code number ET80D Number of speed 6 Synchromesh type Warner Shift pattern PCIB1769E Gear ratio Number of teeth 1st 3.153 2nd 1.950 3rd 1.392 4th 1.055 5th 0.809 6th 0.630 Reverse 3.002 Input gear Main gear Reverse idler gear 1st 13 2nd 20 3rd 28 4th 36 5th 42 6th 46 Reverse 13 1st 41 2nd 39 3rd 39 4th 38 5th 34 6th 29 Reverse 38 Front 37 Rear 38 Oil level mm (in) Oil capacity (Reference) Remarks (US pt, Imp pt) Reverse synchronizer 61.0 - 67.0 (2.402 - 2.638) 1.7 (3-5/8, 3) Installed Double-cone synchronizer 3rd Triple-cone synchronizer 1st and 2nd FINAL GEAR Revision: January 2010 MT-124 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Engine type QR25DE Transaxle model RS6F52A Model code number A ET80D Final gear ratio B 4.428 Number of teeth Final gear/Pinion 62/14 Side gear/Pinion mate gear 14/10 Gear End Play MT INFOID:0000000005284023 Unit: mm (in) Gear Standard value 1st main gear 0.20 - 0.30 (0.0079 - 0.0118) 2nd main gear 0.06 - 0.16 (0.0024 - 0.0063) 3rd input gear 0.18 - 0.31 (0.0071 - 0.0122) 4th input gear 0.20 - 0.30 (0.0079 - 0.0118) 5th input gear 0.06 - 0.16 (0.0024 - 0.0063) 6th input gear 0.06 - 0.16 (0.0024 - 0.0063) Baulk Ring Clearance E F G INFOID:0000000005284024 Unit: mm (in) Measurement point 3rd (Double-cone synchronizer) D Standard value Limit value Clearance between synchronizer cone and inner baulk ring end face (A) 0.6 - 0.8 (0.024 - 0.031) 0.2 (0.008) Clearance between outer baulk ring pawl and synchronizer cone (B) 0.6 - 1.1 (0.024 -0.043) H I 0.2 (0.008) J K PCIB0249E 1st and 2nd (Triple-cone synchronizer) Clearance between synchronizer cone and clutch gear end face (A) 0.6 - 1.2 (0.024 - 0.047) 0.3 (0.012) Clearance between outer baulk ring pawl and synchronizer cone (B) 0.6 - 1.1 (0.024 - 0.043) 0.2 (0.008) Clearance between inner baulk ring and clutch gear end face (C) 0.7 - 1.1 (0.028 - 0.043) 0.3 (0.012) L M N PCIB0835J 4th 0.9 - 1.45 (0.035 - 0.057) 0.7 (0.028) 5th 0.95 - 1.4 (0.037 - 0.055) 0.7 (0.028) 6th 0.95 - 1.4 (0.037 - 0.055) 0.7 (0.028) Reverse 0.95 - 1.4 (0.037 - 0.055) 0.7 (0.028) Available Snap Rings INFOID:0000000005284025 6TH INPUT GEAR BUSHING Revision: January 2010 MT-125 2010 Sentra O P SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > End play standard value Thickness mm (in) 1.76 (0.0693) 1.81 (0.0713) 1.86 (0.0732) 1.91 (0.0752) 1.96 (0.0772) 0 - 0.1 mm (0 - 0.004 in) Part number* Thickness 32204 8H511 32204 8H512 32204 8H513 32204 8H514 32204 8H515 mm (in) 2.01 (0.0791) 2.06 (0.0811) 2.11 (0.0831) 2.16 (0.0850) 2.21 (0.0870) Part number* 32204 8H516 32204 8H517 32204 8H518 32204 8H519 32204 8H520 *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information. Available C-Rings INFOID:0000000005284026 MAINSHAFT C-RING End play standard value Thickness mm (in) 2.535 (0.0998) 2.565 (0.1010) 2.595 (0.1022) 2.625 (0.1033) 2.655 (0.1045) 2.685 (0.1057) 2.715 (0.1069) 2.745 (0.1081) 2.775 (0.1093) 2.805 (0.1104) 0 - 0.06 mm (0 - 0.0024 in) Part number* Thickness mm (in) 2.835 (0.1116) 2.865 (0.1128) 2.895 (0.1140) 2.925 (0.1152) 2.955 (0.1163) 2.985 (0.1175) 3.015 (0.1187) 3.045 (0.1199) 3.075 (0.1211) 32348 8H800 32348 8H801 32348 8H802 32348 8H803 32348 8H804 32348 8H805 32348 8H806 32348 8H807 32348 8H808 32348 8H809 Part number* 32348 8H810 32348 8H811 32348 8H812 32348 8H813 32348 8H814 32348 8H815 32348 8H816 32348 8H817 32348 8H818 *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information. Available Thrust Washer INFOID:0000000005284027 INPUT SHAFT THRUST WASHER SCIA1008E Standard value for dimension “C2” Thickness mm (in) 3.84 (0.1512) 3.90 (0.1535) 3.96 (0.1559) 154.7 - 154.8 mm (6.091 - 6.094 in) Part number* Thickness 32347 8H500 32347 8H501 32347 8H502 mm (in) 4.02 (0.1583) 4.08 (0.1606) 4.14 (0.1630) Part number* 32347 8H503 32347 8H504 32347 8H505 *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information. DIFFERENTIAL SIDE GEAR THRUST WASHER Allowable Clearance between side gear and differential case with thrust washer Revision: January 2010 MT-126 0.1 - 0.2 mm (0.004 - 0.008 in) 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Thickness mm (in) Part number* 0.75 (0.0295) 0.80 (0.0315) 0.85 (0.0335) 0.90 (0.0354) 0.95 (0.0374) A 38424 81X00 38424 81X01 38424 81X02 38424 81X03 38424 81X04 B *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information. Available Adjusting Shims INFOID:0000000005284028 4TH MAIN GEAR ADJUSTING SHIM MT D E F G SCIA1009E Standard value for dimension “C1” H 173.85 - 173.95 mm (6.844 - 6.848 in) Thickness mm (in) Part number* Thickness mm (in) Part number* 0.52 (0.0205) 0.60 (0.0236) 0.68 (0.0268) 0.76 (0.0299) 32238 8H500 32238 8H501 32238 8H502 32238 8H503 0.84 (0.0331) 0.92 (0.0362) 1.00 (0.0394) 1.08 (0.0425) 32238 8H504 32238 8H505 32238 8H506 32238 8H507 I J *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information. INPUT SHAFT REAR BEARING ADJUSTING SHIM K End play standard value Thickness mm (in) 0.40 (0.0157) 0.44 (0.0173) 0.48 (0.0189) 0.52 (0.0205) 0.56 (0.0220) 0.60 (0.0236) 0.64 (0.0252) 0.68 (0.0268) 0.72 (0.0283) 0.76 (0.0299) 0.80 (0.0315) 0.84 (0.0331) 0 - 0.06 mm (0 - 0.0024 in) Part number* 32225 8H500 32225 8H501 32225 8H502 32225 8H503 32225 8H504 32225 8H505 32225 8H506 32225 8H507 32225 8H508 32225 8H509 32225 8H510 32225 8H511 Thickness mm (in) 0.88 (0.0346) 0.92 (0.0362) 0.96 (0.0378) 1.00 (0.0394) 1.04 (0.0409) 1.08 (0.0425) 1.12 (0.0441) 1.16 (0.0457) 1.20 (0.0472) 1.24 (0.0488) 1.28 (0.0504) 1.32 (0.0520) Part number* 32225 8H512 32225 8H513 32225 8H514 32225 8H515 32225 8H516 32225 8H517 32225 8H518 32225 8H519 32225 8H520 32225 8H521 32225 8H522 32225 8H523 Thickness mm (in) 1.36 (0.0535) 1.40 (0.0551) 1.44 (0.0567) 1.48 (0.0583) 1.52 (0.0598) 1.56 (0.0614) 1.60 (0.0630) 1.64 (0.0646) Part number* 32225 8H524 32225 8H560 32225 8H561 32225 8H562 32225 8H563 32225 8H564 32225 8H565 32225 8H566 L M N O *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information. MAINSHAFT REAR BEARING ADJUSTING SHIM Revision: January 2010 MT-127 P 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > End play standard value Thickness mm (in) 0.44 (0.0173) 0.48 (0.0189) 0.52 (0.0205) 0.56 (0.0220) 0.60 (0.0236) 0.64 (0.0252) 0.68 (0.0268) 0.72 (0.0283) 0.76 (0.0299) 0 - 0.06 mm (0 - 0.0024 in) Part number* Thickness mm (in) 0.80 (0.0315) 0.84 (0.0331) 0.88 (0.0346) 0.92 (0.0362) 0.96 (0.0378) 1.00 (0.0394) 1.04 (0.0409) 1.08 (0.0425) 32238 8H510 32238 8H511 32238 8H512 32238 8H513 32238 8H514 32238 8H515 32238 8H516 32238 8H517 32238 8H518 Part number* 32238 8H519 32238 8H520 32238 8H521 32238 8H522 32238 8H523 32238 8H524 32238 8H560 32238 8H561 *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information. REVERSE IDLER GEAR ADJUSTING SHIM End play standard value Thickness mm (in) 1.76 (0.0693) 1.80 (0.0709) 1.84 (0.0724) 1.88 (0.0740) 1.92 (0.0756) 1.96 (0.0772) 2.00 (0.0787) 2.04 (0.0803) 2.08 (0.0819) 2.12 (0.0835) 2.16 (0.0850) 2.20 (0.0866) 0.04 - 0.10 mm (0.0016 - 0.0039 in) Part number* Thickness mm (in) 2.24 (0.0882) 2.28 (0.0898) 2.32 (0.0913) 2.36 (0.0929) 2.40 (0.0945) 2.44 (0.0961) 2.48 (0.0976) 2.52 (0.0992) 2.56 (0.1008) 2.60 (0.1024) 2.64 (0.1039) 32237 8H800 32237 8H801 32237 8H802 32237 8H803 32237 8H804 32237 8H805 32237 8H806 32237 8H807 32237 8H808 32237 8H809 32237 8H810 32237 8H811 Part number* 32237 8H812 32237 8H813 32237 8H814 32237 8H815 32237 8H816 32237 8H817 32237 8H818 32237 8H819 32237 8H820 32237 8H821 32237 8H822 *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information. 6TH MAIN GEAR ADJUSTING SHIM End play standard value Thickness mm (in) 0.88 (0.0346) 0.96 (0.0378) 1.04 (0.0409) 1.12 (0.0441) 0 - 0.1 mm (0 - 0.004 in) Part number* Thickness 32237 8H560 32237 8H561 32237 8H562 32237 8H563 mm (in) 1.20 (0.0472) 1.28 (0.0504) 1.36 (0.0535) Part number* 32237 8H564 32237 8H565 32237 8H566 *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information. STRIKING ROD ADJUSTING SHIM End play standard value Thickness mm (in) 1.12 (0.0441) 1.20 (0.0472) 1.28 (0.0504) 1.36 (0.0535) 1.44 (0.0567) 0.05 - 0.152 mm (0.0020 - 0.0060 in) Part number* Thickness 33761 JA60A 33761 JA61A 33761 JA62A 33761 JA63A 33761 JA64A mm (in) 1.52 (0.0598) 1.60 (0.0630) 1.68 (0.0661) 1.76 (0.0693) 1.84 (0.0724) Part number* 33761 JA65A 33761 JA66A 33761 JA67A 33761 JA68A 33761 JA69A *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information. Available Shims INFOID:0000000005284029 — Differential Side Bearing Preload and Adjusting Shim BEARING PRELOAD Differential side bearing preload: L* Revision: January 2010 0.15 - 0.21 mm (0.0059 - 0.0083 in) MT-128 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [RS6F52A] < SERVICE INFORMATION > *: Install shims which are “deflection of differential case” + “L” in thickness. A DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING ADJUSTING SHIM(S) Thickness mm (in) Part number* Thickness mm (in) Part number* 0.48 (0.0189) 0.52 (0.0205) 0.56 (0.0220) 0.60 (0.0236) 0.64 (0.0252) 0.68 (0.0268) 31438 80X00 31438 80X01 31438 80X02 31438 80X03 31438 80X04 31438 80X05 0.72 (0.0283) 0.76 (0.0299) 0.80 (0.0315) 0.84 (0.0331) 0.88 (0.0346) 0.92 (0.0362) 31438 80X06 31438 80X07 31438 80X08 31438 80X09 31438 80X10 31438 80X11 *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information. B MT D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 MT-129 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000005602351 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. Service Notice or Precaution INFOID:0000000005284031 • • • • Do not reuse transaxle oil, once it has been drained. Check oil level or replace oil with vehicle on level surface. During removal or installation, keep inside of transaxle clear of dust or dirt. Check for the correct installation status prior to removal or disassembly. If matching marks are required, be certain they do not interfere with the function of the parts they are applied. • In principle, tighten bolts or nuts gradually in several steps working diagonally from inside to outside. If tightening sequence is specified, use it. • Be careful not to damage sliding surfaces and mating surfaces. Revision: January 2010 MT-130 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION A Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000005284032 The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here. Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name B Description KV381054S0 (J-34286) Puller • Removing differential side bearing outer race (clutch housing side) • Removing differential side bearing outer race (transaxle case side) • Removing mainshaft front bearing D E ZZA0601D ST33400001 (J-26082) Drift MT Installing differential side oil seal (clutch housing side) a: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia. b: 47 mm (1.85 in) dia. F G ZZA0814D ST35321000 ( — ) Drift • • • • ZZA1000D KV40105320 ( — ) Drift Installing input shaft oil seal Installing reverse main gear Installing 1st main gear bushing Installing 1st-2nd synchronizer hub assembly • Installing 2nd main gear bushing • Installing 3rd main gear a: 49 mm (1.93 in) dia. b: 41 mm (1.61 in) dia. Installing differential side bearing outer race (clutch housing side) a: 88 mm (3.46 in) dia. H I J K L ZZA0898D ST33200000 (J-26082) Drift • Installing mainshaft front bearing • Installing 6th input gear bushing • Installing 4th main gear • Installing 5th main gear • Installing 6th main gear a: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia. b: 44.5 mm (1.752 in) dia. ZZA1002D M N O P Revision: January 2010 MT-131 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description ST30720000 (J-25405) Drift ZZA0811D ST33061000 (J-8107-2) Drift • Installing differential side oil seal (transaxle case side) • Installing differential side bearing outer race (clutch housing side) • Installing differential side bearing outer race (transaxle case side) • Installing mainshaft rear bearing • Installing differential side bearing (clutch housing side) • Installing differential side bearing (transaxle case side) a: 77 mm (3.03 in) dia. b: 55.5 mm (2.185 in) dia. • Installing bore plug • Removing differential side bearing (transaxle case side) • Removing differential side bearing (clutch housing side) a: 38 mm (1.50 in) dia. b: 28.5 mm (1.122 in) dia. ZZA1000D ST33052000 ( — ) Drift ZZA1023D KV40105020 ( — ) Drift • Removing input shaft rear bearing • Removing 6th input gear, 6th input gear bushing, 5th-6th synchronizer hub assembly, and 5th input gear • Removing 5th input gear bushing, 4th input gear, 4th input gear bushing, 3rd-4th synchronizer hub assembly, and 3rd input gear • Installing input shaft front bearing • Removing mainshaft rear bearing • Removing 6th main gear • Removing 4th main gear and 5th main gear a: 22 mm (0.87 in) dia. b: 28 mm (1.10 in) dia. Removing 3rd main gear, 2nd main gear, 2nd main gear bushing, 1st-2nd synchronizer hub assembly, 1st main gear, 1st main gear bushing, and reverse main gear a: 39.7 mm (1.563 in) dia. b: 35 mm (1.38 in) dia. c: 15 mm (0.59 in) ZZA1133D ST30031000 (J-22912-01) Puller Measuring wear of inner baulk ring ZZA0537D Revision: January 2010 MT-132 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name A Description KV40105710 ( — ) Press stand ZZA1058D ST30901000 (J-26010-01) Drift ZZA0978D ST30032000 (J-26010-01) Drift • Installing 3rd-4th synchronizer hub assembly • Installing 4th input gear bushing • Installing 5th input gear bushing • Installing 5th-6th synchronizer hub assembly • Installing 2nd main gear bushing • Installing 3rd main gear a: 46 mm (1.81 in) dia. b: 41 mm (1.61 in) • Installing input shaft rear bearing • Installing 4th main gear • Installing 5th main gear • Installing 6th main gear • Installing mainshaft rear bearing a: 79 mm (3.11 in) dia. b: 45 mm (1.77 in) dia. c: 35.2 mm (1.386 in) dia. Installing input shaft front bearing a: 80 mm (3.15 in) dia. b: 38 mm (1.50 in) dia. c: 31 mm (1.22 in) dia. B MT D E F G H ZZA0978D ST38220000 ( — ) Press stand • Installing reverse main gear • Installing 1st main gear bushing • Installing 1st-2nd synchronizer hub assembly a: 63 mm (2.48 in) dia. b: 65 mm (2.56 in) I J K ZZA1058D KV40101630 (J-35870) Drift Installing reverse main gear a: 68 mm (2.68 in) dia. b: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia. L M ZZA1003D N O P Revision: January 2010 MT-133 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description KV38102510 ( — ) Drift ZZA0838D — ( J-46534 ) Trim tool set • Installing 1st main gear bushing • Installing 1st-2nd synchronizer hub assembly • Installing differential side bearing (transaxle case side) • Installing differential side bearing (clutch housing side) a: 71 mm (2.80 in) dia. b: 65 mm (2.56 in) dia. For removing trim AWJIA0483ZZ Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000005284033 Tool name Description Pin punch Removing and installing retaining pin a: 4.5 mm (0.177 in) dia. NT410 Pin punch Removing and installing retaining pin of selector lever a: 5.5 mm (0.217 in) dia. NT410 Pin punch Removing and installing retaining pin of each shifter lever a: 7.5 mm (0.295 in) dia. NT410 Drift Installing striking rod oil seal and shifter lever oil seal a: 24.5 mm (0.965 in) dia. S-NT063 Revision: January 2010 MT-134 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Tool name Description Puller Removing each bearing, gear, and bushing A B MT ZZA0537D Puller Removing each bearing, gear, and bushing D E NT077 Power tool Loosening bolts and nuts F G H PBIC0190E I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 MT-135 2010 Sentra NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING NVH Troubleshooting Chart INFOID:0000000005284034 3 1 Hard to shift or will not shift 1 1 Jumps out of gear Revision: January 2010 2 BEARING (Worn or damaged) MT-146 GEAR (Worn or damaged) MT-146 SHIFT FORK (Worn) MT-142 STRIKING ROD ASSEMBLY (Worn or damaged) 3 3 3 2 2 1 MT-136 3 INSERT SPRING (Damaged) Oil leakage GASKET (Damaged) 2 OIL (Oil level is high.) 1 BAULK RING (Worn or damaged) Symptoms OIL (Wrong oil.) Noise OIL (Oil level is low.) SUSPECTED PARTS (Possible cause) SHIFT CONTROL LINKAGE (Worn) MT-146 Reference page OIL SEAL (Worn or damaged) MT-139 Use the chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. The numbers indicate the order of the inspection. If necessary, repair or replace these parts. 2 3 3 2010 Sentra DESCRIPTION [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DESCRIPTION A Cross-Sectional View INFOID:0000000005284035 B MT D E F G H I J K L M PCIB1961E N 1. Transaxle case 2. 3rd input gear 3. 3rd-4th synchronizer hub 4. 3rd-4th coupling sleeve 5. 4th input gear 6. 5th input gear 7. 5th-6th synchronizer hub 8. 5th-6th coupling sleeve 9. 6th input gear 10. Input shaft rear bearing 11. Mainshaft rear bearing O 12. 6th main gear 13. 5th main gear 14. 4th main gear 15. 3rd main gear 16. 2nd main gear 17. 1st-2nd synchronizer hub 18. 1st-2nd coupling sleeve 19. 1st main gear 20. Reverse main gear 21. Differential side bearing 22. Differential case assembly 23. Final gear 24. Speedometer drive gear 25. Mainshaft front bearing 26. Mainshaft 27. Input shaft 28. Input shaft front bearing 29. Clutch housing 30. Reverse idler shaft 31. Reverse idler gear (front) 32. Reverse coupling sleeve 33. Reverse idler gear (rear) P DOUBLE-CONE SYNCHRONIZER Revision: January 2010 MT-137 2010 Sentra DESCRIPTION [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Double-cone synchronizer is adopted for 3rd gear to reduce operating force of the control lever. TRIPLE-CONE SYNCHRONIZER Triple-cone synchronizer are adopted for 1st and 2nd gears to reduce operating force of the control lever. PCIB1454E REVERSE GEAR NOISE PREVENTION FUNCTION (SYNCHRONIZING METHOD) Reverse gear can be matched smoothly in a structure by setting synchronizer hub (1) of reverse idler gear (rear), reverse coupling sleeve (2), reverse baulk ring (3), and reverse insert spring (4) to reverse idler gears, and letting reverse gear be synchronized. 5 : Reverse idler gear (rear) 6 : Reverse idler gear (front) PCIB1909E Revision: January 2010 MT-138 2010 Sentra M/T OIL [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > M/T OIL A Changing M/T Oil INFOID:0000000005284036 DRAINING 1. 2. 3. B Start engine and let it run to warm up transaxle. Stop engine. Remove transaxle drain plug and drain oil. Set a gasket on drain plug and install it to transaxle. Tighten drain plug to the specified torque. Refer to MT-146, "Disassembly and Assembly". CAUTION: Do not reuse gasket. MT D E PCIB1834E FILLING 1. Remove plug (1). Fill the transaxle with new oil and check the oil level (L) using suitable gauge (A) as shown. Oil grade and capacity F G : Refer to MA-15, "QR25DE". H Oil level (L) 2. : 61.0 - 67.0 mm (2.402 - 2.638 in) Set an O-ring on plug (1) and then install it to transaxle. Tighten to the specified torque. Refer to MT-146, "Disassembly and Assembly". CAUTION: Do not reuse O-ring. Checking M/T Oil I PCIB1968E J INFOID:0000000005284037 K OIL LEAKAGE AND OIL LEVEL 1. 2. 3. Make sure that oil is not leaking from transaxle or around it. Remove plug (1). Check the oil level (L) using suitable gauge (A) as shown. Oil level (L) 4. L : 61.0 - 67.0 mm (2.402 - 2.638 in) CAUTION: Do not start engine while checking oil level. Set an O-ring on plug (1) and then install it to transaxle. Tighten to the specified torque. Refer to MT-146, "Disassembly and Assembly". CAUTION: Do not reuse O-ring. M N PCIB1968E O P Revision: January 2010 MT-139 2010 Sentra SIDE OIL SEAL [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SIDE OIL SEAL Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284038 REMOVAL 1. 2. Remove front drive shafts from transaxle assembly. Refer to FAX-9, "Removal and Installation (Left Side)" and FAX-10, "Removal and Installation (Right Side)". Remove differential side oil seal (1) using a suitable tool. CAUTION: Do not damage transaxle case and clutch housing. SCIA7625E INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • Install differential side oil seal to clutch housing and transaxle case to the specified dimension (A) using Tools. Dimension A) : -0.5 - 0.5 mm (-0.020 - 0.020 in) Tool numbers : ST30720000 (J-25405) : ST33400001 (J-26082) CAUTION: Do not reuse oil seal. • Check oil level after installation. Refer to MT-139, "Checking M/T Oil". Revision: January 2010 MT-140 SCIA1010E 2010 Sentra POSITION SWITCH [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > POSITION SWITCH A Checking INFOID:0000000005284039 NOTE: For removal and installation of the switches, refer to MT-146, "Disassembly and Assembly". B BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH • Check continuity. Gear position MT Continuity Reverse Yes Except reverse No 1 : Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch 2 : Back-up lamp switch D E PCIB1970E F PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH • Check continuity. Gear position G Continuity Neutral Yes Except neutral No H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 MT-141 2010 Sentra CONTROL LINKAGE [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CONTROL LINKAGE Component of Control Device and Cable INFOID:0000000005284040 LCIA0414E 1. Control lever knob 4. Select cable 7. Shift cable 2. Control lever 3. Control device assembly 5. Lock plate 6. Cable bracket 8. Cable support bracket Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284041 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. Remove battery. Refer to SC-8, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery)". Remove air cleaner and air duct. Refer to EM-133, "Removal and Installation". Remove shift cable from shifter lever as shown. BCIA0052E Revision: January 2010 MT-142 2010 Sentra CONTROL LINKAGE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Remove select cable from selector lever A as shown. [RS6F52H] A B MT BCIA0057E 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. Shift control lever to neutral position. Remove control lever knob. Remove center console assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Remove control device assembly nuts. Remove exhaust front tube, center muffler and heat shield. Refer to EX-11, "Removal and Installation". Remove cable support bracket. Remove select cable and shift cable from cable bracket. Remove control device assembly from the vehicle. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • Securely install each cable to shifter lever and selector lever. • Be careful about the installation direction, and screw control lever knob onto control lever. ⇐: Front D E F G H I J K SCIA7630E • When control lever is selected to 1st-2nd side and 5th-6th side, confirm control lever returns to neutral position smoothly. • When control lever is shifted to each position, make sure there is no binding or disconnection in each boot. L M N O P Revision: January 2010 MT-143 2010 Sentra AIR BREATHER HOSE [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > AIR BREATHER HOSE Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284042 Refer to the figure for air breather hose removal and installation information. PCIB1966E 1. Air breather hose 2. Transaxle assembly 4. Clamp 5. Air cleaner case 3. Air breather tube CAUTION: • Make sure there are no pinched or restricted areas on the air breather hose caused by bending or winding when installing it. • Be sure to insert air breather hose into air breather tube until hose end reaches the tube's base. • Set air breather hose with painted mark facing forward. • Install air breather hose to air cleaner case by fully inserting the clip. Revision: January 2010 MT-144 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY A Component INFOID:0000000005284043 B MT D E F G H I J LCIA0413E 1. Transaxle assembly 2. A. Refer to MT-145, "Removal and Installation". K LH engine mount bracket Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284044 CAUTION: If transaxle assembly is removed from the vehicle, always replace CSC (Concentric Slave Cylinder). Inserted CSC returns to the original position when removing transaxle assembly. Dust on clutch disc sliding parts may damage CSC seal, and may cause clutch fluid leakage. REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Drain clutch fluid and remove clutch tube from CSC. Refer to CL-14, "Removal and Installation". CAUTION: Do not depress clutch pedal during removal procedure. Remove engine and transaxle assembly. Refer to EM-184, "Removal and Installation". Remove starter motor. Refer to SC-24, "Removal and Installation QR25DE". Remove transaxle assembly to engine bolts. Separate transaxle assembly from engine. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • If transaxle assembly is removed from the vehicle, always replace CSC. Refer to CL-13, "Removal and Installation". Revision: January 2010 MT-145 2010 Sentra L M N O P TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > • When installing the transaxle assembly to the engine, use the specified tightening torque in the numerical sequence shown: z : Transaxle to engine X : Engine to transaxle [RS6F52H] CAUTION: When installing transaxle assembly, do not allow the transaxle input shaft to make contact with the clutch cover. Bolt symbol A B C D E F Quantity 1 3 1 2 2 1 80 (3.15) 45 (1.77) 35 (1.38) 45 (1.77) 45 (1.77) Bolt length “ ” mm (in) Tightening torque N·m (kg-m, ft-lb) 35.3 (3.6, 26) 74.5 (7.6, 55) 42.6 (4.3, 31) PCIB1972E 48.0 (4.9, 35) • Bleed the air from the clutch hydraulic system. Refer to CL-9, "Air Bleeding Procedure". • After installation, check oil level and check for leaks and loose mechanisms. Refer to MT-139, "Checking M/ T Oil". Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000005284045 COMPONENTS Case and Housing Components Revision: January 2010 MT-146 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B MT D E F G H I J AWDIA0672ZZ 1. Differential side oil seal 2. Clutch housing 3. 4. Input shaft oil seal 5. Oil channel 6. Oil gutter A 7. Back-up lamp switch 8. Plunger 9. Gasket 10. Plug 11. Bore plug 13. Transaxle case 14. Oil gutter B CSC (Concentric Slave Cylinder) L 12. Striking rod oil seal M 15. Air breather tube 16. Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch 17. Shifter lever oil seal 18. Drain plug 19. Magnet 21. Plug 20. O-ring K N Gear Components O P Revision: January 2010 MT-147 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > PCIB1888E 1. Input shaft front bearing 2. Input shaft 3. 3rd needle bearing 4. 3rd input gear 5. 3rd inner baulk ring 6. 3rd synchronizer cone 7. 3rd outer baulk ring 8. 3rd-4th spread spring 9. 3rd-4th shifting insert 10. 3rd-4th synchronizer hub 11. 4th baulk ring 12. 3rd-4th coupling sleeve 13. 4th input gear bushing 14. 4th needle bearing 15. 4th input gear 16. Thrust washer 17. 5th input gear bushing 18. 5th needle bearing 19. 5th input gear 20. 5th baulk ring 21. 5th-6th spread spring 22. 5th-6th shifting insert 23. 5th-6th synchronizer hub 24. 5th-6th coupling sleeve 25. 6th baulk ring 26. 6th input gear 27. 6th needle bearing 28. 6th input gear bushing 29. Snap ring 30. Input shaft rear bearing 31. Oil channel 32. Input shaft rear bearing adjusting 33. Retaining pin shim 34. Reverse idler shaft 35. Thrust needle bearing 36. Reverse idler gear needle bearing 37. Reverse insert spring 38. Reverse idler gear (front) 39. Reverse baulk ring 40. Reverse coupling sleeve 41. Reverse idler gear (rear) 42. Reverse idler gear adjusting shim : Replace the parts as a set. • Apply gear oil to gears, shafts, synchronizers, and bearings when assembly. Revision: January 2010 MT-148 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B MT D E F G H I PCIB1889E 1. Mainshaft front bearing 2. Mainshaft bearing retainer 3. Mainshaft 4. Reverse main gear 5. 1st main gear 6. 1st main gear bushing 7. 1st needle bearing 8. 1st inner baulk ring 9. 1st synchronizer cone 10. 1st outer baulk ring 11. 1st-2nd spread spring 12. 1st-2nd shifting insert 13. 1st-2nd synchronizer hub 14. 2nd outer baulk ring 15. 2nd synchronizer cone 16. 2nd inner baulk ring 17. 1st-2nd coupling sleeve 18. 2nd main gear bushing 19. 2nd needle bearing 20. 2nd main gear 21. 3rd main gear 22. 3rd-4th mainshaft spacer 23. 4th main gear adjusting shim 24. 4th main gear 25. 5th main gear 26. 5th-6th mainshaft spacer 27. 6th main gear J K L 28. 6th main gear adjusting shim 29. Mainshaft rear bearing 30. Mainshaft C-ring 31. C-ring holder 33. Mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim 32. Snap ring : Replace the parts as a set. M N • Apply gear oil to gears, shafts, synchronizers, and bearings when assembly. Shift Control Components O P Revision: January 2010 MT-149 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > PCIB1806E 1. Clutch housing 2. Retaining pin 3. Reverse shift fork 4. Reverse fork rod 5. Return spring 6. Striking rod assembly 7. Striking rod shim 8. Striking rod adjusting shim 9. Shifter lever A 10. Shifter lever B 11. Guide bolt 13. Transaxle case 14. 3rd-4th shift fork 12. Selector lever 15. 3rd-4th fork rod 16. 1st-2nd shift fork 17. 1st-2nd fork rod 18. 5th-6th shift fork 19. 5th-6th fork rod Final Drive Components Revision: January 2010 MT-150 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B MT D E F G H PCIB1963E 1. Differential side bearing outer race (clutch housing side) 2. Differential side bearing (clutch housing side) 3. Speedometer drive gear 4. Differential case assembly 5. Final gear 6. Differential side bearing (transaxle case side) 7. Differential side bearing outer race (transaxle case side) 8. Differential side bearing adjusting shim I J : Replace the parts as a set. K DISASSEMBLY 1. Remove drain plug and gasket from clutch housing. L M N PCIB1834E 2. O Remove plug bolt and then plug and O-ring from clutch housing. P PCIB1969E Revision: January 2010 MT-151 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Remove plug and gasket from transaxle case. PCIB1865E 4. 5. 6. Remove park/neutral position (PNP) switch (1) from transaxle case. Remove back-up lamp switch (2) and plunger from transaxle case. CAUTION: Do not lose plunger. Remove air breather tube (3) from transaxle case. PCIB1835E 7. Remove guide bolt from transaxle case. PCIB1836E 8. Remove retaining pin using suitable tool and then remove selector lever from transaxle case. PCIB1837E 9. Remove transaxle case bolts. PCIB1838E Revision: January 2010 MT-152 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 10. Remove bore plug from transaxle case using suitable tool. CAUTION: • Do not damage transaxle case. • Access bore plug from cutout (A) of transaxle case when removing. A B MT PCIB1839E 11. Remove transaxle case following the procedures below. a. Expand snap ring at mainshaft rear bearing accessing from the bore plug hole. Then pull up transaxle case from clutch housing until snap ring comes off. D E F G PCIB1840E b. With shifter lever A (1) held in the position shown, remove transaxle case from clutch housing. CAUTION: Do not drop adjusting shims. NOTE: Make sure to hold shifter lever A in the position shown. Otherwise transaxle case cannot be removed from clutch housing. H I J K PCIB1808E 12. Remove oil gutter A (1) and oil gutter B (2) from transaxle case. A L : Tab of oil gutter M N PCIB1841E O P Revision: January 2010 MT-153 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 13. Remove snap ring from transaxle case. PCIB1842E 14. Remove retaining pin using suitable tool and then remove shifter lever A and shifter lever B from transaxle case. PCIB1844E 15. Remove differential side bearing outer race (transaxle case side) from transaxle case using Tool. Then remove differential side bearing adjusting shim from transaxle case. Tool number : KV381054S0 (J-34286) CAUTION: Do not damage transaxle case or differential side bearing outer race. PCIB0936E 16. Remove differential side oil seal from transaxle case using suitable tool. CAUTION: Do not damage transaxle case. SCIA0397E 17. Remove shifter lever oil seal (1) and striking rod oil seal (2) from transaxle case. CAUTION: Do not damage transaxle case. PCIB1846E Revision: January 2010 MT-154 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 18. Remove striking rod shim (1), striking rod adjusting shim (2), mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim (3), input shaft rear bearing adjusting shim (4), and reverse idler gear adjusting shim (5). A B MT PCIB1858E D 19. Remove retaining pin of reverse shift fork (1) using suitable tool. 2 E : Reverse fork rod F G PCIB1850E 20. Rotate striking lever of striking rod assembly as shown. Then rotate reverse fork rod to a position where bracket of reverse fork rod does not interfere with striking lever of striking rod assembly. 21. Pull out reverse shift fork and reverse fork rod. H I J PCIB1851E K 22. Remove retaining pin of 5th-6th shift fork (1) using suitable tool. 2 L : 5th-6th fork rod M N PCIB1852E O 23. Remove retaining pin of 3rd-4th shift fork (1) using suitable tool. 24. Pull out 3rd-4th fork rod (2). P PCIB1853E Revision: January 2010 MT-155 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 25. Pull out 5th-6th shift fork (1) and 5th-6th fork rod (2). PCIB1854E 26. Pull out 3rd-4th shift fork (1). PCIB1855E 27. Remove retaining pin of 1st-2nd shift fork (1) using suitable tool. 28. Pull out 1st-2nd shift fork and 1st-2nd fork rod (2). PCIB1856E 29. Remove striking rod assembly (1). PCIB1857E 30. Remove gear components from clutch housing in the following procedure. a. Remove a set of input shaft assembly, mainshaft assembly, and reverse idler gear assembly by tapping the tip of input shaft from the back of the clutch housing with a plastic hammer. CAUTION: Always withdraw mainshaft straight out. Failure to do so can damage resin oil channel on clutch housing side. b. Remove final drive assembly. SCIA0964E Revision: January 2010 MT-156 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 31. Remove magnet from clutch housing. A B MT PCIB1859E D 32. Remove mainshaft bearing retainer and then mainshaft front bearing from clutch housing using the Tool. Tool number E : KV381054S0 (J-34286) CAUTION: Do not damage clutch housing, mainshaft front bearing, or oil channel. 33. Remove oil channel from clutch housing. F G PCIB0937E 34. Remove differential side bearing outer race (clutch housing side) from clutch housing using the puller. Tool number H : KV381054S0 (J-34286) I CAUTION: Do not damage clutch housing or differential side bearing outer race. J PCIB0938E 35. Remove input shaft oil seal from clutch housing, using a suitable tool. CAUTION: Do not damage clutch housing. K L M N SCIA0398E O 36. Remove differential side oil seal from clutch housing, using a suitable tool. CAUTION: Do not damage clutch housing. P PCIB1874E Revision: January 2010 MT-157 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > ASSEMBLY 1. Install differential side oil seal (1) to clutch housing using Tool (A). Dimension (H) Tool number [RS6F52H] : -0.5 - 0.5 mm (-0.020 - 0.020 in) : ST33400001 (J-26082) CAUTION: • Do not reuse differential side oil seal. • When installing, do not incline differential side oil seal. • Do not damage clutch housing. PCIB1864E 2. Install input shaft oil seal (1) to clutch housing using Tool (A). Dimension (H) : 1.1 - 2.1 mm (0.043 - 0.083 in) Tool number : ST35321000 ( — ) CAUTION: • Do not reuse input shaft oil seal. • When installing, do not incline input shaft oil seal. • Do not damage clutch housing. PCIB1814E Revision: January 2010 MT-158 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Install differential side bearing outer race (clutch housing side) to clutch housing using Tools. Tool number [RS6F52H] A : KV40105320 ( — ) : ST30720000 (J-25405) B CAUTION: Replace differential side bearing and differential side bearing outer race as a set. MT PCIB0933E 4. D Install oil channel (1) on mainshaft side. CAUTION: When installing oil channel, fit the rib (A) of oil channel into the processed area of the spot facing (B). E F G PCIB1921E 5. Install mainshaft front bearing to clutch housing using Tool. Tool number H : ST33200000 (J-26082) CAUTION: Be careful with the orientation of mainshaft front bearing. I J PCIB0939E 6. Install mainshaft bearing retainer (1) to clutch housing and tighten bolt to the specified torque. 2 : Mainshaft front bearing 3 : Oil channel K L M CAUTION: Install with punched surface facing up. N PCIB1938E 7. O Install magnet to clutch housing. P PCIB1859E Revision: January 2010 MT-159 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 8. Install final drive assembly into clutch housing. SCIA0888E 9. Install input shaft assembly, mainshaft assembly, and reverse idler gear assembly into clutch housing. CAUTION: • Wrap a tape, etc. to the spline of input shaft so as not to damage the input shaft oil seal. • Be careful with the orientation of reverse idler shaft. SCIA0964E 10. Install striking rod assembly (1) into clutch housing. PCIB1857E CAUTION: • Check that return spring is securely seated in the groove on return pin. PCIB1866E Revision: January 2010 MT-160 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > 11. Install 1st-2nd shift fork (1) and 1st-2nd fork rod (2) and then install retaining pin to 1st-2nd shift fork. CAUTION: • Do not reuse retaining pin. • Be careful with the orientation of 1st-2nd shift fork and 1st-2nd fork rod. • Assemble retaining pin from the direction shown by the arrow until it becomes flush with the end surface of 1st2nd shift fork. [RS6F52H] A B MT PCIB1856E D 12. Install 3rd-4th shift fork (1) to 3rd-4th coupling sleeve. CAUTION: Be careful with the orientation of 3rd-4th shift fork. E F G PCIB1855E 13. Install 5th-6th shift fork (1) and 5th-6th fork rod (2) and then install retaining pin to 5th-6th shift fork. CAUTION: • Do not reuse retaining pin. • Be careful with the orientation of 5th-6th shift fork and 5th-6th fork rod. • Assemble retaining pin from the direction shown by the arrow until it becomes flush with the end surface of 5th6th shift fork. H I J PCIB1852E 14. Install 3rd-4th fork rod (2) and then install retaining pin to 3rd-4th shift fork (1). CAUTION: • Do not reuse retaining pin. • Be careful with the orientation of 3rd-4th fork rod. • Assemble retaining pin from the direction shown by the arrow until it becomes flush with the end surface of 3rd4th shift fork. K L M N PCIB1853E O 15. Install reverse shift fork (1) and reverse fork rod (2). CAUTION: Be careful with the orientation of reverse shift fork and reverse fork rod. P PCIB1875E Revision: January 2010 MT-161 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 16. Rotate striking lever of striking rod assembly as shown. Then rotate reverse fork rod to a position where bracket of reverse fork rod does not interfere with striking lever of striking rod assembly. PCIB1851E 17. Install retaining pin to reverse shift fork (1). 2 : Reverse fork rod CAUTION: • Do not reuse retaining pin. • Assemble retaining pin from the direction shown by the arrow until it becomes flush with the end surface of reverse shift fork. PCIB1850E 18. Install selected differential side bearing adjusting shim(s) and differential side bearing outer race (transaxle case side). 19. Install selected reverse idler gear adjusting shim onto reverse idler gear assembly. 20. Install selected input shaft rear bearing adjusting shim onto input shaft. 21. Install selected striking rod adjusting shim and striking rod shim onto striking rod assembly. 22. Install shifter lever oil seal (1) and striking rod oil seal (2) to transaxle case using suitable tool. Dimension (H) : 0 - 1.0 mm (0 - 0.039 in) CAUTION: • Do not reuse shifter lever oil seal or striking rod oil seal. • When installing, do not incline shifter lever oil seal and striking rod oil seal. • Do not damage transaxle case. PCIB1818E Revision: January 2010 MT-162 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > 23. Install differential side oil seal (1) to transaxle case using Tool (A). Dimension (H) [RS6F52H] A : -0.5 - 0.5 mm (-0.020 - 0.020 in) B Tool number : ST30720000 (J-25405) CAUTION: • Do not reuse differential side oil seal. • When installing, do not incline differential side oil seal. • Do not damage transaxle case. MT D E F G PCIB1878E 24. Install shifter lever B (1) and shifter lever A (2) to transaxle case. CAUTION: Be careful with the orientation of shifter lever B and shifter lever A. H I J PCIB1843E 25. Install retaining pin to shifter lever A. CAUTION: • Do not reuse retaining pin. • Assemble retaining pin from the direction shown by the arrow until it becomes flush with the end surface of shifter lever A. K L M N PCIB1844E 26. Install transaxle case following the procedures below. a. Install selected mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim into transaxle case. O P Revision: January 2010 MT-163 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > b. Install oil gutter A (1) and oil gutter B (2) to transaxle case. CAUTION: Insert the tab (A) of oil gutter A and oil gutter B into transaxle case. [RS6F52H] PCIB1841E c. Temporarily install snap ring of mainshaft rear bearing into transaxle case. CAUTION: Do not reuse snap ring. PCIB1842E d. e. Apply recommended sealant to mating surface of clutch housing as shown. • Use Genuine Silicone RTV or an equivalent. Refer to GI44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant". CAUTION: • Remove old sealant adhering to the mounting surfaces. Also remove any moisture, oil, or foreign material adhering to both mounting surfaces. • Apply sealant so as not to break the bead. • The width of sealant bead is 1 - 2 mm (0.04 - 0.08 in). • The height of sealant bead is 0.4 - 1 mm (0.016 - 0.04 in). • The overlap length of both ends of sealant bead is 3 - 5 mm (0.12 - 0.20 in). PCIB1807E With shifter lever A (1) held in the position shown, temporarily assemble transaxle case to clutch housing. CAUTION: Do not damage striking rod oil seal. NOTE: Make sure to hold shifter lever A in the position shown. Otherwise transaxle case cannot be installed to clutch housing. PCIB1808E Revision: January 2010 MT-164 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > f. While rotating shifter lever A (1) in the direction of the arrow shown, assemble transaxle case to clutch housing. 2 [RS6F52H] A : shifter lever B B MT PCIB1929E g. h. D Accessing from the bore plug hole, expand snap ring at mainshaft rear bearing so that the ring catches the periphery of mainshaft rear bearing. Temporarily tighten transaxle case bolts. E F G PCIB1840E i. Shift the shifter lever A (1) to 2nd gear position. NOTE: • The 2nd gear position is attained when shifter lever A is in the position shown. H I J PCIB1809E j. • When transaxle is shifted to the 2nd gear position, mainshaft assembly is lifted. Seat snap ring in the groove on mainshaft rear bearing. If snap ring is not seated in the groove on mainshaft rear bearing, remove transaxle case and repeat the procedure from step d. K L M N O P SCIA0893E Revision: January 2010 MT-165 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > k. Tighten transaxle case bolts to the specified torque. PCIB1838E l. Shift the shifter lever A (1) to neutral position. NOTE: The neutral position is attained when shifter lever A is in the position shown. PCIB1930E 27. Install bore plug to transaxle case using Tool. Tool number : ST33061000 (J-8107-2)) CAUTION: Do not reuse bore plug. PCIB0941E 28. Install selector lever to transaxle case and then install retaining pin to selector lever. CAUTION: • Do not reuse retaining pin. • Assemble retaining pin from the direction shown by the arrow until it becomes flush with the end surface of selector lever. PCIB1837E 29. Install guide bolt following the procedures below. a. Shift the shifter lever A and selector lever to neutral position. Revision: January 2010 MT-166 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > b. Visually confirm from the guide bolt hole (C) that the lever is securely set to neutral position (A). If it is not in the neutral position, repeat the procedure from step a. 1 c. [RS6F52H] A : Guide bolt B CAUTION: The guide groove (D) of striking rod assembly will be damaged when assembling guide bolt with the lever is in except neutral position (B). Check continuity between terminals of park/neutral position (PNP) switch to confirm it in the neutral position. If it is not in the neutral position, remove park/neutral position (PNP) switch and repeat the procedure from step a. Refer to MT-141, "Checking". MT D E F G PCIB1890E d. Install guide bolt to transaxle case and then tighten guide bolt to the specified torque. CAUTION: Do not reuse guide bolt. H I J PCIB1836E 30. Apply recommended sealant to threads of park/neutral position (PNP) switch (1). Then install it to transaxle case and tighten to the specified torque. • Use Genuine Silicone RTV or an equivalent. Refer to GI44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant". CAUTION: Remove old sealant and oil adhering to threads. 31. Install plunger to transaxle case. 32. Apply recommended sealant to threads of back-up lamp switch (2). Then install it to transaxle case and tighten to the specified torque. • Use Genuine Silicone RTV or an equivalent. Refer to GI44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant". CAUTION: Remove old sealant and oil adhering to threads. 33. Install air breather tube (3) to transaxle case. CAUTION: • Do not reuse air breather tube. • Assemble air breather tube until its collar element contacts with transaxle case. Revision: January 2010 MT-167 K L M N PCIB1835E O P 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > 34. Install gasket onto plug and then install them into transaxle case. Tighten plug to the specified torque. CAUTION: Do not reuse gasket. [RS6F52H] PCIB1865E 35. Install gasket onto drain plug and then install them into clutch housing. Tighten drain plug to the specified torque. CAUTION: Do not reuse gasket. PCIB1834E 36. Install O-ring onto plug and then install it into clutch housing. Tighten bolt to the specified torque. CAUTION: • Do not reuse O-ring. • After oil is filled, tighten bolt to specified torque. PCIB1969E ADJUSTMENT Differential Side Bearing Preload • When adjusting differential side bearing preload, select adjusting shim for differential side bearing. To select adjusting shim, measure clearance (L) between transaxle case and differential side bearing outer race. Refer to MT-203, "Available Shims". CAUTION: Up to 2 adjusting shims can be selected. • Calculate dimension (L) (thickness of adjusting shim) using the following procedure to satisfy specification of preload for differential side bearing. Preload : Refer to MT-203, "Available Shims". Dimension L = (L1 - L2 ) + Preload L : Thickness of adjusting shim : Distance between transaxle case end face L1 and mounting face of adjusting shim L2 : Distance between differential side bearing outer race and clutch housing end face Revision: January 2010 MT-168 PCIB0795E 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Using a depth micrometer and straightedge, measure dimension (L1) between transaxle case end face and mounting face of adjusting shim. 2. Install differential side bearing outer race onto differential side bearing on final gear side. Holding lightly differential side bearing outer race horizontally by hand, rotate final gear five times or more (for smooth movement of bearing roller). [RS6F52H] A B MT SCIA1078E 3. D Using a depth micrometer and straightedge as shown, measure dimension (L2) between differential side bearing outer race and clutch housing end face. CAUTION: L2: Measure at 4 point by approximately 90 degrees and use the average value. E F G SCIA1079E 4. Install selected differential side bearing adjusting shim and then install differential side bearing outer race (transaxle case side) using Tool. Tool number H I : ST30720000 (J25405) CAUTION: Replace differential side bearing and differential side bearing outer race as a set. J PCIB0942E Reverse Idler Gear End Play • When adjusting reverse idler gear end play, select adjusting shim for reverse idler gear. To select adjusting shim (1), measure clearance between transaxle case (2) and reverse idler gear (rear) (3). Refer to MT-202, "Available Adjusting Shims". CAUTION: Only 1 adjusting shim can be selected. • Calculate dimension (Q) (thickness of adjusting shim) using the following procedure to satisfy specification of end play for reverse idler gear. End play : Refer to MT-202, "Available Adjusting Shims". Dimension Q = (Q1 - Q2 ) - End play Q : Thickness of adjusting shim : Distance between transaxle case end face Q1 and mounting face of adjusting shim Q2 : Distance between clutch housing end face and end face of reverse idler gear (rear) Revision: January 2010 MT-169 K L M N PCIB1925E O P 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Using a depth micrometer and straightedge, measure dimension (Q1) between transaxle case end face and mounting face of adjusting shim. [RS6F52H] SCIA1003E 2. 3. Using a depth micrometer and straightedge as shown, measure dimension (Q2) between clutch housing (1) end face and end face of reverse idler gear (rear) (2). CAUTION: Q2: Measure at 4 point by approximately 90 degrees and use the average value. Install selected reverse idler gear adjusting shim onto reverse idler gear (rear). PCIB1879E Input Shaft End Play • When adjusting input shaft end play, select adjusting shim for input shaft rear bearing. To select adjusting shim, measure clearance between transaxle case and input shaft rear bearing. Refer to MT202, "Available Adjusting Shims". CAUTION: Only 1 adjusting shim can be selected. • Calculate dimension (O) (thickness of adjusting shim) using the following procedure to satisfy specification of end play for input shaft rear bearing. End play : Refer to MT-202, "Available Adjusting Shims". Dimension O = (O1 - O2 ) - End play O : Thickness of adjusting shim : Distance between transaxle case end face O1 and mounting face of adjusting shim O2 : Distance between clutch housing end face and end face of input shaft rear bearing 1. SCIA1001E Using a depth micrometer and straightedge, measure dimension (O1) between transaxle case end face and mounting face of adjusting shim. CAUTION: O1: Measure at 4 point by approximately 90 degrees and use the average value. SCIA1002E Revision: January 2010 MT-170 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Using a depth micrometer and straightedge as shown, measure dimension (O2) between clutch housing end face and end face of input shaft rear bearing. CAUTION: (O2): Measure at 4 point by approximately 90 degrees and use the average value. 3. Install selected input shaft rear bearing adjusting shim onto input shaft. [RS6F52H] A B MT PCIB0792E D Striking rod End Play • When adjusting striking rod end play, select adjusting shim (1) for striking rod (2). To select adjusting shim, measure clearance between transaxle case (3) and striking rod shim (4). Refer to MT202, "Available Adjusting Shims". CAUTION: Only 1 adjusting shim can be selected. • Calculate dimension (R) (thickness of adjusting shim) using the following procedure to satisfy specification of end play for striking rod. End play : Refer to MT-202, "Available Adjusting Shims". Dimension R = (R1 - R2 ) - End play R : Thickness of adjusting shim R1 : Distance between transaxle case end face and mounting face of adjusting shim R2 : Distance between clutch housing end face and end face of striking rod shim 1. E F G PCIB1823E H I J Using a depth micrometer (A) and straightedge (B), measure dimension (R1) between transaxle case (1) end face and mounting face of adjusting shim. CAUTION: R1: Measure at 4 point by approximately 90 degrees and use the average value. K L M PCIB1824E 2. 3. N Using a depth micrometer (A) and straightedge (B) as shown, measure dimension (R2) between clutch housing (1) end face and end face of striking rod shim (2). CAUTION: • R2: Measure at 4 point by approximately 90 degrees and use the average value. • When measuring, be careful for the inclination of striking rod assembly and striking rod shim. Install selected striking rod adjusting shim onto striking rod assembly. O P PCIB1825E Mainshaft End Play Revision: January 2010 MT-171 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > • When adjusting mainshaft end play, select adjusting shim (1) for mainshaft rear bearing (2). To select adjusting shim, measure clearance (M) between transaxle case (3) and dummy adjusting shim (4) on mainshaft rear bearing. Refer to MT-202, "Available Adjusting Shims". 5 : Snap ring 6 : Mainshaft CAUTION: Only 1 adjusting shim can be selected. • Calculate dimension (P) (thickness of adjusting shim) using the following procedure to satisfy specification of end play for mainshaft rear bearing. [RS6F52H] PCIB1880E End play : Refer to MT-202, "Available Adjusting Shims". Dimension P = (M + N) - End play P : Thickness of adjusting shim M : Distance between dummy adjusting shim on mainshaft rear bearing end face and transaxle case end face N* : Thickness of dummy adjusting shim *: Refer to the latest parts information to use a dummy adjusting shim of which part number is the thinnest in thickness. Refer to MT202, "Available Adjusting Shims". 1. a. Install transaxle case following the procedures below. Temporarily install snap ring of mainshaft rear bearing into transaxle case. CAUTION: Do not reuse snap ring. PCIB1842E b. Install dummy adjusting shim (1) to mainshaft assembly. PCIB1826E Revision: January 2010 MT-172 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > c. With shifter lever A (1) held in the position shown, temporarily assemble transaxle case to clutch housing. CAUTION: Do not damage striking rod oil seal. NOTE: Make sure to hold shifter lever A in the position shown. Otherwise transaxle case cannot be installed to clutch housing. [RS6F52H] A B MT PCIB1808E d. D While rotating shifter lever A (1) in the direction of the arrow shown, assemble transaxle case to clutch housing. 2 E : shifter lever B F G PCIB1929E e. f. Accessing from the bore plug hole, expand snap ring at mainshaft rear bearing so that the ring catches the periphery of mainshaft rear bearing. Temporarily tighten transaxle case bolts. H I J PCIB1840E 2. Shift the shifter lever A to 2nd gear position. NOTE: • The 2nd gear position is attained when shifter lever A (1) is in the position shown. K L M N PCIB1809E O • When transaxle is shifted to the 2nd gear position, mainshaft assembly (1) is lifted. P PCIB1923E Revision: January 2010 MT-173 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. 4. Seat snap ring in the groove on mainshaft rear bearing. If snap ring is not seated in the groove on mainshaft rear bearing, remove transaxle case and repeat the procedure 1 from step c. Shift the shifter lever A to 1st gear position, and then shift it to 2nd gear position. Repeat 3 times. NOTE: • The mainshaft rear bearing position will be stabilized by shifting between 1st gear position and 2nd gear position alternately. • The 1st gear position is attained when shifter lever A (1) is in the position shown. PCIB1881E • When transaxle is shifted to the 1st gear position, mainshaft assembly (1) is declined. PCIB1934E 5. Set the dial indicator (A) to dummy adjusting shim (1) through the bore plug hole. 2 : Mainshaft rear bearing 3 : Snap ring PCIB1827E Revision: January 2010 MT-174 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > 6. Shift the shifter lever A (1) to 2nd gear position (A), and then rotate it in the direction of the arrow (C) shown until it stops. Using this position as the reference point, measure the amount of movement when shifting shifter lever A to 1st gear position (B) and rotating it in the direction of the arrow (D) shown until it stops. This measurement is the (M) dimension. 7. When measurement (M) is 0 - 0.06 mm (0 - 0.0024 in), adjustment terminates, and the dummy adjusting shim becomes regular adjusting shim. Select adjusting shim from the computed expressions when measurement (M) is over 0.06 mm (0.0024 in). [RS6F52H] A B MT D E F G PCIB1935E H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 MT-175 2010 Sentra INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000005284046 DISASSEMBLY 1. Before disassembling, measure end play for 3rd, 4th, 5th, and 6th input gears. End play standard value : Refer to MT-200, "Gear End Play". 2. Remove oil channel. SCIA0966E 3. Press out input shaft rear bearing using Tool and a puller. Tool number 4. : ST33052000 ( — ) Remove snap ring. SCIA1037E 5. Press out 6th input gear, 6th needle bearing, 6th input gear bushing, 5th-6th synchronizer hub assembly, and 5th input gear using Tool (A) and a puller (B). Tool number 6. A: ST33052000 ( — ) Remove 5th needle bearing. PCIB1882E 7. Press out 5th input gear bushing, thrust washer, 4th input gear, 4th needle bearing, 4th input gear bushing, 3rd-4th synchronizer hub assembly, and 3rd input gear using Tool and a puller. Tool number 8. : ST33052000 ( — ) Remove 3rd needle bearing. SCIA1030E Revision: January 2010 MT-176 2010 Sentra INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 9. Press out input shaft front bearing using a puller. [RS6F52H] A B MT SCIA0920E D INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY Input Shaft and Gears Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones. • Damage, peeling, dent, uneven wear, bending, etc. of shaft • Excessive wear, damage, peeling, etc. of gears E F G SCIA1074J Synchronizer Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones. • Damage and excessive wear of contact surfaces of coupling sleeve, synchronizer hub and shifting insert • Coupling sleeve and synchronizer hub must move smoothly. H I J K SMT387A L • If any crack, damage, or excessive wear is found on cam face of baulk ring or working face of insert, replace it. M N O SMT867D P BAULK RING CLEARANCE • Single-cone synchronizer (4th, 5th, and 6th) Revision: January 2010 MT-177 2010 Sentra INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Push baulk ring on the cone and measure the clearance between baulk ring and cone. If measurement is below limit, replace it with a new one. Clearance Standard value Limit value [RS6F52H] : Refer to MT-200, "Baulk Ring Clearance". : Refer to MT-200, "Baulk Ring Clearance". SMT140 • Double-cone synchronizer (3rd) Check the clearance between outer baulk ring, synchronizer cone, and inner baulk ring as follows. CAUTION: The clearances (A) and (B) are controlled with outer baulk ring, synchronizer cone, and inner baulk ring as a set. Replace them as a set if the clearances are outside the limit value. SCIA0950E 1. Measure the clearance (A) at 2 points or more diagonally opposite using a dial indicator. And then calculate mean value. Tool number Clearance (A) Standard value Limit value 2. : ST30031000 (J-22912-01) : Refer to MT-200, "Baulk Ring Clearance". : Refer to MT-200, "Baulk Ring Clearance". PCIB0945E Measure the clearance (B) at 2 points or more diagonally opposite using a feeler gauge. And then calculate mean value. Clearance (B) Standard value Limit value : Refer to MT-200, "Baulk Ring Clearance". : Refer to MT-200, "Baulk Ring Clearance". SCIA1084E Bearing Revision: January 2010 MT-178 2010 Sentra INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones. • Damage and rough rotation of bearing [RS6F52H] A B MT MTF0041D D ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. Install 3rd needle bearing to input shaft. Install 3rd input gear, 3rd inner baulk ring, 3rd synchronizer cone, and 3rd outer baulk ring to input shaft. CAUTION: Replace 3rd inner baulk ring, 3rd synchronizer cone, and 3rd outer baulk ring as a set. Install 3rd-4th spread springs, 3rd-4th shifting inserts, and 3rd-4th synchronizer hub onto 3rd-4th coupling sleeve. CAUTION: • Be careful with orientation of 3rd-4th synchronizer hub. • Do not reuse 3rd-4th synchronizer hub and 3rd-4th coupling sleeve. • Replace 3rd-4th synchronizer hub and 3rd-4th coupling sleeve as a set. E F G H I SCIA0921E J • Be careful with orientation of 3rd-4th coupling sleeve. K L M PCIB0799E N • Be sure not to hook center projection of 2 spread springs on same shifting insert. O P SCIA1083E Revision: January 2010 MT-179 2010 Sentra INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Press in 3rd-4th synchronizer hub assembly using Tool. Tool number : KV40105710 ( — [RS6F52H] ) CAUTION: Align grooves of 3rd-4th shifting insert and 3rd outer baulk ring. SCIA1031E 5. Press in 4th input gear bushing using Tool. Tool number 6. 7. : KV40105710 ( — ) Install 4th baulk ring. Install 4th needle bearing and 4th input gear to input shaft. PCIB0922E 8. Select thrust washer so that dimension "C2" satisfies the standard value below. Then install thrust washer onto input shaft. Refer to MT-201, "Available Thrust Washer". Standard value for dimension "C2” : Refer to MT-201, "Available Thrust Washer". CAUTION: Only one thrust washer can be selected. SCIA0925E 9. Press in 5th input gear bushing using Tool. Tool number : KV40105710 ( — ) CAUTION: Do not reuse 5th input gear bushing. 10. Install 5th needle bearing and 5th input gear to input shaft. 11. Install 5th baulk ring. SCIA1033E Revision: January 2010 MT-180 2010 Sentra INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 12. Install 5th-6th synchronizer hub, 5th-6th spread springs, and 5th-6th shifting inserts onto 5th-6th coupling sleeve. CAUTION: • Be careful with orientation of 5th-6th synchronizer hub. A : Front side B : Rear side A B • Do not reuse 5th-6th synchronizer hub and 5th-6th coupling sleeve. • Replace 5th-6th synchronizer hub and 5th-6th coupling sleeve as a set. MT D PCIB1883E E • Be careful with orientation of 5th-6th coupling sleeve. A : 5th input gear side B : 6th input gear side F G H PCIB1884E • Be sure not to hook center projection of 2 spread springs on same shifting insert. I J K SCIA1083E L 13. Press in 5th-6th synchronizer hub assembly using Tool. Tool number : KV40105710 ( — M ) CAUTION: Align grooves of 5th-6th shifting insert and 5th baulk ring. N O SCIA1039E P Revision: January 2010 MT-181 2010 Sentra INPUT SHAFT AND GEARS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 14. Install 6th needle bearing, 6th input gear, 6th baulk ring onto 6th input gear bushing and then press in 6th input gear bushing onto input shaft using Tool. Tool number [RS6F52H] : ST33200000 (J-26082) WCIA0309E 15. Install snap ring onto input shaft and make sure that end play (gap between snap ring and groove) of 6th input gear bushing satisfies the standard value. End play standard value :Refer to MT-200, "Available Snap Rings". • If measurement is outside the standard range, select snap ring. Refer to MT-200, "Available Snap Rings". CAUTION: Do not reuse snap ring. SCIA0970E 16. Press in input shaft rear bearing using Tool. Tool number : ST30901000 (J-26010-01) CAUTION: Install input shaft rear bearing with its brown surface facing the 6th input gear side. WCIA0310E 17. Press in input shaft front bearing using Tools. Tool number A: ST33052000 ( — ) B: ST30032000 (J-26010-01) 18. Install oil channel onto input shaft. WCIA0311E 19. Check end play of 3rd, 4th, 5th, and 6th input gears. End play standard value : Refer to MT-200, "Gear End Play". SCIA0966E Revision: January 2010 MT-182 2010 Sentra MAINSHAFT AND GEARS [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > MAINSHAFT AND GEARS A Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000005284047 DISASSEMBLY 1. B Before disassembling, measure the end play of 1st and 2nd main gears. MT End play standard value : Refer to MT-200, "Gear End Play". D E SCIA0973E 2. 3. Remove snap ring. Remove C-ring holder and then remove mainshaft C-rings. F G H PCIB0805E 4. Press out mainshaft rear bearing, 6th main gear adjusting shim, and 6th main gear using Tool and a puller. Tool number 5. : ST33052000 ( — I J ) Remove 5th-6th mainshaft spacer. K L SCIA1056E 6. Tool number 7. 8. M Press out 4th main gear and 5th main gear using Tool and a puller. : ST33052000 ( — N ) Remove 4th main gear adjusting shim. Remove 3rd-4th mainshaft spacer. O SCIA1044E Revision: January 2010 MT-183 2010 Sentra P MAINSHAFT AND GEARS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 9. Press out 3rd main gear and 2nd main gear using Tool (A) and a puller (B). Tool number A: KV40105020 ( — [RS6F52H] ) 10. Remove 2nd needle bearing. PCIB1885E 11. Press out 2nd main gear bushing, 1st-2nd synchronizer hub assembly, 1st main gear, 1st needle bearing, 1st main gear bushing, and reverse main gear using Tool (A). Tool number A: KV40105020 ( — ) PCIB1886E INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY Mainshaft and Gears Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones. • Damage, peeling, dent, uneven wear, bending, and other nonstandard conditions of the shaft. • Excessive wear, damage, peeling, and other non-standard conditions of the gears. SCIA1076J Synchronizer Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones. • Damage and unusual wear on contact surfaces of coupling sleeve, synchronizer hub and shifting insert. • Coupling sleeve and synchronizer hub must move smoothly. SMT387A Revision: January 2010 MT-184 2010 Sentra MAINSHAFT AND GEARS < SERVICE INFORMATION > • If any crack, damage, or excessive wear is found on cam face of baulk ring or working face of insert, replace it. [RS6F52H] A B MT SMT867D D BAULK RING CLEARANCE Triple-cone synchronizer (1st and 2nd) E • Check the clearance between outer baulk ring, synchronizer cone, and inner baulk ring as follows. CAUTION: The clearances (A), B, and (C) are controlled with outer baulk ring, synchronizer cone, and inner baulk ring as a set. Replace them as a set if the clearances are outside the limit value. F G H PCIB1358E 1. Measure the clearance (A) at 2 points or more diagonally opposite using a feeler gauge when pressing baulk ring toward clutch gear taper cone. And then calculate mean value. Clearance (A) Standard value Limit value I J : Refer to MT-200, "Baulk Ring Clearance". : Refer to MT-200, "Baulk Ring Clearance". K PCIB1359E 2. Measure the clearance (B) at 2 points or more diagonally opposite using a feeler gauge. And then calculate mean value. Clearance (B) Standard value Limit value L M : Refer to MT-200, "Baulk Ring Clearance". : Refer to MT-200, "Baulk Ring Clearance". N O PCIB1360E P Revision: January 2010 MT-185 2010 Sentra MAINSHAFT AND GEARS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Measure the clearance (C) at 2 points or more diagonally opposite using a feeler gauge when pressing baulk ring toward clutch gear taper cone. And then calculate mean value. Clearance (C) Standard value Limit value [RS6F52H] : Refer to MT-200, "Baulk Ring Clearance". : Refer to MT-200, "Baulk Ring Clearance". PCIB1361E Bearing Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones. • Damage and rough rotation of bearing MTF0041D ASSEMBLY 1. Press in reverse main gear using Tools. Tool number : KV40101630 (J-35870) : ST35321000 ( — ) : ST38220000 ( — ) PCIB0946E CAUTION: • Be careful with orientation of reverse main gear. • Do not reuse reverse main gear. SCIA0992E Revision: January 2010 MT-186 2010 Sentra MAINSHAFT AND GEARS [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Press in 1st main gear bushing using Tools. A Tool number 3. : KV38102510 ( — ) : ST35321000 ( — ) : ST38220000 ( — ) B Install 1st needle bearing and then 1st main gear. MT SCIA1049E 4. Install 1st-2nd spread springs, 1st-2nd shifting inserts, and 1st-2nd synchronizer hub onto 1st-2nd coupling sleeve. CAUTION: • Be careful with orientation of 1st-2nd synchronizer hub. • Do not reuse 1st-2nd synchronizer hub and 1st-2nd coupling sleeve. • Replace 1st-2nd synchronizer hub and 1st-2nd coupling sleeve as a set. D E F G H SCIA0921E • Be careful with orientation of 1st-2nd coupling sleeve. I J K PCIB0803E • Be sure not to hook center projection of 2 spread springs on same 1st-2nd shifting insert. L M N O SCIA1083E P Revision: January 2010 MT-187 2010 Sentra MAINSHAFT AND GEARS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. Install 1st inner baulk ring, 1st synchronizer cone, and 1st outer baulk ring onto mainshaft and then press in 1st-2nd synchronizer hub assembly onto mainshaft using Tools. Tool number [RS6F52H] : KV40101630 (J-35870) : ST35321000 ( — ) : ST38220000 ( — ) CAUTION: • Outer baulk ring, synchronizer cone, and inner baulk ring on 2nd gear-side must have been removed. • Be careful with orientation of coupling sleeve. • Replace 1st inner baulk ring, 1st synchronizer cone, and 1st outer baulk ring as a set. 6. Press in 2nd main gear bushing using Tools. Tool number 7. SCIA1050E : KV40105710 ( — ) : ST35321000 ( — ) 8. Install 2nd outer baulk ring, 2nd synchronizer cone, and 2nd inner baulk ring. CAUTION: Replace 2nd outer baulk ring, 2nd synchronizer cone, and 2nd inner baulk ring as a set. Install 2nd needle bearing and 2nd main gear. 9. Press in 3rd main gear using Tools. Tool number SCIA1051E : KV40105710 ( — ) : ST35321000 ( — ) CAUTION: • Be careful with orientation of 3rd main gear. • Do not reuse 3rd main gear. 10. Install 3rd-4th mainshaft spacer. SCIA1052E Revision: January 2010 MT-188 2010 Sentra MAINSHAFT AND GEARS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 11. Select 4th main gear adjusting shim so that dimension “C1” satisfies the standard value below and install 4th main gear adjusting shim onto mainshaft. Refer to MT-202, "Available Adjusting Shims". [RS6F52H] A B Standard value for dimension “C1” : Refer to MT-202, "Available Adjusting Shims". CAUTION: Only one adjusting shim can be selected. MT D E F G PCIB0804E 12. Press in 4th main gear using Tools. Tool number H : ST33200000 (J-26082) : ST30901000 (J-26010-01) I CAUTION: • Be careful with orientation of 4th main gear. • Do not reuse 4th main gear. J PCIB0947E K 13. Press in 5th main gear using Tools. Tool number : ST33200000 (J-26082) : ST30901000 (J-26010-01) L CAUTION: • Be careful with orientation of 5th main gear. • Do not reuse 5th main gear. 14. Install 5th-6th mainshaft spacer. M N PCIB0948E 15. Press in 6th main gear using Tools (A), (B). Tool number O A: ST33200000 (J-26082) B: ST30901000 (J-26010-01) P CAUTION: Do not reuse 6th main gear. WCIA0313E Revision: January 2010 MT-189 2010 Sentra MAINSHAFT AND GEARS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 16. Select 6th main gear adjusting shim and then install it onto mainshaft. • Calculate thickness (S) of 6th main gear adjusting shim following the procedure below so that end play dimension between 6th main gear and mainshaft rear bearing becomes the dimension shown below. Refer to MT-202, "Available Adjusting Shims". [RS6F52H] End play :Refer to MT-202, "Available Adjusting Shims". Dimension S = (S1 - S2 ) - End play S : Thickness of adjusting shim : Dimension from mainshaft standard face to S1 mainshaft rear bearing press-fit end face S2 : Dimension from mainshaft standard face to 6th main gear end face a. b. CAUTION: Only one adjusting shim can be selected. Measure dimension (S1) and (S2) using a height gauge (A) and pick tester (B). Install selected 6th main gear adjusting shim to mainshaft. PCIB1887E 17. Press in mainshaft rear bearing using Tools. Tool number A: ST30720000 (J-25405) B: ST30901000 (J-26010-01) WCIA0314E 18. Install mainshaft C-rings onto mainshaft and check that end play of mainshaft rear bearing satisfies the standard value. End play standard value : Refer to MT-201, "Available C-Rings". • If measurement is outside the standard range, reselect mainshaft C-rings. Refer to MT-201, "Available C-Rings". SCIA0979E Revision: January 2010 MT-190 2010 Sentra MAINSHAFT AND GEARS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 19. Install C-ring holder and then install snap ring. CAUTION: Do not reuse snap ring. [RS6F52H] A B MT PCIB0805E D 20. Check end play of 1st and 2nd main gears. End play standard value : Refer to MT-200, "Gear End Play". E F G SCIA0973E H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 MT-191 2010 Sentra REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEARS [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEARS Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000005284048 DISASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Remove reverse idler gear (rear), reverse coupling sleeve, and reverse insert springs simultaneously. Remove reverse idler gear needle bearing. Remove thrust needle bearing. Remove reverse baulk ring. Remove reverse idler gear (front). Remove reverse idler gear needle bearing. Remove thrust needle bearing. Remove retaining pin from reverse idler shaft. INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY Reverse Idler Shaft and Gears Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones. • Damage, peeling, dent, uneven wear, bending, and other nonstandard conditions of the shaft. • Excessive wear, damage, peeling, and other non-standard conditions of the gears. SCIA0953J Synchronizer Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones. • Damage and unusual wear on contact surfaces of coupling sleeve, synchronizer hub of reverse idler gear (rear), and insert spring. • Coupling sleeve and synchronizer hub of reverse idler gear (rear) must move smoothly. SMT637A • If any crack, damage, or excessive wear is found on cam face of baulk ring or working face of insert, replace it. SMT867D BAULK RING CLEARANCE Revision: January 2010 MT-192 2010 Sentra REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEARS < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Push baulk ring on the cone and measure the clearance between baulk ring and cone. If the measurement is below limit, replace it with a new one. Clearance Standard value Limit value [RS6F52H] A B : Refer to MT-200, "Baulk Ring Clearance". : Refer to MT-200, "Baulk Ring Clearance". MT SMT140 D Bearing Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones. • Damage and rough rotation of bearing. E ASSEMBLY Note the following, and assemble in the reverse order of disassembly. CAUTION: • Do not reuse retaining pin. • Be careful with orientation of reverse insert spring. F G : Front H I PCIB1924E J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 MT-193 2010 Sentra FINAL DRIVE [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > FINAL DRIVE Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000005284049 DISASSEMBLY 1. 2. Remove final gear bolts and then separate the final gear from differential case. Remove differential side bearing (clutch housing side) using Tool and pullers (B). Tool number 3. A: ST33061000 (J-8107-2) CAUTION: Hook a puller on the cage of differential side bearing. Remove speedometer drive gear. PCIB1876E 4. Remove differential side bearing (transaxle case side) using Tool and puller. Tool number A: ST33061000 (J-8107-2) CAUTION: Hook a puller on the inner race of differential side bearing. PCIB0951E INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY Bearing • Check for bearings damage and rough rotation. If necessary, replace with a new one. CAUTION: When replacing tapered roller bearing, replace outer and inner races as a set. SPD715 ASSEMBLY 1. Press in differential side bearing (transaxle case side) to differential case using Tools. Tool number : KV38102510 ( — ) : ST30720000 (J-25405) CAUTION: Replace differential side bearing and differential side bearing outer race as a set. PCIB0952E Revision: January 2010 MT-194 2010 Sentra FINAL DRIVE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Align and install speedometer drive gear onto differential case. [RS6F52H] A B MT SMT842D 3. Tool number E A: ST30720000 (J-25405) B: KV38102510 ( — ) CAUTION: • Do not reuse differential side bearing and differential side bearing outer race. • Replace differential side bearing and differential side bearing outer race as a set. 4. D Press in differential side bearing (clutch housing side) to differential case using Tools. F G WCIA0305E Install final gear into differential case and tighten final gear bolts to the specified torque. Refer to MT-146, "Disassembly and Assembly". H I J SCIA0912E K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 MT-195 2010 Sentra SHIFT CONTROL [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SHIFT CONTROL Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000005284050 DISASSEMBLY 1. Remove return spring to striking rod assembly. PCIB1867E INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY Striking Rod Assembly and Return Spring • Check contact surfaces and sliding area for wear, damage, bending, etc. If necessary, replace parts. PCIB1868E Fork Rod and Shift Fork Revision: January 2010 MT-196 2010 Sentra SHIFT CONTROL < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Check contact surfaces and sliding area for wear, damage, bending, etc. If necessary, replace parts. [RS6F52H] A B MT D E F G PCIB1869E • Check if the width of shift fork hook (sliding area with coupling sleeve) is within allowable specification below. Item One-side wear specification Sliding width of new part 1st-2nd 0.2 mm (0.008 in) 7.80 - 7.93 mm (0.3071 - 0.3122 in) 3rd-4th 0.2 mm (0.008 in) 7.80 - 7.93 mm (0.3071 - 0.3122 in) 5th-6th 0.2 mm (0.008 in) 6.10 - 6.23 mm (0.2402 - 0.2453 in) 0.2 mm (0.008 in) 12.80 - 12.93 mm (0.5039 - 0.5091 in) Reverse H I J SMT801D L ASSEMBLY 1. K Temporarily install return spring to striking rod assembly. CAUTION: Be careful with the orientation of return spring. M N O PCIB1830E P Revision: January 2010 MT-197 2010 Sentra SHIFT CONTROL < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Attach one end of the return spring to striking interlock of striking rod assembly while holding return spring. [RS6F52H] PCIB1831E CAUTION: • When installing, check that return spring is securely seated in the groove of striking interlock of striking rod assembly. PCIB1833E Revision: January 2010 MT-198 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A General Specification INFOID:0000000005284051 TRANSAXLE B Engine type QR25DE Transaxle model RS6F52H Model code number MT ET85D Number of speed 6 Synchromesh type D Warner Shift pattern E F PCIB1769E Gear ratio Number of teeth 1st 3.153 2nd 1.950 3rd 1.392 4th 1.055 5th 0.809 6th 0.630 Reverse 3.002 Input gear Main gear Reverse idler gear 1st 13 2nd 20 3rd 28 4th 36 5th 42 6th 46 Reverse 13 1st 41 2nd 39 3rd 39 4th 38 5th 34 6th 29 Reverse 38 Front 37 Rear 38 Oil level mm (in) Oil capacity (Reference) Remarks (US pt, Imp pt) Reverse synchronizer G H I J K L M N O 61.0 - 67.0 (2.402 - 2.638) 1.7 (3-5/8, 3) Installed Double-cone synchronizer 3rd Triple-cone synchronizer 1st and 2nd FINAL GEAR Revision: January 2010 MT-199 2010 Sentra P SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Engine type QR25DE Transaxle model RS6F52H Model code number ET85D Final gear ratio 4.428 Number of teeth Final gear/Pinion 62/14 Side gear/Pinion mate gear — Gear End Play INFOID:0000000005284052 Unit: mm (in) Gear Standard value 1st main gear 0.20 - 0.30 (0.0079 - 0.0118) 2nd main gear 0.06 - 0.16 (0.0024 - 0.0063) 3rd input gear 0.18 - 0.31 (0.0071 - 0.0122) 4th input gear 0.20 - 0.30 (0.0079 - 0.0118) 5th input gear 0.06 - 0.16 (0.0024 - 0.0063) 6th input gear 0.06 - 0.16 (0.0024 - 0.0063) Baulk Ring Clearance INFOID:0000000005284053 Unit: mm (in) Measurement point Standard value Limit value Clearance between synchronizer cone and inner baulk ring end face (A) 0.6 - 0.8 (0.024 - 0.031) 0.2 (0.008) Clearance between outer baulk ring pawl and synchronizer cone (B) 0.6 - 1.1 (0.024 -0.043) 0.2 (0.008) Clearance between synchronizer cone and clutch gear end face (A) 0.6 - 1.2 (0.024 - 0.047) 0.3 (0.012) Clearance between outer baulk ring pawl and synchronizer cone (B) 0.6 - 1.1 (0.024 - 0.043) 0.2 (0.008) Clearance between inner baulk ring and clutch gear end face (C) 0.7 - 1.1 (0.028 - 0.043) 0.3 (0.012) 4th 0.9 - 1.45 (0.035 - 0.057) 0.7 (0.028) 5th 0.95 - 1.4 (0.037 - 0.055) 0.7 (0.028) 6th 0.95 - 1.4 (0.037 - 0.055) 0.7 (0.028) Reverse 0.95 - 1.4 (0.037 - 0.055) 0.7 (0.028) 3rd (Double-cone synchronizer) PCIB0249E 1st and 2nd (Triple-cone synchronizer) PCIB0835J Available Snap Rings INFOID:0000000005284054 6TH INPUT GEAR BUSHING Revision: January 2010 MT-200 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > End play standard value 0 - 0.1 mm (0 - 0.004 in) A Thickness mm (in) Part number* Thickness mm (in) Part number* 1.76 (0.0693) 1.81 (0.0713) 1.86 (0.0732) 1.91 (0.0752) 1.96 (0.0772) 32204 8H511 32204 8H512 32204 8H513 32204 8H514 32204 8H515 2.01 (0.0791) 2.06 (0.0811) 2.11 (0.0831) 2.16 (0.0850) 2.21 (0.0870) 32204 8H516 32204 8H517 32204 8H518 32204 8H519 32204 8H520 *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information. Available C-Rings B MT INFOID:0000000005284055 D MAINSHAFT C-RING End play standard value E 0 - 0.06 mm (0 - 0.0024 in) Thickness mm (in) Part number* Thickness mm (in) Part number* 2.535 (0.0998) 2.565 (0.1010) 2.595 (0.1022) 2.625 (0.1033) 2.655 (0.1045) 2.685 (0.1057) 2.715 (0.1069) 2.745 (0.1081) 2.775 (0.1093) 2.805 (0.1104) 32348 8H800 32348 8H801 32348 8H802 32348 8H803 32348 8H804 32348 8H805 32348 8H806 32348 8H807 32348 8H808 32348 8H809 2.835 (0.1116) 2.865 (0.1128) 2.895 (0.1140) 2.925 (0.1152) 2.955 (0.1163) 2.985 (0.1175) 3.015 (0.1187) 3.045 (0.1199) 3.075 (0.1211) 32348 8H810 32348 8H811 32348 8H812 32348 8H813 32348 8H814 32348 8H815 32348 8H816 32348 8H817 32348 8H818 F G H *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information. Available Thrust Washer INFOID:0000000005284056 INPUT SHAFT THRUST WASHER I J K L M SCIA1008E Standard value for dimension “C2” N 154.7 - 154.8 mm (6.091 - 6.094 in) Thickness mm (in) Part number* Thickness mm (in) Part number* 3.84 (0.1512) 3.90 (0.1535) 3.96 (0.1559) 32347 8H500 32347 8H501 32347 8H502 4.02 (0.1583) 4.08 (0.1606) 4.14 (0.1630) 32347 8H503 32347 8H504 32347 8H505 *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information. P DIFFERENTIAL SIDE GEAR THRUST WASHER Allowable Clearance between side gear and differential case with thrust washer Revision: January 2010 MT-201 O 0.1 - 0.2 mm (0.004 - 0.008 in) 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Thickness mm (in) Part number* 0.75 (0.0295) 0.80 (0.0315) 0.85 (0.0335) 0.90 (0.0354) 0.95 (0.0374) 38424 81X00 38424 81X01 38424 81X02 38424 81X03 38424 81X04 *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information. Available Adjusting Shims INFOID:0000000005284057 4TH MAIN GEAR ADJUSTING SHIM SCIA1009E Standard value for dimension “C1” Thickness mm (in) 173.85 - 173.95 mm (6.844 - 6.848 in) Part number* 0.52 (0.0205) 0.60 (0.0236) 0.68 (0.0268) 0.76 (0.0299) Thickness 32238 8H500 32238 8H501 32238 8H502 32238 8H503 mm (in) Part number* 0.84 (0.0331) 0.92 (0.0362) 1.00 (0.0394) 1.08 (0.0425) 32238 8H504 32238 8H505 32238 8H506 32238 8H507 *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information. INPUT SHAFT REAR BEARING ADJUSTING SHIM End play standard value Thickness mm (in) 0.40 (0.0157) 0.44 (0.0173) 0.48 (0.0189) 0.52 (0.0205) 0.56 (0.0220) 0.60 (0.0236) 0.64 (0.0252) 0.68 (0.0268) 0.72 (0.0283) 0.76 (0.0299) 0.80 (0.0315) 0.84 (0.0331) 0 - 0.06 mm (0 - 0.0024 in) Part number* Thickness mm (in) Part number* 32225 8H500 32225 8H501 32225 8H502 32225 8H503 32225 8H504 32225 8H505 32225 8H506 32225 8H507 32225 8H508 32225 8H509 32225 8H510 32225 8H511 0.88 (0.0346) 0.92 (0.0362) 0.96 (0.0378) 1.00 (0.0394) 1.04 (0.0409) 1.08 (0.0425) 1.12 (0.0441) 1.16 (0.0457) 1.20 (0.0472) 1.24 (0.0488) 1.28 (0.0504) 1.32 (0.0520) 32225 8H512 32225 8H513 32225 8H514 32225 8H515 32225 8H516 32225 8H517 32225 8H518 32225 8H519 32225 8H520 32225 8H521 32225 8H522 32225 8H523 Thickness mm (in) 1.36 (0.0535) 1.40 (0.0551) 1.44 (0.0567) 1.48 (0.0583) 1.52 (0.0598) 1.56 (0.0614) 1.60 (0.0630) 1.64 (0.0646) Part number* 32225 8H524 32225 8H560 32225 8H561 32225 8H562 32225 8H563 32225 8H564 32225 8H565 32225 8H566 *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information. MAINSHAFT REAR BEARING ADJUSTING SHIM Revision: January 2010 MT-202 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > End play standard value 0 - 0.06 mm (0 - 0.0024 in) A Thickness mm (in) Part number* Thickness mm (in) Part number* 0.44 (0.0173) 0.48 (0.0189) 0.52 (0.0205) 0.56 (0.0220) 0.60 (0.0236) 0.64 (0.0252) 0.68 (0.0268) 0.72 (0.0283) 0.76 (0.0299) 32238 8H510 32238 8H511 32238 8H512 32238 8H513 32238 8H514 32238 8H515 32238 8H516 32238 8H517 32238 8H518 0.80 (0.0315) 0.84 (0.0331) 0.88 (0.0346) 0.92 (0.0362) 0.96 (0.0378) 1.00 (0.0394) 1.04 (0.0409) 1.08 (0.0425) 32238 8H519 32238 8H520 32238 8H521 32238 8H522 32238 8H523 32238 8H524 32238 8H560 32238 8H561 B MT D *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information. REVERSE IDLER GEAR ADJUSTING SHIM E End play standard value 0.04 - 0.10 mm (0.0016 - 0.0039 in) Thickness mm (in) Part number* Thickness mm (in) Part number* 1.76 (0.0693) 1.80 (0.0709) 1.84 (0.0724) 1.88 (0.0740) 1.92 (0.0756) 1.96 (0.0772) 2.00 (0.0787) 2.04 (0.0803) 2.08 (0.0819) 2.12 (0.0835) 2.16 (0.0850) 2.20 (0.0866) 32237 8H800 32237 8H801 32237 8H802 32237 8H803 32237 8H804 32237 8H805 32237 8H806 32237 8H807 32237 8H808 32237 8H809 32237 8H810 32237 8H811 2.24 (0.0882) 2.28 (0.0898) 2.32 (0.0913) 2.36 (0.0929) 2.40 (0.0945) 2.44 (0.0961) 2.48 (0.0976) 2.52 (0.0992) 2.56 (0.1008) 2.60 (0.1024) 2.64 (0.1039) 32237 8H812 32237 8H813 32237 8H814 32237 8H815 32237 8H816 32237 8H817 32237 8H818 32237 8H819 32237 8H820 32237 8H821 32237 8H822 F G H I *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information. 6TH MAIN GEAR ADJUSTING SHIM J End play standard value 0 - 0.1 mm (0 - 0.004 in) Thickness mm (in) Part number* Thickness mm (in) Part number* 0.88 (0.0346) 0.96 (0.0378) 1.04 (0.0409) 1.12 (0.0441) 32237 8H560 32237 8H561 32237 8H562 32237 8H563 1.20 (0.0472) 1.28 (0.0504) 1.36 (0.0535) 32237 8H564 32237 8H565 32237 8H566 K L *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information. STRIKING ROD ADJUSTING SHIM M End play standard value 0.05 - 0.152 mm (0.0020 - 0.0060 in) Thickness mm (in) Part number* Thickness mm (in) Part number* N 1.12 (0.0441) 1.20 (0.0472) 1.28 (0.0504) 1.36 (0.0535) 1.44 (0.0567) 33761 JA60A 33761 JA61A 33761 JA62A 33761 JA63A 33761 JA64A 1.52 (0.0598) 1.60 (0.0630) 1.68 (0.0661) 1.76 (0.0693) 1.84 (0.0724) 33761 JA65A 33761 JA66A 33761 JA67A 33761 JA68A 33761 JA69A O *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information. Available Shims P INFOID:0000000005284058 — Differential Side Bearing Preload and Adjusting Shim BEARING PRELOAD Differential side bearing preload: L* Revision: January 2010 0.15 - 0.21 mm (0.0059 - 0.0083 in) MT-203 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [RS6F52H] < SERVICE INFORMATION > *: Install shims which are “deflection of differential case” + “L” in thickness. DIFFERENTIAL SIDE BEARING ADJUSTING SHIM(S) Thickness mm (in) 0.48 (0.0189) 0.52 (0.0205) 0.56 (0.0220) 0.60 (0.0236) 0.64 (0.0252) 0.68 (0.0268) Part number* Thickness mm (in) 0.72 (0.0283) 0.76 (0.0299) 0.80 (0.0315) 0.84 (0.0331) 0.88 (0.0346) 0.92 (0.0362) 31438 80X00 31438 80X01 31438 80X02 31438 80X03 31438 80X04 31438 80X05 Part number* 31438 80X06 31438 80X07 31438 80X08 31438 80X09 31438 80X10 31438 80X11 *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information. Revision: January 2010 MT-204 2010 Sentra ENGINE SECTION LU ENGINE LUBRICATION SYSTEM A LU C D E CONTENTS MR20DE Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" .................................................................12 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ...................................12 SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2 PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2 PREPARATION ................................................... 4 Special Service Tool ................................................. 4 Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 4 LUBRICATION SYSTEM .................................... 5 PREPARATION ................................................. 14 Special Service Tool ................................................14 Commercial Service Tool ........................................14 LUBRICATION SYSTEM .................................. 16 Lubrication Circuit ....................................................16 Schematic ................................................................16 ENGINE OIL ...................................................... 18 Lubrication Circuit ..................................................... 5 Inspection ................................................................18 Changing Engine Oil ................................................19 ENGINE OIL ........................................................ 6 OIL FILTER ....................................................... 20 Inspection .................................................................. 6 Changing Engine Oil ................................................. 7 Removal and Installation .........................................20 OIL FILTER ......................................................... 9 OIL PUMP ......................................................... 22 Oil Pressure ............................................................ 11 Oil Capacity ............................................................. 11 QR25DE G H I J K L Removal and Installation .........................................22 Disassembly and Assembly .....................................22 Removal and Installation ........................................... 9 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ..................................................................11 F OIL COOLER .................................................... 25 M Removal and Installation .........................................25 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ................................................................. 27 N Oil Pressure .............................................................27 Oil Pump ..................................................................27 Regulator Valve .......................................................27 Oil Capacity .............................................................27 O SERVICE INFORMATION ........................... 12 PRECAUTIONS ..................................................12 P Revision: January 2010 LU-1 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000005283805 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect INFOID:0000000005283806 NOTE: • This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM). • Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the ″LOCK″ position. • Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results. For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder. For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and steering wheel rotation will become impossible. If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before starting the repair operation. OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the steering lock will be released. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be rotated. Perform the necessary repair operation. Revision: January 2010 LU-2 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.) 6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III. A LU C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LU-3 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000005283807 The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here. Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description ST25051001 (J-25695-1) Oil pressure gauge Measuring oil pressure Maximum measuring range: 2,452 kPa (25 kg/cm2, 356 psi) NT050 ST25052000 (J-25695-2) Hose Adapting oil pressure gauge to oil pan (upper) S-NT559 KV10115801 (J-38956) Oil filter wrench Removing oil filter a: 64.3 mm (2.531 in) S-NT375 Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000005283808 Tool name Description Power tool Loosening nuts and bolts PBIC0190E Deep socket Removing and installing oil pressure switch a: 26 mm (1.02 in) PBIC2072E Revision: January 2010 LU-4 2010 Sentra LUBRICATION SYSTEM [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > LUBRICATION SYSTEM A Lubrication Circuit INFOID:0000000005283809 LU C D E F G H I J K L M N O P PBIC4575E Revision: January 2010 LU-5 2010 Sentra ENGINE OIL [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ENGINE OIL Inspection INFOID:0000000005283810 ENGINE OIL LEVEL NOTE: Before starting engine, park vehicle on a level surface and check the engine oil level. If engine is already started, stop it and allow 10 minutes before checking. 1. Pull out oil level gauge and wipe it clean. 2. Insert oil level gauge and make sure the engine oil level is within the range (A) as shown. 3. If it is out of range, add oil as necessary. WBIA0776E ENGINE OIL APPEARANCE • Check engine oil for white milky appearance or excessive contamination. • If engine oil becomes milky, it is highly probable that it is contaminated with engine coolant. Repair or replace damaged parts. ENGINE OIL LEAKAGE Check for engine oil leakage around the following areas: • Oil pan (upper and lower) • Oil pan drain plug • Oil pressure switch • Oil filter • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve • Front cover • Mating surface between cylinder block and cylinder head • Mating surface between cylinder head and rocker cover • Crankshaft oil seals (front and rear) • Oil filter (for intake valve timing control) OIL PRESSURE CHECK WARNING: • Be careful not to burn yourself, as engine oil may be hot. • For M/T models, put the shift handle in the Neutral "N" position and apply the parking brake securely. For CVT models, put the shift handle in the Park “P” position. 1. Check engine oil level. 2. Remove engine under cover. Refer to EI-14, "Removal and Installation". 3. Disconnect harness connector at oil pressure switch (1), and remove oil pressure switch using a suitable tool. • Oil pan (lower) (2) • : Front CAUTION: Do not drop or shock oil pressure switch. PBIC3310E Revision: January 2010 LU-6 2010 Sentra ENGINE OIL [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Install oil pressure gauge and hose. A Tool number : ST25051001 (J-25695-1) : ST25052000 (J-25695-2) LU C WBIA0571E 5. 6. 7. a. b. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check oil pressure with engine running under no-load. Refer to LU-11, "Oil Pressure". NOTE: When engine oil temperature is low, engine oil pressure becomes high. If difference is extreme, check oil passage and oil pump for oil leaks. After the inspections, install oil pressure switch as follows: Remove old liquid gasket adhering to oil pressure switch and engine. Apply liquid gasket and tighten oil pressure switch to specification. Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant or equivalent.Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant". Oil pressure switch c. d. : 14.7 N·m (1.5 kg-m, 11 ft-lb) E F G H Check engine oil level. After warming up engine, make sure there are no leaks of engine oil with running engine. Changing Engine Oil D INFOID:0000000005283811 WARNING: • Be careful not to burn yourself, as engine oil may be hot. • Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer; try to avoid direct skin contact with used engine oil. If skin contact is made, wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible. 1. Park vehicle on a level surface and check for engine oil leakage from engine components. Refer to LU-6, "Inspection". 2. Warm up the engine. 3. Stop engine and wait for 10 minutes. I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LU-7 2010 Sentra ENGINE OIL < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Remove oil filler cap (1) and then remove oil pan drain plug (2). • Oil filter (3) • : Engine front 5. Drain the engine oil. 6. Install the oil pan drain plug (2) with a new washer. [MR20DE] Oil pan drain plug : 34.3 N·m (3.5 kg-m, 25 ft-lb) CAUTION: Be sure to clean drain plug (2) and install with new washer. 7. Refill with new engine oil. Refer to MA-15, "MR20DE". CAUTION: • The refill capacity depends on the engine oil temperature and drain time. Use these specifications for reference only. • Always use oil level gauge to determine the proper amount of engine oil in the engine. 8. Warm up engine and check area around drain plug (2) and oil filter (3) for engine oil leakage. 9. Stop engine and wait for 10 minutes. 10. Check the engine oil level. Refer to LU-6, "Inspection". CAUTION: Do not overfill the engine with oil. Revision: January 2010 LU-8 PBIC3915E 2010 Sentra OIL FILTER [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OIL FILTER A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283812 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. LU Remove engine under cover. Refer to EI-14, "Removal and Installation". Drain engine oil. Refer to LU-7, "Changing Engine Oil". Remove oil filter using Tool (A). Tool number C : KV10115801 (J-38956) • : Front WARNING: Be careful not to get burned, engine and engine oil may be hot. CAUTION: • When removing, prepare a shop cloth to absorb any engine oil leakage or spillage. • Do not allow engine oil to adhere to drive belt. • Completely wipe off any engine oil that adheres to the engine and the vehicle. D E PBIC3818E F G • The oil filter has a built in pressure relief valve. Use Genuine NISSAN oil filter or equivalent. H I J ALC094 INSTALLATION 1. 2. K Remove foreign materials adhering to the oil filter installation surface. Apply new engine oil to the oil seal contact surface of the new oil filter. L M N SMA010 3. O Screw the new oil filter manually until it touches the installation surface, then tighten it by 2/3 turn. Or tighten to specification. Oil filter: P : 17.7 N·m (1.8 kg-m, 13 ft-lb) SMA229B Revision: January 2010 LU-9 2010 Sentra OIL FILTER [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. 5. Refill engine with new engine oil. Refer to LU-7, "Changing Engine Oil". Install engine under cover. Refer to EI-14, "Removal and Installation". INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION 1. 2. 3. 4. Check the engine oil level. Refer to LU-6. Start engine, and make sure there are no leaks of engine oil. Stop engine and wait for 10 minutes. Check the engine oil level and adjust as necessary. Refer to LU-6. Revision: January 2010 LU-10 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A Oil Pressure INFOID:0000000005283813 Unit: kPa (bar, kg/cm2, psi) Engine speed LU Approximate discharge oil pressure Idle speed 60 (0.60, 0.61, 9) 2,000 rpm 200 (2.0, 2.0, 29) C Oil Capacity INFOID:0000000005283814 D Unit: Drain and refill With oil filter change Approximately 3.9 (4 1/8, 3 3/8) Without oil filter change Approximately 3.6 (3 7/8, 3 1/8) Dry engine (engine overhaul) (US qt, Imp qt) E Approximately 4.4 (4 5/8, 3 7/8) F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LU-11 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000005283815 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect INFOID:0000000005283816 NOTE: • This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM). • Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the ″LOCK″ position. • Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results. For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder. For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and steering wheel rotation will become impossible. If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before starting the repair operation. OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the steering lock will be released. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be rotated. Perform the necessary repair operation. Revision: January 2010 LU-12 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.) 6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III. A LU C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LU-13 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000005283817 The actual shape of the Kent-Moore tools may differ from those tools illustrated here. Tool number (Kent Moore No.) Tool name Description ST25051001 (J-25695-1) Oil pressure gauge Measuring oil pressure Maximum measuring range: 2,452 kPa (25 kg/cm2, 356 psi) S-NT050 ST25052000 (J-25695-2) Hose Adapting oil pressure gauge to cylinder block S-NT559 KV10115801 (J-38956) Oil filter wrench Removing and installing oil filter S-NT772 KV10111100 (J-37228) Seal cutter Removing steel oil pan and rear timing chain case S-NT046 WS39930000 (—) Tube presser Pressing the tube of liquid gasket S-NT052 Commercial Service Tool Revision: January 2010 INFOID:0000000005283818 LU-14 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Tool name Description Power tool Loosening bolts and nuts A LU C PBIC0190E Deep socket Removing and installing oil pressure sensor Deep socket 26 mm, 3/8 drive D E NT818 F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LU-15 2010 Sentra LUBRICATION SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > LUBRICATION SYSTEM Lubrication Circuit INFOID:0000000005283819 PBIC2270E Schematic INFOID:0000000005283820 WBIA0857E 1. Oil pan 2. Oil strainer 3. Oil pump 4. Regulator valve 5. Oil filter 6. Relief valve (Built in oil filter) Revision: January 2010 LU-16 2010 Sentra LUBRICATION SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 7. Oil cooler 8. Bypass 9. Connecting rod bearing 10. Main bearing 11. Timing chain and balancer unit timing chain oil jet 12. Connecting rod bearing 13. Timing chain and balancer unit timing chain 14. Connecting Rod 15. Piston 16. Balancer unit 17. Chain tensioner 18. Camshaft bracket (No.1) A LU 19. Cylinder head oil gallery 20. Relief valve 21. Intake camshaft bracket (No.2) 22. Intake camshaft oil passage 23. Intake camshaft journal 24. Exhaust camshaft journal 25. Exhaust camshaft oil passage 26. Exhaust camshaft bracket (No.2) 27. Front cover 28. Intake valve timing control cover 29. Intake valve timing controller 30. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve A. Oil passage B. C. Bypass D. To oil pan Return oil passage C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LU-17 2010 Sentra ENGINE OIL [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ENGINE OIL Inspection INFOID:0000000005283821 ENGINE OIL LEVEL NOTE: Before starting engine, park vehicle on a level surface and check the engine oil level. If engine is already started, stop it and allow 10 minutes before checking. 1. Pull out oil level gauge and wipe it clean. 2. Insert oil level gauge and make sure the engine oil level is within the range as shown. 3. If it is out of range, add oil as necessary. PBIC0249E ENGINE OIL APPEARANCE • Check engine oil for white milky appearance or excessive contamination. • If engine oil becomes milky, it is highly probable that it is contaminated with engine coolant. Repair or replace damaged parts. ENGINE OIL LEAKAGE Check for engine oil leakage around the following areas: • Oil pan (upper and lower) • Oil pan drain plug • Oil pressure sensor • Oil filter • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve • Front cover • Mating surface between cylinder block and cylinder head • Mating surface between cylinder head and rocker cover • Crankshaft oil seals (front and rear) OIL PRESSURE CHECK WARNING: • Be careful not to burn yourself, as engine oil may be hot. • For M/T models, put the shift handle in the Neutral "N" position and apply the parking brake securely. For CVT models, put the shift handle in the Park “P” position. 1. Check engine oil level. 2. Remove engine under cover. Refer to EI-14, "Removal and Installation". 3. Disconnect harness connector at oil pressure sensor, and remove oil pressure sensor using a suitable tool. CAUTION: Do not drop or shock oil pressure sensor. Revision: January 2010 LU-18 2010 Sentra ENGINE OIL [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Install oil pressure gauge and hose. A Tool numbers : ST25051001 (J-25695-1) : ST25052000 (J-25695-2) LU C WBIA0571E 5. 6. 7. a. b. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check oil pressure with engine running under no-load. Refer to LU-27, "Oil Pressure". NOTE: When engine oil temperature is low, engine oil pressure becomes high. If difference is extreme, check oil passage and oil pump for oil leaks. After the inspections, install oil pressure sensor as follows: Remove old liquid gasket adhering to oil pressure sensor and engine. Apply liquid gasket and tighten oil pressure sensor to specification. Use Genuine RTV Silicone Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant". Oil pressure sensor c. d. : 14.7 N·m (1.5 kg-m, 11 ft-lb) INFOID:0000000005283822 WARNING: • Be careful not to burn yourself, as engine oil may be hot. • Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer; try to avoid direct skin contact with used engine oil. If skin contact is made, wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible. 1. Park vehicle on a level surface and check for engine oil leakage from engine components. Refer to LU-18, "Inspection". 2. Warm up the engine. 3. Stop engine and wait for 10 minutes. 4. Remove oil filler cap and then remove oil pan drain plug. 5. Drain the engine oil. 6. Install the oil pan drain plug with a new washer. Oil pan drain plug : 34.3 N·m (3.5 kg-m, 25 ft-lb) LU-19 F G I J K L M N CAUTION: Be sure to clean drain plug and install with new washer. 7. Refill with new engine oil. Refer to MA-15, "QR25DE". CAUTION: • The refill capacity depends on the engine oil temperature and drain time. Use these specifications for reference only. • Always use oil level gauge to determine when the proper amount of engine oil in the engine. 8. Warm up engine and check area around drain plug and oil filter for engine oil leakage. 9. Stop engine and wait for 10 minutes. 10. Check the engine oil level. Refer to LU-18, "Inspection". CAUTION: Do not overfill the engine with oil. Revision: January 2010 E H Check engine oil level. After warming up engine, make sure there are no leaks of engine oil with running engine. Changing Engine Oil D 2010 Sentra O P OIL FILTER [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OIL FILTER Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283823 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. Drain engine oil. Refer to LU-19, "Changing Engine Oil". Remove splash shield RH. Refer to EI-21, "Component". Remove the oil filter using Tool. Tool number : KV10115801 (J-38956) WARNING: Be careful not to get burned, engine and engine oil may be hot. CAUTION: • When removing, prepare a shop cloth to absorb any engine oil leakage or spillage. • Do not allow engine oil to adhere to drive belt. • Completely wipe off any engine oil that adheres to the engine and the vehicle. WBIA0589E • The oil filter has a built in pressure relief valve. Use Genuine NISSAN oil filter or equivalent ALC094 INSTALLATION 1. 2. Remove foreign materials adhering to the oil filter installation surface. Apply new engine oil to the oil seal contact surface of the new oil filter. SMA010 3. Screw the new oil filter manually until it touches the installation surface, then tighten it by 2/3 turn. Or tighten to specification. Oil filter : 17.7 N·m (1.8 kg-m, 13 ft-lb) SMA229B Revision: January 2010 LU-20 2010 Sentra OIL FILTER < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Refill engine with new engine oil. Refer to LU-19, "Changing Engine Oil". 5. Install splash shield RH. Refer to EI-21, "Component". [QR25DE] A INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION 1. 2. 3. 4. Check the engine oil level. Refer to LU-18. Start engine, and make sure there are no leaks of engine oil. Stop engine and wait for 10 minutes. Check the engine oil level and adjust as necessary. Refer to LU-18, "Inspection". LU C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LU-21 2010 Sentra OIL PUMP [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OIL PUMP Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283824 • Remove the front cover. Refer to EM-164, "Removal and Installation". Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000005283825 KBIA0153E 1. Front cover 2. Outer rotor 3. Inner rotor 4. Oil pump cover 5. Regulator valve 6. Spring 7. Regulator plug CAUTION: Before installation, apply new engine oil to the parts as shown. DISASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. Remove the oil pump cover. Remove inner rotor and outer rotor from front cover. After removing regulator plug, remove regulator spring and regulator valve. INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY Measure the clearance of the oil pump parts. • Measure clearance with feeler gauge. • Clearance between outer rotor and oil pump body (position 1). Standard : 0.114 - 0.179 mm (0.0045 - 0.0070 in) • Tip clearance between inner rotor and outer rotor (position 2). Standard : Below 0.220 mm (0.0087 in) SLC932A Revision: January 2010 LU-22 2010 Sentra OIL PUMP < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Measure clearance with feeler gauge and straightedge. • Side clearance between inner rotor and oil pump body (position 3). Standard [QR25DE] A : 0.030 - 0.070 mm (0.0012 - 0.0028 in) LU • Side clearance between outer rotor and oil pump body (position 4). Standard : 0.060 - 0.110 mm (0.0024 - 0.0043 in) C PBIC0252E D • Calculate the clearance between inner rotor and oil pump body as follows: 1. Measure the outer diameter of protruded portion of inner rotor (Position 5). E F G PBIC0253E 2. H Measure the inner diameter of oil pump body with inside micrometer (Position 6). (Clearance) = (Inner diameter of oil pump body) – (Outer diameter of inner rotor). Standard I : 0.035 - 0.070 mm (0.0014 - 0.0028 in) J PBIC0254E • Regulator valve clearance: (Clearance) = D1(Valve hole diameter) – D2 (Outer diameter of valve) Standard K L : 0.040 - 0.097 mm (0.0016 - 0.0038 in) M CAUTION: Coat regulator valve with engine oil. Check that it falls smoothly into the valve hole by its own weight. N KBIA0043E O ASSEMBLY P Revision: January 2010 LU-23 2010 Sentra OIL PUMP < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly. • Install the inner rotor and outer rotor with the punched marks on the oil pump cover side. [QR25DE] PBIC0255E Revision: January 2010 LU-24 2010 Sentra OIL COOLER [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OIL COOLER A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005613052 LU C D E F G H I ALBIA0538GB J 1. Oil pressure sensor 2. Oil cooler 3. Gasket 4. Water hose (outlet) 5. Water hose (inlet) A. To water control valve housing B. To heater pipe assembly C. Hose clamp D. Clip WARNING: Be careful not to get burned, engine coolant and engine oil may be hot. CAUTION: • When removing oil cooler, prepare a shop cloth to absorb any engine oil leakage or spillage. • Completely wipe off any engine oil that adheres to the engine and the vehicle. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Drain engine oil. Refer to LU-19, "Changing Engine Oil". Drain engine coolant. Refer to CO-40, "Changing Engine Coolant". CAUTION: Do not spill coolant on the drive belt. Remove the RH front wheel and tire. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment". Remove the splash shield RH. Refer to EI-21, "Component". Disconnect the oil pressure sensor. Remove the front exhaust tube. Refer to EX-11, "Component". Disconnect water hoses from oil cooler. NOTE: For reference during installation, put matching marks on oil cooler hoses. Remove oil cooler. Remove oil pressure sensor, if necessary. N O P INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL Revision: January 2010 L M REMOVAL 1. 2. K LU-25 2010 Sentra OIL COOLER [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Check oil cooler for cracks. 2. Check oil cooler for clogging by blowing through coolant inlet. If necessary, replace oil cooler assembly. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • Remove any old liquid gasket adhering to the oil pressure sensor and oil cooler before installing the oil pressure sensor. INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION Start engine and check for leaks of engine oil or coolant. Revision: January 2010 LU-26 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A Oil Pressure INFOID:0000000005283826 Unit: kPa (kg/cm2, psi) Engine speed LU Approximate discharge oil pressure Idle speed More than 98 (1.0, 14) 2,000 rpm 294 (3.0, 43) 6,000 rpm 392 (4.0, 57) C Oil Pump INFOID:0000000005283827 D Unit: mm (in) Body to outer rotor radial clearance E 0.114 - 0.179 (0.0045 - 0.0070) Inner rotor to outer rotor tip clearance Below 0.220 (0.0087) Body to inner rotor axial clearance 0.030 - 0.070 (0.0012 - 0.0028) Body to outer rotor axial clearance 0.060 - 0.110 (0.0024 - 0.0043) Inner rotor to oil pump body clearance 0.035 - 0.070 (0.0014 - 0.0028) Regulator Valve F INFOID:0000000005283828 G Unit: mm (in) Regulator valve to oil pump cover clearance H 0.040 - 0.097 (0.0016 - 0.0038) Oil Capacity INFOID:0000000005283829 I Unit: Drain and refill With oil filter change Approximately 4.3 (4 1/2, 3 3/4) Without oil filter change Approximately 4.0 (4 1/4, 3 1/2) Dry engine (engine overhaul) (US qt, Imp qt) J Approximately 5.1 (5 3/8, 4 1/2) K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LU-27 2010 Sentra BODY SECTION SE SEAT A B C D E CONTENTS SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2 Diagnostic Worksheet ............................................... 9 PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2 HEATED SEAT ................................................. 11 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2 Service Notice ........................................................... 3 Precaution ................................................................. 3 PREPARATION ................................................... 4 Special Service Tool ................................................. 4 Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 4 Description ...............................................................11 Wiring Diagram - HSEAT - ......................................12 F G FRONT SEAT .................................................... 14 Driver Seat ...............................................................14 Passenger Seat .......................................................15 Removal and Installation .........................................15 Disassembly and Assembly .....................................16 H SE REAR SEAT ...................................................... 19 SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ....................................................................... 5 Work Flow ................................................................. 5 Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting ............ 7 Component Parts Drawing ......................................19 Removal and Installation .........................................20 Disassembly and Assembly .....................................22 Component Parts Drawing ......................................24 Removal and Installation .........................................24 J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 SE-1 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000005533867 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect INFOID:0000000005283900 NOTE: • This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM). • Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the ″LOCK″ position. • Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results. For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder. For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and steering wheel rotation will become impossible. If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before starting the repair operation. OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the steering lock will be released. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be rotated. Perform the necessary repair operation. Revision: January 2010 SE-2 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.) 6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III. Service Notice INFOID:0000000005283901 • When removing or installing various parts, place a cloth or padding onto the vehicle body to prevent scratches. • Handle trim, molding instruments, grille, etc. carefully during removing or installing. Be careful not to oil or damage them. • Apply sealing compound where necessary when installing parts. • When applying sealing compound, be careful that the sealing compound does not protrude from parts. • When replacing any metal parts (for example body outer panel, member, etc.), be sure to take rust prevention measures. Precaution INFOID:0000000005283902 A B C D E • When removing or disassembling any part, be careful not to damage or deform it. Protect parts which may get in the way with cloth. F • When removing parts with a screwdriver or other tool, protect parts by wrapping tools with vinyl or tape. • Keep removed parts protected with cloth. • If a clip is deformed or damaged, replace it. • If an unreusable part is removed, replace it with a new one. G • Tighten bolts and nuts firmly to the specified torque. • After re-assembly has been completed, make sure each part functions correctly. • Remove stains in the following way. H Water-soluble stains: Dip a soft cloth in warm water, and then squeeze it tightly. After wiping the stain, wipe with a soft dry cloth. Oil stain: Dissolve a synthetic detergent in warm water (density of 2 to 3% or less), dip the cloth, then clean off the stain SE with the cloth. Next, dip the cloth in fresh water and squeeze it tightly. Then clean off the detergent completely. Then wipe the area with a soft dry cloth. • Do not use any organic solvent, such as thinner or benzine. J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 SE-3 2010 Sentra PREPARATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000005283903 The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here. Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description — (J-39570) Chassis ear Locating the noise SIIA0993E — (J-43980) NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit Repairing the cause of noise SIIA0994E — ( J-46534 ) Trim tool set For removing trim AWJIA0483ZZ Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000005283904 (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description (J-39565) Engine ear Locating the noise SIIA0995E Revision: January 2010 SE-4 2010 Sentra SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS Work Flow A INFOID:0000000005283905 B C D E F SBT842 G CUSTOMER INTERVIEW Interview the customer if possible, to determine the conditions that exist when the noise occurs. Use the Diagnostic Worksheet during the interview to document the facts and conditions when the noise occurs and any H customer's comments; refer to SE-9, "Diagnostic Worksheet". This information is necessary to duplicate the conditions that exist when the noise occurs. • The customer may not be able to provide a detailed description or the location of the noise. Attempt to obtain SE all the facts and conditions that exist when the noise occurs (or does not occur). • If there is more than one noise in the vehicle, be sure to diagnose and repair the noise that the customer is concerned about. This can be accomplished by test driving the vehicle with the customer. • After identifying the type of noise, isolate the noise in terms of its characteristics. The noise characteristics J are provided so the customer, service adviser and technician are all speaking the same language when defining the noise. • Squeak —(Like tennis shoes on a clean floor) K Squeak characteristics include the light contact/fast movement/brought on by road conditions/hard surfaces = higher pitch noise/softer surfaces = lower pitch noises/edge to surface = chirping. • Creak—(Like walking on an old wooden floor) Creak characteristics include firm contact/slow movement/twisting with a rotational movement/pitch depen- L dent on materials/often brought on by activity. • Rattle—(Like shaking a baby rattle) Rattle characteristics include the fast repeated contact/vibration or similar movement/loose parts/missing M clip or fastener/incorrect clearance. • Knock —(Like a knock on a door) Knock characteristics include hollow sounding/sometimes repeating/often brought on by driver action. N • Tick—(Like a clock second hand) Tick characteristics include gentle contacting of light materials/loose components/can be caused by driver action or road conditions. • Thump—(Heavy, muffled knock noise) O Thump characteristics include softer knock/dead sound often brought on by activity. • Buzz—(Like a bumble bee) Buzz characteristics include high frequency rattle/firm contact. • Often the degree of acceptable noise level will vary depending upon the person. A noise that you may judge P as acceptable may be very irritating to the customer. • Weather conditions, especially humidity and temperature, may have a great effect on noise level. DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE If possible, drive the vehicle with the customer until the noise is duplicated. Note any additional information on the Diagnostic Worksheet regarding the conditions or location of the noise. This information can be used to duplicate the same conditions when you confirm the repair. Revision: January 2010 SE-5 2010 Sentra SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > If the noise can be duplicated easily during the test drive, to help identify the source of the noise, try to duplicate the noise with the vehicle stopped by doing one or all of the following: 1) Close a door. 2) Tap or push/pull around the area where the noise appears to be coming from. 3) Rev the engine. 4) Use a floor jack to recreate vehicle “twist”. 5) At idle, apply engine load (electrical load, half-clutch on M/T model, drive position on CVT model). 6) Raise the vehicle on a hoist and hit a tire with a rubber hammer. • Drive the vehicle and attempt to duplicate the conditions the customer states exist when the noise occurs. • If it is difficult to duplicate the noise, drive the vehicle slowly on an undulating or rough road to stress the vehicle body. CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS After verifying the customer concern or symptom, check ASIST for Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) related to that concern or symptom. If a TSB relates to the symptom, follow the procedure to repair the noise. LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE 1. Narrow down the noise to a general area.To help pinpoint the source of the noise, use a listening tool (Chassis Ear: J-39570, Engine Ear: J-39565 and mechanic's stethoscope). 2. Narrow down the noise to a more specific area and identify the cause of the noise by: • removing the components in the area that you suspect the noise is coming from. Do not use too much force when removing clips and fasteners, otherwise clips and fasteners can be broken or lost during the repair, resulting in the creation of new noise. • tapping or pushing/pulling the component that you suspect is causing the noise. Do not tap or push/pull the component with excessive force, otherwise the noise will be eliminated only temporarily. • feeling for a vibration with your hand by touching the component(s) that you suspect is (are) causing the noise. • placing a piece of paper between components that you suspect are causing the noise. • looking for loose components and contact marks. Refer to SE-7, "Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting" . REPAIR THE CAUSE • • - If the cause is a loose component, tighten the component securely. If the cause is insufficient clearance between components: separate components by repositioning or loosening and retightening the component, if possible. insulate components with a suitable insulator such as urethane pads, foam blocks, felt cloth tape or urethane tape. A NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) is available through your authorized NISSAN Parts Department. CAUTION: Do not use excessive force as many components are constructed of plastic and may be damaged. Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information. The following materials are contained in the NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980). Each item can be ordered separately as needed. URETHANE PADS [1.5 mm (0.059 in) thick] Insulates connectors, harness, etc. 76268-9E005: 100×135 mm (3.94×5.31 in)/76884-71L01: 60×85 mm (2.36×3.35 in)/76884-71L02: 15×25 mm (0.59×0.98 in) INSULATOR (Foam blocks) Insulates components from contact. Can be used to fill space behind a panel. 73982-9E000: 45 mm (1.77 in) thick, 50×50 mm (1.97×1.97 in)/73982-50Y00: 10 mm (0.39 in) thick, 50×50 mm (1.97×1.97 in) INSULATOR (Light foam block) 80845-71L00: 30 mm (1.18 in) thick, 30×50 mm (1.18×1.97 in) FELT CLOTH TAPE Used to insulate where movement does not occur. Ideal for instrument panel applications. 68370-4B000: 15×25 mm (0.59×0.98 in) pad/68239-13E00: 5 mm (0.20 in) wide tape roll. The following materials not found in the kit can also be used to repair squeaks and rattles. UHMW (TEFLON) TAPE Insulates where slight movement is present. Ideal for instrument panel applications. Revision: January 2010 SE-6 2010 Sentra SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SILICONE GREASE Used instead of UHMW tape that will be visible or not fit. Note: Will only last a few months. SILICONE SPRAY Use when grease cannot be applied. DUCT TAPE Use to eliminate movement. A B CONFIRM THE REPAIR Confirm that the cause of a noise is repaired by test driving the vehicle. Operate the vehicle under the same conditions as when the noise originally occurred. Refer to the notes on the Diagnostic Worksheet. Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting INFOID:0000000005283906 C D Refer to Table of Contents for specific component removal and installation information. INSTRUMENT PANEL E Most incidents are caused by contact and movement between: 1. The cluster lid A and instrument panel F 2. Acrylic lens and combination meter housing 3. Instrument panel to front pillar garnish 4. Instrument panel to windshield G 5. Instrument panel mounting pins 6. Wiring harnesses behind the combination meter 7. A/C defroster duct and duct joint H These incidents can usually be located by tapping or moving the components to duplicate the noise or by pressing on the components while driving to stop the noise. Most of these incidents can be repaired by applying felt cloth tape or silicone spray (in hard to reach areas). Urethane pads can be used to insulate wiring harSE ness. CAUTION: Do not use silicone spray to isolate a squeak or rattle. If you saturate the area with silicone, you will not be able to recheck the repair. J CENTER CONSOLE Components to pay attention to include: 1. Shifter assembly cover to finisher 2. A/C control unit and cluster lid C 3. Wiring harnesses behind audio and A/C control unit The instrument panel repair and isolation procedures also apply to the center console. K L DOORS Pay attention to the: 1. Finisher and inner panel making a slapping noise 2. Inside handle escutcheon to door finisher 3. Wiring harnesses tapping 4. Door striker out of alignment causing a popping noise on starts and stops Tapping or moving the components or pressing on them while driving to duplicate the conditions can isolate many of these incidents. You can usually insulate the areas with felt cloth tape or insulator foam blocks from the NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) to repair the noise. TRUNK SE-7 N O P Trunk noises are often caused by a loose jack or loose items put into the trunk by the owner. In addition look for: 1. Trunk lid bumpers out of adjustment 2. Trunk lid striker out of adjustment 3. The trunk lid torsion bars knocking together 4. A loose license plate or bracket Revision: January 2010 M 2010 Sentra SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Most of these incidents can be repaired by adjusting, securing or insulating the item(s) or component(s) causing the noise. SUNROOF/HEADLINING Noises in the sunroof/headlining area can often be traced to one of the following: 1. Sunroof lid, rail, linkage or seals making a rattle or light knocking noise 2. Sun visor shaft shaking in the holder 3. Front or rear windshield touching headliner and squeaking Again, pressing on the components to stop the noise while duplicating the conditions can isolate most of these incidents. Repairs usually consist of insulating with felt cloth tape. OVERHEAD CONSOLE (FRONT AND REAR) Overhead console noises are often caused by the console panel clips not being engaged correctly. Most of these incidents are repaired by pushing up on the console at the clip locations until the clips engage. In addition look for: 1. Loose harness or harness connectors. 2. Front console map/reading lamp lense loose. 3. Loose screws at console attachment points. SEATS When isolating seat noise it's important to note the position the seat is in and the load placed on the seat when the noise is present. These conditions should be duplicated when verifying and isolating the cause of the noise. Cause of seat noise include: 1. Headrest rods and holder 2. A squeak between the seat pad cushion and frame 3. The rear seatback lock and bracket These noises can be isolated by moving or pressing on the suspected components while duplicating the conditions under which the noise occurs. Most of these incidents can be repaired by repositioning the component or applying urethane tape to the contact area. UNDERHOOD Some interior noise may be caused by components under the hood or on the engine wall. The noise is then transmitted into the passenger compartment. Causes of transmitted underhood noise include: 1. Any component mounted to the engine wall 2. Components that pass through the engine wall 3. Engine wall mounts and connectors 4. Loose radiator mounting pins 5. Hood bumpers out of adjustment 6. Hood striker out of adjustment These noises can be difficult to isolate since they cannot be reached from the interior of the vehicle. The best method is to secure, move or insulate one component at a time and test drive the vehicle. Also, engine RPM or load can be changed to isolate the noise. Repairs can usually be made by moving, adjusting, securing, or insulating the component causing the noise. Revision: January 2010 SE-8 2010 Sentra SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Diagnostic Worksheet INFOID:0000000005283907 A B C D E F G H SE J K L M N O LAIA0072E Revision: January 2010 SE-9 P 2010 Sentra SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > LAIA0071E Revision: January 2010 SE-10 2010 Sentra HEATED SEAT < SERVICE INFORMATION > HEATED SEAT A Description INFOID:0000000005283908 • When handling seat, be extremely careful not to scratch heating unit. • Do not use any organic solvent, such as thinner, benzene, alcohol, etc. to clean trim. B C D E F G WIIA0031E H SE J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 SE-11 2010 Sentra HEATED SEAT < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - HSEAT - INFOID:0000000005283909 AAJWA0062GB Revision: January 2010 SE-12 2010 Sentra HEATED SEAT < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H SE J K L M N O ABJWA0073GB P Revision: January 2010 SE-13 2010 Sentra FRONT SEAT < SERVICE INFORMATION > FRONT SEAT Driver Seat INFOID:0000000005283910 ALIIA0385GB 1. Rear leg cover 2. Front mount washers 3. Seat assembly - SE-R 4. Seat cushion inner finisher 5. Seat cushion outer finisher 6. Seat belt buckle 7. Seat cushion trim 8. Seat cushion pad 9. Seat cushion heater 10. Seat cushion lower outer finisher 11. Seat cushion outer finisher 12. Lifter lever 13. Lifter lever cover 14. Reclining lever cover 15. Reclining lever Revision: January 2010 SE-14 2010 Sentra FRONT SEAT < SERVICE INFORMATION > 16. Seat cushion outer finisher assembly 17. Seat cushion outer finisher with lift 19. Reclining lever A 20. Seat cushion outer finisher assembly 21. Seat assembly (except SE-R) without lift 22. Headrest holder (lock) 23. Headrest holder (free) A. B. Driver seat bolt - front 18. Reclining lever cover 24. Headrest B Driver seat bolt - rear Passenger Seat INFOID:0000000005283911 C D E F G H SE J K L M N O WIIA1438E 1. Headrest assembly 2. Headrest holder (lock) 3. Headrest holder (free) 4. Seat assembly (except SE-R) 5. Seat cushion outer finisher 6. Reclining lever knob 7. Lever cover 8. Seat belt buckle 9. Seat cushion inner finisher 10. Front mount washers P 11. Seat assembly (SE-R) Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283912 Removal Revision: January 2010 SE-15 2010 Sentra FRONT SEAT < SERVICE INFORMATION > WARNING: • When checking the seat circuit for continuity using a circuit tester, do not confuse its connector with the side air bag module connector. Such an error may cause the air bag to deploy. • Before removing the front seat, turn the ignition switch off, disconnect both battery cables and wait at lease three minutes. CAUTION: • Do not drop, tilt, or bump the side air bag module while installing the seat. Always handle it with care. • Front passenger seat is equipped with an Occupant Detection System sensor and control module. Do not disassemble front passenger seat cushion assembly or remove the trim as this will affect the Occupant Detection System calibration. • If the vehicle has been involved in a collision, the seat must be inspected for damage. Refer to SRS47, "For Frontal Collision". • When removing and installing the seat, use shop cloths to protect the vehicle from damage. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Disconnect the negative and the positive battery terminals and wait at least three minutes. Disconnect the side air bag module harness connector. Slide the seat until the four body mounting bolts are visible and a tool can be inserted. Remove the four body mounting bolts. Disconnect the seat harness connectors and remove the seat from the vehicle. Installation Installation in the reverse order of removal. Be careful of the following points. • Before the installation, confirm that the inside and outside slide rails are locked at the same positions. • Confirm that the slide rail location pin is set to the hole on the floor. When installing the LH front seat tighten the bolts as shown. LIIA2853E When installing the RH front seat tighten the bolts as shown. LIIA2854E Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000005283913 SEAT CUSHION TRIM AND PAD Revision: January 2010 SE-16 2010 Sentra FRONT SEAT < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H SE BIIA0010E 1. LH seat 2. Seat cushion outer finisher 3. Lifter lever 4. Lifter lever cover 5. Reclining lever cover 6. Reclining lever J Clip C101 CAUTION: • Front passenger seat is equipped with an Occupant Detection System sensor and control module. Do not disassemble front passenger seat cushion assembly or remove the trim as this will affect the Occupant Detection System calibration. • During installation, the wire harness clips must be installed in the holes they were originally in. Do not add additional clips. • When removing or installing the seat trim, handle it carefully to keep dirt out and avoid damage. Disassembly 1. Remove seat. Refer to SE-15, "Removal and Installation" . 2. Remove the recliner lever and lifter level (if equipped). 3. Remove the inner and outer front seat cushion finishers. NOTE: Remove the seat cushion lower outer finisher screw in order to remove the seat cushion lower outer finisher, if equipped. K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 SE-17 2010 Sentra FRONT SEAT < SERVICE INFORMATION > BIIA0009E 1. 4. 5. Seat cushion lower finisher screw Clip C101 Remove the air bag harness clips. Remove the seat cushion retainers to separate the trim cover from the pad. Assembly Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly. Revision: January 2010 SE-18 2010 Sentra REAR SEAT < SERVICE INFORMATION > REAR SEAT A Component Parts Drawing INFOID:0000000005283914 60:40 SPLIT FOLD DOWN SEAT B C D E F G H SE J K L M N O BIIA0012E 1. Headrest 2. Headrest holder (lock) 3. Headrest holder (free) 4. RH seatback frame 5. RH seat lock assembly 6. RH seatback trim and pad 7. RH outer seat bracket 8. RH inner seat bracket 9. RH inner bracket cover 10. RH outer bracket cover 11. RH seat cushion assembly 12. RH seat cushion trim 13. RH seat cushion foam 14. RH seat cushion pad 15. RH seat cushion frame 16. Rear seat cushion bracket assembly 17. LH seat cushion assembly Revision: January 2010 SE-19 P 18. LH seat cushion trim 2010 Sentra REAR SEAT < SERVICE INFORMATION > 19. LH seat cushion foam 20. LH seat cushion pad 21. LH seat cushion frame 22. LH inner bracket cover 23. LH outer bracket cover 24. LH inner seat bracket 25. LH outer seat bracket 26. LH seatback pad 27. LH seat lock assembly 28. LH seatback frame 29. LH seatback trim 30. Cup holder 31. Armrest cover 32. Armrest Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283915 CAUTION: When removing and installing, use shop cloths to protect parts from damage. 60:40 SPLIT FOLD DOWN SEAT CUSHION BIIA0008E 1. LH rear seat cushion 2. RH rear seat cushion Removal 1. 2. Lift up on the front of the LH and RH seat cushions and fold forward toward the front of the vehicle. Push the cushion wires inward to disengage from the hinge brackets and remove the seat cushion. Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. 60:40 SPLIT FOLD DOWN RIGHT SEATBACK Removal Revision: January 2010 SE-20 2010 Sentra REAR SEAT < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Lift up on the front of the right seat cushion and fold forward toward the front of the vehicle. A B C D E F BIIA0015E 2. 3. 4. Remove the lower seatback mounting bolts from the right rear seat back brackets. Slide rear seat back brackets toward the rear of the vehicle. Lift the right seatback and remove from the vehicle. G Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. H 60:40 SPLIT FOLD DOWN LEFT SEATBACK Removal 1. SE Lift up on the front of the left seat cushion and fold forward toward the front of the vehicle. J K L M N O P BIIA0013E 2. 3. 4. Remove the lower seatback mounting bolts from the left rear seat back brackets. Slide rear seat back brackets toward the rear of the vehicle. Lift the left seatback and remove from the vehicle. 5. Installation Revision: January 2010 SE-21 2010 Sentra REAR SEAT < SERVICE INFORMATION > Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000005283916 60:40 SPLIT FOLD DOWN SEAT ARMREST BIIA0014E 1. RH rear seatback 2. Armrest cover Disassembly of Armrest 1. 2. Fold up the backside of the seatback and then remove the armrest cover. Remove the armrest from the seatback. Assembly of Armrest Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly. Disassembly of Seatback Trim and Pad 1. Remove the headrest. Revision: January 2010 SE-22 2010 Sentra REAR SEAT < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Remove the retainer under the back of seatback. A B C PIIB2486J D 3. 4. Remove the headrest holder. E F G PIIB4084J 5. 6. 7. Remove the armrest. Remove the seatback trim. Remove the seatback pad from the seatback frame. H SE Assembly of Seatback Trim and Pad Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly. • Before installing headrest holder, check its orientation (front/rear and right/left). J Disassembly of Seat Cushion Trim and Pad Remove the hog rings to separate the trim and pad. Assembly of Seat Cushion Trim and Pad Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly. K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 SE-23 2010 Sentra REAR SEAT < SERVICE INFORMATION > Component Parts Drawing INFOID:0000000005283917 FIXED BACK SEAT WIIA1389E 1. Headrest 2. Headrest holder (lock) 3. Headrest holder (free) 4. Seatback frame 5. Seatback pad 6. Seatback trim 7. Seatback assembly 8. Seat cushion assembly 9. Rear seat cushion bracket assembly 10. Seat cushion trim 11. Seat cushion pad/frame Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283918 CAUTION: When removing and installing, use shop cloths to protect parts from damage. Revision: January 2010 SE-24 2010 Sentra REAR SEAT < SERVICE INFORMATION > FIXED BACK SEAT CUSHION A Removal 1. Remove the rear seat cushion trim and pad. • Pull the lock at the front bottom of the seat cushion forward (1 for each side), and pull the seat cushion upward to release the wire from the plastic hook, then pull the seat cushion forward to remove. B C D SIIA0511E E Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. F FIXED SEATBACK Removal 1. 2. Remove the lower seatback bolts. Lift and remove fixed rear seatback from rear parcel shelf hanger. G Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. H SE J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 SE-25 2010 Sentra ELECTRICAL SECTION PG POWER SUPPLY, GROUND & CIRCUIT ELEMENTS A B C D E CONTENTS SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2 Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R ....................27 PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2 GROUND CIRCUIT ........................................... 29 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2 Ground Distribution ..................................................29 IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) .................17 System Description ................................................. 17 CAN Communication System Description ............... 18 Function of Detecting Ignition Relay Malfunction .... 18 CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R) ......................... 18 Auto Active Test ...................................................... 20 IPDM E/R Terminal Arrangement ........................... 23 Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R ......... 24 IPDM E/R Power/Ground Circuit Inspection ........... 26 Inspection with CONSULT-III (Self-Diagnosis) ....... 27 G HARNESS ......................................................... 37 Harness Layout .......................................................37 Wiring Diagram Codes (Cell Codes) .......................52 POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT ............... 3 Schematic ................................................................. 3 Wiring Diagram - POWER - ...................................... 5 Fuse ........................................................................ 16 Fusible Link ............................................................. 16 Circuit Breaker (Built Into BCM) .............................. 16 F H ELECTRICAL UNITS LOCATION .................... 55 Electrical Units Location ..........................................55 I HARNESS CONNECTOR ................................. 59 Description ...............................................................59 ELECTRICAL UNITS ........................................ 62 J Terminal Arrangement .............................................62 STANDARDIZED RELAY ................................. 63 PG Description ...............................................................63 FUSE BLOCK-JUNCTION BOX (J/B) .............. 65 Terminal Arrangement .............................................65 L FUSE AND FUSIBLE LINK BOX ...................... 66 Terminal Arrangement .............................................66 M N O P Revision: January 2010 PG-1 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000006039490 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. Revision: January 2010 PG-2 2010 Sentra POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT Schematic A INFOID:0000000005283483 For detailed ground distribution, refer to PG-29, "Ground Distribution" . B C D E F G H I J PG L M N O AAMWA0193GB P Revision: January 2010 PG-3 2010 Sentra POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > AAMWA0194GB Revision: January 2010 PG-4 2010 Sentra POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - POWER - INFOID:0000000005283484 A BATTERY POWER SUPPLY — IGNITION SWITCH IN ANY POSITION B C D E F G H I J PG L M N O P AAMWA0195GB Revision: January 2010 PG-5 2010 Sentra POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > AAMWA0196GB Revision: January 2010 PG-6 2010 Sentra POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I J PG L M N O AAMWA0197GB P Revision: January 2010 PG-7 2010 Sentra POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > WKWA5534E Revision: January 2010 PG-8 2010 Sentra POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I J PG L M N O WKWA5907E P Revision: January 2010 PG-9 2010 Sentra POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > AAMWA0076GB Revision: January 2010 PG-10 2010 Sentra POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > ACCESSORY POWER SUPPLY — IGNITION SWITCH IN ACC AND/OR ON A B C D E F G H I J PG L M N O AAMWA0198GB Revision: January 2010 PG-11 2010 Sentra P POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > IGNITION POWER SUPPLY — IGNITION SWITCH IN ON AAMWA0077GB Revision: January 2010 PG-12 2010 Sentra POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > IGNITION POWER SUPPLY — IGNITION SWITCH IN ON AND/OR START. A B C D E F G H I J PG L M N O AAMWA0199GB Revision: January 2010 PG-13 2010 Sentra P POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > AAMWA0200GB Revision: January 2010 PG-14 2010 Sentra POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > IGNITION POWER SUPPLY — IGNITION SWITCH IN START A B C D E F G H I J PG L M N O WKWA5541E Revision: January 2010 PG-15 2010 Sentra P POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > Fuse INFOID:0000000005283485 • If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse. • Use fuse of specified rating. Never use fuse of more than specified rating. • Do not partially install fuse; always insert it into fuse holder properly. • Remove fuse for “ELECTRICAL PARTS (BAT)” if vehicle is not used for a long period of time. CEL083 Fusible Link INFOID:0000000005283486 A melted fusible link can be detected either by visual inspection or by feeling with finger tip. If its condition is questionable, use circuit tester or test lamp. CAUTION: • If fusible link should melt, it is possible that critical circuit (power supply or large current carrying circuit) is shorted. In such a case, carefully check and eliminate cause of malfunction. • Never wrap outside of fusible link with vinyl tape. Important: Never let fusible link touch any other wiring harness, vinyl or rubber parts. Circuit Breaker (Built Into BCM) LKIA0918E INFOID:0000000005283487 For example, when current is 30A, the circuit is broken within 8 to 20 seconds. A circuit breaker is used for the following systems: • Power sunroof • Power windows SBF284E Revision: January 2010 PG-16 2010 Sentra IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) < SERVICE INFORMATION > IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) System Description INFOID:0000000005283488 • IPDM E/R (Intelligent Power Distribution Module Engine Room) integrates the relay box and fuse block which were originally placed in engine compartment. It controls integrated relays via IPDM E/R control circuits. • IPDM E/R-integrated control circuits perform ON-OFF operation of relays, CAN communication control, oil pressure switch signal reception, etc. • It controls operation of each electrical component via ECM, BCM and CAN communication lines. CAUTION: None of the IPDM E/R integrated relays can be removed. A B C D SYSTEMS CONTROLLED BY IPDM E/R 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. E Lamp control Using CAN communication lines, it receives signals from the BCM and controls the following lamps: • Headlamps (High, Low) F • Parking lamps • Tail and license plate lamps • Front fog lamps G Wiper control Using CAN communication lines, it receives signals from the BCM and controls the front wipers. Rear window defogger relay control Using CAN communication lines, it receives signals from the BCM and controls the rear window defogger H relay. A/C compressor control Using CAN communication lines, it receives signals from the ECM and controls the A/C compressor I (magnet clutch). Starter control Using CAN communication lines, it receives signals from the BCM and controls the starter relay. J Cooling fan control Using CAN communication lines, it receives signals from the ECM and controls the cooling fan relays. Horn control PG Using CAN communication lines, it receives signals from the BCM and controls the horn relay. Daytime light system control (Canada only) Using CAN communication lines, it receives signals from the BCM and controls the daytime light relay. L CAN COMMUNICATION LINE CONTROL With CAN communication, by connecting each control unit using two communication lines (CAN L-line, CAN H-line), it is possible to transmit a maximum amount of information with minimum wiring. Each control unit can transmit and receive data, and reads necessary information only. 1. Fail-safe control • When CAN communication with other control units is impossible, IPDM E/R performs fail-safe control. After CAN communication returns to normal operation, it also returns to normal control. • Operation of control parts by IPDM E/R during fail-safe mode is as follows: Controlled system Headlamp Tail, license plate and parking lamps • With the ignition switch ON, headlamp low relay is ON, headlamp high relays are OFF, and daytime light system (Canada only) is OFF. • With the ignition switch OFF, the headlamp relays are OFF. • With the ignition switch ON, the tail lamp relay is ON. • With the ignition switch OFF, the tail lamp relay is OFF. • With the ignition switch ON, cooling fan relay-1, relay-2, and relay-3 are ON. • With the ignition switch OFF, all cooling fan relays are OFF. Front wiper Until the ignition switch is turned off, the front wiper relays remain in the same status they were in just before fail−safe control was initiated. PG-17 N O Fail-safe mode Cooling fan Revision: January 2010 M 2010 Sentra P IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) < SERVICE INFORMATION > Controlled system Fail-safe mode Rear window defogger Rear window defogger relay OFF A/C compressor A/C relay is OFF Front fog lamps (if equipped) Front fog lamp relay OFF IPDM E/R STATUS CONTROL In order to save power, IPDM E/R switches status by itself based on each operating condition. 1. CAN communication status • CAN communication is normally performed with other control units. • Individual unit control by IPDM E/R is normally performed. • When sleep request signal is received from BCM, mode is switched to sleep waiting status. 2. Sleep waiting status • Process to stop CAN communication is activated. • All systems controlled by IPDM E/R are stopped. When 1 second has elapsed after CAN communication with other control units is stopped, mode switches to sleep status. 3. Sleep status • IPDM E/R operates in low current-consumption mode. • CAN communication is stopped. • When a change in CAN communication signal is detected, mode switches to CAN communication status. • When a change in ignition switch signal is detected, mode switches to CAN communication status. CAN Communication System Description INFOID:0000000005283489 Refer to LAN-7, "System Description". Function of Detecting Ignition Relay Malfunction INFOID:0000000005283490 • When the integrated ignition relay is stuck in a "closed contact" position and cannot be turned OFF, IPDM E/ R turns ON tail and parking lamps for 10 minutes to indicate IPDM E/R malfunction. • When the state of the integrated ignition relay does not agree with the state of the ignition switch signal received via CAN communication, the IPDM E/R activates the tail lamp relay. Ignition switch signal Ignition relay status Tail lamp relay ON ON — OFF OFF — ON OFF — OFF ON ON (10 minutes) NOTE: When the ignition switch is turned ON, the tail lamps are OFF. CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R) INFOID:0000000005283491 CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following. IPDM E/R diagnostic Mode SELF-DIAG RESULTS DATA MONITOR Description Displays IPDM E/R self-diagnosis results. Displays IPDM E/R input/output data in real time. CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read. ACTIVE TEST Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to them. SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Display Item List Revision: January 2010 PG-18 2010 Sentra IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) < SERVICE INFORMATION > TIME Display items CONSULT-III display code Malfunction detection NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED. — — U1000 • If CAN communication reception/transmission data has a malfunction, or if any of the control units fail, data reception/transmission cannot be confirmed. • When the data in CAN communication is not received before the specified time. CAN COMM CIRC Possible causes CRNT PAST — — — X Any of items listed below have errors: • TRANSMIT DIAG • ECM • BCM/SEC X A B C D NOTE: The details for display of the period are as follows: • CRNT: Error currently detected with IPDM E/R. • PAST: Error detected in the past and placed in IPDM E/R memory. E DATA MONITOR F All Signals, Main Signals, Selection From Menu Item name CONSULT-III screen display G Monitor item selection Display or unit ALL SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS SELECTION FROM MENU Description H Motor fan request MOTOR FAN REQ 1/2/3/4 X X X Signal status input from ECM Compressor request AC COMP REQ ON/OFF X X X Signal status input from ECM Parking, license, and tail lamp request TAIL & CLR REQ ON/OFF X X X Signal status input from BCM Headlamp low beam request HL LO REQ ON/OFF X X X Signal status input from BCM Headlamp high beam request HL HI REQ ON/OFF X X X Signal status input from BCM Front fog request FR FOG REQ ON/OFF X X X Signal status input from BCM FR wiper request FR WIP REQ STOP/1LO/LO/HI X X X Signal status input from BCM Wiper auto stop WIP AUTO STOP ACT P/STOP P X X X Output status of IPDM E/R Wiper protection WIP PROT OFF/LS/HS/Block X X X Control status of IPDM E/R Starter request ST RLY REQ ON/OFF X X Status of input signal (*1) Ignition relay status IGN RLY ON/OFF X X X Ignition relay status monitored with IPDM E/R Rear defogger request RR DEF REQ ON/OFF X X X Signal status input from BCM Oil pressure switch OIL P SW OPEN/CLOSE X X Signal status input from IPDM E/R Hood switch HOOD SW (*2) OFF X X Signal status input from IPDM E/R Theft warning horn request THFT HRN REQ ON/OFF X X Signal status input from BCM Horn chirp HORN CHIRP ON/OFF X X Output status of IPDM E/R Daytime light request DTRL REQ ON/OFF X X Signal status input from BCM I J Revision: January 2010 PG-19 2010 Sentra PG L M N O P IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) < SERVICE INFORMATION > *1 Perform monitoring of IPDM E/R data with the ignition switch ON. When the ignition switch is in ACC position, display may not be correct. *2 This item is displayed, but does not function. CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR Refer to LAN-7, "System Description". ACTIVE TEST Display Item List Test name CONSULT-III screen display Description Head, tail, fog lamp output EXTERNAL LAMP With a certain ON-OFF operation (OFF, TAIL, LO, HI, FOG), the front fog lamp, headlamp low, headlamp high RH, headlamp high LH, and tail lamp relays can be operated. Rear defogger output REAR DEFOGGER With a certain ON-OFF operation, the rear defogger relay can be operated. Front wiper (HI, LO) output FRONT WIPER With a certain operation (OFF, HI ON, LO ON), the front wiper relays (Lo, Hi) can be operated. Cooling fan output MOTOR FAN With a certain operation (1, 2, 3, 4), the cooling fan relays can be operated. Horn output HORN With a certain ON-OFF operation, the horn relay can be operated. Auto Active Test INFOID:0000000005283492 DESCRIPTION • In auto active test mode, operation inspection can be performed when IPDM E/R sends a drive signal to the following systems: - Rear window defogger - Front wipers - Tail, license and parking lamps - Daytime lamp system (Canada only) - Front fog lamps (if equipped) - Headlamps (High, Low) - A/C compressor (magnet clutch) - Cooling fan OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Close front door RH and hood. Lift wiper arms away from windshield (to prevent glass damage by wiper operation). NOTE: When auto active test is performed with hood opened, sprinkle water on windshield beforehand. Turn ignition switch OFF. Turn ignition switch ON and, within 20 seconds, press front door switch LH 20 times. Then turn ignition switch OFF. Turn ignition switch ON within 10 seconds after ignition switch OFF. When auto active test mode is actuated, horn chirps once. After a series of operations is repeated three times, auto active test is completed. NOTE: When auto active test mode has to be cancelled halfway, turn ignition switch OFF. CAUTION: Be sure to perform BL-38, "Door Switch Check" when the auto active test cannot be performed. INSPECTION IN AUTO ACTIVE TEST MODE Revision: January 2010 PG-20 2010 Sentra IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) < SERVICE INFORMATION > When auto active test mode is actuated, the following six steps are repeated three times. A B C D E LKIA0898E (A): Oil pressure warning lamp is blinking when the auto active test is operating. F Item Number Test Item Operation Time/Frequency 1 Rear window defogger 10 seconds 2 Front wipers LOW 5 seconds then HIGH 5 seconds 3 Daytime light system (Canada only) 10 seconds 3 Tail, license, and parking lamps 10 seconds 3 Front fog lamps (if equipped) 10 seconds 4 Headlamps (low) 10 seconds 4 Headlamps (high) ON-OFF 5 times 5 A/C compressor (magnet clutch) ON-OFF 5 times 6 Cooling fan LOW 2 seconds, MID 2 seconds, HIGH 2 seconds, MID 2 seconds, LOW 2 seconds G H I J Concept of Auto Active Test PG L M N O AWMIA0224GB • IPDM E/R actuates auto active test mode when it receives door switch signal from BCM via CAN communication line. Therefore, when auto active test mode is activated successfully, CAN communication between IPDM E/R and BCM is normal. • If any of the systems controlled by IPDM E/R cannot be operated, possible cause can be easily diagnosed using auto active test. Diagnosis chart in auto active test mode Revision: January 2010 PG-21 2010 Sentra P IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) < SERVICE INFORMATION > Symptom Inspection contents Possible cause YES Rear window defogger does not operate. Any of front wipers, tail and parking lamps, front fog lamps (if equipped), daytime light system (Canada only), and headlamps (High, Low) do not operate. A/C compressor does not operate. Cooling fan does not operate. Oil pressure warning lamp does not operate. Revision: January 2010 Perform auto active test. Does rear window defogger operate? Perform auto active test. Does system in question operate? Perform auto active test. Does magnet clutch operate? Perform auto active test. Does cooling fan operate? Perform auto active test. Does oil pressure warning lamp blink? NO • BCM signal input circuit • • • • Rear window defogger relay Open circuit of rear window defogger IPDM E/R malfunction Harness or connector malfunction between IPDM E/R and rear window defogger YES • BCM signal input system NO • Lamp/wiper motor malfunction • Lamp/wiper motor ground circuit malfunction • Harness/connector malfunction between IPDM E/R and system in question • IPDM E/R (integrated relay) malfunction YES • BCM signal input circuit • CAN communication signal between BCM and ECM • CAN communication signal between ECM and IPDM E/R NO • Magnet clutch malfunction • Harness/connector malfunction between IPDM E/R and magnet clutch • IPDM E/R (integrated relay) malfunction YES • ECM signal input circuit • CAN communication signal between ECM and IPDM E/R NO • Cooling fan motor malfunction • Harness/connector malfunction between IPDM E/R and cooling fan motor • IPDM E/R (integrated relay) malfunction • Cooling fan relay-4 or relay-5 malfunction YES • Harness/connector malfunction between IPDM E/R and oil pressure switch • Oil pressure switch malfunction • IPDM E/R NO • CAN communication signal between BCM and combination meter • Combination meter PG-22 2010 Sentra IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) < SERVICE INFORMATION > IPDM E/R Terminal Arrangement INFOID:0000000005283493 A B C D E F G H I J PG L M N O WKIA5897E Revision: January 2010 PG-23 2010 Sentra P IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R INFOID:0000000005283494 Measuring condition Terminal Wire color Signal name Signal input/ output Ignition switch Operation or condition Reference value (Approx.) 1 W/R Battery power supply Input OFF — Battery voltage 2 R Battery power supply Input OFF — Battery voltage 3 L/W ECM Relay Output — Ignition switch ON or START Battery voltage Ignition switch OFF or ACC 0V 4 G ECM relay Output — Ignition switch ON or START Battery voltage Ignition switch OFF or ACC 0V Conditions correct for cooling fan high operation 0V 6 L 7 R/G (MR20DE) R/B (QR25DE) 8 Y/B 11 12 13 14 V/W B/R G/W Y 15 L/B 16 R/B (MR20DE) R (QR25DE) 17 Y/R 19 W 20 L Cooling fan relay-5 ECM relay control Throttle control motor relay A/C compressor Ignition switch supplied power Horn relay control Fuse 49 Fuse 50 Input — Input — Output — Output ON or START Input Input Output Output — — — — Battery voltage Ignition switch ON or START 0V Ignition switch OFF or ACC Battery voltage Ignition switch ON or START Battery voltage Ignition switch OFF or ACC 0V A/C switch ON or defrost switch on Battery voltage A/C switch OFF and defrost switch OFF 0V OFF or ACC 0V ON or START Battery voltage Horn switch PUSHED, alarm activated or door lock/unlock is confirmed when operating lock system via the keyfob 0V Horn switch released, alarm not active, keyfob not active Battery voltage Ignition switch ON or START Battery voltage Ignition switch OFF or ACC 0V Ignition switch ON or START Battery voltage Ignition switch OFF or ACC 0V Ignition switch ON or START Battery voltage Ignition switch OFF or ACC 0V Fuse 54 Output — Battery power supply Output — — Battery voltage Starter motor Output START — Battery voltage Conditions correct for cooling fan low operation. Battery voltage Cooling fan relay-1 Output — 21 W/R START Input START 22 W/L Battery power supply Input — Revision: January 2010 Conditions not correct for cooling fan high operation PG-24 Conditions not correct for cooling fan low operation. 0V Ignition switch in START Battery voltage Ignition switch in other than START — 0V Battery voltage 2010 Sentra IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal 23 24 Wire color L/B W/B Signal name Cooling fan relay-3 Cooling fan relay-2 Signal input/ output Input Output Measuring condition Ignition switch — — Operation or condition Conditions correct for cooling fan high operation Reference value (Approx.) A 0V B Conditions not correct for cooling fan high operation Battery voltage Conditions correct for cooling fan high operation Battery voltage Conditions not correct for cooling fan high operation 0V 27 R/L Tail lamp relay (parking lamps) Output — Lighting switch in 1st or 2nd position Battery voltage 28 W Tail lamp relay (parking lamps) Output — Lighting switch in 1st or 2nd position Battery voltage 29 V Tail lamp relay (parking lamps) Output — Lighting switch in 1st or 2nd position Battery voltage Ignition switch ON or START Battery voltage 30 R/B (MR20DE) R (QR25DE) Fuse 51 Output — Ignition switch OFF or ACC 0V 31 BR/Y Fuse 55 Output — Ignition switch ON or START Battery voltage Ignition switch OFF or ACC 0V 32 L/B Wiper high speed signal Output ON or START Wiper switch 33 L Wiper low speed signal Output ON or START Wiper switch 35 36 37 BR/R G V 38 L/Y Starter relay (inhibit switch) Fuel pump relay Oil pressure switch Input ON or START Output — Input ON or START Wiper auto stop signal Input ON or START OFF, LO, INT 0V HI Battery voltage OFF 0V LO or INT Battery voltage Selector lever in "P" or "N" (CVT) or clutch pedal depressed (M/T) Battery voltage Selector lever any other position (CVT) or clutch pedal released (M/T) 0V Ignition switch ON or START Battery voltage Ignition switch OFF or ACC 0V Engine running and oil pressure within specification Battery voltage Engine not running or oil pressure below specification Wipers not in park position Wipers in park position Battery voltage 0V B Ground Input — — 0V P CAN-L — ON — — 41 L CAN-H — ON — — Conditions correct for cooling fan high operation Battery voltage 46 G/Y Revision: January 2010 Cooling fan relay-4 Throttle control motor relay control Input Input — — PG-25 E F G H I J PG L M 39 L/R D 0V 40 45 C Conditions not correct for cooling fan high operation 0V Ignition switch ON or START 0V Ignition switch OFF or ACC Battery voltage 2010 Sentra N O P IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) < SERVICE INFORMATION > Measuring condition Terminal Wire color Signal name Signal input/ output Ignition switch 47 B/O Fuel pump relay control Input — 49 V Daytime light relay 1 control Input ON 50 W/G Front fog lamp (LH) Output Operation or condition Reference value (Approx.) Ignition switch ON or START 0V Ignition switch OFF or ACC Battery voltage Daytime light system active. Less than battery voltage Daytime light system inactive. Battery voltage OFF 0V ON or START Lighting switch must be in the 2ND position (LOW beam is ON) and the front fog lamp switch in ON ON Battery voltage Lighting switch must be in the 2ND position (LOW beam is ON) and the front fog lamp switch is ON OFF 0V ON Battery voltage 51 W/R Front fog lamp (RH) Output ON or START 52 L LH Low beam headlamp Output — Lighting switch in 2nd position Battery voltage 54 R/Y RH Low beam headlamp Output — Lighting switch in 2nd position Battery voltage 55 G LH High beam headlamp Output — Lighting switch in 2nd position and placed in HIGH or PASS position Battery voltage 56 L/W RH High beam headlamp Output — Lighting switch in 2nd position and placed in HIGH or PASS position Battery voltage 59 B Input — — 0V 60 L/B Output ON or START Ground Rear window defogger relay Rear defogger Switch ON Battery voltage Rear defogger Switch OFF 0V IPDM E/R Power/Ground Circuit Inspection INFOID:0000000005283495 1.FUSE AND FUSIBLE LINK INSPECTION Check that the following fusible links or IPDM E/R fuses are not blown. Terminal No. Signal name Fuse, fusible link No. 1, 2 Battery power a, b, d OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Replace fuse or fusible link. 2.POWER CIRCUIT INSPECTION 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E42. Check voltage between IPDM E/R harness connector E42 terminals 1, 2 and ground. Revision: January 2010 PG-26 2010 Sentra IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) < SERVICE INFORMATION > Battery voltage should exist. A OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace IPDM E/R power circuit harness. B C SKIA1987E 3.GROUND CIRCUIT INSPECTION 1. 2. D Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connectors E46 and E48. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector E46 (A) terminal 39, E48 (B) terminal 59 and ground. E Continuity should exist. F OK or NG OK >> Inspection End. NG >> Repair or replace IPDM E/R ground circuit harness. G WKIA5667E Inspection with CONSULT-III (Self-Diagnosis) H INFOID:0000000005283496 1.SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT CHECK I 1. 2. 3. J Connect CONSULT-III and select "IPDM E/R". Select "SELF-DIAG RESULTS". Check display content in self-diagnosis results. CONSULT-III Display CRNT PAST — — — NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED. CAN COMM CIRC TIME CONSULT-III display code U1000 X X Details of diagnosis result No malfunction Any of items listed below have errors: • TRANSMIT DIAG • ECM • BCM/SEC NOTE: The Details for Display for the Period are as follows: • CRNT: Error currently detected by IPDM E/R. • PAST: Error detected in the past and stored in IPDM E/R memory. Contents displayed NO DTC DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED.>>Inspection End. CAN COMM CIRC>>Refer to LAN-8, "CAN Communication Control Circuit". Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R M O INFOID:0000000005283497 P Disconnect negitive battery cable. Revision: January 2010 L N REMOVAL 1. PG PG-27 2010 Sentra IPDM E/R (INTELLIGENT POWER DISTRIBUTION MODULE ENGINE ROOM) < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Lift up the IPDM E/R (1) while pushing and opening pawls (A) or (B), and remove the IPDM E/R while pushing and opening the other side pawls. 3. Disconnect harness connector. WKIA5668E INSTALLATION Installation is the reverse order of removal. Revision: January 2010 PG-28 2010 Sentra GROUND CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > GROUND CIRCUIT A Ground Distribution INFOID:0000000005283498 MAIN HARNESS B C D E F G H I J PG L M N O P AAMIA0387GB Revision: January 2010 PG-29 2010 Sentra GROUND CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > AAMIA0464GB Revision: January 2010 PG-30 2010 Sentra GROUND CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > ENGINE ROOM HARNESS A B C D E F G H I J PG L M N O WKIA6025E Revision: January 2010 PG-31 2010 Sentra P GROUND CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > ABMIA0793GB Revision: January 2010 PG-32 2010 Sentra GROUND CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I J PG L M N O ABMIA0794GB P Revision: January 2010 PG-33 2010 Sentra GROUND CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > ENGINE CONTROL HARNESS WKIA6027E Revision: January 2010 PG-34 2010 Sentra GROUND CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > BODY HARNESS A B C D E F G H I J PG L M N O AAMIA0389GB Revision: January 2010 PG-35 2010 Sentra P GROUND CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > ABMIA1560GB Revision: January 2010 PG-36 2010 Sentra HARNESS < SERVICE INFORMATION > HARNESS A Harness Layout INFOID:0000000005283499 HOW TO READ HARNESS LAYOUT B The following Harness Layouts use a map style grid to help locate connectors on the drawings: • Main Harness, Console Lamp Sub-harness, Hazard Switch Subharness, Console Switch Sub-harness and Console Sub-harness • Engine Room Harness • Engine Room Harness Passenger Compartment • Engine Control Harness (MR20DE) and Engine Control Harness (QR25DE) • Body Harness, Tail Sub-harness and Tail No. 2 Sub-harness • Room Lamp Harness and Sunroof Sub-harness To use the grid reference 1. Find the desired connector number on the connector list. 2. Find the grid reference. 3. On the drawing, find the crossing of the grid reference letter column and number row. 4. Find the connector number in the crossing zone. 5. Follow the line to the connector. C D E SEL252V F G OUTLINE H I J PG L M N O AAMIA0390GB Revision: January 2010 PG-37 2010 Sentra P HARNESS < SERVICE INFORMATION > MAIN HARNESS AAMIA0465GB A2 M2 W/32 : To E4 D3 M53 W/16 : Audio unit A3 M3 W/8 : Fuse block (J/B) D2 M54 B/2 : Resistor-1 B2 M4 W/16 : Fuse block (J/B) F2 M55 Y/4 : Front passenger air bag module (service replacement) G4 M5 GR/16 : To B4 D4 M56 B/3 : Console power socket A3 M6 W/6 : To E19 F3 M57 — : Body ground Revision: January 2010 PG-38 2010 Sentra HARNESS < SERVICE INFORMATION > B4 M7 GR/16 : To B2 C3 M58 W/2 : To M175 F4 M8 W/16 : To B8 E2 M61 — : Body ground G5 M9 W/8 : To B10 D2 M62 W/2 : Front blower motor B3 M10 W/24 : To B11 C3 M63 W/8 : Steering angle sensor G5 M11 W/24 : To B12 B3 M64 GR/6 : VDC off switch A3 M12 W/16 : To D1 G3 M74 W/8 : To D101 A3 M13 W/12 : To D2 G3 M75 W/12 : To D102 F2 M14 B/5 : Passenger select unlock relay F2 M76 Y/2 : Front passenger air bag module F3 M15 W/4 : Remote keyless entry receiver F3 M77 O/2 : Front passenger air bag module D3 M16 W/3 : Front passenger air bag OFF indicator D2 M79 W/9 : AV control unit (with navigation) A2 M17 W/3 : To E25 D2 M89 W/12 : Double meter (QR25DE) C2 M18 W/40 : BCM (body control module) C3 M90 W/8 : Audio unit C2 M19 W/15 : BCM (body control module) D2 M91 W/24 : iPod ® adapter C2 M20 B/15 : BCM (body control module) D2 M92 W/20 : AV control unit C3 M21 W/4 : NATS antenna amp. E3 M93 W/32 : AV control unit B4 M22 W/16 : Data link connector D2 M94 W/12 : AV control unit B2 M24 W/40 : Combination meter D2 M95 GR/11 : To B72 D4 M25 GR/2 : Instrument panel antenna D3 M96 W/12 : AV control unit B2 M26 W/6 : Ignition switch D3 M97 G/4 : AV control unit A3 M27 W/4 : Steering lock solenoid D4 M98 GR/6 : To B68 C2 M28 W/16 : Combination switch D2 M99 W/24 : AV control unit B3 M29 Y/6 : Combination switch (spiral cable) Hazard switch sub-harness C3 M30 GR/8 : Combination switch (spiral cable) C5 M100 W/12 : To M40 A3 M32 Y/4 : To E31 C4 M101 BR/2 : CVT shift selector C3 M33 W/40 : Front air control C4 M102 W/4 : Hazard switch C3 M34 W/3 : Air mix door motor D4 M103 GR/6 : Manual mode select switch (QR25DE) D5 M35 Y/28 : Air bag diagnosis sensor unit Console lamp sub-harness C2 M37 W/8 : EPS control unit C3 M175 W/2 : To M58 C4 M38 W/4 : CVT shift selector (without intelligent key) D4 M177 W/2 : Console lamp center C4 M38 W/8 : CVT shift selector (with intelligent key) Console switch sub-harness B2 M39 W/2 : Tire pressure warning check connector D5 M200 BR/3 : Front console power socket C5 M40 W/12 : To M100 E5 M201 W/16 : To B1 A1 M41 W/12 : To R1 C5 M202 W/6 : Heated seat switch LH E3 M42 W/40 : Intelligent key unit D5 M203 BR/6 : Heated seat switch RH D2 M43 W/20 : Audio unit Console sub-harness D2 M45 W/12 : Audio unit E5 M225 W/16 : To B65 A2 M46 BR/2 : Front tweeter LH E5 M226 GR/16 : iPod ® side G2 M47 BR/2 : Front tweeter RH D5 M227 GR/6 : To B67 E2 M48 W/3 : Intake door motor C5 M228 B/5 : USB interface (without navigation) B3 M49 GR/6 : Key switch and ignition knob switch C5 M228 B/5 : USB interface and aux jack (with : navigation) B3 M50 BR/2 : Key switch C5 M229 B/4 : USB interface and aux jack E4 M51 W/3 : Mode door motor E4 M230 GR/11 : To B91 E3 M52 W/4 : Fan control amp. Revision: January 2010 PG-39 A B C D E F G H I J PG L M N O 2010 Sentra P HARNESS < SERVICE INFORMATION > ENGINE ROOM HARNESS AAMIA0392GB Refer to "PASSENGER COMPARTMENT" for continuation of engine room harness. F1 E1 GR/5 : Front wiper motor C1 E33 B/26 : ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) E3 E2 W/2 : To F1 D4 E35 B/3 : Refrigerant pressure sensor E3 E3 W/24 : To F2 E2 E40 GR/2 : Brake fluid level switch F3 E6 — : Fuse and fusible link box C2 E41 — : Ground (ABS) Revision: January 2010 PG-40 2010 Sentra HARNESS < SERVICE INFORMATION > A3 E8 GR/2 : Front washer motor F2 E42 B/2 : IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room) B2 E9 — : Engine ground F2 E43 W/16 : IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room) D2 E10 BR/2 : Fusible link box (battery) G2 E44 W/6 : IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room) D2 E11 GR/2 : Fusible link box (battery) G2 E45 BR/12 : IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room) F4 E14 — : Engine ground (crash zone sensor) G2 E46 W/12 : IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room) G4 E15 — : Engine ground G2 E47 BR/8 : IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room) E3 E16 B/32 : ECM G3 E48 B/6 : IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room) F3 E17 W/16 : To F10 F3 E49 L/4 : Cooling fan relay - 4 B3 E20 GR/6 : Front combination lamp RH A4 E50 BR/2 : Washer fluid level switch E4 E21 GR/6 : Front combination lamp LH C2 E52 GR/2 : Front wheel sensor RH C4 E22 B/2 : Ambient sensor D4 E53 GR/4 : Cooling fan motor - 2 C4 E23 Y/2 : Crash zone sensor G3 E54 L/4 : Cooling fan relay - 5 G4 E24 — : Engine ground F2 E55 B/4 : Heated oxygen sensor 2 E4 E26 BR/3 : Intelligent key warning buzzer B3 E57 B/1 : Horn (high) E5 E27 B/2 : Front fog lamp LH A3 E58 B/1 : Horn (GND) A4 E28 B/2 : Front fog lamp RH C3 E59 W/4 : Cooling fan motor - 1 G3 E29 B/5 : Daytime light relay 1 G3 E61 L/2 : Front wheel sensor LH G3 E30 L/4 : Daytime light relay 2 A3 E63 B/2 : Ambient sensor A B C D E F G H I J PG L M N O P Revision: January 2010 PG-41 2010 Sentra HARNESS < SERVICE INFORMATION > PASSENGER COMPARTMENT ABMIA0798GB Refer to "ENGINE ROOM HARNESS" for continuation of engine room harness. C1 E4 W/32 : To M2 D1 E32 BR/2 : ASCD clutch switch C1 E5 W/2 : To B3 (without VDC) C2 E34 BR/2 : Clutch interlock switch (with M/T) C1 E5 W/6 : To B3 (with VDC) D3 E36 BR/2 : ASCD brake switch D2 E7 B/2 : To E201 A2 E37 B/1 : Fuse block (J/B) E3 E12 B/6 : Accelerator pedal position sensor A1 E38 B/2 : Fuse block (J/B) Revision: January 2010 PG-42 2010 Sentra HARNESS < SERVICE INFORMATION > B1 E13 W/16 : To B9 B3 E39 W/8 : Fuse block (J/B) B3 E18 BR/6 : Heated seat relay B1 E56 L/4 : Heated mirror relay B3 E19 W/6 : To M6 E3 E60 GR/4 : Stop lamp switch (without M/T) B2 E25 W/3 : To M17 E3 E60 B/2 : Stop lamp switch (with M/T) A2 E31 Y/4 : To M32 A B ENGINE CONTROL HARNESS (MR20DE) C D E F G H I J PG L M N O P ABMIA0799GB Revision: January 2010 PG-43 2010 Sentra HARNESS < SERVICE INFORMATION > F3 F1 W/2 : To E2 F2 F24 GR/32 : ECM F3 F2 W/24 : To E3 F2 F25 BR/48 : ECM B4 F3 B/2 : A/C compressor E3 F26 G/3 : Park/ neutral position (PNP) switch (with M/T) C2 F4 GR/2 : Condenser-2 E3 F26 G/8 : Transmission range switch (with CVT) D1 F7 B/6 : Electric throttle control actuator C4 F27 — : Starter motor C3 F8 B/2 : Knock sensor D4 F28 — : Starter motor C3 F9 — : Engine ground E2 F30 B/3 : Secondary speed sensor G3 F10 W/16 : To E17 E1 F31 B/6 : Mass air flow sensor D2 F11 B/3 : Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) C4 F32 GR/1 : Oil pressure switch D1 F12 GR/4 : Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (except California) A2 F33 GR/2 : Intake timing control solenoid valve D1 F12 BR/4 : Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (for California) B1 F34 GR/3 : Ignition coil No. 1 (with power transistor) C1 F13 GR/2 : EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve C1 F35 GR/3 : Ignition coil No. 2 (with power transistor) B3 F14 B/3 : Generator C1 F36 GR/3 : Ignition coil No. 3 (with power transistor) B3 F16 — : Engine ground C2 F37 GR/3 : Ignition coil No. 4 (with power transistor) B3 F18 GR/2 : Fuel injector No. 1 E4 F38 B/3 : Primary speed sensor C3 F19 GR/2 : Fuel injector No. 2 E2 F41 GR/2 : Vehicle speed sensor C3 F20 GR/2 : Fuel injector No. 3 F4 F46 GR/22 : CVT unit D3 F21 GR/2 : Fuel injector No. 4 E2 F48 GR/2 : Engine oil temperature sensor D3 F22 B/3 : Crankshaft position sensor (POS) E1 F49 GR/5 : Tumble control valve actuator F4 F23 B/48 : TCM (transmission control module) Revision: January 2010 PG-44 2010 Sentra HARNESS < SERVICE INFORMATION > ENGINE CONTROL HARNESS (QR25DE) A B C D E F G H I J PG L M N O AAMIA0167GB G3 F1 W/2 : To E2 G3 F2 W/24 : To E3 F4 F26†† G/8 : Transmission range switch (with CVT) B4 F3 B/2 : A/C compressor D1 F27† — : Starter motor (CVT) E2 F4 GR/2 : Condenser-2 D4 F27†† — : Starter motor (M/T) D2 F6 GR/2 : Engine coolant temperature sensor E5 F28†† — : Starter motor (M/T) Revision: January 2010 F3 F26† PG-45 B/2 : Park/ neutral position (PNP) switch (with M/T) 2010 Sentra P HARNESS < SERVICE INFORMATION > D1 F7 B/6 : Electric throttle control actuator D1 F28† GR/1 : Starter motor (CVT) C2 F8 GR/2 : Knock sensor D2 F30 B/3 : Secondary speed sensor B3 F9 — : Engine ground F2 F31 B/6 : Mass air flow sensor G3 F10 W/16 : To E17 C1 F32 B/3 : Oil pressure switch D2 F11 B/3 : Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) B2 F33 GR/2 : Intake timing control solenoid valve C4 F12 GR/4 : Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 1) C3 F34 GR/3 : Ignition coil No. 1 (with power transistor) C3 F13 GR/2 : EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve C3 F35 GR/3 : Ignition coil No. 2 (with power transistor) C4 F14 B/3 : Generator D3 F36 GR/3 : Ignition coil No. 3 (with power transistor) B3 F16 — : Engine ground D3 F37 GR/3 : Ignition coil No. 4 (with power transistor) B2 F18 GR/2 : Fuel injector No. 1 E3 F38 B/3 : Primary speed sensor C2 F19 GR/2 : Fuel injector No. 2 E3 F40 — : Fusible link box (battery) D2 F20 GR/2 : Fuel injector No. 3 E2 F41 GR/2 : Vehicle speed sensor (M/T) D2 F21 GR/2 : Fuel injector No. 4 D3 F42 GR/4 : Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (bank 2) E1 F22 B/3 : Crankshaft position sensor (POS) B3 F43 B/4 : Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) F2 F23 B/48 : TCM (transmission control module) D4 F45 B/4 : Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) E4 F24 GR/32 : ECM F3 F46 GR/22 : CVT unit F4 F25 BR/48 : ECM F3 F47 B/2 : Back-up lamp switch Revision: January 2010 PG-46 2010 Sentra HARNESS < SERVICE INFORMATION > BODY HARNESS A B C D E F G H I J PG L M N O AAMIA0466GB B3 B1 W/16 : To M201 E3 B41 W/3 : Rear door switch RH A4 B2 GR/16 : To M7 G3 B42 W/6 : Rear combination lamp RH A3 B3 W/2 : To E5 B4 B43 W/24 : Audio amplifier B3 B4 GR/16 : To M5 C4 B44 W/8 : Audio amplifier C4 B5 — : Body ground (satellite sensor) F3 B45 GR/2 : Rear parcel shelf antenna Revision: January 2010 PG-47 2010 Sentra P HARNESS < SERVICE INFORMATION > C4 B7 — : Body ground F3 B46 W/2 : High mounted stop lamp (without rear spoiler) B3 B8 W/16 : To M8 G4 B47 GR/3 : EVAP control system pressure sensor A4 B9 W/16 : To E13 D4 B48 GR/5 : Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump B3 B10 W/8 : To M9 G4 B49 GR/2 : Rear bumper antenna B4 B11 W/24 : To M10 C3 B51 Y/2 : Front RH side air bag module B3 B12 W/24 : To M11 C4 B52 Y/2 : LH side air bag (satellite) sensor B4 B13 Y/12 : Air bag diagnosis sensor unit D3 B53 Y/2 : RH side air bag (satellite) sensor B3 B14 Y/12 : Air bag diagnosis sensor unit E4 B54 GR/2 : Rear wheel sensor LH B5 B15 W/32 : Bluetooth control unit E5 B55 L/2 : Rear wheel sensor RH B4 B16 W/3 : Seat belt buckle switch LH F5 B56 W/16 : Satellite radio tuner F4 B17 B/2 : EVAP canister vent control valve G4 B57 W/2 : Trunk room lamp switch C4 B18 GR/2 : Front console antenna F3 B58 W/2 : Trunk room lamp D2 B19 — : Body ground G4 B59 W/2 : Trunk lid opener actuator C4 B20 W/8 : To D201 B4 B61 W/3 : To B200 C4 B21 W/3 : Front door switch LH C3 B62 W/3 : To B300 C5 B22 Y/2 : Front LH seat belt pre-tensioner E3 B63 B/1 : Rear window defogger F4 B23 Y/2 : LH side curtain air bag module B3 B65 W/16 : To M225 B4 B24 B/1 : Parking brake switch F3 B66 W/6 : To T20 F5 B25 W/6 : Rear combination lamp LH B4 B67 GR/6 : To M227 D4 B26 W/3 : Rear door switch LH B3 B68 GR/6 : To M98 F4 B27 W/2 : Rear speaker LH B5 B69 W/8 : Bluetooth control unit D3 B28 W/3 : Front door switch RH D4 B70 B/4 : Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor D3 B29 W/3 : Belt tension sensor B2 B72 W/11 : To M95 F4 B30 W/4 : To T1 B3 B91 W/11 :To M30 D3 B31 W/8 : To D301 Tail sub-harness C3 B32 W/3 : Seat belt buckle switch RH F4 T1 W/4 : To B30 D3 B33 Y/2 : Front RH seat belt pre-tensioner G4 T2 BR/2 : High mounted stop lamp (with rear spoiler) C3 B34 — : Body ground (satellite sensor) G4 T3 BR/2 : License plate lamp LH F2 B35 Y/2 : RH side curtain air bag module G4 T4 BR/2 : License plate lamp RH C3 B36 W/8 : To B302 G4 T5 BR/2 : Trunk opener request switch B4 B37 Y/2 : Front LH side air bag module Tail No. 2 sub-harness F3 B38 W/4 : Rear speaker assembly RH G3 T20 W/6 : To B66 F3 B39 W/2 : Rear speaker RH G4 T21 W/4 : Rear view camera F3 B40 W/4 : Rear speaker assembly LH ROOM LAMP HARNESS Revision: January 2010 PG-48 2010 Sentra HARNESS < SERVICE INFORMATION > G4 R1 W/12 : To M41 C4 R7 W/2 : Vanity mirror lamp LH C3 R2 W/4 : Bluetooth ON indicator E3 R8 W/2 : Vanity mirror lamp RH D3 R3 W/2 : Map lamp Sunroof sub-harness D3 R4 W/4 : Microphone D3 B1 R5 W/2 : Interior room lamp C3 R26 GR/10 : Sunroof motor assembly C3 R6 BR/4 : To R25 D3 R27 W/3 : Sunroof switch R25 BR/4 A B : To R6 C FRONT DOOR LH HARNESS D E F G H I J PG AWMIA0227GB D1 W/16 : To M12 (with intelligent key) D7 W/8 : Door mirror LH D1 W/12 : To M12 (without intelligent key) D8 B/6 : Front power window motor LH D2 W/12 : To M13 D9 GR/6 : Front door lock assembly LH D3 W10 : Door mirror switch D10 W/2 : Front door speaker LH D4 B/4 : Front outside handle LH D11 W/3 : Main power window and door lock/unlock switch D5 W16 : Main power window and door lock/unlock switch L M N O P Revision: January 2010 PG-49 2010 Sentra HARNESS < SERVICE INFORMATION > FRONT DOOR RH HARNESS LKIA0917E D101 W/8 : To M74 D105 B/6 : Front power window motor RH D102 W/12 : To M75 D106 W/8 : Door mirror RH D103 B/4 : Front outside handle RH D107 GR/6 : Front door lock actuator RH D104 W/12 : Power window and door lock/unlock switch RH D108 W/2 : Front door speaker RH Revision: January 2010 PG-50 2010 Sentra HARNESS < SERVICE INFORMATION > REAR DOOR LH HARNESS A B C D E F G H I LKIA0914E D201 W/8 : To B20 D203 W/8 : Rear power window switch LH D202 GR/6 : Rear door lock actuator LH D204 GR/2 : Rear power window motor LH J PG L M N O P Revision: January 2010 PG-51 2010 Sentra HARNESS < SERVICE INFORMATION > REAR DOOR RH HARNESS LKIA0915E D301 W/8 : To B31 D303 W/8 : Rear power window switch RH D302 G/6 : Rear door lock actuator RH D304 GR/2 : Rear power window motor RH Wiring Diagram Codes (Cell Codes) INFOID:0000000005283500 Use the chart below to find out what each wiring diagram code stands for. Refer to the wiring diagram code in the alphabetical index to find the location (page number) of each wiring diagram. Code Section Wiring Diagram Name ABS BRC A/C,M MTC Anti-lock Brake System Manual Air Conditioner A/F EC Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 A/FH EC Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 Heater A/F1B1 EC Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 Bank 1 A/F1B2 EC Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 Bank 2 A/F1HB1 EC Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 Heater Bank 1 A/F1HB2 EC Air Fuel Ratio Sensor 1 Heater Bank 2 APPS1 EC Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor APPS2 EC Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor APPS3 EC Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor ASC/BS EC ASCD Brake Switch ASC/SW EC ASCD Steering Switch ASCBOF EC ASCD Brake Switch ASCIND EC ASCD Indicator AUDIO AV Audio Revision: January 2010 PG-52 2010 Sentra HARNESS < SERVICE INFORMATION > BACK/L LT Back-up Lamp B/COMP DI Board Computer BRK/SW EC Brake Switch CAN CVT CAN Communication Line CAN EC CAN Communication Line CAN LAN CAN System CHARGE SC Charging System CHIME DI Warning Chime COOL/F EC Cooling Fan Control COMBSW LT Combination Switch COMM AV Audio Visual Communication System CVTIND DI CVT Indicator Lamp D/LOCK BL Power Door Lock DEF GW Rear Window Defogger DTRL LT Headlamp - With Daytime Light System ECM/PW EC ECM Power Supply For Back-up ECTS EC Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor EOTS EC Engine Oil Temperature Sensor EPS STC ETC1 EC Electric Throttle Control Function ETC2 EC Throttle Control Motor Relay ETC3 EC Throttle Control Motor F/FOG LT Front Fog Lamp F/PUMP EC Fuel Pump FTS CVT B C D E F Electronic Controlled Power Steering G H CVT Fluid Temperature Sensor Circuit FTTS EC Fuel Tank Temperature Sensor FUEL EC Fuel Ignition System Function FUELB1 EC Fuel Ignition System Function Bank1 FUELB2 EC Fuel Ignition System Function Bank2 HEATER MTC H/LAMP LT Headlamp H/PHON AV Hands Free Telephone I J Heater System HORN WW HO2S2 EC Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 HO2S2H EC Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater PG Horn IATS EC Intake Air Temperature Sensor IGNSYS EC Ignition System I/KEY BL Intelligent Key System ILL LT Illumination INJECT EC Injector INT/L LT Room/Map, Vanity and Luggage Lamps L M N IVC EC Intake Valve Timing Control Solenoid Valve KEYLES BL Remote Keyless Entry System KS EC Knock Sensor LPSV CVT Line Pressure Solenoid Valve L/USSV CVT Lock-up Select Solenoid Valve MAFS EC Mass Air Flow Sensor MAIN EC Main Power Supply and Ground Circuit Speedometer, Tachometer, Temp. and Fuel Gauges METER DI 2METER DI Double Meter MIL/DL EC Malfunction Indicator Lamp MIRROR GW Door Mirror Revision: January 2010 A PG-53 O P 2010 Sentra HARNESS < SERVICE INFORMATION > MMSW NATS CVT BL Manual Mode Switch Nissan Anti-Theft System NONDTC CVT Non-detectable Item ODSW CVT Overdrive Control Switch O2H2B1 EC Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater Bank 1 O2H2B2 EC Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Heater Bank 2 O2S2B1 EC Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Bank 1 O2S2B2 EC Heated Oxygen Sensor 2 Bank 2 P/SCKT WW Power Socket PGC/V EC EVAP Canister Purge Volume Control Solenoid Valve PHASE EC Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) PNP/SW EC Park/Neutral Position Switch POS EC Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) POWER CVT PRE/SE EC PRSCVT CVT RP/SEN EC Refrigerant Pressure Sensor R/VIEW AV Rear View Camera SECPS CVT SECPSV CVT SEN/PW EC Transmission Control Module (Power Supply) EVAP Control System Pressure Sensor Primary Speed Sensor CVT (Revolution Sensor) Secondary Pressure Sensor Secondary Speed Sensor CVT (Revolution Sensor) Sensor Power Supply SESCVT CVT Secondary Pressure Sensor Solenoid Valve SHIFT CVT CVT Shift Lock System SROOF SRS START STM STOP/L RF SRS SC Sunroof Supplemental Restraint System Starting System CVT Step Motor LT Stop Lamp TCV CVT Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve TCV1 EC Tumble Control Valve TCV2 EC Tumble Control Valve T/LID BL Trunk Lid Opener Low Tire Pressure Warning System T/WARN WT TAIL/L LT Parking, License and Tail Lamps TPS1 EC Throttle Position Sensor TPS2 EC Throttle Position Sensor TPS3 EC Throttle Position Sensor TR/SW CVT TURN LT Turn Signal and Hazard Warning Lamps VEHSEC BL Vehicle Security (Theft Warning) System EC EVAP Canister Vent Control Valve VENT/V VDC WARN BRC DI Transmission Range Switch Vehicle Dynamic Control System Warning Lamps WINDOW GW Power Window WIPER WW Front Wiper and Washer Revision: January 2010 PG-54 2010 Sentra ELECTRICAL UNITS LOCATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > ELECTRICAL UNITS LOCATION A Electrical Units Location INFOID:0000000005283501 ENGINE COMPARTMENT B C D E F G H I J PG L M N O WKIA6038E P Revision: January 2010 PG-55 2010 Sentra ELECTRICAL UNITS LOCATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > PASSENGER COMPARTMENT ABMIA0801GB Revision: January 2010 PG-56 2010 Sentra ELECTRICAL UNITS LOCATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I J PG L M N O AAMIA0394GB P Revision: January 2010 PG-57 2010 Sentra ELECTRICAL UNITS LOCATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT LKIA0901E Revision: January 2010 PG-58 2010 Sentra HARNESS CONNECTOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > HARNESS CONNECTOR A Description INFOID:0000000005283502 HARNESS CONNECTOR (TAB-LOCKING TYPE) B • The tab-locking type connectors help prevent accidental looseness or disconnection. • The tab-locking type connectors are disconnected by pushing or lifting the locking tab(s). Refer to the illustration below. Refer to the next page for description of the slide-locking type connector. CAUTION: Do not pull the harness or wires when disconnecting the connector. [Example] C D E F G H I J PG L M N O SEL769DA P HARNESS CONNECTOR (SLIDE-LOCKING TYPE) • A new style slide-locking type connector is used on certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD. • The slide-locking type connectors help prevent incomplete locking and accidental looseness or disconnection. • The slide-locking type connectors are disconnected by pushing or pulling the slider. Refer to the figure below. Revision: January 2010 PG-59 2010 Sentra HARNESS CONNECTOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > CAUTION: • Do not pull the harness or wires when disconnecting the connector. • Be careful not to damage the connector support bracket when disconnecting the connector. [Example] SEL769V HARNESS CONNECTOR (LEVER LOCKING TYPE) • Lever locking type harness connectors are used on certain control units and control modules such as ECM, ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit), etc. • Lever locking type harness connectors are also used on super multiple junction (SMJ) connectors. • Always confirm the lever is fully locked in place by moving the lever as far as it will go to ensure full connection. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 PG-60 2010 Sentra HARNESS CONNECTOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > Always confirm the lever is fully released (loosened) before attempting to disconnect or connect these connectors to avoid damage to the connector housing or terminals. A B C D E F G H I LKIA0670E J 1. Control unit with single lever A. Fasten B. Loosen C. Lever 2. Control unit with dual levers A. Levers B. Fasten C. Loosen 3. SMJ connector A. Lever B. Fasten C. Loosen PG HARNESS CONNECTOR (DIRECT-CONNECT SRS COMPONENT TYPE) • SRS direct-connect type harness connectors are used on certain SRS components such as air bag modules and seat belt pre-tensioners. • Always pull up to release black locking tab prior to removing connector from SRS component. • Always push down to lock black locking tab after installing connector to SRS component. When locked, the black locking tab is level with the connector housing. CAUTION: • Do not pull the harness or wires when removing connectors from SRS components. L M N O P WHIA0103E Revision: January 2010 PG-61 2010 Sentra ELECTRICAL UNITS < SERVICE INFORMATION > ELECTRICAL UNITS Terminal Arrangement INFOID:0000000005283503 WKIA5901E Revision: January 2010 PG-62 2010 Sentra STANDARDIZED RELAY < SERVICE INFORMATION > STANDARDIZED RELAY A Description INFOID:0000000005283504 NORMAL OPEN, NORMAL CLOSED AND MIXED TYPE RELAYS B Relays can mainly be divided into three types: normal open, normal closed and mixed type relays. C D E F G SEL881H H TYPE OF STANDARDIZED RELAYS I J PG L M SEL882H 1M 1 Make 2M 2 Make 1T 1 Transfer 1M·1B 1 Make 1 Break N O P Revision: January 2010 PG-63 2010 Sentra STANDARDIZED RELAY < SERVICE INFORMATION > WKIA0253E Revision: January 2010 PG-64 2010 Sentra FUSE BLOCK-JUNCTION BOX (J/B) < SERVICE INFORMATION > FUSE BLOCK-JUNCTION BOX (J/B) Terminal Arrangement A INFOID:0000000005283505 B C D E F G H I J PG L M N O P AAMIA0395GB Revision: January 2010 PG-65 2010 Sentra FUSE AND FUSIBLE LINK BOX < SERVICE INFORMATION > FUSE AND FUSIBLE LINK BOX Terminal Arrangement INFOID:0000000005283506 ABMIA0803GB Revision: January 2010 PG-66 2010 Sentra BODY SECTION GW GLASSES, WINDOW SYSTEM & MIRRORS A B C D E CONTENTS SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 3 PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 3 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 3 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...... 3 Handling for Adhesive and Primer ............................ 3 PREPARATION ................................................... 4 Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 4 SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ....................................................................... 5 Work Flow ................................................................. 5 Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting ............ 7 Diagnostic Worksheet ............................................... 9 WINDSHIELD GLASS ........................................11 Removal and Installation ......................................... 11 REAR WINDOW GLASS AND MOLDING .........13 Removal and Installation ......................................... 13 POWER WINDOW SYSTEM ..............................15 Component Parts and Harness Connector Location .......................................................................... 15 System Description ................................................. 15 CAN Communication System Description ............... 18 Schematic ............................................................... 19 Wiring Diagram - WINDOW - .................................. 20 Main Power Window and Door Lock/Unlock Switch Harness Connector Terminal Layout ........... 25 Terminal and Reference Value for Main Power Window and Door Lock/Unlock Switch ................... 25 Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ................. 26 Work Flow ............................................................... 26 CONSULT-III Function (BCM) ................................. 26 Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart ......................... 27 BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection .... 27 Revision: January 2010 Main Power Window and Door Lock/Unlock Switch Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection ...........................................................................28 Power Window and Door Lock/Unlock Switch RH Power Supply Circuit Inspection ..............................29 Front Power Window LH Circuit Inspection .............29 Front Power Window RH Circuit Inspection (Power Window and Door Lock/Unlock Switch RH Operation) ....................................................................30 Front Power Window RH Circuit Inspection (Main Power Window and Door Lock/Unlock Switch Operation) ....................................................................33 Door Switch Check ..................................................35 Rear Power Window LH Circuit Inspection (Rear Power Window Switch LH Operation) .....................36 Rear Power Window LH Circuit Inspection (Main Power Window and Door Lock/Unlock Switch Operation) ....................................................................39 Rear Power Window RH Circuit Inspection (Rear Power Window Switch RH Operation) .....................41 Rear Power Window RH Circuit Inspection (Main Power Window and Door Lock/Unlock Switch Operation) ....................................................................43 Encoder and Limit Switch Check .............................45 F G H GW J K L M FRONT DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR ..... 47 Removal and Installation .........................................47 Inspection after Installation ......................................49 Disassembly and Assembly .....................................50 N REAR DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR ....... 51 O Removal and Installation .........................................51 Disassembly and Assembly .....................................53 Inspection after Installation ......................................53 REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER .......................... 54 Component Parts and Harness Connector Location ...........................................................................54 System Description ..................................................54 CAN Communication System Description ...............55 Schematic ................................................................56 GW-1 2010 Sentra P Wiring Diagram - DEF - .......................................... 57 Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ................. 60 Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R ......... 60 Work Flow ............................................................... 60 CONSULT-III Function (BCM) ................................ 60 Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart ......................... 60 BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection ... 61 Rear Window Defogger Switch Circuit Inspection... 61 Rear Window Defogger Circuit Inspection .............. 62 Door Mirror Defogger Circuit Inspection ................. 64 Revision: January 2010 Filament Check ....................................................... 66 Filament Repair ....................................................... 67 DOOR MIRROR ................................................. 69 Wiring Diagram - MIRROR - ................................... 69 Removal and Installation ......................................... 70 Disassembly and Assembly .................................... 70 INSIDE MIRROR ................................................ 72 Removal and Installation ......................................... 72 GW-2 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION A PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" B INFOID:0000000005589313 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. C D E F G H PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a GW hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the J battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000005283508 K When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover the lower end of windshield. L M N PIIB3706J Handling for Adhesive and Primer INFOID:0000000005283509 • Do not use an adhesive which is past its usable date. Shelf life of the adhesive is limited to six months after the date of manufacture. Carefully adhere to the expiration or manufacture date printed on the box. • Keep primers and adhesive in a cool, dry place. Ideally, they should be stored in a refrigerator. • Open the seal of the primer and adhesive just before application. Discard the remainder after application. • Before application, be sure to shake the primer container to stir the contents. If any floating material is found, do not use it. • If any primer or adhesive contacts the skin, wipe it off with gasoline or equivalent and wash the skin with soap. • When using primer and adhesive, always observe the precautions in the instruction manual. Revision: January 2010 GW-3 2010 Sentra O P PREPARATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000005283510 Tool name Description Engine ear Locating the noise SIIA0995E Suction lifter Holding of door glass PIIB1805J Revision: January 2010 GW-4 2010 Sentra SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS Work Flow A INFOID:0000000005283511 B C D E F SBT842 G CUSTOMER INTERVIEW Interview the customer if possible, to determine the conditions that exist when the noise occurs. Use the Diagnostic Worksheet during the interview to document the facts and conditions when the noise occurs and any H customer's comments; refer to GW-7, "Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting". This information is necessary to duplicate the conditions that exist when the noise occurs. • The customer may not be able to provide a detailed description or the location of the noise. Attempt to obtain GW all the facts and conditions that exist when the noise occurs (or does not occur). • If there is more than one noise in the vehicle, be sure to diagnose and repair the noise that the customer is concerned about. This can be accomplished by test driving the vehicle with the customer. • After identifying the type of noise, isolate the noise in terms of its characteristics. The noise characteristics J are provided so the customer, service adviser and technician are all speaking the same language when defining the noise. • Squeak —(Like tennis shoes on a clean floor) K Squeak characteristics include the light contact/fast movement/brought on by road conditions/hard surfaces = higher pitch noise/softer surfaces = lower pitch noises/edge to surface = chirping. • Creak—(Like walking on an old wooden floor) Creak characteristics include firm contact/slow movement/twisting with a rotational movement/pitch depen- L dent on materials/often brought on by activity. • Rattle—(Like shaking a baby rattle) Rattle characteristics include the fast repeated contact/vibration or similar movement/loose parts/missing M clip or fastener/incorrect clearance. • Knock —(Like a knock on a door) Knock characteristics include hollow sounding/sometimes repeating/often brought on by driver action. N • Tick—(Like a clock second hand) Tick characteristics include gentle contacting of light materials/loose components/can be caused by driver action or road conditions. • Thump—(Heavy, muffled knock noise) O Thump characteristics include softer knock/dead sound often brought on by activity. • Buzz—(Like a bumble bee) Buzz characteristics include high frequency rattle/firm contact. • Often the degree of acceptable noise level will vary depending upon the person. A noise that you may judge P as acceptable may be very irritating to the customer. • Weather conditions, especially humidity and temperature, may have a great effect on noise level. DUPLICATE THE NOISE AND TEST DRIVE If possible, drive the vehicle with the customer until the noise is duplicated. Note any additional information on the Diagnostic Worksheet regarding the conditions or location of the noise. This information can be used to duplicate the same conditions when you confirm the repair. Revision: January 2010 GW-5 2010 Sentra SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > If the noise can be duplicated easily during the test drive, to help identify the source of the noise, try to duplicate the noise with the vehicle stopped by doing one or all of the following: 1) Close a door. 2) Tap or push/pull around the area where the noise appears to be coming from. 3) Rev the engine. 4) Use a floor jack to recreate vehicle “twist”. 5) At idle, apply engine load (electrical load, half-clutch on M/T model, drive position on CVT model). 6) Raise the vehicle on a hoist and hit a tire with a rubber hammer. • Drive the vehicle and attempt to duplicate the conditions the customer states exist when the noise occurs. • If it is difficult to duplicate the noise, drive the vehicle slowly on an undulating or rough road to stress the vehicle body. CHECK RELATED SERVICE BULLETINS After verifying the customer concern or symptom, check ASIST for Technical Service Bulletins (TSBs) related to that concern or symptom. If a TSB relates to the symptom, follow the procedure to repair the noise. LOCATE THE NOISE AND IDENTIFY THE ROOT CAUSE 1. Narrow down the noise to a general area.To help pinpoint the source of the noise, use a listening tool (Chassis Ear: J-39570, Engine Ear: J-39565 and mechanic's stethoscope). 2. Narrow down the noise to a more specific area and identify the cause of the noise by: • removing the components in the area that you suspect the noise is coming from. Do not use too much force when removing clips and fasteners, otherwise clips and fasteners can be broken or lost during the repair, resulting in the creation of new noise. • tapping or pushing/pulling the component that you suspect is causing the noise. Do not tap or push/pull the component with excessive force, otherwise the noise will be eliminated only temporarily. • feeling for a vibration with your hand by touching the component(s) that you suspect is (are) causing the noise. • placing a piece of paper between components that you suspect are causing the noise. • looking for loose components and contact marks. Refer to GW-7, "Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting". REPAIR THE CAUSE • • - If the cause is a loose component, tighten the component securely. If the cause is insufficient clearance between components: separate components by repositioning or loosening and retightening the component, if possible. insulate components with a suitable insulator such as urethane pads, foam blocks, felt cloth tape or urethane tape. A NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) is available through your authorized NISSAN Parts Department. CAUTION: Do not use excessive force as many components are constructed of plastic and may be damaged. Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information. The following materials are contained in the NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980). Each item can be ordered separately as needed. URETHANE PADS [1.5 mm (0.059 in) thick] Insulates connectors, harness, etc. 76268-9E005: 100×135 mm (3.94×5.31 in)/76884-71L01: 60×85 mm (2.36×3.35 in)/76884-71L02: 15×25 mm (0.59×0.98 in) INSULATOR (Foam blocks) Insulates components from contact. Can be used to fill space behind a panel. 73982-9E000: 45 mm (1.77 in) thick, 50×50 mm (1.97×1.97 in)/73982-50Y00: 10 mm (0.39 in) thick, 50×50 mm (1.97×1.97 in) INSULATOR (Light foam block) 80845-71L00: 30 mm (1.18 in) thick, 30×50 mm (1.18×1.97 in) FELT CLOTH TAPE Used to insulate where movement does not occur. Ideal for instrument panel applications. 68370-4B000: 15×25 mm (0.59×0.98 in) pad/68239-13E00: 5 mm (0.20 in) wide tape roll. The following materials not found in the kit can also be used to repair squeaks and rattles. UHMW (TEFLON) TAPE Insulates where slight movement is present. Ideal for instrument panel applications. Revision: January 2010 GW-6 2010 Sentra SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SILICONE GREASE Used instead of UHMW tape that will be visible or not fit. Note: Will only last a few months. SILICONE SPRAY Use when grease cannot be applied. DUCT TAPE Use to eliminate movement. A B CONFIRM THE REPAIR Confirm that the cause of a noise is repaired by test driving the vehicle. Operate the vehicle under the same conditions as when the noise originally occurred. Refer to the notes on the Diagnostic Worksheet. Generic Squeak and Rattle Troubleshooting INFOID:0000000005283512 C D Refer to Table of Contents for specific component removal and installation information. INSTRUMENT PANEL E Most incidents are caused by contact and movement between: 1. The cluster lid A and instrument panel F 2. Acrylic lens and combination meter housing 3. Instrument panel to front pillar garnish 4. Instrument panel to windshield G 5. Instrument panel mounting pins 6. Wiring harnesses behind the combination meter 7. A/C defroster duct and duct joint H These incidents can usually be located by tapping or moving the components to duplicate the noise or by pressing on the components while driving to stop the noise. Most of these incidents can be repaired by applying felt cloth tape or silicone spray (in hard to reach areas). Urethane pads can be used to insulate wiring harGW ness. CAUTION: Do not use silicone spray to isolate a squeak or rattle. If you saturate the area with silicone, you will not be able to recheck the repair. J CENTER CONSOLE Components to pay attention to include: 1. Shifter assembly cover to finisher 2. A/C control unit and cluster lid C 3. Wiring harnesses behind audio and A/C control unit The instrument panel repair and isolation procedures also apply to the center console. K L DOORS Pay attention to the: 1. Finisher and inner panel making a slapping noise 2. Inside handle escutcheon to door finisher 3. Wiring harnesses tapping 4. Door striker out of alignment causing a popping noise on starts and stops Tapping or moving the components or pressing on them while driving to duplicate the conditions can isolate many of these incidents. You can usually insulate the areas with felt cloth tape or insulator foam blocks from the NISSAN Squeak and Rattle Kit (J-43980) to repair the noise. TRUNK GW-7 N O P Trunk noises are often caused by a loose jack or loose items put into the trunk by the owner. In addition look for: 1. Trunk lid bumpers out of adjustment 2. Trunk lid striker out of adjustment 3. The trunk lid torsion bars knocking together 4. A loose license plate or bracket Revision: January 2010 M 2010 Sentra SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Most of these incidents can be repaired by adjusting, securing or insulating the item(s) or component(s) causing the noise. SUNROOF/HEADLINING Noises in the sunroof/headlining area can often be traced to one of the following: 1. Sunroof lid, rail, linkage or seals making a rattle or light knocking noise 2. Sun visor shaft shaking in the holder 3. Front or rear windshield touching headliner and squeaking Again, pressing on the components to stop the noise while duplicating the conditions can isolate most of these incidents. Repairs usually consist of insulating with felt cloth tape. OVERHEAD CONSOLE (FRONT AND REAR) Overhead console noises are often caused by the console panel clips not being engaged correctly. Most of these incidents are repaired by pushing up on the console at the clip locations until the clips engage. In addition look for: 1. Loose harness or harness connectors. 2. Front console map/reading lamp lense loose. 3. Loose screws at console attachment points. SEATS When isolating seat noise it's important to note the position the seat is in and the load placed on the seat when the noise is present. These conditions should be duplicated when verifying and isolating the cause of the noise. Cause of seat noise include: 1. Headrest rods and holder 2. A squeak between the seat pad cushion and frame 3. The rear seatback lock and bracket These noises can be isolated by moving or pressing on the suspected components while duplicating the conditions under which the noise occurs. Most of these incidents can be repaired by repositioning the component or applying urethane tape to the contact area. UNDERHOOD Some interior noise may be caused by components under the hood or on the engine wall. The noise is then transmitted into the passenger compartment. Causes of transmitted underhood noise include: 1. Any component mounted to the engine wall 2. Components that pass through the engine wall 3. Engine wall mounts and connectors 4. Loose radiator mounting pins 5. Hood bumpers out of adjustment 6. Hood striker out of adjustment These noises can be difficult to isolate since they cannot be reached from the interior of the vehicle. The best method is to secure, move or insulate one component at a time and test drive the vehicle. Also, engine RPM or load can be changed to isolate the noise. Repairs can usually be made by moving, adjusting, securing, or insulating the component causing the noise. Revision: January 2010 GW-8 2010 Sentra SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Diagnostic Worksheet INFOID:0000000005283513 A B C D E F G H GW J K L M N O LAIA0072E Revision: January 2010 GW-9 P 2010 Sentra SQUEAK AND RATTLE TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > LAIA0071E Revision: January 2010 GW-10 2010 Sentra WINDSHIELD GLASS < SERVICE INFORMATION > WINDSHIELD GLASS A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283514 B C D E F G H GW J K L LIWA0562E 1. Windshield glass assembly 2. 4. Mirror base 5. Adhesive 6. Cowl top center 7. Roof panel outer 8. Cowl top cover 9. Roof side molding 10. Front pillar outer panel Spacer 3. Windshield molding N 11. Primer O REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the rear view mirror. Refer to GW-72, "Removal and Installation". Partially remove the headlining (front edge). Refer to EI-41, "Removal and Installation". Remove the front wiper arms. Refer to WW-19, "Removal and Installation of Front Wiper Arms". Remove the cowl top cover. Refer to EI-19, "Removal and Installation". Apply protective tape around the windshield glass to protect the painted surface from damage. Revision: January 2010 M GW-11 2010 Sentra P WINDSHIELD GLASS < SERVICE INFORMATION > • After removing windshield upper molding, remove glass using piano wire or power cutting tool (A) and an inflatable pump bag (B). PIIB5779E • If a windshield glass is to be reused, mark the body and the glass with mating marks. WARNING: When cutting the glass from the vehicle, always wear safety glasses and heavy gloves to help prevent glass splinters from entering your eyes or cutting your hands. CAUTION: • When a windshield glass is to be reused, do not use a cutting knife or power cutting tool. • Be careful not to scratch the glass when removing. • Do not set or stand the glass on its edge. Small chips may develop into cracks. INSTALLATION Use a genuine NISSAN Urethane Adhesive Kit (if available) or equivalent and follow the instructions furnished with it. • While the urethane adhesive is curing, open a door window. This will prevent the glass from being forced out by passenger room air pressure when a door is closed. • The molding must be installed securely so that it is in position and leaves no gap. • Inform the customer that the vehicle should remain stationary until the urethane adhesive has completely cured (preferably 24 hours). Curing time varies with temperature and humidity. WARNING: • Keep heat and open flames away from primers and adhesive as they are flammable. • The materials contained in the kit are harmful if swallowed, and may irritate skin and eyes. Avoid contact with the skin and eyes. • Use in an open, well ventilated location. Avoid breathing the vapors. They can be harmful if inhaled. If affected by vapor inhalation, immediately move to an area with fresh air. • Driving the vehicle before the urethane adhesive has completely cured may affect the performance of the windshield in case of an accident. CAUTION: • Do not use an adhesive which is past its usable term. Shelf life of the adhesive is limited to six months after the date of manufacture. Carefully adhere to the expiration or manufacture date printed on the box. • Keep primers and adhesive in a cool, dry place. Ideally, they should be stored in a refrigerator. • Do not leave primers or adhesive cartridge unattended with their caps open or off. • The vehicle should not be driven for at least 24 hours or until the urethane adhesive has completely cured. Curing time varies depending on temperature and humidities. The curing time will increase under lower temperatures and lower humidities. INSPECTION Repairing Water Leaks Leaks can be repaired without removing and reinstalling glass. If water is leaking between the urethane adhesive material and body or glass, determine the extent of leakage. This can be done by applying water to the windshield area while pushing glass outward. To stop the leak, apply primer (if necessary) and then urethane adhesive to the leak point. Revision: January 2010 GW-12 2010 Sentra REAR WINDOW GLASS AND MOLDING < SERVICE INFORMATION > REAR WINDOW GLASS AND MOLDING A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283515 B C D E F G H GW J K L LIIA2732E 1. Dam Sealant 2. Spacer 3. Rear window molding 4. Rear window glass 5. Primer 6. Parcel shelf panel 7. Body side outer panel 8. Roof panel outer 9 Adhesive M N REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Partially remove the headlining (rear edge). Refer to EI-41, "Removal and Installation". Remove the rear seat cushion and the rear seatback. Refer to SE-20, "Removal and Installation" (folding) or SE-24, "Removal and Installation" (fixed). Remove the rear seatback finisher and the rear pillar finisher. Refer to EI-34, "Removal and Installation". Remove the rear parcel shelf finisher. Refer to EI-38, "Removal and Installation". Disconnect the harness connector. Apply protective tape around the rear window glass to protect the painted surface from damage. Revision: January 2010 GW-13 2010 Sentra O P REAR WINDOW GLASS AND MOLDING < SERVICE INFORMATION > • After removing moldings, remove glass using piano wire or power cutting tool (A) and an inflatable pump bag (B). PIIB5779E • If a rear window glass is to be reused, mark the body and the glass with mating marks. WARNING: When cutting the glass from the vehicle, always wear safety glasses and heavy gloves to help prevent glass splinters from entering your eyes or cutting your hands. CAUTION: • When a rear window glass is to be reused, do not use a cutting knife or power cutting tool. • Be careful not to scratch the glass when removing. • Do not set or stand the glass on its edge. Small chips may develop into cracks. INSTALLATION Use a genuine NISSAN Urethane Adhesive Kit (if available) or equivalent and follow the instructions furnished with it. • While the urethane adhesive is curing, open a door window. This will prevent the glass from being forced out by passenger room air pressure when a door is closed. • The molding must be installed securely with the double-faced adhesive tape so that it is in position and leaves no gap. • Inform the customer that the vehicle should remain stationary until the urethane adhesive has completely cured (preferably 24 hours). Curing time varies with temperature and humidity. WARNING: • Keep heat and open flames away from primers and adhesive as they are flammable. • The materials contained in the kit are harmful if swallowed, and may irritate skin and eyes. Avoid contact with the skin and eyes. • Use in an open, well ventilated location. Avoid breathing the vapors. They can be harmful if inhaled. If affected by vapor inhalation, immediately move to an area with fresh air. • Driving the vehicle before the urethane adhesive has completely cured may affect the performance of the rear window glass in case of an accident. CAUTION: • Do not use an adhesive which is past its usable term. Shelf life of the adhesive is limited to six months after the date of manufacture. Carefully adhere to the expiration or manufacture date printed on the box. • Keep primers and adhesive in a cool, dry place. Ideally, they should be stored in a refrigerator. • Do not leave primers or adhesive cartridge unattended with their caps open or off. • The vehicle should not be driven for at least 24 hours or until the urethane adhesive has completely cured. Curing time varies depending on temperature and humidity. The curing time will increase under lower temperature and lower humidity. INSPECTION Reparing Water Leaks Leaks can be repaired without removing and installing glass. If water is leaking between the urethane adhesive material and body or glass, determine the extent of the leakage. This can be done by applying water to the windshield area while pushing glass outward. To stop the leak, apply primer (if necessary) and then urethane adhesive to the leak point. Revision: January 2010 GW-14 2010 Sentra POWER WINDOW SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > POWER WINDOW SYSTEM A Component Parts and Harness Connector Location INFOID:0000000005283516 B C D E F G H GW J K L M LIIA2730E N 1. Main power window and door lock/ unlock switch D5, D11 2. Power window and door lock/unlock 3. switch RH D104 Rear power window switch LH D203, RH D303 4. BCM M18, M19, M20 (view with instrument panel removed) 5. Front power window motor LH D8, RH D105 Rear power window motor LH D204, RH D304 7. Front door switch LH B21, RH B28 System Description 6. INFOID:0000000005283517 Power is supplied at all times • from 50A fusible link (letter j, located in the fuse and fusible link box) • to BCM terminal 70 • through BCM terminal 69 • to main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 19. With ignition switch in ON or START position, power is supplied Revision: January 2010 GW-15 2010 Sentra O P POWER WINDOW SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > • through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to BCM terminal 38 • through BCM terminal 68 • to main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 10 • to power window and door lock/unlock switch RH terminal 8 • to rear power window switches LH and RH terminal 8. With ignition switch in ACC or ON position, power is supplied • through 10A fuse [No. 6, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to BCM terminal 11. Ground is supplied • to BCM terminal 67 • to main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 17 • through body grounds M57 and M61. MANUAL OPERATION Front Door LH WINDOW UP When the front LH switch in the main power window and door lock/unlock switch is pulled to the up position, power is supplied • through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 16 • to front power window motor LH terminal 3. Ground is supplied • through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 12 • to front power window motor LH terminal 1. Then, the motor raises the window until the switch is released (manual operation) or power is removed (automatic operation) WINDOW DOWN When the front LH switch in the main power window and door lock/unlock switch is pressed to the down position, power is supplied • through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 12 • to front power window motor LH terminal 1. Ground is supplied • through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 16 • to front power window motor LH terminal 3. Then, the motor lowers the window until the switch is released (manual operation) or power is removed (automatic operation). Front Door RH POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH RH OPERATION WINDOW UP When the power window and door lock/unlock switch RH is pulled to the up position, power is supplied • through power window and door lock/unlock switch RH terminal 7 • to front power window motor RH terminal 3. Ground is supplied • through power window and door lock/unlock switch RH terminal 6 • to front power window motor RH terminal 1. Then, the motor raises the window until the switch is released. WINDOW DOWN When the power window and door lock/unlock switch RH is pressed in the down position, power is supplied • through power window and door lock/unlock switch RH terminal 6 • to front power window motor RH terminal 1. Ground is supplied • through power window and door lock/unlock switch RH terminal 7 • to front power window motor RH terminal 3. Then, the motor lowers the window until the switch is released. MAIN POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH OPERATION WINDOW UP When the main power window and door lock/unlock switch (front RH) is pulled to the up position, power is supplied • through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 8 • to power window and door lock/unlock switch RH terminal 12 Revision: January 2010 GW-16 2010 Sentra POWER WINDOW SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > • through power window and door lock/unlock switch RH terminal 7 • to front power window motor RH terminal 3. Ground is supplied • through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 11 • to power window and door lock/unlock switch RH terminal 11 • through power window and door lock/unlock switch LH terminal 6 • to front power window motor RH terminal 1. Then, the motor raises the window until the switch is released. WINDOW DOWN When the main power window and door lock/unlock switch (front RH) is pressed in the down position, power is supplied • through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 11 • to power window and door lock/unlock switch RH terminal 11 • through power window and door lock/unlock switch RH terminal 6 • to front power window motor RH terminal 1. Ground is supplied • through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 8 • to power window and door lock/unlock switch RH terminal 12 • through power window and door lock/unlock switch RH terminal 7 • to front power window motor RH terminal 3. Then, the motor lowers the window until the switch is released. A B C D E F Rear Door (LH or RH) G REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH OR RH OPERATION WINDOW UP When the rear power window switch LH or RH is pulled to the up position, power is supplied H • through rear power window switch LH or RH terminal 7 • to rear power window motor LH or RH terminal 1. Ground is supplied • through rear power window switch LH or RH terminal 6 GW • to rear power window motor LH or RH terminal 2. Then, the motor raises the window until the switch is released. WINDOW DOWN J When the rear power window switch LH or RH is pressed in the down position, power is supplied • through rear power window switch LH or RH terminal 6 • to rear power window motor LH or RH terminal 2. Ground is supplied K • through rear power window switch LH or RH terminal 7 • to rear power window motor LH or RH terminal 1. Then, the motor lowers the window until the switch is released. L MAIN POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH OPERATION WINDOW UP When the main power window and door lock/unlock switch (rear LH) is pulled to the up position, power is supM plied • through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 1 • to rear power window switch LH terminal 4 • through rear power window switch LH terminal 7 N • to rear power window motor LH terminal 1. Ground is supplied • through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 3 O • to rear power window switch LH terminal 5 • through rear power window switch LH terminal 6 • to rear power window motor LH terminal 2. Then, the motor raises the window until the switch is released. P When the main power window and door lock/unlock switch (rear RH) is pulled to the up position, power is supplied • through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 7 • to rear power window switch RH terminal 4 • through rear power window switch RH terminal 7 • to rear power window motor RH terminal 1. Ground is supplied • through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 5 Revision: January 2010 GW-17 2010 Sentra POWER WINDOW SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > • through rear power window switch RH terminal 5 • to rear power window switch RH terminal 6 • to rear power window motor RH terminal 2. Then, the motor raises the window until the switch is released. WINDOW DOWN When the main power window and door lock/unlock switch (rear LH) is pressed in the down position, power is supplied • through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 3 • to rear power window switch LH terminal 5 • through rear power window switch LH terminal 6 • to rear power window motor LH terminal 2. Ground is supplied • through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 1 • to rear power window switch LH terminal 4 • through rear power window switch LH terminal 7 • to rear power window motor LH terminal 1. Then, the motor lowers the window until the switch is released. When the main power window and door lock/unlock switch (rear RH) is pressed in the down position, power is supplied • through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 5 • to rear power window switch RH terminal 5 • through rear power window switch RH terminal 6 • to rear power window motor RH terminal 2. Ground is supplied • through main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 7 • to rear power window switch RH terminal 4 • through rear power window switch RH terminal 7 • to rear power window motor RH terminal 1. Then, the motor lowers the window until the switch is released. AUTO OPERATION The power window AUTO feature enables the driver to open or close the front door window LH without holding the window switch in the up or down position. POWER WINDOW LOCK The power window lock is designed to lock operation of all windows except for front door window LH. When in the lock position, the power window lock disables power window and door lock/unlock switch RH and rear power window switch LH and RH by disconnecting switch ground signal. This prevents the power window motors from operating. RETAINED POWER OPERATION When the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position from ON or START position, power is supplied • through BCM terminal 68 • to main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminal 5 • to power window and door lock/unlock switch RH terminal 8 • to rear power window switches LH and RH terminal 8. When power and ground are supplied, the BCM continues to be energized, and the power window can be operated. The retained power operation is canceled when the front LH or front RH door is opened. RAP signal period can be changed by CONSULT-III. ANTI-PINCH SYSTEM The main power window and door lock/unlock switch monitors the power window motor operation and the power window position (fully closed or other) for the front LH power window. The switch monitors signals from the encoder and limit switch in the front power window motor LH. When the main power window and door lock/unlock switch detects an interruption other than the fully closed signal during the automatic close operation, either with the ignition switch in the ON position, or during retained accessory power operation, the main power window and door lock/unlock switch will automatically lower the front LH power window. CAN Communication System Description INFOID:0000000005283518 Refer to LAN-7, "System Description". Revision: January 2010 GW-18 2010 Sentra POWER WINDOW SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Schematic INFOID:0000000005283519 A B C D E F G H GW J K L M N O AWKWA0112GB Revision: January 2010 GW-19 2010 Sentra P POWER WINDOW SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - WINDOW - INFOID:0000000005283520 ABKWA0318GB Revision: January 2010 GW-20 2010 Sentra POWER WINDOW SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H GW J K L M N O AAKWA0107GB P Revision: January 2010 GW-21 2010 Sentra POWER WINDOW SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > AAKWA0108GB Revision: January 2010 GW-22 2010 Sentra POWER WINDOW SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H GW J K L M N O ABKWA0319GB P Revision: January 2010 GW-23 2010 Sentra POWER WINDOW SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > AAKWA0109GB Revision: January 2010 GW-24 2010 Sentra POWER WINDOW SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Main Power Window and Door Lock/Unlock Switch Harness Connector Terminal Layout INFOID:0000000005283521 A B C ALKIA1370ZZ Terminal and Reference Value for Main Power Window and Door Lock/Unlock Switch INFOID:0000000005283522 D E With left front only power window anti-pinch system. Terminal Wire Color Item Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.) F 1 R/Y Rear power window LH UP signal When rear LH switch in main power window and door lock/unlock switch is operated UP Battery voltage G 2 W/B Limit switch encoder ground — 0 3 R/B Rear power window LH DOWN signal When rear LH switch in main power window and door lock/unlock switch is operated DOWN Battery voltage 5 L/W Rear power window RH DOWN signal When rear RH switch in main power window and door lock/unlock switch is operated DOWN 0 → Battery voltage 7 R Rear power window RH UP signal When rear RH switch in main power window and door lock/unlock switch is operated UP 0 → Battery voltage 8 G/R Front power window motor RH UP signal When power window motor is operated UP 0 → Battery voltage 9 G/W Limit switch signal H Front power window LH is between fully-open and just before fully-closed position (ON). 0 Front power window LH is between just before fully-closed position and fully-closed position (OFF). 5 — Battery voltage RAP signal 11 L/R Front power window motor RH DOWN signal When power window motor is operated DOWN 0 → Battery voltage 12 L/R Front power window motor LH DOWN signal When power window motor is operated DOWN 0 → Battery voltage Encoder pulse signal Power window motor operation. G/R Revision: January 2010 Encoder power supply — GW-25 N O P OCC3383D 15 K M W/R G/Y J L 10 13 GW 5 → Battery voltage 2010 Sentra POWER WINDOW SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Item Voltage (V) (Approx.) Terminal Wire Color Condition 16 L Front power window motor LH UP signal 17 B Ground — 0 19 P Battery power supply — Battery voltage When power window motor is operated UP 0 → Battery voltage Terminal and Reference Value for BCM INFOID:0000000005283523 Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM". Work Flow 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. INFOID:0000000005283524 Check the symptom and customer's requests. Understand the outline of system. Refer to GW-15, "System Description". According to the trouble diagnosis chart, repair or replace the cause of the malfunction. Refer to GW-27, "Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart". Does power window system operate normally? Yes, GO TO 5, If No, GO TO 3. Inspection End. CONSULT-III Function (BCM) INFOID:0000000005283525 CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following. BCM diagnostic test item Diagnostic mode Content WORK SUPPORT Supports inspections and adjustments. Commands are transmitted to the BCM for setting the status suitable for required operation, input/output signals are received from the BCM and received data is displayed. DATA MONITOR ACTIVE TEST Inspection by part Displays BCM input/output data in real time. Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to them. SELF-DIAG RESULTS Displays BCM self-diagnosis results. CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read. ECU PART NUMBER BCM part number can be read. CONFIGURATION Performs BCM configuration read/write functions. ACTIVE TEST Test Item RETAINED PWR Description This test is able to supply RAP signal (power) from BCM (body control module) to power window system and power sunroof system (if equipped). Those systems can be operated when turning on “RETAINED PWR” on CONSULT-III screen even if the ignition switch is turned OFF. NOTE: During this test, CONSULT-III can be operated with ignition switch in OFF position. “RETAINED PWR” should be turned “ON” or “OFF” on CONSULT-III screen when ignition switch is ON. Then turn ignition switch OFF to check retained power operation. CONSULT-III might be stuck if “RETAINED PWR” is turned “ON” or “OFF” on CONSULT-III screen when ignition switch is OFF. WORK SUPPORT Work item RETAINED PWR SET Description RAP signal’s power supply period can be changed by mode setting. Selects RAP signal’s power supply period between three steps. • MODE1 (45 sec.)/MODE2 (OFF)/MODE3 (2 min.). DATA MONITOR Revision: January 2010 GW-26 2010 Sentra POWER WINDOW SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Work item A Description IGN ON SW Indicates (ON/OFF) condition of ignition switch. DOOR SW–DR Indicates (ON/OFF) condition of front door switch LH. DOOR SW–AS Indicates (ON/OFF) condition of front door switch RH. Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart B INFOID:0000000005283526 C Check that other systems using the signal of the following systems operate normally. Symptom None of the power windows can be operated using any switch Repair order Refer to page 1. BCM power supply and ground circuit check BCS-15 2. Main power window and door lock/unlock power supply and ground circuit check GW-28 3. Replace main power window and door lock/ unlock switch 1. Front power window LH circuit check GW-29 2. Replace main power window and door lock/ unlock switch EI-31 Front power window RH alone does not operate from power window and door lock/unlock switch RH 1. Front power window RH circuit check (power window and door lock/unlock switch operation) GW-30 1. Main power window and door lock/unlock power supply and ground circuit check GW-29 2. Front power window RH circuit check (main power window and door lock/unlock switch operation) GW-33 Rear power window LH alone does not operate from rear power window switch LH 1. Rear power window LH circuit check (rear power window switch LH operation) GW-36 Rear power window LH alone does not operate from main power window and door lock/unlock switch 1. Rear power window LH circuit check (main power window and door lock/unlock switch operation) GW-39 Rear power window RH alone does not operate from rear power window switch RH 1. Rear power window RH circuit check (rear power window switch RH operation) GW-41 Rear power window RH alone does not operate from main power window and door lock/unlock switch 1. Rear power window RH circuit check (main power window and door lock/unlock switch operation) GW-43 1. Power window system initialization GW-49 2. Main power windows and door lock/unlock switch GW-45 3. Encoder and limit switch GW-45 1. Check the retained power operation mode setting. GW-26 2. Door switch check BL-61 Front power window LH automatic operation does not function properly Power window retained power operation does not operate properly 3. Replace BCM. BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection GW-27 F G H GW BCS-18 J K L M N O INFOID:0000000005283527 P Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Revision: January 2010 E EI-31 Front power window LH alone does not operate Front power window RH alone does not operate from main power window and door lock/unlock switch D 2010 Sentra POWER WINDOW SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Main Power Window and Door Lock/Unlock Switch Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection INFOID:0000000005283528 1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between main power window and door lock/ unlock switch connector D5 terminal 10, D11 terminal 19 and ground. 10 - Ground 19 - Ground : Battery voltage : Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> GO TO 3. LIIA2297E 2.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect main power window and door lock/unlock switch. Check continuity between main power window and door lock/ unlock switch connector and ground. Connector Terminals D5 17 Continuity Ground Yes OK or NG OK >> Power supply and ground circuit are OK. NG >> Repair or replace harness. ALIIA0223ZZ 3.CHECK MAIN POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect BCM and main power window and door lock/unlock switch. Check continuity between BCM connector (A) and main power window and door lock/unlock switch connector (B). Connector A Terminal 68 M20 4. Connector B Terminal Continuity 10 Yes 19 Yes D5 C 69 D11 LIIA2215E Check continuity between BCM connector (A) and ground. Connector A M20 Terminal 68 Continuity Ground 69 No No OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace harness. 4.CHECK BCM OUTPUT SIGNAL Revision: January 2010 GW-28 2010 Sentra POWER WINDOW SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Connect BCM. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Check voltage between BCM connector M20 terminal 68, 69 and ground. 68 - Ground 69 - Ground A B : Battery voltage : Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> Check the condition of the harness and the connector. NG >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM" . C LIIA0917E D Power Window and Door Lock/Unlock Switch RH Power Supply Circuit Inspection INFOID:0000000005283529 E 1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between power window and door lock/unlock switch RH connector D104 terminal 8 and ground. 8 - Ground F : Battery voltage G OK or NG OK >> Replace power window and door lock/unlock switch RH. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation". NG >> GO TO 2. H LIIA1976E 2.CHECK POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH RH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect BCM and power window and door lock/unlock switch RH. Check continuity between BCM connector (A) and power window and door lock/unlock switch RH connector (B). A B Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M20 68 D104 8 4. Connector Terminal M20 68 Ground J K Continuity L Yes Check continuity between BCM connector (A) and ground. A LIIA2166E M Continuity N No OK or NG OK >> Check the condition of the harness and the connector. NG >> Repair or replace harness. Front Power Window LH Circuit Inspection O INFOID:0000000005283530 1.CHECK MAIN POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH OUTPUT SIGNAL Revision: January 2010 GW GW-29 2010 Sentra P POWER WINDOW SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check voltage between main power window and door lock/ unlock switch connector and ground. Connector Terminals (+) (-) 16 D5 Ground 12 Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.) UP 0 DOWN Battery voltage UP Battery voltage DOWN 0 ALIIA0225ZZ OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Replace main power window and door lock/unlock switch. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation". 2.CHECK POWER WINDOW MOTOR CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect main power window and door lock/unlock switch and front power window motor LH. Check continuity between main power window and door lock/ unlock switch connector D5 (A) terminals 6, 7 and front power window motor LH connector D8 (B) terminals 1, 3. 16 - 3 12 - 1 4. : Continuity should exist. : Continuity should exist. Check continuity between main power window and door lock/ unlock switch connector (A) terminals 6, 7 and ground. 16 - Ground 12 - Ground ALIIA0226ZZ : Continuity should not exist. : Continuity should not exist. OK or NG OK >> Replace front power window motor LH. Refer to GW-47, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Repair or replace harness. Front Power Window RH Circuit Inspection (Power Window and Door Lock/Unlock Switch RH Operation) INFOID:0000000005283531 1.CHECK POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH RH OUTPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect front power window motor RH. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between front power window motor RH connector and ground. Connector Terminals (+) (-) 3 D105 Ground 1 Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.) UP Battery voltage DOWN 0 UP 0 DOWN Battery voltage AWIIA1259ZZ OK or NG OK >> Replace front power window motor RH. Refer to GW-47, "Removal and Installation". Revision: January 2010 GW-30 2010 Sentra POWER WINDOW SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > NG >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. A Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between power window and door lock/unlock switch RH connector D104 and ground. 8 - Ground B : Battery voltage C OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. D LIIA1976E 3.CHECK POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH RH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect BCM and power window and door lock/unlock switch RH. Check continuity between BCM connector (A) and power window and door lock/unlock switch connector (B). E F G A B Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M20 68 D104 8 4. Continuity H Yes Check continuity between BCM connector (A) and ground. LIIA2166E GW A Connector Terminal M20 68 Continuity Ground J No OK or NG OK >> Check the condition of the harness and the connector. NG >> Repair or replace harness. K 4.CHECK POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH RH OUTPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between power window and door lock/unlock switch RH connector and ground. Connector M Terminals (+) (-) 7 D104 Ground 6 L Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.) UP Battery voltage DOWN 0 UP 0 DOWN Battery voltage N LIIA1977E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 6. P 5.CHECK FRONT POWER WINDOW MOTOR RH CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 O GW-31 2010 Sentra POWER WINDOW SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect front power window motor RH and power window and door lock/unlock switch RH. 3. Check continuity between power window and door lock/unlock switch RH connector D104 (A) terminals 6, 7 and front power window motor RH connector D105 (B) terminals 1, 3. 7-3 6-1 4. : Continuity should exist. : Continuity should exist. Check continuity between power window and door lock/unlock switch RH connector D104 (A) terminals 6, 7 and ground. 6 - Ground 7 - Ground AWIIA1260ZZ : Continuity should not exist. : Continuity should not exist. OK or NG OK >> Replace front power window motor RH. Refer to GW-47, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Repair or replace harness. 6.CHECK POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH RH 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check continuity between power window and door lock/unlock switch RH terminals. Terminals 8 6 Power window and door lock/unlock switch RH 11 8 7 12 Condition Continuity DOWN Yes NEUTRAL or UP No NEUTRAL or UP Yes DOWN No UP Yes NEUTRAL or DOWN No NEUTRAL or DOWN Yes UP No LIIA2167E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace power window and door lock/unlock switch RH. refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation". 7.CHECK POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH RH GROUND SUPPLY Check continuity between power window and door lock/unlock switch connector and ground. Connector D104 Terminals 11 12 Ground Continuity Yes Yes OK or NG OK >> Check the condition of the harness and the connector. NG >> GO TO 8. LIIA2168E 8.CHECK GROUND SUPPLY CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 GW-32 2010 Sentra POWER WINDOW SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Disconnect main power window and door lock/unlock switch and power window and door lock/unlock switch RH. 2. Check continuity between main power window and door lock/ unlock switch connector (A) and power window and door lock/ unlock switch RH connector (B). A Connector B Terminal 11 D5 3. Connector D104 8 A B Continuity Terminal 11 Yes 12 Yes C ALIIA0227ZZ Check continuity between main power window and door lock/unlock switch connector (A) and ground. A Connector Ground 11 D5 E Continuity Terminal D No 8 F No OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair or replace harness. G 9.CHECK MAIN POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH Check continuity between main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminals. Terminals Main power window and door lock/unlock switch 11 17 8 Condition Continuity Lock switch UNLOCK Yes Lock switch LOCK No Lock switch UNLOCK Yes Lock switch LOCK No H GW J OK or NG ALIIA0228ZZ OK >> Repair or replace harness. NG >> Replace main power window and door lock/unlock switch. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation". Front Power Window RH Circuit Inspection (Main Power Window and Door Lock/Unlock Switch Operation) INFOID:0000000005283532 1.CHECK MAIN POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH OUTPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. 3. Disconnect front power window motor RH. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between front power window motor RH connector and ground. Connector Terminals (+) (-) 1 D105 Ground 3 Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.) UP 0 DOWN Battery voltage UP Battery voltage DOWN 0 GW-33 L M N O P AWIIA1259ZZ OK or NG OK >> Replace front power window motor RH. Refer to GW-47, "Removal and Installation" . Revision: January 2010 K 2010 Sentra POWER WINDOW SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > NG >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK FRONT POWER WINDOW MOTOR RH CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect front power window motor RH and power window and door lock/unlock switch RH. Check continuity between power window and door lock/unlock switch RH connector D104 (A) terminals 6, 7 and front power window motor RH connector D105 (B) terminals 1, 3. 7-3 6-1 3. : Continuity should exist. : Continuity should exist. Check continuity between power window and door lock/unlock switch RH connector D104 (A) terminals 6, 7 and ground. 6 - Ground 7 - Ground AWIIA1260ZZ : Continuity should not exist. : Continuity should not exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness. 3.CHECK POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH RH Check continuity between power window and door lock/unlock switch RH terminals. Terminals Power window and door lock/unlock switch Continuity 6 11 Yes 7 12 Yes OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace power window and door lock/unlock switch RH. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation". LIIA2172E 4.CHECK GROUND SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect main power window and door lock/unlock switch. Check continuity between main power window and door lock/ unlock switch and power window connector (A) and door lock/ unlock switch RH connector (B). A Connector B Terminal 11 D5 3. 8 Connector D104 Terminal Continuity 11 Yes 12 Yes Check continuity between main power window and door lock/ unlock switch connector (A) and ground. A Connector D5 Terminal 11 8 ALIIA0227ZZ Continuity Ground No No OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace harness. Revision: January 2010 GW-34 2010 Sentra POWER WINDOW SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5.CHECK MAIN POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH SIGNAL 1. 2. 3. A Connect main power window and door lock/unlock switch. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between main power window and door lock/ unlock switch connector and ground. Terminals Connector (+) (-) 8 D5 Ground 11 Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.) UP Battery voltage DOWN 0 UP 0 DOWN Battery voltage B C D ALIIA0229ZZ OK or NG OK >> Repair or replace harness. NG >> Replace main power window and door lock/unlock switch. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation". Door Switch Check E F INFOID:0000000005283533 G 1.CHECK FRONT DOOR SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL With CONSULT-III Check front door switches (“DOOR SW-DR” and “DOOR SW-AS” ) in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Monitor item H GW Condition OPEN: ON DOOR SW-DR CLOSE: OFF J OPEN: ON DOOR SW-AS CLOSE: OFF K Without CONSULT-III Check voltage between BCM connector and ground. Item Front RH Connector M18 Terminals (+) (-) 12 Ground Front LH M19 47 L Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.) OPEN 0 CLOSE Battery voltage OPEN 0 CLOSE Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> Front door switch is OK. NG >> GO TO 2. M N LIIA0946E 2.CHECK FRONT DOOR SWITCH CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 O P GW-35 2010 Sentra POWER WINDOW SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect front door switch LH or RH and BCM. 3. Check continuity between front door switch connector B21 (LH) or B28 (RH) terminal 2 and BCM connector M19 terminal 47 (LH) or connector M18 terminal 12 (RH). Front LH 2 - 47 Front RH 2 - 12 4. : Continuity should exist. : Continuity should exist. LIIA0947E Check continuity between front door switch connector B21 (LH) or B28 (RH) terminal 2 and ground. 2 - Ground : Continuity should not exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness. 3.CHECK DOOR SWITCH 1. 2. Disconnect front door switch LH or RH. Check continuity between each front door switch terminal 2 and body ground part of front door switch. Terminal 2 Body ground part of front door switch Door switch Continuity Pushed No Released Yes OK or NG OK >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". NG >> Replace malfunctioning front door switch. LIIA2377E Rear Power Window LH Circuit Inspection (Rear Power Window Switch LH Operation) INFOID:0000000005283534 1.CHECK REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH OUTPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect rear power window motor LH. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between rear power window motor LH connector and ground. Connector Terminals (+) (-) 2 D204 Ground 1 Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.) UP 0 DOWN Battery voltage UP Battery voltage DOWN 0 LIIA2751E OK or NG OK >> Replace rear power window motor LH. Refer to GW-51, "Removal and Installation". NG >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK REAR POWER WINDOW MOTOR LH CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 GW-36 2010 Sentra POWER WINDOW SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect rear power window switch LH. 3. Check continuity between rear power window switch LH connector (A) and rear power window motor LH connector (B). A B Connector A Terminal B 6 D203 4. Connector Terminal Continuity 2 Yes 1 Yes D204 7 Check continuity between rear power window switch LH connector (A) and ground. Connector Terminal A LIIA2752E D E Continuity Ground 6 D203 C No 7 F No OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness. G 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY 1. 2. 3. Connect rear power window switch LH. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between rear power window switch LH connector D203 terminal 8 and ground. 8 - Ground H GW : Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 5. J LIIA1715E 4.CHECK REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect rear power window switch LH. Check continuity between rear power window switch LH terminals. Terminals 5 6 8 Rear power window switch LH 4 7 8 Condition Continuity DOWN No NEUTRAL or UP Yes NEUTRAL or UP No DOWN Yes UP No NEUTRAL or DOWN Yes NEUTRAL or DOWN No UP Yes L M N LIIA2174E 5.CHECK REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT GW-37 O P OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace rear power window switch LH. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation". Revision: January 2010 K 2010 Sentra POWER WINDOW SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect BCM. 3. Check continuity between BCM connector (A) and rear power window switch LH connector (B). A B Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M20 68 D203 8 4. Continuity Yes Check continuity between BCM connector (A) and ground. LIIA2175E A Connector Terminal M20 68 Continuity Ground No OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair or replace harness. 6.CHECK REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH GROUND SUPPLY Check continuity between rear power window switch LH connector and ground. Connector Terminals 4 D203 Continuity Yes Ground 5 Yes OK or NG OK >> Check the condition of the harness and the connector. NG >> GO TO 7. LIIA2176E 7.CHECK GROUND SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect main power window and door lock/unlock switch. Check continuity between main power window and door lock/ unlock switch connector (A) and rear power window switch LH connector (B). A Connector B Terminal 1 D5 3. 3 Connector Terminal D203 Continuity 4 Yes 5 Yes Check continuity between main power window and door lock/ unlock switch connector (B) and ground. A Connector D5 Terminal 1 3 ALIIA0230ZZ Continuity Ground No No OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair or replace harness. 8.CHECK MAIN POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH Revision: January 2010 GW-38 2010 Sentra POWER WINDOW SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check continuity between main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminals. Terminals Main power window and door lock/unlock switch 1 17 3 Condition Continuity Lock switch UNLOCK Yes Lock switch LOCK No Lock switch UNLOCK Yes Lock switch LOCK No A B C OK or NG ALIIA0231ZZ OK >> Repair or replace harness. NG >> Replace main power window and door lock/unlock switch. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation". D Rear Power Window LH Circuit Inspection (Main Power Window and Door Lock/Unlock Switch Operation) E 1.CHECK MAIN POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH OUTPUT SIGNAL F 1. 2. 3. 4. G INFOID:0000000005283535 Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect rear power window motor LH. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between rear power window motor LH connector and ground. Terminals Connector (+) (-) 2 D204 Ground 1 Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.) UP 0 DOWN Battery voltage UP Battery voltage DOWN 0 H GW LIIA2751E J OK or NG OK >> Replace rear power window motor LH. Refer to GW-51, "Removal and Installation". NG >> GO TO 2. K 2.CHECK REAR POWER WINDOW MOTOR LH CIRCUIT L 1. 2. 3. M Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect rear power window switch LH. Check continuity between rear power window switch LH connector (A) and rear power window motor LH connector (B). Connector A B 6 D203 4. Connector Terminal D204 7 Terminal Continuity 2 Yes 1 Yes Check continuity between rear power window switch LH connector (A) and ground. Connector A D203 Terminal 6 7 N O LIIA2752E P Continuity Ground No No OK or NG Revision: January 2010 GW-39 2010 Sentra POWER WINDOW SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness. 3.CHECK REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH LH Check continuity between rear power window switch LH terminals. Terminals Rear power window switch LH Continuity 4 7 Yes 5 6 Yes OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace rear power window switch LH. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation". LIIA2181E 4.CHECK GROUND SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect main power window and door lock/unlock switch. Check continuity between main power window and door lock/ unlock switch connector (A) and rear power window switch LH connector (B). A Connector B Terminal 1 D5 3. Connector D203 3 Continuity Terminal 4 Yes 5 Yes Check continuity between main power window and door lock/ unlock switch connector (A) and ground. A Connector Continuity Terminal Ground 1 D5 ALIIA0230ZZ No 3 No OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace harness. 5.CHECK MAIN POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH Check continuity between main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminals. Terminals Main power window and door lock/unlock switch 1 17 3 Condition Continuity Lock switch UNLOCK Yes Lock switch LOCK No Lock switch UNLOCK Yes Lock switch LOCK No OK or NG ALIIA0231ZZ OK >> Repair or replace harness. NG >> Replace main power window and door lock/unlock switch. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation". Revision: January 2010 GW-40 2010 Sentra POWER WINDOW SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Rear Power Window RH Circuit Inspection (Rear Power Window Switch RH Operation) INFOID:0000000005283536 A 1.CHECK REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH RH OUTPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. 3. 4. B Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect rear power window motor RH. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between rear power window motor RH connector and ground. Terminals Connector (+) (-) 2 D304 Ground 1 Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.) UP 0 DOWN Battery voltage UP Battery voltage DOWN 0 C D LIIA2751E F OK or NG OK >> Replace rear power window motor RH. Refer to GW-51, "Removal and Installation". NG >> GO TO 2. G 2.CHECK REAR POWER WINDOW MOTOR RH CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. E Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect rear power window switch RH. Check continuity between rear power window switch RH connector (A) and rear power window motor RH connector (B). H GW Connector A B 6 D303 4. Connector Terminal Terminal Continuity 2 Yes 1 Yes D304 7 Check continuity between rear power window switch RH connector (A) and ground. Connector A Terminal D303 LIIA2752E No 7 K L Continuity Ground 6 J M No OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness. N 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY 1. 2. 3. O Connect rear power window switch RH. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between rear power window switch RH connector D303 terminal 8 and ground. 8 - Ground P : Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 5. LIIA1715E Revision: January 2010 GW-41 2010 Sentra POWER WINDOW SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4.CHECK REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH RH 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect rear power window switch RH. Check continuity between rear power window switch RH terminals. Terminals 5 6 8 Rear power window switch RH 4 7 8 Condition Continuity DOWN No NEUTRAL or UP Yes NEUTRAL or UP No DOWN Yes UP No NEUTRAL or DOWN Yes NEUTRAL or DOWN No UP Yes LIIA2174E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace rear power window switch RH. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation". 5.CHECK REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH RH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect BCM. Check continuity between BCM connector (A) and rear power window switch RH connector (B). A B Connector Terminal Connector Terminal M20 68 D303 8 4. Continuity Yes Check continuity between BCM connector (A) and ground. LIIA2175E A Connector Terminal M20 68 Continuity Ground No OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair or replace harness. 6.CHECK REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH RH GROUND SUPPLY Check continuity between rear power window switch RH connector and ground. Connector D303 Terminals 4 5 Ground Continuity Yes Yes OK or NG OK >> Check the condition of the harness and the connector. NG >> GO TO 7. LIIA2176E 7.CHECK GROUND SUPPLY CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 GW-42 2010 Sentra POWER WINDOW SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Disconnect main power window and door lock/unlock switch. 2. Check continuity between main power window and door lock/ unlock switch connector (A) and rear power window switch RH connector (B). A B A Connector B Terminal 7 D5 3. Connector Terminal D303 5 Continuity 4 Yes 5 Yes Check continuity between main power window and door lock/ unlock switch connector (A) and ground. A Connector Terminal 7 D5 C ALIIA0232ZZ D E Continuity Ground No 5 F No OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair or replace harness. G 8.CHECK MAIN POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH Check continuity between main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminals. Terminals Main power window and door lock/ unlock switch 7 17 5 Condition Continuity Lock switch UNLOCK Yes Lock switch LOCK No Lock switch UNLOCK Yes Lock switch LOCK No H GW J OK or NG ALIIA0233ZZ OK >> Repair or replace harness. NG >> Replace main power window and door lock/unlock switch. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation". Rear Power Window RH Circuit Inspection (Main Power Window and Door Lock/Unlock Switch Operation) INFOID:0000000005283537 1.CHECK MAIN POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH OUTPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect rear power window motor RH. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between rear power window motor RH connector and ground. Connector Terminals (+) (-) 2 D304 Ground 1 Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.) UP 0 DOWN Battery voltage UP Battery voltage DOWN 0 GW-43 L M N O P LIIA2751E OK or NG Revision: January 2010 K 2010 Sentra POWER WINDOW SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> Replace rear power window motor RH. Refer to GW-51, "Removal and Installation". NG >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK REAR POWER WINDOW MOTOR RH CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect rear power window switch RH. Check continuity between rear power window switch RH connector (A) and rear power window motor RH connector (B). Connector B 6 D303 4. Connector Terminal A Terminal Continuity 2 Yes 1 Yes D304 7 Check continuity between rear power window switch RH connector (A) and ground. Connector Terminal A Continuity Ground 6 D303 LIIA2752E No 7 No OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness. 3.CHECK REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH RH Check continuity between rear power window switch RH terminals. Terminals Rear power window switch RH Continuity 4 7 Yes 5 6 Yes OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace rear power window switch RH. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation". LIIA2181E 4.CHECK GROUND SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect main power window and door lock/unlock switch. Check continuity between main power window and door lock/ unlock switch connector (A) and rear power window switch RH connector (B). A Connector D5 3. B Terminal 7 5 Connector D303 Terminal Continuity 4 Yes 5 Yes Check continuity between main power window and door lock/ unlock switch connector (A) and ground. Revision: January 2010 GW-44 ALIIA0232ZZ 2010 Sentra POWER WINDOW SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > A A Connector Continuity Terminal Ground 7 D5 No 5 B No OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace harness. C 5.CHECK MAIN POWER WINDOW AND DOOR LOCK/UNLOCK SWITCH D Check continuity between main power window and door lock/unlock switch terminals. Terminals Main power window and door lock/unlock switch 7 17 5 Condition Continuity Lock switch UNLOCK Yes Lock switch LOCK No Lock switch UNLOCK Yes Lock switch LOCK No E F OK or NG ALIIA0233ZZ OK >> Repair or replace harness. NG >> Replace main power window and door lock/unlock switch. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation". Encoder and Limit Switch Check G H INFOID:0000000005283538 GW 1.CHECK DOOR WINDOW SLIDE MECHANISM Check the following. J • Obstacles in window, glass molding, etc. • Worn or deformed glass molding. • Door sash tilted too far inward or outward. • Door window regulator. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Remove obstacles or repair door window slide mechanism. K 1. 2. M L 2.CHECK LIMIT SWITCH OPERATION Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between main power window and door lock/unlock switch connector D5 terminal 9 and ground. N Terminals (+) Connector D5 Terminal 9 (–) Ground Voltage (Approx.) Condition O Front power window LH is between fully-open and just before fully-closed position (ON) 0 Front power window LH is between just before fullyclosed position and fullyclosed position (OFF) 5 P ALIIA0234ZZ OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. Revision: January 2010 GW-45 2010 Sentra POWER WINDOW SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > NG >> Check harness between main power window and door lock/unlock switch and front power window motor LH. • OK: Replace front power window motor LH. • NG: Replace or repair harness. 3.CHECK ENCODER Measure voltage between main power window and door lock/unlock switch connector D5 terminal 13 and ground with oscilloscope when power window is in automatic closing operation. Terminals (+) D5 (–) 13 Ground Condition Voltage Front power window motor LH operation. OCC3383D ALIIA0235ZZ OK or NG OK >> Replace main power window and door lock/unlock switch. NG >> Replace front power window motor LH. Revision: January 2010 GW-46 2010 Sentra FRONT DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > FRONT DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283539 B C D E F G H GW AWIIA1264GB 1. Door panel 2. Door window sash 3. Door glass run 4. Door glass 5. Regulator assembly 6. Power window motor (if equipped) J DOOR GLASS K Removal 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the front door finisher. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation". Disconnect the front door speaker electrical connector. Position aside the vapor barrier. If equipped, reconnect the power window switch electrical connector. Operate the power window main switch to raise/lower the door window until the glass bolts can be seen. Remove the door glass bolts. L M N O LIIA2860E Revision: January 2010 GW-47 2010 Sentra P FRONT DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 6. While holding the door window, raise it at the rear end to pull the glass out of the sash toward the inside of the door. SIIA1779J 7. Remove the door glass run from the door panel. Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. REGULATOR ASSEMBLY Removal 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the front door finisher. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation". Disconnect the front door speaker electrical connector. Position aside the vapor barrier. If equipped, reconnect the power window switch connector. Operate the power window main switch to raise/lower the door window until the door glass bolts can be seen. Remove the door glass bolts. LIIA2860E 6. Raise the door glass and hold with a suction lifter (A). PIIB3510J 7. 8. If equipped, disconnect the power window switch connector from the regulator assembly. Remove the regulator bolts and regulator assembly. Revision: January 2010 GW-48 2010 Sentra FRONT DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > • If equipped remove bolt (A) A B C LIIA2862E Inspection after Removal Check the regulator assembly for the following. If a problem is detected, grease or replace it as shown. • Grease application points for each sliding part D E F G LIIA2738E • Wire wear • Regulator deformation H GW J K LIIA2764E Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. L Inspection after Installation INFOID:0000000005283540 M POWER WINDOW SYSTEM INITIALIZATION If any of the following work has been done, initialize the system. • Electric power supply to power window switch or motor is interrupted by blown fuse or disconnecting battery cable, etc. • Removal and installation of the regulator assembly. • Removal and installation of the motor from the regulator assembly. • Removal and installation of the harness connector of the power window switch. • Window is partly opened and/or closed many times without being fully closed. • Removal and installation of the door glass. • Removal and installation of the door glass run. Initialization After installing each component to the vehicle, follow the steps below. 1. Close all doors. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Open the window to its full down position by operating the power window switch. Revision: January 2010 GW-49 2010 Sentra N O P FRONT DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Move the power window switch in the up direction (auto close position) and hold. Keep holding the switch even when window is completely closed, for at least 4 seconds. 5. Confirm the window is now operating correctly. INSTALLED GLASS INSPECTION • Make sure the glass is securely set into the glass run groove. • Lower the glass slightly [approx. 10 to 20 mm (0.39 to 0.79 in)] and make sure the clearance to the sash is parallel. If the clearance between the glass and sash is not parallel, loosen the guide rail bolts, and the glass and guide rail bolts to correct the glass position. • Make sure the system is normal with raising and lowering the glass. Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000005283541 POWER WINDOW REGULATOR ASSEMBLY Disassembly Remove the power window motor from the regulator assembly. Assembly Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly. Revision: January 2010 GW-50 2010 Sentra REAR DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > REAR DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283542 B C D E F G H GW AWIIA1265GB 1. Door panel 2. Door glass run 3. Door glass 4. Partition sash 5. Partition glass weatherstrip 6. Partition glass 7. Regulator assembly 8. Power window motor (if equipped) J K DOOR GLASS Removal 1. 2. 3. Remove the rear door finisher. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation". Position aside the vapor barrier. Remove partition sash bolt and screw, pull the partition sash downward and tilt the upper end of the sash forward to pull the sash out upward. L M N O LIIA2759E P Revision: January 2010 GW-51 2010 Sentra REAR DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Pull out the partition glass in the direction as shown. LIIA2763E 5. 6. 7. If equipped, reconnect the power window switch electrical connector. Operate the power window switch to raise/lower the door window until the glass bolts can be seen. Remove the rear door glass bolts. Pull out the rear door glass toward the outside of the door to remove. LIIA2740E 8. Remove the door glass run from the door panel. Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. REGULATOR ASSEMBLY Removal 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove and position aside the rear door finisher. Refer to EI-31, "Removal and Installation". Position aside the vapor barrier. If equipped, reconnect the power window switch electrical connector. Operate the power window switch to raise/lower the door window until the glass bolts can be seen. Remove the rear door glass bolts. LIIA2740E 5. Raise up the door glass and hold with a suction lifter (A). PIIB3511J Revision: January 2010 GW-52 2010 Sentra REAR DOOR GLASS AND REGULATOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 6. Remove the regulator bolts, and then remove the regulator assembly from the door panel. A B C LIIA2741E D Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Inspection after Removal Check the regulator assembly for the following. If a problem is detected, grease or replace it as shown. • Gear wear E F G H LIIA2761E GW • Regulator deformation • Grease application points for each sliding part J K L LIIA2742E Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000005283543 M POWER WINDOW REGULATOR ASSEMBLY Disassembly Remove the power window motor from the regulator assembly. N Assembly Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly. O Inspection after Installation INFOID:0000000005283544 INSTALLED GLASS INSPECTION P • Make sure the glass is securely set into the glass run groove. • Lower the glass slightly [approx. 10 to 20 mm (0.39 to 0.79 in)], and make sure the clearance to the sash is parallel. If the clearance between the glass and sash is not parallel, loosen the regulator bolts, guide rail bolts, and glass and carrier plate bolts to correct the glass position. Revision: January 2010 GW-53 2010 Sentra REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER < SERVICE INFORMATION > REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER Component Parts and Harness Connector Location INFOID:0000000005283545 LIIA2731E 1. BCM M18, M20 (view with instrument panel removed) 2. Front air control M33 3. A. Rear window defogger ground connector B63 B. Rear window defogger connector B50 4. IPDM E/R E46, E48 5. Door mirror LH D7, RH D106 (with heated mirrors) 6. Heated mirror relay E56 (with heated mirrors) System Description INFOID:0000000005283546 The rear window defogger system is controlled by BCM (body control module) and IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room). The rear window defogger only operates for approximately 15 minutes. Power is supplied at all times • through 15A fuses (No. 46 and 47, located in the IPDM E/R) • to rear window defogger relay • through 10A fuse [No. 28 (with heated mirrors), located in the fuse and fusible link box] • to heated mirror relay terminal 3 (with heated mirrors) • through 50A fusible link (letter j, located in the fuse and fusible link box) • to BCM terminal 70. With the ignition switch turned to ON or START position, power is supplied • through ignition relay • to rear window defogger relay (located in the IPDM E/R) • to front air control terminal 2 • through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to BCM terminal 38. Ground is supplied • to BCM terminal 67 and • to front air control terminal 3 • through body grounds M57 and M61 • to IPDM E/R terminals 39 and 59 Revision: January 2010 GW-54 2010 Sentra REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER < SERVICE INFORMATION > • through body grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE). When front air control (rear window defogger switch) is turned to ON, ground is supplied • to BCM terminal 10 • through front air control terminal 38 • through front air control terminal 3 • through body grounds M57 and M61. Then rear window defogger switch is illuminated. Then BCM recognizes that rear window defogger switch is turned to ON. Then it sends rear window defogger switch signals to IPDM E/R via CAN communication (CAN-H, CAN-L). When IPDM E/R receives rear window defogger switch signals, ground is supplied • to rear window defogger relay (located in the IPDM E/R) • through IPDM E/R terminals 39 and 59 • through body grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE). Then rear window defogger relay is energized. With power and ground supplied, rear window defogger filaments heat and defog the rear window. When rear window defogger relay is turned to ON (with heated mirrors), power is supplied • through heated mirror relay terminal 5 • to door mirror (LH and RH) terminal 1. Door mirror (LH and RH) is grounded through body grounds M57 and M61. With power and ground supplied, rear window defogger filaments heat and defog the rear window and door mirror filaments heat and defog the mirrors. CAN Communication System Description INFOID:0000000005283547 A B C D E F G Refer to LAN-7, "System Description". H GW J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 GW-55 2010 Sentra REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER < SERVICE INFORMATION > Schematic INFOID:0000000005283548 WIWA2331E Revision: January 2010 GW-56 2010 Sentra REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - DEF - INFOID:0000000005283549 A B C D E F G H GW J K L M N O ABLWA0319GB Revision: January 2010 GW-57 2010 Sentra P REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER < SERVICE INFORMATION > AALWA0160GB Revision: January 2010 GW-58 2010 Sentra REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H GW J K L M N O ABLWA0320GB P Revision: January 2010 GW-59 2010 Sentra REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal and Reference Value for BCM INFOID:0000000005283550 Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM". Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R INFOID:0000000005283551 Refer to PG-24, "Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R". Work Flow 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. INFOID:0000000005283552 Check the symptom and customer's requests. Understand the outline of system. Refer to GW-54, "System Description". According to the trouble diagnosis chart, repair or replace the cause of the malfunction. Refer to GW-60, "Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart". Does rear window defogger operate normally? YES: GO TO 5, NO: GO TO 3. Inspection End. CONSULT-III Function (BCM) INFOID:0000000005283553 CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following. BCM diagnostic test item Diagnostic mode Content WORK SUPPORT Supports inspections and adjustments. Commands are transmitted to the BCM for setting the status suitable for required operation, input/output signals are received from the BCM and received data is displayed. DATA MONITOR ACTIVE TEST Inspection by part Displays BCM input/output data in real time. Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to them. SELF-DIAG RESULTS Displays BCM self-diagnosis results. CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read. ECU PART NUMBER BCM part number can be read. CONFIGURATION Performs BCM configuration read/write functions. DATA MONITOR Display Item List Monitor item “Operation” Content REAR DEF SW “ON/OFF” Indicates (ON/OFF) condition of the rear window defogger switch. IGN ON SW “ON/OFF” Indicates (ON/OFF) condition of the ignition switch signal. ACTIVE TEST Display Item List Test item REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER Content Gives a drive signal to the rear window defogger to activate it. Trouble Diagnosis Symptom Chart INFOID:0000000005283554 Make sure other systems using the signal of the following systems operate normally. Revision: January 2010 GW-60 2010 Sentra REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER < SERVICE INFORMATION > Symptom 1. Rear window defogger and door mirror defoggers do not operate. (With heated mirrors) Diagnoses / Service procedure Refer to page BCM power supply and ground circuit check BCS-15 2. IPDM E/R auto active test check PG-20 3. Rear window defogger switch circuit check GW-61 4. Replace IPDM E/R 1. Rear window defogger does not operate. (Without heated mirrors) Rear window defogger does not operate but both door mirror defoggers operate. (With heated mirrors) BCM power supply and ground circuit check PG-20 3. Rear window defogger switch circuit check GW-61 4. Rear window defogger circuit check GW-62 5. Filament check GW-66 6. Replace IPDM E/R PG-27 1. Rear window defogger circuit check GW-62 2. Filament check GW-66 Door mirror defoggers do not operate but rear window defogger operates. (With heated mirrors) 1. Door mirror defogger circuit check GW-64 Rear window defogger switch does not light, but rear window defogger operates. 1. Replace front air control MTC-66 D E F G H INFOID:0000000005283556 GW 1.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH OPERATION With CONSULT-III Check (“REAR DEF SW”, “IGN ON SW”) in DATA MONITOR mode with CONSULT-III. J When rear window defogger switch is turned to ON REAR DEF SW : ON When ignition switch is turned to ON IGN ON SW : ON 1. 2. C INFOID:0000000005283555 Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Rear Window Defogger Switch Circuit Inspection B PG-27 BCS-15 2. IPDM E/R auto active test check BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection A K L Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between BCM connector and ground. Connector M18 Terminals (+) 10 (-) Ground M Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.) Rear window defogger switch is pressed 0 Rear window defogger switch is released 5 OK or NG OK >> Rear window defogger switch check is OK. NG >> GO TO 2. N O LIIA2753E 2.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH CIRCUIT HARNESS CONTINUITY Revision: January 2010 GW-61 2010 Sentra P REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect BCM and front air control. 3. Check continuity between BCM connector M18 (A) terminal 10 and front air control connector M33 (B) terminal 38. 10 - 38 4. : Continuity should exist. Check continuity between BCM connector M18 (A) terminal 10 and ground 10 - Ground : Continuity should not exist. LIIA2754E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness. 3.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH Check continuity between front air control terminals. Terminals 38 3 Condition Continuity Rear window defogger switch is ON (pressed) Yes Rear window defogger switch is OFF (released) No OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace front air control. Refer to MTC-66, "Removal and Installation". LIIA2771E 4.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH GROUND Check continuity between front air control connector and ground. Connector Terminal M33 3 Continuity Ground Yes OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace harness. LIIA2772E 5.CHECK BCM OUTPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. 3. Connect BCM. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between BCM connector M18 terminal 10 and ground. 10 - Ground : Approx. 5V OK or NG OK >> Replace front air control. Refer to MTC-66, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". Rear Window Defogger Circuit Inspection LIIA2753E INFOID:0000000005283557 1.CHECK FUSES Revision: January 2010 GW-62 2010 Sentra REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check if any of the following fuses in IPDM E/R are blown. A Component Parts Ampere Fuse No. IPDM E/R 15A 46 IPDM E/R 15A 47 B OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse. C 2.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. D Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect rear window defogger. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between rear window defogger connector and ground. Connector Terminals (+) B50 Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.) Rear window defogger switch ON Battery voltage Rear window defogger switch OFF 0 (-) 1 Ground E F LIIA1847E H OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 4. 3.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER GROUND CIRCUIT 1. 2. GW Turn ignition switch OFF. Check continuity between rear window defogger connector B63 terminal 2 and ground. 2 - Ground J : Continuity should exist. K OK or NG OK >> NG Check filament. Refer to GW-66, "Filament Check". • If filament is OK. Check the condition of the harness and the connector. • If filament is NG. Repair filament. Refer to GW-67, "Filament Repair". >> Repair or replace harness. L LIIA1848E M 4.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY 1. 2. Disconnect IPDM E/R. Check continuity between rear window defogger connector (A) and IPDM E/R connector (B). A 3. N O B Connector Terminal Connector Terminal B50 1 E48 60 Continuity Yes P Check continuity between rear window defogger connector (A) and ground. LIIA2644E A Connector Terminal B50 1 Revision: January 2010 G Ground Continuity No GW-63 2010 Sentra REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace harness. 5.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER RELAY OUTPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. 3. Connect IPDM E/R. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between IPDM E/R connector and ground. Connector E48 Terminals (+) 60 Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.) Rear window defogger switch ON Battery voltage Rear window defogger switch OFF 0 (-) Ground LIIA2190E OK or NG OK >> Check condition of harness and connector. NG >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R". Door Mirror Defogger Circuit Inspection INFOID:0000000005283558 1.CHECK FUSE Check if the following fuse in the fuse block (J/B) is blown. Component Parts Ampere Fuse No. Fuse block (J/B) 10A 8 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse. 2.CHECK HEATED MIRROR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect heated mirror relay. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between heated mirror relay connector and ground. Connector E56 Terminals (-) Voltage (V) (Approx.) Ground Battery voltage (+) 1 3 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness. LIIA2647E 3.CHECK HEATED MIRROR RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 GW-64 2010 Sentra REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check continuity between heated mirror relay connector E56 terminal 2 and ground. 2 - Ground A : Continuity should exist. B OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace harness. C LIIA2646E 4.INSPECTION OF HEATED MIRROR RELAY D Check continuity between heated mirror relay terminals 3 and 5. E Condition Continuity 12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Yes No current supply No F OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace heated mirror relay. G SEF145X 5.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY 1. 2. Disconnect door mirror (LH or RH). Check continuity between door mirror LH or RH connector (A) and heated mirror relay connector (B). Connector Connector Terminal A D7 (LH) B 1 D106 (RH) 3. H GW Terminal Continuity J 5 Yes K E56 LIIA2757E Check continuity between door mirror LH or RH connector (A) and ground. A Connector Terminal D7 (LH) D106 (RH) L Continuity M No N Ground 1 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair or replace harness. O 6.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 P GW-65 2010 Sentra REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check continuity between door mirror LH or RH connector and ground. Connector D4 (LH) D106 (RH) Terminals 2 Ground Continuity Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> Replace door mirror (LH or RH). Refer to GW-70, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Repair or replace harness. Filament Check 1. LIIA2758E INFOID:0000000005283559 When measuring voltage, wrap tin foil around the top of the negative probe. Then press the foil against the wire with your finger. SEL122R 2. Attach probe circuit tester (in Volt range) to middle portion of each filament. SEL263 Revision: January 2010 GW-66 2010 Sentra REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. If a filament is burned out, circuit tester registers 0 or battery voltage. 4. To locate burned out point, move probe to left and right along filament. Test needle will swing abruptly when probe passes the point. A B C D E F G SEL265 Filament Repair INFOID:0000000005283560 H REPAIR EQUIPMENT • • • • • • Conductive silver composition (DuPont No. 4817 or equivalent) Ruler 30 cm (11.8 in) long Drawing pen Heat gun Alcohol Cloth GW J REPAIRING PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. Wipe broken heat wire and its surrounding area clean with a cloth dampened in alcohol. Apply a small amount of conductive silver composition to tip of drawing pen. Shake silver composition container before use. Place ruler on glass along broken line. Deposit conductive silver composition on break with drawing pen. Slightly overlap existing heat wire on both sides [preferably 5 mm (0.20 in)] of the break. K L M PIIA0215E 4. After repair has been completed, check repaired wire for continuity. This check should be conducted 10 minutes after silver composition is deposited. Do not touch repaired area while test is being conducted. N O P SEL012D Revision: January 2010 GW-67 2010 Sentra REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. Apply a constant stream of hot air directly to the repaired area for approximately 20 minutes with a heat gun. A minimum distance of 3 cm (1.2 in) should be kept between repaired area and hot air outlet. If a heat gun is not available, let the repaired area dry for 24 hours. SEL013D Revision: January 2010 GW-68 2010 Sentra DOOR MIRROR < SERVICE INFORMATION > DOOR MIRROR A Wiring Diagram - MIRROR - INFOID:0000000005283561 B C D E F G H GW J K L M N O P AWKWA0118GB Revision: January 2010 GW-69 2010 Sentra DOOR MIRROR < SERVICE INFORMATION > Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283562 AWIIA1267GB 1. Mirror finisher 2. Nut 3. Door Mirror CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the mirror body. REMOVAL 1. 2. Remove the mirror finisher. Disconnect the door mirror connector (2), remove the door mirror nuts (A), and remove the door mirror assembly (1). LIIA2762E INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000005283563 DISASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. 4. Pull out all the terminals from the connector. NOTE: Before pulling out the terminal, note the connector terminal arrangement. Turn the mirror glass surface upward. Apply a protective tape (A) to the housing. Insert a suitable tool (B) into the concave gap between mirror holder (1) and power unit (2). Push up tabs (3) (two locations) on mirror holder to disengage lower part of mirror holder, and remove mirror body assembly. NOTE: When pushing up the tabs, do not forcefully push up only (1) concave position but try to push up (2) concave positions. LIIA2744E Revision: January 2010 GW-70 2010 Sentra DOOR MIRROR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. Remove the mirror body (1) from the mirror housing assembly (2). 6. Remove four screws from door mirror actuator in an alternating pattern. 7. Remove door mirror actuator from mirror housing assembly and disconnect electrical connector. A B C LIIA2745E D ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Connect door mirror actuator electrical connector. Install door mirror actuator into door mirror housing using four screws and tighten in an alternating pattern. E Warm the lower tabs with a dryer or equivalent. NOTE: Warm the lower tabs sufficiently before installing the mirror body. The tabs may be broken if it is cold. Be F especially careful in the cold weather. Engage upper tabs of mirror body (1) with power unit (2). Then, press lower part of mirror glass down until the lower part snaps G to allow engagement of lower tabs. NOTE: After installation, visually check that the lower tabs are securely engaged when viewed from the bottom of mirror surface. H Insert the harness terminals into the connector. NOTE: Make sure to insert the harness terminals into the correct conGW nector. Do not confuse the locations. LIIA2746E J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 GW-71 2010 Sentra INSIDE MIRROR < SERVICE INFORMATION > INSIDE MIRROR Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283564 REMOVAL Insert a suitable tool (A) to release the inside mirror (1). Slide the inside mirror (1) upward and remove the inside mirror from the base (2). CAUTION: • Do not use excessive force to remove the inside mirror because it is inserted tightly into the mirror base. • Do not reuse the inside mirror removed from mirror base. LIIA2858E INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Be sure to insert the inside mirror to the mirror base until the pawl is engaged to the mirror base. Revision: January 2010 GW-72 2010 Sentra ELECTRICAL SECTION BCS BODY CONTROL SYSTEM A B C D E CONTENTS SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2 PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2 BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) .................... 4 System Description ................................................... 4 CAN Communication System Description ................. 8 Schematic ................................................................. 9 BCM Terminal Arrangement ....................................11 Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ..................12 BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection ....15 CONSULT-III Function (BCM) .................................16 CAN Communication Inspection Using CONSULT-III (Self-Diagnosis) .........................................17 Configuration ...........................................................18 Removal and Installation of BCM ............................18 F G H I J BCS L M N O P Revision: January 2010 BCS-1 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000005681318 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect INFOID:0000000005283471 NOTE: • This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM). • Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the ″LOCK″ position. • Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results. For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder. For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and steering wheel rotation will become impossible. If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before starting the repair operation. OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the steering lock will be released. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be rotated. Perform the necessary repair operation. Revision: January 2010 BCS-2 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.) 6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III. A B C D E F G H I J BCS L M N O P Revision: January 2010 BCS-3 2010 Sentra BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) < SERVICE INFORMATION > BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) System Description INFOID:0000000005283472 BCM (body control module) controls the operation of various electrical units installed on the vehicle. BCM FUNCTION BCM has a combination switch reading function for reading the operation of combination switches (light, wiper, washer, turn signal) in addition to the function for controlling the operation of various electrical components. Also, it functions as an interface that receives signals from the front air control, and sends signals to ECM using CAN communication. COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION 1. 2. Description • BCM reads combination switch (light, wiper) status, and controls various electrical components according to the results. • BCM reads information of a maximum of 20 switches by combining five output terminals (OUTPUT 1-5) and five input terminals (INPUT 1-5). Operation description • BCM activates transistors of output terminals (OUTPUT 1-5) periodically and allows current to flow in turn. • If any (1 or more) of the switches are turned ON, circuit of output terminals (OUTPUT 1-5) and input terminals (INPUT 1-5) becomes active. • At this time, transistors of output terminals (OUTPUT 1-5) are activated to allow current to flow. When voltage of input terminals (INPUT 1-5) corresponding to that switch changes, interface in BCM detects voltage change and BCM determines that switch is ON. LIIA2865E 3. BCM - Operation table of combination switch • BCM reads operation status of combination switch by the combination shown in the following table. Revision: January 2010 BCS-4 2010 Sentra BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E LIIA2866E F NOTE: Headlamp has a dual system switch. 4. Example operation: (When lighting switch 1st position is turned ON) • When lighting switch 1st position is turned ON, contact in combination switch turns ON. At this time if OUTPUT 4 transistor is activated, BCM detects that voltage changes in INPUT 5. • When OUTPUT 4 transistor is ON, BCM detects that voltage changes in INPUT 5, and judges lighting switch 1st position is ON. Then BCM sends tail lamp ON signal to IPDM E/R using CAN communication. • When OUTPUT 4 transistor is activated again, BCM detects that voltage changes in INPUT 5 and recognizes that lighting switch 1st position is continuously ON. G H I J BCS L M N O P LIIA2867E 5. NOTE: Each OUTPUT terminal transistor is activated at 10ms intervals. Therefore, after a switch is turned ON, electrical loads are activated with a time delay. But this time delay is so short that it cannot be noticed. Operation mode • Combination switch reading function has operation modes as follows: Revision: January 2010 BCS-5 2010 Sentra BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) < SERVICE INFORMATION > Normal status • When BCM is not in sleep status, OUTPUT terminals (1-5) each turn ON-OFF every 10ms. Sleep status • When BCM is in sleep mode, transistors of OUTPUT 1 and 5 stop the output, and BCM enters low-current-consumption mode. OUTPUTS (2, 3, and 4) turn ON-OFF at 60ms intervals, and receives lighting switch input only. PKIB6124E CAN COMMUNICATION CONTROL CAN communication allows a high rate of information through the two communication lines (CAN-L, CAN-H) connecting the various control units in the system. Each control unit transmits/receives data, but selectively reads required data only. BCM STATUS CONTROL BCM changes its status depending on the operation status in order to save power consumption. 1. CAN communication status • With ignition switch ON, CAN communicates with other control units normally. • Control by BCM is being operated properly. • When ignition switch is OFF, switching to sleep mode is possible. • Even when ignition switch is OFF, if CAN communication with IPDM E/R and combination meter is active, CAN communication status is active. 2. Sleep transient status • This status shuts down CAN communication when ignition switch is turned OFF. • It transmits sleep request signal to IPDM E/R and combination meter. • Two seconds after CAN communication of all control units stops, CAN communication switches to inactive status. 3. CAN communication inactive status • With ignition switch OFF, CAN communication is not active. • With ignition switch OFF, control performed only by BCM is active. • Three seconds after CAN communication of all control units stops, CAN communication switches to inactive status. 4. Sleep status • BCM is activated with low current consumption mode. • CAN communication is not active. Revision: January 2010 BCS-6 2010 Sentra BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) < SERVICE INFORMATION > • When CAN communication operation is detected, it switches to CAN communication status. • When a state of the following switches changes, it switches to CAN communication state: - Ignition switch - Key switch (without Intelligent Key) - Key switch and ignition knob switch (with Intelligent Key) - Stop lamp switch - Hazard switch - Door lock/unlock switch - Front door switch (LH, RH) - Rear door switch (LH, RH) - Combination switch (passing, lighting switch 1st position, front fog lamp) - Keyfob (lock/unlock signal) - Front door key cylinder switch LH • When control performed only by BCM is required by switch, it shifts to CAN communication inactive mode. • Status of combination switch reading function is changed. A B C D E SYSTEMS CONTROLLED BY BCM DIRECTLY • Power door lock system. Refer to BL-20. • Remote keyless entry system. Refer to BL-50. • Power window system. Refer to GW-15. NOTE • Sunroof system. Refer to RF-11. NOTE • Room lamp timer. Refer to LT-83. NOTE: Power supply only. No system control. F G H SYSTEMS CONTROLLED BY BCM AND IPDM E/R • • • • • • • Panic system. Refer to BL-50. Vehicle security (theft warning) system. Refer to BL-153. NVIS(NATS) system. Refer to BL-170. Headlamp, tail lamp and battery saver control systems. Refer to LT-67, LT-4 or LT-25. Front fog lamp. Refer to LT-36. Front wiper and washer system. Refer to WW-5. Rear window defogger system. Refer to GW-54. I J SYSTEMS CONTROLLED BY BCM AND COMBINATION METER • Warning chime. Refer to DI-53. • Turn signal and hazard warning lamps. Refer to LT-45. BCS SYSTEMS CONTROLLED BY BCM AND INTELLIGENT KEY UNIT L • Intelligent Key system. Refer to BL-71. MAJOR COMPONENTS AND CONTROL SYSTEM System Input M Output Remote keyless entry system Remote keyless entry receiver (keyfob) • All door locking actuators • Turn signal lamp (LH, RH) • Combination meter (turn signal lamp) N Intelligent Key system Intelligent Key unit • All door locking actuators • Turn signal lamp (LH, RH) • Combination meter (turn signal lamp) O Power door lock system Front power door lock/unlock switch (LH, RH) All door locking actuators Power supply (IGN) to power window Ignition power supply Power supply to power window system Power supply (BAT) to power window Battery power supply Power supply to power window system Panic alarm • Key switch (without Intelligent Key) • Key switch and ignition knob switch (with Intelligent Key) • Keyfob IPDM E/R Revision: January 2010 BCS-7 P 2010 Sentra BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) < SERVICE INFORMATION > System Input Output Battery saver control • Ignition switch • Combination switch IPDM E/R Headlamp Combination switch IPDM E/R Tail lamp Combination switch IPDM E/R Front fog lamp Combination switch IPDM E/R Turn signal lamp Combination switch • Turn signal lamp • Combination meter Hazard lamp Hazard switch • Turn signal lamp • Combination meter Room lamp timer • Key switch (without Intelligent Key) • Key switch and ignition knob switch (with Intelligent Key) • Keyfob • Main power window and door lock/unlock switch • Front door switch LH • All door switch Interior room lamp Key warning chime • Key switch (without Intelligent Key) • Key switch and ignition knob switch (with Intelligent Key) • Front door switch LH Combination meter (warning buzzer) Light warning chime • Combination switch • Key switch (without Intelligent Key) • Key switch and ignition knob switch (with Intelligent Key) • Front door switch LH Combination meter (warning buzzer) Seat belt warning chime • Seat belt buckle switch LH • Ignition switch Combination meter (warning buzzer) Front wiper and washer system • Combination switch • Ignition switch IPDM E/R Rear window defogger Rear window defogger switch IPDM E/R A/C switch signal Front air control ECM Blower fan switch signal Front air control ECM A/C indicator signal Front air control A/C indicator Low tire pressure warning system Remote keyless entry receiver Combination meter Vehicle security system • All door switches • Front door lock assembly (key cylinder switch) • Front power window switches • Remote keyless entry receiver (keyfob) • Intelligent key unit (if equipped) • IPDM E/R • Security indicator lamp CAN Communication System Description INFOID:0000000005283473 Refer to LAN-7, "System Description". Revision: January 2010 BCS-8 2010 Sentra BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) < SERVICE INFORMATION > Schematic INFOID:0000000005283474 A B C D E F G H I J BCS L M N O WKWA5474E Revision: January 2010 BCS-9 2010 Sentra P BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) < SERVICE INFORMATION > ABMWA0267GB Revision: January 2010 BCS-10 2010 Sentra BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) < SERVICE INFORMATION > BCM Terminal Arrangement INFOID:0000000005283475 A B C D E F G H I J BCS L M N O LIIA2443E Revision: January 2010 BCS-11 P 2010 Sentra BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal and Reference Value for BCM Terminal Wire color 2 V Signal name Combination switch input 5 INFOID:0000000005283476 Measuring condition Signal input/ output Ignition switch Input ON Operation or condition Reference value or waveform (Approx.) Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4 SKIA5291E 3 BR Combination switch input 4 Input ON Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4 SKIA5292E 4 L Combination switch input 3 Input ON Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4 SKIA5291E 5 6 P Combination switch input 2 GR Combination switch input 1 Input ON Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4 SKIA5292E 7 W Front door key cylinder switch LH (unlock) ON (open, 2nd turn) Input OFF 8 BR Front door key cylinder switch LH (lock) Input 9 W Stop lamp switch Input LG Rear window defogger switch Input 10 OFF ON 11 GR Ignition switch (ACC or ON) Input ACC or ON 12 BR Front door switch RH Input OFF 13 W Rear door switch RH Input OFF Revision: January 2010 OFF (closed) On (open) Momentary 1.5V 0V Momentary 1.5V OFF (closed) 0V ON (pedal depressed) 0V OFF (pedal released) Battery voltage Rear window defogger switch ON 0V Rear window defogger switch OFF 5V Ignition switch ACC or ON ON (open) OFF (closed) ON (open) OFF (closed) BCS-12 Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 2010 Sentra BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) < SERVICE INFORMATION > Measuring condition Terminal Wire color Signal name Signal input/ output Ignition switch Reference value or waveform (Approx.) A Operation or condition 15 L Tire pressure warning check connector Input OFF — 5V B 18 Y Remote keyless entry receiver (ground) Output OFF — 0V C 19 GR Remote keyless entry receiver (power supply) Output OFF D Ignition switch OFF LIIA1893E E F Stand-by (keyfob buttons released) G 20 SB Remote keyless entry receiver signal (signal) Input LIIA1894E OFF H When remote keyless entry receiver receives signal from keyfob (keyfob buttons pressed) I LIIA1895E Input/ Output OFF → ON Security indicator lamp Output OFF O NATS antenna amp. Input/ Output OFF → ON 27 G Compressor ON signal Input ON 28 SB Front blower monitor Input ON 29 Y Hazard switch Input OFF 21 23 25 R SB NATS antenna amp. Ignition switch (OFF → ON) Goes OFF → illuminates (Every 2.4 seconds) Ignition switch (OFF → ON) Just after turning ignition switch ON: Pointer of tester should move for approx. 1 second, then return to battery voltage. J BCS Battery voltage → 0V Just after turning ignition switch ON: Pointer of tester should move for approx. 1 second, then return to battery voltage. A/C switch OFF 5V A/C switch ON 0V Front blower motor OFF Battery voltage Front blower motor ON 0V ON 0V OFF 5V L M N O P 32 O Combination switch output 5 Output ON Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4 SKIA5291E Revision: January 2010 BCS-13 2010 Sentra BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal Wire color 33 LG Signal name Combination switch output 4 Measuring condition Signal input/ output Ignition switch Output ON Operation or condition Reference value or waveform (Approx.) Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4 SKIA5292E 34 SB Combination switch output 3 Output ON Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4 SKIA5291E 35 36 G R Combination switch output 2 Combination switch output 1 Output ON Lighting, turn, wiper OFF Wiper dial position 4 SKIA5292E Key inserted Battery voltage Key removed 0V Key inserted Battery voltage Key removed 0V 371 V Key switch Input OFF 372 V Key switch and ignition knob switch Input OFF 38 BR Ignition switch (ON) Input ON — Battery voltage 39 L CAN-H — — — — 40 P CAN-L — — — — 42 V Trunk room switch Input OFF 45 R Lock switch Input OFF 46 P Unlock switch Input OFF 47 SB Front door switch LH Input OFF 48 O Rear door switch LH Input OFF 49 L Trunk room lamp Output OFF 53 R Trunk lid opener actuator Output 56 Y Battery saver output Output 57 W Battery power supply Revision: January 2010 Input ON (open) 0V OFF (closed) Battery voltage ON (lock) 0V OFF Battery voltage ON (unlock) 0V OFF Battery voltage ON (open) 0V OFF (closed) Battery voltage ON (open) 0V OFF (closed) Battery voltage Trunk open (ON) 0V Trunk closed (OFF) Battery voltage OFF Trunk lid (open) Battery voltage OFF 30 minutes after ignition switch is turned OFF 0V ON — Battery voltage OFF — Battery voltage BCS-14 2010 Sentra BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) < SERVICE INFORMATION > Measuring condition Terminal Wire color Signal name Signal input/ output Ignition switch 59 G Front door lock actuator LH (unlock) Output OFF Operation or condition OFF (neutral) Reference value or waveform (Approx.) 0V ON (unlock) Battery voltage A B C 60 SB Turn signal (left) Output ON Turn left ON D SKIA3009J E 61 O Turn signal (right) Output ON Turn right ON F SKIA3009J 63 R Interior room lamp Output OFF 65 V All door lock actuators (lock) Output OFF 66 G Front door lock actuator RH, rear door lock actuators LH/RH (unlock) 67 B Ground 68 W Power window power supply (RAP) ON (open) Any door switch OFF (closed) OFF (neutral) OFF Input ON Output — 0V ON (unlock) I Battery voltage — J 0V Ignition switch ON Battery voltage Within 45 seconds after ignition switch OFF Battery voltage More than 45 seconds after ignition switch OFF 0V When front door LH or RH is open or power window timer operates 0V BCS L 69 P Battery power supply Output OFF — Battery voltage 70 L Battery power supply Input OFF — Battery voltage 1: Without Intelligent Key M N 2: With Intelligent Key BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection INFOID:0000000005283477 O 1.CHECK FUSES AND FUSIBLE LINK • Check 50A fusible link (letter j, located in the fuse and fusible link box). • Check 10A fuses [No. 6, 12 and 21, located in the fuse block (J/B)]. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> If fuse is blown, be sure to eliminate cause of malfunction before installing new fuse. P 2.CHECK BCM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 H Battery voltage OFF (neutral) Output 0V Battery voltage 0V ON (lock) G BCS-15 2010 Sentra BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect BCM. 3. Check voltage between BCM connectors and ground. Connector Terminals Power source Condition Voltage (V) (Approx.) Ground ACC power supply Ignition switch ACC or ON Battery voltage 38 Ground Ignition power supply Ignition switch ON or START Battery voltage 57 Ground Battery power supply Ignition switch OFF Battery voltage 70 Ground Battery power supply Ignition switch OFF Battery voltage (+) (-) 11 M18 M20 LIIA2415E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace the harness. 3.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT Check continuity between BCM connector M20 terminal 67 and ground. 67 - Ground : Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> Power supply and ground circuit is OK. NG >> Repair or replace harness. LIIA0915E CONSULT-III Function (BCM) INFOID:0000000005283478 CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following. BCM diagnostic test item Diagnostic mode Content WORK SUPPORT Supports inspections and adjustments. Commands are transmitted to the BCM for setting the status suitable for required operation, input/output signals are received from the BCM and received data is displayed. DATA MONITOR ACTIVE TEST Inspection by part Displays BCM input/output data in real time. Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to them. SELF-DIAG RESULTS Displays BCM self-diagnosis results. CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read. ECU PART NUMBER BCM part number can be read. CONFIGURATION Performs BCM configuration read/write functions. ITEMS OF EACH PART NOTE: CONSULT-III will only display systems the vehicle possesses. Revision: January 2010 BCS-16 2010 Sentra BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) < SERVICE INFORMATION > Diagnostic test mode (Inspection by part) CONSULT-III display System and item WORK SUPPORT SELF− DIAG RESULTS CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR × × BCM BCM × Power door lock system DOOR LOCK × DATA MONITOR ECU PART NUMBER A ACTIVE TEST × × × × Rear defogger REAR DEFOGGER × × Warning chime BUZZER × × Room lamp timer INT LAMP × × × Remote keyless entry system MULTI REMOTE ENT × × × Headlamp HEAD LAMP × × × Wiper WIPER × × × Turn signal lamp Hazard lamp FLASHER × × Blower fan switch signal Air conditioner switch signal AIR CONDITIONER × Intelligent Key INTELLIGENT KEY × Combination switch COMB SW × NVIS (NATS) IMMU × × Interior lamp battery saver BATTERY SAVER × × × Theft alarm THEFT ALARM × × × Retained accessory power control RETAINED PWR × × × Oil pressure switch SIGNAL BUFFER × × Low tire pressure monitor AIR PRESSURE MONITOR × × Panic alarm PANIC ALARM × × CONFIGURATION C D E F G H I J BCS L × WORK SUPPORT M Display Item List Item RESET SETTING VALUE B Description N Return a value set with WORK SUPPORT of each system to a default value in factory shipment. CAN Communication Inspection Using CONSULT-III (Self-Diagnosis) INFOID:0000000005283479 O 1.SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT CHECK 1. 2. 3. Connect CONSULT-III and select “BCM” on “SELECT SYSTEM” screen. Select “BCM” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen, and select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. Check display content in self-diagnostic results. Revision: January 2010 BCS-17 P 2010 Sentra BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) < SERVICE INFORMATION > CONSULT-III display code Diagnosis item INITIAL DIAG TRANSMIT DIAG ECM U1000 IPDM E/R METER/M&A I-KEY Contents displayed No malfunction>>Inspection End. Malfunction in CAN communication system>>After printing the monitor items. Refer to LAN-10, "Condition of Error Detection". Configuration INFOID:0000000005283480 DESCRIPTION CONFIGURATION has three functions as follows: • READ CONFIGURATION is the function to read (extract) vehicle configuration of current BCM. • WRITE CONFIGURATION-Manual selection is the function to select and write vehicle configuration on BCM manually. • WRITE CONFIGURATION-Config file is the function to write vehicle configuration with the data extracted from current BCM. • For READ CONFIGURATION and WRITE CONFIGURATION-Config file, refer to CONSULT-III Operation Manual. • For WRITE CONFIGURATION-Manual selection using the following flow chart, identify the correct model and configuration list. Confirm and/or change setting value for each item according to the configuration list. Depending on CONSULT-III software version being used, some or all of the write configuration items shown in the following configuration lists may be displayed. If an item does not appear on the CONSULT-III WRITE CONFIGURATION-Manual selection screen(s), then it is an auto setting item and it cannot be manually set or changed. NOTE: Confirm vehicle model on IDENTIFICATION PLATE. Refer to GI-45, "Model Variation". ITEM SET VAL KEYLESS ENTRY WITH ⇔ WITHOUT I-KEY WITH ⇔ WITHOUT DTRL WITH ⇔ WITHOUT THEFT ALARM WITH ⇔ WITHOUT TIRE PRESSURE1 230kPa or 240kPa AUTO DOOR UNLOCK TIMING MODE 1: Refer to WT-15, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)". CAUTION: • When replacing BCM, you must perform WRITE CONFIGURATION with CONSULT-III. • Complete the procedure of WRITE CONFIGURATION in order. • If you set incorrect WRITE CONFIGURATION, incidents will occur. • Configuration is different for each vehicle model. Confirm configuration of each vehicle model. Removal and Installation of BCM INFOID:0000000005283481 REMOVAL CAUTION: Before replacing BCM, perform "READ CONFIGURATION" to save or print current vehicle specifications. Refer to BCS-18, "Configuration". 1. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. 2. Remove the instrument lower finisher. Refer to IP-11. Revision: January 2010 BCS-18 2010 Sentra BCM (BODY CONTROL MODULE) < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Remove the front foot duct (LH). Refer to MTC-77. 4. Remove the BCM screw (A), disconnect the connectors and remove the BCM (1). • Front A B C LKIA0883E D INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: • When replacing BCM, perform "WRITE CONFIGURATION". Refer to BCS-18, "Configuration". • When replacing BCM, perform initialization of NATS system and registration of all NATS ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-107, "Key Switch (Intelligent Key Unit Input) Check". • When replacing BCM, if new BCM does not come with keyfobs attached, all existing keyfobs must be re-registered. Refer to CONSULT-III operation manual for the initialization procedure. E F G H I J BCS L M N O P Revision: January 2010 BCS-19 2010 Sentra DRIVELINE/AXLE SECTION FAX FRONT AXLE A B C FAX E CONTENTS SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2 FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE ............. 6 PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2 On-Vehicle Inspection and Service .......................... 6 Removal and Installation .......................................... 6 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2 General Precautions ................................................. 3 PREPARATION ................................................... 4 FRONT DRIVE SHAFT ...................................... 9 On-Vehicle Inspection and Service .......................... 9 Removal and Installation (Left Side) ......................... 9 Removal and Installation (Right Side) .....................10 Disassembly and Assembly (Left Side) ...................13 Disassembly and Assembly (Right Side) .................18 Special Service Tool ................................................. 4 Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 4 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ................................................................. 25 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ............................. 5 Drive Shaft ...............................................................25 Dynamic Damper .....................................................25 Boot Bands ..............................................................25 Wheel Bearing (Front) .............................................25 NVH Troubleshooting Chart ...................................... 5 F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 FAX-1 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000005283919 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect INFOID:0000000005283920 NOTE: • This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM). • Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the ″LOCK″ position. • Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results. For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder. For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and steering wheel rotation will become impossible. If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before starting the repair operation. OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the steering lock will be released. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be rotated. Perform the necessary repair operation. Revision: January 2010 FAX-2 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.) 6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III. General Precautions INFOID:0000000005283921 A B Observe the following precautions when disassembling and assembling drive shaft. • Joint sub-assembly does not disassemble because it is non-overhaul parts. • Perform work in a location which is as dust-free as possible. C • Before disassembling and assembling, clean the outside of parts. • Prevention of the entry of foreign objects must be taken into account during disassembly of the service location. FAX • Disassembled parts must be carefully reassembled in the correct order. If work is interrupted, a clean cover must be placed over parts. • Paper shop cloths must be used. Fabric shop cloths must not be used because of danger of lint adhering to E parts. • Disassembled parts (except for rubber parts) should be cleaned with kerosene which shall be removed by blowing with air or wiping with paper shop cloths. F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 FAX-3 2010 Sentra PREPARATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000005283922 The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here. Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description HT72520000 (J-25730-A) Ball joint remover Removing tie-rod outer end NT146 KV40107300 ( — ) Boot band crimping tool Installing boot bands ZZA1229D KV38105500 (J-33904) Differential side oil seal protector Installing drive shaft LH a: 40 mm (1.57 in) dia. ZZA0835D KV38106700 (J-34296) Differential side oil seal protector Installing drive shaft RH a: 36 mm (1.42 in) dia. ZZA0835D Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000005283923 Tool name Description Power tool • Removing wheel nuts • Removing torque member bolts • Removing hub lock nut PBIC0190E Revision: January 2010 FAX-4 2010 Sentra NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING < SERVICE INFORMATION > NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING NVH Troubleshooting Chart A INFOID:0000000005283924 Symptom FRONT AXLE PS-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart" BR-7, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart" Refer to DRIVE SHAFT in this chart. WT-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart" WT-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart" Refer to FRONT AXLE in this chart. BRAKES STEERING × × × × × × × × × × × × × × DRIVE SHAFT ROAD WHEELS FSU-6, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart" FAX-6 — FAX-9 (Left Side), FAX-10 (Right Side) — × TIRES × FRONT AXLE Shake FAX E F H Noise × × × × × × × × × Shake × × × × × × × × × Vibration × × × × × Shimmy × × × × × × × Shudder × × × × × × Poor quality ride or handling × × × × × C G FRONT SUSPENSION × Parts interference × B Wheel bearing damage DRIVE SHAFT Improper installation, looseness Joint sliding resistance Noise Possible cause and SUSPECTED PARTS Imbalance Excessive joint angle — Reference page FAX-9 (Left Side), FAX-10 (Right Side) Use chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts. × × ×: Applicable I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 FAX-5 2010 Sentra FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE < SERVICE INFORMATION > FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE On-Vehicle Inspection and Service INFOID:0000000005283925 • Check the axle and suspension parts for excessive play, wear, or damage. • Shake each front wheel to check for excessive play as shown. SMA525A FRONT WHEEL BEARING INSPECTION • Move wheel hub and bearing assembly in the axial direction by hand. Make sure the axial end play is within specification. Axial end play : 0.035 mm (0.0014 in) or less • Check that the wheel hub bearing operates smoothly. • Replace the wheel hub assembly if the axial end play exceeds specification, or if the wheel bearing does not turn smoothly. Refer to FAX-6, "Removal and Installation". CAUTION: The wheel hub assembly does not require maintenance. If any of the following symptoms are noted, replace the wheel hub assembly. • Growling noise is emitted from the wheel hub bearing during operation. • Wheel hub bearing drags or turns roughly. Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283926 COMPONENT BDIA0017E 1. Drive shaft 2. Steering knuckle 3. Splash guard 4. Wheel hub and bearing assembly 5. Stud 6. Cotter pin REMOVAL 1. Remove wheel and tire using power tool. Revision: January 2010 FAX-6 2010 Sentra FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Without disassembling the hydraulic lines, remove the torque member bolts using power tool. Then reposition the torque member and brake caliper assembly aside with wire. Refer to BR-30, "Removal and Installation of Brake Caliper Assembly". CAUTION: Do not depress brake pedal while brake caliper is removed. 3. Put alignment marks on disc rotor and wheel hub and bearing assembly, then remove disc rotor. A B C FAX E SDIA1480E 4. 5. 6. Remove wheel sensor from steering knuckle. Refer to BRC-33, "Removal and Installation". CAUTION: Do not pull on wheel sensor harness. Loosen steering outer socket (1) nut. Remove steering outer socket (1) from steering knuckle (2) so as not to damage ball joint (3) boot using Tool. Tool number F G H : HT72520000 (J-25730-A) CAUTION: Temporarily leave the outer socket nut installed to prevent damage to threads and to prevent the ball joint remover or suitable tool from suddenly coming off. I SGIA1298E 7. 8. Remove cotter pin, then loosen hub lock nut using power tool. CAUTION: Temporarily leave the hub lock nut installed to prevent damage to threads. Remove nuts and bolts from steering knuckle and strut assembly. J K L M N WDIA0367E 9. Separate the drive shaft from the wheel hub and bearing assembly by lightly tapping the end of the drive shaft using a hammer or suitable tool, and then remove hub lock nut. NOTE: Use a suitable puller if wheel hub and bearing assembly and drive shaft cannot be separated after performing the above procedure. 10. Remove the drive shaft from the wheel hub and bearing assembly and support the drive shaft. CAUTION: • Do not apply an excessive angle to drive shaft joint when removing from the wheel hub and bearing assembly, Revision: January 2010 FAX-7 O P SDIA1821E 2010 Sentra FRONT WHEEL HUB AND KNUCKLE < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Do not excessively extend slide joint. • Do not allow drive shaft to hang down. Support the entire drive shaft. 11. Remove wheel hub and bearing assembly bolts, and then remove splash guard and wheel hub and bearing assembly from steering knuckle. 12. Remove transverse link ball joint nut and bolt. Then, remove transverse link from steering knuckle. INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL Wheel Hub and Knuckle Inspection Check for any deformity, cracks, or other damage on the wheel hub assembly and knuckle, replace if necessary. CAUTION: The wheel hub assembly does not require maintenance. If any of the following symptoms are noted, replace the wheel hub assembly. • Growling noise is emitted from the wheel hub bearing during operation. • Wheel hub bearing drags or turns roughly. Ball Joint Inspection Check boots of transverse link and steering outer socket ball joint for breakage, axial play, and torque. Refer to FSU-17, "Removal and Installation" (transverse link) and PS-12, "Disassembly and Assembly" (steering outer socket ball joint.) INSTALLATION Installation is the reverse order of removal. • Perform the final tightening of each of parts under unladen conditions, which were removed when removing wheel hub and bearing assembly and steering knuckle. Check the wheel alignment. Refer to FSU-7, "Wheel Alignment Inspection". • When installing disc rotor on wheel hub and bearing assembly, align the marks. (When not using the alignment mark, refer to BR-32, "Disassembly and Assembly of Brake Caliper Assembly".) SDIA1480E • Tighten wheel nuts to specifications. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment". Revision: January 2010 FAX-8 2010 Sentra FRONT DRIVE SHAFT < SERVICE INFORMATION > FRONT DRIVE SHAFT A On-Vehicle Inspection and Service INFOID:0000000005283927 • Check drive shaft mounting point and joint for looseness and other damage. • Check boot for cracks and other damage. Replace or repair components as necessary. Refer to FAX-9, "Removal and Installation (Left Side)", FAX-10, "Removal and Installation (Right Side)", FAX-13, "Disassembly and Assembly (Left Side)" or FAX-18, "Disassembly and Assembly (Right Side)". CAUTION: Replace entire drive shaft assembly when noise or vibration occur from drive shaft. Removal and Installation (Left Side) INFOID:0000000005283928 COMPONENTS B C FAX E F G BDIA0018E 1. Drive shaft 2. Cotter pin I REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove wheel and tire using power tool. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment". Remove wheel sensor from steering knuckle. Refer to BRC-33, "Removal and Installation". CAUTION: Do not pull on wheel sensor harness. Remove cotter pin, then loosen hub lock nut using power tool. CAUTION: Temporarily leave the hub lock nut installed to prevent damage to threads. Remove transverse link ball joint nut and bolt. Then, remove transverse link from steering knuckle. Separate the drive shaft from the wheel hub and bearing assembly by lightly tapping the end of the drive shaft using a hammer or suitable tool and wood block, and then remove hub lock nut. NOTE: Use a suitable puller if wheel hub and bearing assembly and drive shaft cannot be separated after performing the above procedure. Remove the drive shaft from the wheel hub and bearing assembly. CAUTION: • Do not apply an excessive angle to drive shaft joint when SDIA1821E removing from the wheel hub and bearing assembly, • Do not excessively extend slide joint. • Do not allow drive shaft to hang down. Support the entire drive shaft. Revision: January 2010 H FAX-9 2010 Sentra J K L M N O P FRONT DRIVE SHAFT < SERVICE INFORMATION > 7. Pry off drive shaft from transaxle assembly side as shown. • Make sure that circlip is attached on the edge. CAUTION: • Do not apply an excessive angle to drive shaft joint when removing from the transaxle. • Do not excessively extend slide joint. • Do not allow drive shaft to hang down. Support the entire drive shaft. MAA0384D INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL • Move joint up/down, left/right, and in axial direction. Check for any rough movement or significant looseness. • Check boot for cracks or other damage, and for grease leakage. • If damaged, disassemble drive shaft to verify damage, and repair or replace as necessary. WDIA0369E INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • Tighten to specifications. CAUTION: Do not reuse non-reusable parts. • In order to prevent damage to differential side oil seal, place Tool onto oil seal before inserting drive shaft as shown. Slide drive shaft into slide joint and tap with a hammer to install securely. Tool number : KV38105500 (J-33904) • Install new circlip on drive shaft in the circlip groove on transaxle side. Refer to FAX-13, "Disassembly and Assembly (Left Side)". CAUTION: Make sure the new circlip on the drive shaft is securely fastened. SDIA0593E • After inserting drive shaft, try to pull the drive shaft out of the transaxle by hand. If it pulls out, the circlip is not properly meshed with the transaxle side gear. • Check transaxle fluid level. Refer to MA-42, "Checking CVT Fluid", MA-45, "Checking M/T Oil - RS6F94R", MA-46, "Checking M/T Oil - RS6F52A and RS6F52H". Removal and Installation (Right Side) INFOID:0000000005283929 COMPONENTS Revision: January 2010 FAX-10 2010 Sentra FRONT DRIVE SHAFT < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C FAX E AWDIA0671GB 1. Cotter pin 4. Support bearing bracket 2. Drive shaft 3. F Plate G REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Remove wheel and tire using power tool. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment". Remove wheel sensor from steering knuckle. Refer to BRC-33, "Removal and Installation". CAUTION: Do not pull on wheel sensor harness. Remove cotter pin, then loosen hub lock nut using power tool. CAUTION: Temporarily leave the hub lock nut installed to prevent damage to threads. Remove transverse link ball joint nut and bolt. Then, remove transverse link from steering knuckle. Separate the drive shaft from the wheel hub and bearing assembly by lightly tapping the end of the drive shaft using a hammer or suitable tool and wood block, and then remove hub lock nut. NOTE: Use a suitable puller if wheel hub and bearing assembly and drive shaft cannot be separated after performing the above procedure. Remove the drive shaft from the wheel hub and bearing assembly. CAUTION: • Do not apply an excessive angle to drive shaft joint when SDIA1821E removing from the wheel hub and bearing assembly, • Do not excessively extend slide joint. • Do not allow drive shaft to hang down. Support the entire drive shaft. Remove the plate bolts and plate. Remove the drive shaft from the transaxle assembly. CAUTION: • Do not apply an excessive angle to drive shaft joint when removing from the transaxle. • Do not excessively extend slide joint. • Do not allow drive shaft to hang down. Support the entire drive shaft. If necessary, remove the support bearing bracket bolts and the support bearing bracket. INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL • Move joint up/down, left/right, and in axial direction. Check for any rough movement or significant looseness. Revision: January 2010 FAX-11 2010 Sentra H I J K L M N O P FRONT DRIVE SHAFT < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Check boot for cracks or other damage, and for grease leakage. • If damaged, disassemble drive shaft to verify damage, and repair or replace as necessary. • Check for cracks or other damage to the support bearing bracket, replace as necessary. SDIA1190J INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Note the following: • Tighten to specifications. CAUTION: Do not reuse non-reusable parts. • In order to prevent damage to differential side oil seal, place Tool onto oil seal before inserting drive shaft as shown. Slide drive shaft into slide joint and tap with a hammer to install securely. Tool number : KV38106700 (J-34296) SDIA0593E • When installing the support bearing bracket (1), note the following: a. Tighten the support bearing bracket bolts in two stages, in the order as shown. b. Install the plate (2) with the notch (A) upward. Tighten the plate bolts in two stages, in the order as shown. • Check transaxle fluid level. Refer to MA-42, "Checking CVT Fluid", MA-45, "Checking M/T Oil - RS6F94R", MA-46, "Checking M/T Oil - RS6F52A and RS6F52H". WDIA0361E Revision: January 2010 FAX-12 2010 Sentra FRONT DRIVE SHAFT < SERVICE INFORMATION > Disassembly and Assembly (Left Side) INFOID:0000000005283930 A B C FAX E F WDIA0370E 1. Circlip 2. Dust shield 3. 4. Snap ring 5. Spider assembly 6. Boot band 7. Boot 8. Shaft 9. Damper band 10. Damper 11. Boot band 13. Circlip 14. Joint sub-assembly G Slide joint housing H 12. Boot DISASSEMBLY I Transaxle Side 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Mount drive shaft in a vise. CAUTION: When mounting shaft in a vise, always use copper or aluminum plates between vise and shaft. Remove boot bands and slide the boot back. Remove circlip and dust shield from slide joint housing. Put matching marks on slide joint housing and shaft, then pull out shaft from slide joint housing. Put matching marks on spider assembly and shaft. J K L M N SFA963 O P Revision: January 2010 FAX-13 2010 Sentra FRONT DRIVE SHAFT < SERVICE INFORMATION > 6. Remove snap ring using a suitable tool, then remove spider assembly from shaft. 7. Remove boot from shaft. 8. Clean the old grease off of the slide joint assembly. SFA612 Wheel Side 1. 2. 3. Mount the front drive shaft in a vise. CAUTION: When mounting shaft in a vise, always use copper or aluminum plates between vise and shaft. Remove boot bands and slide the boot back. Screw a sliding hammer or suitable tool 30 mm (1.18 in) or more into threaded part of joint sub-assembly. Pull joint sub-assembly out of shaft. CAUTION: • Align sliding hammer or suitable tool and drive shaft then remove joint sub-assembly by pulling directly. • If joint sub-assembly cannot be removed after five or more unsuccessful attempts, replace the entire drive shaft assembly. SDIA0606E 4. 5. 6. Remove circlip from shaft. Remove boot from shaft. While rotating ball cage, clean the old grease off of the joint sub-assembly. Damper • Remove damper bands, then remove damper from shaft. INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY Shaft Replace shaft if there is bending, cracking, or other damage. Joint Sub-Assembly • Make sure there is no rough rotation or unusual axial looseness. • Make sure there is no foreign material inside joint sub-assembly. • Check joint sub-assembly for compression scars, cracks or fractures. CAUTION: If there are any irregular conditions of joint sub-assembly components, replace the entire joint subassembly. Slide Joint Housing and Spider Assembly Make sure there are no compression scars, cracks, fractures or unusual wear of housing or spider roller contact surface. CAUTION: If there are any irregular conditions of the slide joint housing and spider assembly components, replace them as a set. Damper Check damper for cracks or wear. Replace as necessary. ASSEMBLY Transaxle Side Revision: January 2010 FAX-14 2010 Sentra FRONT DRIVE SHAFT < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Install new boot and new small boot band on shaft. CAUTION: • Do not reuse boot or boot band. • Cover drive shaft serration with tape to prevent damage to boot during installation. 2. Remove protective tape wound around serrated part of shaft. A B C SFA800 3. FAX Align matching mark on spider assembly with matching mark on shaft and install spider assembly with chamfer facing shaft. E F G SDIA2629E 4. 5. 6. Install new snap ring using a suitable tool. CAUTION: Do not reuse snap ring. Apply recommended grease (Genuine NISSAN Grease or equivalent) to spider assembly and sliding surface. Install the slide joint housing onto the spider assembly and pack with the balance of recommended grease (Genuine NISSAN Grease or equivalent). Grease amount H I J : 153 – 166 g (5.39 – 5.85 oz) SFA023A 7. 8. Install boot securely into grooves (indicated by * marks) as shown. CAUTION: If there is grease on boot mounting surfaces (indicated by * marks) of shaft and housing, boot may come off. Clean all grease from surfaces. Make sure boot installation length (L) is the length specified below. Insert a flat-bladed screwdriver or similar tool into the large end of boot. Bleed air from boot to prevent boot deformation. Boot installation length (L) M/T models : 180.8 - 182.8 mm (7.12 - 7.20 in) CVT models : 175.7 - 177.7 mm (6.92 - 7.00 in) 9. L M N SDIA3285E O CAUTION: • Boot may break if boot installation length is outside the standard value. • Be careful that screwdriver tip does not contact inside surface of boot. Secure large end of boot with new boot band. 1. Set boot band onto boot and insert first pawl on boot band into the first groove on opposite end of boot band. Revision: January 2010 FAX-15 K 2010 Sentra P FRONT DRIVE SHAFT < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Pull and tighten the boot band using suitable tool until both pawls of boot band are secured in the boot band grooves. CAUTION: Do not reuse boot band. RAC1133D 10. Install new small boot band securely using Tool. Tool number : KV40107300 ( — ) CAUTION: • Do not reuse boot band. • Secure boot band so that dimension (M) meets specification as shown. Dimension (M) : 1.0 – 4.0 mm (0.039 – 0.157 in) DSF0047D 11. Rotate the slide joint and confirm that the boot position is correct. If boot position is not correct, remove the boot bands, reposition the boot and install new boot bands. 12. Install new dust shield to slide joint housing. CAUTION: Do not reuse dust shield. Wheel Side 1. Insert recommended grease (Genuine NISSAN Grease or equivalent) into joint sub-assembly serration hole until grease begins to ooze from ball groove and serration hole. After inserting grease, use a shop cloth to wipe off old grease that has oozed out. SDIA1127E 2. 3. Cover serrated part of shaft with tape. Install new boot band and new boot to shaft. CAUTION: Do not reuse boot or boot band. Remove protective tape wound around serrated part of shaft. SFA800 Revision: January 2010 FAX-16 2010 Sentra FRONT DRIVE SHAFT < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Attach new circlip to shaft. Thread nut onto end of joint subassembly and press fit using suitable tool. CAUTION: • Do not reuse circlip. • Circlip must fit securely into shaft groove. A B C RAC0049D 5. Insert the balance of new grease (Genuine NISSAN Grease or equivalent) listed below into housing from large end of boot. Grease amount 6. 7. 8. E : 105 - 125 g (3.70 - 4.40 oz) Install boot securely into grooves (indicated by * marks) as shown. CAUTION: If there is grease on boot mounting surfaces (indicated by * marks) of shaft and housing, boot may come off. Remove all grease from surfaces. Make sure boot installation length (L) is the specified length indicated below. Insert a flat-bladed screwdriver or similar tool into the large end of boot. Bleed air from boot to prevent boot deformation. Boot installation length (L) : 141.2 - 143.2 mm (5.56 - 5.64 in) F G H SDIA1505E CAUTION: • Boot may break if boot installation length is outside the standard value. • Be careful that screwdriver tip does not contact inside surface of boot. Install new large and small boot bands securely using Tool. Tool number : KV40107300 ( — FAX I J K ) CAUTION: • Do not reuse boot bands. L M RAC1133D N • Secure boot band so that dimension (M) meets specification as shown. O Dimension (M) : 1.0 – 4.0 mm (0.039 – 0.157 in) P DSF0047D 9. Rotate the joint sub assembly and confirm that the boot position is correct. If boot position is not correct, remove the boot bands, reposition the boot and install new boot bands. Revision: January 2010 FAX-17 2010 Sentra FRONT DRIVE SHAFT < SERVICE INFORMATION > Damper 1. Secure damper with new damper bands. (A) (B) : 234 - 240 mm (9.21 - 9.45 in) : 70 mm (2.76 in) CAUTION: Do not reuse damper bands. FAC0156D Disassembly and Assembly (Right Side) INFOID:0000000005283931 WDIA0365E 1. Joint sub-assembly 2. Circlip 3. Boot bands 4. Boot 5. Shaft 6. Damper bands 7. Damper 8. Boot band 9. Boot 10. Spider assembly 11. Snap ring 12 Slide joint housing 13. Dust shield 14. Bearing 15. Snap ring 16. Dust shield DISASSEMBLY Transaxle Side 1. 2. 3. Mount drive shaft in a vise. CAUTION: When mounting shaft in a vise, always use copper or aluminum plates between vise and shaft. Remove boot bands and slide the boot back. Put matching marks on slide joint housing and shaft, then pull out shaft from slide joint housing. Revision: January 2010 FAX-18 2010 Sentra FRONT DRIVE SHAFT < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Put matching marks on spider assembly and shaft. A B C SFA963 5. 6. 7. FAX Remove snap ring using a suitable tool, then remove spider assembly from shaft. Remove boot from shaft. Clean the old grease off of the slide joint assembly. E F G SFA612 Wheel Side 1. 2. 3. Mount the front drive shaft in a vise. CAUTION: When mounting shaft in a vise, always use copper or aluminum plates between vise and shaft. Remove boot bands and slide the boot back. Screw a sliding hammer or suitable tool 30 mm (1.18 in) or more into threaded part of joint sub-assembly. Pull joint sub-assembly out of shaft. CAUTION: • Align sliding hammer or suitable tool and drive shaft then remove joint sub-assembly by pulling directly. • If joint sub-assembly cannot be removed after five or more unsuccessful attempts, replace the entire drive shaft assembly. H I J K L SDIA0606E 4. 5. 6. Remove circlip from shaft. Remove boot from shaft. While rotating ball cage, clean the old grease off of the joint sub-assembly. M N Support Bearing 1. Remove dust shield from slide joint assembly using a suitable tool. O P YAX002 Revision: January 2010 FAX-19 2010 Sentra FRONT DRIVE SHAFT < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Remove dust shield, then remove snap ring using a suitable tool. YAX003 3. 4. Press support bearing assembly off slide joint assembly using a suitable tool. Remove dust shield. YAX004 Damper • Remove damper bands, then remove damper from shaft. INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY Shaft Replace shaft if there is bending, cracking, or other damage. Joint Sub-Assembly • Make sure there is no rough rotation or unusual axial looseness. • Make sure there is no foreign material inside joint sub-assembly. • Check joint sub-assembly for compression scars, cracks or fractures. CAUTION: If there are any irregular conditions of joint sub-assembly components, replace the entire joint subassembly. Slide Joint Housing and Spider Assembly Make sure there are no compression scars, cracks, fractures or unusual wear of housing or spider roller contact surface. CAUTION: If there are any irregular conditions of the slide joint housing and spider assembly components, replace them as a set. Support Bearing Make sure wheel bearing rolls freely and is free from noise, cracks, pitting or wear. Support Bearing Bracket Check for bending, cracks, or damage. Damper Check damper for cracks or wear. Replace as necessary. ASSEMBLY Transaxle Side Revision: January 2010 FAX-20 2010 Sentra FRONT DRIVE SHAFT < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Install new boot and new small boot band on shaft. CAUTION: • Do not reuse boot or boot band. • Cover drive shaft serration with tape to prevent damage to boot during installation. 2. Remove protective tape wound around serrated part of shaft. A B C SFA800 3. FAX Align matching mark on spider assembly with matching mark on shaft and install spider assembly with chamfer facing shaft. E F G SDIA2629E 4. 5. 6. Install new snap ring using a suitable tool. CAUTION: Do not reuse snap ring. Apply recommended grease (Genuine NISSAN Grease or equivalent) to spider assembly and sliding surface. Install the slide joint housing onto the spider assembly and pack with the balance of recommended grease (Genuine NISSAN Grease or equivalent). Grease amount H I J : 153 - 166 g (5.39 - 5.85 oz) SFA023A 7. 8. Install boot securely into grooves (indicated by * marks) as shown. CAUTION: If there is grease on boot mounting surfaces (indicated by * marks) of shaft and housing, boot may come off. Clean all grease from surfaces. Make sure boot installation length (L) is the length specified below. Insert a flat-bladed screwdriver or similar tool into the large end of boot. Bleed air from boot to prevent boot deformation. Boot installation length (L) 9. : 167.7 - 169.7 mm (6.60 - 6.68 in) L M N SDIA3285E O CAUTION: • Boot may break if boot installation length is outside the standard value. • Be careful that screwdriver tip does not contact inside surface of boot. Secure large end of boot with new boot band. 1. Set boot band onto boot and insert first pawl on boot band into the first groove on opposite end of boot band. Revision: January 2010 K FAX-21 2010 Sentra P FRONT DRIVE SHAFT < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Pull and tighten the boot band using suitable tool until both pawls of boot band are secured in the boot band grooves. CAUTION: Do not reuse boot band. RAC1133D 10. Install new small boot band securely using Tool. Tool number : KV40107300 ( — ) CAUTION: • Do not reuse boot band. • Secure boot band so that dimension (M) meets specification as shown. Dimension (M) : 1.0 – 4.0 mm (0.039 – 0.157 in) DSF0047D 11. Rotate the slide joint and confirm that the boot position is correct. If boot position is not correct, remove the boot bands, reposition the boot and install new boot bands. Wheel Side 1. Insert recommended grease (Genuine NISSAN Grease or equivalent) into joint sub-assembly serration hole until grease begins to ooze from ball groove and serration hole. After inserting grease, use a shop cloth to wipe off old grease that has oozed out. SDIA1127E 2. 3. Cover serrated part of shaft with tape. Install new boot band and new boot to shaft. CAUTION: Do not reuse boot or boot band. Remove protective tape wound around serrated part of shaft. SFA800 Revision: January 2010 FAX-22 2010 Sentra FRONT DRIVE SHAFT < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Attach new circlip to shaft. Thread nut onto end of joint subassembly and press fit using suitable tool. CAUTION: • Do not reuse circlip. • Circlip must fit securely into shaft groove. A B C RAC0049D 5. Insert the balance of new grease (Genuine NISSAN Grease or equivalent) listed below into housing from large end of boot. Grease amount 6. 7. 8. E : 105 – 125 g (3.70 – 4.40 oz) Install boot securely into grooves (indicated by * marks) as shown. CAUTION: If there is grease on boot mounting surfaces (indicated by * marks) of shaft and housing, boot may come off. Remove all grease from surfaces. Make sure boot installation length (L) is the specified length indicated below. Insert a flat-bladed screwdriver or similar tool into the large end of boot. Bleed air from boot to prevent boot deformation. Boot installation length (L) : 141.2 - 143.2 mm (5.56 - 5.64 in) F G H SDIA1505E CAUTION: • Boot may break if boot installation length is outside the standard value. • Be careful that screwdriver tip does not contact inside surface of boot. Install new large and small boot bands securely using Tool. Tool number : KV40107300 ( — FAX I J K ) CAUTION: • Do not reuse boot bands. L M RAC1133D N • Secure boot band so that dimension (M) meets specification as shown. O Dimension (M) : 1.0 – 4.0 mm (0.039 – 0.157 in) P DSF0047D 9. Rotate the joint sub assembly and confirm that the boot position is correct. If boot position is not correct, remove the boot bands, reposition the boot and install new boot bands. Revision: January 2010 FAX-23 2010 Sentra FRONT DRIVE SHAFT < SERVICE INFORMATION > Support Bearing 1. 2. Install new dust shield on drive shaft CAUTION: Do not reuse dust shield. Press support bearing onto drive shaft. YAX007 3. 4. Install new snap ring. CAUTION: Do not reuse snap ring. Install new dust shield CAUTION: Do not reuse dust shield. YAX008 Damper 1. Secure damper with new damper bands. (A) (B) : 234 - 240 mm (9.21 - 9.45 in) : 70 mm (2.76 in) CAUTION: Do not reuse damper bands. FAC0156D Revision: January 2010 FAX-24 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A Drive Shaft INFOID:0000000005283932 Joint type Wheel side Grease quantity Boots installed length Left side B Transaxle side 105 - 125 g (3.70 - 4.40 oz) 153 - 166 g (5.39 - 5.85 oz) 141.2 - 143.2 mm (5.56 - 5.64 in) 180.8 - 182.8 mm (7.12 - 7.20 in) (M/T models) 175.7 - 177.7 mm (6.92 - 7.00 in) (CVT models) Right side C 167.7 - 169.7 mm (6.60 - 6.68 in) FAX Dynamic Damper INFOID:0000000005283933 Dimension (A) 234 - 240 mm (9.21 - 9.45 in) Dimension (B) 70 mm (2.76 in) E F G H I FAC0156D Boot Bands INFOID:0000000005283934 Unit: mm (in) J K L M DSF0047D Dimension (M) 1.0 - 4.0 (0.039 - 0.157) Wheel Bearing (Front) N INFOID:0000000005283935 O Wheel bearing axial end play limit 0.035 mm (0.0014 in) or less P Revision: January 2010 FAX-25 2010 Sentra DRIVELINE/AXLE SECTION RAX REAR AXLE A B C RAX E CONTENTS SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2 PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2 General Precautions ................................................. 3 PREPARATION ................................................... 4 Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 4 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ............................ 5 F NVH Troubleshooting Chart ..................................... 5 WHEEL HUB ...................................................... 6 On-Vehicle Inspection and Service .......................... 6 Removal and Installation .......................................... 6 G H SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .................................................................. 8 Wheel Bearing .......................................................... 8 I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 RAX-1 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000005283936 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect INFOID:0000000005283937 NOTE: • This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM). • Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the ″LOCK″ position. • Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results. For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder. For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and steering wheel rotation will become impossible. If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before starting the repair operation. OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the steering lock will be released. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be rotated. Perform the necessary repair operation. Revision: January 2010 RAX-2 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.) 6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III. General Precautions INFOID:0000000005283938 A B Observe the following precautions when disassembling and assembling drive shaft. • Perform work in a location which is as dust-free as possible. • Before disassembling and assembling, clean the outside of parts. C • Prevention of the entry of foreign objects must be taken into account during disassembly of the service location. • Disassembled parts must be carefully reassembled in the correct order. If work is interrupted, a clean cover RAX must be placed over parts. • Paper shop cloths must be used. Fabric shop cloths must not be used because of danger of lint adhering to parts. • Disassembled parts (except for rubber parts) should be cleaned with kerosene which shall be removed by E blowing with air or wiping with paper shop cloths. F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 RAX-3 2010 Sentra PREPARATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000005283939 Tool name Description Power tool Removing wheel nuts PBIC0190E Revision: January 2010 RAX-4 2010 Sentra NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING < SERVICE INFORMATION > NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING NVH Troubleshooting Chart A INFOID:0000000005283940 × Shimmy Symptom REAR AXLE PS-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart" BR-7, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart" WT-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart" WT-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart" RSU-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart" STEERING Vibration BRAKES × ROAD WHEEL Shake TIRES × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × Shudder × × × × × × Poor quality ride or handling × × × × Possible cause and SUSPECTED PARTS × × C RAX E F G REAR SUSPENSION Noise B Wheel bearing damage Improper installation, looseness Reference page RAX-6 RAX-6 Use chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts. H I J × K × ×: Applicable L M N O P Revision: January 2010 RAX-5 2010 Sentra WHEEL HUB < SERVICE INFORMATION > WHEEL HUB On-Vehicle Inspection and Service INFOID:0000000005283941 • Check the axle and suspension parts for excessive play, wear, or damage. • Shake each rear wheel to check for excessive play as shown. SMA525A REAR WHEEL BEARING INSPECTION • Move wheel hub and bearing assembly in the axial direction by hand. Make sure the axial end play is within specification. Axial end play : 0.05 mm (0.002 in) or less • Check that the wheel hub bearing operates smoothly. • Replace the wheel hub assembly if the axial end play exceeds specification, or if the wheel bearing does not turn smoothly. Refer to RAX-6, "Removal and Installation". CAUTION: The wheel hub assembly does not require maintenance. If any of the following symptoms are noted, replace the wheel hub assembly. • Growling noise is emitted from the wheel hub bearing during operation. • Wheel hub bearing drags or turns roughly. Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283942 COMPONENTS WDIA0386E 1. Wheel hub and bearing assembly (disc brake) 2. Baffle plate 4. Back plate 5. Wheel hub and bearing assembly (drum brake) 3. Rear suspension beam REMOVAL Revision: January 2010 RAX-6 2010 Sentra WHEEL HUB < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Remove wheel and tire using power tool. 2. Remove wheel sensor from wheel hub and bearing assembly, if equipped. Refer to BRC-33, "Removal and Installation". CAUTION: Do not pull on wheel sensor harness. 3. Remove the brake drum or disc brake rotor. Refer to BR-44, "Removal and Installation of Drum Brake Assembly" (Drum brake), BR-38, "Removal and Installation of Caliper Assembly" (Disc brake). 4. Remove wheel hub and bearing assembly bolts, and then remove wheel hub and bearing assembly. 5. Support baffle plate or back plate. A B C INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL RAX Check for any deformity, cracks, or other damage on the wheel hub assembly, replace if necessary. CAUTION: The wheel hub assembly does not require maintenance. If any of the following symptoms are noted, replace the wheel hub assembly. E • Growling noise is emitted from the wheel hub bearing during operation. • Wheel hub bearing drags or turns roughly. INSTALLATION F Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • Tighten wheel nuts to specification. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment". G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 RAX-7 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) Wheel Bearing INFOID:0000000005283943 Axial end play Revision: January 2010 0.05 mm (0.002 in) or less RAX-8 2010 Sentra ELECTRICAL SECTION WW WIPER, WASHER & HORN A B C D E CONTENTS SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2 PRECAUTION ..................................................... 2 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...... 2 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2 PREPARATION ................................................... 4 Special Service Tool ................................................. 4 FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM .......... 5 Component Parts and Harness Connector Location ............................................................................ 5 System Description ................................................... 5 CAN Communication System Description ................. 7 Schematic ................................................................. 8 Wiring Diagram - WIPER - ........................................ 9 Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ................. 11 Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R ......... 11 Work Flow ............................................................... 12 CONSULT-III Function (BCM) ................................. 12 CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R) ......................... 13 BCM Power and Ground Circuit Inspection ............ 13 IPDM E/R Power/Ground Circuit Inspection ........... 13 Front Wiper Does Not Operate ............................... 13 Front Wiper Does Not Return to Stop Position (After Front Wiper Operates for 10 Seconds, They Stop for 20 Seconds, and After Repeating the Operation Five Times, They Become Inoperative) ...... 15 Only Front Wiper Low Does Not Operate ................16 Only Front Wiper HI Does Not Operate ...................17 Only Front Wiper Intermittent Does Not Operate ....19 Front Wiper Intermittent Operation Switch Position Cannot Be Adjusted ..........................................19 Wiper Does Not Wipe When Front Washer Operates ..........................................................................19 Front Wiper Does Not Stop .....................................19 Removal and Installation of Front Wiper Arms ........19 Adjustment of Wiper Arm Stop Location ..................20 Removal and Installation of Front Wiper Drive Assembly .....................................................................21 Removal and Installation of Front Washer Nozzle....22 Washer Tube Layout ...............................................22 Removal and Installation of Front Wiper and Washer Switch .........................................................22 Inspection of Front Wiper and Washer Switch Circuit ...........................................................................23 Removal and Installation of Washer Fluid Reservoir ...........................................................................23 Removal and Installation of Front Washer Motor ....23 F G H I J WW L POWER SOCKET ............................................. 25 Wiring Diagram - P/SCKT - .....................................25 Removal and Installation .........................................27 HORN ................................................................ 28 Wiring Diagram - HORN - ........................................28 Removal and Installation .........................................28 M N O P Revision: January 2010 WW-1 2010 Sentra PRECAUTION < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION PRECAUTION Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000005283434 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000005283435 When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc. PIIB3706J Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect INFOID:0000000005283436 NOTE: • This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM). • Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the ″LOCK″ position. • Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results. For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder. Revision: January 2010 WW-2 2010 Sentra PRECAUTION < SERVICE INFORMATION > For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and steering wheel rotation will become impossible. If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before starting the repair operation. A OPERATION PROCEDURE B 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the steering lock will be released. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be rotated. Perform the necessary repair operation. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.) Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III. C D E F G H I J WW L M N O P Revision: January 2010 WW-3 2010 Sentra PREPARATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000005937470 The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here. Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description — (J-42059) Power socket removal tool For removing power sockets AWMIA1148GB Revision: January 2010 WW-4 2010 Sentra FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM Component Parts and Harness Connector Location A INFOID:0000000005283437 B C D E F G H I WKIA6022E 1. IPDM E/R E45, E46 and E48 2. BCM M18 and M20 (view with instru- 3. ment panel removed) 4. Front washer motor E2 (view with front bumper fascia removed) 5. Combination switch (wiper switch) M28 System Description A. Front wiper motor E1 (view with engine cover and cowl top cover removed) B. Brake master cylinder INFOID:0000000005283438 • Front wiper relays (front wiper relay, front wiper high relay) are located in the IPDM E/R (intelligent power distribution module engine room). • Wiper switch (combination switch) is composed of a combination of 5 output terminals and 5 input terminals. Terminal combination status is read by BCM (body control module) when switch is turned ON. • BCM controls front wiper LO, HI, and INT (intermittent) operation. • IPDM E/R operates wiper motor according to CAN communication signals from BCM. J WW L M N OUTLINE Power is supplied at all times • • • • • • • • O to ignition relay, located in IPDM E/R, from battery directly, through 50A fusible link (letter j, located in fuse and fusible link box) to BCM terminal 70 through 30A fuse (No. 39, located in IPDM E/R) to front wiper relay located in IPDM E/R through 15A fuse (No. 52, located in IPDM E/R) and through 20A fuse (No. 53, located in IPDM E/R) to CPU located in IPDM E/R. P When ignition switch is in ON or START position, power is supplied • through ignition relay (located in IPDM E/R) • to front wiper relay (located in IPDM E/R) and Revision: January 2010 WW-5 2010 Sentra FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > • to front wiper high relay (located in IPDM E/R) and • to CPU (located in IPDM E/R) • through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in fuse block (J/B)] • to BCM terminal 38 • through 10A fuse [No. 15, located in fuse block (J/B)] • to combination switch terminal 14. Ground is supplied • • • • • to IPDM E/R terminals 39 and 59 and to front wiper motor terminal 2 through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE) to BCM terminal 67 through grounds M57 and M61. LO SPEED WIPER OPERATION When the front wiper switch is in LO position, the BCM detects the low speed wiper ON signal by means of the BCM wiper switch reading function. The BCM sends a front wiper request signal (LO) through the CAN communication lines • from BCM terminals 39 and 40 • to IPDM E/R terminals 40 and 41. When the IPDM E/R receives front wiper request signal (LO), it turns ON front wiper relay, located in IPDM E/ R, power is supplied • through IPDM E/R terminal 33 and front wiper high relay and front wiper relay • to front wiper motor terminal 1. Ground is supplied • to front wiper motor terminal 2 • through grounds E9, E15 (all models and E24 (with MR20DE). With power and ground supplied, front wiper motor operates at low speed. HI SPEED WIPER OPERATION When the front wiper switch is in HI position, the BCM detects a high speed wiper ON signal by means of the BCM wiper switch reading function. The BCM sends a front wiper request signal (HI) through the CAN communication lines • from BCM terminals 39 and 40 • to IPDM E/R terminals 40 and 41. When the IPDM E/R receives front wiper request signal (HI), it turns ON front wiper relay and front wiper high relay, located in IPDM E/R, power is supplied • through IPDM E/R terminal 32 • to front wiper motor terminal 4. Ground is supplied • to front wiper motor terminal 2 • through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE). With power and ground supplied, front wiper motor operates at high speed. INT (INTERMITTENT) OPERATION Wiper intermittent operation delay interval is determined from the intermittent wiper dial position inputs. During each intermittent operation delay interval, the BCM sends a front wiper request signal to the IPDM E/R to operate the wipers. When the ignition switch is in the ON or START position, and the front wiper switch is turned to the intermittent position, the BCM detects a front wiper (intermittent) ON signal by means of the BCM wiper switch reading function. BCM then sends front wiper (intermittent) request signal through the CAN communication lines • from BCM terminals 39 and 40 • to IPDM E/R terminals 40 and 41. When BCM determines that combination switch status is front wiper intermittent ON, it performs the following operations. • BCM detects ON/OFF status of intermittent wiper dial position • BCM calculates operation interval from wiper dial position. • BCM sends a front wiper request signal (INT) to IPDM E/R at calculated operation interval. When IPDM E/R receives the front wiper request signal (INT), it supplies ground to energize the front wiper relay. It then sends auto-stop signal to the BCM and conducts intermittent front wiper motor operation. AUTO STOP OPERATION Revision: January 2010 WW-6 2010 Sentra FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > With wiper switch turned OFF, wiper motor will continue to operate until wiper arms reach windshield base. When the wiper arms are not located at base of windshield with wiper switch OFF, ground is supplied • from IPDM E/R terminal 33 • to front wiper motor terminal 1, in order to continue wiper motor operation at low speed. When the wiper arms reach base of windshield, front wiper motor terminals 5 and 2 are connected, and ground is supplied • to IPDM E/R terminal 38 • through front wiper motor terminals 5 and 2 • through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE). Then the IPDM E/R sends auto stop operation signal to BCM with CAN communication line. When the BCM receives auto-stop operation signal, BCM sends wiper stop signal to IPDM E/R with CAN communication line. IPDM E/R stops wiper motor. Wiper motor will then stop wiper arms at the STOP position. A B C D WASHER OPERATION When the wiper switch is in front wiper washer position, BCM detect front wiper washer signal by BCM wiper switch reading function. Refer to BCS-4, "System Description". Combination switch power is supplied • through combination switch terminal 14 • to washer motor terminal 1. E F Ground is supplied • to front washer motor terminal 2 • through grounds E9, E15 (all models) and E24 (with MR20DE). With power and ground supplied, front washer motor is operated. When the BCM detects that front washer motor has operated for 0.4 seconds or longer, BCM operates front wiper motor for low speed. When the BCM detects washer switch is OFF, low speed operation cycles approximately 2 times and stops. G MIST OPERATION I When the wiper switch is pushed up to the mist position, wiper LO speed operation cycles once and then stops. For additional information about wiper operation under this condition, refer to "LO SPEED WIPER OPERATION". If switch is held in mist position, low speed operation continues. FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION If an abnormality occurs in CAN communications, IPDM E/R holds the condition just before fail-safe status is initiated until ignition switch is turned OFF. (If wipers were operating in LO just before the initiation of fail-safe status, they continue to operate in LO until ignition switch is turned OFF.) COMBINATION SWITCH READING FUNCTION H J WW L Refer to BCS-4, "System Description". CAN Communication System Description INFOID:0000000005283439 M Refer to LAN-7, "System Description". N O P Revision: January 2010 WW-7 2010 Sentra FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Schematic INFOID:0000000005283440 WKWA5370E Revision: January 2010 WW-8 2010 Sentra FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - WIPER - INFOID:0000000005283441 A B C D E F G H I J WW L M N O WKWA5859E Revision: January 2010 WW-9 2010 Sentra P FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > WKWA5372E Revision: January 2010 WW-10 2010 Sentra FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I J WW L M N O WKWA5860E Terminal and Reference Value for BCM INFOID:0000000005283442 Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM". Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R INFOID:0000000005283443 Refer to PG-24, "Terminal and Reference Value for IPDM E/R". Revision: January 2010 WW-11 2010 Sentra P FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Work Flow 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. INFOID:0000000005283444 Confirm symptoms and customer complaint. Understand operation description and function description. Refer to WW-5, "System Description". Check symptom and repair or replace malfunctioning parts. Does front wiper and washer operate normally? If YES, GO TO 6. If NO, GO TO 4. Inspection End. CONSULT-III Function (BCM) INFOID:0000000005283445 CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following. BCM diagnosis position Diagnosis mode Description WORK SUPPORT Supports inspections and adjustments. Commands are transmitted to the BCM for setting the status suitable for required operation, input/output signals are received from the BCM and received data is displayed. WIPER DATA MONITOR ACTIVE TEST SELF-DIAG RESULTS BCM CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR Displays BCM input data in real time. Device operation can be checked by applying a drive signal to device. BCM performs self-diagnosis of CAN communication. The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read. WORK SUPPORT Display Item List Item Description WIPER SPEED SETTING CONSULT-III Vehicle speed sensing type wiper control mode can be changed in this mode. ON/OFF DATA MONITOR ALL SIGNALS Monitors all the signals. SELECTION FROM MENU Selects items and monitor them. Display Item List Monitor item Contents IGN ON SW “ON/OFF” Displays “ignition switch ON (ON)/Other OFF or ACC (OFF)” status as judged from ignition switch signal. IGN SW CAN “ON/OFF” Displays “ignition switch ON (ON)/Other OFF or ACC (OFF)” status as judged from CAN communication signal. FR WIPER HI “ON/OFF” Displays “FRONT WIPER HI (ON)/Other (OFF)” status as judged from wiper switch signal. FR WIPER LOW “ON/OFF” Displays “FRONT WIPER LOW (ON)/Other (OFF)” status as judged from wiper switch signal. FR WIPER INT “ON/OFF” Displays “FRONT WIPER INT (ON)/Other (OFF)” status as judged from wiper switch signal. FR WASHER SW “ON/OFF” Displays “FRONT WASHER Switch (ON)/Other (OFF)” status as judged from wiper switch signal. INT VOLUME “1-7” FR WIPER STOP “ON/OFF” VEHICLE SPEED “km/h” Displays intermittent operation dial position setting (1-7) as judged from wiper switch signal. Displays “Stopped (ON)/Operating (OFF)” status as judged from auto-stop signal. Displays vehicle speed status as judged from vehicle speed signal. ACTIVE TEST Display Item List Test item FR WIPER Revision: January 2010 Description Front LO, HI and INT wiper can be operated by any ON-OFF operation. WW-12 2010 Sentra FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > CONSULT-III Function (IPDM E/R) INFOID:0000000005283446 A CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following. IPDM E/R diagnostic Mode Description SELF-DIAG RESULTS B Displays IPDM E/R self-diagnosis results. DATA MONITOR Displays IPDM E/R input/output data in real time. CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read. ACTIVE TEST Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to them. C DATA MONITOR D ALL SIGNALS Monitors all items. MAIN SIGNALS Monitor the predetermined item. SELECTION FROM MENU Selects items and monitors them. E All Signals, Main Signals, Selection From Menu F Monitor item selection Item name Display or unit ALL SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS SELECTION FROM MENU Description FR WIP REQ STOP/1LOW/LOW/HI × × × Signal status input from BCM WIP AUTO STOP ACT P/STOP P × × × Output status of IPDM E/R WIP PROT OFF/BLOCK × × × Control status of IPDM E/R NOTE: Perform monitoring of IPDM E/R data with ignition switch ON. When ignition switch is at ACC, the display may not be correct. ACTIVE TEST I Description With a certain operation (OFF, HI ON, LO ON), front wiper relay (Lo, Hi) can be operated. BCM Power and Ground Circuit Inspection IPDM E/R Power/Ground Circuit Inspection L INFOID:0000000005283448 M Refer to PG-26, "IPDM E/R Power/Ground Circuit Inspection". Front Wiper Does Not Operate WW INFOID:0000000005283447 Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". INFOID:0000000005283449 CAUTION: • During IPDM E/R fail-safe control, front wipers may not operate. Refer to PG-17, "System Description" in “PG IPDM E/R” to make sure that it is not in fail-safe status. 1.ACTIVE TEST With CONSULT-lII Select “IPDM E/R” on CONSULT-III, and select “ACTIVE TEST”. Select “FRONT WIPER” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen. Touch “LO” or “HI” screen. Without CONSULT-llI Start auto active test. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test". 1. 2. 3. WW-13 N O P Does front wiper operate normally? YES >> GO TO 2. Revision: January 2010 H J Test item FRONT WIPER (HI, LO) output G 2010 Sentra FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > NO >> GO TO 4. 2.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN COMBINATION SWITCH AND BCM With CONSULT-lIl Select “BCM” on CONSULT-III, and select “WIPER” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen. Select “DATA MONITOR”. Make sure that “FR WIPER INT”, “FR WIPER LOW”, and “FR WIPER HI” turn ON-OFF according to wiper switch operation. Without CONSULT-lIl Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Check combination switch (wiper switch). Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection". 1. 2. 3.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN IPDM E/R AND BCM Select “BCM” on CONSULT-III, and perform self-diagnosis for “BCM”. Displayed self-diagnosis results NO DTC>>Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". CAN COMM CIRCUIT>>Check CAN communication line of BCM. Refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". 4.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect front wiper motor. Check continuity between front wiper motor connector and ground. Connector Terminal E1 2 Ground Continuity Yes OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace harness. WKIA5488E 5.CHECK FRONT WIPER CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect IPDM E/R. Check continuity between IPDM E/R connector (A) and front wiper motor connector (B). Connector A E45 3. Connector Terminal B 32 E1 33 Terminal Continuity 4 Yes 1 Check continuity between IPDM E/R connector (A) and ground. Connector A E45 Terminal 32 WKIA5739E Continuity Ground No 33 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair or replace harness. 6.CHECK IPDM E/R With CONSULT-lIl Revision: January 2010 WW-14 2010 Sentra FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Connect IPDM E/R connector E45. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Select “IPDM E/R” by CONSULT-III, and select “ACTIVE TEST”. 4. Select “FRONT WIPER” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen. 5. Touch “LO” or “HI” screen. 6. Check voltage between IPDM E/R connector and ground while front wiper (HI, LO) is operating. Connector Terminals (+) (-) 32 E45 Ground 33 1. 2. 3. 4. Condition Voltage (V) Approx. Stopped 0V HI operation Battery voltage Stopped 0V LO operation Battery voltage A B C WKIA5490E D E Without CONSULT-lIl Connect IPDM E/R connector E45. Turn ignition switch ON. Start auto active test. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test". Check voltage between IPDM E/R connector and ground while front wiper (HI, LO) is operating. Connector Terminals (+) (-) 32 E45 Ground 33 Condition Voltage (V) Approx. Stopped 0V HI operation Battery voltage Stopped 0V LO operation Battery voltage F G H I OK or NG OK >> Replace front wiper motor. Refer to WW-21, "Removal and Installation of Front Wiper Drive Assembly". NG >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R". Front Wiper Does Not Return to Stop Position (After Front Wiper Operates for 10 Seconds, They Stop for 20 Seconds, and After Repeating the Operation Five Times, They Become Inoperative) INFOID:0000000005283450 CAUTION: • When auto-stop signal has not varied for 10 seconds or longer while IPDM E/R is operating front wipers, IPDM E/R considers that front wipers are locked, and stops wiper output. That causes this symptom. • This status can be checked by “DATA MONITOR” of “IPDM E/R” on which “WIPER PROT” item shows “BLOCK”. J WW L M N 1.CHECK FRONT WIPER STOP SIGNAL With CONSULT-lIl Select “IPDM E/R” on CONSULT-III. With “DATA MONITOR”, make sure that “WIP AUTO STOP” turns “ACT P” - “STOP P” linked with wiper operation. Without CONSULT-lIl GO TO 2. OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R". NG >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK IPDM E/R Revision: January 2010 WW-15 2010 Sentra O P FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check voltage between IPDM E/R connector and ground while front wiper motor is stopped and while it is operating. Terminals Connector E46 (+) (-) 38 Ground Condition Voltage (V) Approx. Wiper stopped 0V Wiper operating Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R". NG >> GO TO 3. WKIA5491E 3.CHECK FRONT WIPER AUTO STOP CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R and wiper motor. Check continuity between IPDM E/R connector (A) and front wiper motor connector (B). Connector A E46 4. Connector Terminal B 38 Terminal Continuity 5 Yes E1 Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector (A) and ground. Connector A E46 Terminal Ground WKIA5740E Continuity 38 No OK or NG OK >> Replace front wiper motor. Refer to WW-21, "Removal and Installation of Front Wiper Drive Assembly". NG >> Repair or replace harness. Only Front Wiper Low Does Not Operate INFOID:0000000005283451 1.ACTIVE TEST With CONSULT-lIl Select “IPDM E/R” on CONSULT-III, and select “ACTIVE TEST”. Select “FRONT WIPER” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen. Touch “LO” screen. Without CONSULT-lIl Start auto active test. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test". Does front wiper operate normally? YES >> Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection". NO >> GO TO 2. 1. 2. 3. 2.CHECK FRONT WIPER MOTOR CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 WW-16 2010 Sentra FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect IPDM E/R and front wiper motor. 3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R connector (A) and front wiper motor connector (B). A B Connector A Terminal E45 4. Connector B 33 E1 Terminal Continuity 1 Yes Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector (A) and ground. Connector A Terminal E45 Ground C WKIA5741E D Continuity E 33 No OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness. F 3.CHECK IPDM E/R 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. With CONSULT-lIl Connect IPDM E/R. Turn ignition ON. Select “IPDM E/R” on CONSULT-III, and select “ACTIVE TEST”. Select “FRONT WIPER” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen. Touch “LO” screen. Check voltage between IPDM E/R connector and ground while front wiper LO is operating. Connector E45 1. 2. 3. 4. G H I J Terminals (+) (-) Voltage (V) Approx. 33 Ground Battery voltage WKIA5496E WW Without CONSULT-lIl Connect IPDM E/R. Turn ignition ON. Start auto active test. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test". Check voltage between IPDM E/R connector and ground while front wiper LO is operating. L M Connector E45 Terminals (+) (-) Voltage (V) Approx. 33 Ground Battery voltage N OK or NG OK >> Replace front wiper motor. Refer to WW-21, "Removal and Installation of Front Wiper Drive Assembly". NG >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R". O Only Front Wiper HI Does Not Operate P INFOID:0000000005283452 1.ACTIVE TEST 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-lIl Select “IPDM E/R” on CONSULT-III, and select “ACTIVE TEST”. Select “FRONT WIPER” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen. Touch “HI” screen. Revision: January 2010 WW-17 2010 Sentra FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Without CONSULT-lIl Start auto active test. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test". Does front wiper operate normally? YES >> Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection". NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK FRONT WIPER MOTOR CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R and front wiper motor. Check continuity between IPDM E/R connector (A) and front wiper motor connector (B). Connector A E45 4. Connctor Terminal B 32 E1 Terminal Continuity 4 Yes Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector (A) and ground. Connector A Terminal E45 Ground WKIA5742E Continuity 32 No OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness. 3.CHECK IPDM E/R 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. With CONSULT-lIl Connect IPDM E/R. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “IPDM E/R” on CONSULT-III, and select “ACTIVE TEST”. Select “FRONT WIPER” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen. Touch “HI” screen. Check voltage between IPDM E/R connector and ground while front wiper HI is operating. Connector E45 1. 2. 3. 4. Terminals (+) (-) Voltage (V) Approx. 32 Ground Battery voltage WKIA5499E Without CONSULT-lIl Connect IPDM E/R. Turn ignition switch ON. Start auto active test. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test". Check voltage between IPDM E/R connector and ground while front wiper HI is operating. Connector E45 Terminals (+) (-) Voltage (V) Approx. 32 Ground Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> Replace front wiper motor. Refer to WW-21, "Removal and Installation of Front Wiper Drive Assembly". NG >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R". Revision: January 2010 WW-18 2010 Sentra FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Only Front Wiper Intermittent Does Not Operate INFOID:0000000005283453 A 1.CHECK COMBINATION SWITCH 1. 2. B With CONSULT-lIl Select “BCM” on CONSULT-III, and select “WIPER” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen. Select “DATA MONITOR”. Make sure that “FR WIPER INT”, turn ON-OFF according to wiper switch operation. Without CONSULT-lIl Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection". OK or NG OK >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". NG >> Check combination switch (wiper switch). Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection". Front Wiper Intermittent Operation Switch Position Cannot Be Adjusted INFOID:0000000005283454 C D E 1.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN COMBINATION SWITCH AND BCM With CONSULT-lIl 1. Select “BCM” on CONSULT-III, and select “WIPER” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen. 2. Select “DATA MONITOR”. Make sure that “INT VOLUME”, changes in order from 1 to 7 according to wiper switch operation. Without CONSULT-lIl Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection". OK or NG OK >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". NG >> Check combination switch (wiper switch). Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection". Wiper Does Not Wipe When Front Washer Operates INFOID:0000000005283455 F G H I 1.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN COMBINATION SWITCH AND BCM J With CONSULT-lIl 1. Select “BCM” on CONSULT-III, and select “WIPER” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen. 2. Select “DATA MONITOR”. Make sure that “FR WASHER SW” turn ON-OFF according to front wiper WW switch operation. Without CONSULT-lIl Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection". L OK or NG OK >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". NG >> Check combination switch (wiper switch). Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection". M Front Wiper Does Not Stop INFOID:0000000005283456 1.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN COMBINATION SWITCH AND BCM N With CONSULT-lIl 1. Select “BCM” on CONSULT-III, and select “WIPER” on “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen. 2. Select “DATA MONITOR”. Make sure that “FR WIPER INT”, “FR WIPER LOW”, “FR WIPER HI”, and “FR WASHER SW” turn ON-OFF according to front wiper switch operation. Without CONSULT-lIl Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection". OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R". NG >> Check combination switch (wiper switch). Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection". Removal and Installation of Front Wiper Arms INFOID:0000000005283457 REMOVAL Revision: January 2010 WW-19 2010 Sentra O P FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Turn wiper switch on to operate wiper motor, and then turn wiper switch off (auto stop). 2. Open hood, remove wiper arm caps, and remove wiper arm nuts. 3. Raise wiper arm, and remove wiper arm from the vehicle. INSTALLATION 1. 2. 3. Clean up the pivot area as shown. This will reduce possibility of wiper arm looseness. Prior to wiper arm installation, turn on wiper switch to operate wiper motor and then turn it off (auto stop). Push wiper arm onto pivot shaft, paying attention to blind spline. SEL024J 4. 5. 6. Lift the blade up and then set it down onto glass surface to set the blade center to clearance “A”, “B”, "C" and "D" immediately before temporarily tightening the wiper arm nuts. Spray washer fluid. Turn on wiper switch to operate wiper motor and then turn it off. Make sure that wiper blades stop within clearance “A", "B", "C", and "D“ and reposition as necessary. • Cowl top cover edge (1) Clearance “A” Clearance “B” Clearance “C” Clearance “D” 7. 8. : 30.5 mm (1.201 in) : 27.5 ± 6.5 mm (1.083 ±±in) : 20.1 mm (1.791 in) : 50 mm (1.969 in) BKIA0254E Tighten wiper arm nuts to specification. Refer to WW-21, "Removal and Installation of Front Wiper Drive Assembly". Attach wiper arm caps. Adjustment of Wiper Arm Stop Location INFOID:0000000005283458 ADJUSTMENT To adjust the wiper arm stop location, the wiper arm must be removed and installed. Refer to WW-19, "Removal and Installation of Front Wiper Arms". Revision: January 2010 WW-20 2010 Sentra FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Removal and Installation of Front Wiper Drive Assembly INFOID:0000000005283459 A B C D E F G H I BKIA0255E 1. Front RH wiper blade 2. Front RH wiper arm 3. Wiper arm cap 4. Front wiper drive assembly 5. Wiper motor 6. Front LH wiper arm 7. Wiper arm cap 8. Front LH wiper blade J WW REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. L Turn wiper switch on to operate wiper motor, then turn wiper switch off (auto stop). Remove wiper arms. Refer to WW-19, "Removal and Installation of Front Wiper Arms". Remove cowl top cover. Refer to EI-19. Remove cowl extension. Refer to EI-19. Disconnect wiper motor connector. Remove front wiper drive assembly bolts, and remove front wiper drive assembly. Remove the two wiper motor screws and remove the wiper motor. M N INSTALLATION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Install the wiper motor. Install front wiper drive assembly. Connect wiper motor connector. Turn wiper switch on to operate wiper motor, then turn wiper switch off (auto stop). Install cowl extension. Refer to EI-19. Install cowl top cover. Refer to EI-19. Install the wiper arms. Refer to WW-19, "Removal and Installation of Front Wiper Arms". Revision: January 2010 WW-21 2010 Sentra O P FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Removal and Installation of Front Washer Nozzle INFOID:0000000005283460 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. Remove cowl top cover. Refer to EI-19, "Removal and Installation". Remove washer tube. While pressing pawl (A) on the reverse side of front washer nozzle (1), remove front washer nozzle (1) from cowl top cover. BKIA0256E INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Washer Tube Layout INFOID:0000000005283461 BKIA0258E 1. Washer nozzle LH 2. Washer nozzle hose LH 3. Washer nozzle RH 4. Washer nozzle hose RH 5. Joint washer tube 6. Washer fluid reservoir hose 7. Washer fluid reservoir A. Clips Removal and Installation of Front Wiper and Washer Switch INFOID:0000000005283462 REMOVAL 1. 2. Remove the steering column cover. Refer to IP-11. Disconnect the wiper and washer switch connector. Revision: January 2010 WW-22 2010 Sentra FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Pull wiper and washer switch (1) toward the passenger door while pressing pawls (A) in direction shown by the arrow, and remove it from the base. A B C BKIA0259E D INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Inspection of Front Wiper and Washer Switch Circuit INFOID:0000000005283463 E INFOID:0000000005283464 F Refer to LT-60, "Combination Switch Inspection". Removal and Installation of Washer Fluid Reservoir REMOVAL 1. G Remove the washer fluid reservoir screw (A). H I BKIA0260E 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove the front fender protector RH. Refer to EI-21. Detach the fog lamp harness clips (A) and remove the washer tube (1). Disconnect the washer motor connector (C). Remove the washer fluid reservoir screws (B), and remove washer reservoir (2). J WW L M BKIA0261E N INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: After installation, add water up to the upper level of washer fluid reservoir inlet, and check for water leaks. Removal and Installation of Front Washer Motor P INFOID:0000000005283465 REMOVAL 1. Remove the front fender protector RH. Refer to EI-21. Revision: January 2010 WW-23 O 2010 Sentra FRONT WIPER AND WASHER SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Disconnect washer motor connector (1) and detach the washer tube (A). 3. Pull out washer motor (2) in the direction shown. Remove the washer motor (2) from washer fluid reservoir. BKIA0262E INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: When installing washer motor, there should be no hose twists. Revision: January 2010 WW-24 2010 Sentra POWER SOCKET < SERVICE INFORMATION > POWER SOCKET A Wiring Diagram - P/SCKT - INFOID:0000000005283466 B C D E F G H I J WW L M N O P AAMWA0191GB Revision: January 2010 WW-25 2010 Sentra POWER SOCKET < SERVICE INFORMATION > AAMWA0192GB Revision: January 2010 WW-26 2010 Sentra POWER SOCKET < SERVICE INFORMATION > Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283467 A FRONT CONSOLE POWER SOCKET AND CONSOLE POWER SOCKET Removal NOTE: If the tool does not fit because of the location of the power socket, further disassembly of interior components may be required. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation" 1. Remove the fuse for the power socket. 2. Insert one end of the Tool (A) into one of the square holes inside the power socket. Tool number: 3. 4. 5. B C D — (J-42059) Lift up the handle of the Tool until the other end of the Tool is inside the socket and snaps into the other square hole in the power socket. Pull the power socket straight out with the Tool. Disconnect power socket connector. E F AWMIA1182GB G Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. NOTE: Make sure to align the tab with the square notched area during installation. H I J AWMIA1183GB WW L M N O P Revision: January 2010 WW-27 2010 Sentra HORN < SERVICE INFORMATION > HORN Wiring Diagram - HORN - INFOID:0000000005283468 WKWA5861E Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283469 REMOVAL 1. Remove the front bumper fascia. Refer to EI-14. Revision: January 2010 WW-28 2010 Sentra HORN < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Disconnect the horn connectors. 3. Remove the horn bolt (A) and remove the horn (1). A B C BKIA0264E D INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. E F G H I J WW L M N O P Revision: January 2010 WW-29 2010 Sentra STEERING SECTION STC STEERING CONTROL SYSTEM A B C D E CONTENTS EPS SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2 PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2 Service Notice or Precaution for EPS System .......... 3 EPS SYSTEM ...................................................... 4 System Description ................................................... 4 Schematic ................................................................. 5 CAN Communication ................................................. 5 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ...................................... 6 Fail-Safe Function ..................................................... 6 How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis ........................... 6 Component Parts Location ........................................ 7 Wiring Diagram - EPS - ............................................. 8 EPS Control Unit Input/Output Signal Reference Value ........................................................................ 9 CONSULT-III Function (EPS) ..................................11 Symptom Chart ........................................................12 F STC TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYSTEM ............ 14 DTC C1601 BATTERY VOLT ..................................14 DTC C1604 TORQUE SENSOR .............................15 DTC C1605 ANGLE SENSOR ................................16 DTC C1606 EPS MOTOR .......................................16 DTC C1608 CONTROL UNIT ..................................16 DTC U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT .........................17 DTC U1200 CAN VHCL SPEED ABS .....................17 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS ...... 18 EPS Warning Lamp Does Not Turn ON ..................18 EPS Warning Lamp Does Not Turn OFF ................18 Steering Wheel Turning Force Is Heavy or Light ....19 Unbalance Steering Wheel Turning Force and Return Between Right and Left ....................................20 Unbalance Steering Wheel Turning Force (Torque Variation) .................................................................21 H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 STC-1 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS [EPS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000005661317 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect INFOID:0000000005282974 NOTE: • This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NVIS/IVIS (NISSAN/INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM - NATS). • Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the ″LOCK″ position. • Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results. For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NVIS/IVIS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder. For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and steering wheel rotation will become impossible. If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before starting the repair operation. OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the steering lock will be released. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be rotated. Perform the necessary repair operation. Revision: January 2010 STC-2 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS [EPS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.) 6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III. Service Notice or Precaution for EPS System INFOID:0000000005282975 A B CAUTION: Check or confirm the following item when performing the trouble diagnosis. • Check any possible causes by interviewing the symptom and it’s condition from the customer if any C malfunction, such as EPS warning lamp turns ON, occurs. • Check if air pressure and size of tires are proper, the specified part is used for the steering wheel, and control unit is genuine part. D • Check if the connection of steering column assembly and steering gear assembly is proper (there is not looseness of mounting bolts, damage of rods, boots or sealants, and leakage of grease, etc). • Check if the wheel alignment is adjusted properly. • Check if there is any damage or modification to suspension or body resulting in increased weight or E altered ground clearance. • Check if installation conditions of each link and suspension are proper. • Check if the battery voltage is proper F • Check connection conditions of each connector are proper. • Before connecting or disconnecting the EPS control unit harness connector, turn ignition switch “OFF” and disconnect STC battery ground cable. Because battery voltage is applied to EPS control unit even if ignition switch is turned “OFF”. H I SEF289H J • When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or from EPS control unit, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or break). When connecting pin connectors, make sure that there are no bends or breaks on EPS control unit pin terminal. K L M SEF291H • Before replacing EPS control unit, perform EPS control unit input/output signal inspection and make sure whether EPS control unit functions properly or not. Refer to STC-9, "EPS Control Unit Input/Output Signal Reference Value". N O P SDIA1848E Revision: January 2010 STC-3 2010 Sentra EPS SYSTEM [EPS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > EPS SYSTEM System Description INFOID:0000000005282976 EPS CONTROL UNIT • EPS control unit performs an arithmetical operation on data, such as steering wheel turning force (sensor signal) from the torque sensor, vehicle speed signal, etc. Then it generates an optimum assist torque to the EPS motor according to the driving condition. • EPS control unit decreases the output to EPS motor while extremely using the power steering function (e.g., full steering) for protecting EPS motor and EPS control unit (Protect overload status). While activating protect overload status, the assist torque gradually decreases, and the steering wheel turning force becomes heavy. The normal assist torque reactivates by not steering. SGIA1699E • In case of an error in the electrical system, the fail-safe function stops output signals to the EPS motor. Then the previous state is changed to the manual steering state. • Self-diagnosis can be done with CONSULT-III. EPS MOTOR EPS motor provides the assist torque by control signal from EPS control unit. TORQUE SENSOR Torque sensor detects the steering torque, and transmit the signal to EPS control unit. SGIA1700E REDUCTION GEAR Reduction gear increases the assist torque provided from EPS motor with worm gears, and outputs to the column shaft. EPS WARNING LAMP Turns ON when there is a malfunction in EPS system. It indicates that fail-safe mode is engaged and enters a manual steering state (Control turning force steering wheel becomes heavy). Also turns ON when ignition switch is turned ON, for purpose of lamp check. Turns OFF after the engine starts if system is normal. EPS Warning Lamp Indication Condition EPS warning lamp Turns ON when ignition switch is turned ON. Turns OFF after engine start. Lamp check EPS system malfunction ON Other than above (system normal) OFF Revision: January 2010 STC-4 2010 Sentra EPS SYSTEM [EPS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Schematic INFOID:0000000005282977 A B C D E SGIA1701E COMPONENTS FUNCTION DESCRIPTION STC Component parts Function EPS control unit (Electric power steering control unit) • Outputs optimum assist torque signal to EPS motor. • Reduces output signals to EPS motor and protects EPS motor and EPS control unit when using power steering continuously and excessively. • As a fail-safe function, turned off output signal to EPS motor and then enters a manual steering state, if malfunction is detected in EPS system. • Self-diagnosis can be clone with CONSULT-III. EPS motor F H I Products assist torque by control signal from EPS control unit. Torque sensor Detects steering wheel turning force and outputs sensor signal to EPS control unit. Reduction gear Increases motor-produced assist torque by worm gear and transmits it to column shaft. EPS warning lamp Illuminates if malfunction is detected in electrical system of EPS system. ECM Transmits the following signals via CAN communication to EPS control unit. • Engine status signal ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) (With ABS) Transmits the following signals via CAN communication to EPS control unit. • Vehicle speed signal Combination meter Transmits the following signals via CAN communication to EPS control unit. • Vehicle speed signal J K L M CAN Communication INFOID:0000000005282978 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION N Refer to LAN-7, "System Description". O P Revision: January 2010 STC-5 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [EPS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS Fail-Safe Function INFOID:0000000005282979 • If any malfunction occurs in the system, and control unit detects the malfunction, EPS warning lamp on combination meter turns ON to indicate system malfunction. • When EPS warning lamp is ON, enters a manual steering state. (Control turning force steering wheel becomes heavy.) How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis INFOID:0000000005282980 BASIC CONCEPT • To perform trouble diagnosis, it is the must to have understanding about vehicle systems (control and mechanism) thoroughly. • It is also important to clarify customer complaints before starting the inspection. First of all, reproduce the symptoms, and understand them fully. Ask customer about his/her complaints carefully. In some cases, it will be necessary to check symptoms by driving vehicle with customer. CAUTION: Customers are not professionals. It is dangerous to make an easy guess like “maybe the customer means that...” or “maybe the customer mentions this symptom”. SEF233G • It is essential to check symptoms right from the beginning in order to repair malfunctions completely. For intermittent malfunctions, reproduce symptoms based on interview with customer and past examples. Do not perform inspection on ad hoc basis. Most intermittent malfunctions are caused by poor contacts. In this case, it will be effective to shake suspected harness or connector by hand. When repairing without any symptom diagnosis, you cannot judge if malfunctions has actually been eliminated. SEF234G PRECAUTIONS FOR TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS • Be sure to check the procedures of the trouble diagnosis in advance. Refer to "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis". • Always erase memory after completing trouble diagnosis. • Checking continuity and voltage between units, be sure to check connector terminals for disconnection, looseness, bend, or collapse. Repair or replace applicable part if any non-standard condition is detected. • Be careful not to forcibly extend any connector terminal if a circuit tester is used for the check. • Always confirm the general precautions. Refer to GI-3, "General Precaution". INTERVIEW • Complaints vary depending on the person. It is important to clarify the customer's actual remarks. • Ask the customer about what symptoms occur under what conditions. Use the information to reproduce the symptom of confirm by vehicle. SEF907L Revision: January 2010 STC-6 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [EPS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000005282981 A B C D E F STC H I J K L SGIA1707E M N O P Revision: January 2010 STC-7 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [EPS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - EPS - INFOID:0000000005282982 BGWA0005E Revision: January 2010 STC-8 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [EPS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F STC H I J K L M N O AAGWA0007GB EPS Control Unit Input/Output Signal Reference Value P INFOID:0000000005282983 SPECIFICATIONS WITH CONSULT-III CAUTION: The output signal indicates the EPS control unit calculation date. The normal values will be displayed even in the event that the output circuit (harness) is open. Revision: January 2010 STC-9 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [EPS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Monitor item (Unit) BATTERY VOLT (V) TORQUE SENSOR (Nm) MOTOR SIG (A) C/U TEMP (°) ASSIST LEVEL (%) VEHICLE SPEED (km/h) or (mph) Content Condition Power supply voltage for EPS control unit Ignition switch: ON Steering wheel turning force Engine running 0.00 Nm Steering wheel: Steering 0 – 8.19 Nm*1 (The value is changed according to steering left or right) Steering wheel: Not steering (There is no steering force) 0.00 A Steering wheel: Steering 0 – 84 A (The value is changed according to steering left or right) Engine running EPS control unit temperature Ignition switch: ON Engine running Vehicle speed Battery voltage Steering wheel: Not steering (There is no steering force) Command current to EPS motor Assist available level Display value Steering wheel: Normal steering Steering wheel: Excessive steering Temperature in control unit 100% Gradually-decreased from 100%*3 Vehicle stopped 0 km/h (0 mph) While driving Approximately equal to the indication on speedometer (Inside of ±10%)*2 WARNING LAMP (ON/OFF) EPS warning lamp condition ENGINE STATUS (RUN/CRANK/STALL/STOP) Engine status EPS warning lamp: ON ON EPS warning lamp: OFF OFF Engine stopped STOP Engine stalled STALL Engine cranking CRANK Engine running RUN *1: In the front of the value, “L” is displayed at steering left and “R” is displayed at steering right. *2: It is not a malfunction, though it might not be corresponding just after ignition switch is turned ON. *3: It turns to 100% after waiting for a short period of time. EPS HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINAL LAYOUT SGIA1702E TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES FOR EPS CONTROL UNIT Data are reference value and are measured. Terminal Wire color Item 1 W Power supply (Memory back-up) 2 B Ground Revision: January 2010 Condition Data (Approx.) Ignition switch: ON Battery voltage Ignition switch: OFF Battery voltage Always STC-10 0V 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [EPS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal Wire color 3 BR 5 L CAN-H — — 7 P CAN-L — — 11 B Torque sensor ground Item Condition Power supply Data (Approx.) Ignition switch: ON Battery voltage Ignition switch: OFF 0V Always 12 Y Torque sensor sub Engine running R Torque sensor power supply 2.5 V D Ignition switch: ON 8V E Ignition switch: OFF 0V Steering wheel: Not steering (There in no steering force) 14 W Torque sensor main C 1.7 V – 3.3 V (The value is changed according to steering left or right) Steering wheel: Steering 13 B 0V Steering wheel: Not steering (There is no steering force) A Engine running Steering wheel: Steering 2.5 V 1.7 V – 3.3 V (The value is changed according to steering left or right) F STC CAUTION: When using a circuit tester to measure voltage for inspection, be sure not to extend forcibly any connector terminals. CONSULT-III Function (EPS) INFOID:0000000005282984 FUNCTION I CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following. Diagnostic test mode H Function J Self-diagnostic results • Self-diagnostic results can be read and erased quickly. Data monitor • Input/Output data in the EPS control unit can be read. CAN diagnostic support monitor • The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read. ECU part number • EPS control unit part number can be read. K SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE L Display Item List Item (CONSULT-III screen terms) Diagnostic item is detected when.... Check item BATTERY VOLT [C1601] When the power supply malfunction supplied to EPS control unit is detected. STC-14, "DTC C1601 BATTERY VOLT" TORQUE SENSOR [C1604] When the torque sensor malfunction assembled in steering column assembly is detected. STC-15, "DTC C1604 TORQUE SENSOR" ANGLE SENSOR [C1605] When the motor rotor position sensor malfunction of EPS control unit is detected. STC-16, "DTC C1605 ANGLE SENSOR" EPS MOTOR [C1606] When the motor driver malfunction of EPS control unit or EPS motor malfunction is detected. STC-16, "DTC C1606 EPS MOTOR" CONTROL UNIT [C1608] When the internal malfunction is detected in EPS control unit. STC-16, "DTC C1608 CONTROL UNIT" CAN COMM CIRCUIT [U1000] When EPS control unit is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal 2 seconds or more. STC-17, "DTC U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT" Revision: January 2010 STC-11 2010 Sentra M N O P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [EPS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Item (CONSULT-III screen terms) Diagnostic item is detected when.... Check item CAN VHCL SPEED ABS [U1200] When the malfunction is detected in vehicle speed signal received with CAN communication. NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED. No NG item has been detected. STC-17, "DTC U1200 CAN VHCL SPEED ABS" — CAUTION: If “CAN COMM CIRCUIT [U1000]” is displayed with other DTCs, first perform the trouble diagnosis for CAN communication line. DATA MONITOR Display Item List Monitor item (Unit) Remarks BATTERY VOLT (V) Power supply voltage for EPS control unit is displayed TORQUE SENSOR (Nm) Steering wheel turning force detected by torque sensor is displayed MOTOR SIG (A) Current commanded value to EPS motor is displayed C/U TEMP (°) EPS control unit temperature is displayed ASSIST LEVEL (%) EPS control unit assist available level is displayed VEHICLE SPEED (km/h) or (mph) Vehicle speed is displayed from vehicle speed signal with CAN communication WARNING LAMP (ON/OFF) EPS warning lamp control status is displayed ENGINE STATUS (RUN/CRANK/STALL/STOP) Engine speed is displayed from engine status signal with CAN communication Symptom Chart INFOID:0000000005282985 If EPS warning lamp turns ON, perform self-diagnosis. Refer to STC-11, "CONSULT-III Function (EPS)". Symptom EPS warning lamp does not turn ON when ignition switch to “ON”. (EPS warning lamp check) Condition Check item Reference page CAN communication line Ignition switch: ON Combination meter STC-18 CAN communication line Power supply and ground for EPS control unit EPS warning lamp does not turn OFF for sevEngine running eral seconds after starting the engine Torque sensor EPS motor STC-18 Vehicle speed signal Engine status signal Combination meter CAN communication line Vehicle speed signal Steering wheel turning force is heavy or light, while driving • While driving • Steering wheel turning Engine status signal STC-19 EPS motor Steering wheel turning force (Mechanical malfunction) Unbalance steering wheel turning force and return between right and left, while driving Revision: January 2010 • While driving • Steering wheel turning STC-12 Wheel alignment Steering wheel turning force (Mechanical malfunction) STC-20 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [EPS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Symptom Unbalance steering wheel turning force, while driving (Torque variation) Condition • While driving • Steering wheel turning Check item Steering column intermediate shaft installation condition Steering wheel turning force (Mechanical malfunction) Reference page A STC-21 B C D E F STC H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 STC-13 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYSTEM [EPS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYSTEM DTC C1601 BATTERY VOLT INFOID:0000000005282986 CONSULT-III REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE Data are reference value. Monitor item (Unit) BATTERY VOLT (V) Content Condition Power supply voltage for EPS control unit Ignition switch: ON Display value Battery voltage TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES FOR EPS CONTROL UNIT Refer to STC-9, "EPS Control Unit Input/Output Signal Reference Value". DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1.CHECK EPS CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. Disconnect EPS control unit harness connector. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.) Check voltage between EPS control unit harness connector (A) terminals and ground. Connector Terminal Voltage M37 3 – Ground Battery voltage E202 1 – Ground Battery voltage SGIA1704E 5. 6. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. Check voltage between EPS control unit harness connector (A) terminals and ground. Connector Terminal Voltage M37 3 – Ground Approx. 0 V E202 1 – Ground Battery voltage 7. Connect EPS control unit harness connector. OK or NG SGIA1705E OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Check the following. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. • 60 A fusible link (letter f, located in the fuse and fusible link box). Refer to PG-3. • 10 A fuse [No. 12, located in the fuse block (J/B)]. Refer to PG-3. • Harness for short or open between battery and EPS control unit harness connector E202 terminal 1. • Harness for short or open between ignition switch and EPS control unit harness connector M37 terminal 3. 2.CHECK EPS CONTROL UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. Disconnect EPS control unit harness connector. Revision: January 2010 STC-14 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYSTEM [EPS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check continuity between EPS control unit harness connector (A) terminal and ground. Connector Terminal Continuity E202 2 Yes A B Also check harness for short to power. 4. Connect EPS control unit harness connector. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. C SGIA1706E D 3.CHECK DTC Start engine. Does EPS warning lamp turn OFF? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Perform self-diagnosis, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to STC-11, "CONSULT-III Function (EPS)". DTC C1604 TORQUE SENSOR INFOID:0000000005282987 E F STC CONSULT-III REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE Data are reference value. Monitor item (Unit) Content Condition Steering wheel: Not steering (There is no steering force) TORQUE SENSOR (Nm) Steering wheel turning force Engine running Steering wheel: Steering Display value H 0.00 Nm 0 – 8.19 Nm* (The value is changed according to steering left or right) I J *: In the front of the value, “L” is displayed at steering left and “R” is displayed at steering right. TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES FOR EPS CONTROL UNIT K Refer to STC-9, "EPS Control Unit Input/Output Signal Reference Value". DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1.CHECK TORQUE SENSOR SIGNAL 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. L With CONSULT-III Start engine. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “EPS” with CONSULT-III. Check the value of “TORQUE SENSOR”. Refer to STC-9, "EPS Control Unit Input/Output Signal Reference Value". M N Without CONSULT-III Start engine. Check voltage between EPS control unit harness connector M87 terminals 11, 12, 13, 14 and ground. Refer to STC-9, "EPS Control Unit Input/Output Signal Reference Value". OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK EPS CONTROL UNIT Check EPS control unit input/output signal. Refer to STC-9, "EPS Control Unit Input/Output Signal Reference Value". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. Revision: January 2010 STC-15 2010 Sentra O P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYSTEM [EPS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > NG >> Check EPS control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. 3.CHECK DTC Perform the self-diagnosis, after driving the vehicle for a while. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Torque sensor is malfunctioning. Replace steering column assembly. Refer to PS-8, "Removal and Installation". DTC C1605 ANGLE SENSOR INFOID:0000000005589282 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.) 2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “EPS” with CONSULT-III. 3. Touch “ERASE”. 4. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Start engine. 6. Perform the self-diagnosis again. Is the “ANGLE SENSOR [C1605]” displayed? YES >> EPS motor rotor position sensor is malfunctioning. Replace steering column assembly. Refer to PS-8, "Removal and Installation". NO >> INSPECTION END DTC C1606 EPS MOTOR INFOID:0000000005282988 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.) 2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “EPS” with CONSULT-III. 3. Touch “ERASE”. 4. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Start engine. 6. Perform the self-diagnosis again. Is the “EPS MOTOR [C1606]” displayed? YES >> EPS motor is malfunctioning. Replace steering column assembly. Refer to PS-8, "Removal and Installation". NO >> INSPECTION END DTC C1608 CONTROL UNIT INFOID:0000000005282989 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.) 2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “EPS” with CONSULT-III. 3. Touch “ERASE”. 4. Turn ignition switch “OFF”, and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Start engine. 6. Perform the self-diagnosis again. Is the “CONTROL UNIT [C1608]” displayed? Revision: January 2010 STC-16 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYSTEM [EPS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > YES >> Replace steering column assembly. Refer to PS-8, "Removal and Installation". NO >> INSPECTION END DTC U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT A INFOID:0000000005282990 B DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT C With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch “ON” and start engine. 2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “EPS” with CONSULT-III. 3. Perform the self-diagnosis. Is the “CAN COMM CIRCUIT [U1000]” displayed? YES >> Print out CONSULT-III screen and go to LAN-13, "CAN Diagnosis with CONSULT-III". NO >> INSPECTION END DTC U1200 CAN VHCL SPEED ABS D E INFOID:0000000005282991 F CONSULT-III REFERENCE VALUE IN DATA MONITOR MODE Data are reference value. Monitor item (Unit) VEHICLE SPEED (km/h) or (mph) Content Vehicle speed Display value STC Vehicle stopped 0 km/h (0 mph) While driving Approximately equal to the indication on speedometer (Inside of ±10%) H Condition *: It is not a malfunction, though it might not be corresponding just after ignition switch is turned ON. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE I 1.CHECK DTC WITH ABS Perform self-diagnosis with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-20, "CONSULT-III Function (ABS)". Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis? YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. NO >> GO TO 2. J K 2.CHECK EPS CONTROL UNIT Check EPS control unit input/output signal. Refer to STC-9, "EPS Control Unit Input/Output Signal Reference Value". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Check EPS control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. L M 3.CHECK DTC N Perform the self-diagnosis, after driving the vehicle for a while. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Perform self-diagnosis with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-20, "CONSULT-III Function (ABS)". O P Revision: January 2010 STC-17 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS [EPS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS EPS Warning Lamp Does Not Turn ON INFOID:0000000005282992 SYMPTOM: EPS warning lamp does not turn ON when ignition switch to “ON”. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1.CHECK SYSTEM FOR CAN COMMUNICATION LINE Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to STC-11, "CONSULT-III Function (EPS)" . Is the “CAN COMM CIRCUIT [U1000]” displayed? YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for CAN communication line. Refer to STC-17, "DTC U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT" . NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK EPS CONTROL UNIT Check EPS control unit input/output signal. Refer to STC-9, "EPS Control Unit Input/Output Signal Reference Value" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Check EPS control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. 3.SYMPTOM CHECK Check again. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Replace combination meter. Refer to DI-23, "Removal and Installation" . EPS Warning Lamp Does Not Turn OFF INFOID:0000000005282993 SYMPTOM: EPS warning lamp does not turn OFF for several seconds after starting the engine. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to STC-11, "CONSULT-III Function (EPS)" . Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis? YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK EPS CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. Disconnect EPS control unit harness connector. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.) Check voltage between EPS control unit harness connector (A) terminals and ground. Connector Terminal Voltage M37 3 – Ground Battery voltage E202 1 – Ground Battery voltage SGIA1704E Revision: January 2010 STC-18 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. 6. Check voltage between EPS control unit harness connector (A) terminals and ground. Connector Terminal Voltage M37 3 – Ground Approx. 0 V E202 1 – Ground Battery voltage [EPS] A B 7. Connect EPS control unit harness connector. OK or NG SGIA1705E OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Check the following. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. • 60 A fusible link (letter f, located in the fuse and fusible link box). Refer to PG-3 . • 10 A fuse [No. 12, located in the fuse block (J/B). Refer to PG-3. • Harness for short or open between battery and EPS control unit harness connector E202 terminal 1. • Harness for short or open between ignition switch and EPS control unit harness connector M37 terminal 3. 3.CHECK EPS CONTROL UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. Disconnect EPS control unit harness connector. Check continuity between EPS control unit harness connector (A) terminal and ground. C D E F STC H Connector Terminal Continuity E202 2 YES Also check harness for short to power. 4. Connect EPS control unit harness connector. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. I J SGIA1706E K 4.CHECK EPS CONTROL UNIT Check EPS control unit input/output signal. Refer to STC-9, "EPS Control Unit Input/Output Signal Reference Value". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Check EPS control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. L M 5.SYMPTOM CHECK N Check again. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Replace combination meter. Refer to DI-23, "Removal and Installation". Steering Wheel Turning Force Is Heavy or Light O INFOID:0000000005282994 P SYMPTOM: Steering wheel turning force is heavy or light, while driving. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1.CHECK SYSTEM FOR CAN COMMUNICATION LINE Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to STC-11, "CONSULT-III Function (EPS)". Revision: January 2010 STC-19 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS [EPS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Is the “CAN COMM CIRCUIT [U1000]” displayed? YES >> Perform trouble diagnosis for CAN communication line. Refer to STC-17, "DTC U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT". NO-1 >> With ABS: GO TO 2. NO-2 >> Without ABS: GO TO 3. 2.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL FROM ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) Perform self-diagnosis with ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-20, "CONSULT-III Function (ABS)" . Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis? YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. NO >> GO TO 4. 3.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL FROM TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (TCM) Perform self-diagnosis with TCM. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis? YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. NO >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK COMBINATION METER SIGNAL Perform self-diagnosis with combination meter. Refer to DI-15, "CONSULT-III Function (METER/M&A)". Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis? YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. NO >> GO TO 5. 5.CHECK ENGINE STATUS SIGNAL Perform self-diagnosis for ECM. Refer to EC-131, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)". Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis? YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. NO >> GO TO 6. 6.CHECK EPS MOTOR SYSTEM Perform trouble diagnosis for EPS motor. Refer to STC-16, "DTC C1606 EPS MOTOR". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 7.CHECK EPS CONTROL UNIT Check EPS control unit input/output signal. Refer to STC-9, "EPS Control Unit Input/Output Signal Reference Value". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Check EPS control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. 8.SYMPTOM CHECK Check again. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Check the steering wheel turning force because there may be mechanical malfunction. Refer to PS-6, "On-Vehicle Inspection and Service". Unbalance Steering Wheel Turning Force and Return Between Right and Left INFOID:0000000005282995 SYMPTOM: Unbalance steering wheel turning force and return between right and left, while driving. Revision: January 2010 STC-20 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS [EPS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1.CHECK EPS WARNING LAMP A Confirm EPS warning lamp during engine running. Does EPS warning lamp turn OFF? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Go to STC-18, "EPS Warning Lamp Does Not Turn OFF". B 2.CHECK WHEEL ALIGNMENT C Check wheel alignment. Refer to FSU-7, "Wheel Alignment Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Adjust wheel alignment. Refer to FSU-7, "Wheel Alignment Inspection". D 3.CHECK EPS CONTROL UNIT E Check EPS control unit input/output signal. Refer to STC-9, "EPS Control Unit Input/Output Signal Reference Value" . F OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Check EPS control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. STC SYMPTOM CHECK 4. Check again. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Check the steering wheel turning force because there may be mechanical malfunction. Refer to PS-6, "On-Vehicle Inspection and Service" . Unbalance Steering Wheel Turning Force (Torque Variation) H I INFOID:0000000005282996 J SYMPTOM: Unbalance steering wheel turning force, while driving (Torque variation). DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE K Confirm EPS warning lamp during engine running. Does EPS warning lamp turn OFF? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Go to STC-18, "EPS Warning Lamp Does Not Turn OFF" . L 1.CHECK EPS WARNING LAMP M 2.CHECK STEERING COLUMN INTERMEDIATE SHAFT Check the connection between intermediate shaft and the mounting part of steering column assembly and steering gear assembly. Refer to PS-11, "Removal and Installation" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. N O 3.CHECK EPS CONTROL UNIT Check EPS control unit input/output signal. Refer to STC-9, "EPS Control Unit Input/Output Signal Reference Value" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Check EPS control unit pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. 4.SYMPTOM CHECK Revision: January 2010 STC-21 2010 Sentra P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS [EPS] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check again. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Check the steering wheel turning force because there may be mechanical malfunction. Refer to PS-6, "On-Vehicle Inspection and Service" . Revision: January 2010 STC-22 2010 Sentra ENGINE SECTION ACC ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM A ACC C D E CONTENTS SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2 ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM .............. 4 PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2 Component ............................................................... 4 Removal and Installation .......................................... 4 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .................................................................. 5 Accelerator Control ................................................... 5 F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 ACC-1 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000005681119 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect INFOID:0000000005286293 NOTE: • This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM). • Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the ″LOCK″ position. • Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results. For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder. For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and steering wheel rotation will become impossible. If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before starting the repair operation. OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the steering lock will be released. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be rotated. Perform the necessary repair operation. Revision: January 2010 ACC-2 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.) 6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III. A ACC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 ACC-3 2010 Sentra ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > ACCELERATOR CONTROL SYSTEM Component INFOID:0000000005286294 LBIA0473E 1. Accelerator pedal assembly 2. Locating pins Vehicle front Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005286295 CAUTION: • Do not disassemble accelerator pedal assembly. Do not remove accelerator pedal position sensor from accelerator pedal assembly. • Avoid impact from dropping etc. during handling. • Be careful to keep accelerator pedal assembly away from water. REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. Disconnect the negative battery terminal. Disconnect accelerator pedal position sensor harness connector. Remove the accelerator pedal assembly nuts and remove accelerator pedal assembly. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • Check the accelerator pedal for smooth operation. There should be no binding or sticking when applying or releasing the accelerator pedal. • Check that the accelerator pedal moves through the full specified distance of the specified pedal travel (A). Pedal Travel (A) : 50.5 mm (1.99 in) CAUTION: • When the accelerator pedal position sensor harness connecLBIA0474E tor is disconnected, perform the “Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning”. Refer to EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" (MR20DE For California), EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" (MR20DE Except For California), EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning" (QR25DE). Revision: January 2010 ACC-4 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A Accelerator Control INFOID:0000000005286296 PEDAL TRAVEL ACC C D E LBIA0474E Accelerator pedal - total travel (A) F 50.5 mm (1.99 in) G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 ACC-5 2010 Sentra ENGINE SECTION CO ENGINE COOLING SYSTEM A CO C D E CONTENTS MR20DE SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 3 WATER OUTLET AND WATER CONTROL VALVE ............................................................... 24 Component ..............................................................24 Removal and Installation .........................................25 PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 3 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 3 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 3 Precaution for Liquid Gasket ..................................... 4 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ................................................................. 28 PREPARATION ................................................... 5 PRECAUTIONS ................................................. 29 Special Service Tool ................................................. 5 Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 5 Standard and Limit ..................................................28 SERVICE INFORMATION ........................... 29 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" .................................................................29 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ...................................29 Precaution for Liquid Gasket ...................................30 Troubleshooting Chart ............................................... 7 COOLING SYSTEM ............................................ 9 Cooling Circuit ........................................................... 9 PREPARATION ................................................. 31 ENGINE COOLANT ...........................................11 Special Service Tool ................................................31 Commercial Service Tool ........................................31 OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS ................ 33 RADIATOR .........................................................15 Troubleshooting Chart .............................................33 Component .............................................................. 15 Removal and Installation ......................................... 15 COOLING SYSTEM .......................................... 35 Cooling Circuit .........................................................35 Schematic ................................................................37 COOLING FAN ...................................................17 Component .............................................................. 17 Removal and Installation ......................................... 17 Disassembly and Assembly .................................... 18 WATER PUMP ...................................................19 Component .............................................................. 19 Removal and Installation ......................................... 19 THERMOSTAT ...................................................21 Component .............................................................. 21 Removal and Installation ......................................... 22 Revision: January 2010 G H QR25DE OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS .................. 7 Inspection ................................................................ 11 Changing Engine Coolant ....................................... 12 F ENGINE COOLANT .......................................... 39 I J K L M N O Inspection ................................................................39 Changing Engine Coolant ........................................40 RADIATOR ........................................................ 44 Component ..............................................................44 Removal and Installation .........................................44 COOLING FAN .................................................. 46 CO-1 Component ..............................................................46 Removal and Installation .........................................46 2010 Sentra P Disassembly and Assembly .................................... 47 WATER CONTROL VALVE .............................. 53 WATER PUMP ................................................... 48 Component ............................................................. 53 Removal and Installation ......................................... 54 Component ............................................................. 48 Removal and Installation ........................................ 48 THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING ..................................................................... 50 Component ............................................................. 50 Removal and Installation ........................................ 51 Revision: January 2010 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ................................................................. 56 Capacity .................................................................. 56 Thermostat .............................................................. 56 Water Control Valve ................................................ 56 Radiator .................................................................. 56 CO-2 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION A PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" CO INFOID:0000000005937463 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. C D E F G H PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. I J Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect INFOID:0000000005283831 NOTE: • This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM). • Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the ″LOCK″ position. • Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results. For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder. For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and steering wheel rotation will become impossible. If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before starting the repair operation. K L M N O OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the steering lock will be released. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be rotated. Perform the necessary repair operation. Revision: January 2010 CO-3 2010 Sentra P PRECAUTIONS [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.) 6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III. Precaution for Liquid Gasket INFOID:0000000005283832 REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET SEALING • After removing nuts and bolts, separate the mating surface, using Tool and remove old liquid gasket sealing. Tool number : KV10111100 (J-37228) CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the mating surfaces. • Tap (1) Tool to insert it, and then slide (2) it by tapping on the side as shown. • In areas where Tool is difficult to use, use plastic hammer to lightly tap the parts, to remove it. CAUTION: If for some unavoidable reason suitable tool such as screwdriver is used, be careful not to damage the mating surfaces. WBIA0566E LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. Remove old liquid gasket adhering to the liquid gasket application surface and the mating surface, using scraper. • Remove liquid gasket completely from the groove of the liquid gasket application surface, bolts, and bolt holes. Thoroughly clean the mating surfaces and remove adhering moisture, grease and foreign materials. PBIC0003E 3. Attach liquid gasket tube to Tool. Tool number 4. : WS39930000 ( — ) Use Genuine RTV Silicone Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant". Apply liquid gasket without breaks to the specified location with the specified dimensions. • If there is a groove for the liquid gasket application, apply liquid gasket to the groove. WBIA0567E • As for the bolt holes, normally apply liquid gasket inside the holes. Occasionally, it should be applied outside the holes. Make sure to read the text of service manual. • Within five minutes of liquid gasket application, install the mating component. • If liquid gasket protrudes, wipe it off immediately. • Do not retighten nuts or bolts after the installation. • After 30 minutes or more have passed from the installation, fill engine oil and engine coolant. CAUTION: If there are specific instructions in this manual, observe them. Revision: January 2010 CO-4 SEM159F 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION A Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000005283833 The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here. CO Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description WS39930000 ( — ) Tube pressure Pressing the tube of liquid gasket C D E S-NT052 EG17650301 (J-33984-A) Radiator cap tester adapter Adapting radiator cap tester to radiator cap and radiator filler neck a: 28 (1.10) dia. b: 31.4 (1.236) dia. c: 41.3 (1.626) dia. Unit: mm (in) F G S-NT564 KV10111100 (J-37228) Seal cutter Removing chain tensioner cover and water pump cover H I J NT046 KV991J0070 (J-45695) Coolant Refill Tool Refilling engine cooling system K L LMA053 — (J-23688) Engine coolant refractometer Checking concentration of ethylene glycol in engine coolant M N WBIA0539E O Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000005283834 P Revision: January 2010 CO-5 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Tool name Description Power tool Loosening bolts and nuts PBIC0190E Radiator cap tester Checking radiator and radiator cap PBIC1982E Revision: January 2010 CO-6 2010 Sentra OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS A Troubleshooting Chart INFOID:0000000005283835 Symptom Poor heat transfer CO Check items Water pump malfunction Worn or loose drive belt Thermostat stuck closed Thermostat Damaged fins Dust contamination or paper clogging C — D Physical damage Clogged radiator cooling tube Excess foreign material (rust, dirt, sand, etc.) E Cooling fan does not operate Reduced air flow High resistance to fan rotation Engine cooling fans — F Damaged fan blades Cooling system parts malfunction Damaged radiator shroud — Radiator shroud — Improper engine coolant mixture ratio — Engine coolant viscosity — Poor engine coolant quality — Periodic maintenance — Cooling hose Water pump Radiator cap Engine coolant leaks Loose clamp Radiator I Poor sealing Loose Poor sealing Cracked radiator tank Cracked radiator core Reservoir tank Overflowing reservoir tank H Cracked hose O-ring for damage, deterioration or improper fitting Insufficient engine coolant G J K Cracked reservoir tank Cylinder head deterioration Exhaust gas leaks into coolCylinder head gasket deteriing system oration L M N O P Revision: January 2010 CO-7 2010 Sentra OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Symptom Check items High engine rpm under no load Abusive driving Driving in low gear for extended time Driving at extremely high speed — Overload on engine Power train system malfunction Installed improper size wheels and tires Except cooling system parts malfunction — Dragging brakes Improper ignition timing Blocked or restricted air flow Blocked bumper Installed front bumper fascia cover Blocked radiator grille Mud contamination or paper clogging — Blocked radiator Blocked condenser Blocked air flow Installed large fog lamp Revision: January 2010 CO-8 2010 Sentra COOLING SYSTEM [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > COOLING SYSTEM A Cooling Circuit INFOID:0000000005283836 M/T Models CO C D E F G H I J K L M N O P PBIC4719E Revision: January 2010 CO-9 2010 Sentra COOLING SYSTEM [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CVT Models WBIA0815E Revision: January 2010 CO-10 2010 Sentra ENGINE COOLANT [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ENGINE COOLANT A Inspection INFOID:0000000005283837 WARNING: CO • Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator. • Wrap a thick cloth around the cap. Slowly push down and turn it a quarter turn to allow built-up presC sure to escape. Carefully remove the cap by pushing down and turning it all the way. CHECKING COOLING SYSTEM HOSES Check hoses for the following: • Improper attachment • Leaks • Cracks • Damage • Loose connections • Chafing • Deterioration D E F CHECKING RESERVOIR LEVEL • Check if the reservoir tank engine coolant level is within the MIN to MAX range when the engine is cool. • Adjust the engine coolant level as necessary. G H I SMA412B CHECKING COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAKS To check for leaks, apply pressure to the cooling system using suitable tool and Tool. Tool number : EG17650301 (J-33984-A) Testing pressure : 157 kPa (1.6 kg/cm2, 23 psi) WARNING: Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high pressure coolant escaping from the radiator. CAUTION: Higher pressure than specified may cause radiator damage. K L M WBIA0568E N CHECKING RADIATOR CAP 1. Inspect the radiator cap. • Replace the cap if the metal plunger cannot be seen around the edge of the black rubber gasket. • Replace the cap if deposits of waxy residue or other foreign material are on the black rubber gasket or the metal retainer. NOTE: Thoroughly wipe out the radiator filler neck to remove any waxy residue or foreign material. Revision: January 2010 CO-11 J 2010 Sentra O P ENGINE COOLANT < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Pull the negative-pressure valve to open it and check that it closes completely when released. • Check that there is no dirt or damage on the valve seat of the radiator cap negative-pressure valve. • Check that there are no abnormalities in the opening and closing conditions of the negative-pressure valve. [MR20DE] SMA967B 3. Check radiator cap relief pressure using suitable tool and Tool. Tool number : EG17650301 (J-33984-A) Standard: 78 – 98 kPa (0.8 – 1.0 kg/cm2, 11 – 14 psi) • When connecting the radiator cap to the tester, apply water or coolant to the cap seal surface. • Replace the radiator cap if there is an abnormality in the negative-pressure valve, or if the open-valve pressure is outside of the standard values. WBIA0570E CHECKING RADIATOR Check radiator for mud or clogging. If necessary, clean radiator as follows. • Be careful not to bend or damage the radiator fins. • When radiator is cleaned without removal, remove all surrounding parts such as cooling fan shroud and horns. Then tape the harness and electrical connectors to prevent water from entering. 1. Apply water by hose to the back side of the radiator core, with the hose pointed vertically downward. 2. Apply water again to all radiator core surfaces once per minute. 3. Stop washing if any stains no longer flow out from the radiator. 4. Blow air into the back side of radiator core, with the air hose pointed vertically downward. • Use compressed air lower than 490 kPa (5 kg/cm2, 71 psi) and keep distance more than 30 cm (11.8 in). 5. Blow air again into all the radiator core surfaces once per minute until no water sprays out. 6. Check for leaks. Changing Engine Coolant INFOID:0000000005283838 WARNING: • To avoid being scalded, do not change the engine coolant when the engine is hot. • Wrap a thick cloth around radiator cap and carefully remove the cap. First, turn the cap a quarter of a turn to release built-up pressure. Then push down and turn the cap all the way to remove. • Be careful not to allow engine coolant to contact drive belt. DRAINING ENGINE COOLANT 1. 2. Remove the engine under cover. Refer to EI-14, "Removal and Installation". Open the radiator drain plug (1) at the bottom of the radiator, and remove the radiator filler cap. This is the only step required when partially draining the cooling system (radiator only). • Front CAUTION: • Perform this step when engine is cold. • Do not spill engine coolant on drive belt. PBIC3799E Revision: January 2010 CO-12 2010 Sentra ENGINE COOLANT [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Follow this step for heater core removal/replacement only. Disconnect the upper heater hose at the engine side and apply moderate air pressure [103.46 kPa (15 psi, 1.055 kg/cm2) maximum air pressure] A into the hose for 30 seconds to blow the excess coolant out of the heater core. 4. When draining all of the coolant in the system, remove the reservoir tank and drain the coolant, then clean CO the reservoir tank before installation. 5. When draining all of the coolant in the system for engine removal or repair, open the drain plug on the cylinder block. Refer to EM-80, "Component". C 6. Check the drained engine coolant for contaminants such as rust, corrosion or discoloration. If the coolant is contaminated, flush the engine cooling system. Follow the "FLUSHING COOLING SYSTEM" procedure. D REFILLING ENGINE COOLANT 1. Install the radiator drain plug. Install the reservoir tank and cylinder block drain plug, if removed for a total system drain or for engine removal or repair. • The radiator must be completely empty of coolant and water. • Apply sealant to the threads of the cylinder block drain plugs. Use Genuine High Performance Thread Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant". E F Radiator drain plug Cylinder block drain plug 2. 3. 4. If disconnected, reattach the upper radiator hose at the engine side. Set the vehicle heater controls to the full HOT and heater ON position. Turn the vehicle ignition ON with the engine OFF as necessary to activate the heater mode. Install the Tool by installing the radiator cap adapter onto the radiator neck opening. Then attach the gauge body assembly with the refill tube and the venturi assembly to the radiator cap adapter. Tool number 5. : KV991J0070 (J-45695) G H I J Insert the refill hose into the coolant mixture container that is placed at floor level. Make sure the ball valve is in the closed position. • Use Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti-freeze coolant or equivalent, mixed 50/50 with distilled water or demineralized water. Refer to MA-17, "Anti-freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio". Engine coolant capacity (with reservoir tank) 6. : Refer to CO-15, "Component". : Refer to EM-184, "Removal and Installation". K L : Refer to MA-15. M Install an air hose to the venturi assembly, the air pressure must be within specification. N Compressed air supply pressure 7. : 549 - 824 kPa (5.6 - 8.4 kg/cm2, 80 - 119 psi) LLIA0058E CAUTION: The compressed air supply must be equipped with an air dryer. The vacuum gauge will begin to rise and there will be an audible hissing noise. During this process open the ball valve on the refill hose slightly. Coolant will be visible rising in the refill hose. Once the refill hose is full of coolant, close the ball valve. This will purge any air trapped in the refill hose. Revision: January 2010 CO-13 2010 Sentra O P ENGINE COOLANT < SERVICE INFORMATION > 8. Continue to draw the vacuum until the gauge reaches 28 inches of vacuum. The gauge may not reach 28 inches in high altitude locations, use the vacuum specifications below based on the altitude above sea level. Altitude above sea level 0 - 100 m (328 ft) 300 m (984 ft) 500 m (1,641 ft) 1,000 m (3,281 ft) Vacuum gauge reading : 28 inches of vacuum : 27 inches of vacuum : 26 inches of vacuum : 24 - 25 inches of vacuum [MR20DE] LLIA0057E 9. When the vacuum gauge has reached the specified amount, disconnect the air hose and wait 20 seconds to see if the system loses any vacuum. If the vacuum level drops, perform any necessary repairs to the system and repeat steps 6 - 8 to bring the vacuum to the specified amount. Recheck for any leaks. 10. Place the coolant container (with the refill hose inserted) at the same level as the top of the radiator. Then open the ball valve on the refill hose so the coolant will be drawn up to fill the cooling system. The cooling system is full when the vacuum gauge reads zero. CAUTION: Do not allow the coolant container to get too low when filling, to avoid air from being drawn into the cooling system. 11. Remove the Tool from the radiator neck opening. 12. Fill the cooling system reservoir tank to the specified level and install the radiator cap. Run the engine to warm up the cooling system and top up the system as necessary. FLUSHING COOLING SYSTEM 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Fill radiator and reservoir tank with water and reinstall radiator cap. Run engine until it reaches normal operating temperature. Rev the engine two or three times under no-load. Stop the engine and wait until it cools down. Drain water from the cooling system. Repeat steps 1 through 5 until clear water begins to drain from the radiator. Revision: January 2010 CO-14 2010 Sentra RADIATOR [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > RADIATOR A Component INFOID:0000000005283839 CO C D E F G H I J K L M AWBIA0773ZZ N 1. Reservoir tank cap 2. Reservoir tank 3. Reservoir tank hose 4. Mounting rubber (upper) 5. Radiator upper mounts 6. Radiator cap 7. Radiator 8. Mounting rubber (lower) 9. Radiator hose (lower) A. To water outlet 10. Radiator hose (upper) B. 11. Cooling fan assembly O To water inlet Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283840 WARNING: Do not remove radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high-pressure engine coolant escaping from the radiator. Wrap a thick cloth around the cap. Slowly turn it a quarter turn to release built-up pressure. Carefully remove the radiator cap by turning it all the way. REMOVAL Revision: January 2010 CO-15 2010 Sentra P RADIATOR [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Drain engine coolant from the radiator. Refer to CO-12, "Changing Engine Coolant". CAUTION: • Perform this step when engine is cold. • Do not spill engine coolant on drive belt. 2. Remove air duct (inlet). Refer to EM-16. 3. Disconnect the reservoir tank hose. 4. Remove radiator hoses (upper and lower). 5. Disconnect harness connectors from fan motors, and position harness aside. 6. Remove the cooling fan assembly to radiator bolts and remove cooling fan assembly. 7. Remove radiator upper mounts. 8. Move the radiator assembly to the rearward direction of vehicle, and then lift it upward to remove. CAUTION: Do not damage or scratch A/C condenser if equipped and radiator core when removing. INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL Inspect radiator for leaks as follows: • Apply pressure using suitable tool and Tool. Specified pressure value Tool number : 157 kPa (1.6 kg/cm2, 23 psi) : EG17650301 (J-33984-A) WARNING: To prevent the risk of the hose coming undone while under pressure, securely fasten it down with a hose clamp. SLC933 • Check for leakage. SLC934 INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Do not damage or scratch A/C condenser if equipped and radiator core when installing. INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION • Check for leaks of engine coolant. Refer to CO-11, "Inspection". • Start and warm up engine. Visually check if there is no leaks of engine coolant and CVT fluid if equipped. Refer to CVT-14. Revision: January 2010 CO-16 2010 Sentra COOLING FAN [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > COOLING FAN A Component INFOID:0000000005283841 CO C D E F G H I AWBIA0774ZZ 1. Cooling fan assembly J Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283842 WARNING: Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur form high pressure coolant escaping from the radiator. REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Partially drain engine coolant from radiator. Refer to CO-12, "Changing Engine Coolant". CAUTION: • Perform this step when engine is cold. • Do not spill engine coolant on drive belt. Remove air duct (inlet). Refer to EM-16. Disconnect radiator hose (upper) at radiator side. Refer to CO-15. Disconnect harness connectors from fan motor, and position harness aside. Remove cooling fan assembly. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage or scratch the radiator core. N O P Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • Cooling fans are controlled by ECM. For details, refer to EC-436. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage or scratch the radiator core. CO-17 L M INSTALLATION Revision: January 2010 K 2010 Sentra COOLING FAN [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000005283843 WBIA0362E 1. Fan blade 2. Fan shroud 3. Fan motor DISASSEMBLY 1. 2. Remove fan blades from fan motors. Remove fan motors from fan shroud. ASSEMBLY Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly. Revision: January 2010 CO-18 2010 Sentra WATER PUMP [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > WATER PUMP A Component INFOID:0000000005283844 CO C D E F G WBIA0817E 1. Gasket 2. Water pump 3. Pulley Removal and Installation H INFOID:0000000005283845 WARNING: Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high pressure engine coolant escaping from the radiator. I REMOVAL J 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Drain engine coolant from the radiator. Refer to CO-12, "Changing Engine Coolant". CAUTION: Perform this step when the engine is cold. Remove the generator. Refer to SC-32, "Removal and Installation MR20DE". Remove radiator hose (lower). Refer to CO-15, "Component". Disconnect the CVT fluid cooler hose from the thermostat housing (CVT models). Remove water pump. CAUTION: • Handle the water pump vane so that it does not contact any other parts. • Water pump cannot be disassembled and should be replaced as an assembly. K L M INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL N • Visually check that there is no significant dirt or rusting on the water pump body and vane (A). • Make sure that there is no looseness in the vane shaft, and that it turns smoothly when rotated by hand. • Replace water pump, if necessary. O P PBIC3313J INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Revision: January 2010 CO-19 2010 Sentra WATER PUMP < SERVICE INFORMATION > INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION • Check for leaks of engine coolant. Refer to CO-11, "Inspection". • Start and warm up the engine. Visually check for leaks of engine coolant. Revision: January 2010 CO-20 [MR20DE] 2010 Sentra THERMOSTAT [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > THERMOSTAT A Component INFOID:0000000005283846 M/T Models CO C D E F G H I PBIC4485E 1. Thermostat housing 2. Water hose (models with oil cooler) 3. Radiator hose (lower) 4. Water inlet 5. Thermostat 6. Rubber ring 7. Gasket A. To oil cooler B. To radiator J K Engine front CVT Models L M N O P WBIA0819E 1. Gasket 2. Thermostat housing 3. Water hose (CVT models) 4. Rubber ring 5. Thermostat 6. Water inlet 7. Radiator hose (lower) A. To CVT fluid cooler B. To radiator Revision: January 2010 CO-21 2010 Sentra THERMOSTAT [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283847 WARNING: Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high pressure engine coolant escaping from the radiator. REMOVAL CAUTION: Perform when the engine is cold. 1. Drain engine coolant from the radiator. Refer to CO-12, "Changing Engine Coolant". 2. Disconnect radiator hose (lower) and remove water inlet. 3. Remove thermostat. 4. Remove thermostat housing, if necessary. INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL • Place a thread (A) so that it is caught in the valves of thermostat (1). Immerse fully in a container (B) filled with water. Heat while stirring. • The valve opening temperature is the temperature at which the valve opens and the thermostat falls from the thread. • Continue heating. Check the full-open valve lift amount. NOTE: The full-open valve lift amount standard temperature for the thermostat is the reference value. • After checking the full-open valve lift amount, lower the water temperature and check the valve closing temperature. Items PBIC3314J Thermostat Valve opening temperature 80.5 - 83.5°C (177 - 182°F) Full-open valve lift amount More than 8 mm/ 95°C (0.315 in/ 203°F) Valve closing temperature 77°C (171°F) • If out of the specification, replace thermostat. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Thermostat CAUTION: Replace the rubber ring with a new one. • Install thermostat while making rubber ring (1) groove fit to thermostat flange (A) around the whole circumference. PBIC3315J Revision: January 2010 CO-22 2010 Sentra THERMOSTAT < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Install thermostat (1) into the thermostat housing (2) with jiggle valve (A) facing upwards. [MR20DE] A CO C PBIC3548J Thermostat Housing CAUTION: Replace the rubber ring with a new one. • Securely insert the rubber ring into the mating groove of thermostat housing and install it. • Install the thermostat housing to the cylinder block without displacing the gasket from the gasket position. INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION D E F • Check for leaks of engine coolant. Refer to CO-11, "Inspection". • Start and warm up the engine. Visually check for engine coolant leaks. G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 CO-23 2010 Sentra WATER OUTLET AND WATER CONTROL VALVE [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > WATER OUTLET AND WATER CONTROL VALVE Component INFOID:0000000005283848 M/T Models PBIC4699E 1. Engine coolant temperature sensor 2. Rubber ring 3. Water control valve 4. Gasket 5. Water hose 6. Gasket 7. Water hose 8. Water outlet 9. 10. Heater hose 11. Radiator hose (upper) A. B. To heater Revision: January 2010 To electric throttle control actuator CO-24 Heater hose Front C. To radiator 2010 Sentra WATER OUTLET AND WATER CONTROL VALVE [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CVT Models A CO C D E F G H WBIA0820E 1. Engine coolant temperature sensor 2. Rubber ring 3. Water control valve 4. Gasket 5. Water hose 6. Gasket 7. Water hose 8. Water outlet 9. Heater hose 10. Heater hose C. I 11. Water hose (CVT fluid cooler) 12. Radiator hose (upper) Front A. To heater B. To radiator D. To CVT fluid cooler To electric throttle control actuator Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283849 WARNING: Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high pressure engine coolant escaping from the radiator. REMOVAL L N O P INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL CO-25 K M CAUTION: Perform when the engine is cold. 1. Drain engine coolant from the radiator. Refer to CO-12, "Changing Engine Coolant". 2. Remove air cleaner and air duct assembly. Refer to EM-16. 3. Remove radiator hose (upper). Refer to CO-15. 4. Remove heater hoses and water hoses. 5. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor. 6. Remove water outlet. 7. Remove water control valve. 8. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor, if necessary. CAUTION: • Handle carefully to avoid any shock to engine coolant temperature sensor. • Replace the gaskets and rubber rings with a new ones. Revision: January 2010 J 2010 Sentra WATER OUTLET AND WATER CONTROL VALVE [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Place a thread (A) so that it is caught in the valve of the water control valve (1). Immerse fully in a container (B) filled with water. Heat while stirring. • The valve opening temperature is the temperature at which the water control valve opens and falls from the thread. • Continue heating. Check the full-open valve lift amount. NOTE: The full-open valve lift amount standard temperature for the water control valve is the reference value. • After checking the full-open valve lift amount, lower the water temperature and check the valve closing temperature. Items PBIC3314J Water control valve Valve opening temperature 93.5 - 96.5°C (200 - 206°F) Full-open valve lift amount More than 8 mm/ 108°C (0.315 in/ 226°F) Valve closing temperature 90°C (194°F) • If out of the specification, replace water control valve. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Water Control Valve CAUTION: Replace the rubber ring with a new one. • Install water control valve while making rubber ring (1) groove fit to water control valve flange (A) around the whole circumference. PBIC3317J • While the mark (A) points to up, install water control valve (2) with frame center (B) facing straight upward into water outlet (1). PBIC4700E Water Outlet Install the water control valve to the cylinder head without displacing the valve from the valve position. Water Hoses (M/T Models) Revision: January 2010 CO-26 2010 Sentra WATER OUTLET AND WATER CONTROL VALVE < SERVICE INFORMATION > Install water hoses (3),(5) as shown. • Electric throttle control actuator (1) • Clamp (2) • Water outlet (4) • Paint mark (A) • Clamp shall not interfere with the bulged area (B) • : Engine front [MR20DE] A CO C D E F G PBIC4703E Water Hoses (CVT Models) Install water hoses (3),(5) as shown. • Electric throttle control actuator (1) • Clamp (2) • Water outlet (4) • Paint mark (A) • Clamp shall not interfere with the bulged area (B) • : Engine front H I J K L M N WBIA0821E INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION O • Check for leaks of engine coolant. Refer to CO-11, "Inspection". • Start and warm up the engine. Visually check if there is no leaks of engine coolant. P Revision: January 2010 CO-27 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) Standard and Limit INFOID:0000000005283850 CAPACITY Unit: Engine coolant capacity (with reservoir tank at MAX level) (US qt, lmp qt) Approx. 7.0 (7 3/8, 6 1/8) THERMOSTAT Valve opening temperature 80.5 - 83.5°C (177 - 182°F) Full-open valve lift amount More than 8 mm/ 95°C (0.315 in/ 203°F) Valve closing temperature 77°C (171°F) WATER CONTROL VALVE Valve opening temperature 93.5 - 96.5°C (200 - 206°F) Full-open valve lift amount More than 8 mm/ 108°C (0.315 in/ 226°F) Valve closing temperature 90°C (194°F) RADIATOR Unit: kPa (kg / cm2 , psi) Cap relief pressure Standard 78 - 98 (0.8 - 1.0, 11 - 14) Leakage test pressure Revision: January 2010 157 (1.6, 23) CO-28 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION A PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" CO INFOID:0000000005937466 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. C D E F G H PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. I J Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect INFOID:0000000005283852 NOTE: • This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM). • Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the ″LOCK″ position. • Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results. For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder. For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and steering wheel rotation will become impossible. If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before starting the repair operation. K L M N O OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the steering lock will be released. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be rotated. Perform the necessary repair operation. Revision: January 2010 CO-29 2010 Sentra P PRECAUTIONS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.) 6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III. Precaution for Liquid Gasket INFOID:0000000005283853 REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET SEALING • After removing nuts and bolts, separate the mating surface, using Tool and remove old liquid gasket sealing. Tool number : KV10111100 (J-37228) CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the mating surfaces. • Tap (1) Tool to insert it, and then slide (2) it by tapping on the side as shown. • In areas where Tool is difficult to use, use plastic hammer to lightly tap the part, to remove it. CAUTION: If for some unavoidable reason suitable tool such as screwdriver is used, be careful not to damage the mating surfaces. WBIA0566E LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. Remove old liquid gasket adhering to the liquid gasket application surface and the mating surface, Using scraper. • Remove liquid gasket completely from the groove of the liquid gasket application surface, bolts, and bolt holes. Thoroughly clean the mating surfaces and remove adhering moisture, grease and foreign materials. PBIC0003E 3. Attach liquid gasket tube to Tool. Tool number 4. : WS39930000 ( — ) Use Genuine RTV Silicone Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant". Apply liquid gasket without breaks to the specified location with the specified dimensions. • If there is a groove for the liquid gasket application, apply liquid gasket to the groove. WBIA0567E • As for the bolt holes, normally apply liquid gasket inside the holes. Occasionally, it should be applied outside the holes. Make sure to read the text of service manual. • Within five minutes of liquid gasket application, install the mating component. • If liquid gasket protrudes, wipe it off immediately. • Do not retighten nuts or bolts after the installation. • After 30 minutes or more have passed from the installation, fill engine oil and engine coolant. CAUTION: If there are specific instructions in this manual, observe them. Revision: January 2010 CO-30 SEM159F 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION A Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000005283854 The actual shape of the Kent-Moore tools may differ from those special service tools illustrated here. CO Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description WS39930000 ( — ) Tube presser Pressing the tube of liquid gasket C D E S-NT052 EG17650301 (J-33984-A) Radiator cap tester adapter Adapting radiator cap tester to radiator filler neck: a: 28 (1.10) dia. b: 31.4 (1.236) dia. c: 41.3 (1.626) dia. Unit: mm (in) F G S-NT564 KV10111100 (J-37228) Seal cutter Removing chain tensioner cover and water pump cover H I J NT046 KV991J0070 (J-45695) Coolant Refill Tool Refilling engine cooling system K L LMA053 — (J-23688) Engine coolant refractometer Checking concentration of ethylene glycol in engine coolant M N WBIA0539E O Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000005283855 P Revision: January 2010 CO-31 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Tool name Description Power tool Loosening bolts and nuts PBIC0190E Radiator cap tester Checking radiator and radiator cap PBIC1982E Revision: January 2010 CO-32 2010 Sentra OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS A Troubleshooting Chart INFOID:0000000005283856 Symptom Poor heat transfer CO Check items Water pump malfunction Worn or loose drive belt Thermostat stuck closed Thermostat Damaged fins Dust contamination or rock clogging C — D Physical damage Clogged radiator cooling tube Excess foreign material (rust, dirt, sand, etc.) E Cooling fan does not operate Reduced air flow High resistance to fan rotation Engine cooling fans — F Damaged fan blades Cooling system parts malfunction Damaged radiator shroud — Radiator shroud — Improper coolant mixture ratio — Engine coolant viscosity — Poor coolant quality — Periodic maintenance — Cooling hose Water pump Radiator cap Engine coolant leaks Loose clamp Radiator I Poor sealing Loose Poor sealing Cracked radiator tank Cracked radiator core Reservoir tank Overflowing reservoir tank H Cracked hose O-ring for damage, deterioration or improper fitting Insufficient engine coolant G J K Cracked reservoir tank Cylinder head deterioration Exhaust gas leaks into coolCylinder head gasket deteriing system oration L M N O P Revision: January 2010 CO-33 2010 Sentra OVERHEATING CAUSE ANALYSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Symptom Check items High engine rpm under no load Abusive driving Driving in low gear for extended time Driving at extremely high speed — Overload on engine Powertrain system malfunction Installed improper size wheels and tires Except cooling system parts malfunction — Dragging brakes Improper ignition timing Blocked radiator grille Blocked bumper Installed car brassiere Blocked radiator grille Blocked or restricted air flow Blocked bumper Blocked radiator Mud contamination or paper clogging — Blocked condenser Installed large fog lamp Revision: January 2010 CO-34 2010 Sentra COOLING SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > COOLING SYSTEM A Cooling Circuit INFOID:0000000005283857 M/T Models CO C D E F G H I J K L WBIA0851E 1. Thermostat 2. Water control valve 3. Water control valve housing (Water outlet) 4. Cylinder block (Thermostat housing) 5. Water inlet 6. Radiator 7 Water pump 8. Cylinder block 9. Cylinder head A. Open B. Closed C. To electric throttle control actuator D. To oil cooler E. To heater E. From heater G. From electric throttle control actuator H. From oil cooler M N O P Revision: January 2010 CO-35 2010 Sentra COOLING SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CVT Models JPBIA0709GB Revision: January 2010 CO-36 2010 Sentra COOLING SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Schematic INFOID:0000000005283858 A M/T Models CO C D E F G H WBIA0852E 1. Radiator 2. Water inlet 3. Reservoir tank 4. Thermostat 5. Thermostat housing 6. Water pump 7. Cylinder head 8. Cylinder block 9. Water control valve 10. Water control valve housing 11. Heater 12. Oil cooler 13. Electric throttle control actuator A. B. Open I J Closed K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 CO-37 2010 Sentra COOLING SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CVT Models JPBIA0710GB Revision: January 2010 CO-38 2010 Sentra ENGINE COOLANT [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ENGINE COOLANT A Inspection INFOID:0000000005283859 WARNING: CO • Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high pressure fluid escaping from the radiator. • Wrap a thick cloth around the cap. Slowly push down and turn it a quarter turn to allow built-up presC sure to escape. Carefully remove the cap by pushing down and turning it all the way. CHECKING COOLING SYSTEM HOSES Check hoses for the following: • Improper attachment • Leaks • Cracks • Damage • Loose connections • Chafing • Deterioration D E F CHECKING RESERVOIR LEVEL • Check if the reservoir tank engine coolant level is within MIN to MAX when the engine is cool. • Adjust the engine coolant level as necessary. G H I SMA412B CHECKING COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAKS To check for leaks, apply pressure to the cooling system using suitable tool and Tool. Tool number K : EG17650301 (J-33984-A) Testing pressure L : 157 kPa (1.6 kg/cm2, 23 psi) WARNING: Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high pressure coolant escaping from the radiator. CAUTION: Higher pressure than specified may cause radiator damage. M WBIA0568E N CHECKING RADIATOR CAP 1. Inspect the radiator cap. • Replace the cap if the metal plunger cannot be seen around the edge of the black rubber gasket. • Replace the cap if deposits of waxy residue or other foreign material are on the black rubber gasket or the metal retainer. NOTE: Thoroughly wipe out the radiator filler neck to remove any waxy residue or foreign material. Revision: January 2010 J CO-39 2010 Sentra O P ENGINE COOLANT < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Pull the negative-pressure valve to open it and check that it closes completely when released. • Check that there is no dirt or damage on the valve seat of the radiator cap negative-pressure valve. • Check that there are no abnormalities in the opening and closing conditions of the negative-pressure valve. [QR25DE] SMA967B 3. Check radiator cap relief pressure using suitable tool and Tool. Tool number : EG17650301 (J-33984-A) Standard: 78 – 98 kPa (0.8 – 1.0 kg/cm2, 11 – 14 psi) • When connecting the radiator cap to the tester, apply water or coolant to the cap seal surface. • Replace the radiator cap if there is an abnormality in the negative-pressure valve, or if the open-valve pressure is outside of the standard values. WBIA0570E CHECKING RADIATOR Check radiator for mud or clogging. If necessary, clean radiator as follows. • Be careful not to bend or damage the radiator fins. • When radiator is cleaned without removal, remove all surrounding parts such as cooling fan shroud and horns. Then tape the harness and electrical connectors to prevent water from entering. 1. Apply water by hose to the back side of the radiator core, with the hose pointed vertically downward. 2. Apply water again to all radiator core surfaces once per minute. 3. Stop washing if any stains no longer flow out from the radiator. 4. Blow air into the back side of radiator core, with the air hose pointed vertically downward. • Use compressed air lower than 490 kPa (5 kg/cm2, 71 psi) and keep distance more than 30 cm (11.8 in). 5. Blow air again into all the radiator core surfaces once per minute until no water sprays out. 6. Check for leaks. Changing Engine Coolant INFOID:0000000005283860 WARNING: • To avoid being scalded, do not change the engine coolant when the engine is hot. • Wrap a thick cloth around radiator cap and carefully remove the cap. First, turn the cap a quarter of a turn to release built-up pressure. Then push down and turn the cap all the way to remove. • Be careful no to allow engine coolant to contact drive belt. DRAINING ENGINE COOLANT 1. Remove the engine under cover. Refer to EI-14, "Removal and Installation". Revision: January 2010 CO-40 2010 Sentra ENGINE COOLANT < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Open the radiator drain plug (1) at the bottom of the radiator, and remove the radiator filler cap. This is the only step required when partially draining the cooling system (radiator only). • Front CAUTION: • Perform this step when engine is cold. • Do not spill engine coolant on drive belt. [QR25DE] A CO C PBIC3799E 3. 4. 5. Follow this step for heater core removal/replacement only. Disconnect the upper heater hose at the engine side and apply moderate air pressure [103.46 kPa (15 psi, 1.055 kg/cm2) maximum air pressure] into the hose for 30 seconds to blow the excess coolant out of the heater core. When draining all of the coolant in the system, remove the reservoir tank and drain the coolant, then clean the reservoir tank before installation. When draining all of the coolant in the system for engine removal or repair, open the drain plug on the cylinder block. D E F G H KBIA0163E 6. Check the drained engine coolant for contaminants such as rust, corrosion or discoloration. If the coolant is contaminated, flush the engine cooling system. Follow the "FLUSHING COOLING SYSTEM" procedure. I J REFILLING ENGINE COOLANT 1. Install the radiator drain plug. Install the reservoir tank and cylinder block drain plug, if removed for a total system drain or for engine removal or repair. • The radiator must be completely empty of coolant and water. • Apply sealant to the threads of the cylinder block drain plugs. Use Genuine High Performance Thread Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant". Radiator drain plug Cylinder block drain plug 2. 3. : Refer to CO-44, "Removal and Installation". : Refer to EM-188. K L M If disconnected, reattach the upper radiator hose at the engine side. Set the vehicle heater controls to the full HOT and heater ON position. Turn the vehicle ignition ON with the engine OFF as necessary to activate the heater mode. N O P Revision: January 2010 CO-41 2010 Sentra ENGINE COOLANT < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Install the Tool by installing the radiator cap adapter onto the radiator neck opening. Then attach the gauge body assembly with the refill tube and the venturi assembly to the radiator cap adapter. Tool number 5. : KV991J0070 (J-45695) Insert the refill hose into the coolant mixture container that is placed at floor level. Make sure the ball valve is in the closed position. • Use Genuine NISSAN Long Life Anti-freeze coolant or equivalent, mixed 50/50 with distilled water or demineralized water. Refer to MA-17, "Anti-freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio". Engine coolant capacity (with reservoir tank) 6. 8. : Refer to MA-15. Install an air hose to the venturi assembly, the air pressure must be within specification. Compressed air supply pressure 7. [QR25DE] : 549 - 824 kPa (5.6 - 8.4 kg/cm2, 80 - 119 psi) LLIA0058E CAUTION: The compressed air supply must be equipped with an air dryer. The vacuum gauge will begin to rise and there will be an audible hissing noise. During this process open the ball valve on the refill hose slightly. Coolant will be visible rising in the refill hose. Once the refill hose is full of coolant, close the ball valve. This will purge any air trapped in the refill hose. Continue to draw the vacuum until the gauge reaches 28 inches of vacuum. The gauge may not reach 28 inches in high altitude locations, use the vacuum specifications below based on the altitude above sea level. Altitude above sea level 0 - 100 m (328 ft) 300 m (984 ft) 500 m (1,641 ft) 1,000 m (3,281 ft) Vacuum gauge reading : 28 inches of vacuum : 27 inches of vacuum : 26 inches of vacuum : 24 - 25 inches of vacuum LLIA0057E 9. When the vacuum gauge has reached the specified amount, disconnect the air hose and wait 20 seconds to see if the system loses any vacuum. If the vacuum level drops, perform any necessary repairs to the system and repeat steps 6 - 8 to bring the vacuum to the specified amount. Recheck for any leaks. 10. Place the coolant container (with the refill hose inserted) at the same level as the top of the radiator. Then open the ball valve on the refill hose so the coolant will be drawn up to fill the cooling system. The cooling system is full when the vacuum gauge reads zero. CAUTION: Do not allow the coolant container to get too low when filling, to avoid air from being drawn into the cooling system. 11. Remove the Tool from the radiator neck opening. 12. Fill the cooling system reservoir tank to the specified level and install the radiator cap. Run the engine to warm up the cooling system and top up the system as necessary. FLUSHING COOLING SYSTEM 1. 2. 3. Fill radiator and reservoir tank with water and reinstall radiator cap. Run engine until it reaches normal operating temperature. Rev the engine two or three times under no-load. Revision: January 2010 CO-42 2010 Sentra ENGINE COOLANT < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Stop the engine and wait until it cools down. 5. Drain water from the cooling system. 6. Repeat steps 1 through 5 until clear water begins to drain from the radiator. [QR25DE] A CO C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 CO-43 2010 Sentra RADIATOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > RADIATOR Component INFOID:0000000005283861 AWBIA0773ZZ 1. Reservoir tank cap 2. Reservoir tank 3. Reservoir tank hose 4. Mounting rubber (upper) 5. Radiator upper mounts 6. Radiator cap 7. Radiator 8. Mounting rubber (lower) 10. Radiator hose (upper) B. 11. Cooling fan assembly 9. Radiator hose (lower) A. To water outlet To water inlet Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283862 WARNING: Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high pressure engine coolant escaping from the radiator. Wrap a thick cloth around the cap. Slowly turn it a quarter turn to release built-up pressure. Carefully remove the radiator cap by turning it all the way. REMOVAL Revision: January 2010 CO-44 2010 Sentra RADIATOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Drain engine coolant from the radiator. Refer to CO-40, "Changing Engine Coolant". CAUTION: A • Perform this step when engine is cold. • Do not spill engine coolant on drive belt 2. Remove front air duct. Refer to EM-133, "Removal and Installation". CO 3. Disconnect radiator upper and lower hoses. 4. Disconnect the reservoir tank hose. C 5. Disconnect harness connectors from fan motors, and position harness aside. 6. Remove the cooling fan assembly to radiator bolts and remove cooling fan assembly. 7. Remove radiator upper mounts. D 8. Move the radiator assembly to the rearward direction of vehicle, and then lift it upward to remove. CAUTION: Do not damage or scratch A/C condenser and radiator core when removing. E INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL Inspect radiator for leaks as follows: • Apply pressure using suitable tool and Tool. Specified pressure value Tool number F : 157 kPa (1.6 kg/cm2, 23 psi) G : EG17650301 (J-33984-A) WARNING: To prevent the risk of the hose coming undone while under pressure, securely fasten it down with a hose clamp. H SLC933 I • Check for leakage. J K L SLC934 INSTALLATION M Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Do not damage or scratch A/C condenser and radiator core when installing. N INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION • Check for leaks of engine coolant. Refer to CO-39, "Inspection". • Start and warm up engine. Visually check if there is no leaks of engine coolant and CVT fluid if equipped. Refer to CVT-14. O P Revision: January 2010 CO-45 2010 Sentra COOLING FAN [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > COOLING FAN Component INFOID:0000000005283863 AWBIA0774ZZ 1. Cooling fan assembly Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283864 WARNING: Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur form high pressure engine coolant escaping from the radiator. REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Partially drain engine coolant from radiator. Refer to CO-40, "Changing Engine Coolant". CAUTION: • Perform this step when engine is cold. • Do not spill engine coolant on drive belt. Remove front air duct. Refer to EM-133, "Removal and Installation". Disconnect reservoir tank hose from radiator and cooling fan assembly. Disconnect radiator hose (upper) at radiator side. Refer to CO-44, "Component". Disconnect harness connectors from fan motor, and position harness aside. Remove cooling fan assembly. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage or scratch the radiator core. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • Cooling fans are controlled by ECM. For details, refer to EC-1543. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage or scratch the radiator core. Revision: January 2010 CO-46 2010 Sentra COOLING FAN [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000005283865 A CO C D E F G H WBIA0362E 1. Fan blade 2. Fan shroud 3. Fan motor I DISASSEMBLY 1. 2. Remove fan blades from fan motors. Remove fan motors from fan shroud. J ASSEMBLY Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly. K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 CO-47 2010 Sentra WATER PUMP [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > WATER PUMP Component INFOID:0000000005283866 KBIA0154E 1. Water pump 4. Water pipe 2. Gasket 3. Removal and Installation Water pump housing INFOID:0000000005283867 WARNING: Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high pressure engine coolant escaping from the radiator. REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Drain engine coolant from the radiator. Refer to CO-40, "Changing Engine Coolant". CAUTION: Perform this step when the engine is cold. Remove RH wheel and tire assembly. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment". Remove the front air duct. Refer to EM-133, "Removal and Installation". Remove the generator. Refer to SC-33, "Removal and Installation QR25DE". Remove engine ground strap. Remove the water pump. NOTE: If necessary, the exhaust manifold catalytic convertor assembly must be removed to remove the water pipe. CAUTION: • Handle the water pump vane so that it does not contact any other parts. • Water pump cannot be disassembled and should be replaced as an assembly. INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL Revision: January 2010 CO-48 2010 Sentra WATER PUMP < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Visually check that there is no significant dirt or rusting on the water pump body and vane. • Make sure that there is no looseness in the vane shaft, and that it turns smoothly when rotated by hand. • Replace the water pump, if necessary. [QR25DE] A CO C KBIA0155E D INSTALLATION • Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • When inserting water pipe end to cylinder block, apply a neutral detergent to O-ring. Then insert it immediately. E INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION • Check for leaks of engine coolant. Refer to CO-39, "Inspection". • Start and warm up the engine. Visually check for leaks of engine coolant. F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 CO-49 2010 Sentra THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING Component INFOID:0000000005283868 M/T Models WBIA0853E 1. Thermostat 2. O-ring 3. Engine coolant inlet 4. Water control valve 5. Gasket 6. Engine coolant outlet 7. Copper washer 8. Engine coolant temperature sensor 9. Heater pipe A. To electric throttle control actuator B. To oil cooler C. To heater core D. To heater core E. To electric throttle control actuator F. To oil cooler Engine front Revision: January 2010 CO-50 2010 Sentra THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CVT Models A CO C D E F G H I AWBIA0775GB 1. Thermostat 2. O-ring 3. Engine coolant inlet 4. Water control valve 5. Gasket 6. Engine coolant outlet 7. Copper washer 8. Engine coolant temperature sensor 9. Heater pipe A. To electric throttle control actuator B. To oil cooler C. To heater core D. To heater core E. To electric throttle control actuator F. To oil cooler G. From CVT oil cooler H. To CVT oil cooler J K Engine front Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283869 WARNING: Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high pressure engine coolant escaping from the radiator. REMOVAL O P INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL CO-51 M N CAUTION: Perform when the engine is cold. 1. Drain engine coolant from the radiator. Refer to CO-40, "Changing Engine Coolant". 2. Remove front air duct. Refer to EM-133, "Removal and Installation". 3. Remove radiator hose (lower) from the engine coolant inlet side. 4. Remove engine coolant inlet and thermostat. Revision: January 2010 L 2010 Sentra THERMOSTAT AND THERMOSTAT HOUSING [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Place a thread so that it is caught in the valves of the thermostat. Immerse fully in a container filled with water. Heat while stirring. • The valve opening temperature is the temperature at which the valve opens and the thermostat falls from the thread. • Continue heating. Check the full-open valve lift amount. NOTE: The full-open valve lift amount standard temperature for the thermostat is the reference value. • After checking the full-open valve lift amount, lower the water temperature and check the valve closing temperature. SLC252B Items Thermostat Valve opening temperature 80.5 – 83.5°C (177 – 182°F) Full-open valve lift amount More than 8 mm / 95°C (0.315 in / 203°F) Valve closing temperature 77°C (171°F) • If out of the specification, replace thermostat. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • Install the engine coolant temperature sensor. Use Genuine RTV Silicone Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant". • Install the thermostat with the whole circumference of the flange part fitting securely inside the rubber ring. • Install the thermostat with the jiggle valve facing upwards. The position deviation may be within the range of ±10°. • If necessary, to install the heater pipe, first apply a mild detergent to the O-ring and then quickly insert the pipe into the housing. PBIC0157E INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION • Check for leaks of engine coolant. Refer to CO-39, "Inspection". • Start and warm up the engine. Visually check for engine coolant leaks. Revision: January 2010 CO-52 2010 Sentra WATER CONTROL VALVE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > WATER CONTROL VALVE A Component INFOID:0000000005283870 M/T Models CO C D E F G H I J WBIA0853E 1. Thermostat 2. O-ring 3. Engine coolant inlet 4. Water control valve 5. Gasket 6. Engine coolant outlet 7. Copper washer 8. Engine coolant temperature sensor 9. Heater pipe A. To electric throttle control actuator B. To oil cooler C. To heater core D. To heater core E. To electric throttle control actuator F. To oil cooler K L Engine front M N O P Revision: January 2010 CO-53 2010 Sentra WATER CONTROL VALVE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CVT Models AWBIA0775GB 1. Thermostat 2. O-ring 3. Engine coolant inlet 4. Water control valve 5. Gasket 6. Engine coolant outlet 7. Copper washer 8. Engine coolant temperature sensor 9. Heater pipe A. To electric throttle control actuator B. To oil cooler C. To heater core D. To heater core E. To electric throttle control actuator F. To oil cooler G. From CVT oil cooler H. To CVT oil cooler Removal and Installation Engine Front INFOID:0000000005283871 WARNING: Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high pressure engine coolant escaping from the radiator. REMOVAL CAUTION: Perform when the engine is cold. 1. Drain engine coolant from the radiator. Refer to CO-40, "Changing Engine Coolant". 2. Remove the air cleaner and air duct assembly. Refer to EM-133, "Removal and Installation". 3. Remove battery tray with brackets. Refer to SC-9, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery Tray)". 4. Remove the radiator hose (upper), heater pipe, electric throttle control actuator inlet hose, CVT fluid cooler hoses if equipped, heater hose and oil cooler hoses. 5. Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor. 6. Remove the engine coolant outlet. 7. Remove the water control valve. 8. Remove engine coolant temperature sensor, if necessary. CAUTION: • Handle carefully to avoid any shock to engine coolant temperature sensor. Revision: January 2010 CO-54 2010 Sentra WATER CONTROL VALVE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Replace the gaskets and rubber rings with a new ones. A INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL • Place a thread so that it is caught in the valve of the water control valve. Immerse fully in a container filled with water. Heat while stirring. • The valve opening temperature is the temperature at which the water control valve opens and the falls from the thread. • Continue heating. Check the full-open valve lift amount. NOTE: The full-open valve lift amount standard temperature for the water control valve is the reference value. • After checking the full-open valve lift amount, lower the water temperature and check the valve closing temperature. Items CO C D SLC252B E Water control valve Valve opening temperature 93.5° - 96.5°C (200° - 206°F) Full-open valve lift amount More than 8 mm / 108°C (0.315 in / 226° F) Valve closing temperature 90°C (194° F) F • If out of the specification, replace water control valve. INSTALLATION G Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • Install the engine coolant temperature sensor. Use Genuine RTV Silicone Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant". • Install the water control valve with the whole circumference of the flange part fitting securely inside the rubber ring. • Install the water control valve with the up-mark facing up and the frame center part facing upwards. The position deviation may be within the range of ±10°. INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION H I J • Check for leaks of engine coolant. Refer to CO-39, "Inspection". • Start and warm up the engine. Visually check if there is no leaks of engine coolant. K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 CO-55 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) Capacity INFOID:0000000005283872 Unit: Application Engine coolant capacity (With reservoir tank at MAX level) (US qt, Imp qt) M/T models CVT models 6.9 (7 1/4, 6 1/8) 7.1 (7 1/2, 6 1/4) Thermostat INFOID:0000000005283873 Valve opening temperature 80.5 - 83.5°C (177 - 182°F) Full-open valve lift amount More than 8 mm / 95°C (0.315 in / 203°F) Valve closing temperature 77°C (171°F) Water Control Valve INFOID:0000000005283874 Valve opening temperature 93.5 - 96.5°C (200 - 206°F) Full-open valve lift amount More than 8 mm / 108°C (0.315 in / 226°F) Valve closing temperature 90°C (194°F) Radiator INFOID:0000000005283875 Unit: kPa (kg / cm2 , psi) Cap relief pressure Standard 78 - 98 (0.8 - 1.0, 11 - 14) Leakage test pressure Revision: January 2010 157 (1.6, 23) CO-56 2010 Sentra SUSPENSION SECTION FSU FRONT SUSPENSION A B C D FSU CONTENTS SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2 PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...... 3 General Precautions ................................................. 3 PREPARATION ................................................... 4 Special Service Tool ................................................. 4 Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 5 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ............................. 6 NVH Troubleshooting Chart ...................................... 6 FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY ................... 7 Wheel Alignment Inspection ..................................... 7 Component ..............................................................10 Removal and Installation .........................................11 F COIL SPRING AND STRUT .............................. 13 G Removal and Installation .........................................13 Disposal ...................................................................13 Disassembly and Assembly .....................................14 H TRANSVERSE LINK ......................................... 17 Removal and Installation .........................................17 I STABILIZER BAR ............................................. 18 Removal and Installation .........................................18 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ................................................................. 20 Wheel Alignment (Unladen*) ...................................20 Ball Joint ..................................................................20 Wheelarch Height (Unladen*) ..................................21 On-Vehicle Inspection and Service ........................... 7 J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 FSU-1 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000005589318 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect INFOID:0000000005283681 NOTE: • This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM). • Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the ″LOCK″ position. • Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results. For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder. For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and steering wheel rotation will become impossible. If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before starting the repair operation. OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the steering lock will be released. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be rotated. Perform the necessary repair operation. Revision: January 2010 FSU-2 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.) 6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III. Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000005283680 A B When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover the lower end of windshield. C D FSU WEIA0178E General Precautions INFOID:0000000005283682 • When installing rubber bushings, the final tightening must be carried out under unladen conditions with tires on ground. Oil might shorten the life of rubber bushings. Be sure to wipe off any spilled oil. - Unladen conditions mean that fuel, engine coolant and lubricant are full. Spare tire, jack, hand tools and mats are in designated positions. • After servicing suspension parts, be sure to check wheel alignment. • Self-lock nuts are not reusable. Always use new ones when installing. F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 FSU-3 2010 Sentra PREPARATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000005283683 The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special tools illustrated here. Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description KV991040S0 ( — ) CCK gauge attachment 1. Plate 2. Guide bolt 3. Nut 4. Spring 5. Center plate 6. KV99104020 Adapter A a: 72 mm (2.83 in) dia. 7. KV99104030 Adapter B b: 65 mm (2.56 in) dia. 8. KV99104040 Adapter C c: 57 mm (2.24 in) dia. 9. KV99104050 Adapter D d: 53.4 mm (2.102 in) dia. Measuring wheel alignment S-NT498 ST35652000 ( — ) Strut attachment Disassembling and assembling strut ZZA0807D Measuring rotating torque of ball joint ST3127S000 (J-25742-1) Preload Gauge 1. GG91030000 (J-25765) Torque wrench 2. HT62940000 ( — ) Socket adapter (1/2″) 3. HT62900000 ( — ) Socket adapter (3/8″) NT124 HT72520000 (J-25730-A) Ball joint remover Removing tie-rod outer end and lower ball joint NT146 KV101J0010 (J-47242) Engine support table Front suspension member removal WBIA0658E Revision: January 2010 FSU-4 2010 Sentra PREPARATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description — (J-49286) Drift and Pull gauge Measuring drift and pull A B C AWEIA0156ZZ — (J-49029) Strut rod clamp D Securing strut rod FSU F AWEIA0159ZZ — (J-44372) Pull gauge Measuring steering wheel turning force and ball joint swinging force G H LST024 Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000005283684 Tool name Description Spring compressor Removing and installing coil spring I J K L S-NT717 Power tool • Removing wheel nuts • Removing front suspension component parts M N PBIC0190E O P Revision: January 2010 FSU-5 2010 Sentra NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING < SERVICE INFORMATION > NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING NVH Troubleshooting Chart INFOID:0000000005283685 FAX-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart" WT-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart" WT-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart" FAX-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart" BR-7, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart" PS-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart" TIRES ROAD WHEEL DRIVE SHAFT BRAKES STEERING × × × × × × × × × × × FSU-18 × Stabilizer bar fatigue × FSU-7 × Incorrect wheel alignment × FSU-10 × Suspension looseness × × — × × Spring fatigue × × — × × Parts interference × × — × × Bushing or mounting deterioration FSU-13 FRONT AXLE Symptom Strut deformation, damage or deflection Possible cause and SUSPECTED PARTS FSU-10 Reference page Improper installation, looseness Use chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts. × × × Noise × × × Shake × × × × Vibration × × × × Shimmy × × × × Shudder × × × Poor quality ride or handling × × × × × × × × × × × ×: Applicable Revision: January 2010 FSU-6 2010 Sentra FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY On-Vehicle Inspection and Service A INFOID:0000000005681120 Make sure the mounting conditions (looseness, back lash) of each component and component conditions (wear, damage) are normal. B INSPECTION OF LOWER BALL JOINT END PLAY 1. 2. 3. C Set front wheels in a straight-ahead position. Do not depress brake pedal. Place an iron bar or similar tool between transverse link and steering knuckle. Measure axial end play by prying it up and down. Axial end play D : 0 mm (0 in) CAUTION: FSU Be careful not to damage ball joint boot. Do not damage the installation position by applying excessive force. STRUT INSPECTION F Check for oil leakage, damage and replace as necessary. Wheel Alignment Inspection INFOID:0000000005681121 G PRELIMINARY INSPECTION WARNING: Always adjust the alignment with the vehicle on a flat surface. NOTE: If alignment is out of specification, inspect and replace any damaged or worn rear suspension parts before making any adjustments. 1. Check and adjust the wheel alignment with the vehicle under unladen conditions. “Unladen conditions” means that the fuel, coolant, and lubricant are full; and that the spare tire, jack, hand tools and mats are in their designated positions. 2. Check the tires for incorrect air pressure and excessive wear. 3. Check the wheels for run out and damage. Refer to WT-6, "Inspection". 4. Check the wheel bearing axial end play. Refer to FAX-6, "On-Vehicle Inspection and Service". 5. Check the shock absorbers for leaks or damage. 6. Check each mounting point of the suspension components for any excessive looseness or damage. 7. Check each link, arm, and the suspension member for any damage. 8. Check the vehicle height. Refer to FSU-21, "Wheelarch Height (Unladen*)". GENERAL INFORMATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS 1. 2. A Four-Wheel Thrust Alignment should be performed. • This type of alignment is recommended for any NISSAN vehicle. • The four-wheel “thrust” process helps ensure that the vehicle is properly aligned and the steering wheel is centered. • The alignment machine itself should be capable of accepting any NISSAN vehicle. • The alignment machine should be checked to ensure that it is level. Make sure the alignment machine is properly calibrated. • Your alignment machine should be regularly calibrated in order to give correct information. • Check with the manufacturer of your specific alignment machine for their recommended Service/Calibration Schedule. THE ALIGNMENT PROCESS IMPORTANT: Use only the alignment specifications listed in this Service Manual. Refer to FSU-20, "Wheel Alignment (Unladen*)". 1. When displaying the alignment settings, many alignment machines use “indicators”: (Green/red, plus or minus, Go/No Go). Do NOT use these indicators. • The alignment specifications programmed into your alignment machine that operate these indicators may not be correct. Revision: January 2010 FSU-7 2010 Sentra H I J K L M N O P FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > • This may result in an ERROR. 2. Some newer alignment machines are equipped with an optional “Rolling Compensation” method to “compensate” the sensors (alignment targets or head units). Do NOT use this “Rolling Compensation” method. • Use the “Jacking Compensation” method. After installing the alignment targets or head units, raise the vehicle and rotate the wheels 1/2 turn both ways. • See Instructions in the alignment machine you are using for more information. CAMBER, CASTER AND KINGPIN INCLINATION ANGLES INSPECTION • Camber, caster, kingpin inclination angles cannot be adjusted. • Before inspection, mount front wheels onto turning radius gauge. Mount rear wheels onto a stand that has same height so vehicle will remain horizontal. Using a CCK Gauge Install the CCK gauge attachment [SST: KV991040S0] with the following procedure on wheel, then measure wheel alignment. Tool number 1. 2. 3. 4. : KV991040S0 ( — ) Remove three wheel nuts, and install the guide bolts to hub bolt. Screw the adapter into the plate until it contacts the plate tightly. Screw the center plate into the plate. Insert the plate assembly on the guide bolt. Put the spring in, and then evenly screw the three guide bolt nuts. When fastening the guide nuts, do not completely compress the spring. SEIA0240E 5. Place the dent of alignment gauge onto the projection of the center plate and tightly contact them to measure. Camber, caster, kingpin inclination angles: Refer to FSU-20, "Wheel Alignment (Unladen*)". CAUTION: • If camber, caster, or kingpin inclination angle is outside the specification, check front suspension parts for wear and damage. Replace suspect parts if a malfunction is detected. • Kingpin inclination angle is reference value, no inspection is required. SEIA0241E TOE-IN INSPECTION Measure toe-in using the following procedure. WARNING: • Always perform the following procedure on a flat surface. • Make sure that no person is in front of vehicle before pushing it. 1. Bounce the front of vehicle up and down to stabilize the vehicle height (posture). 2. Push vehicle straight ahead about 5 m (16 ft). Revision: January 2010 FSU-8 2010 Sentra FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Put a mark on base line of the tread (rear side) of both tires at the same height of hub center. These are measuring points. A B C AFA050 4. 5. 6. D Measure distance (A) from rear side. Push vehicle slowly ahead to rotate wheels 180 degrees (1/2 turn). CAUTION: If wheels have rotated more than 180 degrees (1/2 turn), try the above procedure again from the beginning. Never push vehicle backward. Measure distance (B) from front side. FSU F G SFA234AC 7. Use the formula below to calculate total toe-in. H Total toe-in = A - B For total toe-in specification, refer to FSU-20, "Wheel Alignment (Unladen*)". I • If the total toe-in is outside the specification, adjust toe-in by varying the length between steering outer socket and inner socket. J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 FSU-9 2010 Sentra FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > Component INFOID:0000000005283688 AWEIA0153GB 1. Stabilizer bar 2. Stabilizer clamp 3. 4. Stabilizer connecting rod 5. Front suspension member 6. Member stay 7. Transverse link 8. Steering knuckle 9. Strut 10. Coil spring insulator Revision: January 2010 11. Bound bumper FSU-10 Stabilizer bushing 12. Dust cover 2010 Sentra FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > 13. Coil spring 14. Strut mounting bearing 15. Strut mounting insulator A Front Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005600154 B REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Remove front tires using power tool. Remove engine undercover. Separate intermediate shaft from steering gear pinion shaft. Refer to PS-8, "Removal and Installation". Remove wheel sensor from steering knuckles. Refer to BRC-33, "Removal and Installation". CAUTION: Do not pull on wheel sensor harness. Remove the nuts on the upper side of stabilizer connecting rods (1) with a power tool, and then remove stabilizer connecting rods (1) from strut assemblies. C D FSU F G SGIA1297E 6. 7. Loosen steering outer socket (1) nut. Remove steering outer socket (1) from steering knuckle (2) so as not to damage ball joint boot (3) using Tool. CAUTION: Temporarily tighten the nut to prevent damage to threads and to prevent the Tool from suddenly coming off. Tool number H I J : HT72520000 (J-25730-A) K SGIA1298E 8. Remove rear torque rod. Refer to FSU-10, "Component". 9. Remove A/F sensor harness bracket bolt from front suspension member assembly. 10. Remove transverse link ball joint nut and bolt from each steering knuckle. Then partially remove transverse link ball joint studs from steering knuckles. 11. Set Tool under the front suspension member, then remove the bolts from the front suspension member using power tool. L M N Tool number : KV101J0010 (J-47242) 12. Remove the bolts of member stay, and then remove member stay from vehicle. 13. Gradually lower a jack to remove front suspension assembly while ensuring transverse link ball joint studs separate from steering knuckles. 14. If replacing front suspension member, remove the following: • Stabilizer brackets and bushings. • Power steering gear. Refer to PS-11, "Exploded View". • Transverse links. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • For tightening specifications, refer to FSU-10, "Component". Revision: January 2010 FSU-11 2010 Sentra O P FRONT SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Perform final tightening of each of parts (rubber bushing), under unladen conditions, which were removed when removing front suspension assembly. Check wheel alignment. Refer to FSU-7, "Wheel Alignment Inspection". • Check wheel sensor harness for proper connection. Refer to BRC-33, "Removal and Installation". Revision: January 2010 FSU-12 2010 Sentra COIL SPRING AND STRUT < SERVICE INFORMATION > COIL SPRING AND STRUT A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283690 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. B Remove cowl top panel. Refer to EI-19, "Removal and Installation". Remove front tires using power tool. C Remove harness of wheel sensor from strut assembly. Refer to BRC-33, "Removal and Installation". CAUTION: Do not pull on wheel sensor harness. D Remove brake hose lock plate. Refer to BR-13, "Hydraulic Circuit". Remove the nut on the upper side of stabilizer connecting rod using power tool, and then remove stabilizer connecting rod from strut assembly. FSU Remove nuts and bolts, and then remove steering knuckle from strut assembly. Refer to FAX-6, "Removal and Installation". Remove the strut mounting insulator bolts, then remove strut F assembly. G WEIA0179E H INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • For tightening specifications, refer to FSU-10, "Component". • Perform final tightening of bolts and nuts at the strut assembly lower side (rubber bushing) under unladen conditions with tires on level ground. Check wheel alignment. Refer to FSU-7, "Wheel Alignment Inspection". • Check wheel sensor harness for proper connection. Refer to BRC-33, "Removal and Installation". • Attach strut mounting insulator as shown. I J K L M MEIA0014E Disposal INFOID:0000000005589319 1. Set strut assembly horizontally with the piston rod fully extended. 2. Drill 2 – 3 mm (0.08 – 0.12 in) hole (A) at the position ( ) from top as shown in the figure to release gas gradually. CAUTION: • Wear eye protection (safety glasses). • Wear gloves. • Be careful with metal chips or oil blown out by the compressed gas. NOTE: • Drill vertically in this direction ( ). • Directly to the outer tube avoiding brackets. • The gas is clear, colorless, odorless, and harmless. Revision: January 2010 FSU-13 N O P JPEIA0160ZZ 2010 Sentra COIL SPRING AND STRUT < SERVICE INFORMATION > A 3. : 20 – 30 mm (0.79 – 1.18 in) Position the drilled hole downward and drain oil by moving the piston rod several times. CAUTION: Dispose of drained oil according to the law and local regulations. Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000005283691 DISASSEMBLY CAUTION: Do not damage strut piston rod when removing components from strut assembly. 1. Install Tool (A) to strut and secure it in a vise. Tool number : ST35652000 ( — ) CAUTION: When installing the Tool to strut, wrap a shop cloth around strut to protect it from damage. WEIA0180E 2. Install Tool to strut rod. Tool number 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. : — ( J-49029 ) Using tool, compress coil spring between strut mounting bearing and spring lower seat (on strut) until coil spring is free. CAUTION: Be sure the tool is securely attached to the coil spring before compressing coil spring. Make sure coil spring with tool between strut mounting bearing and spring lower seat (strut) is free. Then remove piston rod lock nut while securing the piston rod tip so that piston rod does not turn. Remove strut mounting insulator, strut mounting bearing, coil spring with tool, dust cover, bound bumper, and coil spring insulator from strut. After removing coil spring with spring compressor, gradually release the spring compressor. CAUTION: Loosen while making sure coil spring attachment position does not move. Remove the tool from strut. SEIA0297E INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY Strut Inspection Check the following: • Strut for deformation, cracks or damage, and replace it if necessary. • Piston rod for damage, uneven wear or distortion, and replace it if necessary. • For oil leakage, and replace it if necessary. Strut Mounting Insulator and Rubber Parts Inspection Check strut mounting insulator for cracks and rubber parts for wear. Replace it if malfunction is detected. Coil Spring Inspection Check coil spring for cracks, wear or damage, and replace it if necessary. ASSEMBLY CAUTION: Do not damage strut piston rod when installing components to strut. Revision: January 2010 FSU-14 2010 Sentra COIL SPRING AND STRUT < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Install the Tool (A) to strut and secure it in a vise. A Tool number : ST35652000 ( — ) CAUTION: When installing the Tool to strut, wrap a shop cloth around strut to protect it from damage. B C WEIA0180E 2. 3. D Install lower insulator. Compress coil spring using tool, and install it onto strut. FSU F G SEIA0297E H CAUTION: • Face tube side of coil spring downward. Align the lower end to spring lower seat as shown. • Be sure tool is securely attached to coil spring. Compress coil spring. I J K MEIA0016E L 4. 5. Install bound bumper, dust cover and upper insulator. Attach strut mounting bearing and strut mounting insulator. • Installation position of strut mounting insulator as shown. M N O MEIA0014E 6. 7. Secure piston rod tip so that piston rod does not turn, then tighten piston rod lock nut to specified torque. Gradually release tool, and remove coil spring. CAUTION: While loosening make sure tool position does not move. Revision: January 2010 FSU-15 2010 Sentra P COIL SPRING AND STRUT < SERVICE INFORMATION > 8. Remove Tool (A) from strut. Tool number (A) : ST35652000 ( — ) WEIA0180E 9. Remove Tool from strut rod. Tool number Revision: January 2010 : — (J-49029) FSU-16 2010 Sentra TRANSVERSE LINK < SERVICE INFORMATION > TRANSVERSE LINK A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283692 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. B Remove front tires from vehicle with a power tool. Remove connecting rod to stabilizer bar nut. Remove connecting rod from stabilizer bar then reposition connecting rod. Remove transverse link nuts and bolts, then remove transverse link from front suspension member. Remove transverse link ball joint to steering knuckle nut and bolt, then remove transverse link. C D FSU F MEIA0017E INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL G Visual Inspection Check the following: • Transverse link and bushing for deformation, cracks or damage. Replace it if necessary. • Ball joint boot for cracks or other damage, and also for grease leakage. Replace it if necessary. H Ball Joint Inspection Manually move ball stud to confirm it moves smoothly with no binding. I Swing Torque Inspection NOTE: Before measurement, move ball stud at least ten times by hand to check for smooth movement. • Hook Tool at the cutout on ball stud. Confirm Tool measurement value is within specifications when ball stud begins moving. Tool number : — J K (J-44372) Swing torque : 0.5 - 4.9 N·m (0.06 - 0.49 kg-m, 5 - 43 in-lb) Spring balance measurement : 15.4 - 150.8 N (1.6 - 15.4 kg-f, 3.5 - 40 lb-f) • If it is outside the specified range, replace transverse link assembly. L M SEIA0523E N Axial End Play Inspection • Move tip of ball stud in axial direction to check for looseness. O Axial end play : 0 mm (0 in) • If it is outside the specified range, replace transverse link assembly. P INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • For tightening specifications, refer to FSU-10, "Component". • Perform final tightening of bolts and at the front suspension member installation position (rubber bushing) under unladen conditions with tires on level ground. Check wheel alignment. Refer to FSU-7, "Wheel Alignment Inspection". Revision: January 2010 FSU-17 2010 Sentra STABILIZER BAR < SERVICE INFORMATION > STABILIZER BAR Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283693 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Separate intermediate shaft from steering gear pinion shaft. Refer to PS-11, "Removal and Installation". Remove front tires using power tool. Remove the nut on the lower side of stabilizer connecting rod using power tool, and then remove stabilizer connecting rod from stabilizer bar. If necessary remove stabilize connecting rod upper nut using power tool. Separate stabilizer connecting rod and strut. Loosen steering outer socket (1) nut. Remove steering outer socket (1) from steering knuckle (2) so as not to damage ball joint boot (3) using Tool. Tool number : HT72520000 (J-25730-A) CAUTION: Temporarily tighten the nut to prevent damage to threads and to prevent the Tool from suddenly coming off. SGIA1298E 7. 8. Remove rear torque rod. Refer to EM-75, "Component". Set Tool under the front suspension member, then remove the bolts from the front suspension member using power tool. Tool number : KV101J0010 (J-47242) 9. Remove the bolts of member stay using power tool, and then remove member stay. 10. Gradually lower front suspension member in order to remove stabilizer bolts. WEIA0181E 11. Remove the stabilizer clamp bolts, then remove stabilizer clamps and stabilizer bushing. 12. Remove stabilizer bar. WEIA0182E INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL Check stabilizer bar, stabilizer connecting rod, stabilizer bushing, and stabilizer clamp for deformation, cracks, and damage. Replace it if necessary. Revision: January 2010 FSU-18 2010 Sentra STABILIZER BAR < SERVICE INFORMATION > INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • For tightening specifications, refer to FSU-10, "Component". A B C D FSU F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 FSU-19 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) Wheel Alignment (Unladen*) INFOID:0000000005681122 Engine MR20DE QR25DE Model 2.0, 2.0 S, 2.0 SR, 2.0 SL, 2.0 FFV SE-R, SE-R SPEC-V Minimum -0° 31′ (-0.52°) -0° 46′ (-0.77°) Nominal 0° 7′ (0.12°) -0° 8′ (-0.13°) Maximum 0° 45′ (0.75°) 0° 30′ (0.50°) Minimum -0° 45′ (-0.75°) -1° 0′ (-1.00°) LH Camber Degree minute (Decimal degree)*1 RH LH Caster Degree minute (Decimal degree)*2 RH Kingpin inclination Degree minute (Decimal degree) Nominal -0° 7′ (-0.12°) -0° 22′ (-0.37°) Maximum 0° 31′ (0.52°) 0° 16′ (0.27°) Minimum 4° 5′ (4.08°) 4° 25′ (4.42°) Nominal 4° 43′ (4.72°) 5° 3′ (5.05°) Maximum 5° 21′ (5.35°) 5° 41′ (5.68°) Minimum 4° 19′ (4.32°) 4° 39′ (4.65°) Nominal 4° 57′ (4.95°) 5° 17′ (5.28°) Maximum 5° 35′ (5.58°) 5° 55′ (5.92°) LH 10° 48′ (10.80°) 11° 13′ (11.22°) RH 11° 2′ (11.03°) 11° 27′ (11.45°) Minimum -0.8 mm (-0.03 in) -1 mm (-0.04 in) Nominal 0.2 mm (0.01 in) 0 mm (0.00 in) Maximum 1.2 mm (0.05 in) 1 mm (0.04 in) Minimum -0° 2′ 12" (-0.04°) -0° 2′ 42" (-0.045°) Nominal 0° 0′ 30" (0.01°) 0° 00′ (0.00°) Maximum 0° 3’ 12" (0.05°) 0° 2′ 42" (0.045°) SFA234AC Distance (A - B) Total toe-in Angle (left or right, each side) Degree minute (Degree) *: Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil full. Spare tire, jack, hand tools and mats in designated positions. *1: The LH camber angle shall be +14’ ± 39’ with repect to RH camber angle. *2: The LH caster angle shall be -14’ ± 39’ with repect to RH caster angle. Ball Joint INFOID:0000000005283695 Swing torque 0.5 - 4.9 N·m (0.06 - 0.49 kg-m, 5 - 43 in-lb) Measurement on spring balance 15.4 - 150.8 N (1.6 - 15.4 kg-f, 3.5 - 40 lb-f) Axial end play Revision: January 2010 0 mm (0 in) FSU-20 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wheelarch Height (Unladen*) INFOID:0000000005283696 A B C D LEIA0085E Engine Model MR20DE FSU QR25DE 2.0 2.0 S, 2.0 SR, 2.0 SL SE-R SE-R SPEC-V P205/60HR15 P205/55HR16 P225/45VR17 P225/45WR17 Front (Hf) mm (in) 691 (27.20) 694 (27.32) 690 (27.17) 679 (26.73) Rear (Hr) mm (in) 693 (27.28) 696 (27.40) 690 (27.17) 677 (26.65) Tire Size *: Fuel, radiator coolant and engine oil full. Spare tire, jack, hand tools and mats in designated positions. F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 FSU-21 2010 Sentra GENERAL INFORMATION SECTION GI GENERAL INFORMATION GI B C D E CONTENTS SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2 How to Check Terminal ...........................................23 How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident ..............................................................26 Control Units and Electrical Parts ............................33 PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2 Description ................................................................ 2 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2 General Precaution ................................................... 3 Precaution for Three Way Catalyst ........................... 4 Precaution for Fuel (Unleaded Regular Gasoline Recommended) MR20DE and QR25DE Except SE-R Spec-V ............................................................. 4 Precaution for Fuel (Unleaded Premium Gasoline Required) QR25DE SE-R Spec-V Only .................... 5 Precaution for Multiport Fuel Injection System or Engine Control System ............................................. 5 Precaution for Hoses ................................................. 5 Precaution for Engine Oils ........................................ 6 Precaution for Air Conditioning ................................. 7 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL ............................ 8 Description ................................................................ 8 Terms ........................................................................ 8 Units .......................................................................... 8 Contents .................................................................... 8 Relation between Illustrations and Descriptions ...... 9 Component ................................................................ 9 How to Follow Trouble Diagnosis ............................ 10 How to Read Wiring Diagram .................................. 14 Abbreviations .......................................................... 21 G CONSULT-III CHECKING SYSTEM ................. 36 Description ...............................................................36 Function and System Application ............................36 CONSULT-III Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit....37 H LIFTING POINT ................................................. 39 I Special Service Tool ................................................39 Garage Jack and Safety Stand and 2-Pole Lift .......39 Board-On Lift ...........................................................40 J TOW TRUCK TOWING ..................................... 41 Tow Truck Towing ...................................................41 Vehicle Recovery (Freeing a Stuck Vehicle) ...........41 TIGHTENING TORQUE OF STANDARD BOLTS ............................................................... 43 K Tightening Torque Table .........................................43 L RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND SEALANTS ............................................... 44 M Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant .......44 IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION .................... 45 Model Variation ........................................................45 Dimensions ..............................................................48 Wheels & Tires ........................................................48 TERMINOLOGY ................................................ 49 SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT ...........................................................23 Revision: January 2010 F GI-1 N O SAE J1930 Terminology List ...................................49 P 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION PRECAUTIONS Description INFOID:0000000005282865 Observe the following precautions to ensure safe and proper servicing. These precautions are not described in each individual section. Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000005570705 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect INFOID:0000000005282867 NOTE: • This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM). • Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the ″LOCK″ position. • Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results. For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder. For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and steering wheel rotation will become impossible. If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before starting the repair operation. OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Revision: January 2010 GI-2 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the steering lock will be released. GI 3. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be rotated. 4. Perform the necessary repair operation. B 5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.) C 6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III. General Precaution INFOID:0000000005282868 D • Do not operate the engine for an extended period of time without proper exhaust ventilation. Keep the work area well ventilated and free of any flammable materials. Special care should be taken when handling any flammable or poisonous materials, such as gasoline, refrigerant gas, etc. When working in a pit or other enclosed area, be sure to properly ventilate the area before working with hazardous materials. Do not smoke while working on the vehicle. E F SGI285 • Before jacking up the vehicle, apply wheel chocks or other tire blocks to the wheels to prevent the vehicle from moving. After jacking up the vehicle, support the vehicle weight with safety stands at the points designated for proper lifting before working on the vehicle. These operations should be done on a level surface. • When removing a heavy component such as the engine or transaxle/transmission, be careful not to lose your balance and drop them. Also, do not allow them to strike adjacent parts, especially the brake tubes and master cylinder. G H I J SGI231 • Before starting repairs which do not require battery power: Turn off ignition switch. Disconnect the negative battery terminal. • If the battery terminals are disconnected, recorded memory of radio and each control unit is erased. • Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds. Wash hands after handling. K L M N SEF289H • To prevent serious burns: Avoid contact with hot metal parts. Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. • Dispose of or recycle drained oil or the solvent used for cleaning parts in an appropriate manner. • Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically. Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire. • Clean all disassembled parts in the designated liquid or solvent prior to inspection or assembly. Revision: January 2010 GI-3 O P SGI233 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Replace oil seals, gaskets, packings, O-rings, locking washers, cotter pins, self-locking nuts, etc. with new ones. • Replace inner and outer races of tapered roller bearings and needle bearings as a set. • Arrange the disassembled parts in accordance with their assembled locations and sequence. • Do not touch the terminals of electrical components which use microcomputers (such as ECM). Static electricity may damage internal electronic components. • After disconnecting vacuum or air hoses, attach a tag to indicate the proper connection. • Use only the fluids and lubricants specified in this manual. • Use approved bonding agent, sealants or their equivalents when required. • Use hand tools, power tools (disassembly only) and recommended special tools where specified for safe and efficient service repairs. • When repairing the fuel, oil, water, vacuum or exhaust systems, check all affected lines for leaks. PBIC0190E • Before servicing the vehicle: Protect fenders, upholstery and carpeting with appropriate covers. Take caution that keys, buckles or buttons do not scratch paint. SGI234 WARNING: To prevent ECM from storing the diagnostic trouble codes, do not carelessly disconnect the harness connectors which are related to the engine control system and TCM (transmission control module) system. The connectors should be disconnected only when working according to the WORK FLOW of TROUBLE DIAGNOSES in EC and CVT sections. Precaution for Three Way Catalyst INFOID:0000000005282869 If a large amount of unburned fuel flows into the catalyst, the catalyst temperature will be excessively high. To prevent this, follow the instructions. • Use unleaded gasoline only. Leaded gasoline will seriously damage the three way catalyst. • When checking for ignition spark or measuring engine compression, make tests quickly and only when necessary. • Do not run engine when the fuel tank level is low, otherwise the engine may misfire, causing damage to the catalyst. Do not place the vehicle on flammable material. Keep flammable material off the exhaust pipe and the three way catalyst. Precaution for Fuel (Unleaded Regular Gasoline Recommended) MR20DE and QR25DE Except SE-R Spec-V INFOID:0000000005282870 Use unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (research octane number 91). E-85 fuel (85% fuel ethanol, 15% unleaded gasoline) may only be used in vehicles specifically designed for E-85 fuel (i.e. Flexible Fuel Vehicle - FFV models). CAUTION: Do not use leaded gasoline. Using leaded gasoline will damage the three way catalyst. Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control devices and systems, and could Revision: January 2010 GI-4 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > also affect the warranty coverage validity. Do not use E-85 fuel (85% fuel ethanol, 15% unleaded gasoline) unless the vehicle is specifically designed for E-85 fuel (i.e. Flexible Fuel Vehicle - FFV models). GI Precaution for Fuel (Unleaded Premium Gasoline Required) QR25DE SE-R Spec-V Only INFOID:0000000005282871 Use unleaded premium gasoline with an octane rating of at least 91 AKI (Anti-Knock Index) number (Research octane number 96). B C If unleaded premium gasoline is not available, unleaded regular gasoline with an octane rating of at least 87 AKI number (Research octane number 91) can be used, but only under the following precautions: • have the fuel tank filled only partially with unleaded regular gasoline, and fill up with unleaded premium gasoline as soon as possible. • avoid full throttle driving and abrupt acceleration. However, for maximum vehicle performance, the use of unleaded premium gasoline is recommended. D CAUTION: Do not use leaded gasoline. Using leaded gasoline will damage the three way catalyst. Do not use E-85 fuel (85% fuel ethanol, 15% unleaded gasoline) unless the vehicle is specifically designed for E-85 fuel (i.e. Flexible Fuel Vehicle - FFV models). Using a fuel other than that specified could adversely affect the emission control devices and systems, and could also affect the warranty coverage validity. F Precaution for Multiport Fuel Injection System or Engine Control System G INFOID:0000000005282872 • Before connecting or disconnecting any harness connector for the multiport fuel injection system or ECM: Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position. Disconnect negative battery terminal. Otherwise, there may be damage to ECM. • Before disconnecting pressurized fuel line from fuel pump to injectors, be sure to release fuel pressure. • Be careful not to jar components such as ECM and mass air flow sensor. E H I J SGI787 Precaution for Hoses INFOID:0000000005282873 HOSE REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION K L • To prevent damage to rubber hose, do not pry off rubber hose with tapered tool or screwdriver. M N SMA019D O P Revision: January 2010 GI-5 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > • To reinstall the rubber hose securely, make sure that hose insertion length and orientation is correct. (If tube is equipped with hose stopper, insert rubber hose into tube until it butts up against hose stopper.) SMA020D HOSE CLAMPING • If old rubber hose is re-used, install hose clamp in its original position (at the indentation where the old clamp was). If there is a trace of tube bulging left on the old rubber hose, align rubber hose at that position. • Discard old clamps; replace with new ones. SMA021D • After installing plate clamps, apply force to them in the direction of the arrow, tightening rubber hose equally all around. SMA022D Precaution for Engine Oils INFOID:0000000005282874 Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer. Try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil. If skin contact is made, wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible. HEALTH PROTECTION PRECAUTIONS • • • • • • • • • • • • Avoid prolonged and repeated contact with oils, particularly used engine oils. Wear protective clothing, including impervious gloves where practicable. Do not put oily rags in pockets. Avoid contaminating clothes, particularly underpants, with oil. Heavily soiled clothing and oil-impregnated footwear should not be worn. Overalls must be cleaned regularly. First aid treatment should be obtained immediately for open cuts and wounds. Use barrier creams, applying them before each work period, to help the removal of oil from the skin. Wash with soap and water to ensure all oil is removed (skin cleansers and nail brushes will help). Preparations containing lanolin replace the natural skin oils which have been removed. Do not use gasoline, kerosene, diesel fuel, gas oil, thinners or solvents for cleaning skin. If skin disorders develop, obtain medical advice without delay. Where practical, degrease components prior to handling. Where there is a risk of eye contact, eye protection should be worn, for example, chemical goggles or face shields; in addition an eye wash facility should be provided. Revision: January 2010 GI-6 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Precaution for Air Conditioning INFOID:0000000005282875 GI Use an approved refrigerant recovery unit any time the air conditioning system must be discharged. Refer to MTC-81, "HFC-134a (R-134a) Service Procedure" for specific instructions. B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 GI-7 2010 Sentra HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL < SERVICE INFORMATION > HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL Description INFOID:0000000005282876 This volume explains “Removal, Disassembly, Installation, Inspection and Adjustment” and “Trouble Diagnoses”. Terms INFOID:0000000005282877 • The captions WARNING and CAUTION warn you of steps that must be followed to prevent personal injury and/or damage to some part of the vehicle. WARNING indicates the possibility of personal injury if instructions are not followed. CAUTION indicates the possibility of component damage if instructions are not followed. BOLD TYPED STATEMENTS except WARNING and CAUTION give you helpful information. Standard value:Tolerance at inspection and adjustment. Limit value:The maximum or minimum limit value that should not be exceeded at inspection and adjustment. Units INFOID:0000000005282878 • The UNITS given in this manual are primarily expressed as the SI UNIT (International System of Unit), and alternatively expressed in the metric system and in the yard/pound system. Also with regard to tightening torque of bolts and nuts, there are descriptions both about range and about the standard tightening torque. “Example” Range Outer Socket Lock Nut : 59 - 78 N·m (6.0 - 8.0 kg-m, 43 - 58 ft-lb) Standard Drive Shaft Installation Bolt : 44.3 N·m (4.5 kg-m, 33 ft-lb) Contents INFOID:0000000005282879 • A QUICK REFERENCE INDEX, a black tab (e.g. ) is provided on the first page. You can quickly find the first page of each section by matching it to the section's black tab. • THE CONTENTS are listed on the first page of each section. • THE TITLE is indicated on the upper portion of each page and shows the part or system. • THE PAGE NUMBER of each section consists of two or three letters which designate the particular section and a number (e.g. “BR-5”). • THE SMALL ILLUSTRATIONS show the important steps such as inspection, use of special tools, knacks of work and hidden or tricky steps which are not shown in the previous large illustrations. Assembly, inspection and adjustment procedures for the complicated units such as the automatic transaxle or transmission, etc. are presented in a step-by-step format where necessary. Revision: January 2010 GI-8 2010 Sentra HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL < SERVICE INFORMATION > Relation between Illustrations and Descriptions INFOID:0000000005282880 GI The following sample explains the relationship between the part description in an illustration, the part name in the text and the service procedures. B C D E F G H I SAIA0519E Component J INFOID:0000000005282881 • THE LARGE ILLUSTRATIONS are exploded views (see the following) and contain tightening torques, lubrication points, section number of the PARTS CATALOG (e.g. SEC. 440) and other information necessary to perform repairs. The illustrations should be used in reference to service matters only. When ordering parts, refer to the appropriate PARTS CATALOG. Always check with the PARTS DEPARTMENT for the latest parts information. Components shown in an illustration may be identified by a circled number. When this style of illustration is used, the text description of the components will follow the illustration. K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 GI-9 2010 Sentra HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL < SERVICE INFORMATION > SFIA2959E 1. Union bolt 2. Copper washer 3. Brake hose 4. Cap 5. Bleed valve 6. Sliding pin bolt 7. Piston seal 8. Piston 9. Piston boot Sliding pin 12. Torque member mounting bolt 10. Cylinder body 11. 13. Washer 14. Sliding pin boot 15. Bushing 16. Torque member 17. Inner shim cover 18. Inner shim 19. Inner pad 20. Pad retainer 21. Pad wear sensor 22. Outer pad 23. Outer shim 24. Outer shim cover 1: PBC (Poly Butyl Cuprysil) grease or silicone-based grease 2: Rubber grease : Brake fluid Refer to GI section for additional symbol definitions. SYMBOLS SAIA0749E How to Follow Trouble Diagnosis INFOID:0000000005282882 DESCRIPTION NOTICE: Trouble diagnoses indicate work procedures required to diagnose problems effectively. Observe the following instructions before diagnosing. 1. Before performing trouble diagnoses, read the “Preliminary Check”, the “Symptom Chart” or the “Work Flow”. 2. After repairs, re-check that the problem has been completely eliminated. Revision: January 2010 GI-10 2010 Sentra HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Refer to Component Parts and Harness Connector Location for the Systems described in each section for identification/location of components and harness connectors. GI 4. Refer to the Circuit Diagram for quick pinpoint check. If you need to check circuit continuity between harness connectors in more detail, such as when a sub-harness is used, refer to Wiring Diagram in each individual section and Harness Layout in PG B section for identification of harness connectors. 5. When checking circuit continuity, ignition switch should be OFF. 6. Before checking voltage at connectors, check battery voltage. 7. After accomplishing the Diagnostic Procedures and Electrical Components Inspection, make sure C that all harness connectors are reconnected as they were. HOW TO FOLLOW TEST GROUPS IN TROUBLE DIAGNOSES D E F G H I J K L SAIA0256E 1. 2. Work and diagnostic procedure Start to diagnose a problem using procedures indicated in enclosed test groups. Questions and required results Questions and required results are indicated in bold type in test group. The meaning of are as follows: M N a. Battery voltage → 11 - 14V or approximately 12V b. Voltage : Approximately 0V → Less than 1V 3. 4. Symbol used in illustration Symbols included in illustrations refer to measurements or procedures. Before diagnosing a problem, familiarize yourself with each symbol. Refer to "Connector Symbols" in GI Section and "KEY TO SYMBOLS SIGNIFYING MEASUREMENTS OR PROCEDURES" below. Action items Next action for each test group is indicated based on result of each question. Test group number is shown in the left upper portion of each test group. HARNESS WIRE COLOR AND CONNECTOR NUMBER INDICATION There are two types of harness wire color and connector number indication. TYPE 1: Harness Wire Color and Connector Number are Shown in Illustration Revision: January 2010 GI-11 2010 Sentra O P HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Letter designations next to test meter probe indicate harness wire color. • Connector numbers in a single circle (e.g. M33) indicate harness connectors. • Connector numbers in a double circle (e.g. F211) indicate component connectors. AGI070 TYPE 2: Harness Wire Color and Connector Number are Shown in Text SGI144A Revision: January 2010 GI-12 2010 Sentra HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL < SERVICE INFORMATION > KEY TO SYMBOLS SIGNIFYING MEASUREMENTS OR PROCEDURES GI B C D E F G H SAIA1539E I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 GI-13 2010 Sentra HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL < SERVICE INFORMATION > SAIA1540E How to Read Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005282883 CONNECTOR SYMBOLS Most of connector symbols in wiring diagrams are shown from the terminal side. Revision: January 2010 GI-14 2010 Sentra HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Connector symbols shown from the terminal side are enclosed by a single line and followed by the direction mark. • Connector symbols shown from the harness side are enclosed by a double line and followed by the direction mark. • Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-locking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG section, “Description”, “HARNESS CONNECTOR”. GI B C D E F G SAIA0257E • Male and female terminals Connector guides for male terminals are shown in black and female terminals in white in wiring diagrams. H I J K L M N SGI363 SAMPLE/WIRING DIAGRAM - EXAMPL - O P Revision: January 2010 GI-15 2010 Sentra HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL < SERVICE INFORMATION > • For detail, refer to following “DESCRIPTION”. SGI091A Revision: January 2010 GI-16 2010 Sentra HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL < SERVICE INFORMATION > Optional Splice GI B C D E F G H SGI942 DESCRIPTION I Number 1 Item Description Power condition • This shows the condition when the system receives battery positive voltage (can be operated). 2 Fusible link • The double line shows that this is a fusible link. • The open circle shows current flow in, and the shaded circle shows current flow out. 3 Fusible link/fuse location • This shows the location of the fusible link or fuse in the fusible link or fuse box. For arrangement, refer to PG section, POWER SUPPLY ROUTING. 4 Fuse • The single line shows that this is a fuse. • The open circle shows current flow in, and the shaded circle shows current flow out. 5 Current rating • This shows the current rating of the fusible link or fuse. 6 Connectors • This shows that connector E3 is female and connector M1 is male. • The G/R wire is located in the 1A terminal of both connectors. • Terminal number with an alphabet (1A, 5B, etc.) indicates that the connector is SMJ connector. Refer to PG section, SMJ (SUPER MULTIPLE JUNCTION). 7 Optional splice • The open circle shows that the splice is optional depending on vehicle application. 8 Splice • The shaded circle shows that the splice is always on the vehicle. 9 Page crossing • This arrow shows that the circuit continues to an adjacent page. • The A will match with the A on the preceding or next page. 10 Common connector • The dotted lines between terminals show that these terminals are part of the same connector. 11 Option abbreviation • This shows that the circuit is optional depending on vehicle application. 12 Relay • This shows an internal representation of the relay. For details, refer to PG section, STANDARDIZED RELAY. 13 Connectors • This shows that the connector is connected to the body or a terminal with bolt or nut. Revision: January 2010 GI-17 J K L M N O 2010 Sentra P HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL < SERVICE INFORMATION > Number Item Description • This shows a code for the color of the wire. 14 Wire color BR = Brown OR or O = Orange P = Pink PU or V (Violet) = Purple GY or GR = Gray SB = Sky Blue CH = Dark Brown DG = Dark Green B = Black W = White R = Red G = Green L = Blue Y = Yellow LG = Light Green When the wire color is striped, the base color is given first, followed by the stripe color as shown below: Example: L/W = Blue with White Stripe 15 Option description • This shows a description of the option abbreviation used on the page. 16 Switch • This shows that continuity exists between terminals 1 and 2 when the switch is in the A position. Continuity exists between terminals 1 and 3 when the switch is in the B position. 17 Assembly parts • Connector terminal in component shows that it is a harness incorporated assembly. 18 Cell code • This identifies each page of the wiring diagram by section, system and wiring diagram page number. • Arrow indicates electric current flow, especially where the direction of standard flow (vertically downward or horizontally from left to right) is difficult to follow. 19 Current flow arrow 20 System branch • This shows that the system branches to another system identified by cell code (section and system). 21 Page crossing • This arrow shows that the circuit continues to another page identified by cell code. • The C will match with the C on another page within the system other than the next or preceding pages. 22 Shielded line • The line enclosed by broken line circle shows shield wire. 23 Component box in wave line • This shows that another part of the component is also shown on another page (indicated by wave line) within the system. 24 Component name • This shows the name of a component. 25 Connector number • This shows the connector number. • The letter shows which harness the connector is located in. • Example: M: main harness. For detail and to locate the connector, refer to PG section "Main Harness", “Harness Layout”. A coordinate grid is included for complex harnesses to aid in locating connectors. 26 Ground (GND) • The line spliced and grounded under wire color shows that ground line is spliced at the grounded connector. 27 Ground (GND) • This shows the ground connection. For detailed ground distribution information, refer to "Ground Distribution" in PG section. 28 Connector views • This area shows the connector faces of the components in the wiring diagram on the page. 29 Common component • Connectors enclosed in broken line show that these connectors belong to the same component. 30 Connector color 31 Fusible link and fuse box • This shows the arrangement of fusible link(s) and fuse(s), used for connector views of "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING" in PG section. The open square shows current flow in, and the shaded square shows current flow out. 32 Reference area • This shows that more information on the Super Multiple Junction (SMJ) and Joint Connectors (J/C) exists on the PG section. Refer to "Reference Area" for details. • A double arrow “ operation. ” shows that current can flow in either direction depending on circuit • This shows a code for the color of the connector. For code meaning, refer to wire color codes, Number 14 of this chart. Harness Indication Revision: January 2010 GI-18 2010 Sentra HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Letter designations next to test meter probe indicate harness (connector) wire color. • Connector numbers in a single circle M33 indicate harness connectors. GI B C D E F G AGI070 Component Indication Connector numbers in a double circle F211 indicate component connectors. H Switch Positions Switches are shown in wiring diagrams as if the vehicle is in the “normal” condition. A vehicle is in the “normal” condition when: • ignition switch is “OFF”, • doors, hood and trunk lid/back door are closed, • pedals are not depressed, and • parking brake is released. I J K L M N O SGI860 Detectable Lines and Non-Detectable Lines In some wiring diagrams, two kinds of lines, representing wires, with different weight are used. Revision: January 2010 GI-19 2010 Sentra P HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL < SERVICE INFORMATION > • A line with regular weight (wider line) represents a “detectable line for DTC (Diagnostic Trouble Code)”. A “detectable line for DTC” is a circuit in which ECM can detect its malfunctions with the on board diagnostic system. • A line with less weight (thinner line) represents a “non-detectable line for DTC”. A “non-detectable line for DTC” is a circuit in which ECM cannot detect its malfunctions with the on board diagnostic system. SGI862-B Multiple Switch The continuity of multiple switch is described in two ways as shown below. • The switch chart is used in schematic diagrams. • The switch diagram is used in wiring diagrams. SGI875 Reference Area Revision: January 2010 GI-20 2010 Sentra HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL < SERVICE INFORMATION > The Reference Area of the wiring diagram contains references to additional electrical reference pages at the end of the manual. If connector numbers and titles are shown in the Reference Area of the wiring diagram, GI these connector symbols are not shown in the Connector Area. B C D E F G H I J K L M SGI092A Abbreviations INFOID:0000000005282884 N The following ABBREVIATIONS are used: ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION A/C Air Conditioner O A/T Automatic Transaxle/Transmission ATF Automatic Transmission Fluid CVT Continuously Variable Transmission D1 Drive range [First Gear (1GR)] D2 Drive range [Second (2GR)] D3 Drive range [Third (3GR)] D4 Drive range [Fourth (4GR)] Revision: January 2010 P GI-21 2010 Sentra HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL < SERVICE INFORMATION > ABBREVIATION DESCRIPTION FR, RR Front, Rear LH, RH Left-Hand, Right-Hand M/T Manual Transaxle/Transmission OD Overdrive P/S Power Steering SAE Society of Automotive Engineers, Inc. SDS Service Data and Specifications SST Special Service Tools 2WD 2-Wheel Drive 22 2nd range [Second (2GR)] 21 2nd range [First (1GR)] 12 1st range [Second (2GR)] 11 1st range [First (1GR)] Revision: January 2010 GI-22 2010 Sentra SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT How to Check Terminal GI INFOID:0000000005282885 CONNECTOR AND TERMINAL PIN KIT B Use the connector and terminal pin kits listed below when replacing connectors or terminals. The connector and terminal pin kits contain some of the most commonly used NISSAN/INFINITI connectors and terminals. For detailed connector and terminal pin replacement procedures, refer to the latest NISSAN/ INFINITI CONNECTOR AND TERMINAL PIN SERVICE MANUAL. Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name (J38751-95NI) Connector and terminal pin kit (NISSAN) (J38751-95INF) Connector and terminal pin kit (INFINITI) (J42992-98KIT) OBD and terminal repair kit (J42992-2000UPD) OBD-II Connector Kit Update C D Description E F G H WAIA0004E WAIA0005E I HOW TO PROBE CONNECTORS Connector damage and an intermittent connection can result from improperly probing of the connector during circuit checks. The probe of a digital multimeter (DMM) may not correctly fit the connector cavity. To correctly probe the connector, follow the procedures below using a “T” pin. For the best contact grasp the “T” pin using an alligator clip. J K Probing from Harness Side Standard type (not waterproof type) connector should be probed from harness side with “T” pin. • If the connector has a rear cover such as a ECM connector, remove the rear cover before probing the terminal. • Do not probe waterproof connector from harness side. Damage to the seal between wire and connector may result. L M N SGI841 Probing from Terminal Side FEMALE TERMINAL • There is a small notch above each female terminal. Probe each terminal with the “T” pin through the notch. Do not insert any object other than the same type male terminal into female terminal. O P SEL265V Revision: January 2010 GI-23 2010 Sentra SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Some connectors do not have a notch above each terminal. To probe each terminal, remove the connector retainer to make contact space for probing. SEL266V MALE TERMINAL Carefully probe the contact surface of each terminal using a “T” pin. Do not bend terminal. SEL267V How to Check Enlarged Contact Spring of Terminal An enlarged contact spring of a terminal may create intermittent signals in the circuit. If the intermittent open circuit occurs, follow the procedure below to inspect for open wires and enlarged contact spring of female terminal. 1. Assemble a male terminal and approx. 10 cm (3.9 in) of wire. Use a male terminal which matches the female terminal. 2. Disconnect the suspected faulty connector and hold it terminal side up. SEL270V 3. While holding the wire of the male terminal, try to insert the male terminal into the female terminal. Do not force the male terminal into the female terminal with your hands. SEL271V Revision: January 2010 GI-24 2010 Sentra SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. While moving the connector, check whether the male terminal can be easily inserted or not. GI B C SEL272V D • If the male terminal can be easily inserted into the female terminal, replace the female terminal. E F G SEL273V Waterproof Connector Inspection If water enters the connector, it can short interior circuits. This may lead to intermittent problems. Check the following items to maintain the original waterproof characteristics. H I RUBBER SEAL INSPECTION • Most waterproof connectors are provided with a rubber seal between the male and female connectors. If the seal is missing, the waterproof performance may not meet specifications. • The rubber seal may come off when connectors are disconnected. Whenever connectors are reconnected, make sure the rubber seal is properly installed on either side of male or female connector. J K L SEL275V WIRE SEAL INSPECTION The wire seal must be installed on the wire insertion area of a waterproof connector. Be sure that the seal is installed properly. Terminal Lock Inspection Check for unlocked terminals by pulling wire at the end of connector. An unlocked terminal may create intermittent signals in the circuit. M N O P SEL330V Revision: January 2010 GI-25 2010 Sentra SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT < SERVICE INFORMATION > How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident INFOID:0000000005282886 WORK FLOW SGI838 STEP DESCRIPTION Get detailed information about the conditions and the environment when the incident occurred. The following are key pieces of information required to make a good analysis: STEP 1 WHAT Vehicle Model, Engine, Transmission/Transaxle and the System (i.e. Radio). WHEN Date, Time of Day, Weather Conditions, Frequency. WHERE Road Conditions, Altitude and Traffic Situation. HOW System Symptoms, Operating Conditions (Other Components Interaction). Service History and if any After Market Accessories have been installed. STEP 2 Operate the system, road test if necessary. Verify the parameter of the incident. If the problem cannot be duplicated, refer to “Incident Simulation Tests”. STEP 3 Get the proper diagnosis materials together including: • Power Supply Routing • System Operation Descriptions • Applicable Service Manual Sections • Check for any Service Bulletins Identify where to begin diagnosis based upon your knowledge of the system operation and the customer comments. STEP 4 Inspect the system for mechanical binding, loose connectors or wiring damage. Determine which circuits and components are involved and diagnose using the Power Supply Routing and Harness Layouts. STEP 5 Repair or replace the incident circuit or component. STEP 6 Operate the system in all modes. Verify the system works properly under all conditions. Make sure you have not inadvertently created a new incident during your diagnosis or repair steps. INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS Introduction Sometimes the symptom is not present when the vehicle is brought in for service. If possible, re-create the conditions present at the time of the incident. Doing so may help avoid a No Trouble Found Diagnosis. The following section illustrates ways to simulate the conditions/environment under which the owner experiences an electrical incident. The section is broken into the six following topics: • Vehicle vibration • Heat sensitive • Freezing • Water intrusion • Electrical load Revision: January 2010 GI-26 2010 Sentra SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Cold or hot start up Get a thorough description of the incident from the customer. It is important for simulating the conditions of the GI problem. Vehicle Vibration The problem may occur or become worse while driving on a rough road or when engine is vibrating (idle with A/C on). In such a case, you will want to check for a vibration related condition. Refer to the following illustration. CONNECTORS & HARNESS Determine which connectors and wiring harness would affect the electrical system you are inspecting. Gently shake each connector and harness while monitoring the system for the incident you are trying to duplicate. This test may indicate a loose or poor electrical connection. HINT Connectors can be exposed to moisture. It is possible to get a thin film of corrosion on the connector terminals. A visual inspection may not reveal this without disconnecting the connector. If the problem occurs intermittently, perhaps the problem is caused by corrosion. It is a good idea to disconnect, inspect and clean the terminals on related connectors in the system. SENSORS & RELAYS Gently apply a slight vibration to sensors and relays in the system you are inspecting. This test may indicate a loose or poorly mounted sensor or relay. B C D E F G H I J SGI839 ENGINE COMPARTMENT There are several reasons a vehicle or engine vibration could cause an electrical complaint. Some of the things to check for are: • Connectors not fully seated. • Wiring harness not long enough and is being stressed due to engine vibrations or rocking. • Wires laying across brackets or moving components. • Loose, dirty or corroded ground wires. • Wires routed too close to hot components. To inspect components under the hood, start by verifying the integrity of ground connections. (Refer to Ground Inspection described later.) First check that the system is properly grounded. Then check for loose connection by gently shaking the wiring or components as previously explained. Using the wiring diagrams inspect the wiring for continuity. BEHIND THE INSTRUMENT PANEL An improperly routed or improperly clamped harness can become pinched during accessory installation. Vehicle vibration can aggravate a harness which is routed along a bracket or near a screw. K L M N O P UNDER SEATING AREAS An unclamped or loose harness can cause wiring to be pinched by seat components (such as slide guides) during vehicle vibration. If the wiring runs under seating areas, inspect wire routing for possible damage or pinching. Heat Sensitive Revision: January 2010 GI-27 2010 Sentra SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT < SERVICE INFORMATION > The customer's concern may occur during hot weather or after car has sat for a short time. In such cases you will want to check for a heat sensitive condition. To determine if an electrical component is heat sensitive, heat the component with a heat gun or equivalent. Do not heat components above 60°C (140°F). If incident occurs while heating the unit, either replace or properly insulate the component. SGI842 Freezing The customer may indicate the incident goes away after the car warms up (winter time). The cause could be related to water freezing somewhere in the wiring/electrical system. There are two methods to check for this. The first is to arrange for the owner to leave his car overnight. Make sure it will get cold enough to demonstrate his complaint. Leave the car parked outside overnight. In the morning, do a quick and thorough diagnosis of those electrical components which could be affected. The second method is to put the suspect component into a freezer long enough for any water to freeze. Reinstall the part into the car and check for the reoccurrence of the incident. If it occurs, repair or replace the component. SGI843 Water Intrusion The incident may occur only during high humidity or in rainy/snowy weather. In such cases the incident could be caused by water intrusion on an electrical part. This can be simulated by soaking the car or running it through a car wash. Do not spray water directly on any electrical components. SGI844 Electrical Load The incident may be electrical load sensitive. Perform diagnosis with all accessories (including A/C, rear window defogger, radio, fog lamps) turned on. SGI845 Cold or Hot Start Up On some occasions an electrical incident may occur only when the car is started cold, or it may occur when the car is restarted hot shortly after being turned off. In these cases you may have to keep the car overnight to make a proper diagnosis. CIRCUIT INSPECTION Introduction In general, testing electrical circuits is an easy task if it is approached in a logical and organized method. Before beginning it is important to have all available information on the system to be tested. Also, get a thorRevision: January 2010 GI-28 2010 Sentra SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT < SERVICE INFORMATION > ough understanding of system operation. Then you will be able to use the appropriate equipment and follow the correct test procedure. GI You may have to simulate vehicle vibrations while testing electrical components. Gently shake the wiring harness or electrical component to do this. B OPEN A circuit is open when there is no continuity through a section of the circuit. There are two types of shorts. SHORT • SHORT CIRCUIT When a circuit contacts another circuit and causes the normal resistance to change. • SHORT TO GROUND When a circuit contacts a ground source and grounds the circuit. C D NOTE: Refer to “How to Check Terminal” to probe or check terminal. Testing for “Opens” in the Circuit Before you begin to diagnose and test the system, you should rough sketch a schematic of the system. This will help you to logically walk through the diagnosis process. Drawing the sketch will also reinforce your working knowledge of the system. E F G H SGI846-A I CONTINUITY CHECK METHOD The continuity check is used to find an open in the circuit. The digital multimeter (DMM) set on the resistance function will indicate an open circuit as over limit (no beep tone or no ohms symbol). Make sure to always start with the DMM at the highest resistance level. To help in understanding the diagnosis of open circuits, please refer to the previous schematic. • Disconnect the battery negative cable. • Start at one end of the circuit and work your way to the other end. (At the fuse block in this example) • Connect one probe of the DMM to the fuse block terminal on the load side. • Connect the other probe to the fuse block (power) side of SW1. Little or no resistance will indicate that portion of the circuit has good continuity. If there were an open in the circuit, the DMM would indicate an over limit or infinite resistance condition. (point A) • Connect the probes between SW1 and the relay. Little or no resistance will indicate that portion of the circuit has good continuity. If there were an open in the circuit, the DMM would indicate an over limit or infinite resistance condition. (point B) • Connect the probes between the relay and the solenoid. Little or no resistance will indicate that portion of the circuit has good continuity. If there were an open in the circuit, the DMM would indicate an over limit or infinite resistance condition. (point C) Any circuit can be diagnosed using the approach in the previous example. VOLTAGE CHECK METHOD To help in understanding the diagnosis of open circuits please refer to the previous schematic. In any powered circuit, an open can be found by methodically checking the system for the presence of voltage. This is done by switching the DMM to the voltage function. • Connect one probe of the DMM to a known good ground. • Begin probing at one end of the circuit and work your way to the other end. • With SW1 open, probe at SW1 to check for voltage. voltage; open is further down the circuit than SW1. no voltage; open is between fuse block and SW1 (point A). • Close SW1 and probe at relay. voltage; open is further down the circuit than the relay. no voltage; open is between SW1 and relay (point B). Revision: January 2010 GI-29 2010 Sentra J K L M N O P SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Close the relay and probe at the solenoid. voltage; open is further down the circuit than the solenoid. no voltage; open is between relay and solenoid (point C). Any powered circuit can be diagnosed using the approach in the previous example. Testing for “Shorts” in the Circuit To simplify the discussion of shorts in the system, please refer to the following schematic. SGI847-A RESISTANCE CHECK METHOD • Disconnect the battery negative cable and remove the blown fuse. • Disconnect all loads (SW1 open, relay disconnected and solenoid disconnected) powered through the fuse. • Connect one probe of the DMM to the load side of the fuse terminal. Connect the other probe to a known good ground. • With SW1 open, check for continuity. continuity; short is between fuse terminal and SW1 (point A). no continuity; short is further down the circuit than SW1. • Close SW1 and disconnect the relay. Put probes at the load side of fuse terminal and a known good ground. Then, check for continuity. continuity; short is between SW1 and the relay (point B). no continuity; short is further down the circuit than the relay. • Close SW1 and jump the relay contacts with jumper wire. Put probes at the load side of fuse terminal and a known good ground. Then, check for continuity. continuity; short is between relay and solenoid (point C). no continuity; check solenoid, retrace steps. VOLTAGE CHECK METHOD • Remove the blown fuse and disconnect all loads (i.e. SW1 open, relay disconnected and solenoid disconnected) powered through the fuse. • Turn the ignition key to the ON or START position. Verify battery voltage at the battery + side of the fuse terminal (one lead on the battery + terminal side of the fuse block and one lead on a known good ground). • With SW1 open and the DMM leads across both fuse terminals, check for voltage. voltage; short is between fuse block and SW1 (point A). no voltage; short is further down the circuit than SW1. • With SW1 closed, relay and solenoid disconnected and the DMM leads across both fuse terminals, check for voltage. voltage; short is between SW1 and the relay (point B). no voltage; short is further down the circuit than the relay. • With SW1 closed, relay contacts jumped with fused jumper wire check for voltage. voltage; short is down the circuit of the relay or between the relay and the disconnected solenoid (point C). no voltage; retrace steps and check power to fuse block. Ground Inspection Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works. Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drastically affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface. When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules: • Remove the ground bolt or screw. • Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc. Revision: January 2010 GI-30 2010 Sentra SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Clean as required to assure good contact. • Reinstall bolt or screw securely. GI • Inspect for “add-on” accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit. • If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one eyeB let make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation. For detailed ground distribution information, refer to “Ground Distribution” in PG section. C D E F G SGI853 Voltage Drop Tests Voltage drop tests are often used to find components or circuits which have excessive resistance. A voltage drop in a circuit is caused by a resistance when the circuit is in operation. Check the wire in the illustration. When measuring resistance with DMM, contact by a single strand of wire will give reading of 0 ohms. This would indicate a good circuit. When the circuit operates, this single strand of wire is not able to carry the current. The single strand will have a high resistance to the current. This will be picked up as a slight voltage drop. Unwanted resistance can be caused by many situations as follows: • Undersized wiring (single strand example) • Corrosion on switch contacts • Loose wire connections or splices. If repairs are needed always use wire that is of the same or larger gauge. MEASURING VOLTAGE DROP — ACCUMULATED METHOD • Connect the DMM across the connector or part of the circuit you want to check. The positive lead of the DMM should be closer to power and the negative lead closer to ground. • Operate the circuit. • The DMM will indicate how many volts are being used to “push” current through that part of the circuit. H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 GI-31 2010 Sentra SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT < SERVICE INFORMATION > Note in the illustration that there is an excessive 4.1 volt drop between the battery and the bulb. SGI974 MEASURING VOLTAGE DROP — STEP-BY-STEP The step-by-step method is most useful for isolating excessive drops in low voltage systems (such as those in “Computer Controlled Systems”). Circuits in the “Computer Controlled System” operate on very low amperage. The (Computer Controlled) system operations can be adversely affected by any variation in resistance in the system. Such resistance variation may be caused by poor connection, improper installation, improper wire gauge or corrosion. The step by step voltage drop test can identify a component or wire with too much resistance. SAIA0258E Control Unit Circuit Test System Description:When the switch is ON, the control unit lights up the lamp. MGI034A INPUT-OUTPUT VOLTAGE CHART Revision: January 2010 GI-32 2010 Sentra SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT < SERVICE INFORMATION > Pin No. Item 1 Switch 2 Lamp Voltage value [V] Condition In case of high resistance such as single strand [V] * Switch ON Battery voltage Lower than battery voltage Approx. 8 (Example) Switch OFF Approx. 0 Approx. 0 Switch ON Battery voltage Approx. 0 (Inoperative lamp) Switch OFF Approx. 0 Approx. 0 GI B C The voltage value is based on the body ground. *:If high resistance exists in the switch side circuit (caused by a single strand), terminal 1 does not detect battery voltage. Control unit does not detect the switch is ON even if the switch does not turn ON. Therefore, the control unit does not supply power to light up the lamp. D E F G MGI035A INPUT-OUTPUT VOLTAGE CHART Pin No. Item 1 Lamp 2 Switch H Voltage value [V] Condition In case of high resistance such as single strand [V] * Switch ON Approx. 0 Battery voltage (Inoperative lamp) Switch OFF Battery voltage Battery voltage Switch ON Approx. 0 Higher than 0 Approx. 4 (Example) Switch OFF Approx. 5 Approx. 5 I J The voltage value is based on the body ground. *:If high resistance exists in the switch side circuit (caused by a single strand), terminal 2 does not detect approx. 0V. Control unit does not detect the switch is ON even if the switch does not turn ON. Therefore, the control unit does not control ground to light up the lamp. Control Units and Electrical Parts INFOID:0000000005282887 K L PRECAUTIONS • Never reverse polarity of battery terminals. • Install only parts specified for a vehicle. • Before replacing the control unit, check the input and output and functions of the component parts. • Do not apply excessive force when disconnecting a connector. • If a connector is installed by tightening bolts, loosen bolt mounting it, then take it out by hand. M N O SAIA0251E Revision: January 2010 GI-33 2010 Sentra P SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Before installing a connector, make sure the terminal is not bent or damaged, and then correctly connect it. When installing a connector by tightening bolts, fix it by tightening the mounting bolt until the painted projection of the connector becomes even with the surface. SAIA0252E • For removal of the lever type connector, pull the lever up to the direction pointed to by the arrow A in the figure, and then remove the connector. SAIA0253E • For installation of the lever type connector, pull down the lever to the direction pointed by the arrow B in the figure, and then push the connector until a clicking noise is heard. SAIA0254E • Do not apply excessive shock to the control unit by dropping or hitting it. • Be careful to prevent condensation in the control unit due to rapid temperature changes and do not let water or rain get on it. If water is found in the control unit, dry it fully and then install it in the vehicle. • Be careful not to let oil get on the control unit connector. • Avoid cleaning the control unit with volatile oil. • Do not disassemble the control unit, and do not remove the upper and lower covers. SAIA0255E Revision: January 2010 GI-34 2010 Sentra SERVICE INFORMATION FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT < SERVICE INFORMATION > • When using a DMM, be careful not to let test probes get close to each other to prevent the power transistor in the control unit from damaging battery voltage because of short circuiting. • When checking input and output signals of the control unit, use the specified check adapter. GI B C D E F G SEF348N H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 GI-35 2010 Sentra CONSULT-III CHECKING SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > CONSULT-III CHECKING SYSTEM Description INFOID:0000000005282888 • When the CONSULT-III is connected with a data link connector equipped on the vehicle side, it will communicate with the control unit equipped in the vehicle and then enable various kinds of diagnostic tests. • Refet to "CONSULT-III Software Operation Manual" for more information. Function and System Application Function ENGINE ABS*1 AIR BAG EPS IPDM E/R BCM METER/M&A INTELLIGENT KEY*1 TRANSMISSION*2 INFOID:0000000005282889 Ecu Identification Displays the ECU identification number (part number etc.) of the selected system. x x x x - x - x x Self Diagnostic Result Retrieve DTC from ECU and display diagnostic items. x x x x x x x x x Data Monitor Monitor the input/output signal of the control unit in real time. x x x x x x x x x Active Test Sends a drive signal from the CONSULT-III to the actuator. The operation check can be performed. x x - - x x - x x Function Test This mode can show results of self-diagnosis of ECU with either “OK” or “NG”. For engine, more practical tests regarding sensors/switches and/or actuators are available. x x x - - - - - - Work support This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately. x x - - - x - x x DTC & SRT Confirmation The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/ result can be confirmed. x - - - - - - - - Configuration Function to READ/WRITE vehicle configuration. - - - - - x - - - Special function Other results or histories, etc. that are recorded in ECU are displayed. x - x - - - - - x CAN Diagnosis This mode displays a network diagnosis result about CAN by a diagram. - - - - - - - - - CAN Diagnosis Support Monitor It monitors the status of CAN communication. x x - x x x x x x Diagnostic test mode x: Applicable *1: If equipped *2: This option is shown on vehicles equipped with continuously variable transmission (CVT) Revision: January 2010 GI-36 2010 Sentra CONSULT-III CHECKING SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > CONSULT-III Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit INFOID:0000000005282890 GI B C D E F G H I J K L M N O AAAWA0009GB INSPECTION PROCEDURE If the CONSULT-III cannot diagnose the system properly, check the following items. Revision: January 2010 GI-37 2010 Sentra P CONSULT-III CHECKING SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Symptom Check item CONSULT-III cannot access any system. CONSULT-III DLC power supply circuit (Terminal 8) and ground circuit (Terminal 4). CONSULT-III cannot access individual system. (Other systems can be accessed.) • Power supply and ground circuit for the control unit of the system (For detailed circuit, refer to wiring diagram for each system). • Open or short circuit between the system and CONSULT-III DLC (For detailed circuit, refer to wiring diagram for each system). • Open or short circuit CAN communication line. Refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". NOTE: The DDL1 and DDL2 circuits from DLC pins 6, 7 and 14 may be connected to more than one system. A short in a DDL circuit connected to a control unit in one system may affect CONSULT-III access to other systems. Revision: January 2010 GI-38 2010 Sentra LIFTING POINT < SERVICE INFORMATION > LIFTING POINT GI Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000005282891 B Tool number Tool name Description C LM4086-0200 Board on attachment D S-NT001 E F LM4519-0000 Safety stand attachment G S-NT002 CAUTION: • Every time the vehicle is lifted up, maintain the complete vehicle curb condition. • Since the vehicle's center of gravity changes when removing main parts on the front side (engine, transmission, suspension etc.), support a jack up point on the rear side garage jack with a mission jack or equivalent. • Since the vehicle's center of gravity changes when removing main parts on the rear side (rear axle, suspension, etc.), support a jack up point on the front side garage jack with a mission jack or equivalent. • Be careful not to smash or do not do anything that would affect piping parts. Garage Jack and Safety Stand and 2-Pole Lift H I J INFOID:0000000005282892 WARNING: • Park the vehicle on a level surface when using the jack. Make sure to avoid damaging pipes, tubes, etc. under the vehicle. • Never get under the vehicle while it is supported only by the jack. Always use safety stands when you have to get under the vehicle. • Place wheel chocks at both front and back of the wheels on the ground. • When lifting the vehicle, open the lift arms as wide as possible and ensure that the front and rear of the vehicle are well balanced. • When setting the lift arm, do not allow the arm to contact the brake tubes, brake cable, fuel lines and sill spoiler. K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 GI-39 2010 Sentra LIFTING POINT < SERVICE INFORMATION > PIIB2498E 1. Safety stand point and lift up point (front) 2. 4. Garage jack point (rear) Safety stand point and lift up point (rear) 3. Garage jack point (front) CAUTION: There is canister just behind Garage jack point rear. Jack up be carefully. Board-On Lift INFOID:0000000005282893 CAUTION: Make sure vehicle is empty when lifting. • The board-on lift attachment (LM4086-0200) set at front end of vehicle should be set on the front of the sill under the front door opening. • Position attachments at front and rear ends of board-on lift. AGI016 Revision: January 2010 GI-40 2010 Sentra TOW TRUCK TOWING < SERVICE INFORMATION > TOW TRUCK TOWING GI Tow Truck Towing INFOID:0000000005282894 CAUTION: • All applicable state or provincial (in Canada) laws regarding the towing operation must be obeyed. • It is necessary to use proper towing equipment to avoid possible damage to the vehicle during towing operation. Towing is in accordance with Towing Procedure Manual at dealer. • Always attach safety chains before towing. • When towing, make sure that the transmission, steering system and power train are in good order. If any unit is damaged, dollies must be used. • Never tow CVT models with the front or all four wheels on the ground (forward or backward) as this may cause serious and expensive damage to the transaxle. • If it is necessary to tow the vehicle with the rear wheels raised, always use towing dollies under the front wheels. • When towing CVT models with the front wheels on the towing dollies: - Turn the ignition key to the OFF position, and secure the steering wheel in a straight ahead position with a rope or similar device. Never secure the steering wheel by turning the ignition key to the LOCK position. This may damage the steering lock mechanism. - Move the shift lever to the N (Neutral) position. • When the battery of the vehicle equipped with intelligent key system is discharged, your vehicle should be towed with the front wheels on towing dollies or place the vehicle on a flat bed truck. • When towing CVT models with the rear wheels on the ground (if you don’t use towing dollies): Always release the parking brake. NISSAN recommends that the vehicle be towed with the driving (front) wheels off the ground or that a dolly be used as illustrated. B C D E F G H I J K L M PIIB6801E Vehicle Recovery (Freeing a Stuck Vehicle) Securely install the vehicle recovery hook (if equipped) stored with jacking tools. Check that the hook is properly secured in the stored place after use. WARNING: • Do not spin the tires at high speed. This could cause them to explode and result in serious injury. Parts of the vehicle could also overheat and be damaged. • Do not use the hook to tow the vehicle. • Stand clear of stuck vehicle. CAUTION: • Tow chains or cables must be attached only to the main structural members of the vehicle. • Pulling devices should be routed so they do not touch any part of the suspension, steering, brake or cooling systems. Revision: January 2010 GI-41 INFOID:0000000005282895 N O P PIIB2499E 2010 Sentra TOW TRUCK TOWING < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Always pull the cable straight out from the front or rear of the vehicle. Never pull on the vehicle at an angle. • Never use the vehicle tie downs to free a stuck vehicle in the sand, snow, mud etc. Never tow a vehicle using the vehicle tie downs or recovery hooks. • Pulling devices such as ropes or canvas straps are not recommended for use in vehicle towing or recovery. Revision: January 2010 GI-42 2010 Sentra TIGHTENING TORQUE OF STANDARD BOLTS < SERVICE INFORMATION > TIGHTENING TORQUE OF STANDARD BOLTS GI Tightening Torque Table Grade 4T 7T 9T Bolt size Bolt diameter * mm INFOID:0000000005282896 B Tightening torque (Without lubricant) Pitch mm Hexagon head bolt N·m kg-m ft-lb Hexagon flange bolt in-lb M6 6.0 M8 8.0 M10 10.0 M12 12.0 1.25 45 4.6 33 — M14 14.0 1.5 80 8.2 59 — M6 6.0 1.0 9 0.92 7 80 M8 8.0 1.25 22 2.2 16 1.0 22 2.2 M10 10.0 1.5 45 1.25 M12 12.0 M14 N·m kg-m ft-lb in-lb 1.0 5.5 0.56 4 49 7 0.71 5 62 1.25 13.5 1.4 10 — 17 1.7 13 — 1.0 13.5 1.4 10 — 17 1.7 13 — 1.5 28 2.9 21 — 35 3.6 26 — 1.25 28 2.9 21 — 35 3.6 26 — 1.75 45 4.6 33 — 55 5.6 41 — 65 6.6 48 — 100 10 74 — 11 1.1 8 97 — 28 2.9 21 — 16 — 28 2.9 21 — 4.6 33 — 55 5.6 41 — 45 4.6 33 — 55 5.6 41 — 1.75 80 8.2 59 — 100 10 74 — 1.25 80 8.2 59 — 100 10 74 — 14.0 1.5 130 13 96 — 170 17 125 — M6 6.0 1.0 11 1.1 8 — 13.5 1.4 10 — M8 8.0 1.25 28 2.9 21 — 35 3.6 26 — 1.0 28 2.9 21 — 35 3.6 26 — M10 10.0 1.5 55 5.6 41 — 80 8.2 59 — 1.25 55 5.6 41 — 80 8.2 59 — M12 12.0 1.75 100 10 74 — 130 13 96 — 1.25 100 10 74 — 130 13 96 — M14 14.0 1.5 170 17 125 — 210 21 155 — *: Nominal diameter C D E F G H I J K L M 1. Special parts are excluded. 2. This standard is applicable to bolts having the following marks embossed on the bolt head. N O P MGI044A Revision: January 2010 GI-43 2010 Sentra RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND SEALANTS < SERVICE INFORMATION > RECOMMENDED CHEMICAL PRODUCTS AND SEALANTS Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant INFOID:0000000005282897 Refer to the following chart for help in selecting the appropriate chemical product or sealant. 1 2 3 6 Aftermarket Crossreference Part Nos. Rear View Mirror Adhesive Used to permanently remount rear view mirrors to windows. 999MP-AM000P 99998-50505 Permatex 81844 Anaerobic Liquid Gasket For metal-to-metal flange sealing. Can fill a 0.38 mm (0.015 inch) gap and provide instant sealing for most powertrain applications. 999MP-AM001P 99998-50503 Permatex 51813 and 51817 High Performance Thread Sealant Provides instant sealing on any threaded straight or parallel threaded fitting. (Thread sealant only, no locking ability.) • Do not use on plastic. 999MP-AM002P 999MP-AM002P Permatex 56521 99998-50506 (Ultra Grey) Permatex Ultra Grey 82194; Three Bond 1207,1215, 1216, 1217F, 1217G and 1217H Nissan RTV Part No. 999MP-A7007 999MP-AM003P (Ultra Grey) Silicone RTV Gasket Maker for Maxima/ Quest 5-speed automatic transmission (RE5F22A) 5 Nissan Canada Part No. (Canada) Purpose Gasket Maker 4 Nissan North America Part No. (USA) Product Description High Temperature, High Strength Thread Locking Sealant (Red) Medium Strength Thread Locking Sealant (Blue) Revision: January 2010 Threadlocker Threadlocker (service tool removable) – 999MP-AM004P 999MP-AM005P GI-44 – Three Bond 1281B or exact equivalent in its quality 999MP-AM004P Permatex 27200; Three Bond 1360, 1360N, 1305 N&P, 1307N, 1335, 1335B, 1363B, 1377C, 1386B, D&E and 1388 Loctite 648 999MP-AM005P Permatex 24200, 24206, 24240, 24283 and 09178; Three Bond 1322, 1322N, 1324 D&N, 1333D, 1361C, 1364D, 1370C and 1374 2010 Sentra IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION GI Model Variation Body INFOID:0000000005282898 Engine Transmission Grade 6 M/T Base CVT Sedan MR20DE 6 M/T S* CVT Sedan QR25DE B Destination USA Canada California BDRALQY-EUA BDRALQY-ENA BDRALQY-EVA BDRALQZ-EUA BDRALQZ-ENA BDRALQZ-EVA — BDRALTY-ENA — BDRALTZ-EUA BDRALTZ-ENA BDRALTZ-EVA CVT SL BDRALVZ-EUA BDRALVZ-ENA BDRALVZ-EVA CVT SE-R BDBALWZ-EUA BDBALWZ-ENA — 6 M/T SE-R Spec V BDBALPY-EUA BDBALPY-ENA — *Optional SR Grade for USA and California models Character 1 B 2 3 DR D E F Model code designations: Position (Left to Right) C Qualifier Definition Body type B: 4 Door sedan Engine DR:MR20DE DB:QR25DE G H 4 A Axle A: 2WD model 5 L Handle L: LH drive I J K 6 Q Grade Q: 2.0 T: 2.0 S* V: 2.0 SL W: SE-R P: SE-R Spec V 7 Y Transmission Y: 6 M/T Z: CVT B16 Model B16: Sentra 11 E Intake E: EGI U Zone U: Federal (50 state) N: Canada V: California M 12 13 A Equipment A: Standard N 8 9 L 10 14 15 16 xxxxx O Option Codes 17 18 P *Optional SR Grade for USA and California models IDENTIFICATION NUMBER Revision: January 2010 GI-45 2010 Sentra IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > AWAIA0033GB 1. Vehicle identification number (VIN) plate 2. Vehicle identification number (chassis number) 3. Emission control information label 4. Tire placard 5. F.M.V.S.S./C.M.V.S.S. certification label 6. Air conditioner specification label VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER ARRANGEMENT VIN Position (Left to Right) Character Qualifier Definition 3N1 Country code and vehicle manufacturer 3N1: Mexico Engine A: MR20DE B: QR25DE (SE-R) C: QR25DE (SE-R Spec V) Vehicle type B6: NISSAN Sentra Body type A: 4-door sedan 1 2 3 4 A 5 B 6 6 7 A 8 P Restraint system P: Driver and front passenger: Frontal air bag, Side air bags, Curtain side air bags and 3 point manual seat belts 2nd row outboard: Curtain side air bags 3 point manual seat belts 2nd row center: 3 point manual seat belt 9 * Check digit 0 to 9 or X 10 A Model year A: 2010 Model year 11 L Manufacturing Plant L: Aguascalientes, Mexico Vehicle serial number Chassis number 12 13 14 15 XXXXXX 16 17 Revision: January 2010 GI-46 2010 Sentra IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > IDENTIFICATION PLATE GI B C D E F LAIA0027E ENGINE SERIAL NUMBER MR20DE (2.0L) G : Front H I J STI0429 QR25DE (2.5L) K L M LAIA0024E N MANUAL TRANSAXLE NUMBER O : Front P PCIB1612E Revision: January 2010 GI-47 2010 Sentra IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > CVT NUMBER LAIA0074E Dimensions INFOID:0000000005282899 Unit: mm (in) Description 2.0, 2.0S, 2.0SL Overall length 2.0SR,SE-R SE-R Spec V 4567.2 (179.8) 4575.3 (180.1) Overall width 1,790.0 (70.5) Overall height 1,511.8 (59.5) 1511.8 (59.5) Front tread 1520.0 (59.8) 1510.0 (59.5) Rear tread 1544.0 (60.8) 1534 (60.4) Wheelbase 1501.9 (59.1) 2,685.0 (105.7) Wheels & Tires Grade INFOID:0000000005282900 Road wheel material 2.0 Steel 2.0S* Tire 6.5 JJ x 15 P205/60 HR15 P205/55 HR16 6.5 JJ x 16 Aluminum Alloy SPEC-V Spare tire size 6.5 JJ x 16 6.5 JJ x 16 2.0SL SE-R Road wheel size T125/70D16 P225/45 VR17 (All Season Tires) 7.0 JJ x 17 P225/45 VR17 (All Season Tires) P225/45 WR17 (Summer Tires) *Optional SR grade for USA and California models Revision: January 2010 GI-48 2010 Sentra TERMINOLOGY < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINOLOGY GI SAE J1930 Terminology List INFOID:0000000005282901 All emission related terms used in this publication in accordance with SAE J1930 are listed. Accordingly, new terms, new acronyms/abbreviations and old terms are listed in the following chart. B NEW ACRONYM / ABBREVIATION C NEW TERM OLD TERM Air cleaner ACL Air cleaner Barometric pressure BARO *** Barometric pressure sensor-BCDD BAROS-BCDD BCDD Camshaft position CMP *** Camshaft position sensor CMPS Crank angle sensor Canister *** Canister Carburetor CARB Carburetor Charge air cooler CAC Intercooler Closed loop CL Closed loop Closed throttle position switch CTP switch Idle switch Clutch pedal position switch CPP switch Clutch switch D E F G Continuous fuel injection system CFI system *** Continuous trap oxidizer system CTOX system *** Crankshaft position CKP *** Crankshaft position sensor CKPS *** Data link connector DLC *** Data link connector for CONSULT-III DLC for CONSULT-III Diagnostic connector for CONSULT-III Diagnostic test mode DTM Diagnostic mode Diagnostic test mode selector DTM selector Diagnostic mode selector Diagnostic test mode I DTM I Mode I Diagnostic test mode II DTM II Mode II Diagnostic trouble code DTC Malfunction code Direct fuel injection system DFI system *** Distributor ignition system DI system Ignition timing control Early fuel evaporation-mixture heater EFE-mixture heater Mixture heater Early fuel evaporation system EFE system Mixture heater control Electrically erasable programmable read only memory EEPROM *** Electronic ignition system EI system Ignition timing control Engine control EC *** Engine control module ECM ECCS control unit Engine coolant temperature ECT Engine temperature H I J K L M N O Engine coolant temperature sensor ECTS Engine temperature sensor Engine modification EM *** Engine speed RPM Engine speed Erasable programmable read only memory EPROM *** Evaporative emission canister EVAP canister Canister Evaporative emission system EVAP system Canister control solenoid valve Exhaust gas recirculation valve EGR valve EGR valve Revision: January 2010 GI-49 P 2010 Sentra TERMINOLOGY < SERVICE INFORMATION > NEW ACRONYM / ABBREVIATION NEW TERM OLD TERM Exhaust gas recirculation control-BPT valve EGRC-BPT valve BPT valve Exhaust gas recirculation control-solenoid valve EGRC-solenoid valve EGR control solenoid valve EGRT sensor Exhaust gas temperature sensor Flash electrically erasable programmable read only memory FEEPROM *** Flash erasable programmable read only memory FEPROM *** Flexible fuel sensor FFS *** Flexible fuel system FF system *** Fuel pressure regulator *** Pressure regulator Fuel pressure regulator control solenoid valve *** PRVR control solenoid valve Fuel trim FT *** Heated Oxygen sensor HO2S Exhaust gas sensor Idle air control system IAC system Idle speed control Exhaust gas recirculation temperature sensor EGR temperature sensor Idle air control valve-air regulator IACV-air regulator Air regulator Idle air control valve-auxiliary air control valve IACV-AAC valve Auxiliary air control (AAC) valve Idle air control valve-FICD solenoid valve IACV-FICD solenoid valve FICD solenoid valve Idle air control valve-idle up control solenoid valve IACV-idle up control solenoid valve Idle up control solenoid valve Idle speed control-FI pot ISC-FI pot FI pot Idle speed control system ISC system *** Ignition control IC *** Ignition control module ICM *** Indirect fuel injection system IFI system *** Intake air IA Air Intake air temperature sensor IAT sensor Air temperature sensor Knock *** Detonation Knock sensor KS Detonation sensor Malfunction indicator lamp MIL Check engine light Manifold absolute pressure MAP *** Manifold absolute pressure sensor MAPS *** Manifold differential pressure MDP *** Manifold differential pressure sensor MDPS *** Manifold surface temperature MST *** Manifold surface temperature sensor MSTS *** Manifold vacuum zone MVZ *** Manifold vacuum zone sensor MVZS *** Mass air flow sensor MAFS Air flow meter Mixture control solenoid valve MC solenoid valve Air-fuel ratio control solenoid valve Multiport fuel injection System MFI system Fuel injection control Revision: January 2010 GI-50 2010 Sentra TERMINOLOGY < SERVICE INFORMATION > NEW ACRONYM / ABBREVIATION NEW TERM OLD TERM Nonvolatile random access memory NVRAM *** On board diagnostic system OBD system Self-diagnosis Open loop OL Open loop Oxidation catalyst OC Catalyst Oxidation catalytic converter system OC system *** Oxygen sensor O2S Exhaust gas sensor Park position switch *** Park switch Periodic trap oxidizer system PTOX system *** Positive crankcase ventilation PCV Positive crankcase ventilation Positive crankcase ventilation valve PCV valve PCV valve Powertrain control module PCM *** Programmable read only memory PROM *** Pulsed secondary air injection control solenoid valve PAIRC solenoid valve AIV control solenoid valve GI B C D E F Pulsed secondary air injection system PAIR system Air induction valve (AIV) control Pulsed secondary air injection valve PAIR valve Air induction valve Random access memory RAM *** Read only memory ROM *** Scan tool ST *** Secondary air injection pump AIR pump *** Secondary air injection system AIR system *** Sequential multiport fuel injection system SFI system Sequential fuel injection Service reminder indicator SRI *** Simultaneous multiport fuel injection system *** Simultaneous fuel injection Smoke puff limiter system SPL system *** Supercharger SC *** Supercharger bypass SCB *** System readiness test SRT *** Thermal vacuum valve TVV Thermal vacuum valve Three way catalyst TWC Catalyst Three way catalytic converter system TWC system *** Three way + oxidation catalyst TWC + OC Catalyst Three way + oxidation catalytic converter system TWC + OC system *** Throttle body TB Throttle chamber SPI body Throttle body fuel injection system TBI system Fuel injection control Throttle position TP Throttle position Throttle position sensor TPS Throttle sensor Throttle position switch TP switch Throttle switch Torque converter clutch solenoid valve TCC solenoid valve Lock-up cancel solenoid Lock-up solenoid Transmission range switch *** Park/neutral position switch Transmission control module TCM A/T control unit Revision: January 2010 GI-51 G H I J K L M N O P 2010 Sentra TERMINOLOGY < SERVICE INFORMATION > NEW ACRONYM / ABBREVIATION NEW TERM OLD TERM Turbocharger TC Turbocharger Vehicle speed sensor VSS Vehicle speed sensor Volume air flow sensor VAFS Air flow meter Warm up oxidation catalyst WU-OC Catalyst Warm up oxidation catalytic converter system WU-OC system *** Warm up three way catalyst WU-TWC Catalyst Warm up three way catalytic converter system WU-TWC system *** Wide open throttle position switch WOTP switch Full switch ***: Not applicable Revision: January 2010 GI-52 2010 Sentra RESTRAINTS SECTION SRS SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) A B C D E CONTENTS SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2 PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2 Precaution for SRS "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" Service ...................................... 2 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2 Occupant Classification System Precaution ............. 3 Trouble Diagnosis: "AIR BAG" Warning Lamp Does Not Turn Off ...................................................29 Trouble Diagnosis: "AIR BAG" Warning Lamp Does Not Turn On ...................................................30 Removal and Installation .........................................31 SPIRAL CABLE ................................................ 33 SRS Removal and Installation .........................................33 FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE ...... 35 Removal and Installation .........................................35 Special Service Tool ................................................. 4 SIDE CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE ................ 39 SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) ................................................................... 5 Removal and Installation .........................................39 CRASH ZONE SENSOR ................................... 41 Removal and Installation .........................................41 I J K SIDE AIR BAG (SATELLITE) SENSOR ........... 42 Removal and Installation .........................................42 L FRONT SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER ........... 43 Removal and Installation .........................................43 DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT ............................. 44 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ...................................... 9 Removal and Installation .........................................44 Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ................................. 9 SRS Component Parts Location ............................. 11 Schematic ............................................................... 12 Wiring Diagram - SRS- ............................................ 13 CONSULT-III Function (AIR BAG) .......................... 18 Self-Diagnosis Function (Without CONSULT-III) .... 19 SRS Operation Check ............................................. 20 Trouble Diagnosis with CONSULT-III ..................... 21 Trouble Diagnosis without CONSULT-III ................ 26 OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT ................................................ 46 Revision: January 2010 G DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE ............................ 31 PREPARATION ................................................... 4 SRS Configuration .................................................... 5 Driver Air Bag Module ............................................... 6 Front Passenger Air Bag Module .............................. 6 Front Side Air Bag ..................................................... 6 Side Curtain Air Bag .................................................. 6 Front Seat Belt Pre-tensioner with Load Limiter ...... 7 Occupant Classification System (OCS) .................... 7 Direct-connect SRS Component Connectors ............ 8 F Removal and Installation .........................................46 COLLISION DIAGNOSIS .................................. 47 For Frontal Collision ................................................47 For Side and Rollover Collision ...............................49 SRS-1 2010 Sentra M N O P PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000005612213 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. Precaution for SRS "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" Service INFOID:0000000005283007 • Do not use electrical test equipment to check SRS circuits unless instructed to in this Service Manual. • Before servicing the SRS, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect both battery cables and wait at least 3 minutes. For approximately 3 minutes after the cables are removed, it is still possible for the air bag and seat belt pretensioner to deploy. Therefore, do not work on any SRS connectors or wires until at least 3 minutes have passed. • The air bag diagnosis sensor unit must always be installed with the arrow mark “⇐” pointing toward the front of the vehicle for proper operation. Also check air bag diagnosis sensor unit for cracks, deformities or rust before installation and replace as required. • The spiral cable must be aligned with the neutral position since its rotations are limited. Do not attempt to turn steering wheel or column after removal of steering gear. • Handle air bag module carefully. Always place driver and front passenger air bag modules with the pad side facing upward and seat mounted front side air bag module standing with the stud bolt side facing down. • Conduct self-diagnosis to check entire SRS for proper function after replacing any components. • After air bag inflates, the front instrument panel assembly should be replaced if damaged. Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect INFOID:0000000005283008 NOTE: • This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM). • Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the ″LOCK″ position. Revision: January 2010 SRS-2 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results. For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder. For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and steering wheel rotation will become impossible. If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before starting the repair operation. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. B C OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. A Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the steering lock will be released. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be rotated. Perform the necessary repair operation. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.) Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III. Occupant Classification System Precaution D E F G INFOID:0000000005283009 Replace control unit and passenger front seat cushion as an assembly. SRS I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 SRS-3 2010 Sentra PREPARATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000005283010 The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here. Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description — (J-44615) Air bag lock master key set Removing and installing air bag lock LRS210 Revision: January 2010 SRS-4 2010 Sentra SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) < SERVICE INFORMATION > SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) A SRS Configuration INFOID:0000000005283011 B C D E F G SRS WHIA0186E The air bag deploys if the air bag diagnosis sensor unit is activated while the ignition switch is in the ON or START position. The collision modes for which supplemental restraint systems are activated are different among the SRS systems. For example, the driver air bag module, front passenger air bag module and front seat belt pre-tensioners are activated in a frontal collision but not in a side collision. SRS configurations for some collision modes are as follows: SRS configuration Frontal collision Left side collision Right side collision Driver air bag module × — — Front passenger air bag module × — — Front LH seat belt pre-tensioner × — — Front RH seat belt pre-tensioner × — — Front LH side air bag module — × — Front RH side air bag module — — × LH side curtain air bag module — × — RH side curtain air bag module — — × I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 SRS-5 2010 Sentra SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) < SERVICE INFORMATION > Driver Air Bag Module INFOID:0000000005283012 The driver air bag module is dual stage and located in the steering wheel assembly. It operates with the SRS system in a frontal collision exceeding a specified level. WHIA0325E Front Passenger Air Bag Module INFOID:0000000005283013 The front passenger air bag module is located behind the instrument panel assembly. It operates with the SRS system in a frontal collision exceeding a specified level. Refer to SRS-7, "Occupant Classification System (OCS)" for more information. WHIA0341E Front Side Air Bag INFOID:0000000005283014 Front side air bag modules are built into the front seatback assemblies. Vehicles with side air bags are equipped with labels as shown. WHIA0327E Side Curtain Air Bag INFOID:0000000005283015 Side curtain air bag modules are located above the vehicle headlining and run from the front to the rear of the vehicle. Vehicles with side curtain air bags are equipped with labels as shown. WHIA0041E Revision: January 2010 SRS-6 2010 Sentra SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) < SERVICE INFORMATION > Front Seat Belt Pre-tensioner with Load Limiter INFOID:0000000005283016 A The seat belt pre-tensioner system with load limiter is installed for both the driver's seat and the front passenger's seat. It operates simultaneously with the SRS air bag system in the event of a frontal collision with an impact exceeding a specified level. When the frontal collision with an impact exceeding a specified level occurs, seat belt slack resulting from clothing or other factors is immediately taken up by the pre-tensioner. Vehicle passengers are securely restrained. When passengers in a vehicle are thrown forward in a collision and the restraining force of the seat belt exceeds a specified level, the load limiter permits the specified extension of the seat belt by the twisting of the ELR shaft, and a relaxation of the chest-area seat belt web tension while maintaining force. B C D WHIA0342E E Occupant Classification System (OCS) INFOID:0000000005283017 The occupant classification system (OCS) identifies different size occupants, out of position occupants, and detects if child seat is present in the front passenger seat. The OCS receives inputs from the occupant classi- F fication system sensor (located under the passenger seat cushion assembly) and belt tension sensor (part of the passenger front seat belt assembly and located at the belt anchor location). Depending on classification of the passenger, the OCS sends a signal to the air bag diagnosis sensor unit. The air bag diagnosis sensor unit G uses this signal and the seat belt buckle switch RH signal to determine deployment or non deployment of the front passenger air bag module in the event of a collision. Depending on the signals received, the air bag diagnosis sensor unit can disable the front passenger air bag module completely. SRS NOTE: In case of customer concern, CONSULT-III can be used to confirm the passenger air bag status (readiness). Passenger Air Bag Status Conditions Front Passenger Seat (Condition) PASS AIR BAG OFF Indicator (Status) I Passenger Air Bag Status (Readiness) CONSULT-III Display Seat occupied OFF Active (enabled) ON Seat occupied NOTE ON Deactivated (disabled) OFF Seat empty OFF Deactivated (disabled) OFF J K NOTE: Passenger does not meet Occupant Classification System specifications for passenger air bag activation. L M N O P WHIA0343E 1. Belt tension sensor 4. Occupant classification system control unit Revision: January 2010 2. Occupant classification system bladder 3. SRS-7 Occupant classification system sensor 2010 Sentra SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM (SRS) < SERVICE INFORMATION > Direct-connect SRS Component Connectors INFOID:0000000005283018 The following SRS components use direct-connect style harness connectors. • Driver air bag module • Passenger air bag module • LH side curtain air bag module • RH side curtain air bag module • Front LH seat belt pre-tensioner • Front RH seat belt pre-tensioner Always pull up to release the locking tab prior to removing connector from SRS component. Always push down to lock the locking tab after installing connector to SRS component. When locked, the locking tab is level with the connector housing. WHIA0103E Revision: January 2010 SRS-8 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS A Trouble Diagnosis Introduction INFOID:0000000005283019 CAUTION: • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to do so in this Service Manual. • Do not attempt to repair, splice or modify SRS wiring harnesses. If a harness is damaged, replace it with a new one. • Keep ground connections clean. DIAGNOSIS FUNCTION The SRS self-diagnosis results can be read by using “AIR BAG” warning lamp and/or CONSULT-III. The User mode is exclusively prepared for the customer (driver). This mode warns the driver of a system malfunction through the operation of the “AIR BAG” warning lamp. The Diagnosis mode allows the technician to locate and inspect the malfunctioning part. The mode applications for the “AIR BAG” warning lamp and CONSULT-III are as follows: User mode Diagnosis mode Display type “AIR BAG” warning lamp X X ON-OFF operation CONSULT-III — X Monitoring B C D E F G HOW TO PERFORM TROUBLE DIAGNOSES FOR QUICK AND ACCURATE REPAIR A good understanding of the malfunction conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate. In general, each customer feels differently about a malfunction. It is important to fully understand the sympSRS toms or conditions for a customer complaint. Information From Customer WHAT - Vehicle model WHEN - Date, Frequencies WHERE - Road conditions HOW - Operating conditions, Symptoms I J Preliminary Check Check that the following parts are in good order. • Battery (Refer to SC-5, "How to Handle Battery".) • Fuses (Refer to SRS-12, "Schematic".) • System component-to-harness connections K WORK FLOW L M N O P Revision: January 2010 SRS-9 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > WHIA0348E *1: "Preliminary Check" *2: SRS-20 *3: SRS-21 *4: SRS-26 Revision: January 2010 SRS-10 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SRS Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000005283020 A B C D E F G SRS WHIA0329E 1. Crash zone sensor 2. Spiral cable 3. Front passenger air bag off indicator 4. Front LH seat belt pre-tensioner LH side air bag (satellite) sensor 5. Air bag diagnosis sensor unit 6. Front LH side air bag module 7. Seat belt buckle switch (LH) Seat belt buckle switch (RH) 8. Occupant classification system control 9. unit Occupant classification system sensor I J 10. Front RH side air bag module 11. RH side curtain air bag module 13. Front passenger air bag module 14. Driver air bag module Front RH seat belt pre-tensioner RH side air bag (satellite) sensor Belt tension sensor 12. LH side curtain air bag module K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 SRS-11 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Schematic INFOID:0000000005283021 AAHWA0021GB Revision: January 2010 SRS-12 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - SRS- INFOID:0000000005283022 A B C D E F G SRS I J K L M N O WHWA0318E Revision: January 2010 SRS-13 2010 Sentra P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > AAHWA0020GB Revision: January 2010 SRS-14 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G SRS I J K L M N O AAHWA0010GB P Revision: January 2010 SRS-15 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > WHWA0321E Revision: January 2010 SRS-16 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G SRS I J K L M N O WHWA0322E P Revision: January 2010 SRS-17 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > ABHWA0037GB CONSULT-III Function (AIR BAG) INFOID:0000000005283023 CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following. Revision: January 2010 SRS-18 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > AIR BAG diagnostic mode Description SELF-DIAG [CURRENT] A current Self-diagnosis result is displayed on the CONSULT-III screen in real time. This refers to a malfunctioning part requiring replacement. SELF-DIAG [PAST] A Diagnosis results previously stored in the memory are displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. The stored results will remain until the memory is erased. TROUBLE DIAG RECORD With TROUBLE DIAG RECORD, diagnosis results previously erased by a reset operation can be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. ECU DISCRIMINATED NO. Air bag diagnosis sensor unit ECU discriminated number (identification number) is displayed. Air bag diagnosis sensor unit has individual ECU discriminated number (identification number) based on model and equipment. PASSENGER AIR BAG The STATUS (readiness) of the front passenger air bag module is displayed. The STATUS displayed (ON/OFF) depends on the signals supplied to the occupant classification system control module and air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SRS-7, "Occupant Classification System (OCS)" for more information. HOW TO CHANGE BETWEEN SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE AND USER MODE WITH CONSULT-III From User Mode to Diagnosis Mode After selecting “AIR BAG”, user mode automatically changes to Diagnosis mode. From Diagnosis Mode to User Mode To return to User mode from Diagnosis mode, touch “BACK” on CONSULT-III screen. Diagnosis mode automatically changes to User mode. B C D E F G SRS HOW TO ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS NOTE: If the memory in “SELF-DIAG [PAST]” is not erased, User mode will continue to show the system malfunction by the operation of the warning lamp even if the malfunction is repaired completely. • “SELF-DIAG [CURRENT]” A current self-diagnosis result is displayed on the CONSULT-III screen in real time. After the malfunction is repaired completely, no malfunction is detected on “SELF-DIAG [CURRENT]”. • “SELF-DIAG [PAST]” Return to the “SELF-DIAG [CURRENT]” CONSULT-III screen and select “SELF-DIAG [CURRENT]”. Touch “ERASE” in “SELF-DIAG [CURRENT]” mode. I J K L • “TROUBLE DIAG RECORD” The memory of “TROUBLE DIAG RECORD” cannot be erased. Self-Diagnosis Function (Without CONSULT-III) M INFOID:0000000005283024 The reading of these results is accomplished using one of two modes — “User mode” and “Diagnosis mode”. N HOW TO CHANGE BETWEEN USER MODE AND SELF-DIAGNOSIS MODE WITHOUT CONSULTO P Revision: January 2010 SRS-19 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > III SHIA0183E HOW TO ERASE SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS After a malfunction is repaired, turn the ignition switch OFF for at least one second, then back ON. Diagnosis mode returns to the User mode. At that time, the self-diagnostic result is cleared. SRS Operation Check INFOID:0000000005283025 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1 Checking SRS Operation Using “AIR BAG” Warning Lamp—User Mode 1. 2. Turn the ignition switch from OFF to ON, and check that the air bag warning lamp blinks. Compare the SRS air bag warning lamp blinking pattern with the examples. BF-1845D Revision: January 2010 SRS-20 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Air bag warning lamp examples “AIR BAG” warning lamp operation-User mode- SRS condition Reference item A B • No malfunction is detected. • No further action is necessary. — C D SHIA0011E E • The system is malfunctioning and needs to be repaired as indicated. Go to SRS-21, "Trouble Diagnosis with CONSULT-III" with CONSULTIII or SRS-26, "Trouble Diagnosis without CONSULT-III" without CONSULT-III. SHIA0012E F G SRS • Air bag is deployed. • Seat belt pre-tensioner is deployed. Go to SRS-47, "For Frontal Collision". I • Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning. • Air bag power supply circuit is malfunctioning. • Air bag warning lamp circuit is malfunctioning. Go to SRS-29, "Trouble Diagnosis: "AIR BAG" Warning Lamp Does Not Turn Off". J K SHIA0013E L • Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning. • Air bag warning lamp circuit is malfunctioning. Go to SRS-30, "Trouble Diagnosis: "AIR BAG" Warning Lamp Does Not Turn On". M N SHIA0014E O Trouble Diagnosis with CONSULT-III INFOID:0000000005283026 P DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2 Diagnostic code is displayed on "SELF-DIAG [CURRENT]". If no malfunction is detected on "SELF-DIAG [CURRENT]", but malfunction is detected in "SRS Operation Check", the following cases may exist: • "SELF-DIAG [PAST]" memory might not be erased. • The SRS system malfunctions intermittently. Refer to "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 4" Revision: January 2010 SRS-21 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > CONSULT-III Diagnostic Code Chart Diagnostic item NO DTC IS DETECTED Explanation Malfunction is indicated by the “AIR BAG” warning lamp in User mode. Repair order Recheck SRS at each replacement Low battery voltage (Less than 9V) 1. 2. “SELF-DIAG [PAST]” memory might not be erased. Go to "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 4" . Intermittent malfunction has been detected in the past. Go to "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 5" . No malfunction is detected in User mode. DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE [OPEN] [B1049] or [B1054] Driver air bag module circuit is open (including the spiral cable). DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE [VB-SHORT] [B1050] or [B1055] Driver air bag module circuit is shorted to some power supply circuit (including the spiral cable). DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE [GND-SHORT] [B1051] or [B1056] Driver air bag module circuit is shorted to ground (including the spiral cable). DRIVER AIRBAG MODULE [SHORT] [B1052] or [B1057] Driver air bag module circuits are shorted to each other. — 1. 2. ASSIST A/B MODULE [OPEN] [B1065] or [B1070] Front passenger air bag module circuit is open. ASSIST A/B MODULE [VB-SHORT] [B1066] or [B1071] Front passenger air bag module circuit is shorted to some power supply circuit. ASSIST A/B MODULE [GND-SHORT] [B1067] or [B1072] Front passenger air bag module circuit is shorted to ground. ASSIST A/B MODULE [SHORT] [B1068] or [B1073] Front passenger air bag module circuits are shorted to each other. 3. 4. 5. 6. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Crash zone sensor 1. CRASH ZONE SEN [UNIT FAIL] [B1033] or [B1034] CRASH ZONE SEN [COMM FAIL] [B1035] 2. 3. 4. 5. SIDE MODULE LH [OPEN] [B1134] Front LH side air bag module circuit is open. SIDE MODULE LH [VB-SHORT] [B1135] Front LH side air bag module circuit is shorted to some power supply circuit. 3. SIDE MODULE LH [GND-SHORT] [B1136] Front LH side air bag module circuit is shorted to ground. 4. SIDE MODULE LH [SHORT] [B1137] Front LH side air bag module circuits are shorted to each other. Revision: January 2010 1. 2. 5. SRS-22 Go to SC-5 Go to "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 3" . Visually check the wiring harness connection. Replace the harness if it has visible damage. Replace driver air bag module. Replace the spiral cable. Replace the air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Replace the related harness. Visually check the wiring harness connection. Replace the harness if it has visible damage. Replace front passenger air bag module. Replace the air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Replace the related harness. Visually check the wiring harness connection. Replace the harness if it has visible damage. Replace the crash zone sensor. Replace the air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Replace the related harness. Visually check the wiring harness connection. Replace the harness if it has visible damage. Replace front LH seat back assembly (front LH side air bag module). Replace the air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Replace the related harness. 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Diagnostic item Explanation Repair order Recheck SRS at each replacement SIDE MODULE RH [OPEN] [B1129] Front RH side air bag module circuit is open. 1. SIDE MODULE RH [VB-SHORT] [B1130] Front RH side air bag module circuit is shorted to some power supply circuit. 3. SIDE MODULE RH [GND-SHORT] [B1131] Front RH side air bag module circuit is shorted to ground. 4. SIDE MODULE RH [SHORT] [B1132] Front RH side air bag module circuits are shorted to each other. 2. 5. LH side air bag (satellite) sensor SATELLITE SENS LH [UNIT FAIL] [B1118] or [B1119] SATELLITE SENS LH [COMM FAIL] [B1120] 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. RH side air bag (satellite) sensor SATELLITE SENS RH [UNIT FAIL] [B1113] or [B1114] SATELLITE SENS RH [COMM FAIL] [B1115] 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. PRE-TEN FRONT LH [OPEN] [B1086] The circuit for front LH seat belt pre-tensioner is open. PRE-TEN FRONT LH [VB-SHORT] [B1087] The circuit for front LH seat belt pre-tensioner is shorted to some power supply circuit. PRE-TEN FRONT LH [GND-SHORT] [B1088] The circuit for front LH seat belt pre-tensioner is shorted to ground. PRE-TEN FRONT LH [SHORT] [B1089] The circuits for the front LH seat belt pre-tensioner are shorted to each other. PRE-TEN FRONT RH [OPEN] [B1081] The circuit for front RH seat belt pre-tensioner is open. PRE-TEN FRONT RH [VB-SHORT] [B1082] The circuit for front RH seat belt pre-tensioner is shorted to some power supply circuit. PRE-TEN FRONT RH [GND-SHORT] [B1083] The circuit for front RH seat belt pre-tensioner is shorted to ground. PRE-TEN FRONT RH [SHORT] [B1084] The circuits for the front RH seat belt pre-tensioner are shorted to each other. Revision: January 2010 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Visually check the wiring harness connection. Replace the harness if it has visible damage. Replace the LH side air bag (satellite) sensor. Replace the air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Replace the related harness. Visually check the wiring harness connection. Replace the harness if it has visible damage. Replace the RH side air bag (satellite) sensor. Replace the air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Replace the related harness. Visually check the wiring harness connections. Replace the harness if it has visible damage. Replace front LH seat belt pretensioner. Replace the air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Replace the related harness. B C D E F G SRS I J K L M 1. 2. 3. 4. SRS-23 Visually check the wiring harness connection. Replace the harness if it has visible damage. Replace front RH seat back assembly (front RH side air bag module). Replace the air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Replace the related harness. A 5. Visually check the wiring harness connections. Replace the harness if it has visible damage. Replace front RH seat belt pretensioner. Replace the air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Replace the related harness. 2010 Sentra N O P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Diagnostic item Explanation CURTAIN MODULE LH [OPEN] [B1150] The LH side curtain air bag module circuit is open. CURTAIN MODULE LH [VB-SHORT] [B1151] The LH side curtain air bag module circuit is shorted to some power supply circuits. CURTAIN MODULE LH [GND-SHORT] [B1152] The LH side curtain air bag module circuit is shorted to ground. CURTAIN MODULE LH [SHORT] [B1153] The circuits for the LH side curtain air bag module are shorted to each other. CURTAIN MODULE RH [OPEN] [B1145] The RH side curtain air bag module circuit is open. CURTAIN MODULE RH [VB-SHORT] [B1146] The RH side curtain air bag module circuit is shorted to some power supply circuits. CURTAIN MODULE RH [GND-SHORT] [B1147] The RH side curtain air bag module circuit is shorted to ground. CURTAIN MODULE RH [SHORT] [B1148] The circuits for the RH side curtain air bag module are shorted to each other. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 1. 2. 3. 4. Air bag diagnosis sensor unit is malfunctioning. CONTROL UNIT [B1XXX] OCCUPANT SENS C/U [UNIT FAIL] [B1017] or [B1021] Repair order Recheck SRS at each replacement 5. 1. 2. Visually check the wiring harness connection. Replace the harness if it has visible damage. Replace RH side curtain air bag module. Replace the air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Replace the related harness. Visually check the wiring harness connection. Replace the air bag diagnosis sensor unit. The OCS control unit is malfunctioning. 1. Replace RH front seat cushion/ occupant classification system control unit assembly. The OCS control unit is malfunctioning. 1. Replace the harness if it has visible damage. Replace the RH front seat cushion assembly. Do not disassemble the seat cushion assembly. Replace the RH front seat belt assembly. OCCUPANT SENS C/U [UNIT FAIL] [B1020] 2. 3. Communication between the OCS control unit and air bag diagnosis sensor unit is interrupted. 1. 2. OCCUPANT SENS C/U [COMM FAIL] [B1022] 3. 4. 5. OCS sensor is malfunctioning. OCCUPANT SENS [UNIT FAIL] [B1018] Revision: January 2010 Visually check the wiring harness connection. Replace the harness if it has visible damage. Replace LH side curtain air bag module. Replace the air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Replace the related harness. 1. 2. SRS-24 Visually check the wiring harness connection. Replace the harness if it has visible damage. Replace the RH front seat cushion assembly. Do not disassemble the seat cushion assembly. Replace the air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Replace the related harness. Visually check the wiring harness connection to the OCS sensor. Replace the RH front seat cushion assembly. Do not disassemble the seat cushion assembly. 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Diagnostic item Explanation Belt tension sensor is malfunctioning. Repair order Recheck SRS at each replacement 1. 2. BELT TENSION SENS [UNIT FAIL] [B1019] 3. 4. 5. Front passenger air bag off indicator is malfunctioning. 1. 2. PASS A/B INDCTR CKT [B1023] 3. 4. 5. FRONTAL COLLISION DETECTION [B1209] SIDE COLLISION DETECTION [B1210] Driver and front passenger air bag modules are deployed. Visually check the wiring harness connection. Replace the harness if it has visible damage. Replace the RH front seat belt assembly. Replace the RH front seat cushion assembly. Do not disassemble the seat cushion assembly. Replace the related harness. Visually check the wiring harness connection. Replace the harness if it has visible damage. Replace front passenger air bag off indicator. Replace the air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Replace the related harness. Refer to SRS-47, "For Frontal Collision". A B C D E F G Side or curtain air bag modules are deployed. SRS NOTE: Follow the procedures in numerical order when performing repairs. Confirm whether the repair has been successful using air bag warning lamp or CONSULT-III after each repair. If malfunction is still observed, proceed to the next step. When malfunction has been eliminated, further repair work is not required. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 3 I J Final Check of SRS Using CONSULT-III—Diagnosis Mode 1. If no DTC is detected on “SELF-DIAG [CURRENT]”, repair of SRS is completed. Go to step 2. If any DTC is detected on “SELF-DIAG [CURRENT]”, the malfunctioning part has not been repaired completely or another malfunctioning part is being detected. Go to "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2". 2. Touch “ERASE”. NOTE: Touch “ERASE” to clear the memory of the malfunction (“SELF-DIAG [PAST]”). If the memory of the malfunction in “SELF-DIAG [PAST]” is not erased, the User mode shows the system malfunction by the operation of the warning lamp even if the malfunction is repaired completely. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Touch “BACK” on CONSULT-III screen. Touch “SELF-DIAG [PAST]”. Check that no malfunction is detected on “SELF-DIAG [PAST]”. Touch “BACK” on CONSULT-III screen to return to User mode from Diagnosis mode. Turn ignition switch OFF then turn off and disconnect CONSULT-III. Go to SRS-20, "SRS Operation Check". L M N O DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 4 P Check SRS Repair History 1.CONSIDER POSSIBILITY THAT SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT WAS NOT ERASED AFTER REPAIR Check repair history of the SRS. Have any previous repairs been made to the SRS? Revision: January 2010 K SRS-25 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Yes >> Self-diagnostic result “SELF-DIAG [PAST]” (previously stored in the memory) might not be erased after repair. Go to "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 3". No >> Go to "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 5". DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 5 Check SRS Intermittent Malfunction Using CONSULT-III—Diagnosis Mode 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. If diagnostic codes are displayed on “SELF-DIAG [PAST]”, go to step 4. If no malfunction is detected on “SELF-DIAG [PAST]” touch “BACK”. Touch “TROUBLE DIAG RECORD”. NOTE: With “TROUBLE DIAG RECORD”, diagnosis results previously erased by a reset operation can be displayed. Diagnostic code is displayed on “TROUBLE DIAG RECORD”. Write down information from "TROUBLE DIAG RECORD" screen. Compare diagnostic codes to "CONSULT-III Diagnostic Code Chart". Touch “BACK” on CONSULT-III screen. Turn ignition switch OFF, then turn off and disconnect CONSULT-III, and both battery cables. Repair the system as outlined by the “Repair order” in “CONSULT-III Diagnostic Code Chart”, that corresponds to the self-diagnostic result. For replacement procedure of component parts, refer to the Removal and Installation procedure for the appropriate component. Go to "DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 3", for final checking. Trouble Diagnosis without CONSULT-III INFOID:0000000005283027 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 6 Inspect SRS Malfunction Using "AIR BAG" Warning Lamp—Diagnosis Mode NOTE: SRS will not enter Diagnosis mode if no malfunction is detected in User mode. 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. After “AIR BAG” warning lamp lights for 7 seconds, turn ignition switch OFF within 1 second. 3. Wait more than 3 seconds. 4. Repeat steps 1 to 3 two times. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. SRS is now in Diagnosis mode. "AIR BAG" warning lamp operates in Diagnosis mode according to the Warning Lamp Flash Code Chart: WARNING LAMP FLASH CODE CHART SHIA0026E Revision: January 2010 SRS-26 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C WHIA0260E D E F WHIA0198E G SRS I WHIA0261E J K L M WHIA0200E N O P WHIA0262E Revision: January 2010 SRS-27 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > WHIA0263E WHIA0203E WHIA0204E WHIA0264E WHIA0265E Revision: January 2010 SRS-28 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C WHIA0266E D E F WHIA0267E G SRS I WHIA0211E J K L M WHIA0212E Trouble Diagnosis: "AIR BAG" Warning Lamp Does Not Turn Off INFOID:0000000005283028 N DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 7 1.CHECK CONDITION OF AIR BAG MODULE O Inspect for any deployed air bag modules or seat belt pre-tensioners. Are any air bag modules or seat belt pre-tensioners deployed? Yes >> Refer to SRS-47, "For Frontal Collision". No >> GO TO 2. P 2.CHECK THE AIR BAG FUSE Check 10A fuse [No. 13, located in the fuse block (J/B)]. Refer to PG-3. OK or NG Revision: January 2010 SRS-29 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK AIR BAG FUSE AGAIN Replace 10A fuse [No. 13, located in the fuse block (J/B)] and turn ignition switch ON. Does the fuse blow again? Yes >> Repair harness. No >> Inspection End. 4.CHECK AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT Connect CONSULT-III. Is “AIR BAG” displayed on CONSULT-III? Yes >> GO TO 5. No >> Visually inspect the air bag diagnosis sensor unit harness connections. If the connections are OK, replace the air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SRS-44, "Removal and Installation". 5.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTION Check for loose connections between the combination meter and the air bag diagnosis sensor unit. OK or NG OK >> Replace air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SRS-44, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Properly connect the combination meter and air bag diagnosis sensor unit harness connectors. If “AIR BAG” warning lamp still does not turn off, replace the wiring harness. Trouble Diagnosis: "AIR BAG" Warning Lamp Does Not Turn On INFOID:0000000005283029 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 8 1.CHECK METER FUSE Check the 10A fuse [No. 14, located in the fuse block (J/B)] . Refer to PG-3. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2. 2.REPLACE METER FUSE AND CHECK AGAIN Replace 10A fuse [No. 14, located in the fuse block (J/B)] and turn ignition switch ON. Does the fuse blow again? Yes >> Replace harness. No >> Inspection End. 3.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTIONS BETWEEN AIR BAG DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT AND COMBINATION METER Inspect the harness and connectors between the air bag diagnosis sensor unit and the combination meter. Do the harness or connectors have any visible damage? Yes >> Replace harness. No >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK COMBINATION METER Disconnect the air bag diagnosis sensor unit harness connectors and turn ignition switch ON. Does “AIR BAG” warning lamp turn on? Yes >> Replace the air bag diagnosis sensor unit. Refer to SRS-44, "Removal and Installation". No >> Replace the combination meter. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Revision: January 2010 SRS-30 2010 Sentra DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE < SERVICE INFORMATION > DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283030 B C D E F LHIA0120E 1. Steering wheel switch LH (if equipped) 2. Horn connector 3. Spiral cable connector 4. Steering wheel switch RH (if equipped) 5. Driver air bag module 6. Steering wheel 7. Driver air bag module connectors 8. Cover A. Tamper proof bolt G SRS REMOVAL WARNING: • When servicing the SRS, do not work from directly in front of air bag module. • Always place air bag module with pad side facing upward. CAUTION: • Before servicing the SRS, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect both battery terminals, then wait at least three minutes. • Do not attempt to repair or replace damaged direct-connect SRS component connectors. If a driver air bag direct-connect harness connector is damaged, the spiral cable must be replaced. • Do not insert any foreign objects (screwdriver, etc.) into air bag module or harness connectors. • Do not disassemble air bag module. • Do not expose the air bag module to temperatures exceeding 90°C (194°F). I J K L PHIA0291E M • Replace the air bag module if it has been dropped or sustained an impact. • Do not allow oil, grease or water to come in contact with the air bag module. N O P WHIA0321E 1. 2. Disconnect the negative and positive battery terminals, then wait at least three minutes. Place the steering wheel in the straight ahead position. Revision: January 2010 SRS-31 2010 Sentra DRIVER AIR BAG MODULE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Remove the covers RH/LH and the driver air bag module tamper proof bolts RH/LH (A). LHIA0121E 4. Lift driver air bag module away from steering wheel. Disconnect driver air bag module connectors (1) and spiral cable connector (2). LHIA0122E • For removal/installation of the direct-connect SRS connectors, refer to SRS-8, "Direct-connect SRS Component Connectors". PHIA0953J 5. 6. Disconnect horn connector (1) and release harness from clips (2). If equipped, remove the steering wheel switch screws (A) and release the tabs (3) from the driver air bag module. LHIA0123E INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • For removal/installation of the direct-connect SRS connectors, refer to SRS-8, "Direct-connect SRS Component Connectors". • If driver air bag module is being replaced due to deployment, spiral cable must also be replaced. Refer to SRS-33. • After the work is completed, perform self-diagnosis to check that no malfunction is detected. Refer to SRS20, "SRS Operation Check". Revision: January 2010 SRS-32 2010 Sentra SPIRAL CABLE < SERVICE INFORMATION > SPIRAL CABLE A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283031 B C D E F LHIA0124E 1. Nut, refer to PS-6 2. Steering wheel 3. Lighting and turn signal switch 4. Spiral cable 5. Driver air bag module connectors 6. Wiper and washer switch 7. Column cover lower 8. Steering lock escutcheon 9. Steering column assembly G SRS 10. Column cover upper REMOVAL WARNING: When servicing the SRS, do not work from directly in front of air bag module. CAUTION: • Before servicing the SRS, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect both battery terminals and wait at least three minutes. • Do not tap or bump the steering wheel. • Do not disassemble the spiral cable. • Do not allow oil, grease or water to come in contact with the spiral cable. • Replace the spiral cable if it has been dropped or sustained an impact. • With the steering linkage disconnected, the spiral cable may snap by turning the steering wheel beyond the limited number of turns. The spiral cable can be turned counterclockwise about 2.5 turns from the neutral position. 1. Disconnect the negative and positive battery terminals, then wait at least three minutes. 2. Set the front wheels to the straight-ahead/neutral position. 3. Remove the steering wheel. Refer to PS-6. 4. Remove the column cover upper and lower. 5. Disconnect wiper and washer switch connector (1). Then while pressing tabs (2), pull wiper and washer switch away from spiral cable to remove. I J K L M N O P WHIA0315E Revision: January 2010 SRS-33 2010 Sentra SPIRAL CABLE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 6. Disconnect lighting and turn signal switch connector (1). Then while pressing tabs (2), pull lighting and turn signal switch toward driver door to remove. 7. Remove the screws, then release the tab at the top and pull the spiral cable away from the steering column assembly. 8. Disconnect spiral cable connectors. 9. Remove the steering angle sensor from the spiral cable. Refer to BRC-88, "Removal and Installation". WHIA0316E INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • Align spiral cable correctly when installing steering wheel, refer to PS-6. Make sure spiral cable alignment and centering marks (B) are matched and in the neutral position. The neutral position is detected by turning left 2.5 revolutions from the right end position, ending with the locating pin (A) at the top. Place steering wheel in straight ahead position, then install it with the locating pin hole (C) directly over spiral cable locating pin. • Reset the steering angle sensor calibration after installing spiral cable. Refer to BRC-83, "Adjustment of Steering Angle Sensor Neutral Position". • After the work is completed, perform self-diagnosis to make sure no malfunction is detected. Refer to SRS-20, "SRS Operation Check". PHIA1024J Revision: January 2010 SRS-34 2010 Sentra FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE < SERVICE INFORMATION > FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE Removal and Installation A INFOID:0000000005283032 The passenger air bag module originally installed in the vehicle uses direct-connect style harness connectors. Service replacement passenger air bag modules use tab-locking style harness connectors. If the passenger air bag module is replaced or if the direct-connect harness connectors are damaged, the vehicle wiring harness must be modified to allow connection of the service replacement passenger air bag module. Follow the WIRING HARNESS MODIFICATION procedure for wiring harness modification. B C REMOVAL WARNING: D • When servicing the SRS, do not work from directly in front of air bag module. Always work from the side of or under front passenger air bag module. • Always place front passenger air bag module with pad side facing upward. E CAUTION: • Do not attempt to repair or replace damaged direct-connect front passenger air bag module connectors. If a direct-connect harness connector is damaged, the front passenger air bag must be replaced and the wiring harness modified. F • Before servicing SRS, turn the ignition switch OFF, disconnect both battery terminals and wait at least three minutes. • Do not use old bolts after removal; replace with new bolts. G • Do not insert any foreign objects (screwdriver, etc.) into air bag module or harness connectors. • Do not disassemble air bag module. • Do not expose the front passenger air bag module to temperatures exceeding 90°C (194°F). • Replace the front passenger air bag module if it has been SRS dropped or sustained an impact. • Do not allow oil, grease or water to come in contact with the front passenger air bag module. I J WHIA0321E 1. 2. 3. Disconnect the negative and positive battery terminals, then wait at least three minutes. Remove the RH lower instrument panel glove box assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Remove the front passenger air bag module lower bracket bolt (A) from the steering member (1) through glove box opening. K L M N O LHIA0125E P Revision: January 2010 SRS-35 2010 Sentra FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Disconnect the front passenger air bag module connectors (1), then remove the nuts (A) from the steering member (2). Remove the front passenger air bag module through the glove box door opening area. LHIA0126E • For removal/installation of the direct-connect SRS connectors, refer to SRS-8, "Direct-connect SRS Component Connectors". PHIA0953J 5. For front passenger air bag module instrument panel upper bracket removal, perform the following: • Remove the instrument panel assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". • Remove the three screws (3) and the RH side ventilator duct. • Remove the nine screws (A) attaching upper bracket (1) to instrument panel assembly. • Release the molded in tabs (2) and remove the front passenger air bag module instrument panel upper bracket. LHIA0127E INSTALLATION Original Front Passenger Air Bag Module Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • For removal/installation of the direct-connect SRS connectors, refer to SRS-8, "Direct-connect SRS Component Connectors". CAUTION: • Always work from the side of or under front passenger air bag module. • After the work is completed, perform self-diagnosis to check that no malfunction is detected. Refer to SRS-20, "SRS Operation Check". Service Replacement Front Passenger Air Bag Module 1. 2. Install the front passenger air bag module instrument panel upper bracket. Install the RH side ventilator duct. Revision: January 2010 SRS-36 2010 Sentra FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Install the front passenger air bag module and nuts (A) to the instrument panel upper bracket (2). 4. Install the instrument panel assembly. Refer to IP-11. A B C LHIA0126E 5. 6. 7. D Install the front passenger air bag module lower bracket bolt (A) to the steering member (1) through glove box opening. Connect the front passenger air bag module harness connector to yellow 4-pin service replacement air bag connector and fasten connector to mounting bracket. Install RH lower instrument panel glove box assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". E F G LHIA0125E CAUTION: SRS • Always work from the side of or under front passenger air bag module. • After the work is completed, perform self-diagnosis to check that no malfunction is detected. Refer to SRS-20, "SRS Operation Check". I WIRING HARNESS MODIFICATION The passenger air bag module originally installed in the vehicle uses direct-connect style harness connectors. Service replacement passenger air bag modules use tab-locking style harness connectors. If the passenger air bag module is replaced or if the direct-connect harness connectors are damaged, the vehicle wiring harness must be modified to allow connection of the service replacement passenger air bag module. NOTE: The wiring harness modification is to be performed only if the vehicle is equipped with the original passenger air bag which uses direct-connect harness connectors. If the passenger air bag is to be replaced in a vehicle that has already had the service replacement passenger air bag installed, the wiring harness modification is not required. CAUTION: • Do not attempt to repair or replace damaged direct-connect front passenger air bag module connectors. If a direct-connect harness connector is damaged, the front passenger air bag must be replaced and the wiring harness modified. • Before servicing SRS, turn the ignition switch off, disconnect both battery terminals and wait at least three minutes. • Always work from the side of or under front passenger air bag module. • After the work is completed, perform self-diagnosis to check that no malfunction is detected. Refer to SRS-20, "SRS Operation Check". 1. Locate the yellow and orange direct-connect passenger air bag module harness connectors. 2. Use wire cutters to cut back both previously used direct-connect passenger air bag module harness connectors from the vehicle wiring harness approximately 50 mm (1.9 in) from the connectors. 3. Remove approximately 150 mm (5.9 in) of the vehicle harness covering from the cut end. Revision: January 2010 SRS-37 2010 Sentra J K L M N O P FRONT PASSENGER AIR BAG MODULE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Slide a piece of dual-wall heat shrink tubing (provided in the passenger air bag service kit) onto each wire of the previously used vehicle wiring harness. LHIA0017E 5. Fold each wire back and insert into the end of the heat shrink tubing so that the end of the wire is approximately centered in the heat shrink tubing. WHIA0062E 6. 7. 8. Use a heat gun to shrink the heat shrink tubing and seal the wire. Use electrical tape to secure the modified circuits to the outside of the wiring harness. Locate the front passenger air bag service replacement connector that is taped back to the main harness. Unwrap the tape to access the yellow service replacement connector and remove the dust cover from the connector. WHIA0118E Revision: January 2010 SRS-38 2010 Sentra SIDE CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE < SERVICE INFORMATION > SIDE CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE Removal and Installation A INFOID:0000000005283033 B C D E F G SRS I J K L LHIA0128E 1. Side curtain air bag module connector 2. Inflator 3. Side curtain air bag module 4. Ramp bracket tab A. Side curtain air bag module bolt B. Clip CE117 (front tether) Vehicle front M N REMOVAL WARNING: • When servicing the SRS, do not work from directly in front of side curtain air bag module. • Always place the curtain air bag module with deployment side facing upward. CAUTION: • Before servicing SRS, turn the ignition switch OFF, disconnect both battery terminals and wait at least three minutes. • Do not insert any foreign objects (screwdriver, etc.) into air bag module or harness connectors. • Do not attempt to disassemble side curtain air bag module. • Do not expose the side curtain air bag module to temperatures exceeding 90°C (194°F). Revision: January 2010 SRS-39 2010 Sentra O P SIDE CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Replace the side curtain air bag module if it has been dropped or sustained an impact. • Do not allow oil, grease or water to come in contact with the side curtain air bag module. • Do not attempt to repair or replace damaged direct-connect SRS component connectors. If a direct-connect harness connector is damaged, the harness must be replaced. WHIA0321E 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Disconnect both the negative and positive battery terminals, then wait at least three minutes. Remove the headlining. Refer to EI-41. Disconnect side curtain air bag module connector. • For removal/installation of the direct-connect SRS connectors, refer to SRS-8, "Direct-connect SRS Component Connectors". Remove the front tether clips. Remove the side curtain air bag module bolts in order starting at the front or rear, then remove the side curtain air bag module. PHIA0953J INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • For removal/installation of the direct-connect SRS connectors, refer to SRS-8, "Direct-connect SRS Component Connectors". • After replacement of side curtain air bag module, perform self-diagnosis to check that no malfunction is detected. Refer to SRS-20, "SRS Operation Check". Revision: January 2010 SRS-40 2010 Sentra CRASH ZONE SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > CRASH ZONE SENSOR A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283034 REMOVAL B CAUTION: • Before servicing the SRS, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect both battery terminals and wait at least three minutes. • Do not attempt to disassemble the crash zone sensor. • Do not use old nuts after removal; replace with new nuts. • Replace the crash zone sensor if it has been dropped or sustained an impact. • Check crash zone sensor to make sure it is free of deformities, dents, cracks or rust. If it shows any visible signs of damage, replace it with a new one. C D E F WHIA0321E 1. 2. 3. 4. Disconnect both the negative and positive battery terminals, then wait at least three minutes. Remove front grille, refer to EI-18. Disconnect crash zone sensor harness connector (1). Remove crash zone sensor nuts (A), then remove the crash zone sensor (2) from the radiator core support (3). G SRS I J K L M N AWHIA0252GB O INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • After the work is completed, perform self-diagnosis to check that no malfunction is detected. Refer to SRS20, "SRS Operation Check". Revision: January 2010 SRS-41 2010 Sentra P SIDE AIR BAG (SATELLITE) SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > SIDE AIR BAG (SATELLITE) SENSOR Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283035 REMOVAL CAUTION: • Before servicing the SRS, turn ignition switch OFF, disconnect both battery terminals and wait at least three minutes. • Do not attempt to disassemble the side air bag (satellite) sensor. • Do not use old nuts after removal; replace with new nuts. • Replace the side air bag (satellite) sensor if it has been dropped or sustained an impact. • Check side air bag (satellite) sensor to make sure it is free of deformities, dents, cracks or rust. If it shows any visible signs of damage, replace it with a new one. WHIA0321E 1. 2. 3. 4. Disconnect both the negative and positive battery terminals, then wait at least three minutes. Remove front seat belt retractor. Refer to SB-4, "Removal and Installation of Front Seat Belt". Disconnect side air bag (satellite) sensor harness connector (1). Remove side air bag (satellite) sensor nuts (A), then remove side air bag (satellite) sensor (2) from the center pillar (3). : Vehicle front LHIA0130E INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • After the work is completed, perform self-diagnosis to make sure no malfunction is detected. Refer to SRS20, "SRS Operation Check". Revision: January 2010 SRS-42 2010 Sentra FRONT SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER < SERVICE INFORMATION > FRONT SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER Removal and Installation A INFOID:0000000005283036 For removal and installation procedures, refer to SB-4, "Removal and Installation of Front Seat Belt". B C D E F G SRS I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 SRS-43 2010 Sentra DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283037 REMOVAL WARNING: Before disconnecting diagnosis sensor unit harness connector(s), be sure to disconnect harness connectors from air bag modules and front seat belt pre-tensioner to prevent deployment by static electricity. CAUTION: • Before servicing the SRS, turn the ignition switch OFF, disconnect both battery terminals and wait at least three minutes. • Do not disassemble diagnosis sensor unit. • Do not use old bolts; replace with new bolts. • Replace the diagnosis sensor unit if it has been dropped or sustained an impact. • Check diagnosis sensor unit bracket to make sure it is free of deformities, dents, cracks or rust. If it shows any visible signs of damage, replace with new one. • The diagnosis sensor unit must always be installed with the arrow mark "⇐" pointing toward the front of the vehicle for proper operation. • When replacing the air bag diagnosis sensor unit, always check with the parts department for he latest parts information. Installing an incorrect air bag diagnosis sensor unit may or may not cause the air bag warning lamp to illuminate and may cause incorrect deployment of the supplemental air bags and seat belt pre-tensioner in a collision resulting in serious personal injury or death. LHIA0131E 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 1. Diagnosis sensor unit B. Ground bolt 2. Diagnosis sensor unit connector A. Diagnostic sensor unit bolt Vehicle front Always check the air bag diagnosis sensor unit ECU discriminated number (identification number) using CONSULT-III. Disconnect the negative and positive battery terminals, then wait at least three minutes. Disconnect the harness connectors for the following SRS components: Refer to SRS-39, "Removal and Installation" (Side curtain air bag module), SE-15, "Passenger Seat" (Side air bag module), SRS-43, "Removal and Installation" (Seat belt pre-tensioner). Remove center console assembly. Refer to IP-11. Disconnect diagnosis sensor unit connectors. Remove the bolts and the ground bolt, then remove the diagnosis sensor unit. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • The diagnosis sensor unit must always be installed with the arrow mark "⇐" pointing toward the front of the vehicle. • Follow the tightening sequence 1,2,3,4 as shown. Revision: January 2010 SRS-44 2010 Sentra DIAGNOSIS SENSOR UNIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > • After the work is completed, perform self-diagnosis to check that no malfunction is detected. Refer to SRS20, "SRS Operation Check". CAUTION: • The diagnosis sensor unit must always be installed with the arrow mark "⇐" pointing toward the front of the vehicle for proper operation. • When installing diagnosis sensor unit bolt, use proper tightening sequence. • Never damage the harness while installing. • If malfunction is detected by the air bag warning lamp after repair or replacement of the malfunctioning parts, reset the memory using self-diagnosis or CONSULT-III. Refer to SRS-19, "Self-Diagnosis Function (Without CONSULT-III)". • After the work is completed, check that no system malfunction is detected by air bag warning lamp. • After replacing the air bag diagnosis sensor unit, confirm using CONSULT-III that the ECU discriminated number (identification number) of the new replacement air bag diagnosis sensor unit matches the ECU discriminated number (identification number) of the replaced (old) air bag diagnosis sensor unit. NOTE: If the ECU discriminated number of the new replacement air bag diagnosis sensor unit differs from the ECU discriminated number of the replaced air bag diagnosis sensor unit, reconfirm the parts information and verify that the correct air bag diagnosis sensor unit was installed. A B C D E F G SRS I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 SRS-45 2010 Sentra OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > OCCUPANT CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM CONTROL UNIT Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283038 The occupant classification system control unit, occupant classification system sensor, and bladder are an integral part of the front passenger seat cushion and are replaced as an assembly. Refer to SE-14 to remove the seat, and SE-16, "Disassembly and Assembly" to replace the seat cushion. Revision: January 2010 SRS-46 2010 Sentra COLLISION DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > COLLISION DIAGNOSIS A For Frontal Collision INFOID:0000000005681166 FOR FRONTAL COLLISION: When SRS is activated in a collision B CAUTION: Due to varying models and option levels, not all parts listed in the chart below apply to all vehicles. C WORK PROCEDURE 1. Before performing any of the following steps, ensure that all vehicle body and structural repairs have been completed. 2. Replace the diagnosis sensor unit. 3. Remove the front air bag modules, crash zone sensor assembly, bracket and seat belt pre-tensioner assemblies. 4. Check the SRS components using the table below: Replace any SRS components showing visible signs of damage. (dents, cracks and deformation, etc.) 5. Install new front air bag modules, crash zone sensor assembly, bracket and seat belt pre-tensioner assemblies. 6. Perform self-diagnosis using CONSULT-III or air bag warning lamp. Refer to SRS-26, "Trouble Diagnosis without CONSULT-III" for details. Ensure entire SRS operates properly. 7. After the work is completed, perform self-diagnosis to check that no malfunction is detected. Refer to SRS-20, "SRS Operation Check". SRS INSPECTION (FOR FRONTAL COLLISION) Part D E F G SRS Inspection Driver air bag module If the driver air bag has deployed: REPLACE Install with new fasteners. I Front passenger air bag module (if equipped) If the front passenger air bag has deployed: REPLACE Install with new fasteners. J Crash zone sensor If any of the front air bags or seat belt pre-tensioners* have been activated: REPLACE the crash zone sensor and bracket with new fasteners. *: Confirm seat belt pre-tensioner activation using CONSULT-III only. Seat belt pre-tensioner assemblies (All applicable locations: buckle, retractor, lap outer) If either the driver or passenger seat belt pre-tensioner* has been activated: REPLACE all seat belt pre-tensioner assemblies with new fasteners. *: Confirm seat belt pre-tensioner activation using CONSULT-III only. Diagnosis sensor unit If any of the SRS components have been activated: REPLACE the diagnosis sensor unit. Install with new fasteners. M Steering wheel 1. 2. N 3. 4. 5. 6. L Visually check steering wheel for deformities. Check harness (built into steering wheel) and connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities. Install driver air bag module into the steering wheel to check fit and alignment with the wheel. Check steering wheel for excessive free play. If no damage is found, reinstall. If damaged—REPLACE. Spiral cable If the driver front air bag has deployed: REPLACE the spiral cable. Occupant classification system (Passenger seat) 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Revision: January 2010 K P Remove passenger seat assembly. Check control unit case for dents, cracks of deformities. Check connectors and pressure sensor tube for damage, and terminals for deformities. Check seat frame and cushion pan for dents or deformities. If no damage is found, reinstall seat with new fasteners. If damaged — REPLACE seat cushion assembly with new fasteners. SRS-47 O 2010 Sentra COLLISION DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Part Inspection Harness and connectors 1. 2. 3. 4. Check connectors for poor connection, damage, and terminals for deformities. Check harness for binding, chafing, cuts, or deformities. If no damage is found, reinstall the harness and connectors. If damaged—REPLACE the damaged harness. Do not attempt to repair, splice or modify any SRS harness. Instrument panel assembly If the passenger front air bag has deployed: REPLACE the instrument panel assembly. (integrated type) FOR FRONTAL COLLISION: When SRS is not activated in a collision CAUTION: Due to varying models and option levels, not all parts listed in the chart below apply to all vehicles. WORK PROCEDURE 1. Before performing any of the following steps, ensure that all vehicle body and structural repairs have been completed. 2. Check the SRS components using the table below: Replace any SRS components showing visible signs of damage. (dents, cracks and deformation, etc.) 3. Perform self-diagnosis using CONSULT-III or air bag warning lamp. Refer to SRS-26, "Trouble Diagnosis without CONSULT-III" for details. Ensure entire SRS operates properly. 4. After the work is completed, perform self-diagnosis to check that no malfunction is detected. Refer to SRS-20, "SRS Operation Check". SRS INSPECTION (FOR FRONTAL COLLISION) Part Inspection Driver air bag module If the driver air bag has NOT been activated: 1. Remove driver air bag module. Check harness cover and connectors for damage, terminals for deformities, and harness for binding. 2. Install driver air bag module into the steering wheel to check fit and alignment with the wheel. 3. If no damage is found, reinstall with new fasteners. 4. If damaged—REPLACE. Install driver air bag modules with new fasteners. Front passenger air bag module (if equipped) If the front passenger air bag has NOT been activated: 1. Remove front passenger air bag module. Check harness cover and connectors for damage, terminals for deformities, and harness for binding. 2. Install front passenger air bag module into the instrument panel to check fit with the instrument panel. 3. If no damage is found, reinstall with new fasteners. 4. If damaged—REPLACE. Install front passenger air bag modules with new fasteners. Crash zone sensor If the front air bags or seat belt pre-tensioners have NOT been activated: 1. Remove the crash zone sensor. Check harness connectors for damage, terminals for deformities, and harness for binding. 2. Check for visible signs of damage (dents, cracks, deformation) of the crash zone sensor and bracket. 3. Install the crash zone sensor to check fit. 4. If no damage is found, reinstall with new fasteners. 5. If damaged—REPLACE the crash zone sensor and bracket with new fasteners. Seat belt pre-tensioner assemblies (All applicable locations: buckle, retractor, lap outer) If the pre-tensioners have NOT been activated: 1. Remove seat belt pre-tensioners. Check harness cover and connectors for damage, terminals for deformities, and harness for binding. 2. Check belts for damage and anchors for loose mounting. 3. Check retractor for smooth operation. 4. Check seat belt adjuster for damage. 5. Check for deformities of the center pillar inner. 6. If the center pillar inner has no damage, REPLACE the seat belt pre-tensioner assembly. 7. If no damage is found, reinstall seat belt pre-tensioner assembly. 8. If damaged—REPLACE. Install the seat belt pre-tensioners with new fasteners. Revision: January 2010 SRS-48 2010 Sentra COLLISION DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Part Diagnosis sensor unit Steering wheel Inspection 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Spiral cable Occupant classification system (Passenger seat) Harness and connectors Instrument panel assembly A If none of the SRS components have been activated: 1. Check case for dents, cracks or deformities. 2. Check connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities. 3. If no damage is found, reinstall with new fasteners. 4. If damaged—REPLACE. Install diagnosis sensor unit with new fasteners. B Visually check steering wheel for deformities. Check harness (built into steering wheel) and connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities. Install driver air bag module into the steering wheel to check fit and alignment with the wheel. Check steering wheel for excessive free play. If no damage is found, reinstall. If damaged—REPLACE. If the driver front air bag has not deployed: 1. Visually check spiral cable and combination switch for damage. 2. Check connectors and protective tape for damage. 3. Check steering wheel for noise, binding or heavy operation. 4. If no damage is found, reinstall. 5. If damaged—REPLACE. D E F 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove passenger seat assembly. Check control unit case for dents, cracks of deformities. Check connectors and pressure sensor tube for damage, and terminals for deformities. Check seat frame and cushion pan for dents or deformities. If no damage is found, reinstall seat with new fasteners. If damaged — REPLACE seat cushion assembly with new fasteners. 1. 2. 3. 4. Check connectors for poor connection, damage, and terminals for deformities. Check harness for binding, chafing, cuts, or deformities. If no damage is found, reinstall the harness and connectors. If damaged—REPLACE the damaged harness. Do not attempt to repair, splice or modify any SRS harness. If the passenger front air bag has NOT deployed: 1. Visually check instrument panel for damage. 2. If no damage is found, reinstall the instrument panel assembly. 3. If damaged—REPLACE the instrument panel assembly. For Side and Rollover Collision C G SRS I J INFOID:0000000005681167 K FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION: When SRS is activated in a collision CAUTION: Due to varying models and option levels, not all parts listed in the chart below apply to all vehicles. WORK PROCEDURE 1. Before performing any of the following steps, ensure that all vehicle body and structural repairs have been completed. 2. Replace the following components: Front seat back assembly (on the side on which side air bag is activated). Door finisher (on the side on which door-mounted curtain air bag is activated). Pop-up roll bar assemblies and pop-up roll bar covers. Side air bag (satellite) sensor LH/RH (on the side on which side air bag is activated). Diagnosis sensor unit. Seat belt pre-tensioner assemblies. 3. Check the SRS components and the related parts using the following table. Replace any SRS components and the related parts showing visible signs of damage (dents, cracks, deformation, etc.). 4. Perform self-diagnosis using CONSULT-III and “AIR BAG” warning lamp. Refer to SRS-20, "SRS Operation Check" for details. Make sure entire SRS operates properly. 5. After the work is completed, perform self-diagnosis to check that no malfunction is detected. Refer to SRS-26, "Trouble Diagnosis without CONSULT-III". SRS INSPECTION (FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION) Revision: January 2010 SRS-49 2010 Sentra L M N O P COLLISION DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Part Inspection Side curtain air bag module LH If the side curtain air bag LH has deployed: REPLACE the side curtain air bag module LH. Install with new fasteners. Side curtain air bag module RH If the side curtain air bag RH has deployed: REPLACE the side curtain air bag module RH. Install with new fasteners. Front side air bag module LH If the front side air bag LH has deployed: REPLACE front seatback assembly LH. Front side air bag module RH If the front side air bag RH has deployed: REPLACE front seatback assembly RH. Side air bag (satellite) sensor (LH or RH) If any of the SRS components have deployed: REPLACE the side air bag (satellite) sensor on the collision side with new fasteners. Diagnosis sensor unit If any of the SRS components have deployed: REPLACE the diagnosis sensor unit with new fasteners. Seat belt pre-tensioner assemblies (All applicable locations: buckle, retractor, lap outer) If either the driver or passenger seat belt pre-tensioner* has been activated: REPLACE all seat belt pre-tensioner assemblies with new fasteners. *: Confirm seat belt pre-tensioner activation using CONSULT-III only. Center inner pillar 1. 2. Seat (if equipped with front side air bag) If either the front LH or front RH side aor bag modules has been deployed: REPLACE front seatback assembly on the deployed side. Trim/headlining 1. 2. Check the center inner pillar on the collision side for damage (dents, cracks, deformation). If damaged—REPAIR the center inner pillar. Check for visible signs of damage (dents, cracks, deformation) of the interior trim on the collision side. If damaged—REPLACE the damaged trim parts. Door-mounted curtain air bag module LH If the door-mounted curtain air bag module LH has been deployed: REPLACE the door finisher LH and door-mounted curtain air bag module. Install with new fasteners. Door-mounted curtain air bag module RH If the door-mounted curtain air bag module RH has been deployed: REPLACE the door finisher RH and door-mounted curtain air bag module. Install with new fasteners. Pop-up roll bar assemblies If the pop-up roll bar has deployed: REPLACE pop-up roll bar assemblies and pop-up roll bar covers. Install with new fasteners. FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION: When SRS is not activated in a collision CAUTION: Due to varying models and option levels, not all parts listed in the chart below apply to all vehicles. WORK PROCEDURE 1. Before performing any of the following steps, ensure that all vehicle body and structural repairs have been completed. 2. Check the SRS components and the related parts using the following table. If the front seat back assembly is damaged, the front seat back assembly must be replaced. If the door finisher assembly is damaged, the door finisher assembly and door-mounted curtain air bag module must be replaced. 3. Perform self-diagnosis using CONSULT-III and “AIR BAG” warning lamp. Refer to SRS-20, "SRS Operation Check" for details. Make sure entire SRS operates properly. 4. After the work is completed, perform self-diagnosis to check that no malfunction is detected. Refer to SRS-26, "Trouble Diagnosis without CONSULT-III". SRS INSPECTION (FOR SIDE AND ROLLOVER COLLISION) Revision: January 2010 SRS-50 2010 Sentra COLLISION DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Part Side curtain air bag module LH Side curtain air bag module RH Inspection A If the side curtain air bag LH has NOT deployed: 1. Check for visible signs of damage (dents, tears, deformation) of the center pillar on the collision side. 2. If damaged—Remove the side curtain air bag module LH. 3. Check for visible signs of damaged (tears etc.) of the side curtain air bag module LH. 4. Check harness and connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities. 5. If no damage is found, reinstall the side curtain air bag module LH with new fasteners. 6. If damaged—REPLACE the side curtain air bag module LH with new fasteners. If the side curtain air bag RH has NOT deployed: 1. Check for visible signs of damage (dents, tears, deformation) of the center pillar on the collision side. 2. If damaged—Remove the side curtain air bag module RH. 3. Check for visible signs of damaged (tears etc.) of the side curtain air bag module RH. 4. Check harness and connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities. 5. If no damage is found, reinstall the side curtain air bag module RH with new fasteners. 6. If damaged—REPLACE the side curtain air bag module RH with new fasteners. Front side air bag module LH If the front LH side air bag has NOT deployed: 1. Check for visible signs of damage (dents, tears, deformation) of the seat back on the collision side. 2. Check harness and connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities. 3. If damaged—REPLACE the front seatback assembly LH. Front side air bag module RH If the front side air bag RH has NOT deployed: 1. Check for visible signs of damage (dents, tears, deformation) of the seat back on the collision side. 2. Check harness and connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities. 3. If damaged—REPLACE the front seatback assembly RH. Side air bag (satellite) sensor (LH or RH) Diagnosis sensor unit Seat belt pre-tensioner assemblies (All applicable locations: buckle, retractor, lap outer) Seat (with front side air bag) Revision: January 2010 If none of the SRS components have been activated: 1. Remove the side air bag (satellite) sensor (LH or RH) on the collision side. Check harness connectors for damage, terminals for deformities, and harness for binding. 2. Check for visible signs of damage (dents, cracks, deformation) of the side air bag (satellite) sensor (LH or RH). 3. Install the side air bag (satellite) sensor (LH or RH) to check fit. 4. If no damage is found, reinstall the side sir bag (satellite) sensor (LH or RH) with new fasteners. 5. If damaged—REPLACE the side air bag (satellite) sensor (LH or RH) with new fasteners. If none of the SRS components have been activated: 1. Check case and bracket for dents, cracks or deformities. 2. Check connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities. 3. If no damage is found, reinstall the diagnosis sensor unit with new fasteners. 4. If damaged—REPLACE the diagnosis sensor unit with new fasteners. C D E F G SRS I J K L If the pre-tensioners have NOT been activated: 1. Remove seat belt pre-tensioners. Check harness cover and connectors for damage, terminals for deformities, and harness for binding. 2. Check belts for damage and anchors for loose mounting. 3. Check retractor for smooth operation. 4. Check seat belt adjuster for damage. 5. Check for deformities of the center pillar inner. 6. If the center pillar inner has no damage, REPLACE the seat belt pre-tensioner assembly. 7. If no damage is found, reinstall seat belt pre-tensioner assembly. 8. If damaged—REPLACE. Install the seat belt pre-tensioners with new fasteners. If the front LH or front RH side air bag modules have NOT deployed: 1. Visually check the seat on the collision side. 2. Remove the seat on the collision side and check the following for damage and deformities. Harness, connectors and terminals Frame and recliner (for front and rear seat), and also adjuster and slides (for front seat) 3. If no damage is found, reinstall the seat. 4. If damaged—REPLACE the damaged seat parts using new fasteners. If the front seat back is damaged, the front seat back assembly must be replaced. SRS-51 B 2010 Sentra M N O P COLLISION DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Part Center inner pillar Inspection 1. 2. Trim/headlining 1. 2. Check the center inner pillar on the collision side for damage (dents, cracks, deformation, etc.). If damaged - REPAIR the center inner pillar. Check for visible signs of damage (dents, cracks, deformation, etc.) of the interior tim on the collision side. If damaged - REPLACE the damaged trim parts. Door-mounted curtain air bag module LH If the door-mounted curtain air bag LH has NOT deployed: 1. Check for visible signs of damage (dents tears, deformation, etc.) of the door finisher on the collision side. 2. If damaged - REPLACE the door finisher LH with new fasteners. 3. Check for visible signs of damaged (dears etc.) of the door-mounted curtain air bag module LH. 4. Check harness and connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities. 5. If no damage is found, reinstall door finisher. CAUTION: When removing door mounted curtain air bag module from door finisher, never reuse door finisher. 6. If damaged - REPLACE the door finisher LH and door-mounted curtain air bag module LH with new fasteners. Door-mounted curtain air bag module RH If the door-mounted curtain air bag RH has NOT deployed: 1. Check for visible signs of damage (dents tears, deformation, etc.) of the door finisher on the collision side. 2. If damaged - REPLACE the door finisher RH with new fasteners. 3. Check for visible signs of damaged (tears etc.) of the door-mounted curtain air bag module RH. 4. Check harness and connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities. 5. If no damage is found, reinstall door finisher. CAUTION: When removing door mounted curtain air bag module from door finisher, never reuse door finisher. 6. If damaged - REPLACE the door finisher RH and door-mounted curtain air bag module RH with new fasteners. Pop-up roll bar If the pop-up roll bar NOT deployed: 1. Check for visible signs of damage (dents tears, deformation, etc.) of the pop-up roll bar. 2. If damaged - REPLACE the pop-up roll bar with new fasteners. 3. Check harness and connectors for damage, and terminals for deformities. 4. If no damage is found, reinstall the pop-up roll bar with new fasteners. 5. Check for visible signs of damage (dents, cracks, deformation, etc.) of the seatback support brace assembly. 6. If damaged - REPAIR the seatback support brace assembly. Revision: January 2010 SRS-52 2010 Sentra ELECTRICAL SECTION LAN LAN SYSTEM A B C D E CONTENTS CAN FUNDAMENTAL Precautions for Harness Repair ..............................23 SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 6 PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 6 Precautions for Trouble Diagnosis ............................ 6 Precautions for Harness Repair ................................ 6 CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ..................... 7 System Description ................................................... 7 System Diagram ........................................................ 7 CAN Communication Control Circuit ......................... 8 DIAG ON CAN ..................................................... 9 Description ................................................................ 9 System Diagram ........................................................ 9 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .....................................10 Condition of Error Detection .................................... 10 Symptom When Error Occurs in CAN Communication System .......................................................... 10 CAN Diagnosis with CONSULT-III .......................... 13 Self-Diagnosis ......................................................... 14 CAN Diagnostic Support Monitor ............................ 14 How to Use CAN Communication Signal Chart ...... 16 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW .........17 Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart ................................. 17 Trouble Diagnosis Procedure .................................. 17 CAN DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ........ 25 Interview Sheet ........................................................25 G CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ................... 26 CAN System Specification Chart .............................26 CAN Communication Signal Chart ..........................27 H CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ................... 29 Component Parts Location ......................................29 Schematic ................................................................30 Wiring Diagram - CAN - ...........................................31 I MALFUNCTION AREA CHART ........................ 34 J Main Line .................................................................34 Branch Line .............................................................34 Short Circuit .............................................................34 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT .................................................................. 35 LAN Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................35 L MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND DLC CIRCUIT .................................................................. 36 M Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................36 ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 37 Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................37 N ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 38 SERVICE INFORMATION ........................... 22 HOW TO USE THIS SECTION ...........................22 Caution .................................................................... 22 Abbreviation List ...................................................... 22 PRECAUTIONS ..................................................23 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................. 23 Precautions for Trouble Diagnosis .......................... 23 Revision: January 2010 F Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................38 O TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 39 Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................39 BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 40 Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................40 DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 41 Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................41 EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 42 LAN-1 2010 Sentra P Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 42 I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 43 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 43 M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 44 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 44 M&A2 BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 45 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 45 STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 46 EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................... 63 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 63 M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 64 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 64 IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ..................... 65 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 65 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT ................... 66 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 66 CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3) Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 46 IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ..................... 47 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 47 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT .................... 48 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 48 CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1) SERVICE INFORMATION .......................... 68 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT ................................................................... 68 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 68 ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 69 SERVICE INFORMATION ........................... 50 ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 50 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 50 BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 51 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 51 DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................... 52 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 52 EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................... 53 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 53 M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 54 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 54 IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ..................... 55 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 55 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT .................... 56 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 56 CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2) Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 69 ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 70 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 70 BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 71 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 71 DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 72 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 72 EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................... 73 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 73 M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 74 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 74 STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 75 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 75 IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ..................... 76 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 76 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT ................... 77 SERVICE INFORMATION ........................... 58 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 77 CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4) MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT ................................................................... 58 SERVICE INFORMATION .......................... 79 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 58 MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND DLC CIRCUIT ................................................................... 79 ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 59 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 59 ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 60 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 60 BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 61 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 61 DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................... 62 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 62 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 79 ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 80 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 80 TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 81 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 81 BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 82 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 82 DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 83 Revision: January 2010 LAN-2 2010 Sentra Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 83 EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ...........................84 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 84 M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ..........................85 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 85 IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................86 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 86 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT ....................87 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 87 CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5) BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ....................... 104 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 104 DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 105 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 105 B EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 106 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 106 I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ...................... 107 C Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 107 M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ....................... 108 D Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 108 SERVICE INFORMATION ........................... 89 IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ................... 109 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT ....................................................................89 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT ................. 110 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 89 ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ...........................90 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 109 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 110 CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7) Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 90 SERVICE INFORMATION ......................... 112 ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ...........................91 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT ................................................................ 112 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 91 TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ...........................92 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 92 BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ..........................93 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 93 DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ...........................94 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 94 EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ...........................95 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 95 M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ..........................96 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 96 IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................97 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 97 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT ....................98 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 98 CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6) Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 112 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 113 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 114 TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 115 H I J BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ....................... 116 LAN Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 116 DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 117 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 117 EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 118 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 118 L M M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ....................... 119 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT .................................................................. 100 IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ................... 121 N Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 120 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 100 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 121 ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 101 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT ................. 122 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 122 CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8) Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 102 SERVICE INFORMATION ......................... 124 TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 103 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT ................................................................ 124 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 103 G Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 115 STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ..................... 120 ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 102 F ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 114 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 119 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 101 E ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ....................... 113 SERVICE INFORMATION ......................... 100 Revision: January 2010 A LAN-3 2010 Sentra O P Diagnosis Procedure .............................................124 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 145 ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 125 IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .................... 146 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................125 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 146 ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 126 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT .................. 147 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................126 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 147 CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10) TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 127 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................127 SERVICE INFORMATION ......................... 149 BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 128 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................128 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT .................................................................. 149 DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 129 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 149 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................129 ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 150 EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 130 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 150 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................130 ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 151 I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ...................... 131 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 151 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................131 TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 152 M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 132 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 152 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................132 BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 153 STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ...................... 133 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 153 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................133 DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 154 IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ................... 134 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 154 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................134 EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .......................... 155 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT .................. 135 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 155 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................135 M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 156 CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9) Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 156 SERVICE INFORMATION .......................... 137 M&A2 BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ....................... 157 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 157 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT ................................................................. 137 STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ....................... 158 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................137 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 158 ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 138 IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT .................... 159 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................138 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 159 ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 139 CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT .................. 160 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................139 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 160 CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 11) BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 140 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................140 SERVICE INFORMATION ......................... 162 DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 141 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................141 MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT .................................................................. 162 EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 142 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 162 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................142 ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 163 M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 143 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 163 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................143 ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 164 M&A2 BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ...................... 144 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 164 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................144 TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 165 STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ...................... 145 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 165 Revision: January 2010 LAN-4 2010 Sentra BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 166 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 166 DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 167 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 167 EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ......................... 168 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 168 I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ....................... 169 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 169 M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ........................ 170 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 170 M&A2 BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ..................... 171 A Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 171 STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ..................... 172 B Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 172 IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT ................... 173 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 173 C CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT ................. 174 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 174 D E F G H I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-5 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS [CAN FUNDAMENTAL] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION PRECAUTIONS Precautions for Trouble Diagnosis INFOID:0000000005284358 CAUTION: • Never apply 7.0 V or more to the measurement terminal. • Use a tester with open terminal voltage of 7.0 V or less. • Turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal when checking the harness. Precautions for Harness Repair INFOID:0000000005284359 • Solder the repaired area and wrap tape around the soldered area. NOTE: A fray of twisted lines must be within 110 mm (4.33 in). SKIB8766E • Bypass connection is never allowed at the repaired area. NOTE: Bypass connection may cause CAN communication error. The spliced wire becomes separated and the characteristics of twisted line are lost. SKIB8767E • Replace the applicable harness as an assembly if error is detected on the shield lines of CAN communication line. Revision: January 2010 LAN-6 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM [CAN FUNDAMENTAL] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM A System Description INFOID:0000000005284360 • CAN communication is a multiplex communication system. This enables the system to transmit and receive large quantities of data at high speed by connecting control units with two communication lines (CAN-H and CAN-L). • Control units on the CAN network transmit signals using the CAN communication control circuit. They receive only necessary signals from other control units to operate various functions. • CAN communication lines adopt twisted-pair line style (two lines twisted) for noise immunity. System Diagram INFOID:0000000005284361 B C D E F G H I J LAN SKIB8887E Each control unit passes an electric current to the termination circuits when transmitting CAN communication signal. The termination circuits produce an electrical potential difference between CAN-H and CAN-L. CAN communication system transmits and receives CAN communication signals by the potential difference. Component Description Main line CAN communication line between splices Branch line CAN communication line between splice and a control unit Splice A point connecting a branch line with a main line Termination circuit Refer to LAN-8, "CAN Communication Control Circuit". L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-7 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM [CAN FUNDAMENTAL] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CAN Communication Control Circuit INFOID:0000000005284362 SKIB8713E Component System description CAN controller It controls CAN communication signal transmission and reception, error detection, etc. Transceiver IC It converts digital signal into CAN communication signal, and CAN communication signal into digital signal. Noise filter It eliminates noise of CAN communication signal. Termination circuit* (Resistance of approx. 120 Ω) It produces potential difference. *: These are the only control units wired with both ends of CAN communication system. Revision: January 2010 LAN-8 2010 Sentra DIAG ON CAN [CAN FUNDAMENTAL] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DIAG ON CAN A Description INFOID:0000000005284363 “Diag on CAN” is a diagnosis using CAN communication instead of previous DDL1 and DDL2 communication lines, between control units and diagnosis unit. System Diagram B INFOID:0000000005284364 C D E F G H I J LAN L M SKIB8714E Name Harness Description DDL1 Tx Rx It is used for trouble diagnosis. (CAN-H and CAN-L are used for controlling) DDL2 K-LINE It is used for trouble diagnosis. (CAN-H and CAN-L are used for controlling) Diag on CAN CAN-H CAN-L It is used for trouble diagnosis and control. N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-9 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [CAN FUNDAMENTAL] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS Condition of Error Detection INFOID:0000000005450742 DTC of CAN communication is indicated on SELF-DIAG RESULTS on CONSULT-III if a CAN communication signal is not transmitted or received between units for 2 seconds or more. NOTE: DTCs of CAN communication are as follows: • U0101 • U0140 • U0164 • U1000 • U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM ERROR • CAN communication line open (CAN-H, CAN-L, or both) • CAN communication line short (ground, between CAN communication lines, other harnesses) • Error of CAN communication control circuit of the unit connected to CAN communication line WHEN DTC OF CAN COMMUNICATION IS INDICATED EVEN THOUGH CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM IS NORMAL • Removal/installation of parts: Error may be detected when removing and installing CAN communication unit and related parts while turning the ignition switch ON. (A DTC except for CAN communication may be detected.) • Fuse blown out (removed): CAN communication of the unit may cease. • Voltage drop: Error may be detected if voltage drops due to discharged battery when turning the ignition switch ON (Depending on the control unit which carries out CAN communication). • Error may be detected if the power supply circuit of the control unit, which carries out CAN communication, malfunctions (Depending on the control unit which carries out CAN communication). • Error may be detected if reprogramming is not completed normally. CAUTION: CAN communication system is normal if DTC of CAN communication is indicated on SELF-DIAG RESULTS of CONSULT-III under the above conditions. Erase the memory of the self-diagnosis of each unit. Symptom When Error Occurs in CAN Communication System INFOID:0000000005284366 In CAN communication system, multiple units mutually transmit and receive signals. Each unit cannot transmit and receive signals if any error occurs on CAN communication line. Under this condition, multiple control units related to the root cause malfunction or go into fail-safe mode. ERROR EXAMPLE NOTE: • Each vehicle differs in symptom of each unit under fail-safe mode and CAN communication line wiring. • Refer to LAN-22, "Abbreviation List" for the unit abbreviation. Revision: January 2010 LAN-10 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [CAN FUNDAMENTAL] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Example: TCM branch line open circuit A B C D E F SKIB8738E Unit name Symptom ECM Engine torque limiting is affected, and shift harshness increases. BCM Reverse warning chime does not sound. EPS control unit Normal operation. Combination meter • Shift position indicator and OD OFF indicator turn OFF. • Warning lamps turn ON. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Normal operation. TCM No impact on operation. IPDM E/R Normal operation. G H I Example: Data link connector branch line open circuit J LAN L M N O SKIB8739E P Revision: January 2010 LAN-11 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [CAN FUNDAMENTAL] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Unit name Symptom ECM BCM EPS control unit Combination meter Normal operation. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) TCM IPDM E/R NOTE: • When data link connector branch line is open, transmission and reception of CAN communication signals are not affected. Therefore, no symptoms occur. However, be sure to repair malfunctioning circuit. • The model (all units on CAN communication system are Diag on CAN) cannot perform CAN diagnosis with CONSULT-III if the following error occurs. The error is judged by the symptom. Error Difference of symptom Data link connector branch line open circuit Normal operation. CAN-H, CAN-L harness short-circuit Most of the units which are connected to the CAN communication system enter fail-safe mode or are deactivated. Example: Main Line Between Data Link Connector and ABS Actuator and Electric Unit (Control Unit) Open Circuit SKIB8740E Unit name Symptom ECM Engine torque limiting is affected, and shift harshness increases. BCM • Reverse warning chime does not sound. • The front wiper moves under continuous operation mode even though the front wiper switch being in the intermittent position. EPS control unit The steering effort increases. Combination meter • The shift position indicator and OD OFF indicator turn OFF. • The speedometer is inoperative. • The odo/trip meter stops. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Normal operation. TCM No impact on operation. IPDM E/R When the ignition switch is ON, • The headlamps (Lo) turn ON. • The cooling fan continues to rotate. Revision: January 2010 LAN-12 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [CAN FUNDAMENTAL] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Example: CAN-H, CAN-L Harness Short Circuit A B C D E F SKIB8741E Unit name Symptom ECM • Engine torque limiting is affected, and shift harshness increases. • Engine speed drops. BCM • Reverse warning chime does not sound. • The front wiper moves under continuous operation mode even though the front wiper switch being in the intermittent position. • The room lamp does not turn ON. • The engine does not start (if an error or malfunction occurs while turning the ignition switch OFF.) • The steering lock does not release (if an error or malfunction occurs while turning the ignition switch OFF.) EPS control unit The steering effort increases. Combination meter • The tachometer and the speedometer do not move. • Warning lamps turn ON. • Indicator lamps do not turn ON. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Normal operation. TCM No impact on operation. IPDM E/R When the ignition switch is ON, • The headlamps (Lo) turn ON. • The cooling fan continues to rotate. CAN Diagnosis with CONSULT-III G H I J LAN L INFOID:0000000005284367 CAN diagnosis on CONSULT-III extracts the root cause by receiving the following information. • Response to the system call • Control unit diagnosis information • Self-diagnosis • CAN diagnostic support monitor M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-13 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [CAN FUNDAMENTAL] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Self-Diagnosis INFOID:0000000005450743 DTC Self-diagnosis item (CONSULT-III indication) DTC detection condition U0101 LOST COMM (TCM) When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal of OBD (emission-related diagnosis) from TCM for 2 seconds or more. U0140 LOST COMM (BCM) When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal of OBD (emission-related diagnosis) from BCM for 2 seconds or more. LOST COMM (HVAC) When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal of OBD (emission-related diagnosis) from A/ C auto amp. or unified meter and A/C amp. for 2 seconds or more. U0164 U1000 ECM When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal of OBD (emission-related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more. Except for ECM When a control unit (except for ECM) is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal for 2 seconds or more. CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001 CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1002 SYSTEM COMM U1010 CONTROL UNIT(CAN) P0607 ECM Inspection/Action Start the inspection. Refer to the applicable section of the indicated control unit. When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal other than OBD (emission-related diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more. When a control unit is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal for 2 seconds or less. When an error is detected during the initial diagnosis for CAN controller of each control unit. CAN Diagnostic Support Monitor Replace the control unit indicating “U1010” or “P0607”. INFOID:0000000005284369 MONITOR ITEM (CONSULT-III) Example: CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR indication JSMIA0015GB Without PAST Item Initial diagnosis Revision: January 2010 PRSNT Description OK Normal at present NG Control unit error (Except for some control units) LAN-14 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [CAN FUNDAMENTAL] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Item PRSNT OK Transmission diagnosis UNKWN OK Control unit name (Reception diagnosis) Description A Normal at present Unable to transmit signals for 2 seconds or more. Diagnosis not performed B Normal at present Unable to receive signals for 2 seconds or more. UNKWN C Diagnosis not performed No control unit for receiving signals. (No applicable optional parts) With PAST D Item PRSNT PAST Description OK OK Transmission diagnosis 1 – 39 UNKWN 0 Control unit name (Reception diagnosis) 0 – – Normal at present, but unable to transmit signals for 2 seconds or more in the past. (The number indicates the number of ignition switch cycles from OFF to ON.) F Normal at present and in the past Normal at present, but unable to receive signals for 2 seconds or more in the past. (The number indicates the number of ignition switch cycles from OFF to ON.) 1 – 39 UNKWN E Unable to transmit signals for 2 seconds or more at present. OK OK Normal at present and in the past G H Unable to receive signals for 2 seconds or more at present. Diagnosis not performed. No control unit for receiving signals. (No applicable optional parts) I MONITOR ITEM (ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS) NOTE: For some models, CAN communication diagnosis result is received from the vehicle monitor. J Example: Vehicle Display Item CAN_COMM (Initial diagnosis) CAN_CIRC_1 (Transmission diagnosis) CAN_CIRC_2 – 9 (Reception diagnosis of each unit) Result indicated Error counter OK 0 NG 1 – 50 OK 0 UNKWN 1 – 50 OK 0 Description LAN Normal at present Control unit error (The number indicates how many times diagnosis has been run.) Normal at present Unable to transmit for 2 seconds or more at present. (The number indicates how many times diagnosis has been run.) M Normal at present N Unable to transmit for 2 seconds or more at present. (The number indicates how many times diagnosis has been run.) UNKWN 1 – 50 Diagnosis not performed. No control unit for receiving signals. (No applicable optional parts) Revision: January 2010 L LAN-15 2010 Sentra O P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [CAN FUNDAMENTAL] < SERVICE INFORMATION > How to Use CAN Communication Signal Chart INFOID:0000000005284370 The CAN communication signal chart lists the signals needed for trouble diagnosis. It is useful for detecting the root cause by finding a signal related to the symptom, and by checking transmission and reception unit. SKIB8715E Revision: January 2010 LAN-16 2010 Sentra DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW [CAN FUNDAMENTAL] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart A INFOID:0000000005284371 B C D E F G H I J LAN JSMIA0016GB Trouble Diagnosis Procedure L INFOID:0000000005284372 M INTERVIEW WITH CUSTOMER Interview with the customer is important to detect the root cause of CAN communication system errors and to understand vehicle condition and symptoms for proper trouble diagnosis. N Points in interview • What: Parts name, system name • When: Date, Frequency • Where: Road condition, Place • In what condition: Driving condition/environment • Result: Symptom NOTE: • Check normal units as well as error symptoms. - Example: Circuit between ECM and the combination meter is judged normal if the customer indicates tachometer functions normally. • When a CAN communication system error is present, multiple control units may malfunction or go into failsafe mode. Revision: January 2010 LAN-17 2010 Sentra O P DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW [CAN FUNDAMENTAL] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Indication of the combination meter is important to detect the root cause because it is the most obvious to the customer, and it performs CAN communication with many units. SKIB8717E INSPECTION OF VEHICLE CONDITION Check whether the symptom is reproduced or not. NOTE: Do not turn the ignition switch OFF or disconnect the battery cable while reproducing the error. The error may temporarily correct itself, making it difficult to determine the root cause. CHECK OF CAN SYSTEM TYPE (HOW TO USE CAN SYSTEM TYPE SPECIFICATION CHART) Determine CAN system type based on vehicle equipment. NOTE: • This chart is used if CONSULT-III does not automatically recognize CAN system type. • There are two styles for CAN system type specification charts. Depending on the number of available system types, either style A or style B may be used. CAN System Type Specification Chart (Style A) NOTE: Revision: January 2010 LAN-18 2010 Sentra DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW [CAN FUNDAMENTAL] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CAN system type is easily checked with the vehicle equipment identification information shown in the chart. A B C D E F G H I J LAN L JSMIA0017GB CAN System Type Specification Chart (Style B) NOTE: M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-19 2010 Sentra DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW [CAN FUNDAMENTAL] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CAN system type is easily checked with the vehicle equipment identification information shown in the chart. JSMIA0018GB CREATE INTERVIEW SHEET Fill out the symptom described by the customer, vehicle condition, and CAN system type on the interview sheet. Revision: January 2010 LAN-20 2010 Sentra DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW [CAN FUNDAMENTAL] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Interview Sheet (Example) A B C D E F G H I J LAN L JSMIA0019GB M DETECT THE ROOT CAUSE CAN diagnosis function of CONSULT-III detects the root cause. N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-21 2010 Sentra HOW TO USE THIS SECTION [CAN] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION HOW TO USE THIS SECTION Caution INFOID:0000000005284373 • This section describes information peculiar to a vehicle and inspection procedures. • For trouble diagnosis procedure, refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure". Abbreviation List INFOID:0000000005284374 Unit name abbreviations in CONSULT-III CAN diagnosis and in this section are as per the following list. Abbreviation Unit name A-BAG Air bag diagnosis sensor unit ABS ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) BCM BCM DLC Data link connector ECM ECM EPS EPS control unit I-KEY Intelligent Key unit IPDM-E IPDM E/R M&A Combination meter M&A2 Double meter STRG Steering angle sensor TCM TCM Revision: January 2010 LAN-22 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS [CAN] < SERVICE INFORMATION > PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" A INFOID:0000000005450767 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM” and “SEAT BELTS” of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the “SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM”. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. B C D E F G PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. Precautions for Trouble Diagnosis INFOID:0000000005284376 H I J CAUTION: • Never apply 7.0 V or more to the measurement terminal. LAN • Use a tester with open terminal voltage of 7.0 V or less. • Turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal when checking the harness. L Precautions for Harness Repair INFOID:0000000005284377 • Solder the repaired area and wrap tape around the soldered area. NOTE: A fray of twisted lines must be within 110 mm (4.33 in). M N O SKIB8766E Revision: January 2010 LAN-23 2010 Sentra P PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Bypass connection is never allowed at the repaired area. NOTE: Bypass connection may cause CAN communication error. The spliced wire becomes separated and the characteristics of twisted line are lost. [CAN] SKIB8767E • Replace the applicable harness as an assembly if error is detected on the shield lines of CAN communication line. Revision: January 2010 LAN-24 2010 Sentra DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW [CAN] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW Interview Sheet A INFOID:0000000005284378 B C D E F G H I J LAN L M N O P SKIB8898E Revision: January 2010 LAN-25 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM [CAN] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM CAN System Specification Chart INFOID:0000000005284379 Determine CAN system type from the following specification chart. NOTE: Refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Procedure" for how to use CAN system specification chart. Body type Sedan Axle 2WD Engine MR20DE Transmission Brake control M/T — ABS QR25DE CVT VDC — M/T ABS VDC × Intelligent Key system × Double meter CAN system type 1 2 3 4 5 CVT 6 7 8 × × × × 9 10 11 ×: Applicable VEHICLE EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION INFORMATION NOTE: Check CAN system type from the vehicle shape and equipment. AWMIA1168ZZ 1. VDC OFF switch 4. Double meter 2. ABS warning lamp ABS: USA 3. Ignition knob : Canada Revision: January 2010 LAN-26 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM [CAN] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A. With VDC D. With double meter B. With ABS C. With Intelligent Key system A CAN Communication Signal Chart INFOID:0000000005284380 Refer to LAN-16, "How to Use CAN Communication Signal Chart" for how to use CAN communication signal chart. NOTE: Refer to LAN-22, "Abbreviation List" for the abbreviations of the connecting units. B C A/C compressor request signal T Accelerator pedal position signal T ASCD CRUISE lamp signal T R ASCD SET lamp signal T R Closed throttle position signal T Cooling fan speed request signal T Engine coolant temperature signal T Engine speed signal T R*2 R R Malfunction indicator lamp signal T R Wide open throttle position signal T R CVT self-diagnosis signal R T Input shaft revolution signal R T R R H I T T R*2 R R R T R T R R R L R*1 ABS warning lamp signal T R Brake warning lamp signal T R SLIP indicator lamp signal*2 T R VDC OFF indicator signal*2 T R VDC warning lamp signal*2 T R A/C switch signal R T Blower fan motor switch signal R T T Door lock/unlock status signal T R Door switch signal T R Front wiper request signal T High beam request signal T LAN-27 N R T signal*3 M O T Buzzer output signal Revision: January 2010 LAN R T*1 Day time running light request J R T R G R R Vehicle speed signal IPDM-E R T Shift position indicator signal F R T R STRG E R Fuel consumption monitor signal Output shaft revolution signal D R Engine status signal OD OFF indicator signal M&A2 M&A I-KEY EPS BCM ABS TCM Signal name/Connecting unit ECM T: Transmit R: Receive R P R R R R R R R 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM STRG M&A2 M&A I-KEY EPS BCM ABS TCM ECM Signal name/Connecting unit IPDM-E [CAN] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Horn chirp signal T R Ignition switch signal T R Low beam request signal T Oil pressure switch signal T R Position lights request signal T R Rear window defogger switch signal T T T Stop lamp switch signal R R R T Trunk open/close status signal T Turn indicator signal T R R R R T EPS warning lamp signal T R Door lock/unlock/trunk open request signal R T Hazard request signal R T Ignition knob switch signal R T KEY warning lamp signal T Panic alarm request signal R T R signal*2 T R Steering angle sensor signal*2 R T R Overdrive control switch signal Parking brake switch R T signal*4 Fuel level sensor signal R T Theft warning horn request signal EPS operation signal R R R Sleep/wake up signal Tire pressure R T R Front wiper stop position signal T R T High beam status signal R T Low beam status signal R T Rear window defogger control signal R T *1: Models without ABS *2: Models with VDC *3: Models for Canada *4: Models for USA NOTE: CAN data of the air bag diagnosis sensor unit is not used by usual service work, thus it is omitted. Revision: January 2010 LAN-28 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM [CAN] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM A Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000005284381 B C D E F G AWMIA1167ZZ 1. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) E33 2. BCM M18 3. EPS control unit M37 4. TCM F23 5. ECM E16 6. IPDM E/R E46 7. Double meter M89 8. Combination meter M24 9. Data link connector M22 10. Sreering angle sensor M63 11. Air bag diagnosis sensor unit M35 H I 12. Intelligent Key unit M42 J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-29 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM [CAN] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Schematic INFOID:0000000005284382 ABMWA0455GB Revision: January 2010 LAN-30 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM [CAN] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - CAN - INFOID:0000000005284383 A B C D E F G H I J LAN L M N O ABMWA0456GB Revision: January 2010 LAN-31 2010 Sentra P CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM [CAN] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ABMWA0457GB Revision: January 2010 LAN-32 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM [CAN] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I J LAN L M N O BKWA0737E P Revision: January 2010 LAN-33 2010 Sentra MALFUNCTION AREA CHART [CAN] < SERVICE INFORMATION > MALFUNCTION AREA CHART Main Line INFOID:0000000005284384 Malfunction area Reference Main line between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and data link connector LAN-35, "Diagnosis Procedure" Main line between TCM and data link connector LAN-36, "Diagnosis Procedure" Branch Line INFOID:0000000005284385 Malfunction area Reference ECM branch line circuit LAN-37, "Diagnosis Procedure" ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line circuit LAN-38, "Diagnosis Procedure" TCM branch line circuit LAN-39, "Diagnosis Procedure" BCM branch line circuit LAN-40, "Diagnosis Procedure" Data link connector branch line circuit LAN-41, "Diagnosis Procedure" EPS control unit branch line circuit LAN-42, "Diagnosis Procedure" Intelligent Key unit branch line circuit LAN-43, "Diagnosis Procedure" Combination meter branch line circuit LAN-44, "Diagnosis Procedure" Double meter branch line circuit LAN-45, "Diagnosis Procedure" Steering angle sensor branch line circuit LAN-46, "Diagnosis Procedure" IPDM E/R branch line circuit LAN-47, "Diagnosis Procedure" Short Circuit INFOID:0000000005284386 Malfunction area CAN communication circuit Revision: January 2010 Reference LAN-48, "Diagnosis Procedure" LAN-34 2010 Sentra MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT [CAN] < SERVICE INFORMATION > MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284387 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side and harness side). Harness connector E4 Harness connector M2 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT) 1. 2. Disconnect the following harness connectors. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Harness connectors E4 and M2 Check the continuity between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the harness connector. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. 26 E33 15 Harness connector Connector No. Continuity Terminal No. E4 9 Existed 25 Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and the harness connector E4. 3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT) Harness connector M2 Data link connector Terminal No. 9 25 Connector No. M22 Terminal No. E F G H I J LAN Check the continuity between the harness connector and the data link connector. Connector No. D Continuity 6 Existed 14 Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again. YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and the data link connector. NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connector M2 and the data link connector. L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-35 2010 Sentra MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND DLC CIRCUIT [CAN] < SERVICE INFORMATION > MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND DLC CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284389 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side and harness side). Harness connector E4 Harness connector M2 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT) 1. 2. Disconnect the following harness connectors. Harness connectors F10 and E17 Harness connectors E4 and M2 Check the continuity between the harness connectors. Harness connector Connector No. Harness connector Terminal No. 2 E17 1 Connector No. Terminal No. E4 Continuity 9 Existed 25 Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connector E17 and the harness connector E4. 3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT) Check the continuity between the harness connector and the data link connector. Harness connector Connector No. M2 Data link connector Terminal No. 9 25 Connector No. M22 Terminal No. Continuity 6 Existed 14 Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again. YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the TCM and the data link connector. NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connector M2 and the data link connector. Revision: January 2010 LAN-36 2010 Sentra ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284390 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). ECM Harness connector E4 (M/T models without ABS) Harness connector M2 (M/T models without ABS) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. D E 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. - G ECM harness connector Connector No. E16 - F Disconnect the connector of ECM. Check the resistance between the ECM harness connector terminals. MR20DE Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 84 83 Approx. 108 – 132 H QR25DE ECM harness connector Connector No. E16 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 98 97 Approx. 108 – 132 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the ECM branch line. I J LAN 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ECM. Refer to the following. • MR20DE (For California): EC-154, "Diagnosis Procedure" • MR20DE (Except for California): EC-708, "Diagnosis Procedure" • QR25DE: EC-1247, "Diagnosis Procedure" Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the ECM. Refer to the following. • MR20DE (For California): EC-98, "Procedure After Replacing ECM" • MR20DE (Except for California): EC-653, "Procedure After Replacing ECM" • QR25DE: EC-1192, "Procedure After Replacing ECM" YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ECM branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-37 2010 Sentra ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284391 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Check the resistance between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector terminals. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector Connector No. E33 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 26 15 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the following. • Models with ABS: BRC-28, "ABS Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection" • Models with VDC: BRC-73, "ABS/TCS/VDC Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection" Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the following. • Models with ABS: BRC-35, "Removal and Installation" • Models with VDC: BRC-86, "Removal and Installation" YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-38 2010 Sentra TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284392 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). TCM Harness connector F10 Harness connector E17 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. D E 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. F Disconnect the connector of TCM. Check the resistance between the TCM harness connector terminals. TCM harness connector Connector No. F23 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 32 31 G Approx. 54 – 66 H Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the TCM branch line. I 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the TCM. Refer to CVT-119, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the TCM. Refer to CVT-161, "Removal and Installation". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the TCM branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-39 2010 Sentra BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284394 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the BCM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of BCM. Check the resistance between the BCM harness connector terminals. BCM harness connector Connector No. M18 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 39 40 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the BCM branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the BCM. Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the BCM branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-40 2010 Sentra DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284395 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the data link connector for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side and harness side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT E Check the resistance between the data link connector terminals. Data link connector Connector No. M22 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 6 D 14 F Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again. YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the data link connector branch line circuit. NO >> Repair the data link connector branch line. G H I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-41 2010 Sentra EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN] < SERVICE INFORMATION > EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284396 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the EPS control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of EPS control unit. Check the resistance between the EPS control unit harness connector terminals. EPS control unit harness connector Connector No. M37 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 5 7 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the EPS control unit branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the EPS control unit. Refer to STC-14, "DTC C1601 BATTERY VOLT". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering column assembly. Refer to PS-8, "Exploded View". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the EPS control unit branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-42 2010 Sentra I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN] < SERVICE INFORMATION > I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284397 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the Intelligent Key unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. E Disconnect the connector of Intelligent Key unit. Check the resistance between the Intelligent Key unit harness connector terminals. Intelligent Key unit harness connector Connector No. M42 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 2 3 D Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the Intelligent Key unit branch line. F G H 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-106, "Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-129, "Removal and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the Intelligent Key unit branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-43 2010 Sentra M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN] < SERVICE INFORMATION > M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284398 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of combination meter. Check the resistance between the combination meter harness connector terminals. Combination meter harness connector Connector No. M24 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 9 10 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the combination meter branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the combination meter. Refer to DI-18, "Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the combination meter. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the combination meter branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-44 2010 Sentra M&A2 BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN] < SERVICE INFORMATION > M&A2 BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284399 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the double meter for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. E Disconnect the connector of double meter. Check the resistance between the double meter harness connector terminals. Double meter harness connector Connector No. M89 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 1 2 D Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the double meter branch line. F G H 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the double meter. Refer to DI-31, "Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the double meter. Refer to DI-33, "Removal and Installation". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the double meter branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-45 2010 Sentra STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN] < SERVICE INFORMATION > STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284393 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the steering angle sensor for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of steering angle sensor. Check the resistance between the steering angle sensor harness connector terminals. Steering angle sensor harness connector Connector No. M63 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 4 8 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the steering angle sensor branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-49, "Schematic". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-88, "Removal and Installation". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the steering angle sensor branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-46 2010 Sentra IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN] < SERVICE INFORMATION > IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284400 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). IPDM E/R Harness connector E4 Harness connector M2 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. D E 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. F Disconnect the connector of IPDM E/R. Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R harness connector terminals. IPDM E/R harness connector Connector No. E46 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 41 40 G Approx. 108 – 132 H Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the IPDM E/R branch line. I 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-26, "IPDM E/R Power/Ground Circuit Inspection". J Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the IPDM E/R branch line. LAN NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-47 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT [CAN] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284401 1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. 3. Disconnect all the unit connectors on CAN communication system. 4. Check terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT) Check the continuity between the data link connector terminals. Data link connector Connector No. Continuity Terminal No. M22 6 14 Not existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause. 3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT) Check the continuity between the data link connector and the ground. Data link connector Connector No. Continuity Terminal No. Ground 6 M22 14 Not existed Not existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause. 4.CHECK ECM AND IPDM E/R TERMINATION CIRCUIT 1. 2. - Remove the ECM and the IPDM E/R. Check the resistance between the ECM terminals. MR20DE ECM Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 84 - 83 Approx. 108 – 132 QR25DE ECM Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 98 3. 97 LKIA0037E Approx. 108 – 132 Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R terminals. IPDM E/R Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 41 Revision: January 2010 40 Approx. 108 – 132 LAN-48 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace the ECM and/or the IPDM E/R. [CAN] A 5.CHECK SYMPTOM Connect all the connectors. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced. Inspection result Reproduced>>GO TO 6. Non-reproduced>>Start the diagnosis again. Follow the trouble diagnosis procedure when past error is detected. 6.CHECK UNIT REPRODUCTION Perform the reproduction test as per the following procedure for each unit. 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. 3. Disconnect one of the unit connectors of CAN communication system. NOTE: ECM and IPDM E/R have a termination circuit. Check other units first. 4. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced. NOTE: Although unit-related error symptoms occur, do not confuse them with other symptoms. Inspection result Reproduced>>Connect the connector. Check other units as per the above procedure. Non-reproduced>>Replace the unit whose connector was disconnected. B C D E F G H I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-49 2010 Sentra ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450852 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). ECM Harness connector E4 (M/T models without ABS) Harness connector M2 (M/T models without ABS) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. - Disconnect the connector of ECM. Check the resistance between the ECM harness connector terminals. MR20DE ECM harness connector Connector No. E16 - Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 84 83 Approx. 108 – 132 QR25DE ECM harness connector Connector No. E16 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 98 97 Approx. 108 – 132 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the ECM branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ECM. Refer to the following. • MR20DE (For California): EC-154, "Diagnosis Procedure" • MR20DE (Except for California): EC-708, "Diagnosis Procedure" • QR25DE: EC-1247, "Diagnosis Procedure" Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the ECM. Refer to the following. • MR20DE (For California): EC-98, "Procedure After Replacing ECM" • MR20DE (Except for California): EC-653, "Procedure After Replacing ECM" • QR25DE: EC-1192, "Procedure After Replacing ECM" YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ECM branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-50 2010 Sentra BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450855 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the BCM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. E Disconnect the connector of BCM. Check the resistance between the BCM harness connector terminals. BCM harness connector Connector No. M18 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 39 40 D Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the BCM branch line. F G H 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the BCM. Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the BCM branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-51 2010 Sentra DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450856 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the data link connector for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side and harness side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT Check the resistance between the data link connector terminals. Data link connector Connector No. M22 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 6 14 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again. YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the data link connector branch line circuit. NO >> Repair the data link connector branch line. Revision: January 2010 LAN-52 2010 Sentra EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005589253 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the EPS control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. E Disconnect the connector of EPS control unit. Check the resistance between the EPS control unit harness connector terminals. EPS control unit harness connector Connector No. M37 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 5 7 D Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the EPS control unit branch line. F G H 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the EPS control unit. Refer to STC-14, "DTC C1601 BATTERY VOLT". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering column assembly. Refer to PS-8, "Exploded View". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the EPS control unit branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-53 2010 Sentra M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450859 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of combination meter. Check the resistance between the combination meter harness connector terminals. Combination meter harness connector Connector No. M24 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 9 10 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the combination meter branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the combination meter. Refer to DI-18, "Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the combination meter. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the combination meter branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-54 2010 Sentra IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450862 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). IPDM E/R Harness connector E4 Harness connector M2 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. D E 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. F Disconnect the connector of IPDM E/R. Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R harness connector terminals. IPDM E/R harness connector Connector No. E46 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 41 40 G Approx. 108 – 132 H Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the IPDM E/R branch line. I 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-26, "IPDM E/R Power/Ground Circuit Inspection". J Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the IPDM E/R branch line. LAN NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-55 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450863 1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. 3. Disconnect all the unit connectors on CAN communication system. 4. Check terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT) Check the continuity between the data link connector terminals. Data link connector Connector No. Continuity Terminal No. M22 6 14 Not existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause. 3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT) Check the continuity between the data link connector and the ground. Data link connector Connector No. Continuity Terminal No. Ground 6 M22 14 Not existed Not existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause. 4.CHECK ECM AND IPDM E/R TERMINATION CIRCUIT 1. 2. - Remove the ECM and the IPDM E/R. Check the resistance between the ECM terminals. MR20DE ECM Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 84 - 83 Approx. 108 – 132 QR25DE ECM Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 98 3. 97 LKIA0037E Approx. 108 – 132 Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R terminals. IPDM E/R Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 41 Revision: January 2010 40 Approx. 108 – 132 LAN-56 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace the ECM and/or the IPDM E/R. [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 1)] A 5.CHECK SYMPTOM Connect all the connectors. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced. Inspection result Reproduced>>GO TO 6. Non-reproduced>>Start the diagnosis again. Follow the trouble diagnosis procedure when past error is detected. 6.CHECK UNIT REPRODUCTION Perform the reproduction test as per the following procedure for each unit. 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. 3. Disconnect one of the unit connectors of CAN communication system. NOTE: ECM and IPDM E/R have a termination circuit. Check other units first. 4. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced. NOTE: Although unit-related error symptoms occur, do not confuse them with other symptoms. Inspection result Reproduced>>Connect the connector. Check other units as per the above procedure. Non-reproduced>>Replace the unit whose connector was disconnected. B C D E F G H I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-57 2010 Sentra MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450990 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side and harness side). Harness connector E4 Harness connector M2 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT) 1. 2. Disconnect the following harness connectors. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Harness connectors E4 and M2 Check the continuity between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the harness connector. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. 26 E33 15 Harness connector Connector No. Continuity Terminal No. E4 9 Existed 25 Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and the harness connector E4. 3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT) Check the continuity between the harness connector and the data link connector. Harness connector Connector No. M2 Data link connector Terminal No. 9 25 Connector No. M22 Terminal No. Continuity 6 Existed 14 Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again. YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and the data link connector. NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connector M2 and the data link connector. Revision: January 2010 LAN-58 2010 Sentra ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450992 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). ECM Harness connector E4 (M/T models without ABS) Harness connector M2 (M/T models without ABS) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. D E 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. - G ECM harness connector Connector No. E16 - F Disconnect the connector of ECM. Check the resistance between the ECM harness connector terminals. MR20DE Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 84 83 Approx. 108 – 132 H QR25DE ECM harness connector Connector No. E16 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 98 97 Approx. 108 – 132 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the ECM branch line. I J LAN 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ECM. Refer to the following. • MR20DE (For California): EC-154, "Diagnosis Procedure" • MR20DE (Except for California): EC-708, "Diagnosis Procedure" • QR25DE: EC-1247, "Diagnosis Procedure" Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the ECM. Refer to the following. • MR20DE (For California): EC-98, "Procedure After Replacing ECM" • MR20DE (Except for California): EC-653, "Procedure After Replacing ECM" • QR25DE: EC-1192, "Procedure After Replacing ECM" YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ECM branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-59 2010 Sentra ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005579134 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Check the resistance between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector terminals. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector Connector No. E33 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 26 15 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the following. • Models with ABS: BRC-28, "ABS Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection" • Models with VDC: BRC-73, "ABS/TCS/VDC Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection" Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the following. • Models with ABS: BRC-35, "Removal and Installation" • Models with VDC: BRC-86, "Removal and Installation" YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-60 2010 Sentra BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450995 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the BCM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. E Disconnect the connector of BCM. Check the resistance between the BCM harness connector terminals. BCM harness connector Connector No. M18 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 39 40 D Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the BCM branch line. F G H 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the BCM. Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the BCM branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-61 2010 Sentra DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450996 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the data link connector for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side and harness side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT Check the resistance between the data link connector terminals. Data link connector Connector No. M22 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 6 14 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again. YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the data link connector branch line circuit. NO >> Repair the data link connector branch line. Revision: January 2010 LAN-62 2010 Sentra EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005589254 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the EPS control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. E Disconnect the connector of EPS control unit. Check the resistance between the EPS control unit harness connector terminals. EPS control unit harness connector Connector No. M37 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 5 7 D Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the EPS control unit branch line. F G H 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the EPS control unit. Refer to STC-14, "DTC C1601 BATTERY VOLT". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering column assembly. Refer to PS-8, "Exploded View". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the EPS control unit branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-63 2010 Sentra M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450999 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of combination meter. Check the resistance between the combination meter harness connector terminals. Combination meter harness connector Connector No. M24 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 9 10 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the combination meter branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the combination meter. Refer to DI-18, "Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the combination meter. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the combination meter branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-64 2010 Sentra IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005451002 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). IPDM E/R Harness connector E4 Harness connector M2 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. D E 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. F Disconnect the connector of IPDM E/R. Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R harness connector terminals. IPDM E/R harness connector Connector No. E46 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 41 40 G Approx. 108 – 132 H Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the IPDM E/R branch line. I 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-26, "IPDM E/R Power/Ground Circuit Inspection". J Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the IPDM E/R branch line. LAN NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-65 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005451003 1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. 3. Disconnect all the unit connectors on CAN communication system. 4. Check terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT) Check the continuity between the data link connector terminals. Data link connector Connector No. Continuity Terminal No. M22 6 14 Not existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause. 3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT) Check the continuity between the data link connector and the ground. Data link connector Connector No. Continuity Terminal No. Ground 6 M22 14 Not existed Not existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause. 4.CHECK ECM AND IPDM E/R TERMINATION CIRCUIT 1. 2. - Remove the ECM and the IPDM E/R. Check the resistance between the ECM terminals. MR20DE ECM Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 84 - 83 Approx. 108 – 132 QR25DE ECM Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 98 3. 97 LKIA0037E Approx. 108 – 132 Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R terminals. IPDM E/R Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 41 Revision: January 2010 40 Approx. 108 – 132 LAN-66 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace the ECM and/or the IPDM E/R. [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 2)] A 5.CHECK SYMPTOM Connect all the connectors. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced. Inspection result Reproduced>>GO TO 6. Non-reproduced>>Start the diagnosis again. Follow the trouble diagnosis procedure when past error is detected. 6.CHECK UNIT REPRODUCTION Perform the reproduction test as per the following procedure for each unit. 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. 3. Disconnect one of the unit connectors of CAN communication system. NOTE: ECM and IPDM E/R have a termination circuit. Check other units first. 4. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced. NOTE: Although unit-related error symptoms occur, do not confuse them with other symptoms. Inspection result Reproduced>>Connect the connector. Check other units as per the above procedure. Non-reproduced>>Replace the unit whose connector was disconnected. B C D E F G H I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-67 2010 Sentra MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450976 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side and harness side). Harness connector E4 Harness connector M2 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT) 1. 2. Disconnect the following harness connectors. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Harness connectors E4 and M2 Check the continuity between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the harness connector. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. 26 E33 15 Harness connector Connector No. Continuity Terminal No. E4 9 Existed 25 Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and the harness connector E4. 3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT) Check the continuity between the harness connector and the data link connector. Harness connector Connector No. M2 Data link connector Terminal No. 9 25 Connector No. M22 Terminal No. Continuity 6 Existed 14 Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again. YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and the data link connector. NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connector M2 and the data link connector. Revision: January 2010 LAN-68 2010 Sentra ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450978 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). ECM Harness connector E4 (M/T models without ABS) Harness connector M2 (M/T models without ABS) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. D E 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. - G ECM harness connector Connector No. E16 - F Disconnect the connector of ECM. Check the resistance between the ECM harness connector terminals. MR20DE Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 84 83 Approx. 108 – 132 H QR25DE ECM harness connector Connector No. E16 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 98 97 Approx. 108 – 132 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the ECM branch line. I J LAN 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ECM. Refer to the following. • MR20DE (For California): EC-154, "Diagnosis Procedure" • MR20DE (Except for California): EC-708, "Diagnosis Procedure" • QR25DE: EC-1247, "Diagnosis Procedure" Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the ECM. Refer to the following. • MR20DE (For California): EC-98, "Procedure After Replacing ECM" • MR20DE (Except for California): EC-653, "Procedure After Replacing ECM" • QR25DE: EC-1192, "Procedure After Replacing ECM" YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ECM branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-69 2010 Sentra ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005579135 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Check the resistance between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector terminals. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector Connector No. E33 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 26 15 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the following. • Models with ABS: BRC-28, "ABS Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection" • Models with VDC: BRC-73, "ABS/TCS/VDC Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection" Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the following. • Models with ABS: BRC-35, "Removal and Installation" • Models with VDC: BRC-86, "Removal and Installation" YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-70 2010 Sentra BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450981 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the BCM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. E Disconnect the connector of BCM. Check the resistance between the BCM harness connector terminals. BCM harness connector Connector No. M18 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 39 40 D Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the BCM branch line. F G H 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the BCM. Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the BCM branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-71 2010 Sentra DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450982 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the data link connector for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side and harness side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT Check the resistance between the data link connector terminals. Data link connector Connector No. M22 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 6 14 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again. YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the data link connector branch line circuit. NO >> Repair the data link connector branch line. Revision: January 2010 LAN-72 2010 Sentra EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005589258 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the EPS control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. E Disconnect the connector of EPS control unit. Check the resistance between the EPS control unit harness connector terminals. EPS control unit harness connector Connector No. M37 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 5 7 D Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the EPS control unit branch line. F G H 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the EPS control unit. Refer to STC-14, "DTC C1601 BATTERY VOLT". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering column assembly. Refer to PS-8, "Exploded View". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the EPS control unit branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-73 2010 Sentra M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450985 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of combination meter. Check the resistance between the combination meter harness connector terminals. Combination meter harness connector Connector No. M24 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 9 10 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the combination meter branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the combination meter. Refer to DI-18, "Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the combination meter. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the combination meter branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-74 2010 Sentra STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005589259 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the steering angle sensor for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. E Disconnect the connector of steering angle sensor. Check the resistance between the steering angle sensor harness connector terminals. Steering angle sensor harness connector Connector No. M63 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 4 8 D Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the steering angle sensor branch line. F G H 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-49, "Schematic". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-88, "Removal and Installation". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the steering angle sensor branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-75 2010 Sentra IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450988 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). IPDM E/R Harness connector E4 Harness connector M2 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of IPDM E/R. Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R harness connector terminals. IPDM E/R harness connector Connector No. E46 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 41 40 Approx. 108 – 132 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the IPDM E/R branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-26, "IPDM E/R Power/Ground Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the IPDM E/R branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-76 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450989 1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION B 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. 3. Disconnect all the unit connectors on CAN communication system. 4. Check terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. C D 2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT) E Check the continuity between the data link connector terminals. Data link connector Connector No. Continuity Terminal No. M22 6 14 F Not existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause. G 3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT) H Check the continuity between the data link connector and the ground. I Data link connector Connector No. Continuity Terminal No. Ground 6 M22 14 Not existed J Not existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause. LAN 4.CHECK ECM AND IPDM E/R TERMINATION CIRCUIT 1. 2. - ECM 84 M Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. - L Remove the ECM and the IPDM E/R. Check the resistance between the ECM terminals. MR20DE N 83 Approx. 108 – 132 QR25DE O ECM Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 98 3. 97 LKIA0037E P Approx. 108 – 132 Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R terminals. IPDM E/R Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 41 Revision: January 2010 40 Approx. 108 – 132 LAN-77 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace the ECM and/or the IPDM E/R. [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 3)] 5.CHECK SYMPTOM Connect all the connectors. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced. Inspection result Reproduced>>GO TO 6. Non-reproduced>>Start the diagnosis again. Follow the trouble diagnosis procedure when past error is detected. 6.CHECK UNIT REPRODUCTION Perform the reproduction test as per the following procedure for each unit. 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. 3. Disconnect one of the unit connectors of CAN communication system. NOTE: ECM and IPDM E/R have a termination circuit. Check other units first. 4. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced. NOTE: Although unit-related error symptoms occur, do not confuse them with other symptoms. Inspection result Reproduced>>Connect the connector. Check other units as per the above procedure. Non-reproduced>>Replace the unit whose connector was disconnected. Revision: January 2010 LAN-78 2010 Sentra MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND DLC CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION A MAIN LINE BETWEEN TCM AND DLC CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450963 B Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side and harness side). Harness connector E4 Harness connector M2 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. C 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. 2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT) 1. 2. Connector No. G Harness connector Terminal No. 2 E F Disconnect the following harness connectors. Harness connectors F10 and E17 Harness connectors E4 and M2 Check the continuity between the harness connectors. Harness connector D Connector No. Terminal No. Continuity H 9 Existed 25 Existed I Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connector E17 and the harness connector E4. J E17 1 E4 3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT) Check the continuity between the harness connector and the data link connector. Harness connector Connector No. M2 Data link connector Terminal No. 9 25 Connector No. M22 Terminal No. LAN Continuity 6 Existed 14 Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again. YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the TCM and the data link connector. NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connector M2 and the data link connector. L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-79 2010 Sentra ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450964 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). ECM Harness connector E4 (M/T models without ABS) Harness connector M2 (M/T models without ABS) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. - Disconnect the connector of ECM. Check the resistance between the ECM harness connector terminals. MR20DE ECM harness connector Connector No. E16 - Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 84 83 Approx. 108 – 132 QR25DE ECM harness connector Connector No. E16 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 98 97 Approx. 108 – 132 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the ECM branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ECM. Refer to the following. • MR20DE (For California): EC-154, "Diagnosis Procedure" • MR20DE (Except for California): EC-708, "Diagnosis Procedure" • QR25DE: EC-1247, "Diagnosis Procedure" Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the ECM. Refer to the following. • MR20DE (For California): EC-98, "Procedure After Replacing ECM" • MR20DE (Except for California): EC-653, "Procedure After Replacing ECM" • QR25DE: EC-1192, "Procedure After Replacing ECM" YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ECM branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-80 2010 Sentra TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450966 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). TCM Harness connector F10 Harness connector E17 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. D E 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. F Disconnect the connector of TCM. Check the resistance between the TCM harness connector terminals. TCM harness connector Connector No. F23 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 32 31 G Approx. 54 – 66 H Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the TCM branch line. I 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the TCM. Refer to CVT-119, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the TCM. Refer to CVT-161, "Removal and Installation". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the TCM branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-81 2010 Sentra BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450967 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the BCM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of BCM. Check the resistance between the BCM harness connector terminals. BCM harness connector Connector No. M18 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 39 40 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the BCM branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the BCM. Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the BCM branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-82 2010 Sentra DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450968 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the data link connector for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side and harness side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT E Check the resistance between the data link connector terminals. Data link connector Connector No. M22 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 6 D 14 F Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again. YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the data link connector branch line circuit. NO >> Repair the data link connector branch line. G H I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-83 2010 Sentra EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005589260 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the EPS control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of EPS control unit. Check the resistance between the EPS control unit harness connector terminals. EPS control unit harness connector Connector No. M37 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 5 7 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the EPS control unit branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the EPS control unit. Refer to STC-14, "DTC C1601 BATTERY VOLT". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering column assembly. Refer to PS-8, "Exploded View". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the EPS control unit branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-84 2010 Sentra M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450971 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. E Disconnect the connector of combination meter. Check the resistance between the combination meter harness connector terminals. Combination meter harness connector Connector No. M24 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 9 10 D Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the combination meter branch line. F G H 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the combination meter. Refer to DI-18, "Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the combination meter. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the combination meter branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-85 2010 Sentra IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450974 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). IPDM E/R Harness connector E4 Harness connector M2 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of IPDM E/R. Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R harness connector terminals. IPDM E/R harness connector Connector No. E46 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 41 40 Approx. 108 – 132 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the IPDM E/R branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-26, "IPDM E/R Power/Ground Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the IPDM E/R branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-86 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450975 1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION B 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. 3. Disconnect all the unit connectors on CAN communication system. 4. Check terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. C D 2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT) E Check the continuity between the data link connector terminals. Data link connector Connector No. Continuity Terminal No. M22 6 14 F Not existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause. G 3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT) H Check the continuity between the data link connector and the ground. I Data link connector Connector No. Continuity Terminal No. Ground 6 M22 14 Not existed J Not existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause. LAN 4.CHECK ECM AND IPDM E/R TERMINATION CIRCUIT 1. 2. - ECM 84 M Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. - L Remove the ECM and the IPDM E/R. Check the resistance between the ECM terminals. MR20DE N 83 Approx. 108 – 132 QR25DE O ECM Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 98 3. 97 LKIA0037E P Approx. 108 – 132 Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R terminals. IPDM E/R Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 41 Revision: January 2010 40 Approx. 108 – 132 LAN-87 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace the ECM and/or the IPDM E/R. [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 4)] 5.CHECK SYMPTOM Connect all the connectors. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced. Inspection result Reproduced>>GO TO 6. Non-reproduced>>Start the diagnosis again. Follow the trouble diagnosis procedure when past error is detected. 6.CHECK UNIT REPRODUCTION Perform the reproduction test as per the following procedure for each unit. 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. 3. Disconnect one of the unit connectors of CAN communication system. NOTE: ECM and IPDM E/R have a termination circuit. Check other units first. 4. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced. NOTE: Although unit-related error symptoms occur, do not confuse them with other symptoms. Inspection result Reproduced>>Connect the connector. Check other units as per the above procedure. Non-reproduced>>Replace the unit whose connector was disconnected. Revision: January 2010 LAN-88 2010 Sentra MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION A MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450948 B Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side and harness side). Harness connector E4 Harness connector M2 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. C 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. 2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT) 1. 2. Connector No. Terminal No. 26 E33 15 E F Disconnect the following harness connectors. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Harness connectors E4 and M2 Check the continuity between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the harness connector. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector D H Harness connector Connector No. Continuity Terminal No. E4 G 9 Existed 25 Existed I Is the inspection result normal? J YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and the harness connector E4. LAN CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT) 3. Check the continuity between the harness connector and the data link connector. Harness connector Connector No. M2 Data link connector Terminal No. 9 25 Connector No. M22 Terminal No. L Continuity 6 Existed 14 Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again. YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and the data link connector. NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connector M2 and the data link connector. M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-89 2010 Sentra ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450950 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). ECM Harness connector E4 (M/T models without ABS) Harness connector M2 (M/T models without ABS) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. - Disconnect the connector of ECM. Check the resistance between the ECM harness connector terminals. MR20DE ECM harness connector Connector No. E16 - Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 84 83 Approx. 108 – 132 QR25DE ECM harness connector Connector No. E16 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 98 97 Approx. 108 – 132 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the ECM branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ECM. Refer to the following. • MR20DE (For California): EC-154, "Diagnosis Procedure" • MR20DE (Except for California): EC-708, "Diagnosis Procedure" • QR25DE: EC-1247, "Diagnosis Procedure" Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the ECM. Refer to the following. • MR20DE (For California): EC-98, "Procedure After Replacing ECM" • MR20DE (Except for California): EC-653, "Procedure After Replacing ECM" • QR25DE: EC-1192, "Procedure After Replacing ECM" YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ECM branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-90 2010 Sentra ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005579136 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Check the resistance between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector terminals. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector Connector No. E33 E F Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 26 D 15 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line. G H 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT I Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the following. • Models with ABS: BRC-28, "ABS Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection" • Models with VDC: BRC-73, "ABS/TCS/VDC Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection" J Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the following. • Models with ABS: BRC-35, "Removal and Installation" LAN • Models with VDC: BRC-86, "Removal and Installation" YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-91 2010 Sentra TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450952 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). TCM Harness connector F10 Harness connector E17 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of TCM. Check the resistance between the TCM harness connector terminals. TCM harness connector Connector No. F23 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 32 31 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the TCM branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the TCM. Refer to CVT-119, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the TCM. Refer to CVT-161, "Removal and Installation". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the TCM branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-92 2010 Sentra BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450953 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the BCM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. E Disconnect the connector of BCM. Check the resistance between the BCM harness connector terminals. BCM harness connector Connector No. M18 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 39 40 D Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the BCM branch line. F G H 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the BCM. Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the BCM branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-93 2010 Sentra DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450954 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the data link connector for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side and harness side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT Check the resistance between the data link connector terminals. Data link connector Connector No. M22 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 6 14 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again. YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the data link connector branch line circuit. NO >> Repair the data link connector branch line. Revision: January 2010 LAN-94 2010 Sentra EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005589261 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the EPS control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. E Disconnect the connector of EPS control unit. Check the resistance between the EPS control unit harness connector terminals. EPS control unit harness connector Connector No. M37 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 5 7 D Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the EPS control unit branch line. F G H 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the EPS control unit. Refer to STC-14, "DTC C1601 BATTERY VOLT". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering column assembly. Refer to PS-8, "Exploded View". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the EPS control unit branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-95 2010 Sentra M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450957 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of combination meter. Check the resistance between the combination meter harness connector terminals. Combination meter harness connector Connector No. M24 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 9 10 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the combination meter branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the combination meter. Refer to DI-18, "Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the combination meter. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the combination meter branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-96 2010 Sentra IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450960 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). IPDM E/R Harness connector E4 Harness connector M2 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. D E 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. F Disconnect the connector of IPDM E/R. Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R harness connector terminals. IPDM E/R harness connector Connector No. E46 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 41 40 G Approx. 108 – 132 H Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the IPDM E/R branch line. I 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-26, "IPDM E/R Power/Ground Circuit Inspection". J Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the IPDM E/R branch line. LAN NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-97 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450961 1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. 3. Disconnect all the unit connectors on CAN communication system. 4. Check terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT) Check the continuity between the data link connector terminals. Data link connector Connector No. Continuity Terminal No. M22 6 14 Not existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause. 3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT) Check the continuity between the data link connector and the ground. Data link connector Connector No. Continuity Terminal No. Ground 6 M22 14 Not existed Not existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause. 4.CHECK ECM AND IPDM E/R TERMINATION CIRCUIT 1. 2. - Remove the ECM and the IPDM E/R. Check the resistance between the ECM terminals. MR20DE ECM Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 84 - 83 Approx. 108 – 132 QR25DE ECM Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 98 3. 97 LKIA0037E Approx. 108 – 132 Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R terminals. IPDM E/R Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 41 Revision: January 2010 40 Approx. 108 – 132 LAN-98 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace the ECM and/or the IPDM E/R. [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 5)] A 5.CHECK SYMPTOM Connect all the connectors. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced. Inspection result Reproduced>>GO TO 6. Non-reproduced>>Start the diagnosis again. Follow the trouble diagnosis procedure when past error is detected. 6.CHECK UNIT REPRODUCTION Perform the reproduction test as per the following procedure for each unit. 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. 3. Disconnect one of the unit connectors of CAN communication system. NOTE: ECM and IPDM E/R have a termination circuit. Check other units first. 4. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced. NOTE: Although unit-related error symptoms occur, do not confuse them with other symptoms. Inspection result Reproduced>>Connect the connector. Check other units as per the above procedure. Non-reproduced>>Replace the unit whose connector was disconnected. B C D E F G H I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-99 2010 Sentra MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450934 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side and harness side). Harness connector E4 Harness connector M2 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT) 1. 2. Disconnect the following harness connectors. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Harness connectors E4 and M2 Check the continuity between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the harness connector. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. 26 E33 15 Harness connector Connector No. Continuity Terminal No. E4 9 Existed 25 Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and the harness connector E4. 3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT) Check the continuity between the harness connector and the data link connector. Harness connector Connector No. M2 Data link connector Terminal No. 9 25 Connector No. M22 Terminal No. Continuity 6 Existed 14 Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again. YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and the data link connector. NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connector M2 and the data link connector. Revision: January 2010 LAN-100 2010 Sentra ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450936 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). ECM Harness connector E4 (M/T models without ABS) Harness connector M2 (M/T models without ABS) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. D E 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. - G ECM harness connector Connector No. E16 - F Disconnect the connector of ECM. Check the resistance between the ECM harness connector terminals. MR20DE Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 84 83 Approx. 108 – 132 H QR25DE ECM harness connector Connector No. E16 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 98 97 Approx. 108 – 132 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the ECM branch line. I J LAN 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ECM. Refer to the following. • MR20DE (For California): EC-154, "Diagnosis Procedure" • MR20DE (Except for California): EC-708, "Diagnosis Procedure" • QR25DE: EC-1247, "Diagnosis Procedure" Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the ECM. Refer to the following. • MR20DE (For California): EC-98, "Procedure After Replacing ECM" • MR20DE (Except for California): EC-653, "Procedure After Replacing ECM" • QR25DE: EC-1192, "Procedure After Replacing ECM" YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ECM branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-101 2010 Sentra ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005579137 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Check the resistance between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector terminals. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector Connector No. E33 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 26 15 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the following. • Models with ABS: BRC-28, "ABS Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection" • Models with VDC: BRC-73, "ABS/TCS/VDC Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection" Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the following. • Models with ABS: BRC-35, "Removal and Installation" • Models with VDC: BRC-86, "Removal and Installation" YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-102 2010 Sentra TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450938 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). TCM Harness connector F10 Harness connector E17 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. D E 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. F Disconnect the connector of TCM. Check the resistance between the TCM harness connector terminals. TCM harness connector Connector No. F23 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 32 31 G Approx. 54 – 66 H Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the TCM branch line. I 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the TCM. Refer to CVT-119, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the TCM. Refer to CVT-161, "Removal and Installation". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the TCM branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-103 2010 Sentra BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450939 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the BCM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of BCM. Check the resistance between the BCM harness connector terminals. BCM harness connector Connector No. M18 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 39 40 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the BCM branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the BCM. Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the BCM branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-104 2010 Sentra DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450940 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the data link connector for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side and harness side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT E Check the resistance between the data link connector terminals. Data link connector Connector No. M22 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 6 D 14 F Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again. YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the data link connector branch line circuit. NO >> Repair the data link connector branch line. G H I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-105 2010 Sentra EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005589262 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the EPS control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of EPS control unit. Check the resistance between the EPS control unit harness connector terminals. EPS control unit harness connector Connector No. M37 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 5 7 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the EPS control unit branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the EPS control unit. Refer to STC-14, "DTC C1601 BATTERY VOLT". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering column assembly. Refer to PS-8, "Exploded View". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the EPS control unit branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-106 2010 Sentra I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450942 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the Intelligent Key unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. E Disconnect the connector of Intelligent Key unit. Check the resistance between the Intelligent Key unit harness connector terminals. Intelligent Key unit harness connector Connector No. M42 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 2 3 D Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the Intelligent Key unit branch line. F G H 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-106, "Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-129, "Removal and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the Intelligent Key unit branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-107 2010 Sentra M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450943 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of combination meter. Check the resistance between the combination meter harness connector terminals. Combination meter harness connector Connector No. M24 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 9 10 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the combination meter branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the combination meter. Refer to DI-18, "Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the combination meter. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the combination meter branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-108 2010 Sentra IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450946 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). IPDM E/R Harness connector E4 Harness connector M2 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. D E 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. F Disconnect the connector of IPDM E/R. Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R harness connector terminals. IPDM E/R harness connector Connector No. E46 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 41 40 G Approx. 108 – 132 H Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the IPDM E/R branch line. I 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-26, "IPDM E/R Power/Ground Circuit Inspection". J Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the IPDM E/R branch line. LAN NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-109 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450947 1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. 3. Disconnect all the unit connectors on CAN communication system. 4. Check terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT) Check the continuity between the data link connector terminals. Data link connector Connector No. Continuity Terminal No. M22 6 14 Not existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause. 3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT) Check the continuity between the data link connector and the ground. Data link connector Connector No. Continuity Terminal No. Ground 6 M22 14 Not existed Not existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause. 4.CHECK ECM AND IPDM E/R TERMINATION CIRCUIT 1. 2. - Remove the ECM and the IPDM E/R. Check the resistance between the ECM terminals. MR20DE ECM Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 84 - 83 Approx. 108 – 132 QR25DE ECM Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 98 3. 97 LKIA0037E Approx. 108 – 132 Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R terminals. IPDM E/R Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 41 Revision: January 2010 40 Approx. 108 – 132 LAN-110 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace the ECM and/or the IPDM E/R. [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 6)] A 5.CHECK SYMPTOM Connect all the connectors. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced. Inspection result Reproduced>>GO TO 6. Non-reproduced>>Start the diagnosis again. Follow the trouble diagnosis procedure when past error is detected. 6.CHECK UNIT REPRODUCTION Perform the reproduction test as per the following procedure for each unit. 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. 3. Disconnect one of the unit connectors of CAN communication system. NOTE: ECM and IPDM E/R have a termination circuit. Check other units first. 4. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced. NOTE: Although unit-related error symptoms occur, do not confuse them with other symptoms. Inspection result Reproduced>>Connect the connector. Check other units as per the above procedure. Non-reproduced>>Replace the unit whose connector was disconnected. B C D E F G H I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-111 2010 Sentra MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450920 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side and harness side). Harness connector E4 Harness connector M2 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT) 1. 2. Disconnect the following harness connectors. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Harness connectors E4 and M2 Check the continuity between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the harness connector. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. 26 E33 15 Harness connector Connector No. Continuity Terminal No. E4 9 Existed 25 Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and the harness connector E4. 3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT) Check the continuity between the harness connector and the data link connector. Harness connector Connector No. M2 Data link connector Terminal No. 9 25 Connector No. M22 Terminal No. Continuity 6 Existed 14 Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again. YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and the data link connector. NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connector M2 and the data link connector. Revision: January 2010 LAN-112 2010 Sentra ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450922 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). ECM Harness connector E4 (M/T models without ABS) Harness connector M2 (M/T models without ABS) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. D E 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. - G ECM harness connector Connector No. E16 - F Disconnect the connector of ECM. Check the resistance between the ECM harness connector terminals. MR20DE Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 84 83 Approx. 108 – 132 H QR25DE ECM harness connector Connector No. E16 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 98 97 Approx. 108 – 132 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the ECM branch line. I J LAN 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ECM. Refer to the following. • MR20DE (For California): EC-154, "Diagnosis Procedure" • MR20DE (Except for California): EC-708, "Diagnosis Procedure" • QR25DE: EC-1247, "Diagnosis Procedure" Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the ECM. Refer to the following. • MR20DE (For California): EC-98, "Procedure After Replacing ECM" • MR20DE (Except for California): EC-653, "Procedure After Replacing ECM" • QR25DE: EC-1192, "Procedure After Replacing ECM" YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ECM branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-113 2010 Sentra ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005579138 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Check the resistance between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector terminals. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector Connector No. E33 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 26 15 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the following. • Models with ABS: BRC-28, "ABS Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection" • Models with VDC: BRC-73, "ABS/TCS/VDC Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection" Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the following. • Models with ABS: BRC-35, "Removal and Installation" • Models with VDC: BRC-86, "Removal and Installation" YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-114 2010 Sentra TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450924 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). TCM Harness connector F10 Harness connector E17 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. D E 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. F Disconnect the connector of TCM. Check the resistance between the TCM harness connector terminals. TCM harness connector Connector No. F23 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 32 31 G Approx. 54 – 66 H Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the TCM branch line. I 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the TCM. Refer to CVT-119, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the TCM. Refer to CVT-161, "Removal and Installation". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the TCM branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-115 2010 Sentra BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450925 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the BCM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of BCM. Check the resistance between the BCM harness connector terminals. BCM harness connector Connector No. M18 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 39 40 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the BCM branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the BCM. Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the BCM branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-116 2010 Sentra DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450926 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the data link connector for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side and harness side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT E Check the resistance between the data link connector terminals. Data link connector Connector No. M22 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 6 D 14 F Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again. YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the data link connector branch line circuit. NO >> Repair the data link connector branch line. G H I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-117 2010 Sentra EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005589263 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the EPS control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of EPS control unit. Check the resistance between the EPS control unit harness connector terminals. EPS control unit harness connector Connector No. M37 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 5 7 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the EPS control unit branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the EPS control unit. Refer to STC-14, "DTC C1601 BATTERY VOLT". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering column assembly. Refer to PS-8, "Exploded View". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the EPS control unit branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-118 2010 Sentra M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450929 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. E Disconnect the connector of combination meter. Check the resistance between the combination meter harness connector terminals. Combination meter harness connector Connector No. M24 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 9 10 D Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the combination meter branch line. F G H 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the combination meter. Refer to DI-18, "Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the combination meter. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the combination meter branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-119 2010 Sentra STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005589264 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the steering angle sensor for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of steering angle sensor. Check the resistance between the steering angle sensor harness connector terminals. Steering angle sensor harness connector Connector No. M63 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 4 8 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the steering angle sensor branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-49, "Schematic". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-88, "Removal and Installation". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the steering angle sensor branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-120 2010 Sentra IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450932 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). IPDM E/R Harness connector E4 Harness connector M2 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. D E 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. F Disconnect the connector of IPDM E/R. Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R harness connector terminals. IPDM E/R harness connector Connector No. E46 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 41 40 G Approx. 108 – 132 H Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the IPDM E/R branch line. I 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-26, "IPDM E/R Power/Ground Circuit Inspection". J Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the IPDM E/R branch line. LAN NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-121 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450933 1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. 3. Disconnect all the unit connectors on CAN communication system. 4. Check terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT) Check the continuity between the data link connector terminals. Data link connector Connector No. Continuity Terminal No. M22 6 14 Not existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause. 3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT) Check the continuity between the data link connector and the ground. Data link connector Connector No. Continuity Terminal No. Ground 6 M22 14 Not existed Not existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause. 4.CHECK ECM AND IPDM E/R TERMINATION CIRCUIT 1. 2. - Remove the ECM and the IPDM E/R. Check the resistance between the ECM terminals. MR20DE ECM Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 84 - 83 Approx. 108 – 132 QR25DE ECM Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 98 3. 97 LKIA0037E Approx. 108 – 132 Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R terminals. IPDM E/R Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 41 Revision: January 2010 40 Approx. 108 – 132 LAN-122 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace the ECM and/or the IPDM E/R. [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 7)] A 5.CHECK SYMPTOM Connect all the connectors. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced. Inspection result Reproduced>>GO TO 6. Non-reproduced>>Start the diagnosis again. Follow the trouble diagnosis procedure when past error is detected. 6.CHECK UNIT REPRODUCTION Perform the reproduction test as per the following procedure for each unit. 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. 3. Disconnect one of the unit connectors of CAN communication system. NOTE: ECM and IPDM E/R have a termination circuit. Check other units first. 4. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced. NOTE: Although unit-related error symptoms occur, do not confuse them with other symptoms. Inspection result Reproduced>>Connect the connector. Check other units as per the above procedure. Non-reproduced>>Replace the unit whose connector was disconnected. B C D E F G H I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-123 2010 Sentra MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450906 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side and harness side). Harness connector E4 Harness connector M2 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT) 1. 2. Disconnect the following harness connectors. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Harness connectors E4 and M2 Check the continuity between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the harness connector. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. 26 E33 15 Harness connector Connector No. Continuity Terminal No. E4 9 Existed 25 Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and the harness connector E4. 3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT) Check the continuity between the harness connector and the data link connector. Harness connector Connector No. M2 Data link connector Terminal No. 9 25 Connector No. M22 Terminal No. Continuity 6 Existed 14 Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again. YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and the data link connector. NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connector M2 and the data link connector. Revision: January 2010 LAN-124 2010 Sentra ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450908 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). ECM Harness connector E4 (M/T models without ABS) Harness connector M2 (M/T models without ABS) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. D E 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. - G ECM harness connector Connector No. E16 - F Disconnect the connector of ECM. Check the resistance between the ECM harness connector terminals. MR20DE Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 84 83 Approx. 108 – 132 H QR25DE ECM harness connector Connector No. E16 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 98 97 Approx. 108 – 132 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the ECM branch line. I J LAN 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ECM. Refer to the following. • MR20DE (For California): EC-154, "Diagnosis Procedure" • MR20DE (Except for California): EC-708, "Diagnosis Procedure" • QR25DE: EC-1247, "Diagnosis Procedure" Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the ECM. Refer to the following. • MR20DE (For California): EC-98, "Procedure After Replacing ECM" • MR20DE (Except for California): EC-653, "Procedure After Replacing ECM" • QR25DE: EC-1192, "Procedure After Replacing ECM" YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ECM branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-125 2010 Sentra ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005579139 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Check the resistance between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector terminals. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector Connector No. E33 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 26 15 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the following. • Models with ABS: BRC-28, "ABS Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection" • Models with VDC: BRC-73, "ABS/TCS/VDC Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection" Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the following. • Models with ABS: BRC-35, "Removal and Installation" • Models with VDC: BRC-86, "Removal and Installation" YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-126 2010 Sentra TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450910 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). TCM Harness connector F10 Harness connector E17 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. D E 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. F Disconnect the connector of TCM. Check the resistance between the TCM harness connector terminals. TCM harness connector Connector No. F23 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 32 31 G Approx. 54 – 66 H Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the TCM branch line. I 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the TCM. Refer to CVT-119, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the TCM. Refer to CVT-161, "Removal and Installation". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the TCM branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-127 2010 Sentra BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450911 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the BCM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of BCM. Check the resistance between the BCM harness connector terminals. BCM harness connector Connector No. M18 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 39 40 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the BCM branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the BCM. Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the BCM branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-128 2010 Sentra DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450912 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the data link connector for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side and harness side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT E Check the resistance between the data link connector terminals. Data link connector Connector No. M22 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 6 D 14 F Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again. YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the data link connector branch line circuit. NO >> Repair the data link connector branch line. G H I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-129 2010 Sentra EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005589265 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the EPS control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of EPS control unit. Check the resistance between the EPS control unit harness connector terminals. EPS control unit harness connector Connector No. M37 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 5 7 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the EPS control unit branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the EPS control unit. Refer to STC-14, "DTC C1601 BATTERY VOLT". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering column assembly. Refer to PS-8, "Exploded View". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the EPS control unit branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-130 2010 Sentra I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450914 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the Intelligent Key unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. E Disconnect the connector of Intelligent Key unit. Check the resistance between the Intelligent Key unit harness connector terminals. Intelligent Key unit harness connector Connector No. M42 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 2 3 D Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the Intelligent Key unit branch line. F G H 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-106, "Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-129, "Removal and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the Intelligent Key unit branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-131 2010 Sentra M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450915 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of combination meter. Check the resistance between the combination meter harness connector terminals. Combination meter harness connector Connector No. M24 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 9 10 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the combination meter branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the combination meter. Refer to DI-18, "Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the combination meter. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the combination meter branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-132 2010 Sentra STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005589266 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the steering angle sensor for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. E Disconnect the connector of steering angle sensor. Check the resistance between the steering angle sensor harness connector terminals. Steering angle sensor harness connector Connector No. M63 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 4 8 D Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the steering angle sensor branch line. F G H 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-49, "Schematic". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-88, "Removal and Installation". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the steering angle sensor branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-133 2010 Sentra IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450918 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). IPDM E/R Harness connector E4 Harness connector M2 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of IPDM E/R. Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R harness connector terminals. IPDM E/R harness connector Connector No. E46 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 41 40 Approx. 108 – 132 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the IPDM E/R branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-26, "IPDM E/R Power/Ground Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the IPDM E/R branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-134 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450919 1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION B 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. 3. Disconnect all the unit connectors on CAN communication system. 4. Check terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. C D 2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT) E Check the continuity between the data link connector terminals. Data link connector Connector No. Continuity Terminal No. M22 6 14 F Not existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause. G 3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT) H Check the continuity between the data link connector and the ground. I Data link connector Connector No. Continuity Terminal No. Ground 6 M22 14 Not existed J Not existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause. LAN 4.CHECK ECM AND IPDM E/R TERMINATION CIRCUIT 1. 2. - ECM 84 M Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. - L Remove the ECM and the IPDM E/R. Check the resistance between the ECM terminals. MR20DE N 83 Approx. 108 – 132 QR25DE O ECM Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 98 3. 97 LKIA0037E P Approx. 108 – 132 Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R terminals. IPDM E/R Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 41 Revision: January 2010 40 Approx. 108 – 132 LAN-135 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace the ECM and/or the IPDM E/R. [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 8)] 5.CHECK SYMPTOM Connect all the connectors. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced. Inspection result Reproduced>>GO TO 6. Non-reproduced>>Start the diagnosis again. Follow the trouble diagnosis procedure when past error is detected. 6.CHECK UNIT REPRODUCTION Perform the reproduction test as per the following procedure for each unit. 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. 3. Disconnect one of the unit connectors of CAN communication system. NOTE: ECM and IPDM E/R have a termination circuit. Check other units first. 4. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced. NOTE: Although unit-related error symptoms occur, do not confuse them with other symptoms. Inspection result Reproduced>>Connect the connector. Check other units as per the above procedure. Non-reproduced>>Replace the unit whose connector was disconnected. Revision: January 2010 LAN-136 2010 Sentra MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION A MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450892 B Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side and harness side). Harness connector E4 Harness connector M2 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. C 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. 2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT) 1. 2. Connector No. Terminal No. 26 E33 15 E F Disconnect the following harness connectors. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Harness connectors E4 and M2 Check the continuity between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the harness connector. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector D H Harness connector Connector No. Continuity Terminal No. E4 G 9 Existed 25 Existed I Is the inspection result normal? J YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and the harness connector E4. LAN CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT) 3. Check the continuity between the harness connector and the data link connector. Harness connector Connector No. M2 Data link connector Terminal No. 9 25 Connector No. M22 Terminal No. L Continuity 6 Existed 14 Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again. YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and the data link connector. NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connector M2 and the data link connector. M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-137 2010 Sentra ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450894 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). ECM Harness connector E4 (M/T models without ABS) Harness connector M2 (M/T models without ABS) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. - Disconnect the connector of ECM. Check the resistance between the ECM harness connector terminals. MR20DE ECM harness connector Connector No. E16 - Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 84 83 Approx. 108 – 132 QR25DE ECM harness connector Connector No. E16 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 98 97 Approx. 108 – 132 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the ECM branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ECM. Refer to the following. • MR20DE (For California): EC-154, "Diagnosis Procedure" • MR20DE (Except for California): EC-708, "Diagnosis Procedure" • QR25DE: EC-1247, "Diagnosis Procedure" Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the ECM. Refer to the following. • MR20DE (For California): EC-98, "Procedure After Replacing ECM" • MR20DE (Except for California): EC-653, "Procedure After Replacing ECM" • QR25DE: EC-1192, "Procedure After Replacing ECM" YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ECM branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-138 2010 Sentra ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005579140 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Check the resistance between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector terminals. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector Connector No. E33 E F Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 26 D 15 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line. G H 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT I Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the following. • Models with ABS: BRC-28, "ABS Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection" • Models with VDC: BRC-73, "ABS/TCS/VDC Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection" J Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the following. • Models with ABS: BRC-35, "Removal and Installation" LAN • Models with VDC: BRC-86, "Removal and Installation" YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-139 2010 Sentra BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450897 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the BCM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of BCM. Check the resistance between the BCM harness connector terminals. BCM harness connector Connector No. M18 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 39 40 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the BCM branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the BCM. Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the BCM branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-140 2010 Sentra DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450898 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the data link connector for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side and harness side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT E Check the resistance between the data link connector terminals. Data link connector Connector No. M22 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 6 D 14 F Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again. YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the data link connector branch line circuit. NO >> Repair the data link connector branch line. G H I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-141 2010 Sentra EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005589268 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the EPS control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of EPS control unit. Check the resistance between the EPS control unit harness connector terminals. EPS control unit harness connector Connector No. M37 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 5 7 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the EPS control unit branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the EPS control unit. Refer to STC-14, "DTC C1601 BATTERY VOLT". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering column assembly. Refer to PS-8, "Exploded View". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the EPS control unit branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-142 2010 Sentra M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450901 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. E Disconnect the connector of combination meter. Check the resistance between the combination meter harness connector terminals. Combination meter harness connector Connector No. M24 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 9 10 D Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the combination meter branch line. F G H 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the combination meter. Refer to DI-18, "Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the combination meter. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the combination meter branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-143 2010 Sentra M&A2 BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > M&A2 BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450902 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the double meter for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of double meter. Check the resistance between the double meter harness connector terminals. Double meter harness connector Connector No. M89 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 1 2 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the double meter branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the double meter. Refer to DI-31, "Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the double meter. Refer to DI-33, "Removal and Installation". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the double meter branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-144 2010 Sentra STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005589269 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the steering angle sensor for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. E Disconnect the connector of steering angle sensor. Check the resistance between the steering angle sensor harness connector terminals. Steering angle sensor harness connector Connector No. M63 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 4 8 D Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the steering angle sensor branch line. F G H 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-49, "Schematic". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-88, "Removal and Installation". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the steering angle sensor branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-145 2010 Sentra IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450904 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). IPDM E/R Harness connector E4 Harness connector M2 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of IPDM E/R. Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R harness connector terminals. IPDM E/R harness connector Connector No. E46 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 41 40 Approx. 108 – 132 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the IPDM E/R branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-26, "IPDM E/R Power/Ground Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the IPDM E/R branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-146 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450905 1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION B 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. 3. Disconnect all the unit connectors on CAN communication system. 4. Check terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. C D 2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT) E Check the continuity between the data link connector terminals. Data link connector Connector No. Continuity Terminal No. M22 6 14 F Not existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause. G 3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT) H Check the continuity between the data link connector and the ground. I Data link connector Connector No. Continuity Terminal No. Ground 6 M22 14 Not existed J Not existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause. LAN 4.CHECK ECM AND IPDM E/R TERMINATION CIRCUIT 1. 2. - ECM 84 M Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. - L Remove the ECM and the IPDM E/R. Check the resistance between the ECM terminals. MR20DE N 83 Approx. 108 – 132 QR25DE O ECM Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 98 3. 97 LKIA0037E P Approx. 108 – 132 Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R terminals. IPDM E/R Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 41 Revision: January 2010 40 Approx. 108 – 132 LAN-147 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace the ECM and/or the IPDM E/R. [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 9)] 5.CHECK SYMPTOM Connect all the connectors. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced. Inspection result Reproduced>>GO TO 6. Non-reproduced>>Start the diagnosis again. Follow the trouble diagnosis procedure when past error is detected. 6.CHECK UNIT REPRODUCTION Perform the reproduction test as per the following procedure for each unit. 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. 3. Disconnect one of the unit connectors of CAN communication system. NOTE: ECM and IPDM E/R have a termination circuit. Check other units first. 4. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced. NOTE: Although unit-related error symptoms occur, do not confuse them with other symptoms. Inspection result Reproduced>>Connect the connector. Check other units as per the above procedure. Non-reproduced>>Replace the unit whose connector was disconnected. Revision: January 2010 LAN-148 2010 Sentra MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION A MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450878 B Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side and harness side). Harness connector E4 Harness connector M2 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. C 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. 2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT) 1. 2. Connector No. Terminal No. 26 E33 15 E F Disconnect the following harness connectors. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Harness connectors E4 and M2 Check the continuity between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the harness connector. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector D H Harness connector Connector No. Continuity Terminal No. E4 G 9 Existed 25 Existed I Is the inspection result normal? J YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and the harness connector E4. LAN CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT) 3. Check the continuity between the harness connector and the data link connector. Harness connector Connector No. M2 Data link connector Terminal No. 9 25 Connector No. M22 Terminal No. L Continuity 6 Existed 14 Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again. YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and the data link connector. NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connector M2 and the data link connector. M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-149 2010 Sentra ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450880 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). ECM Harness connector E4 (M/T models without ABS) Harness connector M2 (M/T models without ABS) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. - Disconnect the connector of ECM. Check the resistance between the ECM harness connector terminals. MR20DE ECM harness connector Connector No. E16 - Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 84 83 Approx. 108 – 132 QR25DE ECM harness connector Connector No. E16 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 98 97 Approx. 108 – 132 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the ECM branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ECM. Refer to the following. • MR20DE (For California): EC-154, "Diagnosis Procedure" • MR20DE (Except for California): EC-708, "Diagnosis Procedure" • QR25DE: EC-1247, "Diagnosis Procedure" Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the ECM. Refer to the following. • MR20DE (For California): EC-98, "Procedure After Replacing ECM" • MR20DE (Except for California): EC-653, "Procedure After Replacing ECM" • QR25DE: EC-1192, "Procedure After Replacing ECM" YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ECM branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-150 2010 Sentra ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005579141 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Check the resistance between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector terminals. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector Connector No. E33 E F Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 26 D 15 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line. G H 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT I Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the following. • Models with ABS: BRC-28, "ABS Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection" • Models with VDC: BRC-73, "ABS/TCS/VDC Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection" J Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the following. • Models with ABS: BRC-35, "Removal and Installation" LAN • Models with VDC: BRC-86, "Removal and Installation" YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-151 2010 Sentra TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450882 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). TCM Harness connector F10 Harness connector E17 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of TCM. Check the resistance between the TCM harness connector terminals. TCM harness connector Connector No. F23 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 32 31 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the TCM branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the TCM. Refer to CVT-119, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the TCM. Refer to CVT-161, "Removal and Installation". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the TCM branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-152 2010 Sentra BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450883 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the BCM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. E Disconnect the connector of BCM. Check the resistance between the BCM harness connector terminals. BCM harness connector Connector No. M18 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 39 40 D Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the BCM branch line. F G H 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the BCM. Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the BCM branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-153 2010 Sentra DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450884 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the data link connector for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side and harness side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT Check the resistance between the data link connector terminals. Data link connector Connector No. M22 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 6 14 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again. YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the data link connector branch line circuit. NO >> Repair the data link connector branch line. Revision: January 2010 LAN-154 2010 Sentra EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005589271 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the EPS control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. E Disconnect the connector of EPS control unit. Check the resistance between the EPS control unit harness connector terminals. EPS control unit harness connector Connector No. M37 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 5 7 D Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the EPS control unit branch line. F G H 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the EPS control unit. Refer to STC-14, "DTC C1601 BATTERY VOLT". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering column assembly. Refer to PS-8, "Exploded View". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the EPS control unit branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-155 2010 Sentra M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450887 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of combination meter. Check the resistance between the combination meter harness connector terminals. Combination meter harness connector Connector No. M24 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 9 10 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the combination meter branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the combination meter. Refer to DI-18, "Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the combination meter. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the combination meter branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-156 2010 Sentra M&A2 BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > M&A2 BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450888 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the double meter for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. E Disconnect the connector of double meter. Check the resistance between the double meter harness connector terminals. Double meter harness connector Connector No. M89 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 1 2 D Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the double meter branch line. F G H 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the double meter. Refer to DI-31, "Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the double meter. Refer to DI-33, "Removal and Installation". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the double meter branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-157 2010 Sentra STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005589272 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the steering angle sensor for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of steering angle sensor. Check the resistance between the steering angle sensor harness connector terminals. Steering angle sensor harness connector Connector No. M63 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 4 8 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the steering angle sensor branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-49, "Schematic". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-88, "Removal and Installation". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the steering angle sensor branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-158 2010 Sentra IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450890 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). IPDM E/R Harness connector E4 Harness connector M2 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. D E 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. F Disconnect the connector of IPDM E/R. Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R harness connector terminals. IPDM E/R harness connector Connector No. E46 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 41 40 G Approx. 108 – 132 H Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the IPDM E/R branch line. I 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-26, "IPDM E/R Power/Ground Circuit Inspection". J Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the IPDM E/R branch line. LAN NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-159 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450891 1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. 3. Disconnect all the unit connectors on CAN communication system. 4. Check terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT) Check the continuity between the data link connector terminals. Data link connector Connector No. Continuity Terminal No. M22 6 14 Not existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause. 3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT) Check the continuity between the data link connector and the ground. Data link connector Connector No. Continuity Terminal No. Ground 6 M22 14 Not existed Not existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause. 4.CHECK ECM AND IPDM E/R TERMINATION CIRCUIT 1. 2. - Remove the ECM and the IPDM E/R. Check the resistance between the ECM terminals. MR20DE ECM Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 84 - 83 Approx. 108 – 132 QR25DE ECM Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 98 3. 97 LKIA0037E Approx. 108 – 132 Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R terminals. IPDM E/R Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 41 Revision: January 2010 40 Approx. 108 – 132 LAN-160 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace the ECM and/or the IPDM E/R. [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 10)] A 5.CHECK SYMPTOM Connect all the connectors. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced. Inspection result Reproduced>>GO TO 6. Non-reproduced>>Start the diagnosis again. Follow the trouble diagnosis procedure when past error is detected. 6.CHECK UNIT REPRODUCTION Perform the reproduction test as per the following procedure for each unit. 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. 3. Disconnect one of the unit connectors of CAN communication system. NOTE: ECM and IPDM E/R have a termination circuit. Check other units first. 4. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced. NOTE: Although unit-related error symptoms occur, do not confuse them with other symptoms. Inspection result Reproduced>>Connect the connector. Check other units as per the above procedure. Non-reproduced>>Replace the unit whose connector was disconnected. B C D E F G H I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-161 2010 Sentra MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 11)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION MAIN LINE BETWEEN ABS AND DLC CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450864 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side and harness side). Harness connector E4 Harness connector M2 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT) 1. 2. Disconnect the following harness connectors. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Harness connectors E4 and M2 Check the continuity between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector and the harness connector. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. 26 E33 15 Harness connector Connector No. Continuity Terminal No. E4 9 Existed 25 Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and the harness connector E4. 3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (OPEN CIRCUIT) Check the continuity between the harness connector and the data link connector. Harness connector Connector No. M2 Data link connector Terminal No. 9 25 Connector No. M22 Terminal No. Continuity 6 Existed 14 Existed Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again. YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the main line between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and the data link connector. NO >> Repair the main line between the harness connector M2 and the data link connector. Revision: January 2010 LAN-162 2010 Sentra ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 11)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ECM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450866 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). ECM Harness connector E4 (M/T models without ABS) Harness connector M2 (M/T models without ABS) Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. D E 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. - G ECM harness connector Connector No. E16 - F Disconnect the connector of ECM. Check the resistance between the ECM harness connector terminals. MR20DE Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 84 83 Approx. 108 – 132 H QR25DE ECM harness connector Connector No. E16 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 98 97 Approx. 108 – 132 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the ECM branch line. I J LAN 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ECM. Refer to the following. • MR20DE (For California): EC-154, "Diagnosis Procedure" • MR20DE (Except for California): EC-708, "Diagnosis Procedure" • QR25DE: EC-1247, "Diagnosis Procedure" Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the ECM. Refer to the following. • MR20DE (For California): EC-98, "Procedure After Replacing ECM" • MR20DE (Except for California): EC-653, "Procedure After Replacing ECM" • QR25DE: EC-1192, "Procedure After Replacing ECM" YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ECM branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-163 2010 Sentra ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 11)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ABS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005579142 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Check the resistance between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector terminals. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector Connector No. E33 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 26 15 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the following. • Models with ABS: BRC-28, "ABS Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection" • Models with VDC: BRC-73, "ABS/TCS/VDC Control Unit Power and Ground Systems Inspection" Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to the following. • Models with ABS: BRC-35, "Removal and Installation" • Models with VDC: BRC-86, "Removal and Installation" YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-164 2010 Sentra TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 11)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450868 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). TCM Harness connector F10 Harness connector E17 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. D E 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. F Disconnect the connector of TCM. Check the resistance between the TCM harness connector terminals. TCM harness connector Connector No. F23 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 32 31 G Approx. 54 – 66 H Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the TCM branch line. I 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the TCM. Refer to CVT-119, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the TCM. Refer to CVT-161, "Removal and Installation". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the TCM branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-165 2010 Sentra BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 11)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BCM BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450869 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the BCM for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of BCM. Check the resistance between the BCM harness connector terminals. BCM harness connector Connector No. M18 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 39 40 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the BCM branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the BCM. Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the BCM branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-166 2010 Sentra DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 11)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DLC BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450870 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the data link connector for damage, bend and loose connection (connector side and harness side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT E Check the resistance between the data link connector terminals. Data link connector Connector No. M22 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 6 D 14 F Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES (Present error)>>Check CAN system type decision again. YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the data link connector branch line circuit. NO >> Repair the data link connector branch line. G H I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-167 2010 Sentra EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 11)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > EPS BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005589274 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the EPS control unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of EPS control unit. Check the resistance between the EPS control unit harness connector terminals. EPS control unit harness connector Connector No. M37 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 5 7 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the EPS control unit branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the EPS control unit. Refer to STC-14, "DTC C1601 BATTERY VOLT". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering column assembly. Refer to PS-8, "Exploded View". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the EPS control unit branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-168 2010 Sentra I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 11)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > I-KEY BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450872 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the Intelligent Key unit for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. E Disconnect the connector of Intelligent Key unit. Check the resistance between the Intelligent Key unit harness connector terminals. Intelligent Key unit harness connector Connector No. M42 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 2 3 D Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the Intelligent Key unit branch line. F G H 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-106, "Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the Intelligent Key unit. Refer to BL-129, "Removal and Installation of Intelligent Key Unit". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the Intelligent Key unit branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-169 2010 Sentra M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 11)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > M&A BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450873 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the combination meter for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of combination meter. Check the resistance between the combination meter harness connector terminals. Combination meter harness connector Connector No. M24 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 9 10 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the combination meter branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the combination meter. Refer to DI-18, "Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the combination meter. Refer to IP-11, "Component Parts". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the combination meter branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-170 2010 Sentra M&A2 BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 11)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > M&A2 BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450874 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the double meter for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. E Disconnect the connector of double meter. Check the resistance between the double meter harness connector terminals. Double meter harness connector Connector No. M89 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 1 2 D Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the double meter branch line. F G H 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the double meter. Refer to DI-31, "Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the double meter. Refer to DI-33, "Removal and Installation". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the double meter branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-171 2010 Sentra STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 11)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > STRG BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005589275 1.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the terminals and connectors of the steering angle sensor for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect the connector of steering angle sensor. Check the resistance between the steering angle sensor harness connector terminals. Steering angle sensor harness connector Connector No. M63 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 4 8 Approx. 54 – 66 Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the steering angle sensor branch line. 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-49, "Schematic". Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-88, "Removal and Installation". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the steering angle sensor branch line. NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. Revision: January 2010 LAN-172 2010 Sentra IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 11)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > IPDM-E BRANCH LINE CIRCUIT A Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450876 1.CHECK CONNECTOR B 1. 2. 3. C Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. Check the following terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection (unit side and connector side). IPDM E/R Harness connector E4 Harness connector M2 Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. D E 2.CHECK HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT 1. 2. F Disconnect the connector of IPDM E/R. Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R harness connector terminals. IPDM E/R harness connector Connector No. E46 Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 41 40 G Approx. 108 – 132 H Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair the IPDM E/R branch line. I 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Check the power supply and the ground circuit of the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-26, "IPDM E/R Power/Ground Circuit Inspection". J Is the inspection result normal? YES (Present error)>>Replace the IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R". YES (Past error)>>Error was detected in the IPDM E/R branch line. LAN NO >> Repair the power supply and the ground circuit. L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-173 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 11)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450877 1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. 3. Disconnect all the unit connectors on CAN communication system. 4. Check terminals and connectors for damage, bend and loose connection. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair the terminal and connector. 2.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT) Check the continuity between the data link connector terminals. Data link connector Connector No. Continuity Terminal No. M22 6 14 Not existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause. 3.CHECK HARNESS CONTINUITY (SHORT CIRCUIT) Check the continuity between the data link connector and the ground. Data link connector Connector No. Continuity Terminal No. Ground 6 M22 14 Not existed Not existed Is the inspection result normal? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Check the harness and repair the root cause. 4.CHECK ECM AND IPDM E/R TERMINATION CIRCUIT 1. 2. - Remove the ECM and the IPDM E/R. Check the resistance between the ECM terminals. MR20DE ECM Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 84 - 83 Approx. 108 – 132 QR25DE ECM Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 98 3. 97 LKIA0037E Approx. 108 – 132 Check the resistance between the IPDM E/R terminals. IPDM E/R Resistance (Ω) Terminal No. 41 Revision: January 2010 40 Approx. 108 – 132 LAN-174 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > Is the measurement value within the specification? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Replace the ECM and/or the IPDM E/R. [CAN SYSTEM (TYPE 11)] A 5.CHECK SYMPTOM Connect all the connectors. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced. Inspection result Reproduced>>GO TO 6. Non-reproduced>>Start the diagnosis again. Follow the trouble diagnosis procedure when past error is detected. 6.CHECK UNIT REPRODUCTION Perform the reproduction test as per the following procedure for each unit. 1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal. 3. Disconnect one of the unit connectors of CAN communication system. NOTE: ECM and IPDM E/R have a termination circuit. Check other units first. 4. Connect the battery cable to the negative terminal. Check if the symptoms described in the “Symptom (Results from interview with customer)” are reproduced. NOTE: Although unit-related error symptoms occur, do not confuse them with other symptoms. Inspection result Reproduced>>Connect the connector. Check other units as per the above procedure. Non-reproduced>>Replace the unit whose connector was disconnected. B C D E F G H I J LAN L M N O P Revision: January 2010 LAN-175 2010 Sentra TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE SECTION CVT CVT A B CVT D E CONTENTS SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 5 INDEX FOR DTC ................................................. 5 Alphabetical Index ..................................................... 5 DTC No. Index .......................................................... 5 PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 7 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 7 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 7 Precaution for On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of CVT and Engine .................................................... 8 Service After Replacing TCM, Transaxle Assembly, or Control Valve .................................................. 8 Removal and Installation Procedure for CVT Unit Connector .................................................................. 9 Precaution ............................................................... 10 Service Notice or Precaution ................................... 12 ATFTEMP COUNT Conversion Table .................... 12 PREPARATION ..................................................13 Special Service Tool ............................................... 13 Commercial Service Tool ........................................ 13 CVT FLUID .........................................................14 Checking CVT Fluid ................................................ 14 Changing CVT Fluid ................................................ 15 CVT SYSTEM .....................................................16 Cross-Sectional View - RE0F10A ........................... 16 Control System ........................................................ 17 Hydraulic Control System ........................................ 18 TCM Function .......................................................... 18 CAN Communication ............................................... 19 Input/Output Signal of TCM ..................................... 19 Line Pressure and Secondary Pressure Control .... 20 Shift Control ............................................................ 20 Lock-up and Select Control ..................................... 22 Control Valve ........................................................... 23 Revision: January 2010 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .... 24 F Introduction ..............................................................24 OBD-II Function for CVT System ............................24 One or Two Trip Detection Logic of OBD-II .............24 OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ..................24 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ............................25 G TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .................................... 27 H DTC Inspection Priority Chart ..................................27 Fail-Safe ..................................................................27 How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair .......................................................28 CVT Electrical Parts Location ..................................33 Circuit Diagram ........................................................34 Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis .....................35 Road Test ................................................................38 Check before Engine Is Started ...............................39 Check at Idle ............................................................39 Cruise Test ..............................................................40 Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears .......................43 TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value .............44 CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION) ..............46 Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III ............53 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 54 Description ...............................................................54 On Board Diagnosis Logic .......................................54 Possible Cause ........................................................54 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................54 Wiring Diagram - CVT - CAN ...................................55 Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................56 I J K L M N O U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ......................... 57 Description ...............................................................57 On Board Diagnosis Logic .......................................57 Possible Cause ........................................................57 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..................................57 Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................57 P0703 BRAKE SWITCH B ................................ 58 Description ...............................................................58 CVT-1 2010 Sentra P CONSULT-III Reference Value .............................. 58 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 58 Possible Cause ....................................................... 58 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 58 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 58 P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH A ... 60 Description .............................................................. 60 CONSULT-III Reference Value .............................. 60 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 60 Possible Cause ....................................................... 60 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 60 Wiring Diagram - CVT - TR/SW .............................. 61 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 62 Component Inspection ............................................ 63 P0710 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A .............................................. 65 Description .............................................................. 65 CONSULT-III Reference Value .............................. 65 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 65 Possible Cause ....................................................... 65 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 65 Wiring Diagram - CVT - FTS ................................... 66 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 67 Component Inspection ............................................ 68 P0715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A .................... 70 P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER ......................... 83 Description .............................................................. 83 CONSULT-III Reference Value ............................... 83 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 83 Possible Cause ....................................................... 83 DTC Confirmation Procedure .................................. 83 Wiring Diagram - CVT - TCV .................................. 84 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 85 Component Inspection ............................................ 86 P0744 TORQUE CONVERTER ......................... 88 Description .............................................................. 88 CONSULT-III Reference Value ............................... 88 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 88 Possible Cause ....................................................... 88 DTC Confirmation Procedure .................................. 88 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 88 P0745 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A... 90 Description .............................................................. 90 CONSULT-III Reference Value ............................... 90 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 90 Possible Cause ....................................................... 90 DTC Confirmation Procedure .................................. 90 Wiring Diagram - CVT - LPSV ................................ 91 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 92 Component Inspection ............................................ 93 Description .............................................................. 70 CONSULT-III Reference Value .............................. 70 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 70 Possible Cause ....................................................... 70 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 70 Wiring Diagram - CVT - PRSCVT ........................... 71 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 72 P0746 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A... 95 P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR .................... 75 P0776 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B... 97 Description .............................................................. 75 CONSULT-III Reference Value .............................. 75 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 75 Possible Cause ....................................................... 75 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 75 Wiring Diagram - CVT - SESCVT ........................... 76 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 77 Description .............................................................. 97 CONSULT-III Reference Value ............................... 97 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 97 Possible Cause ....................................................... 97 DTC Confirmation Procedure .................................. 97 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 97 P0725 ENGINE SPEED ..................................... 80 Description .............................................................. 80 CONSULT-III Reference Value .............................. 80 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 80 Possible Cause ....................................................... 80 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 80 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 80 P0730 INCORRECT GEAR RATIO ................... 82 Description .............................................................. 82 CONSULT-III Reference Value .............................. 82 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 82 Possible Cause ....................................................... 82 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................. 82 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 82 Revision: January 2010 Description .............................................................. 95 CONSULT-III Reference Value ............................... 95 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 95 Possible Cause ....................................................... 95 DTC Confirmation Procedure .................................. 95 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 95 P0778 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B... 99 Description .............................................................. 99 CONSULT-III Reference Value ............................... 99 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................... 99 Possible Cause ....................................................... 99 DTC Confirmation Procedure .................................. 99 Wiring Diagram - CVT - SECPSV ......................... 100 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 101 Component Inspection .......................................... 102 P0826 UP AND DOWN SHIFT SW .................. 104 Description ............................................................ 104 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 104 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 104 Possible Cause ..................................................... 104 CVT-2 2010 Sentra DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 104 Wiring Diagram - CVT - MMSW ............................ 105 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 106 Component Inspection .......................................... 108 P0840 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SEN/SW A ........................................................ 109 Description ............................................................ 109 CONSULT-III Reference Value ............................. 109 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 109 Possible Cause ..................................................... 109 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 109 Wiring Diagram - CVT - SECPS ............................ 110 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 111 P0841 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SEN/SW A ........................................................ 113 Description ............................................................ 113 CONSULT-III Reference Value ............................. 113 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 113 Possible Cause ..................................................... 113 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 113 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 113 P0868 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE .. 115 Description ............................................................ 115 CONSULT-III Reference Value ............................. 115 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 115 Possible Cause ..................................................... 115 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 115 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 115 P1701 TCM ....................................................... 117 Description ............................................................ 117 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 117 Possible Cause ..................................................... 117 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 117 Wiring Diagram - CVT - POWER .......................... 118 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 119 P1705 TP SENSOR .......................................... 121 Description ............................................................ 121 CONSULT-III Reference Value ............................. 121 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 121 Possible Cause ..................................................... 121 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 121 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 121 P1722 VEHICLE SPEED .................................. 123 Description ............................................................ 123 CONSULT-III Reference Value ............................. 123 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 123 Possible Cause ..................................................... 123 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 123 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 123 P1723 SPEED SENSOR .................................. 125 Description ............................................................ 125 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 125 Possible Cause ..................................................... 125 Revision: January 2010 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 125 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 125 A P1726 THROTTLE CONTROL SIGNAL ......... 127 Description ............................................................. 127 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 127 Possible Cause ...................................................... 127 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 127 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 127 B CVT P1740 SELECT SOLENOID ........................... 128 Description ............................................................. 128 CONSULT-III Reference Value ............................. 128 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 128 Possible Cause ...................................................... 128 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 128 Wiring Diagram - CVT - L/USSV ........................... 129 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 130 Component Inspection ........................................... 131 D E F P1745 LINE PRESSURE CONTROL .............. 133 Description ............................................................. 133 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 133 Possible Cause ...................................................... 133 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 133 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 133 G H P1777 STEP MOTOR ...................................... 134 Description ............................................................. 134 CONSULT-III Reference Value ............................. 134 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 134 Possible Cause ...................................................... 134 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 134 Wiring Diagram - CVT - STM ................................. 135 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 136 Component Inspection ........................................... 137 I J K P1778 STEP MOTOR ...................................... 138 Description ............................................................. 138 CONSULT-III Reference Value ............................. 138 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 138 Possible Cause ...................................................... 138 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 138 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 139 OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH .................. 140 Description ............................................................. 140 CONSULT-III Reference Value ............................. 140 Wiring Diagram - CVT - ODSW ............................. 141 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 142 Component Inspection ........................................... 143 SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR CIRCUIT ........ 145 Description ............................................................. 145 CONSULT-III Reference Value ............................. 145 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 145 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS .... 146 Wiring Diagram - CVT - NONDTC ......................... 146 O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On ....... 149 Engine Cannot Be Started in "P" or "N" Position .. 151 CVT-3 2010 Sentra L M N O P In "P" Position, Vehicle Moves Forward or Backward When Pushed ...............................................151 In "N" Position, Vehicle Moves ..............................152 Large Shock "N" → "R" Position ............................152 Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward in "R" Position..153 Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in "D" or "L" Position ......................................................................154 Vehicle Speed Does Not Change in "L" Position ..155 Vehicle Speed Does Not Change in overdrive-off mode ......................................................................156 Vehicle Speed Does Not Change in "D" Position ..157 Cannot Be Changed to Manual Mode ...................158 CVT Does Not Shift in Manual Mode .....................158 Vehicle Does Not Decelerate by Engine Brake .....159 Control Valve ........................................................ 178 Transmission Range Switch ................................. 184 Primary Speed Sensor .......................................... 184 Secondary Speed Sensor (MR20DE) ................... 185 Secondary Speed Sensor (QR25DE) ................... 186 Differential Side Oil Seal ....................................... 186 Oil Pump Fitting Bolt ............................................. 187 AIR BREATHER HOSE .................................... 188 Removal and Installation (MR20DE) ..................... 188 Removal and Installation (QR25DE) ..................... 189 CVT FLUID COOLER SYSTEM ....................... 190 Removal and Installation .......................................161 CVT Fluid Cooler Removal and Installation (MR20DE) ............................................................. 190 CVT Fluid Cooler Removal and Installation (QR25DE) ............................................................. 190 CVT SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM ............................ 163 TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY ............................... 192 TCM .................................................................. 161 Description .............................................................163 Shift Lock System Electrical Parts Location ..........164 Wiring Diagram - CVT - SHIFT ..............................165 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................165 SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM ............................ 170 Removal and Installation .......................................170 Shift Lever Handle Removal and Installation .........171 Steering Shift Switch .............................................172 Adjustment of CVT Position ...................................172 Checking of CVT Position ......................................173 Adjustment of transmission range switch ..............173 KEY INTERLOCK CABLE ............................... 174 Removal and Installation .......................................174 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE .................................. 177 Oil Pan ...................................................................177 Revision: January 2010 Removal and Installation (MR20DE) ..................... 192 Removal and Installation (QR25DE) ..................... 194 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS .............. 198 Torque Converter and Converter Housing Oil Seal . 198 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ................................................................ 199 General Specification ............................................ 199 Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears ..................... 199 Stall Speed ............................................................ 199 Line Pressure ........................................................ 200 Solenoid Valves .................................................... 200 CVT Fluid Temperature Sensor ............................ 200 Primary Speed Sensor .......................................... 200 Secondary Speed Sensor ..................................... 200 Removal and Installation ....................................... 200 CVT-4 2010 Sentra INDEX FOR DTC < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION A INDEX FOR DTC Alphabetical Index INFOID:0000000005284076 B NOTE: If DTC “U1000” is displayed with other DTCs, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC “U1000”. CVT Refer to CVT-54. DTC*1 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) MIL*2 , “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III or GST CONSULT-III only “TRANSMISSION” Reference — P0703 CVT-58 CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 U1000 CVT-54 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) U1010 U1010 CVT-57 ENGINE SPEED — P0725 CVT-80 FLUID PRESS LOW — P0868 CVT-115 FLUID PRESS SEN/SW A P0840 P0840 CVT-109 FLUID PRESS SEN/SW A — P0841 CVT-113 FLUID TEMP SENSOR A P0710 P0710 CVT-65 INCORRECT GR RATIO — P0730 CVT-82 P0715 P0715 CVT-70 — P1745 CVT-133 P0720 P0720 CVT-75 BRAKE SWITCH B INPUT SPEED SENSOR A LINE PRESS CONTROL OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR PL SOLENOID A P0745 P0745 CVT-90 PC SOLENOID A P0746 P0746 CVT-95 PC SOLENOID B P0778 P0778 CVT-99 PC SOLENOID B P0776 P0776 CVT-97 SLCT SOLENOID P1740 P1740 CVT-128 SPEED SENSOR — P1723 CVT-125 STEP MOTOR P1777 P1777 CVT-134 STEP MOTOR P1778 P1778 CVT-138 TCM — P1701 CVT-117 THROTTLE CONTROL SIG — P1726 CVT-127 T/M RANGE SWITCH A P0705 P0705 CVT-60 TORQUE CONVERTER P0744 P0744 CVT-88 TORQUE CONVERTER P0740 P0740 CVT-83 TP SENSOR — P1705 CVT-121 UP/DOWN SHIFT SWITCH — P0826 CVT-104 VEHICLE SPEED*3 — P1722 CVT-123 E F G H I J K L M N O P *1: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012. *2: Refer to CVT-24, "Introduction". *3: Models without ABS does not indicate. DTC No. Index INFOID:0000000005284077 NOTE: Revision: January 2010 D CVT-5 2010 Sentra INDEX FOR DTC < SERVICE INFORMATION > If DTC “U1000” is displayed with other DTCs, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC “U1000”. Refer to CVT-54. DTC*1 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) Reference MIL*2, “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III or GST CONSULT-III only “TRANSMISSION” — P0703 BRAKE SWITCH B CVT-58 P0705 P0705 T/M RANGE SWITCH A CVT-60 P0710 P0710 FLUID TEMP SENSOR A CVT-65 P0715 P0715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A CVT-70 P0720 P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR CVT-75 — P0725 ENGINE SPEED CVT-80 — P0730 INCORRECT GR RATIO CVT-82 P0740 P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CVT-83 P0744 P0744 TORQUE CONVERTER CVT-88 P0745 P0745 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC CVT-90 P0746 P0746 PC SOLENOID A CVT-95 P0776 P0776 PC SOLENOID B CVT-97 P0778 P0778 PC SOLENOID B CVT-99 — P0826 UP/DOWN SHIFT SWITCH CVT-104 P0840 P0840 FLUID PRESS SEN/SW A CVT-109 — P0841 FLUID PRESS SEN/SW A CVT-113 — P0868 FLUID PRESS LOW CVT-115 — P1701 TCM CVT-117 — P1705 TP SENSOR CVT-121 — P1722 VEHICLE SPEED*3 CVT-123 — P1723 SPEED SENSOR CVT-125 — P1726 THROTTLE CONTROL SIG CVT-127 P1740 P1740 SLCT SOLENOID CVT-128 — P1745 LINE PRESS CONTROL CVT-133 P1777 P1777 STEP MOTOR CVT-134 P1778 P1778 STEP MOTOR CVT-138 U1000 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT CVT-54 U1010 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) CVT-57 *1: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012. *2: Refer to CVT-24, "Introduction". *3: Models without ABS does not indicate. Revision: January 2010 CVT-6 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" A INFOID:0000000005937460 B The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS CVT system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service ManD ual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by E an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag F Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harG ness connectors. PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. H I J Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect INFOID:0000000005284079 NOTE: • This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NVIS/IVIS (NISSAN/INFINITI VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM - NATS). • Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the ″LOCK″ position. • Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results. For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NVIS/IVIS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder. For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and steering wheel rotation will become impossible. If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before starting the repair operation. OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the steering lock will be released. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be rotated. Perform the necessary repair operation. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.) Revision: January 2010 CVT-7 2010 Sentra K L M N O P PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III. Precaution for On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of CVT and Engine INFOID:0000000005284080 The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration. CAUTION: • Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal before any repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will cause the MIL to light up. • Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will cause the MIL to light up due to an open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease, dirt, bent terminals, etc.) • Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. Interference of the harness with a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to a short circuit. • Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube may cause the MIL to light up due to a malfunction of the EVAP system or fuel injection system, etc. • Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the TCM and ECM before returning the vehicle to the customer. Service After Replacing TCM, Transaxle Assembly, or Control Valve INFOID:0000000005524808 SERVICE AFTER REPLACING TCM, TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY, OR CONTROL VALVE Perform the applicable service according to the following table when replacing TCM, transaxle assembly, or control valve. CAUTION: • Never start the engine until the service is completed. • “DTC P1701” may be indicated soon after replacing TCM, or transaxle assembly or control valve (after erasing the memory in the pattern B). Restart the self-diagnosis after erasing the self-diagnosis result using CONSULT-III. Check that no error is detected. TCM Transaxle assembly or control valve Replaced with new unit Not replaced the unit Not replaced the unit Replaced with new or old unit Replaced with old unit Replaced with new unit Not replaced the unit Service pattern “PATTERN A” “PATTERN B” Replaced with new or old unit Replaced with new or old unit “PATTERN C” NOTE: Old unit means that the unit has been already used for another vehicle. PATTERN A 1. 2. 3. Shift the shift lever to “P” position after replacing TCM. Turn ignition switch ON. Check that the shift position indicator in the combination meter turns ON (It indicates approximately 1 or 2 seconds after turning ignition switch ON.) • Check the following items if shift position indicator does not turn ON. Repair or replace accordingly as necessary. - The harness between TCM and ROM ASSY in transaxle assembly is open or shorted. - Terminals disconnected, loose, or bent from connector housing. PATTERN B 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON after replacing each part. Connect the vehicle with CONSULT-III. Start engine. CAUTION: Never start driving. Select “Data monitor” in “TRANSMISSION”. Revision: January 2010 CVT-8 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. Warm up transaxle assembly until “ATFTEMP COUNT” indicates 47 [approximately 20°C (68°F)] or more, and then turn ignition switch OFF. A 6. Turn ignition switch ON. CAUTION: Never start engine. B 7. Select “Self Diagnostic Results” in “TRANSMISSION”. 8. Shift the shift lever to “R” position. CVT 9. Depress slightly the accelerator pedal (Pedal angle: 2/8) while depressing the brake pedal. 10. Attempt to select “Erase” with step 9. 11. Release brake pedal and accelerator pedal. D 12. Turn ignition switch OFF while keeping the shift lever in “R” position. 13. Wait approximately 10 seconds. 14. Turn ignition switch ON while keeping the shift lever in “R” position. E 15. Select “Special function” in “TRANSMISSION”. 16. Check that the value on “CALIB DATA” in CONSULT-III is the same as the data listed in the table below. • Restart the procedure from step 3 if the values are not the same. F CALIB DATA Item name Display value UNIT CLB ID 1 00 UNIT CLB ID 2 00 UNIT CLB ID 3 00 UNIT CLB ID 4 00 UNIT CLB ID 5 00 UNIT CLB ID 6 00 G H I 17. Shift the shift lever to “P” position. 18. Check that the shift position indicator in combination meter turns ON. (It indicates approximately 1 or 2 seconds after shifting the shift lever to “P” position.) • Check the following items if shift position indicator does not turn ON. Repair or replace accordingly as necessary. - The harness between TCM and ROM ASSY in transaxle assembly is open or shorted. - Terminals disconnected, loose, or bent from connector housing. - Power supply and ground of TCM. Refer to CVT-117, "Description". PATTERN C 1. 2. J K L Replace transaxle assembly first, and then replace TCM. Perform the service of “PATTERN A”. (Perform the service of “PATTERN B” if TCM is replaced first.) Removal and Installation Procedure for CVT Unit Connector M INFOID:0000000005284082 N REMOVAL Rotate bayonet ring (1) counterclockwise, pull out CVT unit harness connector (2) outward and disconnect it. O P WCIA0686E INSTALLATION Revision: January 2010 CVT-9 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Align CVT unit harness connector terminal body marking with bayonet ring marking, insert CVT unit harness connector, and then rotate bayonet ring clockwise. SCIA2097E 2. Rotate bayonet ring clockwise until CVT unit harness connector terminal body marking is aligned with the bayonet ring marking (linear slit) as shown. SCIA2098E CAUTION: • Securely align CVT unit harness connector terminal body marking with bayonet ring marking (linear slit). Do not make a half fit condition as shown. • Do not mistake the bayonet ring marking (linear slit) for other dent portion. SCIA2099E Precaution INFOID:0000000005284083 NOTE: If any malfunction occurs in the RE0F10A model transaxle, replace the entire transaxle assembly. • Before connecting or disconnecting the TCM harness connector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative battery cable. Because battery voltage is applied to TCM even if ignition switch is turned OFF. SEF289H Revision: January 2010 CVT-10 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > • When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or from TCM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or break). When connecting pin connectors make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on TCM pin terminal. A B CVT SEF291H D • Before replacing TCM, perform TCM input/output signal inspection and make sure whether TCM functions properly or not. CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". E F G MEF040DA • After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. If the repair is completed the DTC should not be displayed in the “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. • Always use the specified brand of CVT fluid. Refer to MA-15, "MR20DE". • Use lint-free paper, not cloth rags, during work. • After replacing the CVT fluid, dispose of the waste oil using the methods prescribed by law, ordinance, etc. • Before proceeding with disassembly, thoroughly clean the outside of the transaxle. It is important to prevent the internal parts from SEF217U becoming contaminated by dirt or other foreign matter. • Disassembly should be done in a clean work area. • Place disassembled parts in order for easier and proper assembly. • All parts should be carefully cleaned with a general purpose, non-flammable solvent before inspection or reassembly. • Gaskets, seals and O-rings should be replaced. • It is very important to perform functional tests whenever they are indicated. • Before assembly, apply a coat of recommended ATF to all parts. Apply petroleum jelly to protect O-rings and seals. • Extreme care should be taken to avoid damage to O-rings, seals and gaskets when assembling. • Clean or replace CVT fluid cooler if excessive foreign material is found in oil pan. • When the CVT drain plug is removed, only some of the fluid is drained. Old CVT fluid will remain in torque converter and CVT fluid cooling system. Always follow the procedures under “Changing CVT Fluid” in the CVT section when changing CVT fluid. Refer to CVT-14, "Checking CVT Fluid", CVT-15, "Changing CVT Fluid". TORQUE CONVERTER SERVICE The torque converter should be replaced under any of the following conditions: • External leaks in the hub weld area. • Converter hub is scored or damaged. • Converter pilot is broken, damaged or fits poorly into crankshaft. • Steel particles are found after flushing the cooler and cooler lines. • Pump is damaged or steel particles are found in the converter. • Vehicle has TCC shudder and/or no TCC apply. Replace only after all hydraulic and electrical diagnoses have been made. (Converter clutch material may be glazed.) Revision: January 2010 CVT-11 2010 Sentra H I J K L M N O P PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Converter is contaminated with engine coolant containing antifreeze. • Internal malfunction of stator roller clutch. • Heavy clutch debris due to overheating (blue converter). • Steel particles or clutch lining material found in fluid filter or on magnet when no internal parts in unit are worn or damaged — indicates that lining material came from converter. The torque converter should not be replaced if: • The fluid has an odor, is discolored, and there is no evidence of metal or clutch facing particles. • The threads in one or more of the converter bolt holes are damaged. • CVT malfunction did not display evidence of damaged or worn internal parts, steel particles or clutch plate lining material in unit and inside the fluid filter. • Vehicle has been exposed to high mileage (only). The exception may be where the torque converter clutch dampener plate lining has seen excess wear by vehicles operated in heavy and/or constant traffic, such as taxi, delivery or police use. Service Notice or Precaution INFOID:0000000005284084 OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSIS • CVT self-diagnosis is performed by the TCM in combination with the ECM. The results can be read through the blinking pattern of the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL). Refer to the table on CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)" for the indicator used to display each self-diagnostic result. • The self-diagnostic results indicated by the MIL are automatically stored in both the ECM and TCM memories. Always perform the procedure on CVT-24, "OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)" to complete the repair and avoid unnecessary blinking of the MIL. For details of OBD-II, refer to EC-61. • Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use the new style slide-locking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-59. ATFTEMP COUNT Conversion Table INFOID:0000000005284085 ATFTEMP COUNT Temperature °C (°F) ATFTEMP COUNT Temperature °C (°F) 4 –30 (–22) 177 90 (194) 8 –20 (–4) 183 95 (203) 13 –10 (14) 190 100 (212) 17 –5 (23) 196 105 (221) 21 0 (32) 201 110 (230) 27 5 (41) 206 115 (239) 32 10 (50) 210 120 (248) 39 15 (59) 214 125 (257) 47 20 (68) 218 130 (266) 55 25 (77) 221 135 (275) 64 30 (86) 224 140 (284) 73 35 (95) 227 145 (293) 83 40 (104) 229 150 (302) 93 45 (113) 231 155 (311) 104 50 (122) 233 160 (320) 114 55 (131) 235 165 (329) 124 60 (140) 236 170 (338) 134 65 (149) 238 175 (347) 143 70 (158) 239 180 (356) 152 75 (167) 241 190 (374) 161 80 (176) 243 200 (392) 169 85 (185) — — Revision: January 2010 CVT-12 2010 Sentra PREPARATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION A Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000005284086 The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here. Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description — (OTC3492) Oil pressure gauge set Measuring line pressure B CVT D E SCIA7531E KV38100300 ( — ) Drift Installing differential side oil seal a: 54 mm (2.13 in) b: 46 mm (1.81 in) c: 32 mm (1.26 in) F G ZZA1046D — ( J-46534 ) Trim tool set For removing trim H I J AWJIA0483ZZ Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000005284087 K Tool number Tool name Description Power tool Loosening nuts and bolts L M N PBIC0190E Drift Installing converter housing oil seal a: φ 65 mm (2.56 in) b: φ 60 mm (2.36 in) O P NT086 Revision: January 2010 CVT-13 2010 Sentra CVT FLUID < SERVICE INFORMATION > CVT FLUID Checking CVT Fluid INFOID:0000000005284088 FLUID LEVEL CHECK Fluid level should be checked with the fluid warmed up to 50° to 80°C (122° to 176°F). 1. Check for fluid leakage. 2. With the engine warmed up, drive the vehicle to warm up the CVT fluid. When ambient temperature is 20°C (68°F), it takes about 10 minutes for the CVT fluid to warm up to 50° to 80°C (122° to 176°F). 3. Park the vehicle on a level surface and set the parking brake. 4. With engine at idle, while depressing brake pedal, move the shift lever throughout the entire shift range and return it to the “P” position. SMA146B 5. Press the tab on the CVT fluid level gauge to release the lock and pull out the CVT fluid level gauge from the CVT fluid charging pipe. SCIA1933E 6. Wipe fluid off the CVT fluid level gauge. Then rotate the CVT fluid level gauge 180° and re-insert it into the CVT charging pipe as far as it will go. CAUTION: Always use lint free paper towels to wipe fluid off the CVT fluid level gauge. SCIA1931E 7. Remove the CVT fluid level gauge and check that the fluid level is within the specified range as shown. If the fluid level is at or below the low side of the range, add the necessary specified NISSAN CVT fluid through the CVT charging pipe. Fluid grade: Refer to MA-15, "MR20DE". CAUTION: • Only use specified NISSAN CVT fluid. • Do not overfill the CVT. SCIA1932E 8. Install the CVT fluid level gauge to the CVT fluid charging pipe until it locks. CAUTION: When CVT fluid level gauge is installed into the CVT fluid charging pipe, make sure that the CVT fluid level gauge is securely locked in place. Revision: January 2010 CVT-14 2010 Sentra CVT FLUID < SERVICE INFORMATION > FLUID CONDITION CHECK A Fluid status Conceivable cause Required operation Varnished (viscous varnish state) CVT fluid become degraded due to high temperatures. Replace the CVT fluid and check the CVT main unit and the vehicle for malfunctions (wire harness, cooler pipes, etc.) Milky white or cloudy Water in the fluid Replace the CVT fluid and check for places where water is getting in. Large amount of metal powder mixed in fluid Unusual wear of sliding parts within CVT Replace the CVT fluid and check for improper operation of the CVT. INFOID:0000000005588766 Remove drain plug, and drain CVT fluid from oil pan. Install drain plug with new gasket to oil pan and tighten to the specified torque. Drain plug: 3. CVT ATA0022D Changing CVT Fluid 1. 2. B D E F Refer to CVT-178, "Control Valve". CAUTION: Do not reuse drain plug gasket. Fill CVT fluid from CVT fluid charging pipe to the specified level. Fluid grade and capacity: G H Refer to CVT-199, "General Specification". CAUTION: • Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2. Do not mix with other fluid. • Using CVT fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2 will deteriorate in driveability and CVT durability, and may damage the CVT, which is not covered by the warranty. • When filling CVT fluid, take care not to scatter fluid on heat generating parts such as exhaust. • Sufficiently shake the container of CVT fluid before using. 4. With the engine warmed up, drive the vehicle in an urban area. When ambient temperature is 20°C (68°F), it takes about 10 minutes for the CVT fluid to warm up to 50° to 80°C (122° to 176°F). 5. Check CVT fluid level and condition. Refer to CVT-14, "Checking CVT Fluid". 6. Repeat steps 1 through 5 if CVT fluid is contaminated. CAUTION: Delete CVT fluid deterioration date with CONSULT-III after changing CVT fluid. I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 CVT-15 2010 Sentra CVT SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > CVT SYSTEM Cross-Sectional View - RE0F10A INFOID:0000000005284090 SCIA7792J 1. Converter housing 2. Driven sprocket 3. Chain 4. Reverse brake 5. Oil pump 6. Forward clutch 7. Planetary carrier 8. Primary pulley 9. Sun gear 10. Steel belt 11. Side cover 12. Internal gear 13. Parking gear 14. Secondary pulley 15. Final gear 16. Differential case 17. Idler gear 18. Reduction gear 19. Taper roller bearing 20. Output gear 21. Drive sprocket 22. Input shaft 23. Torque converter Revision: January 2010 CVT-16 2010 Sentra CVT SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Control System INFOID:0000000005284091 A B CVT D E F G H I J K L M N O P AWDIA0756GB Revision: January 2010 CVT-17 2010 Sentra CVT SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Hydraulic Control System INFOID:0000000005284092 AWDIA0757GB TCM Function INFOID:0000000005284093 The function of the TCM is to: • Receive input signals sent from various switches and sensors. • Determine required line pressure, shifting point, and lock-up operation. • Send required output signals to the step motor and the respective solenoids. CONTROL SYSTEM OUTLINE The CVT senses vehicle operating conditions through various sensors. It always controls the optimum shift position and reduces shifting and lock-up shocks. SENSORS (or SIGNAL) Transmission range switch Accelerator pedal position signal Closed throttle position signal Engine speed signal CVT fluid temperature sensor Vehicle speed signal Overdrive control signal Manual mode switch signal* Stop lamp switch signal Primary speed sensor Secondary speed sensor Primary pressure sensor** Secondary pressure sensor TCM ⇒ Shift control Line pressure control Primary pressure control Secondary pressure control Lock-up control Engine brake control Vehicle speed control Fail-safe control Self-diagnosis CONSULT-III communication line Duet-EA control CAN system On board diagnosis ACTUATORS ⇒ Step motor Torque converter clutch solenoid valve Lock-up select solenoid valve Line pressure solenoid valve Secondary pressure solenoid valve Shift position indicator O/D OFF indicator lamp Manual mode indicator* Starter relay *: With QR25DE **: Primary pressure sensor does not have any function. Revision: January 2010 CVT-18 2010 Sentra CVT SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > CONTROL SYSTEM DIAGRAM A B CVT D E F G H AWDIA0758GB CAN Communication INFOID:0000000005284094 I SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Refer to LAN-7, "System Description". Input/Output Signal of TCM Control item Transmission range switch Accelerator pedal position signal Input (*1) INFOID:0000000005284095 Fluid pressure control Select control Lock-up control CAN communication control Fail-safe function (*3) K Shift control X X X X X X L X X X X X X X X X X X Closed throttle position signal(*1) X Engine speed signal(*1) X X CVT fluid temperature sensor X X Stop lamp switch signal(*1) X Overdrive control signal(*1) X X X X X Primary speed sensor X Secondary speed sensor X Primary pressure sensor(*4) X Secondary pressure sensor X Revision: January 2010 J X M X X X X N O X X X X X X X X CVT-19 2010 Sentra P CVT SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Fluid pressure control Control item Select control Step motor Output Shift control Lock-up control CAN communication control X Fail-safe function (*3) X TCC solenoid valve X X X Lock-up select solenoid valve X X X Line pressure solenoid valve X Secondary pressure solenoid valve X X X X (*2) X O/D OFF indicator signal X *1: Input by CAN communications. *2: Output by CAN communications. *3: If these input and output signals are different, the TCM triggers the fail-safe function. *4: Primary pressure sensor does not have any function. Line Pressure and Secondary Pressure Control INFOID:0000000005284096 • When an input torque signal equivalent to the engine drive force is sent from the ECM to the TCM, the TCM controls the line pressure solenoid valve and secondary pressure solenoid valve. • This line pressure solenoid controls the pressure regulator valve as the signal pressure and adjusts the pressure of the operating oil discharged from the oil pump to the line pressure most appropriate to the driving state. Secondary pressure is controlled by decreasing line pressure. SCIA1846E NORMAL CONTROL Optimize the line pressure and secondary pressure, depending on driving conditions, on the basis of the throttle position, the engine speed, the primary pulley (input) revolution speed, the secondary pulley (output) revolution speed, the brake signal, the transmission range switch signal, the lock-up signal, the voltage, the target gear ratio, the fluid temperature, and the fluid pressure. FEEDBACK CONTROL When controlling the normal fluid pressure or the selected fluid pressure, the secondary pressure can be set more accurately by using the fluid pressure sensor to detect the secondary pressure and controlling the feedback. Shift Control INFOID:0000000005284097 In order to select the gear ratio which can obtain the driving force in accordance with driver's intention and the vehicle condition, TCM monitors the driving conditions, such as the vehicle speed and the throttle position and selects the optimum gear ratio, and determines the gear change steps to the gear ratio. Then send the com- Revision: January 2010 CVT-20 2010 Sentra CVT SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > mand to the step motor, and control the flow-in/flow-out of line pressure from the primary pulley to determine the position of the moving-pulley and control the gear ratio. A B CVT D E AWDIA0759GB NOTE: The gear ratio is set for every position separately. F “D” POSITION Shifting over all the ranges of gear ratios from the lowest to the highest. G H I SCIA1953E J “D” POSITION OVERDRIVE SWITCH: ON Gear ratio increases in general by limiting gear range on the HIGH side of the gear ratio, and this arrows the generation of the constant strong driving force. K L M SCIA8229E “L” POSITION By limiting the gear range to the lowest position, the strong driving force and the engine brake can be secured. N O P SCIA8240E “M” POSITION (With QR25DE) Revision: January 2010 CVT-21 2010 Sentra CVT SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > When the selector lever is put in the manual shift gate side, the fixed changing gear line is set. By moving the steering shift switch to + side or - side, the manual mode switch is changed over, and shift change like M/T becomes possible following the changing gear set line step by step. SCIA4582E DOWNHILL ENGINE BRAKE CONTROL (AUTO ENGINE BRAKE CONTROL) When downhill is detected with the accelerator pedal released, the engine brake will be strengthened up by downshifting so as not to accelerate the vehicle more than necessary. ACCELERATION CONTROL According to vehicle speed and a change of accelerator pedal angle, driver's request for acceleration and driving scene are judged. This function assists improvement in acceleration feeling by making the engine speed proportionate to the vehicle speed. And a shift map which can gain a larger driving force is available for compatibility of mileage with drivability. Lock-up and Select Control INFOID:0000000005284098 • The torque converter clutch piston in the torque converter is engaged to eliminate torque converter slip to increase power transmission efficiency. • The torque converter clutch control valve operation is controlled by the torque converter clutch solenoid valve, which is controlled by a signal from TCM. The torque converter clutch control valve engages or releases the torque converter clutch piston. • When shifting between “N” (“P”) ⇒“D” (“R”), torque converter clutch solenoid controls engagement power of forward clutch and reverse brake. • The lock-up applied gear range was expanded by locking up the torque converter at a lower vehicle speed than conventional CVT models. SCIA1958E TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH AND SELECT CONTROL VALVE CONTROL Revision: January 2010 CVT-22 2010 Sentra CVT SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Lock-up and Select Control System Diagram A B CVT D E AWDIA0740GB Lock-up Released In the lock-up released state, the torque converter clutch control valve is set into the unlocked state by the torque converter clutch solenoid and the lock-up apply pressure is drained. In this way, the torque converter clutch piston is not coupled. Lock-up Applied In the lock-up applied state, the torque converter clutch control valve is set into the locked state by the torque converter clutch solenoid and lock-up apply pressure is generated. In this way, the torque converter clutch piston is pressed and coupled. F G H Select Control When shifting between “N” (“P”) ⇒“D” (“R”), optimize the operating pressure on the basis of the throttle position, the engine speed, and the secondary pulley (output) revolution speed to lessen the shift shock. I Control Valve J INFOID:0000000005284099 FUNCTION OF CONTROL VALVE K Name Function Torque converter regulator valve Optimizes the supply pressure for the torque converter depending on driving conditions. Pressure regulator valve Optimizes the discharge pressure from the oil pump depending on driving conditions. TCC control valve • Activates or deactivate the lock-up. • Lock-up smoothly by opening lock-up operation excessively. TCC solenoid valve Controls the TCC control valve or select control valve. Shift control valve Controls flow-in/out of line pressure from the primary pulley depending on the stroke difference between the stepping motor and the primary pulley. Secondary valve Controls the line pressure from the secondary pulley depending on operating conditions. Clutch regulator valve Adjusts the clutch operating pressure depending on operating conditions. Secondary pressure solenoid valve Controls the secondary valve. Line pressure solenoid valve Controls the line pressure control valve. Step motor Controls the pulley ratio. Manual valve Transmits the clutch operating pressure to each circuit in accordance with the selected position. Select control valve Engages forward clutch, reverse brake smoothly depending on select operation. Select switch valve Switches torque converter clutch solenoid valve control pressure use to torque converter clutch control valve or select control valve. Lock-up select solenoid valve Controls the select switch valve. Revision: January 2010 CVT-23 L M N O 2010 Sentra P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM Introduction INFOID:0000000005284100 The CVT system has two self-diagnostic systems. The first is the emission-related on board diagnostic system (OBD-II) performed by the TCM in combination with the ECM. The malfunction is indicated by the MIL (malfunction indicator lamp) and is stored as a DTC in the ECM memory, and the TCM memory. The second is the TCM original self-diagnosis performed by the TCM. The malfunction is stored in the TCM memory. The detected items are overlapped with OBD-II self-diagnostic items. For detail, refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". OBD-II Function for CVT System INFOID:0000000005284101 The ECM provides emission-related on board diagnostic (OBD-II) functions for the CVT system. One function is to receive a signal from the TCM used with OBD-related parts of the CVT system. The signal is sent to the ECM when a malfunction occurs in the corresponding OBD-related part. The other function is to indicate a diagnostic result by means of the MIL (malfunction indicator lamp) on the instrument panel. Sensors, switches and solenoid valves are used as sensing elements. The MIL automatically illuminates in One or Two Trip Detection Logic when a malfunction is sensed in relation to CVT system parts. One or Two Trip Detection Logic of OBD-II INFOID:0000000005284102 ONE TRIP DETECTION LOGIC If a malfunction is sensed during the first test drive, the MIL will illuminate and the malfunction will be stored in the ECM memory as a DTC. The TCM is not provided with such a memory function. TWO TRIP DETECTION LOGIC When a malfunction is sensed during the first test drive, it is stored in the ECM memory as a 1st trip DTC (diagnostic trouble code) or 1st trip freeze frame data. At this point, the MIL will not illuminate. — 1st trip If the same malfunction as that experienced during the first test drive is sensed during the second test drive, the MIL will illuminate. — 2nd trip The “trip” in the “One or Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed during vehicle operation. OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) INFOID:0000000005284103 HOW TO READ DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods. ( With CONSULT-III or GST) CONSULT-III or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0705, P0720 etc. These DTC are prescribed by SAE J2012. (CONSULT-III also displays the malfunctioning component or system.) • 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. • Output of the diagnostic trouble code indicates that the indicated circuit has a malfunction. However, in case of the Mode II and GST, they do not indicate whether the malfunction is still occurring or occurred in the past and returned to normal. CONSULT-III can identify them as shown below, therefore, CONSULT-III (if available) is recommended. A sample of CONSULT-III display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown on the next page. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III. Time data indicates how many times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC. If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be “0”. If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be “1t”. Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data The ECM has a memory function, which stores the driving condition such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant temperature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed and vehicle speed at the moment the ECM detects a malfunction. Revision: January 2010 CVT-24 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data, and the data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-III A or GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, not on the GST. For details, refer to EC-131, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)". Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the B ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data, and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the fol- CVT lowing priorities to update the data. Priority 1 Items Freeze frame data 2 3 D Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0306 Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175 Except the above items (Includes CVT related items) E 1st trip freeze frame data Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTC) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. F HOW TO ERASE DTC The diagnostic trouble code can be erased by CONSULT-III, GST or ECM DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE as described following. • If the battery cable is disconnected, the diagnostic trouble code will be lost within 24 hours. • When you erase the DTC, using CONSULT-III or GST is easier and quicker than switching the mode selector on the ECM. The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared from the ECM memory when erasing DTC related to OBD-II. For details, refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". • Diagnostic trouble codes (DTC) • 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes (1st trip DTC) • Freeze frame data • 1st trip freeze frame data • System readiness test (SRT) codes • Test values HOW TO ERASE DTC (WITH CONSULT-III) • If a DTC is displayed for both ECM and TCM, it is necessary to be erased for both ECM and TCM. 1. Perform DELETING DTC. 2. Make sure that all "DTC RESULT", "TIME" and "FDD" are deleted. G H I J K L HOW TO ERASE DTC (WITH GST) 1. 2. If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. Select Mode 4 with GST (Generic Scan Tool). For details, refer to EC-138, "Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function". Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) M N INFOID:0000000005284104 DESCRIPTION O P Revision: January 2010 CVT-25 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > The MIL is located on the instrument panel. 1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON without the engine running. This is a bulb check. • If the MIL does not light up, refer to DI-35, or see EC-575. 2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off. • If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction. SEF217U Revision: January 2010 CVT-26 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS A DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000005284105 If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority B chart. NOTE: If DTC “U1000” is displayed with other DTCs, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC “U1000”. CVT Refer to CVT-54 . Priority Detected items (DTC) 1 U1000 2 Except above D Fail-Safe INFOID:0000000005284106 The TCM has an electrical fail-safe mode. This mode makes it possible to operate even if there is an error in a main electronic control input/output signal circuit. E F FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION If any malfunction occurs in a sensor or solenoid, this function controls the CVT to make driving possible. Secondary Speed Sensor The shift pattern is changed in accordance with throttle position when an unexpected signal is sent from the secondary speed sensor to the TCM. The overdrive-off mode is inhibited, and the transaxle is put in “D”. Primary Speed Sensor The shift pattern is changed in accordance with throttle position and secondary speed (vehicle speed) when an unexpected signal is sent from the primary speed sensor to the TCM. The overdrive-off mode is inhibited, and the transaxle is put in “D”. Transmission Range Switch If an unexpected signal is sent from the transmission range switch to the TCM, the transaxle is put in “D”. Manual Mode Switch (with QR25DE) If an unexpected signal is sent from the manual mode switch to the TCM, the transaxle is put in “D”. CVT Fluid Temperature Sensor If an unexpected signal is sent from the CVT fluid temperature sensor to the TCM, the gear ratio in use before receiving the unexpected signal is maintained or the gear ratio is controlled to keep engine speed under 4500 rpm. Secondary Pressure Sensor • If an unexpected signal is sent from the secondary pressure sensor to the TCM, the secondary pressure feedback control is stopped and the offset value obtained before the non-standard condition occurs is used to control line pressure. • If secondary pressure sensor error signal is input to TCM, secondary pressure feedback control stops, but line pressure is controlled normally. Line Pressure Solenoid If an unexpected signal is sent from the solenoid to the TCM, the line pressure solenoid is turned OFF to achieve the maximum fluid pressure. Secondary Pressure Solenoid If an unexpected signal is sent from the solenoid to the TCM, the secondary pressure solenoid is turned OFF to achieve the maximum fluid pressure. Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid If an unexpected signal is sent from the solenoid to the TCM, the torque converter clutch solenoid is turned OFF to cancel the lock-up. Step Motor If an unexpected signal is sent from the step motor to the TCM, the step motor coil phases “A” through “D” are all turned OFF to hold the gear ratio used right before the non-standard condition occurred. Revision: January 2010 CVT-27 2010 Sentra G H I J K L M N O P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Lock-up Select Solenoid If an unexpected signal is sent from the solenoid to the TCM, the lock-up select solenoid is turned OFF to cancel the lock-up. TCM Power Supply (Memory Back-up) Transaxle assembly is protected by limiting the engine torque when the memory back-up power supply (for controlling) from the battery is not supplied to TCM. Normal statues is restored when turning the ignition switch OFF to ON after the normal power supply. How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair INFOID:0000000005284107 INTRODUCTION The TCM receives a signal from the vehicle speed sensor, transmission range switch and provides shift control or lock-up control via CVT solenoid valves. The TCM also communicates with the ECM by means of a signal sent from sensing elements used with the OBD-related parts of the CVT system for malfunction-diagnostic purposes. The TCM is capable of diagnosing malfunctioning parts while the ECM can store malfunctions in its memory. Input and output signals must always be correct and stable in the operation of the CVT system. The CVT system must be in good operating condition and be free of valve seizure, solenoid valve malfunction, etc. SAT631IB It is much more difficult to diagnose an error that occurs intermittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent errors are caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case, careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replacement of good parts. A visual check only may not find the cause of the errors. A road test with CONSULT-III (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should be performed. Follow the "WORK FLOW" . SAT632I Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The customer can supply good information about such errors, especially intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under what conditions they occur. A “DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET” as shown on the example (Refer to "Diagnostic Worksheet Chart" ) should be used. Start your diagnosis by looking for “conventional” errors first. This will help troubleshoot driveability errors on an electronically controlled engine vehicle. Also check related Service bulletins. SEF234G WORK FLOW A good understanding of the malfunction conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate. In general, each customer feels differently about a malfunction. It is important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a customer complaint. Make good use of the two sheets provided, "Information From Customer" and "Diagnostic Worksheet Chart" , to perform the best troubleshooting possible. Work Flow Chart Revision: January 2010 CVT-28 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B CVT D E F G H I J K L SCIA6877E *1. "Information From Customer" *2. "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" *3. CVT-27 *4. CVT-35 *5. CVT-35, CVT-35 *6. CVT-38 *7. CVT-46 *8. CVT-24 *9. CVT-27 *10. CVT-54 *11. CVT-138 *12. CVT-146 *13. CVT-24 *14. CVT-54 *15. CVT-138 M N *16. EC-62 O DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET Information From Customer P KEY POINTS • • • • WHAT..... Vehicle & CVT model WHEN..... Date, Frequencies WHERE..... Road conditions HOW..... Operating conditions, Symptoms Revision: January 2010 CVT-29 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Customer name MR/MS Model & Year VIN Trans. Model Engine Mileage malfunction Date Manuf. Date In Service Date Frequency † Continuous Symptoms † Intermittent ( † Vehicle does not move. times a day) († Any position † Particular position) † No shift † Lock-up malfunction † Shift shock or slip († N → D † N → R † Lock-up † Any drive position) † Noise or vibration † No pattern select † Others ( Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) ) † Continuously lit † Not lit Diagnostic Worksheet Chart 1 † Read the item on cautions concerning fail-safe and understand the customer's complaint. CVT-27 † CVT fluid inspection 2 † Leak (Repair leak location.) † State † Amount CVT-35 † Stall test and line pressure test † Stall test † Torque converter one-way clutch † Reverse brake † Forward clutch † Steel belt 3 † Engine † Line pressure low † Primary pulley † Secondary pulley CVT-35, CVT-35 † Line pressure inspection - Suspected part: Revision: January 2010 CVT-30 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > † Perform road test. CVT-38 Check before engine is started CVT-39 †CVT-149, "O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On" † Perform self-diagnosis. Enter checks for detected items. CVT-46 4 CVT D E F G H I Check at idle 4-2. B †CVT-54 †CVT-57 †CVT-58 †CVT-60 †CVT-65 †CVT-70 †CVT-75 †CVT-80 †CVT-82 †CVT-83 †CVT-88 †CVT-90 †CVT-95 †CVT-97 †CVT-99 †CVT-104 †CVT-109 †CVT-113 †CVT-115 †CVT-117 †CVT-121 †CVT-123 †CVT-125 †CVT-127 †CVT-128 †CVT-134 †CVT-138 4-1. A CVT-39 †CVT-151, "Engine Cannot Be Started in "P" or "N" Position" †CVT-151, "In "P" Position, Vehicle Moves Forward or Backward When Pushed" †CVT-152, "In "N" Position, Vehicle Moves" †CVT-152, "Large Shock "N" → "R" Position" †CVT-153, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward in "R" Position" †CVT-154, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in "D" or "L" Position" J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 CVT-31 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Cruise test CVT-40 †CVT-155, "Vehicle Speed Does Not Change in "L" Position" †CVT-156, "Vehicle Speed Does Not Change in overdrive-off mode" †CVT-157, "Vehicle Speed Does Not Change in "D" Position" †CVT-158, "Cannot Be Changed to Manual Mode" †CVT-158, "CVT Does Not Shift in Manual Mode" †CVT-159, "Vehicle Does Not Decelerate by Engine Brake" † perform self-diagnosis. Enter checks for detected items. CVT-46 †CVT-54 †CVT-57 †CVT-58 †CVT-60 †CVT-65 †CVT-70 †CVT-75 †CVT-80 †CVT-82 †CVT-83 †CVT-88 †CVT-90 †CVT-95 †CVT-97 †CVT-99 †CVT-104 †CVT-109 †CVT-113 †CVT-115 †CVT-117 †CVT-121 †CVT-123 †CVT-125 †CVT-127 †CVT-128 †CVT-134 †CVT-138 4 4-3. 5 † Inspect each system for items found to be NG in the self-diagnosis and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. 6 † Perform all road tests and enter the checks again for the required items. 7 † For any remaining NG items, perform the “diagnosis procedure” and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. 8 † Erase the results of the self-diagnosis from the TCM. Revision: January 2010 CVT-32 CVT-38 CVT-24, CVT-24 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > CVT Electrical Parts Location INFOID:0000000005284108 A B CVT D E F G H I J K L M N O P AWDIA0234ZZ ⇐: Front 1. Overdrive indicator lamp 2. Manual mode indicator (with QR25DE) 3. Shift position indicator 4. Accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor 5. Secondary speed sensor 6. Primary speed sensor Revision: January 2010 CVT-33 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 7. CVT unit harness connector 8 Transmission range switch 9. TCM (with MR20DE) 10. Battery 11. Battery 12. TCM (with QR25DE) 13. Steering shift switch (with QR25DE) 14. Overdrive OFF switch 15. Manual mode switch (with QR25DE) Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000005284109 ABDWA0156GB Revision: January 2010 CVT-34 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis INFOID:0000000005284110 A CVT FLUID CHECK Fluid Leakage and Fluid Level Check • Inspect for fluid leakage and check the fluid level. Refer to CVT-14, "Checking CVT Fluid" . B Fluid Condition Check Inspect the fluid condition. Fluid status Conceivable cause CVT Required operation Clutch, brake scorched Replace the CVT fluid and check the CVT main unit and the vehicle for malfunctions (wire harnesses, cooler pipes, etc.) Milky white or cloudy Water in the fluid Replace the CVT fluid and check for places where water is getting in. Large amount of metal powder mixed in Unusual wear of sliding parts within CVT Replace the CVT fluid and check for improper operation of the CVT. Varnished (viscous varnish state) D E F SAT638A STALL TEST G Stall Test Procedure 1. 2. Inspect the amount of engine oil. Replenish the engine oil if necessary. Drive for about 10 minutes to warm up the vehicle so that the CVT fluid temperature is 50 to 80°C (122 to 176°F). Inspect the amount of CVT fluid. Replenish if necessary. H I J K SAT647B 3. 4. Securely engage the parking brake so that the tires do not turn. Install a tachometer where it can be seen by driver during test. • It is good practice to mark the point of specified engine rpm on indicator. L M N SAT513G O P Revision: January 2010 CVT-35 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. Start engine, apply foot brake, and place selector lever in “D” position. SAT775B 6. 7. While holding down the foot brake, gradually press down the accelerator pedal. Quickly read off the stall speed, and then quickly remove your foot from the accelerator pedal. CAUTION: Do not hold down the accelerator pedal for more than 5 seconds during this test. Stall speed: Stall speed: 2,500 - 3,000 rpm (with MR20DE) 2,050 - 3,550 rpm (with QR25DE) SAT514G 8. 9. Move the selector lever to the “N” position. Cool down the CVT fluid. CAUTION: Run the engine at idle for at least 1 minute. 10. Repeat steps 6 through 9 with selector lever in “R” position. SAT771B Judgment Stall Test Selector lever position Stall rotation Expected problem location “D”, “L” “R” H O • Forward clutch O H • Reverse brake L L • Engine and torque converter one-way clutch H • • • • H Line pressure low Primary pulley Secondary pulley Steel belt O: Stall speed within standard value position. H: Stall speed is higher than standard value. L: Stall speed is lower than standard value. LINE PRESSURE TEST Line Pressure Test Port Revision: January 2010 CVT-36 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > (A): Line pressure Test Port. A B CVT SCIA6591J D Line Pressure Test Procedure 1. 2. 3. 4. Inspect the amount of engine oil and replenish if necessary. Drive the car for about 10 minutes to warm it up so that the CVT fluid reaches in the range of 50 to 80°C (122 to 176°F), then inspect the amount of CVT fluid and replenish if necessary. NOTE: The CVT fluid temperature rises in the range of 50 - 80°C (122 - 176°F) during 10 minutes of driving. After warming up CVT, remove the oil pressure detection plug and install the oil pressure gauge [special service tool: - (OTC3492)] CAUTION: When using the oil pressure gauge, be sure to use the O-ring attached to the oil pressure detection plug. Securely engage the parking brake so that the tires do not turn. E F G H I J SAT513G 5. 6. Start the engine, and then measure the line pressure at both idle and the stall speed. CAUTION: • Keep the brake pedal pressed all the way down during measurement. • When measuring the line pressure at the stall speed, refer to "STALL TEST" . After the measurements are complete, install the oil pressure detection plug and tighten to the specified torque below. : 7.5 N·m (0.77 kg-m, 66 in-lb) K L M N SAT493G CAUTION: • Do not reuse O-ring. • Apply CVT fluid to O-ring. O P Line Pressure Line pressure kPa (kg/cm2, psi) Engine speed “R”, “D” , “L” positions At idle 750 (7.65, 108.8) At stall 5,700 (58.14, 826.5)* *: Reference values Revision: January 2010 CVT-37 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Judgment of Line Pressure Test Judgment Idle speed Possible cause Low for all positions (“P”, “R”, “N”, “D”, “L”) Possible causes include malfunctions in the pressure supply system and low oil pump output. For example • Oil pump wear • Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking or spring fatigue • Oil strainer ⇒ oil pump ⇒ pressure regulator valve passage oil leak • Engine idle speed too low Only low for a specific position Possible causes include an oil pressure leak in a passage or device related to the position after the pressure is distributed by the manual valve. High Possible causes include a sensor malfunction or malfunction in the line pressure adjustment function. For example • Accelerator pedal position signal malfunction • CVT fluid temperature sensor malfunction • Pressure control solenoid A (line pressure solenoid) malfunction (sticking in OFF state, filter clog, cut line) • Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking Line pressure does not rise higher than the line pressure for idle. Possible causes include a sensor malfunction or malfunction in the pressure adjustment function. For example • Accelerator pedal position signal malfunction • TCM malfunction • Pressure control solenoid A (line pressure solenoid) malfunction (shorting, sticking in ON state) • Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking The pressure rises, but does not enter the standard position. Possible causes include malfunctions in the pressure supply system and malfunction in the pressure adjustment function. For example • Accelerator pedal position signal malfunction • Pressure control solenoid A (line pressure solenoid) malfunction (sticking, filter clog) • Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking Only low for a specific position Possible causes include an oil pressure leak in a passage or device related to the position after the pressure is distributed by the manual valve. Stall speed Road Test INFOID:0000000005284111 DESCRIPTION • The purpose of the test is to determine overall performance of CVT and analyze causes of problems. • The road test consists of the following three parts: 1. “Check Before Engine Is Started”CVT-39 . 2. “Check at Idle”CVT-39 . 3. “Cruise Test”CVT-40 . SAT786A Revision: January 2010 CVT-38 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Before road test, familiarize yourself with all test procedures and items to check. • Perform tests on all items until specified symptom is found. Troubleshoot items which check out No Good after road test. A B CVT SAT496G D CONSULT-III OPERATION PROCEDURE CAUTION: If CONSULT-III is used with no connection of CONSULT-III CONVERTER, malfunctions might be detected in self-diagnosis depending on control unit which performs CAN communication. • Using CONSULT-III, perform a cruise test and record the result. • Print the result and ensure that shifts and lock-ups take place as per Shift Schedule. 1. Touch “DATA MONITOR” on “SELECT DIAG MODE” screen. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. Touch “MAIN SIGNALS” to set recording condition. See “Numerical Display”, “Barchart Display” or “Line Graph Display”. Touch “START”. When performing cruise test. Refer to CVT-40, "Cruise Test" . After finishing cruise test part, touch “RECORD”. Touch “STORE”. Touch “BACK”. Touch “DISPLAY”. Touch “PRINT”. Check the monitor data printed out. Check before Engine Is Started F G H I J INFOID:0000000005284112 1.CHECK O/D OFF INDICATOR LAMP K 1. Park vehicle on flat surface. 2. Move selector lever to “P” position. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Wait at least 5 seconds. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Does O/D OFF indicator lamp come on for about 2 seconds? YES >> 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Perform self-diagnosis and note NG items. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)" . 3. Go to CVT-39, "Check at Idle" . NO >> Stop “Road Test”. Go to CVT-149, "O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On" . Check at Idle L M N INFOID:0000000005284113 O 1.CHECK STARTING THE ENGINE 1. Park vehicle on flat surface. 2. Move selector lever to “P” or “N” position. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. 4. Turn ignition switch START. Is engine started? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Stop “Road Test”. Mark the box on the CVT-151, "Engine Cannot Be Started in "P" or "N" Position" on the CVT-28, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair". Go to CVT151, "Engine Cannot Be Started in "P" or "N" Position". Revision: January 2010 E CVT-39 2010 Sentra P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2.CHECK STARTING THE ENGINE 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Move selector lever to “R”, “D” or “L” position. 3. Turn ignition switch START. Is engine started? YES >> Stop “Road Test”. Mark the box on the CVT-151, "Engine Cannot Be Started in "P" or "N" Position" on the CVT-28, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair". Go to CVT151, "Engine Cannot Be Started in "P" or "N" Position". NO >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK “P” POSITION FUNCTION 1. Move selector lever to “P” position. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Release parking brake. 4. Push vehicle forward or backward. 5. Apply parking brake. Does vehicle move when it is pushed forward or backward? YES >> Mark the box CVT-151, "In "P" Position, Vehicle Moves Forward or Backward When Pushed" on the CVT-28, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair". Continue “Road Test”. NO >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK “N” POSITION FUNCTION 1. Start engine. 2. Move selector lever to “N” position. 3. Release parking brake. Does vehicle move forward or backward? YES >> Mark the box CVT-152, "In "N" Position, Vehicle Moves" on the CVT-28, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair". Continue “Road Test”. NO >> GO TO 5. 5.CHECK SHIFT SHOCK 1. Apply foot brake. 2. Move selector lever to “R” position. Is there large shock when changing from “N” to “R” position? YES >> Mark the box CVT-152, "Large Shock "N" → "R" Position" on the CVT-28, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair". Continue “Road Test”. NO >> GO TO 6. 6.CHECK “R” POSITION FUNCTION Release foot brake for several seconds. Does vehicle creep backward when foot brake is released? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Mark the box CVT-153, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward in "R" Position" on the CVT-28, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair". Continue “Road Test”. 7.CHECK “D”, “L” POSITIONS FUNCTION Move selector lever to “D” and “L” positions and check if vehicle creeps forward. Does vehicle creep forward in all positions? YES >> Go to CVT-40, "Cruise Test". NO >> Stop “Road Test”. Mark the box CVT-154, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in "D" or "L" Position" on the CVT-28, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair". Go to CVT154, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in "D" or "L" Position". Cruise Test INFOID:0000000005284114 1.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED WHEN SHIFTING GEARS — PART 1 Revision: January 2010 CVT-40 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Drive vehicle for approximately 10 minutes to warm engine oil and CVT fluid up to operating temperature. A CVT fluid operating temperature: 50 - 80°C (122 - 176°F) 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Park vehicle on flat surface. Move selector lever to “P” position. Start engine. Move selector lever to “L” position. Accelerate vehicle to 2/8-way throttle depressing accelerator pedal constantly. Read vehicle speed and engine speed. Refer to CVT-43, "Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Mark the box CVT-155, "Vehicle Speed Does Not Change in "L" Position" on the CVT-28, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair" . Continue “Road Test”. 2.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED WHEN SHIFTING GEARS — PART 2 1. 2. 3. B CVT D E SCIA6644E Park vehicle on flat surface. Move selector lever to “D” position. Accelerate vehicle to full depression depressing accelerator pedal constantly. Read vehicle speed and engine speed. Refer to CVT-43, "Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. (With manual mode) OK >> GO TO 7. (Without manual mode) NG >> Mark the box CVT-158, "CVT Does Not Shift in Manual Mode" on the CVT-28, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair". Continue “Road Test”. F G H I J SCIA4366E 3.CHECK MANUAL MODE FUNCTION K Move to manual mode from "D" position. Does it switch to manual mode? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Mark the box CVT-158, "Cannot Be Changed to Manual Mode" on the CVT-28, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair" . Continue “Road Test”. 4.CHECK SHIFT-UP FUNCTION L M During manual mode driving, is upshift from M1 → M2 → M3 → M4 → M5 → M6 performed? Read the gear position. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". Is upshifting correctly performed? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Mark the box CVT-158, "CVT Does Not Shift in Manual Mode" on the CVT-28, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair" . Continue “Road Test”. N O 5.CHECK SHIFT-DOWN FUNCTION P During manual mode driving, is downshift from M6 → M5 → M4 → M3 → M2 → M1 performed? Read the gear position. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". Is downshifting correctly performed? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Mark the box CVT-158, "CVT Does Not Shift in Manual Mode" on the CVT-28, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair" . Continue “Road Test”. Revision: January 2010 CVT-41 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 6.CHECK ENGINE BRAKE FUNCTION Check engine brake. Does engine braking effectively reduce speed in M1 position? YES >> 1. Stop the vehicle. 2. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". NO >> Mark the box of CVT-159, "Vehicle Does Not Decelerate by Engine Brake" on the CVT-28, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair". Then continue trouble diagnosis. 7.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED WHEN SHIFTING GEARS — PART 2 1. 2. 3. 4. Park vehicle on flat surface. Move selector lever to “D” position. Push overdrive control switch. (O/D OFF indicator lamp is on.) Accelerate vehicle to 2/8-way throttle depressing accelerator pedal constantly. Read vehicle speed and engine speed. Refer to CVT-43, "Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Mark the box CVT-156, "Vehicle Speed Does Not Change in overdrive-off mode" on the CVT-28, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair" . Continue “Road Test”. 8.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED WHEN SHIFTING GEARS — PART 3 SCIA6644E 1. 2. 3. 4. Park vehicle on flat surface. Move selector lever to “D” position. Push overdrive control switch. (O/D OFF indicator lamp is off.) Accelerate vehicle to 2/8 way throttle depressing accelerator pedal constantly. Read vehicle speed and engine speed. Refer to CVT-43, "Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Mark the box CVT-157, "Vehicle Speed Does Not Change in "D" Position" on the CVT-28, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair" . Continue “Road Test”. 9.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED WHEN SHIFTING GEARS — PART 4 SCIA6644E 1. 2. 3. Park vehicle on flat surface. Move selector lever to “L” position. Accelerate vehicle to full depression depressing accelerator pedal constantly. Read vehicle speed and engine speed. Refer to CVT-43, "Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Mark the box CVT-155, "Vehicle Speed Does Not Change in "L" Position" on the CVT-28, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair" . Continue “Road Test”. 10.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED WHEN SHIFTING GEARS — PART 5 1. 2. SCIA4366E Park vehicle on flat surface. Move selector lever to “D” position. Revision: January 2010 CVT-42 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Push overdrive control switch. (O/D OFF indicator lamp is on.) 4. Accelerate vehicle to full depression depressing accelerator pedal constantly. Read vehicle speed and engine speed. Refer to CVT-43, "Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Mark the box CVT-156, "Vehicle Speed Does Not Change in overdrive-off mode" on the CVT-28, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair" . Continue “Road Test”. 11.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED WHEN SHIFTING GEARS — PART 6 1. 2. 3. 4. A B CVT SCIA4366E Park vehicle on flat surface. Move selector lever to “D” position. Push overdrive control switch. (O/D OFF indicator lamp is off.) Accelerate vehicle to full depression depressing accelerator pedal constantly. E F Read vehicle speed and engine speed. Refer to CVT-43, "Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> Mark the box CVT-157, "Vehicle Speed Does Not Change in "D" Position" on the CVT-28, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair" . Continue “Road Test”. 12.CHECK ENGINE BRAKE FUNCTION — PART 1 D G H SCIA4366E 1. Release accelerator pedal. 2. Check engine brake. (O/D OFF indicator lamp is off.) Does engine braking effectively reduce speed in “D” position? YES >> GO TO 13. NO >> Mark the box CVT-159, "Vehicle Does Not Decelerate by Engine Brake" on the CVT-28, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair". Continue “Road Test”. I J K 13.CHECK ENGINE BRAKE FUNCTION — PART 2 1. Push overdrive control switch. (O/D OFF indicator lamp is on.) 2. Check engine brake. Does engine braking effectively reduce speed in “D” position? YES >> GO TO 14. NO >> Mark the box CVT-159, "Vehicle Does Not Decelerate by Engine Brake" on the CVT-28, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair" . Continue “Road Test”. 14.CHECK ENGINE BRAKE FUNCTION — PART 3 INFOID:0000000005284115 Numerical value data are reference values. Revision: January 2010 CVT-43 M N 1. Move selector lever to “L” position. 2. Check engine brake. Does engine braking effectively reduce speed in “L” position? YES >> 1. Stop the vehicle. 2. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)" . NO >> Mark the box CVT-159, "Vehicle Does Not Decelerate by Engine Brake" on the CVT-28, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair" . Then continue trouble diagnosis. Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears L 2010 Sentra O P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Engine type Throttle position Engine speed (rpm) Shift pattern At 40 km/h (25 MPH) At 60 km/h (37 MPH) 3,300 - 4,300 4,300 - 5,200 “D” position 1,200 - 3,100 1,300 - 3,500 Overdrive-off mode 2,200 - 3,000 2,800 - 3,600 “L” position 3,400 - 4,300 4,100 - 5,000 3,400 - 4,200 4,300 - 5,100 1,400 - 2,200 1,600 - 2,400 “D” position 8/8 Overdrive-off mode “L” position QR25DE 2/8 “D” position 8/8 Overdrive-off mode “L” position MR20DE “D” position 2/8 Overdrive-off mode 2,200 - 3,000 2,800 - 3,600 “L” position 3,600 - 4,400 4,000 - 4,900 CAUTION: Lock-up clutch is engaged when vehicle speed is approximately 18 km/h (11 MPH) to 90 km/h (56 MPH). TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value INFOID:0000000005284116 TCM HARNESS CONNECTOR TERMINAL LAYOUT WCIA0718E TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES FOR TCM Data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Terminal Wire color Item 1 W/B Transmission range switch “R” position 2 P/B Transmission range switch “N” position 3 G/O Transmission range switch “D” position 4 GR Transmission range switch “L” position 5 B Condition Selector lever in “R” position. When setting selector lever to other positions Selector lever in “N” position When setting selector lever to other positions Selector lever in “D” position When setting selector lever to other positions Selector lever in “L” position When setting selector lever to other positions Ground 6 P/L K-LINE 7 W/R Sensor ground 8 G/W 9 L/R Always Data (Approx.) Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 0V 0V — — Always 0V ROM assembly — — ROM assembly — — Revision: January 2010 CVT-44 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal Wire color Item 10 BR/R ROM assembly 11 BR/W Transmission range switch “P” position 13 V CVT fluid temperature sensor 14 LG Primary pressure sensor V/W Secondary pressure sensor Condition Data (Approx.) — — Selector lever in “P” position Battery voltage When setting selector lever to other positions 0V When CVT fluid temperature is 20°C (68°F) 2.0 V When CVT fluid temperature is 80°C (176°F) 1.0 V — A — — B CVT D E 15 and “N” position idle 1.0 V F 25 W/R Sensor ground Always 0V G — 26 L/O 5.0 V Sensor power H — 0V Within 2 seconds after ignition switch ON, the time measurement by using the pulse width measurement function (Hi level) of CONSULT-III.*1 CAUTION: Connect the diagnosis data link cable to the vehicle diagnosis connector. *1: A circuit tester cannot be used to test this item. 10.0 msec CAN-L — — CAN-H — — I 27 R/G Step motor D 28 R Step motor C 29 O/B Step motor B 30 G/R Step motor A 31 P 32 L 33 LG/R Primary speed sensor When driving [“L” position, 20 km/h (12 MPH)]. 880 Hz L 34 W Secondary speed sensor When driving [“D” position, 20 km/h (12 MPH)]. 430 Hz M 37 L/W Lock-up select solenoid valve 38 G Torque converter clutch solenoid valve When vehicle cruises in “D” position. 5.0 - 7.0 V W/G Secondary pressure solenoid valve Release your foot from the accelerator pedal. 39 Press the accelerator pedal all the way down. 3.0 - 4.0 V Release your foot from the accelerator pedal. 5.0 - 7.0 V 40 R/Y Line pressure solenoid valve Press the accelerator pedal all the way down. 1.0 V 42 B Selector lever in “P” or “N” positions Wait at least for 5 seconds with the selector lever in “R”, “D” or “L” positions and Ground Revision: January 2010 10.0 msec J 30.0 msec K Battery voltage 0V When CVT performs lock-up. 6.0 V When CVT does not perform lock-up. 1.5 V Always CVT-45 30.0 msec 0V 2010 Sentra N O P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Terminal Wire color 45 Y/R 46 Y 47 Y/R 48 Y Item Power supply (memory backup) Condition Data (Approx.) Always Battery voltage — Battery voltage — 0V Power supply Power supply (memory backup) Always Battery voltage — Battery voltage — 0V Power supply CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION) INFOID:0000000005284117 CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown below. FUNCTION Diagnostic test mode Function Work support This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the indications on CONSULT-III. Self-diagnostic results Self-diagnostic results can be read and erased quickly. Data monitor Input/Output data in the TCM can be read. CAN diagnostic support monitor The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read. CALIB data Characteristic information for TCM and CVT assembly can be read. Function test Performed by CONSULT-III instead of a technician to determine whether each system is “OK” or “NG”. ECU part number TCM part number can be read. CONSULT-III REFERENCE VALUE Item name Condition Display value (Approx.) During driving Approximately matches the speedometer reading. PRI SPEED SEN During driving (lock-up ON) Approximately matches the engine speed. ENG SPEED SIG Engine running Closely matches the tachometer reading. SEC HYDR SEN “N” position idle 1.0 V When CVT fluid temperature is 20°C (68°F) 2.0 V When CVT fluid temperature is 80°C (176°F) 1.0 V VIGN SEN Ignition switch: ON Battery voltage VEHICLE SPEED During driving Approximately matches the speedometer reading. PRI SPEED During driving (lock-up ON) Approximately matches the engine speed. VSP SENSOR ESTM VSP SIG ATF TEMP SEN Revision: January 2010 CVT-46 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Item name Condition Display value (Approx.) SEC SPEED During driving 45 X Approximately matches the speedometer reading. ENG SPEED Engine running Closely matches the tachometer reading. GEAR RATIO During driving 2.34 - 0.39 ACC PEDAL OPEN Released accelerator pedal - Fully depressed accelerator pedal 0.0/8 - 8.0/8 SEC PRESS “N” position idle 1.3 MPa STM STEP During driving 0 step – 177 step Lock-up “OFF” 0.0 A Lock-up “ON” 0.7 A Release your foot from the accelerator pedal. 0.8 A Press the accelerator pedal all the way down. 0.0 A Secondary pressure low - Secondary pressure high 0.8 - 0.0 A Lock-up “OFF” 0.0 A Lock-up “ON” 0.7 A “N” position idle 0.8 A When stalled 0.3 - 0.6 A “N” position idle 0.6 - 0.7 A When stalled 0.4 - 0.6 A ISOLT1 ISOLT2 ISOLT3 SOLMON1 SOLMON2 SOLMON3 P POSITION SW R POSITION SW N POSITION SW D POSITION SW L POSITION SW BRAKE SW FULL SW IDLE SW SPORT MODE SW INDLRNG INDDRNG INDNRNG Revision: January 2010 Selector lever in “P” position ON When setting selector lever to other positions. OFF Selector lever in “R” position ON When setting selector lever to other positions. OFF Selector lever in “N“ position ON When setting selector lever to other positions. OFF Selector lever in “D” position ON When setting selector lever to other positions. OFF Selector lever in “L” position ON When setting selector lever to other positions. OFF Depressed brake pedal ON Released brake pedal OFF Fully depressed accelerator pedal ON Released accelerator pedal OFF Released accelerator pedal ON Fully depressed accelerator pedal OFF When OD OFF indicator lamp is off. ON When OD OFF indicator lamp is on. OFF Selector lever in “L” position ON When setting selector lever to other positions. OFF Selector lever in “D” position ON When setting selector lever to other positions. OFF Selector lever in “N“ position ON When setting selector lever to other positions. OFF CVT-47 A B CVT D E F G H I J K L M N O P 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Item name INDRRNG INDPRNG SPORT MODE IND Condition Display value (Approx.) Selector lever in “R” position ON When setting selector lever to other positions. OFF Selector lever in “P” position ON When setting selector lever to other positions. OFF When sport mode ON Other conditions OFF During driving Changes ON ⇔ OFF. Selector lever in “P”, “N” positions ON Wait at least for 5 seconds with the selector lever in “R”, “D” or “L” position OFF Selector lever in “P”, “N” positions ON Wait at least for 5 seconds with the selector lever in “R”, “D” or “L” position OFF ABS operate ON Other conditions OFF Selector lever in “N” or “P” position N·P Selector lever in “R” position R Selector lever in “D” position D Selector lever in “L” position L SMCOIL D SMCOIL C SMCOIL B SMCOIL A LUSEL SOL OUT LUSEL SOL MON ABS ON RANGE WORK SUPPORT MODE Display Item List Item name Description ENGINE BRAKE ADJ. The engine brake level setting can be canceled. CONFORM CVTF DETERIORTN The CVT fluid deterioration level can be checked. Engine Brake Adjustment “ENGINE BRAKE LEVEL” 0: Initial set value (Engine brake level control is activated) OFF: Engine brake level control is deactivated. CAUTION: Mode of “+1”“0”“-1”“-2”“OFF” can be selected by pressing the “UP”“DOWN” on CONSULT-III screen. However, do not select mode other than “0” and “OFF”. If the “+1” or “-1” or “-2” is selected, that might cause the irregular driveability. Check CVT Fluid Deterioration Date “CVTF DETERIORATION DATE” More than 210000: It is necessary to change CVT fluid. Less than 210000: It is not necessary to change CVT fluid. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 CVT-48 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Touch “CLEAR” after changing CVT fluid, and then erase “CVTF DETERIORATION DATE”. A SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE After performing self-diagnosis, place check marks for results on the CVT-28, "How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair". Reference pages are provided following the items. Display Items List B X: Applicable —: Not applicable DTC*1 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) Malfunction is detected when... CVT 2 “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III MIL* , “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III or GST Reference D CAN COMM CIRCUIT When TCM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal for 2 seconds or more U1000 U1000 CVT-54 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) When detecting error during the initial diagnosis of CAN controller of TCM U1010 U1010 CVT-57 BRAKE SWITCH B When the brake switch does not switch to ON or OFF P0703 — CVT-58 T/M RANGE SWITCH A TCM does not receive the correct voltage signal (based on the gear position) from the switch. P0705 P0705 CVT-60 FLUID TEMP SENSOR A During running, the CVT fluid temperature sensor signal voltage is excessively high or low P0710 P0710 CVT-65 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A • Primary speed sensor signal is not input due to an open circuit • An unexpected signal is input when vehicle is being driven P0715 P0715 CVT-70 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR • Signal from secondary speed sensor not input due to open or short circuit • Unexpected signal input during running P0720 P0720 CVT-75 ENGINE SPEED • TCM does not receive the CAN communication signal from the ECM • Engine speed is too low while driving P0725 INCORRECT GR RATIO Unexpected gear ratio detected P0730 — CVT-82 TORQUE CONVERTER Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to open or short circuit P0740 P0740 CVT-83 TORQUE CONVERTER • CVT cannot perform lock-up even if electrical circuit is good • TCM detects as irregular by comparing difference value with slip rotation • There is big difference engine speed and primary speed when TCM lock-up signal is on P0744 P0744 CVT-88 L/PRESS SOL/ CIRC • Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to open or short circuit • TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value P0745 P0745 CVT-90 PC SOLENOID A Unexpected gear ratio was detected in the LOW side due to excessively low line pressure P0746 P0746 CVT-95 PC SOLENOID B Secondary pressure is too high or too low compared with the commanded value while driving P0776 P0776 CVT-97 O PC SOLENOID B • Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to cut line, short, or the like • TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value P0778 P0778 CVT-99 P UP/DOWN SHIFT SWITCH When an impossible pattern of switch signals is detected, a malfunction is detected. P0826 — CVT-104 FLUID PRESS SEN/SW A Signal voltage of the secondary pressure sensor is too high or too low while driving P0840 P0840 CVT-109 Revision: January 2010 CVT-49 E F G H I — CVT-80 J K L M N 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC*1 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) Malfunction is detected when... FLUID PRESS SEN/SW A “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III MIL*2, “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III or GST Correlation between the values of the secondary pressure sensor and the primary pressure sensor is out of specification P0841 — CVT-113 FLUID PRESS LOW Secondary fluid pressure is too low compared with the commanded value while driving P0868 — CVT-115 TCM • When the power supply to the TCM is cut OFF, for example because the battery is removed, and the self-diagnosis memory function stops • This is not a malfunction message (Whenever shutting OFF a power supply to the TCM, this message appears on the screen) P1701 — CVT-117 TP SENSOR TCM does not receive the proper accelerator pedal position signals (input by CAN communication) from ECM P1705 — CVT-121 • CAN communication with the ABS actuator and the electric unit (control unit) is malfunctioning • There is a great difference between the vehicle speed signal from the ABS actuator and the electric unit (control unit), and the vehicle speed sensor signal P1722 — CVT-123 SPEED SENSOR A rotation sensor error is detected because the gear does not change in accordance with the position of the stepping motor CAUTION: One of the “P0720”, the “P0715” or the “P0725“ is displayed with the DTC at the same time P1723 — CVT-125 THROTTLE CONTROL SIG The electronically controlled throttle for ECM is malfunctioning P1726 — CVT-127 SLCT SOLENOID • Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to cut line, short, or the like • TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value P1740 P1740 CVT-128 LINE PRESS CONTROL TCM detects the unexpected line pressure P1745 — CVT-133 STEP MOTOR Each coil of the step motor is not energized properly due to an open or a short P1777 P1777 CVT-134 STEP MOTOR There is a great difference between the number of steps for the stepping motor and for the actual gear ratio P1778 P1778 CVT-138 NO DTC IS DETECTED: FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED No NG item has been detected X X — VEHICLE SPEED*3 Reference *1: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012. *2: Refer to CVT-25, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)" . *3: Models without ABS does not indicate. DATA MONITOR MODE Display Items List Revision: January 2010 CVT-50 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > X: Standard, —: Not applicable, : Option A Monitor item selection SELECTION FROM MENU ECU INPUT SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS VSP SENSOR (km/h or mph) X — Secondary speed sensor ESTM VSP SIG (km/h or mph) X — Models without ABS dose not indicate PRI SPEED SEN (rpm) X — ENG SPEED SIG (rpm) X — SEC HYDR SEN (V) X — PRI HYDR SEN (V) X — Not mounted but displayed ATF TEMP SEN (V) X — CVT fluid temperature sensor VIGN SEN (V) X — VEHICLE SPEED (km/h or mph) — X Vehicle speed recognized by the TCM PRI SPEED (rpm) — X Primary pulley speed SEC SPEED (rpm) — — Secondary pulley speed ENG SPEED (rpm) — X Monitored item (Unit) SLIP REV (rpm) — X GEAR RATIO — X G SPEED (G) — — Remarks B D E F G H Difference between engine speed and primary pulley speed I Degree of opening for accelerator recognized by the TCM For fail-safe operation, the specific value used for control is displayed ACC PEDAL OPEN (0.0/8) X X TRQ RTO — — SEC PRESS (MPa) — X PRI PRESS (MPa) — X Not mounted but displayed ATFTEMP COUNT — X Means CVT fluid temperature. Actual oil temperature (°C) cannot be checked unless a numeric value is converted. Refer to CVT-12, "ATFTEMP COUNT Conversion Table". DSR REV (rpm) — — DGEAR RATIO — — DSTM STEP (step) — — STM STEP (step) — X LU PRS (MPa) — — LINE PRS (MPa) — — TGT SEC PRESS (MPa) — — ISOLT1 (A) — X Torque converter clutch solenoid valve output current ISOLT2 (A) — X Line pressure solenoid valve output current ISOLT3 (A) — X Secondary pressure solenoid valve output current Revision: January 2010 CVT-51 CVT J K L M N O P 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Monitor item selection SELECTION FROM MENU ECU INPUT SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS SOLMON1 (A) X X Torque converter clutch solenoid valve monitor current SOLMON2 (A) X X Line pressure solenoid valve monitor current SOLMON3 (A) X X Secondary pressure solenoid valve monitor current P POSITION SW (ON/OFF) X — R POSITION SW (ON/OFF) X — N POSITION SW (ON/OFF) X — D POSITION SW (ON/OFF) X — L POSITION SW (ON/OFF) X — BRAKE SW (ON/OFF) X X FULL SW (ON/OFF) X X IDLE SW (ON/OFF) X X SPORT MODE SW (ON/OFF) X X STRDWNSW (ON/OFF)* X — STRUPSW (ON/OFF)* X — DOWNLVR (ON/OFF) X — UPLVR (ON/OFF) X — NON MMODE (ON/OFF) X — MMODE (ON/OFF) X — INDLRNG (ON/OFF) — — “L” position indicator output INDDRNG (ON/OFF) — — “D” position indicator output INDNRNG (ON/OFF) — — “N” position indicator output INDRRNG (ON/OFF) — — “R” position indicator output INDPRNG (ON/OFF) — — “P” position indicator output CVTLAMP (ON/OFF) — — SPORT MODE IND (ON/OFF) — — MMODE IND (ON/OFF) — — Not mounted but displayed SMCOIL D (ON/OFF) — — Step motor coil “D” energizing status SMCOIL C (ON/OFF) — — Step motor coil “C” energizing status SMCOIL B (ON/OFF) — — Step motor coil “B” energizing status SMCOIL A (ON/OFF) — — Step motor coil “A” energizing status LUSEL SOL OUT (ON/OFF) — — LUSEL SOL MON (ON/OFF) — — VDC ON (ON/OFF) X — TCS ON (ON/OFF) X — Monitored item (Unit) Revision: January 2010 CVT-52 Remarks Stop lamp switch (Signal input with CAN communication) Signal input with CAN communication Responds only to vehicles with Manual mode Not mounted but displayed Not mounted but displayed 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Monitor item selection SELECTION FROM MENU A ECU INPUT SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS ABS ON (ON/OFF) X — Models without ABS dose not indicate ACC ON (ON/OFF) X — Not mounted but displayed Monitored item (Unit) Remarks B CVT RANGE — X Indicates position is recognized by TCM. Indicates a specific value required for control when fail-safe function is activated M GEAR POS — X Not mounted but displayed Voltage (V) — — Displays the value measured by the voltage probe Frequency (Hz) — — DUTY-HI (high) (%) — — DUTY-LOW (low) (%) — — PLS WIDTH-HI (ms) — — PLS WIDTH-LOW (ms) — — The value measured by the pulse probe is displayed D E F G *: With QR25DE Diagnosis Procedure without CONSULT-III INFOID:0000000005284118 OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITH GST) H I Refer to EC-138, "Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function" . J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 CVT-53 2010 Sentra U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT Description INFOID:0000000005284119 CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent malfunction detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284120 • This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. • Diagnostic trouble code “U1000” with CONSULT-III is detected when TCM cannot communicate to other control units. Possible Cause INFOID:0000000005284121 Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted.) DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284122 NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. After the repair, touch “ERASE” on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and then perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Start engine and wait for at least 6 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to CVT-56, "Diagnosis Procedure" . WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”. Revision: January 2010 CVT-54 2010 Sentra U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - CVT - CAN INFOID:0000000005284123 A B CVT D E F G H I J K L M N O P BCWA0736E TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". Revision: January 2010 CVT-55 2010 Sentra U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284124 Go to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". Revision: January 2010 CVT-56 2010 Sentra U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) < SERVICE INFORMATION > U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) A Description INFOID:0000000005284125 CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- B tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent malfunction detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission CVT with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284126 • This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. • Diagnostic trouble code “U1010” with CONSULT-III is detected when TCM cannot communicate to other control units. Possible Cause E INFOID:0000000005284127 F Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted.) DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284128 NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. After the repair, touch “ERASE” on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and then perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. D G H I Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Start engine and wait for at least 6 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to CVT-57, "Diagnosis Procedure". J WITH GST K Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284129 1.CHECK DTC L With CONSULT-III M 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. 3. Touch “ERASE”. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at least 10 seconds. 5. Perform “DTC confirmation procedure”. Refer to CVT-57, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". Is any malfunction of the “U1010” indicated? YES >> Replace the TCM. Refer to CVT-161, "Removal and Installation". NO >> INSPECTION END N O P Revision: January 2010 CVT-57 2010 Sentra P0703 BRAKE SWITCH B < SERVICE INFORMATION > P0703 BRAKE SWITCH B Description INFOID:0000000005284130 ON, OFF status of the stop lamp switch is sent via the CAN communication from the combination meter to TCM using the signal. CONSULT-III Reference Value Item name BRAKE SW INFOID:0000000005284131 Condition Display value Depressed brake pedal ON Released brake pedal OFF On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284132 • This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. • Diagnostic trouble code “P0703” with CONSULT-III is detected when the stop lamp switch does not switch to ON and OFF. - The stop lamp switch does not switch to ON and OFF. Possible Cause INFOID:0000000005284133 • Harness or connectors (Stop lamp switch, and combination meter circuit are open or shorted.) (CAN communication line is open or shorted.) • Stop lamp switch DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284134 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. After the repair, touch “ERASE” on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and then perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Start engine. Start vehicle for at least 3 consecutive seconds. If DTC is detected, go to CVT-58, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284135 1.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE Perform the self-diagnosis check. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". Is any malfunction of the “U1000” indicated? YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to CVT-54. NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Read out ON/OFF switching action of the “BRAKE SW”. Revision: January 2010 CVT-58 2010 Sentra P0703 BRAKE SWITCH B < SERVICE INFORMATION > Item name BRAKE SW Condition Display value Depressed brake pedal ON Released brake pedal OFF A B OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 3. CVT 3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH Check continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector E60 terminals 1 and 2. Refer to CVT-146, "Wiring Diagram - CVT - NONDTC". Condition Continuity When brake pedal is depressed Yes When brake pedal is released No D E Check stop lamp switch after adjusting brake pedal — refer to BR-8. OK or NG OK >> Check the following. If NG, repair or replace damaged parts. • Harness for short or open between battery and stop lamp switch. • Harness for short or open between stop lamp switch and combination meter. NG >> Repair or replace the stop lamp switch. F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 CVT-59 2010 Sentra P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH A < SERVICE INFORMATION > P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH A Description INFOID:0000000005284136 • The transmission range switch is installed to upper part of transaxle case. • The transmission range switch detects the selector lever position and sends a signal to the TCM. CONSULT-III Reference Value Item name P POSITION SW R POSITION SW N POSITION SW D POSITION SW L POSITION SW RANGE INFOID:0000000005284137 Condition Display value Selector lever in “P” position ON When setting selector lever to other positions. OFF Selector lever in “R” position ON When setting selector lever to other positions. OFF Selector lever in “N“ position ON When setting selector lever to other positions. OFF Selector lever in “D” position ON When setting selector lever to other positions. OFF Selector lever in “L” position ON When setting selector lever to other positions. OFF Selector lever in “N” or “P” position N·P Selector lever in “R” position R Selector lever in “D” position D Selector lever in “L” position L On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284138 • This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. • Diagnostic trouble code “P0705” with CONSULT-III is detected when TCM dose not receive the correct voltage signal from the switch based on the gear position. Possible Cause INFOID:0000000005284139 • Harness or connectors (The transmission range switch circuit is open or shorted.) • Transmission range switch DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284140 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. After the repair, touch “ERASE” on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and then perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Start engine. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 2 consecutive seconds. VEHICLE SPEED: More than 10 km/h (6 MPH) ENG SPEED: More than 450 rpm ACC PEDAL OPEN: More than 1.0/8 If DTC is detected, go to CVT-62, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 CVT-60 2010 Sentra P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH A < SERVICE INFORMATION > WITH GST A Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”. Wiring Diagram - CVT - TR/SW INFOID:0000000005284141 B CVT D E F G H I J K L M N O P ABDWA0166GB TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES Revision: January 2010 CVT-61 2010 Sentra P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH A < SERVICE INFORMATION > Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284142 1. CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SW SIGNALS 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Read out “P”, “R”, “N”, “D” and “L” position switches moving selector lever to each position. Item name P POSITION SW R POSITION SW N POSITION SW D POSITION SW L POSITION SW 1. 2. Condition Display value When setting selector lever to “P” position. ON When setting selector lever to other positions. OFF When setting selector lever to “R” position. ON When setting selector lever to other positions. OFF When setting selector lever to “N” positions. ON When setting selector lever to other positions. OFF When setting selector lever to “D” position. ON When setting selector lever to other positions. OFF When setting selector lever to “L” position. ON When setting selector lever to other positions. OFF Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between TCM connector terminals and ground while moving selector lever through each position. Selector lever position Terminal 11 1 2 3 4 P B 0 0 0 0 R 0 B 0 0 0 N 0 0 B 0 0 D 0 0 0 B 0 L 0 0 0 0 B B: Battery voltage 0: 0V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect transmission range switch harness connector. Revision: January 2010 CVT-62 2010 Sentra P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH A < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check continuity between transmission range switch harness connector terminals. Selector lever position Connector Terminal Continuity P 2 - 5, 6 - 7 R 5-8 Yes *Continuity should not exist in positions other than the specified positions. N F26 3 - 5, 6 - 7 D 4-5 L 1-5 A B CVT SCIA8165E D OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. E 3.CHECK CONTROL CABLE ADJUSTMENT Check transmission range switch again with control cable disconnected from manual shaft of A/T assembly. Refer to test group 2. OK or NG OK >> Adjust control cable. Refer to CVT-172, "Adjustment of CVT Position". NG >> Check transmission range switch (Refer to test group 1) again after adjusting transmission range switch (Refer to CVT-184, "Transmission Range Switch"). • If OK, INSPECTION END • If NG, repair or replace transmission range switch. Refer to CVT-184, "Transmission Range Switch". F G H 4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM I Check the following items. • Harness for short or open between ignition switch and transmission range switch. • Harness for short or open between transmission range switch and TCM. • 10A fuse [No.14, located in the fuse block (J/B)]. • Ignition switch. Refer to PG-3. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. J K 5.CHECK DTC L Perform CVT-60, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 6. M 6.CHECK TCM 1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". 2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> 1. Repair or replace damaged parts. 2. Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)" (MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE). Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284143 TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH Revision: January 2010 CVT-63 2010 Sentra N O P P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH A < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Check continuity between transmission range switch harness connector terminals. Selector lever position Terminal Continuity P 2 - 5, 6 - 7 R 5-8 Yes *Continuity should not exist in positions other than the specified positions. N 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Connector F26 3 - 5, 6 - 7 D 4-5 L 1-5 SCIA8165E If NG, check again with control cable (2) disconnected from manual shaft of CVT assembly. Refer to step 1. (1): Manual shaft (A): Lock nut If OK on step 2, adjust control cable (2). Refer to CVT-172, "Adjustment of CVT Position". If NG on step 2, remove transmission range switch from CVT and check continuity of transmission range switch terminals. Refer to step 1. If OK on step 4, adjust transmission range switch. Refer to CVTSCIA6625J 173, "Adjustment of transmission range switch". If NG on step 4, replace transmission range switch. Refer to CVT-184, "Transmission Range Switch". Revision: January 2010 CVT-64 2010 Sentra P0710 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A < SERVICE INFORMATION > P0710 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A Description A INFOID:0000000005284144 • The CVT fluid temperature sensor is included in the control valve assembly. • The CVT fluid temperature sensor detects the CVT fluid temperature and sends a signal to the TCM. CONSULT-III Reference Value B INFOID:0000000005284145 CVT Remarks: Specification data are reference values. Item name ATF TEMP SEN Condition Display value (Approx.) When CVT fluid temperature is 20°C (68°F) 2.0 V When CVT fluid temperature is 80°C (176°F) 1.0 V On Board Diagnosis Logic D INFOID:0000000005284146 • This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. • Diagnostic trouble code “P0710” with CONSULT-III is detected when TCM receives an excessively low or high voltage from the sensor. Possible Cause G H DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284148 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. After the repair, touch “ERASE” on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and then perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-III 4. F INFOID:0000000005284147 • Harness or connectors (Sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • CVT fluid temperature sensor 1. 2. 3. E I J K Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 14 minutes (Total). VEHICLE SPEED: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more RANGE: “D” position If DTC is detected, go to CVT-67, "Diagnosis Procedure". L M WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”. N O P Revision: January 2010 CVT-65 2010 Sentra P0710 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - CVT - FTS INFOID:0000000005284149 BCWA0738E TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES Refer toCVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". Revision: January 2010 CVT-66 2010 Sentra P0710 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A < SERVICE INFORMATION > Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284150 A 1. CHECK CVT FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR SIGNAL 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Start engine. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Read out the value of “ATF TEMP SEN”. B CVT Item name ATF TEMP SEN 1. 2. Condition Display value (Approx.) When CVT fluid temperature is 20°C (68°F) 2.0 V When CVT fluid temperature is 80°C (176°F) 1.0 V D E Without CONSULT-III Start engine. Check voltage between TCM connector terminals. Name Connector Terminal CVT fluid temperature sensor F23 13 - 25 F Temperature °C (°F) Voltage (Approx.) 20 (68) 2.0 V 80 (176) 1.0 V G H 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. 4. Disconnect TCM connector. 5. Check if there is continuity between connector terminal and ground. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 2. I J 2. CHECK CVT FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. K Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the TCM connector. Check resistance between TCM connector terminals. L Name Connector Terminal CVT fluid temperature sensor F23 13 - 25 Temperature °C (°F) Resistance (Approx.) 20 (68) 6.5 kΩ 80 (176) 0.9 kΩ M OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 3. N 3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND CVT FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. 2. O Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the TCM connector (A) and CVT unit harness connector (B). P Revision: January 2010 CVT-67 2010 Sentra P0710 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check continuity between TCM connector (A) terminals and CVT unit harness connector (B) terminals. Item Connector Terminal TCM F23 13 CVT unit harness connector F46 17 TCM F23 25 CVT unit harness connector F46 19 Continuity Yes Yes 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. SCIA8169E 4. CHECK CVT FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect CVT unit harness connector. Check resistance between CVT unit harness connector terminals. Name Connector Terminal CVT fluid temperature sensor F46 17 - 19 Temperature °C (°F) Resistance (Approx.) 20 (68) 6.5 kΩ 80 (176) 0.9 kΩ 4. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. SCIA4679E 5.CHECK DTC With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION”. Is only “P0710” detected? YES >> Replace control valve. Refer to CVT-178, "Control Valve". NO >> Replace transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)" (MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE). 6.CHECK TCM 1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". 2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284151 CVT FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect CVT unit harness connector. Revision: January 2010 CVT-68 2010 Sentra P0710 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check resistance between CVT unit harness connector terminals. Name Connector Terminal CVT fluid temperature sensor F46 17 - 19 4. Temperature °C (°F) Resistance (Approx.) 20 (68) 6.5 kΩ 80 (176) 0.9 kΩ If NG, perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION”. A B CVT SCIA4679E D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 CVT-69 2010 Sentra P0715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A < SERVICE INFORMATION > P0715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A Description INFOID:0000000005284152 The primary speed sensor detects the primary pulley revolution speed and sends a signal to the TCM. CONSULT-III Reference Value INFOID:0000000005284153 Remarks: Specification data are reference values. Item name Condition Display value ENG SPEED SIG Engine running Closely matches the tachometer reading. PRI SPEED SEN During driving (lock-up ON) Approximately matches the engine speed. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284154 • This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. • Diagnostic trouble code “P0715” with CONSULT-III is detected when TCM does not receive the proper signal from the sensor. Possible Cause INFOID:0000000005284155 • Harness or connectors (Sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Primary speed sensor DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284156 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. After the repair, touch “ERASE” on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and then perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds. VEHICLE SPEED: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more ACC PEDAL OPEN: More than 1.0/8 RANGE: “D” position ENG SPEED: 450 rpm or more Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test. If DTC is detected, go to CVT-72, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”. Revision: January 2010 CVT-70 2010 Sentra P0715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - CVT - PRSCVT INFOID:0000000005284157 A B CVT D E F G H I J K L M N O P BCWA0739E TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". Revision: January 2010 CVT-71 2010 Sentra P0715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A < SERVICE INFORMATION > Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284158 1.CHECK INPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Start engine. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Start vehicle and read out the value of “VSP SENSOR”. Item name Condition Display value PRI SPEED SEN During driving (lock-up ON) Approximately matches the speedometer reading. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Start engine. Check power supply to primary speed sensor by voltage between TCM connector terminals 25, 46 and 48. Refer to CVT-34, "Circuit Diagram". Item Connector TCM F23 Terminal Data (Approx.) 25 - 46 Battery voltage 25 - 48 If OK, check the pulse when vehicle cruises. Name Condition Primary speed sensor When running at 20 km/h (12 MPH) in “L” position, use the CONSULT-III pulse frequency measuring function. CAUTION: Connect the data link connector to the vehicle-side diagnosis connector. Item Connector Terminal TCM F23 33 Data (Approx.) Name Primary speed sensor 880 Hz OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 3. 3. CHECK POWER AND SENSOR GROUND 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the primary speed sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Revision: January 2010 CVT-72 2010 Sentra P0715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Check voltage between primary speed sensor harness connector terminals. Item Primary speed sensor Connector Terminal Data (Approx.) F38 3-1 Battery voltage A B CVT SCIA8259E D 5. Check voltage between primary speed sensor harness connector terminal and ground. Item Primary speed sensor Connector Terminal Data (Approx.) F38 3 - ground Battery voltage 6. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 7. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG - 1 >> Battery voltage is not supplied between terminals 1 and 3, terminals 1 and ground: GO TO 6. NG - 2 >> Battery voltage is not supplied between terminals 1 and 3 only: GO TO 7. E F G SCIA8260E H 4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TCM connector (A) and primary speed sensor harness connector (B). Check continuity between TCM connector (A) terminal and primary speed sensor harness connector (B) terminal. I J Connector Terminal TCM Item F23 33 Primary speed sensor F38 2 Continuity Yes 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K L SCIA8173E M 5. CHECK THE TCM SHORT Replace same type TCM, perform self-diagnosis check. Erase self-diagnostic results and them drive the vehicle [more than 40 km/h (25 MPH)], perform self-diagnosis check. Refer to CVT-75, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". Is “P0715 PRI SPEED SEN” detected again? YES >> Replace the Primary speed sensor. Refer to CVT-184, "Primary Speed Sensor". NO >> Replace TCM. Refer to CVT-161, "Removal and Installation". 6. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR (POWER) 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TCM connector, IPDM E/R connector, primary speed sensor and secondary speed sensor harness connector. Check continuity between TCM connector terminals, IPDM E/R harness connector terminal, primary speed sensor harness connector terminal and secondary speed sensor harness connector terminal. Refer to CVT-34, "Circuit Diagram". Revision: January 2010 CVT-73 2010 Sentra N O P P0715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A < SERVICE INFORMATION > Item Connector Terminal TCM* F23 46, 48 IPDM E/R* E43 14 Primary speed sensor* F38 3 Secondary speed sensor* F30 3 Continuity Yes *: Vehicle side 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> 10 A fuse (No. 49, located in the IPDM E/R) or ignition switch are malfunctioning. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR (SENSOR GROUND) 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TCM connector (A) and primary speed sensor harness connector (B). Check continuity between TCM (A) connector terminal and primary speed sensor harness connector (B) terminal. Item Connector Terminal TCM F23 25 primary speed sensor F38 1 Continuity Yes 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. SCIA8175E 8.CHECK DTC Perform CVT-75, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 9. 9.CHECK TCM 1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". 2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. Revision: January 2010 CVT-74 2010 Sentra P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR A Description INFOID:0000000005284159 The secondary speed sensor detects the revolution of the CVT output shaft and emits a pulse signal. The pulse signal is sent to the TCM, which converts it into vehicle speed. CONSULT-III Reference Value B INFOID:0000000005284160 CVT Remarks: Specification data are reference values. Item name Condition Display value VSP SENSOR During driving Approximately matches the speedometer reading. On Board Diagnosis Logic D INFOID:0000000005284161 • This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. • Diagnostic trouble code “P0720” with CONSULT-III is detected TCM does not receive the proper signal from the sensor. E Possible Cause F INFOID:0000000005284162 • Harness or connectors (Sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Secondary speed sensor G DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284163 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. After the repair, touch “ERASE” on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and then perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. H I J WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 12 consecutive seconds. ACC PEDAL OPEN: More than 1.0/8 RANGE: “D” position Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test. If DTC is detected, go to CVT-77, "Diagnosis Procedure". K L M WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”. N O P Revision: January 2010 CVT-75 2010 Sentra P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - CVT - SESCVT INFOID:0000000005284164 BCWA0740E TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". Revision: January 2010 CVT-76 2010 Sentra P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284165 A 1.CHECK INPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Start engine. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Start vehicle and read out the value of “VSP SENSOR”. B CVT Item name Condition Display value VSP SENSOR During driving Approximately matches the speedometer reading. D OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 2. E 2. CHECK SECONDARY SPEED SENSOR With CONSULT-III 1. Start engine. 2. Check power supply to secondary speed sensor by voltage between TCM connector terminals 7, 46 and 48. Refer to CVT-34, "Circuit Diagram". 3. Item Connector TCM F23 Terminal H Battery voltage 7 - 48 If OK, check the pulse when vehicle cruises. Secondary speed sensor G Data (Approx.) 7- 46 Name F I Condition When running at 20 km/h (12 MPH) in “D” position, use the CONSULT-III pulse frequency measuring function. CAUTION: Connect the data link connector to the vehicle-side diagnosis connector. Item Connector Terminal TCM F23 34 J K Data (Approx.) Name Secondary speed sensor L 430 Hz OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 3. M 3. CHECK POWER AND SENSOR GROUND N 1. 2. 3. O Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the secondary speed sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. P Revision: January 2010 CVT-77 2010 Sentra P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Check voltage between secondary speed sensor harness connector terminals. Item Secondary speed sensor Connector Terminal Data (Approx.) F30 3-1 Battery voltage SCIA8259E 5. Check voltage between secondary speed sensor harness connector terminal and ground. Item Secondary speed sensor Connector Terminal Data (Approx.) F30 3 - ground Battery voltage 6. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 7. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG SCIA8260E OK >> GO TO 4. NG - 1 >> Battery voltage is not supplied between terminals 1 and 3, terminals 1 and ground: GO TO 6. NG - 2 >> Battery voltage is not supplied between terminals 1 and 3 only: GO TO 7. 4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND SECONDARY SPEED SENSOR 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TCM connector (A) and secondary speed sensor harness connector (B). Check continuity between TCM connector (A) terminal and secondary speed sensor harness connector (B) terminal. Item Connector Terminal TCM F23 34 Secondary speed sensor F30 2 Continuity Yes 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. SCIA8177E 5. CHECK THE TCM SHORT Replace same type TCM, perform self-diagnosis check. Erase self-diagnostic results and them drive the vehicle [more than 40 km/h (25 MPH)], perform self-diagnosis check. Refer to CVT-75, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". Is “P0720 VEH SPD SEN/CIR CVT” detected again? YES >> Replace the Secondary speed sensor. Refer to CVT-185, "Secondary Speed Sensor (MR20DE)". NO >> Replace TCM. Refer to CVT-161, "Removal and Installation". 6. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND SECONDARY SPEED SENSOR (POWER) 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TCM connector, IPDM E/R connector, primary speed sensor and secondary speed sensor harness connector. Check continuity between TCM connector terminals, IPDM E/R harness connector terminal, primary speed sensor harness connector terminal and secondary speed sensor harness connector terminal. Refer to CVT-34, "Circuit Diagram". Revision: January 2010 CVT-78 2010 Sentra P0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > Item Connector Terminal TCM* F23 46, 48 IPDM E/R* E43 14 Primary speed sensor* F38 3 Secondary speed sensor* F30 3 Continuity A Yes B CVT *: Vehicle side 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> 10 A fuse (No. 49, located in the IPDM E/R) or ignition switch are malfunctioning. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D 7. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND SECONDARY SPEED SENSOR (SENSOR GROUND) E 1. 2. 3. F Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TCM connector (A) and secondary speed sensor harness connector (B). Check continuity between TCM connector (A) terminal and secondary speed sensor harness connector (B) terminal. Item Connector Terminal TCM F23 7 Secondary speed sensor F30 1 G Continuity Yes H 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. SCIA8255E I 8.CHECK DTC J Perform CVT-75, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 9. K 9.CHECK TCM L 1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". 2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. M N O P Revision: January 2010 CVT-79 2010 Sentra P0725 ENGINE SPEED < SERVICE INFORMATION > P0725 ENGINE SPEED Description INFOID:0000000005284166 The engine speed signal is sent from the ECM to the TCM. CONSULT-III Reference Value INFOID:0000000005284167 Remarks: Specification data are reference values. Item name Condition Display value ENG SPEED SIG Engine running Closely matches the tachometer reading. ACC PEDAL OPEN Released accelerator pedal - Fully depressed accelerator pedal 0.0/8 - 8.0/8 On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284168 • This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. • Diagnostic trouble code “P0725” with CONSULT-III is detected when TCM does not receive the engine speed signal (input by CAN communication) from ECM. Possible Cause INFOID:0000000005284169 Harness or connectors (The ECM to the TCM circuit is open or shorted.) DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284170 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. After the repair, touch “ERASE” on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and then perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds. PRI SPEED SEN: More than 1000 rpm If DTC is detected, go to CVT-80, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284171 1. CHECK DTC WITH ECM With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-131, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Check the DTC detected item. Refer to EC-131, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)". 1. 2. 2. CHECK DTC WITH TCM With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Check the DTC detected item. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". 1. 2. Revision: January 2010 CVT-80 2010 Sentra P0725 ENGINE SPEED < SERVICE INFORMATION > • If DTC of CAN communication line is detected, go to CVT-54. 3. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS 1. 2. 3. A With CONSULT-III Start engine. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. While monitoring “ENG SPEED SIG”, check for engine speed change corresponding to “ACC PEDAL OPEN”. Item name Condition Display value ENG SPEED SIG Engine running Closely matches the tachometer reading. ACC PEDAL OPEN Released accelerator pedal - Fully depressed accelerator pedal 0.0/8 - 8.0/8 B CVT D E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Check ignition signal circuit. Refer to EC-561. F 4. CHECK DTC Perform CVT-80, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 5. G H 5. CHECK TCM 1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". 2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 CVT-81 2010 Sentra P0730 INCORRECT GEAR RATIO < SERVICE INFORMATION > P0730 INCORRECT GEAR RATIO Description INFOID:0000000005284172 TCM selects the gear ratio using the engine load (throttle position), the primary pulley revolution speed, and the secondary pulley revolution speed as input signal. Then it changes the operating pressure of the primary pulley and the secondary pulley and changes the groove width of the pulley. CONSULT-III Reference Value INFOID:0000000005284173 Remarks: Specification data are reference values. Item name Condition Display value (Approx.) GEAR RATIO During driving 2.34 - 0.39 On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284174 • This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. • TCM calculates the actual gear ratio with primary speed sensor and secondary speed sensor. • Diagnostic trouble code “P0730” with CONSULT-III is detected, when TCM receives an unexpected gear ratio signal. Possible Cause INFOID:0000000005284175 Transaxle assembly DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284176 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Make sure that output voltage of CVT fluid temperature sensor is within the range below. ATF TEMP SEN: 1.0 - 2.0 V If out of range, drive the vehicle to decrease the voltage (warm up the fluid) or stop engine to increase the voltage (cool down the fluid) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 30 consecutive seconds. TEST START FROM 0 km/h (0 MPH) CONSTANT ACCELERATION: Keep 30 sec or more VEHICLE SPEED: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more ACC PEDAL OPEN: More than 1.0/8 RANGE: “D” position ENG SPEED: 450 rpm or more If DTC is detected, go to CVT-82, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284177 1.CHECK DTC Perform CVT-82, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". Are any DTC displayed? YES - 1>> DTC except for “P0730” is displayed: Go to Check the DTC detected item. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". YES - 2>> DTC for “P0730” is displayed: Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)" (MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE). NO >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 CVT-82 2010 Sentra P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER < SERVICE INFORMATION > P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER A Description INFOID:0000000005284178 • The torque converter clutch solenoid valve is activated by the TCM in response to signals sent from the vehi- B cle speed and accelerator pedal position sensors. Lock-up piston operation will then be controlled. • Lock-up operation, however, is prohibited when CVT fluid temperature is too low. • When the accelerator pedal is depressed (less than 2.0/8) in lock-up condition, the engine speed should not CVT change abruptly. If there is a big jump in engine speed, there is no lock-up. CONSULT-III Reference Value INFOID:0000000005284179 D Remarks: Specification data are reference values. Item name ISOLT1 Condition Display value (Approx.) Lock-up OFF 0.0 A Lock-up ON 0.7 A On Board Diagnosis Logic E INFOID:0000000005284180 • This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. • Diagnostic trouble code “P0740” with CONSULT-III is detected under the following conditions. - TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve. Possible Cause G INFOID:0000000005284181 H • Torque converter clutch solenoid valve • Harness or connectors (Solenoid circuit is open or shorted.) DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284182 NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. After the repair, touch “ERASE” on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and then perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. F Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III and wait at least 10 consecutive seconds. If DTC is detected, go to CVT-85, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST I J K L M Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”. N O P Revision: January 2010 CVT-83 2010 Sentra P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - CVT - TCV INFOID:0000000005284183 BCWA0741E TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". Revision: January 2010 CVT-84 2010 Sentra P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER < SERVICE INFORMATION > Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284184 A 1.CHECK INPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Start engine. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Start vehicle and read out the value of “ISOLT1”. B CVT Item name ISOLT1 1. 2. Condition Display value (Approx.) Lock-up OFF 0.0 A Lock-up ON 0.7 A D Without CONSULT-III Start engine. Check voltage between TCM connector terminal and ground. Name Torque converter clutch solenoid valve Connector Terminal F23 38 ground F Voltage (Approx.) Condition When vehicle cruises in “D” position E Lock-up ON 6.0 V Lock-up OFF 1.5 V G H 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. 4. Disconnect TCM connector. 5. Check if there is continuity between the connector terminal and ground. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 2. I 2. CHECK TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. J Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TCM connector. Check resistance between TCM connector terminal and ground. Solenoid valve Connector Terminal Resistance (Approx.) Torque converter clutch solenoid valve F23 38 - Ground 3-9Ω K L M OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 3. 3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TCM connector (A) and CVT unit harness connector (B). N O P Revision: January 2010 CVT-85 2010 Sentra P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check continuity between TCM connector terminal (A) and CVT unit harness connector terminal (B). Item Connector Terminal TCM F23 38 CVT unit harness connector F46 12 Continuity Yes 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. If OK, check continuity between ground and CVT assembly. 6. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. SCIA8182E 4.CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect CVT unit harness connector. Check resistance between CVT unit harness connector terminal and ground. Solenoid Valve Connector Terminal Resistance (Approx.) Torque converter clutch solenoid valve F46 12 - Ground 3-9Ω OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. SCIA4684E 5.CHECK DTC With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION”. Is only “P0740” detected? YES >> Replace control valve. Refer to CVT-178, "Control Valve". NO >> Replace transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)" (MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE). 6.CHECK TCM 1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". 2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284185 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect CVT unit harness connector. Revision: January 2010 CVT-86 2010 Sentra P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check resistance between CVT unit harness connector terminal and ground. Solenoid Valve Connector Terminal Resistance (Approx.) Torque converter clutch solenoid valve F46 12 - Ground 3-9Ω 4. A B CVT If NG, perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANMISSION”. SCIA4684E D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 CVT-87 2010 Sentra P0744 TORQUE CONVERTER < SERVICE INFORMATION > P0744 TORQUE CONVERTER Description INFOID:0000000005284186 • This malfunction is detected when the torque converter clutch does not lock-up as instructed by the TCM. This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted), but also by mechanical malfunction such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation, etc. CONSULT-III Reference Value INFOID:0000000005284187 Remarks: Specification data are reference values. Item name Condition Display value ENG SPEED SIG Engine running Closely matches the tachometer reading. PRI SPEED SEN During driving (lock-up ON) Approximately matches the engine speed. On Board Diagnosis Logic • • - INFOID:0000000005284188 This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. Diagnostic trouble code “P0744” with CONSULT-III is detected under the following conditions. When CVT cannot perform lock-up even if electrical circuit is good. When TCM compares difference value with slip revolution and detects an irregularity. Possible Cause INFOID:0000000005284189 • Torque converter clutch solenoid valve • Hydraulic control circuit DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284190 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. After the repair, touch “ERASE” on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and then perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Start engine and maintain the following condition for at least 30 seconds. ACC PEDAL OPEN: More than 1.0/8 RANGE: “D” position [Vehicle speed: Constant speed of more than 40 km/h (25 MPH)] If DTC is detected go to CVT-88, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284191 1.CHECK INPUT SIGNALS 1. 2. 3. 4. With CONSULT-III Start engine. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Start vehicle. Check if there is a great difference between “ENG SPEED SIG” and “PRI SPEED SEN”. (Lock-up ON.) Revision: January 2010 CVT-88 2010 Sentra P0744 TORQUE CONVERTER < SERVICE INFORMATION > Item name Condition Display value ENG SPEED SIG Engine running Closely matches the tachometer reading. PRI SPEED SEN During driving (lock-up ON) Approximately matches the engine speed. A B OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 2. CVT 2.CHECK LINE PRESSURE D Perform line pressure test. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis". 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM E F Check the following: • Torque converter clutch solenoid valve. Refer to CVT-86, "Component Inspection". • Lock-up select solenoid valve. Refer to CVT-131, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. G 4.CHECK SECONDARY SPEED SENSOR SYSTEM AND PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR SYSTEM Check secondary speed sensor system and primary speed sensor system. Refer to CVT-75, CVT-70. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. H I 5.CHECK DTC J Perform CVT-88, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 6. K 6.CHECK TCM L 1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". 2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> 1. Repair or replace damaged parts. 2. Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)" (MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE). M N O P Revision: January 2010 CVT-89 2010 Sentra P0745 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A < SERVICE INFORMATION > P0745 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A Description INFOID:0000000005284192 • The line pressure solenoid valve regulates the oil pump discharge pressure to suit the driving condition in response to a signal sent from the TCM. CONSULT-III Reference Value INFOID:0000000005284193 Remarks: Specification data are reference values. Item name ISOLT2 Condition Display value (Approx.) Release your foot from the accelerator pedal 0.8 A Press the accelerator pedal all the way down 0.0 A On Board Diagnosis Logic • • - INFOID:0000000005284194 This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. Diagnostic trouble code “P0745” with CONSULT-III is detected under the following conditions. TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve. When TCM compares target value with monitor value and detects an irregularity. Possible Cause INFOID:0000000005284195 • Harness or connectors (Solenoid circuit is open or shorted.) • Line pressure solenoid valve DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284196 NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to CVT-92, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”. Revision: January 2010 CVT-90 2010 Sentra P0745 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - CVT - LPSV INFOID:0000000005284197 A B CVT D E F G H I J K L M N O P BCWA0742E TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". Revision: January 2010 CVT-91 2010 Sentra P0745 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A < SERVICE INFORMATION > Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284198 1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Start engine. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Read out the value of “ISOLT2”. Item name ISOLT2 1. 2. Condition Display value (Approx.) Release your foot from the accelerator pedal. 0.8 A Press the accelerator pedal all the way down. 0.0 A Without CONSULT-III Start engine. Check voltage between TCM connector terminal and ground. Name Connector Line pressure solenoid valve F23 Condition Voltage (Approx.) Release your foot from the accelerator pedal. 5.0 - 7.0 V Press the accelerator pedal all the way down. 1.0 V Terminal 40 - ground 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. 4. Disconnect TCM connector. 5. Check if there is continuity between connector terminal and ground. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TCM connector. Check resistance between TCM connector terminal and ground. Solenoid valve Connector Terminal Resistance (Approx.) F23 40 - ground 3.0 - 9.0 Ω Line pressure solenoid valve OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 3. SCIA8184E 3.CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect CVT unit harness connector. Revision: January 2010 CVT-92 2010 Sentra P0745 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check resistance between CVT unit harness connector terminal and ground. A B Solenoid valve Connector Terminal Resistance (Approx.) F46 2 - Ground 3.0 - 9.0 Ω Line pressure solenoid valve OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)". 4. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE 1. 2. 3. CVT SCIA4686E D Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect CVT unit harness connector (B) and TCM connector (A). Check continuity between TCM connector (A) terminal and CVT unit harness connector (B) terminal. Item Connector Terminal TCM F23 40 CVT unit harness connector F46 2 E F Continuity Yes G 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. If OK, check continuity between ground and CVT assembly. 6. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H SCIA8185E I 5.CHECK DTC Perform CVT-90, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 6. J K 6.CHECK TCM 1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". 2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> 1. Repair or replace damaged parts. 2. Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)" (MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE). Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284199 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE 1. 2. L M N O Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect CVT unit harness connector. P Revision: January 2010 CVT-93 2010 Sentra P0745 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check resistance between CVT unit harness connector terminal and ground. Solenoid valve Line pressure solenoid valve 4. Connector Terminal Resistance (Approx.) F46 2 - Ground 3.0 - 9.0 Ω If NG, replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)" (MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE). SCIA4686E Revision: January 2010 CVT-94 2010 Sentra P0746 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A < SERVICE INFORMATION > P0746 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A A Description INFOID:0000000005284200 • The line pressure solenoid valve regulates the oil pump discharge pressure to suit the driving condition in response to a signal sent from the TCM. CONSULT-III Reference Value B INFOID:0000000005284201 CVT Remarks: Specification data are reference values. Item name Condition Display value (Approx.) PRI PRESS “N” position idle 0.3 - 0.7 MPa On Board Diagnosis Logic D INFOID:0000000005284202 E • This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. • Diagnostic trouble code “P0746” with CONSULT-III is detected under the following conditions. - Unexpected gear ratio was detected in the LOW side due to excessively low line pressure. F Possible Cause INFOID:0000000005284203 • Line pressure control system • Secondary speed sensor • Primary speed sensor G DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284204 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. After the repair, touch “ERASE” on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and then perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. H I J WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds. Test start from 0 km/h (0 MPH). ATF TEMP SEN: 1.0 - 2.0 V ACC PEDAL OPEN: More than 1.0/8 RANGE: “D” position VEHICLE SPEED: 10 km/h (6 MPH) More than Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test. If DTC is detected, go to CVT-95, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST K L M N Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284205 1.CHECK INPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Start engine. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Start vehicle and read out the value of “PRI PRESS”. Item name Condition Display value (Approx.) PRI PRESS “N” position idle 0.3 - 0.7 MPa Revision: January 2010 CVT-95 2010 Sentra O P P0746 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. 2. Without CONSULT-III Start engine. Check voltage between TCM connector terminal and ground. Name Connector Terminal Condition Voltage (Approx.) F23 14 - Ground “N” position idle 0.7 - 3.5 V Primary pressure sensor OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK LINE PRESSURE Perform line pressure test. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis". 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check line pressure solenoid valve. Refer to CVT-93, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 4.CHECK SECONDARY SPEED SENSOR SYSTEM AND PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR SYSTEM Check secondary speed sensor system and primary speed sensor system. Refer to CVT-75, CVT-70. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the following: • Power supply and ground circuit for TCM. Refer to CVT-118, "Wiring Diagram - CVT - POWER". • The TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 6.CHECK DTC Perform CVT-95, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Replace the transaxle assembly or TCM. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)" (MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE). Revision: January 2010 CVT-96 2010 Sentra P0776 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B < SERVICE INFORMATION > P0776 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B A Description INFOID:0000000005284206 • The secondary pressure solenoid valve regulates the secondary pressure to suit the driving condition in response to a signal sent from the TCM. CONSULT-III Reference Value B INFOID:0000000005284207 CVT Remarks: Specification data are reference values. Item name Condition Display value (Approx.) SEC PRESS “N” position idle 0.5 MPa On Board Diagnosis Logic D INFOID:0000000005284208 • This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. • Diagnostic trouble code “P0776” with CONSULT-III is detected when secondary pressure is too high or too low compared with the commanded value while driving. E Possible Cause F INFOID:0000000005284209 • Harness or connectors (Solenoid circuit is open or shorted.) • Secondary pressure solenoid valve system • Secondary pressure sensor • Line pressure control system G H DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284210 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 30 consecutive seconds. ATF TEMP SEN: 1.0 - 2.0 V ACC PEDAL OPEN: More than 1.0/8 RANGE: “D” position VEHICLE SPEED: 10 km/h (6 MPH) More than Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test. If DTC is detected, go to CVT-97, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST I J K L M N Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284211 1.CHECK INPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Start engine. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Start vehicle and read out the value of “SEC PRESS”. Item name Condition Display value (Approx.) SEC PRESS “N” position idle 0.5 MPa Revision: January 2010 CVT-97 2010 Sentra O P P0776 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK LINE PRESSURE Perform line pressure test. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis". 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the following: • Secondary pressure solenoid valve. Refer to CVT-102, "Component Inspection". • Line pressure solenoid valve. Refer to CVT-93, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 4.CHECK SECONDARY PRESSURE SENSOR SYSTEM Check secondary pressure sensor system. Refer to CVT-109. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the following: • Power supply and ground circuit for TCM. Refer to CVT-118, "Wiring Diagram - CVT - POWER". • The TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 6.CHECK DTC Perform CVT-97, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)" (MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE). Revision: January 2010 CVT-98 2010 Sentra P0778 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B < SERVICE INFORMATION > P0778 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B A Description INFOID:0000000005284212 • The secondary pressure solenoid valve regulates the oil pump discharge pressure to suit the driving condition in response to a signal sent from the TCM. CONSULT-III Reference Value B INFOID:0000000005284213 CVT Remarks: Specification data are reference values. Item name Condition Display value (Approx.) ISOLT3 Secondary pressure low - Secondary pressure high 0.8 - 0.0 A “N” position idle 0.6 - 0.7 A When stalled 0.4 - 0.6 A SOLMON3 On Board Diagnosis Logic • • - D E INFOID:0000000005284214 This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. Diagnostic trouble code “P0778” with CONSULT-III is detected under the following conditions. TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve. When TCM compares target value with monitor value and detects an irregularity. Possible Cause F G INFOID:0000000005284215 • Harness or connectors (Solenoid circuit is open or shorted.) • Secondary pressure solenoid valve H DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284216 NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. I J K Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to CVT-101, "Diagnosis Procedure". L WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”. M N O P Revision: January 2010 CVT-99 2010 Sentra P0778 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - CVT - SECPSV INFOID:0000000005284217 BCWA0743E TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". Revision: January 2010 CVT-100 2010 Sentra P0778 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B < SERVICE INFORMATION > Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284218 A 1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Start engine. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Read out the value of “ISOLT3”. B CVT Item name Condition Display value (Approx.) ISOLT3 Secondary pressure low Secondary pressure high 0.8 - 0.0 A 1. 2. D Without CONSULT-III Start engine. Check voltage between TCM connector terminal and ground. Name Secondary pressure solenoid valve Connector F23 Terminal 39 - ground Condition Voltage (Approx.) Release your foot from the accelerator pedal. 5.0 - 7.0 V Press the accelerator pedal all the way down. 3.0 - 4.0 V E F G H 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. 4. Disconnect TCM connector. 5. Check if there is continuity between connector terminal and ground. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 2. I 2.CHECK SECONDARY PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. J Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TCM connector. Check resistance between TCM connector terminal and ground. Solenoid valve Connector Terminal Resistance (Approx.) Secondary pressure solenoid valve F23 39 - Ground 3.0 - 9.0 Ω K L M OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 3. SCIA8189E 3.CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect CVT unit harness connector. N O P Revision: January 2010 CVT-101 2010 Sentra P0778 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check resistance between CVT unit harness connector terminal and ground. Solenoid valve Connector Terminal Resistance (Approx.) F46 3 - Ground 3.0 - 9.0 Ω Secondary pressure solenoid valve OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 4.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND SECONDARY PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE 1. 2. 3. SCIA4688E Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TCM connector (A) and CVT unit harness connector (B). Check continuity between TCM connector (A) terminal and CVT unit harness connector (B) terminal. Item Connector Terminal TCM connector F23 39 CVT unit harness connector F46 3 Continuity Yes 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. SCIA8190E 5.CHECK DTC Perform CVT-99, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 6. 6.CHECK TCM 1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". 2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> 1. Repair or replace damaged parts. 2. Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)" (MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE). Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284219 SECONDARY PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect CVT unit harness connector. Revision: January 2010 CVT-102 2010 Sentra P0778 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check resistance between CVT unit harness connector terminal and ground. Solenoid Valve Connector Terminal Resistance (Approx.) Secondary pressure solenoid valve F46 3 - Ground 3.0 - 9.0 Ω 4. If NG, replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)" (MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE). A B CVT SCIA4688E D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 CVT-103 2010 Sentra P0826 UP AND DOWN SHIFT SW < SERVICE INFORMATION > P0826 UP AND DOWN SHIFT SW Description INFOID:0000000005284220 TCM sends the switch signals to combination meter via CAN communication line. Then manual mode switch position is indicated on the CVT position indicator. For inspection, refer to CVT-106, "Diagnosis Procedure" CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Item name MMODE NON MMODE STRDWN SW STRUP INFOID:0000000005284221 Condition Display value When manual mode ON Other than the above OFF When manual mode OFF Other than the above ON Steering shift switch: - side ON Other than the above OFF Steering shift switch: + side ON Other than the above OFF On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284222 • This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. • Diagnostic trouble code “P0826” with CONSULT-III is detected when TCM monitors Manual mode, Non manual mode, Up or Down switch signal, and then detects irregular with impossible input pattern for 1 second or more. Possible Cause INFOID:0000000005284223 • Harness or connectors (These switches circuit is open or shorted.) (TCM, and combination meter circuit are open or shorted.) (CAN communication line is open or shorted.) • Manual mode select switch. • Manual mode position select switch. DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284224 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Start engine. Push manual mode switch“”. Drive vehicle for at least 2 consecutive seconds. If DTC is detected, go toCVT-106, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 CVT-104 2010 Sentra P0826 UP AND DOWN SHIFT SW < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - CVT - MMSW INFOID:0000000005284225 A B CVT D E F G H I J K L M N O P ABDWA0151GB TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". Revision: January 2010 CVT-105 2010 Sentra P0826 UP AND DOWN SHIFT SW < SERVICE INFORMATION > Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284226 1.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE Perform the self-diagnosis check. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". Is any malfunction of the “U1000” indicated? YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to CVT-54. NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK MANUAL MODE SWITCH SIGNALS 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Read out ON/OFF switching action of the “STRDWNSW”, “STRUPSW”, “NONMMODE”, “MMODE”. Item name MMODE NONMMODE STRDWNSW STRUPSW Condition Display value When manual mode ON Other than the above OFF When manual mode OFF Other than the above ON Steering shift switch: - side ON Other than the above OFF Steering shift switch: + side ON Other than the above OFF Without CONSULT-III Drive vehicle in the manual mode, and confirm that the actual gear position and the meter's indication of the position mutually coincide when the selector lever is shifted to the “+ (up)” or “- (down)” side (1st ⇔ 6th gear). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK STEERING SHIFT SWITCH AND MANUAL MODE SWITCH Check steering shift switch and manual mode switch. Refer to CVT-108, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 4.CHECK BETWEEN STEERING SHIFT SWITCH AND COMBINATION METER 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect spiral cable harness connector and combination meter harness connector. Check continuity between spiral cable harness connector terminals and combination meter harness connector terminals. Item 4. Connector Terminal Spiral cable harness connector M30 25 Combination meter harness connector M24 38 Spiral cable harness connector M30 31 Combination meter harness connector M24 40 Spiral cable harness connector M30 33 Combination meter harness connector M24 39 Continuity Yes Yes Yes If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. Revision: January 2010 CVT-106 2010 Sentra P0826 UP AND DOWN SHIFT SW < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace damaged harness. A 5.CHECK BETWEEN MANUAL MODE SWITCH AND COMBINATION METER 1. 2. 3. Disconnect manual mode select switch harness connector. Check continuity between manual mode select switch harness connector terminals and combination meter harness connector terminals. Item Connector Terminal Manual mode select switch harness connector M103 1 Combination meter harness connector M24 37 Manual mode select switch harness connector M103 2 Combination meter harness connector M24 38 B CVT Continuity D Yes Yes E Check continuity between manual mode select switch harness connector and ground. F Item Connector Terminal Continuity Manual mode select switch harness connector M103 3 - ground Yes G 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair or replace damaged harness. H 6.CHECK SPIRAL CABLE 1. 2. I Disconnect spiral cable connector. Check continuity between spiral cable connector terminals. Item Spiral cable connector Connector Terminal M78 15 M30 33 M17 17 M31 31 M19 19 M25 25 Continuity J Yes K Yes L Yes OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace spiral cable. Refer to SRS-33. M 7.CHECK COMBINATION METER N Check combination meter. Refer to DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter". OK or NG? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Replace combination meter. Refer to DI-23, "Removal and Installation". O 8.CHECK DTC P Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to CVT-104, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 9. 9.CHECK TCM 1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". Revision: January 2010 CVT-107 2010 Sentra P0826 UP AND DOWN SHIFT SW < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284227 STEERING SHIFT SWITCH Check continuity between spiral cable connector terminals. Terminals 15 - 19 17 - 19 Operation Continuity While pushing steering shift switch (+ side) Yes Other condition No While pushing steering shift switch (- side) Yes Other condition No MANUAL MODE SWITCH Check continuity between manual mode select switch harness connector terminals. Terminals 1-3 2-3 Revision: January 2010 Operation Continuity When manual mode No Other condition Yes When not in manual mode Yes Other condition No CVT-108 2010 Sentra P0840 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SEN/SW A < SERVICE INFORMATION > P0840 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SEN/SW A A Description INFOID:0000000005284228 • The secondary pressure sensor detects secondary pressure of CVT and sends TCM the signal. CONSULT-III Reference Value B INFOID:0000000005284229 CVT Remarks: Specification data are reference values. Item name SEC HYDR SEN SEC PRESS Condition Display value (Approx.) “N” position idle On Board Diagnosis Logic 1.0 V D 1.3 MPa INFOID:0000000005284230 • This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. • Diagnostic trouble code “P0840” with CONSULT-III is detected when TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it receives the sensor signal. Possible Cause G DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284232 NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-III 3. 4. F INFOID:0000000005284231 • Secondary pressure sensor • Harness or connectors (Switch circuit is open or shorted.) 1. 2. E Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Make sure that output voltage of line temperature sensor is within the range below. ATF TEMP SEN: 1.0 - 2.0 V If out of range, drive the vehicle to decrease the voltage (warm up the fluid) or stop engine to increase the voltage (cool down the fluid) Start engine and wait for at least 5 consecutive seconds. If DTC is detected, go to CVT-111, "Diagnosis Procedure". H I J K L WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”. M N O P Revision: January 2010 CVT-109 2010 Sentra P0840 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SEN/SW A < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - CVT - SECPS INFOID:0000000005284233 BCWA0744E TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". Revision: January 2010 CVT-110 2010 Sentra P0840 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SEN/SW A < SERVICE INFORMATION > Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284234 A 1.CHECK INPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Start engine. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Start vehicle and read out the value of “SEC HYDR SEN”. B CVT Item name Condition Display value (Approx.) SEC HYDR SEN “N” position idle 1.0 V 1. 2. D Without CONSULT-III Start engine. Check voltage between TCM connector terminal and ground. Name Connector Terminal Condition Voltage (Approx.) Secondary pressure sensor F23 15 - Ground “N” position idle 1.0 V E F G OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 2. H 2.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND SECONDARY PRESSURE SENSOR 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TCM connector (A) and CVT unit harness connector (B). Check continuity between TCM connector (A) terminal and CVT unit harness connector (B) terminal. Item Connector Terminal TCM connector F23 15 CVT unit harness connector F46 23 I J Continuity K YES 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground and short to power harness or connectors. L SCIA8194E 3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND CVT UNIT HARNESS CONNECTOR (SENSOR POWER AND SENSOR GROUND) 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect TCM connector (A) and CVT unit harness connector (B). 3. Check continuity between TCM connector (A) terminals and CVT unit harness connector (B) terminals. Item Connector Terminal TCM F23 26 CVT unit harness connector F46 20 TCM F23 25 CVT unit harness connector F46 19 4. 5. Revision: January 2010 N O Continuity P Yes Yes If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. Reinstall any part removed. CVT-111 M SCIA8193E 2010 Sentra P0840 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SEN/SW A < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK SENSOR POWER AND SENSOR GROUND 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. Disconnect CVT unit harness connector. Check voltage between CVT unit harness connector terminal. Item CVT unit harness connector (vehicle side) Connector Terminal Data (Approx.) F46 19 - 20 5.0 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 6. 5.CHECK DTC With CONSULT-III Perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION”. Is “P0840” detected? YES (Only DTC P0840 detected)>>Replace control valve. Refer to CVT-178, "Control Valve". YES (DTC P0840 and except DTC P0840 are detected)>>Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)" (MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE). NO >> GO TO 6. 6.CHECK TCM 1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". 2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> Replace TCM. Refer to CVT-161, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. Revision: January 2010 CVT-112 2010 Sentra P0841 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SEN/SW A < SERVICE INFORMATION > P0841 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SEN/SW A A Description INFOID:0000000005284235 Using the engine load (throttle position), the primary pulley revolution speed, and the secondary pulley revolution speed as input signal, TCM changes the operating pressure of the primary pulley and the secondary pulley and changes the groove width of the pulley to control the gear ratio. CONSULT-III Reference Value INFOID:0000000005284236 B CVT Remarks: Specification data are reference values. Item name Condition Display value (Approx.) SEC HYDR SEN “N” position idle 1.0 V On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284237 • This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. • Diagnostic trouble code “P0841” with CONSULT-III is detected when correlation between the values of the secondary pressure sensor and the primary pressure sensor is out of specification. Possible Cause D E F INFOID:0000000005284238 G • Secondary pressure sensor • Harness or connectors (Sensor circuit is open or shorted.) DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284239 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. H I J WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 12 consecutive seconds. VEHICLE SPEED: 40 km/h (25 MPH) More than RANGE: “D” position If DTC is detected, go to CVT-113, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure M Perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". Is any malfunction of the “U1000” indicated? YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to CVT-54. NO >> GO TO 2. N 2.CHECK INPUT SIGNALS O With CONSULT-III Start engine. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Start vehicle and read out the value of “SEC HYDR SEN”. Item name Condition Display value (Approx.) SEC HYDR SEN “N” position idle 1.0 V Without CONSULT-III Revision: January 2010 L INFOID:0000000005284240 1.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE 1. 2. 3. K CVT-113 2010 Sentra P P0841 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SEN/SW A < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Start engine. 2. Check voltage between TCM connector terminals and ground. Name Secondary pressure sensor Connector Terminal F23 15 - Ground Condition Voltage (Approx.) “N” position idle 1.0 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK LINE PRESSURE Perform line pressure test. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis". 4.CHECK SECONDARY PRESSURE SENSOR SYSTEM Check secondary pressure sensor system. Refer to CVT-109. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the following: • Line pressure solenoid valve. Refer to CVT-93, "Component Inspection". • Secondary pressure solenoid valve. Refer to CVT-102, "Component Inspection". • Step motor. Refer to CVT-137, "Component Inspection". OK or NG6 OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 6.CHECK DTC Perform CVT-113, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Replace TCM or transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)". Revision: January 2010 CVT-114 2010 Sentra P0868 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE < SERVICE INFORMATION > P0868 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE A Description INFOID:0000000005284241 • The secondary pressure solenoid valve regulates the secondary pressure to suit the driving condition in response to a signal sent from the TCM. CONSULT-III Reference Value B INFOID:0000000005284242 CVT Remarks: Specification data are reference values. Item name Condition Display value (Approx.) SEC PRESS “N” position idle 0.5 MPa On Board Diagnosis Logic D INFOID:0000000005284243 • This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. • Diagnostic trouble code “P0868” with CONSULT-III is detected when secondary fluid pressure is too low compared with the commanded value while driving. E Possible Cause F INFOID:0000000005284244 • Harness or connectors (Solenoid circuit is open or shorted.) • Secondary pressure solenoid valve system • Secondary pressure sensor • Line pressure control system G H DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284245 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Make sure that output voltage of CVT fluid temperature sensor is within the range below. ATF TEMP SEN: 1.0 - 2.0 V If out of range, drive the vehicle to decrease the voltage (warm up the fluid) or stop engine to increase the voltage (cool down the fluid) Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds. VEHICLE SPEED (accelerate slowly): 0 → 50 km/h (31 MPH) ACC PEDAL OPEN: 0.5/8 - 1.0/8 RANGE: “D” position If DTC is detected, go to CVT-115, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure K L M N O With CONSULT-III Start engine. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Start vehicle and read out the value of “SEC PRESS”. Item name Condition Display value (Approx.) SEC PRESS “N” position idle 0.5 MPa OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. Revision: January 2010 J INFOID:0000000005284246 1.CHECK INPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. 3. I CVT-115 2010 Sentra P P0868 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE < SERVICE INFORMATION > NG >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK LINE PRESSURE Perform line pressure test. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis". 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the following: • Secondary pressure solenoid valve. Refer to CVT-102, "Component Inspection". • Line pressure solenoid valve. Refer to CVT-93, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 4.CHECK SECONDARY PRESSURE SENSOR SYSTEM Check secondary pressure sensor system. Refer to CVT-109. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the following: • Power supply and ground circuit for TCM. Refer to CVT-118, "Wiring Diagram - CVT - POWER". • The TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 6.CHECK DTC Perform CVT-115, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)" (MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE). Revision: January 2010 CVT-116 2010 Sentra P1701 TCM < SERVICE INFORMATION > P1701 TCM A Description INFOID:0000000005284247 When the power supply to the TCM is cut OFF, for example because the battery is removed, and the self-diag- B nosis memory function stops, malfunction is detected. NOTE: Since “P1701” will be indicated when replacing TCM, perform diagnosis after erasing “SELF-DIAG CVT RESULTS” On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284248 • This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. • Diagnostic trouble code “P1701” with CONSULT-III is detected when TCM does not receive the voltage signal from the battery power supply. • This is not a malfunction message. (Whenever shutting OFF a power supply to the TCM, this message appears on the screen.) Possible Cause INFOID:0000000005284249 D E F Harness or connectors (Battery or ignition switch and TCM circuit is open or shorted.) DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284250 NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. G H I Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Wait for at least 2 consecutive seconds. If DTC is detected, go to CVT-119, "Diagnosis Procedure". J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 CVT-117 2010 Sentra P1701 TCM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - CVT - POWER INFOID:0000000005284251 AADWA0080GB TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". Revision: January 2010 CVT-118 2010 Sentra P1701 TCM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284252 A 1.CHECK DTC 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. 3. Erase self-diagnostic results. Refer to CVT-24, "OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC)". 4. Turn ignition switch OFF, and wait for 5 seconds or more. 5. Start engine. 6. Confirm self-diagnostic results again. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". Is the “P1701” displayed? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> INSPECTION END 2.CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE, STEP 1 1. 2. Connector Power supply (memory backup) F23 Terminal Condition Voltage (Approx.) Always Battery voltage 45 - Ground 47 - Ground D F G OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 4. H 3.CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE, STEP 2 1. 2. CVT E Turn ignition switch OFF. Check voltage between TCM connector terminal and ground. Name B I Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between TCM connector terminals and ground. J Name Connector Terminal Condition Voltage (Approx.) K Battery voltage Power supply 46 - Ground L 0V Power supply M Battery voltage F23 48 - Ground N 0V Power supply (memory backup) 45 - Ground 47 - Ground Always O Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. P 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the following. • Harness for short or open between battery and TCM connector terminal 45, 47 • Harness for short or open between ignition switch and TCM connector terminal 46, 48 Revision: January 2010 CVT-119 2010 Sentra P1701 TCM < SERVICE INFORMATION > • 10 A fuse (No.49, located in the IPDM E/R) • 20 A fuse (No.53, located in the IPDM E/R) • Ignition switch. Refer to PG-3. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 5.CHECK TCM GROUND CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TCM connector. Check continuity between TCM connector terminals and ground. Name Connector Ground F23 Terminal Continuity 5 - Ground Yes 42 - Ground OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK DTC Perform CVT-117, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 7. 7.CHECK TCM 1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". 2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. Revision: January 2010 CVT-120 2010 Sentra P1705 TP SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > P1705 TP SENSOR A Description INFOID:0000000005284253 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, accelerator pedal position sensor, throttle position sensor etc. The actuator sends a signal to the ECM, and ECM sends the signal to TCM with CAN communication. CONSULT-III Reference Value INFOID:0000000005284254 B CVT Remarks: Specification data are reference values. Item name Condition Display value (Approx.) ACC PEDAL OPEN Released accelerator pedal - Fully depressed accelerator pedal 0.0/8 - 8.0/8 On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284255 • This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. • Diagnostic trouble code “P1705” with CONSULT-III is detected when TCM does not receive the proper accelerator pedal position signals (input by CAN communication) from ECM. Possible Cause INFOID:0000000005284257 NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-III H I J Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Depress accelerator pedal fully and release it, then wait for 5 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to CVT-121, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure K INFOID:0000000005284258 L 1.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE Perform the self-diagnosis check. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". Is any malfunction of the “U1000” indicated? YES >> Check the CAN communication line. Refer to CVT-54. NO >> GO TO 2. M 2.CHECK INPUT SIGNAL N With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Read out the value of “ACC PEDAL OPEN”. Item name Condition ACC PEDAL OPEN Release accelerator pedal. ↓ Fully depressed accelerator pedal 0.0/8 ↓ 8.0/8 CVT-121 O P Display value (Approx.) OK or NG Revision: January 2010 F G DTC Confirmation Procedure 1. 2. 3. E INFOID:0000000005284256 • ECM • Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted.) 1. 2. 3. 4. D 2010 Sentra P1705 TP SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK DTC WITH ECM With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-131, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Check the DTC Detected Item. Go to EC-131, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)". 1. 2. 4.CHECK DTC Perform CVT-121, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. Revision: January 2010 CVT-122 2010 Sentra P1722 VEHICLE SPEED < SERVICE INFORMATION > P1722 VEHICLE SPEED A Description INFOID:0000000005284259 The vehicle speed signal is transmitted from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) to TCM by CAN communication line. CONSULT-III Reference Value B INFOID:0000000005284260 CVT Remarks: Specification data are reference values. Item name ESTM VSP SIG VEHICLE SPEED Condition Display value During driving Approximately matches the speedometer reading. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284261 • This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. • Diagnostic trouble code “P1722” with CONSULT-III is detected when TCM does not receive the proper vehicle speed signal (input by CAN communication) from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Possible Cause H INFOID:0000000005284263 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. After the repair, touch “ERASE” on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and then perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-III I J K Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds. ACC PEDAL OPEN: 1.0/8 or less VEHICLE SPEED SE: 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more If DTC is detected, go to CVT-123, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure L M INFOID:0000000005284264 1.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE N Perform the self-diagnosis check. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". Is any malfunction of the “U1000” indicated? YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to CVT-54. NO >> GO TO 2. O 2.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) Perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis check. Refer to BRC-20, "CONSULT-III Function (ABS)". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 3.CHECK INPUT SIGNALS Revision: January 2010 F G DTC Confirmation Procedure 4. E INFOID:0000000005284262 • Harness or connectors (Sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 1. 2. 3. D CVT-123 2010 Sentra P P1722 VEHICLE SPEED < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Start engine. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Drive vehicle and read out the value of “VEHICLE SPEED” and “ESTM VSP SIG”. Item name ESTM VSP SIG VEHICLE SPEED 4. Condition Display value During driving Approximately matches the speedometer reading. Check if there is a great difference between the two values. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK TCM Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 5.CHECK DTC Perform CVT-123, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2. Revision: January 2010 CVT-124 2010 Sentra P1723 SPEED SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > P1723 SPEED SENSOR A Description INFOID:0000000005284265 • The secondary speed sensor detects the revolution of the parking gear and generates a pulse signal. The pulse signal is sent to the TCM, which converts it into vehicle speed. • The primary speed sensor detects the primary pulley revolution speed and sends a signal to the TCM. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284266 • This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. • Diagnostic trouble code “P1723” with CONSULT-III is detected when there is a great difference between the vehicle speed signal and the secondary speed sensor signal. CAUTION: One of the “P0720”, the “P0715” or the “P0725“ is displayed with the DTC at the same time. F G DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284268 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. After the repair, touch “ERASE” on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and then perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds. VEHICLE SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more ACC PEDAL OPEN: More than 1.0/8 RANGE: “D” position ENG SPEED: 450 rpm or more Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test. If DTC is detected, go to CVT-125, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure H I J K L M INFOID:0000000005284269 1.CHECK STEP MOTOR FUNCTION N Perform the self-diagnosis check. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". Is a malfunction in the step motor function indicated in the results? YES >> Repair or replace damaged parts. (Check the step motor function. Refer to CVT-138.) NO >> GO TO 2. O 2.CHECK SECONDARY SPEED SENSOR SYSTEM AND PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR SYSTEM Check secondary speed sensor system and primary speed sensor system. Refer to CVT-75, CVT-70. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 3.CHECK ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL SYSTEM Check engine speed signal system. Refer to CVT-80. Revision: January 2010 D INFOID:0000000005284267 • Harness or connectors (Sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Secondary speed sensor • Primary speed sensor • Engine speed signal system 3. CVT E Possible Cause 1. 2. B CVT-125 2010 Sentra P P1723 SPEED SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to EC-561. 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the following: • Power supply and ground circuit for TCM. Refer to CVT-117. • The TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 5.CHECK DTC Perform CVT-125, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Replace TCM or transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-161, "Removal and Installation". Revision: January 2010 CVT-126 2010 Sentra P1726 THROTTLE CONTROL SIGNAL < SERVICE INFORMATION > P1726 THROTTLE CONTROL SIGNAL Description A INFOID:0000000005284270 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, accelerator pedal position sensor, throttle position sensor etc. The actuator sends a signal to the ECM, and ECM sends the signal to TCM with CAN communication. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284271 • This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. • Diagnostic trouble code “P1726” with CONSULT-III is detected when the electronically controlled throttle for ECM is malfunctioning. Possible Cause CVT D INFOID:0000000005284272 E Harness or connectors (Sensor circuit is open or shorted.) DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284273 NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. After the repair, touch “ERASE” on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and then perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. F G H WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. B Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Start engine and let it idle for 5 second. If DTC is detected, go to CVT-127, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure I INFOID:0000000005284274 J With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-131, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Check the DTC Detected Item. Refer to EC-131, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)". • If CAN communication line is detected, go to CVT-54. K 1.CHECK DTC WITH ECM 1. 2. L M 2.CHECK DTC Perform CVT-127, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 3. N O 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the following: • The TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> Replace TCM. Refer to CVT-161, "Removal and Installation". NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. Revision: January 2010 CVT-127 P 2010 Sentra P1740 SELECT SOLENOID < SERVICE INFORMATION > P1740 SELECT SOLENOID Description INFOID:0000000005284275 • The lock-up select solenoid valve controls lock-up clutch pressure or forward clutch pressure (reverse brake pressure). • When controlling lock-up clutch, the valve is turned OFF. When controlling forward clutch, it is turned ON. CONSULT-III Reference Value Item name LUSEL SOL OUT LUSEL SOL MON INFOID:0000000005284276 Condition Display value Selector lever in “P” and “N” positions ON Wait at least for 5 seconds with the selector lever in “R”, “D” and “L” positions OFF Selector lever in “P”, “N” positions ON Wait at least for 5 seconds with the selector lever in “R”, “D” or “L” position OFF On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284277 • This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. • Diagnostic trouble code “P1740” with CONSULT-III is detected under the following conditions. - When TCM compares target value with monitor value and detects an irregularity. Possible Cause INFOID:0000000005284278 • Lock-up select solenoid valve • Harness or connectors (Solenoid circuit is open or shorted.) DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284279 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. After the repair, touch “ERASE” on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and then perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds. RANGE: “D” position and “N” position (At each time, wait for 5 seconds.) If DTC is detected, go to CVT-130, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”. Revision: January 2010 CVT-128 2010 Sentra P1740 SELECT SOLENOID < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - CVT - L/USSV INFOID:0000000005284280 A B CVT D E F G H I J K L M N O P BCWA0747E TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". Revision: January 2010 CVT-129 2010 Sentra P1740 SELECT SOLENOID < SERVICE INFORMATION > Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284281 1. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Read out the value of “LUSEL SOL OUT” and “LUSEL SOL MON”. Item name LUSEL SOL OUT LUSEL SOL MON 1. 2. Condition Display value Selector lever in “P” and “N” positions ON Wait at least for 5 seconds with the selector lever in “R”, “D” and “L” positions OFF Selector lever in “P” and “N” positions ON Wait at least for 5 seconds with the selector lever in “R”, “D” and “L” positions OFF Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between TCM connector terminal and ground. Name Lock-up select solenoid valve Connector F23 Terminal 37 - Ground Condition Voltage (Approx.) Selector lever in “P” and “N” positions Battery voltage Wait at least for 5 seconds with the selector lever in “R”, “D” and “L” positions 0V 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. 4. Disconnect the TCM connector. 5. Check if there is continuity between connector terminal and ground. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK LOCK-UP SELECT SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TCM connector. Check resistance between TCM connector terminal and ground. Solenoid valve Lock-up select solenoid valve Connector Terminal Resistance (Approx.) F23 37 - Ground 17 - 38 Ω OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 3. SCIA8203E 3.CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect CVT unit harness connector. Revision: January 2010 CVT-130 2010 Sentra P1740 SELECT SOLENOID < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check resistance between CVT unit harness connector terminal and ground. A B Solenoid valve Lock-up select solenoid valve Connector Terminal Resistance (Approx.) F46 13 - Ground 17 - 38 Ω OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)" (MR20DE), CVT194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE). CVT SCIA4693E D 4.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND LOCK-UP SELECT SOLENOID VALVE 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TCM connector (A) and CVT harness connector (B). Check continuity between TCM connector (A) terminal and CVT unit harness connector (B) terminal. E F Connector Terminal TCM Item F23 37 CVT unit harness connector F46 13 Continuity G Yes 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H SCIA8204E I 5.CHECK DTC Perform CVT-128, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 6. J K 6.CHECK TCM 1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-161, "Removal and Installation". 2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> 1. Repair or replace damaged parts. 2. Replace TCM. Refer to CVT-161, "Removal and Installation". Component Inspection L M INFOID:0000000005284282 N LOCK-UP SELECT SOLENOID VALVE 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect CVT unit harness connector. O P Revision: January 2010 CVT-131 2010 Sentra P1740 SELECT SOLENOID < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check resistance between CVT unit harness connector terminal and ground. Solenoid valve Lock-up select solenoid valve 4. Connector Terminal Resistance (Approx.) F46 13 - Ground 17 - 38 Ω If NG, replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)" (MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE). SCIA4693E Revision: January 2010 CVT-132 2010 Sentra P1745 LINE PRESSURE CONTROL < SERVICE INFORMATION > P1745 LINE PRESSURE CONTROL Description A INFOID:0000000005284283 The line pressure solenoid valve regulates the oil pump discharge pressure to suit the driving condition in response to a signal sent from the TCM. On Board Diagnosis Logic B INFOID:0000000005284284 • This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. • Diagnostic trouble code “P1745” with CONSULT-III is detected when TCM detects the unexpected line pressure. Possible Cause CVT D INFOID:0000000005284285 TCM E DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284286 NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. After the repair, touch “ERASE” on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and then perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. F G WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Make sure that output voltage of CVT fluid temperature sensor is within the range below. ATF TEMP SEN: 1.0 - 2.0 V If out of range, drive the vehicle to decrease the voltage (warm up the fluid) or stop engine to increase the voltage (cool down the fluid) If DTC is detected, go to CVT-133, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284287 H I J 1.CHECK DTC 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. 3. Erase self-diagnostic results. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF, and wait for 10 seconds or more. 5. Start engine. 6. Confirm self-diagnostic results again. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". Is the “P1745” displayed? YES >> Replace TCM. Refer to CVT-161, "Removal and Installation". NO >> INSPECTION END K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 CVT-133 2010 Sentra P1777 STEP MOTOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > P1777 STEP MOTOR Description INFOID:0000000005284288 • The step motor changes the step with turning 4 coils ON/OFF according to the signal from TCM. As a result, the flow of line pressure to primary pulley is changed and pulley ratio is controlled CONSULT-III Reference Value INFOID:0000000005284289 Remarks: Specification data are reference values. Item name Condition Display value (Approx.) STM STEP 0 step - 177 step SMCOIL A SMCOIL B During driving SMCOIL C Changes ON⇔OFF. SMCOIL D On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284290 • This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. • Diagnostic trouble code “P1777” with CONSULT-III is detected under the following conditions. - When operating step motor ON and OFF, there is no proper change in the voltage of TCM terminal which corresponds to it. Possible Cause INFOID:0000000005284291 • Step motor • Harness or connectors (Step motor circuit is open or shorted.) DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284292 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. After the repair, touch “ERASE” on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and then perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Drive vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds. If DTC is detected, go to CVT-136, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”. Revision: January 2010 CVT-134 2010 Sentra P1777 STEP MOTOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - CVT - STM INFOID:0000000005284293 A B CVT D E F G H I J K L M N O P BCWA0748E TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". Revision: January 2010 CVT-135 2010 Sentra P1777 STEP MOTOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284294 1.CHECK INPUT SIGNALS 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Start engine. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Start vehicle and read out the value of “STM STEP”, “SMCOIL A”, “SMCOIL B”, “SMCOIL C”, and “SMCOIL D”. Item name Condition Display value (Approx.) STM STEP 0 step - 177 step SMCOIL A SMCOIL B During driving SMCOIL C Changes ON⇔OFF. SMCOIL D OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND STEP MOTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect CVT unit connector and TCM connector (A). Check continuity between TCM connector (A) terminals and CVT unit harness connector (B) terminals. Item Connector Terminal TCM F23 30 CVT unit harness connector F46 6 TCM F23 29 CVT unit harness connector F46 7 TCM F23 28 CVT unit harness connector F46 8 TCM F23 27 CVT unit harness connector F46 9 Continuity Yes Yes Yes SCIA8205E Yes 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. If OK, check continuity between body ground and CVT assembly. 6. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK STEP MOTOR Check step motor. Refer to CVT-137, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK DTC With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANSMISSION”. Is only “P1777” detected? Revision: January 2010 CVT-136 2010 Sentra P1777 STEP MOTOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > YES (Only DTC P1777 detected)>>Replace control valve. Refer to CVT-178, "Control Valve". YES (DTC P0725 and DTC U1000 in addition to DTC P1777 and detected)>>When DTC is detected as listed below, replace control valve. Refer to CVT-178, "Control Valve". • DTC for P1777 and P0725 are detected. • DTC for P1777 and U1000 are detected. • DTC for P1777, P0725 and U1000 are detected. NO >> Replace transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)" (MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE). 5.CHECK TCM Component Inspection D E INFOID:0000000005284295 STEP MOTOR F Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect CVT unit harness connector. Check resistance between CVT unit harness connector terminals and ground. Name Connector Terminal 6-7 8-9 Step motor F46 G H Resistance (Approx.) I 30 Ω 6 - Ground 7 - Ground 8 - Ground 15 Ω J SCIA4696E 9 - Ground 4. B CVT 1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". 2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. 2. 3. A K If NG, perform “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “TRANMISSION”. L M N O P Revision: January 2010 CVT-137 2010 Sentra P1778 STEP MOTOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > P1778 STEP MOTOR Description INFOID:0000000005284296 • The step motor's 4 aspects of ON/OFF change according to the signal from TCM. As a result, the flow of line pressure to primary pulley is changed and pulley ratio is controlled. • This diagnosis item is detected when electrical system is OK, but mechanical system is NG. • This diagnosis item is detected when the state of the changing the speed mechanism in unit does not operate normally. CONSULT-III Reference Value INFOID:0000000005284297 Remarks: Specification data are reference values. Item name STM STEP GEAR RATIO Condition Display value (Approx.) During driving 0 step - 177 step 2.34 - 0.39 On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284298 • This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. • Diagnostic trouble code “P1778” with CONSULT-III is detected under the following conditions. - When not changing the pulley ratio according to the instruction of TCM. Possible Cause INFOID:0000000005284299 Step motor DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284300 CAUTION: • Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. • Before starting “DTC Confirmation Procedure”, confirm “Hi” or “Mid” or “Low” fixation by “PRI SPEED” and “VEHICLE SPEED” on “DATA MONITOR MODE”. • If hi-geared fixation occurred, go to CVT-139, "Diagnosis Procedure". NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously performed, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before performing the next test. After the repair, touch “ERASE” on “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” and then perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Make sure that output voltage of CVT fluid temperature sensor is within the range below. ATF TEMP SEN: 1.0 - 2.0 V If out of range, drive the vehicle to decrease the voltage (warm up the fluid) or stop engine to increase the voltage (cool down the fluid) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 30 consecutive seconds. TEST START FROM 0 km/h (0 MPH) CONSTANT ACCELERATION: Keep 30 sec or more VEHICLE SPEED: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more ACC PEDAL OPEN: More than 1.0/8 RANGE: “D” position ENG SPEED: 450 rpm or more If DTC is detected, go to CVT-139, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III”. Revision: January 2010 CVT-138 2010 Sentra P1778 STEP MOTOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284301 A 1.CHECK STEP MOTOR With CONSULT-III B It is monitoring whether “GEAR RATIO: 2.34 - 0.39” changes similarly to “STM STEP: 0 - 177” by DATA MONITOR mode. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". Without CONSULT-III Inspect the engine speed (rise and descend), vehicle speed, throttle position, and check shift change. Refer to CVT CVT-199, "Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears". OK or NG D OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)" (MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE). E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 CVT-139 2010 Sentra OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH < SERVICE INFORMATION > OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH Description INFOID:0000000005284302 • Overdrive control switch is installed to the selector lever. • O/D OFF indicator turns ON, and overdrive driving activates when pressing the overdrive control switch while driving in “D” position. O/D OFF indicator turns OFF, and “D” position driving starts when pressing the overdrive control switch while driving in the overdrive-off mode. Shifting the selector lever in any position other than “D” releases the overdrive-off mode. CONSULT-III Reference Value Item name SPORT MODE SW Revision: January 2010 INFOID:0000000005284303 Condition Display value When OD OFF indicator lamp is off. ON When OD OFF indicator lamp is on. OFF CVT-140 2010 Sentra OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - CVT - ODSW INFOID:0000000005284304 A B CVT D E F G H I J K L M N O ABDWA0152GB TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". Revision: January 2010 CVT-141 2010 Sentra P OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH < SERVICE INFORMATION > Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284305 1.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE Perform the self-diagnosis check. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". Is any malfunction of the “U1000” indicated in the results? YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to CVT-54. NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH SIGNAL 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III. Read out ON/OFF switching action of the “SPORT MODE SW”. Item name Condition Display value SPORT MODE SW While pushing overdrive cancel switch ON Other conditions OFF OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH Check overdrive control switch. Refer to CVT-143, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 4.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS (COMBINATION METER) Perform self-diagnosis check. Refer toDI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter" . Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic? YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. NO - 1 >> With Intelligent Key: GO TO 5. NO - 2 >> Without Intelligent Key: GO TO 6. 5.CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT WITH INTELLIGENT KEY 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect CVT shift selector connector and combination meter connector. Check continuity between CVT shift selector harness connector (A) terminal and combination meter harness connector (B) terminal. Item Connector Terminal CVT shift selector harness connector M38 1 Combination meter harness connector M24 29 Continuity Yes AWDIA0760ZZ Revision: January 2010 CVT-142 2010 Sentra OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Check continuity between CVT shift selector harness connector terminal and ground. Item Connector Terminal Continuity CVT shift selector harness connector M38 2 - ground Yes 5. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 6. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. A B CVT SCIA8207E D 6.CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY 1. 2. 3. E Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect CVT shift selector connector and combination meter connector. Check continuity between CVT shift selector harness connector (A) terminal and combination meter harness connector (B) terminal. Item Connector Terminal CVT shift selector harness connector M38 1 Combination meter harness connector M24 F G Continuity Yes H 29 AWDIA0761ZZ 4. Check continuity between CVT shift selector harness connector terminal and ground. Item Connector Terminal Continuity CVT shift selector harness connector M38 2 - ground Yes 5. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 6. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Component Inspection J K L SCIA8209E M INFOID:0000000005284306 N OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH With Intelligent Key Check continuity between CVT shift selector harness connector terminals. Item Overdrive control switch Condition Terminal While pushing overdrive control switch 1-2 Other conditions O P Continuity Yes No WCIA0725E Revision: January 2010 I CVT-143 2010 Sentra OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH < SERVICE INFORMATION > Without Intelligent Key Check continuity between CVT shift selector harness connector terminals. Item Overdrive control switch Condition Terminal While pushing overdrive control switch 1-2 Other conditions Continuity Yes No WCIA0726E Revision: January 2010 CVT-144 2010 Sentra SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR CIRCUIT A Description INFOID:0000000005284307 TCM sends the switch signals to combination meter via CAN communication line. Then selector lever position is indicated on the shift position indicator. CONSULT-III Reference Value B INFOID:0000000005284308 CVT Item name RANGE Condition Display value Selector lever in “N” or “P” position. N·P Selector lever in “R” position. R Selector lever in “D” position. D Selector lever in “L” position. L D E Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284309 F 1.CHECK INPUT SIGNALS With CONSULT-III Start engine. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “TRANSMISSION” with CONSULT-III and read out the value of “RANGE”. 3. Check that the following three positions or indicators are same. Actual position of the selector lever “RANGE” on CONSULT-III screen Shift position indicator in the combination meter OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Check the following. 1. 2. SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR SYMPTOM CHART Items Presumed location of trouble Shift position indicator in the combination meter does not indicate any position. Actual position changes, but the shift position indicator in the combination meter does not change. Perform the self-diagnosis for CVT and the combination meter. • Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)" and DI-6. Actual position differs from the shift position indicator in the combination meter. Shift position indicator in the combination meter does not indicate specific position only. H I J K Park/neutral position switch • Refer to CVT-60. CVT main system (Fail-safe function actuated) • Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". Actual position does not change. G L M N Check the combination meter. • Refer to DI-6. O P Revision: January 2010 CVT-145 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS < SERVICE INFORMATION > TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS Wiring Diagram - CVT - NONDTC INFOID:0000000005284310 AADWA0081GB Revision: January 2010 CVT-146 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B CVT D E F G H I J K L M N O ABDWA0153GB P Revision: January 2010 CVT-147 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS < SERVICE INFORMATION > ABDWA0154GB Revision: January 2010 CVT-148 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B CVT D E F G H I J K L M N O ABDWA0155GB P TCM TERMINALS AND REFERENCE VALUES Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". O/D OFF Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On INFOID:0000000005284311 SYMPTOM: Revision: January 2010 CVT-149 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS < SERVICE INFORMATION > O/D OFF indicator lamp does not come on for about 2 seconds when turning ignition switch ON. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1.CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE Perform the self-diagnosis check. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". Is any malfunction of the “U1000” indicated in the results? YES >> Check CAN communication line. Refer to CVT-54. NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between TCM connector terminals and ground. Refer to CVT-118, "Wiring Diagram - CVT POWER". Name Connector Power supply F23 Terminal 46 - Ground 48 - Ground Voltage (Approx.) Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the following. • Harness for short or open between ignition switch and TCM connector terminal 46, 48 Refer to CVT-118, "Wiring Diagram - CVT - POWER". • 10 A fuse (No.49, located in the IPDM E/R). Refer to CVT-118, "Wiring Diagram - CVT - POWER". • Ignition switch. Refer to PG-3. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 4.CHECK TCM GROUND CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TCM connector (A). Check continuity between TCM connector (A) terminals and ground. Refer to CVT-118, "Wiring Diagram - CVT - POWER". Name Connector Ground F23 Terminal 5 - Ground 42 - Ground Continuity Yes OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. SCIA8213E 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the following. • Harness and fuse for short or open between ignition switch and O/D OFF indicator lamp Refer to PG-3. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 6.CHECK SYMPTOM Revision: January 2010 CVT-150 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check again. Refer to CVT-39, "Check before Engine Is Started". OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 7. A 7.CHECK COMBINATION METERS B Check combination meters. Refer to DI-6. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. CVT Engine Cannot Be Started in "P" or "N" Position INFOID:0000000005284312 SYMPTOM: E • Engine cannot be started with selector lever in “P” or “N” position. • Engine can be started with selector lever in “D”, “L” or “R” position. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE F 1.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH Check continuity between transmission range switch harness connector terminals. Refer to CVT-34, "Circuit Diagram". Selector lever position “P”, “N” Other positions D Connector Terminal F26 6-7 G Continuity H Yes No OK or NG YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 2. I 2.CHECK CVT POSITION J Check CVT position. Refer to CVT-173, "Checking of CVT Position". OK or NG OK >> Adjust CVT position. Refer to CVT-172, "Adjustment of CVT Position". NG >> Check transmission range switch (Refer to test group 1.) again after adjusting transmission range switch (Refer to CVT-173, "Adjustment of transmission range switch"). • If OK, INSPECTION END • If NG, repair or replace transmission range switch. Refer to CVT-184, "Transmission Range Switch". 3.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM K L M Check starting system. Refer to SC-11. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. N In "P" Position, Vehicle Moves Forward or Backward When Pushed INFOID:0000000005284313 O SYMPTOM: Vehicle moves when it is pushed forward or backward with selector lever in “P” position. P DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1.CHECK CVT POSITION Check CVT position. Refer to CVT-173, "Checking of CVT Position". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Adjust CVT position. Refer to CVT-172, "Adjustment of CVT Position". Revision: January 2010 CVT-151 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2.CHECK SYMPTOM Check again. Refer to CVT-39, "Check at Idle". OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)" (MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE). In "N" Position, Vehicle Moves INFOID:0000000005284314 SYMPTOM: Vehicle moves forward or backward when selecting “N” position. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Perform self-diagnosis check. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". Do the self-diagnostic results indicate transmission range switch circuit? YES >> Check transmission range switch circuit. Refer to CVT-60. NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK CVT POSITION Check CVT position. Refer to CVT-173, "Checking of CVT Position". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Adjust CVT position. Refer to CVT-172, "Adjustment of CVT Position". 3.CHECK CVT FLUID LEVEL Check CVT fluid level. Refer to CVT-14, "Checking CVT Fluid". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Refill CVT fluid. 4.CHECK SYMPTOM Check again. Refer to CVT-39, "Check at Idle". OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 5. 5.CHECK TCM 1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". 2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)" (MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE). NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. Large Shock "N" → "R" Position INFOID:0000000005284315 SYMPTOM: There is large shock when shifting from “N” to “R” position. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Perform self-diagnosis check. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis? YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". Revision: January 2010 CVT-152 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS < SERVICE INFORMATION > NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK ENGINE IDLE SPEED A Check the engine idle speed. Refer to EC-97, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair. B 3.CHECK CVT FLUID LEVEL CVT Check CVT fluid level. Refer to CVT-14, "Checking CVT Fluid". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Refill CVT fluid. D 4.CHECK LINE PRESSURE E Check line pressure at idle. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Check the malfunctioning item. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis". 5.SYMPTOM CHECK F G Check again. Refer to CVT-39, "Check at Idle". OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 6. H 6.CHECK TCM 1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". 2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)". NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward in "R" Position INFOID:0000000005284316 I J K SYMPTOM: Vehicle does not creep backward when selecting “R” position. L DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Perform self-diagnosis check. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". NO >> GO TO 2. M N 2.CHECK CVT POSITION O Check CVT position. Refer to CVT-173, "Checking of CVT Position". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Adjust CVT position. Refer to CVT-172, "Adjustment of CVT Position". P 3.CHECK CVT FLUID LEVEL Check CVT fluid level. Refer to CVT-14, "Checking CVT Fluid". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Refill CVT fluid. Revision: January 2010 CVT-153 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4.CHECK LINE PRESSURE Check line pressure at idle. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Check the malfunctioning item. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis". 5.CHECK STALL REVOLUTION Check stall revolution. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Check the malfunctioning item. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis". 6.CHECK SYMPTOM Check again. Refer to CVT-39, "Check at Idle". OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 7. 7.CHECK TCM 1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". 2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)" (MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE). NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward in "D" or "L" Position INFOID:0000000005284317 SYMPTOM: Vehicle does not creep forward when selecting “D” or “L” position. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Perform self-diagnosis check. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis? YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK CVT POSITION Check CVT position. Refer to CVT-173, "Checking of CVT Position". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Adjust CVT position. Refer to CVT-172, "Adjustment of CVT Position". 3.CHECK CVT FLUID LEVEL Check CVT fluid level. Refer to CVT-14, "Checking CVT Fluid". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Refill CVT fluid. 4.CHECK LINE PRESSURE Check line pressure at idle. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Check the malfunctioning item. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis". Revision: January 2010 CVT-154 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5.CHECK STALL REVOLUTION Check stall revolution. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Check the malfunctioning item. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis". 6.CHECK SYMPTOM A B CVT Check again. Refer to CVT-39, "Check at Idle". OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 7. D 7.CHECK TCM 1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". 2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)" (MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE). NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. E Vehicle Speed Does Not Change in "L" Position G INFOID:0000000005284318 SYMPTOM: F H Vehicle speed does not change in “L” position while the cruise test. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS I Perform self-diagnosis check. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis? YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". NO >> GO TO 2. J 2.CHECK CVT POSITION K Check CVT position. Refer to CVT-173, "Checking of CVT Position". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Adjust CVT position. Refer to CVT-172, "Adjustment of CVT Position". L 3.CHECK CVT FLUID LEVEL M Check CVT fluid level. Refer to CVT-14, "Checking CVT Fluid". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Refill CVT fluid. N 4.CHECK LINE PRESSURE Check line pressure at idle. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Check the malfunctioning item. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis". 5.CHECK STALL REVOLUTION Check stall revolution. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Check the malfunctioning item. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis". Revision: January 2010 CVT-155 2010 Sentra O P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 6.CHECK SYMPTOM Check again. Refer to CVT-40, "Cruise Test". OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 7. 7.CHECK TCM 1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". 2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)" (MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE). NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. Vehicle Speed Does Not Change in overdrive-off mode INFOID:0000000005284319 SYMPTOM: Vehicle speed does not change in overdrive-off mode while the cruise test. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Perform self-diagnosis check. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis? YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK OVERDRIVE CONTROL SWITCH Check overdrive control switch. Refer to CVT-140. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 3.CHECK CVT FLUID LEVEL Check CVT fluid level. Refer to CVT-14, "Checking CVT Fluid". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Refill CVT fluid. 4.CHECK LINE PRESSURE Check line pressure at idle. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Check the malfunctioning item. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis". 5.CHECK STALL REVOLUTION Check stall revolution. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Check the malfunctioning item. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis". 6.CHECK SYMPTOM Check again. Refer to CVT-40, "Cruise Test". OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 7. Revision: January 2010 CVT-156 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 7.CHECK TCM 1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". 2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)" (MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE). NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. Vehicle Speed Does Not Change in "D" Position A B CVT INFOID:0000000005284320 SYMPTOM: D Vehicle speed does not change in “D” position while the cruise test. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE E 1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Perform self-diagnosis check. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis? YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". NO >> GO TO 2. F 2.CHECK CVT POSITION G Check CVT position. Refer to CVT-173, "Checking of CVT Position". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Adjust CVT position. Refer to CVT-172, "Adjustment of CVT Position". H 3.CHECK CVT FLUID LEVEL I Check CVT fluid level. Refer to CVT-14, "Checking CVT Fluid". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Refill CVT fluid. J 4.CHECK LINE PRESSURE K Check line pressure at idle. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Check the malfunctioning item. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis". 5.CHECK STALL REVOLUTION Check stall revolution. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Check the malfunctioning item. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis". L M N 6.CHECK SYMPTOM O Check again. Refer to CVT-40, "Cruise Test". OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 7. P 7.CHECK TCM 1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". 2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG Revision: January 2010 CVT-157 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)" (MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE). NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. Cannot Be Changed to Manual Mode INFOID:0000000005284321 SYMPTOM: Does not change to manual mode when manual shift gate is used. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Perform self-diagnosis check. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)" . Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis? YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)" . NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK MANUAL MODE SWITCH Check the manual mode switch circuit. Refer to CVT-104 . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 3.SYMPTOM CHECK Check again. Refer to CVT-40, "Cruise Test" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK TCM 1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value" . 2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. CVT Does Not Shift in Manual Mode INFOID:0000000005284322 SYMPTOM: Speed does not change even if the selector lever is put in the manual shift gate position and the selector lever is operated to + side or to - side. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Perform self-diagnosis check. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)" . Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis? YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)" . NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK MANUAL MODE SWITCH Check the manual mode switch circuit. Refer to CVT-104 . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 3.CHECK CVT POSITION Check CVT position. Refer to CVT-173, "Checking of CVT Position" Revision: January 2010 CVT-158 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Adjust CVT position. Refer to CVT-172, "Adjustment of CVT Position". A 4.CHECK CVT FLUID LEVEL B Check CVT fluid level. Refer to CVT-14, "Checking CVT Fluid". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Refill CVT fluid. CVT D E SAT638A 5.CHECK LINE PRESSURE F Check line pressure at idle. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Check the malfunctioning item. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis" . G H SAT494G 6.CHECK SYMPTOM Check again. Refer to CVT-40, "Cruise Test". OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 7. I J K 7.CHECK TCM 1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". 2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)" (MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE). NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. Vehicle Does Not Decelerate by Engine Brake INFOID:0000000005284323 L M N SYMPTOM: Engine brake does not operate when releasing the accelerator pedal while the cruise test. O DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Perform self-diagnosis check. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnosis? YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK CVT POSITION Check CVT position. Refer to CVT-173, "Checking of CVT Position". Revision: January 2010 CVT-159 2010 Sentra P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Adjust CVT position. Refer to CVT-172, "Adjustment of CVT Position". 3.CHECK CVT FLUID LEVEL Check CVT fluid level. Refer to CVT-14, "Checking CVT Fluid". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Refill CVT fluid. 4.CHECK LINE PRESSURE Check line pressure at idle. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Check the malfunctioning item. Refer to CVT-35, "Inspections before Trouble Diagnosis". 5.CHECK SYMPTOM Check again. Refer to CVT-40, "Cruise Test". OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 6. 6.CHECK TCM 1. Check TCM input/output signals. Refer to CVT-44, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Value". 2. If NG, re-check TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> Replace the transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)" (MR20DE), CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (QR25DE). NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. Revision: January 2010 CVT-160 2010 Sentra TCM < SERVICE INFORMATION > TCM A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284324 COMPONENTS B MR20DE CVT D E F G AWDIA0676GB 1. TCM 2. Bracket H Front REMOVAL CAUTION: When replacing TCM and transaxle assembly as a set, replace transaxle assembly first and then replace TCM. Refer to CVT-8, "Service After Replacing TCM, Transaxle Assembly, or Control Valve". 1. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. 2. Remove the fresh air intake tube (upper). Refer to EM-16. 3. Disconnect the TCM harness connector. 4. Remove the TCM (1). INSTALLATION I J K L Installation is in the reverse order of removal. COMPONENTS M N O P Revision: January 2010 CVT-161 2010 Sentra TCM < SERVICE INFORMATION > QR25DE AWDIA0677GB 1. TCM 2. Bracket 3. Battery tray Front REMOVAL CAUTION: When replacing TCM and transaxle assembly as a set, replace transaxle assembly first and then replace TCM. Refer to CVT-8, "Service After Replacing TCM, Transaxle Assembly, or Control Valve". 1. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. 2. Remove the air cleaner case. Refer to EM-16. 3. Disconnect the TCM harness connector. 4. Remove the TCM. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Revision: January 2010 CVT-162 2010 Sentra CVT SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > CVT SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM A Description INFOID:0000000005284325 WITH INTELLIGENT KEY B • The mechanical key interlock mechanism also operates as a shift lock: With the ignition knob switch turned to ON, selector lever cannot be shifted from “P” position to any other CVT position unless brake pedal is depressed. With the ignition knob switch turned to OFF, selector lever cannot be shifted from “P” position to any other position. D • The shift lock and key interlock mechanisms are controlled by the ON-OFF operation of the shift lock solenoid and by the operation of the ignition knob switch, respectively. WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY E • The mechanical key interlock mechanism also operates as a shift lock: With the ignition switch turned to ON, selector lever cannot be shifted from “P” position to any other position unless brake pedal is depressed. With the key removed, selector lever cannot be shifted from “P” position to any other position. The key cannot be removed unless selector lever is placed in “P” position. • The shift lock and key interlock mechanisms are controlled by the ON-OFF operation of the shift lock solenoid and by the operation of the rotator and slider located inside key cylinder, respectively. F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 CVT-163 2010 Sentra CVT SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Shift Lock System Electrical Parts Location INFOID:0000000005284326 AWDIA0762ZZ 1. Key interlock cable (Without Intelligent Key) 2. Key cylinder (Without Intelligent Key) 3. Ignition knob switch (With Intelligent Key) 4. Key interlock cable (With Intelligent Key) 5. Stop lamp switch 6. Brake pedal 7. Shift lock release button 8. Park position switch 9. Shift lock solenoid 10. Key interlock cable Revision: January 2010 CVT-164 2010 Sentra CVT SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - CVT - SHIFT INFOID:0000000005284327 A B CVT D E F G H I J K L M N O P ABDWA0167GB Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284328 WITHOUT INTELLIGENT KEY SYMPTOM 1: Revision: January 2010 CVT-165 2010 Sentra CVT SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Selector lever cannot be moved from “P” position with ignition switch in ON position and brake pedal depressed. • Selector lever can be moved from “P” position with ignition key in ON position and brake pedal released. • Selector lever can be moved from “P” position when ignition switch is removed from key cylinder. SYMPTOM 2: • Ignition key cannot be removed when selector lever is set to “P” position. • Ignition key can be removed when selector lever is set to any position except “P” position. 1.CHECK KEY INTERLOCK CABLE Check key interlock cable for damage. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair key interlock cable. Refer to CVT-174, "Removal and Installation". 2.CHECK CVT POSITION Check CVT position. Refer to CVT-173, "Checking of CVT Position". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to CVT-172, "Adjustment of CVT Position". 3.CHECK SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID AND PARK POSITION SWITCH 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Selector lever is set in “P” position. Check operation sound. Condition Brake pedal Operation sound When ignition switch is turned to ON position and selector lever is set in “P” position. Depressed Yes Released No OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK POWER SOURCE Check voltage between CVT shift selector connector M38 terminal 3 and ground. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. AWDIA0763ZZ 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the following. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. • Harness for short or open between ignition switch and CVT shift selector connector • 10A fuse [No.12, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • Ignition switch, Refer to PG-3 . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 6.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SOURCE Revision: January 2010 CVT-166 2010 Sentra CVT SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect stop lamp switch connector E60. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Check voltage between stop lamp switch connector E60 terminal 3 and ground. 3 - ground B : Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 7. CVT 7.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. A WCIA0728E D Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect CVT shift selector connector M38. Check continuity between CVT shift selector connector M38 (A) terminal 4 and stop lamp switch connector E60 (B) terminal 3. E F Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> Replace shift lock solenoid assembly. NG >> Repair or replace harness as necessary. AWDIA0764ZZ 8.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT 1. 2. G H Turn ignition switch OFF. Check continuity between stop lamp switch connector E60 terminal 4 and ground. I Continuity should exist. J OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair or replace harness as necessary. K WCIA0730E 9.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH L Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 3 and 4. Condition M Continuity When brake pedal is depressed Yes When brake pedal is released No Check stop lamp switch after adjusting brake pedal. Refer to BR-8 . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END. NG >> Replace stop lamp switch. N O AWDIA0419ZZ WITH INTELLIGENT KEY P SYMPTOM 1: • Selector lever cannot be moved from “P” position with ignition knob switch in ON position and brake pedal depressed. • Selector lever can be moved from “P” position with ignition knob switch in ON position and brake pedal released. • Selector lever can be moved from “P” position when ignition knob switch is in OFF position. SYMPTOM 2: Revision: January 2010 CVT-167 2010 Sentra CVT SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Ignition knob switch cannot be turned when selector lever is set to “P” position. • Ignition knob switch can be turned when selector lever is set to any position except “P” position. 1.CHECK KEY INTERLOCK CABLE Check key interlock cable for damage. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair key interlock cable. Refer to CVT-174, "Removal and Installation". 2.CHECK CVT POSITION Check CVT position. Refer to CVT-173, "Checking of CVT Position". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Adjust control cable. Refer to CVT-172, "Adjustment of CVT Position". 3.CHECK SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID AND PARK POSITION SWITCH 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Selector lever is set in “P” position. Check operation sound. Condition Brake pedal Operation sound When ignition switch is turned to ON position and selector lever is set in “P” position. Depressed Yes Released No OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK POWER SOURCE Check voltage between CVT shift selector harness connector M38 terminal 3 and ground. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. WCIA0720E 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the following. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. • Harness for short or open between ignition switch and CVT shift selector harness connector • 10A fuse [No.12, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • Ignition switch, Refer to PG-3 . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 6.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SOURCE Revision: January 2010 CVT-168 2010 Sentra CVT SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector E60. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Check voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector E60 terminal 3 and ground. 3 - ground B : Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 7. CVT 7.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. A WCIA0728E D Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect CVT shift selector harness connector M38. Check continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector E60 (B) terminal 3 and CVT shift selector harness connector M38 (A) terminal 4. E F Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> Replace shift lock solenoid assembly. NG >> Repair or replace harness as necessary. 8.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT 1. 2. G WCIA0729E H Turn ignition switch OFF. Check continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector E60 terminal 4 and ground. I Continuity should exist. J OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair or replace harness as necessary. K WCIA0730E 9.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH L Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 3 and 4. Condition M Continuity When brake pedal is depressed Yes When brake pedal is released No Check stop lamp switch after adjusting brake pedal. Refer to BR-8 . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END. NG >> Replace stop lamp switch. N O AWDIA0419ZZ P Revision: January 2010 CVT-169 2010 Sentra SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284329 CVT SHIFT SELECTOR ASSEMBLY COMPONENTS WCIA0692E 1. Shift lever handle 2. Shift lever button and overdrive con- 3. nector switch assembly Lock pin 4. Handle cover 5. Shift lock solenoid and park position switch assembly CVT shift selector assembly 6. CONTROL CABLE COMPONENTS Revision: January 2010 CVT-170 2010 Sentra SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B CVT D E F WCIA0689E 1. Shift lever handle 2. CVT shift lever assembly 3. 4. Control cable 7. Lock plate A. Floor Cable socket 5. Cable bracket 6. Bracket 8. Manual lever 9. Transaxle assembly G H REMOVAL CAUTION: Make sure that parking brake is applied before removal and installation. 1. Place the shift lever in the “P” position. 2. Remove the IP center assembly. Refer to IP-11. 3. Disconnect the CVT shift selector assembly harness connector. 4. Remove the key interlock cable from the CVT shift selector assembly. Refer to CVT-174, "Removal and Installation". 5. Remove the control cable from the CVT shift selector assembly. 6. Remove the nuts and the CVT shift selector assembly. I J K INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • When installing the control cable (3) to the CVT shift selector assembly (2), make sure that the control cable socket is fully pressed into the CVT shift selector assembly (2), and the control cable end (1) is fully pressed in with the ribbed surface (A) facing towards the front of the vehicle. : Vehicle front • After installation is completed, adjust and check the CVT position. Refer to CVT-172, "Adjustment of CVT Position" and CVT-173, "Checking of CVT Position". L M N O WCIA0690E Shift Lever Handle Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284330 P REMOVAL CAUTION: Make sure that parking brake is applied before removal and installation. Revision: January 2010 CVT-171 2010 Sentra SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Set shift lever handle (1) in “N” position. 2. Slide shift lever handle cover (2) downward. 3. Pull out lock pin (3) from shift lever handle (1). 4. Remove shift lever handle (1) and shift lever handle cover (2) as a set from shift lever. CAUTION: Do not push shift lever button. LCIA0410E INSTALLATION 1. 2. 3. 4. Insert lock pin (3) to shift lever handle (1). Install handle cover (2) to shift lever handle (1). Set shift lever in “N” position. Install shift lever handle over shift lever until a click is felt. CAUTION: • Do not tilt shift lever handle when installing. Install it straight, and do not tap or apply any shock to install it. • Do not push shift lever button. LCIA0411E Steering Shift Switch INFOID:0000000006054099 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Park the vehicle on a level surface. Remove the driver air bag module. Refer to SRS-31, "Removal and Installation". Remove the steering wheel. Refer to PS-7, "Removal and Installation". Remove horn switch. Partially remove steering shift switch assembly Remove steering wheel rear cover. Disconnect the vehicle harness connector and from steering shift switch. Remove steering shift switch assembly. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Adjustment of CVT Position INFOID:0000000005284331 CAUTION: Make sure that parking brake is applied before adjustment. 1. Loosen the control cable nut and place the manual lever in “P” position. 2. Place shift lever in “P” position. 3. Temporarily tighten the control cable nut. NOTE: Do not move the manual lever. Make sure the manual lever stays in the “P” position. 4. Tighten the control cable nut. Control cable nut: 5. Refer to CVT-170, "Removal and Installation". CAUTION: Secure the manual lever when tightening nut. Check the operation of the CVT. Refer to CVT-173, "Checking of CVT Position". Revision: January 2010 CVT-172 2010 Sentra SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Checking of CVT Position 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. INFOID:0000000005284332 A Place shift lever in “P” position, and turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Make sure shift lever can be shifted to other than “P” position when brake pedal is depressed. Also make B sure shift lever can be shifted from “P” position only when brake pedal is depressed. Move the shift lever and check for excessive effort, sticking, noise or rattle. Confirm the shift lever stops at each position with the feel of engagement when it is moved through all the positions. Check that the actual position of the shift lever matches the position shown by the shift position CVT indicator and the manual lever on the transaxle. The method of operating the shift lever to individual positions correctly should be as shown. D • (A): Press shift lever button to operate shift lever, while depressing the brake pedal. • (B): Press shift lever button to operate shift lever. E • (C): Shift lever can be operated without pressing shift lever button. Confirm the back-up lamps illuminate only when shift lever is F placed in the “R” position. Confirm the back-up lamps do not illuminate when the shift lever is pushed toward the “R” position side with the gear position remained in the “P” or “N” position. WCIA0620E G Confirm the engine can only be started with the shift lever in the “P” and “N” positions. Make sure transaxle is locked completely in “P” position. H Adjustment of transmission range switch 1. 2. Move shift lever to “N” position. Remove control cable from manual lever. 3. Loosen transmission range switch bolts (A). Insert a pin (ø4 mm) into the adjusting holes (B) on both transmission range switch and manual lever for adjusting the position. Tighten transmission range switch bolts (A). 4. transmission range switch bolts 5. INFOID:0000000005284333 I J K : 5.9 N·m (0.60 kg-m, 52 in-lb) L Connect control cable on manual lever (B). Refer toCVT-172, "Adjustment of CVT Position". SCIA6635J M N O P Revision: January 2010 CVT-173 2010 Sentra KEY INTERLOCK CABLE < SERVICE INFORMATION > KEY INTERLOCK CABLE Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284334 COMPONENTS WCIA0691E 1. Key interlock cable 2. Key cylinder 3. CVT shift selector assembly A. Lock plate B. Holder C. Clip D. Slider E. Key interlock rod F. Adjust holder G. Casing cap REMOVAL Refer to the figure for key interlock cable removal procedure. CAUTION: Make sure that parking brake is applied before removal/installation. 1. Place the shift lever in the “N” position. 2. Remove the shift lever handle. Refer to CVT-171, "Shift Lever Handle Removal and Installation". 3. Remove the IP center assembly. Refer to IP-11. Revision: January 2010 CVT-174 2010 Sentra KEY INTERLOCK CABLE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Slide the slider (A) toward the casing cap (B) while pressing tabs (C) on the slider to separate the slider (A) from the adjust holder (D). 5. Remove the casing cap (B) from the cable bracket on the CVT shift selector assembly. 6. Remove the key interlock cable from the key interlock rod (E). A B CVT WCIA0695E 7. 8. 9. D Remove steering column cover (upper and lower) and instrument lower finisher. Refer to IP-11. Pull out the lock plate (A) from the holder (B). Remove the key interlock cable (1) from the key cylinder (2). E F G SCIA6976E 10. Remove the clip and then remove the key interlock cable from the vehicle. H INSTALLATION CAUTION: • Install key interlock cable in such a way that it will not be damaged by sharp bends, twists or interference with adjacent parts. • After installing key interlock cable to CVT shift selector assembly, make sure that casing cap and bracket are firmly secured in their positions. 1. Place the shift lever in the “P” position. 2. Turn ignition switch to “ACC” or “ON” position. 3. Set the key interlock cable (1) to the key cylinder (2). 4. Install the lock plate (A) to the holder (B). 5. Turn ignition switch to “LOCK” position. I J K L M SCIA6976E 6. 7. Temporarily install the adjust holder (A) to the key interlock rod (B). Install the casing cap (C) to the cable bracket (D) on the CVT shift selector assembly. CAUTION: • Do not bend or twist key interlock cable excessively when installing. • After installing key interlock cable to cable bracket (D) on CVT shift selector assembly, make sure casing caps (C) is firmly secured in cable bracket (D) on CVT shift selector assembly. • If casing cap (C) is loose [less than 39.2 N (4.0 kg, 8.8 lb) removing force], replace key interlock cable. Revision: January 2010 CVT-175 N O P SCIA6188E 2010 Sentra KEY INTERLOCK CABLE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 8. Install shift handle in "P" position. 9. Pull the adjust holder (C) all the way to the left on the key interlock rod (B). Move the slider (A) toward the key interlock rod (B) and lock it. CAUTION: • Do not press tabs when holding slider (A). • Do not apply any force to key interlock rod (B) when sliding slider (A). WCIA0696E 10. Secure the key interlock cable with the clip. 11. Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal. 12. Check shift lock system. Refer to CVT-163, "Description". Revision: January 2010 CVT-176 2010 Sentra ON-VEHICLE SERVICE < SERVICE INFORMATION > ON-VEHICLE SERVICE A Oil Pan INFOID:0000000005284335 COMPONENTS B CVT D E F G H I WCIA0678E 1. CVT assembly 2. Oil pan gasket 3. Oil pan 4. Magnet 5. Drain plug gasket 6. Drain plug J K Removal 1. Remove drain plug from oil pan and then drain the CVT fluid. 2. Remove drain plug gasket. 3. Remove oil pan bolts. 4. Remove oil pan and oil pan gasket. CAUTION: Check for foreign materials in the oil pan to help determine the cause of any malfunction. If the CVT fluid is very dark, smells burned, or contains foreign particles, frictional material (clutches) may need replacement. A tacky film that will not wipe clean indicates varnish build up. Varnish can cause valves to stick and can inhibit pump pressure. L M N Installation 1. Install the oil pan gasket to the oil pan. CAUTION: • Completely wipe out any moisture, oil, and old gasket from the oil pan gasket mating surface and bolt hole of oil pan and transaxle case. • Never reuse oil pan gasket. 2. Install the oil pan assembly to the transaxle case, and then temporarily tighten the oil pan bolt. CAUTION: Never reuse oil pan bolts. Revision: January 2010 CVT-177 2010 Sentra O P ON-VEHICLE SERVICE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Tighten the oil pan bolts in the order shown to the specified torque. 4. Tighten the oil pan bolts again clockwise from (1) shown to the specified torque. 5. Install drain plug gasket to drain plug. CAUTION: Never reuse drain plug gasket. 6. Install drain plug to oil pan. CAUTION: • After installation is complete, fill CVT will recommended CVT fluid and check for CVT fluid leakage and CVT fluid level. Refer to CVT-14, "Checking CVT Fluid". JPDIA0664ZZ Control Valve INFOID:0000000005284336 JPDIA0666GB 1. Transaxle assembly 2. Control valve 3. Bracket 4. O-ring 5. Oil strainer assembly 6. Magnet 7. Drain plug gasket 8. Drain plug 9. Oil pan bolt 10. Oil pan 11. Oil pan gasket 12. Lock nut 13. Washer 14. Manual plate 15. Collar 16. Lip seal 17. Snap ring Revision: January 2010 CVT-178 2010 Sentra ON-VEHICLE SERVICE < SERVICE INFORMATION > A. CVT unit connector A : NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. B Remove drain plug from oil pan and then drain the CVT fluid. Remove drain plug gasket. Disconnect battery cable from negative terminal. Refer to SC-7, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE BatCVT tery)", or SC-8, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery)". Disconnect the CVT unit connector. Refer to CVT-9, "Removal and Installation Procedure for CVT Unit Connector". D Remove the snap ring (1) from the CVT unit connector (A). E F G JPDIA0654ZZ 6. Press the CVT unit connector (A) into the transaxle case. CAUTION: Never damage the CVT unit connector. NOTE: Clean around the connector to prevent foreign materials from entering into the transaxle case. H I J JPDIA0720ZZ 7. 8. 9. Remove the oil pan bolts, and then remove the oil pan and oil pan gasket. Remove the magnets from the oil pan. Remove the lock nut (1) and washer (2), and then remove the manual plate (3). K L M : Vehicle front 10. Remove the collar (4) from the manual shaft (A). CAUTION: Never drop the collar. N JPDIA0655ZZ O P Revision: January 2010 CVT-179 2010 Sentra ON-VEHICLE SERVICE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 11. Disconnect the connectors (A) and (B). : Clip : Vehicle front JPDIA0656ZZ 12. Remove the oil strainer assembly bolts (A) and (B), and then remove the oil strainer assembly (1). : Vehicle front 13. Remove O-ring from oil strainer assembly. JPDIA0657ZZ 14. Remove the bracket (1). : Bolt : Vehicle front JPDIA0658ZZ 15. Remove the control valve bolts (A) and (B), and then remove the control valve from the transaxle case. : Vehicle front CAUTION: Never drop the control valve, ratio control valve and manual shaft. JPDIA0659ZZ 16. Remove CVT unit connector (A) from the transaxle case inside. JPDIA0660ZZ Revision: January 2010 CVT-180 2010 Sentra ON-VEHICLE SERVICE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 17. Remove the lip seal (1) from the transaxle case. A : Vehicle front B CVT JPDIA0661ZZ D INSTALLATION 1. Install the lip seal (1) to the transaxle case. E : Vehicle front F G JPDIA0661ZZ 2. H Install the CVT unit connector (A) to the transaxle case. CAUTION: Connect the CVT unit connector with the stopper facing up, and then press in until it clicks. I J JPDIA0660ZZ 3. 4. 5. Press in the ratio control valve (B) in the ( ) direction, and then fix the linkage in the position shown with the linkage pin (A) from the back of control valve through the hole for fixing. Check that one end of linkage engages with the step motor end (C) and that the linkage is in the direction shown. Install the control valve to the transaxle case. CAUTION: • Never drop the linkage pin. If it is dropped, repeat the installation procedure from step 3. • Never pinch the harness into between the control valve and the transaxle case. K L M N O P JPDIA0663ZZ Revision: January 2010 CVT-181 2010 Sentra ON-VEHICLE SERVICE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 6. Fix the control valve using the control valve bolts (A) and (B). : Vehicle front Bolt Bolt length (mm) Number of bolts A 54 10 B 44 1 JPDIA0659ZZ 7. 8. Pull the linkage pin out. Connect the connectors (A) and (B). : Clip : Vehicle front CAUTION: • Never pinch the harness into between the control valve and the transaxle case. • Securely insert the connector until it clicks and locks. JPDIA0656ZZ 9. Install the bracket (1). : Bolt : Vehicle front JPDIA0658ZZ 10. Install O-ring to oil strainer assembly. CAUTION: • Never reuse O-ring. • Apply CVT fluid NS-2 to O-ring. 11. Install the oil strainer assembly (1) using the oil strainer assembly bolts (A) and (B). : Vehicle front Bolt Bolt length (mm) Number of bolts A 12 2 B 44 1 NOTE: Remove the bracket and adjust the position again if the bolt hole positions are not aligned. 12. Install the collar to the manual shaft. CAUTION: Never drop the collar. Revision: January 2010 CVT-182 JPDIA0657ZZ 2010 Sentra ON-VEHICLE SERVICE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 13. Install the manual plate (1) while aligning with the groove (A) of the manual valve. CAUTION: Assemble the manual plate while aligning its end with the cutout ( ) of the manual valve. A B : Vehicle front CVT 14. Install the washer (2) and the lock-nut (3), and then tighten to the specified torque. JPDIA0962ZZ 15. Install the snap ring (1) to the CVT unit connector (A). 16. Connect the CVT unit connector. Refer to CVT-9, "Removal and Installation Procedure for CVT Unit Connector". 17. Install the magnet while aligning it with the convex side of oil pan. CAUTION: Completely eliminate the iron powder from the magnet mounting area of oil pan and the magnet. 18. Install the oil pan to the transaxle case with the following procedure. JPDIA0654ZZ 1. Install the oil pan gasket to the oil pan. CAUTION: • Completely wipe out any moisture, oil, and old gasket from the oil pan gasket mating surface and bolt hole of oil pan and transaxle case. • Never reuse oil pan gasket. 2. Install the oil pan assembly to the transaxle case, and then temporarily tighten the oil pan bolt. CAUTION: Never reuse oil pan bolts. 3. Tighten the oil pan bolts in the order shown to the specified torque. 4. Tighten the oil pan bolts again clockwise from (1) shown to the specified torque. 19. Install drain plug gasket to drain plug. CAUTION: Never reuse drain plug gasket. 20. Install drain plug to oil pan. 21. Fill CVT fluid from CVT fluid charging pipe to the specified level. CVT fluid Fluid capacity : Refer to CVT-14, "Checking CVT Fluid". : Refer to MA-42, "Checking CVT Fluid". JPDIA0664ZZ CAUTION: • Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2. Never mix with other fluid. • Using CVT fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2 will deteriorate in driveability and CVT durability, and may damage the CVT, which is not covered by the warranty. • When filling CVT fluid, take care not to scatter heat generating parts such as exhaust. • Sufficiently shake the container of CVT fluid before using. • Delete CVT fluid deterioration date with CONSULT-III after changing CVT fluid. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". 22. With the engine warmed up, drive the vehicle in an urban area. NOTE: When ambient temperature is 20°C (68°F), it takes about 10 minutes for the CVT fluid to warm up to 50° to 80°C (122° to 176°F). 23. Check CVT fluid level and condition. Refer to MA-42, "Checking CVT Fluid". Revision: January 2010 CVT-183 2010 Sentra D E F G H I J K L M N O P ON-VEHICLE SERVICE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 24. Connect battery cable to negative terminal. Refer to SC-7, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE Battery)" or SC-8, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery)". INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL Check oil pan for foreign material. • If a large amount of worn material is found, clutch plate may be worn. • If iron powder is found, bearings, gears, or clutch plates may be worn. • If aluminum powder is found, bushing may be worn, or chips or burrs of aluminum casting parts may enter. Check points where wear is found in all cases. INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL Check the CVT fluid level and leakage. Refer to MA-42, "Checking CVT Fluid". INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION Erase the TCM data. • Erase the CVT fluid degradation data. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". • Erase the memory of EEPROM in the TCM. Refer to CVT-8, "Service After Replacing TCM, Transaxle Assembly, or Control Valve". Transmission Range Switch INFOID:0000000005284337 COMPONENTS WCIA0679E 1. Transmission range switch 2. CVT assembly NOTE: • Align transmission range switch position when installing. • After installation of transmission range switch, check the continuity of transmission range switch. Refer to CVT-173, "Adjustment of transmission range switch". • After installation is complete, adjust and check CVT position. Refer to CVT-172, "Adjustment of CVT Position", CVT-173, "Checking of CVT Position". Primary Speed Sensor INFOID:0000000005284338 COMPONENTS Revision: January 2010 CVT-184 2010 Sentra ON-VEHICLE SERVICE < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B CVT D E WCIA0680E 1. CVT assembly 2. O-ring 3. F Primary speed sensor CAUTION: • Do not reuse O-ring. • Apply CVT fluid to O-ring. • After installation is complete, check for CVT fluid leakage and CVT fluid level. Refer to CVT-14, "Checking CVT Fluid". Secondary Speed Sensor (MR20DE) G H INFOID:0000000005284339 I COMPONENTS J K L M N JPDIA0352GB 1. CVT assembly 4. Secondary speed sensor 2. Shim 3. O-ring P CAUTION: • Do not reuse O-ring. • Apply CVT fluid to O-ring. • Insert the shim. • After installation is complete, check for CVT fluid leakage and CVT fluid level. Refer to CVT-14, "Checking CVT Fluid". Revision: January 2010 O CVT-185 2010 Sentra ON-VEHICLE SERVICE < SERVICE INFORMATION > Secondary Speed Sensor (QR25DE) INFOID:0000000005567743 COMPONENTS WCIA0681E 1. CVT assembly 4. Secondary speed sensor 2. Shim 3. O-ring CAUTION: • Do not reuse O-ring. • Apply CVT fluid to O-ring. • Insert the shim. • After installation is complete, check for CVT fluid leakage and CVT fluid level. Refer to CVT-14, "Checking CVT Fluid". Differential Side Oil Seal INFOID:0000000005284340 COMPONENTS WCIA0697E 1. CVT assembly 2. Differential oil seal :Apply CVT Fluid. Refer to MA-15, "MR20DE". REMOVAL Revision: January 2010 CVT-186 2010 Sentra ON-VEHICLE SERVICE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Remove front drive shaft from CVT assembly. Refer to FAX-9. 2. Remove differential side oil seal using suitable tool. CAUTION: Do not scratch CVT case or converter housing. A B CVT SCIA2412E D INSTALLATION 1. Drive the new differential side oil seal in until it is flush using Tool. Tool number 2. 3. : KV38100300 ( — E ) CAUTION: • Do not reuse differential side oil seals. • Apply CVT fluid to the new differential side oil seals. Install drive shaft assembly. Refer to FAX-9. Check for CVT fluid leakage and CVT fluid level. Refer to CVT-14, "Checking CVT Fluid". Oil Pump Fitting Bolt F G INFOID:0000000005284341 H NOTE: Replace the oil pump fitting bolt and the O-ring if oil leaks or exudes from the oil pump fitting bolt. COMPONENTS I J K L M N WCIA0682E 1. Oil pump fitting bolt 2. O-ring 3. CVT assembly O : Apply CVT Fluid. Refer to MA-15, "MR20DE". CAUTION: • Do not reuse O-ring. • Apply CVT fluid to O-ring. • After installation is complete, check for CVT fluid leakage and CVT fluid level. Refer to CVT-14, "Checking CVT Fluid". Revision: January 2010 CVT-187 2010 Sentra P AIR BREATHER HOSE < SERVICE INFORMATION > AIR BREATHER HOSE Removal and Installation (MR20DE) INFOID:0000000005284342 WCIA0675E 1. Air breather hose 2. Clip 3. 4. CVT assembly 5. Air breather tube Resonator CAUTION: Make sure air breather hose not collapsed or blocked due to folding or bending when installed. NOTE: • Install the air breather hose (3) to the air breather tube (4) so that the paint mark (A) faces upward. Also make sure the air breather hose end is pushed up to the tube bend position. • When installing air breather hose (3) to the resonator (1) make sure to fully insert the clip (2). WCIA0676E Revision: January 2010 CVT-188 2010 Sentra AIR BREATHER HOSE < SERVICE INFORMATION > Removal and Installation (QR25DE) INFOID:0000000005284343 A B CVT D E F G H I AWDIA0673ZZ 1. Air cleaner case 2. Clip 3. 4. CVT assembly 5. Air breather tube J Air breather hose CAUTION: Make sure air breather hose not collapsed or blocked due to folding or bending when installed. NOTE: • Install the air breather hose to the air breather tube so that the paint mark faces upward. Also make sure the air breather hose end is pushed up to the tube bend position. • When installing air breather hose to the air cleaner case make sure to fully insert the clip. K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 CVT-189 2010 Sentra CVT FLUID COOLER SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > CVT FLUID COOLER SYSTEM CVT Fluid Cooler Removal and Installation (MR20DE) INFOID:0000000005284344 COMPONENTS SCIA7676J 1. Water pump 2. Hose clamp 3. CVT water hose 4. Water thermostat tube 5. CVT fluid cooler 6. CVT assembly 7. CVT water hose 8. Engine coolant outlet CVT Fluid Cooler Removal and Installation (QR25DE) INFOID:0000000005284345 COMPONENTS Revision: January 2010 CVT-190 2010 Sentra CVT FLUID COOLER SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B CVT D E F G H I WCIA0732E 1. CVT assembly 2. Hose clamp 3. CVT water hose 4. Water tube 5. Water hose 6. CVT fluid cooler assembly 7. CVT fluid cooler 8. CVT water hose A. To engine coolant outlet B. To heater pipe J K NOTE: Install and torque the CVT cooler assembly bolts to the specified torque in the order shown. L M N LCIA0417E O P Revision: January 2010 CVT-191 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY Removal and Installation (MR20DE) INFOID:0000000005284346 COMPONENTS WCIA0674E 1. CVT fluid level gauge 2. CVT fluid charging pipe 3. O-ring 4. Hose clamp 5. CVT water hose 6. Water thermostat tube 7. Water hose 8. Transaxle assembly 9. Air breather hose 10. CVT water hose A. To engine coolant outlet B. To water pump C. Refer to "INSTALLATION". REMOVAL WARNING: Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high pressure coolant escaping from the radiator. CAUTION: • Perform this step engine is cold. • When replacing TCM and transaxle assembly as a set, replace transaxle assembly first and then replace TCM. Refer to CVT-8, "Service After Replacing TCM, Transaxle Assembly, or Control Valve". 1. Remove the engine and transaxle as an assembly. Refer to EM-76, "Removal and Installation". Revision: January 2010 CVT-192 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Disconnect the electrical connectors from the following: • Secondary speed sensor (1) • Primary speed sensor (2) • CVT unit connector (3) • Transmission range switch (4) 3. Remove the harness from the CVT. A B CVT WCIA0673E 4. D Remove the four drive plate to torque converter nuts. NOTE: Rotate the crankshaft clockwise viewed from front of engine for access to drive plate to torque converter nuts. E F G WCIA0616E 5. 6. 7. 8. Put matching marks on the drive plate and torque converter alignment stud. CAUTION: For matching marks, use paint. Never damage the drive plate or torque converter. Remove the CVT to engine and engine to CVT bolts. Separate the CVT from the engine. If necessary, remove the following from the CVT: • Primary speed sensor • Secondary speed sensor • Transmission range switch • CVT fluid charging pipe • Engine mounting bracket (LH) • Water tube and hoses • Air breather hose • Any necessary brackets H I J K L INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: • When replacing an engine or transmission you must make sure any dowels are installed correctly during re-assembly. • Improper alignment caused by missing dowels may cause vibration, oil leaks or breakage of drive train components. • Do not reuse O-rings. • When turning crankshaft, turn it clockwise as viewed from the front of the engine. • When tightening the nuts for the torque converter while securing the crankshaft pulley bolt, be sure to confirm the tightening torque of the crankshaft pulley bolt. Refer to EM-40. • After converter is installed to drive plate, rotate crankshaft several turns to check that CVT rotates freely without binding. • When installing the CVT to the engine, align the matching mark on the drive plate with the matching mark on the torque converter alignment stud. Revision: January 2010 CVT-193 2010 Sentra M N O P TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > • When installing CVT to the engine, attach the bolts in accordance with the following standard. Bolt No. Number of bolts Bolt length “A” mm (in) Tightening torque N·m (kg-m, ft-lb) 1 (CVT to engine) 2 (Engine to CVT) 2 7 55 (2.17) 50 (1.97) 62 (6.3, 46) WCIA0619E • When installing the drive plate to torque converter nuts, tighten them temporarily. Then tighten the nuts to the specified torque. Converter nuts : 51 N·m (5.2 kg-m, 38 ft-lb) WCIA0616E INSPECTION BEFORE INSTALLATION When installing the torque converter to the CVT measure distance A. Distance “A”: 14.4 mm (0.567 in) WCIA0617E INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION Check the following. • Check for CVT fluid leakage and check CVT fluid level. Refer to CVT-14, "Checking CVT Fluid". • Check CVT position. Refer to CVT-172, "Adjustment of CVT Position". • Start and warm up the engine. Visually check that there is no leakage of engine coolant and CVT fluid. ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION Erase TCM data. • Erase CVT fluid degradation level data. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". • When replacing the transaxle assembly, erase EEP ROM in TCM. Refer to CVT-8, "Service After Replacing TCM, Transaxle Assembly, or Control Valve". Removal and Installation (QR25DE) INFOID:0000000005284347 COMPONENTS Revision: January 2010 CVT-194 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B CVT D E F G H I WCIA0731E 1. CVT fluid level gauge 2. CVT fluid charging pipe 3. O-ring 4. Hose clamp 5. CVT water hose 6. Water tube 7. Water hose 8. Transaxle assembly 9. Air breather hose 10. CVT water hose A. To engine coolant outlet B. To heater pipe C. Refer to "INSTALLATION". J K REMOVAL WARNING: Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high pressure coolant escaping from the radiator. CAUTION: • Perform this step engine is cold. • When replacing TCM and transaxle assembly as a set, replace transaxle assembly first and then replace TCM. Refer to CVT-8, "Service After Replacing TCM, Transaxle Assembly, or Control Valve". 1. Remove the engine and transaxle as an assembly. Refer to EM-184, "Removal and Installation". 2. Disconnect the electrical connectors from the following: • Secondary speed sensor (1) • Primary speed sensor (2) • CVT unit connector (3) • Transmission range switch (4) 3. Remove the harness from the CVT. WCIA0673E 4. Remove the four drive plate to torque converter nuts. Revision: January 2010 CVT-195 2010 Sentra L M N O P TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > NOTE: Rotate the crankshaft clockwise viewed from front of engine for access to drive plate to torque converter nuts. 5. Put matching marks on the drive plate and torque converter alignment stud. CAUTION: For matching marks, use paint. Never damage the drive plate or torque converter. 6. Remove the CVT to engine and engine to CVT bolts. 7. Separate the CVT from the engine. 8. If necessary, remove the following from the CVT: • Primary speed sensor • Secondary speed sensor • Transmission range switch • CVT fluid charging pipe • Engine mounting bracket (LH) • Water tube and hoses • Air breather hose • Any necessary brackets INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: • When replacing an engine or transmission you must make sure any dowels are installed correctly during re-assembly. • Improper alignment caused by missing dowels may cause vibration, oil leaks or breakage of drive train components. • Do not reuse O-rings. • When turning crankshaft, turn it clockwise as viewed from the front of the engine. • When tightening the nuts for the torque converter while securing the crankshaft pulley bolt, be sure to confirm the tightening torque of the crankshaft pulley bolt. Refer to EM-164. • After converter is installed to drive plate, rotate crankshaft several turns to check that CVT rotates freely without binding. • When installing the torque converter to the CVT measure distance A. Distance “A”: 14.4 mm (0.567 in) WCIA0617E • When installing the CVT to the engine, align the matching mark on the drive plate with the matching mark on the torque converter alignment stud. • When installing CVT to the engine, attach the bolts in accordance with the following standard. Bolt No. Number of bolts Bolt length “A” mm (in) Tightening torque N·m (kg-m, ft-lb) 1 (CVT to engine) 2 (CVT to engine) 3 (Engine to CVT) 4 (Engine to CVT) 5 (Engine to CVT) 6 (Engine to CVT) 1 4 2 2 1 2 45 (1.77) 45 (1.77) 45 (1.77) 35 (1.38) 45 (1.77) 45 (1.77) 35 (3.6, 26) 75 (7.6, 55) 42.7 (4.4, 31) 42.7 (4.4, 31) 62 (6.3, 46) 62 (6.3, 46) Revision: January 2010 CVT-196 WCIA0727E 2010 Sentra TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > • When installing the drive plate to torque converter nuts, tighten them temporarily. Then tighten the nuts to the specified torque. Converter nuts A : 51 N·m (5.2 kg-m, 38 ft-lb) B INSPECTION BEFORE INSTALLATION When installing the torque converter to the CVT measure distance A. Distance “A”: CVT 14.4 mm (0.567 in) D E WCIA0617E INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION Check the following. • Check for CVT fluid leakage and check CVT fluid level. Refer to CVT-14, "Checking CVT Fluid". • Check CVT position. Refer to CVT-172, "Adjustment of CVT Position". • Start and warm up the engine. Visually check that there is no leakage of engine coolant and CVT fluid. F G ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION Erase TCM data. • Erase CVT fluid degradation level data. Refer to CVT-46, "CONSULT-III Function (TRANSMISSION)". • When replacing the transaxle assembly, erase EEP ROM in TCM. Refer to CVT-8, "Service After Replacing TCM, Transaxle Assembly, or Control Valve". H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 CVT-197 2010 Sentra REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS < SERVICE INFORMATION > REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS Torque Converter and Converter Housing Oil Seal INFOID:0000000005284348 COMPONENTS WCIA0683E 1. Transaxle assembly 2. Converter housing oil seal 3. Torque converter : Apply CVT Fluid NS-2. Disassembly 1. Remove torque converter. 2. Remove the converter housing oil seal using suitable tool. CAUTION: Do not scratch converter housing. Assembly 1. Drive the converter housing oil seal (1) in evenly using suitable tool as shown. • CVT (2) CAUTION: • Do not reuse converter housing oil seal. • Apply CVT fluid to converter housing oil seal. WCIA0684E Revision: January 2010 CVT-198 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A General Specification INFOID:0000000005284349 Applied model MR20DE engine CVT model CVT assembly Transmission gear ratio B RE0F10A Model code number 3UX0C CVT 1XT7A D range 2.349 - 0.394 Reverse 1.750 Final drive 5.122 D 5.407 NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2*1 Recommended fluid Fluid capacity QR25DE engine 7.3 (7-3/4, 6-3/8)*2 Liter (US qt., Imp qt) 7.5 (7-7/8, 6-5/8)*2 CAUTION: • Use only Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2. Do not mix with other fluid. • Using CVT fluid other than Genuine NISSAN CVT Fluid NS-2 will deteriorate in driveability and CVT durability, and may damage the CVT, which is not covered by the NISSAN new vehicle limited warranty. E F *1: Refer to MA-15, "MR20DE" (MR20DE), MA-15, "QR25DE" (QR25DE). G *2:The fluid capacity is the reference value. Check the fluid level with CVT fluid level gauge. Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears INFOID:0000000005284350 H Numerical value data are reference values. Engine type Throttle position Shift pattern Engine speed (rpm) At 40 km/h (25 MPH) At 60 km/h (37 MPH) 3,400 - 4,300 4,300 - 5,200 “D” position 1,200 - 3,100 1,300 - 3,500 Overdrive-off mode 2,200 - 3,000 2,800 - 3,600 “L” position 3,400 - 4,300 4,100 - 5,000 3,300 - 4,200 4,300 - 5,200 “D” position 1,300 - 3,100 1,400 - 3,400 Overdrive-off mode 2,200 - 3,000 2,800 - 3,600 “L” position 3,200 - 4,100 4,000 - 4,900 I “D” position Full Overdrive-off mode “L” position MR20DE 1/4 “D” position Full Overdrive-off mode J K L “L” position QR25DE 1/4 CAUTION: M N Lock-up clutch is engaged when vehicle speed is approximately 18 km/h (11 MPH) to 90 km/h (56 MPH). Stall Speed Revision: January 2010 INFOID:0000000005284351 Engine Stall speed MR20DE 2,500 - 3,000 rpm QR25DE 2,050 - 3,550 rpm CVT-199 O P 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) < SERVICE INFORMATION > Line Pressure INFOID:0000000005284352 Line pressure kPa (kg/cm2, psi) Engine speed “R”, “D”, “L” positions At idle 750 (7.65, 108.8) At stall 5,700 (58.14, 826.5)* *: Reference values Solenoid Valves INFOID:0000000005284353 Name Resistance (Approx.) Terminal Secondary pressure solenoid valve 3 3.0 - 9.0 Ω Line pressure solenoid valve 2 Torque converter clutch solenoid valve 12 17.0 - 38.0 Ω Lock-up select solenoid valve 13 CVT Fluid Temperature Sensor Name ATF TEMP SEN INFOID:0000000005284354 Condition CONSULT-III “DATA MONITOR” (Approx.) Resistance (Approx.) 20°C (68°F) 2.0 V 6.5 kΩ 80°C (176°F) 1.0 V 0.9 kΩ Primary Speed Sensor INFOID:0000000005284355 Name Primary speed sensor Condition Data (Approx.) When driving [“L” position, 20 km/h (12 MPH)]. 880 Hz Secondary Speed Sensor INFOID:0000000005284356 Name Secondary speed sensor Condition Data (Approx.) When driving [“D” position, 20 km/h (12 MPH)]. 430 Hz Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284357 Distance between end of converter housing and torque converter Revision: January 2010 CVT-200 14.4 mm (0.567 in) 2010 Sentra SUSPENSION SECTION RSU REAR SUSPENSION A B C D RSU CONTENTS SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2 PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2 PREPARATION ................................................... 4 Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 4 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ............................. 5 NVH Troubleshooting Chart ...................................... 5 REAR SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY ..................... 6 Wheel Alignment Inspection ..................................... 6 Component ............................................................... 8 SHOCK ABSORBER ......................................... 9 Removal and Installation .......................................... 9 Disposal .................................................................... 9 COIL SPRING ................................................... 10 F G H Removal and Installation .........................................10 REAR SUSPENSION BEAM ............................ 12 Removal and Installation .........................................12 I SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ................................................................. 13 J Wheel Alignment (Unladen*) ...................................13 Wheelarch Height (Unladen*) ..................................13 On-Vehicle Inspection and Service ........................... 6 K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 RSU-1 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000005601946 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect INFOID:0000000005283698 NOTE: • This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM). • Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the ″LOCK″ position. • Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results. For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder. For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and steering wheel rotation will become impossible. If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before starting the repair operation. OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the steering lock will be released. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be rotated. Perform the necessary repair operation. Revision: January 2010 RSU-2 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.) 6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III. A B C D RSU F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 RSU-3 2010 Sentra PREPARATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000005283699 Tool name Description Power tool Removing wheel nuts PBIC0190E Revision: January 2010 RSU-4 2010 Sentra NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING < SERVICE INFORMATION > NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING NVH Troubleshooting Chart A INFOID:0000000005283700 × Vibration × × × × Shimmy × × × × Shudder × × × Poor quality ride or handling × × × C D REAR AXLE TIRES ROAD WHEEL BRAKES STEERING F Suspension looseness × Incorrect wheel alignment RSU Spring fatigue Symptom PS-5 × B BR-7 × WT-5 × WT-5 Shake RAX-5 × RSU-6 × RSU-8 Parts interference × RSU-10 Bushing or mounting deterioration × Possible cause and SUSPECTED PARTS RSU-9 RSU-9 Shock absorber deformation, damage or deflection Noise Reference page RSU-9 RSU-8 Improper installation, looseness Use chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts. × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × G H I × ×: Applicable J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 RSU-5 2010 Sentra REAR SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > REAR SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY On-Vehicle Inspection and Service INFOID:0000000005681123 Make sure the mounting conditions (looseness, backlash) of each component and component conditions (wear, damage) are within specifications. SHOCK ABSORBER INSPECTION Check shock absorber for oil leakage, damage and replace it if necessary. Wheel Alignment Inspection INFOID:0000000005681124 DESCRIPTION Measure wheel alignment under unladen conditions. NOTE: “Unladen conditions” means that fuel, engine coolant, and lubricant are full. Spare tire, jack, hand tools and mats are in designated positions. PRELIMINARY Check the following: 1. Tires for improper air pressure and wear. 2. Road wheels for runout. Refer to WT-6, "Inspection" . 3. Wheel bearing axial end play. Refer to RAX-6, "On-Vehicle Inspection and Service". 4. Shock absorber operation. 5. Each mounting part of suspension for looseness and deformation. 6. Rear suspension beam for cracks, deformation, and other damage. 7. Vehicle height (posture). GENERAL INFORMATION AND RECOMMENDATIONS 1. 2. A Four-Wheel Thrust Alignment should be performed. • This type of alignment is recommended for any NISSAN vehicle. • The four-wheel “thrust” process helps ensure that the vehicle is properly aligned and the steering wheel is centered. • The alignment machine itself should be capable of accepting any NISSAN vehicle. • The alignment machine should be checked to ensure that it is level. Make sure the alignment machine is properly calibrated. • Your alignment machine should be regularly calibrated in order to give correct information. • Check with the manufacturer of your specific alignment machine for their recommended Service/Calibration Schedule. THE ALIGNMENT PROCESS IMPORTANT: Use only the alignment specifications listed in this Service Manual. Refer to RSU-13, "Wheel Alignment (Unladen*)" . 1. When displaying the alignment settings, many alignment machines use “indicators”: (Green/red, plus or minus, Go/No Go). Do NOT use these indicators. • The alignment specifications programmed into your alignment machine that operate these indicators may not be correct. • This may result in an ERROR. 2. Some newer alignment machines are equipped with an optional “Rolling Compensation” method to “compensate” the sensors (alignment targets or head units). Do NOT use this “Rolling Compensation” method. • Use the “Jacking Compensation” method. After installing the alignment targets or head units, raise the vehicle and rotate the wheels 1/2 turn both ways. • See Instructions in the alignment machine you are using for more information. CAMBER INSPECTION Revision: January 2010 RSU-6 2010 Sentra REAR SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Measure camber of both right and left wheels with a suitable alignment gauge. Camber A : Refer to RSU-13, "Wheel Alignment (Unladen*)". B • If it is out of the specification value, inspect and replace any damaged or worn rear suspension parts. C SRA096A D TOE-IN INSPECTION Measure toe-in using following procedure. If it is out of the specification, inspect and replace any damaged or worn rear suspension parts. RSU WARNING: • Always perform the following procedure on a flat surface. • Make sure that no person is in front of vehicle before pushing it. F 1. Bounce the rear of vehicle up and down to stabilize the vehicle height (posture). 2. Push vehicle straight ahead about 5 m (16 ft). 3. Put a mark on base line of the tread (rear side) of both tires at G the same height of hub center. These are measuring points. H I SEIA0362E 4. 5. 6. Measure distance (A) from rear side. Push vehicle slowly ahead to rotate wheels 180 degrees (1/2 turn). CAUTION: If wheels have rotated more than 180 degrees (1/2 turn), try the above procedure again from the beginning. Never push vehicle backward. Measure distance (B) from front side. Total toe-in : Refer to RSU-13, "Wheel Alignment (Unladen*)" . J K L M SEIA0363E N O P Revision: January 2010 RSU-7 2010 Sentra REAR SUSPENSION ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > Component INFOID:0000000005283703 WEIA0209E 1. Shock absorber 2. Bound bumper 4. Rear spring lower rubber seat 5. Rear suspension beam Revision: January 2010 RSU-8 3. Coil spring 2010 Sentra SHOCK ABSORBER < SERVICE INFORMATION > SHOCK ABSORBER A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283704 REMOVAL 1. 2. B Set jack under rear suspension beam. Remove upper shock absorber bolt (A). C D RSU WEIA0195E 3. 4. F Remove shock absorber lower bolt (A). Remove the shock absorber from vehicle. G H I WEIA0205E INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL J Shock Absorber Check the following: • Shock absorber for deformation, cracks or damage, and replace if necessary. • Piston rod for damage, uneven wear or distortion, and replace if necessary. K INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. For tightening specifications, refer to RSU-8, "Component". Disposal INFOID:0000000005601948 1. Set shock absorber horizontally with the piston rod fully extended. 2. Drill 2 – 3 mm (0.08 – 0.12 in) hole (A) at the position ( ) from top as shown in the figure to release gas gradually. CAUTION: • Wear eye protection (safety glasses). • Wear gloves. • Be careful with metal chips or oil blown out by the compressed gas. NOTE: • Drill vertically in this direction ( ). • Directly to the outer tube avoiding brackets. • The gas is clear, colorless, odorless, and harmless. A 3. L M N O P JPEIA0161ZZ : 20 – 30 mm (0.79 – 1.18 in) Position the drilled hole downward and drain oil by moving the piston rod several times. CAUTION: Dispose of drained oil according to the law and local regulations. Revision: January 2010 RSU-9 2010 Sentra COIL SPRING < SERVICE INFORMATION > COIL SPRING Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283705 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. Set jack under rear suspension beam. Remove both shock absorber lower bolts (A). Gradually lower the jack, and then remove coil spring, bound bumper and rear spring rubber seat. WEIA0205E INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL Check coil spring and spring rubber seat for deformation, cracks, and damage, and replace it if a malfunction is detected. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. For tightening specifications, refer to RSU-8, "Component" . • When installing rear spring rubber seat, be sure that the flat areas (A) are aligned. WEIA0206E Revision: January 2010 RSU-10 2010 Sentra COIL SPRING < SERVICE INFORMATION > • When installing rear spring, be sure that the gap (A) is less than 5mm. A B C WEIA0210E D RSU F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 RSU-11 2010 Sentra REAR SUSPENSION BEAM < SERVICE INFORMATION > REAR SUSPENSION BEAM Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283706 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Remove rear tires from vehicle using power tool. Remove rear drum and brake assembly. Refer to BR-44, "Removal and Installation of Drum Brake Assembly" . Disconnect and remove parking brake rear cable. Refer to PB-5 . Remove wheel sensor and wheel sensor harness from wheel hub and bearing assembly and rear suspension beam, if equipped. Refer to BRC-33. Remove rear brake tube and brake hose. Refer to BR-16, "Rear Brake Tube and Hose" . Remove wheel hub and bearing assembly and back plate. Refer to RAX-6 . Set jack under rear suspension beam. Remove both shock absorber lower bolts (A). Refer to RSU-9, "Removal and Installation". WEIA0205E 9. Remove coil springs (left/right). Refer to RSU-10, "Removal and Installation" . 10. Remove brake line retaining clip and disconnect the brake line from the rear suspension beam bracket. 11. Remove center exhaust pipe assembly and insulator. Refer to EX-5, "Removal and Installation" (MR20DE), EX-11, "Removal and Installation" (QR25DE). 12. Remove rear suspension beam bolt and nut. Refer to RSU-8, "Component". 13. Gradually lower the jack to remove rear suspension beam from vehicle. MEIA0029E INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL Check components for deformation, cracks, and other damage, and replace if necessary. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. For tightening torque, refer to RSU-8, "Component" . • Perform final tightening of rear suspension beam (A) under unladen conditions with tires on level ground. • Refill with new brake fluid and bleed air. Refer to BR-12, "Bleeding Brake System". • Check the following after finishing work. - Parking brake operation (stroke): Refer to PB-5, "On-Vehicle Service" . - Wheel sensor harness for proper connection: Refer to BRC-33 WEIA0199E Revision: January 2010 RSU-12 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A Wheel Alignment (Unladen*) INFOID:0000000005681125 B C D RSU SEIA0363E Model Camber Degree minute (Decimal degree) Distance (A - B) Total toe-in Angle (A-B) Per wheel Degree minute (Decimal degree) 2.0, 2.0 S, 2.0 SR, 2.0 SL SE-R SE-R SPEC-V Minimum – 2° 00′ (– 2.00°) – 2° 00′ (– 2.00°) – 2° 00′ (– 2.00°) Nominal – 1° 30′ (– 1.50°) – 1° 30′ (– 1.50°) – 1° 30′ (– 1.50°) Maximum – 1° 00′ (– 1.00°) – 1° 00′ (– 1.00°) – 1° 00′ (– 1.00°) Minimum – 3.0 mm ( – 0.118 in) – 2.0 mm ( – 0.079 in) – 1.0 mm (– 0.039 in) Nominal 1.0 mm (0.039 in) 2.0 mm (0.079 in) 3.0 mm (0.118 in) Maximum 5.0 mm (0.197 in) 6.0 mm (0.236 in) 7.0 mm (0.276 in) Minimum – 0° 8′ (– 0.14°) – 0° 5′ (– 0.09°) – 0° 3′ (– 0.05°) Nominal 0° 3′ (0.05°) 0° 5′ (0.09°) 0° 8′ (0.14°) Maximum 0° 14′ (0.23°) 0° 17′ (0.28°) 0° 19′ (0.32°) *: Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil full. Spare tire, jack, hand tools and mats in designated positions. F G H I J Wheelarch Height (Unladen*) INFOID:0000000005283708 K L M N LEIA0085E Engine Model MR20DE QR25DE 2.0 2.0 S, 2.0 SL, 2.0 SR SE-R SE-R SPEC-V P205/60HR15 P205/55HR16 P225/45VR17 P225/45WR17 Front (Hf) mm (in) 691 (27.20) 694 (27.32) 690 (27.17) 679 (26.73) Rear (Hr) mm (in) 693 (27.28) 696 (27.40) 690 (27.17) 677 (26.65) Tire Size *: Fuel, radiator coolant and engine oil full. Spare tire, jack, hand tools and mats in designated positions. Revision: January 2010 RSU-13 2010 Sentra O P RESTRAINTS SECTION SB SEAT BELTS A B C D E CONTENTS SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2 PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2 Removal and Installation of Rear Seat Belt .............. 6 Seat Belt Inspection .................................................. 8 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2 Precaution for Seat Belt Service ............................... 3 LATCH (LOWER ANCHORS AND TETHER FOR CHILDREN) SYSTEM ............................... 11 SEAT BELTS ....................................................... 4 Removal and Installation .........................................12 Removal and Installation - 60:40 Split Fold Down Seat .........................................................................11 Removal and Installation - Fixed Back Seat ............11 F G SB TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT ..... 12 Removal and Installation of Front Seat Belt .............. 4 I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 SB-1 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000005612376 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect INFOID:0000000005282998 NOTE: • This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM). • Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the ″LOCK″ position. • Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results. For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder. For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and steering wheel rotation will become impossible. If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before starting the repair operation. OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the steering lock will be released. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be rotated. Perform the necessary repair operation. Revision: January 2010 SB-2 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.) 6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III. Precaution for Seat Belt Service INFOID:0000000005282999 CAUTION: • Before removing the front seat belt pre-tensioner assembly, turn the ignition switch off, disconnect the both battery cables and wait at least 3 minutes. • After replacing or reinstalling front seat belt pre-tensioner assembly, or reconnecting front seat belt pre-tensioner connector, check the system function. Refer to SRS-20, "SRS Operation Check". • Do not disassemble buckle or seat belt assembly. • Do not reuse seat belt anchor bolts after removal. Replace with new ones. • Replace anchor bolts if they are deformed or worn out. • Never oil tongue and buckle. • If any component of seat belt assembly is questionable, do not repair. Replace the whole seat belt assembly. • If webbing is cut, frayed, or damaged, replace seat belt assembly. • When replacing seat belt assembly, use a genuine NISSAN seat belt assembly. A B C D E F AFTER A COLLISION WARNING: G • Inspect all seat belt assemblies including retractors and attaching hardware after any collision. • NISSAN recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly. Failure to do so could result in serious personal injury in an accident. Seat belt assemblies not in use during a colli- SB sion should also be replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted. Seat belt pre-tensioner should be replaced even if the seat belts are not in use during a frontal collision in which the air bags are deployed. I Replace any seat belt assembly (including anchor bolts) if: • The seat belt was in use at the time of a collision (except for minor collisions and the belts, retractors and buckles show no damage and continue to operate properly). • The seat belt was damaged in an accident. (i.e. torn webbing, bent retractor or guide). J • The seat belt attaching point was damaged in an accident. Inspect the seat belt attaching area for damage or distortion and repair as necessary before installing a new seat belt assembly. • Anchor bolts are deformed or worn out. • The seat belt pre-tensioner should be replaced even if the seat belts are not in use during the collision in K which the air bags are deployed. L M N O P Revision: January 2010 SB-3 2010 Sentra SEAT BELTS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SEAT BELTS Removal and Installation of Front Seat Belt INFOID:0000000005283000 LHIA0117E 1. Seat belt adjuster 2. Front seat belt retractor 4. Belt tension sensor connector 5. Outer anchor RH (belt tension sensor) 6. Outer anchor cover RH 7. Outer anchor cover LH 8. Outer anchor LH 9. Seat belt adjuster cover B. 10. D-ring anchor A. Seat belt adjuster bolt C. D. Shoulder anchor bolt Outer anchor bolt 3. Seat belt pre-tensioner connector Retractor anchor bolt Vehicle front CAUTION: Before servicing the SRS, turn the ignition switch off, disconnect both battery terminals and wait at least three minutes. REMOVAL OF SEAT BELT RETRACTOR 1. 2. Disconnect both the negative and positive battery terminals, then wait at least three minutes. Remove the seat belt adjuster cover and shoulder anchor bolt. Revision: January 2010 SB-4 2010 Sentra SEAT BELTS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Disconnect the belt tension sensor, then remove outer anchor cover and outer anchor bolt. 4. Remove the center pillar upper and lower garnish. Refer to EI-34. 5. Position the floor trim away from center pillar. 6. Disconnect seat belt pre-tensioner connector. Refer to SRS-8, "Direct-connect SRS Component Connectors". A B C D PHIA0953J 7. E Remove the retractor anchor bolt, then remove the seat belt retractor. INSTALLATION OF SEAT BELT RETRACTOR F Installation is in the reverse order of removal. REMOVAL OF SEAT BELT BUCKLE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Disconnect both the negative and positive battery terminals, then wait at least three minutes. Remove the front seat. Refer to SE-15, "Removal and Installation". Remove the seat side cover. Refer to SE-16, "Disassembly and Assembly". Disconnect the seat belt buckle harness connector (1). : Vehicle front Remove the buckle anchor bolt (A), then remove the seat belt buckle (2). G SB I J LHIA0118E K INSTALLATION OF SEAT BELT BUCKLE Installation is in the reverse order of removal. L M N O P Revision: January 2010 SB-5 2010 Sentra SEAT BELTS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Removal and Installation of Rear Seat Belt INFOID:0000000005283001 60:40 Split Fold Down Seat AWHIA0245GB 1. Seat belt escutcheon 2. Seat belt retractor RH 3. Lower anchor 4. Seat belt buckle RH 5. Seat belt buckle center 6. Center latch 7. Seat belt buckle LH 8. Seat belt retractor center 9. Seat belt retractor LH A. Outer anchor bolt B. Seat belt buckle anchor bolt C. Seat belt retractor anchor bolt Revision: January 2010 SB-6 2010 Sentra SEAT BELTS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Fixed Back Seat A B C D E F G SB I J K L AWHIA0246GB 1. Seat belt escutcheon 2. Seat belt retractor RH 3. Lower anchor 4. Seat belt buckle RH 5. Seat belt buckle center 6. Seat belt buckle LH 7. Seat belt retractor center 8. Seat belt retractor LH A. Outer anchor bolt B. Seat belt buckle anchor bolt C. Seat belt retractor anchor bolt M N REMOVAL OF SEAT BELT RETRACTOR - 60:40 SPLIT FOLD DOWN SEAT 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the rear seat cushion, then release the latch and fold down the seat back. Refer to SE-20, "Removal and Installation". Remove the kicking plate upper and lower finishers. Refer to EI-34, "Removal and Installation". Remove the lower anchor. • For RH/LH lower anchor, remove the lower anchor bolt. • For center lower anchor, release the center latch. Release the tabs and remove the seat belt escutcheon. Remove the rear parcel shelf finisher. Refer to EI-38, "Removal and Installation". Remove the seat belt retractor anchor bolt, then remove the seat belt retractor. INSTALLATION OF SEAT BELT RETRACTOR - 60:40 SPLIT FOLD DOWN SEAT Revision: January 2010 SB-7 2010 Sentra O P SEAT BELTS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Installation is in the reverse order of removal. REMOVAL OF SEAT BELT RETRACTOR - FIXED BACK SEAT 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove the rear seat cushion and seat back. Refer to SE-24, "Removal and Installation". Remove the kicking plate upper and lower finishers. Refer to EI-34, "Removal and Installation". Remove the lower anchor bolt. Release the tabs and remove the seat belt escutcheon. Remove the rear parcel shelf finisher. Refer to EI-38, "Removal and Installation". Remove the seat belt retractor anchor bolt, then remove the seat belt retractor. INSTALLATION OF SEAT BELT RETRACTOR - FIXED BACK SEAT Installation is in the reverse order of removal. REMOVAL OF SEAT BELT BUCKLE 1. 2. Remove rear seat cushion. Refer to SE-20, "Removal and Installation" for 60:40 split fold down seat, and SE-24, "Removal and Installation" for fixed back seat. Remove seat belt buckle anchor bolt, then remove seat belt buckle. INSTALLATION OF SEAT BELT BUCKLE Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Be sure to align buckle with raised edge on floor before tightening seat belt buckle anchor bolt. Seat Belt Inspection INFOID:0000000005283002 AFTER A COLLISION WARNING: Inspect all seat belt assemblies including retractors and attaching hardware after any collision. NISSAN recommends that all seat belt assemblies in use during a collision be replaced unless the collision was minor and the belts show no damage and continue to operate properly. Failure to do so could result in serious personal injury in an accident. Seat belt assemblies not in use during a collision should also be replaced if either damage or improper operation is noted. Seat belt pre-tensioner should be replaced even if the seat belts are not in use during a frontal collision in which the air bags are deployed. Replace any seat belt assembly (including anchor bolts) if: • The seat belt was in use at the time of a collision (except for minor collisions and the belts, retractors and buckles show no damage and continue to operate properly). • The seat belt was damaged in an accident. (i.e. torn webbing, bent retractor or guide, etc.) • The seat belt attaching point was damaged in an accident. Inspect the seat belt attaching area for damage or distortion and repair as necessary before installing a new seat belt assembly. • Anchor bolts are deformed or worn out. • The seat belt pre-tensioner should be replaced even if the seat belts are not in use during a frontal collision in which the air bags are deployed. PRELIMINARY CHECKS 1. a. b. 2. 3. 4. 5. a. Check the seat belt warning lamp/chime for proper operation as follows: Switch ignition ON. The seat belt warning lamp should illuminate. Also, the seat belt warning chime should sound for about seven seconds. Fasten driver's seat belt. The seat belt warning lamp should go out and the chime (if sounding) should stop. If the air bag warning lamp is blinking, conduct self-diagnosis using CONSULT-III, and air bag warning lamp. Refer to SRS-20, "SRS Operation Check". Check that the seat belt retractor, seat belt anchor and buckle bolts are securely attached. Check the shoulder seat belt guide and shoulder belt height adjuster for front seats. Ensure guide swivels freely and that webbing lays flat and does not bind in guide. Ensure height adjuster operates properly and holds securely. Check retractor operation: Fully extend the seat belt webbing and check for twists, tears or other damage. Revision: January 2010 SB-8 2010 Sentra SEAT BELTS < SERVICE INFORMATION > b. Allow the seat belt to retract. Make sure that webbing returns smoothly and completely into the retractor. If the seat belt does not return smoothly, wipe the inside of the loops with a clean paper cloth. Dirt build-up in the loops of the upper anchors can cause the seat belts to retract slowly. c. Fasten the seat belt. Check the seat belt returns smoothly and completely to the retractor. If the webbing does not return smoothly, the cause may be an accumulation of dust or dirt. Use the “SEAT BELT TAPE SET” and perform the following steps. A B Inspect the front seat belt though-anchor 1. 2. 3. 6. Pull the seat belt out to a length of 500 mm (19.69 in) or more. Use a clip or other device to attach the seat belt at the center pillar webbing opening. Pass a thin wire though the D-ring anchor webbing opening. Hold both ends of the wire and pull taut while moving it up and down several times along the webbing opening surface to remove matter stuck there. 4. Any dirt that cannot be removed with the wire can be removed by cleaning the opening with a clean cloth. 5. Apply tape at the point where the webbing contacts the though-anchor webbing opening. NOTE: Apply the tape so that there is no looseness or wrinkling. 6. Remove the clip attaching the seat belt and check that the webbing returns smoothly. Repeat steps above as necessary to check the other seat belts. SEAT BELT RETRACTOR ON-VEHICLE CHECK C D E F G Emergency Locking Retractors (ELR) and Automatic Locking Retractors (ALR) NOTE: All seat belt retractors are of the Emergency Locking Retractors (ELR) type. In an emergency (sudden stop) SB the retractor will lock and prevent the webbing from extending any further. All 3-point type seat belt retractors except the driver's seat belt also have an Automatic Locking Retractors (ALR) mode. The ALR mode (also called child restraint mode) is used when installing child seats. The ALR mode is activated when the seat belt I is fully extended. When the webbing is then retracted partially, the ALR mode automatically locks the seat belt in a specific position so the webbing cannot be extended any further. To cancel the ALR mode, allow the seat belt to fully wind back into the retractor. Check the seat belt retractors using the following test(s) to determine if a retractor assembly is operating prop- J erly. ELR Function Stationary Check Grasp the shoulder webbing and pull it forward quickly. The retractor should lock and prevent the belt from extending further. ALR Function Stationary Check 1. 2. 3. 4. Pull out entire length of seat belt from retractor until a click is heard. Retract the webbing partially. A clicking noise should be heard as the webbing retracts, indicating that the retractor is in the Automatic Locking Retractors (ALR) mode. Grasp the seat belt and try to pull out the retractor. The webbing must lock and not extend any further. If NG, replace the retractor assembly. Allow the entire length of the webbing to retract to cancel the automatic locking mode. ELR Function Moving Check WARNING: Perform the following test in a safe, open area clear of other vehicles and obstructions (for example, a large, empty parking lot). Road surface must be paved and dry. DO NOT perform the following test on wet or gravel roads or on public streets and highways. This could result in an accident and serious personal injury. The driver and passenger must be prepared to brace themselves in the event the retractor does not lock. 1. Fasten driver's seat belt. Buckle a passenger into the seat for the belt that is to be tested. 2. Proceed to the designated safe area. 3. Drive the vehicle at approximately 16 km/h (10 MPH). Notify any passengers of a pending sudden stop and the driver and passenger must be prepared to brace themselves in the event the retractor does not lock, apply brakes firmly and make a very hard stop. Revision: January 2010 SB-9 2010 Sentra K L M N O P SEAT BELTS < SERVICE INFORMATION > During the stop, seat belts should lock and not be extended. If the seat belt retractor assembly does not lock, perform the retractor off-vehicle check. SEAT BELT RETRACTOR OFF-VEHICLE CHECK 1. 2. Remove the seat belt retractor. Refer to SB-4. Slowly pull out seat belt webbing while tilting the retractor assembly forward from the installed position without twisting the retractor assembly as shown in the illustration. WHIA0351E A: Seat belt retractor in vertically installed position. B: With 15° or less tilt, the webbing can be pulled out. C: With 35° or more tilt, the webbing can not be pulled out. D: Seat belt retractor in horizontally installed position. : Vehicle front. If the seat belt does not operate properly within the specifications, replace the seat belt retractor assembly. Revision: January 2010 SB-10 2010 Sentra LATCH (LOWER ANCHORS AND TETHER FOR CHILDREN) SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > LATCH (LOWER ANCHORS AND TETHER FOR CHILDREN) SYSTEM Removal and Installation - 60:40 Split Fold Down Seat The LATCH (Lower Anchors and Tether for Children) system is not serviceable. Removal and Installation - Fixed Back Seat B INFOID:0000000005283004 C REMOVAL 1. 2. A INFOID:0000000005283003 Remove rear seat belt buckles and center seat belt anchor bolt. Refer to SB-6, "Removal and Installation of Rear Seat Belt" . Remove the LATCH bracket bolts (A), then remove the LATCH brackets (1). Vehicle front D E F LHIA0133E G INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. SB I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 SB-11 2010 Sentra TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT < SERVICE INFORMATION > TOP TETHER STRAP CHILD RESTRAINT Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283005 NOTE: The top tether strap child restraint is not serviceable. Revision: January 2010 SB-12 2010 Sentra SUSPENSION SECTION WT ROAD WHEELS & TIRES A B C D WT CONTENTS SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2 PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2 PREPARATION ................................................... 4 Special Service Tool ................................................. 4 Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 4 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ............................. 5 NVH Troubleshooting Chart ...................................... 5 CONSULT-III Function (BCM) .................................15 How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair .......................................................16 Preliminary Check ...................................................17 Self-Diagnosis (With CONSULT-III) ........................18 Self-Diagnosis (Without CONSULT-III) ...................19 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS ................................................. 21 Data from Transmitter Not Being Received .............21 Transmitter Malfunction ...........................................21 Transmitter Pressure Malfunction ............................22 Vehicle Speed Signal ..............................................22 Vehicle Ignition Signal .............................................23 System Component ................................................. 10 System Description ................................................. 10 CAN COMMUNICATION ....................................12 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ..................... 26 Inspection .................................................................. 6 ROAD WHEEL TIRE ASSEMBLY ...................... 7 Adjustment ................................................................ 7 TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM .......10 System Description ................................................. 12 Transmitter (Pressure Sensor) ................................26 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS .....................................13 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ................................................................. 28 Wiring Diagram- T/WARN - ..................................... 13 Terminal and Reference Value for BCM ................. 13 ID Registration Procedure ....................................... 14 Transmitter Wake Up Operation ............................. 15 Revision: January 2010 G H I J TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS ...... 24 Low Tire Pressure Warning Lamp Does Not Come On When Ignition Switch Is Turned On ...................24 Low Tire Pressure Warning Lamp Stays On When Ignition Switch Is Turned On ...................................24 Low Tire Pressure Warning Lamp Flashes When Ignition Switch Is Turned On ...................................24 Hazard Warning Lamps Flash When Ignition Switch Is Turned On ................................................25 ID Registration Cannot Be Completed ....................25 ROAD WHEEL .................................................... 6 F Road Wheel .............................................................28 Tire ..........................................................................28 WT-1 K L M N O P 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000005283944 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect INFOID:0000000005283945 NOTE: • This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM). • Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the ″LOCK″ position. • Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results. For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder. For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and steering wheel rotation will become impossible. If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before starting the repair operation. OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the steering lock will be released. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be rotated. Perform the necessary repair operation. Revision: January 2010 WT-2 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.) 6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III. A B C D WT F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 WT-3 2010 Sentra PREPARATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000005283946 The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here. Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description KV991B1000 (J-45295) Transmitter activation tool • Transmitter wake up operation • ID registration procedure WEIA0144E Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000005283947 Tool name Description Power tool Removing wheel nuts PBIC0190E Revision: January 2010 WT-4 2010 Sentra NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING < SERVICE INFORMATION > NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING NVH Troubleshooting Chart A INFOID:0000000005283948 ROAD WHEEL × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × PS-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart" × BR-7, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart" × FAX-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart" × Refer to ROAD WHEEL in this chart × Refer to TIRES in this chart × WT-28 STEERING × BRAKE × DRIVE SHAFT Shake ROAD WHEELS × C D WT F G H TIRES × RAX-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart", RSU-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart" × REAR AXLE AND REAR SUSPENSION × FAX-5, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart", FSU-6, "NVH Troubleshooting Chart" × B FRONT AXLE AND FRONT SUSPENSION Non-uniformity × Incorrect tire size Deformation or damage — Uneven tire wear × Vibration Symptom — Incorrect tire pressure Noise Possible cause and SUSPECTED PARTS TIRES — Imbalance WT-28 Out-of-round WT-7 Improper installation, looseness Reference page WT-6 WT-7 Use the chart below to help you find the cause of the symptom. If necessary, repair or replace these parts. I × J K × Shimmy × × × × × × Shudder × × × × × × × × × × Poor quality ride or handling × × × × × × × × × × Noise × × × × × × × × × × Shake × × × × × × × × × × Shimmy, Shudder × × × × × × × × × Poor quality ride or handling × × × × × × × L M N O ×: Applicable P Revision: January 2010 WT-5 2010 Sentra ROAD WHEEL < SERVICE INFORMATION > ROAD WHEEL Inspection INFOID:0000000005283949 ALUMINUM WHEEL 1. 2. a. b. Check tires for wear and improper inflation. Check wheels for deformation, cracks and other damage. If deformed, remove wheel and check wheel runout. Remove tire from aluminum wheel and mount on a tire balance machine. Set dial indicator as shown. Wheel runout (Dial indicator value) : Refer to WT-28, "Road Wheel". SFA975B STEEL WHEEL 1. 2. a. b. c. d. e. Check tires for wear and improper inflation. Check wheels for deformation, cracks and other damage. If deformed, remove wheel and check wheel runout. Remove tire from steel wheel and mount on a tire balance machine. Set two dial indicators as shown. Set each dial indicator to 0. Rotate wheel and check dial indicators at several points around the circumference of the wheel. Calculate runout at each point as shown. Radial runout = (A+B)/2 Lateral runout = (C+D)/2 f. Select maximum positive runout value and the maximum negative value. Add the two values to determine total runout. In case a positive or negative value is not available, use the maximum value (negative or positive) for total runout. If the total runout value exceeds the limit, replace steel wheel. Wheel runout : Refer to WT-28, "Road Wheel". SEIA0558E Revision: January 2010 WT-6 2010 Sentra ROAD WHEEL TIRE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > ROAD WHEEL TIRE ASSEMBLY A Adjustment INFOID:0000000005681126 BALANCING WHEELS (ADHESIVE WEIGHT TYPE) B Preparation Before Adjustment Remove inner and outer balance weights from the road wheel using releasing agent, remove double-faced adhesive tape from the road wheel. CAUTION: • Be careful not scratch the road wheel during removal. • After removing double-faced adhesive tape, wipe clean traces of releasing agent from the road wheel. C D Wheel Balance Adjustment • If a balancer machine has an adhesive weight mode setting, select weight mode setting and skip Step 2. WT below. If a balancer machine only has the clip-on (rim flange) weight mode setting, follow Step 2. to calculate the correct size adhesive weight. 1. Set road wheel on balancer machine using the center hole as a guide. Start the balancer machine. F 2. For tire balance machines that only have a clip-on (rim flange) weight mode setting, follow this step to calculate the correct size adhesive weight to use. When inner and outer imbalance values are shown on the balancer machine indicator, multiply outer imbalance value by 5/3 (1.67) to determine balance weight that G should be used. Select the outer balance weight with a value closest to the calculated value above and install in to the designated outer position of, or at the designated angle in relation to the road wheel. a. Indicated imbalance value × 5/3 (1.67) = balance weight to be H installed Calculation example: 23 g (0.81 oz) × 5/3 (1.67) = 38.33 g (1.35 oz) ⇒ 40 g (1.41 oz) balance weight (closer to calculated balance weight value) I NOTE: Note that balance weight value must be closer to the calculated balance weight value. J Example: 37.4 ⇒ 35 g (1.23 oz) 37.5 ⇒ 40 g (1.41 oz) SMA054D K 3. Installed balance weight in the position shown. CAUTION: • Do not install the inner balance weight before installing the outer balance weight. • Before installing the balance weight, be sure to clean the mating surface of the road wheel. L M N O P Revision: January 2010 WT-7 2010 Sentra ROAD WHEEL TIRE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > • When installing balance weight (1) to road wheels, set it into the grooved area (A) on the inner wall of the road wheel as shown so that the balance weight center (B) is aligned with the balancer machine indication position (angle) (C). CAUTION: • Always use genuine NISSAN adhesive balance weights. • Balance weights are non-reusable; always replace with new ones. • Do not install more than three sheets of balance weight. JPEIC0040ZZ 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. If calculated balance weight value exceeds 50 g (1.76 oz), install two balance weight sheets in line with each other as shown in the figure. CAUTION: Do not install one balance weight sheet on top another. Start balancer machine again. Install balance weight on inner side of road wheel in the balancer machine indication position (angle). CAUTION: Do not install more than two balance weights. Start balancer machine. Make sure that inner and outer residual unbalance values are 5 g (0.17 oz) each or below. If either residual unbalance value exceeds 5 g (0.17 oz), repeat installation procedures. Wheel balance Dynamic (At flange) Maximum allowable unbalance PEIA0033E Static (At flange) Refer to WT-28, "Road Wheel". TIRE ROTATION • Follow the maintenance schedule for tire rotation service intervals. Refer to MA-9, "Schedule 1". • When installing the wheel, tighten wheel nuts to the specified torque. CAUTION: • Do not include the T-type spare tire when rotating the tires. • When installing wheels, tighten them diagonally by dividing the work two to three times in order to prevent the wheels from developing any distortion. • Be careful not to tighten wheel nut at torque exceeding the criteria for preventing strain of disc rotor. • Use NISSAN genuine wheel nuts for aluminum wheels. Wheel nut tightening torque Revision: January 2010 SMA829C : 113 N·m (12 kg-m, 83 ft-lb) WT-8 2010 Sentra ROAD WHEEL TIRE ASSEMBLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Perform the ID registration, after tire rotation. Refer to WT-14, "ID Registration Procedure". A B C D WT F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 WT-9 2010 Sentra TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM System Component INFOID:0000000005283952 WEIA0200E 1. Remote keyless entry receiver M15 2. Transmitters 4. Combination meter M24 5. BCM M18, M20 3. System Description Tire pressure warning check connector M39 INFOID:0000000005283953 BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM) The BCM is shown with the instrument panel removed. The BCM reads the air pressure signal received by the remote keyless entry receiver, and controls the low tire pressure warning lamp as shown below. It also has a self-diagnosis function to detect a system malfunction. Condition Low tire pressure warning lamp System normal Tire less than 182 kPa (1.82 psi) [Flat tire] On for 1 second after ignition ON kg/cm2, 26.5 Tire pressure monitoring system malfunction ON WEIA0201E After key ON, flashes once per second for 1 minute, then stays ON TRANSMITTER Revision: January 2010 WT-10 2010 Sentra TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > A sensor-transmitter integrated with a valve is installed in each wheel, and transmits a detected air pressure signal in the form of a radio wave. The radio signal is received by the remote keyless entry receiver. A B C WEIA0137E D REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER The remote keyless entry receiver (without Intelligent Key (A), or with Intelligent Key (B)) is shown with the instrument panel removed. The remote keyless entry receiver receives the air pressure signal transmitted by the transmitter in each wheel. WT F G WEIA0208E COMBINATION METER H The combination meter receives tire pressure status from the BCM using CAN communication. When a low tire pressure condition is sensed by the BCM, the combination meter low tire pressure warning lamp is activated. I J K LEIA0055E TIRE PRESSURE WARNING CHECK CONNECTOR The tire pressure warning check connector can be grounded in order to initiate self-diagnosis without a CONSULT-III. Refer to WT-19, "Self-Diagnosis (Without CONSULT-III)". The tire pressure warning check connector is located behind the instrument panel LH. Refer to PG-37, "Harness Layout". L M N O P Revision: January 2010 WT-11 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > CAN COMMUNICATION System Description INFOID:0000000005283954 Refer to LAN-7, "System Description". Revision: January 2010 WT-12 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS A Wiring Diagram- T/WARN - INFOID:0000000005283955 B C D WT F G H I J K L M N O P AAEWA0008GB Terminal and Reference Value for BCM INFOID:0000000005283956 Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM". Revision: January 2010 WT-13 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > ID Registration Procedure INFOID:0000000005283957 ID REGISTRATION WITH TRANSMITTER ACTIVATION TOOL NOTE: This procedure must be done after replacement of a low tire pressure warning transmitter or BCM. New replacement transmitters are provided "asleep" and must first be "woken up" using Transmitter Activation Tool J-45295 before ID registration can be performed. 1. Connect CONSULT-III. 2. Select “AIR PRESSURE MONITOR” on BCM. 3. Select “WORK SUPPORT” and select "ID REGIST". 4. Push the transmitter activation tool against the tire near the front left transmitter. Press the button for 5 seconds. Tool number : (J-45295) LEIA0036E 5. Register the IDs in order from FR LH, FR RH, RR RH and RR LH. When ID registration of each wheel has been completed the hazard warning lamps flash. Activation tire position 1 Front LH 2 Front RH 3 Rear RH 4 Rear LH Hazard warning lamp CONSULT-III 2 times flashing “YET” ↓ “DONE” 6. After completing all ID registrations, press “END” to complete the procedure. NOTE: Be sure to register the IDs in order from FR LH, FR RH, RR RH, to RR LH, or the self-diagnostic results display will not function properly. ID REGISTRATION WITHOUT TRANSMITTER ACTIVATION TOOL NOTE: This procedure must be done after replacement of a low tire pressure warning transmitter or BCM. New replacement transmitters are provided "asleep" and must first be "woken up" using Transmitter Activation Tool J-45295 before ID registration can be performed. 1. Connect CONSULT-III. 2. Select “AIR PRESSURE MONITOR” on BCM. 3. Select “WORK SUPPORT” and select "ID REGIST". 4. Adjust the tire pressure to the values shown in the table below and drive the vehicle at 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more for a few minutes. 5. Tire position Tire pressure kPa (kg/cm2, psi) Front – Left 250 (2.5, 36) Front – Right 230 (2.3, 33) Rear – Right 210 (2.1, 30) Rear – Left 190 (1.9, 27) After completing all ID registrations, press “END” to complete the procedure. Revision: January 2010 WT-14 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Activation tire position CONSULT-III A “YET” ↓ “DONE” B Front LH Front RH Rear RH Rear LH 6. Inflate all tires to proper pressure. Refer to WT-28, "Tire". Transmitter Wake Up Operation C INFOID:0000000005283958 D NOTE: This procedure must be done after replacement of a low tire pressure warning transmitter or BCM. New replacement transmitters are provided "asleep" and must first be "woken up" using Transmitter Activation Tool J-45295 before ID registration can be performed. WT 1. Turn ignition switch ON. Push the transmitter activation tool against the tire near the front left transmitter. Press the button for 5 seconds. The hazard warning lamps flash per the diagram F below. Tool number : (J-45295) G H LEIA0036E 2. 3. Repeat this procedure for each tire in the following order: FL, FR, RR, RL. When the BCM finishes assigning each tire ID, the BCM flashes the hazard warning lamps and sends flashing indicator status by CAN according to the following time chart. I J K L M N WEIA0177E 4. After completing wake up of all transmitters, make sure low tire pressure warning lamp goes out. CONSULT-III Function (BCM) INFOID:0000000005283959 P CONSULT-III can display each diagnostic item using the diagnostic test modes shown following. Revision: January 2010 O WT-15 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > BCM diagnostic test item Diagnostic mode Description WORK SUPPORT Supports inspections and adjustments. Commands are transmitted to the BCM for setting the status suitable for required operation, input/output signals are received from the BCM and received data is displayed. DATA MONITOR Inspection by part ACTIVE TEST SELF-DIAG RESULTS CAN DIAG SUPPORT MNTR ECU PART NUMBER CONFIGURATION Displays BCM input/output data in real time. Operation of electrical loads can be checked by sending drive signal to them. Displays BCM self-diagnosis results. The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read. BCM part number can be read. Performs BCM configuration read/write functions. How to Perform Trouble Diagnosis for Quick and Accurate Repair INFOID:0000000005283960 INTRODUCTION • Before troubleshooting, verify customer complaints. • If a vehicle malfunction is difficult to reproduce, harnesses, harness connectors or terminals may be malfunctioning. Hold and shake these parts to make sure they are securely connected. • When using a circuit tester to measure voltage or resistance of each circuit, be careful not to damage or deform connector terminals. WORK FLOW Revision: January 2010 WT-16 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D WT F G H I J SEIA0100E Preliminary check : WT-17 Self-diagnosis : WT-18 Trouble diagnosis for symptoms : WT-24 L Preliminary Check INFOID:0000000005283961 BASIC INSPECTION M 1.CHECK ALL TIRE PRESSURES Check all tire pressures. Refer to WT-28, "Tire". Do tire pressures match specifications? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Adjust tire pressure to specified value. N O 2.CHECK LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP ACTIVATION Check low tire pressure warning lamp activation. Does warning lamp activate for 1 second when ignition switch is turned ON? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO WT-24, "Low Tire Pressure Warning Lamp Does Not Come On When Ignition Switch Is Turned On". 3.CHECK BCM CONNECTOR 1. 2. Disconnect BCM harness connector. Check terminals for damage or loose connection. Revision: January 2010 K WT-17 2010 Sentra P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Reconnect harness connector. Are BCM connectors damaged or loose? YES >> Repair or replace damaged parts. NO >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK TRANSMITTER ACTIVATION TOOL Check transmitter activation tool battery. Is transmitter activation tool battery fully charged? YES >> Carry out self-diagnosis. NO >> Replace battery in transmitter activation tool. Self-Diagnosis (With CONSULT-III) INFOID:0000000005283962 DESCRIPTION During driving, the tire pressure monitoring system receives the signal transmitted from the transmitter installed in each wheel, and turns on the low tire pressure warning lamp when the tire pressure becomes low. The control unit (BCM) for this system has pressure judgement and self-diagnosis functions. FUNCTION When the tire pressure monitoring system detects low inflation pressure or an internal malfunction, the low tire pressure warning lamp in the combination meter comes on. The malfunction location is indicated by the low tire pressure warning lamp flashing and the buzzer sounding. CONSULT-III Application to Tire Pressure Monitoring System ITEM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS DATA MONITOR Front - Left transmitter × × Front - Right transmitter × × Rear - Left transmitter × × Rear - Right transmitter × × Warning lamp — × Vehicle speed × × Buzzer (in combination meter) — × CAN Communication × × × : Applicable – : Not applicable Self-Diagnostic Results Mode Diagnostic item is detected when ··· Reference page LOW - PRESSURE - FL [C1704] LOW - PRESSURE - FR [C1705] LOW - PRESSURE - RR [C1706] LOW - PRESSURE - RL [C1707] Diagnostic item Tire Pressure dropped below specified value. Refer to WT10, "System Description". — [NO-DATA] - FL [C1708] [NO-DATA] - FR [C1709] [NO-DATA] - RR [C1710] [NO-DATA] - RL [C1711] Data from FL transmitter cannot be received. Data from FR transmitter cannot be received. Data from RR transmitter cannot be received. Data from RL transmitter cannot be received. WT-21 [CHECKSUM- ERR] - FL [C1712] [CHECKSUM- ERR] - FR [C1713] [CHECKSUM- ERR] - RR [C1714] [CHECKSUM- ERR] - RL [C1715] Checksum data from FL transmitter is malfunctioning. Checksum data from FR transmitter is malfunctioning. Checksum data from RR transmitter is malfunctioning. Checksum data from RL transmitter is malfunctioning. WT-21 [PRESSDATA- ERR] - FL [C1716] [PRESSDATA- ERR] - FR [C1717] [PRESSDATA- ERR] - RR [C1718] [PRESSDATA- ERR] - RL [C1719] Air pressure data from FL transmitter is malfunctioning. Air pressure data from FR transmitter is malfunctioning. Air pressure data from RR transmitter is malfunctioning. Air pressure data from RL transmitter is malfunctioning. WT-22 Revision: January 2010 WT-18 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Diagnostic item Diagnostic item is detected when ··· Reference page [CODE- ERR] - FL [C1720] [CODE- ERR] - FR [C1721] [CODE- ERR] - RR [C1722] [CODE- ERR] - RL [C1723] Function code data from FL transmitter is malfunctioning. Function code data from FR transmitter is malfunctioning. Function code data from RR transmitter is malfunctioning. Function code data from RL transmitter is malfunctioning. WT-21 [BATT - VOLT - LOW] - FL [C1724] [BATT - VOLT - LOW] - FR [C1725] [BATT - VOLT - LOW] - RR [C1726] [BATT - VOLT - LOW] - RL [C1727] Battery voltage of FL transmitter drops. Battery voltage of FR transmitter drops. Battery voltage of RR transmitter drops. Battery voltage of RL transmitter drops. WT-21 VHCL_SPEED_SIG_ERR [C1729] Vehicle speed signal is in error. WT-22 IGN_CIRCUIT_OPEN [C1735] Vehicle ignition signal is in error. WT-23 A B C D NOTE: Before performing the self-diagnosis, be sure to register the ID or else the actual malfunction location may be different from that displayed on CONSULT-III. WT Data Monitor Mode MONITOR VHCL SPEED AIR PRESS FL AIR PRESS FR AIR PRESS RR AIR PRESS RL CONDITION SPECIFICATION Drive vehicle. F Vehicle speed (km/h or MPH) • Drive vehicle for a few minutes. or G Tire pressure (kPa or psi) • Ignition switch ON and activation tool is transmitting activation signals. ID REGST FL1 ID REGST FR1 ID REGST RR1 ID REGST RL1 H Registration ID: DONE No registration ID: YET I Ignition switch ON WARNING LAMP Low tire pressure warning lamp on: ON Low tire pressure warning lamp off: OFF BUZZER Buzzer in combination meter on: ON Buzzer in combination meter off: OFF J NOTE: Before performing the self-diagnosis, be sure to register the ID, or the actual malfunction location may be different from that displayed on CONSULT-III. Self-Diagnosis (Without CONSULT-III) INFOID:0000000005283963 K L SELF DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITHOUT CONSULT-III) 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. Ground the tire pressure warning check connector to initiate self diagnosis. Compare the flashing pattern with the flash code chart below. M N O P ALEIA0050GB NOTE: The system is normal when the low tire pressure warning lamp flashes 5 times and continues repeating. Selfdiagnosis results are erased automatically by turning the ignition switch “OFF”. Revision: January 2010 WT-19 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Flash Code or Symptom Malfunction part Reference page 15 16 17 18 Tire pressure dropped below specified value. Refer to WT-10, "System Description". — 21 22 23 24 Transmitter no data (FL) Transmitter no data (FR) Transmitter no data (RR) Transmitter no data (RL) WT-21 31 32 33 34 Transmitter checksum error (FL) Transmitter checksum error (FR) Transmitter checksum error (RR) Transmitter checksum error (RL) WT-21 35 36 37 38 Transmitter pressure data error (FL) Transmitter pressure data error (FR) Transmitter pressure data error (RR) Transmitter pressure data error (RL) WT-22 41 42 43 44 Transmitter function code error (FL) Transmitter function code error (FR) Transmitter function code error (RR) Transmitter function code error (RL) WT-21 45 46 47 48 Transmitter battery voltage low (FL) Transmitter battery voltage low (FR) Transmitter battery voltage low (RR) Transmitter battery voltage low (RL) WT-21 52 Vehicle speed signal WT-22 54 Vehicle ignition signal WT-23 Low tire pressure warning lamp does not come on when ignition switch is turned on. • Fuse or combination meter • BCM connector or circuit • BCM WT-24 Low tire pressure warning lamp stays on when ignition switch is turned on. • Combination meter • BCM connector or circuit • BCM WT-24 Low tire pressure warning lamp flashes when ignition switch is turned on. • • • • BCM harness connector or circuit BCM Transmitter's mode off ID registration not completed yet WT-24 Hazard warning lamps flash when ignition switch is turned on. • BCM harness connector or circuit • BCM WT-25 ID registration cannot be completed. • • • • • WT-25 Revision: January 2010 Transmitter Remote keyless entry receiver harness connector or circuit Remote keyless entry receiver BCM harness connector or circuit BCM WT-20 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS < SERVICE INFORMATION > TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS Data from Transmitter Not Being Received A INFOID:0000000005283964 MALFUNCTION CODE NO. 21, 22, 23 OR 24 (DTC C1708, C1709, C1710 OR C1711) B Drive for several minutes. Check all tire pressures with CONSULT-III. Are all tire pressures displayed as 0 kPa? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 3. C 1.CHECK BCM D 2.CHECK REMOTE KEYLESS ENTRY RECEIVER CONNECTOR Check remote keyless entry receiver connector for damage or loose connections. Is the remote keyless entry receiver connector damaged or loose? YES >> Repair or replace remote keyless entry receiver connector. NO >> Replace BCM, then GO TO 3. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". WT F 3.PERFORM ID REGISTRATION Carry out ID registration of all transmitters. Refer to WT-14, "ID Registration Procedure". Is there a tire that cannot register ID? YES >> Replace transmitter of the tire, then GO TO 5. Refer to WT-26, "Transmitter (Pressure Sensor)". NO >> GO TO 4. 4.DRIVE VEHICLE G H 1. 2. Drive at a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more for several minutes without stopping. Check all tire pressures with CONSULT-III within 15 minutes after vehicle speed becomes 17 km/h (11 MPH). Does “DATA MONITOR ITEM” display tire pressure as normal without any warning lamp? YES >> Inspection End. NO >> GO TO 5. I J 5.ID REGISTRATION AND VEHICLE DRIVING Carry out ID registration of all transmitters. Refer to WT-14, "ID Registration Procedure". Drive at a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more for 3 minutes, and then drive the vehicle at any speed for 10 minutes. 3. Check all tire pressures with CONSULT-III within 5 minutes. Does “DATA MONITOR ITEM” display tire pressure as normal without any warning lamp? YES >> Inspection End. NO >> GO TO the inspection applicable to DTC. 1. 2. Transmitter Malfunction 1.PERFORM ID REGISTRATION 2.REPLACE TRANSMITTER 2. Check low tire pressure warning lamp again for flashing, replace malfunctioning transmitter. Refer to WT26, "Transmitter (Pressure Sensor)". Carry out ID registration of all transmitters. Refer to WT-14, "ID Registration Procedure". Revision: January 2010 M N O Carry out ID registration of all transmitters. Refer to WT-14, "ID Registration Procedure". Drive at a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more for 3 minutes, and then drive the vehicle at any speed for 10 minutes. >> GO TO 2. 1. L INFOID:0000000005283965 MALFUNCTION CODE NO. 31, 32, 33, 34, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47 OR 48 (DTC C1712, C1713, C1714, C1715, C1720, C1721, C1722, C1723, C1724, C1725, C1726 OR C1727) 1. 2. K WT-21 2010 Sentra P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Can ID registration of all transmitters be completed? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO WT-21, "Data from Transmitter Not Being Received". 3.DRIVE VEHICLE 1. Drive at a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more for 3 minutes, and then drive the vehicle at any speed for 10 minutes. 2. Check all tire pressures with CONSULT-III within 5 minutes. Does “DATA MONITOR ITEM” display tire pressure as normal without any warning lamp? YES >> Inspection End. NO >> Replace malfunctioning transmitter, and perform Step 3 again. Refer to WT-26, "Transmitter (Pressure Sensor)". Transmitter Pressure Malfunction INFOID:0000000005283966 MALFUNCTION CODE NO. 35, 36, 37 OR 38 (DTC C1716, C1717, C1718 OR C1719) 1.CHECK ALL TIRE PRESSURES Check all tire pressures. Refer to WT-28, "Tire". Are there any tires with pressure of 64 psi or more? YES >> Adjust tire pressure to specified value. NO >> GO TO 2. 2.ID REGISTRATION AND VEHICLE DRIVING Carry out ID registration of all transmitters. Refer to WT-14, "ID Registration Procedure". Drive at a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more for several minutes without stopping. Check all tire pressures with CONSULT-III within 15 minutes after vehicle speed becomes 17 km/h (11 MPH). Does “DATA MONITOR ITEM” display 64 psi or more? YES >> Replace transmitter. Refer to WT-26, "Transmitter (Pressure Sensor)". GO TO 3. NO >> GO TO 3. 1. 2. 3. 3.ID REGISTRATION AND VEHICLE DRIVING Carry out ID registration of all transmitters. Refer to WT-14, "ID Registration Procedure". Drive at a speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more for 3 minutes, and then drive the vehicle at any speed for 10 minutes. 3. Check all tire pressures with CONSULT-III within 5 minutes. Does “DATA MONITOR ITEM” display tire pressure as normal without any warning lamp? YES >> Inspection End. NO >> GO TO the inspection applicable to DTC. 1. 2. Vehicle Speed Signal INFOID:0000000005283967 MALFUNCTION CODE NO. 52 (DTC C1729) 1.SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT CHECK Using CONSULT-III, check display contents in self-diagnostic results. Is " CAN COMM CIRCUIT" displayed in the self-diagnosis display items? YES >> Malfunction in CAN communication system. GO TO LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK BCM Perform BCM diagnosis. Refer to BCS-16, "CONSULT-III Function (BCM)". Inspection results OK? YES >> Perform Vehicle Speed Sensor Inspection. Refer to CVT-77, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". Revision: January 2010 WT-22 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SELF-DIAGNOSTIC ITEMS < SERVICE INFORMATION > Vehicle Ignition Signal INFOID:0000000005283968 A MALFUNCTION CODE NO. 54 (DTC C1735) 1.CAN IGNITION SIGNAL B Check BCM IGN RLY signal with CONSULT-III. Refer to BCS-12, "Terminal and Reference Value for BCM". Are the inspection results normal with the ignition switch ON? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Check CAN system. Refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". C 2.BCM POWER SUPPLY D Check BCM power supply (ignition ON). Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Is the power supply with the ignition switch ON normal? WT YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Repair power supply as necessary. 3.DRIVE VEHICLE F Clear DTC and then test drive the vehicle and check the low tire pressure warning lamp. Does the vehicle operate without any low tire pressure warning lamp? YES >> Inspection End. NO >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 WT-23 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS < SERVICE INFORMATION > TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS Low Tire Pressure Warning Lamp Does Not Come On When Ignition Switch Is Turned On INFOID:0000000005283969 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1.SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT CHECK Using CONSULT-III, check display contents in self-diagnostic results. Is "CAN COMM CIRCUIT" displayed in the self-diagnosis display items? YES >> Malfunction in CAN communication system. GO TO LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK COMBINATION METER Check combination meter operation. Refer to DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter". Inspection results OK? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Replace combination meter. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". 3.CHECK LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LAMP Disconnect BCM harness connector. Does the low tire pressure warning lamp activate? YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". NO >> Check combination meter operation. Refer to DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter". Low Tire Pressure Warning Lamp Stays On When Ignition Switch Is Turned On INFOID:0000000005283970 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1.CHECK BCM CONNECTORS 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect BCM harness connectors M18 and M20. 3. Check terminals for damage or loose connections. Are any of the BCM connectors loose or damaged? YES >> Repair or replace damaged parts. NO >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK BCM POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUITS Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Are the BCM power supply and ground circuits OK? YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". NO >> Repair BCM power supply or ground circuits. Low Tire Pressure Warning Lamp Flashes When Ignition Switch Is Turned On INFOID:0000000005283971 NOTE: If low tire pressure warning lamp flashes as shown, the system is normal. Flash Mode A Revision: January 2010 WT-24 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS < SERVICE INFORMATION > • This mode shows transmitter status is OFF-mode. Carry out transmitter wake up operation. Refer to WT-15, "Transmitter Wake Up Operation". A B C SEIA0347E D DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1.CHECK BCM CONNECTORS WT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect BCM harness connectors M18 and M20. 3. Check terminals for damage or loose connections. Inspection results OK? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts. F 2.CHECK TIRE PRESSURE WARNING CHECK CONNECTOR CIRCUIT G Check continuity between BCM harness connector M18 terminal 15 and ground. H Continuity should not exist. Does continuity exist? YES >> Repair circuit for short to ground. NO >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". I J SEIA0438E Hazard Warning Lamps Flash When Ignition Switch Is Turned On K INFOID:0000000005283972 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE L Check BCM ground circuit. Refer to BCS-15, "BCM Power Supply and Ground Circuit Inspection". Is BCM ground circuit OK? YES >> Replace BCM. Refer to BCS-18, "Removal and Installation of BCM". NO >> Repair BCM ground circuit. M 1.CHECK BCM GROUND CIRCUIT ID Registration Cannot Be Completed N INFOID:0000000005283973 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE O Carry out ID registration of all transmitters. Refer to WT-14, "ID Registration Procedure". Can ID registration of all transmitters be completed? YES >> Inspection End. NO >> GO TO WT-21, "Data from Transmitter Not Being Received". P 1.PERFORM ID REGISTRATION OF ALL TRANSMITTERS Revision: January 2010 WT-25 2010 Sentra REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION Transmitter (Pressure Sensor) INFOID:0000000005283974 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. Remove wheel and tire using power tool. Deflate tire. Unscrew transmitter retaining nut and allow transmitter to fall into tire. Gently bounce tire so that transmitter falls to bottom of tire. Place wheel and tire assembly on tire changing machine and break both tire beads. Ensure that the transmitter remains at the bottom of the tire while breaking the bead. SEIA0047E 4. 5. 6. Turn tire so that valve hole is at bottom, and gently bounce the tire to ensure transmitter is near valve hole. Carefully lift tire onto turntable and position valve hole (and transmitter) 270 degrees from mounting/dismounting head. Lubricate tire well, and remove top side of tire. Reach inside the tire and remove the transmitter. Remove the second side of the tire as normal. WEIA0046E INSTALLATION 1. Place first side of tire onto rim. SEIA0049E 2. 3. Apply suitable silicone lubricant to new transmitter seal then install seal on transmitter. Refer to MA-15. NOTE: Always replace the seal after every disassembly. Mount transmitter on rim and tighten nut. NOTE: Make sure no burrs exist in the valve stem hole of the wheel. Transmitter nut : 7.7 N·m (0.79 kg-m, 68 in-lb) WEIA0137E Revision: January 2010 WT-26 2010 Sentra REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Place wheel on turntable of tire machine. Ensure that transmitter is 270 degrees from mounting/dismounting head. NOTE: Do not touch transmitter with mounting head. 5. Lubricate tire well, and install second side of tire as normal. Ensure that tire does not rotate relative to rim. 6. Inflate tire and balance the wheel and tire assembly. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment". 7. Install wheel and tire assembly in appropriate wheel position on vehicle. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment". NOTE: If replacing the transmitter, then transmitter wake up operation must be performed. Refer to WT-15, "Transmitter Wake Up Operation". A B C WEIA0046E D WT F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 WT-27 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) Road Wheel INFOID:0000000005283975 Allowable Standard item Maximum radial runout limit Maximum allowable unbalance Aluminum Steel Lateral deflection Less than 0.3 mm (0.012 in) Less than 0.5 mm (0.020 in) Radial deflection Less than 0.3 mm (0.012 in) Less than 0.8 mm (0.031 in) Dynamic (At rim flange) Static (At rim flange) Less than 5 g (0.18 oz) (one side) Less than 10 g (0.35 oz) Tire INFOID:0000000005283976 Unit: kPa (kg/cm2 , psi) Tire size/speed rating Cold tire inflation pressure Conventional tire Spare tire Front wheel Rear wheel P205/60HR15 230 (2.3, 33) 230 (2.3, 33) — P205/55HR16 230 (2.3, 33) 230 (2.3, 33) — P225/45VR17 240 (2.45, 35) 240 (2.45, 35) — P225/45WR17 240 (2.45, 35) 240 (2.45, 35) — — — 420 (4.2, 60) T125/70D16 Revision: January 2010 WT-28 2010 Sentra ELECTRICAL SECTION SC STARTING & CHARGING SYSTEM A B C D E CONTENTS SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2 STARTING SYSTEM ......................................... 11 F System Description ..................................................11 Wiring Diagram - START - .......................................13 Trouble Diagnosis with Multitasking Battery Diagnostic Station (Starting) ...........................................20 Removal and Installation MR20DE ..........................24 Removal and Installation QR25DE ..........................24 G PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2 PREPARATION ................................................... 4 CHARGING SYSTEM ....................................... 26 System Description ..................................................26 Wiring Diagram - CHARGE - ...................................27 Trouble Diagnosis with Multitasking Battery Diagnostic Station (Charging) .........................................29 Removal and Installation MR20DE ..........................32 Removal and Installation QR25DE ..........................33 Generator Pulley Inspection ....................................33 Special Service Tool ................................................. 4 Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 4 BATTERY ............................................................ 5 How to Handle Battery .............................................. 5 Trouble Diagnosis with Multitasking Battery Diagnostic Station ............................................................. 7 Removal and Installation (MR20DE Battery) ............ 7 Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery) ............. 8 Exploded View (QR25DE Battery Tray) .................... 9 Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery Tray)...... 9 Required Procedures After Battery Disconnection...... 9 H I J SC SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ................................................................. 35 Battery .....................................................................35 Starter ......................................................................35 Generator ................................................................35 L M N O P Revision: January 2010 SC-1 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000005283876 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect INFOID:0000000005283877 NOTE: • This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM). • Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the ″LOCK″ position. • Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results. For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder. For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and steering wheel rotation will become impossible. If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before starting the repair operation. OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the steering lock will be released. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be rotated. Perform the necessary repair operation. Revision: January 2010 SC-2 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.) 6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III. A B C D E F G H I J SC L M N O P Revision: January 2010 SC-3 2010 Sentra PREPARATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000005283878 The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here. Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description — (—) Model GR-8 Multitasking Battery Diagnostic Station Tests batteries, starting and charging systems. For operating instructions, refer to diagnostic station instruction manual. AWIIA1239ZZ Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000005283879 Tool name Description Power tool Loosening bolts and nuts PBIC0190E Revision: January 2010 SC-4 2010 Sentra BATTERY < SERVICE INFORMATION > BATTERY A How to Handle Battery INFOID:0000000005283880 CAUTION: • If it becomes necessary to start the engine with a booster battery and jumper cables, use a 12-volt booster battery. • After connecting battery cables, ensure that they are tightly clamped to battery terminals for good contact. • Never add distilled water through the hole used to check specific gravity. METHODS OF PREVENTING OVER-DISCHARGE B C D The following precautions must be taken to prevent over-discharging a battery. • The battery surface (particularly its top) should always be kept clean and dry. • The terminal connections should be clean and tight. • At every routine maintenance, check the electrolyte level. This also applies to batteries designated as “low maintenance” and “maintenance-free”. E F MEL040F • When the vehicle is not going to be used over a long period of time, disconnect the negative battery terminal. G H I J MEL041F • Check the charge condition of the battery. Periodically check the specific gravity of the electrolyte. Keep a close check on charge condition to prevent over-discharge. SC L M N MEL042F CHECKING ELECTROLYTE LEVEL O WARNING: Do not allow battery fluid to come in contact with skin, eyes, fabrics, or painted surfaces. After touching a battery, do not touch or rub your eyes until you have thoroughly washed your hands. If acid contacts eyes, skin or clothing, immediately flush with water for 15 minutes and seek medical attention. Revision: January 2010 SC-5 2010 Sentra P BATTERY < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Remove the cell plug using a suitable tool. • Add distilled water up to the MAX level. MEL043F Sulfation A battery will be completely discharged if it is left unattended for a long time and the specific gravity will become less than 1.100. This may result in sulfation on the cell plates. To determine if a battery has been sulfated, note its voltage and current when charging it. Less current and higher voltage are observed in the initial stage of charging sulfated batteries, as shown. A sulfated battery may sometimes be brought back into service by means of a long, slow charge, 12 hours or more, followed by a battery capacity test. WKIA4166E SPECIFIC GRAVITY CHECK 1. 2. Read hydrometer and thermometer indications at eye level. Use the following chart to correct your hydrometer reading according to electrolyte temperature. MEL042FA Hydrometer Temperature Correction Battery electrolyte temperature °C (°F) Add to specific gravity reading 71 (160) 0.032 66 (150) 0.028 60 (140) 0.024 54 (130) 0.020 49 (120) 0.016 43 (110) 0.012 38 (100) 0.008 32 (90) 0.004 27 (80) 0 21 (70) −0.004 16 (60) −0.008 10 (50) −0.012 4 (40) −0.016 −1 (30) −0.020 Revision: January 2010 SC-6 2010 Sentra BATTERY < SERVICE INFORMATION > Battery electrolyte temperature °C (°F) Add to specific gravity reading −7 (20) −0.024 −12 (10) −0.028 −18 (0) −0.032 Corrected specific gravity Approximate charge condition 1.260 - 1.280 Fully charged 1.230 - 1.250 3/4 charged 1.200 - 1.220 1/2 charged 1.170 - 1.190 1/4 charged 1.140 - 1.160 Almost discharged 1.110 - 1.130 Completely discharged A B C D E CHARGING THE BATTERY CAUTION: • Do not “quick charge” a fully discharged battery. • Keep the battery away from open flame while it is being charged. • When connecting the charger, connect the leads first, then turn on the charger. Do not turn on the charger first, as this may cause a spark. • If battery electrolyte temperature rises above 55°C (131°F), stop charging. Always charge battery at a temperature below 55°C (131°F). F G H Charging Rates Amps Time 50 1 hour 25 2 hours 10 5 hours 5 10 hours I J Do not charge at more than 50 ampere rate. SC NOTE: The ammeter reading on your battery charger will automatically decrease as the battery charges. This indicates that the voltage of the battery is increasing normally as the state of charge improves. The charging amps indicated above refer to initial charge rate. L • If, after charging, the specific gravity of any two cells varies more than 0.050, the battery should be replaced. Trouble Diagnosis with Multitasking Battery Diagnostic Station INFOID:0000000005283881 M Refer to diagnostic station instruction manual. Removal and Installation (MR20DE Battery) INFOID:0000000005283882 N REMOVAL MR20DE 1. 2. 3. Loosen battery terminal nuts (A), and disconnect both negative and positive battery terminals. CAUTION: When disconnecting, disconnect the battery negative terminal first. Remove battery frame nuts (B) and battery frame. Remove battery. O P PKIC0535E Revision: January 2010 SC-7 2010 Sentra BATTERY < SERVICE INFORMATION > INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: When connecting, connect the battery positive terminal first. Battery frame nuts Battery terminal nuts : 5.42 N·m (0.55 kg-m, 48 in-lb) : 5.4 N·m (0.55 kg-m, 48 in-lb) Reset electronic systems as necessary. Refer to SC-9, "Required Procedures After Battery Disconnection". Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery) INFOID:0000000005283883 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. Loosen battery terminal nuts (A), and disconnect both negative and positive battery terminals. CAUTION: When disconnecting, disconnect the battery negative terminal first. Remove battery hold-down wedge bolt (B) and battery wedge bracket. Remove battery. Remove battery tray liner, if necessary. LKIA0928E INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: When connecting, connect the battery positive terminal first. Battery wedge bracket bolt Battery terminal nuts : 30 N·m (3.1 kg-m, 22 ft-lb) : 5.4 N·m (0.55 kg-m, 48 in-lb) Reset electronic systems as necessary. Refer to SC-9, "Required Procedures After Battery Disconnection". Revision: January 2010 SC-8 2010 Sentra BATTERY < SERVICE INFORMATION > Exploded View (QR25DE Battery Tray) INFOID:0000000005612456 A B C D E F G H I AWMIA1186GB 1. Battery 2. Battery wedge bracket 3. Battery tray liner 4. Battery tray 5. ECM 6. ECM harness bracket 7. Transmission control module (TCM) (CVT models) SC Vehicle front Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery Tray) J INFOID:0000000005612455 L REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Remove battery and battery tray liner. Refer to SC-8, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery)". Disconnect ECM. Disconnect TCM (CVT models). Remove the battery tray bolts and battery tray. Remove the ECM harness bracket, if necessary. Remove the ECM, if necessary. Remove the TCM (CVT models), if necessary. M N O INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Reset electronic systems as necessary. Refer to SC-9, "Required Procedures After Battery Disconnection". Required Procedures After Battery Disconnection Revision: January 2010 SC-9 INFOID:0000000005283884 2010 Sentra P BATTERY < SERVICE INFORMATION > SYSTEM ITEM Reference EC-99 (MR20DE for California) EC-654 (MR20DE except for California) EC-1193 (QR25DE) Engine Control Idle Air Volume Learning Brake Control Steering Angle Sensor Neutral Position BRC-83 Glasses, Window & Mirrors Power Window System Initialization GW-49 Roof Sunroof Memory Reset/Initialization RF-11 Audio-visual System Revision: January 2010 Audio (Radio Preset) Refer to Owner’s Manual. Navigation System SC-10 2010 Sentra STARTING SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > STARTING SYSTEM A System Description INFOID:0000000005283885 M/T Models with MR20DE B Power is supplied at all times • through 225A fusible link [letter a, located in the fusible link box (battery) or • to starter motor terminal B and • through 40A fusible link (letter m, located in the fuse and fusible link box) • to ignition switch terminal B. With the ignition switch in the START position, power is supplied • from ignition switch terminal ST • to IPDM E/R terminal 21. With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied • through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to the clutch interlock switch terminal 2. With the clutch pedal depressed, power is supplied • through the clutch interlock switch terminal 1 • to IPDM E/R terminal 35. Ground is supplied at all times • to IPDM E/R terminals 39 and 59 • through body grounds E9, E15 and E24. If the IPDM E/R receives a starter relay request ON signal from the BCM over the CAN communication lines, the IPDM E/R grounds the starter relay and power is supplied • through terminal 19 of the IPDM E/R • to terminal S of the starter motor. The starter motor magnetic switch energizes closing the circuit between the battery and the starter motor. The starter motor is case ground through the cylinder block. With power and ground supplied, the starter motor operates. C D E F G H I M/T Models with QR25DE Power is supplied at all times J • through fusible link box (battery) • to starter motor terminal B and • through 40A fusible link (letter m, located in the fuse and fusible link box) • to ignition switch terminal B. SC With the ignition switch in the START position, power is supplied • from ignition switch terminal ST • to IPDM E/R terminal 21. L With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied • through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to clutch interlock switch terminal 2. With the clutch pedal depressed, power is supplied M • through clutch interlock switch terminal 1 • to IPDM E/R terminal 35. Ground is supplied at all times N • to IPDM E/R terminals 39 and 59 • through body grounds E9 and E15. If the IPDM E/R receives a starter relay request ON signal from the BCM over the CAN communication lines, the IPDM E/R grounds the starter relay and power is supplied O • through terminal 19 of the IPDM E/R • to terminal S of the starter motor. The starter motor magnetic switch energizes closing the circuit between the battery and the starter motor. The starter motor is case ground through the cylinder block. With power and ground supplied, the starter motor P operates. CVT Models with MR20DE Power is supplied at all times • through 225A fusible link [letter a, located in the fusible link box (battery)] • to starter motor terminal B, and • through 40A fusible link (letter m, located in the fuse and fusible link box) Revision: January 2010 SC-11 2010 Sentra STARTING SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > • to ignition switch terminal B. With the ignition switch in the START position, power is supplied • from ignition switch terminal ST • to IPDM E/R terminal 21. With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied • through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to transmission range switch terminal 7. With the selector lever in the P or N position, power is supplied • through transmission range switch terminal 6 • to IPDM E/R terminal 35. Ground is supplied at all times • to IPDM E/R terminals 39 and 59 • through body grounds E9, E15 and E24. If the IPDM E/R receives a starter relay request ON signal from the BCM over the CAN communication lines, the IPDM E/R grounds the starter relay and power is supplied • through terminal 19 of the IPDM E/R • to terminal S of the starter motor. The starter motor magnetic switch energizes closing the circuit between the battery and the starter motor. The starter motor is case ground through the cylinder block. With power and ground supplied, the starter motor operates. CVT Models with QR25DE Power is supplied at all times • through fusible link box (battery) • to starter motor terminal B, and • through 40A fusible link (letter m, located in the fuse and fusible link box) • to ignition switch terminal B. With the ignition switch in the START position, power is supplied • from ignition switch terminal ST • to IPDM E/R terminal 21. With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied • through 10A fuse [No. 12, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to transmission range switch terminal 7. With the selector lever in the P or N position, power is supplied • through transmission range switch terminal 6 • to IPDM E/R terminal 35. Ground is supplied at all times • to IPDM E/R terminals 39 and 59 • through body grounds E9 and E15. If the IPDM E/R receives a starter relay request ON signal from the BCM over the CAN communication lines, the IPDM E/R grounds the starter relay and power is supplied • through terminal 19 of the IPDM E/R • to terminal S of the starter motor. The starter motor magnetic switch energizes closing the circuit between the battery and the starter motor. The starter motor is case ground through the cylinder block. With power and ground supplied, the starter motor operates. Revision: January 2010 SC-12 2010 Sentra STARTING SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - START - INFOID:0000000005283886 A M/T Models - MR20DE B C D E F G H I J SC L M N O P WKWA5772E Revision: January 2010 SC-13 2010 Sentra STARTING SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > BKWA0739E Revision: January 2010 SC-14 2010 Sentra STARTING SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > M/T Models - QR25DE A B C D E F G H I J SC L M N O WKWA5773E Revision: January 2010 SC-15 2010 Sentra P STARTING SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > WKWA5774E Revision: January 2010 SC-16 2010 Sentra STARTING SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > CVT Models - MR20DE A B C D E F G H I J SC L M N O WKWA5775E Revision: January 2010 SC-17 2010 Sentra P STARTING SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > WKWA5776E Revision: January 2010 SC-18 2010 Sentra STARTING SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > CVT Models - QR25DE A B C D E F G H I J SC L M N O WKWA5777E Revision: January 2010 SC-19 2010 Sentra P STARTING SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > AWBWA0066GB Trouble Diagnosis with Multitasking Battery Diagnostic Station (Starting) INFOID:0000000005283887 Perform the starting system test with multitasking battery diagnostic station. For details and operating instructions, refer to diagnostic station instruction manual. Revision: January 2010 SC-20 2010 Sentra STARTING SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > A B C D E F G H I J SC L M N O AWBIA0768GB P DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1 Check Starter Motor Circuit 1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO STARTER MOTOR 1. Remove the fuel pump fuse. Revision: January 2010 SC-21 2010 Sentra STARTING SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Crank or start the engine (where possible) until the fuel pressure is released. 3. Turn the ignition switch OFF. 4. Check that the starter motor connector F27 connection is clean and tight. 5. Check voltage between starter motor connector F27 terminal B and ground using a digital circuit tester. Battery voltage should exist OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Check harness between the battery and the starter motor for open circuit. 2.CHECK VOLTAGE DROP ON STARTER MOTOR CIRCUIT WKIA0137E Check voltage between starter motor connector F27 terminal B and battery positive terminal using a digital circuit tester. Ignition switch in START : Less than 0.2V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Check harness between the battery and the starter motor for poor continuity. 3.CHECK VOLTAGE DROP ON STARTER MOTOR GROUND CIRCUIT WKIA0138E Check voltage between starter motor case and battery negative terminal using a digital circuit tester. Ignition switch in START : Less than 0.2V OK or NG OK >> Starter motor ground circuit is OK. Further inspection is necessary. Refer to "Trouble Diagnoses with Multitasking Battery Diagnostic Station (Starting)". NG >> Check harness between the starter motor case and ground for poor continuity. WKIA0139E DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2 Check Magnetic Switch Circuit 1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY TO MAGNETIC SWITCH 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the fuel pump fuse. Crank or start the engine (where possible) until the fuel pressure is released. Turn the ignition switch OFF. Disconnect starter motor connector F28. Revision: January 2010 SC-22 2010 Sentra STARTING SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. Check voltage between starter motor connector F28 terminal S and ground using a digital circuit tester. Ignition switch in START A : Battery voltage B OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Check the following: • 40A fusible link (letter m, located in the fuse and fusible link box) • 10A fuse [No. 12, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • 15A fuse (No. 52, located in the IPDM E/R) • 20A fuse (No. 53, located in the IPDM E/R) • Transmission range switch (CVT models) or clutch interlock switch (M/T models) • Ignition switch • Ignition relay (IPDM E/R) • Starter relay (IPDM E/R) • Starter relay request ON signal from BCM • Harness for open or short circuit C WKIA5736E D E F 2.CHECK VOLTAGE DROP ON MAGNETIC SWITCH CIRCUIT 1. 2. G Connect starter motor connector F28. Check voltage between starter motor connector F28 terminal S and battery positive terminal using a digital circuit tester. Ignition switch in START H : Less than 1V OK or NG OK >> Magnetic switch circuit is OK. Further inspection is necessary. Refer to "Trouble Diagnoses with Multitasking Battery Diagnostic Station (Starting)". NG >> Check harness, components and connections between the battery and the magnetic switch for poor continuity. I J WKIA5737E MINIMUM SPECIFICATION OF CRANKING VOLTAGE REFERENCING COOLANT TEMPERATURE Engine coolant temperature Voltage V −30°C to −20°C (−22°F to −4°F) 8.4 −19°C to −10°C (−2°F to 14°F) 8.9 −9°C to 0°C (16°F to 32°F) 9.3 More than 1°C (More than 34°F) 9.7 SC L M N O P Revision: January 2010 SC-23 2010 Sentra STARTING SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Removal and Installation MR20DE INFOID:0000000005283888 ALBIA0633ZZ 1. "S" terminal harness 4. Cylinder block 2. "B" terminal harness 3. Starter motor Vehicle front REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. Refer to SC-7, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE Battery)". Remove "S" terminal nut. Remove “B” terminal nut. Remove starter motor bolts. Remove starter motor. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Be sure to tighten “B” terminal nut carefully. Removal and Installation QR25DE INFOID:0000000005283889 CVT Models AWBIA0871GB Revision: January 2010 SC-24 2010 Sentra STARTING SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. "S" terminal harness 2. Starter motor 3. "B" terminal A M/T Models B C D E F G H AWBIA0872GB 1. Starter motor 4. Transaxle assembly 2. "B" terminal 3. I "S" terminal Engine front J REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. Refer to SC-8, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery)". Raise vehicle. Disconnect “S” terminal connector. Remove “B” terminal nut. Remove starter motor bolts. Remove starter motor. SC L M INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Be sure to tighten “B” terminal nut carefully. N O P Revision: January 2010 SC-25 2010 Sentra CHARGING SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > CHARGING SYSTEM System Description INFOID:0000000005283890 The generator provides DC voltage to operate the vehicle's electrical system and to keep the battery charged. The voltage output is controlled by the IC regulator. Power is supplied at all times to generator terminal 3 through • 10A fuse [No. 26, located in the fuse block (J/B)]. Power is supplied through terminal 1 to charge the battery and operate the vehicle's electrical system. Output voltage is monitored at terminal 3 by the IC regulator. The charging circuit is protected by the 225A fusible link [letter a, located in the fusible link box (battery)]. Ground is supplied • to generator terminal 5 • through body ground F5 (MR20DE) • through body ground E62 (QR25DE) and • through the generator case to the cylinder block With the ignition switch in the ON or START position, power is supplied • through 10A fuse [No. 14, located in the fuse block (J/B)] • to combination meter terminal 2 for the charge warning lamp. The IC regulator controls ground to terminal 32 of the combination meter through terminal 2 of the generator. When the ignition is turned on and power becomes available at terminal 2, this "wakes up" the regulator. The regulator monitors charge output and grounds terminal 2 or leaves it open depending on charge output. With power and ground supplied, the charge warning lamp will illuminate. When the generator is providing sufficient voltage, the ground is opened and the charge warning lamp will go off. If the charge warning lamp illuminates with the engine running, a malfunction is indicated. Revision: January 2010 SC-26 2010 Sentra CHARGING SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram - CHARGE - INFOID:0000000005283891 A MR20DE B C D E F G H I J SC L M N O P AAMWA0189GB Revision: January 2010 SC-27 2010 Sentra CHARGING SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > QR25DE AAMWA0190GB Revision: January 2010 SC-28 2010 Sentra CHARGING SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Trouble Diagnosis with Multitasking Battery Diagnostic Station (Charging) INFOID:0000000005283892 A Perform the charging system test with multitasking battery diagnostic station. For details and operating instructions, refer to diagnostic station instruction manual. B C D E F G H I J SC L M N O AWMIA1142GB DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1 P Check Charge Warning Lamp Circuit 1.CHECK CHARGE WARNING LAMP CIRCUIT CONNECTION Check to see if terminal 2 is clean and tight. OK or NG Revision: January 2010 SC-29 2010 Sentra CHARGING SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair terminal 2 connection. Confirm repair by performing complete Starting/Charging system test. Refer to diagnostic station instruction manual. 2.CHECK CHARGE WARNING LAMP CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect generator connector F14. Apply ground to generator connector F14 terminal 2 with the ignition switch in the ON position. CHARGE lamp should light up. OK or NG OK >> GO TO "Trouble Diagnoses with Multitasking Battery Diagnostic Station (Charging)". NG >> Check the following. • 10A fuse [No. 14, located in fuse block (J/B)] • CHARGE lamp • Harness for open or short between combination meter and fuse • Harness for open or short between combination meter and generator WKIA5577E DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 2 Check Battery Circuit 1.CHECK BATTERY CIRCUIT CONNECTION Check to see if connector F15 terminal 1 is clean and tight. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair connector F15 terminal 1 connection. Confirm repair by performing complete Starting/ Charging system test. Refer to diagnostic station instruction manual. 2.CHECK BATTERY CIRCUIT Check voltage between generator connector F15 terminal 1 and ground using a digital circuit tester. Battery voltage should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Check the following. • 225A fusible link [letter a, located in fusible link box (battery)] • Harness for open or short between generator and fusible link WKIA5547E 3.CHECK VOLTAGE DROP ON BATTERY CIRCUIT Check voltage between generator connector F15 terminal 1 and battery positive terminal using a digital circuit tester. With engine running at idle and warm : Less than 0.2V OK or NG OK >> Replace the generator. Refer to SC-32, "Removal and Installation MR20DE". Confirm repair by performing complete Starting/Charging system test. Refer to diagnostic station instruction manual. NG >> Check harness between the battery and the generator for poor continuity. Revision: January 2010 SC-30 WKIA5578E 2010 Sentra CHARGING SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 3 A Check Voltage Regulator Circuit 1.CHECK VOLTAGE REGULATOR CIRCUIT CONNECTION B Check to see if connector F14 terminal 3 is clean and tight. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair connector F14 terminal 3 connection. Confirm repair by performing complete Starting/ Charging system test. Refer to diagnostic station instruction manual. 2.CHECK VOLTAGE REGULATOR CIRCUIT Check voltage between generator connector F14 terminal 3 and ground using a digital circuit tester. C D E Battery voltage should exist. F OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Check the following. • 10A fuse [No. 26, located in fuse block (J/B)] • Harness for open or short between generator and fuse 3.CHECK VOLTAGE DROP ON VOLTAGE REGULATOR CIRCUIT G WKIA5579E Check voltage between generator connector F14 terminal 3 and battery positive terminal using a digital circuit tester. With engine running at idle and warm H I : Less than 0.2V OK or NG OK >> Replace the generator. Refer to SC-32, "Removal and Installation MR20DE". Confirm repair by performing complete Starting/Charging system test. Refer to diagnostic station instruction manual. NG >> Check harness between the battery and the generator for poor continuity. J SC WKIA5580E L M N O P Revision: January 2010 SC-31 2010 Sentra CHARGING SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Removal and Installation MR20DE INFOID:0000000005283893 SKIB1945J 1. Generator bracket bolt 2. Generator bracket 3. Generator bolt 4. Generator 5. Generator "B" terminal harness 6. "B" terminal nut 7. Generator connector REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. Refer to SC-7, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE Battery)". Remove RH front wheel and tire. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment". Remove splash shield RH. Refer to EI-21, "Component". Remove drive belt. Refer to EM-13, "Removal and Installation". Disconnect generator connector. Remove “B” terminal nut. Remove generator bolts. Remove generator assembly from the vehicle. INSTALLATION CAUTION: Generator bolts must be tightened in sequence. 1. Install and temporarily tighten the lower generator bolt. 2. Install and temporarily tighten the upper generator bolt. 3. Tighten the upper generator bolt to specification. 4. Tighten the lower generator bolt to specification. NOTE: Slide bushing must contact engine bracket after generator is installed. Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Be sure to tighten “B” terminal nut carefully. Revision: January 2010 SC-32 2010 Sentra CHARGING SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > Removal and Installation QR25DE INFOID:0000000005283894 A B C D E F G H AWBIA0873GB 1. Generator bracket 2. Water pump 4. Generator "B" terminal harness 5. Generator connector 3. J REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. I Generator Disconnect the battery negative terminal. Refer to SC-8, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery)". Remove splash shield RH. Refer to EI-21, "Component". Remove drive belt. Refer to EM-13, "Removal and Installation". Disconnect generator connector. Remove “B” terminal nut. Remove harness bracket and position aside. Remove generator bolts. Remove generator assembly from the vehicle. SC L M INSTALLATION CAUTION: Generator bolts must be tightened in sequence. 1. Install and temporarily tighten the lower generator bolt. 2. Install and temporarily tighten the upper generator bolt. 3. Tighten the upper generator bolt to specification. 4. Tighten the lower generator bolt to specification. NOTE: Slide bushing must contact engine bracket after generator is installed. Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Be sure to tighten “B” terminal nut carefully. Generator Pulley Inspection N O P INFOID:0000000005283895 GENERATOR PULLEY INSPECTION Revision: January 2010 SC-33 2010 Sentra CHARGING SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > One-Way Clutch Pulley Check CAUTION: Be careful not to damage rotor NOTE: Secure rotor using suitable tool and a rolled shop towel. 1. Check for locking; (Outer ring is turned clockwise when viewed from front.) • If it rotates in both directions, replace pulley. 2. Check for dragging. (Outer ring is turned counterclockwise when viewed from front.) • If it locks or unusual resistance is felt, replace pulley. SKIB0529E Revision: January 2010 SC-34 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A Battery INFOID:0000000005283896 Engine MR20DE Type* Capacity (20 HR) minimum V-AH Cold Cranking Amps B QR25DE 21 R 40R 12 V - 49 AH minimum 12V - 60 AH minimum 470 @ -18°C (0°F) 550 @ -18°C (0°F) *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information D Starter INFOID:0000000005283897 Engine MR20DE Application E QR25DE California Except California CVT M/T S114-944A S114-955 M000TA0271ZC M000T22272ZC Type* HITACHI System voltage G 12 V Terminal voltage 11 V Current Revolution F MITSUBISHI Reduction gear type No-load C Less than 110 A More than 3,750 rpm Less than 90A More than 3,000 rpm More than 2,400 rpm H More than 2,000 rpm *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information I Generator INFOID:0000000005283898 Engine Type* Nominal rating QR25DE A002TG1581AC TG11S092 MITSUBISHI VALEO 12 V - 100 A 12 V - 110 A Ground polarity Minimum revolution under no-load Hot output current (when 13.5 V is applied) Regulated output voltage J MR20DE SC Negative Less than 1,000 rpm Less than 1,200 rpm More than 16 A/1,300 rpm More than 82 A/2,500 rpm More than 97 A/5,000 rpm More than 46 A/1,500 rpm More than 68 A/1,800 rpm More than 91 A/2,500 rpm More than 105 A/5,000 rpm 14.1 - 14.7 V 11.4 - 15.6 V L M N *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information O P Revision: January 2010 SC-35 2010 Sentra ENGINE SECTION EC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM A EC C D E CONTENTS MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA) SERVICE INFORMATION ........................... 24 AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) .............................................................. 42 System Description ..................................................42 Component Description ...........................................43 INDEX FOR DTC ................................................24 U0101-U1001 P0011-P0075 P0101-P0128 P0130-P0198 P0222-P0420 P0441-P0463 P0500-P0643 P0705-P0840 P0850-P1574 P1610-P1615 P1715-P1805 P2004-P2A00 .......................................................... 24 .......................................................... 24 .......................................................... 24 .......................................................... 25 .......................................................... 25 .......................................................... 26 .......................................................... 26 .......................................................... 27 .......................................................... 27 .......................................................... 28 .......................................................... 28 .......................................................... 28 G CAN COMMUNICATION ................................... 44 System Description ..................................................44 H EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ............... 45 Description ...............................................................45 Component Inspection .............................................47 Removal and Installation .........................................49 How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage .........................50 ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) ...................................................... 52 System Description ..................................................52 Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................52 Component Inspection .............................................55 PRECAUTIONS ..................................................30 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................. 30 On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine and CVT ......................................................................... 30 Precaution ............................................................... 31 F POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ......... 58 Description ...............................................................58 Component Inspection .............................................58 NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS) ....................................................... 60 I J K L M PREPARATION ..................................................34 Description ...............................................................60 Special Service Tool ............................................... 34 Commercial Service Tool ........................................ 34 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .... 61 N Introduction ..............................................................61 Two Trip Detection Logic .........................................61 Emission-related Diagnostic Information .................62 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ............................84 OBD System Operation Chart .................................87 O ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ............................36 Schematic ............................................................... 36 Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System ..................... 36 Electronic Ignition (EI) System ................................ 39 Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed) ..................................................................... 39 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ....................... 93 AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL ...............41 Input/Output Signal Chart ........................................ 41 System Description ................................................. 41 Revision: January 2010 EC-1 Basic Inspection ......................................................93 Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check .....................97 Procedure After Replacing ECM .............................98 VIN Registration ......................................................99 Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning .......99 Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning .................99 2010 Sentra P Idle Air Volume Learning ........................................ 99 Fuel Pressure Check .............................................101 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ................................... 104 Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ..............................104 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................109 Fail-Safe Chart ......................................................109 Symptom Matrix Chart ...........................................111 Engine Control Component Parts Location ...........115 Vacuum Hose Drawing ..........................................121 Circuit Diagram ......................................................122 ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ............124 ECM Terminal and Reference Value .....................124 CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE) .........................131 Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function .......................138 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor ....140 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE ............................................................. 144 Description .............................................................144 Testing Condition ...................................................144 Inspection Procedure .............................................144 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................144 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT ........................................................ 152 Description .............................................................152 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................152 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ... 153 Wiring Diagram ......................................................153 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................154 Ground Inspection .................................................157 DTC U0101 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE .... 159 Description .............................................................159 On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................159 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................159 Wiring Diagram ......................................................160 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................160 DTC U0140 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE .... 161 Description .............................................................161 On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................161 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................161 Wiring Diagram ......................................................162 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................162 DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE .... 163 Description .............................................................163 On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................163 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................163 Wiring Diagram ......................................................164 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................164 DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL ............................. 165 Description .............................................................165 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ......................................................................165 On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................166 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................166 Revision: January 2010 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 167 Component Inspection .......................................... 168 Removal and Installation ....................................... 168 DTC P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER.. 169 Description ............................................................ 169 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 169 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 169 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 169 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 170 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 171 Component Inspection .......................................... 172 Removal and Installation ....................................... 173 DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER .............. 174 Description ............................................................ 174 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 174 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 174 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 174 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 176 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 177 Component Inspection .......................................... 178 Removal and Installation ....................................... 179 DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE .............................................................. 180 Component Description ........................................ 180 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 180 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 180 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 180 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 181 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 182 Component Inspection .......................................... 183 Removal and Installation ....................................... 184 DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR .............................. 185 Component Description ........................................ 185 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 185 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 185 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 185 Overall Function Check ......................................... 186 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 188 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 189 Component Inspection .......................................... 191 Removal and Installation ....................................... 192 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR .................. 193 Component Description ........................................ 193 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 193 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 193 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 193 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 195 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 196 Component Inspection .......................................... 198 Removal and Installation ....................................... 199 EC-2 2010 Sentra DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR .................... 200 Component Description ......................................... 225 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ...................................................................... 225 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 225 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 225 Overall Function Check ......................................... 226 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 227 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 228 Removal and Installation ....................................... 230 Component Description ......................................... 200 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 200 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 200 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 201 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 201 Component Inspection .......................................... 203 Removal and Installation ....................................... 203 DTC P0116 ECT SENSOR ............................... 204 Component Description ......................................... 204 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 204 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 204 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 205 Component Inspection .......................................... 205 Removal and Installation ....................................... 206 Component Description ......................................... 231 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ...................................................................... 231 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 231 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 231 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 233 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 234 Removal and Installation ....................................... 236 Component Description ......................................... 237 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ...................................................................... 237 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 237 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 237 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 239 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 240 Removal and Installation ....................................... 242 Component Description ......................................... 243 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ...................................................................... 243 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 243 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 243 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 245 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 246 Removal and Installation ....................................... 249 DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION .......... 223 Component Description ......................................... 250 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ...................................................................... 250 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 250 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 250 Overall Function Check ......................................... 251 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 252 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 253 Component Inspection ........................................... 255 Removal and Installation ....................................... 256 DTC P0138 HO2S2 ......................................... 257 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 223 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 223 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 223 Removal and Installation ....................................... 224 DTC P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 ............................. 225 Revision: January 2010 E F G H I J K L DTC P0137 HO2S2 ......................................... 250 DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR ................................ 220 Component Description ......................................... 220 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 220 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 220 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 221 Component Inspection .......................................... 221 Removal and Installation ....................................... 222 D DTC P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 ............................ 243 DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR ............................... 217 Component Description ......................................... 217 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 217 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 217 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 218 Component Inspection .......................................... 218 Removal and Installation ....................................... 219 C DTC P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 ............................ 237 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ..................... 212 Component Description ......................................... 212 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 212 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 212 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 212 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 213 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 214 Component Inspection .......................................... 215 Removal and Installation ....................................... 216 EC DTC P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 ............................ 231 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR .................. 207 Component Description ......................................... 207 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 207 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 208 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 209 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 209 Component Inspection .......................................... 211 Removal and Installation ....................................... 211 A EC-3 Component Description ......................................... 257 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ...................................................................... 257 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 257 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 258 Overall Function Check ......................................... 259 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 260 2010 Sentra M N O P Diagnosis Procedure .............................................261 Component Inspection ...........................................264 Removal and Installation .......................................265 DTC P0139 HO2S2 .......................................... 266 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 299 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 299 Component Inspection .......................................... 300 Removal and Installation ....................................... 301 Component Description .........................................266 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ......................................................................266 On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................266 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................266 Overall Function Check .........................................268 Wiring Diagram ......................................................270 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................271 Component Inspection ...........................................273 Removal and Installation .......................................274 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ..................... 302 DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION ....................................................... 275 DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE ........ 307 On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................275 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................275 Wiring Diagram ......................................................277 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................278 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 307 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 307 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 308 DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION ....................................................... 281 On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................281 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................281 Wiring Diagram ......................................................283 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................284 DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR ............................... 287 Component Description .........................................287 On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................287 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................287 Wiring Diagram ......................................................288 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................288 Component Inspection ...........................................290 Removal and Installation .......................................290 DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR .................. 291 Component Description .........................................291 On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................291 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................291 Wiring Diagram ......................................................292 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................292 Component Inspection ...........................................294 Removal and Installation .......................................294 DTC P0196 EOT SENSOR .............................. 295 Component Description .........................................295 On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................295 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................295 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................296 Component Inspection ...........................................297 Removal and Installation .......................................297 DTC P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR .................. 298 Component Description .........................................298 On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................298 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................298 Revision: January 2010 Component Description ........................................ 302 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 302 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 302 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 302 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 303 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 304 Component Inspection .......................................... 305 Removal and Installation ....................................... 306 DTC P0327, P0328 KS ..................................... 313 Component Description ........................................ 313 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 313 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 313 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 314 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 315 Component Inspection .......................................... 316 Removal and Installation ....................................... 316 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) .................... 317 Component Description ........................................ 317 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 317 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 317 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 317 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 319 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 320 Component Inspection .......................................... 323 Removal and Installation ....................................... 323 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) .............. 324 Component Description ........................................ 324 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 324 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 324 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 324 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 325 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 326 Component Inspection .......................................... 328 Removal and Installation ....................................... 329 DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION .................................................................. 330 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 330 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 330 Overall Function Check ......................................... 331 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 331 EC-4 2010 Sentra DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM .......... 335 System Description ............................................... 335 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 335 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 335 Overall Function Check ......................................... 336 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 336 Component Inspection .......................................... 339 DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR ..................................... 373 Component Description ......................................... 373 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ...................................................................... 373 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 373 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 373 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 374 Component Inspection ........................................... 375 DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM .......... 340 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 340 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 341 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 341 Component Inspection .......................................... 346 DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR ..................................... 376 Component Description ......................................... 376 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ...................................................................... 376 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 376 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 376 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 378 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 379 Component Inspection ........................................... 382 DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE .............. 347 Description ............................................................ 347 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 347 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 348 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 348 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 350 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 351 Component Inspection .......................................... 354 Removal and Installation ....................................... 354 DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR ..................................... 383 Component Description ......................................... 383 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ...................................................................... 383 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 383 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 384 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 385 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 386 Component Inspection ........................................... 390 DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ....... 355 Description ............................................................ 355 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 355 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 356 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 356 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 357 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 358 Component Inspection .......................................... 360 Removal and Installation ....................................... 360 DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE ................................................... 361 Component Description ......................................... 361 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 361 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 361 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 361 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 362 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 363 Component Inspection .......................................... 365 DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ......... 391 Revision: January 2010 EC C D E F G H I J On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 391 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 391 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 392 Component Inspection ........................................... 396 K DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ......... 398 L On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 398 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 399 Overall Function Check ......................................... 399 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 400 Component Inspection ........................................... 405 M DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ............... 406 N Component Description ......................................... 406 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 406 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 406 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 406 Removal and Installation ....................................... 407 O DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ............... 408 P DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE ................................................... 367 Component Description ......................................... 367 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 367 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 367 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 367 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 369 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 370 Component Inspection .......................................... 371 A Component Description ......................................... 408 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 408 Overall Function Check ......................................... 408 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 408 Removal and Installation ....................................... 409 DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR .. 410 EC-5 2010 Sentra Component Description .........................................410 On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................410 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................410 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................410 Removal and Installation .......................................411 DTC P0500 VSS .............................................. 412 Description .............................................................412 On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................412 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................412 Overall Function Check .........................................413 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................413 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 434 DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE ...... 435 Description ............................................................ 435 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 435 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 435 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 435 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE.. 436 Description .............................................................414 On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................414 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................414 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................414 System Description ............................................... 436 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 437 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 438 Overall Function Check ......................................... 438 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 440 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 442 Main 13 Causes of Overheating ........................... 446 Component Inspection .......................................... 447 DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM ................................ 416 DTC P1225 TP SENSOR .................................. 448 Description .............................................................416 On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................416 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................416 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................416 Component Description ........................................ 448 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 448 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 448 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 448 Removal and Installation ....................................... 449 DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM ................................ 414 DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY ................ 418 Component Description .........................................418 On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................418 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................418 Wiring Diagram ......................................................419 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................420 DTC P0605 ECM .............................................. 421 Component Description .........................................421 On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................421 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................421 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................422 DTC P0607 ECM .............................................. 423 Description .............................................................423 On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................423 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................423 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................423 DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ........ 424 On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................424 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................424 Wiring Diagram ......................................................425 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................426 DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH ............................... 429 Component Description .........................................429 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ......................................................................429 On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................429 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................429 Overall Function Check .........................................430 Wiring Diagram ......................................................431 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................432 DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL ......... 434 Revision: January 2010 DTC P1226 TP SENSOR .................................. 450 Component Description ........................................ 450 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 450 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 450 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 450 Removal and Installation ....................................... 451 DTC P1421 COLD START CONTROL ............ 452 Description ............................................................ 452 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 452 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 452 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 452 DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH .......... 454 Component Description ........................................ 454 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 454 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 454 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 455 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 456 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 457 Component Inspection .......................................... 459 DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH ............... 460 Component Description ........................................ 460 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 460 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 460 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 461 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 462 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 463 Component Inspection .......................................... 467 DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR .................................................................. 469 EC-6 2010 Sentra Component Description ......................................... 469 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 469 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 469 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 469 DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR .............. 471 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 496 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 497 Component Inspection ........................................... 500 Removal and Installation ....................................... 500 DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR . 501 EC Description ............................................................ 471 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 471 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 471 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 471 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 471 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH .......................... 473 Description ............................................................ 473 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 473 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 473 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 473 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 474 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 475 Component Inspection .......................................... 476 Component Description ......................................... 501 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 501 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 501 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 502 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 503 Component Inspection ........................................... 504 Removal and Installation ....................................... 504 DTC P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR .......................................... 505 Component Description ......................................... 505 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 505 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 505 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 506 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ................. 507 F J Component Description ......................................... 512 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ...................................................................... 512 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 512 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 513 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 514 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 515 Component Inspection ........................................... 517 Removal and Installation ....................................... 518 H I K L M DTC P2135 TP SENSOR ................................ 519 Component Description ......................................... 519 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ...................................................................... 519 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 519 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 519 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 520 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 521 Component Inspection ........................................... 522 Removal and Installation ....................................... 523 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR ............................. 524 DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION ............................................. 495 Description ............................................................ 495 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 495 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 495 Revision: January 2010 E DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ................. 512 DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY ............................................... 491 Component Description ......................................... 491 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 491 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 491 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 491 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 492 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 493 D G DTC P2014 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR .............................................. 485 Component Description ......................................... 485 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 485 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 485 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 485 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 486 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 487 Removal and Installation ....................................... 490 C Component Description ......................................... 507 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ...................................................................... 507 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 507 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 507 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 508 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 509 Component Inspection ........................................... 511 Removal and Installation ....................................... 511 DTC P2004 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE ....... 477 Description ............................................................ 477 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 477 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 478 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 478 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 479 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 480 Component Inspection .......................................... 484 Removal and Installation ....................................... 484 A EC-7 Component Description ......................................... 524 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ...................................................................... 524 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 524 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 525 2010 Sentra N O P Wiring Diagram ......................................................526 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................527 Component Inspection ...........................................530 Removal and Installation .......................................530 DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 ............................ 531 Component Description .........................................531 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ......................................................................531 On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................531 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................531 Wiring Diagram ......................................................533 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................534 Removal and Installation .......................................537 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH .................................. 538 Component Description .........................................538 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ......................................................................538 Wiring Diagram ......................................................539 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................540 Component Inspection ...........................................544 ASCD INDICATOR .......................................... 546 Component Description .........................................546 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ......................................................................546 Wiring Diagram ......................................................547 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................547 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ......................... 549 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ......................................................................549 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................549 FUEL INJECTOR ............................................. 551 Component Description .........................................551 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ......................................................................551 Wiring Diagram ......................................................552 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................553 Component Inspection ...........................................555 Removal and Installation .......................................555 FUEL PUMP ..................................................... 556 Description .............................................................556 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ......................................................................556 Wiring Diagram ......................................................557 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................558 Component Inspection ...........................................560 Removal and Installation .......................................560 IGNITION SIGNAL ........................................... 561 Component Description .........................................561 Wiring Diagram ......................................................562 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................565 Component Inspection ...........................................568 Removal and Installation .......................................569 Revision: January 2010 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR ........... 570 Component Description ........................................ 570 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 571 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 572 Removal and Installation ....................................... 574 MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR ............... 575 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 575 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ................................................................ 577 Fuel Pressure ........................................................ 577 Idle Speed and Ignition Timing ............................. 577 Calculated Load Value .......................................... 577 Mass Air Flow Sensor ........................................... 577 Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................. 577 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ................... 577 Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 Heater .................... 577 Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater .......................... 578 Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ....................... 578 Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) ..................... 578 Throttle Control Motor ........................................... 578 Fuel Injector .......................................................... 578 Fuel Pump ............................................................. 578 MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA) SERVICE INFORMATION ......................... 579 INDEX FOR DTC .............................................. 579 U0101-U1001 P0011-P0075 P0101-P0128 P0130-P0198 P0222-P0420 P0441-P0463 P0500-P0643 P0705-P0840 P0850-P1574 P1610-P1615 P1715-P1805 P2100-P2A00 ........................................................ 579 ........................................................ 579 ........................................................ 579 ........................................................ 580 ........................................................ 580 ........................................................ 581 ........................................................ 581 ........................................................ 582 ........................................................ 582 ........................................................ 583 ........................................................ 583 ........................................................ 583 PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 585 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ............................................................... 585 On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine and CVT ....................................................................... 585 Precaution ............................................................. 586 PREPARATION ................................................ 589 Special Service Tool ............................................. 589 Commercial Service Tool ...................................... 589 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM .......................... 591 Schematic ............................................................. 591 Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System ................... 591 Electronic Ignition (EI) System .............................. 594 Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed) .................................................................. 594 EC-8 2010 Sentra AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL ............. 596 Input/Output Signal Chart ...................................... 596 System Description ............................................... 596 AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) ............................................................. 597 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor .... 694 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE ............................................................. 698 Description ............................................................. 698 Testing Condition ................................................... 698 Inspection Procedure ............................................. 698 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 698 System Description ............................................... 597 Component Description ......................................... 598 System Description ............................................... 599 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT ........................................................ 706 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM .............. 600 Description ............................................................. 706 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 706 CAN COMMUNICATION .................................. 599 Description ............................................................ 600 Component Inspection .......................................... 602 Removal and Installation ....................................... 604 How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage ...................... 605 ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) ..................................................... 607 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .. 707 F Description ............................................................. 713 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 713 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 713 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 714 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 714 DTC U0140 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ... 715 Description ............................................................. 715 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 715 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 715 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 716 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 716 Description ............................................................ 615 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .... 616 DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ... 717 Description ............................................................. 717 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 717 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 717 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 718 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 718 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ...................... 648 DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL ............................. 719 Description ............................................................. 719 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ...................................................................... 719 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 720 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 720 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 721 Component Inspection ........................................... 722 Removal and Installation ....................................... 722 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ................................... 659 Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................. 659 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................... 664 Fail-Safe Chart ...................................................... 664 Symptom Matrix Chart .......................................... 666 Engine Control Component Parts Location ........... 670 Vacuum Hose Drawing ......................................... 676 Circuit Diagram ..................................................... 677 ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ........... 679 ECM Terminal and Reference Value .................... 679 CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE) ......................... 686 Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function ....................... 693 Revision: January 2010 D DTC U0101 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ... 713 NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS) ...................................................... 615 Basic Inspection .................................................... 648 Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check .................. 652 Procedure After Replacing ECM ........................... 653 VIN Registration .................................................... 654 Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning ..... 654 Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning ............... 654 Idle Air Volume Learning ....................................... 654 Fuel Pressure Check ............................................. 656 C E POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION ........ 613 Introduction ........................................................... 616 Two Trip Detection Logic ...................................... 616 Emission-related Diagnostic Information ............... 617 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) .......................... 639 OBD System Operation Chart ............................... 642 EC Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 707 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 708 Ground Inspection ................................................. 711 System Description ............................................... 607 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 607 Component Inspection .......................................... 610 Description ............................................................ 613 Component Inspection .......................................... 613 A DTC P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER . 723 EC-9 Description ............................................................. 723 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ...................................................................... 723 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 723 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 723 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 724 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 725 Component Inspection ........................................... 726 Removal and Installation ....................................... 727 2010 Sentra G H I J K L M N O P DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER .............. 728 Description .............................................................728 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ......................................................................728 On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................728 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................728 Wiring Diagram ......................................................730 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................731 Component Inspection ...........................................732 Removal and Installation .......................................733 DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ............................................................. 734 Component Description .........................................734 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ......................................................................734 On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................734 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................734 Wiring Diagram ......................................................735 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................736 Component Inspection ...........................................737 Removal and Installation .......................................738 DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR .............................. 739 Component Description .........................................739 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ......................................................................739 On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................739 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................739 Overall Function Check .........................................740 Wiring Diagram ......................................................742 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................743 Component Inspection ...........................................745 Removal and Installation .......................................746 DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ................. 747 Component Description .........................................747 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ......................................................................747 On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................747 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................747 Wiring Diagram ......................................................749 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................750 Component Inspection ...........................................752 Removal and Installation .......................................753 Component Inspection .......................................... 759 Removal and Installation ....................................... 760 DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR ................... 761 Component Description ........................................ 761 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 761 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 762 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 763 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 763 Component Inspection .......................................... 765 Removal and Installation ....................................... 765 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ..................... 766 Component Description ........................................ 766 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 766 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 766 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 766 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 767 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 768 Component Inspection .......................................... 769 Removal and Installation ....................................... 770 DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR ............................... 771 Component Description ........................................ 771 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 771 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 771 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 772 Component Inspection .......................................... 772 Removal and Installation ....................................... 773 DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR ................................ 774 Component Description ........................................ 774 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 774 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 774 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 775 Component Inspection .......................................... 775 Removal and Installation ....................................... 776 DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION .......... 777 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 777 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 777 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 777 Removal and Installation ....................................... 778 DTC P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 ............................. 779 Component Description .........................................754 On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................754 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................754 Wiring Diagram ......................................................755 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................755 Component Inspection ...........................................757 Removal and Installation .......................................757 Component Description ........................................ 779 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 779 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 779 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 779 Overall Function Check ......................................... 780 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 781 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 782 Removal and Installation ....................................... 784 DTC P0116 ECT SENSOR .............................. 758 DTC P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 ............................. 785 DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ................... 754 Component Description .........................................758 On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................758 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................758 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................759 Revision: January 2010 Component Description ........................................ 785 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 785 EC-10 2010 Sentra On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 785 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 785 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 787 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 788 Removal and Installation ....................................... 790 DTC P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 ............................. 791 Component Description ......................................... 791 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 791 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 791 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 791 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 793 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 794 Removal and Installation ....................................... 796 Removal and Installation ....................................... 827 DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION ...................................................... 828 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 828 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 828 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 830 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 831 DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION ...................................................... 834 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 834 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 834 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 836 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 837 DTC P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 ............................. 797 DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR .............................. 840 Component Description ......................................... 797 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 797 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 797 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 797 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 799 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 800 Removal and Installation ....................................... 803 Component Description ......................................... 840 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 840 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 840 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 841 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 841 Component Inspection ........................................... 843 Removal and Installation ....................................... 843 DTC P0137 HO2S2 .......................................... 804 Component Description ......................................... 804 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 804 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 804 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 804 Overall Function Check ......................................... 805 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 806 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 807 Component Inspection .......................................... 809 Removal and Installation ....................................... 810 DTC P0138 HO2S2 .......................................... 811 Component Description ......................................... 811 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 811 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 811 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 812 Overall Function Check ......................................... 813 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 814 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 815 Component Inspection .......................................... 818 Removal and Installation ....................................... 819 DTC P0139 HO2S2 .......................................... 820 Component Description ......................................... 820 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 820 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 820 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 820 Overall Function Check ......................................... 822 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 823 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 824 Component Inspection .......................................... 826 Revision: January 2010 DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR .................. 844 Component Description ......................................... 844 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 844 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 844 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 845 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 845 Component Inspection ........................................... 847 Removal and Installation ....................................... 847 A EC C D E F G H I J DTC P0196 EOT SENSOR ............................. 848 Component Description ......................................... 848 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 848 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 848 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 849 Component Inspection ........................................... 850 Removal and Installation ....................................... 850 K DTC P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR ................. 851 M Component Description ......................................... 851 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 851 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 851 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 852 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 852 Component Inspection ........................................... 853 Removal and Installation ....................................... 854 L N O DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR .................... 855 Component Description ......................................... 855 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ...................................................................... 855 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 855 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 855 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 856 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 857 Component Inspection ........................................... 858 EC-11 2010 Sentra P Removal and Installation .......................................859 DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE ....... 860 On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................860 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................860 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................861 DTC P0327, P0328 KS .................................... 866 Component Description .........................................866 On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................866 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................866 Wiring Diagram ......................................................867 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................868 Component Inspection ...........................................869 Removal and Installation .......................................869 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) ................... 870 Component Description .........................................870 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ......................................................................870 On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................870 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................870 Wiring Diagram ......................................................871 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................872 Component Inspection ...........................................875 Removal and Installation .......................................875 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) .............. 876 Component Description .........................................876 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ......................................................................876 On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................876 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................876 Wiring Diagram ......................................................877 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................878 Component Inspection ...........................................880 Removal and Installation .......................................881 DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION ................................................................. 882 On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................882 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................882 Overall Function Check .........................................883 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................883 DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ......... 887 System Description ................................................887 On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................887 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................887 Overall Function Check .........................................888 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................888 Component Inspection ...........................................891 DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ......... 892 On Board Diagnosis Logic .....................................892 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................893 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................893 Component Inspection ...........................................898 Revision: January 2010 DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ............... 899 Description ............................................................ 899 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 899 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 900 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 900 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 902 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 903 Component Inspection .......................................... 906 Removal and Installation ....................................... 906 DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ....... 907 Description ............................................................ 907 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 907 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 908 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 908 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 909 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 910 Component Inspection .......................................... 912 Removal and Installation ....................................... 912 DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE ................................................... 913 Component Description ........................................ 913 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 913 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 913 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 913 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 914 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 915 Component Inspection .......................................... 917 DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE ................................................... 919 Component Description ........................................ 919 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 919 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 919 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 919 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 921 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 922 Component Inspection .......................................... 923 DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR ...................................... 925 Component Description ........................................ 925 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 925 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 925 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 925 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 926 Component Inspection .......................................... 927 DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR ...................................... 928 Component Description ........................................ 928 EC-12 2010 Sentra CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 928 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 928 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 928 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 930 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 931 Component Inspection .......................................... 934 DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR ...................................... 935 Component Description ......................................... 935 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ..................................................................... 935 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 935 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 936 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 937 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 938 Component Inspection .......................................... 942 DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM .......... 943 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 943 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 943 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 944 Component Inspection .......................................... 949 DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM .......... 950 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 950 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 951 Overall Function Check ......................................... 951 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 952 Component Inspection .......................................... 957 DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ................ 958 Component Description ......................................... 958 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 958 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 958 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 958 Removal and Installation ....................................... 959 Description ............................................................. 966 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 966 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 966 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 966 DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM ............................... 968 EC Description ............................................................. 968 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 968 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 968 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 968 DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY ............... 970 Component Description ......................................... 970 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 970 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 970 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 971 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 972 DTC P0605 ECM ............................................. 973 Component Description ......................................... 973 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 973 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 973 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 974 Description ............................................................. 975 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 975 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 975 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 975 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 976 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 976 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 977 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 978 DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH .............................. 981 DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR .... 962 DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL ........ 986 DTC P0500 VSS ............................................... 964 Description ............................................................ 964 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 964 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 964 Overall Function Check ......................................... 965 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 965 DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM ................................ 966 Revision: January 2010 D E F G H I DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY ........ 976 Component Description ......................................... 960 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 960 Overall Function Check ......................................... 960 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 960 Removal and Installation ....................................... 961 Component Description ......................................... 962 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 962 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 962 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 962 Removal and Installation ....................................... 963 C DTC P0607 ECM ............................................. 975 Component Description ......................................... 981 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ...................................................................... 981 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 981 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 981 Overall Function Check ......................................... 982 Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 983 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 984 DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ................ 960 A J K L M N On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 986 DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE .... 987 Description ............................................................. 987 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 987 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 987 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 987 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE . 988 System Description ................................................ 988 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ...................................................................... 989 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................... 990 Overall Function Check ......................................... 990 EC-13 2010 Sentra O P Wiring Diagram ......................................................992 Diagnosis Procedure .............................................994 Main 13 Causes of Overheating ............................998 Component Inspection ...........................................999 DTC P1225 TP SENSOR ................................1000 Component Description .......................................1000 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1000 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1000 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1000 Removal and Installation .....................................1001 DTC P1226 TP SENSOR ................................1002 Component Description .......................................1002 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1002 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1002 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1002 Removal and Installation .....................................1003 DTC P1421 COLD START CONTROL ...........1004 Description ...........................................................1004 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1004 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1004 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1004 DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH ........1006 Component Description .......................................1006 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1006 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1006 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1007 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1008 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1009 Component Inspection .........................................1011 DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH .............1012 Component Description .......................................1012 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1012 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1012 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1013 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1014 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1015 Component Inspection .........................................1019 DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR .................................................................1021 Component Description .......................................1021 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1021 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1021 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1021 DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR ............1023 Description ...........................................................1023 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1023 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1023 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1023 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1023 DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH .........................1025 Revision: January 2010 Description ...........................................................1025 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1025 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1025 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1025 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1026 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1027 Component Inspection .........................................1028 DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY ..............................................1029 Component Description .......................................1029 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1029 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1029 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1029 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1030 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1031 DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION ...........................................1033 Description ...........................................................1033 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1033 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1033 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1034 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1035 Component Inspection .........................................1038 Removal and Installation ......................................1038 DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR 1039 Component Description .......................................1039 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1039 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1039 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1040 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1041 Component Inspection .........................................1042 Removal and Installation ......................................1042 DTC P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR .........................................1043 Component Description .......................................1043 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1043 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1043 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1044 DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR ................1045 Component Description .......................................1045 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1045 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1045 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1045 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1046 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1047 Component Inspection .........................................1049 Removal and Installation ......................................1049 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR ................1050 Component Description .......................................1050 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1050 EC-14 2010 Sentra On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1050 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1051 Wiring Diagram ...................................................1052 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1053 Component Inspection ........................................1055 Removal and Installation .....................................1056 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR ...............................1057 Component Description .......................................1089 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1089 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1090 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1091 Component Inspection .........................................1093 Removal and Installation .....................................1093 Component Description .......................................1057 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ...................................................................1057 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1057 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1057 Wiring Diagram ...................................................1058 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1059 Component Inspection ........................................1060 Removal and Installation .....................................1061 FUEL PUMP ...................................................1094 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR .............................1062 Component Description .......................................1099 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1100 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1103 Component Inspection .........................................1106 Removal and Installation .....................................1107 Component Description .......................................1062 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ...................................................................1062 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1062 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1063 Wiring Diagram ...................................................1064 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1065 Component Inspection ........................................1068 Removal and Installation .....................................1068 DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 ...........................1069 Component Description .......................................1069 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ...................................................................1069 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1069 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1069 Wiring Diagram ...................................................1071 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1072 Removal and Installation .....................................1075 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH .................................1076 Component Description .......................................1076 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ...................................................................1076 Wiring Diagram ...................................................1077 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1078 Component Inspection ........................................1082 ASCD INDICATOR .........................................1084 Component Description .......................................1084 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ...................................................................1084 Wiring Diagram ...................................................1085 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1085 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL .......................1087 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ...................................................................1087 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1087 FUEL INJECTOR ...........................................1089 Revision: January 2010 Description ...........................................................1094 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1094 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1095 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1096 Component Inspection .........................................1098 Removal and Installation .....................................1098 A EC C D E IGNITION SIGNAL .........................................1099 F G REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .........1108 Component Description .......................................1108 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1109 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1110 Removal and Installation .....................................1112 H I MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR ............1113 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1113 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ..............................................................1115 Fuel Pressure ......................................................1115 Idle Speed and Ignition Timing ............................1115 Calculated Load Value ........................................1115 Mass Air Flow Sensor ..........................................1115 Intake Air Temperature Sensor ...........................1115 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ..................1115 Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 Heater ...................1115 Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater .........................1116 Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ......................1116 Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) ...................1116 Throttle Control Motor ..........................................1116 Fuel Injector .........................................................1116 Fuel Pump ...........................................................1116 QR25DE J K L M N O SERVICE INFORMATION ........................1117 INDEX FOR DTC ............................................1117 U0101-U1001 ......................................................1117 P0011-P0075 .......................................................1117 P0101-P0128 .......................................................1117 P0130-P0159 .......................................................1118 P0171-P0223 .......................................................1118 P0300-P0430 .......................................................1119 P0441-P0463 .......................................................1119 EC-15 2010 Sentra P P0500-P0643 .......................................................1120 P0705-P0850 .......................................................1120 P1148-P1574 .......................................................1121 P1610-P1615 .......................................................1121 P1715-P1805 .......................................................1121 P2100-P2A03 ......................................................1122 PRECAUTIONS ..............................................1123 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ..............................................................1123 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover1123 On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine and CVT .....................................................................1123 Precaution ...........................................................1124 PREPARATION ..............................................1127 Special Service Tool ............................................1127 Commercial Service Tool ....................................1127 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM ........................1129 Schematic ............................................................1129 Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System ..................1129 Electronic Ignition (EI) System ............................1132 Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed) .................................................................1132 AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL ...........1134 Input/Output Signal Chart ....................................1134 System Description ..............................................1134 AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) ............................................................1135 System Description ..............................................1135 Component Description .......................................1136 CAN COMMUNICATION ................................1137 System Description ..............................................1137 EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM ............1138 Description ...........................................................1138 Component Inspection .........................................1140 Removal and Installation .....................................1142 How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage .....................1143 ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) ...................................................1145 System Description ..............................................1145 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1145 Component Inspection .........................................1148 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION .......1151 Description ...........................................................1151 Component Inspection .........................................1151 NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS) .....................................................1153 Description ...........................................................1153 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ..1154 Introduction ..........................................................1154 Revision: January 2010 Two Trip Detection Logic .....................................1154 Emission-related Diagnostic Information .............1155 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ........................1178 OBD System Operation Chart ..............................1181 BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE ....................1187 Basic Inspection ...................................................1187 Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check .................1191 Procedure After Replacing ECM ..........................1192 VIN Registration ...................................................1193 Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning ....1193 Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning ..............1193 Idle Air Volume Learning ......................................1193 Fuel Pressure Check ...........................................1195 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ..................................1197 Trouble Diagnosis Introduction ............................1197 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ..............................1202 Fail-safe Chart .....................................................1202 Symptom Matrix Chart .........................................1204 Engine Control Component Parts Location ..........1208 Vacuum Hose Drawing ........................................1214 Circuit Diagram ....................................................1215 ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout ..........1217 ECM Terminal and Reference Value ...................1217 CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE) ........................1224 Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function ......................1231 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1233 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE ............................................................1237 Description ...........................................................1237 Testing Condition .................................................1237 Inspection Procedure ...........................................1237 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1237 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT .......................................................1245 Description ...........................................................1245 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1245 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ..1246 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1246 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1247 Ground Inspection ................................................1251 DTC U0101 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ...1252 Description ...........................................................1252 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1252 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1252 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1253 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1253 DTC U0140 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ...1254 Description ...........................................................1254 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1254 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1254 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1255 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1255 EC-16 2010 Sentra DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ...1256 Description ..........................................................1256 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1256 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1256 Wiring Diagram ...................................................1257 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1257 DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL ............................1258 Description ..........................................................1258 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ...................................................................1258 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1259 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1259 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1260 Component Inspection ........................................1261 Removal and Installation .....................................1261 DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER .............................................1262 Description ..........................................................1262 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ...................................................................1262 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1262 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1262 Wiring Diagram ...................................................1263 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1266 Component Inspection ........................................1267 Removal and Installation .....................................1268 DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER .........................................................1269 Description ..........................................................1269 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ...................................................................1269 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1269 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1269 Wiring Diagram ...................................................1271 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1274 Component Inspection ........................................1276 Removal and Installation .....................................1276 DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ............................................................1277 Component Description .......................................1277 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ...................................................................1277 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1277 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1277 Wiring Diagram ...................................................1278 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1279 Component Inspection ........................................1280 Removal and Installation .....................................1281 DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR ............................1282 Component Description .......................................1282 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ...................................................................1282 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1282 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1282 Overall Function Check .......................................1283 Revision: January 2010 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1284 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1285 Component Inspection .........................................1287 Removal and Installation .....................................1288 A DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR ................1289 EC Component Description .......................................1289 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1289 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1289 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1289 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1291 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1292 Component Inspection .........................................1294 Removal and Installation .....................................1295 C D E DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR ..................1296 Component Description .......................................1296 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1296 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1296 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1297 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1297 Component Inspection .........................................1299 Removal and Installation .....................................1299 F G DTC P0116 ECT SENSOR .............................1300 H Description ...........................................................1300 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1300 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1300 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1301 Component Inspection .........................................1301 Removal and Installation .....................................1302 I J DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR ................1303 Component Description .......................................1303 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1303 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1304 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1305 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1305 Component Inspection .........................................1307 Removal and Installation .....................................1307 DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR ...................1308 Component Description .......................................1308 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1308 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1308 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1308 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1309 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1310 Component Inspection .........................................1312 Removal and Installation .....................................1312 DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR .............................1313 Description ...........................................................1313 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1313 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1313 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1314 Component Inspection .........................................1315 Removal and Installation .....................................1315 EC-17 2010 Sentra K L M N O P DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR ...............................1316 Component Description .......................................1316 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1316 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1316 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1317 Component Inspection .........................................1317 Removal and Installation .....................................1318 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1354 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1354 Overall Function Check ........................................1355 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1356 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1359 Component Inspection .........................................1361 Removal and Installation ......................................1362 DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION ........1319 DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2 ............................1363 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1319 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1319 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1319 Component Inspection .........................................1320 Removal and Installation .....................................1320 Component Description .......................................1363 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1363 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1363 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1364 Overall Function Check ........................................1365 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1366 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1369 Component Inspection .........................................1372 Removal and Installation ......................................1373 DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1 ...............1321 Component Description .......................................1321 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1321 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1321 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1321 Overall Function Check .......................................1322 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1323 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1326 Removal and Installation .....................................1328 DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1 ...............1329 Component Description .......................................1329 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1329 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1329 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1329 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1331 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1334 Removal and Installation .....................................1336 DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1 ...............1337 Component Description .......................................1337 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1337 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1337 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1337 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1339 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1342 Removal and Installation .....................................1344 DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2 ............................1375 Component Description .......................................1375 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1375 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1375 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1376 Overall Function Check ........................................1377 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1378 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1381 Component Inspection .........................................1383 Removal and Installation ......................................1384 DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION .............................................1385 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1385 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1385 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1387 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1390 DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION .............................................1394 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1394 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1394 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1396 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1399 DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1 ...............1345 DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR ..............................1402 Component Description .......................................1345 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1345 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1345 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1345 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1347 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1350 Removal and Installation .....................................1353 Component Description .......................................1402 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1402 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1402 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1403 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1403 Component Inspection .........................................1405 Removal and Installation ......................................1405 DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2 ............................1354 Component Description .......................................1354 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1354 Revision: January 2010 DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR .................1406 Component Description .......................................1406 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1406 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1406 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1407 EC-18 2010 Sentra Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1407 Component Inspection ........................................1409 Removal and Installation .....................................1409 DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR ...................1410 Component Description .......................................1410 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ...................................................................1410 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1410 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1410 Wiring Diagram ...................................................1411 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1412 Component Inspection ........................................1414 Removal and Installation .....................................1414 DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE ......1415 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1415 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1415 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1416 DTC P0327, P0328 KS ...................................1421 Component Description .......................................1421 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1421 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1421 Wiring Diagram ...................................................1422 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1423 Component Inspection ........................................1424 Removal and Installation .....................................1424 DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) .................1425 Component Description .......................................1425 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ...................................................................1425 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1425 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1425 Wiring Diagram ...................................................1426 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1427 Component Inspection ........................................1430 Removal and Installation .....................................1430 DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) ............1431 Component Description .......................................1431 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ...................................................................1431 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1431 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1431 Wiring Diagram ...................................................1432 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1433 Component Inspection ........................................1435 Removal and Installation .....................................1436 DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION .....................................................1437 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1437 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1437 Overall Function Check .......................................1438 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1438 Revision: January 2010 DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ........1442 System Description ..............................................1442 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1442 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1442 Overall Function Check .......................................1443 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1443 Component Inspection .........................................1446 DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ........1447 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1447 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1448 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1448 Component Inspection .........................................1453 DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE ............1454 Description ...........................................................1454 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1454 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1455 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1455 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1457 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1458 Component Inspection .........................................1461 Removal and Installation .....................................1461 A EC C D E F G H DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE .....1462 Description ...........................................................1462 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1462 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1463 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1463 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1464 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1465 Component Inspection .........................................1467 Removal and Installation .....................................1467 DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE .................................................1468 Component Description .......................................1468 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1468 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1468 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1468 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1469 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1470 Component Inspection .........................................1472 DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE .................................................1473 Component Description .......................................1473 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1473 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1473 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1473 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1475 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1476 Component Inspection .........................................1477 EC-19 2010 Sentra I J K L M N O P DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR ....................................1479 Component Description .......................................1479 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1479 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1479 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1479 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1480 Component Inspection .........................................1481 DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR ....................................1482 Component Description .......................................1482 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1482 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1482 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1482 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1484 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1485 Component Inspection .........................................1488 DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR ....................................1489 Component Description .......................................1489 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1489 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1489 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1490 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1491 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1492 Component Inspection .........................................1496 DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ........1497 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1497 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1497 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1498 Component Inspection .........................................1502 DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM ........1504 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1504 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1505 Overall Function Check .......................................1505 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1506 Component Inspection .........................................1510 DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ..............1512 Component Description .......................................1512 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1512 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1512 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1512 Removal and Installation .....................................1513 DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ..............1514 Component Description .......................................1514 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1514 Overall Function Check .......................................1514 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1515 Removal and Installation .....................................1515 Revision: January 2010 DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR ..1516 Component Description .......................................1516 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1516 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1516 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1516 Removal and Installation ......................................1517 DTC P0500 VSS .............................................1518 Description ...........................................................1518 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1518 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1518 Overall Function Check ........................................1519 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1519 DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM ...............................1520 Description ...........................................................1520 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1520 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1520 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1520 DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM ...............................1522 Description ...........................................................1522 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1522 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1522 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1522 DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY ..............1524 Component Description .......................................1524 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1524 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1524 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1525 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1526 DTC P0605 ECM ............................................1527 Component Description .......................................1527 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1527 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1527 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1528 DTC P0607 ECM ............................................1529 Description ...........................................................1529 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1529 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1529 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1529 DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY .......1530 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1530 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1530 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1531 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1532 DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH ..............................1535 Component Description .......................................1535 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1535 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1535 DTC Confirmation Procedure ...............................1535 Overall Function Check ........................................1536 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1537 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1538 EC-20 2010 Sentra DTC P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL ..............................................................1541 DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ................................................................1576 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1541 Component Description .......................................1576 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1576 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1576 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1576 DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE ...1542 Description ..........................................................1542 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1542 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1542 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1542 DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE 1543 System Description .............................................1543 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ...................................................................1543 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1544 Overall Function Check .......................................1544 Wiring Diagram ...................................................1546 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1548 Main 12 Causes of Overheating ..........................1553 Component Inspection ........................................1553 DTC P1225 TP SENSOR ...............................1555 Component Description .......................................1555 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1555 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1555 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1555 Removal and Installation .....................................1556 DTC P1226 TP SENSOR ...............................1557 Component Description .......................................1557 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1557 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1557 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1557 Removal and Installation .....................................1558 DTC P1421 COLD START CONTROL ..........1559 Description ..........................................................1559 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1559 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1559 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1559 DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH .......1561 Component Description .......................................1561 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ...................................................................1561 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1561 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1561 Wiring Diagram ...................................................1563 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1564 Component Inspection ........................................1566 DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH .............1567 Component Description .......................................1567 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ...................................................................1567 On Board Diagnosis Logic ..................................1567 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1568 Wiring Diagram ...................................................1569 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1570 Component Inspection ........................................1574 Revision: January 2010 DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR ............1578 A EC Description ...........................................................1578 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1578 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1578 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1578 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1578 C DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH ........................1580 E Description ...........................................................1580 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1580 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1580 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1580 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1581 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1582 Component Inspection .........................................1583 DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY .............................................1584 Component Description .......................................1584 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1584 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1584 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1584 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1585 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1586 DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION ..........................................1588 Description ...........................................................1588 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1588 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1588 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1589 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1590 Component Inspection .........................................1593 Removal and Installation .....................................1593 DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR 1594 Component Description .......................................1594 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1594 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1594 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1595 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1596 Component Inspection .........................................1597 Removal and Installation .....................................1597 DTC P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR .........................................1599 Component Description .......................................1599 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1599 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1599 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1600 EC-21 2010 Sentra D F G H I J K L M N O P DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR .................1601 Component Description .......................................1601 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1601 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1601 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1601 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1602 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1603 Component Inspection .........................................1605 Removal and Installation .....................................1605 DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR .................1606 Component Description .......................................1606 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1606 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1606 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1607 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1608 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1609 Component Inspection .........................................1611 Removal and Installation .....................................1612 DTC P2135 TP SENSOR ................................1613 Component Description .......................................1613 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1613 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1613 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1613 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1614 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1615 Component Inspection .........................................1617 Removal and Installation .....................................1617 DTC P2138 APP SENSOR .............................1618 Component Inspection .........................................1640 ASCD INDICATOR .........................................1642 Component Description .......................................1642 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1642 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1643 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1643 ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL ........................1645 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1645 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1645 FUEL INJECTOR ............................................1647 Component Description .......................................1647 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1647 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1648 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1649 Component Inspection .........................................1651 Removal and Installation ......................................1651 FUEL PUMP ...................................................1652 Description ...........................................................1652 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1652 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1653 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1654 Component Inspection .........................................1656 Removal and Installation ......................................1656 IGNITION SIGNAL ..........................................1657 Component Description .......................................1657 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1658 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1661 Component Inspection .........................................1664 Removal and Installation ......................................1665 Component Description .......................................1618 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1618 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1618 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1619 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1620 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1621 Component Inspection .........................................1624 Removal and Installation .....................................1624 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR .........1666 DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1 ..............1625 MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR .............1671 Component Description .......................................1625 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1625 On Board Diagnosis Logic ...................................1625 DTC Confirmation Procedure ..............................1625 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1627 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1630 Removal and Installation .....................................1633 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH .................................1634 Component Description .......................................1634 CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode ....................................................................1634 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1635 Diagnosis Procedure ...........................................1636 Revision: January 2010 Component Description .......................................1666 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1667 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................1668 Removal and Installation ......................................1670 Wiring Diagram ....................................................1671 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ..............................................................1673 Fuel Pressure .......................................................1673 Idle Speed and Ignition Timing ............................1673 Calculated Load Value .........................................1673 Mass Air Flow Sensor ..........................................1673 Intake Air Temperature Sensor ............................1673 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor ..................1673 Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 Heater ...................1673 Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater .........................1674 Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) ......................1674 Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) ....................1674 Throttle Control Motor ..........................................1674 EC-22 2010 Sentra Fuel Injector ........................................................1674 Fuel Pump ...........................................................1674 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-23 2010 Sentra INDEX FOR DTC [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION INDEX FOR DTC U0101-U1001 INFOID:0000000005284520 DTC*1 CONSULT-III Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) Reference page 2 ECM*3 U0101 0101*4 LOST COMM (TCM) EC-159 U0140 0140*4 LOST COMM (BCM) EC-161 U1001 1001*4 CAN COMM CIRCUIT EC-163 GST* *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. *4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III. P0011-P0075 INFOID:0000000005284521 DTC*1 CONSULT-III Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) ECM*3 GST*2 Reference page P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 EC-165 P0031 0031 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) EC-169 P0032 0032 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) EC-169 P0037 0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) EC-174 P0038 0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) EC-174 P0075 0075 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 EC-180 *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. P0101-P0128 INFOID:0000000005284522 DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST*2 ECM*3 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) Reference page P0101 0101 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 EC-185 P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 EC-193 P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 EC-193 P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 EC-200 P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 EC-200 P0116 0116 ECT SEN/CIRC EC-204 P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC EC-207 P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC EC-207 P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 EC-212 P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 EC-212 P0125 0125 ECT SENSOR EC-217 Revision: January 2010 EC-24 2010 Sentra INDEX FOR DTC [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC*1 CONSULT-III Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) 3 Reference page 2 ECM* P0127 0127 IAT SENSOR-B1 EC-220 P0128 0128 THERMSTAT FNCTN EC-223 GST* A EC *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. C *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. P0130-P0198 INFOID:0000000005284523 DTC*1 CONSULT-III Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) 3 Reference page 2 ECM* P0130 0130 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-225 P0131 0131 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-231 P0132 0132 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-237 P0133 0133 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-243 P0137 0137 HO2S2 (B1) EC-250 P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) EC-257 P0139 0139 HO2S2 (B1) EC-266 P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 EC-275 P0172 0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 EC-281 P0181 0181 FTT SENSOR EC-287 P0182 0182 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-291 P0183 0183 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-291 P0196 0196 EOT SEN/CIRC EC-295 P0197 0197 EOT SEN/CIRC EC-298 P0198 0198 EOT SEN/CIRC EC-298 GST* D E F G H I J K *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. L *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. P0222-P0420 INFOID:0000000005284524 DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST* 2 ECM*3 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) Reference page P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 EC-302 P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 EC-302 P0300 0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE EC-307 P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE EC-307 P0302 0302 CYL 2 MISFIRE EC-307 P0303 0303 CYL 3 MISFIRE EC-307 P0304 0304 CYL 4 MISFIRE EC-307 P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-313 P0328 0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-313 Revision: January 2010 EC-25 2010 Sentra M N O P INDEX FOR DTC [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC*1 CONSULT-III Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) 3 Reference page GST*2 ECM* P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-317 P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-324 P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 EC-330 *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. P0441-P0463 INFOID:0000000005284525 DTC*1 CONSULT-III Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) 3 Reference page GST*2 ECM* P0441 0441 EVAP PURG FLOW/MON EC-335 P0442 0442 EVAP SMALL LEAK EC-340 P0443 0443 PURG VOLUME CONT/V EC-347 P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V EC-355 P0445 0445 PURG VOLUME CONT/V EC-355 P0447 0447 VENT CONTROL VALVE EC-361 P0448 0448 VENT CONTROL VALVE EC-367 P0451 0451 EVAP SYS PRES SEN EC-373 P0452 0452 EVAP SYS PRES SEN EC-376 P0453 0453 EVAP SYS PRES SEN EC-383 P0455 0455 EVAP GROSS LEAK EC-391 P0456 0456 EVAP VERY SML LEAK EC-398 P0460 0460 FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH EC-406 P0461 0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR EC-408 P0462 0462 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC EC-410 P0463 0463 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC EC-410 *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. P0500-P0643 INFOID:0000000005284526 DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST* 2 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) ECM*3 Reference page P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC EC-412 P0506 0506 ISC SYSTEM EC-414 P0507 0507 ISC SYSTEM EC-416 P0603 0603 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT EC-418 P0605 0605 ECM EC-421 P0607 0607 ECM EC-423 P0643 0643 SENSOR POWER/CIRC EC-424 Revision: January 2010 EC-26 2010 Sentra INDEX FOR DTC [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. A *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. P0705-P0840 INFOID:0000000005284527 DTC*1 CONSULT-III Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) ECM*3 GST*2 Reference page P0705 0705 T/M RANGE SENSOR A CVT-60 P0710 0710 FLUID TEMP SENSOR A*4 CVT-65 P0715 0715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A CVT-70 P0720 0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR CVT-75 P0740 0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CVT-83 P0744 0744 TORQUE CONVERTER CVT-88 P0745 0745 PC SOLENOID A CVT-90 P0746 0746 PC SOLENOID A CVT-95 P0776 0776 PC SOLENOID B CVT-97 P0778 0778 PC SOLENOID B CVT-99 P0840 0840 FLUID PRESS SEN/SW A CVT-109 *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. EC C D E F G H *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. I *4: When erasing this DTC, always use CONSULT-III or GST. P0850-P1574 INFOID:0000000005284528 J DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST*2 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) ECM*3 Reference page P0850 0850 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT EC-429 P1148 1148 CLOSED LOOP-B1 EC-434 P1212 1212 TCS/CIRC EC-435 P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP EC-436 P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING-B1 EC-448 P1226 1226 CTP LEARNING-B1 EC-450 P1421 1421 COLD START CONTROL EC-452 P1564 1564 ASCD SW EC-454 P1572 1572 ASCD BRAKE SW EC-460 P1574 1574 ASCD VHL SPD SEN EC-469 K L M N O *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. P *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. Revision: January 2010 EC-27 2010 Sentra INDEX FOR DTC [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > P1610-P1615 INFOID:0000000005284529 DTC*1 CONSULT-III Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) ECM*3 GST*2 P1610 1610 LOCK MODE P1611 1611 ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU P1614 1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY P1615 1615 DIFFERENCE OF KEY Reference page BL-170 *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. P1715-P1805 INFOID:0000000005284530 DTC*1 CONSULT-III Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) ECM*3 GST*2 Reference page P1715 1715 IN PULY SPEED EC-471 P1740 1740 SLCT SOLENOID CVT-128 P1777 1777 STEP MOTOR CVT-134 P1778 1778 STEP MOTOR CVT-138 P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT EC-473 *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. P2004-P2A00 INFOID:0000000005284531 DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST*2 ECM*3 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) Reference page P2004 2004 TUMBLE CONT/V EC-478 P2014 2014 TUMBLE POS SEN EC-485 P2100 2100 ETC MOT PWR-B1 EC-491 P2101 2101 ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1 EC-495 P2103 2103 ETC MOT PWR EC-491 P2118 2118 ETC MOT-B1 EC-501 P2119 2119 ETC ACTR-B1 EC-505 P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC EC-507 P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC EC-507 P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC EC-512 P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC EC-512 P2135 2135 TP SENSOR-B1 EC-519 P2138 2138 APP SENSOR EC-524 P2A00 2A00 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-531 Revision: January 2010 EC-28 2010 Sentra INDEX FOR DTC [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. A *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-29 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000006039470 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine and CVT INFOID:0000000005284533 The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration. CAUTION: • Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery ground cable before any repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will cause the MIL to light up. • Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease, dirt, bent terminals, etc.) • Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-locking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-59 . • Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit. • Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the EVAP system or fuel injection system, etc. • Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer. Revision: January 2010 EC-30 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Precaution INFOID:0000000005284534 A • Always use a 12 V battery as power source. • Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is running. • Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness connector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative battery cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is turned OFF. • Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then disconnect negative battery cable. EC C D SEF289H • Do not disassemble ECM. • If battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to the initial ECM values. The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial values. Engine operation can vary slightly in this case. However, this is not an indication of a malfunction. Do not replace parts because of a slight variation. • If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24 hours. - Diagnostic trouble codes - 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes - Freeze frame data - 1st trip freeze frame data - System readiness test (SRT) codes - Test values E F G PBIA9222J H I • When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten (B) it securely with a lever (1) as far as it will go as shown in the figure. - ECM (2) - Loosen (A) J K L PBIB2947E • When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or break). Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors. • Securely connect ECM harness connectors. A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) voltage to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in damage to ICs. • Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system malfunctions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation of ICs, etc. • Keep engine control system parts and harness dry. Revision: January 2010 EC-31 M N O P PBIB0090E 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Before replacing ECM, perform “ECM Terminals and Reference Value” inspection and make sure ECM functions properly. Refer to EC-124, "ECM Terminal and Reference Value" . • Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage. • Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor. • Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent. • Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator. • Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious incidents. • Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), crankshaft position sensor (POS). • After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check. The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Function Check should be a good result if the repair is completed. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] MEF040D SEF217U • When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow the two tester probes to contact. Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and damage the ECM power transistor. SEF348N • • Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1) Fuel pressure regulator (2) Fuel level sensor (3) Fuel tank temperature sensor (4) Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque. BBIA0765E Revision: January 2010 EC-32 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting. • Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unnecessarily. • Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A EC C SEF709Y D • When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic control systems depending on installation location. - Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic control units. - Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away from the harness of electronic controls. Do not let them run parallel for a long distance. - Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-wave radio can be kept smaller. - Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body. E F G SEF708Y H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-33 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000005284535 The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here. Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description (J-44321) Fuel pressure gauge Kit Checking fuel pressure LEC642 (J-44321-6) Fuel pressure adapter Connecting fuel pressure gauge to quick connector type fuel lines. LBIA0376E KV10118400 Fuel tube adapter Measuring fuel pressure PBIB3043E Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000005284536 Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description Leak detector i.e.: (J-41416) Locating the EVAP leak S-NT703 EVAP service port adapter i.e.: (J-41413-OBD) Applying positive pressure through EVAP service port S-NT704 Revision: January 2010 EC-34 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description Fuel filler cap adapter i.e.: (MLR-8382) Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening pressure A EC C S-NT815 Socket wrench Removing and installing engine coolant temperature sensor D E F S-NT705 Oxygen sensor thread cleaner i.e.: (J-43897-18) (J-43897-12) Reconditioning the exhaust system threads before installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with antiseize lubricant shown below. a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirconia Oxygen Sensor b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Titania Oxygen Sensor G H AEM488 Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool when reconditioning exhaust system threads. i.e.: (PermatexTM 133AR or equivalent meeting MIL specification MIL-A-907) I J K S-NT779 L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-35 2010 Sentra ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM Schematic INFOID:0000000005284537 JPBIA3043GB Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System INFOID:0000000005284538 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART Revision: January 2010 EC-36 2010 Sentra ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Input Signal to ECM Engine Piston position Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas Throttle position sensor Throttle position Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T) Transmission range switch (CVT) Gear position Battery Battery voltage*3 Knock sensor Engine knocking condition EPS control unit Power steering operation*2 Heated oxygen sensor 2*1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas Air conditioner switch Air conditioner operation*2 Combination meter Actuator A speed*3 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) ECM function EC C Fuel injection & mixture ratio control D Fuel injector E F G Vehicle speed*2 *1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions. H *2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. *3: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from the crankshaft position sensor (POS), camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and the mass air flow sensor. VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION I J In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operating conditions as listed below. K L • • • • • • During warm-up When starting the engine During acceleration Hot-engine operation When selector lever is changed from N to D (CVT models) High-load, high-speed operation M N MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL) O • During deceleration • During high engine speed operation P PBIB3020E Revision: January 2010 EC-37 2010 Sentra ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air/fuel mixture ratio for drivability and emission control. The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1, refer to EC-231. This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric (ideal air/fuel mixture). This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition. Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching characteristics of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 shift, the air/fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from heated oxygen sensor 2. Open Loop Control The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion. • Deceleration and acceleration • High-load, high-speed operation • Malfunction of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 or its circuit • Insufficient activation of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature • High engine coolant temperature • During warm-up • After shifting from N to D (CVT models) • When starting the engine MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic changes during operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio. Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between the two ratios. “Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim includes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim. “Short term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical value. The signal from air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an increase in fuel volume if it is lean. “Long term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation of the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences, wear over time and changes in the usage environment. FUEL INJECTION TIMING SEF337W Two types of systems are used. Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used when the engine is running. Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM. The four fuel injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle. Revision: January 2010 EC-38 2010 Sentra ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating. A FUEL SHUT-OFF Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration, operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or operation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds. Electronic Ignition (EI) System INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART C Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Input Signal to ECM Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*2 Piston position Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Throttle position sensor Throttle position Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position voltage*2 Battery Battery Knock sensor Engine knocking Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T) Transmission range switch (CVT) Gear position ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Combination meter EC INFOID:0000000005284539 ECM function Actuator D E Ignition timing control Power transistor F G Vehicle speed*1 H *1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. *2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. I SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Firing order: 1 - 3 - 4 - 2 The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM. The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor (PHASE) signal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor. During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in the ECM. • At starting • During warm-up • At idle • At low battery voltage • During acceleration The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition. The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition. Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed) J K L M N INFOID:0000000005284540 O INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART P Revision: January 2010 EC-39 2010 Sentra ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Sensor Input Signal to ECM Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T) Transmission range switch (CVT) Neutral position Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Combination meter ECM function Fuel cut control Actuator Fuel injector Vehicle speed* *: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION If the engine speed is above 2,000 rpm under no load (for example, the shift lever position is P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) and engine speed is over 2,400 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies based on engine speed. Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled. NOTE: This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-36, "Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System". Revision: January 2010 EC-40 2010 Sentra AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL A Input/Output Signal Chart Sensor INFOID:0000000005284541 Input Signal to ECM Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal*1 Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*2 Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Battery Battery voltage*2 Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure EPS control unit ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Combination meter Power steering operation* ECM function Actuator EC C D Air conditioner cut control Air conditioner relay E 1 Vehicle speed*1 F *1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. *2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. System Description G INFOID:0000000005284542 This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used. Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off. • When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed. • When cranking the engine. • At high engine speeds. • When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high. • When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed. • When engine speed is excessively low. • When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high. H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-41 2010 Sentra AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) System Description INFOID:0000000005284543 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART Sensor ASCD brake switch Input signal to ECM Brake pedal operation ASCD clutch switch (M/T models) Clutch pedal operation ASCD steering switch ASCD steering switch operation ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Combination meter TCM (CVT models) Actuator ASCD vehicle speed control Electric throttle control actuator Brake pedal operation Stop lamp switch Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T) Transmission range switch (CVT) ECM function Gear position Vehicle speed* Powertrain revolution* *: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. BASIC ASCD SYSTEM Refer to Owner's Manual for ASCD operating instructions. Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can set vehicle speed in advance between approximately 40 km/ h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH). ECM controls throttle angle of electric throttle control actuator to regulate engine speed. Operation status of ASCD is indicated by CRUISE indicator and SET indicator in combination meter. If any malfunction occurs in ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control. NOTE: Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws. SET OPERATION Press MAIN switch. (The CRUISE indicator in combination meter illuminates.) When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH), press SET/COAST switch. (Then SET indicator in combination meter illuminates.) ACCELERATE OPERATION If the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is depressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed until the switch is released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system. And then ASCD will keep the new set speed. CANCEL OPERATION When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled. • CANCEL switch is pressed • More than two switches at ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared) • Brake pedal is depressed • Clutch pedal is depressed or gear position is changed to the neutral position (M/T models) • Selector lever is changed to N, P, R position (CVT models) • Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform the driver by blinking indicator lamp. • Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp may blink slowly. When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp will stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by pressing SET/COAST switch or RESUME/ ACCELERATE switch. • Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET lamp will blink quickly. If MAIN switch is turned to OFF during ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle speed memory will be erased. COAST OPERATION Revision: January 2010 EC-42 2010 Sentra AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > When the SET/COAST switch is depressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the switch is released. And then ASCD will keep the new set speed. A RESUME OPERATION When the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is depressed after cancel operation other than depressing MAIN switch is performed, vehicle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition EC must meet following conditions. • Brake pedal is released. • Clutch pedal is released (M/T models) C • Selector lever is in other than P and N positions (CVT models) • Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 144 km/h (89 MPH) Component Description INFOID:0000000005284544 D ASCD STEERING SWITCH Refer to EC-454. E ASCD BRAKE SWITCH Refer to EC-460 and EC-538. F ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH Refer to EC-460 and EC-538. STOP LAMP SWITCH G Refer to EC-460, EC-473and EC-538. ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR H Refer to EC-491, EC-495, EC-501and EC-505. ASCD INDICATOR Refer to EC-546. I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-43 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CAN COMMUNICATION System Description INFOID:0000000005284545 CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. Revision: January 2010 EC-44 2010 Sentra EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM Description A INFOID:0000000005284546 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC C D E F G PBIB3639E The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister. The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank. The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is proportionally regulated as the air flow increases. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and idling. H I J EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-45 2010 Sentra EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ALBIA0647ZZ : Vehicle front 1. Intake manifold 4. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve : From next figure 2. EVAP service port 3. EVAP purge resonator NOTE: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose or purge hoses. Revision: January 2010 EC-46 2010 Sentra EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A EC C D E F G H I J K BBIA0746E : To previous figure 1. EVAP control system pressure sensor 2. EVAP canister 3. EVAP canister vent control valve L NOTE: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose or purge hoses. Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284547 M EVAP CANISTER Check EVAP canister as follows: 1. Block port (B). 2. Blow air into port (A) and confirm that it flows freely out of port (C). 3. Release blocked port (B). 4. Apply vacuum pressure to port (B) and confirm that vacuum pressure exists at the ports (A) and (C). 5. Block port (A) and (B). 6. Apply pressure to port (C) and check that there is no leakage. N O P PBIB1212E FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP) Revision: January 2010 EC-47 2010 Sentra EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Wipe clean valve housing. SEF445Y 2. Check valve opening pressure and vacuum. Pressure: Vacuum: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2, 2.22 - 2.90 psi) −6.0 to −3.4 kPa (−0.061 to −0.035 kg/cm2, −0.87 to −0.48 psi) 3. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly. CAUTION: Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on. SEF943S EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EC-360, "Component Inspection". FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-294, "Component Inspection". EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Refer to EC-365, "Component Inspection". EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-382, "Component Inspection". EVAP SERVICE PORT Positive pressure is delivered to the EVAP system through the EVAP service port. If fuel vapor leakage in the EVAP system occurs, use a leak detector to locate the leak. SEF462UC Revision: January 2010 EC-48 2010 Sentra EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284548 A EC C D E F PBIB1214E EVAP CANISTER G Removal 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Remove EVAP canister protector. Disconnect the EVAP control pressure sensor connector. Remove the EVAP control pressure sensor and O-ring, if necessary. Disconnect EVAP canister purge hose. Remove the EVAP canister retaining bolt. Disconnect fuel tank EVAP breather hose. Disconnect EVAP vent control valve connector. Disconnect the EVAP vent control valve hose. Remove the EVAP canister. Remove the EVAP vent control valve and O-ring, if necessary. H I J K Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Always replace O-rings with a new one. L EVAP CANISTER CONTROL PRESSURE SENSOR M Removal 1. 2. 3. Remove EVAP canister protector. Disconnect the EVAP control pressure sensor connector. Remove the EVAP canister control pressure sensor and O-ring. N Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Always replace O-ring with a new one. O EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE P 1. 2. 3. Remove EVAP canister protector. Disconnect EVAP vent control valve connector. Disconnect the EVAP vent control valve hose. Revision: January 2010 EC-49 2010 Sentra EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Turn EVAP canister vent control valve counterclockwise. 5. Remove the EVAP canister vent control valve. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] PBIB3082E Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Always replace O-ring with a new one. How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage INFOID:0000000005284549 CAUTION: • Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump. • Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in EVAP system. NOTE: • Do not start engine. • Improper installation of EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause a leak. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port. Also attach the pressure pump and hose to the EVAP service port adapter. Turn ignition switch ON. Select the “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT MODE” with CONSULT-III. Touch “START”. A bar graph (Pressure indicating display) will appear on the screen. Apply positive pressure to the EVAP system until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph. Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure pump. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-45, "Description". SEF200U WITHOUT CONSULT-III 1. 2. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port. Also attach the pressure pump with pressure gauge to the EVAP service port adapter. SEF462UC Revision: January 2010 EC-50 2010 Sentra EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Apply battery voltage to the terminal of EVAP canister vent control valve (3) to make a closed EVAP system. • This illustration is a view from under vehicle • EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) • EVAP canister (2) A EC C BBIA0693E 4. 5. 6. To locate the leak, deliver positive pressure to the EVAP system until pressure gauge points reach 1.38 to 2.76 kPa (0.014 to 0.028 kg/cm2, 0.2 to 0.4 psi). Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure pump. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-45, "Description". D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-51 2010 Sentra ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) System Description INFOID:0000000005284550 PBIB1387E From the beginning of refueling, the air and vapor inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut valve and EVAP/ORVR line to the EVAP canister. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is released to the atmosphere. When the refueling has reached the full level of the fuel tank, the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve is closed and refueling is stopped because of auto shut-off. The vapor which was absorbed by the EVAP canister is purged during driving. WARNING: When conducting inspections below, be sure to observe the following: • Put a “CAUTION: FLAMMABLE” sign in workshop. • Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area. • Be sure to furnish the workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher. CAUTION: • Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures: - Put drained fuel in an explosion-proof container and put lid on securely. - Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check". - Disconnect negative battery cable. • Always replace O-ring when the fuel gauge retainer is removed. • Do not kink or twist hose and tube when they are installed. • Do not tighten hose and clamps excessively to avoid damaging hoses. • After installation, run engine and check for fuel leaks at connection. • Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically. Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284551 SYMPTOM: FUEL ODOR FROM EVAP CANISTER IS STRONG. 1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER 1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. 2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> GO TO 3. 2.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER Revision: January 2010 EC-52 2010 Sentra ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Does water drain from the EVAP canister? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 3. No >> GO TO 6. A EC C PBIB1213E 3.REPLACE EVAP CANISTER D Replace EVAP canister with a new one. E >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK DRAIN FILTER F Refer to EC-55, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace drain filter. G 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection. >> Repair or replace EVAP hose. I 6.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE Refer to EC-55, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. J SYMPTOM: CANNOT REFUEL/FUEL ODOR FROM THE FUEL FILLER OPENING IS STRONG WHILE REFUELING. 1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER K L 1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. 2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> GO TO 3. 2.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-53 2010 Sentra ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Does water drain from the EVAP canister? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 3. No >> GO TO 5. PBIB1213E 3.REPLACE EVAP CANISTER Replace EVAP canister with a new one. >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK DRAIN FILTER Refer to EC-55, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace drain filter. 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection. >> Repair or replace EVAP hose. 6.CHECK VENT HOSES AND VENT TUBES Check hoses and tubes between EVAP canister and refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for clogging, kink, looseness and improper connection. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes. 7.CHECK FILLER NECK TUBE Check recirculation line for clogging, dents and cracks. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace filler neck tube. 8.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE Refer to EC-55, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. 9.CHECK FUEL FILLER TUBE Check filler neck tube and hose connected to the fuel tank for clogging, dents and cracks. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Replace fuel filler tube. 10.CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-I Check one-way valve for clogging. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. Revision: January 2010 EC-54 2010 Sentra ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) < SERVICE INFORMATION > NG >> Repair or replace one-way fuel valve with fuel tank. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] 11.CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-II A 1. 2. 3. Make sure that fuel is drained from the tank. Remove fuel filler tube and hose. Check one-way fuel valve for operation as follows. When a stick is inserted, the valve should open, when removing stick it should close. Do not drop any material into the tank. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Replace fuel filler tube or replace one-way fuel valve with fuel tank. EC C D E SEF665U Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284552 F REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. a. b. c. 3. 4. a. b. c. d. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-10. Drain fuel from the tank as follows: Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel gauge retainer. Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel gauge retainer where the hose was removed and the other side to a fuel container. Drain fuel using “FUEL PUMP RELAY” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows. Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that the air flows freely into the tank. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows. Connect vacuum pump to hose end. Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit. Always replace O-ring with new one. Put fuel tank upside down. Apply vacuum pressure to hose end [−13.3 kPa (−100 mmHg, −3.94 inHg)] with fuel gauge retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable. G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-55 2010 Sentra ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BBIA0747E 1. Recirculation line 2. Filler tube 4. Vacuum/pressure handy pump 5. Fuel tank 3. EVAP/ORVR line WITHOUT CONSULT-III 1. 2. a. b. 3. 4. a. b. c. d. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-10. Drain fuel from the tank as follows: Remove fuel gauge retainer. Drain fuel from the tank using a handy pump into a fuel container. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows. Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that the air flows freely into the tank. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows. Connect vacuum pump to hose end. Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit. Always replace O-ring with new one. Put fuel tank upside down. Apply vacuum pressure to hose end [−13.3 kPa (−100 mmHg, −3.94 inHg)] with fuel gauge retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable. Revision: January 2010 EC-56 2010 Sentra ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A EC C D E F G H BBIA0747E 1. Recirculation line 2. Filler tube 4. Vacuum/pressure handy pump 5. Fuel tank 3. EVAP/ORVR line I DRAIN FILTER 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. J Check visually for insect nests in the drain filter air inlet. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B. Block port B. Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage. If NG, replace drain filter. K L M N PBIB3641E O P Revision: January 2010 EC-57 2010 Sentra POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION Description INFOID:0000000005284553 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION JMBIA0686GB This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold. The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake manifold. During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV valve. Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air. The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air passes through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover. Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve. The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction. On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all conditions. PBIB1588E Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284554 PCV (POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION) VALVE With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is placed over valve inlet. PBIB1589E Revision: January 2010 EC-58 2010 Sentra POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > PCV VALVE VENTILATION HOSE 1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks. 2. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any hose cannot be freed of obstructions, replace. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A EC C S-ET277 D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-59 2010 Sentra NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS) [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS) Description INFOID:0000000005284555 • If the security indicator illuminates with the ignition switch ON or DTC P1610 - P1615 is displayed in “SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT” mode, perform the trouble diagnosis for corresponding to the detected DTC. Refer to EC-28, "P1610-P1615". • Check that no DTC is displayed in “SELF DIAGNOSIS RESULT” mode of “BCM” before erasing the detected DTC in “ENGINE” mode with CONSULT-III. • When replacing ECM, refer to EC-98, "Procedure After Replacing ECM". Revision: January 2010 EC-60 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM A Introduction INFOID:0000000005284556 The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actua- EC tors. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including: Emission-related diagnostic information Diagnostic service Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Service $03 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5 Freeze Frame data Service $02 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5 System Readiness Test (SRT) code Service $01 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5 1st trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC) Service $07 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5 1st trip Freeze Frame data C D — E Test values and Test limits Service $06 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5 Calibration ID Service $09 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5 Permanent Diagnostic Trouble Code (Permanent DTC) Service $0A* of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5 F *: Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated. The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below. ×: Applicable —: Not applicable DTC 1st trip DTC Freeze Frame data 1st trip Freeze Frame data SRT code SRT status Test value Permanent DTC status CONSULT-III × × × × × × — × GST × × × — × × × × ECM × ×* — — — × — — *: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other. The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-109, "Fail-Safe Chart".) Two Trip Detection Logic H I J INFOID:0000000005284557 When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not light up at this stage. <1st trip> If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to light up or blink the MIL, and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below. ×: Applicable —: Not applicable MIL DTC 1st trip Items 2nd trip 2nd trip displaying 1st trip displaying 2nd trip displaying — — — × — × — — × — — × — — × — — — — — × — × × — Blinking Blinking Lighting up Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0304 is being detected × — — Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0304 is being detected — — One trip detection diagnoses (Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".) — Except above — EC-61 K L M 1st trip DTC 1st trip displaying Lighting up Revision: January 2010 G N O 2010 Sentra P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by MIL lighting up when there is malfunction on engine control system. Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means of operating fail-safe function. The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected, and demands the driver to repair the malfunction. Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut Emission-related Diagnostic Information INFOID:0000000005284558 EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS ×: Applicable Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) DTC*1 CONSULT-III SRT code Trip MIL Permanent DTC —: Not applicable Reference *2 ECM*3 LOST COMM (TCM) U0101 0101*5 — 1 × B EC-159 LOST COMM (BCM) U0140 0140*5 — 1 × B EC-161 CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001 1001*5 — 2 — — EC-163 NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED. P0000 0000 — — Flashing*6 — EC-84 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 0011 × 2 × B EC-165 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) P0031 0031 — 2 × B EC-169 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) P0032 0032 — 2 × B EC-169 HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 0037 — 2 × B EC-174 HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 0038 — 2 × B EC-174 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P0075 0075 — 2 × B EC-180 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0101 0101 — 2 × B EC-185 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0102 0102 — 1 × B EC-193 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0103 0103 — 1 × B EC-193 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0112 0112 — 2 × B EC-200 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0113 0113 — 2 × B EC-200 ECT SEN/CIRC P0116 0116 — 2 × B EC-204 ECT SEN/CIRC P0117 0117 — 1 × B EC-207 ECT SEN/CIRC P0118 0118 — 1 × B EC-207 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 P0122 0122 — 1 × B EC-212 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 P0123 0123 — 1 × B EC-212 ECT SENSOR P0125 0125 — 2 × B EC-217 IAT SENSOR-B1 P0127 0127 — 2 × B EC-220 THERMSTAT FNCTN P0128 0128 — 2 × B EC-223 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0130 0130 — 2 × A EC-225 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0131 0131 — 2 × B EC-231 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0132 0132 — 2 × B EC-237 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0133 0133 × 2 × A EC-243 HO2S2 (B1) P0137 0137 × 2 × A EC-250 HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 × 2 × A EC-257 HO2S2 (B1) P0139 0139 × 2 × A EC-266 GST Revision: January 2010 EC-62 group*4 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST*2 ECM*3 SRT code Trip MIL Permanent DTC Reference FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 0171 — 2 × B EC-275 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 0172 — 2 × B EC-281 FTT SENSOR P0181 0181 — 2 × B EC-287 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0182 0182 — 2 × B EC-291 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0183 0183 — 2 × B EC-291 EOT SEN/CIRC P0196 0196 — 2 × B EC-295 EOT SEN/CIRC P0197 0197 — 2 × B EC-298 EOT SEN/CIRC P0198 0198 — 2 × B EC-298 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 P0222 0222 — 1 × B EC-302 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 P0223 0223 — 1 × B EC-302 MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 0300 — 1 or 2 × B EC-307 CYL 1 MISFIRE P0301 0301 — 1 or 2 × B EC-307 CYL 2 MISFIRE P0302 0302 — 1 or 2 × B EC-307 CYL 3 MISFIRE P0303 0303 — 1 or 2 × B EC-307 CYL 4 MISFIRE P0304 0304 — 1 or 2 × B EC-307 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 — 2 — — EC-313 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 0328 — 2 — — EC-313 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 — 2 × B EC-317 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 — 2 × B EC-324 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 0420 × 2 × A EC-330 EVAP PURG FLOW/MON P0441 0441 × 2 × A EC-335 EVAP SMALL LEAK P0442 0442 × 2 × A EC-340 PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0443 0443 — 2 × A EC-347 PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 0444 — 2 × B EC-355 PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0445 0445 — 2 × B EC-355 VENT CONTROL VALVE P0447 0447 — 2 × B EC-361 VENT CONTROL VALVE P0448 0448 — 2 × B EC-367 EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0451 0451 — 2 × A EC-373 EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0452 0452 — 2 × B EC-376 EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0453 0453 — 2 × B EC-383 EVAP GROSS LEAK P0455 0455 — 2 × A EC-391 *7 2 × A EC-398 EVAP VERY SML LEAK P0456 0456 × FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH P0460 0460 — 2 × A EC-406 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR P0461 0461 — 2 × B EC-408 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC P0462 0462 — 2 × B EC-410 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC P0463 0463 — 2 × B EC-410 P0500 0500 — 2 × B EC-412 ISC SYSTEM P0506 0506 — 2 × B EC-414 ISC SYSTEM P0507 0507 — 2 × B EC-416 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT P0603 0603 — 2 × B EC-418 ECM P0605 0605 — 1 or 2 — or × B EC-421 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*8 Revision: January 2010 EC-63 A group*4 2010 Sentra EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) DTC*1 CONSULT-III *2 GST ECM*3 SRT code Trip MIL Permanent DTC Reference group*4 ECM P0607 0607 — 1 (CVT) 2 (M/T) × (CVT) — (M/T) B EC-423 SENSOR POWER/CIRC P0643 0643 — 1 × B EC-424 T/M RANGE SENSOR A P0705 0705 — 2 × B CVT-60 FLUID TEMP SENSOR A*9 P0710 0710 — 1 × B CVT-65 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A P0715 0715 — 2 × B CVT-70 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR*8 P0720 0720 — 2 × B CVT-75 TORQUE CONVERTER P0740 0740 — 2 × B CVT-83 TORQUE CONVERTER P0744 0744 — 2 × B CVT-88 PC SOLENOID A P0745 0745 — 2 × B CVT-90 PC SOLENOID A P0746 0746 — 1 × B CVT-95 PC SOLENOID B P0776 0776 — 2 × B CVT-97 PC SOLENOID B P0778 0778 — 2 × B CVT-99 FLUID PRESS SEN/SW A P0840 0840 — 2 × B CVT-109 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P0850 0850 — 2 × B EC-429 CLOSED LOOP-B1 P1148 1148 — 1 × A EC-434 TCS/CIRC P1212 1212 — 2 — — EC-435 ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 — 1 × B EC-436 CTP LEARNING-B1 P1225 1225 — 2 — — EC-448 CTP LEARNING-B1 P1226 1226 — 2 — — EC-450 COLD START CONTROL P1421 1421 — 2 × A EC-452 ASCD SW P1564 1564 — 1 — — EC-454 ASCD BRAKE SW P1572 1572 — 1 — — EC-460 ASCD VHL SPD SEN P1574 1574 — 1 — — EC-469 LOCK MODE P1610 1610 — 2 — — BL-170 ID DISCORD,IMMU-ECM P1611 1611 — 2 — — BL-170 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU P1612 1612 — 2 — — BL-170 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY P1614 1614 — 2 — — BL-170 DIFFERENCE OF KEY P1615 1615 — 2 — — BL-170 IN PULY SPEED P1715 1715 — 2 — — EC-471 SLCT SOLENOID P1740 1740 — 2 × B CVT-128 STEP MOTOR P1777 1777 — 1 × B CVT-134 STEP MOTOR P1778 1778 — 2 × B CVT-138 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 — 2 — — EC-473 TUMBLE CONT/V P2004 2004 — 2 × B EC-478 TUMBLE POS SEN P2014 2014 — 2 × B EC-485 ETC MOT PWR-B1 P2100 2100 — 1 × B EC-491 ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1 P2101 2101 — 1 × B EC-495 ETC MOT PWR P2103 2103 — 1 × B EC-491 ETC MOT-B1 P2118 2118 — 1 × B EC-501 ETC ACTR-B1 P2119 2119 — 1 × B EC-505 APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 — 1 × B EC-507 Revision: January 2010 EC-64 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST*2 ECM*3 SRT code Trip MIL Permanent DTC Reference A group*4 APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 — 1 × B EC-507 APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 — 1 × B EC-512 APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 — 1 × B EC-512 TP SENSOR-B1 P2135 2135 — 1 × B EC-519 APP SENSOR P2138 2138 — 1 × B EC-524 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P2A00 2A00 — 2 × A EC-531 EC C D *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. *4: Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “PERMANENT DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (PERMANENT DTC)”. E *5: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III. *6: When the ECM in the mode of displaying SRT status, MIL may flash. For the details, refer to "How to Display SRT Status". *7: SRT code will not be set if the self-diagnostic result is NG. F *8: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates. *9: When erasing this DTC, always use CONSULT-III or GST. G DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not reoccur, the 1st trip DTC will not be displayed. If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words, the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consecutive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MIL during the 1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory. Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION". For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to "EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS". These items are required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT-III. 1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without lighting up the MIL and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent the vehicle from being tested, for example during Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) tests. When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-104, "Trouble Diagnosis Introduction". Then perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is duplicated, the item requires repair. How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods. WITH CONSULT-III WITH GST CONSULT-III or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P0850, P1148, etc. These DTCs are prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. (CONSULT-III also displays the malfunctioning component or system.) NO TOOLS The number of blinks of the MIL in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC. Example: 0340, 0850, 1148, etc. These DTCs are controlled by NISSAN. • 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. Revision: January 2010 EC-65 2010 Sentra H I J K L M N O P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST or the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indicate whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. CONSULT-III can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-III (if available) is recommended. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-III. Time data indicates how many times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC. If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0]. If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t]. FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant temperature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, absolute throttle position, base fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected. Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data. The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-III or GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, not on the GST. For details, see EC-131, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)". Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the following priorities to update the data. Priority 1 Items Freeze frame data 2 3 Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0304 Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172 Except the above items (Includes CVT related items) 1st trip freeze frame data For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different malfunction is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the ECM memory. Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in "EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS". SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5. As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and components. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed. If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”. In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains “CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased. Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items. NOTE: The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM memory power supply is interrupted for several hours. If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will continue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the vehicle is returned to the customer untested. NOTE: Revision: January 2010 EC-66 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > If permanent DTC is stored or MIL illuminates during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”), DTC (No DTCs) and permanent DTC (No permanent DTCs) before the inspection. SRT Item The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”. SRT item (CONSULT-III indication) Performance Priority* EC Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT” Corresponding DTC No. CATALYST 2 Three way catalyst function P0420 EVAP SYSTEM 2 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring P0441 1 EVAP control system P0442 2 EVAP control system P0456 2 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P0133 Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0137 Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0138 Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0139 Intake value timing control function P0011 HO2S EGR/VVT SYSTEM 3 A C D E F G *: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by one based on the priority for models with CONSULT-III. SRT Set Timing SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and is shown in the table below. H I Example Self-diagnosis result All OK Case 1 Case 2 NG exists Case 3 Diagnosis ← ON → OFF Ignition cycle ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2) P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2) P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2) SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1) P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1) P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2) SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” P0400 OK OK — — P0402 — — — — P1402 NG — NG NG (Consecutive NG) (1st trip) DTC 1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC DTC (= MIL “ON”) SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK. NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG. —: Self-diagnosis is not carried out. When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above Revision: January 2010 EC-67 2010 Sentra J K L M N O P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses showed NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 3 above The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is one (1) for each self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in preparation for the state emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following reasons: • The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result. • The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results. • When, during SRT driving pattern, 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT, the self-diagnosis memory must be erased from ECM after repair. • If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”. NOTE: SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”. SRT Service Procedure If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page. JSBIA0065GB Revision: January 2010 EC-68 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > How to Display SRT Status A WITH CONSULT-III Selecting “SRT STATUS” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-III. For items whose SRT codes are set, “CMPLT” is displayed on the CONSULT-III screen; for items whose SRT codes are not set, “INCMP” is displayed. EC NOTE: • Though displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, “HO2S HTR” is not SRT item. • “SRT STATUS” provides the presence or absence of permanent DTCs stored in ECM memory. C WITH GST Selecting Service $01 with GST (Generic Scan Tool) NO TOOLS D A SRT code itself cannot be displayed, however SRT status can. 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 20 seconds. 2. SRT status is indicated as shown below. E • When all SRT codes are set, MIL illuminates continuously. • When any SRT codes are not set, MIL will blink periodically for 10 seconds. F G H I J JMBIA1515GB How to Set SRT Code To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each diagnosis may require a long period of actual driving under various conditions. WITH CONSULT-III Perform corresponding DTC Confirmation Procedure one by one based on Performance Priority in the table on "SRT Item". WITHOUT CONSULT-III The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained below. The driving pattern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes. K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-69 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Driving Pattern JSBIA0162GB • The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving habits, etc. Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the shortest. Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed within zone A. *: Normal conditions refer to the following: Revision: January 2010 EC-70 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Sea level • Flat road A • Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F) • Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions. Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diagnoEC sis may also be performed. Pattern 1: • The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 38 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3 V). C • The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C (158°F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 38 and ground is lower than 1.4 V). • The engine is started at the fuel tank temperature of warmer than 0°C (32°F) (where the voltage D between the ECM terminal 43 and ground is less than 4.1 V). Pattern 2: • When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted. E In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended. Pattern 3: • Operate vehicle following the driving pattern shown in the figure. • Release the accelerator pedal during decelerating vehicle speed F from 90 km/h (56 MPH) to 0 km/h (0 MPH). G H PBIB2244E I Pattern 4: • Operate vehicle, following the driving pattern shown in the figure. - Drive the vehicle in a proper gear at 60 km/h (38 MPH) and maintain the speed. - Release the accelerator pedal fully at least 5 seconds. - Repeat the above two steps at least 5 times. J K L JSBIA0160GB M Pattern 5: • The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-state driving. • If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted all over again. N *1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH) again. *2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised. Suggested Transmission Gear Position for CVT Models Set the selector lever in the D position. Suggested upshift speeds for M/T models Shown below are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear. These suggestions relate to fuel economy and vehicle performance. Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road conditions, the weather and individual driving habits. Revision: January 2010 EC-71 2010 Sentra O P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > For normal acceleration in low altitude areas [less than 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]: For quick acceleration in low altitude areas For high attitude areas [over 1,219m (4,000 ft)]: ACCEL shift point km/h (MPH) km/h (MPH) km/h (MPH) 1st to 2nd 13 (8) 24 (15) 24 (15) 2nd to 3rd 27 (17) 40 (25) 40 (25) 3rd to 4th 40 (25) 53 (33) 65 (40) 4th to 5th 58 (36) 71 (44) 72 (45) 5th to 6th 82 (51) 82 (51) 82 (51) Gear change Suggested Maximum Speed in Each Gear Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly, or if you need to accelerate. Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed (shown below) in any gear. For level road driving, use the highest gear suggested for that speed. Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road conditions to ensure safe operation. Do not over-rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause engine damage or loss of vehicle control. Gear km/h (MPH) 1st 50 (30) 2nd 90 (55) 3rd — 4th — 5th — 6th — PERMANENT DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (PERMANENT DTC) Permanent DTC is defined in SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5 Service $0A. ECM stores a DTC issuing a command of turning on MIL as a permanent DTC and keeps storing the DTC as a permanent DTC until ECM judges that there is no presence of malfunction. Permanent DTCs cannot be erased by using the Erase function of CONSULT-III or Generic Scan Tool (GST) and by disconnecting the battery to shut off power to ECM. This prevents a vehicle from passing the state emission inspection without repairing a malfunctioning part. When not passing the state emission inspection due to more than one permanent DTC, permanent DTCs should be erased, referring to this manual. NOTE: • The important items in state emission inspection are that MIL is not ON, SRT test items are set, and permanent DTCs are not included. • Permanent DTCs do not apply for regions that permanent DTCs are not regulated by law. Permanent DTC Item For permanent DTC items, MIL turns ON. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS”. Permanent DTC Set Timing The setting timing of permanent DTC is stored in ECM with the lighting of MIL when a DTC is confirmed. Permanent DTC Service Procedure Revision: January 2010 EC-72 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A EC C D E F G JSBIA0066GB H How to Display Permanent DTC Status 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. I WITH CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-III. NOTE: Permanent DTCs stored in ECM memory are displayed on the CONSULT-III screen to show if a driving pattern required for erasing permanent DTCs is complete (CMPLT) or incomplete (INCMP). CAUTION: Since the “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” screen displays the previous trip information, repeat the following twice to update the information: “Ignition switch OFF”, “Wait for more than 10 seconds” and “Ignition switch ON”. J K L M N O P JSBIA0062GB Revision: January 2010 EC-73 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. WITH GST Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Select Service $0A with GST (Generic Scan Tool). TEST VALUE AND TEST LIMIT (GST ONLY — NOT APPLICABLE TO CONSULT-III) The following is the information specified in Service $06 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5. The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored. These data (test value and test limit) are specified by On Board Monitor ID (OBDMID), Test ID (TID), Unit and Scaling ID and can be displayed on the GST screen. The items of the test value and test limit will be displayed with GST screen which items are provided by the ECM. (eg., if bank 2 is not applied on this vehicle, only the items of bank 1 are displayed) Revision: January 2010 EC-74 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Item OBDMID 01H Self-diagnostic test item Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) DTC Test value and Test limit (GST display) 03H Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1) Heated oxygen sensor 3 (Bank 1) Revision: January 2010 Description TID Unit and Scaling ID P0131 83H 0BH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0131 84H 0BH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0130 85H 0BH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0130 86H 0BH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0133 87H 04H Response rate: Response ratio (Lean to Rich) P0133 88H 04H Response rate: Response ratio (Rich to Lean) P2A00 89H 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio P2A00 8AH 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio P0130 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage P0133 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency EC P014C 8DH 04H O2 Sensor Slow Response - Rich to Lean Bank 1 Sensor 1 P014C 8EH 04H O2 Sensor Slow Response - Rich to Lean Bank 1 Sensor 1 P014D 8FH 84H O2 Sensor Slow Response - Lean to Rich Bank 1 Sensor 1 HO2S 02H A P014D 90H 84H O2 Sensor Slow Response - Lean to Rich Bank 1 Sensor 1 P015A 91H 01H O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Rich to Lean Bank 1 Sensor 1 P015A 92H 01H O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Rich to Lean Bank 1 Sensor 1 P015B 93H 01H O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Lean to Rich Bank 1 Sensor 1 P015B 94H 01H O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Lean to Rich Bank 1 Sensor 1 P0138 07H 0CH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0137 08H 0CH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0138 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage P0139 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage P0143 07H 0CH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0144 08H 0CH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0146 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage P0145 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage EC-75 2010 Sentra C D E F G H I J K L M N O P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Item OBDMID 05H Self-diagnostic test item Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) DTC Test value and Test limit (GST display) TID P0151 83H 0BH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0151 84H 0BH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0150 85H 0BH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0150 86H 0BH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0153 87H 04H Response rate: Response ratio (Lean to Rich) P0153 88H 04H Response rate: Response ratio (Rich to Lean) P2A03 89H 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio P2A03 8AH 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio P0150 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage P0153 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency P014E 8DH 04H O2 Sensor Slow Response - Rich to Lean Bank 2 Sensor 1 P014E 8EH 04H O2 Sensor Slow Response - Rich to Lean Bank 2 Sensor 1 P014F 8FH 84H O2 Sensor Slow Response - Lean to Rich Bank 2 Sensor 1 P014F 90H 84H O2 Sensor Slow Response - Lean to Rich Bank 2 Sensor 1 P015C 91H 01H O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Rich to Lean Bank 2 Sensor 1 P015C 92H 01H O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Rich to Lean Bank 2 Sensor 1 P015D 93H 01H O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Lean to Rich Bank 2 Sensor 1 P015D 94H 01H O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Lean to Rich Bank 2 Sensor 1 P0158 07H 0CH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0157 08H 0CH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0158 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage P0159 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage P0163 07H 0CH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0164 08H 0CH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0166 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage P0165 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage HO2S 06H 07H Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2) Heated oxygen sensor 3 (Bank2) Revision: January 2010 Description Unit and Scaling ID EC-76 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Item OBDMID 21H Self-diagnostic test item Three way catalyst function (Bank1) CATALYST 22H EGR SYSTEM 31H 35H Three way catalyst function (Bank2) EGR function A Description TID Unit and Scaling ID P0420 80H 01H O2 storage index P0420 82H 01H Switching time lag engine exhaust index value P2423 83H 0CH Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output voltage P2423 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst P0430 80H 01H O2 storage index P0430 82H 01H Switching time lag engine exhaust index value P2424 83H 0CH Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output voltage P2424 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst P0400 80H 96H Low Flow Faults: EGR temp change rate (short term) P0400 81H 96H Low Flow Faults: EGR temp change rate (long term) P0400 82H 96H Low Flow Faults: Difference between max EGR temp and EGR temp under idling condition P0400 83H 96H Low Flow Faults: Max EGR temp P1402 84H 96H High Flow Faults: EGR temp increase rate P0011 80H 9DH VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC alignment check diagnosis) P0014 81H 9DH VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC alignment check diagnosis) VVT Monitor (Bank1) VVT SYSTEM 36H DTC Test value and Test limit (GST display) EC P0011 82H 9DH VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC drive failure diagnosis) P0014 83H 9DH VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC drive failure diagnosis) P0021 80H 9DH VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC alignment check diagnosis) P0024 81H 9DH VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC alignment check diagnosis) P0021 82H 9DH VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC drive failure diagnosis) P0024 83H 9DH VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC drive failure diagnosis) VVT Monitor (Bank2) C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-77 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Item EVAP SYSTEM O2 SENSOR HEATER Secondary Air OBDMID Self-diagnostic test item DTC Test value and Test limit (GST display) TID Unit and Scaling ID Description 39H EVAP control system leak (Cap Off) P0455 80H 0CH Difference in pressure sensor output voltage before and after pull down 3BH EVAP control system leak (Small leak) P0442 80H 05H Leak area index (for more than 0.04 inch) P0456 80H 05H Leak area index (for more than 0.02 inch) P0456 81H FDH Maximum internal pressure of EVAP system during monitoring P0456 82H FDH Internal pressure of EVAP system at the end of monitoring P0441 83H 0CH Difference in pressure sensor output voltage before and after vent control valve close 3CH EVAP control system leak (Very small leak) 3DH Purge flow system 41H A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 1) Low Input:P0031 High Input:P0032 81H 0BH Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage 42H Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (Bank 1) Low Input:P0037 High Input:P0038 80H 0CH Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage 43H Heated oxygen sensor 3 heater (Bank 1) P0043 80H 0CH Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage 45H A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 2) Low Input:P0051 High Input:P0052 81H 0BH Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage 46H Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (Bank 2) Low Input:P0057 High Input:P0058 80H 0CH Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage 47H Heated oxygen sensor 3 heater (Bank 2) P0063 80H 0CH Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage P0411 80H 01H Secondary Air Injection System Incorrect Flow Detected Bank1: P0491 Bank2: P0492 81H 01H Secondary Air Injection System Insufficient Flow P2445 82H 01H Secondary Air Injection System Pump Stuck Off P2448 83H 01H Secondary Air Injection System High Airflow Bank1: P2440 Bank2: P2442 84H 01H Secondary Air Injection System Switching Valve Stuck Open P2440 85H 01H Secondary Air Injection System Switching Valve Stuck Open P2444 86H 01H Secondary Air Injection System Pump Stuck On 71H Secondary Air system 81H Fuel injection system function (Bank 1) P0171 or P0172 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim P0171 or P0172 81H 24H The number of lambda control clamped 82H Fuel injection system function (Bank 2) P0174 or P0175 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim P0174 or P0175 81H 24H The number of lambda control clamped FUEL SYSTEM Revision: January 2010 EC-78 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Item OBDMID Self-diagnostic test item DTC P0301 MISFIRE A1H Test value and Test limit (GST display) A Description TID Unit and Scaling ID 80H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the first cylinder EC P0302 81H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the second cylinder P0303 82H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the third cylinder P0304 83H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the fourth cylinder P0305 84H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the fifth cylinder P0306 85H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the sixth cylinder P0307 86H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the seventh cylinder P0308 87H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the eighth cylinder P0300 88H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the multiple cylinders P0301 89H 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the first cylinder P0302 8AH 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the second cylinder P0303 8BH 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the third cylinder P0304 8CH 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the fourth cylinder P0305 8DH 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the fifth cylinder P0306 8EH 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the sixth cylinder P0307 8FH 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the seventh cylinder P0308 90H 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the eighth cylinder P0300 91H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the single cylinder Multiple Cylinder Misfires P0300 92H 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the single cylinder P0300 93H 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the multiple cylinders C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-79 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Item OBDMID A2H A3H A4H A5H Self-diagnostic test item DTC Test value and Test limit (GST display) TID P0301 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0301 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles P0302 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0302 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles P0303 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0303 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles P0304 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0304 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles P0305 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0305 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles P0306 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0306 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles P0307 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0307 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles P0308 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0308 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles No. 1 Cylinder Misfire No. 2 Cylinder Misfire No. 3 Cylinder Misfire No. 4 Cylinder Misfire MISFIRE A6H A7H A8H A9H Description Unit and Scaling ID No. 5 Cylinder Misfire No. 6 Cylinder Misfire No. 7 Cylinder Misfire No. 8 Cylinder Misfire HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION How to Erase DTC With CONSULT-III NOTE: • If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. • If the DTC is not for CVT related items, skip step 1. 1. Erase DTC in TCM. 2. Select "ENGINE" with CONSULT-III. 3. Select "SELF-DIAG RESULTS". Revision: January 2010 EC-80 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Touch "ERASE". (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.) A With GST NOTE: If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. EC 1. Select Service $04 with GST. No Tools NOTE: If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 sec- C onds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. 1. Erase DTC in ECM. Refer to How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results). • If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24 D hours. • The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. - Diagnostic trouble codes E - 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes - Freeze frame data - 1st trip freeze frame data - System readiness test (SRT) codes F - Test values How to Erase Permanent DTC G When a DTC is stored in ECM • When a DTC is stored in ECM and MIL is ON, a permanent DTC is erased with MIL shutoff if the same malfunction is not detected after performing the driving pattern for MIL shutoff three times in a raw. H I J K L M JSBIA0063GB *1: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL will illuminate. *2: MIL will turn off after vehicle is driven 3 times (pattern B) without any malfunctions. N When a DTC is not stored in ECM O • The erasing method depends on a permanent DTC stored in ECM. Refer to the following table. ×: Applicable —: Not applicable Driving pattern P Perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” for applicable DTCs. B D A × — — B — × × Group* *: For group, refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS”. Group A Revision: January 2010 EC-81 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > JSBIA0064GB *1: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL will illuminate. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Check permanent DTC. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “How to Display Permanent DTC Status”. 6. Perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” for DTCs which are the same as permanent DTCs stored in ECM. 7. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 8. Turn ignition switch ON. 9. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 10. Turn ignition switch ON. 11. Check permanent DTC. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “How to Display Permanent DTC Status”. 12. Check that the permanent DTCs have been erased. Group B Revision: January 2010 EC-82 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A EC C D E F G H I JSBIA0068GB *1: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL will illuminate. *2: After experiencing Driving pattern B and D, permanent DTC is erased. *3: Indication does not change unless the ignition switch is turned from ON to OFF twice even after experiencing Driving pattern B or D. NOTE: • Drive the vehicle according to only driving patterns indicating “INCMP” in driving patterns B and D on the “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” screen. • When experiencing both driving pattern B and D during the same trip, the experience of driving pattern D is counted by priority. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. 5. Check permanent DTC. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “How to Display Permanent DTC Status”. 6. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 7. Drive the vehicle according to driving pattern D. CAUTION: • Always drive at a safe speed. • Never erase self-diagnosis results. • If self-diagnosis results are erased during the trip of driving pattern B or D, the counter of driving pattern B or D is reset. • If self-diagnosis results are erased during the trip of driving pattern B or D, an experience of driving pattern B and D during the same trip is not counted up. 8. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 9. Turn ignition switch ON. 10. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 11. Turn ignition switch ON. 12. Use “PERMANENT DTC WORK SUPPORT” to drive the vehicle according to driving pattern B. Revision: January 2010 EC-83 2010 Sentra J K L M N O P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CAUTION: • Always drive at a safe speed. • Never erase self-diagnosis results. • If self-diagnosis results are erased during the trip of driving pattern B or D, the counter of driving pattern B or D is reset. • If self-diagnosis results are erased during the trip of driving pattern B or D, an experience of driving pattern B and D during the same trip is not counted up. 13. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 14. Turn ignition switch ON. 15. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 16. Turn ignition switch ON. 17. Check permanent DTC. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “How to Display Permanent DTC Status”. 18. Check that the permanent DTCs have been erased. DRIVING PATTERN Driving Pattern B • - Driving pattern B means a trip satisfying the following conditions. Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more. Water temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) ore more. Vehicle speed of 70 – 120 km/h (44 – 75 MPH) is maintained for 60 seconds or more under the control of closed loop. - Vehicle speed of 30 – 60 km/h (19 – 37 MPH) is maintained for 10 seconds or more under the control of closed loop. - Under the closed loop control condition, the following state reaches 12 seconds or more in total: Vehicle speed of 4 km/h (2 MPH) or less with idling condition. - The state of driving at 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more reaches 10 minutes or more in total. - A lapse of 22 minutes or more after engine start. CAUTION: Always drive at a safe speed. NOTE: • Drive the vehicle at a constant velocity. • When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern B. • When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving pattern B. Driving Pattern D • Driving pattern D means operating vehicle as per the following. - The state of driving at 40 km/h (25 MPH) reaches 300 seconds or more in total. - Idle speed lasts 30 seconds or more. - A lapse of 600 seconds or more after engine start. CAUTION: Always drive at a safe speed. NOTE: • When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern D. • When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving pattern D. Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) INFOID:0000000005284559 DESCRIPTION Revision: January 2010 EC-84 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > The MIL is located on the instrument panel. 1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON without the engine running. This is a bulb check. If the MIL does not light up, refer to DI-35 or see EC-575. 2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off. If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A EC C SEF217U D ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION The on board diagnostic system has the following three functions. Diagnostic Test Mode Mode I KEY and ENG. Status Ignition switch in ON position Function E Explanation of Function BULB CHECK This function checks the MIL bulb for damage (blown, open circuit, etc.). If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit. F G Engine stopped H Engine running Mode II Ignition switch in ON position This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is detected twice in two consecutive driving cycles (two trip detection logic), the MIL will light up to inform the driver that a malfunction has been detected. The following malfunctions will light up or blink the MIL in the 1st trip. • Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage) • One trip detection diagnoses MALFUNCTION WARNING SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS I J This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read. K L Engine stopped M When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by MIL lighting up when there is malfunction on engine control system. Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means of operating fail-safe function. The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected, and demands the driver to repair the malfunction. Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut MIL Flashing Without DTC When any SRT codes are not set, MIL may flash without DTC. For the details, refer to EC-62, "Emissionrelated Diagnostic Information". HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE NOTE: • It is better to count the time accurately with a clock. Revision: January 2010 EC-85 2010 Sentra N O P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a malfunction. • Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned OFF. How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results) 1. 2. a. b. 3. 4. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds. Fully depress the accelerator pedal. Fully release the accelerator pedal. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MIL starts blinking. Fully release the accelerator pedal. ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). PBIB0092E How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results) 1. 2. 3. Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to "How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)". Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds. The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed. DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — BULB CHECK In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to DI-35 or EC-575. DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — MALFUNCTION WARNING MIL Condition ON When the malfunction is detected. OFF No malfunction These DTC numbers are clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS) DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS In this mode, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below. The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL illuminates in diagnostic test mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS), it is a DTC; if two or more codes are displayed, they may be either DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These uniden- Revision: January 2010 EC-86 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > tified codes can be identified by using the CONSULT-III or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a code. A EC C D E F G H I JMBIA1140GB A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The “zero” is indicated by the number of ten flashes. The “A” is indicated by the number of eleven flash. The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle. The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle. A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared. A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF. In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no malfunction. (See EC-24) How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results) The DTC can be erased from the back-up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to "How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)". • If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory within 24 hours. • Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses. OBD System Operation Chart K L M N INFOID:0000000005284560 RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS • When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are stored in the ECM memory. • When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on. For details, refer to EC-61, "Two Trip Detection Logic". • The MIL will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. The drive is counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs while counting, the counter will reset. • The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) without the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injection System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern Revision: January 2010 J EC-87 2010 Sentra O P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-III will count the number of times the vehicle is driven. • The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip. SUMMARY CHART Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other MIL (goes off) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no display) 80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A) 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern B) *1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B) 1st Trip DTC (clear) 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data (clear) For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see "EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”". For details about patterns A and B under “Other”, see "EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”". *1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected. *2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip. RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” Revision: January 2010 EC-88 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A EC C D E F G H I J K L JMBIA1417GB *1: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL will illuminate. *2: MIL will turn off after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is de3 times (pattern B) without any maltected in two consecutive trips, the functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored in ECM. *4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the freeze frame data will be cleared at vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected. without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM. DTC and the freeze frame data still remain in ECM.) *7: When the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip freeze frame data will be cleared. *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when vehicle is driven once (pattern C) without the same malfunction after DTC is stored in ECM. Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows: EC-89 N O P EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” Revision: January 2010 M 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system. • The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern. • The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunction. • The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”) Driving pattern C means the vehicle operation as follows: The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time: Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%] Engine coolant temperature (T) condition: • When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), “T” should be lower than 70°C (158°F). • When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), “T” should be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F). Example: If the stored freeze frame data is as follows: Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F) To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions: Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70°C (158°F) • The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of vehicle conditions above. • The C counter will be counted up when vehicle conditions above is satisfied without the same malfunction. • The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80. • The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC is stored in ECM. RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” Revision: January 2010 EC-90 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N JMBIA1418GB *1: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL will illuminate. Revision: January 2010 *2: MIL will turn off after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is de3 times (pattern B) without any maltected in two consecutive trips, the functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored in ECM. EC-91 2010 Sentra O P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > *4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehiwill not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the cle is driven once (pattern B) without vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the same malfunction. without the same malfunction. stored in ECM. (The DTC and the freeze frame data still remain in ECM.) *7: When the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip freeze frame data will be cleared. EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” JMBIA1920GB • The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4). • The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction. • The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40. Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows: All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system. • The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern. • The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions. • The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”). Revision: January 2010 EC-92 2010 Sentra BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE A Basic Inspection INFOID:0000000005284561 1.INSPECTION START 1. 2. 3. 4. EC Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for scheduled maintenance. Open engine hood and check the following: Harness connectors for improper connections Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections Hoses and ducts for leaks Air cleaner clogging Gasket Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied. Headlamp switch is OFF. Air conditioner switch is OFF. Rear window defogger switch is OFF. SEF983U Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points the middle of gauge. Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm. C D E F G H I SEF976U J 5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load. 6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-III or GST. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2. K L M SEF977U 2.REPAIR OR REPLACE N Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure. >> GO TO 3. O 3.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED 1. With CONSULT-III Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load. Revision: January 2010 EC-93 P 2010 Sentra BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] PBIA8513J 3. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-97, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check". M/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) CVT: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) Without CONSULT-III Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute. 3. Check idle speed. Refer to EC-97, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check". 1. 2. M/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) CVT: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 4. 4.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING 1. 2. Stop engine. Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". >> GO TO 5. 5.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". >> GO TO 6. 6.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Refer to EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 7. No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. 2. GO TO 4. 7.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN 1. 2. With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-97, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check". Revision: January 2010 EC-94 2010 Sentra BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > M/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) CVT: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) 1. 2. A Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check idle speed. Refer to EC-97, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check". EC M/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) CVT: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) C OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 8. D 8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART E Check the following. • Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-317. • Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-324. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> 1. Repair or replace. 2. GO TO 4. F G H 9.CHECK ECM FUNCTION 1. 2. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but this is a rare case.) Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function". I J >> GO TO 4. 10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING 1. 2. - K Run engine at idle. Check ignition timing with a timing light. Refer to EC-97, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check". Timing indicator (1) L M/T: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position) CVT: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position) M OK or NG OK >> GO TO 19. NG >> GO TO 11. N 11.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING 1. 2. PBIB3263E Stop engine. Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". P >> GO TO 12. 12.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". >> GO TO 13. Revision: January 2010 EC-95 O 2010 Sentra BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 13.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Refer to EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 14. No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. 2. GO TO 4. 14.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN 1. 2. With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-97, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check". M/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) CVT: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) 1. 2. Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check idle speed. Refer to EC-97, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check". M/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) CVT: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> GO TO 17. 15.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN 1. 2. - Run engine at idle. Check ignition timing with a timing light. Refer to EC-97, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check". Timing indicator (1) M/T: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position) CVT: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 19 NG >> GO TO 16. PBIB3263E 16.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-40. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> 1. Repair the timing chain installation. 2. GO TO 4. 17.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-317. • Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-324. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 18. NG >> 1. Repair or replace. Revision: January 2010 EC-96 2010 Sentra BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. GO TO 4. 18.CHECK ECM FUNCTION 1. 2. A Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but this is a rare case.) EC Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function". C >> GO TO 4. 19.INSPECTION END D Did you replace ECM, referring this Basic Inspection procedure? Yes or No Yes >> 1. Perform EC-99, "VIN Registration". 2. INSPECTION END No >> INSPECTION END Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check E INFOID:0000000005284562 F IDLE SPEED WITH CONSULT-III Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. G WITH GST Check idle speed in Service $01 with GST. H IGNITION TIMING Any of following two methods may be used. I Method A 1. Attach timing light to loop wire (1) as shown. • : Vehicle front J K L PBIB3320E M 2. Check ignition timing. • Timing indicator (1) N O P PBIB3263E Method B 1. Remove No. 4 ignition coil (1). Revision: January 2010 EC-97 2010 Sentra BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • : Vehicle front PBIB3321E 2. Connect No. 4 ignition coil (1) and No. 4 spark plug with suitable high-tension wire (A) as shown, and attach timing light clamp (B) to this wire. • : Vehicle front PBIB3322E PBIB3334E 3. Check ignition timing. • Timing indicator (1) PBIB3263E Procedure After Replacing ECM INFOID:0000000005284563 When replacing ECM, the following procedure must be performed. 1. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function". 2. Perform EC-99, "VIN Registration". 3. Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". 4. Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Revision: January 2010 EC-98 2010 Sentra BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". A VIN Registration INFOID:0000000005284564 DESCRIPTION VIN Registration is an operation to registering VIN in ECM. It must be performed each time ECM is replaced. NOTE: Accurate VIN which is registered in ECM may be required for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M). OPERATION PROCEDURE EC C WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. D Check the VIN of the vehicle and note it. Refer to GI-45. Turn ignition switch ON and engine stopped. Select “VIN REGISTRATION” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode. Follow the instruction of CONSULT-III display. Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning E INFOID:0000000005284565 F DESCRIPTION Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully released position of the accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected. OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. H Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning G I INFOID:0000000005284566 DESCRIPTION J Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected. K OPERATION PROCEDURE L 1. 2. 3. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Make sure that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound. Idle Air Volume Learning INFOID:0000000005284567 M N DESCRIPTION Idle Air Volume Learning is an operation to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine within the specific range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions: • Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced. • Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification. PREPARATION Before performing Idle Air Volume Learning, make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied. Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment. • Battery voltage: More than 12.9 V (At idle) • Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 95°C (158 - 203°F) • Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T): ON Selector lever (CVT): P or N Revision: January 2010 EC-99 2010 Sentra O P BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Electric load switch: OFF [Air conditioner, headlamp rear window defogger] On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, if the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the headlamp will not be illuminated. • Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position) • Vehicle speed: Stopped • Transmission: Warmed-up - For CVT models • With CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle until “ATF TEMP SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “TRANSMISSION” system indicates less than 0.9 V. • Without CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes. - For M/T models • Drive vehicle for 10 minutes. OPERATION PROCEDURE WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds. Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen. If “CMPLT” is not displayed, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be carried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to the DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE below. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the specifications. Refer to EC-93, "Basic Inspection". Item Specification Idle speed M/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) CVT: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) Ignition timing M/T: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position) CVT: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position) WITHOUT CONSULT-III NOTE: • It is better to count the time accurately with a clock. • It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a malfunction. 1. Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". 2. Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 6. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds. 7. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds. a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal. b. Fully release the accelerator pedal. 8. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops blinking and turned ON. 9. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL turned ON. 10. Start engine and let it idle. Revision: January 2010 EC-100 2010 Sentra BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 11. Wait 20 seconds. A EC C SEC897C 12. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the specifications. Refer to EC-93, "Basic Inspection". Item E Specification Idle speed M/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) CVT: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) Ignition timing M/T: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position) CVT: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position) F 13. If idle speed and ignition timing are not within the specification, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be carried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to the DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE below. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE If idle air volume learning cannot be performed successfully, proceed as follows: 1. Check that throttle valve is fully closed. 2. Check PCV valve operation. 3. Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage. 4. When the above three items check out OK, engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the incident. It is useful to perform EC-144. 5. If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the incident and perform Idle air volume learning all over again: Engine stalls. Erroneous idle. Fuel Pressure Check D G H I J K INFOID:0000000005284568 L FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. M Turn ignition switch ON. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. Turn ignition switch OFF. N WITHOUT CONSULT-III O P Revision: January 2010 EC-101 2010 Sentra BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Remove fuel pump fuse (1) located in IPDM E/R (2). • : Vehicle front 2. Start engine. 3. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. 5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] PBIB2958E FUEL PRESSURE CHECK CAUTION: Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger. NOTE: • Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pressure cannot be completely released because B16 models do not have fuel return system. • The fuel hose connection method used when taking fuel pressure check must not be used for other purposes. • Be careful not to scratch or put debris around connection area when servicing, so that the quick connector maintains seal ability with O-rings inside. • Do not perform fuel pressure check with electrical systems operating (i.e. lights, rear defogger, A/C, etc.) Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings due to varying engine load and changes in manifold vacuum. 1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE". 2. Prepare fuel hose for fuel pressure check B and fuel tube adapter (KV10118400) D, then connect fuel pressure gauge A. • : To quick connector • : To fuel tube (engine side) • C: Clamp • Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine NISSAN fuel hose without quick connector). • To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use moderately long fuel hose for fuel pressure check. • Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with damage or cracks on it. PBIB2982E • Use pressure gauge to check fuel pressure. 3. Remove fuel hose. Refer to EM-18. • Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose. 4. Connect fuel hose for fuel pressure check (1) to fuel tube (engine side) with clamp (2) as shown in the figure. • No.2 spool (5) • Wipe off oil or dirt from hose insertion part using cloth moistened with gasoline. • Apply proper amount of gasoline between top of the fuel tube (3) and No.1 spool (4). • Insert fuel hose for fuel pressure check until it touches the No.1 spool on fuel tube. • Use NISSAN genuine hose clamp (part number: 16439 N4710 or 16439 40U00). PBIB2983E • When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps. • Use a torque driver to tighten clamps. • Install hose clamp to the position within 1 - 2 mm (0.04 - 0.08 in). Tightening torque: 1 - 1.5 N·m (0.1 - 0.15 kg-m, 9 - 13 in-lb) • Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts. Revision: January 2010 EC-102 2010 Sentra BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. Connect fuel tube adapter to quick connector. • A: Fuel pressure gauge A • B: Fuel hose for fuel pressure check 6. After connecting fuel hose for fuel pressure check, pull the hose with a force of approximately 98 N (10 kg, 22 lb) to confirm fuel EC tube does not come off. 7. Turn ignition switch ON and check for fuel leakage. 8. Start engine and check for fuel leakage. C 9. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge. • Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operating. PBIB3432E Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings. D • During fuel pressure check, confirm for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes. At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi) E 10. If result is unsatisfactory, go to next step. 11. Check the following. • Fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging • Fuel filter for clogging • Fuel pump • Fuel pressure regulator for clogging If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator. If NG, repair or replace. 12. Check the following. • Fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging • Fuel filter for clogging • Fuel pump • Fuel pressure regulator for clogging If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator. If NG, repair or replace. 13. Before disconnecting fuel pressure gauge and fuel pressure adapter J-44321-6, release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE". F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-103 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS Trouble Diagnosis Introduction INFOID:0000000005284569 INTRODUCTION The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel control, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essential that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vacuum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine. MEF036D It is much more difficult to diagnose an incident that occurs intermittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case, careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replacement of good parts. SEF233G A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road test with CONSULT-III (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should be performed. Follow the Work Flow on "WORK FLOW". Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a customer who approaches with a drivability complaint. The customer can supply good information about such incidents, especially intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example on "Worksheet Sample" should be used. Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first. This will help troubleshoot drivability malfunctions on an electronically controlled engine vehicle. SEF234G WORK FLOW Overall Sequence Revision: January 2010 EC-104 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O JSBIA0067GB P *1: Include 1st trip DTC. *2: Include 1st trip freeze frame data. Detailed Flow 1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM Revision: January 2010 EC-105 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when the incident/malfunction occurred) using the “Diagnostic Work Sheet”. 2. Ask if the customer requests I/M examination. Malfunction information, obtained>>GO TO 2. No malfunction information, but a request for I/M examination>>GO TO 13. 2.CHECK DTC 1. 2. - Check DTC. Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed. Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT-III or GST.) Erase DTC. (Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".) Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer. (Symptom Table is useful. Refer to EC-111, "Symptom Matrix Chart".) 3. Check related service bulletins for information. Are any symptoms described and any DTCs detected? Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3. Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4. Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5. 3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON). Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident. Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected. >> GO TO 5. 4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer. Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident. Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected. >> GO TO 6. 5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then make sure that DTC is detected again. If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EC-109, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble diagnosis order. NOTE: • Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected. • Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during this check. If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. Is DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Check according to EC-152, "Description". 6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION Perform EC-93, "Basic Inspection". Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 9. Revision: January 2010 EC-106 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 7.PERFORM SPEC IN DATA MONITOR MODE A With CONSULT-III Make sure that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “MAS A/F SE-B2”, “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, and “A/F ALPHAB2” are within the SP value using CONSULT-III “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode. Refer to EC-144, "Inspec- EC tion Procedure". Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> GO TO 9. C NO >> GO TO 8. 8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-144, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is a malfunctioning part detected? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> GO TO 9. D Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-111, "Symptom Matrix Chart" based on the confirmed symptom in step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptoms. F E 9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE >> GO TO 10. G 10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system. NOTE: The Diagnosis Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnosis Procedure. For details, refer to GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident". Is a malfunctioning part detected? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related ECM terminals using CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-124, "ECM Terminal and Reference Value", EC-140, "CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor". 11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART 1. 2. 3. H I J K Repair or replace the malfunctioning part. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replacement. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". L M >> GO TO 12. 12.FINAL CHECK When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function Check again, and then make sure that the malfunction have been completely repaired. When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure that the symptom is not detected. Is DTC detected and does symptom remain? YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 10. YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 6. NO-1 >> No request for I/M examination from the customer: Before returning the vehicle to the customer, always erase unnecessary DTC in ECM and TCM (Transmission Control Module). Refer to EC62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". NO-2 >> I/M examination, requested from the customer: GO TO 13. 13.PREPARE FOR I/M EXAMINATION 1. 2. Set SRT codes. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". Erase permanent DTCs. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". Revision: January 2010 EC-107 2010 Sentra N O P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > >> INSPECTION END DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET Description There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate. In general, each customer feels differently about an incident. It is important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a customer complaint. Utilize a diagnostic worksheet as shown in the following "Worksheet Sample" in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting. Some conditions may cause the MIL to come on steady or blink and DTC to be detected. Examples: • Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire. • Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere. SEF907L Worksheet Sample MTBL0017 Revision: January 2010 EC-108 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000005284570 A If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority chart. Priority 1 2 3 EC Detected items (DTC) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • U0101 U0140 U1001 CAN communication line P0101 P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor P0112 P0113 P0127 Intake air temperature sensor P0116 P0117 P0118 P0125 Engine coolant temperature sensor P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P1225 P1226 P2135 Throttle position sensor P0128 Thermostat function P0181 P0182 P0183 Fuel tank temperature sensor P0196 P0197 P0198 Engine oil temperature sensor P0327 P0328 Knock sensor P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) P0460 P0461 P0462 P0463 Fuel level sensor P0500 Vehicle speed sensor P0605 P0607ECM P0643 Sensor power supply P0705 Transmission range switch P0850 Park/neutral position (PNP) switch P1610 - P1615 NATS P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • P0031 P0032 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater P0037 P0038 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater P0075 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve P0130 P0131 P0132 P0133 P2A00 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P0137 P0138 P0139 Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0441 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring P0443 P0444 P0445 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve P0447 P0448 EVAP canister vent control valve P0451 P0452 P0453 EVAP control system pressure sensor P0603 ECM power supply P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT) P1805 Brake switch P2004 Tumble control valve motor P2014 Tumble control valve position sensor P2100 P2103 Throttle control motor relay P2101 Electric throttle control function P2118 Throttle control motor • • • • • • • • P0011 Intake valve timing control P0171 P0172 Fuel injection system function P0300 - P0304 Misfire P0420 Three way catalyst function P0442 P0456 EVAP control system (SMALL LEAK, VERY SMALL LEAK) P0455 EVAP control system (GROSS LEAK) P0506 P0507 Idle speed control system P0710 P0715 P0720 P0740 P0744 P0745 P0746 P0776 P0778 P0840 P0845 P1740 P1777 P1778 CVT related sensors, solenoid valves and switches P1148 Closed loop control P1212 TCS communication line P1421 Cold start control P1564 ASCD steering switch P1572 ASCD brake switch P1574 ASCD vehicle speed sensor P1715 Input speed sensor P2119 Electric throttle control actuator • • • • • • • • Fail-Safe Chart C D E F G H I J K L INFOID:0000000005284571 When the DTC listed below is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. Revision: January 2010 EC-109 2010 Sentra M N O P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut. P0117 P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following condition. CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM. Condition Engine coolant temperature decided (CONSULT-III display) Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F) Approx 4 minutes or more after engine starting 80°C (176°F) Except as shown above 40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F) (Depends on the time) When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates while engine is running. P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P2135 Throttle position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor. P0643 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. P2100 P2103 Throttle control relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. P2101 Electric throttle control function ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. P2118 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. P2119 Electric throttle control actu- (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return ator spring malfunction:) ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm. (When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:) ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less. (When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:) While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls. The engine can restart in N or P (CVT), Neutral (M/T) position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more. P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor. • When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by lighting up MIL when there is malfunction on engine control system. Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means of operating fail-safe function. The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction. Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Revision: January 2010 Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut EC-110 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Symptom Matrix Chart INFOID:0000000005284572 A SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM EC 1 1 2 3 2 Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 Air Positive crankcase ventilation system 3 3 4 4 4 Incorrect idle speed adjustment Ignition BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE) Fuel pump circuit EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION Fuel EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION AE OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION AD SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION AC IDLING VIBRATION HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT AB ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING ENGINE STALL AA Warranty symptom code HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA) SYMPTOM AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA 2 2 4 4 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 1 2 4 C 3 4 2 D Reference page E F G EC-556 4 EC-101 2 EC-551 4 4 EC-45 4 4 4 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 EC-58 1 2 3 3 Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-93 Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-561 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-153 Mass air flow sensor circuit 2 1 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 3 3 3 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit 1 2 2 2 2 2 Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 2 Knock sensor circuit 2 Engine oil temperature sensor circuit 4 Revision: January 2010 EC-111 2 2 K L EC-205, EC-209, EC-218 M EC-225, EC-231, EC-237, EC-243, EC-531 EC-424, EC-507, EC-512, EC-524 1 J EC-185, EC-193 EC-212, EC-302, EC-448, EC-450, EC-519 Throttle position sensor circuit 2 2 EC-495, EC-505 1 2 I EC-93 Electric throttle control actuator Main power supply and ground circuit H 3 EC-313 3 EC-296, EC-299 2010 Sentra N O P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA) ENGINE STALL HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING IDLING VIBRATION SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE) SYMPTOM AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2 EC-317 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit 3 2 EC-324 Warranty symptom code Vehicle speed signal circuit ECM 2 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit 2 3 2 3 3 Park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 Electrical load signal circuit Tumble control valve position sensor circuit ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 3 EC-412 3 EC-421 3 EC-180 3 EC-429 4 EC-570 3 Tumble control valve motor circuit Air conditioner circuit 3 3 2 2 3 3 4 4 3 3 4 Reference page EC-549 EC-480 EC-487 3 3 3 3 2 MTC-27 BRC-10 1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection. (continued on next page) SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER Revision: January 2010 EC-112 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SYMPTOM Fuel Fuel tank Fuel piping HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA) ENGINE STALL HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING IDLING VIBRATION SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE) Warranty symptom code A AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA 5 5 5 5 5 5 Air F 5 5 5 5 5 5 — EM-16 Air cleaner EM-16 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-18 EM-18 Battery SC-5 Starter circuit 1 6 Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T) Transmission range switch (CVT) 4 Cylinder head gasket 1 1 1 1 1 3 Signal plate Cylinder head 1 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 I J K SC-26 SC-11 1 5 H EM-16 5 Air leakage from intake manifold/ Collector/Gasket Generator circuit G — 5 Air duct Electric throttle control actuator Engine E — 5 Air leakage from air duct (Mass air flow sensor — electric throttle control actuator) Cranking D EM-36 Valve deposit Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, Low octane) C Reference page FL-10 5 Vapor lock EC L EM-75 3 MT-14 or CVT-60 M EM-65 N Cylinder block 4 Piston Piston ring Connecting rod 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 O EM-80 P Bearing Crankshaft Revision: January 2010 EC-113 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Valve mechanism ENGINE STALL HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING IDLING VIBRATION SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE) Warranty symptom code HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA) SYMPTOM AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA Timing chain EM-40 Camshaft EM-50 Intake valve timing control 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 3 Exhaust valve Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/ Gasket EM-40 5 Intake valve Exhaust Reference page 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Three way catalyst EM-65 EM-23, FL5 EM-27, LU9 Lubrication Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil filter/Oil gallery Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil LU-6 Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap CO-15 Thermostat 5 CO-21 Water control valve Water pump CO-24 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 Water gallery CO-19 CO-24 Cooling fan CO-17 5 Coolant level (Low)/Contaminated coolant NVIS (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer SystemNATS) 5 1 1 CO-11 BL-170 1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection. Revision: January 2010 EC-114 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Engine Control Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000005284573 A EC C D E F G H I J K AWBIA0745ZZ L 1. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 3. Fuel injector 4. Cooling fan motor-1 5. Knock sensor 6. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 7. Tumble control valve actuator 8. Engine coolant temperature sensor 9. Cooling fan motor-2 10. Refrigerant pressure sensor 11. IPDM E/R 12. ECM 13. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 14. Electric throttle control actuator (with 15. EVAP canister purge volume control built in throttle position sensor, throtsolenoid valve tle control motor) M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-115 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BBIA0756E : Vehicle front 1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 2. Engine coolant temperature sensor 4. PCV valve 5. Cooling fan motor-1 harness connec- 6. tor 7. Radiator 8. Refrigerant pressure sensor Revision: January 2010 EC-116 3. Electric throttle control actuator (with built in throttle position sensor, throttle control motor) Cooling fan motor-2 harness connector 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A EC C D E F G H I J K L BBIA0725E M : Vehicle front 1. Intake valve timing control solenoid 2. valve Knock sensor 3. 4. Fuel pump fuse 5. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 6. harness connector Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 7. Fuel pressure regulator 8. Fuel level sensor Fuel tank temperature sensor 9. IPDM E/R N O 10. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug P Revision: January 2010 EC-117 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ALBIA0646ZZ : Vehicle front 1. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve 4. ECM 5. Stop lamp switch harness connector 6. ASCD brake switch harness connector 7. Brake pedal 8. Accelerator pedal position sensor Revision: January 2010 EC-118 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A EC C D E PBIB3462E F G H BBIA0757E I 1. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector 2. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-119 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ALBIA0620ZZ 1. ASCD steering switch 2. RESUME/ACCELERATOR switch 3. SET/COAST switch 4. CANCEL switch 5. MAIN switch 6. EVAP control system pressure sensor 7. EVAP canister 8. EVAP canister vent control valve 9. ASCD clutch switch 11. Tumble control valve actuator 12. Engine oil temperature sensor 10. Clutch pedal Revision: January 2010 EC-120 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Vacuum Hose Drawing INFOID:0000000005284574 A EC C D E F G H I J K ALBIA0647ZZ L : Vehicle front 1. Intake manifold 4. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve : From EVAP canister 2. EVAP service port 3. EVAP purge resonator M NOTE: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hoses or purge hoses. N Refer to EC-36, "Schematic" for Vacuum Control System. O P Revision: January 2010 EC-121 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000005284575 ABBWA0195GB Revision: January 2010 EC-122 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0143GB P Revision: January 2010 EC-123 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout INFOID:0000000005284576 PBIA9221J ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000005284577 PREPARATION ECM (1) is located in the engine room left side near battery. BBIA0749E ECM INSPECTION TABLE Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECMs transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 3.2 V 1 V Throttle control motor (Open) [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed PBIA8150J 2 Y/B Throttle control motor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 3 L/W Tumble control vale motor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) Approximately 1.8 V 4 L/R Throttle control motor (Close) [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully released PBIA8149J Revision: January 2010 EC-124 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 5 WIRE COLOR B/W ITEM Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater CONDITION [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 10 V A EC C PBIA8148J 6 7 R W Tumble control valve motor (Open) Tumble control valve motor (Close) D [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm. BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON → OFF] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch ON 0V ↓ BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) ↓ 0V [Ignition switch: OFF → ON] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch ON 0V ↓ BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) ↓ 0V E Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V 8 BR/W A/F sensor 1 heater [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) F G H I J PBIA8148J BATTERY VOLTAGE K (11 - 14 V) L [Engine is running] • Idle speed • Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even slightly, after engine starting. 9 W/B EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve M PBIB0050E Approximately 10 V [Engine is running] • Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm (More than 100 seconds after starting engine) O PBIB0520E 11 B 12 GR ECM ground [Engine is running] • Idle speed Sensor ground (Engine oil temperature sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Revision: January 2010 EC-125 N Body ground Approximately 0 V 2010 Sentra P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 14 15 WIRE COLOR BR/R G/Y ITEM PNP signal Throttle control motor relay CONDITION [Ignition switch: ON] • Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] • Except above Approximately 0 V [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0 V 0 - 0.3 V 17 18 21 22 V BR/Y G Y Ignition signal No. 1 Ignition signal No. 2 Ignition signal No. 4 Ignition signal No. 3 [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle. PBIA9265J 0.2 - 0.5 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,500 rpm. PBIA9266J 23 B/O Fuel pump relay [Ignition switch: ON] • For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON [Engine is running] 0 - 1.0 V [Ignition switch: ON] • More than 1 second after turning ignition switch ON BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) BATTERY VOLTAGE [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle. 25 29 30 31 R O GR L Fuel injector No. 4 Fuel injector No. 3 Fuel injector No. 2 Fuel injector No. 1 (11 - 14 V) PBIB0529E BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm PBIA4943J 27 P Engine oil temperature sensor [Engine is running] 28 L/Y EVAP canister vent control valve [Ignition switch: ON] Revision: January 2010 EC-126 Approximately 0 - 4.8 V Output voltage varies with engine coolant temperature. BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 32 33 34 35 WIRE COLOR R/G G W L/G ITEM ECM relay (Self shut-off) Throttle position sensor 1 Throttle position sensor 2 Tumble control valve position sensor CONDITION [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF [Ignition switch: OFF] • More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully released DATA (DC Voltage) A 0 - 1.0 V EC BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) C More than 0.36 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully released Less than 4.75 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 0.36 V E F G H [Engine is running] • Engine coolant temperature: Between 5°C (41°F) and 45°C (113°F) • Engine speed: Less than 3,200 rpm • Accelerator pedal: Fully released Less than 1.2 V [Engine is running] • Engine coolant temperature: Between 5°C (41°F) and 45°C (113°F) • Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed More than 2.9 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed K 36 B 37 W Knock sensor [Engine is running] • Idle speed Approximately 2.5 V 38 P Engine coolant temperature sensor [Engine is running] Approximately 0 - 4.8 V Output voltage varies with engine coolant temperature. 40 GR Sensor ground (Knock sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed 41 L Refrigerant pressure sensor 42 R/Y EVAP control system pressure sensor [Ignition switch: ON] 43 G/O Fuel tank temperature sensor [Engine is running] 44 GR Sensor ground (Engine coolant temperature sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Revision: January 2010 EC-127 I J Sensor ground (Throttle position sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates.) D Approximately 0 V L M Approximately 0 V N 1.0 - 4.0 V O Approximately 1.8 - 4.8 V Approximately 0 - 4.8 V Output voltage varies with fuel tank temperature Approximately 0 V 2010 Sentra P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 45 WIRE COLOR V ITEM Mass air flow sensor CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed 0.9 - 1.2 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,500 rpm 1.5 - 1.8 V Approximately 0 - 4.8 V Output voltage varies with intake air temperature. Intake air temperature sensor [Engine is running] L/R Sensor ground (Tumble control valve position sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V 48 R/G Sensor ground (Refrigerant pressure sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V 49 L/R A/F sensor 1 [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm Heated oxygen sensor 2 [Engine is running] • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. 46 BR/Y 47 Approximately 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. 50 G 51 V/R Sensor ground (EVAP control system pressure sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V 52 B/W Sensor ground (Mass air flow sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V 53 L/G A/F sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 2.2 V 55 O Sensor ground (Intake air temperature sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V 59 B/Y Sensor ground (Heated oxygen sensor 2) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V 60 B Sensor ground (Fuel tank temperature sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V Revision: January 2010 EC-128 0 - Approximately 1.0 V 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 4.0 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle. 61 W Crankshaft position sensor (POS) A EC C PBIB2998E Approximately 4.0 V D E [Engine is running] • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm F PBIB2999E 62 R Sensor ground [Crankshaft position sensor (POS)] [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V 63 B/R Sensor ground [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)] [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V G H 1.0 - 2.0 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle. 65 R Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) I J PBIB2986E 1.0 - 2.0 V K [Engine is running] • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm. L PBIB2987E 66 Y/R 69 LG/B 72 R Power supply for ECM (Back-up) [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) Sensor power supply (Tumble control valve position sensor) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V Sensor power supply (Throttle position sensor) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-129 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 7 - 10 V 73 Y/R Intake valve timing control solenoid valve [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly JMBIA1638GB Sensor power supply (Refrigerant pressure sensor) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V Y Sensor power supply [Crankshaft position sensor (POS)] [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 76 V/W EVAP control system pressure sensor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 78 G/Y Sensor power supply [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)] [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 83 P CAN communication line — — 84 L CAN communication line — — 88 P/L DATA link connector — — 93 B/R Ignition switch 74 G/W 75 94 95 99 100 L/Y B/Y R/G G/B ASCD steering switch Sensor ground (ASCD steering switch) Stop lamp switch ASCD brake switch Revision: January 2010 [Ignition switch: OFF] 0V [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] • ASCD steering switch: OFF Approximately 4 V [Ignition switch: ON] • MAIN switch: Pressed Approximately 0 V [Ignition switch: ON] • CANCEL switch: Pressed Approximately 1 V [Ignition switch: ON] • RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approximately 3 V [Ignition switch: ON] • SET/COAST switch: Pressed Approximately 2 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V [Ignition switch: OFF] • Brake pedal: Fully released Approximately 0 V [Ignition switch: OFF] • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed [Ignition switch: ON] • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT) • Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T) [Ignition switch: ON] • Brake pedal: Fully released (CVT) • Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released (M/T) EC-130 BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) Approximately 0 V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR 102 BR/Y 103 104 Y/G B/P ITEM Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 CONDITION [Ignition switch: ON] DATA (DC Voltage) A Approximately 5 V EC [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 106 O Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 107 108 109 B B B ECM ground [Engine is running] • Idle speed W 111 B/W 112 B Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 D E 105 110 C F Body ground G [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V H [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V I Approximately 0 V J Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed ECM ground [Engine is running] • Idle speed Body ground K : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE) INFOID:0000000005284578 L FUNCTION Diagnostic test mode M Function Work support This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the indications on the CONSULT-III unit. Self Diagnostic result Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data can be read and erased quickly.* Data Monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read. Active Test Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-III drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts some parameters in a specified range. Function Test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance. DTC & SRT Confirmation The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed. Ecu Identification ECM part number can be read. *: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased. • Diagnostic trouble codes • 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes • Freeze frame data Revision: January 2010 EC-131 2010 Sentra N O P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • 1st trip freeze frame data • System readiness test (SRT) codes • Test values INSPECTION PROCEDURE Refer to "CONSULT-III Software Operation Manual" for more information. WORK SUPPORT MODE Work Item Work item Condition Usage FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE • FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START” DURING IDLING. CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS. When releasing fuel pressure from fuel line IDLE AIR VOL LEARN • THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED IN ECM. When learning the idle air volume SELF-LEARNING CONT • THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEFFICIENT. When clearing the coefficient of self-learning control value EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE CLOSE THE EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE IN ORDER TO MAKE EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE UNDER THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS. • IGN SW “ON” • ENGINE NOT RUNNING • AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 0°C (32°F). • NO VACUUM AND NO HIGH PRESSURE IN EVAP SYSTEM • FUEL TANK TEMP. IS MORE THAN 0°C (32°F). • WITHIN 10 MINUTES AFTER STARTING “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” • WHEN TRYING TO EXECUTE “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” UNDER THE CONDITION EXCEPT ABOVE, CONSULTIII WILL DISCONTINUE IT AND DISPLAY APPROPRIATE INSTRUCTION. NOTE: WHEN STARTING ENGINE, CONSULT-III MAY DISPLAY “BATTERY VOLTAGE IS LOW. CHARGE BATTERY”, EVEN IN USING CHARGED BATTERY. When detecting EVAP vapor leak point of EVAP system TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* • IDLE CONDITION When setting target idle speed TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* • IDLE CONDITION When adjusting target ignition timing VIN REGISTRATION • IN THIS MODE, VIN IS REGISTERED IN ECM. When registering VIN in ECM *: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure. SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE Self Diagnostic Item Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data Freeze frame data item* Description DIAG TROUBLE CODE • The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as DTC. FUEL SYS-B1 • “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. • One mode in the following is displayed. Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment) Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop CAL/LD VALUE [%] • The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. Revision: January 2010 EC-132 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Freeze frame data item* Description A COOLANT TEMP [°C] or [°F] • The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. • The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule than short-term fuel trim. S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. • The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule. ENGINE SPEED [rpm] • The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. VEHICL SPEED [km/h] or [mph] • The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. ABSOL TH-P/S [%] • The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. B/FUEL SCHDL [msec] • The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. INT/A TEMP SE [°C] or [°F] • The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. EC C D E F FUEL SYS-B2 L-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] S-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] • These items are displayed but are not applicable to this model. G INT MANI PRES [kPa] COMBUST CONDITION H *: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data. DATA MONITOR MODE I Monitored Item Monitored item [Unit] Description Remarks • Indicates the engine speed computed from the signals of the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE). • Accuracy becomes poor if engine speed drops below the idle rpm. • If the signal is interrupted while the engine is running, an abnormal value may be indicated. MAS A/F SE-B1 [V] • The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor is displayed. • When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated. • When engine is running specification range is indicated in “SPEC”. B/FUEL SCHDL [ms] • “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM, prior to any learned on board correction. • When engine is running specification range is indicated in “SPEC”. A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] • The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle is indicated. • When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated. • When engine is running specification range is indicated in “SPEC”. • This data also includes the data for the air/fuel ratio learning control. COOLAN TEMP/S [°C] or [°F] • The engine coolant temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the engine coolant temperature sensor) is displayed. • When the engine coolant temperature sensor is open or short-circuited, ECM enters fail-safe mode. The engine coolant temperature determined by the ECM is displayed. A/F SEN1 (B1) [V] • The A/F signal computed from the input signal of the A/F sensor 1 is displayed. HO2S2 (B1) [V] • The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor 2 is displayed. ENG SPEED [rpm] Revision: January 2010 EC-133 2010 Sentra J K L M N O P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Monitored item [Unit] Description Remarks HO2S2 MNTR (B1) [RICH/LEAN] • Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal: RICH: means the amount of oxygen after three way catalyst is relatively small. LEAN: means the amount of oxygen after three way catalyst is relatively large. • When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated. VHCL SPEED SE [km/h] or [mph] • The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed signal is displayed. BATTERY VOLT [V] • The power supply voltage of ECM is displayed. ACCEL SEN 1 [V] ACCEL SEN 2 [V] TP SEN 1-B1 [V] TP SEN 2-B1 [V] • The accelerator pedal position sensor signal voltage is displayed. • ACCEL SEN 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal. • The throttle position sensor signal voltage is displayed. • TP SEN 2-B1 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal. FUEL T/TMP SE [°C] or [°F] • The fuel temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the fuel tank temperature sensor) is displayed. INT/A TEMP SE [°C] or [°F] • The intake air temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the intake air temperature sensor) is indicated. EVAP SYS PRES [V] • The signal voltage of EVAP control system pressure sensor is displayed. FUEL LEVEL SE [V] • The signal voltage of the fuel level sensor is displayed. START SIGNAL [ON/OFF] • Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF] computed by the ECM according to the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. CLSD THL POS [ON/OFF] • Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by the ECM according to the accelerator pedal position sensor signal. AIR COND SIG [ON/OFF] • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air conditioner switch as determined by the air conditioner signal. P/N POSI SW [ON/OFF] • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/neutral position (PNP) signal. PW/ST SIGNAL [ON/OFF] • [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering system (determined by the signal sent from EPS control unit) is indicated. LOAD SIGNAL [ON/OFF] • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the electrical load signal. ON: Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or lighting switch is in 2nd position. OFF: Both rear window defogger switch and lighting switch are OFF. IGNITION SW [ON/OFF] • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition switch. HEATER FAN SW [ON/OFF] • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the heater fan switch signal. BRAKE SW [ON/OFF] • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop lamp switch signal. INJ PULSE-B1 [msec] • Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse width compensated by ECM according to the input signals. • When the engine is stopped, a certain computed value is indicated. IGN TIMING [BTDC] • Indicates the ignition timing computed by ECM according to the input signals. • When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated. CAL/LD VALUE [%] • “Calculated load value” indicates the value of the current airflow divided by peak airflow. Revision: January 2010 EC-134 • After starting the engine, [OFF] is displayed regardless of the starter signal. 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Monitored item [Unit] Description Remarks A MASS AIRFLOW [g·m/s] • Indicates the mass airflow computed by ECM according to the signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor. PURG VOL C/V [%] • Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve control value computed by the ECM according to the input signals. • The opening becomes larger as the value increases. INT/V TIM (B1) [°CA] • Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft advanced angle. INT/V SOL (B1) [%] • The control value of the intake valve timing control solenoid valve (determined by ECM according to the input signal) is indicated. • The advance angle becomes larger as the value increases AIR COND RLY [ON/OFF] • The air conditioner relay control condition (determined by ECM according to the input signals) is indicated. FUEL PUMP RLY [ON/OFF] • Indicates the fuel pump relay control condition determined by ECM according to the input signals. VENT CONT/V [ON/OFF] • The control condition of the EVAP canister vent control valve (determined by ECM according to the input signals) is indicated. ON: Closed OFF: Open G THRTL RELAY [ON/OFF] • Indicates the throttle control motor relay control condition determined by the ECM according to the input signals. H COOLING FAN [HI/MID/LOW/OFF] • Indicates the condition of the cooling fan (determined by ECM according to the input signals). HI: High speed operation MID: Middle speed operation LOW: Low speed operation OFF: Stop HO2S2 HTR (B1) [ON/OFF] • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen sensor 2 heater determined by ECM according to the input signals. I/P PULLY SPD [rpm] • Indicates the engine speed computed from the input speed sensor signal. VEHICLE SPEED [km/h] or [mph] • The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed signal sent from TCM is displayed. L IDL A/V LEARN [YET/CMPLT] • Display the condition of idle air volume learning YET: Idle Air Volume Learning has not been performed yet. CMPLT: Idle Air Volume Learning has already been performed successfully. M TRVL AFTER MIL [km] or [mile] • Distance traveled while MIL is activated. N A/F S1 HTR (B1) [%] • Indicates A/F sensor 1 heater control value computed by ECM according to the input signals. • The current flow to the heater becomes larger as the value increases. O AC PRESS SEN [V] • The signal voltage from the refrigerant pressure sensor is displayed. VHCL SPEED SE [km/h] or [mph] • The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed signal sent from TCM is displayed. SET VHCL SPD [km/h] or [mph] • The preset vehicle speed is displayed. MAIN SW [ON/OFF] • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from MAIN switch signal. Revision: January 2010 EC-135 EC C D E F I J K P 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Monitored item [Unit] Description Remarks CANCEL SW [ON/OFF] • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from CANCEL switch signal. RESUME/ACC SW [ON/OFF] • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from RESUME/ACCELERATE switch signal. SET SW [ON/OFF] • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from SET/COAST switch signal. BRAKE SW1 [ON/OFF] • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ASCD brake switch signal. BRAKE SW2 [ON/OFF] • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of stop lamp switch signal. VHCL SPD CUT [NON/CUT] • Indicates the vehicle cruise condition. NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD set speed. CUT: Vehicle speed increased to excessively high compared with the ASCD set speed, and ASCD operation is cut off. LO SPEED CUT [NON/CUT] • Indicates the vehicle cruise condition. NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD set speed. CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to excessively low compared with the ASCD set speed, and ASCD operation is cut off. AT OD MONITOR [ON/OFF] • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT according to the input signal from the TCM. • For M/T models always “OFF” is displayed AT OD CANCEL [ON/OFF] • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT cancel signal sent from the TCM. • For M/T models always “OFF” is displayed CRUISE LAMP [ON/OFF] • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CRUISE lamp determined by the ECM according to the input signals. SET LAMP [ON/OFF] • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SET lamp determined by the ECM according to the input signals. A/F ADJ-B1 • Indicates the correction factor stored in ECM. The factor is calculated from the difference between the target air/ fuel ratio stored in ECM and the air/fuel ratio calculated from air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal. SWRL CONT S/V [ON/OFF] • The control condition of the tumble control valve (determined by ECM according to the input signals) is indicated. ON: Closed OFF: Open TUMBLE POS SEN [V] • The tumble control valve position sensor signal voltage is displayed. ENG OIL TEMP [°C] or [°F] • The engine oil temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the engine oil temperature sensor) is displayed. HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B1) [INCMP/CMPLT] • Indicates DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed response) condition. INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete. CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete. HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B1) [INCMP/CMPLT] • Indicates DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) condition. INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete. CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete. NOTE: Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically. ACTIVE TEST MODE Revision: January 2010 EC-136 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Test Item A Test Item Condition Judgment FUEL INJECTION • Engine: Return to the original trouble condition • Change the amount of fuel injection using CONSULT-III. If trouble symptom disappears, see CHECK ITEM. IGNITION TIMING • Engine: Return to the original trouble condition • Timing light: Set • Retard the ignition timing using CONSULT-III. If trouble symptom disappears, see CHECK ITEM. Check Item (Remedy) • Harness and connectors • Fuel injector • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 EC C • Perform Idle Air Volume Learning. D POWER BALANCE • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine. • A/C switch OFF • Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • Cut off each fuel injector signal one at a time using CONSULT-III. Engine runs rough or dies. COOLING FAN* • Ignition switch: ON • Turn the cooling fan “LOW”, “MID”, “HI” and “OFF” with CONSULT-III. Cooling fan moves and stops. ENG COOLANT TEMP • Engine: Return to the original trouble condition • Change the engine coolant temperature using CONSULT-III. If trouble symptom disappears, see CHECK ITEM. • Harness and connectors • Engine coolant temperature sensor • Fuel injector FUEL PUMP RELAY • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) • Turn the fuel pump relay “ON” and “OFF” using CONSULT-III and listen to operating sound. Fuel pump relay makes the operating sound. • Harness and connectors • Fuel pump relay PURG VOL CONT/V • Engine: After warming up, run engine at 1,500 rpm. • Change the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve opening percent using CONSULT-III. FUEL/T TEMP SEN • Change the fuel tank temperature using CONSULT-III. VENT CONTROL/V • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) • Turn solenoid valve “ON” and “OFF” with the CONSULT-III and listen to operating sound. Solenoid valve makes an operating sound. • Harness and connectors • EVAP canister vent control valve M V/T ASSIGN ANGLE • Engine: Return to the original trouble condition • Change intake valve timing using CONSULT-III. If trouble symptom disappears, see CHECK ITEM. • Harness and connectors • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve N TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE • Ignition switch: ON • Turn tumble control valve "ON" and "OFF" with CONSULT-III and listen to operating sound. Tumble control valve motor makes an operating sound. • Harness and connectors • Tumble control valve motor • • • • • • Harness and connectors Compression Fuel injector Power transistor Spark plug Ignition coil • Harness and connectors • Cooling fan relay • Cooling fan motor F G H I J Engine speed changes according to the opening percent. • Harness and connectors • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve K L O P *: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-III while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat. DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE SRT STATUS Mode For details, refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". PERMANENT DTC STATUS Mode Revision: January 2010 E EC-137 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > For details, refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". NOTE: This mode is not used in regions that permanent DTCs are not regulated by law. SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status. PERMANENT DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to complete the driving pattern that is reguired for erasing permanent DTC. NOTE: This mode is not used in regions that permanent DTCs are not regulated by law. DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode Test mode Test item Corresponding DTC No. Reference page P0441 EC-335 P0442 EC-340 P0455 EC-391 EVP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456* P0456 EC-398 PURG VOL CN/V P1444 P0443 EC-347 A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276 P0130 EC-225 A/F SEN1 (B1) P1278/P1279 P0133 EC-243 HO2S2 (B1) P0139 P0139 EC-266 HO2S2 (B1) P1146 P0138 EC-257 HO2S2 (B1) P1147 P0137 EC-250 PURG FLOW P0441 EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM A/F SEN1 HO2S2 EVP SML LEAK P0442/P1442* *: DTC P1442 and P1456 does not apply to B16 models but appears in DTC Work Support Mode screens. Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function INFOID:0000000005284579 DESCRIPTION Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with SAE J1978/ISO 15031-4 has 8 different functions explained below. ISO15765-4 is used as the protocol. The name GST or Generic Scan Tool is used in this service manual. SEF139P FUNCTION Diagnostic test mode Function Service $01 READINESS TESTS This diagnostic service gains access to current emission-related data values, including analog inputs and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information. Service $02 (FREEZE DATA) This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by ECM during the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-131, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)". Service $03 DTCs This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which were stored by ECM. Revision: January 2010 EC-138 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Diagnostic test mode Service $04 CLEAR DIAG INFO Function This diagnostic service can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This includes: • Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (Service $01) • Clear diagnostic trouble codes (Service $03) • Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (Service $01) • Clear freeze frame data (Service $02) • Reset status of system monitoring test (Service $01) • Clear on board monitoring test results (Service $06 and $07) A EC C Service $06 (ON BOARD TESTS) This diagnostic service accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of specific components/systems that are not continuously monitored. (ON BOARD TESTS) This diagnostic service enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emissionrelated powertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal driving conditions. D Service $07 This diagnostic service can close EVAP system in ignition switch ON position (Engine stopped). When this diagnostic service is performed, EVAP canister vent control valve can be closed. In the following conditions, this diagnostic service cannot function. • Low ambient temperature • Low battery voltage • Engine running • Ignition switch OFF • Low fuel temperature • Too much pressure is applied to EVAP system E Service $08 — Service $09 (CALIBRATION ID) This diagnostic service enables the off-board test device to request specific vehicle information such as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration IDs. Service $0A* PERMANENT DTCs This diagnostic service gains access to permanent DTCs which were stored by ECM. F G H NOTE: *: Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated. I INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Connect GST to data link connector (1). • Accelerator pedal (2) J K L M BBIA0750E 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in the operation manual. (*: Regarding GST screens in this section, sample screens are shown.) N O P SEF398S Revision: January 2010 EC-139 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. Perform each diagnostic service according to each service procedure. For further information, see the GST Operation Manual of the tool maker. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] SEF416S CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor INFOID:0000000005284580 Remarks: z Specification data are reference values. z Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector. * Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations. i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors. Monitor Item ENG SPEED Condition • Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indication. MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-144. B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-144. A/F ALPHA-B1 See EC-144. COOLAN TEMP/S • Engine: After warming up A/F SEN1 (B1) • Engine: After warming up More than 70°C (158°F) Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm HO2S2 MNTR (B1) • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load VHCL SPEED SE • Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer indication. BATTERY VOLT • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) ACCEL SEN 1 ACCEL SEN 2* • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) EVAP SYS PRES • Ignition switch: ON HO2S2 (B1) TP SEN 1-B1 TP SEN 2-B1* START SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) AIR COND SIG • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine P/N POSI SW • Ignition switch: ON Revision: January 2010 0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0 V LEAN ←→ RICH Almost the same speed as the speedometer indication. 11 - 14 V 0.6 - 0.9 V Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8 V Approx. 1.8 - 4.8 V Accelerator pedal: Fully released • Ignition switch: ON → START → ON • Ignition switch: ON Fluctuates around 2.2 V Accelerator pedal: Fully released • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed CLSD THL POS Specification Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication. More than 0.36 V Less than 4.75 V OFF → ON → OFF Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF Air conditioner switch: ON (Compressor operates.) ON Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) ON Shift lever: Except above OFF EC-140 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Monitor Item PW/ST SIGNAL LOAD SIGNAL Condition • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine • Ignition switch: ON Specification Steering wheel: Not being turned OFF Steering wheel: Being turned ON Rear window defogger switch: ON and/or Lighting switch: 2nd ON Rear window defogger switch and lighting switch: OFF OFF IGNITION SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON HEATER FAN SW • Ignition switch: ON BRAKE SW • Ignition switch: ON Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec INJ PULSE-B1 • Engine: After warming up • Air conditioner switch: OFF • Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • No load 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec Idle 1° - 11° BTDC IGN TIMING • Engine: After warming up • Air conditioner switch: OFF • Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • No load Idle 10% - 35% CAL/LD VALUE • Engine: After warming up • Air conditioner switch: OFF • Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • No load 2,500 rpm 10% - 35% Idle 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/s MASS AIRFLOW • Engine: After warming up • Air conditioner switch: OFF • Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • No load 2,500 rpm 2.0 - 10.0 g·m/s PURG VOL C/V • Engine: After warming up • Air conditioner switch: OFF • Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • No load Idle (Accelerator pedal is not depressed even slightly, after engine starting) Idle INT/V TIM (B1) • Engine: After warming up • Air conditioner switch: OFF • Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • No load Idle INT/V SOL (B1) • Engine: After warming up • Air conditioner switch: OFF • Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • No load AIR COND RLY • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine ON → OFF → ON Heater fan: Operating ON Heater fan: Not operating OFF Brake pedal: Fully released OFF Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON 2,000 rpm C D E F 25° - 45° BTDC H I J 2,000 rpm 0% 0 - 50% K L −5° - 5°CA When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly Approx. 0° - 40°CA 0% - 2% When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly M N Approx. 0% - 90% O Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF Air conditioner switch: ON (Compressor operates) ON ON • Except above conditions OFF VENT CONT/V • Ignition switch: ON OFF THRTL RELAY • Ignition switch: ON ON Revision: January 2010 EC G • For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON • Engine running or cranking FUEL PUMP RLY A EC-141 2010 Sentra P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Monitor Item COOLING FAN Condition • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine • Air conditioner switch: OFF Engine coolant temperature: 97°C (207°F) or less OFF Engine coolant temperature: Between 98°C (208°F) and 99°C (210°F) LOW Engine coolant temperature: Between 100°C (212°F) and 104°C (219°F) Engine coolant temperature: 105°C (221°F) or more HO2S2 HTR (B1) Specification MIDDLE HIGH • Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load ON • Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF I/P PULLY SPD • Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12 MPH) Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication VEHICLE SPEED • Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer indication. Almost the same speed as the speedometer indication TRVL AFTER MIL • Ignition switch: ON A/F S1 HTR (B1) • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) AC PRESS SEN • Engine: Idle • Air conditioner switch: ON (Compressor operates) VHCL SPEED SE • Turn drive wheels and compare speedometer indication with the CONSULT-III value. SET VHCL SPD • Engine: Running MAIN SW • Ignition switch: ON CANCEL SW • Ignition switch: ON RESUME/ACC SW • Ignition switch: ON SET SW • Ignition switch: ON BRAKE SW1 • Ignition switch: ON BRAKE SW2 • Ignition switch: ON CRUISE LAMP • Ignition switch: ON SET LAMP • MAIN switch: ON • Vehicle speed: Between 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH) A/F ADJ-B1 • Engine: Running Revision: January 2010 Vehicle has traveled after MIL has turned ON. ASCD: Operating 0 - 65,535 km (0 - 40,723 mile) 4 - 100% 1.0 - 4.0 V Almost the same speed as the speedometer indication The preset vehicle speed is displayed. MAIN switch: Pressed ON MAIN switch: Released OFF CANCEL switch: Pressed ON CANCEL switch: Released OFF RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed ON RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Released OFF SET/COAST switch: Pressed ON SET/COAST switch: Released OFF • Brake pedal: Fully released (CVT) • Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released (M/ T) ON • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT) • Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T) OFF Brake pedal: Fully released OFF Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st time → at the 2nd time ON → OFF ACSD: Operating ON ASCD: Not operating OFF −0.330 – 0.330 EC-142 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Monitor Item Condition Specification • Engine coolant temperature: Between 5°C (41°F) and 45°C (113°F) • Engine speed: Less than 3,200 rpm Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF Accelerator pedal: Fully released Less than 1.2 V TUMBLE POS SEN • Engine coolant temperature: Between 5°C (41°F) and 45°C (113°F) • Engine speed: Less than 3,200 rpm Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed More than 2.9 V ENG OIL TEMP • Engine: After warming up HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B1) DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is incomplete. INCMP DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is complete. CMPLT HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B1) DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) is incomplete. INCMP DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) is complete. CMPLT SWRL CONT S/V A EC C More than 70°C (158°F) *: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ from ECM terminals voltage signal. D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-143 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE Description INFOID:0000000005284581 The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or more malfunctions. The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the MIL. The SP value will be displayed for the following three items: • B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECMprior to any learned on board correction) • A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle) • MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor) Testing Condition • • • • • • • INFOID:0000000005284582 Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles) Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi) Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F) Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F) Transmission: Warmed-up CVT models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “ATF TEMP SEN” (fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates less than 0.9V. M/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes. Electrical load: Not applied Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight ahead. Engine speed: Idle Inspection Procedure INFOID:0000000005284583 NOTE: Perform “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display. 1. Perform EC-93, "Basic Inspection". 2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met. 3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value. 5. If NG, go to EC-144, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284584 OVERALL SEQUENCE Revision: January 2010 EC-144 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O PBIB2318E P Revision: January 2010 EC-145 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > PBIB3213E DETAILED PROCEDURE 1.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” 1. 2. 3. Start engine. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-144, "Testing Condition". Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the SP value. NOTE: Revision: January 2010 EC-146 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check “A/F ALPHA-B1” for approximately 1 minute because they may fluctuate. It is NG if the indication is out of the SP value even a little. A OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 2. EC NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 3. 2.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 19. 3.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” D E Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 6. NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 25. 4.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” 1. 2. 3. 4. Stop the engine. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it. Start engine. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 6. 5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL 1. 2. C Stop the engine. Change engine oil. Refer to MA-24, "ENGINE OIL : Changing Engine Oil". NOTE: This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving condition. F G H I J K L M >> INSPECTION END 6.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE Check fuel pressure. (Refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check".) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG (Fuel pressure is too high)>>Replace fuel pressure regulator, refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check". GO TO 8. NG (Fuel pressure is too low)>>GO TO 7. 7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART 1. 2. Check the following. Clogged and bent fuel hose and fuel tube Clogged fuel filter Fuel pump and its circuit (Refer to EC-556.) If NG, repair or replace the malfunctioning part. (Refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check".) If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator. Revision: January 2010 EC-147 2010 Sentra N O P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > >> GO TO 8. 8.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” 1. 2. Start engine. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 9. 9.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST 1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. 2. Make sure that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine speed drop. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> GO TO 10. 10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART 1. 2. Check the following. Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-561.) Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-551.) Intake air leakage Low compression pressure (Refer to EM-65, "On-Vehicle Service".) If NG, repair or replace the malfunctioning part. If OK, replace fuel injector. (It may be caused by leakage from fuel injector or clogging.) >> GO TO 11. 11.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” 1. 2. Start engine. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 12. 12.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION Perform all DTC Confirmation Procedure related with A/F sensor 1. • For DTC P0130, refer to EC-225, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". • For DTC P0131, refer to EC-231, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". • For DTC P0132, refer to EC-237, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". • For DTC P0133, refer to EC-243, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". • For DTC P2A00, refer to EC-531, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> GO TO 13. 13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT Perform Diagnostic Procedure according to corresponding DTC. >> GO TO 14. 14.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” 1. 2. Start engine. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the SP value. OK or NG Revision: January 2010 EC-148 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 15. A 15.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR 1. 2. Stop the engine. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it. EC >> GO TO 16. C 16.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” 1. 2. Start engine. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-111, "Symptom Matrix Chart". 17.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 18. NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 25. 18.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART 1. 2. - Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following. Engine oil level is too high Engine oil viscosity Belt tension of alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive Noise from engine Noise from transmission, etc. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following. Valve clearance malfunction Intake valve timing control function malfunction Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc. G H K L Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. • Crushed air ducts • Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element • Uneven dirt of air cleaner element • Improper specification of intake air system OK or NG OK >> GO TO 21. NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 20. M N O 20.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” AND “B/FUEL SCHDL” Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the each indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG (“B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1” is less than the SP value)>>GO TO 21. 21.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR Stop the engine. EC-149 F J 19.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM Revision: January 2010 E I >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 30. 1. D 2010 Sentra P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and then reconnect it again. >> GO TO 22. 22.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” 1. 2. Start engine. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> 1. Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-185. 2. GO TO 29. NG >> GO TO 23. 23.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1” Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 24. NG (More than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 29. 24.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Replace ECM. Perform initialization of NVIS(NATS) system and registration of all NVIS(NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function". Perform EC-99, "VIN Registration". Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". >> GO TO 29. 25.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. • Crushed air ducts • Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element • Uneven dirt of air cleaner element • Improper specification of intake air system OK or NG OK >> GO TO 27. NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 26. 26.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 27. 27.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1” Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 28. NG (Less than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 30. 28.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. Revision: January 2010 EC-150 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct • Looseness of oil filler cap A • Disconnection of oil level gauge • Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks of PCV valve • Disconnection or cracks of EVAP purge hose, open stuck of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid EC valve • Malfunctioning seal of rocker cover gasket • Disconnection, looseness, or cracks of hoses, such as vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts • Malfunctioning seal of intake air system, etc. C >> GO TO 30. 29.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” AND “B/FUEL SCHDL” D Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the each indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-111, "Symptom Matrix Chart". 30.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and then make sure that the indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-111, "Symptom Matrix Chart". E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-151 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Description INFOID:0000000005284585 Intermittent incidents may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of Intermittent Incidents occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indicate the specific malfunctioning area. Common Intermittent Incidents Report Situations STEP in Work Flow 2 3 or 4 Situation The CONSULT-III is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than 0 or [1t]. The symptom described by the customer does not recur. 5 (1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure. 10 The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284586 1.INSPECTION START Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK GROUND TERMINALS Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace. 3.SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT Perform GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS”. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace. 4.CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS Refer to GI-23, "How to Check Terminal", “HOW TO PROBE CONNECTORS”, “How to Check Enlarged Contact Spring of Terminal”. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace connector. Revision: January 2010 EC-152 2010 Sentra POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Wiring Diagram A INFOID:0000000005284587 EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P AABWA0275GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-153 2010 Sentra POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR 11 B 32 R/G 93 B/R 105 G 107 108 109 112 B B B B ITEM ECM ground ECM relay (Self shut-off) CONDITION [Engine is running] • Idle speed DATA (DC Voltage) Body ground [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF 0 - 1.0 V [Ignition switch: OFF] • More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: OFF] 0V [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) ECM ground [Engine is running] • Idle speed Ignition switch Body ground Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284588 1.INSPECTION START Start engine. Is engine running? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 8. No >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON. Check voltage between ECM terminal 93 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. PBIA9561J 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors M6, E19 • Harness for open or short between ECM and ignition switch >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: January 2010 EC-154 2010 Sentra POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A EC C 5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I 1. 2. BBIA0760E D Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 11, 107, 108, 109, 112 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. E Continuity should exist. F 3. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6. G 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H Check the following. • Harness connectors F10, E17 • Harness for open or short between ECM and ground I >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. J Reconnect ECM harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. K Voltage: Battery voltage L OK or NG OK >> Go to EC-561. NG >> GO TO 8. M PBIB2658E 8.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF. N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-155 2010 Sentra POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 105 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] After turning ignition switch OFF, battery voltage will exist for a few seconds, then drop approximately 0 V. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 9. NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO 11. PBIB3037E 9.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Check voltage between ECM terminal 32 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 11. PBIA9562J 10.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V 1. 2. 3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E43. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 105 and IPDM E/R terminal 4. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 11.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI 1. 2. 3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E43. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 32 and IPDM E/R terminal 7. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> GO TO 12. 12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E7, F10 • Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Revision: January 2010 EC-156 2010 Sentra POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 13.CHECK 20 A FUSE A 1. Disconnect 20 A fuse from IPDM E/R. 2. Check 20 A fuse. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> Replace 20 A fuse. EC 14.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS C Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". • : Vehicle front • Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. D E F 15.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II 1. 2. BBIA0760E Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 10, 11, 108 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. G H Continuity should exist. I 3. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> GO TO 16. J 16.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART K Check the following. • Harness connectors F10, E17 • Harness for open or short between ECM and ground L >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. 17.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT M Refer to EC-152. OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-17. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. Ground Inspection N INFOID:0000000005284589 Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works. Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drastically affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface. When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules: • Remove the ground bolt or screw. • Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc. • Clean as required to assure good contact. Revision: January 2010 EC-157 2010 Sentra O P POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Reinstall bolt or screw securely. • Inspect for “add-on” accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit. • If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one eyelet make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation. For detailed ground distribution information, refer to PG-29, "Ground Distribution". PBIB1870E Revision: January 2010 EC-158 2010 Sentra DTC U0101 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC U0101 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE Description A INFOID:0000000005284590 CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284591 D This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. DTC No. U0101 0101 E Trouble diagnosis name Lost communication with TCM DTC detecting condition Possible cause When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal of OBD (emission-related diagnosis) with TCM for 2 seconds or more. • CAN communication line between TCM and ECM • CAN communication line is open or shorted. DTC Confirmation Procedure 1. 2. 3. INFOID:0000000005284592 Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds. Check DTC. If DTC is detected, go to EC-160, "Diagnosis Procedure". F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-159 2010 Sentra DTC U0101 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005284593 BBWA2870E Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284594 Go to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". Revision: January 2010 EC-160 2010 Sentra DTC U0140 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC U0140 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE Description A INFOID:0000000005284595 CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284596 D This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. DTC No. U0140 0140 E Trouble diagnosis name Lost communication with BCM DTC detecting condition Possible cause When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal of OBD (emission-related diagnosis) with BCM for 2 seconds or more. • CAN communication line between BCM and ECM • CAN communication line is open or shorted. DTC Confirmation Procedure 1. 2. 3. INFOID:0000000005284597 Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds. Check DTC. If DTC is detected, go to EC-162, "Diagnosis Procedure". F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-161 2010 Sentra DTC U0140 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005284598 BBWA2870E Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284599 Go to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". Revision: January 2010 EC-162 2010 Sentra DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE Description A INFOID:0000000005284600 CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284601 D The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis. DTC No. U1001 1001 E Trouble diagnosis name CAN communication line DTC detecting condition When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal other than OBD (emissionrelated diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more. DTC Confirmation Procedure 1. 2. 3. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted.) INFOID:0000000005284602 Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-164, "Diagnosis Procedure". F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-163 2010 Sentra DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005284603 BBWA2870E Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284604 Go to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". Revision: January 2010 EC-164 2010 Sentra DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL A Description INFOID:0000000005284605 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Sensor EC Input signal to ECM Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed and piston position Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Engine oil temperature sensor Engine oil temperature ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Combination meter ECM function Actuator C Intake valve timing control Intake valve timing control solenoid valve D Vehicle speed* E *: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. F G H I J PBIB3333E This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake valve. The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range. CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005284606 K L M Specification data are reference values. Monitor item Condition Idle INT/V TIM (B1) • Engine: After warming up • Air conditioner switch: OFF • Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • No load Idle INT/V SOL (B1) • Engine: After warming up • Air conditioner switch: OFF • Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • No load Revision: January 2010 When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly EC-165 Specification N −5° - 5°CA Approx. 0° - 40°CA 0% - 2% Approx. 0% - 90% 2010 Sentra O P DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. P0011 0011 INFOID:0000000005284607 Trouble diagnosis name Intake valve timing control performance Detecting condition There is a gap between angle of target and phase-control angle degree. Possible cause • • • • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Intake valve timing control solenoid valve Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up portion of the camshaft • Timing chain installation • Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for intake valve timing control FAIL-SAFE MODE ECM enters in fail-safe mode when the malfunction is detected. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the solenoid valve and the valve control does not function DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284608 CAUTION: Always drive at a safe speed. NOTE: • If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P0075, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0075. See EC-180. • If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10 V and 16 V at idle. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. ENG SPEED 1,200 - 2,000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.) COOLAN TEMP/S More than 60°C (140°F) B/FUEL SCHDL More than 4.25 msec Shift lever P or N position (CVT) Neutral position (M/T) 4. 5. 6. 7. Let engine idle for 10 seconds. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-167, "Diagnosis Procedure". If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds. ENG SPEED 1,200 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.) COOLAN TEMP/S More than 65°C (149°F) Shift lever 1st or 2nd position Driving location uphill Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.) 8. Check 1st trip DTC. Revision: January 2010 EC-166 2010 Sentra DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL < SERVICE INFORMATION > 9. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-167, "Diagnosis Procedure". [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284609 EC 1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP C 1. 2. Start engine. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illuminated. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Go to LU-6, "Inspection". D E F 2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE PBIA8559J G Refer to EC-168, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. H 3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) I Refer to EC-323, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). J 4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) Refer to EC-328, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). K L 5.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE) Check the following. • Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft (1) rear end • Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft rear end or replace camshaft. M N O PBIA9557J 6.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned. Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned? Yes or No Yes >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-40. No >> GO TO 7. Revision: January 2010 EC-167 2010 Sentra P DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 7.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT Refer to EM-50, "Removal and Installation". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Clean lubrication line. 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. For Wiring Diagram, refer to EC-319, "Wiring Diagram" for CKP sensor (POS) and EC-325, "Wiring Diagram" for CMP sensor (PHASE). >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284610 INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1. 2. 3. 4. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve as follows. Terminal Resistance 1 and 2 6.7 - 7.7Ω [at 20°C (68°F)] 1 or 2 and ground ∞Ω (Continuity should not exist.) If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. If OK, go to next step. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Provide 12 V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals and then interrupt it. Make sure that the plunger moves as shown in the figure. CAUTION: Do not apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more. Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve timing control solenoid valve. If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. NOTE: Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control solenoid valve is removed. Removal and Installation PBIB0574E PBIB2388E INFOID:0000000005284611 INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EM-50. Revision: January 2010 EC-168 2010 Sentra DTC P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER A Description INFOID:0000000005284612 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC Sensor ECM function Input Signal to ECM Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater control Actuator Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater C D The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the A/F sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine operating condition to keep the temperature of A/F sensor 1 element at the specified range. CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005284613 E Specification data are reference values. F Monitor item A/F S1 HTR (B1) Condition • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) On Board Diagnosis Logic Specification 4 - 100% G INFOID:0000000005284614 H DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause P0031 0031 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater control circuit low The current amperage in the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range. [An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater.] • Harness or connectors [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater circuit is open or shorted.] • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater P0032 0032 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater control circuit high The current amperage in the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range. [An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater.] • Harness or connectors [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater circuit is shorted.] • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater DTC Confirmation Procedure I J K INFOID:0000000005284615 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V at idle. 1. Start engine and run it for at least 10 seconds at idle speed. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-171, "Diagnosis Procedure". L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-169 2010 Sentra DTC P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005284616 ABBWA0144GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-170 2010 Sentra DTC P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A EC Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V 8 BR/W A/F sensor 1 heater C [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) D PBIA8148J 49 L/R A/F sensor 1 [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 53 L/G A/F sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. E Approximately 2.2 V F : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284617 G 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. H I J K 2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. - BBIA0760E L Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector (1). Turn ignition switch ON. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (2) M N BBIA0764E O P Revision: January 2010 EC-171 2010 Sentra DTC P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. PBIB3308E 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • 10 A fuse • Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 8 and A/F sensor 1 terminal 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER Refer to EC-172, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. 6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Perform EC-152. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284618 AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER Revision: January 2010 EC-172 2010 Sentra DTC P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Check resistance between A/F sensor 1 terminals as follows. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A Terminal No. Resistance 3 and 4 1.8 - 2.44 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] 3 and 1, 2 ∞Ω (Continuity should not exist) 4 and 1, 2 EC 2. If NG, replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. C D E F G PBIB3309E Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284619 H AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR HEATER Refer to EM-23. I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-173 2010 Sentra DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER Description INFOID:0000000005284620 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Sensor Input Signal to ECM Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) ECM Function Actuator Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater control Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater Engine speed Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed, amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature. OPERATION Engine speed rpm Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater Above 3,600 OFF • Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load ON CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005284621 Specification data are reference values. monitor item HO2S2 HTR (B1) Condition Specification • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. ON • Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name INFOID:0000000005284622 DTC detecting condition Possible cause P0037 0037 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater control circuit low The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Harness or connectors (Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is open or shorted.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater P0038 0038 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater control circuit high The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Harness or connectors (Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is shorted.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284623 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 11 V at idle. WITH CONSULT-III Revision: January 2010 EC-174 2010 Sentra DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. A 2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. EC 5. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 6. Check 1st trip DTC. 7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-177, "Diagnosis Procedure". C WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-175 2010 Sentra DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005284624 AABWA0277GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-176 2010 Sentra DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. 5 WIRE COLOR B/W ITEM Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater CONDITION [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 10 V 50 59 G B/Y Heated oxygen sensor 2 Sensor ground (Heated oxygen sensor 2) [Engine is running] • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed EC C D PBIA8148J [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm. A BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 0 - Approximately 1.0 V E F G H Approximately 0 V I : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284625 J 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. K L M N BBIA0760E 2.CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. O Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector (2). : Vehicle front Heated oxygen sensor 2 (1) Turn ignition switch ON. P BBIA0751E Revision: January 2010 EC-177 2010 Sentra DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check voltage between HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. MBIB0186E 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • 10 A fuse • Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 5 and HO2S2 terminal 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E17, F10 • Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER Refer to EC-178, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284626 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER Revision: January 2010 EC-178 2010 Sentra DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as follows. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A Terminal No. Resistance 2 and 3 3.4 - 4.4 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] 1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω (Continuity should not exist) 4 and 1, 2, 3 EC 2. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. C D E F G PBIB3310E Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284627 H HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Refer to EM-23. I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-179 2010 Sentra DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Component Description INFOID:0000000005284628 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM. The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit or stops oil flow. The longer pulse width advances valve angle. The shorter pulse width retards valve angle. When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control position. PBIB1842E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005284629 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item INT/V SOL (B1) Condition • Engine: After warming up • Air conditioner switch: OFF • Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • No load Idle P0075 0075 Approx. 0% - 90% INFOID:0000000005284630 Trouble diagnosis name Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit 0% - 2% When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. Specification DTC detecting condition An improper voltage is sent to the ECM through intake valve timing control solenoid valve. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • Harness or connectors (Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.) • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve INFOID:0000000005284631 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. 1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-182, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-180 2010 Sentra DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005284632 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O AABWA0276GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-181 2010 Sentra P DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. 32 WIRE COLOR R/G ITEM ECM relay (Self shut-off) CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF 0 - 1.0 V [Ignition switch: OFF] • More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 7 - 10 V 73 Y/R Intake valve timing control solenoid valve [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly JMBIA1638GB 105 G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284633 1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve (1) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. PBIB3323E 4. Check voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2. SEF212S 2.DETECT MALFUNCTION PART Check the following. Revision: January 2010 EC-182 2010 Sentra DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Harness connectors E17, F10 • Harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R A >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN EC AND SHORT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 73 and intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. C D Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. E F 4.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EC-183, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. G 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H Refer to EC-152. I >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284634 J INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1. 2. 3. 4. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve as follows. Terminal Resistance 1 and 2 6.7 - 7.7 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)] 1 or 2 and ground ∞Ω (Continuity should not exist.) L M If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. If OK, go to next step. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Provide 12 V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals and then interrupt it. Make sure that the plunger moves as shown in the figure. CAUTION: Do not apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more. Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve timing control solenoid valve. If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. NOTE: Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control solenoid valve is removed. Revision: January 2010 K EC-183 N PBIB0574E O P PBIB2388E 2010 Sentra DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284635 INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EM-40. Revision: January 2010 EC-184 2010 Sentra DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR A Component Description INFOID:0000000005284636 The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater the heat loss. Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change. EC C D PBIA9559J CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005284637 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item F Condition Specification G MAS A/F SE-B1 • See EC-144. Engine: After warming up Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Idle 10% - 35% CAL/LD VALUE • • • • 2,500 rpm 10% - 35% • • • • Engine: After warming up Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Idle 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/s MASS AIRFLOW 2,500 rpm 4.0 - 10.0 g·m/s On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. INFOID:0000000005284638 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition A) P0101 0101 B) Possible cause A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM under light load driving condition. • Harness or connectors (Mass air flow sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Mass air flow sensor • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Intake air temperature sensor A low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM under heavy load driving condition. • Harness or connectors (Mass air flow sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Intake air leaks • Mass air flow sensor • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Intake air temperature sensor Mass air flow sensor circuit range/performance DTC Confirmation Procedure H I J K L M N O INFOID:0000000005284639 Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A NOTE: Revision: January 2010 E EC-185 2010 Sentra P DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > If engine will not start or stops soon, wait at least 10 seconds with engine stopped (Ignition switch ON) instead of running engine at idle speed. 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Run engine for at least 10 seconds at idle speed. 3. Check 1st trip DTC. 4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-189, "Diagnosis Procedure". PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. WITH CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. If engine cannot be started, go to EC-189, "Diagnosis Procedure". Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check the voltage of “MAS A/F SE-B1” with “DATA MONITOR”. Increases engine speed to about 4,000 rpm. Monitor the linear voltage rise in response to engine speed increases. If NG, go to EC-189, "Diagnosis Procedure". If OK, go to following step. PBIB3457E 7. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds. ENG SPEED More than 2,000 rpm TP SEN 1-B1 More than 1.5 V TP SEN 2-B1 More than 1.5 V Shift lever Suitable position Driving location Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test. 8. 9. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-189, "Diagnosis Procedure". Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000005284640 PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B Use this procedure to check the overall function of the mass air flow sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st DTC might not be confirmed. WITH GST 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Revision: January 2010 EC-186 2010 Sentra DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Select Service $01 with GST. 3. Check the mass air flow sensor signal with Service $01. 4. Check for linear mass air flow sensor signal value rise in response to increases to about 4,000 rpm in engine speed. 5. If NG, go to EC-189, "Diagnosis Procedure". [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A EC C SEF534P D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-187 2010 Sentra DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005284641 AABWA0281GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-188 2010 Sentra DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 32 45 A WIRE COLOR R/G V 52 B/W 105 G ITEM ECM relay (Self shut-off) Mass air flow sensor CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) EC [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF 0 - 1.0 V [Ignition switch: OFF] • More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) C D [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed 0.9 - 1.2 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,500 rpm 1.5 - 1.8 V E F Sensor ground (Mass air flow sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284642 1.INSPECTION START Which malfunction (A or B) is duplicated? A or B A >> GO TO 3. B >> GO TO 2. G H I J 2.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK Check the following for connections. • Air duct • Vacuum hoses • Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Reconnect the parts. K L 3.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS M 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. N O P 4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 EC-189 BBIA0760E 2010 Sentra DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor (1) harness connector. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] BBIA0752E 3. Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. PBIB1168E 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E17, F10 • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and IPDM E/R • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 52. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 45. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short or short to power in harness or connectors. 8.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-221, "Component Inspection". OK or NG Revision: January 2010 EC-190 2010 Sentra DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace mas air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). 9.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-375, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. A EC C 10.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR Refer to EC-191, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor. D 11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT E Perform EC-152. F >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284643 G MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR H WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication under the following conditions. Condition Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) J MAS A/F SE-B1 (V) Approx 0.4 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.9 - 1.2 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.5 - 1.8 Idle to about 4,000 rpm I K L 0.9 - 1.2 to 2.4* *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm. 5. a. b. 6. 7. 8. 9. M If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following. • Crushed air ducts • Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element • Uneven dirt of air cleaner element • Improper specification of intake air system parts If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 to 4 again. If OK, go to next step. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. Perform step 2 to 4 again. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor. N O P WITHOUT CONSULT-III 1. 2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Revision: January 2010 EC-191 2010 Sentra DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 45 (Mass air flow sensor signal) and ground. Condition Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Voltage (V) Approx 0.4 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.9 - 1.2 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.5 - 1.8 Idle to about 4,000 rpm [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] 0.9 - 1.2 to 2.4* PBIA9564J *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm. 4. a. b. 5. 6. 7. 8. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following. • Crushed air ducts • Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element • Uneven dirt of air cleaner element • Improper specification of intake air system parts If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 and 3 again. If OK, go to next step. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. Perform step 2 and 3 again. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor. Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284644 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR Refer to EM-16. Revision: January 2010 EC-192 2010 Sentra DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR A Component Description INFOID:0000000005284645 The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater the heat loss. Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change. EC C D PBIA9559J CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005284646 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item F Condition Specification G MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-144. Idle 10% - 35% CAL/LD VALUE • Engine: After warming up • Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • Air conditioner switch: OFF • No load 2,500 rpm 10% - 35% Idle 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/s MASS AIRFLOW • Engine: After warming up • Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • Air conditioner switch: OFF • No load 2,500 rpm 4.0 - 10.0 g·m/s K DTC detecting condition Possible cause P0102 0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (Mass air flow sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Intake air leaks • Mass air flow sensor P0103 0103 Mass air flow sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (Mass air flow sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Mass air flow sensor FAIL-SAFE MODE Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode INFOID:0000000005284648 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. Revision: January 2010 EC-193 M N P Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut. DTC Confirmation Procedure L O When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. Detected items I INFOID:0000000005284647 These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic. Trouble diagnosis name H J On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. E 2010 Sentra DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102 1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check DTC. 3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-196, "Diagnosis Procedure". [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. Check DTC. If DTC is detected, go to EC-196, "Diagnosis Procedure". If DTC is not detected, go to next step. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds Check DTC. If DTC is detected, go to EC-196, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-194 2010 Sentra DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005284649 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O AABWA0281GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-195 2010 Sentra P DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 32 45 WIRE COLOR R/G V ITEM ECM relay (Self shut-off) Mass air flow sensor CONDITION [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF [Ignition switch: OFF] • More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF DATA (DC Voltage) 0 - 1.0 V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed 0.9 - 1.2 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,500 rpm 1.5 - 1.8 V 52 B/W Sensor ground (Mass air flow sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V 105 G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284650 1.INSPECTION START Which malfunction (P0102 or P0103) is duplicated? P0102 or P0103 P0102 >> GO TO 2. P0103 >> GO TO 3. 2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM Check the following for connection. • Air duct • Vacuum hoses • Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Reconnect the parts. 3.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 EC-196 BBIA0760E 2010 Sentra DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor (1) harness connector. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A EC C BBIA0752E D 3. Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. E Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. F G PBIB1168E 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H Check the following. • Harness connectors E17, F10 • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and IPDM E/R I >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J 6.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 52. Refer to Wiring Diagram. K L Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M 7.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. N Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 45. Refer to Wiring Diagram. O Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. P 8.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR Refer to EC-198, "Component Inspection". OK or NG Revision: January 2010 EC-197 2010 Sentra DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor. 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284651 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication under the following conditions. Condition MAS A/F SE-B1 (V) Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx 0.4 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.9 - 1.2 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.5 - 1.8 Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.2 to 2.4* *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm. 5. a. b. 6. 7. 8. 9. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following. • Crushed air ducts • Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element • Uneven dirt of air cleaner element • Improper specification of intake air system parts If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 to 4 again. If OK, go to next step. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. Perform step 2 to 4 again. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor. WITHOUT CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check voltage between ECM terminal 45 (Mass air flow sensor signal) and ground. Condition Voltage (V) Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx 0.4 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.9 - 1.2 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.5 - 1.8 Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.2 to 2.4* PBIA9564J *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm. Revision: January 2010 EC-198 2010 Sentra DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following. A a. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following. • Crushed air ducts • Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element • Uneven dirt of air cleaner element EC • Improper specification of intake air system parts b. If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 and 3 again. If OK, go to next step. C 5. Turn ignition switch OFF. 6. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. 7. Perform step 2 and 3 again. D 8. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor. Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284652 E MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR Refer to EM-16. F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-199 2010 Sentra DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005284653 The intake air temperature sensor is built-into mass air flow sensor (1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ECM. The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise. PBIA9559J Intake air temperature °C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) 25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200 80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359 *: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 46 (Intake air temperature sensor) and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. SEF012P On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name INFOID:0000000005284654 DTC detecting condition P0112 0112 Intake air temperature sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. P0113 0113 Intake air temperature sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • Harness or connectors (Intake air temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Intake air temperature sensor INFOID:0000000005284655 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-201, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-200 2010 Sentra DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005284656 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O BBWA2875E Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284657 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: January 2010 EC-201 2010 Sentra P DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] BBIA0760E 2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) (1) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. BBIA0752E 3. Check voltage between mass air flow sensor terminal 5 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. PBIB1169E Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor terminal 6 and ECM terminal 55. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-203, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. Revision: January 2010 EC-202 2010 Sentra DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > >> INSPECTION END A Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284658 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. 2. EC Check resistance between mass air flow sensor (1) terminals 5 and 6 under the following conditions. Intake air temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ) 25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200 C D If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). E PBIA9559J F G H SEF012P Removal and Installation I INFOID:0000000005284659 J MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR Refer to EM-16. K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-203 2010 Sentra DTC P0116 ECT SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0116 ECT SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005284660 The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases. SEF594K Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) –10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4 20 (68) 3.5 2.37 - 2.63 50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260 *: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 38 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground. SEF012P CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284661 NOTE: If DTC P0116 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117, P0118. Refer to EC-207. DTC No. P0116 0116 Trouble diagnosis name Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit range/ performance DTC detecting condition Engine coolant temperature signal from engine coolant temperature sensor does not fluctuate, even when some time has passed after starting the engine with pre-warming up condition. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • Harness or connectors (High or low resistance in the circuit) • Engine coolant temperature sensor INFOID:0000000005284662 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, do not add fuel. 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm for more than10 minutes. 3. Move the vehicle to a cool place, then stop engine and turn ignition switch OFF. 4. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminals 4 and 5. 5. Soak the vehicle until the resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminals 4 and 5 becomes 0.5 kΩ higher than the value measured before soaking. CAUTION: Never turn ignition switch ON during soaking time. Revision: January 2010 EC-204 2010 Sentra DTC P0116 ECT SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > NOTE: Soak time changes depending on ambient air temperature. It may take several hours. A 6. Start engine and let it idle for 20 minutes. 7. Check 1st trip DTC. EC 8. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-205, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284663 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS C 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR D E F BBIA0760E Refer to EC-205, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. G H I 3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. Refer to EC-209, "Wiring Diagram". J >> INSPECTION END K Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284664 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. L Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure. M N O PBIB2005E P Revision: January 2010 EC-205 2010 Sentra DTC P0116 ECT SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Temperature [°C (°F)] 2. Resistance (kΩ) 20 (68) 2.37 - 2.63 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor. SEF012P Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284665 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EM-65. Revision: January 2010 EC-206 2010 Sentra DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR A Component Description INFOID:0000000005284666 The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases. EC C D SEF594K E F Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) –10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4 20 (68) 3.5 2.37 - 2.63 50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260 G H *: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 38 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground. SEF012P CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. J On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284667 These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic. DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name I DTC Detecting Condition P0117 0117 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. P0118 0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. K Possible Cause L • Harness or connectors (Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Engine coolant temperature sensor FAIL-SAFE MODE M N When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. O P Revision: January 2010 EC-207 2010 Sentra DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following condition. CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM. Condition Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit Engine coolant temperature decided (CONSULT-III display) Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F) Approx 4 minutes or more after engine starting. 80°C (176°F) 40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F) (Depends on the time) Except as shown above When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates while engine is running. DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284668 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check DTC. 3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-209, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-208 2010 Sentra DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005284669 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O BBWA2876E Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284670 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: January 2010 EC-209 2010 Sentra P DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] 2.CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. BBIA0760E Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor (1) harness connector. : Vehicle front Turn ignition switch ON. PBIB3324E 3. Check voltage between ECT sensor terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. PBIB0080E Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 44 and ECT sensor terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-211, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. Revision: January 2010 EC-210 2010 Sentra DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > >> INSPECTION END A Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284671 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. EC Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure. C D E PBIB2005E F Temperature [°C (°F)] 2. Resistance (kΩ) 20 (68) 2.37 - 2.63 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 G If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor. H SEF012P Removal and Installation I INFOID:0000000005284672 J ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EM-65. K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-211 2010 Sentra DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005284673 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition. PBIB0145E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005284674 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item TP SEN 1-B1 TP SEN 2-B1* Condition • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) Specification Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V *: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284675 These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic. NOTE: If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-424. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause P0122 0122 DTC No. Throttle position sensor 2 circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. P0123 0123 Throttle position sensor 2 circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.) • Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 2) FAIL-SAFE MODE When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor. DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284676 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle. 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. 3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-214, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-212 2010 Sentra DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005284677 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0145GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-213 2010 Sentra P DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 33 34 WIRE COLOR G W ITEM Throttle position sensor 1 Throttle position sensor 2 CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully released Less than 4.75 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 0.36 V 36 B Sensor ground (Throttle position sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V 72 R Sensor power supply (Throttle position sensor) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284678 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. BBIA0760E Disconnect electric throttle control actuator (1) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. BBIA0753E Revision: January 2010 EC-214 2010 Sentra DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A Voltage: Approximately 5 V EC OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. C PBIB3311E 3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. D Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 4 and ECM terminal 36. Refer to Wiring Diagram. F Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G 4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. E H Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 34 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram. I Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J 5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR K Refer to EC-215, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6. L 6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR M 1. 2. 3. N Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". >> INSPECTION END O 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. P >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284679 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Revision: January 2010 EC-215 2010 Sentra DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Set shift lever to D position (CVT) or 1st position (M/T). 5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 33 (TP sensor 1 signal), 34 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions. Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage 33 (Throttle position sensor 1) Fully released More than 0.36 V Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V 34 (Throttle position sensor 2) Fully released Less than 4.75 V Fully depressed More than 0.36 V 6. 7. 8. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next step. Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Removal and Installation PBIB3038E INFOID:0000000005284680 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR Refer to EM-18. Revision: January 2010 EC-216 2010 Sentra DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR A Component Description INFOID:0000000005284681 The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases. EC C D SEF594K E F Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) –10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4 20 (68) 3.5 2.37 - 2.63 50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260 G H *: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 38 (engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground. SEF012P CAUTION: Do not use ecm ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. I J On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284682 NOTE: • If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117 or P0118. Refer to EC-207. • If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0116, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0116. Refer to EC-204. K L DTC No. P0125 0125 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Insufficient engine coolant temperature for closed loop fuel control • Voltage sent to ECM from the sensor is not practical, even when some time has passed after starting the engine. • Engine coolant temperature is insufficient for closed loop fuel control. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • Harness or connectors (High resistance in the circuit) • Engine coolant temperature sensor • Thermostat N INFOID:0000000005284683 CAUTION: Be careful not to overheat engine. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above −4°C (25°F). If it is above −4°C (25°F), the test result will be OK. Revision: January 2010 M EC-217 2010 Sentra O P DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > If it is below −4°C (25°F), go to following step. 4. Start engine and run it for 65 minutes at idle speed. If “COOLAN TEMP/S” increases to more than −4°C (25°F) within 65 minutes, stop engine because the test result will be OK. 5. Check 1st trip DTC. 6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-218, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284684 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR BBIA0760E Refer to EC-218, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. 3.CHECK THERMOSTAT OPERATION When the engine is cold [lower than 70°C (158°F)] condition, grasp lower radiator hose and confirm the engine coolant does not flow. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace thermostat. Refer to CO-21. 4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. Refer to EC-209, "Wiring Diagram". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284685 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Revision: January 2010 EC-218 2010 Sentra DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A EC C PBIB2005E D Temperature [°C (°F)] 2. Resistance (kΩ) 20 (68) 2.37 - 2.63 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 E F If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor. G SEF012P Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284686 H ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EM-65. I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-219 2010 Sentra DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005284687 The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor (1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ECM. The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise. PBIA9559J Intake air temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) 25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200 80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359 *: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 46 (Intake air temperature sensor) and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. P0127 0127 INFOID:0000000005284688 Trouble diagnosis name Intake air temperature too high SEF012P DTC detecting condition Possible cause Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signal from engine coolant temperature sensor. • Harness or connectors (Intake temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Intake air temperature sensor DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284689 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. WITH CONSULT-III 1. a. b. c. d. Wait until engine coolant temperature is less than 96°C (205°F) Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check the engine coolant temperature. If the engine coolant temperature is not less than 96°C (205°F), turn ignition switch OFF and cool down engine. • Perform the following steps before engine coolant temperature is above 96°C (205°F). Revision: January 2010 EC-220 2010 Sentra DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Turn ignition switch ON. A 3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 4. Start engine. 5. Hold vehicle speed at more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 100 consecutive seconds. EC 6. Check 1st trip DTC. 7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-221, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST C Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284690 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. D E F G H 2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR BBIA0760E I Refer to EC-221, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). J 3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. Refer to EC-201, "Wiring Diagram". K >> INSPECTION END L Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284691 M INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. 2. Check resistance between intake air temperature sensor (1) terminals 5 and 6 under the following conditions. Intake air temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ) 25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200 N O If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). P PBIA9559J Revision: January 2010 EC-221 2010 Sentra DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SEF012P Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284692 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR Refer to EM-16. Revision: January 2010 EC-222 2010 Sentra DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION On Board Diagnosis Logic A INFOID:0000000005284693 NOTE: EC If DTC P0128 is displayed with DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 or P0304, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304. Refer to EC-307, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". Engine coolant temperature has not risen enough to open the thermostat even though the engine has run long C enough. This is due to a leak in the seal or the thermostat stuck open. DTC No. P0128 0128 Trouble diagnosis name Thermostat function DTC detecting condition The engine coolant temperature does not reach to specified temperature even though the engine has run long enough. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause D • Thermostat • Leakage from sealing portion of thermostat • Engine coolant temperature sensor E INFOID:0000000005284694 F WITH CONSULT-III CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: • For best results, perform at ambient temperature of –10°C (14°F) or higher. • For best results, perform at engine coolant temperature of –10°C (14°F) to 52°C (126°F). • Before performing the following procedure, do not fill with the fuel. 1. Turn A/C switch OFF. 2. Turn blower fan switch OFF. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 5. Check the indication of “COOLAN TEMP/S”. If it is below 52°C (126°F), go to following step. If it is above 52°C (126°F), cool down the engine to less than 52°C (126°F). Then go to next steps. 6. Start engine. 7. Drive vehicle for 10 consecutive minutes under the following conditions. VHCL SPEED SE 8. 9. More than 56 km/h (35 MPH) If “COOLAN TEMP/S” increases to more than 71°C (160°F) within 10 minutes, turn ignition switch OFF because the test result will be OK. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-223, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST H I J K L M N O Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284695 1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR P Refer to EC-211, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. 2.CHECK THERMOSTAT Revision: January 2010 G EC-223 2010 Sentra DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Refer to CO-22, "Removal and Installation". OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Replace thermostat. Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284696 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to CO-21. Revision: January 2010 EC-224 2010 Sentra DTC P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 A Component Description INFOID:0000000005284697 The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich. Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C (1,472°F). EC C D PBIB3353E E F G H PBIB3354E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005284698 I Specification data are reference values. Monitor item A/F SEN1 (B1) Condition • Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm On Board Diagnosis Logic Specification Fluctuates around 2.2 V K INFOID:0000000005284699 To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/ F) sensor 1 signal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control. DTC No. P0130 0130 Trouble diagnosis name Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit DTC detecting condition A) The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly in the range other than approx. 2.2 V. B) The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 2.2 V. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible Cause • Harness or connectors [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.] • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 INFOID:0000000005284700 Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A WITH CONSULT-III Revision: January 2010 J EC-225 2010 Sentra L M N O P DTC P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Let engine idle for 2 minutes. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. 5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-228, "Diagnosis Procedure". [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] WITH GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. WITH CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication. If the indication is constantly approx. 2.2 V and does not fluctuates, go to EC-228, "Diagnosis Procedure". If the indication fluctuates around 2.2 V, go to next step. 4. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276 ” (for P0130) of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. 5. Touch “START”. 6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. 1. 2. 3. ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 MPH) B/FUEL SCHDL 1.0 - 8.0 msec Shift lever D position (CVT) 5th position (M/T) 7. 8. 9. If “TESTING” is not displayed after 20 seconds, retry from step 2. Release accelerator pedal fully. NOTE: Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal. Make sure that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, retry from step 6. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS”. If “NG” is displayed, go to EC-228, "Diagnosis Procedure". Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000005284701 PROCEDURE MALFUNCTION B Use this procedure to check the overall function of the A/F sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. WITH GST Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in the suitable gear position. Set shift lever to D position (CVT) or 5th position (M/T), then release the accelerator pedal fully until the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (31 MPH). NOTE: Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF. Wait at least 10 seconds and restart engine. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times. Stop the vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle. Make sure that no 1st trip DTC is displayed. If 1st trip DTC is displayed, go to EC-228, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-226 2010 Sentra DTC P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005284702 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0146GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-227 2010 Sentra P DTC P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V 8 BR/W A/F sensor 1 heater [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) PBIA8148J 49 L/R A/F sensor 1 [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 53 L/G A/F sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. Approximately 2.2 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284703 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. BBIA0760E Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector (1). Turn ignition switch ON. BBIA0764E Revision: January 2010 EC-228 2010 Sentra DTC P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A Voltage: Battery voltage EC OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. C PBIB3308E 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART D Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • 10 A fuse • Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse E F >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. G Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram. H A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal 1 49 2 53 I Continuity should exist. 4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 49, 53 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. J K Continuity should not exist. 5. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT M Perform EC-152. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair or replace. N 6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 O Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-229 2010 Sentra P DTC P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284704 AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR Refer to EM-23. Revision: January 2010 EC-230 2010 Sentra DTC P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 A Component Description INFOID:0000000005284705 The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich. Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C (1,472°F). EC C D PBIB3353E E F G H PBIB3354E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005284706 I Specification data are reference values. Monitor item A/F SEN1 (B1) Condition • Engine: After warming up Specification Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm On Board Diagnosis Logic Fluctuates around 2.2 V K INFOID:0000000005284707 To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/ F) sensor 1 signal is not inordinately low. DTC No. P0131 0131 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit low voltage The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 0 V. • Harness or connectors [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is open or shorted.] • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284708 WITH CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication. If the indication is constantly approx. 0 V, go to EC-234, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-231 L M NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle. 1. 2. 3. J 2010 Sentra N O P DTC P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > If the indication is not constantly approx. 0 V, go to next step. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine. 5. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine. 6. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds. ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 MPH) B/FUEL SCHDL 1.5 - 9.0 msec Shift lever Suitable position 7. 8. NOTE: • Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising. • If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 4, return to step 4. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is displayed, go to EC-234, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. Revision: January 2010 EC-232 2010 Sentra DTC P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005284709 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0146GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-233 2010 Sentra P DTC P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V 8 BR/W A/F sensor 1 heater [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) PBIA8148J 49 L/R A/F sensor 1 [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 53 L/G A/F sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. Approximately 2.2 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284710 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. BBIA0760E Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector (1). Turn ignition switch ON. BBIA0764E Revision: January 2010 EC-234 2010 Sentra DTC P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A Voltage: Battery voltage EC OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. C PBIB3308E 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART D Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • 10 A fuse • Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse E F >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. G Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram. H A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal 1 49 2 53 I Continuity should exist. 4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 49, 53 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. J K Continuity should not exist. 5. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT M Perform EC-152. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair or replace. N 6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 O Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-235 2010 Sentra P DTC P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284711 AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR Refer to EM-23. Revision: January 2010 EC-236 2010 Sentra DTC P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 A Component Description INFOID:0000000005284712 The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich. Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C (1,472°F). EC C D PBIB3353E E F G H PBIB3354E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005284713 I Specification data are reference values. Monitor item A/F SEN1 (B1) Condition • Engine: After warming up Specification Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm On Board Diagnosis Logic Fluctuates around 2.2 V K INFOID:0000000005284714 To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/ F) sensor 1 signal is not inordinately high. DTC No. P0132 0132 Trouble diagnosis name Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit high voltage DTC detecting condition The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 5 V. Possible Cause INFOID:0000000005284715 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle. WITH CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication. If the indication is constantly approx. 5 V, go to EC-240, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-237 L M • Harness or connectors [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is open or shorted.] • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 DTC Confirmation Procedure 1. 2. 3. J 2010 Sentra N O P DTC P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > If the indication is not constantly approx. 5 V, go to next step. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine. 5. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine. 6. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds. ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 MPH) B/FUEL SCHDL 1.5 - 9.0 msec Shift lever Suitable position 7. 8. NOTE: • Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising. • If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 4, return to step 4. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is displayed, go to EC-240, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. Revision: January 2010 EC-238 2010 Sentra DTC P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005284716 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0146GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-239 2010 Sentra P DTC P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V 8 BR/W A/F sensor 1 heater [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) PBIA8148J 49 L/R A/F sensor 1 [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 53 L/G A/F sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. Approximately 2.2 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284717 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. BBIA0760E Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector (1). Turn ignition switch ON. BBIA0764E Revision: January 2010 EC-240 2010 Sentra DTC P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A Voltage: Battery voltage EC OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. C PBIB3308E 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART D Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • 10 A fuse • Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse E F >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. G Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram. H A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal 1 49 2 53 I Continuity should exist. 4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 49, 53 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. J K Continuity should not exist. 5. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT M Perform EC-152. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair or replace. N 6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 O Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-241 2010 Sentra P DTC P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284718 AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR Refer to EM-23. Revision: January 2010 EC-242 2010 Sentra DTC P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 A Component Description INFOID:0000000005284719 The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich. Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C (1,472°F). EC C D PBIB3353E E F G H PBIB3354E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005284720 I Specification data are reference values. Monitor item A/F SEN1 (B1) Condition • Engine: After warming up Specification Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm On Board Diagnosis Logic Fluctuates around 2.2 V K INFOID:0000000005284721 To judge the malfunction of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback control constant, and the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 temperature index. Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (the A/F sensor 1 signal cycling time index) is inordinately long or not. DTC No. P0133 0133 Trouble diagnosis name Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit slow response DTC detecting condition Possible Cause The response of the A/F signal computed by ECM from A/F sensor 1 signal takes more than the specified time. • Harness or connectors [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is open or shorted.] • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor heater 1 • Fuel pressure • Fuel injector • Intake air leaks • Exhaust gas leaks • PCV valve • Mass air flow sensor DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284722 EC-243 L M N NOTE: Revision: January 2010 J 2010 Sentra O P DTC P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Select “A/F SEN1(B1) P1278/P1279” (for DTC P0133) of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. 6. Touch “START”. If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-III screen, go to step 10. If “COMPLETED” does not appear on CONSULT-III screen, go to the following step. 7. After perform the following procedure, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. a. Increase the engine speed up to 4,000 to 5,000 rpm and keep it for 10 seconds. b. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 10 seconds. If “TESTING” is not displayed after 10 seconds, refer to EC-144. 8. Wait for about 20 seconds at idle under the condition that “TESTING” is displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. 9. Make sure that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, refer to EC-144. 10. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS”. If “NG” is displayed, go to EC-246, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select Service $01 with GST. Calculate the total value of “Short term fuel trim” and “Long term fuel trim” indications. Make sure that the total percentage should be within ±15%. If OK, go to the following step. If NG, check the following. • Intake air leaks • Exhaust gas leaks • Incorrect fuel pressure • Lack of fuel • Fuel injector • Incorrect PCV hose connection • PCV valve • Mass air flow sensor Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Increase the engine speed up to 4,000 to 5,000 rpm and keep it for 10 seconds. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 1 minute. Select Service $07 with GST. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-246, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-244 2010 Sentra DTC P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005284723 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0146GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-245 2010 Sentra P DTC P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V 8 BR/W A/F sensor 1 heater [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) PBIA8148J 49 L/R A/F sensor 1 [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 53 L/G A/F sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. Approximately 2.2 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284724 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten engine screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. BBIA0760E 2.RETIGHTEN AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 Loosen and retighten the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-24, "Removal and Installation". >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK 1. 2. Start engine and run it at idle. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold). PBIB1216E OK or NG Revision: January 2010 EC-246 2010 Sentra DTC P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace. A 4.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace. EC C 5.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA 1. 2. 3. 4. With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR” or “START”. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. 4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. 5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed. 6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". 7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed. 8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? Yes or No Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0172. Refer to EC-275or EC-281. No >> GO TO 6. D E 1. 2. 3. F G H I BBIA0752E J 6.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT K 1. 2. 3. L Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector (1). Turn ignition switch ON. M N BBIA0764E O P Revision: January 2010 EC-247 2010 Sentra DTC P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 7. PBIB3308E 7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F3 • 10 A fuse • Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 8.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram. A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal 1 49 2 53 Continuity should exist. 4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 49, 53 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should not exist. 5. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 9.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER Refer to EC-172, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 13. 10.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR Refer to EC-191, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor. 11.CHECK PCV VALVE Refer to EC-58, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> Repair or replace PCV valve. Revision: January 2010 EC-248 2010 Sentra DTC P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A Perform EC-152. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> Repair or replace. EC 13.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. C D E >> INSPECTION END Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284725 F AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR Refer to EM-23. G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-249 2010 Sentra DTC P0137 HO2S2 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0137 HO2S2 Component Description INFOID:0000000005284726 The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold), monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 are shifted, the air/fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2. This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner conditions. Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation. SEF327R CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005284727 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item HO2S2 (B1) HO2S2 MNTR (B1) Condition Specification • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load 0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0 V On Board Diagnosis Logic LEAN ←→ RICH INFOID:0000000005284728 The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor is sufficiently high during the various driving condition such as fuel-cut. JMBIA2105GB DTC No. P0137 0137 Trouble diagnosis name Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit low voltage DTC detecting condition Possible cause The maximum voltage from the sensor is not reached to the specified voltage. • Harness or connectors (Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit open or shorted.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 • Fuel pressure • Fuel injector • Intake air leaks DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284729 NOTE: If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. WITH CONSULT-III TESTING CONDITION: For the best results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F). Revision: January 2010 EC-250 2010 Sentra DTC P0137 HO2S2 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. A 2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. EC 5. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F). If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F). C 7. Open engine hood. 8. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1147” (for DTC P0137) of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. D 9. Following the instruction of CONSULT-III. NOTE: It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed. E 10. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-253, "Diagnosis Procedure". If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following. F a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). b. Return to step 1. Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000005284730 Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. WITH GST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle 1 minute. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times. (Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.) The voltage should be above 0.72 V at least once during this procedure. If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not necessary. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position (CVT) or 3rd gear position (M/T). The voltage should be above 0.72 V at least once during PBIB2996E this procedure. If NG, go to EC-253, "Diagnosis Procedure". G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-251 2010 Sentra DTC P0137 HO2S2 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005284731 AABWA0278GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-252 2010 Sentra DTC P0137 HO2S2 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. 5 WIRE COLOR B/W ITEM Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater CONDITION [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. DATA (DC Voltage) A EC Approximately 10 V C D PBIA8148J [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm. 50 59 G B/Y Heated oxygen sensor 2 Sensor ground (Heated oxygen sensor 2) [Engine is running] • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) E F 0 - Approximately 1.0 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed G H Approximately 0 V I : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284732 J 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. K L M N BBIA0760E 2.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA O With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. 1. 2. 3. 4. Revision: January 2010 EC-253 P 2010 Sentra DTC P0137 HO2S2 < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. 4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. 5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed. 6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". 7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed. 8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? Yes or No Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-275. No >> GO TO 3. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] BBIA0752E 3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector (2). : Vehicle front Heated oxygen sensor 2 (1) Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 59 and HO2S2 terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. BBIA0751E 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open circuit or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM. >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 and HO2S2 terminal 4. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 or HO2S2 terminal 4 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should not exist. 3. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6. 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open circuit or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM. >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM. Revision: January 2010 EC-254 2010 Sentra DTC P0137 HO2S2 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 7.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 A Refer to EC-255, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. EC 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT C Refer to EC-152. >> INSPECTION END D Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284733 E HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-III. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%. F G H I J JMBIA2106GB “HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.72 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. “HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. K L M WITHOUT CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground. N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-255 2010 Sentra DTC P0137 HO2S2 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times. (Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.) The voltage should be above 0.72 V and below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure. If the voltage can be confirmed at step 6, step 7 is not necessary. 7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position (CVT) or 3rd gear position (M/T). The voltage should be above 0.72 V and below 0.18 V at PBIB2996E least once during this procedure. 8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284734 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Refer to EM-23. Revision: January 2010 EC-256 2010 Sentra DTC P0138 HO2S2 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0138 HO2S2 A Component Description INFOID:0000000005284735 The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold), monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 are shifted, the air/fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2. This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner conditions. Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation. EC C D SEF327R CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005284736 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item HO2S2 (B1) HO2S2 MNTR (B1) E F Condition Specification • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load 0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0 V On Board Diagnosis Logic G LEAN ←→ RICH H INFOID:0000000005284737 The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/ F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the longer switching time. I J MALFUNCTION A To judge the malfunctions of rear heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during the various driving condition such as fuel-cut. K L M PBIB2266E MALFUNCTION B N To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during the various driving condition such as fuel-cut. O P PBIB2376E Revision: January 2010 EC-257 2010 Sentra DTC P0138 HO2S2 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition A) P0138 0138 An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 The minimum voltage from the sensor is not reached to the specified voltage. • Harness or connectors (Heated oxygen sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 • Fuel pressure • Fuel injector Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit high voltage B) Possible cause DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284738 Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 2 minutes. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-261, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B WITH CONSULT-III TESTING CONDITION: For the best results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F). 1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR ” mode with CONSULT-III 2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 5. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F). If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F). 7. Open engine hood. 8. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1146” (for DTC P0138) of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. 9. Following the instruction of CONSULT-III. NOTE: It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed. 10. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-261, "Diagnosis Procedure". If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following. a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). b. Return to step 1. Revision: January 2010 EC-258 2010 Sentra DTC P0138 HO2S2 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000005284739 A PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st EC trip DTC might not be confirmed. WITH GST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle 1 minute. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times. (Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.) The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure. If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not necessary. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position (CVT) or 3rd gear position (M/T). The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this PBIB2996E procedure. If NG, go to EC-261, "Diagnosis Procedure". C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-259 2010 Sentra DTC P0138 HO2S2 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005284740 AABWA0278GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-260 2010 Sentra DTC P0138 HO2S2 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. 5 WIRE COLOR B/W ITEM Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater CONDITION [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. DATA (DC Voltage) A EC Approximately 10 V C D PBIA8148J [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm. 50 59 G B/Y Heated oxygen sensor 2 Sensor ground (Heated oxygen sensor 2) [Engine is running] • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) E F 0 - Approximately 1.0 V G H Approximately 0 V I : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284741 J PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS K 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten engine screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. L M N 2.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT BBIA0760E O P Revision: January 2010 EC-261 2010 Sentra DTC P0138 HO2S2 < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector (2). : Vehicle front Heated oxygen sensor 2 (1) 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 59 and HO2S2 terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. BBIA0751E 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open circuit or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM. >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 and HO2S2 terminal 4. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 or HO2S2 terminal 4 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should not exist. 3. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open circuit or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM. >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER Check connectors for water. Water should not exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 7.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Refer to EC-264, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Revision: January 2010 EC-262 2010 Sentra DTC P0138 HO2S2 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Refer to EC-152. A >> INSPECTION END PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B EC 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten engine screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. C D E BBIA0760E 2.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. 4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. 5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed. 6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". 7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed. 8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? Yes or No Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-281. No >> GO TO 3. G 1. 2. 3. 4. H I J K L BBIA0752E Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector (2). : Vehicle front Heated oxygen sensor 2 (1) Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 59 and HO2S2 terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. O P Continuity should exist. 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG Revision: January 2010 EC-263 M N 3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. F BBIA0751E 2010 Sentra DTC P0138 HO2S2 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open circuit or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM. >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 and HO2S2 terminal 4. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 or HO2S2 terminal 4 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should not exist. 3. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6. 6.CHECK MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open circuit or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM. >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Refer to EC-264, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284742 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-III. Revision: January 2010 EC-264 2010 Sentra DTC P0138 HO2S2 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 6. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%. A EC C JMBIA2106GB “HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.72 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. “HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. 7. 8. E F WITHOUT CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. D Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times. (Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.) The voltage should be above 0.72 V and below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure. If the voltage can be confirmed at step 6, step 7 is not necessary. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position (CVT) or 3rd gear position (M/T). The voltage should be above 0.72 V and below 0.18 V at PBIB2996E least once during this procedure. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284743 G H I J K L M N HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Refer to EM-23. O P Revision: January 2010 EC-265 2010 Sentra DTC P0139 HO2S2 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0139 HO2S2 Component Description INFOID:0000000005284744 The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold), monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 are shifted, the air/fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2. This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner conditions. Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation. SEF327R CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005284745 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item HO2S2 (B1) HO2S2 MNTR (B1) HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B1) HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B1) Condition Specification • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keep the engine speed between 3,500 rpm and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and idle for 1 minute under no load 0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0 V LEAN ←→ RICH DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is incomplete. INCMP DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is complete. CMPLT DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) is incomplete. INCMP DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) is complete. CMPLT On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284746 The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst 1 causes the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sensor's voltage is faster than specified during various driving conditions such as fuel cut. SEF302U DTC No. P0139 0139 Trouble diagnosis name Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) circuit slow response DTC detecting condition The switching time between rich and lean of a heated oxygen sensor 2 signal delays more than the specified time computed by ECM. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 • Fuel system • EVAP system • Intake air system INFOID:0000000005284747 1.INSPECTION START Do you have CONSULT-III? Revision: January 2010 EC-266 2010 Sentra DTC P0139 HO2S2 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 7. A 2.PRECONDITIONING If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F). EC C D >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F). Drive the vehicle in a proper at 60 km/h (38MPH) and maintain the speed. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. 10. Release the accelerator pedal fully at least 5 seconds. CAUTION: • Enable engine brake. • Always drive carefully. • Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal. 11. Repeat step 9 and 10 at least 8 times. 12. Check the following item of “DATA MONITOR”. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Data monitor item HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B1) HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B1) F G H I J K Status L CMPLT Is “CMPLT” displayed on CONSULT-III screen? YES >> GO TO 6. NO-1: “CMPLT” is not displayed on DIAG 1>>Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. NO-2: “CMPLT” is not displayed on DIAG 2>>GO TO 4. M 4.PERFORM DTC WORK SUPPORT N 1. 2. 3. O Open engine hood. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine and follow the instruction of CONSULT-III display. NOTE: It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed. Is “COMPLETED” displayed on CONSULT-III screen? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5. P 5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Revision: January 2010 EC-267 2010 Sentra DTC P0139 HO2S2 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > >> GO TO 3. 6.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS With CONSULT-III Perform ECM self-diagnosis. Is DTC “P0139” detected? YES >> Proceed to EC-271, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END 7.PERFORM OVERALL FUNCTION CHECK Perform overall function check. Refer to EC-268, "Overall Function Check". NOTE: Use overall function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Proceed to EC-271, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH CONSULT-III TESTING CONDITION: For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30 °C (32 to 86 °F). 1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 5. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F). If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F). 7. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. 8. Following the instruction of CONSULT-III. NOTE: It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed. 9. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-271, "Diagnosis Procedure". If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following. a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). b. Return to step 1. Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000005284748 Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. WITH GST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-268 2010 Sentra DTC P0139 HO2S2 < SERVICE INFORMATION > 6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times. (Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.) A change of voltage should be more than 0.8 V for 1 second during this procedure. If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not necessary. 7. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position (CVT) or 3rd gear position (M/T). A change of voltage should be more than 0.8 V for 1 second during this procedure. 8. If NG, go to EC-271, "Diagnosis Procedure". [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A EC C PBIB2996E D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-269 2010 Sentra DTC P0139 HO2S2 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005284749 AABWA0278GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-270 2010 Sentra DTC P0139 HO2S2 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. 5 WIRE COLOR B/W ITEM Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 10 V [Engine is running] • Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load PBIA8148J 50 59 G B/Y Heated oxygen sensor 2 Sensor ground (Heated oxygen sensor 2) EC C D [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm [Engine is running] • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. A BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 0 - Approximately 1.0 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed E F G H Approximately 0 V I : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284750 J 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. K L M N BBIA0760E 2.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA 1. 2. 3. 4. 1. 2. O With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: January 2010 EC-271 P 2010 Sentra DTC P0139 HO2S2 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. 4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. 5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed. 6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". 7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed. 8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? BBIA0752E Yes or No Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-275 or EC-281. No >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector (2). : Vehicle front Heated oxygen sensor 2 (1) Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 1 and ECM terminal 59. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. BBIA0751E 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open circuit or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM. >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 4 and ECM terminal 50. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 or HO2S2 terminal 4 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should not exist. 3. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6. 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open circuit or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM. >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Revision: January 2010 EC-272 2010 Sentra DTC P0139 HO2S2 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 7.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 A Refer to EC-273, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. EC 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT C Refer to EC-152. >> INSPECTION END D Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284751 E HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-III. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%. F G H I J JMBIA2106GB “HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.72 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. “HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. K L M WITHOUT CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground. N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-273 2010 Sentra DTC P0139 HO2S2 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times. (Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.) The voltage should be above 0.72 V and below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure. If the voltage can be confirmed at step 6, step 7 is not necessary. 7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position (CVT) or 3rd gear position (M/T). The voltage should be above 0.72 V and below 0.18 V at PBIB2996E least once during this procedure. 8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284752 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Refer to EM-23 Revision: January 2010 EC-274 2010 Sentra DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION A On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284753 With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the EC theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios. In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection C logic). Sensor Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Input Signal to ECM Density of oxygen in exhaust gas (Mixture ratio feedback signal) ECM function Fuel injection control Actuator D Fuel injector E DTC No. P0171 0171 Trouble diagnosis name Fuel injection system too lean DTC detecting condition • Fuel injection system does not operate properly. • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.) DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • • • • • • • • Intake air leaks Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Fuel injector Exhaust gas leaks Incorrect fuel pressure Lack of fuel Mass air flow sensor Incorrect PCV hose connection a. b. 6. 7. a. b. c. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”. Start engine. If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction. Perform the following procedure is advised. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. NOTE: When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much. If engine starts, go to EC-278, "Diagnosis Procedure". If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually. Keep engine at idle for at least 5 minutes. Check 1st trip DTC. The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-278, "Diagnosis Procedure". NOTE: If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. Revision: January 2010 H I J WITH CONSULT-III 4. 5. G INFOID:0000000005284754 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. 1. 2. 3. F EC-275 2010 Sentra K L M N O P DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > VHCL SPEED SE d. e. 50 – 120 km/h (31 – 75 MPH) CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-278, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector. Restart engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. 6. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected. 7. Select Service $04 with GST and erase the DTC P0102. 8. Start engine. If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction. BBIA0752E Perform the following procedure is advised. a. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. NOTE: When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much. b. If engine starts, go to EC-278, "Diagnosis Procedure". If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually. 9. Keep engine at idle for at least 5 minutes. 10. Check 1st trip DTC. The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-278, "Diagnosis Procedure". NOTE: If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised. a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. b. Start engine. c. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. VHCL SPEED SE d. e. 50 – 120 km/h (31 – 75 MPH) CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-278, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-276 2010 Sentra DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005284755 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0147GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-277 2010 Sentra P DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V 8 BR/W A/F sensor 1 heater [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) PBIA8148J BATTERY VOLTAGE [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle 25 29 30 31 R O GR L Fuel injector No. 4 Fuel injector No. 3 Fuel injector No. 2 Fuel injector No. 1 (11 - 14 V) PBIB0529E BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm PBIA4943J 49 L/R A/F sensor 1 [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 53 L/G A/F sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. Approximately 2.2 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284756 1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK 1. 2. Start engine and run it at idle. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold). PBIB1216E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace. 2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE Revision: January 2010 EC-278 2010 Sentra DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. 2. Check PCV hose connection. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A EC 3.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector (1). Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (2) Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram. A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal 1 49 2 53 C D E F BBIA0764E Continuity should exist. 5. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 49, 53 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should not exist. H 6. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. I 4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE 1. 2. G J Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check". Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check". K At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. L 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART M Check the following. • Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-556.) • Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check".) • Fuel lines (Refer to EM-36.) • Fuel filter for clogging N >> Repair or replace. O 6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Install all removed parts. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. P At idling : 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec At 2,500 rpm : 2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec With GST Revision: January 2010 EC-279 2010 Sentra DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Install all removed parts. 2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 3. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] At idling : 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec At 2,500 rpm : 2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or ground. Refer to EC-185. 7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTORS With CONSULT-III Let engine idle. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. Without CONSULT-III 1. Let engine idle. 2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound. 1. 2. 3. Clicking noise should be heard. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-551. PBIB3332E 8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle. Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Remove fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-36. Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube. The fuel injector harness connectors should remain connected. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector. Crank engine for about 3 seconds. Make sure that fuel sprays out from fuel injectors. Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injector. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace fuel injectors from which fuel does not spray out. Always replace O-ring with new ones. PBIA9666J 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-280 2010 Sentra DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION A On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284757 With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the EC theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios. In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection C logic). Sensor Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Input Signal to ECM Density of oxygen in exhaust gas (Mixture ratio feedback signal) ECM function Fuel injection control Actuator D Fuel injector E DTC No. P0172 0172 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Fuel injection system too rich • Fuel injection system does not operate properly. • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too large. (The mixture ratio is too rich.) DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • • • • • F Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Fuel injector Exhaust gas leaks Incorrect fuel pressure Mass air flow sensor G INFOID:0000000005284758 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. a. b. 6. 7. a. b. c. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”. Start engine. If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction. Perform the following procedure is advised. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. NOTE: When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much. If engine starts, go to EC-284, "Diagnosis Procedure". If engine does not start, remove ignition plugs and check for fouling, etc. Keep engine at idle for at least 5 minutes. Check 1st trip DTC. The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-284, "Diagnosis Procedure". NOTE: If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. VHCL SPEED SE Revision: January 2010 50 – 120 km/h (31 – 75 MPH) EC-281 2010 Sentra H I J K L M N O P DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION < SERVICE INFORMATION > CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. d. Check 1st trip DTC. e. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-284, "Diagnosis Procedure". [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] WITH GST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector. Restart engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. 6. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected. 7. Select Service $04 with GST and erase the DTC P0102. 8. Start engine. If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction. BBIA0752E Perform the following procedure is advised. a. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. NOTE: When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much. b. If engine starts, go to EC-284, "Diagnosis Procedure". If engine does not start, remove ignition plugs and check for fouling, etc. 9. Keep engine at idle for at least 5 minutes. 10. Check 1st trip DTC. The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-284, "Diagnosis Procedure". NOTE: If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised. a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. b. Start engine. c. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. VHCL SPEED SE d. e. 50 – 120 km/h (31 – 75 MPH) CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-284, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-282 2010 Sentra DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005284759 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0147GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-283 2010 Sentra P DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V 8 BR/W A/F sensor 1 heater [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) PBIA8148J BATTERY VOLTAGE [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle 25 29 30 31 R O GR L Fuel injector No. 4 Fuel injector No. 3 Fuel injector No. 2 Fuel injector No. 1 (11 - 14 V) PBIB0529E BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm PBIA4943J 49 L/R A/F sensor 1 [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 53 L/G A/F sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. Approximately 2.2 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284760 1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK 1. 2. Start engine and run it at idle. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold). PBIB1216E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace. 2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK Revision: January 2010 EC-284 2010 Sentra DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION < SERVICE INFORMATION > Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A 3.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. EC Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector (1). Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (2) Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram. A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal 1 49 2 53 C D E BBIA0764E Continuity should exist. 5. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 49, 53 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. F G Continuity should not exist. 6. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H I 4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE 1. 2. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check". Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check". J At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi) K OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. L 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-556.) • Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check".) M N >> Repair or replace. 6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Install all removed parts. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. At idling At 2,500 rpm 1. 2. 3. O P : 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec : 2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec With GST Install all removed parts. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST. Revision: January 2010 EC-285 2010 Sentra DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > At idling At 2,500 rpm : 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec : 2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or ground. Refer to EC-185. 7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTORS With CONSULT-III Let engine idle. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. Without CONSULT-III 1. Let engine idle. 2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound. 1. 2. 3. Clicking noise should be heard. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-551. PBIB3332E 8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR 1. Remove fuel injector assembly. Refer to EM-36. Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube. 2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle. 3. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. 4. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. 5. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injectors. 6. Crank engine for about 3 seconds. Make sure fuel does not drip from fuel injector. OK or NG OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 9. NG (Drips.)>>Replace the fuel injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one. 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-286 2010 Sentra DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR A Component Description INFOID:0000000005284761 The fuel tank temperature sensor (4) is used to detect the fuel temperature inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases. • Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1) • Fuel pressure regulator (2) • Fuel level sensor (3) EC C D BBIA0765E E F Fluid temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) 20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7 50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90 G *: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 43 (Fuel tank temperature sensor) and ground. H CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result damage the ECM's transistor. Use ground other than ECM, such as ground. SEF012P I On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. P0181 0181 INFOID:0000000005284762 J Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Fuel tank temperature sensor circuit range/performance Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signals from engine coolant temperature sensor and intake air temperature sensor. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (Fuel tank temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Fuel tank temperature sensor DTC Confirmation Procedure 5. 6. 7. 8. Turn ignition switch ON wait at least 10 seconds. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-288, "Diagnosis Procedure". If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to following step. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” value. If the “COOLAN TEMP/S” is less than 60°C (140°F), the result will be OK. If the “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 60°C (140°F), go to the following step. Cool engine down until “COOLAN TEMP/S” signal is less than 60°C (140°F). Wait at least 10 seconds. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-288, "Diagnosis Procedure". O P WITH GST Revision: January 2010 M N WITH CONSULT-III 3. 4. L INFOID:0000000005284763 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. 1. 2. K EC-287 2010 Sentra DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. Wiring Diagram [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] INFOID:0000000005284764 ABBWA0148GB Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284765 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: January 2010 EC-288 2010 Sentra DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A EC C BBIA0760E 2.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. D Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector (1). : Vehicle front Turn ignition switch ON. E F G BBIA0754E 4. Check voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. H I Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. J K PBIB0932E 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART L Check the following. • Harness connectors B9, E13 • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open or short between ECM and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” M N >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector. 4.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect combination meter harness connector. Check harness continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 5 and combination meter terminal 4, ECM terminal 60. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. Revision: January 2010 EC-289 2010 Sentra O P DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors B8, M8 • Harness connectors B9, E13 • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and combination meter. • Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and ECM. >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to, EC-290, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Perform EC-152. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284766 FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. 2. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 4 and 5 by heating with hot water as shown in the figure. Temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ) 20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7 50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90 If NG, replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. PBIB0931E Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284767 FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to FL-6. Revision: January 2010 EC-290 2010 Sentra DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR A Component Description INFOID:0000000005284768 The fuel tank temperature sensor (4) is used to detect the fuel temperature inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases. • Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1) • Fuel pressure regulator (2) • Fuel level sensor (3) EC C D BBIA0765E E F Fluid temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) 20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7 50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90 G *: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 43 (Fuel tank temperature sensor) and ground. H CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result damage the ECM's transistor. Use ground other than ECM, such as ground. On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. SEF012P I INFOID:0000000005284769 J Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P0182 0182 Fuel tank temperature sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. P0183 0183 Fuel tank temperature sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • Harness or connectors (Fuel tank temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Fuel tank temperature sensor K L INFOID:0000000005284770 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-292, "Diagnosis Procedure". M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-291 2010 Sentra DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005284771 ABBWA0148GB Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284772 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: January 2010 EC-292 2010 Sentra DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A EC C BBIA0760E 2.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. D Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector (1). : Vehicle front Turn ignition switch ON. E F G BBIA0754E H 3. Check voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. I Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. J K PBIB0932E 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors B9, E13 • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open or short to ground or short between ECM and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector. L M 4.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT N 1. 2. 3. O Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect combination meter harness connector. Check harness continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 5 and combination meter terminal 4, ECM terminal 60. Refer to Wiring Diagram. P Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Revision: January 2010 EC-293 2010 Sentra DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check the following. • Harness connectors B8, M8 • Harness connectors B9, E13 • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and combination meter • Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector. 6.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to, EC-294, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Perform EC-152. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284773 FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. 2. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 4 and 5 by heating with hot water as shown in the figure. Temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ) 20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7 50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90 If NG, replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. PBIB0931E Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284774 FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to FL-6. Revision: January 2010 EC-294 2010 Sentra DTC P0196 EOT SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0196 EOT SENSOR A Component Description INFOID:0000000005284775 The engine oil temperature sensor is used to detect the engine oil temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine oil temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases. EC C D SEF594K E F Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) −10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4 20 (68) 3.5 2.37 - 2.63 50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260 110 (230) 0.6 0.143 - 0.153 150 (302) 0.3 0.050 - 0.065 G H SEF012P I *: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 27 (Engine oil temperature sensor) and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284776 NOTE: If DTC P0196 is displayed with P0197 or P0198, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0197 or P0198. Refer to EC-298. DTC No. P0196 0196 Trouble diagnosis name Engine oil temperature sensor range/performance DTC detecting condition Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signals from engine coolant temperature sensor and intake air temperature sensor. DTC Confirmation Procedure • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Engine oil temperature sensor L M N INFOID:0000000005284777 WITH CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes and 10 seconds. Check 1st trip DTC. Revision: January 2010 K Possible cause NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. 1. 2. 3. 4. J EC-295 2010 Sentra O P DTC P0196 EOT SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-296, "Diagnosis Procedure". If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to following steps. 5. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 6. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates above 70°C (158°F). If it is above 70°C (158°F), go to the following steps. If it is below 70°C (158°F), warm engine up until “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F). Then go to the following steps. 7. Turn ignition switch OFF and soak the vehicle at cool place. 8. Turn ignition switch ON. NOTE: Do not turn ignition switch OFF until step 12 9. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 10. Check the following. COOLAN TEMP/S Below 40°C (104°F) INT/A TEMP SE Below 40°C (104°F) Difference between “COOLAN TEMP/S” and “INT/A TEMP SE” Within 6°C (11°F) If they are within the specified range, go to following steps. If they are out of the specified range, soak the vehicle to met the above conditions. Then go to following steps. NOTE: • Do not turn ignition switch OFF. • If it is supposed to need a long period of time, do not deplete the battery. 11. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes. 12. Check 1st trip DTC. 13. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-296, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284778 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR BBIA0760E Refer to EC-297, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor. 3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. Refer to EC-299, "Wiring Diagram". Revision: January 2010 EC-296 2010 Sentra DTC P0196 EOT SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > >> INSPECTION END A Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284779 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. EC Check resistance between engine oil temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure. C D E PBIB2005E 2. F Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ) 20 (68) 2.37 - 2.63 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 G H If NG, replace engine oil temperature sensor. SEF012P Removal and Installation I INFOID:0000000005284780 J ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EM-80, "Component". K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-297 2010 Sentra DTC P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005284781 The engine oil temperature sensor is used to detect the engine oil temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine oil temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases. SEF594K Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ −10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4 20 (68) 3.5 2.37 - 2.63 50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260 110 (230) 0.6 0.143 - 0.153 150 (302) 0.3 0.050 - 0.065 SEF012P *: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 27 (Engine oil temperature sensor) and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284782 Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detecting Condition P0197 0197 Engine oil temperature sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. P0198 0198 Engine oil temperature sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. DTC No. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible Cause • Harness or connectors (Engine oil temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Engine oil temperature sensor INFOID:0000000005284783 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. 1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-299, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-298 2010 Sentra DTC P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005284784 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O AABWA0303GB Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284785 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: January 2010 EC-299 2010 Sentra P DTC P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] 2.CHECK EOT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. BBIA0760E Disconnect engine oil temperature (EOT) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between EOT sensor terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK EOT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. PBIB0080E Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 12 and ECT sensor terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-300, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor. 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284786 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR Revision: January 2010 EC-300 2010 Sentra DTC P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Check resistance between engine oil temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A EC C PBIB2005E D 2. Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ) 20 (68) 2.37 - 2.63 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 E F If NG, replace engine oil temperature sensor. G SEF012P Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284787 H ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EM-80, "Component". I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-301 2010 Sentra DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005284788 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition. PBIB0145E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005284789 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item TP SEN 1-B1 TP SEN 2-B1* Condition Specification • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V *: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284790 These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic. DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause P0222 0222 Throttle position sensor 1 circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 1 is sent to ECM. P0223 0223 Throttle position sensor 1 circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 1 is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) (APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.) • Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1) • Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 2) FAIL-SAFE MODE When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor. DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284791 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle. 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. 3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-304, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-302 2010 Sentra DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005284792 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0149GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-303 2010 Sentra P DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 33 34 WIRE COLOR G W ITEM Throttle position sensor 1 Throttle position sensor 2 CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully released Less than 4.75 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 0.36 V 36 B Sensor ground (Throttle position sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V 72 R Sensor power supply (Throttle position sensor) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284793 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. BBIA0760E Disconnect electric throttle control actuator (1) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. BBIA0753E Revision: January 2010 EC-304 2010 Sentra DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A Voltage: Approximately 5 V EC OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors. C PBIB3311E 3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. D Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 36 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 4. Refer to Wiring Diagram. F Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G 4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. E H Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 33 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. I Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J 5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR K Refer to EC-305, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6. L 6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR M 1. 2. 3. N Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". >> INSPECTION END O 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. P >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284794 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Revision: January 2010 EC-305 2010 Sentra DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Set shift lever to D position (CVT) or 1st position (M/T). 5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 33 (TP sensor 1 signal), 34 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions. Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage 33 (Throttle position sensor 1) Fully released More than 0.36 V Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V 34 (Throttle position sensor 2) Fully released Less than 4.75 V Fully depressed More than 0.36 V 6. 7. 8. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next step. Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Removal and Installation PBIB3038E INFOID:0000000005284795 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR Refer to EM-18. Revision: January 2010 EC-306 2010 Sentra DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284796 A EC When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring. C Sensor Input Signal to ECM Crankshaft position sensor (POS) ECM function Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions. 1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage) On the 1st trip, when a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to overheating, the MIL will blink. When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor (POS) signal every 200 engine revolutions for a change. When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off. If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink. When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on. If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again. 2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration) For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only light when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 1,000 engine revolutions. A misfire malfunction can be detected on any one cylinder or on multiple cylinders. DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P0300 0300 Multiple cylinder misfire detected Multiple cylinder misfire. P0301 0301 No.1 cylinder misfire detected No. 1 cylinder misfires. P0302 0302 No. 2 cylinder misfire detected No. 2 cylinder misfires. P0303 0303 No. 3 cylinder misfire detected No. 3 cylinder misfires. P0304 0304 No. 4 cylinder misfire detected No. 4 cylinder misfires. DTC Confirmation Procedure Improper spark plug Insufficient compression Incorrect fuel pressure Fuel injector circuit is open or shorted Fuel injector Intake air leak The ignition signal circuit is open or shorted Lack of fuel Drive plate or flywheel Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Incorrect PCV hose connection INFOID:0000000005284797 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driving. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-308, "Diagnosis Procedure". NOTE: If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised. Revision: January 2010 EC-307 E F G H I Possible cause • • • • • • • • • • • D 2010 Sentra J K L M N O P DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain time. Refer to table below. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following condition should be satisfied at the same time: Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH) Basic fuel schedule Basic fuel schedule in the freeze frame data × (1 ± 0.1) When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), T should be lower than 70°C (158°F) Engine coolant temperature (T) condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), T should be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F) The time to driving varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data. Refer to the following table. Engine speed Time Around 1,000 rpm Approximately 10 minutes Around 2,000 rpm Approximately 5 minutes More than 3,000 rpm Approximately 3.5 minutes WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284798 1.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE 1. Start engine and run it at idle speed. 2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak. 3. Check PCV hose connection. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace. 2.CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace. 3.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST 1. 2. With CONSULT-III Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. Is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary engine speed drop? Without CONSULT-III Revision: January 2010 EC-308 2010 Sentra DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE < SERVICE INFORMATION > When disconnecting each fuel injector (1) harness connector one at a time, is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary engine speed drop? [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A EC C PBIA9870J D Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 4. No >> GO TO 9. E 4.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR Does each fuel injector make an operating sound at idle? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 5. No >> Check fuel injector(s) and circuit(s). Refer to EC-551. F G H PBIB3332E 5.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I CAUTION: Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove fuel pump fuse (1) in IPDM E/R (2) to release fuel pressure. NOTE: Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following procedure. : Vehicle front 3. Start engine. 4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF. 6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils. 7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked. 8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder. 9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. 10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 – 17 mm (0.52 – 0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion as shown in the figure. 11. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion. J K L M PBIB2958E N O P Spark should be generated. CAUTION: JMBIA0066GB Revision: January 2010 EC-309 I 2010 Sentra DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil within 50 cm. Be careful not to get an electrical shock while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage becomes 20 kV or more. • It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is taken. NOTE: When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> GO TO 6. 6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect spark plug and connect a known-good spark plug. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion. Spark should be generated. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-561. 7.CHECK SPARK PLUG Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc. OK or NG OK >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to MA-27, "SPARK PLUG : Removal and Installation". NG >> 1. Repair or clean spark plug. 2. GO TO 8. SEF156I 8.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III 1. 2. Reconnect the initial spark plugs. Crank engine for about three seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded portion. Spark should be generated. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to MA-27, "SPARK PLUG : Removal and Installation". 9.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-65, "On-Vehicle Service". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets. 10.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE 1. 2. 3. Install all removed parts. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check". Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check". Revision: January 2010 EC-310 2010 Sentra DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi) A OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> GO TO 11. EC 11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-556.) • Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check".) • Fuel lines (Refer to EM-36.) • Fuel filter for clogging C D >> Repair or replace. E 12.CHECK IGNITION TIMING Check the following items. Refer to EC-93, "Basic Inspection". Items F Specifications CVT: 675 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) Target idle speed G M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) CVT: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position) Ignition timing H M/T: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> Follow the EC-93, "Basic Inspection". I 13.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector (1). Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (2) Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram. A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal 1 49 2 53 J K L M BBIA0764E Continuity should exist. 5. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 49, 53 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should not exist. O 6. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. P 14.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER Refer to EC-172, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 16. Revision: January 2010 N EC-311 2010 Sentra DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > NG >> GO TO 15. 15.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. >> INSPECTION END 16.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR 1. 2. With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check mass air flow sensor signal in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. At idling At 2,500 rpm 1. 2. : 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec : 2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec With GST Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST. At idling At 2,500 rpm : 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec : 2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or ground. Refer to EC-185. 17.CHECK SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-111, "Symptom Matrix Chart". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 18. NG >> Repair or replace. 18.ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set. Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". >> GO TO 19. 19.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-312 2010 Sentra DTC P0327, P0328 KS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0327, P0328 KS A Component Description INFOID:0000000005284799 The knock sensor (1) is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM. • : Vehicle front EC C D PBIB3264E On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284800 The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses. DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name E DTC Detected Condition P0327 0327 Knock sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. P0328 0328 Knock sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. DTC Confirmation Procedure F Possible Cause • Harness or connectors (Knock sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Knock sensor G H INFOID:0000000005284801 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle. 1. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-315, "Diagnosis Procedure". I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-313 2010 Sentra DTC P0327, P0328 KS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005284802 ABBWA0150GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-314 2010 Sentra DTC P0327, P0328 KS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR 37 W Knock sensor [Engine is running] • Idle speed 40 GR Sensor ground (Knock sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed ITEM CONDITION Diagnosis Procedure DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 2.5 V Approximately 0 V EC C INFOID:0000000005284803 D 1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. 3. A Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check resistance between ECM terminal 37 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. NOTE: It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ. E F Resistance: Approximately 532 - 588 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)] 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2. G H 2.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. Disconnect knock sensor (1) harness connector. : Vehicle front Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 37 and knock sensor terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. I J Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K PBIB3264E 3.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR Refer to EC-316, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace knock sensor. M N 4.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". • : Vehicle front • Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. O P BBIA0760E Revision: January 2010 L EC-315 2010 Sentra DTC P0327, P0328 KS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Reconnect knock sensor harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 40 and knock sensor terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284804 KNOCK SENSOR 1. Check resistance between knock sensor terminal 1 and ground. NOTE: It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ. Resistance: Approximately 532 - 588 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)] 2. CAUTION: Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones. If NG, replace knock sensor. Removal and Installation SEF227W INFOID:0000000005284805 KNOCK SENSOR Refer to EM-80. Revision: January 2010 EC-316 2010 Sentra DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) A Component Description INFOID:0000000005284806 The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the cylinder block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at the end of the crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution. The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change. The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes. The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution. ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure. EC C D PBIA9209J E F G H PBIB2997E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005284807 I Specification data are reference values. Monitor item ENG SPEED Condition • Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indication. On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. P0335 0335 Trouble diagnosis name Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit Specification Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication. INFOID:0000000005284808 DTC detecting condition Possible cause • The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not detected by the ECM during the first few seconds of engine cranking. • The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft position sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM while the engine is running. • The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not in the normal pattern during engine running. • Harness or connectors [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is open or shorted.] (Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit is shorted.) (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is sorted.) (Tumble control valve position sensor circuit is shorted.) • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Accelerator pedal position sensor • Refrigerant pressure sensor • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Tumble control valve position sensor • Signal plate DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284809 NOTE: Revision: January 2010 EC-317 2010 Sentra J K L M N O P DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with ignition switch ON. 1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-320, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-318 2010 Sentra DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005284810 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0151GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-319 2010 Sentra P DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 4.0 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle. 61 W Crankshaft position sensor (POS) PBIB2998E Approximately 4.0 V [Engine is running] • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm PBIB2999E 62 R Sensor ground [Crankshaft position sensor (POS)] [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V 69 LG/B Sensor power supply (Tumble control valve position sensor) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 74 G/W Sensor power supply (Refrigerant pressure sensor) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 75 Y Sensor power supply [Crankshaft position sensor (POS)] [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 76 V/W EVAP control system pressure sensor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 102 BR/Y Sensor power supply (APP sensor 2) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284811 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I Revision: January 2010 EC-320 BBIA0760E 2010 Sentra DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) (1) harness connector. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A EC C PBIB3326E D 3. Check voltage between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. E Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 3. F G PBIB3312E 3.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. H Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 and ECM terminal 75. Refer to Wiring Diagram. I Continuity should exist. J OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit. K 4.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram 69 Tumble control valve position sensor terminal 1 EC-486, "Wiring Diagram" 74 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-571, "Wiring Diagram" 75 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1 EC-319, "Wiring Diagram" 76 EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-378, "Wiring Diagram" 102 APP sensor terminal 5 EC-514, "Wiring Diagram" L M N OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. O 5.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR P Refer to EC-487, "Diagnosis Procedure". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace intake manifold adapter. 6.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to MTC-27. Revision: January 2010 EC-321 2010 Sentra DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. 7.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-382, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. 8.CHECK APP SENSOR Refer to EC-517, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG >> GO TO 9. 9.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. 4. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". >> INSPECTION END 10.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 2 and ECM terminal 62. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 11.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 3 and ECM terminal 61. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 12.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) Refer to EC-323, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). 13.CHECK GEAR TOOTH Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. Revision: January 2010 EC-322 2010 Sentra DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > NG >> Replace the signal plate. 14.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A Refer to EC-152. EC >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284812 C CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) 1. 2. 3. 4. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector. Remove the sensor. Visually check the sensor for chipping. D E F G PBIA9210J 5. H Check resistance as shown in the figure. Terminal No. (Polarity) I Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 1 (+) - 2 (-) 1 (+) - 3 (-) J Except 0 or ∞ Ω 2 (+) - 3 (-) 6. If NG, replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). K PBIA9584J Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284813 L CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) M Refer to EM-80. N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-323 2010 Sentra DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) Component Description INFOID:0000000005284814 The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the protrusion of camshaft (INT) to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position. When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoperative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various controls of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification signals. The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change. The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes. ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure. PBIA9875J PBIB2997E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005284815 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item ENG SPEED Condition Specification • Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indication. On Board Diagnosis Logic Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication. INFOID:0000000005284816 NOTE: If DTC P0340 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-424. DTC No. P0340 0340 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit • The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for the first few seconds during engine cranking. • The cylinder No. signal is not set to ECM during engine running. • The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal pattern during engine running. • Harness or connectors [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit is open or shorted.] • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) • Camshaft (INT) • Starter motor (Refer to SC-11.) • Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-11.) • Dead (Weak) battery DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284817 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with ignition switch ON. 1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. Revision: January 2010 EC-324 2010 Sentra DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-326, "Diagnosis Procedure". If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step. 4. Maintain engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds. 5. Check 1st trip DTC. 6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-326, "Diagnosis Procedure". Wiring Diagram [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A EC INFOID:0000000005284818 C D E F G H I J K L M N O P BBWA2885E Revision: January 2010 EC-325 2010 Sentra DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM 63 B/R Sensor ground [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)] CONDITION [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 0 V 1.0 - 2.0 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle. 65 R Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) PBIB2986E 1.0 - 2.0 V [Engine is running] • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm. PBIB2987E 78 G/Y Sensor power supply [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)] [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284819 1.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM Turn ignition switch to START position. Does the engine turn over? Does the starter motor operate? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> Check starting system. (Refer to SC-11.) 2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: January 2010 EC-326 2010 Sentra DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A EC C 3.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. BBIA0760E D Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) (1) harness connector. : Vehicle front Turn ignition switch ON. E F G PBIB3327E H 3. Check voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. I Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J K 4.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. PBIB3312E L Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 2 and ECM terminal 63. Refer to Wiring Diagram. M Continuity should exist. N 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. O 1. P 5.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT Check harness continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 3 and ECM terminal 65. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. Revision: January 2010 EC-327 2010 Sentra DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) Refer to EC-328, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). 7.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE) Check the following. • Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft (1) rear end • Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft rear end or replace camshaft. PBIA9557J 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284820 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) 1. 2. 3. 4. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector. Remove the sensor. Visually check the sensor for chipping. PBIA9876J 5. Check resistance as shown in the figure. Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 1 (+) - 2 (-) 1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞ Ω 2 (+) - 3 (-) 6. If NG, replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). PBIA9584J Revision: January 2010 EC-328 2010 Sentra DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284821 A CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) Refer to EM-50. EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-329 2010 Sentra DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284822 The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2. A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2. As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2 switching frequency will increase. When the frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2 approaches a specified limit value, the three way catalyst (manifold) malfunction is diagnosed. SEF484YB DTC No. P0420 0420 Trouble diagnosis name Catalyst system efficiency below threshold DTC detecting condition • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not operate properly. • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have enough oxygen storage capacity. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • • • • • • • Three way catalyst (manifold) Exhaust tube Intake air leaks Fuel injector Fuel injector leaks Spark plug Improper ignition timing INFOID:0000000005284823 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. WITH CONSULT-III TESTING CONDITION: Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below. 1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 5. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F). If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F). 7. Open engine hood. 8. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. 9. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the accelerator pedal completely. If “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changed to “CMPLT”, go to step 12. 10. Wait 5 seconds at idle. 11. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (It will take approximately 5 minutes). If not “CMPLT”, stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C (158°F) and then retest from step 1. 12. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III. 13. Confirm that 1st trip DTC is not detected. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-331, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-330 2010 Sentra DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000005284824 A Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. EC WITH GST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Open engine hood. Set voltmeter probe between ECM terminals 50 HO2S2 signal and ground. Keep engine speed at 2,500 rpm constant under no load. Make sure that the voltage does not vary for more than 5 seconds. If the voltage fluctuation cycle takes less than 5 seconds, go to EC-331, "Diagnosis Procedure". • 1 cycle: 0.6 - 1.0 → 0 - 0.3 → 0.6 - 1.0 C D E F G PBIB2996E Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284825 1.CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM H Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dent. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace. J 1. 2. K I 2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK Start engine and run it at idle. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst (manifold). L M PBIB1216E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace. O 3.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace. P 4.CHECK IGNITION TIMING Check the following items. Refer to EC-93, "Basic Inspection". Revision: January 2010 N EC-331 2010 Sentra DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Items Target idle speed Ignition timing Specifications CVT: 675 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) CVT: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position) M/T: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Follow the EC-93, "Basic Inspection". 5.CHECK FUEL INJECTORS 1. 2. 3. 4. Stop engine and turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminals 25, 29, 30, 31 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Refer to Wiring Diagram for fuel injectors, EC-552, "Wiring Diagram". Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Perform EC-553, "Diagnosis Procedure". 6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I CAUTION: Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove fuel pump fuse (1) in IPDM E/R (2) to release fuel pressure. NOTE: Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following procedure. : Vehicle front 3. Start engine. 4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF. 6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils. 7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked. 8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder. 9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. 10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 – 17 mm (0.52 – 0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion as shown in the figure. 11. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion. PBIB2958E Spark should be generated. CAUTION: • Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil JMBIA0066GB within 50 cm. Be careful not to get an electrical shock while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage becomes 20 kV or more. • It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is taken. NOTE: Revision: January 2010 EC-332 2010 Sentra DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning. A OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 7. EC CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II 7. 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect spark plug and connect a known-good spark plug. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion. C D Spark should be generated. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-561. E 8.CHECK SPARK PLUG F Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc. OK or NG OK >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to MA-27, "SPARK PLUG : Removal and Installation". NG >> 1. Repair or clean spark plug. 2. GO TO 9. G H I SEF156I 9.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III 1. 2. Reconnect the initial spark plugs. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded portion. J K Spark should be generated. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to MA-27, "SPARK PLUG : Removal and Installation". 10.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove fuel injector assembly. Refer to EM-36. Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube. 3. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. 4. Reconnect all fuel injector harness connectors disconnected. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. Make sure fuel does not drip from fuel injector. OK or NG OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 11. NG (Drips.)>>Replace the fuel injector(s) from which fuel is dripping. O P Refer to EC-152. EC-333 M N 11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Revision: January 2010 L 2010 Sentra DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION < SERVICE INFORMATION > Trouble is fixed.>>INSPECTION END Trouble is not fixed.>>Replace three way catalyst (manifold). Revision: January 2010 EC-334 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] 2010 Sentra DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM System Description A INFOID:0000000005284826 NOTE: EC If DTC P0441 is displayed with other DTC such as P2122, P2123 P2127, P2128, P2138, first perform trouble diagnosis for other DTC. C D E F G PBIB3640E In this evaporative emission (EVAP) control system, purge flow occurs during non-closed throttle conditions. Purge volume is related to air intake volume. Under normal purge conditions (non-closed throttle), the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is open to admit purge flow. Purge flow exposes the EVAP control system pressure sensor to intake manifold vacuum. On Board Diagnosis Logic P0441 0441 Trouble diagnosis name EVAP control system incorrect purge flow J K DTC detecting condition Possible cause • EVAP control system does not operate properly. • EVAP control system has a leak between intake manifold and EVAP control system pressure sensor. • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve stuck closed • EVAP control system pressure sensor and the circuit • Loose, disconnected or improper connection of rubber tube • Blocked rubber tube • Cracked EVAP canister • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit • Accelerator pedal position sensor • Blocked purge port • EVAP canister vent control valve • Drain filter DTC Confirmation Procedure L M N O INFOID:0000000005284828 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more. WITH CONSULT-III Revision: January 2010 I INFOID:0000000005284827 Under normal conditions (non-closed throttle), sensor output voltage indicates if pressure drop and purge flow are adequate. If not, a malfunction is determined. DTC No. H EC-335 2010 Sentra P DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 70 seconds. 4. Select “PURG FLOW P0441” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-III. 5. Touch “START”. If “COMPLETED” is displayed, go to step 7. 6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take at least 35 seconds.) Shift lever Suitable position VHCL SPEED SE 32 - 120 km/h (20 - 75 MPH) ENG SPEED 500 - 3,800 rpm B/FUEL SCHDL 1.0 - 10.0 msec COOLAN TEMP/S More than 0°C (32 °F) 7. If TESTING is not changed for a long time, retry from step 2. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-336, "Diagnosis Procedure". Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000005284829 Use this procedure to check the overall monitoring function of the EVAP control system purge flow monitoring. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. WITH GST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Lift up drive wheels. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and wait at least 70 seconds. Set voltmeter probes to ECM terminals 42 (EVAP control system pressure sensor signal) and ground. Check EVAP control system pressure sensor value at idle speed and note it. Establish and maintain the following conditions for at least 1 minute. Air conditioner switch ON Headlamp switch ON Rear window defogger switch ON Engine speed Approx. 3,000 rpm Shift lever Any position other than P, N or R 8. 9. PBIB3313E Verify that EVAP control system pressure sensor value stays 0.1 V less than the value at idle speed (measured at step 6) for at least 1 second. If NG, go to EC-336, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284830 1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check EVAP canister for cracks. OK or NG OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 2. OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 3. NG >> Replace EVAP canister. 2.CHECK PURGE FLOW Revision: January 2010 EC-336 2010 Sentra DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. With CONSULT-III Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP ser- A vice port and install vacuum gauge. For the location of EVAP service port, refer to EC-45, "Description". Start engine and let it idle. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. EC Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to adjust “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening and check vacuum existence. C PURG VOL CONT/V 100% VACUUM Should exist. 0% D Should not exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 4. E 3.CHECK PURGE FLOW 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Stop engine. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port and install vacuum gauge. For the location of EVAP service port, refer to EC-45, "Description". Start engine and let it idle. Do not depress accelerator pedal even slightly. Check vacuum gauge indication before 60 seconds passed after starting engine. Vacuum should not exist. 6. F G H I Revving engine up to 2,000 rpm after 100 seconds passed after starting engine. Vacuum should exist. J OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 4. K 4.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check EVAP purge line for improper connection or disconnection. Refer to EC-45, "Description". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair it. L M 5.CHECK EVAP PURGE HOSE AND PURGE PORT 1. 2. N Disconnect purge hoses connected to EVAP service port A and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve B. Blow air into each hose and EVAP purge port C. O P SEF367U Revision: January 2010 EC-337 2010 Sentra DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check that air flows freely. OK or NG OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 6. OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or clean hoses and/or purge port. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] 6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE SEF368U With CONSULT-III Start engine. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 7. 1. 2. 7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EC-360, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. 8.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR 1. 2. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector. Check connectors for water. Water should not exist OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. 9.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION Refer to EC-376 for DTC P0452 and EC-383 for DTC P0453. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. 10.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING 1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. 2. Check the rubber tube for clogging. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower. 11.CHECK DRAIN FILTER Refer to EC-339, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> Replace drain filter. 12.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Refer to EC-365, "Component Inspection". Revision: January 2010 EC-338 2010 Sentra DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A 13.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE EC Inspect EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube). Check for evidence of leaks. Refer to EC-45, "Description". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG >> Replace it. C 14.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE D Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower. E >> GO TO 15. 15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. F >> INSPECTION END G Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284831 DRAIN FILTER 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. H Check visually for insect nests in the drain filter air inlet. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B. Block port B. Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage. If NG, replace drain filter. I J K L PBIB3641E M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-339 2010 Sentra DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284832 This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP purge line using engine intake manifold vacuum. If pressure does not increase, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve, under the following Vacuum test conditions. The EVAP canister vent control valve is closed to shut the EVAP purge line off. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve will then be opened to depressurize the EVAP purge line using intake manifold vacuum. After this occurs, the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve will be closed. PBIB3640E DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause • • • • • • P0442 0442 EVAP control system small leak detected (negative pressure) EVAP control system has a leak, EVAP control system does not operate properly. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve Incorrect fuel filler cap used Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close. Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap. Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control valve. EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks EVAP purge line rubber tube bent Loose or disconnected rubber tube EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and the circuit Fuel tank temperature sensor O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing or damaged Drain filter EVAP canister is saturated with water EVAP control system pressure sensor Fuel level sensor and the circuit Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve ORVR system leaks CAUTION: • Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on. • If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on. • Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement. Revision: January 2010 EC-340 2010 Sentra DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284833 A NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. EC TESTING CONDITION: • Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is placed on flat level surface. C • Always perform test at a temperature of 0 to 10°C (32 to 140°F). • Open engine hood before conducting following procedure. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check the following conditions are met. COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 100°C (32 - 212°F) INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60°C (32 - 140°F) Select “EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Follow the instruction displayed. NOTE: If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, go to EC-93, "Basic Inspection". Make sure that “OK” is displayed. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-341, "Diagnosis Procedure". D E F G H WITH GST NOTE: Be sure to read the explanation of Driving Pattern on EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information" before driving vehicle. 1. Start engine. 2. Drive vehicle according to Driving Pattern, EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information" 3. Stop vehicle. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ignition switch ON. 5. Select Service $07 with GST. If P0442 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-341, "Diagnosis Procedure". If P0441 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-336, "Diagnosis Procedure" for DTC P0441. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284834 I J K L 1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap. M N O P SEF915U 2.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower. Revision: January 2010 EC-341 2010 Sentra DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Retighten until reteaching sound is heard. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] 3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE Refer to EC-47, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one. 5.INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port securely. For the location of EVAP service port (2), refer to EC-45, "Description". • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (1) • : Vehicle front NOTE: Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause leaking. ALBIA0649ZZ SEF916U With CONSULT-III>>GO TO 6. Without CONSULT-III>>GO TO 7. 6.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph. CAUTION: • Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump. • Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system. Revision: January 2010 EC-342 2010 Sentra DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer to EC-45, "Description". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair or replace. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A EC C SEF200U 7.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK D Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts until the end of test.) This illustration is a view from under vehicle EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) EVAP canister (2) EVAP canister vent control valve (3) 3. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7 kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg), then remove pump and EVAP service port adapter. CAUTION: • Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump. • Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system. 1. 2. E F G H BBIA0693E I 4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer to EC-45, "Description". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair or replace. J K L SEF200U 8.CHECK DRAIN FILTER M Refer to EC-346, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace drain filter. N 9.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE O Check the following, • EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly. Refer to EC-49, "Removal and Installation". • EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to EC-365, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring. P 10.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER Revision: January 2010 EC-343 2010 Sentra DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. 2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 11. No (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 13. No (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 14. PBIB1213E 11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensorattached. The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb). OK or NG OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 13. OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 14. NG >> GO TO 12. 12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • EVAP canister for damage • EVAP hose connected to EVAP canister for clogging or poor connection >> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. 13.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. With CONSULT-III Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. Start engine. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to increase “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening to 100%. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm. Vacuum should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 16. NG >> GO TO 15. 14.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Stop engine. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm. Vacuum should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> GO TO 15. 15.CHECK VACUUM HOSE Revision: January 2010 EC-344 2010 Sentra DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-121, "Vacuum Hose Drawing". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 16. NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose. 16.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A EC Refer to EC-360, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. C 17.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR D Refer to EC-290, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 18. NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. E 18.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR F Refer to EC-382, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 19. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. G 19.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection. Refer to EC-45. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 20. NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose. 20.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE H I J Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower. K >> GO TO 21. 21.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and improper connection. For location, refer to EC-52. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 22. NG >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes. 22.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and improper connection. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 23. NG >> Repair or replace hoses, tubes or filler neck tube. 23.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE 24.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR Refer to FL-6. EC-345 M N O P Refer to EC-55, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 24. NG >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. Revision: January 2010 L 2010 Sentra DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> GO TO 25. NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. 25.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284835 DRAIN FILTER 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Check visually for insect nests in the drain filter air inlet. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B. Block port B. Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage. If NG, replace drain filter. PBIB3641E Revision: January 2010 EC-346 2010 Sentra DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Description INFOID:0000000005284836 A EC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Sensor Input Signal to ECM Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1 Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Battery Battery voltage*1 Throttle position sensor Throttle position Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas (Mixture ratio feedback signal) Fuel tank temperature sensor Fuel temperature in fuel tank ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Combination meter ECM function C Actuator D E EVAP canister purge flow control EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve F G Vehicle speed*2 H *1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. *2: This signal is sent to the ECM though CAN communication line. This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass passage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION I J K The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/ OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve. L M PBIA9215J CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005284837 O Specification data are reference values. Monitor item PURG VOL C/V Revision: January 2010 Condition • • • • N Engine: After warming up Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Idle (Accelerator pedal is not depressed even slightly, after engine starting) 2,000 rpm EC-347 Specification 0% 0 - 50% 2010 Sentra P DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. P0443 0443 INFOID:0000000005284838 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition A) The canister purge flow is detected during the vehicle is stopped while the engine is running, even when EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is completely closed. B) The canister purge flow is detected during the specified driving conditions, even when EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is completely closed. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Possible cause • EVAP control system pressure sensor • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is stuck open.) • EVAP canister vent control valve • Drain filter • EVAP canister • Hoses (Hoses are connected incorrectly or clogged.) DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284839 Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A TESTING CONDITION: • Perform "DTC Confirmation Procedure" when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is placed on flat level surface. • Always perform test at a temperature of 5 to 60°C (41 to 140°F). • Cool the vehicle so that engine coolant temperature becomes same level as ambient temperature. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON and select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III. Check that the following condition are met. FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 – 35°C (32 – 95°F) Start engine and wait at least 60 seconds. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-351, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch ON. Set voltmeter probes to ECM terminal 43 (FTT sensor signal) and ground. Check that the voltage is 3.1 – 4.2 V. Start engine and wait at least 60 seconds. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-351, "Diagnosis Procedure". PBIB0679E PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more. WITH CONSULT-III Revision: January 2010 EC-348 2010 Sentra DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. A 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Select “PURG VOL CN/V P1444” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with EC CONSULT-III. 5. Touch “START”. 6. Start engine and let it idle until “TESTING” on CONSULT-III changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take C approximately 10 seconds.) If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2. 7. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to ECD 351, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and let it idle for at least 20 seconds. Select Service $07 with GST. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-351, "Diagnosis Procedure". E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-349 2010 Sentra DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005284840 AABWA0285GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-350 2010 Sentra DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A EC BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) C [Engine is running] • Idle speed • Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even slightly, after engine starting. 9 W/B D EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve PBIB0050E E Approximately 10 V F [Engine is running] • Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm (More than 100 seconds after starting engine) G PBIB0520E 32 105 R/G G ECM relay (Self shut-off) Power supply for ECM [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF H 0 - 1.0 V [Ignition switch: OFF] • More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) I J : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284841 K 1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. L Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (1) harness connector. EVAP service port (2) : Vehicle front Turn ignition switch ON. M N O ALBIA0649ZZ P Revision: January 2010 EC-351 2010 Sentra DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2. PBIB0080E 2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E17, F10 • Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R • Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 9 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR 1. 2. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector. This illustration is a view from under vehicle EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) EVAP canister (2) EVAP canister vent control valve (3) Check connectors for water. Water should not exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. BBIA0693E 5.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-382, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 6. OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 7. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. 6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: January 2010 EC-352 2010 Sentra DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. 3. Start engine. A 4. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening. OK or NG EC OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 7. 7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C Refer to EC-354, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. D 8.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING E 1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. 2. Check the rubber tube for clogging. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower. F 9.CHECK DRAIN FILTER G Refer to EC-339, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Replace drain filter. H 10.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE I Refer to EC-365, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. J 11.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER K 1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached. 2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister? YES or NO YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> GO TO 14. L M N PBIB1213E 12.CHECK EVAP CANISTER O Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG >> GO TO 13. 13.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Revision: January 2010 EC-353 2010 Sentra P DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check the following. • EVAP canister for damage • EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection >> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. 14.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284842 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE WITH CONSULT-III Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions. Condition (PURG VOL CONT/V value) Air passage continuity between A and B 100% Yes 0% No ALBIA0650ZZ WITHOUT CONSULT-III Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions. Condition Air passage continuity between A and B 12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Yes No supply No ALBIA0651ZZ Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284843 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EM-18. Revision: January 2010 EC-354 2010 Sentra DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Description INFOID:0000000005284844 A EC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Sensor Input Signal to ECM Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1 Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Battery Battery voltage*1 Throttle position sensor Throttle position Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas (Mixture ratio feedback signal) Fuel tank temperature sensor Fuel temperature in fuel tank ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Combination meter Vehicle speed* ECM function Actuator C D EVAP canister purge flow control EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve E F G 2 H *1: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signal of engine speed and battery voltage. *2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass passage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes. I J COMPONENT DESCRIPTION The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/ OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve. K L M PBIA9215J CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Specification data are reference values. Monitor item PURG VOL C/V O Condition • • • • Engine: After warming up Shift lever: N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Revision: January 2010 N INFOID:0000000005284845 Idle (Accelerator pedal is not depressed even slightly, after engine starting) 2,000 rpm EC-355 Specification P 0% 0 - 50% 2010 Sentra DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name INFOID:0000000005284846 DTC detecting condition Possible cause P0444 0444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit open An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the valve • Harness or connectors (EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.) • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve P0445 0445 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit shorted An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the valve • Harness or connectors (EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit is shorted.) • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284847 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. 1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-358, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-356 2010 Sentra DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005284848 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O AABWA0285GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-357 2010 Sentra P DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Engine is running] • Idle speed • Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even slightly, after engine starting. 9 W/B EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve PBIB0050E Approximately 10 V [Engine is running] • Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm (More than 100 seconds after starting engine) PBIB0520E 32 105 R/G G ECM relay (Self shut-off) Power supply for ECM [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF 0 - 1.0 V [Ignition switch: OFF] • More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284849 1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (1) harness connector. EVAP canister port (2) : Vehicle front Turn ignition switch ON. ALBIA0649ZZ Revision: January 2010 EC-358 2010 Sentra DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A Voltage: Battery voltage EC OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2. C SEF206W 2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART D Check the following. • Harness connectors E17, F10 • Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R • Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM E F >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 9 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. G H I 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 4. OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J 4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION K With CONSULT-III Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Start engine. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. 1. 2. 3. L M 5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE N Refer to EC-360, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. O 6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT P Refer to EC-152. >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-359 2010 Sentra DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284850 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE WITH CONSULT-III Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions. Condition (PURG VOL CONT/V value) Air passage continuity between A and B 100% Yes 0% No ALBIA0650ZZ WITHOUT CONSULT-III Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions. Condition Air passage continuity between A and B 12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Yes No supply No ALBIA0651ZZ Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284851 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EM-18. Revision: January 2010 EC-360 2010 Sentra DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE A Component Description INFOID:0000000005284852 The EVAP canister vent control valve (3) is located on the EVAP canister (2) and is used to seal the canister vent. This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized. A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative emission control system components. This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains opened. When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative emission control system is depressurized and allows EVAP control system diagnoses. • This illustration is a view from under vehicle • EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) EC C D PBIB3642E E F G H BBIA0693E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005284853 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item VENT CONT/V I J Condition • Ignition switch: ON Specification OFF K On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284854 L DTC No. P0447 0447 Trouble diagnosis name EVAP canister vent control valve circuit open DTC detecting condition An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM through EVAP canister vent control valve. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (EVAP canister vent control valve circuit is open or shorted.) • EVAP canister vent control valve • Drain filter N DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284855 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. 1. Start engine and wait at least 8 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-363, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 M EC-361 2010 Sentra O P DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005284856 AABWA0286GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-362 2010 Sentra DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR 28 L/Y 32 105 R/G G A ITEM EVAP canister vent control valve ECM relay (Self shut-off) Power supply for ECM CONDITION [Ignition switch: ON] [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) C 0 - 1.0 V [Ignition switch: OFF] • More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) Diagnosis Procedure D E INFOID:0000000005284857 F 1.INSPECTION START 1. Do you have CONSULT-III? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> GO TO 3. G H 2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. EC With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF and then turn ON. Select “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Touch “ON/OFF” on CONSULT-III screen. Check for operating sound of the valve. I J Clicking noise should be heard. K OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. L Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve (3) harness connector. This illustration is a view from under vehicle EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) EVAP canister (2) Turn ignition switch ON. M N O BBIA0693E Revision: January 2010 EC-363 2010 Sentra P DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Check voltage between EVAP canister vent control valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. PBIB0080E 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors B9, E13 • Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 28 and EVAP canister vent control valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6. 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING 1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. 2. Check the rubber tube for clogging. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower. 8.CHECK DRAIN FILTER Refer to EC-339, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace drain filter. 9.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Refer to EC-365, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Revision: January 2010 EC-364 2010 Sentra DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A Refer to EC-152. >> INSPECTION END EC Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284858 C EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. D Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister. Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being rusted. If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve. If OK, go to next step. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. E F G PBIB1033E 5. 6. H Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time. Make sure new O-ring is installed properly. Condition VENT CONTROL/V Air passage continuity between A and B ON No OFF Yes I J Operation takes less than 1 second. 7. 8. If NG, go to next step. Clean the air passage (Portion A to B) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower. Perform step 6 again. If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve. K L WITHOUT CONSULT-III 1. 2. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister. Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being rusted. M N O P PBIB1033E Revision: January 2010 EC-365 2010 Sentra DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions. Make sure new O-ring is installed properly. Condition [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] Air passage continuity between A and B 12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 No OFF Yes Operation takes less than 1 second. 4. 5. If NG, go to next step. Clean the air passage (Portion A to B) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower. Perform step 3 again. If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Revision: January 2010 EC-366 PBIB1034E 2010 Sentra DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Component Description A INFOID:0000000005284859 The EVAP canister vent control valve (3) is located on the EVAP canister (2) and is used to seal the canister vent. This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized. A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative emission control system components. This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains opened. When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative emission control system is depressurized and allows EVAP control system diagnoses. • This illustration is a view from under vehicle • EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) EC C D PBIB3642E E F G H BBIA0693E I CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005284860 Specification data are reference values. J Monitor item VENT CONT/V Condition Specification • Ignition switch: ON OFF On Board Diagnosis Logic K INFOID:0000000005284861 L DTC No. P0448 0448 Trouble diagnosis name EVAP canister vent control valve close DTC detecting condition EVAP canister vent control valve remains closed under specified driving conditions. Possible cause • EVAP canister vent control valve • EVAP control system pressure sensor and the circuit • Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister vent control valve • EVAP canister is saturated with water • Drain filter DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284862 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Revision: January 2010 EC-367 2010 Sentra M N O P DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 minute. 5. Repeat next procedures three times. a. Increase the engine speed up to 3,000 to 3,500 rpm and keep it for 2 minutes and 50 seconds to 3 minutes. Never exceed 3 minutes. b. Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for about 5 seconds. 6. Check 1st trip DTC. 7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-370, "Diagnosis Procedure". If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to the next step. 8. Repeat next procedure 20 times. a. Quickly increase the engine speed up to 4,000 to 4,500 rpm or more and keep it for 25 to 30 seconds. b. Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for at least 35 seconds. PBIB0972E 9. Check 1st trip DTC. 10. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-370, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. Revision: January 2010 EC-368 2010 Sentra DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005284863 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O AABWA0286GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-369 2010 Sentra P DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR 28 L/Y 32 105 R/G G ITEM EVAP canister vent control valve ECM relay (Self shut-off) Power supply for ECM CONDITION [Ignition switch: ON] [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 0 - 1.0 V [Ignition switch: OFF] • More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284864 1.CHECK RUBBER TUBE 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve (3). 3. Check the rubber tube for clogging. This illustration is a view from under vehicle EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) EVAP canister (2) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Clean rubber tube using an air blower. BBIA0693E 2.CHECK DRAIN FILTER Refer to EC-339, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace drain filter. 3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Refer to EC-371, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. 4.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER 1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached. 2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 5. No >> GO TO 7. PBIB1213E Revision: January 2010 EC-370 2010 Sentra DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER A Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb). EC OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6. C DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART 6. Check the following. • EVAP canister for damage • EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection D E >> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. 7.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR 1. 2. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) harness connector. This illustration is a view from under vehicle EVAP canister (2) EVAP canister vent control valve (3) Check connectors for water. F G Water should not exist. H BBIA0693E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. I J 8.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-390, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. K Refer to EC-152. M L 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284865 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE N O WITH CONSULT-III 1. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister. P Revision: January 2010 EC-371 2010 Sentra DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being rusted. If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve. If OK, go to next step. 3. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] PBIB1033E 5. 6. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time. Make sure new O-ring is installed properly. Condition VENT CONTROL/V Air passage continuity between A and B ON No OFF Yes Operation takes less than 1 second. 7. 8. If NG, go to next step. Clean the air passage (Portion A to B) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower. Perform step 6 again. If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve. WITHOUT CONSULT-III 1. 2. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister. Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being rusted. PBIB1033E 3. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions. Make sure new O-ring is installed properly. Condition Air passage continuity between A and B 12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 No OFF Yes Operation takes less than 1 second. 4. 5. If NG, go to next step. Clean the air passage (Portion A to B) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower. Perform step 3 again. If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Revision: January 2010 EC-372 PBIB1034E 2010 Sentra DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Component Description A INFOID:0000000005284866 The EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) detects pressure in the purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pressure increases. • This illustration is a view from under vehicle • EVAP canister (2) • EVAP canister vent control valve (3) EC C D BBIA0693E E F G H PBIB1207E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005284867 I Specification data are reference values. J Monitor item EVAP SYS PRES Condition • Ignition switch: ON Specification Approx. 1.8 - 4.8 V K On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284868 L DTC No. P0451 0451 Trouble diagnosis name EVAP control system pressure sensor performance DTC detecting condition Possible cause ECM detects a sloshing signal from the EVAP control system pressure sensor • Harness or connectors [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.] (Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit is shorted.) (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (Tumble control valve position sensor circuit is shorted.) • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Accelerator pedal position sensor • Refrigerant pressure sensor • Tumble control valve position sensor DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284869 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. 1. Start engine and wait at least 40 seconds. Revision: January 2010 EC-373 2010 Sentra M N O P DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > NOTE: Do not depress accelerator pedal even slightly. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-374, "Diagnosis Procedure". [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284870 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR WATER 1. 2. BBIA0760E Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) harness connector. This illustration is a view from under vehicle EVAP canister (2) EVAP canister vent control valve (3) Check sensor harness connector for water. Water should not exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness connector. BBIA0693E 3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-375, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. 4.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram 69 Tumble control valve position sensor terminal 1 EC-486, "Wiring Diagram" 74 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-571, "Wiring Diagram" 75 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1 EC-319, "Wiring Diagram" 76 EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-378, "Wiring Diagram" 102 APP sensor terminal 5 EC-514, "Wiring Diagram" OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR Refer to EC-487, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-374 2010 Sentra DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace intake manifold adapter. A 6.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR EC Refer to MTC-27. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. C 7.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) Refer to EC-382, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). D Refer to EC-517, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 9. F E 8.CHECK APP SENSOR G 9.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. 4. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". H I >> INSPECTION END 10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT J Refer to EC-152. For wiring diagram, refer to EC-378, "Wiring Diagram". K >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284871 L EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected from EVAP canister. Always replace O-ring with a new one. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM terminal 42 and ground under the following conditions. Applied vacuum kPa (mmHg, inHg) Voltage Not applied 1.8 - 4.8 V -26.7 (-200, -7.87) 2.1 to 2.5 V lower than above value CAUTION: • Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it. • Do not apply below -93.3 kPa (-700 mmHg, -27.56 inHg) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg). If NG, replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Revision: January 2010 EC-375 M N O P PBIB3314E 2010 Sentra DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005284872 The EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) detects pressure in the purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pressure increases. • This illustration is a view from under vehicle • EVAP canister (2) • EVAP canister vent control valve (3) BBIA0693E PBIB1207E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005284873 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item EVAP SYS PRES Condition • Ignition switch: ON Approx. 1.8 - 4.8 V On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. P0452 0452 INFOID:0000000005284874 Trouble diagnosis name EVAP control system pressure sensor low input Specification DTC detecting condition An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • Harness or connectors (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is open or sorted.) [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.] (Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit is shorted.) (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (Tumble control valve position sensor circuit is shorted.) • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Accelerator pedal position sensor • Refrigerant pressure sensor • Tumble control valve position sensor INFOID:0000000005284875 NOTE: Revision: January 2010 EC-376 2010 Sentra DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more. EC WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Make sure that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F). Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-379, "Diagnosis Procedure". C D WITH GST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. A E Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check that voltage between ECM terminal 43 (Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.2 V. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds. Select Service $07 with GST. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-379, "Diagnosis Procedure". F G H SEF113U I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-377 2010 Sentra DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005284876 ABBWA0220GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-378 2010 Sentra DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR 42 R/Y EVAP control system pressure sensor [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 - 4.8 V 51 V/R Sensor ground (EVAP control system pressure sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V C 69 LG/B Sensor power supply (Tumble control valve position sensor) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V D 74 G/W Sensor power supply (Refrigerant pressure sensor) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V E 75 Y Sensor power supply [Crankshaft position sensor (POS)] [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 76 V/W EVAP control system pressure sensor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 102 BR/Y Sensor power supply (APP sensor 2) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V A ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) EC Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284877 F G H 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS I 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. J K L BBIA0760E 2.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. M Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) harness connector. This illustration is a view from under vehicle EVAP canister (2) EVAP canister vent control valve (3) Check sensor harness connector for water. N O Water should not exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness connector. P BBIA0693E 3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. Turn ignition switch ON. Revision: January 2010 EC-379 2010 Sentra DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Check voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. PBIB0138E Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 76. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness connectors B9, E13 • Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS Check harness for short to power and short to ground between the following terminals. ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram 69 Tumble control valve position sensor terminal 1 EC-486, "Wiring Diagram" 74 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-571, "Wiring Diagram" 75 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1 EC-319, "Wiring Diagram" 76 EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-378, "Wiring Diagram" 102 APP sensor terminal 5 EC-514, "Wiring Diagram" OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR Refer to EC-487, "Diagnosis Procedure". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace intake manifold adapter. 8.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to MTC-27. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. Revision: January 2010 EC-380 2010 Sentra DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 9.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) A Refer to EC-382, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). EC 10.CHECK APP SENSOR C Refer to EC-517, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> GO TO 11. D 11.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. 4. E Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". F >> INSPECTION END 12.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND G SHORT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 51. Refer to Wiring Diagram. H I Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG >> GO TO 13. J 13.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART K Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness connectors B9, E13 • Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM L M >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 14.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 42 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. N O Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 16. NG >> GO TO 15. P 15.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness connectors B9, E13 Revision: January 2010 EC-381 2010 Sentra DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Harness for open or short between ECM and EVAP control system pressure sensor >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 16.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-382, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. 17.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284878 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected from EVAP canister. Always replace O-ring with a new one. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM terminal 42 and ground under the following conditions. Applied vacuum kPa (mmHg, inHg) Voltage Not applied 1.8 - 4.8 V -26.7 (-200, -7.87) 2.1 to 2.5 V lower than above value CAUTION: • Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it. • Do not apply below -93.3 kPa (-700 mmHg, -27.56 inHg) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg). If NG, replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Revision: January 2010 EC-382 PBIB3314E 2010 Sentra DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Component Description A INFOID:0000000005284879 The EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) detects pressure in the purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pressure increases. • This illustration is a view from under vehicle • EVAP canister (2) • EVAP canister vent control valve (3) EC C D BBIA0693E E F G H PBIB1207E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005284880 I Specification data are reference values. J Monitor item EVAP SYS PRES Condition • Ignition switch: ON Specification Approx. 1.8 - 4.8 V K On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284881 L DTC No. P0453 0453 Trouble diagnosis name EVAP control system pressure sensor high input Revision: January 2010 DTC detecting condition Possible cause An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is open or sorted.) [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.] (Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit is shorted.) (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (Tumble control valve position sensor circuit is shorted.) • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Accelerator pedal position sensor • Refrigerant pressure sensor • EVAP canister vent control valve • EVAP canister • Drain filter • Rubber hose to EVAP canister vent control valve • Tumble control valve position sensor EC-383 2010 Sentra M N O P DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284882 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Make sure that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F). Wait at least 10 seconds. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-386, "Diagnosis Procedure" . WITH GST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check that voltage between ECM terminal 43 (Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.2 V. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Wait at least 10 seconds. Select Service $07 with GST. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-386, "Diagnosis Procedure". SEF113U Revision: January 2010 EC-384 2010 Sentra DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005284883 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0220GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-385 2010 Sentra P DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR 42 R/Y EVAP control system pressure sensor [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 - 4.8 V 51 V/R Sensor ground (EVAP control system pressure sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V 69 LG/B Sensor power supply (Tumble control valve position sensor) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 74 G/W Sensor power supply (Refrigerant pressure sensor) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 75 Y Sensor power supply [Crankshaft position sensor (POS)] [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 76 V/W EVAP control system pressure sensor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 102 BR/Y Sensor power supply (APP sensor 2) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284884 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. BBIA0760E 2.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) harness connector. This illustration is a view from under vehicle EVAP canister (2) EVAP canister vent control valve (3) Check sensor harness connector for water. Water should not exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness connector. BBIA0693E 3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. Turn ignition switch ON. Revision: January 2010 EC-386 2010 Sentra DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Check voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A Voltage: Approximately 5 V EC OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> GO TO 4. C 4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. PBIB0138E D Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 76. Refer to Wiring Diagram. E F Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. G 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness connectors B9, E13 • Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM I >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS J Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram 69 Tumble control valve position sensor terminal 1 EC-486, "Wiring Diagram" 74 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-571, "Wiring Diagram" 75 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1 EC-319, "Wiring Diagram" 76 EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-378, "Wiring Diagram" 102 APP sensor terminal 5 EC-514, "Wiring Diagram" K L M OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. N 7.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR O Refer to EC-487, "Diagnosis Procedure". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace intake manifold adapter. P 8.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to MTC-27. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. Revision: January 2010 EC-387 2010 Sentra DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 9.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) Refer to EC-382, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). 10.CHECK APP SENSOR Refer to EC-517, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 23. NG >> GO TO 11. 11.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. 4. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". >> INSPECTION END 12.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 51. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG >> GO TO 13. 13.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness connectors B9, E13 • Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 14.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 42 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 16. NG >> GO TO 15. 15.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness connectors B9, E13 Revision: January 2010 EC-388 2010 Sentra DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Harness for open or short between ECM and EVAP control system pressure sensor A >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 16.CHECK RUBBER TUBE EC 1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. 2. Check the rubber tube for clogging, vent and kinked. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower, repair or replace rubber tube. C 17.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE D Refer to EC-365, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 18. NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. E 18.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR F Refer to EC-390, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 19. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. G 19.CHECK DRAIN FILTER H Refer to EC-339, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 20. NG >> Replace drain filter. I 20.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER 1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. 2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 21. No >> GO TO 23. J K L M PBIB1213E 21.CHECK EVAP CANISTER N Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensorattached. The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 23. NG >> GO TO 22. 22.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • EVAP canister for damage • EVAP hose connected to EVAP canister for clogging or poor connection Revision: January 2010 EC-389 2010 Sentra O P DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > >> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] 23.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284885 EVAP CONTROL PRESSURE SENSOR 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected from EVAP canister. Always replace O-ring with a new one. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM terminal 42 and ground under the following conditions. Applied vacuum kPa (mmHg, inHg) Voltage Not applied 1.8 - 4.8 V -26.7 (-200, -7.87) 2.1 to 2.5 V lower than above value CAUTION: • Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it. • Do not apply below -93.3 kPa (-700 mmHg, -27.56 inHg) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg). If NG, replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Revision: January 2010 EC-390 PBIB3314E 2010 Sentra DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM On Board Diagnosis Logic A INFOID:0000000005284886 This diagnosis detects a very large leak (fuel filler cap fell off etc.) in EVAP system between the fuel tank and EC EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. C D E F G PBIB3640E DTC No. P0455 0455 Trouble diagnosis name EVAP control system gross leak detected H DTC detecting condition Possible cause • EVAP control system has a very large leak such as fuel filler cap fell off. • EVAP control system does not operate properly. • Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close. • Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve • Incorrect fuel filler cap used • Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap • Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve • Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control valve. • EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks • EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks • EVAP purge line rubber tube bent. • Loose or disconnected rubber tube • EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit • Drain filter • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and the circuit • Fuel tank temperature sensor • O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing or damaged. • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve • ORVR system leaks CAUTION: • Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on. • If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on. • Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement. DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284887 CAUTION: Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC Confirmation Procedure. Revision: January 2010 EC-391 2010 Sentra I J K L M N O P DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: • Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is placed on flat level surface. • Open engine hood before conducting the following procedure. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Tighten fuel filler cap securely until reteaching sound is heard. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Make sure that the following conditions are met. COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 100°C (32 - 212°F) INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60°C (32 - 140°F) Select “EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Follow the instruction displayed. NOTE: If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, go to EC-93, "Basic Inspection". Make sure that “OK” is displayed. If “NG” is displayed, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III and make sure that “EVAP GROSS LEAK [P0455]” is displayed. If it is displayed, refer to EC-392, "Diagnosis Procedure". If P0442 is displayed, perform Diagnostic Procedure for DTC P0442, EC-341, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST NOTE: Be sure to read the explanation of Driving Pattern on EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information" before driving vehicle. 1. Start engine. 2. Drive vehicle according to Driving Pattern, EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". 3. Stop vehicle. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ignition switch ON. 5. Select SERVICE $07 with GST. • If P0441 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-336, "Diagnosis Procedure" for DTC P0441. • If P0442 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-341, "Diagnosis Procedure" for DTC P0442. • If P0455 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-392, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284888 1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap. SEF915U 2.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise. OK or NG Revision: January 2010 EC-392 2010 Sentra DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower. 2. Retighten until reteaching sound is heard. 3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION A EC Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. C 4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE D Refer to EC-47, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one. E 5.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks, improper connection or disconnection. Refer to EC-45. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose. 6.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE F G H Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower. I >> GO TO 7. 7.CHECK DRAIN FILTER Refer to EC-396, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace drain filter. J K 8.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Check the following. • EVAP canister vent control is installed properly. Refer to EC-49, "Removal and Installation". • EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to EC-365, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring. L M N 9.INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port securely. For the location of EVAP service port (2), refer to EC-45, "Description". • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (1) • : Vehicle front NOTE: Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause leaking. O P ALBIA0649ZZ Revision: January 2010 EC-393 2010 Sentra DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SEF916U With CONSULT-III>>GO TO 10. Without CONSULT-III>>GO TO 11. 10.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph. CAUTION: • Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump. • Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system. 4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer to EC-45, "Description". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> Repair or replace. SEF200U 11.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK 1. 2. - Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve (3). The valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts until the end of test.) This illustration is a view from under vehicle EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) EVAP canister (2) BBIA0693E 3. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7 kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg), then remove pump and EVAP service port adapter. CAUTION: • Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump. • Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system. Revision: January 2010 EC-394 2010 Sentra DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer to EC-45, "Description". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> Repair or replace. A EC C 12.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. SEF200U With CONSULT-III Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. Start engine. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to increase “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening to 100%. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm. Vacuum should exist. D E F G OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> GO TO 14. H 13.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Stop engine. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm. I J K Vacuum should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 16. NG >> GO TO 14. L 14.CHECK VACUUM HOSE M Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-121, "Vacuum Hose Drawing". OK or NG OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 15. OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 16. NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose. N 15.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE O With CONSULT-III 1. Start engine. 2. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> GO TO 16. 16.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EC-360, "Component Inspection". Revision: January 2010 EC-395 2010 Sentra P DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] 17.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-290, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 18. NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. 18.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-382, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 19. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. 19.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE Check refueling EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and improper connection. For location, refer to EC-52. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 20. NG >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes. 20.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and improper connection. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 21. NG >> Repair or replace hoses, tubes or filler neck tube. 21.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE Refer to EC-55, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 22. NG >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. 22.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284889 DRAIN FILTER 1. 2. 3. Check visually for insect nests in the drain filter air inlet. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose. Revision: January 2010 EC-396 2010 Sentra DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B. 5. Block port B. 6. Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage. 7. If NG, replace drain filter. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A EC C PBIB3641E D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-397 2010 Sentra DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284890 This diagnosis detects very small leaks in the EVAP line between fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve, using the intake manifold vacuum in the same way as conventional EVAP small leak diagnosis. If ECM judges a leak which corresponds to a very small leak, the very small leak P0456 will be detected. If ECM judges a leak equivalent to a small leak, EVAP small leak P0442 will be detected. If ECM judges there are no leaks, the diagnosis will be OK. PBIB3640E DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause • • • • • • P0456 0456 Evaporative emission control system very small leak (negative pressure check) • EVAP system has a very small leak. • EVAP system does not operate properly. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve Incorrect fuel filler cap used Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close. Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control valve EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks EVAP purge line rubber tube bent Loose or disconnected rubber tube EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and the circuit Fuel tank temperature sensor Drain filter O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing or damaged EVAP canister is saturated with water EVAP control system pressure sensor Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve ORVR system leaks Fuel level sensor and the circuit Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve CAUTION: • Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on. • If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on. • Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement. Revision: January 2010 EC-398 2010 Sentra DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284891 A NOTE: • If DTC P0456 is displayed with P0442, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0456. • After repair, make sure that the hoses and clips are installed properly. EC • If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: C • Open engine hood before conducting following procedure. • If any of following conditions are met just before the DTC confirmation procedure, leave the vehicle for more than 1 hour. - Fuel filler cap is removed. D - Refilled or drained the fuel. - EVAP component parts is/are removed. • Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. E WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Make sure the following conditions are met. FUEL LEVEL SE: 0.25 - 1.4 V COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F) FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 35°C (32 - 95°F) INT/A TEMP SE: More than 0°C (32°F) If NG, turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle) or refilling/draining fuel until the output voltage condition of the “FUEL LEVEL SE” meets within the range above and leave the vehicle for more than 1 hour. Then start from step 1). Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “EVAP V/S LEAK P0456” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Follow the instruction displayed. Make sure that “OK” is displayed. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-400, "Diagnosis Procedure". NOTE: If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on CONSULT-III screen, go to EC-93, "Basic Inspection". Overall Function Check F G H I J K INFOID:0000000005284892 WITH GST L Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. CAUTION: • Never use compressed air, doing so may damage the EVAP system. • Do not start engine. • Do not exceeded 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi). 1. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port (2). EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (1) : Vehicle front M N O P ALBIA0649ZZ Revision: January 2010 EC-399 2010 Sentra DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Set the pressure pump and a hose. 3. Also set the pressure pump with pressure gauge to the EVAP service port adapter. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. 5. Connect GST and select Service $08. 6. Using Service $08 control the EVAP canister vent control valve (close). 7. Apply pressure and make sure the following conditions are satisfied. Pressure to be applied: 2.7 kPa (20 mmHg, 0.79 inHg) Time to be waited after the pressure drawn in to the EVAP SEF462UI system and the pressure to be dropped: 60 seconds and the pressure should not be dropped more than 0.4 kPa (3 mmHg, 0.12 inHg). If NG, go to EC-400, "Diagnosis Procedure". If OK, go to next step. 8. Disconnect GST. 9. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 10. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 11. Restart engine and let it idle for 90 seconds. 12. Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm for 30 seconds. 13. Turn ignition switch OFF. NOTE: For more information, refer to GST Instruction Manual. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284893 1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap. SEF915U 2.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower. 2. Retighten until reteaching sound is heard. 3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE Refer to EC-47, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one. Revision: January 2010 EC-400 2010 Sentra DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5.INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP A To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port securely. For the location of EVAP service port (2), refer to EC-45, "Description". • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (1) • : Vehicle front NOTE: Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause leaking. EC C D ALBIA0649ZZ E F G SEF916U With CONSULT-III>>GO TO 6. Without CONSULT-III>>GO TO 7. H I 6.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph. CAUTION: • Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump. • Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system. 4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer to EC-45, "Description". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair or replace. 1. 2. 3. J K L M N O SEF200U 7.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK 1. P Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: January 2010 EC-401 2010 Sentra DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Apply 12 V DC to EVAP canister vent control valve (3). The valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 V until the end of test.) This illustration is a view from under vehicle EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) EVAP canister (2) [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] BBIA0693E 3. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7 kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg), then remove pump and EVAP service port adapter. CAUTION: • Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump. • Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system. 4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer to EC-45, "Description". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair or replace. SEF200U 8.CHECK DRAIN FILTER Refer to EC-405, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace drain filter. 9.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Check the following. • EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly. Refer to EC-49, "Removal and Installation". • EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to EC-365, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring. 10.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER 1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. Revision: January 2010 EC-402 2010 Sentra DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 11. No (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 13. No (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 14. A EC C PBIB1213E 11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER D Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb). OK or NG OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 13. OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 14. NG >> GO TO 12. E F 12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART G Check the following. • EVAP canister for damage • EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection H >> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. 13.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. I With CONSULT-III Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. Start engine. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to increase “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening to 100%. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm. J K Vacuum should exist. L OK or NG OK >> GO TO 16. NG >> GO TO 15. 14.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. M Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Stop engine. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm. N O Vacuum should exist. P OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> GO TO 15. 15.CHECK VACUUM HOSE Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-121, "Vacuum Hose Drawing". OK or NG Revision: January 2010 EC-403 2010 Sentra DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> GO TO 16. NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose. 16.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EC-360, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. 17.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-290, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 18. NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. 18.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-382, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 19. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. 19.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection. Refer to EC-45, "Description". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 20. NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose. 20.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower. >> GO TO 21. 21.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and improper connection. For location, refer to EC-52. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 22. NG >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes. 22.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and improper connection. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 23. NG >> Repair or replace hose, tube or filler neck tube. 23.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE Refer to EC-55, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 24. NG >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. 24.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR Refer to FL-6. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 25. Revision: January 2010 EC-404 2010 Sentra DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. 25.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A Refer to EC-152. EC >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284894 C DRAIN FILTER 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Check visually for insect nests in the drain filter air inlet. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B. Block port B. Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage. If NG, replace drain filter. D E F G PBIB3641E H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-405 2010 Sentra DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005284895 The fuel level sensor (3) is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to the combination meter. The combination meter sends the fuel level sensor signal to the ECM through CAN communication line. It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float. • Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1) • Fuel pressure regulator (2) • Fuel tank temperature sensor (4) BBIA0765E On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284896 NOTE: • If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-423. When the vehicle is parked, naturally the fuel level in the fuel tank is stable. It means that output signal of the fuel level sensor does not change. If ECM senses sloshing signal from the sensor, fuel level sensor malfunction is detected. DTC No. P0460 0460 Trouble diagnosis name Fuel level sensor circuit noise DTC detecting condition Possible cause Even though the vehicle is parked, a signal being varied is sent from the fuel level sensor to ECM. • Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted) • Harness or connectors (Fuel level sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Combination meter • Fuel level sensor DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284897 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. 1. Start engine and wait maximum of 2 consecutive minutes. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-406, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284898 1.CHECK FUEL GAUGE OPERATION Refer to DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Follow the instruction of DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter". 2.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AND CIRCUIT Refer to DI-20, "Fuel Level Sensor Signal Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. Revision: January 2010 EC-406 2010 Sentra DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A Refer to EC-152. >> INSPECTION END EC Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284899 C FUEL LEVEL SENSOR Refer to FL-6 D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-407 2010 Sentra DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005284900 The fuel level sensor (3) is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to the combination meter. The combination meter sends the fuel level sensor signal to the ECM through CAN communication line. It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float. • Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1) • Fuel pressure regulator (2) • Fuel tank temperature sensor (4) BBIA0765E On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284901 NOTE: • If DTC P0461 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P0461 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-423. This diagnosis detects the fuel gauge malfunction of the gauge not moving even after a long distance has been driven.Driving long distances naturally affect fuel gauge level. DTC No. P0461 0461 Trouble diagnosis name Fuel level sensor circuit range/performance DTC detecting condition Possible cause The output signal of the fuel level sensor does not change within the specified range even though the vehicle has been driven a long distance. • Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted) • Harness or connectors (Fuel level sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Combination meter • Fuel level sensor Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000005284902 Use this procedure to check the overall function of the fuel level sensor function. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. WARNING: When performing following procedure, be sure to observe the handling of the fuel. Refer to FL-10. TESTING CONDITION: Before starting overall function check, preparation of draining fuel and refilling fuel is required. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284903 1.CHECK FUEL GAUGE OPERATION Refer to DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Follow the instruction of DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter". 2.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AND CIRCUIT Refer to DI-20, "Fuel Level Sensor Signal Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. Revision: January 2010 EC-408 2010 Sentra DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A Refer to EC-152. >> INSPECTION END EC Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284904 C FUEL LEVEL SENSOR Refer to FL-6. D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-409 2010 Sentra DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005284905 The fuel level sensor (3) is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to the combination meter. The combination meter. sends the fuel level sensor signal to the ECM through CAN communication line. It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float. • Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1) • Fuel pressure regulator (2) • Fuel tank temperature sensor (4) BBIA0765E On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284906 NOTE: • If DTC P0462 or P0463 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P0462 or P0463 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-423. DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P0462 0462 Fuel level sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. P0463 0463 Fuel level sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted) • Harness or connectors (Fuel level sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Combination meter • Fuel level sensor DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284907 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at ignition switch ON. 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-410, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284908 1.CHECK FUEL GAUGE OPERATION Refer to DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Follow the instruction of DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter". 2.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AND CIRCUIT Refer to DI-20, "Fuel Level Sensor Signal Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. Revision: January 2010 EC-410 2010 Sentra DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A Refer to EC-152. >> INSPECTION END EC Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284909 C FUEL LEVEL SENSOR Refer to FL-6. D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-411 2010 Sentra DTC P0500 VSS [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0500 VSS Description INFOID:0000000005284910 NOTE: • If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-423. The vehicle speed signal is sent from “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)” or combination meter through CAN communication line. On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. INFOID:0000000005284911 Trouble diagnosis name P0500 0500 Vehicle speed sensor DTC detecting condition Possible cause The vehicle speed signal sent to ECM is almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) even when vehicle is being driven. • Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted.) • Harness or connectors (Vehicle speed signal circuit is open or shorted) • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) • Combination meter FAIL-SAFE MODE When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode. Detected item Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Vehicle speed sensor The cooling fan operates (High) while engine is running. DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284912 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Steps 1 and 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-III should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position. If NG, go to EC-413, "Diagnosis Procedure". If OK, go to following step. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds. ENG SPEED More than 1,700 rpm (M/T) More than 1,300 rpm (CVT) COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F) B/FUEL SCHDL 4.5 - 31.8 msec (M/T) 6.5 - 31.8 msec (CVT) Shift lever Suitable position PW/ST SIGNAL OFF 6. Check 1st trip DTC. Revision: January 2010 EC-412 2010 Sentra DTC P0500 VSS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-413, "Diagnosis Procedure". [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000005284913 Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this check, a 1st trip EC DTC might not be confirmed. WITH GST 1. 2. 3. 4. Lift up drive wheels. Start engine. Read vehicle speed signal in Service $01 with GST. The vehicle speed signal on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position. If NG, go to EC-413, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284914 1.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)” C D E F Refer to BRC-10. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace. G 2.CHECK COMBINATION METER H Refer to DI-6. >> INSPECTION END I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-413 2010 Sentra DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM Description INFOID:0000000005284915 NOTE: If DTC P0506 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC. The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The ECM calculates the actual engine speed from signals of crankshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE). The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions, such as during warming up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan operation, etc.). On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. P0506 0506 INFOID:0000000005284916 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Idle speed control system RPM lower than expected The idle speed is less than the target idle speed by 100 rpm or more. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • Electric throttle control actuator • Intake air leak INFOID:0000000005284917 NOTE: • If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. • If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning", before conducting DTC Confirmation Procedure. For the target idle speed, refer to the EC-577. TESTING CONDITION: • Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. • Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F). 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. 5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-414, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284918 1.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK 1. Start engine and let it idle. 2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Discover air leak location and repair. 2.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Stop engine. Replace ECM. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function". Perform EC-99, "VIN Registration". Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Revision: January 2010 EC-414 2010 Sentra DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A >> INSPECTION END EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-415 2010 Sentra DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM Description INFOID:0000000005284919 NOTE: If DTC P0507 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC. The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The ECM calculates the actual engine speed from signals of camshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE). The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions, such as during warming up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan operation, etc.). On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. P0507 0507 INFOID:0000000005284920 Trouble diagnosis name Idle speed control system RPM higher than expected DTC detecting condition The idle speed is more than the target idle speed by 200 rpm or more. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • Electric throttle control actuator • Intake air leak • PCV system INFOID:0000000005284921 NOTE: • If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. • If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning", before conducting DTC Confirmation Procedure. For the target idle speed, refer to the EC-577. TESTING CONDITION: • Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. • Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F). 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. 5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-416, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284922 1.CHECK PCV HOSE CONNECTION Confirm that PCV hose is connected correctly. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace. 2.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK 1. Start engine and let it idle. 2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Discover air leak location and repair. 3.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. Stop engine. Replace ECM. Revision: January 2010 EC-416 2010 Sentra DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function". A 4. Perform EC-99, "VIN Registration". 5. Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". 6. Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". EC 7. Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". >> INSPECTION END C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-417 2010 Sentra DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY Component Description INFOID:0000000005284923 Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the Idle Air Volume Learning value memory, etc. PBIA9222J On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. P0603 0603 INFOID:0000000005284924 Trouble diagnosis name ECM power supply circuit DTC detecting condition ECM back-up RAM system does not function properly. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • Harness or connectors [The ECM power supply (back-up) circuit is open or shorted.] • ECM INFOID:0000000005284925 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 minutes. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times. 5. Check 1st trip DTC. 6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-420, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-418 2010 Sentra DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005284926 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O AABWA0301GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-419 2010 Sentra P DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR 66 Y/R ITEM Power supply for ECM (Back-up) CONDITION [Ignition switch: OFF] Diagnosis Procedure DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) INFOID:0000000005284927 1.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check voltage between ECM terminal 66 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2. JMBIA2104ZZ 2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E17, F10 • 20 A fuse • Harness for open or short between ECM and battery >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. Erase DTC. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See EC-418, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". 3. Is the 1st trip DTC P0603 displayed again? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 5. No >> INSPECTION END 5.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Replace ECM. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function". Perform EC-99, "VIN Registration". Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-420 2010 Sentra DTC P0605 ECM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0605 ECM A Component Description INFOID:0000000005284928 The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine. EC C D PBIA9222J On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284929 This self-diagnosis has one or two trip detection logic. DTC No. P0605 0605 Trouble diagnosis name Engine control module E F DTC detecting condition A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning. Possible cause G • ECM H FAIL-SAFE MODE ECM enters fail-safe mode when malfunction A is detected. I Detected items Malfunction A Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode • ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. • ECM deactivates ASCD operation. DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284930 Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. If there is no malfunction on PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-422, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC-421 M P Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Repeat step 2 for 32 times. Revision: January 2010 L O Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-422, "Diagnosis Procedure". PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C 1. 2. 3. K N PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B 1. 2. 3. 4. J 2010 Sentra DTC P0605 ECM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Check 1st trip DTC. 5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-422, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] INFOID:0000000005284931 1.INSPECTION START 1. 2. Erase DTC. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See EC-421, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". 3. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> INSPECTION END 2.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Replace ECM. Perform initialization of NVIS(NATS) system and registration of all NVIS(NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function". Perform EC-99, "VIN Registration". Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-422 2010 Sentra DTC P0607 ECM [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0607 ECM A Description INFOID:0000000005284932 CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284933 D This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic (CVT). The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis (M/T). E DTC No. P0607 0607 Trouble diagnosis name CAN communication bus DTC detecting condition When detecting error during the initial diagnosis for CAN controller of each control unit. DTC Confirmation Procedure 1. 2. 3. Possible cause • ECM F INFOID:0000000005284934 G Turn ignition switch ON. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-423, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure H INFOID:0000000005284935 1.INSPECTION START I 1. 2. Erase DTC. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See EC-423, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". 3. Is the 1st trip DTC P0607 displayed again? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> INSPECTION END J K 2.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. L Replace ECM. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function". Perform EC-99, "VIN Registration". Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". >> INSPECTION END M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-423 2010 Sentra DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284936 This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. DTC No. P0643 0643 Trouble diagnosis name Sensor power supply circuit short DTC detecting condition Possible cause ECM detects a voltage of power source for sensor is excessively low or high. • Harness or connectors (APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.) (Throttle position sensor circuit is shorted.) [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit is shorted.] • Accelerator pedal position sensor • Throttle position sensor • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) FAIL-SAFE MODE When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284937 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle. 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. 3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-426, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-424 2010 Sentra DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005284938 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O AABWA0291GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-425 2010 Sentra P DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR 72 R Sensor power supply (Throttle position sensor) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 78 G/Y Sensor power supply [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)] [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 102 BR/Y Sensor power supply (APP sensor 2) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 103 Y/G 104 B/P 106 O 110 111 W B/W ITEM Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V Sensor ground (APP sensor 2) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V Sensor power supply (APP sensor 1) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 Sensor ground (APP sensor 1) [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284939 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 EC-426 BBIA0760E 2010 Sentra DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness connector. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A EC C PBIB3433E D 3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. E Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 3. F G PBIA9606J 3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS H Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram 72 Throttle position sensor terminal 1 EC-520, "Wiring Diagram" 78 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminal 1 EC-325, "Wiring Diagram" 106 APP sensor terminal 4 EC-425, "Wiring Diagram" OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. I J K 4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) L Refer to EC-328, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). M 5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR Refer to EC-522, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> GO TO 6. N O 6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. 3. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". P >> INSPECTION END 7.CHECK APP SENSOR Refer to EC-530, "Component Inspection". Revision: January 2010 EC-427 2010 Sentra DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> GO TO 8. 8.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. 4. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". >> INSPECTION END 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-428 2010 Sentra DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH A Component Description INFOID:0000000005284940 When the shift lever position is Neutral, park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON. (M/T) When the shift lever position is P or N, transmission range switch is ON. (CVT) ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists. CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EC INFOID:0000000005284941 C Specification data are reference values. Monitor item P/N POSI SW Condition • Ignition switch: ON Specification Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) ON Shift lever: Except above OFF On Board Diagnosis Logic D E INFOID:0000000005284942 F DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name P0850 0850 Park/neutral position switch DTC detecting condition Possible cause The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP) signal is not changed in the process of engine starting and driving. • Harness or connectors [Park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit is open or shorted.] • Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T) • Transmission range switch (CVT) DTC Confirmation Procedure G H INFOID:0000000005284943 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I J WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” signal under the following conditions. K L Position (Shift lever) Known-good signal N or P position (CVT) Neutral position (M/T) ON Except above OFF 3. 4. 5. If NG, go to EC-432, "Diagnosis Procedure". If OK, go to following step. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds. ENG SPEED More than 1,100 rpm (CVT) More than 1,500 rpm (M/T) COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F) B/FUEL SCHDL 2.0 - 31.8 msec VHCL SPEED SE More than 64km/h (29 MPH) Shift lever Suitable position 6. M N O P Check 1st trip DTC. Revision: January 2010 EC-429 2010 Sentra DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH < SERVICE INFORMATION > 7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-432, "Diagnosis Procedure". Overall Function Check [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] INFOID:0000000005284944 Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. WITH GST 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminal 14 (PNP signal) and ground under the following conditions. Condition (Shift lever) P or N position (CVT) Neutral position (M/T) Except above 3. Voltage (Known-good data) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) Approx. 0 If NG, go to EC-432, "Diagnosis Procedure". JMBIA2163ZZ Revision: January 2010 EC-430 2010 Sentra DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005284945 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0222GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-431 2010 Sentra P DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 14 WIRE COLOR BR/R ITEM PNP signal CONDITION [Ignition switch: ON] • Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) [Ignition switch: ON] • Except above DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) Approximately 0 V Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284946 M/T MODELS 1.CHECK PNP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect PNP switch harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between PNP switch terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2. PBIB3003E 2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors M2, E4 • Harness connectors E3, F2 • 10 A fuse • Harness for open or short between PNP switch and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 3 and ECM terminal 14. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK PNP SWITCH Refer to MT-14. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace PNP switch. 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. Revision: January 2010 EC-432 2010 Sentra DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A >> INSPECTION END CVT MODELS 1.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. EC Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect transmission range switch harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between transmission range switch terminal 7 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. C D Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2. E F PBIB3460E 2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART G Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • 10 A fuse • Harness for open or short between transmission range switch and fuse H >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK PNP INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT I 1. 2. 3. J Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between transmission range switch terminal 6 and ECM terminal 14. Refer to Wiring Diagram. K Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L 4.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH M Refer to CVT-60. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace transmission range switch. N 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT O Refer to EC-152. P >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-433 2010 Sentra DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284947 This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. DTC No. P1148 1148 Trouble diagnosis name Closed loop control function DTC detecting condition Possible cause The closed loop control function does not operate even when vehicle is driving in the specified condition. • Harness or connectors [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.] • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater NOTE: DTC P1148 is displayed with another DTC for air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Perform the trouble diagnosis for the corresponding DTC. Revision: January 2010 EC-434 2010 Sentra DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE A Description INFOID:0000000005485511 NOTE: EC • If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer to EC-163. • If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer C to EC-423. This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse signals are exchanged between ECM and “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”. Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit D (control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005485512 E Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis. The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis. F DTC No. P1212 1212 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause TCS communication line ECM can not receive the information from “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)” continuously. • Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted.) • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) • Dead (Weak) battery DTC Confirmation Procedure G H INFOID:0000000005485513 TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle. 1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-435, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005485514 I J K Go to BRC-45. L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-435 2010 Sentra DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE System Description INFOID:0000000005284948 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION NOTE: • If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-423. Cooling Fan Control Sensor Input Signal to ECM Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1 Battery Battery voltage*1 ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Combination meter Vehicle speed*2 Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal*2 Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure ECM function Cooling fan control Actuator • IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relays-1, -2 and -3) • Cooling fan relays-4 and -5 *1: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. *2: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line. The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 4-step control [HIGH/MIDDLE/LOW/OFF]. Cooling Fan Operation Models with A/C PBIB3435E Revision: January 2010 EC-436 2010 Sentra DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Models without A/C A EC C PBIB3439E D Cooling Fan Relay Operation The ECM controls cooling fan relays through CAN communication line. E Cooling fan relay Cooling fan speed 1 2 3 4 5 Stop (OFF) OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Low (LOW) OFF OFF OFF ON OFF Middle (MID) ON OFF OFF OFF ON High (HI) ON ON ON OFF ON F G COMPONENT DESCRIPTION H Cooling Fan Motor The cooling fan operates at each speed when the current flows in the cooling fan motor as follows. Cooling fan speed Middle (MID) High (HI) I Cooling fan motor terminals (+) (−) 1 3 and 4 2 3 and 4 1 and 2 3 1 and 2 4 1 and 2 3 and 4 J K The cooling fan operates at low (LOW) speed when cooling fan motors-1 and -2 are circuited in series under middle speed condition. CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005284949 M Specification data are reference values. Monitor item AIR COND SIG COOLING FAN Condition • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine • Air conditioner switch: OFF Specification Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF Air conditioner switch: ON (Compressor operates.) ON Engine coolant temperature: 97°C (207°F) or less OFF Engine coolant temperature: Between 98°C (208°F) and 99°C (210°F). LOW Engine coolant temperature: Between 100°C (212°F) and 104°C (219°F). Engine coolant temperature: 105°C (221°F) or more Revision: January 2010 L EC-437 MIDDLE HIGH 2010 Sentra N O P DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284950 If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is indicated. This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. DTC No. P1217 1217 Trouble diagnosis name Engine over temperature (Overheat) DTC detecting condition Possible cause • Cooling fan does not operate properly (Overheat). • Cooling fan system does not operate properly (Overheat). • Engine coolant was not added to the system using the proper filling method. • Engine coolant is not within the specified range. • Harness or connectors (Cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.) • Cooling fan motor • IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relays-1, -2 and -3) • Cooling fan relays-4 and -5 • Radiator hose • Radiator • Reservoir tank • Radiator cap • Water pump • Thermostat • Water control valve For more information, refer to EC-446, "Main 13 Causes of Overheating". CAUTION: When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to MA-20, "ENGINE COOLANT : Changing Engine Coolant". Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to MA-24, "ENGINE OIL : Changing Engine Oil". 1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-17, "Anti-freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio". 2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted. Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000005284951 Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed. WARNING: Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the reservoir tank or the radiator. Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator. Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-442, "Diagnosis Procedure". Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-442, "Diagnosis Procedure" Turn ignition switch ON. SEF621W 4. 5. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. If the results are NG, go to EC-442, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST Revision: January 2010 EC-438 2010 Sentra DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator. Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-442, "Diagnosis Procedure". 2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-442, "Diagnosis Procedure". 3. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motor operation. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test". 4. If NG, go to EC-442, "Diagnosis Procedure". [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A EC C SEF621W D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-439 2010 Sentra DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005284952 BBWA2891E Revision: January 2010 EC-440 2010 Sentra DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O BBWA2892E P Revision: January 2010 EC-441 2010 Sentra DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BBWA2893E Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284953 1.INSPECTION START Do you have CONSULT-III? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> GO TO 3. Revision: January 2010 EC-442 2010 Sentra DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION A With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Select “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operates at each speed (LOW/MID/HI). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Check cooling fan control circuit. (Refer to "PROCEDURE A".) EC C 3.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION D Without CONSULT-III 1. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motor operation. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test". 2. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operates at each speed (Low/Middle/High). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Check cooling fan control circuit. (Refer to "PROCEDURE A".) E F 4.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK Refer to CO-11. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Check the following for leak. • Hose • Radiator • Water pump G H I 5.CHECK RADIATOR CAP Refer to CO-15. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace radiator cap. J 6.CHECK COMPONENT PARTS K Check the following. • Thermostat. (Refer to CO-19.) • Water control valve. (Refer to CO-24.) • Engine coolant temperature sensor. (Refer to EC-211.) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace malfunctioning component parts. L M 7.CHECK MAIN 13 CAUSES N If the cause cannot be isolated, go to EC-446, "Main 13 Causes of Overheating". O >> INSPECTION END PROCEDURE A 1.CHECK IPDM E/R POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. P Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E44. Revision: January 2010 EC-443 2010 Sentra DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 22 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2. PBIB2607E 2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • 40 A fusible link • Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and battery >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAYS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. - Disconnect cooling fan relays-4 (2) and -5 (1). : Vehicle front BBIA0877E 2. Check voltage between cooling fan relays-4, -5 terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power or short to ground in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. - PBIB3445E Disconnect cooling fan motor-2 harness connector (2). : Vehicle front Cooling fan motor-1 harness connector (1) Radiator (3) PBIB3434E Revision: January 2010 EC-444 2010 Sentra DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Check voltage between cooling fan motor-2 terminal 2, 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A Voltage: Battery voltage EC OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. C PBIB3446E 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART D Check the following. • 40 A fusible link • Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor-2 and battery E >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. F 6.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connectors E46 and E48. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector (1). : Vehicle front Cooling fan motor-2 harness connector (2) Radiator (3) Check harness continuity between the following; cooling fan relay-4 terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 45, cooling fan relay-4 terminal 5 and IPDM E/R terminal 23, cooling fan relay-5 terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 6, cooling fan relay-5 terminal 5 and ground, cooling fan relay-4 terminal 3 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 2, cooling fan motor-1 terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 24, cooling fan motor-1 terminal 4 and IPDM E/R terminal 20, cooling fan motor-1 terminal 1, 3 and ground. IPDM E/R terminal 39, 59 and ground. G H I J PBIB3434E K Continuity should exist. L cooling fan relay-4 terminal 5 and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 1, cooling fan relay-5 terminal 3 and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 3, cooling fan motor-2 terminal 1 and cooling fan relay-4 terminal 5, Refer to Wiring Diagram. M Continuity should exist. N 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 7. O 7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-4 and IPDM E/R • Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-5 and IPDM E/R • Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-4 and cooling fan motor-1 • Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-4 and cooling fan motor-2 • Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-5 and cooling fan motor-2 • Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-5 and ground • Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor-1 and ground Revision: January 2010 EC-445 P 2010 Sentra DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and ground >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 8.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". • : Vehicle front • Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. BBIA0760E 9.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAYS-4 AND -5 Refer to EC-447, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Replace malfunctioning cooling fan relay. 10.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2 Refer to EC-447, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Replace malfunctioning cooling fan motor. 11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Perform EC-152. OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R". NG >> Repair or replace harness or connector. Main 13 Causes of Overheating Engine Step Inspection item OFF 1 • • • • 2 3 Blocked radiator Blocked condenser Blocked radiator grille Blocked bumper INFOID:0000000005284954 Equipment Standard Reference page • Visual No blocking — • Coolant mixture • Coolant tester See MA-17, "Anti-freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio". • Coolant level • Visual Coolant up to MAX level in reservoir tank and radiator filler neck See CO-11, "Inspection". 4 • Radiator cap • Pressure tester See MA-18, "ENGINE COOLANT : Inspection". 2 5 • Coolant leaks • Visual No leaks See CO-11, "Inspection". ON*2 6 • Thermostat • Touch the upper and lower radiator hoses Both hoses should be hot See CO-21, and CO-15 ON*1 7 • Cooling fan • CONSULT-III Operating See trouble diagnosis for DTC P1217 (EC-442, "Diagnosis Procedure"). OFF 8 • Combustion gas leak • Color checker chemical tester 4 Gas analyzer Negative — ON* Revision: January 2010 EC-446 2010 Sentra DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Engine Step ON*3 9 Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page — • Coolant temperature gauge • Visual Gauge less than 3/4 when driving • Coolant overflow to reservoir tank • Visual No overflow during driving and idling See MA-20, "ENGINE COOLANT : Changing Engine Coolant". • Coolant return from reservoir tank to radiator • Visual Should be initial level in reservoir tank See CO-11, "Inspection". • Remove and inspect the valve Within the specified value See CO-24 OFF*4 10 OFF 11 • Water control valve OFF 12 • Cylinder head • Straight gauge feeler gauge 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maximum distortion (warping) See EM-65. 13 • Cylinder block and pistons • Visual No scuffing on cylinder walls or piston See EM-80. A EC C D E *1: Turn the ignition switch ON. *2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes. F *3: Drive at 90 km/h (56 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes. *4: After 60 minutes of cool down time. For more information, refer to CO-7. Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284955 COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2 1. 2. H Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation. High (HI) I Cooling fan motor terminals Cooling fan speed Middle (MID) G (+) (−) 1 3 and 4 2 3 and 4 1 and 2 3 1 and 2 4 1 and 2 3 and 4 J K SEF734W L Cooling fan motor should operate. If NG, replace cooling fan motor. M COOLING FAN RELAYS-4 AND -5 Check continuity between terminals 3 and 4. Conditions N Continuity 12 V direct current supply between terminal 1 and 2 Yes No current supply No O If NG, replace cooling fan motor. P PBIB0098E Revision: January 2010 EC-447 2010 Sentra DTC P1225 TP SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P1225 TP SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005284956 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition. On Board Diagnosis Logic PBIB0145E INFOID:0000000005284957 The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis. DTC No. P1225 1225 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Closed throttle position learning performance Closed throttle position learning value is excessively low. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 and 2) INFOID:0000000005284958 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Check 1st trip DTC. 4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-448, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284959 1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove the intake air duct. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1) and the housing. : Vehicle front Illustration shows the view with intake air duct removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside. 2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. 3. PBIB3436E Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Revision: January 2010 EC-448 2010 Sentra DTC P1225 TP SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > >> INSPECTION END A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284960 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR EC Refer to EM-18. C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-449 2010 Sentra DTC P1226 TP SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P1226 TP SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005284961 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition. On Board Diagnosis Logic PBIB0145E INFOID:0000000005284962 The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis. DTC No. P1226 1226 Trouble diagnosis name Closed throttle position learning performance DTC detecting condition Closed throttle position learning is not performed successfully, repeatedly. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 and 2) INFOID:0000000005284963 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 for 32 times. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. 5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-450, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284964 1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove the intake air duct. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1) and the housing. : Vehicle front Illustration shows the view with intake air duct removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside. 2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. 3. PBIB3436E Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Revision: January 2010 EC-450 2010 Sentra DTC P1226 TP SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A >> INSPECTION END Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005284965 EC ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR Refer to EM-18. C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-451 2010 Sentra DTC P1421 COLD START CONTROL [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P1421 COLD START CONTROL Description INFOID:0000000005284966 ECM controls ignition timing and engine idle speed when engine is started with prewarming up condition. This control promotes the activation of three way catalyst by heating the catalyst and reduces emissions. On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. P1421 1421 INFOID:0000000005284967 Trouble diagnosis name Cold start emission reduction strategy monitoring DTC detecting condition ECM does not control ignition timing and engine idle speed properly when engine is started with prewarming up condition. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • Lack of intake air volume • Fuel injection system • ECM INFOID:0000000005284968 NOTE: • If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. • If DTC P1421 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for other DTC. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that the “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is between 5°C (41°F) and 36°C (97°F). If “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is within the specified value, go to the following step. If “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is out of the specified value, cool engine down or warm engine up and go to step 1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-452, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284969 1.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. 2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM Check for the cause of intake air volume lacking. Refer to the following. • Crushed intake air passage • Intake air passage clogging OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part 3.CHECK FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION Perform EC-275, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" for DTC P0171. Revision: January 2010 EC-452 2010 Sentra DTC P1421 COLD START CONTROL < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Go to EC-278, "Diagnosis Procedure" for DTC P0171. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE EC 1. 2. Erase DTC. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See EC-452, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". 3. Is the 1st trip DTC P1421 displayed again? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 5. No >> INSPECTION END C D 5.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Replace ECM. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function". Perform EC-99, "VIN Registration". Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". E F G >> INSPECTION END H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-453 2010 Sentra DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH Component Description INFOID:0000000005284970 ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation of switch, and determines which button is operated. BBIA0755E 1. ASCD steering switch 2. MAIN switch 3. 4. SET/COAST switch 5. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch CANCEL switch Refer to EC-42 for the ASCD function. CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005284971 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item Condition MAIN SW • Ignition switch: ON CANCEL SW • Ignition switch: ON RESUME/ACC SW SET SW • Ignition switch: ON • Ignition switch: ON Specification MAIN switch: Pressed ON MAIN switch: Released OFF CANCEL switch: Pressed ON CANCEL switch: Released OFF RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed ON RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Released OFF SET/COAST switch: Pressed ON SET/COAST switch: Released OFF On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284972 • This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. • The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis. NOTE: If DTC P1564 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to EC-421. DTC No. P1564 1564 Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detecting Condition ASCD steering switch • An excessively high voltage signal from the ASCD steering switch is sent to ECM. • ECM detects that input signal from the ASCD steering switch is out of the specified range. • ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch is stuck ON. Revision: January 2010 EC-454 Possible Cause • Harness or connectors (ASCD switch circuit is open or shorted.) • ASCD steering switch • ECM 2010 Sentra DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284973 A NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. EC 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. C 4. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. D 6. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. 7. Check DTC. E 8. If DTC is detected, go to EC-457, "Diagnosis Procedure". F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-455 2010 Sentra DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005284974 BBWA2894E Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-456 2010 Sentra DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR 94 95 L/Y ITEM ASCD steering switch B/Y Sensor ground CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) [Ignition switch: ON] • ASCD steering switch: OFF Approximately 4 V [Ignition switch: ON] • MAIN switch: Pressed Approximately 0 V [Ignition switch: ON] • CANCEL switch: Pressed Approximately 1 V [Ignition switch: ON] • RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approximately 3 V [Ignition switch: ON] • SET/COAST switch: Pressed Approximately 2 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V A EC C D E F Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284975 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS G 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. H I J BBIA0760E 2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT K With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “MAIN SW”, “RESUME/ACC SW”, “SET SW and “CANCEL SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check each item indication under the following conditions. 1. 2. L M Switch Monitor item MAIN switch MAIN SW CANCEL switch CANCEL SW RESUME/ACCELERATE switch SET/COAST switch 1. RESUME/ACC SW SET SW Condition Indication Pressed ON Released OFF Pressed ON Released OFF Pressed ON Released OFF Pressed ON Released OFF N O P Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Revision: January 2010 EC-457 2010 Sentra DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 94 and ground with pressing each button. Switch MAIN switch CANCEL switch RESUME/ACCELERATE switch SET/COAST switch Condition [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] Voltage (V) Pressed Approx. 0 Released Approx. 4.0 Pressed Approx. 1.0 Released Approx. 4.0 Pressed Approx. 3.0 Released Approx. 4.0 Pressed Approx. 2.0 Released Approx. 4.0 PBIB3343E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect combination switch harness connector M78. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between combination switch terminal 20 (unit side) and ECM terminal 95. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 5. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors M2, E4 • Combination switch (spiral cable) • Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 94 and combination switch terminal 16. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6. 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors M2, E4 • Combination switch (spiral cable) • Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Revision: January 2010 EC-458 2010 Sentra DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 7.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH A Refer to EC-459, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace ASCD steering switch. EC 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT C Refer to EC-152. >> INSPECTION END D Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284976 E ASCD STEERING SWITCH 1. 2. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector M78. Check continuity between combination switch (spiral cable) terminals 16 and 20 with pushing each switch. Switch MAIN switch CANCEL switch RESUME/ACCELERATE switch SET/COAST switch Condition F Resistance (Ω) Pressed Approx. 0 Released Approx. 4,000 Pressed Approx. 250 Released Approx. 4,000 Pressed Approx. 1,480 Released Approx. 4,000 Pressed Approx. 660 Released Approx. 4,000 G H PBIB3442E I J If NG, replace ASCD steering switch. K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-459 2010 Sentra DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH Component Description INFOID:0000000005284977 When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch (1) is turned OFF and stop lamp switch (2) is turned ON. ECM detects the state of the brake pedal (3) by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal). Refer to EC-42 for the ASCD function. BBIA0769E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005284978 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item BRAKE SW1 (ASCD brake switch) BRAKE SW2 (Stop lamp switch) Condition • Ignition switch: ON • Ignition switch: ON Specification • Brake pedal: Fully released (CVT) • Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released (M/T) ON • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT) • Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T) OFF Brake pedal: Fully released OFF Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284979 • This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. • The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis. NOTE: • If DTC P1572 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to EC-421. • This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. When malfunction A is detected, DTC is not stored in ECM memory. And in that case, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data are displayed. 1st trip DTC is erased when ignition switch OFF. And even when malfunction A is detected in two consecutive trips, DTC is not stored in ECM memory. DTC No. P1572 1572 Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detecting Condition A) When the vehicle speed is above 30km/h (19 MPH), ON signals from the stop lamp switch and the ASCD brake switch are sent to ECM at the same time. B) ASCD brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for extremely long time while the vehicle is driving ASCD brake switch Revision: January 2010 EC-460 Possible Cause • Harness or connectors (Stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.) • Harness or connectors (ASCD brake switch circuit is shorted.) • Harness or connectors (ASCD clutch switch circuit is shorted.) (M/T) • Stop lamp switch • ASCD brake switch • ASCD clutch switch (M/T) • Incorrect stop lamp switch installation • Incorrect ASCD brake switch installation • Incorrect ASCD clutch switch installation (M/T) • ECM 2010 Sentra DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284980 A CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: EC • If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. • Procedure for malfunction B is not described here. It takes extremely long time to complete procedure for malfunction B. By performing procedure for malfunction A, the incident that causes malfunction B can be C detected. TESTING CONDITION: Steps 3 and 5 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a D road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. 1. Start engine. 2. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE indicator lights up. E 3. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition. Vehicle speed More than 30 km/h (19 MPH) Shift lever Suitable position 4. 5. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-463, "Diagnosis Procedure". If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to the following step. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition. Vehicle speed More than 30 km/h (19 MPH) Shift lever Suitable position Driving location Depress the brake pedal for more than 5 seconds so as not to come off from the above-mentioned vehicle speed. 6. 7. F G H I J Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-463, "Diagnosis Procedure". K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-461 2010 Sentra DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005284981 AABWA0299GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-462 2010 Sentra DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 99 100 WIRE COLOR ITEM R/G Stop lamp switch G/B ASCD brake switch CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) [Ignition switch: ON] • Brake pedal: Fully released Approximately 0 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT) • Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released (M/T) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT) • Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T) A EC C D Approximately 0 V E Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284982 1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I F With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions. G M/T models Condition Indication Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released ON H I CVT models Condition Indication Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF Brake pedal: Fully released ON 1. 2. J Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminal 100 and ground under the following conditions. K M/T models L Condition Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released Indication Approximately 0 V M Battery voltage CVT models Condition Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Brake pedal: Fully released Indication Approximately 0 V N PBIB3315E Battery voltage O OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> GO TO 3. 2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II P With CONSULT-III Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode. Revision: January 2010 EC-463 2010 Sentra DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Condition Indication Brake pedal: Fully released OFF Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON Without CONSULT-III Check voltage between ECM terminal 99 and ground under the following conditions. Condition Brake pedal: Fully released Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Indication Approximately 0 V Battery voltage PBIB0311E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> GO TO 11. 3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD brake switch (1) harness connector. Stop lamp switch (2) Brake pedal (3) Turn ignition switch ON. BBIA0769E 4. Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage : Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG (M/T models)>>GO TO 4. NG (CVT models)>>GO TO 6. 4.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. PBIB0857E Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: January 2010 EC-464 2010 Sentra DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch (1) harness connector. Clutch pedal (2) 3. Turn ignition switch ON. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A EC C BBIA0770E D 4. Check voltage between ASCD clutch switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. E Voltage : Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 5. F G PBIB0857E 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H Check the following. • 10 A fuse • Harness for open or short between ASCD clutch switch and fuse I >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART J Check the following. • 10 A fuse • Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse K >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L 7.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. N 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. O 8.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. P Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 100 and ASCD brake switch terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Revision: January 2010 EC-465 M 2010 Sentra DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 9.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH Refer to EC-467, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> Replace ASCD brake switch. 10.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH Refer to EC-467, "Component Inspection" OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> Replace ASCD clutch switch. 11.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. - Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect stop lamp switch (2) harness connector. ASCD brake switch (1) Brake pedal (3) BBIA0769E 3. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT -III or tester. PBIB3443E Voltage : Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> GO TO 12. 12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • 10 A fuse • Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 13.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 99 and stop lamp switch terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Revision: January 2010 EC-466 2010 Sentra DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Continuity should exist. A 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. EC 14.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH C Refer to EC-467, "Component Inspection" OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> Replace stop lamp switch. D 15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT E Refer to EC-152. >> INSPECTION END F Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284983 G ASCD BRAKE SWITCH 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. Check continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions. Condition Brake pedal: Fully released. Brake pedal: Slightly depressed. H I Continuity Should exist. J Should not exist. If NG, adjust ASCD brake switch installation, refer to BR-8, and perform step 3 again. K SEC023D ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH 1. 2. 3. L Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector. Check continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions. Condition Clutch pedal: Fully released. Clutch pedal: Slightly depressed. M Continuity N Should exist. Should not exist. If NG, adjust ASCD clutch switch installation, refer to CL-6, and perform step 3 again. O SEC023D STOP LAMP SWITCH 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. Revision: January 2010 EC-467 2010 Sentra P DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions. PBIB3444E Condition Brake pedal: Fully released. Brake pedal: Slightly depressed. Continuity Should not exist. Should exist. If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-8, and perform step 3 again. Revision: January 2010 EC-468 2010 Sentra DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A Component Description INFOID:0000000005284984 The ECM receives two vehicle speed signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from “ABS actuator EC and electric unit (control unit)” or combination meter, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ASCD control. Refer to EC-42 for ASCD functions. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284985 • This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. • The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis. NOTE: • If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0500, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500. Refer to EC-412. • If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to EC-421. • If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-423. DTC No. P1574 1574 Trouble Diagnosis Name ASCD vehicle speed sensor DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause ECM detects a difference between two vehicle speed signals is out of the specified range. • Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted.) • TCM (CVT models) • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) • Combination meter • ECM C D E F G H I DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284986 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Step 3 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. J K L WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25MPH). Check DTC. If DTC is detected, go to EC-469, "Diagnosis Procedure". M N WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. Diagnosis Procedure O INFOID:0000000005284987 1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM P Check DTC with TCM. Refer to CVT-24. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated. 2.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT” Revision: January 2010 EC-469 2010 Sentra DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Refer to BRC-10. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace. 3.CHECK COMBINATION METER Check combination meter function. Refer to DI-6. >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-470 2010 Sentra DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A Description INFOID:0000000005284988 ECM receives input speed sensor signal from TCM through CAN communication line. ECM uses this signal for EC engine control. CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005284989 C Specification data are reference values. Monitor item I/P PULLY SPD Condition Specification D Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication • Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12MPH) On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284990 NOTE: • If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0335, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0335. Refer to EC-317. • If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0340 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0340. Refer to EC-324. • If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to EC-421. • If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-423. The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis. E F G H I DTC No. P1715 1715 Trouble diagnosis name Input speed sensor (TCM output) DTC detecting condition Possible cause Input speed sensor signal is different from the theoretical value calculated by ECM from output speed sensor signal and engine rpm signal. • Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted) • Harness or connectors (Input speed sensor circuit is open or shorted) • TCM J K DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005284991 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. L M WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine. Drive vehicle at a speed of more than 50 km/h (31 MPH) for at least 5 seconds. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-471, "Diagnosis Procedure". N O WITH GST P Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005284992 1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM Check DTC with TCM. Refer to CVT-24. OK or NG Revision: January 2010 EC-471 2010 Sentra DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] 2.REPLACE TCM Replace TCM. Refer to CVT-27. >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-472 2010 Sentra DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH A Description INFOID:0000000005284993 Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed. EC This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving. CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005284994 C Specification data are reference values. Monitor item BRAKE SW Condition • Ignition switch: ON Specification Brake pedal: Fully released OFF Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON E On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005284995 The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis. DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name P1805 1805 Brake switch D F DTC detecting condition Possible cause A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for extremely long time while the vehicle is driving. • Harness or connectors (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.) • Stop lamp switch FAIL-SAFE MODE G H When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters in fail-safe mode. Engine operation condition in fail-fail safe mode I ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small range. Therefore, acceleration will be poor. Vehicle condition Engine: Idling Normal Accelerating Poor acceleration DTC Confirmation Procedure 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. J Driving condition K INFOID:0000000005284996 Turn ignition switch ON. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds. Erase the DTC with CONSULT-III. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-475, "Diagnosis Procedure". L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-473 2010 Sentra DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005284997 BBWA2896E Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-474 2010 Sentra DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 99 WIRE COLOR R/G ITEM Stop lamp switch CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) [Ignition switch: OFF] • Brake pedal: Fully released Approximately 0 V [Ignition switch: OFF] • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) Diagnosis Procedure EC C INFOID:0000000005284998 1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT 1. 2. A D Turn ignition switch OFF. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal. E Brake pedal Fully released Stop lamp Not illuminated Slightly depressed F Illuminated OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2. G 2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. - H Disconnect stop lamp switch (2) harness connector. ASCD brake switch (1) Brake pedal (3) I J BBIA0769E 2. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. K L M N PBIB3443E Voltage O : Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. P 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • 10 A fuse • Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and battery Revision: January 2010 EC-475 2010 Sentra DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch terminal 2 and ECM terminal 99. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors. 5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH Refer to EC-476, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace stop lamp switch. 6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005284999 STOP LAMP SWITCH 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions. PBIB3444E Condition Brake pedal: Fully released. Brake pedal: Slightly depressed. Continuity Should not exist. Should exist. If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-8, and perform step 3 again. Revision: January 2010 EC-476 2010 Sentra DTC P2004 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P2004 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE A Description INFOID:0000000005285000 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) EC Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator C Engine speed* Battery Battery voltage* Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Tumble control valve position sensor Tumble control valve position Tumble control valve control Tumble control valve motor D E *: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. Tumble control valve has a valve portion in the intake passage of each cylinder. While idling and during low engine coolant temperature, the tumble control valve closes. Thus the velocity of the air in the intake passage increases, promoting the vaporization of the fuel and producing a tumble in the combustion chamber. Because of this operation, this system tends to increase the burning speed of the gas mixture, improve fuel consumption, and increase the stability in running conditions. Also, except when idling and during low engine coolant temperature, this system opens the tumble control valve. In this condition, this system tends to increase power by improving intake efficiency via reduction of intake flow resistance. The tumble control valve is operated by the ECM. F G H I COMPONENT DESCRIPTION Tumble control valve (2) is installed in the intake manifold adapter (1). Tumble control valve actuator (3) is connected to the front end of the valve shaft. Tumble control valve actuator consists of motor and position sensor, etc. The motor opens or closes the valve by the output signal of the ECM. The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. It senses the valve shaft movement and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. J K L ALBIA0621ZZ CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285001 M Specification data are reference values. Monitor item SWRL CONT S/V Condition • Engine coolant temperature: Between 5°C (41°F) and 45°C (113°F) • Engine speed: Less than 3,200 rpm Specification Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-477 2010 Sentra DTC P2004 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. P2004 Trouble diagnosis name Tumble control valve stuck INFOID:0000000005285002 DTC detecting condition Possible cause The target angle of tumble control valve controlled by ECM and the input signal from tumble control valve position sensor is not in the normal range. • Harness or connectors (Tumble control valve motor circuit is open or shorted.) (Tumble control valve position sensor circuit is open or shorted.) (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit is shorted.) [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.] (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) • Tumble control valve actuator (Tumble control valve motor) (Tumble control valve position sensor) • Accelerator pedal position sensor • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Refrigerant pressure sensor DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285003 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: • Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. • Always perform the test at a temperature above 0°C (32°F) WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates between 5°C (41°F) to 45°C (113°F). If not, cool engine down or warm engine up until “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates between 5°C (41°F) to 45°C (113°F). Then go to the following steps. Fully release accelerator pedal and wait at least 5 seconds. Depress accelerator pedal and wait at least 5 seconds. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-480, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST Following the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. Revision: January 2010 EC-478 2010 Sentra DTC P2004 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285004 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0152GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-479 2010 Sentra P DTC P2004 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR 3 L/W 6 7 35 R W L/G ITEM Tumble control vale motor power supply Tumble control valve motor (Open) Tumble control valve motor (Close) Tumble control valve position sensor CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON → OFF] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch ON 0V ↓ BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) ↓ 0V [Ignition switch: OFF → ON] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch ON 0V ↓ BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) ↓ 0V [Engine is running] • Engine coolant temperature: Between 5°C (41°F) and 45°C (113°F) • Engine speed: Less than 3,200 rpm • Accelerator pedal: Fully released Less than 1.2 V [Engine is running] • Engine coolant temperature: Between 5°C (41°F) and 45°C (113°F) • Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed More than 2.9 V 47 L/R Sensor ground (Tumble control valve position sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V 69 LG/B Sensor power supply (Tumble control valve position sensor) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 74 G/W Sensor power supply (Refrigerant pressure sensor) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 75 Y Sensor power supply [Crankshaft position sensor (POS)] [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 76 V/W EVAP control system pressure sensor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 102 BR/Y Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285005 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: January 2010 EC-480 2010 Sentra DTC P2004 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A EC C 2.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I BBIA0760E D Check the voltage between ECM terminal 3 and ground under the following conditions with CONSULT-III or tester. Ignition switch Voltage OFF Approximately 0 V ON Battery voltage (11 - 14 V) E F G OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 3. MBIB0028E 3.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE MOTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II H 1. 2. 3. 4. I Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 3 and IPDM E/R terminal 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram. J Continuity should exist. 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> Refer to EC-154, "Diagnosis Procedure". NG >> GO TO 4. K 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART L Check the following. • Harness connectors E17, F10 • Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R M >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect tumble control valve actuator harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Tumble control valve actuator terminal 4 5 4. ECM terminal Continuity 6 Should not existed 7 Should existed 6 Should existed 7 Should not existed O P Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Revision: January 2010 EC-481 N 2010 Sentra DTC P2004 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. 3. Reconnect ECM harness connector disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between tumble control valve actuator terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage : Battery voltage OK or NG YES >> GO TO 15. NO >> GO TO 7. 7.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. JMBIA1606ZZ Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between tumble control valve actuator terminal 1 and ECM terminal 69. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair open circuit. 8.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram 69 Tumble control valve actuator terminal 1 EC-479, "Wiring Diagram" 74 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-571, "Wiring Diagram" 75 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1 EC-319, "Wiring Diagram" 76 EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-378, "Wiring Diagram" 102 APP sensor terminal 5 EC-514, "Wiring Diagram" OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 9.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to MTC-27. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. 10.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) Refer to EC-323, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). 11.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Revision: January 2010 EC-482 2010 Sentra DTC P2004 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE < SERVICE INFORMATION > Refer to EC-382, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A 12.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR EC Refer to MTC-27. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. C 13.CHECK APP SENSOR D Refer to EC-517, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 18. NG >> GO TO 14. E 14.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. 4. F Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". G >> INSPECTION END 15.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between tumble control valve actuator terminal 2 and ECM terminal 47. Refer to Wiring Diagram. H I J Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 16. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K 16.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND L SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between tumble control valve actuator terminal 3 and ECM terminal 35. Refer to Wiring Diagram. M Continuity should exist. N 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. O 17.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE P Refer to EC-484, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 18. NG >> Replace intake manifold adapter. 18.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152, "Description". Revision: January 2010 EC-483 2010 Sentra DTC P2004 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> Replace intake manifold adapter. NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. Component Inspection [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] INFOID:0000000005285006 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove intake manifold adapter. Visually check the valve for damage and check if foreign matter is caught between the valve and the housing. Connect tumble control valve actuator harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Perform “TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Touch “ON/OFF” and check that the valve opens and closes. WITHOUT CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove intake manifold adapter. Visually check the valve for damage and check if foreign matter is caught between the valve and the housing. Supply tumble control valve actuator terminals with battery voltage within 2 seconds and check operation. Tumble control valve Terminal (+) (-) Close 4 5 Open 5 4 CAUTION: Do not apply 12 V DC continuously for 30 seconds or more. Doing so may result in damage to the coil in tumble control valve motor. Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285007 INTAKE MANIFOLD ADAPTER Refer to EM-19, "Removal and Installation". Revision: January 2010 EC-484 2010 Sentra DTC P2014 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P2014 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR Component Description A INFOID:0000000005285008 Tumble control valve position sensor is built into the tumble control valve actuator (3). 1 : Intake manifold adapter 2 : Tumble control valve EC C The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. It senses the valve shaft movement and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. D ALBIA0621ZZ CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285009 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item TUMBLE POS SEN F Condition • Engine coolant temperature: Between 5°C (41°F) and 45°C (113°F) • Engine speed: Less than 3,200 rpm P2014 Trouble diagnosis name Tumble control valve position sensor circuit Specification Accelerator pedal: Fully released Less than 1.2 V Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed More than 2.9 V INFOID:0000000005285010 I DTC detecting condition Possible cause An excessively low or high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (Tumble control valve position sensor circuit is open or shorted.) (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit is shorted.) [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.] (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) • Tumble control valve actuator (Tumble control valve position sensor) • Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 2) • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Refrigerant pressure sensor DTC Confirmation Procedure J K L M N INFOID:0000000005285011 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. 1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 second. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-487, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 G H On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. E EC-485 2010 Sentra O P DTC P2014 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285012 ABBWA0153GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-486 2010 Sentra DTC P2014 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR 3 L/W 6 7 35 R W L/G ITEM Tumble control vale motor power supply Tumble control valve motor (Open) Tumble control valve motor (Close) Tumble control valve position sensor CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON → OFF] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch ON 0V ↓ BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) ↓ 0V [Ignition switch: OFF → ON] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch ON 0V ↓ BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) ↓ 0V [Engine is running] • Engine coolant temperature: Between 5°C (41°F) and 45°C (113°F) • Engine speed: Less than 3,200 rpm • Accelerator pedal: Fully released [Engine is running] • Engine coolant temperature: Between 5°C (41°F) and 45°C (113°F) • Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed Less than 1.2 V EC C D E F G H More than 2.9 V I L/R Sensor ground (Tumble control valve position sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V 69 LG/B Sensor power supply (Tumble control valve position sensor) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 74 G/W Sensor power supply (Refrigerant pressure sensor) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 75 Y Sensor power supply [Crankshaft position sensor (POS)] [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 76 V/W EVAP control system pressure sensor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 102 BR/Y Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 47 A J K L M N : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285013 O 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. P Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: January 2010 EC-487 2010 Sentra DTC P2014 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] 2.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. 3. BBIA0760E Reconnect ECM harness connector disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between tumble control valve actuator terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage : Battery voltage OK or NG YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. JMBIA1606ZZ Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between tumble control valve actuator terminal 1 and ECM terminal 69. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit. 4.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram 69 Tumble control valve actuator terminal 1 EC-486, "Wiring Diagram" 74 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-571, "Wiring Diagram" 75 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1 EC-319, "Wiring Diagram" 76 EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-378, "Wiring Diagram" 102 APP sensor terminal 5 EC-514, "Wiring Diagram" OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) Refer to EC-323, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Revision: January 2010 EC-488 2010 Sentra DTC P2014 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 6.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR A Refer to EC-382, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. EC 7.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR C Refer to MTC-27. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. D 8.CHECK APP SENSOR Refer to EC-517, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> GO TO 9. E 1. 2. 3. 4. G F 9.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". H >> INSPECTION END 10.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT I 1. 2. 3. J Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between tumble control valve actuator terminal 2 and ECM terminal 47. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. K 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L 11.CHECK TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between tumble control valve actuator terminal 3 and ECM terminal 35. Refer to Wiring Diagram. M N Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. O P 12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152, "Description". OK or NG OK >> Replace intake manifold adapter. NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. Revision: January 2010 EC-489 2010 Sentra DTC P2014 TUMBLE CONTROL VALVE POSITION SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285014 INTAKE MANIFOLD ADAPTER Refer to EM-19, "Removal and Installation". Revision: January 2010 EC-490 2010 Sentra DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY Component Description A INFOID:0000000005285015 Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle EC control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not C provided to the ECM. CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285016 D Specification data are reference values. Monitor item THRTL RELAY Condition Specification • Ignition switch: ON ON On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285017 F These self-diagnoses have one trip detection logic. DTC No. E Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause G P2100 2100 Throttle control motor relay circuit open ECM detects a voltage of power source for throttle control motor is excessively low. • Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor relay circuit is open) • Throttle control motor relay P2103 2103 Throttle control motor relay circuit short ECM detects the throttle control motor relay is stuck ON. • Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor relay circuit is shorted) • Throttle control motor relay FAIL-SAFE MODE H I J When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode K ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285018 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. L M PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2100 1. 2. 3. 4. N Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. Check DTC. If DTC is detected, go to EC-493, "Diagnosis Procedure". O PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2103 TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle. 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. 2. Check DTC. 3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-493, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-491 2010 Sentra P DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285019 AABWA0289GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-492 2010 Sentra DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A EC Approximately 3.2 V 1 V Throttle control motor (Open) C [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed D PBIA8150J 2 Y/B Throttle control motor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) E Approximately 1.8 V 4 L/R Throttle control motor (Close) F [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully released G PBIA8149J 15 G/Y Throttle control motor relay [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0 V I : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285020 J 1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check voltage between ECM terminal 15 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage K L : Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 2. M 2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. PBIA9569J Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E46. Check continuity between ECM terminal 15 and IPDM E/R terminal 46. Refer to Wiring Diagram. P 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. EC-493 N O Continuity should exist. Revision: January 2010 H 2010 Sentra DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK FUSE 1. Disconnect 15 A fuse. 2. Check 15 A fuse for blown. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace 15 A fuse. 5.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I Check voltage between ECM terminal 2 and ground under the following conditions with CONSULT-III or tester. Ignition switch Voltage OFF Approximately 0 V ON Battery voltage (11 - 14 V) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 6. PBIA9568J 6.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E43. Check continuity between ECM terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 8. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 7. 7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E17, F10 • Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-17. NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. Revision: January 2010 EC-494 2010 Sentra DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION Description A INFOID:0000000005285021 NOTE: EC If DTC P2101 is displayed with DTC P2100 or P2119, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2100 or P2119. Refer to EC-491or EC-505. Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. C The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feedback to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition. D On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285022 This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. DTC No. P2101 2101 Trouble diagnosis name Electric throttle control performance DTC detecting condition Electric throttle control function does not operate properly. E Possible cause • Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted) • Electric throttle control actuator F G FAIL-SAFE MODE When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. H Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. DTC Confirmation Procedure I INFOID:0000000005285023 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V when engine is running. 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. 2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. 3. Check DTC. 4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-497, "Diagnosis Procedure". J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-495 2010 Sentra DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285024 AABWA0288GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-496 2010 Sentra DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A EC Approximately 3.2 V 1 Throttle control motor (Open) V C [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed D PBIA8150J 2 Throttle control motor power supply Y/B [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) E Approximately 1.8 V 4 L/R Throttle control motor (Close) F [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully released G PBIA8149J 15 G/Y Throttle control motor relay [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0 V I : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285025 J 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I K L M BBIA0760E Check voltage between ECM terminal 2 and ground under the following conditions with CONSULT-III or tester. Ignition switch Voltage OFF Approximately 0 V ON Battery voltage (11 - 14 V) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 3. Revision: January 2010 H O P PBIA9568J EC-497 N 2010 Sentra DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E43. Check continuity between ECM terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 8. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E17, F10 • Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Check voltage between ECM terminal 15 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage : Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> GO TO 6. 6.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. PBIA9569J Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E46. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 15 and IPDM E/R terminal 46. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 7. 7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 8.CHECK FUSE 1. 2. Disconnect 15 A fuse. Check 15 A fuse for blown. Revision: January 2010 EC-498 2010 Sentra DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace 15A fuse. A 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT EC Refer to EC-152. OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-17. NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. C 10.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. D Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator (1) harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Electric throttle control actuator terminal 5 6 E F ECM terminal Continuity 1 Should not exist. 4 Should exist. 1 Should exist. 4 Should not exist. G BBIA0753E H 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Repair or replace. I 11.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY J 1. 2. Remove the intake air duct. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1) and the housing. : Vehicle front Illustration shows the view with intake air duct removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside. K L M PBIB3436E 12.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR N Refer to EC-500, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> GO TO 14. O 13.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT P Refer to EC-152. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 14. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR Revision: January 2010 EC-499 2010 Sentra DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. 2. Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". 3. Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285026 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR 1. 2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Check resistance between terminals 5 and 6. Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)] 3. 4. 5. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next step. Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". PBIB2909E Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285027 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR Refer to EM-18. Revision: January 2010 EC-500 2010 Sentra DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR A Component Description INFOID:0000000005285028 The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. EC The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feedback to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition. C On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285029 This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. DTC No. P2118 2118 Trouble diagnosis name Throttle control motor circuit short D DTC detecting condition ECM detects short in both circuits between ECM and throttle control motor. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.) • Electric throttle control actuator (Throttle control motor) F FAIL-SAFE MODE When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. G Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. DTC Confirmation Procedure E H INFOID:0000000005285030 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. 2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. 3. Check DTC. 4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-503, "Diagnosis Procedure". I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-501 2010 Sentra DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285031 AABWA0290GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-502 2010 Sentra DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A EC Approximately 3.2 V 1 V Throttle control motor (Open) C [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed D PBIA8150J 2 Y/B Throttle control motor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) E Approximately 1.8 V 4 L/R Throttle control motor (Close) F [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully released G PBIA8149J 15 G/Y Throttle control motor relay [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0 V I : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285032 J 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten engine screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT 1. 2. 3. K L M BBIA0760E Disconnect electric throttle control actuator (1) harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Electric throttle control actuator terminal 5 Revision: January 2010 H ECM terminal Continuity 1 Should not exist. 4 Should exist. EC-503 N O P BBIA0753E 2010 Sentra DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Electric throttle control actuator terminal ECM terminal 6 Continuity 1 Should exist. 4 Should not exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR Refer to EC-504, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 5. 4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 5.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. 3. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285033 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR 1. 2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Check resistance between terminals 5 and 6. Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)] 3. 4. 5. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next step. Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". PBIB2909E Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285034 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR Refer to EM-18. Revision: January 2010 EC-504 2010 Sentra DTC P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR Component Description A INFOID:0000000005285035 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. EC The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening C angle properly in response to driving condition. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285036 D This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition A) P2119 2119 Electric throttle control actuator Possible cause Electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring malfunction. B) Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range. C) ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open. E F • Electric throttle control actuator G FAIL-SAFE MODE When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. Detected items H Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Malfunction A ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm. Malfunction B ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less. Malfunction C While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls. The engine can restart in N or P position (CVT), neutral (M/T), and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more. DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285037 NOTE: • Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C. • If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. Set shift lever to D position (CVT) or 1st position (M/T), and wait at least 3 seconds. Set shift lever to P position (CVT) or Neutral position (M/T). Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. Set shift lever to D position (CVT) or 1st position (M/T), and wait at least 3 seconds. Set shift lever to P position (CVT) or Neutral position (M/T). Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON. Check DTC. If DTC is detected, go to EC-506, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC-505 K L M O P Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. Set shift lever to D position (CVT) or 1st position (M/T) and wait at least 3 seconds. Revision: January 2010 J N PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C 1. 2. I 2010 Sentra DTC P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Set shift lever to N, P position (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) position. 4. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds. 5. Check DTC. 6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-506, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] INFOID:0000000005285038 1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY 1. 2. Remove the intake air duct. Check if a foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1) and the housing. : Vehicle front This illumination is shows the view with intake air duct removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside. 2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. 3. PBIB3436E Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-506 2010 Sentra DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR A Component Description INFOID:0000000005285039 The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end EC of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator position and sends a signal to the ECM. Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors C are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The D ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals. PBIB1741E E Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut. F CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285040 Specification data are reference values. G Monitor item Condition Specification ACCEL SEN 1 • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8 V ACCEL SEN 2* • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8 V CLSD THL POS • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF INFOID:0000000005285041 These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic. NOTE: If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-424. DTC No. I J *: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage. On Board Diagnosis Logic H Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P2122 2122 Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 1 is sent to ECM. P2123 2123 Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 1 is sent to ECM. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) • Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 1) K L M N FAIL-SAFE MODE When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. O Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor. DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285042 NOTE: Revision: January 2010 EC-507 2010 Sentra P DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle. 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. 3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-509, "Diagnosis Procedure". Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285043 BBWA2900E Revision: January 2010 EC-508 2010 Sentra DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam- EC age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR 102 BR/Y 103 104 106 110 111 Y/G B/P O W B/W ITEM Sensor power supply (APP sensor 2) Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 CONDITION [Ignition switch: ON] DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 5 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V F [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V Sensor power supply (APP sensor 1) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V Sensor ground (APP sensor 1) G H [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Diagnosis Procedure D E Sensor ground (APP sensor 2) Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 C I Approximately 0 V INFOID:0000000005285044 J K 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS L 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. M N O 2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 EC-509 BBIA0760E P 2010 Sentra DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness connector. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] PBIB3433E 3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage : Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. PBIA9606J Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 111 and APP sensor terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 110 and APP sensor terminal 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK APP SENSOR Refer to EC-511, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6. 6.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. 4. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Revision: January 2010 EC-510 2010 Sentra DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A >> INSPECTION END 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. EC >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285045 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1. 2. 3. Accelerator pedal E F Voltage 110 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V 103 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V 4. 5. 6. 7. D Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminals 110 (APP sensor 1 signal), 103 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions. Terminal G PBIA9572J If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step. Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Removal and Installation C H I INFOID:0000000005285046 ACCELERATOR PEDAL J K Refer to ACC-4. L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-511 2010 Sentra DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005285047 The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator position and sends a signal to the ECM. Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals. PBIB1741E Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut. CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285048 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item Condition Specification ACCEL SEN 1 • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8 V ACCEL SEN 2* • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8 V CLSD THL POS • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF *: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285049 These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic. DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P2127 2127 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. P2128 2128 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.) [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.] (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (Tumble control valve position sensor circuit is shorted.) • Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 2) • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Refrigerant pressure sensor • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Tumble control valve position sensor FAIL-SAFE MODE When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. Revision: January 2010 EC-512 2010 Sentra DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor. DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285050 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle. 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. 3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-515, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-513 2010 Sentra DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285051 AABWA0293GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-514 2010 Sentra DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. A WIRE COLOR ITEM LG/B Sensor power supply (Tumble control valve position sensor) 74 G/W Sensor power supply (Refrigerant pressure sensor) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 75 Y Sensor power supply [Crankshaft position sensor (POS)] [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 76 V/W EVAP control system pressure sensor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 102 BR/Y Sensor power supply (APP sensor 2) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 69 103 Y/G 104 B/P 106 O 110 111 W B/W Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) EC [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V C [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully released [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 0.3 - 0.6 V G 1.95 - 2.4 V H [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V Sensor power supply (APP sensor 1) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V Sensor ground (APP sensor 1) [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Diagnosis Procedure I J K Approximately 0 V L INFOID:0000000005285052 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS M 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I Revision: January 2010 E F Sensor ground (APP sensor 2) Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 D EC-515 N O P BBIA0760E 2010 Sentra DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness connector. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] PBIB3433E 3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 5 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage : Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 3. PBIA9607J 3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 5 and ECM terminal 102. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit. 4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram 69 Tumble control valve position sensor terminal 1 EC-486, "Wiring Diagram" 74 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-571, "Wiring Diagram" 75 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1 EC-319, "Wiring Diagram" 76 EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-378, "Wiring Diagram" 102 APP sensor terminal 5 EC-514, "Wiring Diagram" OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK COMPONENTS Check the following. • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-323, "Component Inspection".) • Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to MTC-27.) • EVAP control system pressure (Refer to EC-382, "Component Inspection".) • Tumble control valve position sensor (Refer to EC-487, "Diagnosis Procedure".) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. Revision: January 2010 EC-516 2010 Sentra DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > NG >> Replace malfunctioning component. 6.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. A Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 104 and APP sensor terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. EC C Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D 7.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. E Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 103 and APP sensor terminal 6. Refer to Wiring Diagram. F Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G 8.CHECK APP SENSOR H Refer to EC-517, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 9. I 9.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY J 1. 2. 3. 4. K Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". L >> INSPECTION END 10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. M >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285053 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1. 2. N O Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. P Revision: January 2010 EC-517 2010 Sentra DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 110 (APP sensor 1 signal), 103 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions. Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage 110 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V 103 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V 4. 5. 6. 7. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] PBIA9572J If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step. Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285054 ACCELERATOR PEDAL Refer to ACC-4. Revision: January 2010 EC-518 2010 Sentra DTC P2135 TP SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P2135 TP SENSOR A Component Description INFOID:0000000005285055 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition. EC C D PBIB0145E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285056 Specification data are reference values. F Monitor item TP SEN 1-B1 TP SEN 2-B1* Condition Specification • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285057 This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. NOTE: If DTC P2135 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-424. P2135 2135 G H *: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal. DTC No. E Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause Throttle position sensor circuit range/performance Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM compared with the signals from TP sensor 1 and TP sensor 2. • Harness or connector (TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or shorted.) • Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 and 2) I J K L FAIL-SAFE MODE When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. M Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor. DTC Confirmation Procedure O INFOID:0000000005285058 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle. 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. 3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-521, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 N EC-519 2010 Sentra P DTC P2135 TP SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285059 ABBWA0154GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-520 2010 Sentra DTC P2135 TP SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 33 34 A WIRE COLOR G W ITEM Throttle position sensor 1 Throttle position sensor 2 CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) EC [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully released Less than 4.75 V E [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 0.36 V F C D 36 B Sensor ground (Throttle position sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V 72 R Sensor power supply (Throttle position sensor) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V Diagnosis Procedure I 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 2. H INFOID:0000000005285060 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. G J K L BBIA0760E Disconnect electric throttle control actuator (1) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. M N O P BBIA0753E Revision: January 2010 EC-521 2010 Sentra DTC P2135 TP SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] : Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. PBIB3311E 3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 4 and ECM terminal 36. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between the following; electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 and ECM terminal 33, electric throttle control actuator terminal 3 and ECM terminal 34. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR Refer to EC-522, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6. 6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. 3. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". >> INSPECTION END 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285061 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR Revision: January 2010 EC-522 2010 Sentra DTC P2135 TP SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. 2. Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Set shift lever to D position (CVT) or 1st position (M/T). 5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 33 (TP sensor 1 signal), 34 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions. Terminal Accelerator pedal Fully released More than 0.36 V Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V 34 (Throttle position sensor 2) Fully released Less than 4.75 V Fully depressed More than 0.36 V 7. 8. A EC C Voltage 33 (Throttle position sensor 1) 6. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next step. Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Removal and Installation D E PBIB3038E F INFOID:0000000005285062 G ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR Refer to EM-18. H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-523 2010 Sentra DTC P2138 APP SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P2138 APP SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005285063 The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator position and sends a signal to the ECM. Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals. PBIB1741E Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut. CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285064 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item Condition Specification ACCEL SEN 1 • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8 V ACCEL SEN 2* • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8 V CLSD THL POS • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF *: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285065 This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. NOTE: If DTC P2138 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-424. DTC No. P2138 2138 Trouble diagnosis name Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit range/ performance DTC detecting condition Possible cause Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM compared with the signals from APP sensor 1 and APP sensor 2. • Harness or connector (APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or shorted.) [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.] (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (Tumble control valve position sensor circuit is shorted.) • Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 1 and 2) • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Refrigerant pressure sensor • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Tumble control valve position sensor FAIL-SAFE MODE When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. Revision: January 2010 EC-524 2010 Sentra DTC P2138 APP SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor. DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285066 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle. 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. 3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-527, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-525 2010 Sentra DTC P2138 APP SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285067 AABWA0294GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-526 2010 Sentra DTC P2138 APP SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. A WIRE COLOR ITEM LG/B Sensor power supply (Tumble control valve position sensor) 74 G/W Sensor power supply (Refrigerant pressure sensor) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 75 Y Sensor power supply [Crankshaft position sensor (POS)] [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 76 V/W EVAP control system pressure sensor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 102 BR/Y Sensor power supply (APP sensor 2) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 69 103 Y/G 104 B/P 106 O 110 111 W B/W Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) EC [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V C [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully released [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 0.3 - 0.6 V G 1.95 - 2.4 V H [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V Sensor power supply (APP sensor 1) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V Sensor ground (APP sensor 1) [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Diagnosis Procedure I J K Approximately 0 V L INFOID:0000000005285068 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS M 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 E F Sensor ground (APP sensor 2) Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 D EC-527 N O P BBIA0760E 2010 Sentra DTC P2138 APP SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness connector. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] PBIB3433E 3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage : Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. PBIA9606J 3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 5 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage : Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 4. PBIA9607J 4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 5 and ECM terminal 102. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit. 5.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram 69 Tumble control valve position sensor terminal 1 EC-486, "Wiring Diagram" 74 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-571, "Wiring Diagram" 75 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1 EC-319, "Wiring Diagram" Revision: January 2010 EC-528 2010 Sentra DTC P2138 APP SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram 76 EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-378, "Wiring Diagram" 102 APP sensor terminal 5 EC-514, "Wiring Diagram" A OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. EC 6.CHECK COMPONENTS C Check the following. • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-323, "Component Inspection".) • Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to MTC-27.) • EVAP control system pressure (Refer to EC-382, "Component Inspection".) • Tumble control valve position sensor (Refer to EC-487, "Diagnosis Procedure".) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Replace malfunctioning component. D E 7.CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT F 1. 2. 3. G Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following; ECM terminal 111 and APP sensor terminal 2, ECM terminal 104 and APP sensor terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. H Continuity should exist. I 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J 1. K 8.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT Check harness continuity between the following; ECM terminal 110 and APP sensor terminal 3, ECM terminal 103 and APP sensor terminal 6. Refer to Wiring Diagram. L Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M N 9.CHECK APP SENSOR Refer to EC-530, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> GO TO 10. O 10.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. 4. P Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-529 2010 Sentra DTC P2138 APP SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285069 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1. 2. 3. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminals 110 (APP sensor 1 signal), 103 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions. Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage 110 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V 103 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V 4. 5. 6. 7. PBIA9572J If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step. Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285070 ACCELERATOR PEDAL Refer to ACC-4. Revision: January 2010 EC-530 2010 Sentra DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 A Component Description INFOID:0000000005285071 The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich. Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C (1,472°F). EC C D PBIB3353E E F G H PBIB3354E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285072 I Specification data are reference values. Monitor item A/F SEN1 (B1) Condition • Engine: After warming up Specification Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 2.2 V K On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285073 To judge the malfunction, the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is monitored not to be shifted to LEAN side or RICH side. DTC No. P2A00 2A00 Trouble diagnosis name Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit range/performance DTC detecting condition • The output voltage computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is shifted to the lean side for a specified period. • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is shifted to the rich side for a specified period. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible Cause • • • • • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater Fuel pressure Fuel injector Intake air leaks INFOID:0000000005285074 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Revision: January 2010 J EC-531 2010 Sentra L M N O P DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. 4. Clear the self-learning coefficient by touching “CLEAR”. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load. 7. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 8. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 minutes. 9. Check 1st trip DTC. 10. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-534, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. 6. Select Service $03 with GST and make sure that DTC P0102 is detected. 7. Select Service $04 with GST and erase the DTC P0102. 8. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load. 9. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 10. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 minutes. 11. Select Service $07 with GST. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-534, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-532 BBIA0752E 2010 Sentra DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285075 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0146GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-533 2010 Sentra P DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V 8 BR/W A/F sensor 1 heater [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) PBIA8148J 49 L/R A/F sensor 1 [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 53 L/G A/F sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. Approximately 2.2 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285076 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.RETIGHTEN AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 BBIA0760E Loosen and retighten the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-24, "Removal and Installation". >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK 1. Start engine and run it at idle. 2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace. 4.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Check 1st trip DTC. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 and P0172 detected? Revision: January 2010 EC-534 2010 Sentra DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Is it difficult to start engine? A Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector. EC 4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. 5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. C 6. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed. 7. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". 8. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed. D 9. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 and P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? BBIA0752E E Yes or No Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-275 or EC-281. No >> GO TO 5. F 5.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector (1). Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor (2) Check harness connector for water. G H Water should no exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair or replace harness connector. I 6.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. BBIA0764E Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage J K L : Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 7. M N PBIB3308E 7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART O Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • 10 A fuse • Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse P >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 8.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Revision: January 2010 EC-535 2010 Sentra DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal 1 49 2 53 Continuity should exist. 4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 49, 53 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should not exist. 5. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 9.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER Refer to EC-172, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 11. 10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Perform EC-152. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Repair or replace. 11.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. >> GO TO 12. 12.CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Select “A/F ADJ-B1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Make sure that “0.000” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 13. 13.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”. Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. 1. 2. 3. Revision: January 2010 EC-536 2010 Sentra DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness (1) connector. 4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. 5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. 6. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed. 7. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". 8. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A EC C >> GO TO 14. BBIA0752E 14.CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA 1. 2. 3. D Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON. Select “A/F ADJ-B1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Make sure that “0.000” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen. E >> INSPECTION END F Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285077 AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR G Refer to EM-23. H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-537 2010 Sentra ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ASCD BRAKE SWITCH Component Description INFOID:0000000005285078 When depress on the brake pedal, ASCD brake switch (1) is turned OFF and stop lamp switch (2) is turned ON. ECM detects the state of the brake pedal (3) by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal) Refer to EC-42 for the ASCD function. BBIA0769E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285079 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item BRAKE SW1 (ASCD brake switch) BRAKE SW2 (Stop lamp switch) Revision: January 2010 Condition • Ignition switch: ON • Ignition switch: ON Specification • Brake pedal: Fully released (CVT) • Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released (M/T) ON • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT) • Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T) OFF Brake pedal: Fully released OFF Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON EC-538 2010 Sentra ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285080 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O AABWA0300GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-539 2010 Sentra P ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 99 100 WIRE COLOR ITEM R/G Stop lamp switch G/B ASCD brake switch CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) [Ignition switch: ON] • Brake pedal: Fully released Approximately 0 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT) • Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T) Approximately 0 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Brake pedal: Fully released (CVT) • Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released (M/T) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285081 1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions. M/T models Condition Indication Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released ON CVT models Condition Indication Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF Brake pedal: Fully released ON 1. 2. Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminal 100 and ground under the following conditions. M/T models Condition Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released Voltage Approximately 0 V Battery voltage CVT models Condition Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Brake pedal: Fully released Voltage Approximately 0 V PBIB3315E Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> GO TO 3. 2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II With CONSULT-III Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode. Revision: January 2010 EC-540 2010 Sentra ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Condition A Indication Brake pedal: Fully released OFF Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON EC Without CONSULT-III Check voltage between ECM terminal 99 and ground under the following conditions. Condition Brake pedal: Fully released Brake pedal: Slightly depressed C Voltage D Approximately 0 V Battery voltage E PBIB0311E F OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 11. G 3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD brake switch (1) harness connector. Stop lamp switch (2) Brake pedal (3) Turn ignition switch ON. H I J BBIA0769E 4. Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage L : Battery voltage M OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG (M/T models) >>GO TO 4. NG (CVT models)>>GO TO 6. N 4.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. K PBIB0857E O Turn ignition switch OFF. P Revision: January 2010 EC-541 2010 Sentra ASCD BRAKE SWITCH < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch (1) harness connector. Clutch pedal (2) 3. Turn ignition switch ON. [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] BBIA0770E 4. Check voltage between ASCD clutch switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage : Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 5. PBIB0857E 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • 10 A fuse • Harness for open or short between ASCD clutch switch and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • 10 A fuse • Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 8.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 100 and ASCD brake switch terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Revision: January 2010 EC-542 2010 Sentra ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 9.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH A EC Refer to EC-467, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> Replace ASCD brake switch. C 10.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH Refer to EC-467, "Component Inspection" OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> Replace ASCD clutch switch. D 1. 2. - F E 11.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect stop lamp switch (2) harness connector. ASCD brake switch (1) Brake pedal (3) G H I BBIA0769E 3. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT -III or tester. J K L PBIB3443E Voltage M : Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> GO TO 12. N 12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART O Check the following. • 10 A fuse • Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery P >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 13.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 99 and stop lamp switch terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Revision: January 2010 EC-543 2010 Sentra ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 14.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH Refer to EC-467, "Component Inspection" OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> Replace stop lamp switch. 15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285082 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. Check continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions. Condition Brake pedal: Fully released. Brake pedal: Slightly depressed. Continuity Should exist. Should not exist. If NG, adjust ASCD brake switch installation, refer to BR-8, and perform step 3 again. SEC023D ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector. Check continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions. Condition Clutch pedal: Fully released. Clutch pedal: Slightly depressed. Continuity Should exist. Should not exist. If NG, adjust ASCD clutch switch installation, refer to CL-6, and perform step 3 again. SEC023D STOP LAMP SWITCH 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. Revision: January 2010 EC-544 2010 Sentra ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions. A EC C PBIB3444E D Condition Brake pedal: Fully released. Brake pedal: Slightly depressed. Continuity Should not exist. E Should exist. If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-8, and perform step 3 again. F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-545 2010 Sentra ASCD INDICATOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ASCD INDICATOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005285083 ASCD indicator lamp illuminates to indicate ASCD operation status. Lamp has two indicators, CRUISE and SET, and is integrated in combination meter. CRUISE indicator illuminates when MAIN switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON to indicate that ASCD system is ready for operation. SET indicator illuminates when following conditions are met. • CRUISE indicator is illuminated. • SET/COAST switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON while vehicle speed is within the range of ASCD setting. SET indicator remains lit during ASCD control. Refer to EC-42 for the ASCD function. CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285084 Specification data are reference value. Monitor item Condition MAIN switch: Pressed at 1st time → 2nd CRUISE LAMP • Ignition switch: ON SET LAMP • MAIN switch: ON • Vehicle: Between 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH) Revision: January 2010 Specification ON → OFF ASCD: Operating ON ASCD: Not operating OFF EC-546 2010 Sentra ASCD INDICATOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285085 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0155GB Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285086 1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION Check ASCD indicator under the following conditions. Revision: January 2010 EC-547 2010 Sentra P ASCD INDICATOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ASCD indicator Condition CRUISE LAMP • Ignition switch: ON SET LAMP • MAIN switch: ON • Vehicle: Between 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH) Specification MAIN switch: Pressed at 1st time → 2nd ON → OFF ASCD: Operating ON ASCD: Not operating OFF OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK DTC Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed. Yes or No Yes >> Perform trouble diagnoses for DTC UXXXX. No >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK COMBINATION METER OPERATION Does combination meter operate normally? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 4. No >> Check combination meter circuit. Refer to DI-6. 4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-548 2010 Sentra ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode A INFOID:0000000005285087 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item LOAD SIGNAL Condition • Ignition switch: ON HEATER FAN SW EC • Ignition switch: ON Specification Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or lighting switch is in 2nd position. ON Rear window defogger switch is OFF and lighting switch is OFF. OFF Heater fan: Operating. ON Heater fan: Not operating. OFF Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285088 1.CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-I 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check “LOAD SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III under the following conditions. Condition ON Lighting switch: OFF OFF D E F G LOAD SIGNAL Lighting switch: ON at 2nd position C H OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> GO TO 4. I Check “LOAD SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III under the following conditions. J 2.CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-II Condition LOAD SIGNAL Rear window defogger switch: ON ON Rear window defogger switch: OFF OFF K OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 5. L 3.CHECK HEATER FAN SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION M Check “HEATER FAN SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III under the following conditions. Condition N HEATER FAN SW Heater fan control switch: ON ON Heater fan control switch: OFF OFF O OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END. NG >> GO TO 6. P 4.CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM Refer to LT-4 or LT-25. >> INSPECTION END 5.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM Revision: January 2010 EC-549 2010 Sentra ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Refer to GW-54. >> INSPECTION END 6.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SYSTEM Refer to MTC-27. >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-550 2010 Sentra FUEL INJECTOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > FUEL INJECTOR A Component Description INFOID:0000000005285089 The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injector is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold. The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs. EC C D PBIA9664J CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285090 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item E F Condition B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-144. INJ PULSE-B1 • Engine: After warming up • Air conditioner switch: OFF • Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • No load Specification G Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-551 2010 Sentra FUEL INJECTOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285091 BBWA2907E Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-552 2010 Sentra FUEL INJECTOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A EC BATTERY VOLTAGE [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle 25 29 30 31 R O GR L Fuel injector No. 4 Fuel injector No. 3 Fuel injector No. 2 Fuel injector No. 1 (11 - 14 V) C D PBIB0529E BATTERY VOLTAGE E (11 - 14 V) F [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm G PBIA4943J H : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285092 1.INSPECTION START I Turn ignition switch to START. Is any cylinder ignited? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> GO TO 3. J K 2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION With CONSULT-III Start engine. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine. 2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound. L 1. 2. 3. M N Clicking noise should be heard. O P PBIB3332E OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 3. Revision: January 2010 EC-553 2010 Sentra FUEL INJECTOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect fuel injector (1) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. PBIA9870J 4. Check voltage between fuel injector terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage : Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. PBIB0582E 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • IPDM E/R harness connector E45 • 10 A fuse • Harness for open or short between fuel injector and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between fuel injector terminal 2 and ECM terminals 25, 29, 30, 31. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR Refer to EC-555, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace fuel injector. 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. Revision: January 2010 EC-554 2010 Sentra FUEL INJECTOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > >> INSPECTION END A Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285093 FUEL INJECTOR 1. 2. EC Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure. C Resistance: 11.1 - 14.3 Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] 3. If NG, replace fuel injector. D E PBIA9579J Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285094 FUEL INJECTOR F G Refer to EM-36. H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-555 2010 Sentra FUEL PUMP [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > FUEL PUMP Description INFOID:0000000005285095 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Sensor Input Signal to ECM Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed* Battery Battery voltage* ECM Function Fuel pump control Actuator Fuel pump relay *: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine start ability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump. Condition Fuel pump operation Ignition switch is turned to ON Operates for 1 second Engine running and cranking Operates Engine: Stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds Except as shown above Stops COMPONENT DESCRIPTION A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank. • Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1) • Fuel pressure regulator (2) • Fuel level sensor (3) • Fuel tank temperature sensor (4) BBIA0765E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285096 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item FUEL PUMP RLY Condition Specification • For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON • Engine running or cranking ON • Except above conditions OFF Revision: January 2010 EC-556 2010 Sentra FUEL PUMP [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285097 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O BBWA2908E Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-557 2010 Sentra P FUEL PUMP [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 23 WIRE COLOR B/O ITEM Fuel pump relay CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) [Ignition switch: ON] • For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON [Engine is running] 0 - 1.0 V [Ignition switch: ON] • More than 1 second after turning ignition switch ON Diagnosis Procedure BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) INFOID:0000000005285098 1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION 1. 2. - Turn ignition switch ON. Pinch fuel feed hose (1) with two fingers. This illumination is shows the view with intake air duct removed. Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed hose for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. 3. 4. PBIB3437E Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminal 23 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage : Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. PBIA9573J Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E46. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 47 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage : Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 11. PBIB3319E Revision: January 2010 EC-558 2010 Sentra FUEL PUMP [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and ECM EC >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III C 1. 2. 3. D 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector (1). This illumination is shows the view with inspection hole cover removed. Turn ignition switch ON. E F BBIA0754E 5. Check voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: G H Battery voltage should exist for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON. I OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> GO TO 6. J PBIB0795E 6.CHECK 15A FUSE 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect 15 A fuse. 3. Check 15A fuse. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace fuse. K L M 7.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV 1. 2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E45. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 36 and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. O Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> GO TO 8. P 8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E13, B9 • Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” Revision: January 2010 N EC-559 2010 Sentra FUEL PUMP [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 9.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT 1. Check harness continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 3 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 10.CHECK FUEL PUMP Refer to EC-560, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Replace fuel pump. 11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-17. NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285099 FUEL PUMP 1. 2. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminals 1 and 3. Resistance: Approximately 0.2 - 5.0 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] 3. If NG, replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. SEC918C Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285100 FUEL PUMP Refer to FL-6. Revision: January 2010 EC-560 2010 Sentra IGNITION SIGNAL [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > IGNITION SIGNAL A Component Description INFOID:0000000005285101 IGNITION COIL & POWER TRANSISTOR EC The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the power transistor. The power transistor turns ON and OFF the ignition coil (1) primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high voltage in the coil secondary circuit. C D E PBIB3328E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-561 2010 Sentra IGNITION SIGNAL [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285102 AABWA0298GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-562 2010 Sentra IGNITION SIGNAL [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 32 105 A WIRE COLOR R/G G ITEM ECM relay (Self shut-off) Power supply for ECM CONDITION [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF DATA (DC Voltage) EC 0 - 1.0 V C [Ignition switch: OFF] • More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-563 2010 Sentra IGNITION SIGNAL [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BBWA2910E Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-564 2010 Sentra IGNITION SIGNAL [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. A WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) EC 0 - 0.3 V 17 18 21 22 V BR/Y G Y Ignition signal No. 1 Ignition signal No. 2 Ignition signal No. 4 Ignition signal No. 3 [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle C D PBIA9265J 0.2 - 0.5 V E [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,500 rpm F PBIA9266J G : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285103 H 1.CHECK ENGINE START Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine. Is engine running? Yes or No Yes (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 2. Yes (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 3. No >> GO TO 4. I J 2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION K With CONSULT-III 1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 10. L M 3.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION Without CONSULT-III Let engine idle. Read the voltage signal between ECM terminals 17, 18, 21, 22 and ground with an oscilloscope. 3. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as shown below. NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle. 1. 2. N O P PBIA9567J PBIA9265J OK or NG Revision: January 2010 EC-565 2010 Sentra IGNITION SIGNAL [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 10. 4.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Check voltage between ECM terminal 105 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage : Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Go to EC-153. 5.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. PBIA9575J Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect condenser-2 (1) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. PBIB3329E 4. Check voltage between condenser-2 terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage : Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 6. 6.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III 1. 2. 3. PBIB0624E Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E43. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 3 and condenser-2 terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> Go to EC-153. NG >> GO TO 7. 7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E17, F10 Revision: January 2010 EC-566 2010 Sentra IGNITION SIGNAL < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and condenser-2 [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 8.CHECK CONDENSER-2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. EC Turn ignition switch OFF. Check harness continuity between condenser-2 terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. C Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. D E 9.CHECK CONDENSER-2 Refer to EC-568, "Component Inspection" OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Replace condenser-2. F G 10.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Disconnect ignition coil (1) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. H I J K PBIB3328E 5. Check voltage between ignition coil terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage L : Battery voltage M OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> GO TO 11. N PBIB0138E 11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connector F10 • Harness for open or short between ignition coil and harness connector F10 P >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 12.CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: January 2010 EC-567 O 2010 Sentra IGNITION SIGNAL [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Check harness continuity between ignition coil terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. 13.CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 17, 18, 21, 22 and ignition coil terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 14.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR Refer to EC-568, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> Replace ignition coil with power transistor. 15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285104 IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR CAUTION: Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector. 3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows. Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 1 and 2 Except 0 or ∞ Ω 1 and 3 2 and 3 4. 5. 6. Except 0 Ω If NG, replace ignition coil with power transistor. If OK, go to next step. Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Revision: January 2010 EC-568 PBIB0847E 2010 Sentra IGNITION SIGNAL [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 7. Remove fuel pump fuse (1) in IPDM E/R (2) to release fuel pressure. A NOTE: Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following procedure. EC : Vehicle front 8. Start engine. 9. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel C pressure. 10. Turn ignition switch OFF. 11. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electriPBIB2958E cal discharge from the ignition coils. D 12. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked. 13. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder. 14. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. E 15. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 – 17 mm (0.52 – 0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion as shown in the figure. 16. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is F generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion. G Spark should be generated. CAUTION: • Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil JMBIA0066GB within 50 cm. Be careful not to get an electrical shock while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage becomes 20 kV or more. • It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is taken. NOTE: When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning. 17. If NG, replace ignition coil with power transistor. H I J CONDENSER-2 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect condenser-2 harness connector. Check resistance between condenser-2 terminals 1 and 2. K L Resistance: Above 1 MΩ [at 25°C (77°F)] 4. If NG, replace condenser-2. M N PBIB0794E Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285105 O IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR P Refer to EM-33. Revision: January 2010 EC-569 2010 Sentra REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005285106 The refrigerant pressure sensor (1) is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system. • : Vehicle front BBIA0762E PBIB2657E Revision: January 2010 EC-570 2010 Sentra REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285107 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O BBWA2911E Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-571 2010 Sentra P REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Refrigerant pressure sensor [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates) R/G Sensor ground (Refrigerant pressure sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V G/W Sensor power supply (Refrigerant pressure sensor) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 41 L 48 74 Diagnosis Procedure 1.0 - 4.0 V INFOID:0000000005285108 1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION 1. 2. 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminal 41 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage : 1.0 - 4.0 V OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2. PBIA9574J 2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. 3. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch OFF. Stop engine and turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 3.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. BBIA0760E Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor (1) harness connector. : Vehicle front Turn ignition switch ON. BBIA0762E Revision: January 2010 EC-572 2010 Sentra REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] A : Approximately 5 V EC OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. C SEF479Y 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART D Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open or short between refrigerant pressure sensor and ECM E >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. F 5.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 48. Refer to Wiring Diagram. H Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6. I 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART J Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open or short between refrigerant pressure sensor and ECM K >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. G Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 41. Refer to Wiring Diagram. L M Continuity should exist. N 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> GO TO 8. O 8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open or short between refrigerant pressure sensor and ECM P >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. Revision: January 2010 EC-573 2010 Sentra REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. NG >> Repair or replace. Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285109 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to MTC-88, "Removal and Installation for Refrigerant Pressure Sensor". Revision: January 2010 EC-574 2010 Sentra MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR Wiring Diagram A INFOID:0000000005285110 EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P ABBWA0156GB Revision: January 2010 EC-575 2010 Sentra MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BBWA2913E Revision: January 2010 EC-576 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A Fuel Pressure INFOID:0000000005285111 Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi) Fuel pressure at idle Idle Speed and Ignition Timing CVT Target idle speed Air conditioner: ON Ignition timing INFOID:0000000005285112 CVT In P or N position M/T In Neutral position CVT In P or N position M/T In Neutral position D 675 ± 50 rpm 1 No load* (in Neutral position) C 700 ± 50 rpm No load*1 (In P or N position) M/T EC 800 rpm or more E 6 ± 5° BTDC F *1: Under the following conditions: • Air conditioner switch: OFF • Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger) G • Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position Calculated Load Value INFOID:0000000005285113 H Calculated load value (Using CONSULT-III or GST) At idle 10 - 35 % At 2,500 rpm 10 - 35 % Mass Air Flow Sensor I INFOID:0000000005285114 Supply voltage J Battery voltage (11 - 14 V) Output voltage at idle K 0.9 - 1.2* V 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec at idle* 2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec at 2,500 rpm* Mass air flow (Using CONSULT-III or GST) L *: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load. Intake Air Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000005285115 M Temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ) 25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor N INFOID:0000000005285116 O Temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ) 20 (68) 2.37 - 2.63 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 Heater INFOID:0000000005285117 1.8 - 2.44 Ω Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Revision: January 2010 P EC-577 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [MR20DE (FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater INFOID:0000000005285118 3.4 - 4.4 Ω Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) INFOID:0000000005285119 Refer to EC-323, "Component Inspection". Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) INFOID:0000000005285120 Refer to EC-328, "Component Inspection". Throttle Control Motor INFOID:0000000005285121 Approximately 1 - 15 Ω Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Fuel Injector INFOID:0000000005285122 11.1 - 14.3 Ω Resistance [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000005285123 Approximately 0.2 - 5.0 Ω Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Revision: January 2010 EC-578 2010 Sentra INDEX FOR DTC [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION A INDEX FOR DTC U0101-U1001 INFOID:0000000005285124 DTC*1 CONSULT-III Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) ECM*3 GST*2 Reference page U0101 0101*4 LOST COMM (TCM) EC-713 U0140 0140*4 LOST COMM (BCM) EC-715 U1001 1001*4 CAN COMM CIRCUIT EC-717 EC C D E *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. F *4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III. P0011-P0075 INFOID:0000000005285125 G DTC*1 CONSULT-III Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) ECM*3 GST*2 Reference page P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 EC-719 P0031 0031 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) EC-723 P0032 0032 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) EC-723 P0037 0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) EC-728 P0038 0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) EC-728 P0075 0075 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 EC-734 H I J K *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. P0101-P0128 M DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST*2 L INFOID:0000000005285126 ECM*3 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) Reference page P0101 0101 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 EC-739 P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 EC-747 P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 EC-747 P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 EC-754 P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 EC-754 P0116 0116 ECT SEN/CIRC EC-758 P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC EC-761 P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC EC-761 P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 EC-766 P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 EC-766 P0125 0125 ECT SENSOR EC-771 Revision: January 2010 EC-579 2010 Sentra N O P INDEX FOR DTC [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC*1 CONSULT-III Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) 3 Reference page GST*2 ECM* P0127 0127 IAT SENSOR-B1 EC-774 P0128 0128 THERMSTAT FNCTN EC-777 *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. P0130-P0198 INFOID:0000000005285127 DTC*1 CONSULT-III Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) 3 Reference page GST*2 ECM* P0130 0130 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-779 P0131 0131 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-785 P0132 0132 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-791 P0133 0133 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-797 P0137 0137 HO2S2 (B1) EC-804 P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) EC-811 P0139 0139 HO2S2 (B1) EC-820 P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 EC-828 P0172 0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 EC-834 P0181 0181 FTT SENSOR EC-840 P0182 0182 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-844 P0183 0183 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-844 P0196 0196 EOT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-848 P0197 0197 EOT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-851 P0198 0198 EOT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-851 *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. P0222-P0420 INFOID:0000000005285128 DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST* 2 ECM*3 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) Reference page P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 EC-855 P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 EC-855 P0300 0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE EC-860 P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE EC-860 P0302 0302 CYL 2 MISFIRE EC-860 P0303 0303 CYL 3 MISFIRE EC-860 P0304 0304 CYL 4 MISFIRE EC-860 P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-866 P0328 0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-866 Revision: January 2010 EC-580 2010 Sentra INDEX FOR DTC [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC*1 CONSULT-III Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) 3 Reference page 2 ECM* P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-870 P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-876 P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 EC-882 GST* A EC C *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. D P0441-P0463 INFOID:0000000005285129 E DTC*1 CONSULT-III Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) ECM*3 GST*2 Reference page P0441 0441 EVAP PURG FLOW/MON EC-887 P0442 0442 EVAP SMALL LEAK EC-892 P0443 0443 PURG VOLUME CONT/V EC-899 P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V EC-907 P0445 0445 PURG VOLUME CONT/V EC-907 P0447 0447 VENT CONTROL VALVE EC-913 P0448 0448 VENT CONTROL VALVE EC-919 P0451 0451 EVAP SYS PRES SEN EC-925 P0452 0452 EVAP SYS PRES SEN EC-928 P0453 0453 EVAP SYS PRES SEN EC-935 P0455 0455 EVAP GROSS LEAK EC-943 P0456 0456 EVAP VERY SML LEAK EC-950 P0460 0460 FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH EC-958 P0461 0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR EC-960 P0462 0462 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC EC-962 P0463 0463 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC EC-962 F G H I J K L *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. M *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. P0500-P0643 INFOID:0000000005285130 N DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST* 2 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) ECM*3 Reference page P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC EC-964 P0506 0506 ISC SYSTEM EC-966 P0507 0507 ISC SYSTEM EC-968 P0603 0603 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT EC-970 P0605 0605 ECM EC-973 P0607 0607 ECM EC-975 P0643 0643 SENSOR POWER/CIRC EC-976 Revision: January 2010 EC-581 2010 Sentra O P INDEX FOR DTC [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. P0705-P0840 INFOID:0000000005285131 DTC*1 CONSULT-III Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) ECM*3 GST*2 Reference page P0705 0705 T/M RANGE SENSOR A CVT-60 P0710 0710 FLUID TEMP SENSOR A*4 CVT-65 P0715 0715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A CVT-70 P0720 0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR CVT-75 P0740 0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CVT-83 P0744 0744 TORQUE CONVERTER CVT-88 P0745 0745 PC SOLENOID A CVT-90 P0746 0746 PC SOLENOID A CVT-95 P0776 0776 PC SOLENOID B CVT-97 P0778 0778 PC SOLENOID B CVT-99 P0840 0840 FLUID PRESS SEN/SW A CVT-109 *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. *4: When erasing this DTC, always use CONSULT-III or GST. P0850-P1574 INFOID:0000000005285132 DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST*2 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) ECM*3 Reference page P0850 0850 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT EC-981 P1148 1148 CLOSED LOOP-B1 EC-986 P1212 1212 TCS/CIRC EC-987 P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP EC-988 P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING-B1 EC-1000 P1226 1226 CTP LEARNING-B1 EC-1002 P1421 1421 COLD START CONTROL EC-1004 P1564 1564 ASCD SW EC-1006 P1572 1572 ASCD BRAKE SW EC-1012 P1574 1574 ASCD VHL SPD SEN EC-1021 *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. Revision: January 2010 EC-582 2010 Sentra INDEX FOR DTC [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > P1610-P1615 INFOID:0000000005285133 A DTC*1 CONSULT-III Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) ECM*3 GST*2 P1610 1610 LOCK MODE P1611 1611 ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU P1614 1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY P1615 1615 DIFFERENCE OF KEY Reference page EC C BL-170 D *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. E *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. P1715-P1805 INFOID:0000000005285134 DTC*1 CONSULT-III Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) ECM*3 GST*2 Reference page P1715 1715 IN PULY SPEED EC-1023 P1740 1740 SLCT SOLENOID CVT-128 P1777 1777 STEP MOTOR CVT-134 P1778 1778 STEP MOTOR CVT-138 P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT EC-1025 *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. F G H I J *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. P2100-P2A00 INFOID:0000000005285135 DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST*2 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) ECM*3 Reference page P2100 2100 ETC MOT PWR-B1 EC-1029 P2101 2101 ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1 EC-1033 P2103 2103 ETC MOT PWR EC-1029 P2118 2118 ETC MOT-B1 EC-1039 P2119 2119 ETC ACTR-B1 EC-1043 P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC EC-1045 P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC EC-1045 P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC EC-1050 P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC EC-1050 P2135 2135 TP SENSOR-B1 EC-1057 P2138 2138 APP SENSOR EC-1062 P2A00 2A00 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-1069 *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. Revision: January 2010 EC-583 2010 Sentra K L M N O P INDEX FOR DTC [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. Revision: January 2010 EC-584 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" A INFOID:0000000005937450 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. EC C D E F G PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine and CVT INFOID:0000000005285137 The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration. CAUTION: • Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery ground cable before any repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will cause the MIL to light up. • Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will cause the MIL to light up due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease, dirt, bent terminals, etc.) • Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-locking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-59 . • Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to the short circuit. • Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube may cause the MIL to light up due to the malfunction of the EVAP system or fuel injection system, etc. • Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer. H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-585 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Precaution INFOID:0000000005285138 • Always use a 12 V battery as power source. • Do not attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is running. • Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness connector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative battery cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is turned OFF. • Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then disconnect negative battery cable. SEF289H • Do not disassemble ECM. • If battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to the initial ECM values. The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial values. Engine operation can vary slightly in this case. However, this is not an indication of a malfunction. Do not replace parts because of a slight variation. • If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24 hours. - Diagnostic trouble codes - 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes - Freeze frame data - 1st trip freeze frame data - System readiness test (SRT) codes - Test values PBIA9222J • When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten (B) it securely with a lever (1) as far as it will go as shown in the figure. - ECM (2) - Loosen (A) PBIB2947E • When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or from ECM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or break). Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors. • Securely connect ECM harness connectors. A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) voltage to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in damage to ICs. • Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system malfunctions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation of ICs, etc. • Keep engine control system parts and harness dry. Revision: January 2010 EC-586 PBIB0090E 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Before replacing ECM, perform “ECM Terminals and Reference Value” inspection and make sure ECM functions propA erly. Refer to EC-679, "ECM Terminal and Reference Value" . • Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage. • Do not disassemble mass air flow sensor. EC • Do not clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent. • Do not disassemble electric throttle control actuator. • Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious incidents. C • Do not shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), crankshaft position sensor (POS). MEF040D • After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC D Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check. The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Function E Check should be a good result if the repair is completed. F SEF217U • When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow the two tester probes to contact. Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and damage the ECM power transistor. G H I J K L M N SEF348N • • Do not operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1) Fuel pressure regulator (2) Fuel level sensor (3) Fuel tank temperature sensor (4) Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque. O P BBIA0765E Revision: January 2010 EC-587 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Do not depress accelerator pedal when starting. • Immediately after starting, do not rev up engine unnecessarily. • Do not rev up engine just prior to shutdown. SEF709Y • When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, be sure to observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic control systems depending on installation location. - Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic control units. - Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away from the harness of electronic controls. Do not let them run parallel for a long distance. - Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-wave radio can be kept smaller. - Be sure to ground the radio to vehicle body. Revision: January 2010 EC-588 SEF708Y 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION A Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000005285139 The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here. Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description (J-44321) Fuel pressure gauge Kit EC C Checking fuel pressure D E LEC642 (J-44321-6) Fuel pressure adapter Connecting fuel pressure gauge to quick connector type fuel lines. F G LBIA0376E KV10118400 Fuel tube adapter H Measuring fuel pressure I J PBIB3043E Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000005285140 Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description Leak detector i.e.: (J-41416) K L Locating the EVAP leak M N S-NT703 EVAP service port adapter i.e.: (J-41413-OBD) Applying positive pressure through EVAP service port O P S-NT704 Revision: January 2010 EC-589 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description Fuel filler cap adapter i.e.: (MLR-8382) Checking fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening pressure S-NT815 Socket wrench Removing and installing engine coolant temperature sensor S-NT705 Oxygen sensor thread cleaner i.e.: (J-43897-18) (J-43897-12) Reconditioning the exhaust system threads before installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with antiseize lubricant shown below. a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirconia Oxygen Sensor b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Titania Oxygen Sensor AEM488 Anti-seize lubricant Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool when reconditioning exhaust system threads. i.e.: (PermatexTM 133AR or equivalent meeting MIL specification MIL-A-907) S-NT779 Revision: January 2010 EC-590 2010 Sentra ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM A Schematic INFOID:0000000005285141 EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P JPBIA3044GB Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System INFOID:0000000005285142 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART Revision: January 2010 EC-591 2010 Sentra ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Input Signal to ECM Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*3 Piston position Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas Throttle position sensor Throttle position Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T) Transmission range switch (CVT) Gear position Battery Battery voltage*3 Knock sensor Engine knocking condition EPS control unit Power steering operation*2 Heated oxygen sensor 2*1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas Air conditioner switch Air conditioner operation*2 ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Combination meter ECM function Fuel injection & mixture ratio control Actuator Fuel injector Vehicle speed*2 *1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions. *2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. *3: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from the crankshaft position sensor (POS), camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and the mass air flow sensor. VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operating conditions as listed below. • • • • • • During warm-up When starting the engine During acceleration Hot-engine operation When selector lever is changed from N to D (CVT models) High-load, high-speed operation • During deceleration • During high engine speed operation MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL) PBIB3020E Revision: January 2010 EC-592 2010 Sentra ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air/fuel mixture ratio for drivability and emission control. The three way catalyst (manifold) can then better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses air A fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1, refer to EC-785. This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric EC (ideal air/fuel mixture). This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition. Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching characteristics of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 shift, the air/fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal C from heated oxygen sensor 2. Open Loop Control The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion. • Deceleration and acceleration • High-load, high-speed operation • Malfunction of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 or its circuit • Insufficient activation of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature • High engine coolant temperature • During warm-up • After shifting from N to D (CVT models) • When starting the engine D E F G MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic changes during operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio. Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between the two ratios. “Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim includes short term fuel trim and long term fuel trim. “Short term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical value. The signal from air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an increase in fuel volume if it is lean. “Long term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation of the short term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences, wear over time and changes in the usage environment. H I J K L FUEL INJECTION TIMING M N O SEF337W Two types of systems are used. Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used when the engine is running. Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM. The four fuel injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle. Revision: January 2010 EC-593 2010 Sentra P ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating. FUEL SHUT-OFF Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration, operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or operation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds. Electronic Ignition (EI) System INFOID:0000000005285143 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Input Signal to ECM Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*2 Piston position Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Throttle position sensor Throttle position Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Battery Battery voltage*2 Knock sensor Engine knocking Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T) Transmission range switch (CVT) Gear position ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Combination meter ECM function Ignition timing control Actuator Power transistor Vehicle speed*1 *1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. *2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Firing order: 1 - 3 - 4 - 2 The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM. The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor (PHASE) signal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor. During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in the ECM. • At starting • During warm-up • At idle • At low battery voltage • During acceleration The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition. The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition. Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed) INFOID:0000000005285144 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART Revision: January 2010 EC-594 2010 Sentra ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Sensor Input Signal to ECM Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T) Transmission range switch (CVT) Neutral position Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Combination meter ECM function Actuator A EC Fuel cut control Fuel injector C Vehicle speed* D *: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION If the engine speed is above 2,000 rpm under no load (for example, the shift lever position is P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) and engine speed is over 2,400 rpm) fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the fuel is cut off varies based on engine speed. Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled. NOTE: This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-591, "Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System". E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-595 2010 Sentra AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL Input/Output Signal Chart Sensor INFOID:0000000005285145 Input Signal to ECM Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal* Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*2 Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Battery Battery voltage*2 Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure EPS control unit Power steering operation*1 ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Combination meter ECM function Actuator 1 Air conditioner cut control Air conditioner relay Vehicle speed*1 *1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. *2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. System Description INFOID:0000000005285146 This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used. Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off. • When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed. • When cranking the engine. • At high engine speeds. • When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high. • When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed. • When engine speed is excessively low. • When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high. Revision: January 2010 EC-596 2010 Sentra AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) System Description A INFOID:0000000005285147 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART Sensor ASCD brake switch EC Input signal to ECM Brake pedal operation ASCD clutch switch (M/T models) Clutch pedal operation ASCD steering switch ASCD steering switch operation ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Combination meter TCM (CVT models) Actuator C Brake pedal operation Stop lamp switch Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T) Transmission range switch (CVT) ECM function D ASCD vehicle speed control Gear position Electric throttle control actuator E Vehicle speed* F Powertrain revolution* *: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. BASIC ASCD SYSTEM Refer to Owner's Manual for ASCD operating instructions. Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can set vehicle speed in advance between approximately 40 km/ h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH). ECM controls throttle angle of electric throttle control actuator to regulate engine speed. Operation status of ASCD is indicated by CRUISE indicator and SET indicator in combination meter. If any malfunction occurs in ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control. NOTE: Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws. G H I SET OPERATION J Press MAIN switch. (The CRUISE indicator in combination meter illuminates.) When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH), press SET/COAST switch. (Then SET indicator in combination meter illuminates.) K ACCELERATE OPERATION If the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is depressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed until the switch is released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system. And then ASCD will keep the new set speed. CANCEL OPERATION When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled. • CANCEL switch is pressed • More than two switches at ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared) • Brake pedal is depressed • Clutch pedal is depressed or gear position is changed to the neutral position (M/T models) • Selector lever is changed to N, P, R position (CVT models) • Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform the driver by blinking indicator lamp. • Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp may blink slowly. When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp will stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by pressing SET/COAST switch or RESUME/ ACCELERATE switch. • Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET lamp will blink quickly. If MAIN switch is turned to OFF during ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle speed memory will be erased. COAST OPERATION Revision: January 2010 EC-597 2010 Sentra L M N O P AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > When the SET/COAST switch is depressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the switch is released. And then ASCD will keep the new set speed. RESUME OPERATION When the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is depressed after cancel operation other than depressing MAIN switch is performed, vehicle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition must meet following conditions. • Brake pedal is released. • Clutch pedal is released (M/T models) • Selector lever is in other than P and N positions (CVT models) • Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 144 km/h (89 MPH) Component Description INFOID:0000000005285148 ASCD STEERING SWITCH Refer to EC-1006. ASCD BRAKE SWITCH Refer to EC-1012 and EC-1076. ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH Refer to EC-1012 and EC-1076. STOP LAMP SWITCH Refer to EC-1012, EC-1025and EC-1076. ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR Refer to EC-1029, EC-1033, EC-1039and EC-1043. ASCD INDICATOR Refer to EC-1084. Revision: January 2010 EC-598 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CAN COMMUNICATION A System Description INFOID:0000000005285149 CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-599 2010 Sentra EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM Description INFOID:0000000005285150 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION PBIB3639E The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister. The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank. The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is proportionally regulated as the air flow increases. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and idling. EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING Revision: January 2010 EC-600 2010 Sentra EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A EC C D E F G H I J BBIA0759E : Vehicle front 1. Intake manifold 4. EVAP service port : From next figure 2. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve 3. K L EVAP purge resonator NOTE: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose or purge hoses. M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-601 2010 Sentra EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BBIA0746E : To previous figure 1. EVAP control system pressure sensor 2. EVAP canister 3. EVAP canister vent control valve NOTE: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose or purge hoses. Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285151 EVAP CANISTER Check EVAP canister as follows: 1. Block port (B). 2. Blow air into port (A) and confirm that it flows freely out of port (C). 3. Release blocked port (B). 4. Apply vacuum pressure to port (B) and confirm that vacuum pressure exists at the ports (A) and (C). 5. Block port (A) and (B). 6. Apply pressure to port (C) and check that there is no leakage. PBIB1212E FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP) Revision: January 2010 EC-602 2010 Sentra EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Wipe clean valve housing. A EC C SEF445Y 2. D Check valve opening pressure and vacuum. Pressure: Vacuum: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2, 2.22 - 2.90 psi) −6.0 to −3.4 kPa (−0.061 to −0.035 kg/cm2, −0.87 to −0.48 psi) 3. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly. CAUTION: Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on. E F G SEF943S EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE H Refer to EC-912, "Component Inspection". FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR I Refer to EC-847, "Component Inspection". EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Refer to EC-917, "Component Inspection". J EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-934, "Component Inspection". EVAP SERVICE PORT K Positive pressure is delivered to the EVAP system through the EVAP service port. If fuel vapor leakage in the EVAP system occurs, use a leak detector to locate the leak. L M N SEF462UC O P Revision: January 2010 EC-603 2010 Sentra EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285152 PBIB1214E EVAP CANISTER Removal 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Remove EVAP canister protector. Disconnect the EVAP control pressure sensor connector. Remove the EVAP control pressure sensor and O-ring, if necessary. Disconnect EVAP canister purge hose. Remove the EVAP canister retaining bolt. Disconnect fuel tank EVAP breather hose. Disconnect EVAP vent control valve connector. Disconnect the EVAP vent control valve hose. Remove the EVAP canister. Remove the EVAP vent control valve and O-ring, if necessary. Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Always replace O-rings with a new one. EVAP CANISTER CONTROL PRESSURE SENSOR Removal 1. 2. 3. Remove EVAP canister protector. Disconnect the EVAP control pressure sensor connector. Remove the EVAP canister control pressure sensor and O-ring. Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Always replace O-ring with a new one. EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE 1. 2. 3. Remove EVAP canister protector. Disconnect EVAP vent control valve connector. Disconnect the EVAP vent control valve hose. Revision: January 2010 EC-604 2010 Sentra EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Turn EVAP canister vent control valve counterclockwise. 5. Remove the EVAP canister vent control valve. [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] A EC C PBIB3082E D Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Always replace O-ring with a new one. E How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage INFOID:0000000005285153 F CAUTION: • Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump. • Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in EVAP system. NOTE: • Do not start engine. • Improper installation of EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause a leak. G H WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port. Also attach the pressure pump and hose to the EVAP service port adapter. Turn ignition switch ON. Select the “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT MODE” with CONSULT-III. Touch “START”. A bar graph (Pressure indicating display) will appear on the screen. Apply positive pressure to the EVAP system until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph. Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure pump. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-600, "Description". I J K L M N SEF200U WITHOUT CONSULT-III 1. 2. O Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port. Also attach the pressure pump with pressure gauge to the EVAP service port adapter. P SEF462UC Revision: January 2010 EC-605 2010 Sentra EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Apply battery voltage to the terminal of EVAP canister vent control valve (3) to make a closed EVAP system. • This illustration is a view from under vehicle • EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) • EVAP canister (2) BBIA0693E 4. 5. 6. To locate the leak, deliver positive pressure to the EVAP system until pressure gauge points reach 1.38 to 2.76 kPa (0.014 to 0.028 kg/cm2, 0.2 to 0.4 psi). Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure pump. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-600, "Description". Revision: January 2010 EC-606 2010 Sentra ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) System Description A INFOID:0000000005285154 EC C D E F PBIB1387E From the beginning of refueling, the air and vapor inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut valve and EVAP/ORVR line to the EVAP canister. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is released to the atmosphere. When the refueling has reached the full level of the fuel tank, the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve is closed and refueling is stopped because of auto shut-off. The vapor which was absorbed by the EVAP canister is purged during driving. WARNING: When conducting inspections below, be sure to observe the following: • Put a “CAUTION: FLAMMABLE” sign in workshop. • Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area. • Be sure to furnish the workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher. CAUTION: • Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures: - Put drained fuel in an explosion-proof container and put lid on securely. - Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-656, "Fuel Pressure Check". - Disconnect negative battery cable. • Always replace O-ring when the fuel gauge retainer is removed. • Do not kink or twist hose and tube when they are installed. • Do not tighten hose and clamps excessively to avoid damaging hoses. • After installation, run engine and check for fuel leaks at connection. • Do not attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically. Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire. Diagnosis Procedure H I J K L M INFOID:0000000005285155 N SYMPTOM: FUEL ODOR FROM EVAP CANISTER IS STRONG. 1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER 1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. 2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> GO TO 3. 2.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER Revision: January 2010 G EC-607 2010 Sentra O P ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Does water drain from the EVAP canister? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 3. No >> GO TO 6. PBIB1213E 3.REPLACE EVAP CANISTER Replace EVAP canister with a new one. >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK DRAIN FILTER Refer to EC-610, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace drain filter. 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection. >> Repair or replace EVAP hose. 6.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE Refer to EC-610, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. SYMPTOM: CANNOT REFUEL/FUEL ODOR FROM THE FUEL FILLER OPENING IS STRONG WHILE REFUELING. 1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER 1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. 2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> GO TO 3. 2.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER Revision: January 2010 EC-608 2010 Sentra ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Does water drain from the EVAP canister? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 3. No >> GO TO 5. A EC C PBIB1213E 3.REPLACE EVAP CANISTER D Replace EVAP canister with a new one. E >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK DRAIN FILTER F Refer to EC-610, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace drain filter. G 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection. >> Repair or replace EVAP hose. I 6.CHECK VENT HOSES AND VENT TUBES Check hoses and tubes between EVAP canister and refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for clogging, kink, looseness and improper connection. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes. 7.CHECK FILLER NECK TUBE Check recirculation line for clogging, dents and cracks. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace filler neck tube. J K L M 8.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE Refer to EC-610, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. N 9.CHECK FUEL FILLER TUBE O Check filler neck tube and hose connected to the fuel tank for clogging, dents and cracks. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Replace fuel filler tube. P 10.CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-I Check one-way valve for clogging. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. Revision: January 2010 EC-609 2010 Sentra ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > NG >> Repair or replace one-way fuel valve with fuel tank. 11.CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-II 1. 2. 3. Make sure that fuel is drained from the tank. Remove fuel filler tube and hose. Check one-way fuel valve for operation as follows. When a stick is inserted, the valve should open, when removing stick it should close. Do not drop any material into the tank. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Replace fuel filler tube or replace one-way fuel valve with fuel tank. SEF665U Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285156 REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. a. b. c. 3. 4. a. b. c. d. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-10. Drain fuel from the tank as follows: Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel gauge retainer. Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel gauge retainer where the hose was removed and the other side to a fuel container. Drain fuel using “FUEL PUMP RELAY” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows. Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that the air flows freely into the tank. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows. Connect vacuum pump to hose end. Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit. Always replace O-ring with new one. Put fuel tank upside down. Apply vacuum pressure to hose end [−13.3 kPa (−100 mmHg, −3.94 inHg)] with fuel gauge retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable. Revision: January 2010 EC-610 2010 Sentra ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A EC C D E F G BBIA0747E 1. Recirculation line 2. Filler tube 4. Vacuum/pressure handy pump 5. Fuel tank 3. EVAP/ORVR line H I WITHOUT CONSULT-III 1. 2. a. b. 3. 4. a. b. c. d. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-10. Drain fuel from the tank as follows: Remove fuel gauge retainer. Drain fuel from the tank using a handy pump into a fuel container. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows. Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that the air flows freely into the tank. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows. Connect vacuum pump to hose end. Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit. Always replace O-ring with new one. Put fuel tank upside down. Apply vacuum pressure to hose end [−13.3 kPa (−100 mmHg, −3.94 inHg)] with fuel gauge retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable. J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-611 2010 Sentra ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BBIA0747E 1. Recirculation line 2. Filler tube 4. Vacuum/pressure handy pump 5. Fuel tank 3. EVAP/ORVR line DRAIN FILTER 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Check visually for insect nests in the drain filter air inlet. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B. Block port B. Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage. If NG, replace drain filter. PBIB3641E Revision: January 2010 EC-612 2010 Sentra POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION Description A INFOID:0000000005285157 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC C D E F G JMBIA0686GB This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold. The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake manifold. During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV valve. Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air. The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air passes through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover. Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve. The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction. On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all conditions. H I J K L M PBIB1588E Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285158 N PCV (POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION) VALVE With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is placed over valve inlet. O P PBIB1589E Revision: January 2010 EC-613 2010 Sentra POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > PCV VALVE VENTILATION HOSE 1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks. 2. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any hose cannot be freed of obstructions, replace. S-ET277 Revision: January 2010 EC-614 2010 Sentra NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS) [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS) Description A INFOID:0000000005285159 • If the security indicator illuminates with the ignition switch ON or DTC P1610 - P1615 is displayed in EC “SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT” mode, perform the trouble diagnosis for corresponding to the detected DTC. Refer to EC-583, "P1610-P1615". • Check that no DTC is displayed in “SELF DIAGNOSIS RESULT” mode of “BCM” before erasing the C detected DTC in “ENGINE” mode with CONSULT-III. • When replacing ECM, refer to EC-653, "Procedure After Replacing ECM". D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-615 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM Introduction INFOID:0000000005285160 The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actuators. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including: Emission-related diagnostic information Diagnostic service Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Service $03 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5 Freeze Frame data Service $02 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5 System Readiness Test (SRT) code Service $01 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5 1st trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC) Service $07 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5 1st trip Freeze Frame data — Test values and Test limits Service $06 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5 Calibration ID Service $09 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5 Permanent Diagnostic Trouble Code (Permanent DTC) Service $0A* of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5 *: Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated. The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below. ×: Applicable —: Not applicable DTC 1st trip DTC Freeze Frame data 1st trip Freeze Frame data SRT code SRT status Test value Permanent DTC status CONSULT-III × × × × × × — × GST × × × — × × × × ECM × ×* — — — × — — *: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other. The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel lights up when the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-664, "Fail-Safe Chart".) Two Trip Detection Logic INFOID:0000000005285161 When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not light up at this stage. <1st trip> If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL lights up. The MIL lights up at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to light up or blink the MIL, and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below. ×: Applicable MIL DTC 1st trip Items 2nd trip 1st trip DTC 1st trip displaying 2nd trip displaying 1st trip displaying 2nd trip displaying — — — × — × — — × — — × — — × — — — — — × — × × — Blinking Lighting up Blinking Lighting up Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0304 is being detected × — — Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0304 is being detected — — One trip detection diagnoses (Refer to EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".) — Except above — Revision: January 2010 —: Not applicable EC-616 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by MIL lighting up when there is malfunction on engine control system. A Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means of operating fail-safe function. EC The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected, and demands the driver to repair the malfunction. Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut Emission-related Diagnostic Information C INFOID:0000000005285162 D EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS ×: Applicable —: Not applicable Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST*2 ECM*3 SRT code Trip MIL Permanent DTC E Reference group*4 LOST COMM (TCM) U0101 0101*5 — 1 × B EC-713 LOST COMM (BCM) U0140 0140*5 — 1 × B EC-715 CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001 1001*5 — 2 — — EC-717 NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED. P0000 0000 — — Flashing*6 — EC-639 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 0011 × 2 × B EC-719 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) P0031 0031 — 2 × B EC-723 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) P0032 0032 — 2 × B EC-723 HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 0037 — 2 × B EC-728 HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 0038 — 2 × B EC-728 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P0075 0075 — 2 × B EC-734 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0101 0101 — 2 × B EC-739 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0102 0102 — 1 × B EC-747 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0103 0103 — 1 × B EC-747 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0112 0112 — 2 × B EC-754 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0113 0113 — 2 × B EC-754 ECT SEN/CIRC P0116 0116 — 2 × B EC-758 ECT SEN/CIRC P0117 0117 — 1 × B EC-761 ECT SEN/CIRC P0118 0118 — 1 × B EC-761 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 P0122 0122 — 1 × B EC-766 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 P0123 0123 — 1 × B EC-766 ECT SENSOR P0125 0125 — 2 × B EC-771 IAT SENSOR-B1 P0127 0127 — 2 × B EC-774 THERMSTAT FNCTN P0128 0128 — 2 × B EC-777 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0130 0130 — 2 × A EC-779 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0131 0131 — 2 × B EC-785 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0132 0132 — 2 × B EC-791 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0133 0133 × 2 × A EC-797 HO2S2 (B1) P0137 0137 × 2 × A EC-804 HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 × 2 × A EC-811 HO2S2 (B1) P0139 0139 × 2 × A EC-820 Revision: January 2010 EC-617 2010 Sentra F G H I J K L M N O P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) DTC*1 CONSULT-III *2 GST ECM*3 SRT code Trip MIL Permanent DTC Reference group*4 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 0171 — 2 × B EC-828 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 0172 — 2 × B EC-834 FTT SENSOR P0181 0181 — 2 × B EC-840 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0182 0182 — 2 × B EC-844 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0183 0183 — 2 × B EC-844 EOT SEN/CIRCUIT P0196 0196 — 2 × B EC-848 EOT SEN/CIRCUIT P0197 0197 — 2 × B EC-851 EOT SEN/CIRCUIT P0198 0198 — 2 × B EC-851 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 P0222 0222 — 1 × B EC-855 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 P0223 0223 — 1 × B EC-855 MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 0300 — 1 or 2 × B EC-860 CYL 1 MISFIRE P0301 0301 — 1 or 2 × B EC-860 CYL 2 MISFIRE P0302 0302 — 1 or 2 × B EC-860 CYL 3 MISFIRE P0303 0303 — 1 or 2 × B EC-860 CYL 4 MISFIRE P0304 0304 — 1 or 2 × B EC-860 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 — 2 — — EC-866 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 0328 — 2 — — EC-866 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 — 2 × B EC-870 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 — 2 × B EC-876 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 0420 × 2 × A EC-882 EVAP PURG FLOW/MON P0441 0441 × 2 × A EC-887 EVAP SMALL LEAK P0442 0442 × 2 × A EC-892 PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0443 0443 — 2 × A EC-899 PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 0444 — 2 × B EC-907 PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0445 0445 — 2 × B EC-907 VENT CONTROL VALVE P0447 0447 — 2 × B EC-913 VENT CONTROL VALVE P0448 0448 — 2 × B EC-919 EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0451 0451 — 2 × A EC-925 EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0452 0452 — 2 × B EC-928 EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0453 0453 — 2 × B EC-935 EVAP GROSS LEAK P0455 0455 — 2 × A EC-943 *7 2 × A EC-950 EVAP VERY SML LEAK P0456 0456 × FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH P0460 0460 — 2 × A EC-958 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR P0461 0461 — 2 × B EC-960 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC P0462 0462 — 2 × B EC-962 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC P0463 0463 — 2 × B EC-962 P0500 0500 — 2 × B EC-964 ISC SYSTEM P0506 0506 — 2 × B EC-966 ISC SYSTEM P0507 0507 — 2 × B EC-968 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT P0603 0603 — 2 × B EC-970 ECM P0605 0605 — 1 or 2 — or × B EC-973 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*8 Revision: January 2010 EC-618 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST*2 ECM*3 SRT code Trip MIL Permanent DTC Reference ECM P0607 0607 — 1 (CVT) 2 (M/T) × (CVT) — (M/T) B EC-975 SENSOR POWER/CIRC P0643 0643 — 1 × B EC-976 T/M RANGE SENSOR A P0705 0705 — 2 × B CVT-60 FLUID TEMP SENSOR A*9 P0710 0710 — 1 × B CVT-65 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A P0715 0715 — 2 × B CVT-70 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR*8 P0720 0720 — 2 × B CVT-75 TORQUE CONVERTER P0740 0740 — 2 × B CVT-83 TORQUE CONVERTER P0744 0744 — 2 × B CVT-88 PC SOLENOID A P0745 0745 — 2 × B CVT-90 PC SOLENOID A P0746 0746 — 1 × B CVT-95 PC SOLENOID B P0776 0776 — 2 × B CVT-97 PC SOLENOID B P0778 0778 — 2 × B CVT-99 FLUID PRESS SEN/SW A P0840 0840 — 2 × B CVT-109 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P0850 0850 — 2 × B EC-981 CLOSED LOOP-B1 P1148 1148 — 1 × A EC-986 TCS/CIRC P1212 1212 — 2 — — EC-987 ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 — 1 × B EC-988 CTP LEARNING-B1 P1225 1225 — 2 — — EC-1000 CTP LEARNING-B1 P1226 1226 — 2 — — EC-1002 COLD START CONTROL P1421 1421 — 2 × A EC-1004 ASCD SW P1564 1564 — 1 — — EC-1006 ASCD BRAKE SW P1572 1572 — 1 — — EC-1012 ASCD VHL SPD SEN P1574 1574 — 1 — — EC-1021 LOCK MODE P1610 1610 — 2 — — BL-170 ID DISCORD,IMMU-ECM P1611 1611 — 2 — — BL-170 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU P1612 1612 — 2 — — BL-170 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY P1614 1614 — 2 — — BL-170 DIFFERENCE OF KEY P1615 1615 — 2 — — BL-170 IN PULY SPEED P1715 1715 — 2 — — EC-1023 SLCT SOLENOID P1740 1740 — 2 × B CVT-128 STEP MOTOR P1777 1777 — 1 × B CVT-134 STEP MOTOR P1778 1778 — 2 × B CVT-138 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 — 2 — — EC-1025 ETC MOT PWR-B1 P2100 2100 — 1 × B EC-1029 ETC FNCTN/CIRC-B1 P2101 2101 — 1 × B EC-1033 ETC MOT PWR P2103 2103 — 1 × B EC-1029 ETC MOT-B1 P2118 2118 — 1 × B EC-1039 ETC ACTR-B1 P2119 2119 — 1 × B EC-1043 APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 — 1 × B EC-1045 APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 — 1 × B EC-1045 APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 — 1 × B EC-1050 Revision: January 2010 EC-619 A group*4 2010 Sentra EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) DTC*1 CONSULT-III *2 GST ECM*3 SRT code Trip MIL Permanent DTC Reference group*4 APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 — 1 × B EC-1050 TP SENSOR-B1 P2135 2135 — 1 × B EC-1057 APP SENSOR P2138 2138 — 1 × B EC-1062 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P2A00 2A00 — 2 × A EC-1069 *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. *4: Refer to EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “PERMANENT DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (PERMANENT DTC)”. *5: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III. *6: When the ECM in the mode of displaying SRT status, MIL may flash. For the details, refer to "How to Display SRT Status". *7: SRT code will not be set if the self-diagnostic result is NG. *8: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates. *9: When erasing this DTC, always use CONSULT-III or GST. DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not reoccur, the 1st trip DTC will not be displayed. If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not light up (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up. In other words, the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL lights up when the same malfunction occurs in two consecutive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or light up the MIL during the 1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory. Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in "HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION". For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to "EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS". These items are required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT-III. 1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without lighting up the MIL and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent the vehicle from being tested, for example during Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) tests. When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-659, "Trouble Diagnosis Introduction". Then perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is duplicated, the item requires repair. How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods. WITH CONSULT-III WITH GST CONSULT-III or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P0850, P1148, etc. These DTCs are prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. (CONSULT-III also displays the malfunctioning component or system.) NO TOOLS The number of blinks of the MIL in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC. Example: 0340, 0850, 1148, etc. These DTCs are controlled by NISSAN. • 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. • Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST or the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indicate whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. CONSULT-III can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-III (if available) is recommended. Revision: January 2010 EC-620 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-III. Time data indicates how many times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC. If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0]. If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t]. FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA EC The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant temperature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, absolute throttle position, base fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected. Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data. The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-III or GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, not on the GST. For details, see EC-686, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)". Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the following priorities to update the data. Priority 1 C D E F Items Freeze frame data 2 3 A Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0304 Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172 G Except the above items (Includes CVT related items) 1st trip freeze frame data For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different malfunction is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the ECM memory. Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in "EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS". H I J K SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979. As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and components. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed. If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”. In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains “CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased. Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items. NOTE: The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM memory power supply is interrupted for several hours. If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will continue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the vehicle is returned to the customer untested. NOTE: If permanent DTC is stored or MIL illuminates during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”), DTC (No DTCs) and permanent DTC (No permanent DTCs) before the inspection. Revision: January 2010 EC-621 2010 Sentra L M N O P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SRT Item The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”. SRT item (CONSULT-III indication) Performance Priority* Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT” Corresponding DTC No. CATALYST 2 Three way catalyst function P0420 EVAP SYSTEM 2 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring P0441 1 EVAP control system P0442 2 EVAP control system P0456 2 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P0133 Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0137 Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0138 Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0139 Intake value timing control function P0011 HO2S EGR/VVT SYSTEM 3 *: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by one based on the priority for models with CONSULT-III. SRT Set Timing SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and is shown in the table below. Example Self-diagnosis result All OK Case 1 Case 2 NG exists Case 3 Diagnosis ← ON → OFF Ignition cycle ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2) P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2) P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2) SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1) P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1) P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2) SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” P0400 OK OK — — P0402 — — — — P1402 NG — NG NG (Consecutive NG) (1st trip) DTC 1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC DTC (= MIL “ON”) SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK. NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG. —: Self-diagnosis is not carried out. When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses showed NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 3 above The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is one (1) for each self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in preparation for the state Revision: January 2010 EC-622 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following reasons: A • The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result. • The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results. • When, during SRT driving pattern, 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT, the self-diagnosis EC memory must be erased from ECM after repair. • If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”. NOTE: SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out C prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”. SRT Service Procedure If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page. D E F G H I J K L M N O P JSBIA0065GB How to Display SRT Status WITH CONSULT-III Selecting “SRT STATUS” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-III. For items whose SRT codes are set, “CMPLT” is displayed on the CONSULT-III screen; for items whose SRT codes are not set, “INCMP” is displayed. Revision: January 2010 EC-623 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > NOTE: • Though displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, “HO2S HTR” is not SRT item. • “SRT STATUS” provides the presence or absence of permanent DTCs stored in ECM memory. WITH GST Selecting Service $01 with GST (Generic Scan Tool) NO TOOLS A SRT code itself cannot be displayed, however SRT status can. 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 20 seconds. 2. SRT status is indicated as shown below. • When all SRT codes are set, MIL illuminates continuously. • When any SRT codes are not set, MIL will blink periodically for 10 seconds. JMBIA1515GB How to Set SRT Code To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each diagnosis may require a long period of actual driving under various conditions. WITH CONSULT-III Perform corresponding DTC Confirmation Procedure one by one based on Performance Priority in the table on "SRT Item". WITHOUT CONSULT-III The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained below. The driving pattern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes. Revision: January 2010 EC-624 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Driving Pattern A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O JSBIA0162GB P • The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving habits, etc. Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the shortest. Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed within zone A. *: Normal conditions refer to the following: Revision: January 2010 EC-625 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Sea level • Flat road • Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F) • Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions. Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diagnosis may also be performed. Pattern 1: • The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 38 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3V). • The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C (158°F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 38 and ground is lower than 1.4V). • The engine is started at the fuel tank temperature of warmer than 0°C (32°F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 43 and ground is less than 4.1V). Pattern 2: • When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted. In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended. Pattern 3: • Operate vehicle following the driving pattern shown in the figure. • Release the accelerator pedal during decelerating vehicle speed from 90 km/h (56 MPH) to 0 km/h (0 MPH). PBIB2244E Pattern 4: • Operate vehicle, following the driving pattern shown in the figure. - Drive the vehicle in a proper gear at 60 km/h (38 MPH) and maintain the speed. - Release the accelerator pedal fully at least 5 seconds. - Repeat the above two steps at least 5 times. JSBIA0160GB Pattern 5: • The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-state driving. • If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted all over again. *1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH) again. *2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised. Suggested Transmission Gear Position for CVT Models Set the selector lever in the D position. Suggested upshift speeds for M/T models Shown below are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear. These suggestions relate to fuel economy and vehicle performance. Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road conditions, the weather and individual driving habits. Revision: January 2010 EC-626 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > For normal acceleration in low altitude areas [less than 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]: For quick acceleration in low altitude areas For high attitude areas [over 1,219m (4,000 ft)]: ACCEL shift point km/h (MPH) km/h (MPH) km/h (MPH) 1st to 2nd 13 (8) 24 (15) 24 (15) 2nd to 3rd 27 (17) 40 (25) 40 (25) 3rd to 4th 40 (25) 53 (33) 65 (40) 4th to 5th 58 (36) 71 (44) 72 (45) 5th to 6th 82 (51) 82 (51) 82 (51) Gear change A EC C Suggested Maximum Speed in Each Gear Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly, or if you need to accelerate. Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed (shown below) in any gear. For level road driving, use the highest gear suggested for that speed. Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road conditions to ensure safe operation. Do not over-rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause engine damage or loss of vehicle control. D E F Gear km/h (MPH) 1st 50 (30) 2nd 90 (55) 3rd — 4th — 5th — 6th — G H I PERMANENT DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (PERMANENT DTC) Permanent DTC is defined in SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5 Service $0A. ECM stores a DTC issuing a command of turning on MIL as a permanent DTC and keeps storing the DTC as a permanent DTC until ECM judges that there is no presence of malfunction. Permanent DTCs cannot be erased by using the Erase function of CONSULT-III or Generic Scan Tool (GST) and by disconnecting the battery to shut off power to ECM. This prevents a vehicle from passing the state emission inspection without repairing a malfunctioning part. When not passing the state emission inspection due to more than one permanent DTC, permanent DTCs should be erased, referring to this manual. NOTE: • The important items in state emission inspection are that MIL is not ON, SRT test items are set, and permanent DTCs are not included. • Permanent DTCs do not apply for regions that permanent DTCs are not regulated by law. J K L Permanent DTC Item For permanent DTC items, MIL turns ON. Refer to EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS”. M Permanent DTC Set Timing The setting timing of permanent DTC is stored in ECM with the lighting of MIL when a DTC is confirmed. N Permanent DTC Service Procedure O P Revision: January 2010 EC-627 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > JSBIA0066GB How to Display Permanent DTC Status 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. WITH CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-III. NOTE: Permanent DTCs stored in ECM memory are displayed on the CONSULT-III screen to show if a driving pattern required for erasing permanent DTCs is complete (CMPLT) or incomplete (INCMP). CAUTION: Since the “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” screen displays the previous trip information, repeat the following twice to update the information: “Ignition switch OFF”, “Wait for more than 10 seconds” and “Ignition switch ON”. JSBIA0062GB Revision: January 2010 EC-628 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. WITH GST Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Select Service $0A with GST (Generic Scan Tool). A EC TEST VALUE AND TEST LIMIT (GST ONLY — NOT APPLICABLE TO CONSULT-III) The following is the information specified in Service $06 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5. The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored. These data (test value and test limit) are specified by On Board Monitor ID (OBDMID), Test ID (TID), Unit and Scaling ID and can be displayed on the GST screen. The items of the test value and test limit will be displayed with GST screen which items are provided by the ECM. (eg., if bank 2 is not applied on this vehicle, only the items of bank 1 are displayed) C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-629 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Item OBDMID 01H Self-diagnostic test item Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) DTC Test value and Test limit (GST display) TID P0131 83H 0BH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0131 84H 0BH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0130 85H 0BH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0130 86H 0BH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0133 87H 04H Response rate: Response ratio (Lean to Rich) P0133 88H 04H Response rate: Response ratio (Rich to Lean) P2A00 89H 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio P2A00 8AH 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio P0130 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage P0133 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency P014C 8DH 04H O2 Sensor Slow Response - Rich to Lean Bank 1 Sensor 1 P014C 8EH 04H O2 Sensor Slow Response - Rich to Lean Bank 1 Sensor 1 P014D 8FH 84H O2 Sensor Slow Response - Lean to Rich Bank 1 Sensor 1 P014D 90H 84H O2 Sensor Slow Response - Lean to Rich Bank 1 Sensor 1 P015A 91H 01H O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Rich to Lean Bank 1 Sensor 1 P015A 92H 01H O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Rich to Lean Bank 1 Sensor 1 P015B 93H 01H O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Lean to Rich Bank 1 Sensor 1 P015B 94H 01H O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Lean to Rich Bank 1 Sensor 1 P0138 07H 0CH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0137 08H 0CH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0138 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage P0139 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage P0143 07H 0CH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0144 08H 0CH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0146 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage P0145 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage HO2S 02H 03H Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1) Heated oxygen sensor 3 (Bank 1) Revision: January 2010 Description Unit and Scaling ID EC-630 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Item OBDMID Self-diagnostic test item DTC P0151 05H Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) Test value and Test limit (GST display) 07H Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2) Heated oxygen sensor 3 (Bank2) Revision: January 2010 Description TID Unit and Scaling ID 83H 0BH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle EC P0151 84H 0BH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0150 85H 0BH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0150 86H 0BH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0153 87H 04H Response rate: Response ratio (Lean to Rich) P0153 88H 04H Response rate: Response ratio (Rich to Lean) P2A03 89H 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio P2A03 8AH 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio P0150 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage P0153 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency P014E 8DH 04H O2 Sensor Slow Response - Rich to Lean Bank 2 Sensor 1 P014E 8EH 04H O2 Sensor Slow Response - Rich to Lean Bank 2 Sensor 1 P014F 8FH 84H O2 Sensor Slow Response - Lean to Rich Bank 2 Sensor 1 P014F 90H 84H O2 Sensor Slow Response - Lean to Rich Bank 2 Sensor 1 P015C 91H 01H O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Rich to Lean Bank 2 Sensor 1 HO2S 06H A P015C 92H 01H O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Rich to Lean Bank 2 Sensor 1 P015D 93H 01H O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Lean to Rich Bank 2 Sensor 1 P015D 94H 01H O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Lean to Rich Bank 2 Sensor 1 P0158 07H 0CH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0157 08H 0CH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0158 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage P0159 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage P0163 07H 0CH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0164 08H 0CH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0166 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage P0165 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage EC-631 2010 Sentra C D E F G H I J K L M N O P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Item OBDMID 21H Self-diagnostic test item Three way catalyst function (Bank1) CATALYST 22H EGR SYSTEM 31H 35H Three way catalyst function (Bank2) EGR function TID P0420 80H 01H O2 storage index P0420 82H 01H Switching time lag engine exhaust index value P2423 83H 0CH Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output voltage P2423 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst P0430 80H 01H O2 storage index P0430 82H 01H Switching time lag engine exhaust index value P2424 83H 0CH Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output voltage P2424 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst P0400 80H 96H Low Flow Faults: EGR temp change rate (short term) P0400 81H 96H Low Flow Faults: EGR temp change rate (long term) P0400 82H 96H Low Flow Faults: Difference between max EGR temp and EGR temp under idling condition P0400 83H 96H Low Flow Faults: Max EGR temp P1402 84H 96H High Flow Faults: EGR temp increase rate P0011 80H 9DH VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC alignment check diagnosis) P0014 81H 9DH VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC alignment check diagnosis) P0011 82H 9DH VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC drive failure diagnosis) P0014 83H 9DH VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC drive failure diagnosis) P0021 80H 9DH VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC alignment check diagnosis) P0024 81H 9DH VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC alignment check diagnosis) P0021 82H 9DH VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC drive failure diagnosis) P0024 83H 9DH VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC drive failure diagnosis) VVT Monitor (Bank2) Revision: January 2010 Description Unit and Scaling ID VVT Monitor (Bank1) VVT SYSTEM 36H DTC Test value and Test limit (GST display) EC-632 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Item EVAP SYSTEM O2 SENSOR HEATER Secondary Air OBDMID Self-diagnostic test item 39H EVAP control system leak (Cap Off) 3BH EVAP control system leak (Small leak) 3CH EVAP control system leak (Very small leak) DTC P0455 Test value and Test limit (GST display) A Description TID Unit and Scaling ID 80H 0CH Difference in pressure sensor output voltage before and after pull down EC P0442 80H 05H Leak area index (for more than 0.04 inch) P0456 80H 05H Leak area index (for more than 0.02 inch) P0456 81H FDH Maximum internal pressure of EVAP system during monitoring P0456 82H FDH Internal pressure of EVAP system at the end of monitoring P0441 83H 0CH Difference in pressure sensor output voltage before and after vent control valve close 3DH Purge flow system 41H A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 1) Low Input:P0031 High Input:P0032 81H 0BH Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage 42H Heated oxygen sensor 2 heat- Low Input:P0037 er (Bank 1) High Input:P0038 80H 0CH Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage 43H Heated oxygen sensor 3 heater (Bank 1) P0043 80H 0CH Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage 45H A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 2) Low Input:P0051 High Input:P0052 81H 0BH Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage 46H Heated oxygen sensor 2 heat- Low Input:P0057 er (Bank 2) High Input:P0058 80H 0CH Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage 47H Heated oxygen sensor 3 heater (Bank 2) P0063 80H 0CH Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage P0411 80H 01H Secondary Air Injection System Incorrect Flow Detected 71H Secondary Air system Bank1: P0491 Bank2: P0492 81H 01H Secondary Air Injection System Insufficient Flow P2445 82H 01H Secondary Air Injection System Pump Stuck Off P2448 83H 01H Secondary Air Injection System High Airflow Bank1: P2440 Bank2: P2442 84H 01H Secondary Air Injection System Switching Valve Stuck Open P2440 85H 01H Secondary Air Injection System Switching Valve Stuck Open P2444 86H 01H Secondary Air Injection System Pump Stuck On 81H Fuel injection system function (Bank 1) P0171 or P0172 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim P0171 or P0172 81H 24H The number of lambda control clamped 82H Fuel injection system function (Bank 2) P0174 or P0175 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim P0174 or P0175 81H 24H The number of lambda control clamped FUEL SYSTEM Revision: January 2010 EC-633 C D E F G H I J K L M N O P 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Item MISFIRE OBDMID A1H Self-diagnostic test item DTC Test value and Test limit (GST display) TID P0301 80H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the first cylinder P0302 81H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the second cylinder P0303 82H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the third cylinder P0304 83H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the fourth cylinder P0305 84H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the fifth cylinder P0306 85H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the sixth cylinder P0307 86H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the seventh cylinder P0308 87H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the eighth cylinder P0300 88H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the multiple cylinders P0301 89H 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the first cylinder P0302 8AH 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the second cylinder P0303 8BH 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the third cylinder P0304 8CH 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the fourth cylinder P0305 8DH 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the fifth cylinder P0306 8EH 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the sixth cylinder P0307 8FH 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the seventh cylinder P0308 90H 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the eighth cylinder P0300 91H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the single cylinder P0300 92H 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the single cylinder P0300 93H 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the multiple cylinders Multiple Cylinder Misfires Revision: January 2010 Description Unit and Scaling ID EC-634 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Item OBDMID A2H A3H A4H Self-diagnostic test item DTC A7H A8H A9H Description TID P0301 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0301 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles No. 1 Cylinder Misfire EC P0302 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0302 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles P0303 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0303 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles No. 2 Cylinder Misfire No. 3 Cylinder Misfire 0BH No. 4 Cylinder Misfire D E F G H P0304 0CH 24H P0305 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0305 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles J P0306 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles K No. 5 Cylinder Misfire No. 6 Cylinder Misfire I P0306 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles L P0307 P0307 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles M P0308 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0308 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles No. 7 Cylinder Misfire No. 8 Cylinder Misfire HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION How to Erase DTC With CONSULT-III NOTE: • If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. • If the DTC is not for CVT related items, skip step 1. 1. Erase DTC in TCM. 2. Select "ENGINE" with CONSULT-III. 3. Select "SELF-DIAG RESULTS". Revision: January 2010 C Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles MISFIRE A6H A Unit and Scaling ID P0304 A5H Test value and Test limit (GST display) EC-635 2010 Sentra N O P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Touch "ERASE". (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.) With GST NOTE: If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. 1. Select Service $04 with GST. No Tools NOTE: If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. 1. Erase DTC in ECM. Refer to How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results). • If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24 hours. • The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. - Diagnostic trouble codes - 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes - Freeze frame data - 1st trip freeze frame data - System readiness test (SRT) codes - Test values How to Erase Permanent DTC When a DTC is stored in ECM • When a DTC is stored in ECM and MIL is ON, a permanent DTC is erased with MIL shutoff if the same malfunction is not detected after performing the driving pattern for MIL shutoff three times in a raw. JSBIA0063GB *1: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL will illuminate. *2: MIL will turn off after vehicle is driven 3 times (pattern B) without any malfunctions. When a DTC is not stored in ECM • The erasing method depends on a permanent DTC stored in ECM. Refer to the following table. ×: Applicable —: Not applicable Driving pattern Perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” for applicable DTCs. B D A × — — B — × × Group* *: For group, refer to EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS”. Group A Revision: January 2010 EC-636 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A EC C D E F G H I JSBIA0064GB *1: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL will illuminate. J 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Check permanent DTC. Refer to EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “How to Display Permanent DTC Status”. 6. Perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” for DTCs which are the same as permanent DTCs stored in ECM. 7. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 8. Turn ignition switch ON. 9. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 10. Turn ignition switch ON. 11. Check permanent DTC. Refer to EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “How to Display Permanent DTC Status”. 12. Check that the permanent DTCs have been erased. Group B K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-637 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > JSBIA0068GB *1: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL will illuminate. *2: After experiencing Driving pattern B and D, permanent DTC is erased. *3: Indication does not change unless the ignition switch is turned from ON to OFF twice even after experiencing Driving pattern B or D. NOTE: • Drive the vehicle according to only driving patterns indicating “INCMP” in driving patterns B and D on the “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” screen. • When experiencing both driving pattern B and D during the same trip, the experience of driving pattern D is counted by priority. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. 5. Check permanent DTC. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “How to Display Permanent DTC Status”. 6. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 7. Drive the vehicle according to driving pattern D. CAUTION: • Always drive at a safe speed. • Never erase self-diagnosis results. • If self-diagnosis results are erased during the trip of driving pattern B or D, the counter of driving pattern B or D is reset. • If self-diagnosis results are erased during the trip of driving pattern B or D, an experience of driving pattern B and D during the same trip is not counted up. 8. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 9. Turn ignition switch ON. 10. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 11. Turn ignition switch ON. 12. Use “PERMANENT DTC WORK SUPPORT” to drive the vehicle according to driving pattern B. Revision: January 2010 EC-638 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CAUTION: • Always drive at a safe speed. A • Never erase self-diagnosis results. • If self-diagnosis results are erased during the trip of driving pattern B or D, the counter of driving pattern B or D is reset. EC • If self-diagnosis results are erased during the trip of driving pattern B or D, an experience of driving pattern B and D during the same trip is not counted up. 13. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 14. Turn ignition switch ON. C 15. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 16. Turn ignition switch ON. 17. Check permanent DTC. Refer to EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “How to Display Per- D manent DTC Status”. 18. Check that the permanent DTCs have been erased. DRIVING PATTERN E Driving Pattern B • - Driving pattern B means a trip satisfying the following conditions. Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more. Water temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) ore more. Vehicle speed of 70 – 120 km/h (44 – 75 MPH) is maintained for 60 seconds or more under the control of closed loop. - Vehicle speed of 30 – 60 km/h (19 – 37 MPH) is maintained for 10 seconds or more under the control of closed loop. - Under the closed loop control condition, the following state reaches 12 seconds or more in total: Vehicle speed of 4 km/h (2 MPH) or less with idling condition. - The state of driving at 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more reaches 10 minutes or more in total. - A lapse of 22 minutes or more after engine start. CAUTION: Always drive at a safe speed. NOTE: • Drive the vehicle at a constant velocity. • When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern B. • When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving pattern B. F G H I J K Driving Pattern D • Driving pattern D means operating vehicle as per the following. - The state of driving at 40 km/h (25 MPH) reaches 300 seconds or more in total. - Idle speed lasts 30 seconds or more. - A lapse of 600 seconds or more after engine start. CAUTION: Always drive at a safe speed. NOTE: • When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern D. • When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving pattern D. M Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) O INFOID:0000000005285163 L N DESCRIPTION P Revision: January 2010 EC-639 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > The MIL is located on the instrument panel. 1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned ON without the engine running. This is a bulb check. If the MIL does not light up, refer to DI-35 or see EC-1113. 2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off. If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction. SEF217U ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION The on board diagnostic system has the following three functions. Diagnostic Test Mode Mode I KEY and ENG. Status Ignition switch in ON position Function Explanation of Function BULB CHECK This function checks the MIL bulb for damage (blown, open circuit, etc.). If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit. Engine running MALFUNCTION WARNING This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is detected twice in two consecutive driving cycles (two trip detection logic), the MIL will light up to inform the driver that a malfunction has been detected. The following malfunctions will light up or blink the MIL in the 1st trip. • Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage) • One trip detection diagnoses Ignition switch in ON position SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read. Engine stopped Mode II Engine stopped When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by MIL lighting up when there is malfunction on engine control system. Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means of operating fail-safe function. The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected, and demands the driver to repair the malfunction. Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut MIL Flashing Without DTC When any SRT codes are not set, MIL may flash without DTC. For the details, refer to EC-617, "Emissionrelated Diagnostic Information". HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE NOTE: • It is better to count the time accurately with a clock. Revision: January 2010 EC-640 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a malfunction. • Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned OFF. A How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results) 1. 2. a. b. 3. 4. EC Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds. Fully depress the accelerator pedal. C Fully release the accelerator pedal. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MIL starts blinking. D Fully release the accelerator pedal. ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). E F G PBIB0092E How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results) 1. 2. 3. H Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to "How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)". Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds. The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed. I J DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — BULB CHECK In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to DI-35 or EC-1113. K DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — MALFUNCTION WARNING MIL Condition ON When the malfunction is detected. OFF No malfunction L These DTC numbers are clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS) M DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS In this mode, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below. The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL illuminates in diagnostic test mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS), it is a DTC; if two or more codes are displayed, they may be either DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These uniden- N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-641 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > tified codes can be identified by using the CONSULT-III or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a code. JMBIA1140GB A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The “zero” is indicated by the number of ten flashes. The “A” is indicated by the number of eleven flash. The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle. The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle. A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared. A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF. In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no malfunction. (See EC-579) How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results) The DTC can be erased from the back-up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to "How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)". • If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory within 24 hours. • Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses. OBD System Operation Chart INFOID:0000000005568637 RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS • When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are stored in the ECM memory. • When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on. For details, refer to EC-61, "Two Trip Detection Logic". • The MIL will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. The drive is counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs while counting, the counter will reset. • The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) without the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injection System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern Revision: January 2010 EC-642 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-III will count the number of times the vehicle is driven. • The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip. SUMMARY CHART Items MIL (goes off) DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no display) 1st Trip DTC (clear) 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data (clear) A EC Fuel Injection System Misfire Other 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A) 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern B) *1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B) For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see "EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”". C D E For details about patterns A and B under “Other”, see "EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”". F *1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected. *2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip. RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-643 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > JMBIA1417GB *1: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL will illuminate. *2: MIL will turn off after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is de3 times (pattern B) without any maltected in two consecutive trips, the functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored in ECM. *4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the freeze frame data will be cleared at vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected. without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM. DTC and the freeze frame data still remain in ECM.) *7: When the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip freeze frame data will be cleared. *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when vehicle is driven once (pattern C) without the same malfunction after DTC is stored in ECM. EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows: Revision: January 2010 EC-644 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system. • The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern. • The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunction. • The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”) A EC Driving pattern C means the vehicle operation as follows: The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time: Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm C Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%] Engine coolant temperature (T) condition: • When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), “T” should be lower than 70°C (158°F). • When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), “T” should be higher than or equal D to 70°C (158°F). Example: If the stored freeze frame data is as follows: E Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F) To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions: Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70°C F (158°F) • The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of vehicle conditions above. • The C counter will be counted up when vehicle conditions above is satisfied without the same malfunction. • The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80. G • The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC is stored in ECM. RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-645 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > JMBIA1418GB *1: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL will illuminate. Revision: January 2010 *2: MIL will turn off after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is de3 times (pattern B) without any maltected in two consecutive trips, the functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored in ECM. EC-646 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > *4: The DTC and the freeze frame data will not be displayed any longer after vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) without the same malfunction. (The DTC and the freeze frame data still remain in ECM.) *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehithe first time, the 1st trip DTC and the cle is driven once (pattern B) without 1st trip freeze frame data will be the same malfunction. stored in ECM. A EC *7: When the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip freeze frame data will be cleared. C EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” D E F G H I JMBIA1920GB • The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4). • The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction. • The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40. J Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows: All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system. • The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern. • The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions. • The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”). K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-647 2010 Sentra BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE Basic Inspection INFOID:0000000005285165 1.INSPECTION START 1. 2. 3. 4. Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for scheduled maintenance. Open engine hood and check the following: Harness connectors for improper connections Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections Hoses and ducts for leaks Air cleaner clogging Gasket Confirm that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied. Headlamp switch is OFF. Air conditioner switch is OFF. Rear window defogger switch is OFF. SEF983U Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points the middle of gauge. Ensure engine stays below 1,000 rpm. SEF976U 5. Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load. 6. Make sure that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-III or GST. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2. SEF977U 2.REPAIR OR REPLACE Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure. >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED 1. With CONSULT-III Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load. Revision: January 2010 EC-648 2010 Sentra BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute. A EC C PBIA8513J D 3. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-652, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check". E M/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) CVT: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) F Without CONSULT-III Run engine at about 2,000 rpm for about 2 minutes under no load. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load, then run engine at idle speed for about 1 minute. 3. Check idle speed. Refer to EC-652, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check". 1. 2. H M/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) CVT: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 4. I 4.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING 1. 2. G J Stop engine. Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". K >> GO TO 5. 5.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING L Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". M >> GO TO 6. 6.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Refer to EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 7. No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. 2. GO TO 4. N O 7.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN 1. 2. P With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-652, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check". Revision: January 2010 EC-649 2010 Sentra BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > M/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) CVT: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) 1. 2. Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check idle speed. Refer to EC-652, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check". M/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) CVT: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 8. 8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-870. • Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-876. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> 1. Repair or replace. 2. GO TO 4. 9.CHECK ECM FUNCTION 1. 2. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but this is a rare case.) Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function". >> GO TO 4. 10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING 1. 2. - Run engine at idle. Check ignition timing with a timing light. Refer to EC-652, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check". Timing indicator (1) M/T: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position) CVT: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 19. NG >> GO TO 11. 11.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING 1. 2. PBIB3263E Stop engine. Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". >> GO TO 12. 12.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". >> GO TO 13. Revision: January 2010 EC-650 2010 Sentra BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 13.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING A Refer to EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 14. No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. 2. GO TO 4. EC C 14.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN 1. 2. With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-652, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check". E M/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) CVT: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) F Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Check idle speed. Refer to EC-652, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check". G M/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) CVT: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) H OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> GO TO 17. I 15.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN 1. 2. - D Run engine at idle. Check ignition timing with a timing light. Refer to EC-652, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check". Timing indicator (1) J K M/T: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position) CVT: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 19 NG >> GO TO 16. L PBIB3263E 16.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-40. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> 1. Repair the timing chain installation. 2. GO TO 4. M N O 17.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-870. • Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-876. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 18. NG >> 1. Repair or replace. Revision: January 2010 EC-651 P 2010 Sentra BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. GO TO 4. 18.CHECK ECM FUNCTION 1. 2. Substitute another known-good ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of an incident, but this is a rare case.) Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function". >> GO TO 4. 19.INSPECTION END Did you replace ECM, referring this Basic Inspection procedure? Yes or No Yes >> 1. Perform EC-654, "VIN Registration". 2. INSPECTION END No >> INSPECTION END Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check INFOID:0000000005285166 IDLE SPEED WITH CONSULT-III Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. WITH GST Check idle speed in Service $01 with GST. IGNITION TIMING Any of following two methods may be used. Method A 1. Attach timing light to loop wire (1) as shown. • : Vehicle front PBIB3320E 2. Check ignition timing. • Timing indicator (1) PBIB3263E Method B 1. Remove No. 4 ignition coil (1). Revision: January 2010 EC-652 2010 Sentra BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • : Vehicle front A EC C PBIB3321E 2. Connect No. 4 ignition coil (1) and No. 4 spark plug with suitable high-tension wire (A) as shown, and attach timing light clamp (B) to this wire. • : Vehicle front D E F G PBIB3322E H I J K PBIB3334E 3. Check ignition timing. • Timing indicator (1) L M N PBIB3263E Procedure After Replacing ECM INFOID:0000000005285167 When replacing ECM, the following procedure must be performed. 1. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function". 2. Perform EC-654, "VIN Registration". 3. Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". 4. Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Revision: January 2010 O EC-653 2010 Sentra P BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning". VIN Registration INFOID:0000000005285168 DESCRIPTION VIN Registration is an operation to registering VIN in ECM. It must be performed each time ECM is replaced. NOTE: Accurate VIN which is registered in ECM may be required for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M). OPERATION PROCEDURE WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. Check the VIN of the vehicle and note it. Refer to GI-45. Turn ignition switch ON and engine stopped. Select “VIN REGISTRATION” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode. Follow the instruction of CONSULT-III display. Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning INFOID:0000000005285169 DESCRIPTION Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully released position of the accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected. OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning INFOID:0000000005285170 DESCRIPTION Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is an operation to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected. OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. Make sure that accelerator pedal is fully released. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Make sure that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound. Idle Air Volume Learning INFOID:0000000005285171 DESCRIPTION Idle Air Volume Learning is an operation to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine within the specific range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions: • Each time electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced. • Idle speed or ignition timing is out of specification. PREPARATION Before performing Idle Air Volume Learning, make sure that all of the following conditions are satisfied. Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment. • Battery voltage: More than 12.9 V (At idle) • Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 95°C (158 - 203°F) • Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T): ON • Selector lever (CVT): P or N Revision: January 2010 EC-654 2010 Sentra BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Electric load switch: OFF [Air conditioner, headlamp rear window defogger] A On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, if the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the headlamp will not be illuminated. • Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position) EC • Vehicle speed: Stopped • Transmission: Warmed-up - For CVT models • With CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle until “ATF TEMP SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “TRANSMISSION” C system indicates less than 0.9 V. • Without CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes. - For M/T models D • Drive vehicle for 10 minutes. OPERATION PROCEDURE E WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds. Make sure that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen. If “CMPLT” is not displayed, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be carried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to the DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE below. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the specifications. Refer to EC-648, "Basic Inspection". Item Specification Idle speed M/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) CVT: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) Ignition timing M/T: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position) CVT: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position) EC-655 G H I J K WITHOUT CONSULT-III NOTE: • It is better to count the time accurately with a clock. • It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a malfunction. 1. Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". 2. Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 6. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds. 7. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds. a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal. b. Fully release the accelerator pedal. 8. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops blinking and turned ON. 9. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL turned ON. 10. Start engine and let it idle. Revision: January 2010 F 2010 Sentra L M N O P BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 11. Wait 20 seconds. SEC897C 12. Rev up the engine two or three times and make sure that idle speed and ignition timing are within the specifications. Refer to EC-648, "Basic Inspection". Item Specification Idle speed M/T: 675 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) CVT: 700 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) Ignition timing M/T: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position) CVT: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position) 13. If idle speed and ignition timing are not within the specification, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be carried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to the DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE below. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE If idle air volume learning cannot be performed successfully, proceed as follows: 1. Check that throttle valve is fully closed. 2. Check PCV valve operation. 3. Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage. 4. When the above three items check out OK, engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the incident. It is useful to perform EC-698. 5. If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the incident and perform Idle air volume learning all over again: Engine stalls. Erroneous idle. Fuel Pressure Check INFOID:0000000005285172 FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. Turn ignition switch OFF. WITHOUT CONSULT-III Revision: January 2010 EC-656 2010 Sentra BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Remove fuel pump fuse (1) located in IPDM E/R (2). A • : Vehicle front 2. Start engine. 3. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel EC pressure. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. 5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system. C PBIB2958E D FUEL PRESSURE CHECK CAUTION: Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger. NOTE: • Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pressure cannot be completely released because B16 models do not have fuel return system. • The fuel hose connection method used when taking fuel pressure check must not be used for other purposes. • Be careful not to scratch or put debris around connection area when servicing, so that the quick connector maintains seal ability with O-rings inside. • Do not perform fuel pressure check with electrical systems operating (i.e. lights, rear defogger, A/C, etc.) Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings due to varying engine load and changes in manifold vacuum. 1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE". 2. Prepare fuel hose for fuel pressure check B and fuel tube adapter (KV10118400) D, then connect fuel pressure gauge A. • : To quick connector • : To fuel tube (engine side) • C: Clamp • Use suitable fuel hose for fuel pressure check (genuine NISSAN fuel hose without quick connector). • To avoid unnecessary force or tension to hose, use moderately long fuel hose for fuel pressure check. • Do not use the fuel hose for checking fuel pressure with damage or cracks on it. PBIB2982E • Use pressure gauge to check fuel pressure. 3. Remove fuel hose. Refer to EM-18. • Do not twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose. 4. Connect fuel hose for fuel pressure check (1) to fuel tube (engine side) with clamp (2) as shown in the figure. • No.2 spool (5) • Wipe off oil or dirt from hose insertion part using cloth moistened with gasoline. • Apply proper amount of gasoline between top of the fuel tube (3) and No.1 spool (4). • Insert fuel hose for fuel pressure check until it touches the No.1 spool on fuel tube. • Use NISSAN genuine hose clamp (part number: 16439 N4710 or 16439 40U00). PBIB2983E • When reconnecting fuel line, always use new clamps. • Use a torque driver to tighten clamps. • Install hose clamp to the position within 1 - 2 mm (0.04 - 0.08 in). Tightening torque: 1 - 1.5 N·m (0.1 - 0.15 kg-m, 9 - 13 in-lb) • Make sure that clamp screw does not contact adjacent parts. Revision: January 2010 EC-657 2010 Sentra E F G H I J K L M N O P BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. Connect fuel tube adapter to quick connector. • A: Fuel pressure gauge • B: Fuel hose for fuel pressure check 6. After connecting fuel hose for fuel pressure check, pull the hose with a force of approximately 98 N (10 kg, 22 lb) to confirm fuel tube does not come off. 7. Turn ignition switch ON and check for fuel leakage. 8. Start engine and check for fuel leakage. 9. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge. • Do not perform fuel pressure check with system operating. PBIB3432E Fuel pressure gauge may indicate false readings. • During fuel pressure check, confirm for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes. At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi) 10. If result is unsatisfactory, go to next step. 11. Check the following. • Fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging • Fuel filter for clogging • Fuel pump • Fuel pressure regulator for clogging If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator. If NG, repair or replace. 12. Check the following. • Fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging • Fuel filter for clogging • Fuel pump • Fuel pressure regulator for clogging If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator. If NG, repair or replace. 13. Before disconnecting fuel pressure gauge and fuel pressure adapter J-44321-6, release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to "FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE". Revision: January 2010 EC-658 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS A Trouble Diagnosis Introduction INFOID:0000000005285173 INTRODUCTION EC The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel control, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essential that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vacuum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine. C D E MEF036D F It is much more difficult to diagnose an incident that occurs intermittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case, careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replacement of good parts. G H SEF233G A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road test with CONSULT-III (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should be performed. Follow the Work Flow on "WORK FLOW". Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a customer who approaches with a drivability complaint. The customer can supply good information about such incidents, especially intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example on "Worksheet Sample" should be used. Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first. This will help troubleshoot drivability malfunctions on an electronically controlled engine vehicle. I J K L SEF234G M WORK FLOW Overall Sequence N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-659 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > JSBIA0067GB *1: Include 1st trip DTC. *2: Include 1st trip freeze frame data. Detailed Flow 1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM Revision: January 2010 EC-660 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when the incident/malfunction occurred) using the “Diagnostic Work Sheet”. 2. Ask if the customer requests I/M examination. Malfunction information, obtained>>GO TO 2. No malfunction information, but a request for I/M examination>>GO TO 13. A EC 2.CHECK DTC 1. 2. - Check DTC. Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed. Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT-III or GST.) Erase DTC. (Refer to EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".) Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer. (Symptom Table is useful. Refer to EC-666, "Symptom Matrix Chart".) 3. Check related service bulletins for information. Are any symptoms described and any DTCs detected? Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3. Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4. Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5. C D E F 3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM G Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON). Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident. Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected. H >> GO TO 5. 4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM I Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer. Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident. Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected. J K >> GO TO 6. 5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then make sure that DTC is detected again. If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EC-664, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble diagnosis order. NOTE: • Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected. • Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during this check. If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. Is DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Check according to EC-706, "Description". 6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION Perform EC-648, "Basic Inspection". Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 9. Revision: January 2010 EC-661 2010 Sentra L M N O P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 7.PERFORM SPEC IN DATA MONITOR MODE With CONSULT-III Make sure that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “MAS A/F SE-B2”, “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, and “A/F ALPHAB2” are within the SP value using CONSULT-III “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode. Refer to EC-698, "Inspection Procedure". Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 8. 8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-698, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is a malfunctioning part detected? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> GO TO 9. 9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-666, "Symptom Matrix Chart" based on the confirmed symptom in step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptoms. >> GO TO 10. 10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system. NOTE: The Diagnosis Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnosis Procedure. For details, refer to GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident". Is a malfunctioning part detected? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related ECM terminals using CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-679, "ECM Terminal and Reference Value", EC-694, "CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor". 11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART 1. 2. 3. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replacement. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it. Refer to EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". >> GO TO 12. 12.FINAL CHECK When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function Check again, and then make sure that the malfunction have been completely repaired. When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure that the symptom is not detected. Is DTC detected and does symptom remain? YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 10. YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 6. NO-1 >> No request for I/M examination from the customer: Before returning the vehicle to the customer, always erase unnecessary DTC in ECM and TCM (Transmission Control Module). Refer to EC617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". NO-2 >> I/M examination, requested from the customer: GO TO 13. 13.PREPARE FOR I/M EXAMINATION 1. 2. Set SRT codes. Refer to EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". Erase permanent DTCs. Refer to EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". Revision: January 2010 EC-662 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A >> INSPECTION END DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET Description There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate. In general, each customer feels differently about an incident. It is important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a customer complaint. Utilize a diagnostic worksheet as shown in the following "Worksheet Sample" in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting. Some conditions may cause the MIL to come on steady or blink and DTC to be detected. Examples: • Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire. • Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere. EC C D E SEF907L F Worksheet Sample G H I J K L M N O P MTBL0017 Revision: January 2010 EC-663 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000005285174 If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority chart. Priority Detected items (DTC) 1 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • U0101 U0140 U1001 CAN communication line P0101 P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor P0112 P0113 P0127 Intake air temperature sensor P0116 P0117 P0118 P0125 Engine coolant temperature sensor P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P1225 P1226 P2135 Throttle position sensor P0128 Thermostat function P0181 P0182 P0183 Fuel tank temperature sensor P0196, P0197, P0198 Engine oil temperature sensor P0327 P0328 Knock sensor P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) P0460 P0461 P0462 P0463 Fuel level sensor P0500 Vehicle speed sensor P0605 P0607ECM P0643 Sensor power supply P0705 Transmission range switch P0850 Park/neutral position (PNP) switch P1610 - P1615 NATS P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • P0031 P0032 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater P0037 P0038 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater P0075 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve P0130 P0131 P0132 P0133 P2A00 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P0137 P0138 P0139 Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0441 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring P0443 P0444 P0445 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve P0447 P0448 EVAP canister vent control valve P0451 P0452 P0453 EVAP control system pressure sensor P0603 ECM power supply P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT) P1805 Brake switch P2100 P2103 Throttle control motor relay P2101 Electric throttle control function P2118 Throttle control motor 3 • • • • • • • • P0011 Intake valve timing control P0171 P0172 Fuel injection system function P0300 - P0304 Misfire P0420 Three way catalyst function P0442 P0456 EVAP control system (SMALL LEAK, VERY SMALL LEAK) P0455 EVAP control system (GROSS LEAK) P0506 P0507 Idle speed control system P0710 P0715 P0720 P0740 P0744 P0745 P0746 P0776 P0778 P0840 P0845 P1740 P1777 P1778 CVT related sensors, solenoid valves and switches P1148 Closed loop control P1212 TCS communication line P1421 Cold start control P1564 ASCD steering switch P1572 ASCD brake switch P1574 ASCD vehicle speed sensor P1715 Input speed sensor P2119 Electric throttle control actuator • • • • • • • • Fail-Safe Chart INFOID:0000000005285175 When the DTC listed below is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. Revision: January 2010 EC-664 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut. P0117 P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following condition. CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM. A Condition Engine coolant temperature decided (CONSULT-III display) Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F) Approx 4 minutes or more after engine starting 80°C (176°F) Except as shown above EC C D 40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F) (Depends on the time) E When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates while engine is running. The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor. F P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P2135 Throttle position sensor P0643 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. P2100 P2103 Throttle control relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. P2101 Electric throttle control function ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. P2118 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. P2119 Electric throttle control actuator (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring malfunction:) ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm. K (When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:) ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less. L (When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:) While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls. The engine can restart in N or P (CVT), Neutral (M/T) position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more. P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor. • When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by lighting up MIL when there is malfunction on engine control system. Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means of operating fail-safe function. The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction. Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Revision: January 2010 Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut EC-665 2010 Sentra G H I J M N O P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Symptom Matrix Chart INFOID:0000000005285176 SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM 1 1 2 3 2 Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 Air Positive crankcase ventilation system 3 3 4 4 4 Incorrect idle speed adjustment Ignition BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE) Fuel pump circuit EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION Fuel EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION AE OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION AD SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION AC IDLING VIBRATION HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT AB ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING ENGINE STALL AA Warranty symptom code HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA) SYMPTOM AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA 2 2 4 4 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 1 2 4 3 4 2 Reference page EC-1094 4 EC-656 2 EC-1089 4 4 EC-600 4 4 4 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 EC-613 EC-648 1 1 2 3 3 Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 EC-648 Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 EC-1099 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-707 Main power supply and ground circuit Mass air flow sensor circuit 2 EC-739, EC-747 2 1 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 3 EC-759, EC-763, EC-772 3 3 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 Knock sensor circuit 2 Engine oil temperature sensor circuit 4 Revision: January 2010 EC-666 2 EC-976, EC-1045, EC-1050, EC-1062 1 2 EC-779, EC-785, EC-791, EC-797, EC-1069 EC-766, EC-855, EC-1000, EC-1002, EC-1057 Throttle position sensor circuit 2 2 EC-1033, EC-1043 Electric throttle control actuator 3 EC-866 3 EC-848 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SYMPTOM HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA) ENGINE STALL HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING IDLING VIBRATION SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE) A AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit 2 2 EC-870 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit 3 2 EC-876 Warranty symptom code Vehicle speed signal circuit ECM 2 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit 2 3 2 3 3 Park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 Electrical load signal circuit Air conditioner circuit 3 3 ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 2 3 3 3 4 3 3 Reference page E EC-964 3 EC-973 3 EC-734 3 EC-981 4 EC-1108 EC-1087 3 3 3 2 C D 3 3 2 EC F G H I MTC-27 BRC-10 J 1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection. (continued on next page) K SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-667 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Fuel Fuel tank Fuel piping ENGINE STALL HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING IDLING VIBRATION SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE) Warranty symptom code HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA) SYMPTOM AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA FL-10 5 Vapor lock 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-36 — 5 Valve deposit Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, Low octane) Air — 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 — Air duct EM-16 Air cleaner EM-16 Air leakage from air duct (Mass air flow sensor — electric throttle control actuator) Electric throttle control actuator 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-16 5 5 EM-18 Air leakage from intake manifold/ Collector/Gasket Cranking Battery Generator circuit Starter circuit Engine Reference page EM-18 1 6 Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T) Transmission range switch (CVT) 4 Cylinder head gasket 1 1 1 1 1 3 Signal plate Cylinder head 1 5 SC-5 SC-26 SC-11 1 EM-75 MT-14 or CVT-60 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 3 EM-65 Cylinder block 4 Piston Piston ring Connecting rod 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-80 Bearing Crankshaft Revision: January 2010 EC-668 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SYMPTOM Valve mechanism HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA) ENGINE STALL HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING IDLING VIBRATION SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE) Warranty symptom code A AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA Reference page E EM-40 Camshaft EM-50 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Intake valve 3 Exhaust valve Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/ Gasket EM-40 5 F G EM-65 H 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Three way catalyst EM-23, FL5 EM-27, LU9 Lubrication Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil filter/Oil gallery Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil LU-6 Cooling Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap CO-15 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 Thermostat 5 5 CO-24 Water pump CO-19 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 Water gallery CO-24 Cooling fan CO-17 5 Coolant level (Low)/Contaminated coolant I J CO-21 Water control valve NVIS (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer SystemNATS) C D Timing chain Intake valve timing control Exhaust EC K L CO-11 M 1 1 BL-170 1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection. N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-669 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Engine Control Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000005285177 BBIA0922E 1. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 4. Cooling fan motor-1 7. Engine coolant temperature sensor 11. 10. IPDM E/R 2. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 3. Fuel injector 5. Knock sensor 6. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 8. Cooling fan motor-2 9. Refrigerant pressure sensor ECM 12. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 13. Electric throttle control actuator (with 14. EVAP canister purge volume control built in throttle position sensor, throtsolenoid valve tle control motor) Revision: January 2010 EC-670 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A EC C D E F G H I J K L BBIA0756E M : Vehicle front 1. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 2. Engine coolant temperature sensor 3. 4. PCV valve 5. Cooling fan motor-1 harness connec- 6. tor 7. Radiator 8. Refrigerant pressure sensor Electric throttle control actuator (with built in throttle position sensor, throttle control motor) N Cooling fan motor-2 harness connector O P Revision: January 2010 EC-671 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BBIA0725E : Vehicle front 1. Intake valve timing control solenoid 2. valve Knock sensor 3. 4. Fuel pump fuse 5. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 6. harness connector Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump 7. Fuel pressure regulator 8. Fuel level sensor Fuel tank temperature sensor 9. IPDM E/R 10. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug Revision: January 2010 EC-672 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A EC C D E F G H I J K L BBIA0763E M : Vehicle front 1. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve 4. ECM 5. Stop lamp switch harness connector 6. ASCD brake switch harness connector 7. Brake pedal 8. Accelerator pedal position sensor N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-673 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > PBIB3462E BBIA0757E 1. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector Revision: January 2010 2. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 EC-674 3. Heated oxygen sensor 2 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A EC C D E F G H I J AWBIA0834ZZ K : Vehicle front L 1. ASCD steering switch 2. RESUME/ACCELERATOR switch 3. SET/COAST switch 4. CANCEL switch 5. MAIN switch 6. EVAP control system pressure sensor 7. EVAP canister 8. EVAP canister vent control valve 9. ASCD clutch switch 11. Engine oil temperature sensor 10. Clutch pedal M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-675 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Vacuum Hose Drawing INFOID:0000000005285178 BBIA0759E : Vehicle front 1. Intake manifold 4. EVAP service port : From EVAP canister 2. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve 3. EVAP purge resonator NOTE: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hoses or purge hoses. Refer to EC-591, "Schematic" for Vacuum Control System. Revision: January 2010 EC-676 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000005285179 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0157GB Revision: January 2010 EC-677 2010 Sentra P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ABBWA0158GB Revision: January 2010 EC-678 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout INFOID:0000000005285180 A EC C PBIA9221J D ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000005285181 E PREPARATION ECM (1) is located in the engine room left side near battery. F G H BBIA0749E ECM INSPECTION TABLE Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECMs transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. I J K WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) L Approximately 3.2 V 1 V Throttle control motor (Open) [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed M N PBIA8150J 2 Y/B Throttle control motor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) O Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V 3 BR/W A/F sensor 1 heater [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) P PBIA8148J Revision: January 2010 EC-679 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 1.8 V 4 L/R Throttle control motor (Close) [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully released PBIA8149J 5 B/W Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. Approximately 10 V PBIA8148J [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm. BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Engine is running] • Idle speed • Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even slightly, after engine starting. 9 W/B EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve PBIB0050E Approximately 10 V [Engine is running] • Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm (More than 100 seconds after starting engine) PBIB0520E 10 11 B B 12 GR 15 G/Y ECM ground [Engine is running] • Idle speed Body ground Sensor ground (Engine oil temperature sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Body ground [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0 V Throttle control motor relay Revision: January 2010 EC-680 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) EC 0 - 0.3 V 17 18 21 22 V BR/Y G Y Ignition signal No. 1 Ignition signal No. 2 Ignition signal No. 4 Ignition signal No. 3 A [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle. C PBIA9265J D 0.2 - 0.5 V E [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,500 rpm. F PBIA9266J 23 B/O Fuel pump relay [Ignition switch: ON] • For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON [Engine is running] 0 - 1.0 V [Ignition switch: ON] • More than 1 second after turning ignition switch ON BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) G BATTERY VOLTAGE [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle. 25 29 30 31 R O GR L Fuel injector No. 4 Fuel injector No. 3 Fuel injector No. 2 Fuel injector No. 1 J K PBIB0529E BATTERY VOLTAGE L (11 - 14 V) M PBIA4943J 28 32 W L/Y R/G Engine oil temperature sensor EVAP canister vent control valve ECM relay (Self shut-off) Revision: January 2010 I (11 - 14 V) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 27 H [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: ON] [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF [Ignition switch: OFF] • More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF EC-681 Approximately 0 - 4.8 V Output voltage varies with engine coolant temperature N O BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) P 0 - 1.0 V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 33 34 WIRE COLOR G W ITEM Throttle position sensor 1 Throttle position sensor 2 CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully released Less than 4.75 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 0.36 V Approximately 0 V 36 B Sensor ground (Throttle position sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed 37 W Knock sensor [Engine is running] • Idle speed Approximately 2.5 V 38 P Engine coolant temperature sensor [Engine is running] Approximately 0 - 4.8 V Output voltage varies with engine coolant temperature. 40 GR Sensor ground (Knock sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed 41 L Refrigerant pressure sensor [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates.) 42 R/Y EVAP control system pressure sensor [Ignition switch: ON] 43 G/O Fuel tank temperature sensor [Engine is running] 44 GR Sensor ground (Engine coolant temperature sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed 0.9 - 1.2 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,500 rpm 1.5 - 1.8 V 45 V Mass air flow sensor 46 BR/Y Intake air temperature sensor [Engine is running] 48 R/G Sensor ground (Refrigerant pressure sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed 49 L/R A/F sensor 1 [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm Revision: January 2010 EC-682 Approximately 0 V 1.0 - 4.0 V Approximately 1.8 - 4.8 V Approximately 0 - 4.8 V Output voltage varies with fuel tank temperature Approximately 0 - 4.8 V Output voltage varies with intake air temperature. Approximately 0 V Approximately 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Heated oxygen sensor 2 [Engine is running] • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. V/R Sensor ground (EVAP control system pressure sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed 52 B/W Sensor ground (Mass air flow sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V 53 L/G A/F sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 2.2 V 55 O Sensor ground (Intake air temperature sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V Sensor ground (Heated oxygen sensor 2) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V Sensor ground (Fuel tank temperature sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V 50 51 59 60 G B/Y B EC 0 - Approximately 1.0 V Approximately 0 V E F G H [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle. W C D Approximately 4.0 V 61 A I J K PBIB2998E Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Approximately 4.0 V L [Engine is running] • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm M PBIB2999E N 62 R Sensor ground [Crankshaft position sensor (POS)] [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V 63 B/R Sensor ground [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)] [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V O P Revision: January 2010 EC-683 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) 1.0 - 2.0 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle. 65 R Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) PBIB2986E 1.0 - 2.0 V [Engine is running] • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm. PBIB2987E 66 69 72 Y/R BR/R R Power supply for ECM (Buck-up) PNP signal Sensor power supply (Throttle position sensor) [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] • Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] • Except above Approximately 0 V [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 7 - 10 V 73 Y/R Intake valve timing control solenoid valve [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly JMBIA1638GB Sensor power supply (Refrigerant pressure sensor) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V Sensor power supply [Crankshaft position sensor (POS)] [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V V/W EVAP control system pressure sensor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 78 G/Y Sensor power supply [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)] [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 83 P CAN communication line — — 84 L CAN communication line — — 88 P/L DATA link connector — — 93 B/R Ignition switch 74 G/W 75 Y 76 Revision: January 2010 [Ignition switch: OFF] 0V [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) E C - 6 8 4 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 94 95 99 100 102 103 WIRE COLOR L/Y B/Y R/G G/B BR/Y Y/G ITEM ASCD steering switch Sensor ground (ASCD steering switch) Stop lamp switch ASCD brake switch Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) [Ignition switch: ON] • ASCD steering switch: OFF Approximately 4 V [Ignition switch: ON] • MAIN switch: Pressed Approximately 0 V [Ignition switch: ON] • CANCEL switch: Pressed Approximately 1 V [Ignition switch: ON] • RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approximately 3 V [Ignition switch: ON] • SET/COAST switch: Pressed Approximately 2 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V [Ignition switch: OFF] • Brake pedal: Fully released Approximately 0 V [Ignition switch: OFF] • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed [Ignition switch: ON] • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT) • Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T) [Ignition switch: ON] • Brake pedal: Fully released (CVT) • Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released (M/T) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) Approximately 0 V J [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V K [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V L [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 106 O Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 107 108 109 B B B ECM ground [Engine is running] • Idle speed Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 Revision: January 2010 H Approximately 5 V [Ignition switch: ON] Power supply for ECM W G I G 110 F BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) Approximately 0 V 105 D E [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed B/P EC C Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) 104 A M N O Body ground [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V EC-685 2010 Sentra P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR 111 B/W 112 B ITEM CONDITION Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed ECM ground [Engine is running] • Idle speed DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 0 V Body ground : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE) INFOID:0000000005285182 FUNCTION Diagnostic test mode Function Work support This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the indications on the CONSULT-III unit. Self Diagnostic result Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data can be read and erased quickly.* Data Monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read. Active Test Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-III drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts some parameters in a specified range. Function Test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance. DTC & SRT Confirmation The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed. Ecu Identification ECM part number can be read. *: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased. • Diagnostic trouble codes • 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes • Freeze frame data • 1st trip freeze frame data • System readiness test (SRT) codes • Test values INSPECTION PROCEDURE Refer to "CONSULT-III Software Operation Manual" for more information. WORK SUPPORT MODE Work Item Work Item Condition Usage FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE • FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START” DURING IDLING. CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS. When releasing fuel pressure from fuel line IDLE AIR VOL LEARN • THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED IN ECM. When learning the idle air volume SELF-LEARNING CONT • THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEFFICIENT. When clearing the coefficient of self-learning control value Revision: January 2010 EC-686 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Work Item Condition Usage CLOSE THE EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE IN ORDER TO MAKE EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE UNDER THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS. • IGN SW “ON” • ENGINE NOT RUNNING • AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 0°C (32°F). • NO VACUUM AND NO HIGH PRESSURE IN EVAP SYSTEM • FUEL TANK TEMP. IS MORE THAN 0°C (32°F). • WITHIN 10 MINUTES AFTER STARTING “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” • WHEN TRYING TO EXECUTE “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” UNDER THE CONDITION EXCEPT ABOVE, CONSULTIII WILL DISCONTINUE IT AND DISPLAY APPROPRIATE INSTRUCTION. NOTE: WHEN STARTING ENGINE, CONSULT-III MAY DISPLAY “BATTERY VOLTAGE IS LOW. CHARGE BATTERY”, EVEN IN USING CHARGED BATTERY. When detecting EVAP vapor leak point of EVAP system TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* • IDLE CONDITION When setting target idle speed TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* • IDLE CONDITION When adjusting target ignition timing VIN REGISTRATION • IN THIS MODE, VIN IS REGISTERED IN ECM. When registering VIN in ECM EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE A EC C D E F *: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure. G H SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE Self Diagnostic Item Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". I Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data Freeze frame data item* J Description DIAG TROUBLE CODE • The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as DTC. FUEL SYS-B1 • “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. • One mode in the following is displayed. Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment) Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop K L CAL/LD VALUE [%] • The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. COOLANT TEMP [°C] or [°F] • The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. M L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. • The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule than short-term fuel trim. N S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] • “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. • The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule. O ENGINE SPEED [rpm] • The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. VEHICL SPEED [km/h] or [mph] • The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. ABSOL TH-P/S [%] • The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. B/FUEL SCHDL [msec] • The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. INT/A TEMP SE [°C] or [°F] • The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. Revision: January 2010 EC-687 P 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Freeze frame data item* Description FUEL SYS-B2 L-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] S-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] • These items are displayed but are not applicable to this model. INT MANI PRES [kPa] COMBUST CONDITION *: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data. DATA MONITOR MODE Monitored Item Monitored item [Unit] Description Remarks ENG SPEED [rpm] • Indicates the engine speed computed from the signals of the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE). • Accuracy becomes poor if engine speed drops below the idle rpm. • If the signal is interrupted while the engine is running, an abnormal value may be indicated. MAS A/F SE-B1 [V] • The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor is displayed. • When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated. • When engine is running specification range is indicated in “SPEC”. B/FUEL SCHDL [ms] • “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM, prior to any learned on board correction. • When engine is running specification range is indicated in “SPEC”. A/F ALPHA-B1 [%] • The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle is indicated. • When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated. • When engine is running specification range is indicated in “SPEC”. • This data also includes the data for the air/fuel ratio learning control. COOLAN TEMP/S [°C] or [°F] • The engine coolant temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the engine coolant temperature sensor) is displayed. • When the engine coolant temperature sensor is open or short-circuited, ECM enters fail-safe mode. The engine coolant temperature determined by the ECM is displayed. A/F SEN1 (B1) [V] • The A/F signal computed from the input signal of the A/F sensor 1 is displayed. HO2S2 (B1) [V] • The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor 2 is displayed. HO2S2 MNTR (B1) [RICH/LEAN] • Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal: RICH: means the amount of oxygen after three way catalyst is relatively small. LEAN: means the amount of oxygen after three way catalyst is relatively large. VHCL SPEED SE [km/h] or [mph] • The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed signal is displayed. BATTERY VOLT [V] • The power supply voltage of ECM is displayed. ACCEL SEN 1 [V] ACCEL SEN 2 [V] TP SEN 1-B1 [V] TP SEN 2-B1 [V] FUEL T/TMP SE [°C] or [°F] • When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated. • The accelerator pedal position sensor signal voltage is displayed. • ACCEL SEN 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal. • The throttle position sensor signal voltage is displayed. • TP SEN 2-B1 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal. • The fuel temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the fuel tank temperature sensor) is displayed. Revision: January 2010 EC-688 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Monitored item [Unit] Description Remarks A INT/A TEMP SE [°C] or [°F] • The intake air temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the intake air temperature sensor) is indicated. EVAP SYS PRES [V] • The signal voltage of EVAP control system pressure sensor is displayed. FUEL LEVEL SE [V] • The signal voltage of the fuel level sensor is displayed. START SIGNAL [ON/OFF] • Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF] computed by the ECM according to the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. CLSD THL POS [ON/OFF] • Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by the ECM according to the accelerator pedal position sensor signal. AIR COND SIG [ON/OFF] • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air conditioner switch as determined by the air conditioner signal. P/N POSI SW [ON/OFF] • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/neutral position (PNP) signal. PW/ST SIGNAL [ON/OFF] • [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering system (determined by the signal sent from EPS control unit) is indicated. F G LOAD SIGNAL [ON/OFF] • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the electrical load signal. ON: Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or lighting switch is in 2nd position. OFF: Both rear window defogger switch and lighting switch are OFF. EC • After starting the engine, [OFF] is displayed regardless of the starter signal. D E H IGNITION SW [ON/OFF] • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition switch. HEATER FAN SW [ON/OFF] • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the heater fan switch signal. BRAKE SW [ON/OFF] • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop lamp switch signal. INJ PULSE-B1 [msec] • Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse width compensated by ECM according to the input signals. • When the engine is stopped, a certain computed value is indicated. IGN TIMING [BTDC] • Indicates the ignition timing computed by ECM according to the input signals. • When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated. CAL/LD VALUE [%] • “Calculated load value” indicates the value of the current airflow divided by peak airflow. MASS AIRFLOW [g·m/s] • Indicates the mass airflow computed by ECM according to the signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor. PURG VOL C/V [%] • Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve control value computed by the ECM according to the input signals. • The opening becomes larger as the value increases. INT/V TIM (B1) [°CA] • Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft advanced angle. INT/V SOL (B1) [%] • The control value of the intake valve timing control solenoid valve (determined by ECM according to the input signal) is indicated. • The advance angle becomes larger as the value increases AIR COND RLY [ON/OFF] • The air conditioner relay control condition (determined by ECM according to the input signals) is indicated. FUEL PUMP RLY [ON/OFF] • Indicates the fuel pump relay control condition determined by ECM according to the input signals. Revision: January 2010 EC-689 C I J K L M N O P 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Monitored item [Unit] Description Remarks VENT CONT/V [ON/OFF] • The control condition of the EVAP canister vent control valve (determined by ECM according to the input signals) is indicated. ON: Closed OFF: Open THRTL RELAY [ON/OFF] • Indicates the throttle control motor relay control condition determined by the ECM according to the input signals. COOLING FAN [HI/MID/LOW/OFF] • Indicates the condition of the cooling fan (determined by ECM according to the input signals). HI: High speed operation MID: Middle speed operation LOW: Low speed operation OFF: Stop HO2S2 HTR (B1) [ON/OFF] • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen sensor 2 heater determined by ECM according to the input signals. I/P PULLY SPD [rpm] • Indicates the engine speed computed from the input speed sensor signal. VEHICLE SPEED [km/h] or [mph] • The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed signal sent from TCM is displayed. IDL A/V LEARN [YET/CMPLT] • Display the condition of idle air volume learning YET: Idle Air Volume Learning has not been performed yet. CMPLT: Idle Air Volume Learning has already been performed successfully. TRVL AFTER MIL [km] or [mile] • Distance traveled while MIL is activated. A/F S1 HTR (B1) [%] • Indicates A/F sensor 1 heater control value computed by ECM according to the input signals. • The current flow to the heater becomes larger as the value increases. AC PRESS SEN [V] • The signal voltage from the refrigerant pressure sensor is displayed. VHCL SPEED SE [km/h] or [mph] • The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed signal sent from TCM is displayed. SET VHCL SPD [km/h] or [mph] • The preset vehicle speed is displayed. MAIN SW [ON/OFF] • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from MAIN switch signal. CANCEL SW [ON/OFF] • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from CANCEL switch signal. RESUME/ACC SW [ON/OFF] • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from RESUME/ACCELERATE switch signal. SET SW [ON/OFF] • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from SET/COAST switch signal. BRAKE SW1 [ON/OFF] • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ASCD brake switch signal. BRAKE SW2 [ON/OFF] • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of stop lamp switch signal. VHCL SPD CUT [NON/CUT] • Indicates the vehicle cruise condition. NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD set speed. CUT: Vehicle speed increased to excessively high compared with the ASCD set speed, and ASCD operation is cut off. Revision: January 2010 EC-690 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Monitored item [Unit] Description Remarks A LO SPEED CUT [NON/CUT] • Indicates the vehicle cruise condition. NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD set speed. CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to excessively low compared with the ASCD set speed, and ASCD operation is cut off. AT OD MONITOR [ON/OFF] • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT according to the input signal from the TCM. • For M/T models always “OFF” is displayed AT OD CANCEL [ON/OFF] • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT cancel signal sent from the TCM. • For M/T models always “OFF” is displayed CRUISE LAMP [ON/OFF] • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CRUISE lamp determined by the ECM according to the input signals. SET LAMP [ON/OFF] • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SET lamp determined by the ECM according to the input signals. A/F ADJ-B1 • Indicates the correction factor stored in ECM. The factor is calculated from the difference between the target air/ fuel ratio stored in ECM and the air/fuel ratio calculated from air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal. ENG OIL TEMP [°C] or [°F] • The engine oil temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the engine oil temperature sensor) is displayed. G HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B1) [INCMP/CMPLT] • Indicates DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed response) condition. INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete. CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete. H HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B1) [INCMP/CMPLT] • Indicates DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) condition. INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete. CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete. EC C D E F I NOTE: J Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically. ACTIVE TEST MODE K Test Item Test Item Condition Judgment Check Item (Remedy) L FUEL INJECTION • Engine: Return to the original trouble condition • Change the amount of fuel injection using CONSULT-III. If trouble symptom disappears, see CHECK ITEM. • Harness and connectors • Fuel injector • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 IGNITION TIMING • Engine: Return to the original trouble condition • Timing light: Set • Retard the ignition timing using CONSULT-III. If trouble symptom disappears, see CHECK ITEM. • Perform Idle Air Volume Learning. N Engine runs rough or dies. • • • • • • O POWER BALANCE • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine. • A/C switch OFF • Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • Cut off each fuel injector signal one at a time using CONSULT-III. COOLING FAN* • Ignition switch: ON • Turn the cooling fan “LOW”, “MID”, “HI” and “OFF” with CONSULT-III. Cooling fan moves and stops. Revision: January 2010 EC-691 Harness and connectors Compression Fuel injector Power transistor Spark plug Ignition coil • Harness and connectors • Cooling fan relay • Cooling fan motor 2010 Sentra M P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Test Item Condition Judgment Check Item (Remedy) ENG COOLANT TEMP • Engine: Return to the original trouble condition • Change the engine coolant temperature using CONSULT-III. If trouble symptom disappears, see CHECK ITEM. • Harness and connectors • Engine coolant temperature sensor • Fuel injector FUEL PUMP RELAY • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) • Turn the fuel pump relay “ON” and “OFF” using CONSULT-III and listen to operating sound. Fuel pump relay makes the operating sound. • Harness and connectors • Fuel pump relay PURG VOL CONT/V • Engine: After warming up, run engine at 1,500 rpm. • Change the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve opening percent using CONSULT-III. Engine speed changes according to the opening percent. • Harness and connectors • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve FUEL/T TEMP SEN • Change the fuel tank temperature using CONSULT-III. VENT CONTROL/V • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) • Turn solenoid valve “ON” and “OFF” with the CONSULT-III and listen to operating sound. Solenoid valve makes an operating sound. • Harness and connectors • EVAP canister vent control valve V/T ASSIGN ANGLE • Engine: Return to the original trouble condition • Change intake valve timing using CONSULT-III. If trouble symptom disappears, see CHECK ITEM. • Harness and connectors • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve *: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-III while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat. DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE SRT STATUS Mode For details, refer to EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". PERMANENT DTC STATUS Mode For details, refer to EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". NOTE: This mode is not used in regions that permanent DTCs are not regulated by law. SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status. PERMANENT DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to complete the driving pattern that is reguired for erasing permanent DTC. NOTE: This mode is not used in regions that permanent DTCs are not regulated by law. DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode Test mode Test item Corresponding DTC No. Reference page P0441 EC-887 P0442 EC-892 P0455 EC-943 EVP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456* P0456 EC-950 PURG VOL CN/V P1444 P0443 EC-899 A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276 P0130 EC-779 A/F SEN1 (B1) P1278/P1279 P0133 EC-797 PURG FLOW P0441 EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM A/F SEN1 Revision: January 2010 EVP SML LEAK P0442/P1442* EC-692 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Test mode HO2S2 Test item Corresponding DTC No. Reference page HO2S2 (B1) P0139 P0139 EC-820 HO2S2 (B1) P1146 P0138 EC-811 HO2S2 (B1) P1147 P0137 EC-804 A EC *: DTC P1442 and P1456 does not apply to B16 models but appears in DTC Work Support Mode screens. Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function INFOID:0000000005285183 C DESCRIPTION Generic Scan Tool (OBDII scan tool) complying with SAE J1978/ISO 15031-4 has 8 different functions explained below. ISO15765-4 is used as the protocol. The name GST or Generic Scan Tool is used in this service manual. D E F SEF139P FUNCTION Diagnostic test mode Function G H Service $01 READINESS TESTS This diagnostic service gains access to current emission-related data values, including analog inputs and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information. Service $02 (FREEZE DATA) This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by ECM during the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-686, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)". I Service $03 DTCs This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which were stored by ECM. J CLEAR DIAG INFO This diagnostic service can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This includes: • Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (Service $01) • Clear diagnostic trouble codes (Service $03) • Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (Service $01) • Clear freeze frame data (Service $02) • Reset status of system monitoring test (Service $01) • Clear on board monitoring test results (Service $06 and $07) Service $04 K L Service $06 (ON BOARD TESTS) This diagnostic service accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of specific components/systems that are not continuously monitored. M Service $07 (ON BOARD TESTS) This diagnostic service enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emissionrelated powertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal driving conditions. N Service $08 — This diagnostic service can close EVAP system in ignition switch ON position (Engine stopped). When this diagnostic service is performed, EVAP canister vent control valve can be closed. In the following conditions, this diagnostic service cannot function. • Low ambient temperature • Low battery voltage • Engine running • Ignition switch OFF • Low fuel temperature • Too much pressure is applied to EVAP system Service $09 (CALIBRATION ID) This diagnostic service enables the off-board test device to request specific vehicle information such as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration IDs. Service $0A* PERMANENT DTCs This diagnostic service gains access to permanent DTCs which were stored by ECM. NOTE: Revision: January 2010 EC-693 2010 Sentra O P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > *: Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated. INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Connect GST to data link connector (1). • Accelerator pedal (2) BBIA0750E 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in the operation manual. (*: Regarding GST screens in this section, sample screens are shown.) SEF398S 5. Perform each diagnostic service according to each service procedure. For further information, see the GST Operation Manual of the tool maker. SEF416S CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor INFOID:0000000005285184 Remarks: z Specification data are reference values. z Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector. * Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations. i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors. Monitor Item Condition ENG SPEED • Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indication. MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-698. B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-698. A/F ALPHA-B1 See EC-698. COOLAN TEMP/S • Engine: After warming up Revision: January 2010 Specification Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication. More than 70°C (158°F) EC-694 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Monitor Item A/F SEN1 (B1) Condition • Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm HO2S2 MNTR (B1) • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load VHCL SPEED SE • Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer indication. BATTERY VOLT • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) ACCEL SEN 1 ACCEL SEN 2* • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) EVAP SYS PRES • Ignition switch: ON HO2S2 (B1) TP SEN 1-B1 TP SEN 2-B1* Fluctuates around 2.2 V 0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0 V LEAN ←→ RICH Almost the same speed as the speedometer indication. 0.6 - 0.9 V Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8 V Approx. 1.8 - 4.8 V • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V • Ignition switch: ON → START → ON CLSD THL POS • Ignition switch: ON AIR COND SIG • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine P/N POSI SW • Ignition switch: ON PW/ST SIGNAL • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine • Ignition switch: ON OFF → ON → OFF Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF Air conditioner switch: ON (Compressor operates.) ON Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) ON Shift lever: Except above OFF Steering wheel: Not being turned OFF Steering wheel: Being turned ON Rear window defogger switch: ON and/or Lighting switch: 2nd ON Rear window defogger switch and lighting switch: OFF OFF IGNITION SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON HEATER FAN SW • Ignition switch: ON BRAKE SW • Ignition switch: ON Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec INJ PULSE-B1 • Engine: After warming up • Air conditioner switch: OFF • Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • No load 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec Idle 1° - 11° BTDC IGN TIMING • Engine: After warming up • Air conditioner switch: OFF • Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • No load Idle 10% - 35% CAL/LD VALUE • Engine: After warming up • Air conditioner switch: OFF • Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • No load 2,500 rpm 10% - 35% Revision: January 2010 A EC C 11 - 14 V Accelerator pedal: Fully released START SIGNAL LOAD SIGNAL Specification D E F G H I J K ON → OFF → ON Heater fan: Operating ON Heater fan: Not operating OFF Brake pedal: Fully released OFF Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON L M N O 2,000 rpm EC-695 25° - 45° BTDC 2010 Sentra P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Monitor Item Condition Specification Idle 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/s MASS AIRFLOW • Engine: After warming up • Air conditioner switch: OFF • Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • No load 2,500 rpm 2.0 - 10.0 g·m/s PURG VOL C/V • Engine: After warming up • Air conditioner switch: OFF • Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • No load Idle (Accelerator pedal is not depressed even slightly, after engine starting) Idle INT/V TIM (B1) • Engine: After warming up • Air conditioner switch: OFF • Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • No load Idle INT/V SOL (B1) • Engine: After warming up • Air conditioner switch: OFF • Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • No load AIR COND RLY • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine 2,000 rpm 0% 0 - 50% −5° - 5°CA When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly Approx. 0° - 40°CA 0% - 2% When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly Approx. 0% - 90% Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF Air conditioner switch: ON (Compressor operates) ON • For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON • Engine running or cranking ON • Except above conditions OFF VENT CONT/V • Ignition switch: ON OFF THRTL RELAY • Ignition switch: ON ON FUEL PUMP RLY COOLING FAN • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine • Air conditioner switch: OFF Engine coolant temperature: 97°C (207°F) or less OFF Engine coolant temperature: Between 98°C (208°F) and 99°C (210°F) LOW Engine coolant temperature: Between 100°C (212°F) and 104°C (219°F) Engine coolant temperature: 105°C (221°F) or more HO2S2 HTR (B1) MIDDLE HIGH • Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load ON • Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF I/P PULLY SPD • Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12 MPH) Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication VEHICLE SPEED • Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer indication. Almost the same speed as the speedometer indication TRVL AFTER MIL • Ignition switch: ON A/F S1 HTR (B1) • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) AC PRESS SEN • Engine: Idle • Air conditioner switch: ON (Compressor operates) VHCL SPEED SE • Turn drive wheels and compare speedometer indication with the CONSULT-III value. Revision: January 2010 Vehicle has traveled after MIL has turned ON. EC-696 0 - 65,535 km (0 - 40,723 mile) 4 - 100% 1.0 - 4.0 V Almost the same speed as the speedometer indication 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Monitor Item SET VHCL SPD • Engine: Running MAIN SW • Ignition switch: ON CANCEL SW • Ignition switch: ON RESUME/ACC SW • Ignition switch: ON SET SW BRAKE SW1 • Ignition switch: ON • Ignition switch: ON Condition Specification ASCD: Operating The preset vehicle speed is displayed. MAIN switch: Pressed ON MAIN switch: Released OFF CANCEL switch: Pressed ON CANCEL switch: Released OFF RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed ON RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Released OFF SET/COAST switch: Pressed ON SET/COAST switch: Released OFF • Brake pedal: Fully released (CVT) • Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released (M/ T) ON • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT) • Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T) OFF Brake pedal: Fully released OFF Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON BRAKE SW2 • Ignition switch: ON CRUISE LAMP • Ignition switch: ON SET LAMP • MAIN switch: ON • Vehicle speed: Between 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH) A/F ADJ-B1 • Engine: Running ENG OIL TEMP • Engine: After warming up HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B1) DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is incomplete. INCMP DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is complete. CMPLT DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) is incomplete. INCMP DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) is complete. CMPLT HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B1) MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st time → at the 2nd time ON → OFF ACSD: Operating ON ASCD: Not operating OFF A EC C D E F G H I −0.330 – 0.330 More than 70°C (158°F) *: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ from ECM terminals voltage signal. J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-697 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE Description INFOID:0000000005285185 The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may have one or more malfunctions. The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the MIL. The SP value will be displayed for the following three items: • B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correction) • A/F ALPHA-B1 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correctionfactor per cycle) • MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor) Testing Condition • • • • • • • INFOID:0000000005285186 Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles) Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi) Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F) Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F) Transmission: Warmed-up CVT models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “ATF TEMP SEN” (fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates less than 0.9 V. M/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes. Electrical load: Not applied Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight ahead. Engine speed: Idle Inspection Procedure INFOID:0000000005285187 NOTE: Perform “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display. 1. Perform EC-648, "Basic Inspection". 2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met. 3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 4. Make sure that monitor items are within the SP value. 5. If NG, go to EC-698, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285188 OVERALL SEQUENCE Revision: January 2010 EC-698 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O PBIB2318E P Revision: January 2010 EC-699 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > PBIB3213E DETAILED PROCEDURE 1.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” 1. 2. 3. Start engine. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-698, "Testing Condition". Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the SP value. NOTE: Revision: January 2010 EC-700 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check “A/F ALPHA-B1” for approximately 1 minute because they may fluctuate. It is NG if the indication is out of the SP value even a little. A OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 2. EC NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 3. 2.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 19. 3.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” D E Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 6. NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 25. 4.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” 1. 2. 3. 4. Stop the engine. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it. Start engine. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 6. 5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL 1. 2. C Stop the engine. Change engine oil. Refer to MA-24, "ENGINE OIL : Changing Engine Oil". NOTE: This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving condition. F G H I J K L M >> INSPECTION END 6.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE Check fuel pressure. (Refer to EC-656, "Fuel Pressure Check".) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG (Fuel pressure is too high)>>Replace fuel pressure regulator, refer to EC-656, "Fuel Pressure Check". GO TO 8. NG (Fuel pressure is too low)>>GO TO 7. 7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART 1. 2. Check the following. Clogged and bent fuel hose and fuel tube Clogged fuel filter Fuel pump and its circuit (Refer to EC-1094.) If NG, repair or replace the malfunctioning part. (Refer to EC-656, "Fuel Pressure Check".) If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator. Revision: January 2010 EC-701 2010 Sentra N O P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > >> GO TO 8. 8.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” 1. 2. Start engine. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 9. 9.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST 1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. 2. Make sure that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine speed drop. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> GO TO 10. 10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART 1. 2. Check the following. Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-1099.) Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-1089.) Intake air leakage Low compression pressure (Refer to EM-65, "On-Vehicle Service".) If NG, repair or replace the malfunctioning part. If OK, replace fuel injector. (It may be caused by leakage from fuel injector or clogging.) >> GO TO 11. 11.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” 1. 2. Start engine. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 12. 12.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION Perform all DTC Confirmation Procedure related with A/F sensor 1. • For DTC P0130, refer to EC-779, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". • For DTC P0131, refer to EC-785, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". • For DTC P0132, refer to EC-791, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". • For DTC P0133, refer to EC-797, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". • For DTC P2A00, refer to EC-1069, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> GO TO 13. 13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT Perform Diagnostic Procedure according to corresponding DTC. >> GO TO 14. 14.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” 1. 2. Start engine. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the SP value. OK or NG Revision: January 2010 EC-702 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 15. A 15.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR 1. 2. Stop the engine. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it. EC >> GO TO 16. C 16.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” 1. 2. Start engine. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-666, "Symptom Matrix Chart". 17.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 18. NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 25. 18.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART 1. 2. - Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following. Engine oil level is too high Engine oil viscosity Belt tension of alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive Noise from engine Noise from transmission, etc. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following. Valve clearance malfunction Intake valve timing control function malfunction Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc. G H K L Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. • Crushed air ducts • Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element • Uneven dirt of air cleaner element • Improper specification of intake air system OK or NG OK >> GO TO 21. NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 20. M N O 20.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” AND “B/FUEL SCHDL” Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the each indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG (“B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1” is less than the SP value)>>GO TO 21. 21.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR Stop the engine. EC-703 F J 19.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM Revision: January 2010 E I >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 30. 1. D 2010 Sentra P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and then reconnect it again. >> GO TO 22. 22.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” 1. 2. Start engine. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> 1. Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-739. 2. GO TO 29. NG >> GO TO 23. 23.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1” Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 24. NG (More than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 29. 24.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Replace ECM. Perform initialization of NVIS(NATS) system and registration of all NVIS(NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function". Perform EC-654, "VIN Registration". Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning". >> GO TO 29. 25.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. • Crushed air ducts • Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element • Uneven dirt of air cleaner element • Improper specification of intake air system OK or NG OK >> GO TO 27. NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 26. 26.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 27. 27.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1” Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 28. NG (Less than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 30. 28.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. Revision: January 2010 EC-704 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct • Looseness of oil filler cap A • Disconnection of oil level gauge • Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks of PCV valve • Disconnection or cracks of EVAP purge hose, open stuck of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid EC valve • Malfunctioning seal of rocker cover gasket • Disconnection, looseness, or cracks of hoses, such as vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts • Malfunctioning seal of intake air system, etc. C >> GO TO 30. 29.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1” AND “B/FUEL SCHDL” D Select “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and make sure that the each indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-666, "Symptom Matrix Chart". 30.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and then make sure that the indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-666, "Symptom Matrix Chart". E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-705 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Description INFOID:0000000005285189 Intermittent incidents may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of Intermittent Incidents occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may not indicate the specific malfunctioning area. Common Intermittent Incidents Report Situations STEP in Work Flow 2 3 or 4 Situation The CONSULT-III is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than 0 or [1t]. The symptom described by the customer does not recur. 5 (1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure. 10 The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285190 1.INSPECTION START Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK GROUND TERMINALS Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace. 3.SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT Perform GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS”. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace. 4.CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS Refer to GI-23, "How to Check Terminal", “HOW TO PROBE CONNECTORS”, “How to Check Enlarged Contact Spring of Terminal”. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace connector. Revision: January 2010 EC-706 2010 Sentra POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Wiring Diagram A INFOID:0000000005285191 EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P ABBWA0275GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-707 2010 Sentra POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR 10 11 B B 32 R/G 93 B/R 105 G 107 108 109 112 B B B B ITEM ECM ground ECM relay (Self shut-off) CONDITION [Engine is running] • Idle speed [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF [Ignition switch: OFF] • More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF DATA (DC Voltage) Body ground 0 - 1.0 V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: OFF] 0V [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) ECM ground [Engine is running] • Idle speed Ignition switch Body ground Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285192 1.INSPECTION START Start engine. Is engine running? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 8. No >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON. Check voltage between ECM terminal 93 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. PBIA9561J 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors M6, E19 • Harness for open or short between ECM and ignition switch >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: January 2010 EC-708 2010 Sentra POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] A EC C 5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I 1. 2. BBIA0760E D Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 10, 11, 107, 108, 109, 112 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. E Continuity should exist. F 3. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6. G 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H Check the following. • Harness connectors E17, F10 • Harness for open or short between ECM and ground I >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. J Reconnect ECM harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. K Voltage: Battery voltage L OK or NG OK >> Go to EC-1099. NG >> GO TO 8. M PBIB2658E 8.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF. N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-709 2010 Sentra POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 105 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: After turning ignition switch OFF, battery voltage will exist for a few seconds, then drop approximately 0 V. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 9. NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO 11. PBIB3037E 9.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Check voltage between ECM terminal 32 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 11. PBIA9562J 10.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V 1. 2. 3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E43. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 105 and IPDM E/R terminal 4. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 11.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI 1. 2. 3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E43. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 32 and IPDM E/R terminal 7. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> GO TO 12. 12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E17, F10 • Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Revision: January 2010 EC-710 2010 Sentra POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 13.CHECK 20 A FUSE A 1. Disconnect 20 A fuse from IPDM E/R. 2. Check 20 A fuse. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> Replace 20 A fuse. EC 14.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS C Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". • : Vehicle front • Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. D E F 15.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II 1. 2. BBIA0760E Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 10, 11, 107, 108, 109, 112 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. G H Continuity should exist. I 3. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> GO TO 16. J 16.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART K Check the following. • Harness connectors E17, F10 • Harness for open or short between ECM and ground L >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. 17.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT M Refer to EC-706. OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-17. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. Ground Inspection N INFOID:0000000005285193 Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works. Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drastically affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface. When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules: • Remove the ground bolt or screw. • Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc. • Clean as required to assure good contact. Revision: January 2010 EC-711 2010 Sentra O P POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Reinstall bolt or screw securely. • Inspect for “add-on” accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit. • If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Make sure all of the wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one eyelet make sure no ground wires have excess wire insulation. For detailed ground distribution information, refer to PG-29, "Ground Distribution". PBIB1870E Revision: January 2010 EC-712 2010 Sentra DTC U0101 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC U0101 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE Description A INFOID:0000000005285194 CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285195 D This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. DTC No. U0101 0101 E Trouble diagnosis name Lost communication with TCM DTC detecting condition Possible cause When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal of OBD (emission-related diagnosis) with TCM for 2 seconds or more. • CAN communication line between TCM and ECM • CAN communication line is open or shorted. DTC Confirmation Procedure 1. 2. 3. INFOID:0000000005285196 Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds. Check DTC. If DTC is detected, go to EC-714, "Diagnosis Procedure". F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-713 2010 Sentra DTC U0101 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285197 BBWA2870E Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285198 Go to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". Revision: January 2010 EC-714 2010 Sentra DTC U0140 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC U0140 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE Description A INFOID:0000000005285199 CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285200 D This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. DTC No. U0140 0140 E Trouble diagnosis name Lost communication with BCM DTC detecting condition Possible cause When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal of OBD (emission-related diagnosis) with BCM for 2 seconds or more. • CAN communication line between BCM and ECM • CAN communication line is open or shorted. DTC Confirmation Procedure 1. 2. 3. INFOID:0000000005285201 Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds. Check DTC. If DTC is detected, go to EC-716, "Diagnosis Procedure". F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-715 2010 Sentra DTC U0140 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285202 BBWA2870E Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285203 Go to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". Revision: January 2010 EC-716 2010 Sentra DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE Description A INFOID:0000000005285204 CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285205 D The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis. DTC No. U1001 1001 E Trouble diagnosis name CAN communication line DTC detecting condition When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal other than OBD (emissionrelated diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more. DTC Confirmation Procedure 1. 2. 3. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted.) INFOID:0000000005285206 Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-718, "Diagnosis Procedure". F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-717 2010 Sentra DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285207 BBWA2870E Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285208 Go to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". Revision: January 2010 EC-718 2010 Sentra DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL A Description INFOID:0000000005285209 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Sensor EC Input signal to ECM Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed and piston position Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Engine oil temperature sensor Engine oil temperature ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Combination meter ECM function Actuator C Intake valve timing control Intake valve timing control solenoid valve D Vehicle speed* E *: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. F G H I J PBIB3333E This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake valve. The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range. CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285210 K L M Specification data are reference values. Monitor item Condition Idle INT/V TIM (B1) • Engine: After warming up • Air conditioner switch: OFF • Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • No load Idle INT/V SOL (B1) • Engine: After warming up • Air conditioner switch: OFF • Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • No load Revision: January 2010 When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly EC-719 Specification N −5° - 5°CA Approx. 0° - 40°CA 0% - 2% Approx. 0% - 90% 2010 Sentra O P DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. P0011 0011 INFOID:0000000005285211 Trouble diagnosis name Intake valve timing control performance Detecting condition There is a gap between angle of target and phase-control angle degree. Possible cause • • • • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Intake valve timing control solenoid valve Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up portion of the camshaft • Timing chain installation • Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for intake valve timing control FAIL-SAFE MODE ECM enters in fail-safe mode when the malfunction is detected. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the solenoid valve and the valve control does not function DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285212 CAUTION: Always drive at a safe speed. NOTE: • If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P0075, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0075. See EC-734. • If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10 V and 16 V at idle. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. ENG SPEED 1,200 - 2,000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.) COOLAN TEMP/S More than 60°C (140°F) B/FUEL SCHDL More than 4.25 msec Shift lever P or N position (CVT) Neutral position (M/T) 4. 5. 6. 7. Let engine idle for 10 seconds. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-721, "Diagnosis Procedure". If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds. ENG SPEED 1,200 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.) COOLAN TEMP/S More than 65°C (149°F) Shift lever 1st or 2nd position Driving location uphill Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.) 8. Check 1st trip DTC. Revision: January 2010 EC-720 2010 Sentra DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 9. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-721, "Diagnosis Procedure". A WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285213 EC 1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP C 1. 2. Start engine. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illuminated. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Go to LU-6, "Inspection". D E F 2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE PBIA8559J G Refer to EC-722, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. H 3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) I Refer to EC-875, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). J 4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) Refer to EC-880, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). K L 5.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE) Check the following. • Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft (1) rear end • Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft rear end or replace camshaft. M N O PBIA9557J 6.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned. Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned? Yes or No Yes >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-40. No >> GO TO 7. Revision: January 2010 EC-721 2010 Sentra P DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 7.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT Refer to EM-50, "Removal and Installation". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Clean lubrication line. 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-706. For Wiring Diagram, refer to EC-871, "Wiring Diagram" for CKP sensor (POS) and EC-877, "Wiring Diagram" for CMP sensor (PHASE). >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285214 INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1. 2. 3. 4. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve as follows. Terminal Resistance 1 and 2 6.7 - 7.7 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)] 1 or 2 and ground ∞Ω (Continuity should not exist.) If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. If OK, go to next step. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Provide 12 V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals and then interrupt it. Make sure that the plunger moves as shown in the figure. CAUTION: Do not apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more. Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve timing control solenoid valve. If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. NOTE: Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control solenoid valve is removed. Removal and Installation PBIB0574E PBIB2388E INFOID:0000000005285215 INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EM-50. Revision: January 2010 EC-722 2010 Sentra DTC P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER A Description INFOID:0000000005285216 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC Sensor ECM function Input Signal to ECM Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater control Actuator Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater C D The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the A/F sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine operating condition to keep the temperature of A/F sensor 1 element at the specified range. CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285217 E Specification data are reference values. F Monitor item A/F S1 HTR (B1) Condition • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) On Board Diagnosis Logic Specification 4 - 100% G INFOID:0000000005285218 H DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause P0031 0031 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater control circuit low The current amperage in the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range. [An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater.] • Harness or connectors [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater circuit is open or shorted.] • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater P0032 0032 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater control circuit high The current amperage in the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range. [An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater.] • Harness or connectors [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater circuit is shorted.] • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater DTC Confirmation Procedure I J K INFOID:0000000005285219 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V at idle. 1. Start engine and run it for at least 10 seconds at idle speed. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-725, "Diagnosis Procedure". L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-723 2010 Sentra DTC P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285220 ABBWA0159GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-724 2010 Sentra DTC P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A EC Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V 3 BR/W A/F sensor 1 heater C [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) D PBIA8148J 49 L/R A/F sensor 1 [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 53 L/G A/F sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. E Approximately 2.2 V F : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285221 G 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. H I J K 2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. - BBIA0760E L Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector (1). Turn ignition switch ON. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (2) M N BBIA0764E O P Revision: January 2010 EC-725 2010 Sentra DTC P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. PBIB3308E 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • 10 A fuse • Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 8 and A/F sensor 1 terminal 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER Refer to EC-726, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. 6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Perform EC-706. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285222 AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER Revision: January 2010 EC-726 2010 Sentra DTC P0031, P0032 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Check resistance between A/F sensor 1 terminals as follows. A Terminal No. Resistance 3 and 4 1.8 - 2.44 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] 3 and 1, 2 ∞Ω (Continuity should not exist) 4 and 1, 2 EC 2. If NG, replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. C D E F G PBIB3309E Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285223 H AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR HEATER Refer to EM-23. I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-727 2010 Sentra DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER Description INFOID:0000000005285224 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Sensor Input Signal to ECM Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) ECM Function Actuator Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater control Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater Engine speed Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed, amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature. OPERATION Engine speed rpm Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater Above 3,600 rpm OFF • Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load ON CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285225 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item HO2S2 HTR (B1) Condition Specification • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. ON • Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name INFOID:0000000005285226 DTC detecting condition Possible cause P0037 0037 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater control circuit low The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Harness or connectors (Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is open or shorted.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater P0038 0038 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater control circuit high The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Harness or connectors (Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is shorted.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285227 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 11 V at idle. WITH CONSULT-III Revision: January 2010 EC-728 2010 Sentra DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. A 2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. EC 5. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 6. Check 1st trip DTC. 7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-731, "Diagnosis Procedure". C WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-729 2010 Sentra DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285228 AABWA0235GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-730 2010 Sentra DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. 5 WIRE COLOR B/W ITEM Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater CONDITION [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 10 V 50 59 G B/Y Heated oxygen sensor 2 Sensor ground (Heated oxygen sensor 2) [Engine is running] • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed EC C D PBIA8148J [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm. A BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 0 - Approximately 1.0 V E F G H Approximately 0 V I : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285229 J 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. K L M N BBIA0760E 2.CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. O Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector (2). : Vehicle front Heated oxygen sensor 2 (1) Turn ignition switch ON. P BBIA0751E Revision: January 2010 EC-731 2010 Sentra DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check voltage between HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. MBIB0186E 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • 10 A fuse • Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 5 and HO2S2 terminal 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E17, F10 • Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER Refer to EC-732, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-706. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285230 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER Revision: January 2010 EC-732 2010 Sentra DTC P0037, P0038 HO2S2 HEATER < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as follows. [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] A Terminal No. Resistance 2 and 3 3.4 - 4.4 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] 1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω (Continuity should not exist) 4 and 1, 2, 3 EC 2. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. C D E F G PBIB3310E Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285231 H HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Refer to EM-23. I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-733 2010 Sentra DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Component Description INFOID:0000000005285232 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM. The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit or stops oil flow. The longer pulse width advances valve angle. The shorter pulse width retards valve angle. When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control position. PBIB1842E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285233 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item INT/V SOL (B1) Condition • Engine: After warming up • Air conditioner switch: OFF • Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • No load Idle P0075 0075 Approx. 0% - 90% INFOID:0000000005285234 Trouble diagnosis name Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit 0% - 2% When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. Specification DTC detecting condition An improper voltage is sent to the ECM through intake valve timing control solenoid valve. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • Harness or connectors (Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.) • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve INFOID:0000000005285235 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. 1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-736, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-734 2010 Sentra DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285236 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O AABWA0234GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-735 2010 Sentra P DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. 32 WIRE COLOR R/G ITEM ECM relay (Self shut-off) CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF 0 - 1.0 V [Ignition switch: OFF] • More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 7 - 10 V 73 Y/R Intake valve timing control solenoid valve [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly JMBIA1638GB 105 G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285237 1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve (1) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. PBIB3323E 4. Check voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2. SEF212S 2.DETECT MALFUNCTION PART Check the following. Revision: January 2010 EC-736 2010 Sentra DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Harness connectors E17, F10 • Harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R A >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN EC AND SHORT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 73 and intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. C D Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. E F 4.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EC-737, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. G 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H Refer to EC-706. I >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285238 J INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1. 2. 3. 4. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve as follows. Terminal Resistance 1 and 2 6.7 - 7.7 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)] 1 or 2 and ground ∞Ω (Continuity should not exist.) L M If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. If OK, go to next step. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Provide 12 V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals and then interrupt it. Make sure that the plunger moves as shown in the figure. CAUTION: Do not apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more. Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve timing control solenoid valve. If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. NOTE: Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control solenoid valve is removed. Revision: January 2010 K EC-737 N PBIB0574E O P PBIB2388E 2010 Sentra DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285239 INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EM-40. Revision: January 2010 EC-738 2010 Sentra DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR A Component Description INFOID:0000000005285240 The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater the heat loss. Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change. EC C D PBIA9559J CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285241 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item F Condition Specification G MAS A/F SE-B1 • See EC-698. Engine: After warming up Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Idle 10% - 35% CAL/LD VALUE • • • • 2,500 rpm 10% - 35% • • • • Engine: After warming up Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Idle 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/s MASS AIRFLOW 2,500 rpm 4.0 - 10.0 g·m/s On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. INFOID:0000000005285242 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition A) P0101 0101 B) Possible cause A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM under light load driving condition. • Harness or connectors (Mass air flow sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Mass air flow sensor • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Intake air temperature sensor A low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM under heavy load driving condition. • Harness or connectors (Mass air flow sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Intake air leaks • Mass air flow sensor • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Intake air temperature sensor Mass air flow sensor circuit range/performance DTC Confirmation Procedure H I J K L M N O INFOID:0000000005285243 Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A NOTE: Revision: January 2010 E EC-739 2010 Sentra P DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > If engine will not start or stops soon, wait at least 10 seconds with engine stopped (Ignition switch ON) instead of running engine at idle speed. 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Run engine for at least 10 seconds at idle speed. 3. Check 1st trip DTC. 4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-743, "Diagnosis Procedure". PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. WITH CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. If engine cannot be started, go to EC-743, "Diagnosis Procedure". Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check the voltage of “MAS A/F SE-B1” with “DATA MONITOR”. Increases engine speed to about 4,000 rpm. Monitor the linear voltage rise in response to engine speed increases. If NG, go to EC-743, "Diagnosis Procedure". If OK, go to following step. PBIB3457E 7. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds. ENG SPEED More than 2,000 rpm TP SEN 1-B1 More than 1.5 V TP SEN 2-B1 More than 1.5 V Shift lever Suitable position Driving location Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test. 8. 9. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-743, "Diagnosis Procedure". Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000005285244 PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B Use this procedure to check the overall function of the mass air flow sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st DTC might not be confirmed. WITH GST 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Revision: January 2010 EC-740 2010 Sentra DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Select Service $01 with GST. A 3. Check the mass air flow sensor signal with Service $01. 4. Check for linear mass air flow sensor signal value rise in response to increases to about 4,000 rpm in engine speed. EC 5. If NG, go to EC-743, "Diagnosis Procedure". C SEF534P D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-741 2010 Sentra DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285245 AABWA0239GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-742 2010 Sentra DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 32 45 A WIRE COLOR R/G V 52 B/W 105 G ITEM ECM relay (Self shut-off) Mass air flow sensor CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) EC [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF 0 - 1.0 V [Ignition switch: OFF] • More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) C D [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed 0.9 - 1.2 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,500 rpm 1.5 - 1.8 V E F Sensor ground (Mass air flow sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285246 1.INSPECTION START Which malfunction (A or B) is duplicated? A or B A >> GO TO 3. B >> GO TO 2. G H I J 2.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK Check the following for connections. • Air duct • Vacuum hoses • Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Reconnect the parts. K L 3.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS M 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. N O P 4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 EC-743 BBIA0760E 2010 Sentra DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor (1) harness connector. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. BBIA0752E 3. Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. PBIB1168E 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E17, F10 • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and IPDM E/R • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 52. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 45. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short or short to power in harness or connectors. 8.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-775, "Component Inspection". OK or NG Revision: January 2010 EC-744 2010 Sentra DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace mas air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). 9.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-927, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. A EC C 10.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR Refer to EC-745, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor. D 11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT E Perform EC-706. F >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285247 G MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR H WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication under the following conditions. Condition Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) J MAS A/F SE-B1 (V) Approx 0.4 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.9 - 1.2 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.5 - 1.8 Idle to about 4,000 rpm I K L 0.9 - 1.2 to 2.4* *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm. 5. a. b. 6. 7. 8. 9. M If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following. • Crushed air ducts • Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element • Uneven dirt of air cleaner element • Improper specification of intake air system parts If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 to 4 again. If OK, go to next step. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. Perform step 2 to 4 again. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor. N O P WITHOUT CONSULT-III 1. 2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Revision: January 2010 EC-745 2010 Sentra DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 45 (Mass air flow sensor signal) and ground. Condition Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Voltage (V) Approx 0.4 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.9 - 1.2 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.5 - 1.8 Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.2 to 2.4* PBIA9564J *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm. 4. a. b. 5. 6. 7. 8. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following. • Crushed air ducts • Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element • Uneven dirt of air cleaner element • Improper specification of intake air system parts If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 and 3 again. If OK, go to next step. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. Perform step 2 and 3 again. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor. Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285248 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR Refer to EM-16. Revision: January 2010 EC-746 2010 Sentra DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR A Component Description INFOID:0000000005285249 The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater the heat loss. Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change. EC C D PBIA9559J CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285250 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item F Condition Specification G MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-698. Idle 10% - 35% CAL/LD VALUE • Engine: After warming up • Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • Air conditioner switch: OFF • No load 2,500 rpm 10% - 35% Idle 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/s MASS AIRFLOW • Engine: After warming up • Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • Air conditioner switch: OFF • No load 2,500 rpm 4.0 - 10.0 g·m/s K DTC detecting condition Possible cause P0102 0102 Mass air flow sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (Mass air flow sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Intake air leaks • Mass air flow sensor P0103 0103 Mass air flow sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (Mass air flow sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Mass air flow sensor FAIL-SAFE MODE Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode INFOID:0000000005285252 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. Revision: January 2010 EC-747 M N P Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut. DTC Confirmation Procedure L O When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. Detected items I INFOID:0000000005285251 These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic. Trouble diagnosis name H J On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. E 2010 Sentra DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102 1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check DTC. 3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-750, "Diagnosis Procedure". [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. Check DTC. If DTC is detected, go to EC-750, "Diagnosis Procedure". If DTC is not detected, go to next step. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds Check DTC. If DTC is detected, go to EC-750, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-748 2010 Sentra DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285253 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O AABWA0239GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-749 2010 Sentra P DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 32 45 WIRE COLOR R/G V ITEM ECM relay (Self shut-off) Mass air flow sensor CONDITION [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF [Ignition switch: OFF] • More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF DATA (DC Voltage) 0 - 1.0 V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed 0.9 - 1.2 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,500 rpm 1.5 - 1.8 V 52 B/W Sensor ground (Mass air flow sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V 105 G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285254 1.INSPECTION START Which malfunction (P0102 or P0103) is duplicated? P0102 or P0103 P0102 >> GO TO 2. P0103 >> GO TO 3. 2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM Check the following for connection. • Air duct • Vacuum hoses • Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Reconnect the parts. 3.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 EC-750 BBIA0760E 2010 Sentra DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor (1) harness connector. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. A EC C BBIA0752E D 3. Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. E Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. F G PBIB1168E 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H Check the following. • Harness connectors E17, F10 • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and IPDM E/R I >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J 6.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 52. Refer to Wiring Diagram. K L Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. M 7.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. N Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 45. Refer to Wiring Diagram. O Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. P 8.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR Refer to EC-752, "Component Inspection". OK or NG Revision: January 2010 EC-751 2010 Sentra DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor. 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-706. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285255 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication under the following conditions. Condition MAS A/F SE-B1 (V) Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx 0.4 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.9 - 1.2 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.5 - 1.8 Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.2 to 2.4* *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm. 5. a. b. 6. 7. 8. 9. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following. • Crushed air ducts • Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element • Uneven dirt of air cleaner element • Improper specification of intake air system parts If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 to 4 again. If OK, go to next step. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. Perform step 2 to 4 again. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor. WITHOUT CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check voltage between ECM terminal 45 (Mass air flow sensor signal) and ground. Condition Voltage (V) Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Approx 0.4 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.9 - 1.2 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.5 - 1.8 Idle to about 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.2 to 2.4* PBIA9564J *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to about 4,000 rpm. Revision: January 2010 EC-752 2010 Sentra DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following. A a. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following. • Crushed air ducts • Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element • Uneven dirt of air cleaner element EC • Improper specification of intake air system parts b. If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 and 3 again. If OK, go to next step. C 5. Turn ignition switch OFF. 6. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. 7. Perform step 2 and 3 again. D 8. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor. Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285256 E MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR Refer to EM-16. F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-753 2010 Sentra DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005285257 The intake air temperature sensor is built-into mass air flow sensor (1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ECM. The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise. PBIA9559J Intake air temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) 25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200 80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359 *: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 46 (Intake air temperature sensor) and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. SEF012P On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name INFOID:0000000005285258 DTC detecting condition P0112 0112 Intake air temperature sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. P0113 0113 Intake air temperature sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • Harness or connectors (Intake air temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Intake air temperature sensor INFOID:0000000005285259 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-755, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-754 2010 Sentra DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285260 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O BBWA2875E Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285261 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: January 2010 EC-755 2010 Sentra P DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] BBIA0760E 2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) (1) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. BBIA0752E 3. Check voltage between mass air flow sensor terminal 5 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. PBIB1169E Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor terminal 6 and ECM terminal 55. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-757, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-706. Revision: January 2010 EC-756 2010 Sentra DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > >> INSPECTION END A Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285262 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. 2. EC Check resistance between mass air flow sensor (1) terminals 5 and 6 under the following conditions. Intake air temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ) 25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200 C D If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). E PBIA9559J F G H SEF012P Removal and Installation I INFOID:0000000005285263 J MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR Refer to EM-16. K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-757 2010 Sentra DTC P0116 ECT SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0116 ECT SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005285264 The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases. SEF594K Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) –10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4 20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9 50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260 *: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 38 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground. SEF012P CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285265 NOTE: If DTC P0116 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117, P0118. Refer to EC-761. DTC No. P0116 0116 Trouble diagnosis name Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit range/ performance DTC detecting condition Engine coolant temperature signal from engine coolant temperature sensor does not fluctuate, even when some time has passed after starting the engine with pre-warming up condition. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • Harness or connectors (High or low resistance in the circuit) • Engine coolant temperature sensor INFOID:0000000005285266 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, do not add fuel. 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm for more than10 minutes. 3. Move the vehicle to a cool place, then stop engine and turn ignition switch OFF. 4. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminals 4 and 5. 5. Soak the vehicle until the resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminals 4 and 5 becomes 0.5 kΩ higher than the value measured before soaking. CAUTION: Never turn ignition switch ON during soaking time. Revision: January 2010 EC-758 2010 Sentra DTC P0116 ECT SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > NOTE: Soak time changes depending on ambient air temperature. It may take several hours. A 6. Start engine and let it idle for 20 minutes. 7. Check 1st trip DTC. EC 8. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-759, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285267 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS C 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR D E F BBIA0760E Refer to EC-759, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. G H I 3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-706. Refer to EC-763, "Wiring Diagram". J >> INSPECTION END K Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285268 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. L Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure. M N O PBIB2005E P Revision: January 2010 EC-759 2010 Sentra DTC P0116 ECT SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Temperature [°C (°F)] 2. Resistance (kΩ) 20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor. SEF012P Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285269 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EM-65. Revision: January 2010 EC-760 2010 Sentra DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR A Component Description INFOID:0000000005285270 The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases. EC C D SEF594K E F Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) –10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4 20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9 50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260 G H *: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 38 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground. SEF012P CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. J On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285271 These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic. DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name I DTC Detecting Condition P0117 0117 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. P0118 0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. K Possible Cause L • Harness or connectors (Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Engine coolant temperature sensor FAIL-SAFE MODE M N When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. O P Revision: January 2010 EC-761 2010 Sentra DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following condition. CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM. Condition Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit Engine coolant temperature decided (CONSULT-III display) Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F) Approx 4 minutes or more after engine starting. 80°C (176°F) 40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F) (Depends on the time) Except as shown above When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates while engine is running. DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285272 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check DTC. 3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-763, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-762 2010 Sentra DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285273 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O BBWA2876E Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285274 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: January 2010 EC-763 2010 Sentra P DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] 2.CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. BBIA0760E Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor (1) harness connector. : Vehicle front Turn ignition switch ON. PBIB3324E 3. Check voltage between ECT sensor terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. PBIB0080E Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 44 and ECT sensor terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-765, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-706. Revision: January 2010 EC-764 2010 Sentra DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > >> INSPECTION END A Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285275 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. EC Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure. C D E PBIB2005E F Temperature [°C (°F)] 2. Resistance (kΩ) 20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 G If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor. H SEF012P Removal and Installation I INFOID:0000000005285276 J ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EM-65. K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-765 2010 Sentra DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005285277 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition. PBIB0145E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285278 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item TP SEN 1-B1 TP SEN 2-B1* Condition • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) Specification Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V *: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285279 These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic. NOTE: If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-976. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause P0122 0122 DTC No. Throttle position sensor 2 circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. P0123 0123 Throttle position sensor 2 circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.) • Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 2) FAIL-SAFE MODE When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor. DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285280 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle. 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. 3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-768, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-766 2010 Sentra DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285281 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0184GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-767 2010 Sentra P DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 33 34 WIRE COLOR G W ITEM Throttle position sensor 1 Throttle position sensor 2 CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully released Less than 4.75 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 0.36 V 36 B Sensor ground (Throttle position sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V 72 R Sensor power supply (Throttle position sensor) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285282 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. BBIA0760E Disconnect electric throttle control actuator (1) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. BBIA0753E Revision: January 2010 EC-768 2010 Sentra DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. A Voltage: Approximately 5 V EC OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. C PBIB3311E 3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. D Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 4 and ECM terminal 36. Refer to Wiring Diagram. F Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G 4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. E H Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 34 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram. I Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J 5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR K Refer to EC-769, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6. L 6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR M 1. 2. 3. N Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning". >> INSPECTION END O 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-706. P >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285283 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Revision: January 2010 EC-769 2010 Sentra DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Set shift lever to D position (CVT) or 1st position (M/T). 5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 33 (TP sensor 1 signal), 34 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions. Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage 33 (Throttle position sensor 1) Fully released More than 0.36 V Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V 34 (Throttle position sensor 2) Fully released Less than 4.75 V Fully depressed More than 0.36 V 6. 7. 8. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next step. Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Removal and Installation PBIB3038E INFOID:0000000005285284 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR Refer to EM-18. Revision: January 2010 EC-770 2010 Sentra DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR A Component Description INFOID:0000000005285285 The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases. EC C D SEF594K E F Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) –10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4 20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9 50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260 G H *: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 38 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground. SEF012P CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. I J On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285286 NOTE: • If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117 or P0118. Refer to EC-761. • If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0116, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0116. Refer to EC-758. K L DTC No. P0125 0125 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Insufficient engine coolant temperature for closed loop fuel control • Voltage sent to ECM from the sensor is not practical, even when some time has passed after starting the engine. • Engine coolant temperature is insufficient for closed loop fuel control. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • Harness or connectors (High resistance in the circuit) • Engine coolant temperature sensor • Thermostat N INFOID:0000000005285287 CAUTION: Be careful not to overheat engine. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above −°C (25°F). If it is above −°C (25°F), the test result will be OK. Revision: January 2010 M EC-771 2010 Sentra O P DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > If it is below −°C (25°F), go to following step. 4. Start engine and run it for 65 minutes at idle speed. If “COOLAN TEMP/S” increases to more than −°C (25°F) within 65 minutes, stop engine because the test result will be OK. 5. Check 1st trip DTC. 6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-772, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285288 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR BBIA0760E Refer to EC-772, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. 3.CHECK THERMOSTAT OPERATION When the engine is cold [lower than 70°C (158°F)] condition, grasp lower radiator hose and confirm the engine coolant does not flow. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace thermostat. Refer to CO-21. 4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-706. Refer to EC-763, "Wiring Diagram". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285289 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Revision: January 2010 EC-772 2010 Sentra DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure. A EC C PBIB2005E D Temperature [°C (°F)] 2. Resistance (kΩ) 20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 E F If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor. G SEF012P Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285290 H ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EM-65. I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-773 2010 Sentra DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005285291 The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor (1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ECM. The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise. PBIA9559J Intake air temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) 25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200 80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359 *: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 46 (Intake air temperature sensor) and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. P0127 0127 INFOID:0000000005285292 Trouble diagnosis name Intake air temperature too high SEF012P DTC detecting condition Possible cause Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signal from engine coolant temperature sensor. • Harness or connectors (Intake temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Intake air temperature sensor DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285293 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. WITH CONSULT-III 1. a. b. c. d. Wait until engine coolant temperature is less than 96°C (205°F) Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check the engine coolant temperature. If the engine coolant temperature is not less than 96°C (205°F), turn ignition switch OFF and cool down engine. • Perform the following steps before engine coolant temperature is above 96°C (205°F). Revision: January 2010 EC-774 2010 Sentra DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Turn ignition switch ON. A 3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 4. Start engine. 5. Hold vehicle speed at more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 100 consecutive seconds. EC 6. Check 1st trip DTC. 7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-775, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST C Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285294 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. D E F G H 2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR BBIA0760E I Refer to EC-775, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). J 3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-706. Refer to EC-755, "Wiring Diagram". K >> INSPECTION END L Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285295 M INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. 2. Check resistance between intake air temperature sensor (1) terminals 5 and 6 under the following conditions. Intake air temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ) 25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200 N O If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). P PBIA9559J Revision: January 2010 EC-775 2010 Sentra DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SEF012P Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285296 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR Refer to EM-16. Revision: January 2010 EC-776 2010 Sentra DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION On Board Diagnosis Logic A INFOID:0000000005285297 NOTE: EC If DTC P0128 is displayed with DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 or P0304, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304. Refer to EC-860, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". Engine coolant temperature has not risen enough to open the thermostat even though the engine has run long C enough. This is due to a leak in the seal or the thermostat stuck open. DTC No. P0128 0128 Trouble diagnosis name Thermostat function DTC detecting condition The engine coolant temperature does not reach to specified temperature even though the engine has run long enough. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause D • Thermostat • Leakage from sealing portion of thermostat • Engine coolant temperature sensor E INFOID:0000000005285298 F WITH CONSULT-III CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: • For best results, perform at ambient temperature of –10°C (14°F) or higher. • For best results, perform at engine coolant temperature of –10°C (14°F) to 52°C (126°F). • Before performing the following procedure, do not fill with the fuel. 1. Turn A/C switch OFF. 2. Turn blower fan switch OFF. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 5. Check the indication of “COOLAN TEMP/S”. If it is below 52°C (126°F), go to following step. If it is above 52°C (126°F), cool down the engine to less than 52°C (126°F). Then go to next steps. 6. Start engine. 7. Drive vehicle for 10 consecutive minutes under the following conditions. VHCL SPEED SE 8. 9. More than 56 km/h (35 MPH) If “COOLAN TEMP/S” increases to more than 71°C (160°F) within 10 minutes, turn ignition switch OFF because the test result will be OK. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-777, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST H I J K L M N O Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285299 1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR P Refer to EC-765, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. 2.CHECK THERMOSTAT Revision: January 2010 G EC-777 2010 Sentra DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Refer to CO-22, "Removal and Installation". OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Replace thermostat. Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285300 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to CO-21. Revision: January 2010 EC-778 2010 Sentra DTC P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 A Component Description INFOID:0000000005285301 The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich. Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C (1,472°F). EC C D PBIB3353E E F G H PBIB3354E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285302 I Specification data are reference values. Monitor item A/F SEN1 (B1) Condition • Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm On Board Diagnosis Logic Specification Fluctuates around 2.2 V K INFOID:0000000005285303 To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/ F) sensor 1 signal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control. DTC No. P0130 0130 Trouble diagnosis name Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit DTC detecting condition A) The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly in the range other than approx. 2.2 V. B) The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 2.2 V. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible Cause • Harness or connectors [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.] • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 INFOID:0000000005285304 Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A WITH CONSULT-III Revision: January 2010 J EC-779 2010 Sentra L M N O P DTC P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Let engine idle for 2 minutes. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. 5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-782, "Diagnosis Procedure". With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. WITH CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication. If the indication is constantly approx. 2.2 V and does not fluctuates, go to EC-782, "Diagnosis Procedure". If the indication fluctuates around 2.2 V, go to next step. 4. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276 ” (for P0130) of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. 5. Touch “START”. 6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. 1. 2. 3. ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 MPH) B/FUEL SCHDL 1.0 - 8.0 msec Shift lever D position (CVT) 5th position (M/T) 7. 8. 9. If “TESTING” is not displayed after 20 seconds, retry from step 2. Release accelerator pedal fully. NOTE: Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal. Make sure that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, retry from step 6. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS”. If “NG” is displayed, go to EC-782, "Diagnosis Procedure". Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000005285305 PROCEDURE MALFUNCTION B Use this procedure to check the overall function of the A/F sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. WITH GST Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in the suitable gear position. Set shift lever to D position (CVT) or 5th position (M/T), then release the accelerator pedal fully until the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (31 MPH). NOTE: Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF. Wait at least 10 seconds and restart engine. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times. Stop the vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle. Make sure that no 1st trip DTC is displayed. If 1st trip DTC is displayed, go to EC-782, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-780 2010 Sentra DTC P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285306 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0160GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-781 2010 Sentra P DTC P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V 8 BR/W A/F sensor 1 heater [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) PBIA8148J 49 L/R A/F sensor 1 [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 53 L/G A/F sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. Approximately 2.2 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285307 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. BBIA0760E Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector (1). Turn ignition switch ON. BBIA0764E Revision: January 2010 EC-782 2010 Sentra DTC P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. A Voltage: Battery voltage EC OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. C PBIB3308E 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART D Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • 10 A fuse • Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse E F >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. G Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram. H A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal 1 49 2 53 I Continuity should exist. 4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 49, 53 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. J K Continuity should not exist. 5. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT M Perform EC-706. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair or replace. N 6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 O Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-783 2010 Sentra P DTC P0130 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285308 AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR Refer to EM-23. Revision: January 2010 EC-784 2010 Sentra DTC P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 A Component Description INFOID:0000000005285309 The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich. Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C (1,472°F). EC C D PBIB3353E E F G H PBIB3354E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285310 I Specification data are reference values. Monitor item A/F SEN1 (B1) Condition • Engine: After warming up Specification Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm On Board Diagnosis Logic Fluctuates around 2.2 V K INFOID:0000000005285311 To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/ F) sensor 1 signal is not inordinately low. DTC No. P0131 0131 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit low voltage The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 0 V. • Harness or connectors [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is open or shorted.] • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285312 WITH CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication. If the indication is constantly approx. 0 V, go to EC-788, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-785 L M NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle. 1. 2. 3. J 2010 Sentra N O P DTC P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > If the indication is not constantly approx. 0 V, go to next step. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine. 5. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine. 6. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds. ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 MPH) B/FUEL SCHDL 1.5 - 9.0 msec Shift lever Suitable position 7. 8. NOTE: • Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising. • If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 4, return to step 4. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is displayed, go to EC-788, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. Revision: January 2010 EC-786 2010 Sentra DTC P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285313 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0160GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-787 2010 Sentra P DTC P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V 8 BR/W A/F sensor 1 heater [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) PBIA8148J 49 L/R A/F sensor 1 [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 53 L/G A/F sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. Approximately 2.2 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285314 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. BBIA0760E Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector (1). Turn ignition switch ON. BBIA0764E Revision: January 2010 EC-788 2010 Sentra DTC P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. A Voltage: Battery voltage EC OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. C PBIB3308E 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART D Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • 10 A fuse • Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse E F >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. G Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram. H A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal 1 49 2 53 I Continuity should exist. 4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 49, 53 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. J K Continuity should not exist. 5. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT M Perform EC-706. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair or replace. N 6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 O Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-789 2010 Sentra P DTC P0131 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285315 AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR Refer to EM-23. Revision: January 2010 EC-790 2010 Sentra DTC P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 A Component Description INFOID:0000000005285316 The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich. Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C (1,472°F). EC C D PBIB3353E E F G H PBIB3354E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285317 I Specification data are reference values. Monitor item A/F SEN1 (B1) Condition • Engine: After warming up Specification Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm On Board Diagnosis Logic Fluctuates around 2.2 V K INFOID:0000000005285318 To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/ F) sensor 1 signal is not inordinately high. DTC No. P0132 0132 Trouble diagnosis name Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit high voltage DTC detecting condition The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 5 V. Possible Cause INFOID:0000000005285319 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle. WITH CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” indication. If the indication is constantly approx. 5 V, go to EC-794, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-791 L M • Harness or connectors [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is open or shorted.] • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 DTC Confirmation Procedure 1. 2. 3. J 2010 Sentra N O P DTC P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > If the indication is not constantly approx. 5 V, go to next step. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine. 5. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine. 6. Maintain the following conditions for about 20 consecutive seconds. ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 MPH) B/FUEL SCHDL 1.5 - 9.0 msec Shift lever Suitable position 7. 8. NOTE: • Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising. • If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 4, return to step 4. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is displayed, go to EC-794, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. Revision: January 2010 EC-792 2010 Sentra DTC P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285320 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0160GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-793 2010 Sentra P DTC P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V 8 BR/W A/F sensor 1 heater [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) PBIA8148J 49 L/R A/F sensor 1 [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 53 L/G A/F sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. Approximately 2.2 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285321 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. BBIA0760E Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector (1). Turn ignition switch ON. BBIA0764E Revision: January 2010 EC-794 2010 Sentra DTC P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. A Voltage: Battery voltage EC OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. C PBIB3308E 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART D Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • 10 A fuse • Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse E F >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. G Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram. H A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal 1 49 2 53 I Continuity should exist. 4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 49, 53 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. J K Continuity should not exist. 5. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT M Perform EC-706. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair or replace. N 6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 O Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-795 2010 Sentra P DTC P0132 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285322 AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR Refer to EM-23. Revision: January 2010 EC-796 2010 Sentra DTC P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 A Component Description INFOID:0000000005285323 The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich. Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C (1,472°F). EC C D PBIB3353E E F G H PBIB3354E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285324 I Specification data are reference values. Monitor item A/F SEN1 (B1) Condition • Engine: After warming up Specification Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm On Board Diagnosis Logic Fluctuates around 2.2 V K INFOID:0000000005285325 To judge the malfunction of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback control constant, and the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 temperature index. Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (the A/F sensor 1 signal cycling time index) is inordinately long or not. DTC No. P0133 0133 Trouble diagnosis name Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit slow response DTC detecting condition Possible Cause The response of the A/F signal computed by ECM from A/F sensor 1 signal takes more than the specified time. • Harness or connectors [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is open or shorted.] • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor heater 1 • Fuel pressure • Fuel injector • Intake air leaks • Exhaust gas leaks • PCV valve • Mass air flow sensor DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285326 EC-797 L M N NOTE: Revision: January 2010 J 2010 Sentra O P DTC P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Select “A/F SEN1(B1) P1278/P1279” (for DTC P0133) of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. 6. Touch “START”. If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-III screen, go to step 10. If “COMPLETED” does not appear on CONSULT-III screen, go to the following step. 7. After perform the following procedure, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. a. Increase the engine speed up to 4,000 to 5,000 rpm and keep it for 10 seconds. b. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 10 seconds. If “TESTING” is not displayed after 10 seconds, refer to EC-698. 8. Wait for about 20 seconds at idle under the condition that “TESTING” is displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. 9. Make sure that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, refer to EC-698. 10. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS”. If “NG” is displayed, go to EC-800, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select Service $01 with GST. Calculate the total value of “Short term fuel trim” and “Long term fuel trim” indications. Make sure that the total percentage should be within ±15%. If OK, go to the following step. If NG, check the following. • Intake air leaks • Exhaust gas leaks • Incorrect fuel pressure • Lack of fuel • Fuel injector • Incorrect PCV hose connection • PCV valve • Mass air flow sensor Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Increase the engine speed up to 4,000 to 5,000 rpm and keep it for 10 seconds. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for about 1 minute. Select Service $07 with GST. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-800, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-798 2010 Sentra DTC P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285327 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0160GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-799 2010 Sentra P DTC P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V 8 BR/W A/F sensor 1 heater [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) PBIA8148J 49 L/R A/F sensor 1 [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 53 L/G A/F sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. Approximately 2.2 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285328 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten engine screws on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. BBIA0760E 2.RETIGHTEN AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 Loosen and retighten the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-24, "Removal and Installation". >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK 1. 2. Start engine and run it at idle. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold). PBIB1216E OK or NG Revision: January 2010 EC-800 2010 Sentra DTC P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace. A 4.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace. EC C 5.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA 1. 2. 3. 4. With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR” or “START”. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. 4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. 5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed. 6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". 7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed. 8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? Yes or No Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0172. Refer to EC-828or EC-834. No >> GO TO 6. D E 1. 2. 3. F G H I BBIA0752E J 6.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT K 1. 2. 3. L Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector (1). Turn ignition switch ON. M N BBIA0764E O P Revision: January 2010 EC-801 2010 Sentra DTC P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 7. PBIB3308E 7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F3 • 10 A fuse • Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 8.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram. A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal 1 49 2 53 Continuity should exist. 4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 49, 53 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should not exist. 5. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 9.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER Refer to EC-726, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 13. 10.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR Refer to EC-745, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor. 11.CHECK PCV VALVE Refer to EC-613, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> Repair or replace PCV valve. Revision: January 2010 EC-802 2010 Sentra DTC P0133 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A Perform EC-706. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> Repair or replace. EC 13.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. C D E >> INSPECTION END Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285329 F AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR Refer to EM-23. G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-803 2010 Sentra DTC P0137 HO2S2 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0137 HO2S2 Component Description INFOID:0000000005522760 The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold), monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 are shifted, the air/fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2. This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner conditions. Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation. SEF327R CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005522761 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item HO2S2 (B1) HO2S2 MNTR (B1) Condition Specification • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load 0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0 V On Board Diagnosis Logic LEAN ←→ RICH INFOID:0000000005522762 The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor is sufficiently high during the various driving condition such as fuel-cut. JMBIA2105GB DTC No. P0137 0137 Trouble diagnosis name Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit low voltage DTC detecting condition Possible cause The maximum voltage from the sensor is not reached to the specified voltage. • Harness or connectors (Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit open or shorted.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 • Fuel pressure • Fuel injector • Intake air leaks DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005522763 NOTE: If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. WITH CONSULT-III TESTING CONDITION: For the best results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F). Revision: January 2010 EC-804 2010 Sentra DTC P0137 HO2S2 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. A 2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. EC 5. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F). If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F). C 7. Open engine hood. 8. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1147” (for DTC P0137) of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. D 9. Following the instruction of CONSULT-III. NOTE: It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed. E 10. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-807, "Diagnosis Procedure". If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following. F a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). b. Return to step 1. Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000005522764 Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. WITH GST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle 1 minute. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times. (Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.) The voltage should be above 0.72 V at least once during this procedure. If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not necessary. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position (CVT) or 3rd gear position (M/T). The voltage should be above 0.72 V at least once during PBIB2996E this procedure. If NG, go to EC-807, "Diagnosis Procedure". G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-805 2010 Sentra DTC P0137 HO2S2 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285335 AABWA0236GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-806 2010 Sentra DTC P0137 HO2S2 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. 5 WIRE COLOR B/W ITEM Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater CONDITION [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. DATA (DC Voltage) A EC Approximately 10 V C D PBIA8148J [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm. 50 59 G B/Y Heated oxygen sensor 2 Sensor ground (Heated oxygen sensor 2) [Engine is running] • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) E F 0 - Approximately 1.0 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed G H Approximately 0 V I : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005522766 J 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. K L M N BBIA0760E 2.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA O With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. 1. 2. 3. 4. Revision: January 2010 EC-807 P 2010 Sentra DTC P0137 HO2S2 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. 4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. 5. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed. 6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". 7. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed. 8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? BBIA0752E Yes or No Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171. Refer to EC-275. No >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector (2). : Vehicle front Heated oxygen sensor 2 (1) Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 59 and HO2S2 terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. BBIA0751E 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open circuit or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM. >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 and HO2S2 terminal 4. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 or HO2S2 terminal 4 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should not exist. 3. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6. 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open circuit or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM. >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM. Revision: January 2010 EC-808 2010 Sentra DTC P0137 HO2S2 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 7.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 A Refer to EC-809, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. EC 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT C Refer to EC-152. >> INSPECTION END D Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005522767 E HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-III. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%. F G H I J JMBIA2106GB “HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.72 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. “HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. K L M WITHOUT CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground. N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-809 2010 Sentra DTC P0137 HO2S2 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times. (Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.) The voltage should be above 0.72 V and below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure. If the voltage can be confirmed at step 6, step 7 is not necessary. 7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position (CVT) or 3rd gear position (M/T). The voltage should be above 0.72 V and below 0.18 V at PBIB2996E least once during this procedure. 8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005522768 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Refer to EM-23. Revision: January 2010 EC-810 2010 Sentra DTC P0138 HO2S2 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0138 HO2S2 A Component Description INFOID:0000000005285339 The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold), monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 are shifted, the air/fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2. This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner conditions. Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation. EC C D SEF327R CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285340 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item HO2S2 (B1) HO2S2 MNTR (B1) E F Condition Specification • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load 0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0 V On Board Diagnosis Logic G LEAN ←→ RICH H INFOID:0000000005285341 The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/ F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the longer switching time. I J MALFUNCTION A To judge the malfunctions of rear heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during the various driving condition such as fuel-cut. K L M PBIB2266E MALFUNCTION B N To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during the various driving condition such as fuel-cut. O P PBIB2376E Revision: January 2010 EC-811 2010 Sentra DTC P0138 HO2S2 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition A) P0138 0138 An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 The minimum voltage from the sensor is not reached to the specified voltage. • Harness or connectors (Heated oxygen sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 • Fuel pressure • Fuel injector Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit high voltage B) Possible cause DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285342 Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 2 minutes. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-815, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B WITH CONSULT-III TESTING CONDITION: For the best results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F). 1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR ” mode with CONSULT-III 2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 5. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F). If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F). 7. Open engine hood. 8. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1146” (for DTC P0138) of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. 9. Following the instruction of CONSULT-III. NOTE: It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed. 10. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-815, "Diagnosis Procedure". If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following. a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). b. Return to step 1. Revision: January 2010 EC-812 2010 Sentra DTC P0138 HO2S2 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000005285343 A PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st EC trip DTC might not be confirmed. WITH GST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle 1 minute. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times. (Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.) The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure. If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not necessary. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position (CVT) or 3rd gear position (M/T). The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this PBIB2996E procedure. If NG, go to EC-815, "Diagnosis Procedure". C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-813 2010 Sentra DTC P0138 HO2S2 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285344 AABWA0236GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-814 2010 Sentra DTC P0138 HO2S2 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. 5 WIRE COLOR B/W ITEM Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater CONDITION [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. DATA (DC Voltage) A EC Approximately 10 V C D PBIA8148J [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm. 50 59 G B/Y Heated oxygen sensor 2 Sensor ground (Heated oxygen sensor 2) [Engine is running] • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) E F 0 - Approximately 1.0 V G H Approximately 0 V I : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285345 J PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS K 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten engine screws on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. L M N 2.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT BBIA0760E O P Revision: January 2010 EC-815 2010 Sentra DTC P0138 HO2S2 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector (2). : Vehicle front Heated oxygen sensor 2 (1) 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 59 and HO2S2 terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. BBIA0751E 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open circuit or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM. >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 and HO2S2 terminal 4. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 or HO2S2 terminal 4 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should not exist. 3. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open circuit or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM. >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER Check connectors for water. Water should not exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 7.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Refer to EC-818, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Revision: January 2010 EC-816 2010 Sentra DTC P0138 HO2S2 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Refer to EC-706. A >> INSPECTION END PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B EC 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten engine screws on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. C D E BBIA0760E 2.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. 4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. 5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed. 6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". 7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed. 8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? Yes or No Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172. Refer to EC-834. No >> GO TO 3. G 1. 2. 3. 4. H I J K L BBIA0752E Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector (2). : Vehicle front Heated oxygen sensor 2 (1) Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 59 and HO2S2 terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. O P Continuity should exist. 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG Revision: January 2010 EC-817 M N 3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. F BBIA0751E 2010 Sentra DTC P0138 HO2S2 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open circuit or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM. >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 and HO2S2 terminal 4. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 or HO2S2 terminal 4 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should not exist. 3. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6. 6.CHECK MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open circuit or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM. >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Refer to EC-818, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-706. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285346 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-III. Revision: January 2010 EC-818 2010 Sentra DTC P0138 HO2S2 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 6. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%. A EC C PBIB3458E “HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. “HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. 7. 8. E F WITHOUT CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. D Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times. (Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.) The voltage should be above 0.68 V and below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure. If the voltage can be confirmed at step 6, step 7 is not necessary. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position (CVT) or 3rd gear position (M/T). The voltage should be above 0.68 V and below 0.18 V at PBIB2996E least once during this procedure. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285347 G H I J K L M N HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Refer to EM-23. O P Revision: January 2010 EC-819 2010 Sentra DTC P0139 HO2S2 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0139 HO2S2 Component Description INFOID:0000000005285348 The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold), monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas. Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 are shifted, the air/fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2. This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner conditions. Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation. SEF327R CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285349 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item HO2S2 (B1) HO2S2 MNTR (B1) HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B1) HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B1) Condition Specification • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keep the engine speed between 3,500 rpm and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and idle for 1 minute under no load 0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0 V LEAN ←→ RICH DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is incomplete. INCMP DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is complete. CMPLT DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) is incomplete. INCMP DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) is complete. CMPLT On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285350 The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst 1 causes the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sensor's voltage is faster than specified during various driving conditions such as fuel cut. SEF302U DTC No. P0139 0139 Trouble diagnosis name Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) circuit slow response DTC detecting condition The switching time between rich and lean of a heated oxygen sensor 2 signal delays more than the specified time computed by ECM. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 • Fuel system • EVAP system • Intake air system INFOID:0000000005285351 1.INSPECTION START Do you have CONSULT-III? Revision: January 2010 EC-820 2010 Sentra DTC P0139 HO2S2 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 7. A 2.PRECONDITIONING If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F). EC C D >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F). Drive the vehicle in a proper at 60 km/h (38MPH) and maintain the speed. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. 10. Release the accelerator pedal fully at least 5 seconds. CAUTION: • Enable engine brake. • Always drive carefully. • Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal. 11. Repeat step 9 and 10 at least 8 times. 12. Check the following item of “DATA MONITOR”. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Data monitor item HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B1) HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B1) F G H I J K Status L CMPLT Is “CMPLT” displayed on CONSULT-III screen? YES >> GO TO 6. NO-1: “CMPLT” is not displayed on DIAG 1>>Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. NO-2: “CMPLT” is not displayed on DIAG 2>>GO TO 4. M 4.PERFORM DTC WORK SUPPORT N 1. 2. 3. O Open engine hood. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine and follow the instruction of CONSULT-III display. NOTE: It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed. Is “COMPLETED” displayed on CONSULT-III screen? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5. P 5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. Revision: January 2010 EC-821 2010 Sentra DTC P0139 HO2S2 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > >> GO TO 3. 6.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS With CONSULT-III Perform ECM self-diagnosis. Is DTC “P0139” detected? YES >> Proceed to EC-824, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END 7.PERFORM OVERALL FUNCTION CHECK Perform component function check. Refer to EC-822, "Overall Function Check". NOTE: Use overall function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Proceed to EC-824, "Diagnosis Procedure". Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000005285352 Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. WITH GST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times. (Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.) A change of voltage should be more than 0.8 V for 1 second during this procedure. If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not necessary. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position (CVT) or 3rd gear position (M/T). A change of voltage should be more than 0.8 V for 1 second PBIB2996E during this procedure. If NG, go to EC-824, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-822 2010 Sentra DTC P0139 HO2S2 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285353 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O AABWA0236GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-823 2010 Sentra P DTC P0139 HO2S2 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. 5 WIRE COLOR B/W ITEM Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater CONDITION [Engine is running] • Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 10 V PBIA8148J [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm 50 G 59 B/Y Heated oxygen sensor 2 [Engine is running] • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. Sensor ground (Heated oxygen sensor 2) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 0 - Approximately 1.0 V Approximately 0 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285354 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. BBIA0760E 2.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. 1. 2. 3. 4. Revision: January 2010 EC-824 2010 Sentra DTC P0139 HO2S2 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. A 4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. 5. Make sure that DTC P0102 is displayed. EC 6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". 7. Make sure that DTC P0000 is displayed. 8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. C Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? BBIA0752E Yes or No D Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-828 or EC-834. No >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. E Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector (2). : Vehicle front Heated oxygen sensor 2 (1) Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 1 and ECM terminal 59. Refer to Wiring Diagram. F G Continuity should exist. H 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. BBIA0751E 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART I J Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open circuit or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM. K >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. L Check harness continuity between HO2S2 terminal 4 and ECM terminal 50. Refer to Wiring Diagram. M Continuity should exist. 2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 50 or HO2S2 terminal 4 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. N Continuity should not exist. O 3. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6. P 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open circuit or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM. >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Revision: January 2010 EC-825 2010 Sentra DTC P0139 HO2S2 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 7.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Refer to EC-826, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace heated oxygen sensor 2. 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-706. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285355 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-III. Check “HO2S2 (B1)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%. PBIB3458E “HO2S2 (B1)” should be above 0.68 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. “HO2S2 (B1)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. WITHOUT CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 50 (HO2S2 signal) and ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-826 2010 Sentra DTC P0139 HO2S2 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times. A (Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.) The voltage should be above 0.68 V and below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure. EC If the voltage can be confirmed at step 6, step 7 is not necessary. 7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check C the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position (CVT) or 3rd gear position (M/T). The voltage should be above 0.68 V and below 0.18 V at PBIB2996E least once during this procedure. D 8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m E (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. F Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285356 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 G Refer to EM-23 H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-827 2010 Sentra DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285357 With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios. In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic). Sensor Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 DTC No. P0171 0171 Input Signal to ECM Density of oxygen in exhaust gas (Mixture ratio feedback signal) Trouble diagnosis name Fuel injection system too lean ECM function Fuel injection control DTC detecting condition • Fuel injection system does not operate properly. • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.) DTC Confirmation Procedure Actuator Fuel injector Possible cause • • • • • • • • Intake air leaks Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Fuel injector Exhaust gas leaks Incorrect fuel pressure Lack of fuel Mass air flow sensor Incorrect PCV hose connection INFOID:0000000005285358 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. a. b. 6. 7. a. b. c. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”. Start engine. If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction. Perform the following procedure is advised. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. NOTE: When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much. If engine starts, go to EC-831, "Diagnosis Procedure". If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually. Keep engine at idle for at least 5 minutes. Check 1st trip DTC. The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-831, "Diagnosis Procedure". NOTE: If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. Revision: January 2010 EC-828 2010 Sentra DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > VHCL SPEED SE d. e. A 50 – 120 km/h (31 – 75 MPH) CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-831, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC WITH GST C 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector. Restart engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. 6. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected. 7. Select Service $04 with GST and erase the DTC P0102. 8. Start engine. If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction. BBIA0752E Perform the following procedure is advised. a. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. NOTE: When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much. b. If engine starts, go to EC-831, "Diagnosis Procedure". If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leak visually. 9. Keep engine at idle for at least 5 minutes. 10. Check 1st trip DTC. The 1st trip DTC P0171 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-831, "Diagnosis Procedure". NOTE: If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised. a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. b. Start engine. c. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. D E F G H I J K L M VHCL SPEED SE d. e. 50 – 120 km/h (31 – 75 MPH) CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-831, "Diagnosis Procedure". N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-829 2010 Sentra DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285359 ABBWA0161GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-830 2010 Sentra DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A EC Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V 8 BR/W A/F sensor 1 heater C [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) D PBIA8148J BATTERY VOLTAGE [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle 25 29 30 31 R O GR L Fuel injector No. 4 Fuel injector No. 3 Fuel injector No. 2 Fuel injector No. 1 F G PBIB0529E BATTERY VOLTAGE H (11 - 14 V) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm I PBIA4943J 49 L/R A/F sensor 1 [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 53 L/G A/F sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. Diagnosis Procedure J K Approximately 2.2 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) L INFOID:0000000005285360 1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK 1. 2. E (11 - 14 V) M Start engine and run it at idle. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold). N O P PBIB1216E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace. 2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE Revision: January 2010 EC-831 2010 Sentra DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. 2. Check PCV hose connection. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace. [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] 3.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector (1). Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (2) Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram. A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal 1 49 2 53 BBIA0764E Continuity should exist. 5. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 49, 53 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should not exist. 6. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE 1. 2. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-656, "Fuel Pressure Check". Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-656, "Fuel Pressure Check". At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-1094.) • Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-656, "Fuel Pressure Check".) • Fuel lines (Refer to EM-36.) • Fuel filter for clogging >> Repair or replace. 6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Install all removed parts. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. At idling : 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec At 2,500 rpm : 2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec With GST Revision: January 2010 EC-832 2010 Sentra DTC P0171 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Install all removed parts. 2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 3. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST. At idling : 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec At 2,500 rpm : 2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec A EC OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or ground. Refer to EC-739. 7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTORS C D With CONSULT-III Let engine idle. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. Without CONSULT-III 1. Let engine idle. 2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound. 1. 2. 3. E F Clicking noise should be heard. G OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-1089. H I PBIB3332E 8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. J Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle. Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Remove fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-36. Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube. The fuel injector harness connectors should remain connected. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector. Crank engine for about 3 seconds. Make sure that fuel sprays out from fuel injectors. K L M Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injector. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace fuel injectors from which fuel does not spray out. Always replace O-ring with new ones. N O PBIA9666J 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT P Refer to EC-706. >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-833 2010 Sentra DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285361 With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios. In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and lights up the MIL (2 trip detection logic). Sensor Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 DTC No. P0172 0172 Input Signal to ECM Density of oxygen in exhaust gas (Mixture ratio feedback signal) ECM function Fuel injection control Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Fuel injection system too rich • Fuel injection system does not operate properly. • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too large. (The mixture ratio is too rich.) DTC Confirmation Procedure Actuator Fuel injector Possible cause • • • • • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Fuel injector Exhaust gas leaks Incorrect fuel pressure Mass air flow sensor INFOID:0000000005285362 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. a. b. 6. 7. a. b. c. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”. Start engine. If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction. Perform the following procedure is advised. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. NOTE: When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much. If engine starts, go to EC-837, "Diagnosis Procedure". If engine does not start, remove ignition plugs and check for fouling, etc. Keep engine at idle for at least 5 minutes. Check 1st trip DTC. The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-837, "Diagnosis Procedure". NOTE: If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. VHCL SPEED SE Revision: January 2010 50 – 120 km/h (31 – 75 MPH) EC-834 2010 Sentra DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. d. Check 1st trip DTC. e. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-837, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC WITH GST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector. Restart engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. 6. Select Service $03 with GST. Make sure DTC P0102 is detected. 7. Select Service $04 with GST and erase the DTC P0102. 8. Start engine. If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction. BBIA0752E Perform the following procedure is advised. a. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. NOTE: When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much. b. If engine starts, go to EC-837, "Diagnosis Procedure". If engine does not start, remove ignition plugs and check for fouling, etc. 9. Keep engine at idle for at least 5 minutes. 10. Check 1st trip DTC. The 1st trip DTC P0172 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC-837, "Diagnosis Procedure". NOTE: If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised. a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. b. Start engine. c. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. VHCL SPEED SE d. e. A C D E F G H I J K L 50 – 120 km/h (31 – 75 MPH) CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-837, "Diagnosis Procedure". M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-835 2010 Sentra DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285363 ABBWA0161GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-836 2010 Sentra DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A EC Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V 8 BR/W A/F sensor 1 heater C [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) D PBIA8148J BATTERY VOLTAGE [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle 25 29 30 31 R O GR L Fuel injector No. 4 Fuel injector No. 3 Fuel injector No. 2 Fuel injector No. 1 F G PBIB0529E BATTERY VOLTAGE H (11 - 14 V) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm I PBIA4943J 49 L/R A/F sensor 1 [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 53 L/G A/F sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. Diagnosis Procedure J K Approximately 2.2 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) L INFOID:0000000005285364 1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK 1. 2. E (11 - 14 V) M Start engine and run it at idle. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold). N O P PBIB1216E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace. 2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK Revision: January 2010 EC-837 2010 Sentra DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION < SERVICE INFORMATION > Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace. [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] 3.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector (1). Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (2) Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram. A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal 1 49 2 53 BBIA0764E Continuity should exist. 5. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 49, 53 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should not exist. 6. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE 1. 2. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-656, "Fuel Pressure Check". Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-656, "Fuel Pressure Check". At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-1094.) • Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-656, "Fuel Pressure Check".) >> Repair or replace. 6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Install all removed parts. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. At idling At 2,500 rpm 1. 2. 3. : 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec : 2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec With GST Install all removed parts. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST. Revision: January 2010 EC-838 2010 Sentra DTC P0172 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > At idling At 2,500 rpm : 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec : 2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec A OK or NG EC OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or ground. Refer to EC-739. C CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTORS 7. With CONSULT-III Let engine idle. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. Without CONSULT-III 1. Let engine idle. 2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound. 1. 2. 3. D E F Clicking noise should be heard. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-1089. G H PBIB3332E 8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR I 1. Remove fuel injector assembly. Refer to EM-36. Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube. 2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle. 3. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. 4. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. 5. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injectors. 6. Crank engine for about 3 seconds. Make sure fuel does not drip from fuel injector. OK or NG OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 9. NG (Drips.)>>Replace the fuel injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new one. 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT J K L M Refer to EC-706. >> INSPECTION END N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-839 2010 Sentra DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005285365 The fuel tank temperature sensor (4) is used to detect the fuel temperature inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases. • Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1) • Fuel pressure regulator (2) • Fuel level sensor (3) BBIA0765E Fluid temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) 20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7 50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90 *: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 43 (Fuel tank temperature sensor) and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result damage the ECM's transistor. Use ground other than ECM, such as ground. SEF012P On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. P0181 0181 INFOID:0000000005285366 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Fuel tank temperature sensor circuit range/performance Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signals from engine coolant temperature sensor and intake air temperature sensor. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (Fuel tank temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Fuel tank temperature sensor DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285367 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Turn ignition switch ON wait at least 10 seconds. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-841, "Diagnosis Procedure". If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to following step. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” value. If the “COOLAN TEMP/S” is less than 60°C (140°F), the result will be OK. If the “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 60°C (140°F), go to the following step. Cool engine down until “COOLAN TEMP/S” signal is less than 60°C (140°F). Wait at least 10 seconds. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-841, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST Revision: January 2010 EC-840 2010 Sentra DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] A Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285368 EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P ABBWA0162GB Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285369 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: January 2010 EC-841 2010 Sentra DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] BBIA0760E 2.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector (1). : Vehicle front Turn ignition switch ON. BBIA0754E 4. Check voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. PBIB0932E 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors B9, E13 • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open or short between ECM and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector. 4.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect combination meter harness connector. Check harness continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 5 and combination meter terminal 4, ECM terminal 60. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. Revision: January 2010 EC-842 2010 Sentra DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A Check the following. • Harness connectors B8, M8 • Harness connectors B9, E13 • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and combination meter. • Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and ECM. EC C >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR D Refer to, EC-843, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. E 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT F Perform EC-706. >> INSPECTION END G Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285370 H FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. 2. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 4 and 5 by heating with hot water as shown in the figure. Temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ) 20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7 50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90 I J If NG, replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. K PBIB0931E Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285371 L FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to FL-6. M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-843 2010 Sentra DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005285372 The fuel tank temperature sensor (4) is used to detect the fuel temperature inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases. • Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1) • Fuel pressure regulator (2) • Fuel level sensor (3) BBIA0765E Fluid temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) 20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7 50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90 *: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 43 (Fuel tank temperature sensor) and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result damage the ECM's transistor. Use ground other than ECM, such as ground. On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. SEF012P INFOID:0000000005285373 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P0182 0182 Fuel tank temperature sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. P0183 0183 Fuel tank temperature sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • Harness or connectors (Fuel tank temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Fuel tank temperature sensor INFOID:0000000005285374 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-845, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-844 2010 Sentra DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285375 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0162GB Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285376 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: January 2010 EC-845 2010 Sentra P DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] BBIA0760E 2.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector (1). : Vehicle front Turn ignition switch ON. BBIA0754E 3. Check voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. PBIB0932E 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors B9, E13 • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open or short to ground or short between ECM and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector. 4.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect combination meter harness connector. Check harness continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 5 and combination meter terminal 4, ECM terminal 60. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Revision: January 2010 EC-846 2010 Sentra DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check the following. • Harness connectors B8, M8 A • Harness connectors B9, E13 • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and combination meter EC • Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector. C 6.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to, EC-847, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. D 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT E Perform EC-706. F >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285377 G FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. 2. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 4 and 5 by heating with hot water as shown in the figure. Temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ) 20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7 50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90 H I J If NG, replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. PBIB0931E Removal and Installation K INFOID:0000000005285378 L FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to FL-6. M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-847 2010 Sentra DTC P0196 EOT SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0196 EOT SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005450783 The engine oil temperature sensor is used to detect the engine oil temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine oil temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases. SEF594K Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) −10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4 20 (68) 3.5 2.37 - 2.63 50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260 110 (230) 0.6 0.143 - 0.153 150 (302) 0.3 0.050 - 0.065 SEF012P *: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 27 (Engine oil temperature sensor) and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. P0196 0196 INFOID:0000000005450784 Trouble diagnosis name Engine oil temperature sensor range/performance DTC detecting condition Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signals from engine coolant temperature sensor and intake air temperature sensor. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Engine oil temperature sensor INFOID:0000000005450785 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11V at idle. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes and 10 seconds. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-849, "Diagnosis Procedure". If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to following steps. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Revision: January 2010 EC-848 2010 Sentra DTC P0196 EOT SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 6. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates above 70°C (158°F). If it is above 70°C (158°F), go to the following steps. A If it is below 70°C (158°F), warm engine up until “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F). Then go to the following steps. 7. Turn ignition switch OFF and soak the vehicle at cool place. EC 8. Turn ignition switch ON. NOTE: Do not turn ignition switch OFF until step 12 C 9. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 10. Check the following. D COOLAN TEMP/S Below 40°C (104°F) INT/A TEMP SE Below 40°C (104°F) Difference between “COOLAN TEMP/S” and “INT/A TEMP SE” Within 6°C (11°F) E If they are within the specified range, go to following steps. If they are out of the specified range, soak the vehicle to met the above conditions. Then go to following steps. NOTE: • Do not turn ignition switch OFF. • If it is supposed to need a long period of time, do not deplete the battery. 11. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes. 12. Check 1st trip DTC. 13. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-849, "Diagnosis Procedure". F G H WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. Diagnosis Procedure I INFOID:0000000005450786 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS J 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. K L M 2.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR BBIA0760E N Refer to EC-850, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor. O 3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT P Refer to EC-152. Refer to EC-299, "Wiring Diagram". >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-849 2010 Sentra DTC P0196 EOT SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005450787 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. Check resistance between engine oil temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure. PBIB2005E Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] 2. Resistance (kΩ) 20 (68) 2.37 - 2.63 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 If NG, replace engine oil temperature sensor. SEF012P Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005450788 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EM-80, "Component". Revision: January 2010 EC-850 2010 Sentra DTC P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR A Component Description INFOID:0000000005522752 The engine oil temperature sensor is used to detect the engine oil temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine oil temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases. EC C D SEF594K E F Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ −10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4 20 (68) 3.5 2.37 - 2.63 50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260 110 (230) 0.6 0.143 - 0.153 150 (302) 0.3 0.050 - 0.065 G H SEF012P I *: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 27 (Engine oil temperature sensor) and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005522753 K Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detecting Condition P0197 0197 Engine oil temperature sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. P0198 0198 Engine oil temperature sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. DTC No. Possible Cause L • Harness or connectors (Engine oil temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Engine oil temperature sensor M N DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005522754 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. 1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-852, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 J EC-851 2010 Sentra O P DTC P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005483781 AABWA0303GB Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005522756 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: January 2010 EC-852 2010 Sentra DTC P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-157, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] A EC C 2.CHECK EOT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. BBIA0760E D Disconnect engine oil temperature (EOT) sensor harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between EOT sensor terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. E F Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G H 3.CHECK EOT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. PBIB0080E I Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 12 and ECT sensor terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. J Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K L 4.CHECK ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-853, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace engine oil temperature sensor. M N 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. O >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005522757 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR Revision: January 2010 EC-853 2010 Sentra P DTC P0197, P0198 EOT SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Check resistance between engine oil temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure. PBIB2005E 2. Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ) 20 (68) 2.37 - 2.63 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 If NG, replace engine oil temperature sensor. SEF012P Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005522758 ENGINE OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EM-80, "Component". Revision: January 2010 EC-854 2010 Sentra DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR A Component Description INFOID:0000000005285379 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition. EC C D PBIB0145E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285380 Specification data are reference values. F Monitor item TP SEN 1-B1 TP SEN 2-B1* Condition Specification • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V On Board Diagnosis Logic G H *: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal. INFOID:0000000005285381 I These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic. DTC No. E Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause P0222 0222 Throttle position sensor 1 circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 1 is sent to ECM. P0223 0223 Throttle position sensor 1 circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 1 is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) (APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.) • Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1) • Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 2) J K L FAIL-SAFE MODE When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. M Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor. DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285382 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle. 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. 3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-857, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-855 2010 Sentra N O P DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285383 ABBWA0163GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-856 2010 Sentra DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 33 34 WIRE COLOR Y/B R/W ITEM Throttle position sensor 1 Throttle position sensor 2 CONDITION [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully released DATA (DC Voltage) A EC More than 0.36 V C [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully released Less than 4.75 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 0.36 V D E 36 BR/W Sensor ground (Throttle position sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V 72 BR Sensor power supply (Throttle position sensor) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V F G H Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285384 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS I 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. J K L 2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. BBIA0760E M Disconnect electric throttle control actuator (1) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. N O P BBIA0753E Revision: January 2010 EC-857 2010 Sentra DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors. PBIB3311E 3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 36 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 4. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 33 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR Refer to EC-858, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6. 6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. 3. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning". >> INSPECTION END 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-706. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285385 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Revision: January 2010 EC-858 2010 Sentra DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". A 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Set shift lever to D position (CVT) or 1st position (M/T). 5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 33 (TP sensor 1 signal), EC 34 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions. Terminal Accelerator pedal 33 (Throttle position sensor 1) Fully released More than 0.36 V Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V 34 (Throttle position sensor 2) Fully released Less than 4.75 V Fully depressed More than 0.36 V 6. 7. 8. C Voltage If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next step. Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Removal and Installation D PBIB3038E E F INFOID:0000000005285386 G ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR Refer to EM-18. H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-859 2010 Sentra DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285387 When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring. Sensor Input Signal to ECM Crankshaft position sensor (POS) ECM function Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions. 1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage) On the 1st trip, when a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to overheating, the MIL will blink. When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor (POS) signal every 200 engine revolutions for a change. When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off. If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink. When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on. If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again. 2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration) For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only light when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 1,000 engine revolutions. A misfire malfunction can be detected on any one cylinder or on multiple cylinders. DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P0300 0300 Multiple cylinder misfire detected Multiple cylinder misfire. P0301 0301 No.1 cylinder misfire detected No. 1 cylinder misfires. P0302 0302 No. 2 cylinder misfire detected No. 2 cylinder misfires. P0303 0303 No. 3 cylinder misfire detected No. 3 cylinder misfires. P0304 0304 No. 4 cylinder misfire detected No. 4 cylinder misfires. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • • • • • • • • • • • Improper spark plug Insufficient compression Incorrect fuel pressure Fuel injector circuit is open or shorted Fuel injector Intake air leak The ignition signal circuit is open or shorted Lack of fuel Drive plate or flywheel Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Incorrect PCV hose connection INFOID:0000000005285388 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driving. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Restart engine and let it idle for about 15 minutes. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-861, "Diagnosis Procedure". NOTE: If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised. Revision: January 2010 EC-860 2010 Sentra DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain time. Refer to table below. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. A EC The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following condition should be satisfied at the same time: Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH) Basic fuel schedule Basic fuel schedule in the freeze frame data × (1 ± 0.1) C D When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), T should be lower than 70°C (158°F) Engine coolant temperature (T) condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), T should be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F) The time to driving varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data. Refer to the following table. Engine speed E F Time Around 1,000 rpm Approximately 10 minutes Around 2,000 rpm Approximately 5 minutes More than 3,000 rpm Approximately 3.5 minutes G H WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285389 I 1.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE J 1. Start engine and run it at idle speed. 2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak. 3. Check PCV hose connection. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace. K 2.CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING L Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace. M 3.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST 1. 2. N With CONSULT-III Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. Is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary engine speed drop? Without CONSULT-III O P Revision: January 2010 EC-861 2010 Sentra DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > When disconnecting each fuel injector (1) harness connector one at a time, is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary engine speed drop? PBIA9870J Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 4. No >> GO TO 9. 4.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR Does each fuel injector make an operating sound at idle? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 5. No >> Check fuel injector(s) and circuit(s). Refer to EC-1089. PBIB3332E 5.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I CAUTION: Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove fuel pump fuse (1) in IPDM E/R (2) to release fuel pressure. NOTE: Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following procedure. : Vehicle front 3. Start engine. 4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF. 6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils. 7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked. 8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder. 9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. 10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 – 17 mm (0.52 – 0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion as shown in the figure. 11. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion. PBIB2958E Spark should be generated. CAUTION: JMBIA0066GB Revision: January 2010 EC-862 2010 Sentra DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil within 50 cm. Be careful not to get an electrical shock while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage becomes 20 kV or A more. • It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is taken. NOTE: EC When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning. OK or NG C OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> GO TO 6. 6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II D 1. 2. 3. E Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect spark plug and connect a known-good spark plug. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion. Spark should be generated. F OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-1099. G 7.CHECK SPARK PLUG Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc. OK or NG OK >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to MA-27, "SPARK PLUG : Removal and Installation". NG >> 1. Repair or clean spark plug. 2. GO TO 8. H I J SEF156I 8.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III 1. 2. Reconnect the initial spark plugs. Crank engine for about three seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded portion. Spark should be generated. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to MA-27, "SPARK PLUG : Removal and Installation". K L M N 9.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE O Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-65, "On-Vehicle Service". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets. P 10.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE 1. 2. 3. Install all removed parts. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-656, "Fuel Pressure Check". Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-656, "Fuel Pressure Check". Revision: January 2010 EC-863 2010 Sentra DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> GO TO 11. 11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-1094.) • Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-656, "Fuel Pressure Check".) • Fuel lines (Refer to EM-36.) • Fuel filter for clogging >> Repair or replace. 12.CHECK IGNITION TIMING Check the following items. Refer to EC-648, "Basic Inspection". Items Specifications CVT: 675 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) Target idle speed M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) CVT: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position) Ignition timing M/T: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> Follow the EC-648, "Basic Inspection". 13.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector (1). Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (2) Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram. A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal 1 49 2 53 BBIA0764E Continuity should exist. 5. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 49, 53 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should not exist. 6. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 14.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER Refer to EC-726, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 16. Revision: January 2010 EC-864 2010 Sentra DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > NG >> GO TO 15. 15.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 A Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a EC hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. C >> INSPECTION END 16.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR 1. 2. With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check mass air flow sensor signal in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. At idling At 2,500 rpm 1. 2. D E : 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec : 2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec F With GST Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST. At idling At 2,500 rpm G : 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec : 2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec H OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or ground. Refer to EC-739. I 17.CHECK SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART J Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-666, "Symptom Matrix Chart". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 18. NG >> Repair or replace. K 18.ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC L Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set. Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". M >> GO TO 19. 19.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT N Refer to EC-706. O >> INSPECTION END P Revision: January 2010 EC-865 2010 Sentra DTC P0327, P0328 KS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0327, P0328 KS Component Description INFOID:0000000005285390 The knock sensor (1) is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM. • : Vehicle front PBIB3264E On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285391 The MIL will not light up for these self-diagnoses. DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detected Condition P0327 0327 Knock sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. P0328 0328 Knock sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible Cause • Harness or connectors (Knock sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Knock sensor INFOID:0000000005285392 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle. 1. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-868, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-866 2010 Sentra DTC P0327, P0328 KS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285393 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0164GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-867 2010 Sentra P DTC P0327, P0328 KS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR 37 W Knock sensor [Engine is running] • Idle speed 40 GR Sensor ground (Knock sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed ITEM CONDITION Diagnosis Procedure DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 2.5 V Approximately 0 V INFOID:0000000005285394 1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check resistance between ECM terminal 37 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. NOTE: It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ. Resistance: Approximately 532 - 588 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)] 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. Disconnect knock sensor (1) harness connector. : Vehicle front Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 37 and knock sensor terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. PBIB3264E 3.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR Refer to EC-869, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace knock sensor. 4.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". • : Vehicle front • Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. BBIA0760E Revision: January 2010 EC-868 2010 Sentra DTC P0327, P0328 KS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. A Reconnect knock sensor harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 40 and knock sensor terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. EC Continuity should exist 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. C D 6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-706. E >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285395 F KNOCK SENSOR 1. G Check resistance between knock sensor terminal 1 and ground. NOTE: It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ. H Resistance: Approximately 532 - 588 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)] 2. CAUTION: Do not use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones. If NG, replace knock sensor. Removal and Installation I SEF227W J INFOID:0000000005285396 K KNOCK SENSOR Refer to EM-80. L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-869 2010 Sentra DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) Component Description INFOID:0000000005285397 The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the cylinder block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at the end of the crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution. The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change. The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes. The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution. ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure. PBIA9209J PBIB2997E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285398 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item ENG SPEED Condition • Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indication. On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. P0335 0335 Trouble diagnosis name Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit Specification Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication. INFOID:0000000005285399 DTC detecting condition Possible cause • The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not detected by the ECM during the first few seconds of engine cranking. • The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft position sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM while the engine is running. • The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not in the normal pattern during engine running. • Harness or connectors [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is open or shorted.] (Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit is shorted.) (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is sorted.) • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Accelerator pedal position sensor • Refrigerant pressure sensor • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Signal plate DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285400 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Revision: January 2010 EC-870 2010 Sentra DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with ignition switch ON. A 1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. EC 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-872, "Diagnosis Procedure". Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285401 C D E F G H I J K L M N O P ABBWA0165GB Revision: January 2010 EC-871 2010 Sentra DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 4.0 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle. 61 W Crankshaft position sensor (POS) PBIB2998E Approximately 4.0 V [Engine is running] • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm PBIB2999E 62 R Sensor ground [Crankshaft position sensor (POS)] [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V 74 G/W Sensor power supply (Refrigerant pressure sensor) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 75 Y Sensor power supply [Crankshaft position sensor (POS)] [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 76 V/W EVAP control system pressure sensor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 102 BR/Y Sensor power supply (APP sensor 2) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285402 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I Revision: January 2010 EC-872 BBIA0760E 2010 Sentra DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) (1) harness connector. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. A EC C PBIB3326E D 3. Check voltage between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. E Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> GO TO 3. F G PBIB3312E 3.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. H Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 and ECM terminal 75. Refer to Wiring Diagram. I Continuity should exist. J OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit. K 4.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. ECM terminal Sensor terminal L Reference Wiring Diagram 74 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-1109, "Wiring Diagram" 75 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1 EC-871, "Wiring Diagram" 76 EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal3 EC-930, "Wiring Diagram" 102 APP sensor terminal 5 EC-1052, "Wiring Diagram" M N OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. O 5.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to MTC-27. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. P 6.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-934, "Component Inspection". OK or NG Revision: January 2010 EC-873 2010 Sentra DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] 7.CHECK APP SENSOR Refer to EC-1055, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> GO TO 8. 8.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. 4. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning". >> INSPECTION END 9.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 2 and ECM terminal 62. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 10.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 3 and ECM terminal 61. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 11.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) Refer to EC-875, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). 12.CHECK GEAR TOOTH Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> Replace the signal plate. 13.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-706. >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-874 2010 Sentra DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285403 A CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) 1. 2. 3. 4. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector. Remove the sensor. Visually check the sensor for chipping. EC C D E PBIA9210J 5. F Check resistance as shown in the figure. Terminal No. (Polarity) G Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 1 (+) - 2 (-) 1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞ Ω H 2 (+) - 3 (-) 6. If NG, replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). I PBIA9584J Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285404 J CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) Refer to EM-80. K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-875 2010 Sentra DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) Component Description INFOID:0000000005285405 The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the protrusion of camshaft (INT) to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position. When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoperative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various controls of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification signals. The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change. The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes. ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure. PBIA9875J PBIB2997E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285406 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item ENG SPEED Condition Specification • Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indication. On Board Diagnosis Logic Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication. INFOID:0000000005285407 NOTE: If DTC P0340 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-976. DTC No. P0340 0340 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit • The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for the first few seconds during engine cranking. • The cylinder No. signal is not set to ECM during engine running. • The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal pattern during engine running. • Harness or connectors [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit is open or shorted.] • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) • Camshaft (INT) • Starter motor (Refer to SC-11.) • Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-11.) • Dead (Weak) battery DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285408 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with ignition switch ON. 1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. Revision: January 2010 EC-876 2010 Sentra DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Check 1st trip DTC. A 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-878, "Diagnosis Procedure". If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step. 4. Maintain engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds. EC 5. Check 1st trip DTC. 6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-878, "Diagnosis Procedure". Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285409 C D E F G H I J K L M N O P BBWA2885E Revision: January 2010 EC-877 2010 Sentra DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM 63 B/R Sensor ground [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)] CONDITION [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 0 V 1.0 - 2.0 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle. 65 R Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) PBIB2986E 1.0 - 2.0 V [Engine is running] • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm. PBIB2987E 78 G/Y Sensor power supply [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)] [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285410 1.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM Turn ignition switch to START position. Does the engine turn over? Does the starter motor operate? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> Check starting system. (Refer to SC-11.) 2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: January 2010 EC-878 2010 Sentra DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] A EC C 3.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. BBIA0760E D Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) (1) harness connector. : Vehicle front Turn ignition switch ON. E F G PBIB3327E H 3. Check voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. I Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J K 4.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. PBIB3312E L Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 2 and ECM terminal 63. Refer to Wiring Diagram. M Continuity should exist. N 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. O 1. P 5.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT Check harness continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 3 and ECM terminal 65. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. Revision: January 2010 EC-879 2010 Sentra DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) Refer to EC-880, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). 7.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE) Check the following. • Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft (1) rear end • Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft rear end or replace camshaft. PBIA9557J 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-706. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285411 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) 1. 2. 3. 4. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector. Remove the sensor. Visually check the sensor for chipping. PBIA9876J 5. Check resistance as shown in the figure. Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 1 (+) - 2 (-) 1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞ Ω 2 (+) - 3 (-) 6. If NG, replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). PBIA9584J Revision: January 2010 EC-880 2010 Sentra DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285412 A CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) Refer to EM-50. EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-881 2010 Sentra DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285413 The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2. A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2. As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2 switching frequency will increase. When the frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2 approaches a specified limit value, the three way catalyst (manifold) malfunction is diagnosed. SEF484YB DTC No. P0420 0420 Trouble diagnosis name Catalyst system efficiency below threshold DTC detecting condition • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not operate properly. • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have enough oxygen storage capacity. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • • • • • • • Three way catalyst (manifold) Exhaust tube Intake air leaks Fuel injector Fuel injector leaks Spark plug Improper ignition timing INFOID:0000000005285414 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. WITH CONSULT-III TESTING CONDITION: Do not hold engine speed for more than the specified minutes below. 1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 5. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 6. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F). If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F). 7. Open engine hood. 8. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. 9. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the accelerator pedal completely. If “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changed to “CMPLT”, go to step 12. 10. Wait 5 seconds at idle. 11. Rev engine up to 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (It will take approximately 5 minutes). If not “CMPLT”, stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C (158°F) and then retest from step 1. 12. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III. 13. Confirm that 1st trip DTC is not detected. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-883, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-882 2010 Sentra DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000005285415 A Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. EC WITH GST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Open engine hood. Set voltmeter probe between ECM terminals 50 HO2S2 signal and ground. Keep engine speed at 2,500 rpm constant under no load. Make sure that the voltage does not vary for more than 5 seconds. If the voltage fluctuation cycle takes less than 5 seconds, go to EC-883, "Diagnosis Procedure". • 1 cycle: 0.6 - 1.0 → 0 - 0.3 → 0.6 - 1.0 C D E F G PBIB2996E Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285416 1.CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM H Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dent. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace. J 1. 2. K I 2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK Start engine and run it at idle. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst (manifold). L M PBIB1216E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace. O 3.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace. P 4.CHECK IGNITION TIMING Check the following items. Refer to EC-648, "Basic Inspection". Revision: January 2010 N EC-883 2010 Sentra DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Items Target idle speed Ignition timing Specifications CVT: 675 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) M/T: 700 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) CVT: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position) M/T: 6 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Follow the EC-648, "Basic Inspection". 5.CHECK FUEL INJECTORS 1. 2. 3. 4. Stop engine and turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminals 25, 29, 30, 31 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Refer to Wiring Diagram for fuel injectors, EC-1090, "Wiring Diagram". Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Perform EC-1091, "Diagnosis Procedure". 6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I CAUTION: Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove fuel pump fuse (1) in IPDM E/R (2) to release fuel pressure. NOTE: Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following procedure. : Vehicle front 3. Start engine. 4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF. 6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils. 7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked. 8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder. 9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. 10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 – 17 mm (0.52 – 0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion as shown in the figure. 11. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion. PBIB2958E Spark should be generated. CAUTION: • Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil JMBIA0066GB within 50cm. Be careful not to get an electrical shock while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage becomes 20kV or more. • It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is taken. NOTE: Revision: January 2010 EC-884 2010 Sentra DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning. A OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 7. EC CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II 7. 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect spark plug and connect a known-good spark plug. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion. C D Spark should be generated. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-1099. E 8.CHECK SPARK PLUG F Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc. OK or NG OK >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to MA-27, "SPARK PLUG : Removal and Installation". NG >> 1. Repair or clean spark plug. 2. GO TO 9. G H I SEF156I 9.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III 1. 2. Reconnect the initial spark plugs. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded portion. J K Spark should be generated. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to MA-27, "SPARK PLUG : Removal and Installation". 10.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove fuel injector assembly. Refer to EM-36. Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube. 3. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. 4. Reconnect all fuel injector harness connectors disconnected. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. Make sure fuel does not drip from fuel injector. OK or NG OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 11. NG (Drips.)>>Replace the fuel injector(s) from which fuel is dripping. O P Refer to EC-706. EC-885 M N 11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Revision: January 2010 L 2010 Sentra DTC P0420 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION < SERVICE INFORMATION > Trouble is fixed.>>INSPECTION END Trouble is not fixed.>>Replace three way catalyst (manifold). Revision: January 2010 EC-886 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] 2010 Sentra DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM System Description A INFOID:0000000005285417 NOTE: EC If DTC P0441 is displayed with other DTC such as P2122, P2123 P2127, P2128, P2138, first perform trouble diagnosis for other DTC. C D E F G PBIB3640E In this evaporative emission (EVAP) control system, purge flow occurs during non-closed throttle conditions. Purge volume is related to air intake volume. Under normal purge conditions (non-closed throttle), the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is open to admit purge flow. Purge flow exposes the EVAP control system pressure sensor to intake manifold vacuum. On Board Diagnosis Logic P0441 0441 Trouble diagnosis name EVAP control system incorrect purge flow J K DTC detecting condition Possible cause • EVAP control system does not operate properly. • EVAP control system has a leak between intake manifold and EVAP control system pressure sensor. • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve stuck closed • EVAP control system pressure sensor and the circuit • Loose, disconnected or improper connection of rubber tube • Blocked rubber tube • Cracked EVAP canister • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit • Accelerator pedal position sensor • Blocked purge port • EVAP canister vent control valve • Drain filter DTC Confirmation Procedure L M N O INFOID:0000000005285419 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more. WITH CONSULT-III Revision: January 2010 I INFOID:0000000005285418 Under normal conditions (non-closed throttle), sensor output voltage indicates if pressure drop and purge flow are adequate. If not, a malfunction is determined. DTC No. H EC-887 2010 Sentra P DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 70 seconds. 4. Select “PURG FLOW P0441” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-III. 5. Touch “START”. If “COMPLETED” is displayed, go to step 7. 6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take at least 35 seconds.) Shift lever Suitable position VHCL SPEED SE 32 - 120 km/h (20 - 75 MPH) ENG SPEED 500 - 3,800 rpm B/FUEL SCHDL 1.0 - 10.0 msec COOLAN TEMP/S More than 0°C (32 °F) 7. If TESTING is not changed for a long time, retry from step 2. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-888, "Diagnosis Procedure". Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000005285420 Use this procedure to check the overall monitoring function of the EVAP control system purge flow monitoring. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. WITH GST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Lift up drive wheels. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and wait at least 70 seconds. Set voltmeter probes to ECM terminals 42 (EVAP control system pressure sensor signal) and ground. Check EVAP control system pressure sensor value at idle speed and note it. Establish and maintain the following conditions for at least 1 minute. Air conditioner switch ON Headlamp switch ON Rear window defogger switch ON Engine speed Approx. 3,000 rpm Shift lever Any position other than P, N or R 8. 9. PBIB3313E Verify that EVAP control system pressure sensor value stays 0.1 V less than the value at idle speed (measured at step 6) for at least 1 second. If NG, go to EC-888, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285421 1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check EVAP canister for cracks. OK or NG OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 2. OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 3. NG >> Replace EVAP canister. 2.CHECK PURGE FLOW Revision: January 2010 EC-888 2010 Sentra DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. With CONSULT-III Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP ser- A vice port and install vacuum gauge. For the location of EVAP service port, refer to EC-600, "Description". Start engine and let it idle. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. EC Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to adjust “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening and check vacuum existence. C PURG VOL CONT/V VACUUM 100% Should exist. 0% Should not exist. D OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 4. E 3.CHECK PURGE FLOW 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Stop engine. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port and install vacuum gauge. For the location of EVAP service port, refer to EC-600, "Description". Start engine and let it idle. Do not depress accelerator pedal even slightly. Check vacuum gauge indication before 60 seconds passed after starting engine. Vacuum should not exist. 6. F G H I Revving engine up to 2,000 rpm after 100 seconds passed after starting engine. Vacuum should exist. J OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 4. K 4.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check EVAP purge line for improper connection or disconnection. Refer to EC-600, "Description". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair it. L M 5.CHECK EVAP PURGE HOSE AND PURGE PORT 1. 2. N Disconnect purge hoses connected to EVAP service port A and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve B. Blow air into each hose and EVAP purge port C. O P SEF367U Revision: January 2010 EC-889 2010 Sentra DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check that air flows freely. OK or NG OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 6. OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or clean hoses and/or purge port. [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] 6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE SEF368U With CONSULT-III Start engine. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 7. 1. 2. 7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EC-912, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. 8.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR 1. 2. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector. Check connectors for water. Water should not exist OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. 9.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION Refer to EC-928 for DTC P0452 and EC-935 for DTC P0453. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. 10.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING 1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. 2. Check the rubber tube for clogging. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower. 11.CHECK DRAIN FILTER Refer to EC-891, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> Replace drain filter. 12.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Refer to EC-917, "Component Inspection". Revision: January 2010 EC-890 2010 Sentra DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] A 13.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE EC Inspect EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube). Check for evidence of leaks. Refer to EC-600, "Description". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG >> Replace it. C 14.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE D Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower. E >> GO TO 15. 15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-706. F >> INSPECTION END G Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285422 DRAIN FILTER 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. H Check visually for insect nests in the drain filter air inlet. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B. Block port B. Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage. If NG, replace drain filter. I J K L PBIB3641E M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-891 2010 Sentra DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285423 This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP purge line using engine intake manifold vacuum. If pressure does not increase, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve, under the following Vacuum test conditions. The EVAP canister vent control valve is closed to shut the EVAP purge line off. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve will then be opened to depressurize the EVAP purge line using intake manifold vacuum. After this occurs, the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve will be closed. PBIB3640E DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause • • • • • • P0442 0442 EVAP control system small leak detected (negative pressure) EVAP control system has a leak, EVAP control system does not operate properly. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve Incorrect fuel filler cap used Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close. Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap. Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control valve. EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks EVAP purge line rubber tube bent Loose or disconnected rubber tube EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and the circuit Fuel tank temperature sensor O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing or damaged Drain filter EVAP canister is saturated with water EVAP control system pressure sensor Fuel level sensor and the circuit Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve ORVR system leaks CAUTION: • Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on. • If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on. • Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement. Revision: January 2010 EC-892 2010 Sentra DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285424 A NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. EC TESTING CONDITION: • Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is placed on flat level surface. C • Always perform test at a temperature of 0 to 10°C (32 to 140°F). • Open engine hood before conducting following procedure. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check the following conditions are met. COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 100°C (32 - 212°F) INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60°C (32 - 140°F) Select “EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Follow the instruction displayed. NOTE: If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, go to EC-648, "Basic Inspection". Make sure that “OK” is displayed. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-893, "Diagnosis Procedure". D E F G H WITH GST NOTE: Be sure to read the explanation of Driving Pattern on EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information" before driving vehicle. 1. Start engine. 2. Drive vehicle according to Driving Pattern, EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information" 3. Stop vehicle. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ignition switch ON. 5. Select Service $07 with GST. If P0442 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-893, "Diagnosis Procedure". If P0441 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-888, "Diagnosis Procedure" for DTC P0441. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285425 I J K L 1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap. M N O P SEF915U 2.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower. Revision: January 2010 EC-893 2010 Sentra DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Retighten until reteaching sound is heard. [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] 3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE Refer to EC-602, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one. 5.INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port securely. For the location of EVAP service port (2), refer to EC-600, "Description". • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (1) • : Vehicle front NOTE: Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause leaking. BBIA0703E SEF916U With CONSULT-III>>GO TO 6. Without CONSULT-III>>GO TO 7. 6.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph. CAUTION: • Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump. • Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system. Revision: January 2010 EC-894 2010 Sentra DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. A Refer to EC-600, "Description". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. EC NG >> Repair or replace. C SEF200U 7.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK D Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts until the end of test.) This illustration is a view from under vehicle EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) EVAP canister (2) EVAP canister vent control valve (3) 3. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7 kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg), then remove pump and EVAP service port adapter. CAUTION: • Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump. • Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system. 1. 2. E F G H BBIA0693E I 4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer to EC-600, "Description". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair or replace. J K L SEF200U 8.CHECK DRAIN FILTER M Refer to EC-898, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace drain filter. N 9.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE O Check the following, • EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly. Refer to EC-604, "Removal and Installation". • EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to EC-917, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring. P 10.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER Revision: January 2010 EC-895 2010 Sentra DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. 2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 11. No (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 13. No (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 14. PBIB1213E 11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensorattached. The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb). OK or NG OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 13. OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 14. NG >> GO TO 12. 12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • EVAP canister for damage • EVAP hose connected to EVAP canister for clogging or poor connection >> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. 13.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. With CONSULT-III Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. Start engine. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to increase “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening to 100%. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm. Vacuum should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 16. NG >> GO TO 15. 14.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Stop engine. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm. Vacuum should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> GO TO 15. 15.CHECK VACUUM HOSE Revision: January 2010 EC-896 2010 Sentra DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-676, "Vacuum Hose Drawing". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 16. NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose. 16.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE A EC Refer to EC-912, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. C 17.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR D Refer to EC-843, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 18. NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. E 18.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR F Refer to EC-934, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 19. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. G 19.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection. Refer to EC-600. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 20. NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose. 20.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE H I J Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower. K >> GO TO 21. 21.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and improper connection. For location, refer to EC-607. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 22. NG >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes. 22.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and improper connection. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 23. NG >> Repair or replace hoses, tubes or filler neck tube. 23.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE 24.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR Refer to FL-6. EC-897 M N O P Refer to EC-610, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 24. NG >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. Revision: January 2010 L 2010 Sentra DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> GO TO 25. NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. 25.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-706. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285426 DRAIN FILTER 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Check visually for insect nests in the drain filter air inlet. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B. Block port B. Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage. If NG, replace drain filter. PBIB3641E Revision: January 2010 EC-898 2010 Sentra DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Description INFOID:0000000005285427 A EC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Sensor Input Signal to ECM Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1 Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Battery Battery voltage*1 Throttle position sensor Throttle position Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas (Mixture ratio feedback signal) Fuel tank temperature sensor Fuel temperature in fuel tank ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Combination meter ECM function C Actuator D E EVAP canister purge flow control EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve F G Vehicle speed*2 H *1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. *2: This signal is sent to the ECM though CAN communication line. This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass passage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION I J K The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/ OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve. L M PBIA9215J CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285428 O Specification data are reference values. Monitor item PURG VOL C/V Revision: January 2010 Condition • • • • N Engine: After warming up Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Idle (Accelerator pedal is not depressed even slightly, after engine starting) 2,000 rpm EC-899 Specification 0% 0 - 50% 2010 Sentra P DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. P0443 0443 INFOID:0000000005285429 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition A) The canister purge flow is detected during the vehicle is stopped while the engine is running, even when EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is completely closed. B) The canister purge flow is detected during the specified driving conditions, even when EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is completely closed. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Possible cause • EVAP control system pressure sensor • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is stuck open.) • EVAP canister vent control valve • Drain filter • EVAP canister • Hoses (Hoses are connected incorrectly or clogged.) DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285430 Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A TESTING CONDITION: • Perform "DTC Confirmation Procedure" when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is placed on flat level surface. • Always perform test at a temperature of 5 to 60°C (41 to 140°F). • Cool the vehicle so that engine coolant temperature becomes same level as ambient temperature. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON and select "DATA MONITOR" mode with CONSULT-III. Check that the following condition are met. FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 – 35°C (32 – 95°F) Start engine and wait at least 60 seconds. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-903, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch ON. Set voltmeter probes to ECM terminal 43 (FTT sensor signal) and ground. Check that the voltage is 3.1 – 4.2 V. Start engine and wait at least 60 seconds. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-903, "Diagnosis Procedure". PBIB0679E PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more. WITH CONSULT-III Revision: January 2010 EC-900 2010 Sentra DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. A 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Select “PURG VOL CN/V P1444” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with EC CONSULT-III. 5. Touch “START”. 6. Start engine and let it idle until “TESTING” on CONSULT-III changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take C approximately 10 seconds.) If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2. 7. Make sure that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to ECD 903, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and let it idle for at least 20 seconds. Select Service $07 with GST. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-903, "Diagnosis Procedure". E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-901 2010 Sentra DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285431 AABWA0242GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-902 2010 Sentra DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A EC BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) C [Engine is running] • Idle speed • Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even slightly, after engine starting. 9 W/B D EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve PBIB0050E E Approximately 10 V F [Engine is running] • Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm (More than 100 seconds after starting engine) G PBIB0520E 32 105 R/G G ECM relay (Self shut-off) Power supply for ECM [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF H 0 - 1.0 V [Ignition switch: OFF] • More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) I J : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285432 K 1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. L Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (1) harness connector. EVAP service port (2) : Vehicle front Turn ignition switch ON. M N O BBIA0703E P Revision: January 2010 EC-903 2010 Sentra DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2. PBIB0080E 2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E17, F10 • Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R • Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 9 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR 1. 2. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector. This illustration is a view from under vehicle EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) EVAP canister (2) EVAP canister vent control valve (3) Check connectors for water. Water should not exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. BBIA0693E 5.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-934, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 6. OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 7. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. 6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: January 2010 EC-904 2010 Sentra DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. 3. Start engine. A 4. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening. OK or NG EC OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 7. 7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE C Refer to EC-906, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. D 8.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING E 1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. 2. Check the rubber tube for clogging. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower. F 9.CHECK DRAIN FILTER G Refer to EC-891, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Replace drain filter. H 10.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE I Refer to EC-917, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. J 11.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER K 1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached. 2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister? YES or NO YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> GO TO 14. L M N PBIB1213E 12.CHECK EVAP CANISTER O Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG >> GO TO 13. 13.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Revision: January 2010 EC-905 2010 Sentra P DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check the following. • EVAP canister for damage • EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection >> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. 14.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-706. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285433 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE WITH CONSULT-III Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions. Condition (PURG VOL CONT/V value) Air passage continuity between A and B 100% Yes 0% No PBIA9668J WITHOUT CONSULT-III Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions. Condition Air passage continuity between A and B 12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Yes No supply No PBIA9560J Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285434 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EM-18. Revision: January 2010 EC-906 2010 Sentra DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Description INFOID:0000000005285435 A EC SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Sensor Input Signal to ECM Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1 Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Battery Battery voltage*1 Throttle position sensor Throttle position Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas (Mixture ratio feedback signal) Fuel tank temperature sensor Fuel temperature in fuel tank ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Combination meter Vehicle speed* ECM function Actuator C D EVAP canister purge flow control EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve E F G 2 H *1: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signal of engine speed and battery voltage. *2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass passage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes. I J COMPONENT DESCRIPTION The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/ OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve. K L M PBIA9215J CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Specification data are reference values. Monitor item PURG VOL C/V O Condition • • • • Engine: After warming up Shift lever: N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Revision: January 2010 N INFOID:0000000005285436 Idle (Accelerator pedal is not depressed even slightly, after engine starting) 2,000 rpm EC-907 Specification P 0% 0 - 50% 2010 Sentra DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name INFOID:0000000005285437 DTC detecting condition Possible cause P0444 0444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit open An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the valve • Harness or connectors (EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.) • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve P0445 0445 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit shorted An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the valve • Harness or connectors (EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit is shorted.) • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285438 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. 1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-910, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-908 2010 Sentra DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285439 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O AABWA0242GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-909 2010 Sentra P DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Engine is running] • Idle speed • Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even slightly, after engine starting. 9 W/B EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve PBIB0050E Approximately 10 V [Engine is running] • Engine speed: About 2,000 rpm (More than 100 seconds after starting engine) PBIB0520E 32 105 R/G G ECM relay (Self shut-off) Power supply for ECM [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF 0 - 1.0 V [Ignition switch: OFF] • More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285440 1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (1) harness connector. EVAP canister port (2) Turn ignition switch ON. BBIA0703E Revision: January 2010 EC-910 2010 Sentra DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage A EC OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2. C SEF206W 2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART D Check the following. • Harness connectors E17, F10 • Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R • Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM E F >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 9 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. G H I 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 4. OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J 4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION K With CONSULT-III Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Start engine. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. 1. 2. 3. L M 5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE N Refer to EC-912, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. O 6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT P Refer to EC-706. >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-911 2010 Sentra DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285441 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE WITH CONSULT-III Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions. Condition (PURG VOL CONT/V value) Air passage continuity between A and B 100% Yes 0% No PBIA9668J WITHOUT CONSULT-III Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions. Condition Air passage continuity between A and B 12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Yes No supply No PBIA9560J Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285442 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EM-18. Revision: January 2010 EC-912 2010 Sentra DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE A Component Description INFOID:0000000005285443 The EVAP canister vent control valve (3) is located on the EVAP canister (2) and is used to seal the canister vent. This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized. A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative emission control system components. This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains opened. When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative emission control system is depressurized and allows EVAP control system diagnoses. • This illustration is a view from under vehicle • EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) EC C D PBIB3642E E F G H BBIA0693E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285444 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item VENT CONT/V I J Condition • Ignition switch: ON Specification OFF K On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285445 L DTC No. P0447 0447 Trouble diagnosis name EVAP canister vent control valve circuit open DTC detecting condition An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM through EVAP canister vent control valve. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (EVAP canister vent control valve circuit is open or shorted.) • EVAP canister vent control valve • Drain filter N DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285446 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. 1. Start engine and wait at least 8 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-915, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 M EC-913 2010 Sentra O P DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285447 AABWA0243GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-914 2010 Sentra DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR 28 L/Y 32 105 R/G G A ITEM EVAP canister vent control valve ECM relay (Self shut-off) Power supply for ECM CONDITION [Ignition switch: ON] [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) C 0 - 1.0 V [Ignition switch: OFF] • More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) Diagnosis Procedure D E INFOID:0000000005285448 F 1.INSPECTION START 1. Do you have CONSULT-III? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> GO TO 3. G H 2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. EC With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF and then turn ON. Select “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Touch “ON/OFF” on CONSULT-III screen. Check for operating sound of the valve. I J Clicking noise should be heard. K OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. L Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve (3) harness connector. This illustration is a view from under vehicle EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) EVAP canister (2) Turn ignition switch ON. M N O BBIA0693E Revision: January 2010 EC-915 2010 Sentra P DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Check voltage between EVAP canister vent control valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. PBIB0080E 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors B9, E13 • Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 28 and EVAP canister vent control valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6. 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING 1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. 2. Check the rubber tube for clogging. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower. 8.CHECK DRAIN FILTER Refer to EC-891, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace drain filter. 9.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Refer to EC-917, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Revision: January 2010 EC-916 2010 Sentra DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A Refer to EC-706. >> INSPECTION END EC Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285449 C EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. D Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister. Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being rusted. If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve. If OK, go to next step. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. 4. E F G PBIB1033E 5. 6. H Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time. Make sure new O-ring is installed properly. Condition VENT CONTROL/V I Air passage continuity between A and B ON No OFF Yes J Operation takes less than 1 second. 7. 8. If NG, go to next step. Clean the air passage (Portion A to B) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower. Perform step 6 again. If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve. K L WITHOUT CONSULT-III 1. 2. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister. Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being rusted. M N O P PBIB1033E Revision: January 2010 EC-917 2010 Sentra DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions. Make sure new O-ring is installed properly. Condition Air passage continuity between A and B 12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 No OFF Yes Operation takes less than 1 second. 4. 5. If NG, go to next step. Clean the air passage (Portion A to B) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower. Perform step 3 again. If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Revision: January 2010 EC-918 PBIB1034E 2010 Sentra DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Component Description A INFOID:0000000005285450 The EVAP canister vent control valve (3) is located on the EVAP canister (2) and is used to seal the canister vent. This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized. A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative emission control system components. This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains opened. When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative emission control system is depressurized and allows EVAP control system diagnoses. • This illustration is a view from under vehicle • EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) EC C D PBIB3642E E F G H BBIA0693E I CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285451 Specification data are reference values. J Monitor item VENT CONT/V Condition Specification • Ignition switch: ON OFF On Board Diagnosis Logic K INFOID:0000000005285452 L DTC No. P0448 0448 Trouble diagnosis name EVAP canister vent control valve close DTC detecting condition EVAP canister vent control valve remains closed under specified driving conditions. Possible cause • EVAP canister vent control valve • EVAP control system pressure sensor and the circuit • Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister vent control valve • EVAP canister is saturated with water • Drain filter DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285453 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Revision: January 2010 EC-919 2010 Sentra M N O P DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 minute. 5. Repeat next procedures three times. a. Increase the engine speed up to 3,000 to 3,500 rpm and keep it for 2 minutes and 50 seconds to 3 minutes. Never exceed 3 minutes. b. Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for about 5 seconds. 6. Check 1st trip DTC. 7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-922, "Diagnosis Procedure". If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to the next step. 8. Repeat next procedure 20 times. a. Quickly increase the engine speed up to 4,000 to 4,500 rpm or more and keep it for 25 to 30 seconds. b. Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for at least 35 seconds. PBIB0972E 9. Check 1st trip DTC. 10. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-922, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. Revision: January 2010 EC-920 2010 Sentra DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285454 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O AABWA0243GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-921 2010 Sentra P DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR 28 L/Y 32 105 R/G G ITEM EVAP canister vent control valve ECM relay (Self shut-off) Power supply for ECM CONDITION [Ignition switch: ON] [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 0 - 1.0 V [Ignition switch: OFF] • More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285455 1.CHECK RUBBER TUBE 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve (3). 3. Check the rubber tube for clogging. This illustration is a view from under vehicle EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) EVAP canister (2) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Clean rubber tube using an air blower. BBIA0693E 2.CHECK DRAIN FILTER Refer to EC-891, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace drain filter. 3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Refer to EC-923, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. 4.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER 1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached. 2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 5. No >> GO TO 7. PBIB1213E Revision: January 2010 EC-922 2010 Sentra DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER A Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb). EC OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6. C DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART 6. Check the following. • EVAP canister for damage • EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection D E >> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. 7.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR 1. 2. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) harness connector. This illustration is a view from under vehicle EVAP canister (2) EVAP canister vent control valve (3) Check connectors for water. F G Water should not exist. H BBIA0693E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. I J 8.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-942, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. K Refer to EC-706. M L 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285456 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE N O WITH CONSULT-III 1. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister. P Revision: January 2010 EC-923 2010 Sentra DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being rusted. If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve. If OK, go to next step. 3. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. PBIB1033E 5. 6. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time. Make sure new O-ring is installed properly. Condition VENT CONTROL/V Air passage continuity between A and B ON No OFF Yes Operation takes less than 1 second. 7. 8. If NG, go to next step. Clean the air passage (Portion A to B) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower. Perform step 6 again. If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve. WITHOUT CONSULT-III 1. 2. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister. Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being rusted. PBIB1033E 3. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions. Make sure new O-ring is installed properly. Condition Air passage continuity between A and B 12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 No OFF Yes Operation takes less than 1 second. 4. 5. If NG, go to next step. Clean the air passage (Portion A to B) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower. Perform step 3 again. If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Revision: January 2010 EC-924 PBIB1034E 2010 Sentra DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Component Description A INFOID:0000000005285457 The EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) detects pressure in the purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pressure increases. • This illustration is a view from under vehicle • EVAP canister (2) • EVAP canister vent control valve (3) EC C D BBIA0693E E F G H PBIB1207E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285458 I Specification data are reference values. J Monitor item EVAP SYS PRES Condition • Ignition switch: ON Specification Approx. 1.8 - 4.8 V K On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285459 L DTC No. P0451 0451 Trouble diagnosis name EVAP control system pressure sensor performance DTC detecting condition Possible cause ECM detects a sloshing signal from the EVAP control system pressure sensor • Harness or connectors [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.] (Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit is shorted.) (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Accelerator pedal position sensor • Refrigerant pressure sensor DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285460 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. 1. Start engine and wait at least 40 seconds. NOTE: Do not depress accelerator pedal even slightly. Revision: January 2010 EC-925 2010 Sentra M N O P DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-926, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285461 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR WATER 1. 2. BBIA0760E Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) harness connector. This illustration is a view from under vehicle EVAP canister (2) EVAP canister vent control valve (3) Check sensor harness connector for water. Water should not exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness connector. BBIA0693E 3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-927, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. 4.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram 74 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-1109, "Wiring Diagram" 75 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1 EC-871, "Wiring Diagram" 76 EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-930, "Wiring Diagram" 102 APP sensor terminal 5 EC-1052, "Wiring Diagram" OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to MTC-27. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. Revision: January 2010 EC-926 2010 Sentra DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 6.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) A Refer to EC-934, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). EC 7.CHECK APP SENSOR C Refer to EC-1055, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> GO TO 8. D 8.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. 4. E Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning". F >> INSPECTION END 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT G Refer to EC-706. For wiring diagram, refer to EC-930, "Wiring Diagram". H >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285462 I EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected from EVAP canister. Always replace O-ring with a new one. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM terminal 42 and ground under the following conditions. Applied vacuum kPa (mmHg, inHg) Voltage Not applied 1.8 - 4.8 V -26.7 (-200, -7.87) 2.1 to 2.5 V lower than above value CAUTION: • Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it. • Do not apply below -93.3 kPa (-700 mmHg, -27.56 inHg) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg). If NG, replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. J K L M PBIB3314E N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-927 2010 Sentra DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005285463 The EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) detects pressure in the purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pressure increases. • This illustration is a view from under vehicle • EVAP canister (2) • EVAP canister vent control valve (3) BBIA0693E PBIB1207E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285464 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item EVAP SYS PRES Condition • Ignition switch: ON Approx. 1.8 - 4.8 V On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. P0452 0452 INFOID:0000000005285465 Trouble diagnosis name EVAP control system pressure sensor low input Specification DTC detecting condition An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • Harness or connectors (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is open or sorted.) [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.] (Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit is shorted.) (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Accelerator pedal position sensor • Refrigerant pressure sensor INFOID:0000000005285466 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more. Revision: January 2010 EC-928 2010 Sentra DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. A Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Make sure that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F). Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-931, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC C WITH GST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check that voltage between ECM terminal 43 (Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.2 V. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds. Select Service $07 with GST. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-931, "Diagnosis Procedure". D E F SEF113U G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-929 2010 Sentra DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285467 ABBWA0166GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-930 2010 Sentra DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR 42 R/Y EVAP control system pressure sensor [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 - 4.8 V 51 V/R Sensor ground (EVAP control system pressure sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V C 74 G/W Sensor power supply (Refrigerant pressure sensor) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V D 75 Y Sensor power supply [Crankshaft position sensor (POS)] [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V E 76 V/W EVAP control system pressure sensor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 102 BR/Y Sensor power supply (APP sensor 2) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V A ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) EC F Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285468 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS G H 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. I J K BBIA0760E 2.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. L Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) harness connector. This illustration is a view from under vehicle EVAP canister (2) EVAP canister vent control valve (3) Check sensor harness connector for water. M N Water should not exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness connector. O BBIA0693E 3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. P Turn ignition switch ON. Revision: January 2010 EC-931 2010 Sentra DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Check voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. PBIB0138E Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 76. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness connectors B9, E13 • Harness for open between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit. 6.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS Check harness for short to power and short to ground between the following terminals. ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram 74 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-1109, "Wiring Diagram" 75 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1 EC-871, "Wiring Diagram" 76 EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-930, "Wiring Diagram" 102 APP sensor terminal 5 EC-1052, "Wiring Diagram" OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to MTC-27. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. 8.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) Refer to EC-934, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). 9.CHECK APP SENSOR Revision: January 2010 EC-932 2010 Sentra DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Refer to EC-1055, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 16. NG >> GO TO 10. A 10.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. 4. EC Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning". C D >> INSPECTION END 11.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 51. Refer to Wiring Diagram. E F Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> GO TO 12. G H 12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness connectors B9, E13 • Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM I J >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 13.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 42 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. K L Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> GO TO 14. M N 14.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness connectors B9, E13 • Harness for open or short between ECM and EVAP control system pressure sensor O P >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 15.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-934, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 16. Revision: January 2010 EC-933 2010 Sentra DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] 16.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-706. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285469 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected from EVAP canister. Always replace O-ring with a new one. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM terminal 42 and ground under the following conditions. Applied vacuum kPa (mmHg, inHg) Voltage Not applied 1.8 - 4.8 V -26.7 (-200, -7.87) 2.1 to 2.5 V lower than above value CAUTION: • Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it. • Do not apply below -93.3 kPa (-700 mmHg, -27.56 inHg) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg). If NG, replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Revision: January 2010 EC-934 PBIB3314E 2010 Sentra DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Component Description A INFOID:0000000005285470 The EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) detects pressure in the purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pressure increases. • This illustration is a view from under vehicle • EVAP canister (2) • EVAP canister vent control valve (3) EC C D BBIA0693E E F G H PBIB1207E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285471 I Specification data are reference values. J Monitor item EVAP SYS PRES Condition • Ignition switch: ON Specification Approx. 1.8 - 4.8 V K On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285472 L DTC No. P0453 0453 Trouble diagnosis name EVAP control system pressure sensor high input Revision: January 2010 DTC detecting condition Possible cause An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is open or sorted.) [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.] (Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit is shorted.) (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Accelerator pedal position sensor • Refrigerant pressure sensor • EVAP canister vent control valve • EVAP canister • Drain filter • Rubber hose to EVAP canister vent control valve EC-935 2010 Sentra M N O P DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285473 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Make sure that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F). Wait at least 10 seconds. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-938, "Diagnosis Procedure" . WITH GST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check that voltage between ECM terminal 43 (Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.2 V. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Wait at least 10 seconds. Select Service $07 with GST. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-938, "Diagnosis Procedure". SEF113U Revision: January 2010 EC-936 2010 Sentra DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285474 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0166GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-937 2010 Sentra P DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR 42 R/Y EVAP control system pressure sensor [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 - 4.8 V 51 V/R Sensor ground (EVAP control system pressure sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V 74 G/W Sensor power supply (Refrigerant pressure sensor) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 75 Y Sensor power supply [Crankshaft position sensor (POS)] [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 76 V/W EVAP control system pressure sensor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 102 BR/Y Sensor power supply (APP sensor 2) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285475 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. BBIA0760E 2.CHECK CONNECTOR 1. 2. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) harness connector. This illustration is a view from under vehicle EVAP canister (2) EVAP canister vent control valve (3) Check sensor harness connector for water. Water should not exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness connector. BBIA0693E 3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. Turn ignition switch ON. Revision: January 2010 EC-938 2010 Sentra DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Check voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. A Voltage: Approximately 5 V EC OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> GO TO 4. C 4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. PBIB0138E D Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 76. Refer to Wiring Diagram. E F Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. G 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness connectors B9, E13 • Harness for open between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM I >> Repair open circuit. 6.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS J Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. ECM terminal Sensor terminal K Reference Wiring Diagram 74 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-1109, "Wiring Diagram" 75 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1 EC-871, "Wiring Diagram" 76 EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal3 EC-930, "Wiring Diagram" 102 APP sensor terminal 5 EC-1052, "Wiring Diagram" L M OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. N 7.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to MTC-27. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. O 8.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) P Refer to EC-934, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). 9.CHECK APP SENSOR Revision: January 2010 EC-939 2010 Sentra DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Refer to EC-1055, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 22. NG >> GO TO 10. 10.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. 4. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning". >> INSPECTION END 11.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 51. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> GO TO 12. 12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness connectors B9, E13 • Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 13.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 42 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> GO TO 14. 14.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness connectors B9, E13 • Harness for open or short between ECM and EVAP control system pressure sensor >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 15.CHECK RUBBER TUBE 1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. 2. Check the rubber tube for clogging, vent and kinked. OK or NG Revision: January 2010 EC-940 2010 Sentra DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> GO TO 16. NG >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower, repair or replace rubber tube. 16.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Refer to EC-917, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. A EC C 17.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-942, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 18. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. D 18.CHECK DRAIN FILTER E Refer to EC-891, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 19. NG >> Replace drain filter. F 19.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER G 1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. 2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 20. No >> GO TO 22. H I J PBIB1213E 20.CHECK EVAP CANISTER Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensorattached. The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 22. NG >> GO TO 21. K L M 21.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART N Check the following. • EVAP canister for damage • EVAP hose connected to EVAP canister for clogging or poor connection O >> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. 22.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT P Refer to EC-706. >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-941 2010 Sentra DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285476 EVAP CONTROL PRESSURE SENSOR 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected from EVAP canister. Always replace O-ring with a new one. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM terminal 42 and ground under the following conditions. Applied vacuum kPa (mmHg, inHg) Voltage Not applied 1.8 - 4.8 V -26.7 (-200, -7.87) 2.1 to 2.5 V lower than above value CAUTION: • Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it. • Do not apply below -93.3 kPa (-700 mmHg, -27.56 inHg) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (760 mmHg, 29.92 inHg). If NG, replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Revision: January 2010 EC-942 PBIB3314E 2010 Sentra DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM On Board Diagnosis Logic A INFOID:0000000005285477 This diagnosis detects a very large leak (fuel filler cap fell off etc.) in EVAP system between the fuel tank and EC EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. C D E F G PBIB3640E DTC No. P0455 0455 Trouble diagnosis name EVAP control system gross leak detected H DTC detecting condition Possible cause • EVAP control system has a very large leak such as fuel filler cap fell off. • EVAP control system does not operate properly. • Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close. • Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve • Incorrect fuel filler cap used • Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap • Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve • Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control valve. • EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks • EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks • EVAP purge line rubber tube bent. • Loose or disconnected rubber tube • EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit • Drain filter • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and the circuit • Fuel tank temperature sensor • O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing or damaged. • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve • ORVR system leaks CAUTION: • Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on. • If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on. • Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement. DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285478 CAUTION: Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC Confirmation Procedure. Revision: January 2010 EC-943 2010 Sentra I J K L M N O P DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: • Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is placed on flat level surface. • Open engine hood before conducting the following procedure. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Tighten fuel filler cap securely until reteaching sound is heard. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Make sure that the following conditions are met. COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 100°C (32 - 212°F) INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60°C (32 - 140°F) Select “EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Follow the instruction displayed. NOTE: If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, go to EC-648, "Basic Inspection". Make sure that “OK” is displayed. If “NG” is displayed, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III and make sure that “EVAP GROSS LEAK [P0455]” is displayed. If it is displayed, refer to EC-944, "Diagnosis Procedure". If P0442 is displayed, perform Diagnostic Procedure for DTC P0442, EC-893, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST NOTE: Be sure to read the explanation of Driving Pattern on EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information" before driving vehicle. 1. Start engine. 2. Drive vehicle according to Driving Pattern, EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". 3. Stop vehicle. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ignition switch ON. 5. Select SERVICE $07 with GST. • If P0441 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-888, "Diagnosis Procedure" for DTC P0441. • If P0442 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-893, "Diagnosis Procedure" for DTC P0442. • If P0455 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-944, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285479 1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap. SEF915U 2.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise. OK or NG Revision: January 2010 EC-944 2010 Sentra DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower. 2. Retighten until reteaching sound is heard. 3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION A EC Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. C 4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE D Refer to EC-602, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one. E 5.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks, improper connection or disconnection. Refer to EC-600. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose. 6.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE F G H Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower. I >> GO TO 7. 7.CHECK DRAIN FILTER Refer to EC-949, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace drain filter. J K 8.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Check the following. • EVAP canister vent control is installed properly. Refer to EC-604, "Removal and Installation". • EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to EC-917, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring. L M N 9.INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port securely. For the location of EVAP service port (2), refer to EC-600, "Description". • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (1) O P Revision: January 2010 EC-945 2010 Sentra DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • : Vehicle front NOTE: Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause leaking. BBIA0703E SEF916U With CONSULT-III>>GO TO 10. Without CONSULT-III>>GO TO 11. 10.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph. CAUTION: • Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump. • Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system. 4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer to EC-600, "Description". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> Repair or replace. SEF200U 11.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK 1. Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: January 2010 EC-946 2010 Sentra DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve (3). The valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts until the end of test.) This illustration is a view from under vehicle EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) EVAP canister (2) A EC C BBIA0693E D 3. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7 kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg), then remove pump and EVAP service port adapter. CAUTION: • Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump. • Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system. E F 4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer to EC-600, "Description". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> Repair or replace. G H I 12.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. SEF200U J With CONSULT-III Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. Start engine. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to increase “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening to 100%. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm. K L Vacuum should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> GO TO 14. M 13.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. N Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Stop engine. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm. Vacuum should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 16. NG >> GO TO 14. 14.CHECK VACUUM HOSE Revision: January 2010 EC-947 2010 Sentra O P DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-676, "Vacuum Hose Drawing". OK or NG OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 15. OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 16. NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose. 15.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE With CONSULT-III Start engine. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> GO TO 16. 1. 2. 16.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EC-912, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. 17.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-843, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 18. NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. 18.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-934, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 19. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. 19.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE Check refueling EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and improper connection. For location, refer to EC-607. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 20. NG >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes. 20.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and improper connection. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 21. NG >> Repair or replace hoses, tubes or filler neck tube. 21.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE Refer to EC-610, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 22. NG >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. 22.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-706. Revision: January 2010 EC-948 2010 Sentra DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > >> INSPECTION END A Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285480 DRAIN FILTER 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. EC Check visually for insect nests in the drain filter air inlet. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B. Block port B. Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage. If NG, replace drain filter. C D E F PBIB3641E G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-949 2010 Sentra DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285481 This diagnosis detects very small leaks in the EVAP line between fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve, using the intake manifold vacuum in the same way as conventional EVAP small leak diagnosis. If ECM judges a leak which corresponds to a very small leak, the very small leak P0456 will be detected. If ECM judges a leak equivalent to a small leak, EVAP small leak P0442 will be detected. If ECM judges there are no leaks, the diagnosis will be OK. PBIB3640E DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause • • • • • • P0456 0456 Evaporative emission control system very small leak (negative pressure check) • EVAP system has a very small leak. • EVAP system does not operate properly. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve Incorrect fuel filler cap used Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close. Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control valve EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks EVAP purge line rubber tube bent Loose or disconnected rubber tube EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and the circuit Fuel tank temperature sensor Drain filter O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing or damaged EVAP canister is saturated with water EVAP control system pressure sensor Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve ORVR system leaks Fuel level sensor and the circuit Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve CAUTION: • Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on. • If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may come on. • Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement. Revision: January 2010 EC-950 2010 Sentra DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285482 A NOTE: • If DTC P0456 is displayed with P0442, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0456. • After repair, make sure that the hoses and clips are installed properly. EC • If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: C • Open engine hood before conducting following procedure. • If any of following conditions are met just before the DTC confirmation procedure, leave the vehicle for more than 1 hour. - Fuel filler cap is removed. D - Refilled or drained the fuel. - EVAP component parts is/are removed. • Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. E WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Make sure the following conditions are met. FUEL LEVEL SE: 0.25 - 1.4 V COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F) FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 35°C (32 - 95°F) INT/A TEMP SE: More than 0°C (32°F) If NG, turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle) or refilling/draining fuel until the output voltage condition of the “FUEL LEVEL SE” meets within the range above and leave the vehicle for more than 1 hour. Then start from step 1). Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “EVAP V/S LEAK P0456” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Follow the instruction displayed. Make sure that “OK” is displayed. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-952, "Diagnosis Procedure". NOTE: If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on CONSULT-III screen, go to EC-648, "Basic Inspection". Overall Function Check F G H I J K INFOID:0000000005285483 WITH GST L Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. CAUTION: • Never use compressed air, doing so may damage the EVAP system. • Do not start engine. • Do not exceeded 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi). 1. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port (2). EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (1) : Vehicle front M N O P BBIA0703E Revision: January 2010 EC-951 2010 Sentra DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Set the pressure pump and a hose. 3. Also set the pressure pump with pressure gauge to the EVAP service port adapter. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. 5. Connect GST and select Service $08. 6. Using Service $08 control the EVAP canister vent control valve (close). 7. Apply pressure and make sure the following conditions are satisfied. Pressure to be applied: 2.7 kPa (20 mmHg, 0.79 inHg) Time to be waited after the pressure drawn in to the EVAP SEF462UI system and the pressure to be dropped: 60 seconds and the pressure should not be dropped more than 0.4 kPa (3 mmHg, 0.12 inHg). If NG, go to EC-952, "Diagnosis Procedure". If OK, go to next step. 8. Disconnect GST. 9. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 10. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 11. Restart engine and let it idle for 90 seconds. 12. Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm for 30 seconds. 13. Turn ignition switch OFF. NOTE: For more information, refer to GST Instruction Manual. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285484 1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap. SEF915U 2.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower. 2. Retighten until reteaching sound is heard. 3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE Refer to EC-602, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one. Revision: January 2010 EC-952 2010 Sentra DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5.INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP A To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port securely. For the location of EVAP service port (2), refer to EC-600, "Description". • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (1) • : Vehicle front NOTE: Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause leaking. EC C D BBIA0703E E F G SEF916U With CONSULT-III>>GO TO 6. Without CONSULT-III>>GO TO 7. H I 6.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph. CAUTION: • Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump. • Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system. 4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer to EC-600, "Description". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair or replace. 1. 2. 3. J K L M N O SEF200U 7.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK 1. P Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: January 2010 EC-953 2010 Sentra DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Apply 12 V DC to EVAP canister vent control valve (3). The valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 V until the end of test.) This illustration is a view from under vehicle EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) EVAP canister (2) BBIA0693E 3. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7 kPa (10 to 20 mmHg, 0.39 to 0.79 inHg), then remove pump and EVAP service port adapter. CAUTION: • Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump. • Do not exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system. 4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer to EC-600, "Description". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair or replace. SEF200U 8.CHECK DRAIN FILTER Refer to EC-957, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace drain filter. 9.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Check the following. • EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly. Refer to EC-604, "Removal and Installation". • EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to EC-917, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring. 10.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER 1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. Revision: January 2010 EC-954 2010 Sentra DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 11. No (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 13. No (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 14. A EC C PBIB1213E 11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER D Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb). OK or NG OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 13. OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 14. NG >> GO TO 12. E F 12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART G Check the following. • EVAP canister for damage • EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection H >> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. 13.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. I With CONSULT-III Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. Start engine. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to increase “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening to 100%. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm. J K Vacuum should exist. L OK or NG OK >> GO TO 16. NG >> GO TO 15. 14.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. M Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Stop engine. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm. N O Vacuum should exist. P OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> GO TO 15. 15.CHECK VACUUM HOSE Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-676, "Vacuum Hose Drawing". OK or NG Revision: January 2010 EC-955 2010 Sentra DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> GO TO 16. NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose. 16.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EC-912, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. 17.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-843, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 18. NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. 18.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-934, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 19. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. 19.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection. Refer to EC-600, "Description". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 20. NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose. 20.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower. >> GO TO 21. 21.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kink, looseness and improper connection. For location, refer to EC-607. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 22. NG >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes. 22.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kink, cracks, looseness and improper connection. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 23. NG >> Repair or replace hose, tube or filler neck tube. 23.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE Refer to EC-610, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 24. NG >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. 24.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR Refer to FL-6. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 25. Revision: January 2010 EC-956 2010 Sentra DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. 25.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A Refer to EC-706. EC >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285485 C DRAIN FILTER 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Check visually for insect nests in the drain filter air inlet. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B. Block port B. Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage. If NG, replace drain filter. D E F G PBIB3641E H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-957 2010 Sentra DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005285486 The fuel level sensor (3) is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to the combination meter. The combination meter sends the fuel level sensor signal to the ECM through CAN communication line. It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float. • Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1) • Fuel pressure regulator (2) • Fuel tank temperature sensor (4) BBIA0765E On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285487 NOTE: • If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-975. When the vehicle is parked, naturally the fuel level in the fuel tank is stable. It means that output signal of the fuel level sensor does not change. If ECM senses sloshing signal from the sensor, fuel level sensor malfunction is detected. DTC No. P0460 0460 Trouble diagnosis name Fuel level sensor circuit noise DTC detecting condition Possible cause Even though the vehicle is parked, a signal being varied is sent from the fuel level sensor to ECM. • Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted) • Harness or connectors (Fuel level sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Combination meter • Fuel level sensor DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285488 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. 1. Start engine and wait maximum of 2 consecutive minutes. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-958, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285489 1.CHECK FUEL GAUGE OPERATION Refer to DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Follow the instruction of DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter". 2.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AND CIRCUIT Refer to DI-20, "Fuel Level Sensor Signal Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. Revision: January 2010 EC-958 2010 Sentra DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A Refer to EC-706. >> INSPECTION END EC Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285490 C FUEL LEVEL SENSOR Refer to FL-6 D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-959 2010 Sentra DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005285491 The fuel level sensor (3) is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to the combination meter. The combination meter sends the fuel level sensor signal to the ECM through CAN communication line. It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float. • Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1) • Fuel pressure regulator (2) • Fuel tank temperature sensor (4) BBIA0765E On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285492 NOTE: • If DTC P0461 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P0461 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-975. This diagnosis detects the fuel gauge malfunction of the gauge not moving even after a long distance has been driven.Driving long distances naturally affect fuel gauge level. DTC No. P0461 0461 Trouble diagnosis name Fuel level sensor circuit range/performance DTC detecting condition Possible cause The output signal of the fuel level sensor does not change within the specified range even though the vehicle has been driven a long distance. • Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted) • Harness or connectors (Fuel level sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Combination meter • Fuel level sensor Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000005285493 Use this procedure to check the overall function of the fuel level sensor function. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. WARNING: When performing following procedure, be sure to observe the handling of the fuel. Refer to FL-10. TESTING CONDITION: Before starting overall function check, preparation of draining fuel and refilling fuel is required. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285494 1.CHECK FUEL GAUGE OPERATION Refer to DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Follow the instruction of DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter". 2.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AND CIRCUIT Refer to DI-20, "Fuel Level Sensor Signal Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. Revision: January 2010 EC-960 2010 Sentra DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A Refer to EC-706. >> INSPECTION END EC Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285495 C FUEL LEVEL SENSOR Refer to FL-6. D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-961 2010 Sentra DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005285496 The fuel level sensor (3) is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to the combination meter. The combination meter. sends the fuel level sensor signal to the ECM through CAN communication line. It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float. • Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1) • Fuel pressure regulator (2) • Fuel tank temperature sensor (4) BBIA0765E On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285497 NOTE: • If DTC P0462 or P0463 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P0462 or P0463 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-975. DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P0462 0462 Fuel level sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. P0463 0463 Fuel level sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted) • Harness or connectors (Fuel level sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Combination meter • Fuel level sensor DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285498 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at ignition switch ON. 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-962, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285499 1.CHECK FUEL GAUGE OPERATION Refer to DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Follow the instruction of DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter". 2.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AND CIRCUIT Refer to DI-20, "Fuel Level Sensor Signal Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. Revision: January 2010 EC-962 2010 Sentra DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A Refer to EC-706. >> INSPECTION END EC Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285500 C FUEL LEVEL SENSOR Refer to FL-6. D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-963 2010 Sentra DTC P0500 VSS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0500 VSS Description INFOID:0000000005285501 NOTE: • If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-975. The vehicle speed signal is sent from “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)” or combination meter through CAN communication line. On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. INFOID:0000000005285502 Trouble diagnosis name P0500 0500 Vehicle speed sensor DTC detecting condition Possible cause The vehicle speed signal sent to ECM is almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) even when vehicle is being driven. • Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted.) • Harness or connectors (Vehicle speed signal circuit is open or shorted) • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) • Combination meter FAIL-SAFE MODE When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode. Detected item Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Vehicle speed sensor The cooling fan operates (High) while engine is running. DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285503 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Steps 1 and 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-III should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position. If NG, go to EC-965, "Diagnosis Procedure". If OK, go to following step. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds. ENG SPEED More than 1,700 rpm (M/T) More than 1,300 rpm (CVT) COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F) B/FUEL SCHDL 4.5 - 31.8 msec (M/T) 6.5 - 31.8 msec (CVT) Shift lever Suitable position PW/ST SIGNAL OFF 6. Check 1st trip DTC. Revision: January 2010 EC-964 2010 Sentra DTC P0500 VSS [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-965, "Diagnosis Procedure". A Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000005285504 Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this check, a 1st trip EC DTC might not be confirmed. WITH GST 1. 2. 3. 4. Lift up drive wheels. Start engine. Read vehicle speed signal in Service $01 with GST. The vehicle speed signal on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position. If NG, go to EC-965, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285505 1.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)” C D E F Refer to BRC-10. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace. G 2.CHECK COMBINATION METER H Refer to DI-6. >> INSPECTION END I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-965 2010 Sentra DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM Description INFOID:0000000005285506 NOTE: If DTC P0506 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC. The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The ECM calculates the actual engine speed from signals of crankshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE). The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions, such as during warming up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan operation, etc.). On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. P0506 0506 INFOID:0000000005285507 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Idle speed control system RPM lower than expected The idle speed is less than the target idle speed by 100 rpm or more. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • Electric throttle control actuator • Intake air leak INFOID:0000000005285508 NOTE: • If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. • If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning", before conducting DTC Confirmation Procedure. For the target idle speed, refer to the EC-1115. TESTING CONDITION: • Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. • Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F). 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. 5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-966, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285509 1.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK 1. Start engine and let it idle. 2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Discover air leak location and repair. 2.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Stop engine. Replace ECM. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function". Perform EC-654, "VIN Registration". Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Revision: January 2010 EC-966 2010 Sentra DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A >> INSPECTION END EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-967 2010 Sentra DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM Description INFOID:0000000005285510 NOTE: If DTC P0507 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC. The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The ECM calculates the actual engine speed from signals of camshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE). The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions, such as during warming up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan operation, etc.). On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. P0507 0507 INFOID:0000000005285511 Trouble diagnosis name Idle speed control system RPM higher than expected DTC detecting condition The idle speed is more than the target idle speed by 200 rpm or more. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • Electric throttle control actuator • Intake air leak • PCV system INFOID:0000000005285512 NOTE: • If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. • If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning", before conducting DTC Confirmation Procedure. For the target idle speed, refer to the EC-1115. TESTING CONDITION: • Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. • Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F). 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. 5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-968, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285513 1.CHECK PCV HOSE CONNECTION Confirm that PCV hose is connected correctly. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace. 2.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK 1. Start engine and let it idle. 2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Discover air leak location and repair. 3.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. Stop engine. Replace ECM. Revision: January 2010 EC-968 2010 Sentra DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function". A 4. Perform EC-654, "VIN Registration". 5. Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". 6. Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". EC 7. Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning". >> INSPECTION END C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-969 2010 Sentra DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY Component Description INFOID:0000000005450789 Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the Idle Air Volume Learning value memory, etc. PBIA9222J On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. P0603 0603 INFOID:0000000005450790 Trouble diagnosis name ECM power supply circuit DTC detecting condition ECM back-up RAM system does not function properly. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • Harness or connectors [The ECM power supply (back-up) circuit is open or shorted.] • ECM INFOID:0000000005450791 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 minutes. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times. 5. Check 1st trip DTC. 6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-972, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-970 2010 Sentra DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005450792 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O AABWA0301GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-971 2010 Sentra P DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR 66 Y/R ITEM Power supply for ECM (Back-up) CONDITION [Ignition switch: OFF] Diagnosis Procedure DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14V) INFOID:0000000005450793 1.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check voltage between ECM terminal 66 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2. JMBIA2104ZZ 2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E17, F10 • 20 A fuse • Harness for open or short between ECM and battery >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-152. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. Erase DTC. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See EC-970, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". 3. Is the 1st trip DTC P0603 displayed again? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 5. No >> INSPECTION END 5.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Replace ECM. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function". Perform EC-99, "VIN Registration". Perform EC-99, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning". >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-972 2010 Sentra DTC P0605 ECM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0605 ECM A Component Description INFOID:0000000005285514 The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine. EC C D PBIA9222J On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285515 This self-diagnosis has one or two trip detection logic. DTC No. P0605 0605 Trouble diagnosis name Engine control module E F DTC detecting condition A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning. Possible cause G • ECM H FAIL-SAFE MODE ECM enters fail-safe mode when malfunction A is detected. I Detected items Malfunction A Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode • ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. • ECM deactivates ASCD operation. DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285516 Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. If there is no malfunction on PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-974, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC-973 M P Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Repeat step 2 for 32 times. Revision: January 2010 L O Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-974, "Diagnosis Procedure". PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C 1. 2. 3. K N PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B 1. 2. 3. 4. J 2010 Sentra DTC P0605 ECM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Check 1st trip DTC. 5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-974, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285517 1.INSPECTION START 1. 2. Erase DTC. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See EC-973, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". 3. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> INSPECTION END 2.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Replace ECM. Perform initialization of NVIS(NATS) system and registration of all NVIS(NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function". Perform EC-654, "VIN Registration". Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning". >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-974 2010 Sentra DTC P0607 ECM [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0607 ECM A Description INFOID:0000000005285518 CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285519 D This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic (CVT). The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis (M/T). E DTC No. P0607 0607 Trouble diagnosis name CAN communication bus DTC detecting condition When detecting error during the initial diagnosis for CAN controller of each control unit. DTC Confirmation Procedure 1. 2. 3. Possible cause • ECM F INFOID:0000000005285520 G Turn ignition switch ON. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-975, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure H INFOID:0000000005285521 1.INSPECTION START I 1. 2. Erase DTC. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See EC-975, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". 3. Is the 1st trip DTC P0607 displayed again? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> INSPECTION END J K 2.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. L Replace ECM. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function". Perform EC-654, "VIN Registration". Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning". >> INSPECTION END M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-975 2010 Sentra DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285522 This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. DTC No. P0643 0643 Trouble diagnosis name Sensor power supply circuit short DTC detecting condition Possible cause ECM detects a voltage of power source for sensor is excessively low or high. • Harness or connectors (APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.) (Throttle position sensor circuit is shorted.) [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit is shorted.] • Accelerator pedal position sensor • Throttle position sensor • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) FAIL-SAFE MODE When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285523 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle. 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. 3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-978, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-976 2010 Sentra DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285524 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O BBWA2889E Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-977 2010 Sentra P DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR 72 BR Sensor power supply (Throttle position sensor) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 78 G/Y Sensor power supply [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)] [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 102 BR/Y Sensor power supply (APP sensor 2) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 103 Y/G 104 B/P 106 O 110 111 W B/W ITEM Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V Sensor ground (APP sensor 2) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V Sensor power supply (APP sensor 1) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 Sensor ground (APP sensor 1) [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285525 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 EC-978 BBIA0760E 2010 Sentra DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness connector. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. A EC C PBIB3433E D 3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. E Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 3. F G PBIA9606J 3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS H Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram 72 Throttle position sensor terminal 1 EC-1058, "Wiring Diagram" 78 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminal 1 EC-877, "Wiring Diagram" 106 APP sensor terminal 4 EC-977, "Wiring Diagram" OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. I J K 4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) L Refer to EC-880, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). M 5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR Refer to EC-1060, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6. N O 6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. 3. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning". P >> INSPECTION END 7.CHECK APP SENSOR Refer to EC-1068, "Component Inspection". Revision: January 2010 EC-979 2010 Sentra DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> GO TO 8. 8.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. 4. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning". >> INSPECTION END 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-706. >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-980 2010 Sentra DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH A Component Description INFOID:0000000005285526 When the shift lever position is Neutral, park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON. (M/T) When the shift lever position is P or N, transmission range switch is ON. (CVT) ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists. CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode EC INFOID:0000000005285527 C Specification data are reference values. Monitor item P/N POSI SW Condition • Ignition switch: ON Specification Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) ON Shift lever: Except above OFF On Board Diagnosis Logic D E INFOID:0000000005285528 F DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name P0850 0850 Park/neutral position switch DTC detecting condition Possible cause The park/neutral position (PNP) signal is not changed in the process of engine starting and driving. • Harness or connectors [Park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit is open or shorted.] • Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T) • Transmission range switch (CVT) DTC Confirmation Procedure G H INFOID:0000000005285529 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I J WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” signal under the following conditions. K L Position (Shift lever) Known-good signal N or P position (CVT) Neutral position (M/T) ON Except above OFF 3. 4. 5. If NG, go to EC-984, "Diagnosis Procedure". If OK, go to following step. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds. ENG SPEED More than 1,100 rpm (CVT) More than 1,500 rpm (M/T) COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F) B/FUEL SCHDL 2.0 - 31.8 msec VHCL SPEED SE More than 64km/h (29 MPH) Shift lever Suitable position 6. M N O P Check 1st trip DTC. Revision: January 2010 EC-981 2010 Sentra DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-984, "Diagnosis Procedure". Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000005285530 Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. WITH GST 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminal 69 (PNP signal) and ground under the following conditions. Condition (Shift lever) P or N position (CVT) Neutral position (M/T) Except above 3. Voltage (Known-good data) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) Approx. 0 V If NG, go to EC-984, "Diagnosis Procedure". SEC910C Revision: January 2010 EC-982 2010 Sentra DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285531 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0221GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-983 2010 Sentra P DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 69 WIRE COLOR BR/R ITEM PNP signal CONDITION [Ignition switch: ON] • Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) [Ignition switch: ON] • Except above DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) Approximately 0 V Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285532 M/T MODELS 1.CHECK PNP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect PNP switch harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between PNP switch terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2. PBIB3003E 2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors M2, E4 • Harness connectors E3, F2 • 10 A fuse • Harness for open or short between PNP switch and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 3 and ECM terminal 69. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK PNP SWITCH Refer to MT-14. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace PNP switch. 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-706. Revision: January 2010 EC-984 2010 Sentra DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A >> INSPECTION END CVT MODELS 1.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. EC Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect transmission range switch harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between transmission range switch terminal 7 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. C D Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2. E F PBIB3460E 2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART G Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • 10 A fuse • Harness for open or short between transmission range switch and fuse H >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK PNP INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT I 1. 2. 3. J Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between transmission range switch terminal 6 and ECM terminal 69. Refer to Wiring Diagram. K Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L 4.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH M Refer to CVT-60. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace transmission range switch. N 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT O Refer to EC-706. P >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-985 2010 Sentra DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P1148 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285533 This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. DTC No. P1148 1148 Trouble diagnosis name Closed loop control function DTC detecting condition Possible cause The closed loop control function does not operate even when vehicle is driving in the specified condition. • Harness or connectors [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.] • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater NOTE: DTC P1148 is displayed with another DTC for air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Perform the trouble diagnosis for the corresponding DTC. Revision: January 2010 EC-986 2010 Sentra DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE A Description INFOID:0000000005450798 NOTE: EC • If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer to EC-717. • If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer C to EC-987. This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse signals are exchanged between ECM and “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”. Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit D (control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005450799 E Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis. The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis. F DTC No. P1212 1212 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause TCS communication line ECM can not receive the information from “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)” continuously. • Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted.) • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) • Dead (Weak) battery DTC Confirmation Procedure G H INFOID:0000000005450800 TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle. 1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-987, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005450801 I J K Go to BRC-45. L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-987 2010 Sentra DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE System Description INFOID:0000000005285534 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION NOTE: • If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-975. Cooling Fan Control Sensor Input Signal to ECM Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1 Battery Battery voltage*1 ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Combination meter Vehicle speed*2 Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal*2 Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure ECM function Cooling fan control Actuator • IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relays-1, -2 and -3) • Cooling fan relays-4 and -5 *1: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. *2: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line. The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 4-step control [HIGH/MIDDLE/LOW/OFF]. Cooling Fan Operation Models with A/C PBIB3435E Revision: January 2010 EC-988 2010 Sentra DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Models without A/C A EC C PBIB3439E D Cooling Fan Relay Operation The ECM controls cooling fan relays through CAN communication line. E Cooling fan relay Cooling fan speed 1 2 3 4 5 Stop (OFF) OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Low (LOW) OFF OFF OFF ON OFF Middle (MID) ON OFF OFF OFF ON High (HI) ON ON ON OFF ON F G COMPONENT DESCRIPTION H Cooling Fan Motor The cooling fan operates at each speed when the current flows in the cooling fan motor as follows. Cooling fan speed Middle (MID) High (HI) I Cooling fan motor terminals (+) (−) 1 3 and 4 2 3 and 4 1 and 2 3 1 and 2 4 1 and 2 3 and 4 J K The cooling fan operates at low (LOW) speed when cooling fan motors-1 and -2 are circuited in series under middle speed condition. CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285535 M Specification data are reference values. Monitor item AIR COND SIG COOLING FAN Condition • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine • Air conditioner switch: OFF Specification Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF Air conditioner switch: ON (Compressor operates.) ON Engine coolant temperature: 97°C (207°F) or less OFF Engine coolant temperature: Between 98°C (208°F) and 99°C (210°F). LOW Engine coolant temperature: Between 100°C (212°F) and 104°C (219°F). Engine coolant temperature: 105°C (221°F) or more Revision: January 2010 L EC-989 MIDDLE HIGH 2010 Sentra N O P DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285536 If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is indicated. This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. DTC No. P1217 1217 Trouble diagnosis name Engine over temperature (Overheat) DTC detecting condition Possible cause • Cooling fan does not operate properly (Overheat). • Cooling fan system does not operate properly (Overheat). • Engine coolant was not added to the system using the proper filling method. • Engine coolant is not within the specified range. • Harness or connectors (Cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.) • Cooling fan motor • IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relays-1, -2 and -3) • Cooling fan relays-4 and -5 • Radiator hose • Radiator • Reservoir tank • Radiator cap • Water pump • Thermostat • Water control valve For more information, refer to EC-998, "Main 13 Causes of Overheating". CAUTION: When a malfunction is indicated, be sure to replace the coolant. Refer to MA-20, "ENGINE COOLANT : Changing Engine Coolant". Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to MA-24, "ENGINE OIL : Changing Engine Oil". 1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Be sure to use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-17, "Anti-freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio". 2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted. Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000005285537 Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed. WARNING: Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the reservoir tank or the radiator. Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator. Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-994, "Diagnosis Procedure". Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-994, "Diagnosis Procedure" Turn ignition switch ON. SEF621W 4. 5. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. If the results are NG, go to EC-994, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST Revision: January 2010 EC-990 2010 Sentra DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator. Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. A If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-994, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC 2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-994, "Diagnosis Procedure". C 3. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motor operation. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test". SEF621W 4. If NG, go to EC-994, "Diagnosis Procedure". D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-991 2010 Sentra DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285538 BBWA2891E Revision: January 2010 EC-992 2010 Sentra DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O BBWA2892E P Revision: January 2010 EC-993 2010 Sentra DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BBWA2893E Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285539 1.INSPECTION START Do you have CONSULT-III? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> GO TO 3. Revision: January 2010 EC-994 2010 Sentra DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION A With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Select “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operates at each speed (LOW/MID/HI). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Check cooling fan control circuit. (Refer to "PROCEDURE A".) EC C 3.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION D Without CONSULT-III 1. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motor operation. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test". 2. Make sure that cooling fans-1 and -2 operates at each speed (Low/Middle/High). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Check cooling fan control circuit. (Refer to "PROCEDURE A".) E F 4.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK Refer to CO-11. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Check the following for leak. • Hose • Radiator • Water pump G H I 5.CHECK RADIATOR CAP Refer to CO-15. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace radiator cap. J 6.CHECK COMPONENT PARTS K Check the following. • Thermostat. (Refer to CO-19.) • Water control valve. (Refer to CO-24.) • Engine coolant temperature sensor. (Refer to EC-765.) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace malfunctioning component parts. L M 7.CHECK MAIN 13 CAUSES N If the cause cannot be isolated, go to EC-998, "Main 13 Causes of Overheating". O >> INSPECTION END PROCEDURE A 1.CHECK IPDM E/R POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. P Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E44. Revision: January 2010 EC-995 2010 Sentra DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 22 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2. PBIB2607E 2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • 40 A fusible link • Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and battery >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAYS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. - Disconnect cooling fan relays-4 (2) and -5 (1). : Vehicle front BBIA0877E 2. Check voltage between cooling fan relays-4, -5 terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power or short to ground in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. - PBIB3445E Disconnect cooling fan motor-2 harness connector (2). : Vehicle front Cooling fan motor-1 harness connector (1) Radiator (3) PBIB3434E Revision: January 2010 EC-996 2010 Sentra DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Check voltage between cooling fan motor-2 terminal 2, 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. A Voltage: Battery voltage EC OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. C PBIB3446E 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART D Check the following. • 40 A fusible link • Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor-2 and battery E >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. F 6.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connectors E46 and E48. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 harness connector (1). : Vehicle front Cooling fan motor-2 harness connector (2) Radiator (3) Check harness continuity between the following; cooling fan relay-4 terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 45, cooling fan relay-4 terminal 5 and IPDM E/R terminal 23, cooling fan relay-5 terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 6, cooling fan relay-5 terminal 5 and ground, cooling fan relay-4 terminal 3 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 2, cooling fan motor-1 terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 24, cooling fan motor-1 terminal 4 and IPDM E/R terminal 20, cooling fan motor-1 terminal 1, 3 and ground. IPDM E/R terminal 39, 59 and ground. G H I J PBIB3434E K Continuity should exist. L cooling fan relay-4 terminal 5 and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 1, cooling fan relay-5 terminal 3 and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 3, cooling fan motor-2 terminal 1 and cooling fan relay-4 terminal 5, Refer to Wiring Diagram. M Continuity should exist. N 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 7. O 7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-4 and IPDM E/R • Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-5 and IPDM E/R • Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-4 and cooling fan motor-1 • Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-4 and cooling fan motor-2 • Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-5 and cooling fan motor-2 • Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-5 and ground • Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor-1 and ground Revision: January 2010 EC-997 P 2010 Sentra DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and ground [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 8.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". • : Vehicle front • Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. BBIA0760E 9.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAYS-4 AND -5 Refer to EC-999, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Replace malfunctioning cooling fan relay. 10.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2 Refer to EC-999, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Replace malfunctioning cooling fan motor. 11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Perform EC-706. OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R". NG >> Repair or replace harness or connector. Main 13 Causes of Overheating Engine Step Inspection item OFF 1 • • • • 2 3 Blocked radiator Blocked condenser Blocked radiator grille Blocked bumper INFOID:0000000005285540 Equipment Standard Reference page • Visual No blocking — • Coolant mixture • Coolant tester See MA-17, "Anti-freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio". • Coolant level • Visual Coolant up to MAX level in reservoir tank and radiator filler neck See CO-11, "Inspection". 4 • Radiator cap • Pressure tester See MA-18, "ENGINE COOLANT : Inspection". 2 5 • Coolant leaks • Visual No leaks See CO-11, "Inspection". ON*2 6 • Thermostat • Touch the upper and lower radiator hoses Both hoses should be hot See CO-21, and CO-15 ON*1 7 • Cooling fan • CONSULT-III Operating See trouble diagnosis for DTC P1217 (EC-994, "Diagnosis Procedure"). OFF 8 • Combustion gas leak • Color checker chemical tester 4 Gas analyzer Negative — ON* Revision: January 2010 EC-998 2010 Sentra DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Engine Step ON*3 9 Inspection item Equipment Standard Reference page — • Coolant temperature gauge • Visual Gauge less than 3/4 when driving • Coolant overflow to reservoir tank • Visual No overflow during driving and idling See MA-20, "ENGINE COOLANT : Changing Engine Coolant". • Coolant return from reservoir tank to radiator • Visual Should be initial level in reservoir tank See CO-11, "Inspection". • Remove and inspect the valve Within the specified value See CO-24 OFF*4 10 OFF 11 • Water control valve OFF 12 • Cylinder head • Straight gauge feeler gauge 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maximum distortion (warping) See EM-65. 13 • Cylinder block and pistons • Visual No scuffing on cylinder walls or piston See EM-80. A EC C D E *1: Turn the ignition switch ON. *2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes. F *3: Drive at 90 km/h (56 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes. *4: After 60 minutes of cool down time. For more information, refer to CO-7. Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285541 COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2 1. 2. H Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation. High (HI) I Cooling fan motor terminals Cooling fan speed Middle (MID) G (+) (−) 1 3 and 4 2 3 and 4 1 and 2 3 1 and 2 4 1 and 2 3 and 4 J K SEF734W L Cooling fan motor should operate. If NG, replace cooling fan motor. M COOLING FAN RELAYS-4 AND -5 Check continuity between terminals 3 and 4. Conditions N Continuity 12 V direct current supply between terminal 1 and 2 Yes No current supply No O If NG, replace cooling fan motor. P PBIB0098E Revision: January 2010 EC-999 2010 Sentra DTC P1225 TP SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P1225 TP SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005285542 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition. On Board Diagnosis Logic PBIB0145E INFOID:0000000005285543 The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis. DTC No. P1225 1225 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Closed throttle position learning performance Closed throttle position learning value is excessively low. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 and 2) INFOID:0000000005285544 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Check 1st trip DTC. 4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1000, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285545 1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove the intake air duct. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1) and the housing. : Vehicle front Illustration shows the view with intake air duct removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside. 2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. 3. PBIB3436E Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Revision: January 2010 EC-1000 2010 Sentra DTC P1225 TP SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > >> INSPECTION END A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285546 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR EC Refer to EM-18. C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1001 2010 Sentra DTC P1226 TP SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P1226 TP SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005285547 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition. On Board Diagnosis Logic PBIB0145E INFOID:0000000005285548 The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis. DTC No. P1226 1226 Trouble diagnosis name Closed throttle position learning performance DTC detecting condition Closed throttle position learning is not performed successfully, repeatedly. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 and 2) INFOID:0000000005285549 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 for 32 times. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. 5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1002, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285550 1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove the intake air duct. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1) and the housing. : Vehicle front Illustration shows the view with intake air duct removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside. 2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. 3. PBIB3436E Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Revision: January 2010 EC-1002 2010 Sentra DTC P1226 TP SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A >> INSPECTION END Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285551 EC ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR Refer to EM-18. C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1003 2010 Sentra DTC P1421 COLD START CONTROL [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P1421 COLD START CONTROL Description INFOID:0000000005285552 ECM controls ignition timing and engine idle speed when engine is started with prewarming up condition. This control promotes the activation of three way catalyst by heating the catalyst and reduces emissions. On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. P1421 1421 INFOID:0000000005285553 Trouble diagnosis name Cold start emission reduction strategy monitoring DTC detecting condition ECM does not control ignition timing and engine idle speed properly when engine is started with prewarming up condition. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • Lack of intake air volume • Fuel injection system • ECM INFOID:0000000005285554 NOTE: • If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. • If DTC P1421 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for other DTC. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that the “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is between 4°C (39°F) and 36°C (97°F). If “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is within the specified value, go to the following step. If “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is out of the specified value, cool engine down or warm engine up and go to step 1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1004, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285555 1.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. 2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM Check for the cause of intake air volume lacking. Refer to the following. • Crushed intake air passage • Intake air passage clogging OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part 3.CHECK FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION Perform EC-828, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" for DTC P0171. Revision: January 2010 EC-1004 2010 Sentra DTC P1421 COLD START CONTROL [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Go to EC-831, "Diagnosis Procedure" for DTC P0171. 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE A EC 1. 2. Erase DTC. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See EC-1004, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". 3. Is the 1st trip DTC P1421 displayed again? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 5. No >> INSPECTION END C D 5.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Replace ECM. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function". Perform EC-654, "VIN Registration". Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning". E F G >> INSPECTION END H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1005 2010 Sentra DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH Component Description INFOID:0000000005285556 ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation of switch, and determines which button is operated. BBIA0755E 1. ASCD steering switch 2. MAIN switch 3. 4. SET/COAST switch 5. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch CANCEL switch Refer to EC-597 for the ASCD function. CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285557 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item Condition MAIN SW • Ignition switch: ON CANCEL SW • Ignition switch: ON RESUME/ACC SW SET SW • Ignition switch: ON • Ignition switch: ON Specification MAIN switch: Pressed ON MAIN switch: Released OFF CANCEL switch: Pressed ON CANCEL switch: Released OFF RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed ON RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Released OFF SET/COAST switch: Pressed ON SET/COAST switch: Released OFF On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285558 • This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. • The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis. NOTE: If DTC P1564 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to EC-973. DTC No. P1564 1564 Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detecting Condition ASCD steering switch • An excessively high voltage signal from the ASCD steering switch is sent to ECM. • ECM detects that input signal from the ASCD steering switch is out of the specified range. • ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch is stuck ON. Revision: January 2010 EC-1006 Possible Cause • Harness or connectors (ASCD switch circuit is open or shorted.) • ASCD steering switch • ECM 2010 Sentra DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285559 A NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. EC 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. C 4. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. D 6. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. 7. Check DTC. E 8. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1009, "Diagnosis Procedure". F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1007 2010 Sentra DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285560 BBWA2894E Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1008 2010 Sentra DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR 94 95 L/Y ITEM ASCD steering switch B/Y Sensor ground CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) [Ignition switch: ON] • ASCD steering switch: OFF Approximately 4 V [Ignition switch: ON] • MAIN switch: Pressed Approximately 0 V [Ignition switch: ON] • CANCEL switch: Pressed Approximately 1 V [Ignition switch: ON] • RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approximately 3 V [Ignition switch: ON] • SET/COAST switch: Pressed Approximately 2 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V A EC C D E F Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285561 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS G 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. H I J BBIA0760E 2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT K With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “MAIN SW”, “RESUME/ACC SW”, “SET SW and “CANCEL SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check each item indication under the following conditions. 1. 2. L M Switch Monitor item MAIN switch MAIN SW CANCEL switch CANCEL SW RESUME/ACCELERATE switch SET/COAST switch 1. RESUME/ACC SW SET SW Condition Indication Pressed ON Released OFF Pressed ON Released OFF Pressed ON Released OFF Pressed ON Released OFF N O P Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Revision: January 2010 EC-1009 2010 Sentra DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 94 and ground with pressing each button. Switch MAIN switch CANCEL switch RESUME/ACCELERATE switch SET/COAST switch Condition Voltage (V) Pressed Approx. 0 Released Approx. 4.0 Pressed Approx. 1.0 Released Approx. 4.0 Pressed Approx. 3.0 Released Approx. 4.0 Pressed Approx. 2.0 Released Approx. 4.0 PBIB3343E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect combination switch harness connector M78. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between combination switch terminal 20 (unit side) and ECM terminal 95. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 5. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors M2, E4 • Combination switch (spiral cable) • Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 94 and combination switch terminal 16. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6. 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors M2, E4 • Combination switch (spiral cable) • Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Revision: January 2010 EC-1010 2010 Sentra DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 7.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH A Refer to EC-1011, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace ASCD steering switch. EC 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT C Refer to EC-706. >> INSPECTION END D Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285562 E ASCD STEERING SWITCH 1. 2. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector M78. Check continuity between combination switch (spiral cable) terminals 16 and 20 with pushing each switch. Switch MAIN switch CANCEL switch RESUME/ACCELERATE switch SET/COAST switch Condition F Resistance (Ω) Pressed Approx. 0 Released Approx. 4,000 Pressed Approx. 250 Released Approx. 4,000 Pressed Approx. 1,480 Released Approx. 4,000 Pressed Approx. 660 Released Approx. 4,000 G H PBIB3442E I J If NG, replace ASCD steering switch. K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1011 2010 Sentra DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH Component Description INFOID:0000000005285563 When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch (1) is turned OFF and stop lamp switch (2) is turned ON. ECM detects the state of the brake pedal (3) by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal). Refer to EC-597 for the ASCD function. BBIA0769E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285564 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item BRAKE SW1 (ASCD brake switch) BRAKE SW2 (Stop lamp switch) Condition • Ignition switch: ON • Ignition switch: ON Specification • Brake pedal: Fully released (CVT) • Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released (M/T) ON • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT) • Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T) OFF Brake pedal: Fully released OFF Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285565 • This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. • The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis. NOTE: • If DTC P1572 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to EC-973. • This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. When malfunction A is detected, DTC is not stored in ECM memory. And in that case, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data are displayed. 1st trip DTC is erased when ignition switch OFF. And even when malfunction A is detected in two consecutive trips, DTC is not stored in ECM memory. DTC No. P1572 1572 Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detecting Condition A) When the vehicle speed is above 30km/h (19 MPH), ON signals from the stop lamp switch and the ASCD brake switch are sent to ECM at the same time. B) ASCD brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for extremely long time while the vehicle is driving ASCD brake switch Revision: January 2010 EC-1012 Possible Cause • Harness or connectors (Stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.) • Harness or connectors (ASCD brake switch circuit is shorted.) • Harness or connectors (ASCD clutch switch circuit is shorted.) (M/T) • Stop lamp switch • ASCD brake switch • ASCD clutch switch (M/T) • Incorrect stop lamp switch installation • Incorrect ASCD brake switch installation • Incorrect ASCD clutch switch installation (M/T) • ECM 2010 Sentra DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285566 A CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: EC • If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. • Procedure for malfunction B is not described here. It takes extremely long time to complete procedure for malfunction B. By performing procedure for malfunction A, the incident that causes malfunction B can be C detected. TESTING CONDITION: Steps 3 and 5 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a D road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. 1. Start engine. 2. Press MAIN switch and make sure that CRUISE indicator lights up. E 3. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition. Vehicle speed More than 30 km/h (19 MPH) Shift lever Suitable position 4. 5. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1015, "Diagnosis Procedure". If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to the following step. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition. Vehicle speed More than 30 km/h (19 MPH) Shift lever Suitable position Driving location Depress the brake pedal for more than 5 seconds so as not to come off from the above-mentioned vehicle speed. 6. 7. F G H I J Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1015, "Diagnosis Procedure". K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1013 2010 Sentra DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285567 AABWA0251GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1014 2010 Sentra DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 99 100 WIRE COLOR ITEM R/G Stop lamp switch G/B ASCD brake switch CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) [Ignition switch: ON] • Brake pedal: Fully released Approximately 0 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT) • Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released (M/T) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT) • Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T) A EC C D Approximately 0 V E Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285568 1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I F With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions. G M/T models Condition Indication Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released ON H I CVT models Condition Indication Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF Brake pedal: Fully released ON 1. 2. J Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminal 100 and ground under the following conditions. K M/T models L Condition Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released Voltage Approximately 0 V M Battery voltage CVT models Condition Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Brake pedal: Fully released Voltage Approximately 0 V N PBIB3315E Battery voltage O OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> GO TO 3. 2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II P With CONSULT-III Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode. Revision: January 2010 EC-1015 2010 Sentra DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Condition Indication Brake pedal: Fully released OFF Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON Without CONSULT-III Check voltage between ECM terminal 99 and ground under the following conditions. Condition Brake pedal: Fully released Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Voltage Approximately 0 V Battery voltage PBIB0311E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> GO TO 11. 3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD brake switch (1) harness connector. Stop lamp switch (2) Brake pedal (3) Turn ignition switch ON. BBIA0769E 4. Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage : Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG (M/T models)>>GO TO 4. NG (CVT models)>>GO TO 6. 4.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. PBIB0857E Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: January 2010 EC-1016 2010 Sentra DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch (1) harness connector. Clutch pedal (2) 3. Turn ignition switch ON. [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] A EC C BBIA0770E D 4. Check voltage between ASCD clutch switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. E Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 5. F G PBIB0857E 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H Check the following. • 10 A fuse • Harness for open or short between ASCD clutch switch and fuse I >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART J Check the following. • 10 A fuse • Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse K >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L 7.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. N 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. O 8.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. P Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 100 and ASCD brake switch terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Revision: January 2010 EC-1017 M 2010 Sentra DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 9.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH Refer to EC-1019, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> Replace ASCD brake switch. 10.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH Refer to EC-1019, "Component Inspection" OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> Replace ASCD clutch switch. 11.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. - Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect stop lamp switch (2) harness connector. ASCD brake switch (1) Brake pedal (3) BBIA0769E 3. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT -III or tester. PBIB3443E Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> GO TO 12. 12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • 10 A fuse • Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 13.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 99 and stop lamp switch terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Revision: January 2010 EC-1018 2010 Sentra DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Continuity should exist. A 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. EC 14.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH C Refer to EC-1019, "Component Inspection" OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> Replace stop lamp switch. D 15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT E Refer to EC-706. >> INSPECTION END F Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285569 G ASCD BRAKE SWITCH 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. Check continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions. Condition Brake pedal: Fully released. Brake pedal: Slightly depressed. H I Continuity Should exist. J Should not exist. If NG, adjust ASCD brake switch installation, refer to BR-8, and perform step 3 again. K SEC023D ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH 1. 2. 3. L Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector. Check continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions. Condition Clutch pedal: Fully released. Clutch pedal: Slightly depressed. M Continuity N Should exist. Should not exist. If NG, adjust ASCD clutch switch installation, refer to CL-6, and perform step 3 again. O SEC023D STOP LAMP SWITCH 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. Revision: January 2010 EC-1019 2010 Sentra P DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions. PBIB3444E Condition Brake pedal: Fully released. Brake pedal: Slightly depressed. Continuity Should not exist. Should exist. If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-8, and perform step 3 again. Revision: January 2010 EC-1020 2010 Sentra DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A Component Description INFOID:0000000005285570 The ECM receives two vehicle speed signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from “ABS actuator EC and electric unit (control unit)” or combination meter, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ASCD control. Refer to EC-597 for ASCD functions. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285571 • This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. • The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis. NOTE: • If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0500, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500. Refer to EC-964. • If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to EC-973. • If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-975. DTC No. P1574 1574 Trouble Diagnosis Name ASCD vehicle speed sensor DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause ECM detects a difference between two vehicle speed signals is out of the specified range. • Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted.) • TCM (CVT models) • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) • Combination meter • ECM C D E F G H I DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285572 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Step 3 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. J K L WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25MPH). Check DTC. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1021, "Diagnosis Procedure". M N WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. Diagnosis Procedure O INFOID:0000000005285573 1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM P Check DTC with TCM. Refer to CVT-24. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated. 2.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT” Revision: January 2010 EC-1021 2010 Sentra DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Refer to BRC-10. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace. 3.CHECK COMBINATION METER Check combination meter function. Refer to DI-6. >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-1022 2010 Sentra DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A Description INFOID:0000000005285574 ECM receives input speed sensor signal from TCM through CAN communication line. ECM uses this signal for EC engine control. CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285575 C Specification data are reference values. Monitor item I/P PULLY SPD Condition Specification D Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication • Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12MPH) On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285576 NOTE: • If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0335, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0335. Refer to EC-870. • If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0340 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0340. Refer to EC-876. • If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to EC-973. • If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-975. The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis. E F G H I DTC No. P1715 1715 Trouble diagnosis name Input speed sensor (TCM output) DTC detecting condition Possible cause Input speed sensor signal is different from the theoretical value calculated by ECM from output speed sensor signal and engine rpm signal. • Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted) • Harness or connectors (Input speed sensor circuit is open or shorted) • TCM J K DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285577 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. L M WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine. Drive vehicle at a speed of more than 50 km/h (31 MPH) for at least 5 seconds. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1023, "Diagnosis Procedure". N O WITH GST P Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285578 1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM Check DTC with TCM. Refer to CVT-24. OK or NG Revision: January 2010 EC-1023 2010 Sentra DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated. 2.REPLACE TCM Replace TCM. Refer to CVT-27. >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-1024 2010 Sentra DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH A Description INFOID:0000000005285579 Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed. EC This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is driving. CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285580 C Specification data are reference values. Monitor item BRAKE SW Condition • Ignition switch: ON Specification Brake pedal: Fully released OFF Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON E On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285581 The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis. DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name P1805 1805 Brake switch D F DTC detecting condition Possible cause A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for extremely long time while the vehicle is driving. • Harness or connectors (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.) • Stop lamp switch FAIL-SAFE MODE G H When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters in fail-safe mode. Engine operation condition in fail-fail safe mode I ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small range. Therefore, acceleration will be poor. Vehicle condition Engine: Idling Normal Accelerating Poor acceleration DTC Confirmation Procedure 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. J Driving condition K INFOID:0000000005285582 Turn ignition switch ON. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds. Erase the DTC with CONSULT-III. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1027, "Diagnosis Procedure". L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1025 2010 Sentra DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285583 BBWA2896E Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1026 2010 Sentra DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 99 WIRE COLOR R/G ITEM Stop lamp switch CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) [Ignition switch: OFF] • Brake pedal: Fully released Approximately 0 V [Ignition switch: OFF] • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) Diagnosis Procedure EC C INFOID:0000000005285584 1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT 1. 2. A D Turn ignition switch OFF. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal. E Brake pedal Fully released Slightly depressed Stop lamp Not illuminated F Illuminated OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2. G 2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. - H Disconnect stop lamp switch (2) harness connector. ASCD brake switch (1) Brake pedal (3) I J BBIA0769E 2. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. K L M N PBIB3443E O Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. P 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • 10 A fuse • Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and battery Revision: January 2010 EC-1027 2010 Sentra DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch terminal 2 and ECM terminal 99. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors. 5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH Refer to EC-1028, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace stop lamp switch. 6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-706. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285585 STOP LAMP SWITCH 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions. PBIB3444E Condition Brake pedal: Fully released. Brake pedal: Slightly depressed. Continuity Should not exist. Should exist. If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-8, and perform step 3 again. Revision: January 2010 EC-1028 2010 Sentra DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY Component Description A INFOID:0000000005285586 Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle EC control motor relay is ON/OFF controlled by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not C provided to the ECM. CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285587 D Specification data are reference values. Monitor item THRTL RELAY Condition Specification • Ignition switch: ON ON On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285588 F These self-diagnoses have one trip detection logic. DTC No. E Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause G P2100 2100 Throttle control motor relay circuit open ECM detects a voltage of power source for throttle control motor is excessively low. • Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor relay circuit is open) • Throttle control motor relay P2103 2103 Throttle control motor relay circuit short ECM detects the throttle control motor relay is stuck ON. • Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor relay circuit is shorted) • Throttle control motor relay FAIL-SAFE MODE H I J When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode K ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285589 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. L M PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2100 1. 2. 3. 4. N Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. Check DTC. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1031, "Diagnosis Procedure". O PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2103 TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle. 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. 2. Check DTC. 3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1031, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-1029 2010 Sentra P DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285590 AABWA0246GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-1030 2010 Sentra DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A EC Approximately 3.2 V 1 V Throttle control motor (Open) C [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed D PBIA8150J 2 Y/B Throttle control motor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) E Approximately 1.8 V 4 L/R Throttle control motor (Close) F [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully released G PBIA8149J 15 G/Y Throttle control motor relay [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0 V I : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285591 J 1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check voltage between ECM terminal 15 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. K L Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 2. M 2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. PBIA9569J Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E46. Check continuity between ECM terminal 15 and IPDM E/R terminal 46. Refer to Wiring Diagram. P 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. EC-1031 N O Continuity should exist. Revision: January 2010 H 2010 Sentra DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK FUSE 1. Disconnect 15 A fuse. 2. Check 15 A fuse for blown. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace 15 A fuse. 5.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I Check voltage between ECM terminal 2 and ground under the following conditions with CONSULT-III or tester. Ignition switch Voltage OFF Approximately 0 V ON Battery voltage (11 - 14 V) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 6. PBIA9568J 6.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E43. Check continuity between ECM terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 8. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 7. 7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E17, F10 • Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-706. OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-17. NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. Revision: January 2010 EC-1032 2010 Sentra DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION Description A INFOID:0000000005285592 NOTE: EC If DTC P2101 is displayed with DTC P2100 or P2119, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2100 or P2119. Refer to EC-1029or EC-1043. Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. C The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feedback to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition. D On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285593 This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. DTC No. P2101 2101 Trouble diagnosis name Electric throttle control performance DTC detecting condition Electric throttle control function does not operate properly. E Possible cause • Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted) • Electric throttle control actuator F G FAIL-SAFE MODE When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. H Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. DTC Confirmation Procedure I INFOID:0000000005285594 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V when engine is running. 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. 2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. 3. Check DTC. 4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1035, "Diagnosis Procedure". J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1033 2010 Sentra DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285595 AABWA0245GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-1034 2010 Sentra DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A EC Approximately 3.2 V 1 Throttle control motor (Open) V C [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed D PBIA8150J 2 Throttle control motor power supply Y/B [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) E Approximately 1.8 V 4 L/R Throttle control motor (Close) F [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully released G PBIA8149J 15 G/Y Throttle control motor relay [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0 V I : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285596 J 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I K L M BBIA0760E Check voltage between ECM terminal 2 and ground under the following conditions with CONSULT-III or tester. Ignition switch Voltage OFF Approximately 0 V ON Battery voltage (11 - 14 V) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 3. Revision: January 2010 H O P PBIA9568J EC-1035 N 2010 Sentra DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E43. Check continuity between ECM terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 8. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E17, F10 • Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Check voltage between ECM terminal 15 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> GO TO 6. 6.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. PBIA9569J Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E46. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 15 and IPDM E/R terminal 46. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 7. 7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 8.CHECK FUSE 1. 2. Disconnect 15 A fuse. Check 15 A fuse for blown. Revision: January 2010 EC-1036 2010 Sentra DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace 15 A fuse. A 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT EC Refer to EC-706. OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-17. NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. C 10.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. D Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator (1) harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Electric throttle control actuator terminal 5 6 E F ECM terminal Continuity 1 Should not exist. 4 Should exist. 1 Should exist. 4 Should not exist. G BBIA0753E H 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Repair or replace. I 11.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY J 1. 2. Remove the intake air duct. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1) and the housing. : Vehicle front Illustration shows the view with intake air duct removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside. K L M PBIB3436E 12.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR N Refer to EC-1038, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> GO TO 14. O 13.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT P Refer to EC-706. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 14. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR Revision: January 2010 EC-1037 2010 Sentra DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. 2. Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". 3. Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285597 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR 1. 2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Check resistance between terminals 5 and 6. Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)] 3. 4. 5. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next step. Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning". PBIB2909E Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285598 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR Refer to EM-18. Revision: January 2010 EC-1038 2010 Sentra DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR A Component Description INFOID:0000000005285599 The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. EC The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor and it provides feedback to the ECM to control the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition. C On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285600 This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. DTC No. P2118 2118 Trouble diagnosis name Throttle control motor circuit short D DTC detecting condition ECM detects short in both circuits between ECM and throttle control motor. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.) • Electric throttle control actuator (Throttle control motor) F FAIL-SAFE MODE When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. G Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. DTC Confirmation Procedure E H INFOID:0000000005285601 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. 2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. 3. Check DTC. 4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1041, "Diagnosis Procedure". I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1039 2010 Sentra DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285602 AABWA0247GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-1040 2010 Sentra DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A EC Approximately 3.2 V 1 V Throttle control motor (Open) C [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed D PBIA8150J 2 Y/B Throttle control motor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) E Approximately 1.8 V 4 L/R Throttle control motor (Close) F [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully released G PBIA8149J 15 G/Y Throttle control motor relay [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0 V I : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285603 J 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten engine screws on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT 1. 2. 3. K L M BBIA0760E Disconnect electric throttle control actuator (1) harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Electric throttle control actuator terminal 5 Revision: January 2010 H ECM terminal Continuity 1 Should not exist. 4 Should exist. EC-1041 N O P BBIA0753E 2010 Sentra DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Electric throttle control actuator terminal ECM terminal 6 Continuity 1 Should exist. 4 Should not exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR Refer to EC-1042, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 5. 4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-706. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 5.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. 3. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning". >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285604 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR 1. 2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Check resistance between terminals 5 and 6. Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)] 3. 4. 5. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next step. Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning". PBIB2909E Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285605 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR Refer to EM-18. Revision: January 2010 EC-1042 2010 Sentra DTC P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR Component Description A INFOID:0000000005285606 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. EC The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening C angle properly in response to driving condition. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285607 D This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition A) P2119 2119 Electric throttle control actuator Possible cause Electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring malfunction. B) Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range. C) ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open. E F • Electric throttle control actuator G FAIL-SAFE MODE When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. Detected items H Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Malfunction A ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm. Malfunction B ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less. Malfunction C While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls. The engine can restart in N or P position (CVT), neutral (M/T), and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more. DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285608 NOTE: • Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C. • If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. Set shift lever to D position (CVT) or 1st position (M/T), and wait at least 3 seconds. Set shift lever to P position (CVT) or Neutral position (M/T). Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. Set shift lever to D position (CVT) or 1st position (M/T), and wait at least 3 seconds. Set shift lever to P position (CVT) or Neutral position (M/T). Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON. Check DTC. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1044, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC-1043 K L M O P Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. Set shift lever to D position (CVT) or 1st position (M/T) and wait at least 3 seconds. Revision: January 2010 J N PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C 1. 2. I 2010 Sentra DTC P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Set shift lever to N, P position (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) position. 4. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds. 5. Check DTC. 6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1044, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285609 1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY 1. 2. Remove the intake air duct. Check if a foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1) and the housing. : Vehicle front This illumination is shows the view with intake air duct removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside. 2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. 3. PBIB3436E Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning". >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-1044 2010 Sentra DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR A Component Description INFOID:0000000005285610 The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end EC of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator position and sends a signal to the ECM. Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors C are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The D ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals. PBIB1741E E Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut. F CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285611 Specification data are reference values. G Monitor item Condition Specification ACCEL SEN 1 • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8 V ACCEL SEN 2* • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8 V CLSD THL POS • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF INFOID:0000000005285612 These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic. NOTE: If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-976. DTC No. I J *: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage. On Board Diagnosis Logic H Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P2122 2122 Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 1 is sent to ECM. P2123 2123 Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 1 is sent to ECM. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) • Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 1) K L M N FAIL-SAFE MODE When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. O Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor. DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285613 NOTE: Revision: January 2010 EC-1045 2010 Sentra P DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle. 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. 3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1047, "Diagnosis Procedure". Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285614 BBWA2900E Revision: January 2010 EC-1046 2010 Sentra DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam- EC age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR 102 BR/Y 103 104 106 110 111 Y/G B/P O W B/W ITEM Sensor power supply (APP sensor 2) Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 CONDITION [Ignition switch: ON] DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 5 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V F [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V Sensor power supply (APP sensor 1) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V Sensor ground (APP sensor 1) G H [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Diagnosis Procedure D E Sensor ground (APP sensor 2) Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 C I Approximately 0 V INFOID:0000000005285615 J K 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS L 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. M N O 2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 EC-1047 BBIA0760E P 2010 Sentra DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness connector. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. PBIB3433E 3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. PBIA9606J Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 111 and APP sensor terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 110 and APP sensor terminal 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK APP SENSOR Refer to EC-1049, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6. 6.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. 4. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Revision: January 2010 EC-1048 2010 Sentra DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A >> INSPECTION END 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-706. EC >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285616 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1. 2. 3. Accelerator pedal E F Voltage 110 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V 103 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V 4. 5. 6. 7. D Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminals 110 (APP sensor 1 signal), 103 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions. Terminal G PBIA9572J If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step. Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Removal and Installation C H I INFOID:0000000005285617 ACCELERATOR PEDAL J K Refer to ACC-4. L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1049 2010 Sentra DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005285618 The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator position and sends a signal to the ECM. Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals. PBIB1741E Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut. CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285619 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item Condition Specification ACCEL SEN 1 • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8 V ACCEL SEN 2* • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8 V CLSD THL POS • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF *: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285620 These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic. DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P2127 2127 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. P2128 2128 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.) [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.] (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) • Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 2) • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Refrigerant pressure sensor • EVAP control system pressure sensor FAIL-SAFE MODE When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor. Revision: January 2010 EC-1050 2010 Sentra DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285621 A NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. EC TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle. 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. C 2. Check DTC. 3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1053, "Diagnosis Procedure". D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1051 2010 Sentra DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285622 ABBWA0167GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1052 2010 Sentra DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. A WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) EC G/W Sensor power supply (Refrigerant pressure sensor) 75 Y Sensor power supply [Crankshaft position sensor (POS)] [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 76 V/W EVAP control system pressure sensor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 102 BR/Y Sensor power supply (APP sensor 2) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 74 103 Y/G 104 B/P 106 O 110 111 W B/W Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V C [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V G [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V Sensor power supply (APP sensor 1) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V Sensor ground (APP sensor 1) H [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V I [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V J [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Diagnosis Procedure Approximately 0 V K INFOID:0000000005285623 L 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I Revision: January 2010 E F Sensor ground (APP sensor 2) Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 D EC-1053 M N O BBIA0760E 2010 Sentra P DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness connector. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. PBIB3433E 3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 5 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 3. PBIA9607J 3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 5 and ECM terminal 102. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit. 4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram 74 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-1109, "Wiring Diagram" 75 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1 EC-871, "Wiring Diagram" 76 EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-930, "Wiring Diagram" 102 APP sensor terminal 5 EC-1052, "Wiring Diagram" OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK COMPONENTS Check the following. • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-875, "Component Inspection".) • Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to MTC-27.) • EVAP control system pressure (Refer to EC-934, "Component Inspection".) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Replace malfunctioning component. Revision: January 2010 EC-1054 2010 Sentra DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 6.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. A Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 104 and APP sensor terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. EC Continuity should exist. C 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D 7.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. E Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 103 and APP sensor terminal 6. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. F 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G 8.CHECK APP SENSOR H Refer to EC-1055, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 9. I 9.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. 4. J Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning". K >> INSPECTION END L 10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-706. M >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285624 N ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1. 2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1055 2010 Sentra DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 110 (APP sensor 1 signal), 103 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions. Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage 110 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V 103 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V 4. 5. 6. 7. PBIA9572J If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step. Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285625 ACCELERATOR PEDAL Refer to ACC-4. Revision: January 2010 EC-1056 2010 Sentra DTC P2135 TP SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P2135 TP SENSOR A Component Description INFOID:0000000005285626 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and the ECM controls the throttle control motor to make the throttle valve opening angle properly in response to driving condition. EC C D PBIB0145E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285627 Specification data are reference values. F Monitor item TP SEN 1-B1 TP SEN 2-B1* Condition Specification • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285628 This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. NOTE: If DTC P2135 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-976. P2135 2135 G H *: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal. DTC No. E Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause Throttle position sensor circuit range/performance Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM compared with the signals from TP sensor 1 and TP sensor 2. • Harness or connector (TP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or shorted.) • Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 and 2) I J K L FAIL-SAFE MODE When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. M Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor. DTC Confirmation Procedure O INFOID:0000000005285629 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle. 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. 3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1059, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 N EC-1057 2010 Sentra P DTC P2135 TP SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285630 ABBWA0168GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1058 2010 Sentra DTC P2135 TP SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 33 34 A WIRE COLOR G W ITEM Throttle position sensor 1 Throttle position sensor 2 CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) EC [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully released Less than 4.75 V E [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Shift lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 0.36 V F C D 36 B Sensor ground (Throttle position sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V 72 R Sensor power supply (Throttle position sensor) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V Diagnosis Procedure I 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 2. H INFOID:0000000005285631 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. G J K L BBIA0760E Disconnect electric throttle control actuator (1) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. M N O P BBIA0753E Revision: January 2010 EC-1059 2010 Sentra DTC P2135 TP SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. PBIB3311E 3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 4 and ECM terminal 36. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between the following; Electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 and ECM terminal 33, Electric throttle control actuator terminal 3 and ECM terminal 34. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR Refer to EC-1060, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6. 6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. 3. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning". >> INSPECTION END 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-706. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285632 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR Revision: January 2010 EC-1060 2010 Sentra DTC P2135 TP SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. A 2. Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Set shift lever to D position (CVT) or 1st position (M/T). EC 5. Check voltage between ECM terminals 33 (TP sensor 1 signal), 34 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions. C Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage 33 (Throttle position sensor 1) Fully released More than 0.36 V Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V 34 (Throttle position sensor 2) Fully released Less than 4.75 V Fully depressed More than 0.36 V 6. 7. 8. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next step. Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Removal and Installation D E PBIB3038E F INFOID:0000000005285633 G ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR Refer to EM-18. H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1061 2010 Sentra DTC P2138 APP SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P2138 APP SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005285634 The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator position and sends a signal to the ECM. Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals. PBIB1741E Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut. CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285635 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item Condition Specification ACCEL SEN 1 • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8 V ACCEL SEN 2* • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8 V CLSD THL POS • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF *: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285636 This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. NOTE: If DTC P2138 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-976. DTC No. P2138 2138 Trouble diagnosis name Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit range/ performance DTC detecting condition Possible cause Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM compared with the signals from APP sensor 1 and APP sensor 2. • Harness or connector (APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or shorted.) [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.] (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) • Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 1 and 2) • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Refrigerant pressure sensor • EVAP control system pressure sensor FAIL-SAFE MODE When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL lights up. Revision: January 2010 EC-1062 2010 Sentra DTC P2138 APP SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor. DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285637 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle. 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. 3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1065, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1063 2010 Sentra DTC P2138 APP SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285638 ABBWA0169GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1064 2010 Sentra DTC P2138 APP SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. A WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) EC G/W Sensor power supply (Refrigerant pressure sensor) 75 Y Sensor power supply [Crankshaft position sensor (POS)] [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 76 V/W EVAP control system pressure sensor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 102 BR/Y Sensor power supply (APP sensor 2) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 74 103 Y/G 104 B/P 106 O 110 111 W B/W Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V C [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V G [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V Sensor power supply (APP sensor 1) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V Sensor ground (APP sensor 1) H [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V I [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V J [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Diagnosis Procedure Approximately 0 V K INFOID:0000000005285639 L 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 E F Sensor ground (APP sensor 2) Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 D EC-1065 M N O BBIA0760E 2010 Sentra P DTC P2138 APP SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness connector. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. PBIB3433E 3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. PBIA9606J 3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 5 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 4. PBIA9607J 4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 5 and ECM terminal 102. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit. 5.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram 74 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-1109, "Wiring Diagram" 75 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1 EC-871, "Wiring Diagram" 76 EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-930, "Wiring Diagram" 102 APP sensor terminal 5 EC-1052, "Wiring Diagram" Revision: January 2010 EC-1066 2010 Sentra DTC P2138 APP SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK COMPONENTS A EC Check the following. • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-875, "Component Inspection".) • Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to MTC-27.) • EVAP control system pressure (Refer to EC-934, "Component Inspection".) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Replace malfunctioning component. C D 7.CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following; ECM terminal 111 and APP sensor terminal 2, ECM terminal 104 and APP sensor terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. E F G Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H 8.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. I Check harness continuity between the following; ECM terminal 110 and APP sensor terminal 3, ECM terminal 103 and APP sensor terminal 6. Refer to Wiring Diagram. J Continuity should exist. K 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L 9.CHECK APP SENSOR M Refer to EC-1068, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> GO TO 10. N 10.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. 4. O Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning". P >> INSPECTION END 11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-706. >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-1067 2010 Sentra DTC P2138 APP SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285640 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1. 2. 3. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminals 110 (APP sensor 1 signal), 103 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions. Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage 110 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V 103 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V 4. 5. 6. 7. PBIA9572J If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step. Perform EC-654, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285641 ACCELERATOR PEDAL Refer to ACC-4. Revision: January 2010 EC-1068 2010 Sentra DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 A Component Description INFOID:0000000005285642 The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich. Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of about 800°C (1,472°F). EC C D PBIB3353E E F G H PBIB3354E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285643 I Specification data are reference values. Monitor item A/F SEN1 (B1) Condition • Engine: After warming up Specification Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 2.2 V K On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285644 To judge the malfunction, the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is monitored not to be shifted to LEAN side or RICH side. DTC No. P2A00 2A00 Trouble diagnosis name Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit range/performance DTC detecting condition • The output voltage computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is shifted to the lean side for a specified period. • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is shifted to the rich side for a specified period. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible Cause • • • • • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater Fuel pressure Fuel injector Intake air leaks INFOID:0000000005285645 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Revision: January 2010 J EC-1069 2010 Sentra L M N O P DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. 4. Clear the self-learning coefficient by touching “CLEAR”. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load. 7. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 8. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 minutes. 9. Check 1st trip DTC. 10. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1072, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector. Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. 6. Select Service $03 with GST and make sure that DTC P0102 is detected. 7. Select Service $04 with GST and erase the DTC P0102. 8. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load. 9. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 10. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 minutes. 11. Select Service $07 with GST. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1072, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-1070 BBIA0752E 2010 Sentra DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285646 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0160GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-1071 2010 Sentra P DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V 8 BR/W A/F sensor 1 heater [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) PBIA8148J 49 L/R A/F sensor 1 [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 53 L/G A/F sensor 1 [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. Approximately 2.2 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285647 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.RETIGHTEN AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 BBIA0760E Loosen and retighten the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM-24, "Removal and Installation". >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK 1. Start engine and run it at idle. 2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace. 4.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Check 1st trip DTC. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 and P0172 detected? Revision: January 2010 EC-1072 2010 Sentra DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Is it difficult to start engine? A Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector. EC 4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. 5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. C 6. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed. 7. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". 8. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed. D 9. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171 and P0172 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? BBIA0752E E Yes or No Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171 or P0172. Refer to EC-828 or EC-834. No >> GO TO 5. F 5.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect A/F sensor 1 harness connector (1). Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor (2) Check harness connector for water. G H Water should no exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair or replace harness connector. 6.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. I BBIA0764E Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. J K L Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 7. M N PBIB3308E 7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART O Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • 10 A fuse • Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse P >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 8.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Revision: January 2010 EC-1073 2010 Sentra DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal 1 49 2 53 Continuity should exist. 4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 49, 53 or A/F sensor 1 terminals 1, 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should not exist. 5. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 9.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER Refer to EC-726, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 11. 10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Perform EC-706. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Repair or replace. 11.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 Replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust system threads using Heated Oxygen Sensor Thread Cleaner tool J-43897-18 or J-43897-12 and approved anti-seize lubricant. >> GO TO 12. 12.CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Select “A/F ADJ-B1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Make sure that “0.000” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 13. 13.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”. Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. 1. 2. 3. Revision: January 2010 EC-1074 2010 Sentra DTC P2A00 A/F SENSOR 1 [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness (1) connector. 4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. A 5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. 6. Make sure DTC P0102 is displayed. EC 7. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-617, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". 8. Make sure DTC P0000 is displayed. C >> GO TO 14. BBIA0752E 14.CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA 1. 2. 3. D Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON. Select “A/F ADJ-B1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Make sure that “0.000” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen. E >> INSPECTION END F Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285648 AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR G Refer to EM-23. H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1075 2010 Sentra ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ASCD BRAKE SWITCH Component Description INFOID:0000000005285649 When depress on the brake pedal, ASCD brake switch (1) is turned OFF and stop lamp switch (2) is turned ON. ECM detects the state of the brake pedal (3) by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal) Refer to EC-597 for the ASCD function. BBIA0769E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285650 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item BRAKE SW1 (ASCD brake switch) BRAKE SW2 (Stop lamp switch) Revision: January 2010 Condition • Ignition switch: ON • Ignition switch: ON Specification • Brake pedal: Fully released (CVT) • Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released (M/T) ON • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT) • Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T) OFF Brake pedal: Fully released OFF Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON EC-1076 2010 Sentra ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285651 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O AABWA0252GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1077 2010 Sentra P ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 99 100 WIRE COLOR ITEM R/G Stop lamp switch G/B ASCD brake switch CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) [Ignition switch: ON] • Brake pedal: Fully released Approximately 0 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT) • Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T) Approximately 0 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Brake pedal: Fully released (CVT) • Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released (M/T) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285652 1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions. M/T models Condition Indication Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released ON CVT models Condition Indication Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF Brake pedal: Fully released ON 1. 2. Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminal 100 and ground under the following conditions. M/T models Condition Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released Voltage Approximately 0 V Battery voltage CVT models Condition Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Brake pedal: Fully released Voltage Approximately 0 V PBIB3315E Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> GO TO 3. 2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II With CONSULT-III Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode. Revision: January 2010 EC-1078 2010 Sentra ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Condition A Indication Brake pedal: Fully released OFF Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON EC Without CONSULT-III Check voltage between ECM terminal 99 and ground under the following conditions. Condition Brake pedal: Fully released Brake pedal: Slightly depressed C Voltage D Approximately 0 V Battery voltage E PBIB0311E F OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 11. G 3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD brake switch (1) harness connector. Stop lamp switch (2) Brake pedal (3) Turn ignition switch ON. H I J BBIA0769E 4. Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage L : Battery voltage M OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG (M/T models) >>GO TO 4. NG (CVT models)>>GO TO 6. N 4.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. K PBIB0857E O Turn ignition switch OFF. P Revision: January 2010 EC-1079 2010 Sentra ASCD BRAKE SWITCH < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch (1) harness connector. Clutch pedal (2) 3. Turn ignition switch ON. [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] BBIA0770E 4. Check voltage between ASCD clutch switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 5. PBIB0857E 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • 10 A fuse • Harness for open or short between ASCD clutch switch and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • 10 A fuse • Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 8.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 100 and ASCD brake switch terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Revision: January 2010 EC-1080 2010 Sentra ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 9.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH A EC Refer to EC-1019, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> Replace ASCD brake switch. C 10.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH Refer to EC-1019, "Component Inspection" OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> Replace ASCD clutch switch. D 1. 2. - F E 11.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect stop lamp switch (2) harness connector. ASCD brake switch (1) Brake pedal (3) G H I BBIA0769E 3. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT -III or tester. J K L PBIB3443E M Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> GO TO 12. N 12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART O Check the following. • 10 A fuse • Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery P >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 13.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 99 and stop lamp switch terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Revision: January 2010 EC-1081 2010 Sentra ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 14.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH Refer to EC-1019, "Component Inspection" OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> Replace stop lamp switch. 15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-706. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285653 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. Check continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions. Condition Brake pedal: Fully released. Brake pedal: Slightly depressed. Continuity Should exist. Should not exist. If NG, adjust ASCD brake switch installation, refer to BR-8, and perform step 3 again. SEC023D ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector. Check continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions. Condition Clutch pedal: Fully released. Clutch pedal: Slightly depressed. Continuity Should exist. Should not exist. If NG, adjust ASCD clutch switch installation, refer to CL-6, and perform step 3 again. SEC023D STOP LAMP SWITCH 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. Revision: January 2010 EC-1082 2010 Sentra ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions. A EC C PBIB3444E D Condition Brake pedal: Fully released. Brake pedal: Slightly depressed. Continuity Should not exist. E Should exist. If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-8, and perform step 3 again. F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1083 2010 Sentra ASCD INDICATOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ASCD INDICATOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005285654 ASCD indicator lamp illuminates to indicate ASCD operation status. Lamp has two indicators, CRUISE and SET, and is integrated in combination meter. CRUISE indicator illuminates when MAIN switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON to indicate that ASCD system is ready for operation. SET indicator illuminates when following conditions are met. • CRUISE indicator is illuminated. • SET/COAST switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON while vehicle speed is within the range of ASCD setting. SET indicator remains lit during ASCD control. Refer to EC-597 for the ASCD function. CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285655 Specification data are reference value. Monitor item Condition MAIN switch: Pressed at 1st time → 2nd CRUISE LAMP • Ignition switch: ON SET LAMP • MAIN switch: ON • Vehicle: Between 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH) Revision: January 2010 Specification ON → OFF ASCD: Operating ON ASCD: Not operating OFF EC-1084 2010 Sentra ASCD INDICATOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285656 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0170GB Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285657 1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION Check ASCD indicator under the following conditions. Revision: January 2010 EC-1085 2010 Sentra P ASCD INDICATOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ASCD INDICATOR CONDITION CRUISE LAMP • Ignition switch: ON SET LAMP • MAIN switch: ON • Vehicle: Between 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH) SPECIFICATION MAIN switch: Pressed at 1st time → 2nd ON → OFF ASCD: Operating ON ASCD: Not operating OFF OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK DTC Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed. Yes or No Yes >> Perform trouble diagnoses for DTC UXXXX. No >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK COMBINATION METER OPERATION Does combination meter operate normally? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 4. No >> Check combination meter circuit. Refer to DI-6. 4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-706. >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-1086 2010 Sentra ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode A INFOID:0000000005285658 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item LOAD SIGNAL Condition • Ignition switch: ON HEATER FAN SW EC • Ignition switch: ON Specification Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or lighting switch is in 2nd position. ON Rear window defogger switch is OFF and lighting switch is OFF. OFF Heater fan: Operating. ON Heater fan: Not operating. OFF Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285659 1.CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-I 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check “LOAD SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III under the following conditions. Condition ON Lighting switch: OFF OFF D E F G LOAD SIGNAL Lighting switch: ON at 2nd position C H OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> GO TO 4. I Check “LOAD SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III under the following conditions. J 2.CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-II Condition LOAD SIGNAL Rear window defogger switch: ON ON Rear window defogger switch: OFF OFF K OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 5. L 3.CHECK HEATER FAN SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION M Check “HEATER FAN SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III under the following conditions. Condition N HEATER FAN SW Heater fan control switch: ON ON Heater fan control switch: OFF OFF O OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END. NG >> GO TO 6. P 4.CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM Refer to LT-4 or LT-25. >> INSPECTION END 5.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM Revision: January 2010 EC-1087 2010 Sentra ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Refer to GW-54. >> INSPECTION END 6.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SYSTEM Refer to MTC-27. >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-1088 2010 Sentra FUEL INJECTOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > FUEL INJECTOR A Component Description INFOID:0000000005285660 The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injector is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold. The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs. EC C D PBIA9664J CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285661 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item E F Condition B/FUEL SCHDL See EC-698. INJ PULSE-B1 • Engine: After warming up • Air conditioner switch: OFF • Shift lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • No load Specification G Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1089 2010 Sentra FUEL INJECTOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285662 BBWA2907E Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-1090 2010 Sentra FUEL INJECTOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A EC BATTERY VOLTAGE [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle 25 29 30 31 R O GR L Fuel injector No. 4 Fuel injector No. 3 Fuel injector No. 2 Fuel injector No. 1 (11 - 14 V) C D PBIB0529E BATTERY VOLTAGE E (11 - 14 V) F [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm G PBIA4943J H : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285663 1.INSPECTION START I Turn ignition switch to START. Is any cylinder ignited? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> GO TO 3. J K 2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION With CONSULT-III Start engine. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine. 2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound. L 1. 2. 3. M N Clicking noise should be heard. O P PBIB3332E OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 3. Revision: January 2010 EC-1091 2010 Sentra FUEL INJECTOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect fuel injector (1) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. PBIA9870J 4. Check voltage between fuel injector terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. PBIB0582E 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • IPDM E/R harness connector E45 • 10 A fuse • Harness for open or short between fuel injector and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between fuel injector terminal 2 and ECM terminals 25, 29, 30, 31. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR Refer to EC-1093, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace fuel injector. 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-706. Revision: January 2010 EC-1092 2010 Sentra FUEL INJECTOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > >> INSPECTION END A Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285664 FUEL INJECTOR 1. 2. EC Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure. C Resistance: 11.1 - 14.5 Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] 3. If NG, replace fuel injector. D E PBIA9579J Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285665 FUEL INJECTOR F G Refer to EM-36. H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1093 2010 Sentra FUEL PUMP [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > FUEL PUMP Description INFOID:0000000005285666 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Sensor Input Signal to ECM Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed* Battery Battery voltage* ECM Function Fuel pump control Actuator Fuel pump relay *: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine start ability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump. Condition Fuel pump operation Ignition switch is turned to ON Operates for 1 second Engine running and cranking Operates Engine: Stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds Except as shown above Stops COMPONENT DESCRIPTION A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank. • Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1) • Fuel pressure regulator (2) • Fuel level sensor (3) • Fuel tank temperature sensor (4) BBIA0765E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285667 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item FUEL PUMP RLY Condition Specification • For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON • Engine running or cranking ON • Except above conditions OFF Revision: January 2010 EC-1094 2010 Sentra FUEL PUMP [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285668 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O BBWA2908E Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1095 2010 Sentra P FUEL PUMP [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 23 WIRE COLOR B/O ITEM Fuel pump relay CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) [Ignition switch: ON] • For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON [Engine is running] 0 - 1.0 V [Ignition switch: ON] • More than 1 second after turning ignition switch ON Diagnosis Procedure BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) INFOID:0000000005285669 1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION 1. 2. - Turn ignition switch ON. Pinch fuel feed hose (1) with two fingers. This illumination is shows the view with intake air duct removed. Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed hose for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. 3. 4. PBIB3437E Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminal 23 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. PBIA9573J Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E46. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 47 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 11. PBIB3319E Revision: January 2010 EC-1096 2010 Sentra FUEL PUMP [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and ECM EC >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III C 1. 2. 3. D 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector (1). This illumination is shows the view with inspection hole cover removed. Turn ignition switch ON. E F BBIA0754E 5. Check voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: G H Battery voltage should exist for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON. I OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> GO TO 6. J PBIB0795E 6.CHECK 15 A FUSE 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect 15 A fuse. 3. Check 15 A fuse. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace fuse. K L M 7.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV 1. 2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E45. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 36 and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. O Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> GO TO 8. P 8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E13, B9 • Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” Revision: January 2010 N EC-1097 2010 Sentra FUEL PUMP [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 9.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT 1. Check harness continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 3 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 10.CHECK FUEL PUMP Refer to EC-1098, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Replace fuel pump. 11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-706. OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-17. NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285670 FUEL PUMP 1. 2. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminals 1 and 3. Resistance: Approximately 0.2 - 5.0 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] 3. If NG, replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. SEC918C Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285671 FUEL PUMP Refer to FL-6. Revision: January 2010 EC-1098 2010 Sentra IGNITION SIGNAL [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > IGNITION SIGNAL A Component Description INFOID:0000000005285672 IGNITION COIL & POWER TRANSISTOR EC The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the power transistor. The power transistor turns ON and OFF the ignition coil (1) primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high voltage in the coil secondary circuit. C D E PBIB3328E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1099 2010 Sentra IGNITION SIGNAL [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285673 AABWA0250GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1100 2010 Sentra IGNITION SIGNAL [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 32 105 A WIRE COLOR R/G G ITEM ECM relay (Self shut-off) Power supply for ECM CONDITION [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF DATA (DC Voltage) EC 0 - 1.0 V C [Ignition switch: OFF] • More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1101 2010 Sentra IGNITION SIGNAL [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BBWA2910E Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1102 2010 Sentra IGNITION SIGNAL [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. A WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) EC 0 - 0.3 V 17 18 21 22 V BR/Y G Y Ignition signal No. 1 Ignition signal No. 2 Ignition signal No. 4 Ignition signal No. 3 [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle C D PBIA9265J 0.2 - 0.5 V E [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,500 rpm F PBIA9266J G : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285674 H 1.CHECK ENGINE START Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine. Is engine running? Yes or No Yes (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 2. Yes (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 3. No >> GO TO 4. I J 2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION K With CONSULT-III 1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Make sure that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 10. L M 3.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION Without CONSULT-III Let engine idle. Read the voltage signal between ECM terminals 17, 18, 21, 22 and ground with an oscilloscope. 3. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as shown below. NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle. 1. 2. N O P PBIA9567J PBIA9265J OK or NG Revision: January 2010 EC-1103 2010 Sentra IGNITION SIGNAL [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 10. 4.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Check voltage between ECM terminal 105 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Go to EC-707. 5.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. PBIA9575J Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect condenser-2 (1) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. PBIB3329E 4. Check voltage between condenser-2 terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 6. 6.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III 1. 2. 3. PBIB0624E Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E43. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 3 and condenser-2 terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> Go to EC-707. NG >> GO TO 7. 7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E17, F10 Revision: January 2010 EC-1104 2010 Sentra IGNITION SIGNAL [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and condenser-2 A >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 8.CHECK CONDENSER-2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. EC Turn ignition switch OFF. Check harness continuity between condenser-2 terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. C Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. D E 9.CHECK CONDENSER-2 Refer to EC-1106, "Component Inspection" OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Replace condenser-2. F G 10.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Disconnect ignition coil (1) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. H I J K PBIB3328E 5. Check voltage between ignition coil terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. L Voltage: Battery voltage M OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> GO TO 11. N PBIB0138E 11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connector F10 • Harness for open or short between ignition coil and harness connector F10 P >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 12.CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: January 2010 EC-1105 O 2010 Sentra IGNITION SIGNAL [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Check harness continuity between ignition coil terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. 13.CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 17, 18, 21, 22 and ignition coil terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 14.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR Refer to EC-1106, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> Replace ignition coil with power transistor. 15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-706. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285675 IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR CAUTION: Do the following procedure in the place where ventilation is good without the combustible. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector. 3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows. Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 1 and 2 Except 0 or ∞ Ω 1 and 3 2 and 3 4. 5. 6. Except 0 Ω If NG, replace ignition coil with power transistor. If OK, go to next step. Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Revision: January 2010 EC-1106 PBIB0847E 2010 Sentra IGNITION SIGNAL [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 7. Remove fuel pump fuse (1) in IPDM E/R (2) to release fuel pressure. A NOTE: Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following procedure. EC : Vehicle front 8. Start engine. 9. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel C pressure. 10. Turn ignition switch OFF. 11. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electriPBIB2958E cal discharge from the ignition coils. D 12. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked. 13. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder. 14. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. E 15. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 – 17 mm (0.52 – 0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion as shown in the figure. 16. Crank engine for about 3 seconds, and check whether spark is F generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion. G Spark should be generated. CAUTION: • Do not approach to the spark plug and the ignition coil JMBIA0066GB within 50 cm. Be careful not to get an electrical shock while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage becomes 20 kV or more. • It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is taken. NOTE: When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning. 17. If NG, replace ignition coil with power transistor. H I J CONDENSER-2 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect condenser-2 harness connector. Check resistance between condenser-2 terminals 1 and 2. K L Resistance: Above 1 MΩ [at 25°C (77°F)] 4. If NG, replace condenser-2. M N PBIB0794E Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285676 O IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR P Refer to EM-33. Revision: January 2010 EC-1107 2010 Sentra REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005285677 The refrigerant pressure sensor (1) is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system. • : Vehicle front BBIA0762E PBIB2657E Revision: January 2010 EC-1108 2010 Sentra REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285678 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O BBWA2911E Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Do not use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1109 2010 Sentra P REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Refrigerant pressure sensor [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates) R/G Sensor ground (Refrigerant pressure sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V G/W Sensor power supply (Refrigerant pressure sensor) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 41 L 48 74 Diagnosis Procedure 1.0 - 4.0 V INFOID:0000000005285679 1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION 1. 2. 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminal 41 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: 1.0 - 4.0 V OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2. PBIA9574J 2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. 3. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch OFF. Stop engine and turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-711, "Ground Inspection". : Vehicle front Body ground (1) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 3.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. BBIA0760E Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor (1) harness connector. : Vehicle front Turn ignition switch ON. BBIA0762E Revision: January 2010 EC-1110 2010 Sentra REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. A Voltage: Approximately 5 V EC OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. C SEF479Y 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART D Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open or short between refrigerant pressure sensor and ECM E >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. F 5.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 48. Refer to Wiring Diagram. H Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6. I 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART J Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open or short between refrigerant pressure sensor and ECM K >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. G Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 41. Refer to Wiring Diagram. L M Continuity should exist. N 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> GO TO 8. O 8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open or short between refrigerant pressure sensor and ECM P >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-706. Revision: January 2010 EC-1111 2010 Sentra REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. NG >> Repair or replace. Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285680 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to MTC-88, "Removal and Installation for Refrigerant Pressure Sensor". Revision: January 2010 EC-1112 2010 Sentra MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR Wiring Diagram A INFOID:0000000005285681 EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P ABBWA0171GB Revision: January 2010 EC-1113 2010 Sentra MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BBWA2913E Revision: January 2010 EC-1114 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A Fuel Pressure INFOID:0000000005285682 Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi) Fuel pressure at idle Idle Speed and Ignition Timing CVT Target idle speed Air conditioner: ON Ignition timing INFOID:0000000005285683 CVT In P or N position M/T In Neutral position CVT In P or N position M/T In Neutral position D 675 ± 50 rpm 1 No load* (in Neutral position) C 700 ± 50 rpm No load*1 (In P or N position) M/T EC 800 rpm or more E 6 ± 5° BTDC F *1: Under the following conditions: • Air conditioner switch: OFF • Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger) G • Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position Calculated Load Value INFOID:0000000005285684 H Calculated load value (Using CONSULT-III or GST) At idle 10 - 35 % At 2,500 rpm 10 - 35 % Mass Air Flow Sensor I INFOID:0000000005285685 Supply voltage J Battery voltage (11 - 14 V) Output voltage at idle K 0.9 - 1.2* V 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec at idle* 2.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec at 2,500 rpm* Mass air flow (Using CONSULT-III or GST) L *: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load. Intake Air Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000005285686 M Temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ) 25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor N INFOID:0000000005285687 O Temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ) 20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 Heater INFOID:0000000005285688 1.8 - 2.44 Ω Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Revision: January 2010 P EC-1115 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [MR20DE (EXCEPT FOR CALIFORNIA)] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater INFOID:0000000005285689 3.4 - 4.4 Ω Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) INFOID:0000000005285690 Refer to EC-875, "Component Inspection". Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) INFOID:0000000005285691 Refer to EC-880, "Component Inspection". Throttle Control Motor INFOID:0000000005285692 Approximately 1 - 15 Ω Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Fuel Injector INFOID:0000000005285693 11.1 - 14.5 Ω Resistance [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000005285694 Approximately 0.2 - 5.0 Ω Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Revision: January 2010 EC-1116 2010 Sentra INDEX FOR DTC [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION A INDEX FOR DTC U0101-U1001 INFOID:0000000005285695 DTC*1 CONSULT-III Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) ECM*3 GST*2 Reference page U0101 0101*4 LOST COMM (TCM) EC-1252 U0140 0140*4 LOST COMM (BCM) EC-1254 U1001 1001*4 CAN COMM CIRCUIT EC-1256 EC C D E *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. F *4: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III. P0011-P0075 INFOID:0000000005285696 G DTC*1 CONSULT-III Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) ECM*3 GST*2 Reference page P0011 0011 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 EC-1258 P0031 0031 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) EC-1262 P0032 0032 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) EC-1262 P0037 0037 HO2S2 HTR (B1) EC-1269 P0038 0038 HO2S2 HTR (B1) EC-1269 P0051 0051 A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) EC-1262 P0052 0052 A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) EC-1262 P0057 0057 HO2S2 HTR (B2) EC-1269 P0058 0058 HO2S2 HTR (B2) EC-1269 P0075 0075 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 EC-1277 H I J K L *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. M *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. P0101-P0128 INFOID:0000000005285697 DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST* 2 ECM*3 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) Reference page P0101 0101 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 EC-1282 P0102 0102 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 EC-1289 P0103 0103 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 EC-1289 P0112 0112 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 EC-1296 P0113 0113 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 EC-1296 P0116 0116 ECT SEN/CIRC EC-1300 P0117 0117 ECT SEN/CIRC EC-1303 Revision: January 2010 EC-1117 2010 Sentra N O P INDEX FOR DTC [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC*1 CONSULT-III Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) 3 Reference page GST*2 ECM* P0118 0118 ECT SEN/CIRC EC-1303 P0122 0122 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 EC-1308 P0123 0123 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 EC-1308 P0125 0125 ECT SENSOR EC-1313 P0127 0127 IAT SENSOR-B1 EC-1316 P0128 0128 THERMSTAT FNCTN EC-1319 *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. P0130-P0159 INFOID:0000000005285698 DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST* Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) ECM*3 2 Reference page P0130 0130 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-1321 P0131 0131 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-1329 P0132 0132 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-1337 P0133 0133 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-1345 P0137 0137 HO2S2 (B1) EC-1354 P0138 0138 HO2S2 (B1) EC-1363 P0139 0139 HO2S2 (B1) EC-1375 P0150 0150 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) EC-1321 P0151 0151 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) EC-1329 P0152 0152 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) EC-1337 P0153 0153 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) EC-1345 P0157 0157 HO2S2 (B2) EC-1354 P0158 0158 HO2S2 (B2) EC-1363 P0159 0159 HO2S2 (B2) EC-1375 *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. P0171-P0223 INFOID:0000000005285699 DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST*2 ECM*3 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) Reference page P0171 0171 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 EC-1385 P0172 0172 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 EC-1394 P0174 0174 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B2 EC-1385 P0175 0175 FUEL SYS-RICH-B2 EC-1394 P0181 0181 FTT SENSOR EC-1402 P0182 0182 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-1406 Revision: January 2010 EC-1118 2010 Sentra INDEX FOR DTC [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC*1 CONSULT-III Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) 3 Reference page 2 ECM* P0183 0183 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT EC-1406 P0222 0222 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 EC-1410 P0223 0223 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 EC-1410 GST* A EC C *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. D P0300-P0430 INFOID:0000000005285700 E DTC*1 CONSULT-III Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) ECM*3 GST*2 Reference page P0300 0300 MULTI CYL MISFIRE EC-1415 P0301 0301 CYL 1 MISFIRE EC-1415 P0302 0302 CYL 2 MISFIRE EC-1415 P0303 0303 CYL 3 MISFIRE EC-1415 P0304 0304 CYL 4 MISFIRE EC-1415 P0327 0327 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-1421 P0328 0328 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-1421 P0335 0335 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT EC-1425 P0340 0340 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 EC-1431 P0420 0420 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 EC-1437 P0430 0430 TW CATALYST SYS-B2 EC-1437 F G H I J *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. K *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. P0441-P0463 INFOID:0000000005285701 L DTC*1 CONSULT-III 3 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) Reference page GST*2 ECM* P0441 0441 EVAP PURG FLOW/MON EC-1442 P0442 0442 EVAP SMALL LEAK EC-1447 P0443 0443 PURG VOLUME CONT/V EC-1454 P0444 0444 PURG VOLUME CONT/V EC-1462 P0445 0445 PURG VOLUME CONT/V EC-1462 P0447 0447 VENT CONTROL VALVE EC-1468 P0448 0448 VENT CONTROL VALVE EC-1473 P0451 0451 EVAP SYS PRES SEN EC-1479 P0452 0452 EVAP SYS PRES SEN EC-1482 P0453 0453 EVAP SYS PRES SEN EC-1489 P0455 0455 EVAP GROSS LEAK EC-1497 P0456 0456 EVAP VERY SML LEAK EC-1504 Revision: January 2010 EC-1119 2010 Sentra M N O P INDEX FOR DTC [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC*1 CONSULT-III Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) 3 Reference page GST*2 ECM* P0460 0460 FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH EC-1512 P0461 0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR EC-1514 P0462 0462 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC EC-1516 P0463 0463 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC EC-1516 *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. P0500-P0643 INFOID:0000000005285702 DTC*1 CONSULT-III Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) 3 Reference page GST*2 ECM* P0500 0500 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC EC-1518 P0506 0506 ISC SYSTEM EC-1520 P0507 0507 ISC SYSTEM EC-1522 P0603 0603 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT EC-1524 P0605 0605 ECM EC-1527 P0607 0607 ECM EC-1529 P0643 0643 SENSOR POWER/CIRC EC-1530 *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. P0705-P0850 INFOID:0000000005285703 DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST* 2 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) ECM*3 Reference page P0705 0705 T/M RANGE SENSOR A CVT-60 P0710 0710 FLUID TEMP SENSOR A CVT-65 P0715 0715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A CVT-70 P0720 0720 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR CVT-75 P0740 0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CVT-83 P0744 0744 TORQUE CONVERTER CVT-88 P0745 0745 PC SOLENOID A CVT-90 P0746 0746 PC SOLENOID A CVT-95 P0776 0776 PC SOLENOID B CVT-97 P0778 0778 PC SOLENOID B CVT-99 P0840 0840 FLUID PRESS SEN/SW A CVT-109 P0850 0850 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT EC-1535 *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. Revision: January 2010 EC-1120 2010 Sentra INDEX FOR DTC [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > P1148-P1574 INFOID:0000000005285704 A DTC*1 CONSULT-III Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) ECM*3 GST*2 Reference page P1148 1148 CLOSED LOOP-B1 EC-1541 P1168 1168 CLOSED LOOP-B2 EC-1541 P1212 1212 TCS/CIRC EC-1542 P1217 1217 ENG OVER TEMP EC-1543 P1225 1225 CTP LEARNING-B1 EC-1555 P1226 1226 CTP LEARNING-B1 EC-1557 P1421 1421 COLD START CONTROL EC-1559 P1564 1564 ASCD SW EC-1561 P1572 1572 ASCD BRAKE SW EC-1567 P1574 1574 ASCD VHL SPD SEN EC-1576 EC C D E F *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. G *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. P1610-P1615 INFOID:0000000005285705 DTC*1 CONSULT-III Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) ECM*3 GST*2 P1610 1610 LOCK MODE P1611 1611 ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM P1612 1612 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU P1614 1614 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY P1615 1615 DIFFERENCE OF KEY Reference page H I J BL-170 K *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. L *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. P1715-P1805 INFOID:0000000005285706 DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST*2 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) ECM*3 Reference page P1715 1715 IN PULY SPEED EC-1578 P1740 1740 SLCT SOLENOID CVT-128 P1777 1777 STEP MOTOR CVT-134 P1778 1778 STEP MOTOR CVT-138 P1805 1805 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT EC-1580 *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. Revision: January 2010 EC-1121 2010 Sentra M N O P INDEX FOR DTC [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > P2100-P2A03 INFOID:0000000005285707 DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST*2 Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) ECM*3 Reference page P2100 2100 ETC MOT PWR-B1 EC-1584 P2101 2101 ETC FUNCTION/CIRC-B1 EC-1588 P2103 2103 ETC MOT PWR EC-1584 P2118 2118 ETC MOT-B1 EC-1594 P2119 2119 ETC ACTR-B1 EC-1599 P2122 2122 APP SEN 1/CIRC EC-1601 P2123 2123 APP SEN 1/CIRC EC-1601 P2127 2127 APP SEN 2/CIRC EC-1606 P2128 2128 APP SEN 2/CIRC EC-1606 P2135 2135 TP SENSOR-B1 EC-1613 P2138 2138 APP SENSOR EC-1618 P2A00 2A00 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) EC-1625 P2A03 2A03 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) EC-1625 *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. Revision: January 2010 EC-1122 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" A INFOID:0000000005937457 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. EC C D E F G PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000005285709 When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc. H I J K L M PIIB3706J On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of Engine and CVT N INFOID:0000000005285710 The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will illuminate the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration. CAUTION: • Always turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery ground cable before any repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will cause the MIL to illuminate. • Always connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will cause the MIL to illuminate due to the open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease, dirt, bent terminals, etc.) • Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use a new style slide-locking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-59. • Always route and secure the harnesses properly after work. The interference of the harness with a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to illuminate due to the short circuit. Revision: January 2010 EC-1123 2010 Sentra O P PRECAUTIONS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Always connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube may cause the MIL to illuminate due to the malfunction of the EVAP system or fuel injection system, etc. • Always erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the ECM and TCM (Transmission control module) before returning the vehicle to the customer. Precaution INFOID:0000000005285711 • Always use a 12 volt battery as power source. • Never attempt to disconnect battery cables while engine is running. • Before connecting or disconnecting the ECM harness connector, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect negative battery cable. Failure to do so may damage the ECM because battery voltage is applied to ECM even if ignition switch is turned OFF. • Before removing parts, turn ignition switch OFF and then disconnect negative battery cable. SEF289H • Never disassemble ECM. • If battery cable is disconnected, the memory will return to the initial ECM values. The ECM will now start to self-control at its initial values. Engine operation can vary slightly when the cable is disconnected. However, this is not an indication of a malfunction. Never replace parts because of a slight variation. • If the battery is disconnected, the following emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24 hours. - Diagnostic trouble codes - 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes - Freeze frame data - 1st trip freeze frame data - System readiness test (SRT) codes - Test values PBIA9222J • When connecting ECM harness connector, fasten (B) it securely with a lever (1) as far as it will go as shown in the figure. - ECM (2) - Loosen (A) PBIB2947E • When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or from ECM, never damage pin terminals (bends or break). Check that there are not any bends or breaks on ECM pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors. • Securely connect ECM harness connectors. A poor connection can cause an extremely high (surge) voltage to develop in coil and condenser, thus resulting in damage to ICs. • Keep engine control system harness at least 10 cm (4 in) away from adjacent harness, to prevent engine control system malfunctions due to receiving external noise, degraded operation of ICs, etc. • Keep engine control system parts and harness dry. Revision: January 2010 EC-1124 PBIB0090E 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Before replacing ECM, perform “ECM Terminals and Reference Value” inspection and check that ECM functions properly. Refer to EC-1217, "ECM Terminal and Reference Value". • Handle mass air flow sensor carefully to avoid damage. • Never disassemble mass air flow sensor. • Never clean mass air flow sensor with any type of detergent. • Never disassemble electric throttle control actuator. • Even a slight leak in the air intake system can cause serious incidents. • Never shock or jar the camshaft position sensor (PHASE), crankshaft position sensor (POS). • After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check. The DTC should not be displayed in the DTC Confirmation Procedure if the repair is completed. The Overall Function Check should be a good result if the repair is completed. [QR25DE] A EC C MEF040D D E F G SEF217U H • When measuring ECM signals with a circuit tester, never allow the two tester probes to contact. Accidental contact of probes will cause a short circuit and damage the ECM power transistor. I J K L M N SEF348N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1125 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > • B1 indicates bank 1 (cylinders number 1 and 4), B2 indicates bank 2 (cylinders number 2 and 3). [QR25DE] PBIB3624E • • Never operate fuel pump when there is no fuel in lines. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1) Fuel pressure regulator (2) Fuel level sensor (3) Fuel tank temperature sensor (4) Tighten fuel hose clamps to the specified torque. BBIA0765E • Never depress accelerator pedal when starting. • Immediately after starting, never rev up engine unnecessarily. • Never rev up engine just prior to shutdown. SEF709Y • When installing C.B. ham radio or a mobile phone, always observe the following as it may adversely affect electronic control systems depending on installation location. - Keep the antenna as far as possible from the electronic control units. - Keep the antenna feeder line more than 20 cm (8 in) away from the harness of electronic controls. Never let them run parallel for a long distance. - Adjust the antenna and feeder line so that the standing-wave radio can be kept smaller. - Always ground the radio to vehicle body. Revision: January 2010 EC-1126 SEF708Y 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION A Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000005285712 The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here. Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description (J-44321) Fuel pressure gauge Kit EC C Checks fuel pressure D E LEC642 (J-44321-6) Fuel pressure adapter Connects fuel pressure gauge to quick connector type fuel lines. F G LBIA0376E Removes fuel tube quick connectors in engine room. (J-45488) Quick connector release H I J PBIC0198E Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000005285713 Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description Leak detector i.e.: (J-41416) K L Locats the EVAP leak M N S-NT703 EVAP service port adapter i.e.: (J-41413-OBD) Applys positive pressure through EVAP service port O P S-NT704 Revision: January 2010 EC-1127 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description Fuel filler cap adapter i.e.: (MLR-8382) Checks fuel tank vacuum relief valve opening pressure S-NT815 Socket wrench Removes and installs engine coolant temperature sensor S-NT705 Oxygen sensor thread cleaner i.e.: (J-43897-18) (J-43897-12) Reconditions the exhaust system threads before installing a new oxygen sensor. Use with antiseize lubricant shown below. a: 18 mm diameter with pitch 1.5 mm for Zirconia Oxygen Sensor b: 12 mm diameter with pitch 1.25 mm for Titania Oxygen Sensor AEM488 Anti-seize lubricant Lubricates oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool when reconditioning exhaust system threads. i.e.: (PermatexTM 133AR or equivalent meeting MIL specification MIL-A-907) S-NT779 Revision: January 2010 EC-1128 2010 Sentra ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM A Schematic INFOID:0000000005285714 EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P JPBIA3070GB Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System INFOID:0000000005285715 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART Revision: January 2010 EC-1129 2010 Sentra ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Input Signal to ECM Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*3 Piston position Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas Throttle position sensor Throttle position Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Park/neutral position (PNP) signal Gear position Battery Battery voltage*3 Knock sensor Engine knocking condition EPS control unit Power steering operation*2 Heated oxygen sensor 2*1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas Air conditioner switch Air conditioner operation*2 Combination meter Vehicle speed*2 ECM function Fuel injection & mixture ratio control Actuator Fuel injector *1: This sensor is not used to control the engine system under normal conditions. *2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. *3: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION The amount of fuel injected from the fuel injector is determined by the ECM. The ECM controls the length of time the valve remains open (injection pulse duration). The amount of fuel injected is a program value in the ECM memory. The program value is preset by engine operating conditions. These conditions are determined by input signals (for engine speed and intake air) from the crankshaft position sensor (POS), camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and the mass air flow sensor. VARIOUS FUEL INJECTION INCREASE/DECREASE COMPENSATION In addition, the amount of fuel injected is compensated to improve engine performance under various operating conditions as listed below. • • • • • • During warm-up When starting the engine During acceleration Hot-engine operation When selector lever is changed from N to D (CVT models) High-load, high-speed operation • During deceleration • During high engine speed operation MIXTURE RATIO FEEDBACK CONTROL (CLOSED LOOP CONTROL) PBIB3020E The mixture ratio feedback system provides the best air/fuel mixture ratio for drivability and emission control. The three way catalyst (manifold) can better reduce CO, HC and NOx emissions. This system uses air fuel Revision: January 2010 EC-1130 2010 Sentra ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ratio (A/F) sensor 1 in the exhaust manifold to monitor whether the engine operation is rich or lean. The ECM adjusts the injection pulse width according to the sensor voltage signal. For more information about air fuel A ratio (A/F) sensor 1, refer to EC-231. This maintains the mixture ratio within the range of stoichiometric (ideal air/fuel mixture). This stage is referred to as the closed loop control condition. EC Heated oxygen sensor 2 is located downstream of the three way catalyst (manifold). Even if the switching characteristics of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 shift, the air/fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric by the signal from heated oxygen sensor 2. Open Loop Control The open loop system condition refers to when the ECM detects any of the following conditions. Feedback control stops in order to maintain stabilized fuel combustion. • Deceleration and acceleration • High-load, high-speed operation • Malfunction of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 or its circuit • Insufficient activation of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 at low engine coolant temperature • High engine coolant temperature • During warm-up • After shifting from N to D (CVT models) • When starting the engine C D E F MIXTURE RATIO SELF-LEARNING CONTROL The mixture ratio feedback control system monitors the mixture ratio signal transmitted from air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. This feedback signal is then sent to the ECM. The ECM controls the basic mixture ratio as close to the theoretical mixture ratio as possible. However, the basic mixture ratio is not necessarily controlled as originally designed. Both manufacturing differences (i.e., mass air flow sensor hot wire) and characteristic changes during operation (i.e., fuel injector clogging) directly affect mixture ratio. Accordingly, the difference between the basic and theoretical mixture ratios is monitored in this system. This is then computed in terms of “injection pulse duration” to automatically compensate for the difference between the two ratios. “Fuel trim” refers to the feedback compensation value compared against the basic injection duration. Fuel trim includes short-term fuel trim and long-term fuel trim. “Short-term fuel trim” is the short-term fuel compensation used to maintain the mixture ratio at its theoretical value. The signal from air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 indicates whether the mixture ratio is RICH or LEAN compared to the theoretical value. The signal then triggers a reduction in fuel volume if the mixture ratio is rich, and an increase in fuel volume if it is lean. “Long-term fuel trim” is overall fuel compensation carried out long-term to compensate for continual deviation of the short-term fuel trim from the central value. Such deviation will occur due to individual engine differences, wear over time and changes in the usage environment. FUEL INJECTION TIMING G H I J K L M N O SEF337W Two types of systems are used. Sequential Multiport Fuel Injection System Fuel is injected into each cylinder during each engine cycle according to the firing order. This system is used when the engine is running. Simultaneous Multiport Fuel Injection System Fuel is injected simultaneously into all four cylinders twice each engine cycle. In other words, pulse signals of the same width are simultaneously transmitted from the ECM. The four fuel injectors will then receive the signals two times for each engine cycle. This system is used when the engine is being started and/or if the fail-safe system (CPU) is operating. Revision: January 2010 EC-1131 2010 Sentra P ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > FUEL SHUT-OFF Fuel to each cylinder is cut off during deceleration or operation of the engine at excessively high speeds (CVT), operation of the engine at excessively high speeds or operation of the vehicle at excessively high speeds (M/T). Electronic Ignition (EI) System INFOID:0000000005285716 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Input Signal to ECM Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*2 Piston position Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Throttle position sensor Throttle position Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Battery Battery voltage*2 Knock sensor Engine knocking Park/neutral position (PNP) signal Gear position Combination meter Vehicle speed*1 ECM function Ignition timing control Actuator Power transistor *1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. *2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Ignition order: 1 - 3 - 4 - 2 The ignition timing is controlled by the ECM to maintain the best air-fuel ratio for every running condition of the engine. The ignition timing data is stored in the ECM. The ECM receives information such as the injection pulse width and camshaft position sensor (PHASE) signal. Computing this information, ignition signals are transmitted to the power transistor. During the following conditions, the ignition timing is revised by the ECM according to the other data stored in the ECM. • At starting • During warm-up • At idle • At low battery voltage • During acceleration The knock sensor retard system is designed only for emergencies. The basic ignition timing is programmed within the anti-knocking zone, if recommended fuel is used under dry conditions. The retard system does not operate under normal driving conditions. If engine knocking occurs, the knock sensor monitors the condition. The signal is transmitted to the ECM. The ECM retards the ignition timing to eliminate the knocking condition. Fuel Cut Control (at No Load and High Engine Speed) INFOID:0000000005285717 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART Sensor Input Signal to ECM Park/neutral position (PNP) signal Neutral position Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed Combination meter Vehicle speed* ECM function Fuel cut control Actuator Fuel injector *: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Revision: January 2010 EC-1132 2010 Sentra ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > If the engine speed is above 1,800 rpm under no load [for example, the selector lever position is P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) and engine speed is over 1,800 rpm] fuel will be cut off after some time. The exact time when the A fuel is cut off varies based on engine speed. Fuel cut will be operated until the engine speed reaches 1,500 rpm, then fuel cut will be cancelled. NOTE: EC This function is different from deceleration control listed under EC-1129, "Multiport Fuel Injection (MFI) System". C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1133 2010 Sentra AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > AIR CONDITIONING CUT CONTROL Input/Output Signal Chart Sensor INFOID:0000000005285718 Input Signal to ECM ECM function Actuator 1 Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal* Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*2 Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Battery Battery voltage*2 Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure EPS control unit Power steering operation*1 Combination meter Vehicle speed*1 Air conditioner cut control Air conditioner relay *1: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. *2: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. System Description INFOID:0000000005285719 This system improves engine operation when the air conditioner is used. Under the following conditions, the air conditioner is turned off. • When the accelerator pedal is fully depressed. • When cranking the engine. • At high engine speeds. • When the engine coolant temperature becomes excessively high. • When operating power steering during low engine speed or low vehicle speed. • When engine speed is excessively low. • When refrigerant pressure is excessively low or high. Revision: January 2010 EC-1134 2010 Sentra AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) System Description A INFOID:0000000005285720 INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL CHART Sensor ASCD brake switch Stop lamp switch EC Input signal to ECM ECM function Actuator C Brake pedal operation ASCD clutch switch (M/T models) Clutch pedal operation ASCD steering switch ASCD steering switch operation Park/neutral position (PNP) signal Gear position Combination meter Vehicle speed* TCM (CVT models) Powertrain revolution* ASCD vehicle speed control Electric throttle control actuator D E *: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. F BASIC ASCD SYSTEM Refer to Owner's Manual for ASCD operating instructions. Automatic Speed Control Device (ASCD) allows a driver to keep vehicle at predetermined constant speed without depressing accelerator pedal. Driver can set vehicle speed in advance between approximately 40 km/ h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH). ECM controls throttle angle of electric throttle control actuator to regulate engine speed. Operation status of ASCD is indicated by CRUISE indicator and SET indicator in combination meter. If any malfunction occurs in the ASCD system, it automatically deactivates control. NOTE: Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws. G H I SET OPERATION Press MAIN switch. (The CRUISE indicator in combination meter illuminates.) When vehicle speed reaches a desired speed between approximately 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH), press SET/COAST switch. (Then SET indicator in combination meter illuminates.) ACCELERATE OPERATION J If the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is depressed during cruise control driving, increase the vehicle speed until the switch is released or vehicle speed reaches maximum speed controlled by the system. And then ASCD will maintain the new set speed. K CANCEL OPERATION L When any of following conditions exist, cruise operation will be canceled. • CANCEL switch is pressed • More than two switches an ASCD steering switch are pressed at the same time (Set speed will be cleared) • Brake pedal is depressed • Clutch pedal is depressed or gear position is changed to the neutral position (M/T models) • Selector lever position is changed to N, P or R (CVT models) • Vehicle speed decreased to 13 km/h (8 MPH) lower than the set speed When the ECM detects any of the following conditions, the ECM will cancel the cruise operation and inform the driver by blinking indicator lamp. • Engine coolant temperature is slightly higher than the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp may blink slowly. When the engine coolant temperature decreases to the normal operating temperature, CRUISE lamp will stop blinking and the cruise operation will be able to work by pressing SET/COAST switch or RESUME/ ACCELERATE switch. • Malfunction for some self-diagnoses regarding ASCD control: SET lamp will blink quickly. If MAIN switch is turned to OFF while ASCD is activated, all of ASCD operations will be canceled and vehicle speed memory will be erased. COAST OPERATION When the SET/COAST switch is depressed during cruise control driving, decrease vehicle set speed until the switch is released. And then ASCD will maintain the new set speed. Revision: January 2010 EC-1135 2010 Sentra M N O P AUTOMATIC SPEED CONTROL DEVICE (ASCD) [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > RESUME OPERATION When the RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is depressed after canceling operation other than depressing the MAIN switch, vehicle speed will return to last set speed. To resume vehicle set speed, vehicle condition must meet following conditions. • Brake pedal is released. • Clutch pedal is released (M/T models) • Selector lever position is in other than P and N (CVT models) • Vehicle speed is greater than 40 km/h (25 MPH) and less than 144 km/h (89 MPH) Component Description INFOID:0000000005285721 ASCD STEERING SWITCH Refer to EC-1561. ASCD BRAKE SWITCH Refer to EC-1567 and EC-1634. ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH Refer to EC-1567 and EC-1634. STOP LAMP SWITCH Refer to EC-1567, EC-1580 and EC-1634. ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR Refer to EC-1584, EC-1588, EC-1594 and EC-1599. ASCD INDICATOR Refer to EC-1642. Revision: January 2010 EC-1136 2010 Sentra CAN COMMUNICATION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CAN COMMUNICATION A System Description INFOID:0000000005285722 CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1137 2010 Sentra EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM Description INFOID:0000000005285723 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION PBIB3639E The evaporative emission system is used to reduce hydrocarbons emitted into the atmosphere from the fuel system. This reduction of hydrocarbons is accomplished by activated charcoals in the EVAP canister. The fuel vapor in the sealed fuel tank is led into the EVAP canister which contains activated carbon and the vapor is stored there when the engine is not operating or when refueling to the fuel tank. The vapor in the EVAP canister is purged by the air through the purge line to the intake manifold when the engine is operating. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is controlled by ECM. When the engine operates, the flow rate of vapor controlled by EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is proportionally regulated as the air flow increases. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve also shuts off the vapor purge line during decelerating and idling. EVAPORATIVE EMISSION LINE DRAWING Revision: January 2010 EC-1138 2010 Sentra EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A EC C D E F G H I J K L BBIA0895E : 1. M From next figure EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve 2. EVAP service port 3. Intake manifold collector NOTE: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose or purge hoses. N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1139 2010 Sentra EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BBIA0746E : 1. To previous page EVAP control system pressure sensor 2. EVAP canister 3. EVAP canister vent control valve NOTE: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hose or purge hoses. Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285724 EVAP CANISTER Check EVAP canister as follows: 1. Block port (B). 2. Blow air into port (A) and confirm that it flows freely out of port (C). 3. Release blocked port (B). 4. Apply vacuum pressure to port (B) and confirm that vacuum pressure exists at the ports (A) and (C). 5. Block port (A) and (B). 6. Apply pressure to port (C) and check that there is no leakage. PBIB1212E FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE (BUILT INTO FUEL FILLER CAP) Revision: January 2010 EC-1140 2010 Sentra EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Wipe clean valve housing. A EC C SEF445Y 2. D Check valve opening pressure and vacuum. Pressure: Vacuum: 15.3 - 20.0 kPa (0.156 - 0.204 kg/cm2, 2.22 - 2.90 psi) −6.0 to −3.4 kPa (−0.061 to −0.035 kg/cm2, −0.87 to −0.48 psi) 3. If out of specification, replace fuel filler cap as an assembly. CAUTION: Use only a genuine fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may come on. E F G SEF943S EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE H Refer to EC-1467, "Component Inspection". FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR I Refer to EC-1409, "Component Inspection". EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Refer to EC-1472, "Component Inspection". J EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-1488, "Component Inspection". EVAP SERVICE PORT K Positive pressure is delivered to the EVAP system through the EVAP service port. If fuel vapor leakage in the EVAP system occurs, use a leak detector to locate the leak. L M N SEF462UC O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1141 2010 Sentra EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285725 PBIB1214E EVAP CANISTER Removal 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Remove EVAP canister protector. Disconnect the EVAP control pressure sensor connector. Remove the EVAP control pressure sensor and O-ring, if necessary. Disconnect EVAP canister purge hose. Remove the EVAP canister retaining bolt. Disconnect fuel tank EVAP breather hose. Disconnect EVAP vent control valve connector. Disconnect the EVAP vent control valve hose. Remove the EVAP canister. Remove the EVAP vent control valve and O-ring, if necessary. Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Always replace O-rings with a new one. EVAP CANISTER CONTROL PRESSURE SENSOR Removal 1. 2. 3. Remove EVAP canister protector. Disconnect the EVAP control pressure sensor connector. Remove the EVAP canister control pressure sensor and O-ring. Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Always replace O-ring with a new one. EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE 1. 2. 3. Remove EVAP canister protector. Disconnect EVAP vent control valve connector. Disconnect the EVAP vent control valve hose. Revision: January 2010 EC-1142 2010 Sentra EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Turn EVAP canister vent control valve counterclockwise. 5. Remove the EVAP canister vent control valve. [QR25DE] A EC C PBIB3082E D Installation Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: Always replace O-ring with a new one. E How to Detect Fuel Vapor Leakage INFOID:0000000005285726 F CAUTION: • Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump. • Never exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in EVAP system. NOTE: • Do not start engine. • Improper installation of EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause a leak. G H WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port. Also attach the pressure pump and hose to the EVAP service port adapter. Turn ignition switch ON. Select the “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Touch “START”. A bar graph (Pressure indicating display) will appear on the screen. Apply positive pressure to the EVAP system until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph. Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure pump. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-1138, "Description". I J K L M N SEF200U WITHOUT CONSULT-III 1. 2. O Attach the EVAP service port adapter securely to the EVAP service port. Also attach the pressure pump with pressure gauge to the EVAP service port adapter. P SEF462UC Revision: January 2010 EC-1143 2010 Sentra EVAPORATIVE EMISSION SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. 4. 5. 6. Apply battery voltage to the terminal of EVAP canister vent control valve (3) to make a closed EVAP system. • This illustration is a view from under vehicle • EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) • EVAP canister (2) To locate the leak, deliver positive pressure to the EVAP system until pressure gauge points reach 1.38 to 2.76 kPa (0.014 to 0.028 kg/cm2, 0.2 to 0.4 psi). Remove EVAP service port adapter and hose with pressure pump. Locate the leak using a leak detector. Refer to EC-1138, "Description". Revision: January 2010 EC-1144 BBIA0693E 2010 Sentra ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) System Description A INFOID:0000000005285727 EC C D E F PBIB1387E From the beginning of refueling, the air and vapor inside the fuel tank go through refueling EVAP vapor cut valve and EVAP/ORVR line to the EVAP canister. The vapor is absorbed by the EVAP canister and the air is released to the atmosphere. When the refueling has reached the full level of the fuel tank, the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve is closed and refueling is stopped because of auto shut-off. The vapor which was absorbed by the EVAP canister is purged during driving. WARNING: When conducting inspections below, be sure to observe the following: • Put a “CAUTION: FLAMMABLE” sign in workshop. • Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from work area. • Be sure to furnish the workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher. CAUTION: • Before removing fuel line parts, carry out the following procedures: - Put drained fuel in an explosion-proof container and put lid on securely. - Release fuel pressure from fuel line. Refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check". - Disconnect negative battery cable. • Always replace O-ring when the fuel gauge retainer is removed. • Never kink or twist hose and tube when they are installed. • Never tighten hose and clamps excessively to avoid damaging hoses. • After installation, run engine and check for fuel leaks at connections. • Never attempt to top off the fuel tank after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically. Continued refueling may cause fuel overflow, resulting in fuel spray and possibly a fire. Diagnosis Procedure H I J K L M INFOID:0000000005285728 N SYMPTOM: FUEL ODOR FROM EVAP CANISTER IS STRONG. 1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER 1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. 2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> GO TO 3. 2.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER Revision: January 2010 G EC-1145 2010 Sentra O P ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Does water drain from the EVAP canister? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 3. No >> GO TO 6. PBIB1213E 3.REPLACE EVAP CANISTER Replace EVAP canister with a new one. >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK DRAIN FILTER Refer to EC-1148, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace drain filter. 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection. >> Repair or replace EVAP hose. 6.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE Refer to EC-1148, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. SYMPTOM: CANNOT REFUEL/FUEL ODOR FROM THE FUEL FILLER OPENING IS STRONG WHILE REFUELING. 1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER 1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. 2. Weigh the EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> GO TO 3. 2.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER Revision: January 2010 EC-1146 2010 Sentra ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Does water drain from the EVAP canister? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 3. No >> GO TO 6. A EC C PBIB1213E 3.REPLACE EVAP CANISTER D Replace EVAP canister with a new one. E >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK DRAIN FILTER F Refer to EC-1148, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace drain filter. G 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H Check the EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection. >> Repair or replace EVAP hose. I 6.CHECK VENT HOSES AND VENT TUBES Check hoses and tubes between EVAP canister and refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for clogging, kinks, looseness and improper connection. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes. 7.CHECK FILLER NECK TUBE Check recirculation line for clogging, dents and cracks. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace filler neck tube. J K L M 8.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE Refer to EC-1148, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. N 9.CHECK FUEL FILLER TUBE O Check filler neck tube and hose connected to the fuel tank for clogging, dents and cracks. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Replace fuel filler tube. P 10.CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-I Check one-way valve for clogging. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. Revision: January 2010 EC-1147 2010 Sentra ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) < SERVICE INFORMATION > NG >> Repair or replace one-way fuel valve with fuel tank. [QR25DE] 11.CHECK ONE-WAY FUEL VALVE-II 1. 2. 3. Check that fuel is drained from the tank. Remove fuel filler tube and hose. Check one-way fuel valve for operation as follows. When a stick is inserted, the valve should open, when removing stick it should close. Do not drop any material into the tank. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Replace fuel filler tube or replace one-way fuel valve with fuel tank. SEF665U Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285729 REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE With CONSULT-III 1. 2. a. b. c. 3. 4. a. b. c. d. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-10. Drain fuel from the tank as follows: Remove fuel feed hose located on the fuel gauge retainer. Connect a spare fuel hose, one side to fuel gauge retainer where the hose was removed and the other side to a fuel container. Drain fuel using “FUEL PUMP RELAY” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows. Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that the air flows freely into the tank. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows. Connect vacuum pump to hose end. Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit. Always replace O-ring with new one. Turn fuel tank upside down. Apply vacuum pressure to hose end −13.3 kPa (−0.136 kg/cm2, -1.93 psi) with fuel gauge retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable. Revision: January 2010 EC-1148 2010 Sentra ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A EC C D E F G BBIA0747E 1. Recirculation line 2. Filler tube 4. Vacuum/pressure handy pump 5. Fuel tank 3. EVAP/ORVR line H I Without CONSULT-III 1. 2. a. b. 3. 4. a. b. c. d. Remove fuel tank. Refer to FL-10. Drain fuel from the tank as follows: Remove fuel gauge retainer. Drain fuel from the tank using a handy pump into a fuel container. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to close as follows. Blow air into the refueling EVAP vapor cut valve (from the end of EVAP/ORVR line hose), and check that the air flows freely into the tank. Check refueling EVAP vapor cut valve for being stuck to open as follows. Connect vacuum pump to hose end. Remove fuel gauge retainer with fuel gauge unit. Always replace O-ring with new one. Turn fuel tank upside down. Apply vacuum pressure to hose end −13.3 kPa (−0.136 kg/cm2, −1.93 psi) with fuel gauge retainer remaining open and check that the pressure is applicable. J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1149 2010 Sentra ON BOARD REFUELING VAPOR RECOVERY (ORVR) [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BBIA0747E 1. Recirculation line 2. Filler tube 4. Vacuum/pressure handy pump 5. Fuel tank 3. EVAP/ORVR line DRAIN FILTER 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Check visually for insect nests in the drain filter air inlet. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B. Block port B. Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage. If NG, replace drain filter. PBIB3641E Revision: January 2010 EC-1150 2010 Sentra POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION Description A INFOID:0000000005285730 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC C D E F G PBIB0492E This system returns blow-by gas to the intake manifold. The positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve is provided to conduct crankcase blow-by gas to the intake manifold. During partial throttle operation of the engine, the intake manifold sucks the blow-by gas through the PCV valve. Normally, the capacity of the valve is sufficient to handle any blow-by and a small amount of ventilating air. The ventilating air is then drawn from the air inlet tubes into the crankcase. In this process the air passes through the hose connecting air inlet tubes to rocker cover. Under full-throttle condition, the manifold vacuum is insufficient to draw the blow-by flow through the valve. The flow goes through the hose connection in the reverse direction. On vehicles with an excessively high blow-by, the valve does not meet the requirement. This is because some of the flow will go through the hose connection to the air inlet tubes under all conditions. H I J K L M PBIB1588E Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285731 N PCV (POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION) VALVE With engine running at idle, remove PCV valve from rocker cover. A properly working valve makes a hissing noise as air passes through it. A strong vacuum should be felt immediately when a finger is placed over valve inlet. O P PBIB1589E Revision: January 2010 EC-1151 2010 Sentra POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > PCV VALVE VENTILATION HOSE 1. Check hoses and hose connections for leaks. 2. Disconnect all hoses and clean with compressed air. If any hose cannot be freed of obstructions, replace. [QR25DE] S-ET277 Revision: January 2010 EC-1152 2010 Sentra NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS) [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > NVIS (NISSAN VEHICLE IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-NATS) Description A INFOID:0000000005285732 • If the security indicator illuminates with the ignition switch ON or DTC P1610 - P1615 is displayed in EC “SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT” mode, perform the trouble diagnosis for corresponding to the detected DTC. Refer to EC-583, "P1610-P1615". • Check that no DTC is displayed in “SELF DIAGNOSIS RESULT” mode of “BCM” before erasing the C detected DTC in “ENGINE” mode with CONSULT-III. • When replacing ECM, refer to EC-653, "Procedure After Replacing ECM". D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1153 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM Introduction INFOID:0000000005285733 The ECM has an on board diagnostic system, which detects malfunctions related to engine sensors or actuators. The ECM also records various emission-related diagnostic information including: Emission-related diagnostic information Diagnostic service Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Service $03 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5 Freeze Frame data Service $02 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5 System Readiness Test (SRT) code Service $01 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5 1st trip Diagnostic Trouble Code (1st Trip DTC) Service $07 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5 1st trip Freeze Frame data — Test values and Test limits Service $06 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5 Calibration ID Service $09 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5 Permanent Diagnostic Trouble Code (Permanent DTC) Service $0A* of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5 *: Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated. The above information can be checked using procedures listed in the table below. ×: Applicable —: Not applicable DTC 1st trip DTC Freeze Frame data 1st trip Freeze Frame data SRT code SRT status Test value Permanent DTC status CONSULT-III × × × × × × — × GST × × × — × × × × ECM × ×* — — — × — — *: When DTC and 1st trip DTC simultaneously appear on the display, they cannot be clearly distinguished from each other. The malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) on the instrument panel illuminates when the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips (Two trip detection logic), or when the ECM enters fail-safe mode. (Refer to EC-1202, "Fail-safe Chart".) Two Trip Detection Logic INFOID:0000000005285734 When a malfunction is detected for the first time, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip Freeze Frame data are stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not illuminate at this stage. <1st trip> If the same malfunction is detected again during the next drive, the DTC and Freeze Frame data are stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL illuminates. The MIL illuminates at the same time when the DTC is stored. <2nd trip> The “trip” in the “Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed during vehicle operation. Specific on board diagnostic items will cause the ECM to illuminate or blink the MIL, and store DTC and Freeze Frame data, even in the 1st trip, as shown below. ×: Applicable MIL Items DTC 1st trip 2nd trip —: Not applicable 1st trip DTC Blinking Illuminating Blinking Illuminating 1st trip displaying 2nd trip displaying 1st trip displaying 2nd trip displaying Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0304 is being detected × — — — — — × — Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage) — DTC: P0300 - P0304 is being detected — — × — — × — — One trip detection diagnoses (Refer to EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".) — × — — × — — — Except above — — — × — × × — When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by MIL illuminating when there is malfunction on engine control system. Revision: January 2010 EC-1154 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means of operating fail-safe function. The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected, and demands the driver to repair the malfunction. Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode A EC Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut Emission-related Diagnostic Information INFOID:0000000005548646 C ×: Applicable —: Not applicable D EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST*2 ECM*3 SRT code Trip MIL Permanent DTC group*4 Reference E LOST COMM (TCM) U0101 0101*5 — 1 (CVT) — (M/T) × (CVT) — (M/T) B EC-1252 LOST COMM (BCM) U0140 0140*5 — 1 × B EC-1254 CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1001 1001*5 — 2 — — EC-1256 NO DTC IS DETECTED. FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED. P0000 0000 — — Flashing*6 — EC-1178 INT/V TIM CONT-B1 P0011 0011 × 2 × B EC-1258 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) P0031 0031 — 2 × B EC-1262 A/F SEN1 HTR (B1) P0032 0032 — 2 × B EC-1262 HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0037 0037 — 2 × B EC-1269 HO2S2 HTR (B1) P0038 0038 — 2 × B EC-1269 A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) P0051 0051 — 2 × B EC-1262 A/F SEN1 HTR (B2) P0052 0052 — 2 × B EC-1262 HO2S2 HTR (B2) P0057 0057 — 2 × B EC-1269 HO2S2 HTR (B2) P0058 0058 — 2 × B EC-1269 INT/V TIM V/CIR-B1 P0075 0075 — 2 × B EC-1277 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0101 0101 — 2 × B EC-1282 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0102 0102 — 1 × B EC-1289 MAF SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0103 0103 — 1 × B EC-1289 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0112 0112 — 2 × B EC-1296 IAT SEN/CIRCUIT-B1 P0113 0113 — 2 × B EC-1296 ECT SEN/CIRC P0116 0116 — 2 × B EC-1300 ECT SEN/CIRC P0117 0117 — 1 × B EC-1303 ECT SEN/CIRC P0118 0118 — 1 × B EC-1303 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 P0122 0122 — 1 × B EC-1308 TP SEN 2/CIRC-B1 P0123 0123 — 1 × B EC-1308 ECT SENSOR P0125 0125 — 2 × B EC-1313 IAT SENSOR-B1 P0127 0127 — 2 × B EC-1316 THERMSTAT FNCTN P0128 0128 — 2 × B EC-1319 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0130 0130 — 2 × A EC-1321 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0131 0131 — 2 × B EC-1329 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0132 0132 — 2 × B EC-1337 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P0133 0133 × 2 × A EC-1345 Revision: January 2010 F G EC-1155 2010 Sentra H I J K L M N O P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST* 2 ECM*3 SRT code Trip MIL Permanent DTC group*4 Reference HO2S2 (B1) P0137 0137 × 2 × A EC-1354 HO2S2 (B1) P0138 0138 × 2 × A EC-1363 HO2S2 (B1) P0139 0139 × 2 × A EC-1375 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P0150 0150 — 2 × A EC-1321 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P0151 0151 — 2 × B EC-1329 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P0152 0152 — 2 × B EC-1337 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P0153 0153 × 2 × A EC-1345 HO2S2 (B2) P0157 0157 × 2 × A EC-1354 HO2S2 (B2) P0158 0158 × 2 × A EC-1363 HO2S2 (B2) P0159 0159 × 2 × A EC-1375 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B1 P0171 0171 — 2 × B EC-1385 FUEL SYS-RICH-B1 P0172 0172 — 2 × B EC-1394 FUEL SYS-LEAN-B2 P0174 0174 — 2 × B EC-1385 FUEL SYS-RICH-B2 P0175 0175 — 2 × B EC-1394 FTT SENSOR P0181 0181 — 2 × B EC-1402 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0182 0182 — 2 × B EC-1406 FTT SEN/CIRCUIT P0183 0183 — 2 × B EC-1406 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 P0222 0222 — 1 × B EC-1410 TP SEN 1/CIRC-B1 P0223 0223 — 1 × B EC-1410 MULTI CYL MISFIRE P0300 0300 — 1 or 2 × B EC-1415 CYL 1 MISFIRE P0301 0301 — 1 or 2 × B EC-1415 CYL 2 MISFIRE P0302 0302 — 1 or 2 × B EC-1415 CYL 3 MISFIRE P0303 0303 — 1 or 2 × B EC-1415 CYL 4 MISFIRE P0304 0304 — 1 or 2 × B EC-1415 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0327 0327 — 2 — — EC-1421 KNOCK SEN/CIRC-B1 P0328 0328 — 2 — — EC-1421 CKP SEN/CIRCUIT P0335 0335 — 2 × B EC-1425 CMP SEN/CIRC-B1 P0340 0340 — 2 × B EC-1431 TW CATALYST SYS-B1 P0420 0420 × 2 × A EC-1437 TW CATALYST SYS-B2 P0430 0430 × 2 × A EC-1437 EVAP PURG FLOW/MON P0441 0441 × 2 × A EC-1442 EVAP SMALL LEAK P0442 0442 × 2 × A EC-1447 PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0443 0443 — 2 × A EC-1454 PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0444 0444 — 2 × B EC-1462 PURG VOLUME CONT/V P0445 0445 — 2 × B EC-1462 VENT CONTROL VALVE P0447 0447 — 2 × B EC-1468 VENT CONTROL VALVE P0448 0448 — 2 × B EC-1473 EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0451 0451 — 2 × A EC-1479 EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0452 0452 — 2 × B EC-1482 EVAP SYS PRES SEN P0453 0453 — 2 × B EC-1489 EVAP GROSS LEAK P0455 0455 — 2 × A EC-1497 EVAP VERY SML LEAK P0456 0456 ×*7 2 × A EC-1504 Revision: January 2010 EC-1156 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST*2 ECM*3 SRT code Trip MIL Permanent DTC group*4 Reference FUEL LEV SEN SLOSH P0460 0460 — 2 × A EC-1512 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR P0461 0461 — 2 × B EC-1514 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC P0462 0462 — 2 × B EC-1516 FUEL LEVL SEN/CIRC P0463 0463 — 2 × B EC-1516 VEH SPEED SEN/CIRC*8 P0500 0500 — 2 × B EC-1518 ISC SYSTEM P0506 0506 — 2 × B EC-1520 ISC SYSTEM P0507 0507 — 2 × B EC-1522 ECM BACK UP/CIRCUIT P0603 0603 — 2 × B EC-1524 ECM P0605 0605 — 1 or 2 — or × B EC-1527 ECM P0607 0607 — 1 (CVT) 2 (M/T) × (CVT) — (M/T) B EC-1529 SENSOR POWER/CIRC P0643 0643 — 1 × B EC-1530 T/M RANGE SENSOR A P0705 0705 — 2 × B CVT-60 FLUID TEMP SENSOR A*9 P0710 0710 — 1 × B CVT-65 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A P0715 0715 — 2 × B CVT-70 P0720 0720 — 2 × B CVT-75 TORQUE CONVERTER P0740 0740 — 2 × B CVT-83 TORQUE CONVERTER P0744 0744 — 2 × B CVT-88 PC SOLENOID A P0745 0745 — 2 × B CVT-90 PC SOLENOID A P0746 0746 — 1 × B CVT-95 PC SOLENOID B P0776 0776 — 2 × B CVT-97 PC SOLENOID B P0778 0778 — 2 × B CVT-99 FLUID PRESS SEN/SW A P0840 0840 — 2 × B CVT-109 P-N POS SW/CIRCUIT P0850 0850 — 2 × B EC-1535 CLOSED LOOP-B1 P1148 1148 — 1 × A EC-1541 CLOSED LOOP-B2 P1168 1168 — 1 × A EC-1541 TCS/CIRC P1212 1212 — 2 — — EC-1542 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR*8 ENG OVER TEMP P1217 1217 — 1 × B EC-1543 CTP LEARNING-B1 P1225 1225 — 2 — — EC-1555 CTP LEARNING-B1 P1226 1226 — 2 — — EC-1557 COLD START CONTROL P1421 1421 — 2 × A EC-1559 ASCD SW P1564 1564 — 1 — — EC-1561 ASCD BRAKE SW P1572 1572 — 1 — — EC-1567 ASCD VHL SPD SEN P1574 1574 — 1 — — EC-1576 LOCK MODE P1610 1610 — 2 — — BL-170 ID DISCORD, IMM-ECM P1611 1611 — 2 — — BL-170 CHAIN OF ECM-IMMU P1612 1612 — 2 — — BL-170 CHAIN OF IMMU-KEY P1614 1614 — 2 — — BL-170 DIFFERENCE OF KEY P1615 1615 — 2 — — BL-170 IN PULY SPEED P1715 1715 — 2 — — EC-1578 SLCT SOLENOID P1740 1740 — 2 × B CVT-128 STEP MOTOR P1777 1777 — 1 × B CVT-134 Revision: January 2010 EC-1157 2010 Sentra A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Items (CONSULT-III screen terms) DTC*1 CONSULT-III GST* 2 ECM*3 SRT code Trip MIL Permanent DTC group*4 Reference STEP MOTOR P1778 1778 — 2 × B CVT-138 BRAKE SW/CIRCUIT P1805 1805 — 2 — — EC-1580 ETC MOT PWR-B1 P2100 2100 — 1 × B EC-1584 ETC FUNCTION/CIRC-B1 P2101 2101 — 1 × B EC-1588 ETC MOT PWR P2103 2103 — 1 × B EC-1584 ETC MOT-B1 P2118 2118 — 1 × B EC-1594 ETC ACTR-B1 P2119 2119 — 1 × B EC-1599 APP SEN 1/CIRC P2122 2122 — 1 × B EC-1601 APP SEN 1/CIRC P2123 2123 — 1 × B EC-1601 APP SEN 2/CIRC P2127 2127 — 1 × B EC-1606 APP SEN 2/CIRC P2128 2128 — 1 × B EC-1606 TP SENSOR-B1 P2135 2135 — 1 × B EC-1613 APP SENSOR P2138 2138 — 1 × B EC-1618 A/F SENSOR1 (B1) P2A00 2A00 — 2 × A EC-1625 A/F SENSOR1 (B2) P2A03 2A03 — 2 × A EC-1625 *1: 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. *2: This number is prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. *3: In Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results), this number is controlled by NISSAN. *4: Refer to EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “PERMANENT DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (PERMANENT DTC)”. *5: The troubleshooting for this DTC needs CONSULT-III. *6: When the ECM in the mode that displays SRT status, MIL may flash. For the details, refer to “How to Display SRT Status”. *7: SRT code will not be set if the self-diagnostic result is NG. *8: When the fail-safe operations for both self-diagnoses occur, the MIL illuminates. *9: When erasing this DTC, always use CONSULT-III or GST. DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC The 1st trip DTC (whose number is the same as the DTC number) is displayed for the latest self-diagnostic result obtained. If the ECM memory was cleared previously, and the 1st trip DTC did not reoccur, the 1st trip DTC will not be displayed. If a malfunction is detected during the 1st trip, the 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM memory. The MIL will not illuminate (two trip detection logic). If the same malfunction is not detected in the 2nd trip (meeting the required driving pattern), the 1st trip DTC is cleared from the ECM memory. If the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip, both the 1st trip DTC and DTC are stored in the ECM memory and the MIL illuminates. In other words, the DTC is stored in the ECM memory and the MIL illuminates when the same malfunction occurs in two consecutive trips. If a 1st trip DTC is stored and a non-diagnostic operation is performed between the 1st and 2nd trips, only the 1st trip DTC will continue to be stored. For malfunctions that blink or illuminate the MIL during the 1st trip, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are stored in the ECM memory. Procedures for clearing the DTC and the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory are described in “HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION”. For malfunctions in which 1st trip DTCs are displayed, refer to “EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS”. These items are required by legal regulations to continuously monitor the system/component. In addition, the items monitored non-continuously are also displayed on CONSULT-III. 1st trip DTC is specified in Service $07 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5. 1st trip DTC detection occurs without illuminating the MIL and therefore does not warn the driver of a malfunction. However, 1st trip DTC detection will not prevent the vehicle from being tested, for example during Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) tests. When a 1st trip DTC is detected, check, print out or write down and erase (1st trip) DTC and Freeze Frame data as specified in Work Flow procedure Step 2, refer to EC-1197, "Trouble Diagnosis Introduction". Then perform DTC Confirmation Procedure or Overall Function Check to try to duplicate the malfunction. If the malfunction is duplicated, the item requires repair. How to Read DTC and 1st Trip DTC Revision: January 2010 EC-1158 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods. A WITH CONSULT-III WITH GST CONSULT-III or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0340, P0850, P1148, etc. These DTCs are prescribed by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6. EC (CONSULT-III also displays the malfunctioning component or system.) NO TOOLS The number of blinks of the MIL in the Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-Diagnostic Results) indicates the DTC. C Example: 0340, 0850, 1148, etc. These DTCs are controlled by NISSAN. • 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. • Output of a DTC indicates a malfunction. However, GST and the Diagnostic Test Mode II do not indi- D cate whether the malfunction is still occurring or has occurred in the past and has returned to normal. CONSULT-III can identify malfunction status as shown below. Therefore, using CONSULT-III (if available) is recommended. E DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode of CONSULT-III. Time data indicates how many times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC. If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be [0]. F If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be [1t]. FREEZE FRAME DATA AND 1ST TRIP FREEZE FRAME DATA The ECM records the driving conditions such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant temperature, short-term fuel trim, long-term fuel trim, engine speed, vehicle speed, absolute throttle position, base fuel schedule and intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected. Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data. The data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-III or GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, not on the GST. For details, see EC-1224, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)". Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data) can be stored in the ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the following priorities to update the data. Priority 1 Items Freeze frame data 2 3 G H I J K Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0304 Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175 Except the above items (Includes CVT related items) L 1st trip freeze frame data For example, the EGR malfunction (Priority: 2) was detected and the freeze frame data was stored in the 2nd trip. After that when the misfire (Priority: 1) is detected in another trip, the freeze frame data will be updated from the EGR malfunction to the misfire. The 1st trip freeze frame data is updated each time a different malfunction is detected. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data. However, once freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze data is no longer stored (because only one freeze frame data or 1st trip freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM). If freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory and freeze frame data with the same priority occurs later, the first (original) freeze frame data remains unchanged in the ECM memory. Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTCs) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. Procedures for clearing the ECM memory are described in “EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS”. N O P SYSTEM READINESS TEST (SRT) CODE System Readiness Test (SRT) code is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5. As part of an enhanced emissions test for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M), certain states require the status of SRT be used to indicate whether the ECM has completed self-diagnosis of major emission systems and components. Completion must be verified in order for the emissions inspection to proceed. If a vehicle is rejected for a State emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, use the information in this Service Manual to set the SRT to “CMPLT”. Revision: January 2010 M EC-1159 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > In most cases the ECM will automatically complete its self-diagnosis cycle during normal usage, and the SRT status will indicate “CMPLT” for each application system. Once set as “CMPLT”, the SRT status remains “CMPLT” until the self-diagnosis memory is erased. Occasionally, certain portions of the self-diagnostic test may not be completed as a result of the customer's normal driving pattern; the SRT will indicate “INCMP” for these items. NOTE: The SRT will also indicate “INCMP” if the self-diagnosis memory is erased for any reason or if the ECM memory power supply is interrupted for several hours. If, during the state emissions inspection, the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items, the inspector will continue with the emissions test. However, if the SRT indicates “INCMP” for one or more of the SRT items the vehicle is returned to the customer untested. NOTE: If permanent DTC is stored or MIL illuminates during the state emissions inspection, the vehicle is also returned to the customer untested even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT” for all test items. Therefore, it is important to check SRT (“CMPLT”), DTC (No DTCs) and permanent DTC (No permanent DTCs) before the inspection. SRT Item The table below shows required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT”. SRT item (CONSULT-III indication) Performance Priority* Required self-diagnostic items to set the SRT to “CMPLT” Corresponding DTC No. CATALYST 2 Three way catalyst function P0420, P0430 EVAP SYSTEM 2 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring P0441 1 EVAP control system P0442 2 EVAP control system P0456 2 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P0133, P0153 Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0137, P0157 Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0138, P0158 Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0139, P0159 Intake value timing control function P0011 HO2S EGR/VVT SYSTEM 3 *: If completion of several SRTs is required, perform driving patterns (DTC confirmation procedure), one by one based on the priority for models with CONSULT-III. SRT Set Timing SRT is set as “CMPLT” after self-diagnosis has been performed one or more times. Completion of SRT is done regardless of whether the result is OK or NG. The set timing is different between OK and NG results and is shown in the table below. Example Self-diagnosis result All OK Case 1 Case 2 Revision: January 2010 Diagnosis ← ON → OFF Ignition cycle ← ON → OFF ← ON → OFF ← ON → P0400 OK (1) — (1) OK (2) — (2) P0402 OK (1) — (1) — (1) OK (2) P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2) SRT of EGR “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” P0400 OK (1) — (1) — (1) — (1) P0402 — (0) — (0) OK (1) — (1) P1402 OK (1) OK (2) — (2) — (2) SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” “CMPLT” EC-1160 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > NG exists Case 3 P0400 OK OK — — P0402 — — — — P1402 NG — NG NG (Consecutive NG) (1st trip) DTC 1st trip DTC — 1st trip DTC DTC (= MIL “ON”) SRT of EGR “INCMP” “INCMP” “INCMP” “CMPLT” A EC C OK: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is OK. NG: Self-diagnosis is carried out and the result is NG. D —: Self-diagnosis is not carried out. When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results in a single cycle (Ignition OFF-ON-OFF), the SRT will indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 1 above When all SRT related self-diagnoses showed OK results through several different cycles, the SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have at least one OK result. → Case 2 above If one or more SRT related self-diagnoses showed NG results in 2 consecutive cycles, the SRT will also indicate “CMPLT”. → Case 3 above The table above shows that the minimum number of cycles for setting SRT as “INCMP” is one (1) for each self-diagnosis (Case 1 & 2) or two (2) for one of self-diagnoses (Case 3). However, in preparation for the state emissions inspection, it is unnecessary for each self-diagnosis to be executed twice (Case 3) for the following reasons: • The SRT will indicate “CMPLT” at the time the respective self-diagnoses have one (1) OK result. • The emissions inspection requires “CMPLT” of the SRT only with OK self-diagnosis results. • When, during SRT driving pattern, 1st trip DTC (NG) is detected prior to “CMPLT” of SRT, the self-diagnosis memory must be erased from ECM after repair. • If the 1st trip DTC is erased, all the SRT will indicate “INCMP”. NOTE: SRT can be set as “CMPLT” together with the DTC(s). Therefore, DTC check must always be carried out prior to the state emission inspection even though the SRT indicates “CMPLT”. G SRT Service Procedure If a vehicle has failed the state emissions inspection due to one or more SRT items indicating “INCMP”, review the flowchart diagnostic sequence on the next page. J E F H I K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1161 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > JSBIA0065GB How to Display SRT Status WITH CONSULT-III Selecting “SRT STATUS” in “DTC CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-III. For items whose SRT codes are set, “CMPLT” is displayed on the CONSULT-III screen; for items whose SRT codes are not set, “INCMP” is displayed. NOTE: • Though displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, “HO2S HTR” is not SRT item. • “SRT STATUS” provides the presence or absence of permanent DTCs stored in ECM memory. WITH GST Selecting Service $01 with GST (Generic Scan Tool) NO TOOLS A SRT code itself cannot be displayed, however SRT status can. 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait 20 seconds. 2. SRT status is indicated as shown below. • When all SRT codes are set, MIL illuminates continuously. Revision: January 2010 EC-1162 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > • When any SRT codes are not set, MIL will blink periodically for 10 seconds. [QR25DE] A EC C D E JMBIA1515GB How to Set SRT Code To set all SRT codes, self-diagnosis for the items indicated above must be performed one or more times. Each diagnosis may require a long period of actual driving under various conditions. WITH CONSULT-III Perform corresponding DTC Confirmation Procedure one by one based on Performance Priority in the table on “SRT Item”. WITHOUT CONSULT-III The most efficient driving pattern in which SRT codes can be properly set is explained below. The driving pattern should be performed one or more times to set all SRT codes. F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1163 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Driving Pattern JSBIA0159GB • The time required for each diagnosis varies with road surface conditions, weather, altitude, individual driving habits, etc. Zone A refers to the range where the time, required for the diagnosis under normal conditions*, is the shortest. Zone B refers to the range where the diagnosis can still be performed if the diagnosis is not completed within zone A. *: Normal conditions refer to the following: Revision: January 2010 EC-1164 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Sea level • Flat road A • Ambient air temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F) • Diagnosis is performed as quickly as possible under normal conditions. Under different conditions [For example: ambient air temperature other than 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F)], diagnoEC sis may also be performed. Pattern 1: • The engine is started at the engine coolant temperature of −10 to 35°C (14 to 95°F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 46 and ground is 3.0 - 4.3 V). C • The engine must be operated at idle speed until the engine coolant temperature is greater than 70°C (158°F) (where the voltage between the ECM terminal 46 and ground is lower than 1.4 V). • The engine is started at the fuel tank temperature of warmer than 0°C (32°F) (where the voltage D between the ECM terminal 95 and ground is less than 4.1 V). Pattern 2: • When steady-state driving is performed again even after it is interrupted, each diagnosis can be conducted. E In this case, the time required for diagnosis may be extended. Pattern 3: • Operate vehicle following the driving pattern shown in the figure. • Release the accelerator pedal during deceleration of vehicle speed F from 90 km/h (56 MPH) to 0 km/h (0 MPH). G H PBIB2244E I Pattern 4: • Operate vehicle, following the driving pattern shown in the figure. - Drive the vehicle in a proper gear at 60 km/h (38 MPH) and maintain the speed. - Release the accelerator pedal fully at least 5 seconds. - Repeat the above two steps at least 5 times. J K L JSBIA0160GB M Pattern 5: • The accelerator pedal must be held very steady during steady-state driving. • If the accelerator pedal is moved, the test must be conducted again. *1: Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH), then release the accelerator pedal and keep it released for more than 10 seconds. Depress the accelerator pedal until vehicle speed is 90 km/h (56 MPH) again. *2: Checking the vehicle speed with GST is advised. Suggested Transmission Gear Position for CVT Models Set the selector lever position in the D. Suggested upshift speeds for M/T models Shown below are suggested vehicle speeds for shifting into a higher gear. These suggestions relate to fuel economy and vehicle performance. Actual upshift speeds will vary according to road conditions, the weather and individual driving habits. Revision: January 2010 EC-1165 2010 Sentra N O P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > For normal acceleration in low altitude areas [less than 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]: For quick acceleration in low altitude areas For high attitude areas [over 1,219 m (4,000 ft)]: ACCEL shift point km/h (MPH) km/h (MPH) km/h (MPH) 1st to 2nd 13 (8) 24 (15) 24 (15) 2nd to 3rd 27 (17) 40 (25) 40 (25) 3rd to 4th 40 (25) 53 (33) 65 (40) 4th to 5th 58 (36) 71 (44) 72 (45) 5th to 6th 82 (51) 82 (51) 82 (51) Gear change Suggested Maximum Speed in Each Gear Downshift to a lower gear if the engine is not running smoothly, or if you need to accelerate. Do not exceed the maximum suggested speed (shown below) in any gear. For level road driving, use the highest gear suggested for that speed. Always observe posted speed limits and drive according to the road conditions to ensure safe operation. Do not over-rev the engine when shifting to a lower gear as it may cause engine damage or loss of vehicle control. Gear km/h (MPH) 1st 50 (30) 2nd 90 (55) 3rd — 4th — 5th — 6th — PERMANENT DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODE (PERMANENT DTC) Permanent DTC is defined in SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5 Service $0A. ECM stores a DTC issuing a command of turning on MIL as a permanent DTC and keeps storing the DTC as a permanent DTC until ECM judges that there is no presence of malfunction. Permanent DTCs cannot be erased by using the Erase function of CONSULT-III or Generic Scan Tool (GST) and by disconnecting the battery to shut off power to ECM. This prevents a vehicle from passing the state emission inspection without repairing a malfunctioning part. When not passing the state emission inspection due to more than one permanent DTC, permanent DTCs should be erased, referring to this manual. NOTE: • The important items in state emission inspection are that MIL is not ON, SRT test items are set, and permanent DTCs are not included. • Permanent DTCs do not apply for regions that permanent DTCs are not regulated by law. Permanent DTC Item For permanent DTC items, MIL turns ON. Refer to EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS”. Permanent DTC Set Timing The setting timing of permanent DTC is stored in ECM with the lighting of MIL when a DTC is confirmed. Permanent DTC Service Procedure Revision: January 2010 EC-1166 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A EC C D E F G JSBIA0066GB H How to Display Permanent DTC Status 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. I WITH CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-III. NOTE: Permanent DTCs stored in ECM memory are displayed on the CONSULT-III screen to show if a driving pattern required for erasing permanent DTCs is complete (CMPLT) or incomplete (INCMP). CAUTION: Since the “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” screen displays the previous trip information, repeat the following twice to update the information: “Ignition switch OFF”, “Wait for more than 10 seconds” and “Ignition switch ON”. J K L M N O P JSBIA0062GB Revision: January 2010 EC-1167 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. WITH GST Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Select Service $0A with GST (Generic Scan Tool). TEST VALUE AND TEST LIMIT (GST ONLY — NOT APPLICABLE TO CONSULT-III) The following is the information specified in Service $06 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5. The test value is a parameter used to determine whether a system/circuit diagnostic test is OK or NG while being monitored by the ECM during self-diagnosis. The test limit is a reference value which is specified as the maximum or minimum value and is compared with the test value being monitored. These data (test value and test limit) are specified by On Board Monitor ID (OBDMID), Test ID (TID), Unit and Scaling ID and can be displayed on the GST screen. The items of the test value and test limit will be displayed with GST screen which items are provided by the ECM. (eg., if bank 2 is not applied on this vehicle, only the items of bank 1 is displayed) Revision: January 2010 EC-1168 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Item OBDMID 01H Self-diagnostic test item Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) DTC Test value and Test limit (GST display) 03H Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1) Heated oxygen sensor 3 (Bank 1) Revision: January 2010 Description TID Unit and Scaling ID P0131 83H 0BH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0131 84H 0BH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0130 85H 0BH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0130 86H 0BH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0133 87H 04H Response rate: Response ratio (Lean to Rich) P0133 88H 04H Response rate: Response ratio (Rich to Lean) P2A00 89H 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio P2A00 8AH 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio P0130 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage P0133 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency EC P014C 8DH 04H O2 Sensor Slow Response - Rich to Lean Bank 1 Sensor 1 P014C 8EH 04H O2 Sensor Slow Response - Rich to Lean Bank 1 Sensor 1 P014D 8FH 84H O2 Sensor Slow Response - Lean to Rich Bank 1 Sensor 1 HO2S 02H A P014D 90H 84H O2 Sensor Slow Response - Lean to Rich Bank 1 Sensor 1 P015A 91H 01H O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Rich to Lean Bank 1 Sensor 1 P015A 92H 01H O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Rich to Lean Bank 1 Sensor 1 P015B 93H 01H O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Lean to Rich Bank 1 Sensor 1 P015B 94H 01H O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Lean to Rich Bank 1 Sensor 1 P0138 07H 0CH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0137 08H 0CH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0138 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage P0139 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage P0143 07H 0CH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0144 08H 0CH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0146 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage P0145 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage EC-1169 2010 Sentra C D E F G H I J K L M N O P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Item OBDMID 05H Self-diagnostic test item Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) DTC Test value and Test limit (GST display) TID P0151 83H 0BH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0151 84H 0BH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0150 85H 0BH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0150 86H 0BH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0153 87H 04H Response rate: Response ratio (Lean to Rich) P0153 88H 04H Response rate: Response ratio (Rich to Lean) P2A03 89H 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio P2A03 8AH 84H The amount of shift in air fuel ratio P0150 8BH 0BH Difference in sensor output voltage P0153 8CH 83H Response gain at the limited frequency P014E 8DH 04H O2 Sensor Slow Response - Rich to Lean Bank 2 Sensor 1 P014E 8EH 04H O2 Sensor Slow Response - Rich to Lean Bank 2 Sensor 1 P014F 8FH 84H O2 Sensor Slow Response - Lean to Rich Bank 2 Sensor 1 P014F 90H 84H O2 Sensor Slow Response - Lean to Rich Bank 2 Sensor 1 P015C 91H 01H O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Rich to Lean Bank 2 Sensor 1 P015C 92H 01H O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Rich to Lean Bank 2 Sensor 1 P015D 93H 01H O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Lean to Rich Bank 2 Sensor 1 P015D 94H 01H O2 Sensor Delayed Response - Lean to Rich Bank 2 Sensor 1 P0158 07H 0CH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0157 08H 0CH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0158 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage P0159 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage P0163 07H 0CH Minimum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0164 08H 0CH Maximum sensor output voltage for test cycle P0166 80H 0CH Sensor output voltage P0165 81H 0CH Difference in sensor output voltage HO2S 06H 07H Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2) Heated oxygen sensor 3 (Bank2) Revision: January 2010 Description Unit and Scaling ID EC-1170 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Item OBDMID 21H Self-diagnostic test item Three way catalyst function (Bank1) CATALYST 22H EGR SYSTEM 31H 35H Three way catalyst function (Bank2) EGR function A Description TID Unit and Scaling ID P0420 80H 01H O2 storage index P0420 82H 01H Switching time lag engine exhaust index value P2423 83H 0CH Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output voltage P2423 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst P0430 80H 01H O2 storage index P0430 82H 01H Switching time lag engine exhaust index value P2424 83H 0CH Difference in 3rd O2 sensor output voltage P2424 84H 84H O2 storage index in HC trap catalyst P0400 80H 96H Low Flow Faults: EGR temp change rate (short term) P0400 81H 96H Low Flow Faults: EGR temp change rate (long term) P0400 82H 96H Low Flow Faults: Difference between max EGR temp and EGR temp under idling condition P0400 83H 96H Low Flow Faults: Max EGR temp P1402 84H 96H High Flow Faults: EGR temp increase rate P0011 80H 9DH VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC alignment check diagnosis) P0014 81H 9DH VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC alignment check diagnosis) VVT Monitor (Bank1) VVT SYSTEM 36H DTC Test value and Test limit (GST display) EC P0011 82H 9DH VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC drive failure diagnosis) P0014 83H 9DH VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC drive failure diagnosis) P0021 80H 9DH VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC alignment check diagnosis) P0024 81H 9DH VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC alignment check diagnosis) P0021 82H 9DH VTC intake function diagnosis (VTC drive failure diagnosis) P0024 83H 9DH VTC exhaust function diagnosis (VTC drive failure diagnosis) VVT Monitor (Bank2) C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1171 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Item EVAP SYSTEM O2 SENSOR HEATER Secondary Air OBDMID Self-diagnostic test item DTC Test value and Test limit (GST display) TID Unit and Scaling ID Description 39H EVAP control system leak (Cap Off) P0455 80H 0CH Difference in pressure sensor output voltage before and after pull down 3BH EVAP control system leak (Small leak) P0442 80H 05H Leak area index (for more than 0.04 inch) P0456 80H 05H Leak area index (for more than 0.02 inch) P0456 81H FDH Maximum internal pressure of EVAP system during monitoring P0456 82H FDH Internal pressure of EVAP system at the end of monitoring P0441 83H 0CH Difference in pressure sensor output voltage before and after vent control valve close 3CH EVAP control system leak (Very small leak) 3DH Purge flow system 41H A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 1) Low Input:P0031 High Input:P0032 81H 0BH Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage 42H Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (Bank 1) Low Input:P0037 High Input:P0038 80H 0CH Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage 43H Heated oxygen sensor 3 heater (Bank 1) P0043 80H 0CH Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage 45H A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 2) Low Input:P0051 High Input:P0052 81H 0BH Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage 46H Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (Bank 2) Low Input:P0057 High Input:P0058 80H 0CH Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage 47H Heated oxygen sensor 3 heater (Bank 2) P0063 80H 0CH Converted value of Heater electric current to voltage P0411 80H 01H Secondary Air Injection System Incorrect Flow Detected Bank1: P0491 Bank2: P0492 81H 01H Secondary Air Injection System Insufficient Flow P2445 82H 01H Secondary Air Injection System Pump Stuck Off P2448 83H 01H Secondary Air Injection System High Airflow Bank1: P2440 Bank2: P2442 84H 01H Secondary Air Injection System Switching Valve Stuck Open P2440 85H 01H Secondary Air Injection System Switching Valve Stuck Open P2444 86H 01H Secondary Air Injection System Pump Stuck On 71H Secondary Air system 81H Fuel injection system function (Bank 1) P0171 or P0172 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim P0171 or P0172 81H 24H The number of lambda control clamped 82H Fuel injection system function (Bank 2) P0174 or P0175 80H 2FH Long term fuel trim P0174 or P0175 81H 24H The number of lambda control clamped FUEL SYSTEM Revision: January 2010 EC-1172 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Item OBDMID Self-diagnostic test item DTC Test value and Test limit (GST display) P0301 MISFIRE A1H A Description TID Unit and Scaling ID 80H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the first cylinder EC P0302 81H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the second cylinder P0303 82H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the third cylinder P0304 83H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the fourth cylinder P0305 84H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the fifth cylinder P0306 85H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the sixth cylinder P0307 86H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the seventh cylinder P0308 87H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the eighth cylinder P0300 88H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the multiple cylinders P0301 89H 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the first cylinder P0302 8AH 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the second cylinder P0303 8BH 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the third cylinder P0304 8CH 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the fourth cylinder P0305 8DH 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the fifth cylinder P0306 8EH 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the sixth cylinder P0307 8FH 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the seventh cylinder P0308 90H 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the eighth cylinder P0300 91H 24H Misfiring counter at 1000 revolution of the single cylinder Multiple Cylinder Misfires P0300 92H 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the single cylinder P0300 93H 24H Misfiring counter at 200 revolution of the multiple cylinders C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1173 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Item OBDMID A2H A3H A4H A5H Self-diagnostic test item DTC Test value and Test limit (GST display) TID P0301 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0301 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles P0302 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0302 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles P0303 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0303 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles P0304 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0304 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles P0305 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0305 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles P0306 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0306 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles P0307 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0307 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles P0308 0BH 24H EWMA (Exponential Weighted Moving Average) misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles P0308 0CH 24H Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles No. 1 Cylinder Misfire No. 2 Cylinder Misfire No. 3 Cylinder Misfire No. 4 Cylinder Misfire MISFIRE A6H A7H A8H A9H Description Unit and Scaling ID No. 5 Cylinder Misfire No. 6 Cylinder Misfire No. 7 Cylinder Misfire No. 8 Cylinder Misfire HOW TO ERASE EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION How to Erase DTC With CONSULT-III NOTE: • If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. • If the DTC is not for CVT related items (see EC-1117), skip step 1. 1. Erase DTC in TCM. Refer to CVT-24. 2. Select “ENGINE” with CONSULT-III. 3. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. Revision: January 2010 EC-1174 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Touch “ERASE”. (DTC in ECM will be erased.) A With GST NOTE: If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. EC 1. Select Service $04 with GST (Generic Scan Tool). No Tools NOTE: If the ignition switch stays ON after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch OFF once. Wait at least 10 sec- C onds and then turn it ON (engine stopped) again. 1. Erase DTC in ECM. Refer to How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results). • If the battery is disconnected, the emission-related diagnostic information will be lost within 24 D hours. • The following data are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. - Diagnostic trouble codes E - 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes - Freeze frame data - 1st trip freeze frame data - System readiness test (SRT) codes F - Test values Actual work procedures are explained using a DTC as an example. Be careful so that not only the DTC, but all of the data listed above, are cleared from the ECM memory during work procedures. G How to Erase Permanent DTC When a DTC is stored in ECM • When a DTC is stored in ECM and MIL is ON, a permanent DTC is erased with MIL shutoff if the same malfunction is not detected after performing the driving pattern for MIL shutoff three times in a raw. H I J K L M JSBIA0063GB *1: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL will illuminate. *2: MIL will turn off after vehicle is driven 3 times (pattern B) without any malfunctions. N O When a DTC is not stored in ECM • The erasing method depends on a permanent DTC stored in ECM. Refer to the following table. ×: Applicable —: Not applicable Driving pattern Group* Perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” for applicable DTCs. B D A × — — B — × × Revision: January 2010 EC-1175 2010 Sentra P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > *: For group, refer to EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “EMISSION-RELATED DIAGNOSTIC INFORMATION ITEMS”. Group A JSBIA0064GB *1: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL will illuminate. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Check permanent DTC. Refer to EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “How to Display Permanent DTC Status”. 6. Perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” for DTCs which are the same as permanent DTCs stored in ECM. 7. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 8. Turn ignition switch ON. 9. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 10. Turn ignition switch ON. 11. Check permanent DTC. Refer to EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “How to Display Permanent DTC Status”. 12. Check that the permanent DTCs have been erased. Group B Revision: January 2010 EC-1176 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A EC C D E F G H I JSBIA0068GB *1: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL will illuminate. *2: After experiencing Driving pattern B and D, permanent DTC is erased. *3: Indication does not change unless the ignition switch is turned from ON to OFF twice even after experiencing Driving pattern B or D. NOTE: • Drive the vehicle according to only driving patterns indicating “INCMP” in driving patterns B and D on the “PERMANENT DTC STATUS” screen. • When experiencing both driving pattern B and D during the same trip, the experience of driving pattern D is counted by priority. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. 5. Check permanent DTC. Refer to EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “How to Display Permanent DTC Status”. 6. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 7. Drive the vehicle according to driving pattern D. CAUTION: • Always drive at a safe speed. • Never erase self-diagnosis results. • If self-diagnosis results are erased during the trip of driving pattern B or D, the counter of driving pattern B or D is reset. • If self-diagnosis results are erased during the trip of driving pattern B or D, an experience of driving pattern B and D during the same trip is not counted up. 8. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 9. Turn ignition switch ON. 10. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 11. Turn ignition switch ON. 12. Use “PERMANENT DTC WORK SUPPORT” to drive the vehicle according to driving pattern B. Revision: January 2010 EC-1177 2010 Sentra J K L M N O P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CAUTION: • Always drive at a safe speed. • Never erase self-diagnosis results. • If self-diagnosis results are erased during the trip of driving pattern B or D, the counter of driving pattern B or D is reset. • If self-diagnosis results are erased during the trip of driving pattern B or D, an experience of driving pattern B and D during the same trip is not counted up. 13. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 14. Turn ignition switch ON. 15. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 16. Turn ignition switch ON. 17. Check permanent DTC. Refer to EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information", “How to Display Permanent DTC Status”. 18. Check that the permanent DTCs have been erased. DRIVING PATTERN Driving Pattern B • - Driving pattern B means a trip satisfying the following conditions. Engine speed reaches 400 rpm or more. Water temperature reaches 70°C (158°F) ore more. Vehicle speed of 70 – 120 km/h (44 – 75 MPH) is maintained for 60 seconds or more under the control of closed loop. - Vehicle speed of 30 – 60 km/h (19 – 37 MPH) is maintained for 10 seconds or more under the control of closed loop. - Under the closed loop control condition, the following state reaches 12 seconds or more in total: Vehicle speed of 4 km/h (2 MPH) or less with idling condition. - The state of driving at 10 km/h (7 MPH) or more reaches 10 minutes or more in total. - A lapse of 22 minutes or more after engine start. CAUTION: Always drive at a safe speed. NOTE: • Drive the vehicle at a constant velocity. • When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern B. • When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving pattern B. Driving Pattern D • Driving pattern D means operating vehicle as per the following. - The state of driving at 40 km/h (25 MPH) reaches 300 seconds or more in total. - Idle speed lasts 30 seconds or more. - A lapse of 600 seconds or more after engine start. CAUTION: Always drive at a safe speed. NOTE: • When the same malfunction is detected regardless of driving conditions, reset the counter of driving pattern D. • When the above conditions are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, reset the counter of driving pattern D. Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) INFOID:0000000005285736 DESCRIPTION Revision: January 2010 EC-1178 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > The MIL is located on the instrument panel. 1. The MIL will illuminate when the ignition switch is turned ON without the engine running. This is a bulb check. If the MIL does not illuminate, refer to DI-35 or see EC-1671. 2. When the engine is started, the MIL should turn off. If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction. [QR25DE] A EC C SEF217U D ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM FUNCTION The on board diagnostic system has the following three functions. E Diagnostic Test Mode KEY and ENG. Status Function Explanation of Function Mode I Ignition switch in ON position BULB CHECK This function checks the MIL bulb for damage (blown, open circuit, etc.). If the MIL does not come on, check MIL circuit. F G Engine stopped H Engine running Mode II Ignition switch in ON position This is a usual driving condition. When a malfunction is detected twice in two consecutive driving cycles (two trip detection logic), the MIL will illuminate to inform the driver that a malfunction has been detected. The following malfunctions will illuminate or blink the MIL in the 1st trip. • Misfire (Possible three way catalyst damage) • One trip detection diagnoses MALFUNCTION WARNING SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS I J This function allows DTCs and 1st trip DTCs to be read. K L Engine stopped M When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by MIL illuminating when there is malfunction on engine control system. Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means of operating fail-safe function. The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected, and demands the driver to repair the malfunction. Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut MIL Flashing Without DTC When any SRT codes are not set, MIL may flash without DTC. For the details, refer to EC-1155, "Emissionrelated Diagnostic Information". HOW TO SWITCH DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE NOTE: • It is better to count the time accurately with a clock. Revision: January 2010 EC-1179 2010 Sentra N O P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a malfunction. • Always ECM returns to Diagnostic Test Mode I after ignition switch is turned OFF. How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results) 1. 2. a. b. 3. 4. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds. Fully depress the accelerator pedal. Fully release the accelerator pedal. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 10 seconds until the MIL starts blinking. Fully release the accelerator pedal. ECM has entered to Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). PBIB0092E How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results) 1. 2. 3. Set ECM in Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic results). Refer to “How to Set Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)”. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for more than 10 seconds. The emission-related diagnostic information has been erased from the backup memory in the ECM. Fully release the accelerator pedal, and confirm the DTC 0000 is displayed. DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — BULB CHECK In this mode, the MIL on the instrument panel should stay ON. If it remains OFF, check the bulb. Refer to DI-35 or EC-1671. DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE I — MALFUNCTION WARNING MIL Condition ON When the malfunction is detected. OFF No malfunction These DTC numbers are clarified in Diagnostic Test Mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS) DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE II — SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS In this mode, the DTC and 1st trip DTC are indicated by the number of blinks of the MIL as shown below. The DTC and 1st trip DTC are displayed at the same time. If the MIL does not illuminate in diagnostic test mode I (Malfunction warning), all displayed items are 1st trip DTCs. If only one code is displayed when the MIL illuminates in diagnostic test mode II (SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS), it is a DTC; if two or more codes are displayed, they may be either DTCs or 1st trip DTCs. DTC No. is same as that of 1st trip DTC. These uniden- Revision: January 2010 EC-1180 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > tified codes can be identified by using the CONSULT-III or GST. A DTC will be used as an example for how to read a code. A EC C D E F G H I JMBIA1140GB A particular trouble code can be identified by the number of four-digit numeral flashes. The “zero” is indicated by the number of ten flashes. The “A” is indicated by the number of eleven flash. The length of time the 1,000th-digit numeral flashes on and off is 1.2 seconds consisting of an ON (0.6-second) - OFF (0.6-second) cycle. The 100th-digit numeral and lower digit numerals consist of a 0.3-second ON and 0.3-second OFF cycle. A change from one digit numeral to another occurs at an interval of 1.0-second OFF. In other words, the later numeral appears on the display 1.3 seconds after the former numeral has disappeared. A change from one trouble code to another occurs at an interval of 1.8-second OFF. In this way, all the detected malfunctions are classified by their DTC numbers. The DTC 0000 refers to no malfunction. (See EC-1117) How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results) The DTC can be erased from the back-up memory in the ECM by depressing accelerator pedal. Refer to “How to Erase Diagnostic Test Mode II (Self-diagnostic Results)”. • If the battery is disconnected, the DTC will be lost from the backup memory within 24 hours. • Be careful not to erase the stored memory before starting trouble diagnoses. OBD System Operation Chart K L M N INFOID:0000000005568638 RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, 1ST TRIP DTC, DTC, AND DETECTABLE ITEMS • When a malfunction is detected for the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip freeze frame data are stored in the ECM memory. • When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, the DTC and the freeze frame data are stored in the ECM memory, and the MIL will come on. For details, refer to EC-61, "Two Trip Detection Logic". • The MIL will go off after the vehicle is driven 3 times (driving pattern B) with no malfunction. The drive is counted only when the recorded driving pattern is met (as stored in the ECM). If another malfunction occurs while counting, the counter will reset. • The DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 40 times (driving pattern A) without the same malfunction recurring (except for Misfire and Fuel Injection System). For Misfire and Fuel Injection System, the DTC and freeze frame data will be stored until the vehicle is driven 80 times (driving pattern Revision: January 2010 J EC-1181 2010 Sentra O P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > C) without the same malfunction recurring. The “TIME” in “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS” mode of CONSULT-III will count the number of times the vehicle is driven. • The 1st trip DTC is not displayed when the self-diagnosis results in OK for the 2nd trip. SUMMARY CHART Items Fuel Injection System Misfire Other MIL (goes off) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) 3 (pattern B) DTC, Freeze Frame Data (no display) 80 (pattern C) 80 (pattern C) 40 (pattern A) 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern C), *1 1 (pattern B) *1, *2 *1, *2 1 (pattern B) 1st Trip DTC (clear) 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data (clear) For details about patterns B and C under “Fuel Injection System” and “Misfire”, see "EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”". For details about patterns A and B under “Other”, see "EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM”". *1: Clear timing is at the moment OK is detected. *2: Clear timing is when the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip. RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” Revision: January 2010 EC-1182 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A EC C D E F G H I J K L JMBIA1417GB *1: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL will illuminate. *2: MIL will turn off after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is de3 times (pattern B) without any maltected in two consecutive trips, the functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored in ECM. *4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: The 1st trip DTC and the 1st trip will not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the freeze frame data will be cleared at vehicle is driven 80 times (pattern C) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the moment OK is detected. without the same malfunction. (The stored in ECM. DTC and the freeze frame data still remain in ECM.) *7: When the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip freeze frame data will be cleared. *8: 1st trip DTC will be cleared when vehicle is driven once (pattern C) without the same malfunction after DTC is stored in ECM. Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows: EC-1183 N O P EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” Revision: January 2010 M 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system. • The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern. • The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunction. • The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3. (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”) Driving pattern C means the vehicle operation as follows: The following conditions should be satisfied at the same time: Engine speed: (Engine speed in the freeze frame data) ±375 rpm Calculated load value: (Calculated load value in the freeze frame data) x (1±0.1) [%] Engine coolant temperature (T) condition: • When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), “T” should be lower than 70°C (158°F). • When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), “T” should be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F). Example: If the stored freeze frame data is as follows: Engine speed: 850 rpm, Calculated load value: 30%, Engine coolant temperature: 80°C (176°F) To be satisfied with driving pattern C, the vehicle should run under the following conditions: Engine speed: 475 - 1,225 rpm, Calculated load value: 27 - 33%, Engine coolant temperature: more than 70°C (158°F) • The C counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of vehicle conditions above. • The C counter will be counted up when vehicle conditions above is satisfied without the same malfunction. • The DTC will not be displayed after C counter reaches 80. • The 1st trip DTC will be cleared when C counter is counted once without the same malfunction after DTC is stored in ECM. RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN MIL, DTC, 1ST TRIP DTC AND DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” Revision: January 2010 EC-1184 2010 Sentra ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N JMBIA1418GB *1: When the same malfunction is detected in two consecutive trips, MIL will illuminate. Revision: January 2010 *2: MIL will turn off after vehicle is driven *3: When the same malfunction is de3 times (pattern B) without any maltected in two consecutive trips, the functions. DTC and the freeze frame data will be stored in ECM. EC-1185 2010 Sentra O P ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > *4: The DTC and the freeze frame data *5: When a malfunction is detected for *6: 1st trip DTC will be cleared after vehiwill not be displayed any longer after the first time, the 1st trip DTC and the cle is driven once (pattern B) without vehicle is driven 40 times (pattern A) 1st trip freeze frame data will be the same malfunction. without the same malfunction. stored in ECM. (The DTC and the freeze frame data still remain in ECM.) *7: When the same malfunction is detected in the 2nd trip, the 1st trip freeze frame data will be cleared. EXPLANATION FOR DRIVING PATTERNS EXCEPT FOR “MISFIRE ”, “FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM” JMBIA1920GB • The A counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected regardless of (1) - (4). • The A counter will be counted up when (1) - (4) are satisfied without the same malfunction. • The DTC will not be displayed after the A counter reaches 40. Driving pattern B means the vehicle operation as follows: All components and systems should be monitored at least once by the OBD system. • The B counter will be cleared when the malfunction is detected once regardless of the driving pattern. • The B counter will be counted up when driving pattern B is satisfied without any malfunctions. • The MIL will go off when the B counter reaches 3 (*2 in “OBD SYSTEM OPERATION CHART”). Revision: January 2010 EC-1186 2010 Sentra BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE A Basic Inspection INFOID:0000000005285738 1.INSPECTION START 1. 2. 3. 4. EC Check service records for any recent repairs that may indicate a related malfunction, or a current need for scheduled maintenance. Open engine hood and check the following: Harness connectors for improper connections Wiring harness for improper connections, pinches and cut Vacuum hoses for splits, kinks and improper connections Hoses and ducts for leakage Air cleaner clogging Gasket Check that electrical or mechanical loads are not applied. Headlamp switch is OFF. Air conditioner switch is OFF. Rear window defogger switch is OFF. SEF983U Steering wheel is in the straight-ahead position, etc. Start engine and warm it up until engine coolant temperature indicator points to the middle of gauge. Check that engine stays below 1,000 rpm. C D E F G H I SEF976U J 5. Run engine at approximately 2,000 rpm for approximately 2 minutes under no load. 6. Check that no DTC is displayed with CONSULT-III or GST. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2. K L M SEF977U 2.REPAIR OR REPLACE N Repair or replace components as necessary according to corresponding Diagnostic Procedure. >> GO TO 3. O 3.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED 1. With CONSULT-III Run engine at approximately 2,000 rpm for approximately 2 minutes under no load. Revision: January 2010 EC-1187 P 2010 Sentra BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load, then run engine at idle speed for approximately 1 minute. 3. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-1191, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check". [QR25DE] M/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) CVT: 650 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) PBIA8513J Without CONSULT-III Run engine at approximately 2,000 rpm for approximately 2 minutes under no load. Rev engine (2,000 to 3,000 rpm) two or three times under no load, then run engine at idle speed for approximately 1 minute. 3. Check idle speed. Refer to EC-1191, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check". 1. 2. M/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) CVT: 650 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 4. 4.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING 1. 2. Stop engine. Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". >> GO TO 5. 5.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". >> GO TO 6. 6.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Refer to EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 7. No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. 2. GO TO 4. 7.CHECK IDLE SPEED AGAIN 1. 2. With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-1191, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check". M/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) CVT: 650 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) 1. 2. Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check idle speed. Refer to EC-1191, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check". Revision: January 2010 EC-1188 2010 Sentra BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > M/T: 800± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) CVT: 650 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) A OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 8. EC 8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART C Check the following. • Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-1425. • Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-1431. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> 1. Repair or replace. 2. GO TO 4. D E 9.CHECK ECM FUNCTION 1. 2. F Substitute with a non-malfunctioning ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of the incident, although this is rare.) Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function". G H >> GO TO 4. 10.CHECK IGNITION TIMING 1. 2. - I Run engine at idle. Check ignition timing with a timing light. Refer to EC-1191, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check". Timing indicator (1) J M/T: 10 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position) CVT:10 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position) K OK or NG OK >> GO TO 19. NG >> GO TO 11. L 11.PERFORM ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING 1. 2. BBIA0898E M Stop engine. Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". N >> GO TO 12. 12.PERFORM THROTTLE VALVE CLOSED POSITION LEARNING O Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". >> GO TO 13. P 13.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING Refer to EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 14. No >> 1. Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. Revision: January 2010 EC-1189 2010 Sentra BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. GO TO 4. 14.CHECK TARGET IDLE SPEED AGAIN 1. 2. With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Read idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-1191, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check". M/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) CVT: 650 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) 1. 2. Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check idle speed. Refer to EC-1191, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check". M/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) CVT: 650 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> GO TO 17. 15.CHECK IGNITION TIMING AGAIN 1. 2. - Run engine at idle. Check ignition timing with a timing light. Refer to EC-1191, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check". Timing indicator (1) M/T: 10 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position) CVT: 10 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 19 NG >> GO TO 16. BBIA0898E 16.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-164. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> 1. Repair the timing chain installation. 2. GO TO 4. 17.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Check crankshaft position sensor (POS) and circuit. Refer to EC-1425. • Check camshaft position sensor (PHASE) and circuit. Refer to EC-1431. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 18. NG >> 1. Repair or replace. 2. GO TO 4. 18.CHECK ECM FUNCTION 1. 2. Substitute with a non-malfunctioning ECM to check ECM function. (ECM may be the cause of the incident, although this is rare.) Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function". Revision: January 2010 EC-1190 2010 Sentra BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A >> GO TO 4. 19.INSPECTION END Did you replace ECM, referring this Basic Inspection procedure? Yes or No Yes >> 1. Perform EC-1193, "VIN Registration". 2. INSPECTION END No >> INSPECTION END Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check EC C INFOID:0000000005285739 D IDLE SPEED With CONSULT-III Check idle speed in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. E With GST Check idle speed in Service $01 with GST. F IGNITION TIMING Any of following two methods may be used. G Method A 1. Attach timing light to loop wire as shown. • : Vehicle front • Ignition coil No. 1 (1) • Timing light (2) H I J BBIA0925E K 2. Check ignition timing. • Timing indicator (1) L M N BBIA0898E O Method B 1. Remove No. 1 ignition coil (1). P Revision: January 2010 EC-1191 2010 Sentra BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • : Vehicle front BBIA0917E 2. Connect No. 1 ignition coil (3) and No. 1 spark plug with suitable high-tension wire (1) as shown, and attach timing light (2) clamp to this wire. • : Vehicle front BBIA0926E PBIB3334E 3. Check ignition timing. • Timing indicator (1) BBIA0898E Procedure After Replacing ECM INFOID:0000000005285740 When replacing ECM, the following procedure must be performed. 1. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function". 2. Perform EC-1193, "VIN Registration". 3. Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". 4. Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Revision: January 2010 EC-1192 2010 Sentra BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning". A VIN Registration INFOID:0000000005285741 DESCRIPTION VIN Registration is an operation to register VIN in ECM. It must be performed each time ECM is replaced. NOTE: Accurate VIN which is registered in ECM may be required for Inspection & Maintenance (I/M). OPERATION PROCEDURE EC C With CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. D Check the VIN of the vehicle and note it. Refer to GI-45. Turn ignition switch ON with engine stopped. Select “VIN REGISTRATION” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode. Follow the instruction on the CONSULT-III display. Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning E INFOID:0000000005285742 F DESCRIPTION Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully released position of the accelerator pedal by monitoring the accelerator pedal position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time harness connector of accelerator pedal position sensor or ECM is disconnected. OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. H Check that accelerator pedal is fully released. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning G I INFOID:0000000005285743 DESCRIPTION J Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning is a function of ECM to learn the fully closed position of the throttle valve by monitoring the throttle position sensor output signal. It must be performed each time the harness connector of electric throttle control actuator or ECM is disconnected. K OPERATION PROCEDURE L 1. 2. 3. Check that accelerator pedal is fully released. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Check that throttle valve moves during above 10 seconds by confirming the operating sound. Idle Air Volume Learning M INFOID:0000000005285744 N DESCRIPTION Idle Air Volume Learning is an operation to learn the idle air volume that keeps each engine within the specific range. It must be performed under any of the following conditions: • Each time the electric throttle control actuator or ECM is replaced. • Idle speed or ignition timing is out of the specification. PREPARATION Check that all of the following conditions are satisfied. Learning will be cancelled if any of the following conditions are missed for even a moment. • Battery voltage: More than 12.9 V (At idle) • Engine coolant temperature: 70 - 100°C (158 - 212°F) • Selector lever position: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • Electric load switch: OFF Revision: January 2010 EC-1193 2010 Sentra O P BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > (Air conditioner, headlamp rear window defogger) On vehicles equipped with daytime light systems, if the parking brake is applied before the engine is started the headlamp will not be illuminated. • Steering wheel: Neutral (Straight-ahead position) • Vehicle speed: Stopped • Transmission: Warmed-up - For CVT models • With CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle until “FLUID TEMP SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode of “CVT” system indicates less than 0.9 V. • Without CONSULT-III: Drive vehicle for 10 minutes. - For M/T models • Drive vehicle for 10 minutes. OPERATION PROCEDURE With CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order. Select “IDLE AIR VOL LEARN” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode. Touch “START” and wait 20 seconds. Check that “CMPLT” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen. If “CMPLT” is not displayed, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be carried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to the DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE below. Rev up the engine two or three times and check that idle speed and ignition timing are within the specifications. Refer to EC-1187, "Basic Inspection". Item Specification Idle speed M/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) CVT: 650 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) Ignition timing M/T:10 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position) CVT: 10 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position) Without CONSULT-III NOTE: • It is better to count the time accurately with a clock. • It is impossible to switch the diagnostic mode when an accelerator pedal position sensor circuit has a malfunction. 1. Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". 2. Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 4. Check that all items listed under the topic PREPARATION (previously mentioned) are in good order. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 6. Confirm that accelerator pedal is fully released, turn ignition switch ON and wait 3 seconds. 7. Repeat the following procedure quickly five times within 5 seconds. a. Fully depress the accelerator pedal. b. Fully release the accelerator pedal. 8. Wait 7 seconds, fully depress the accelerator pedal and keep it for approx. 20 seconds until the MIL stops blinking and turned ON. 9. Fully release the accelerator pedal within 3 seconds after the MIL turned ON. 10. Start engine and let it idle. Revision: January 2010 EC-1194 2010 Sentra BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 11. Wait 20 seconds. A EC C SEC897C 12. Rev up the engine two or three times and check that idle speed and ignition timing are within the specifications. Refer to EC-1187, "Basic Inspection". Item E Specification Idle speed M/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) CVT: 650 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) Ignition timing M/T: 10 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position) CVT: 10 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position) F 13. If idle speed and ignition timing are not within the specification, Idle Air Volume Learning will not be carried out successfully. In this case, find the cause of the incident by referring to the DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE below. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE If idle air volume learning cannot be performed successfully, proceed as follows: 1. Check that throttle valve is fully closed. 2. Check PCV valve operation. 3. Check that downstream of throttle valve is free from air leakage. 4. When the above three items check out OK, engine component parts and their installation condition are questionable. Check and eliminate the cause of the incident. It is useful to perform EC-1237. 5. If any of the following conditions occur after the engine has started, eliminate the cause of the incident and perform Idle Air Volume Learning all over again: Engine stalls. Erroneous idle. Fuel Pressure Check D G H I J K INFOID:0000000005285745 L FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE With CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. M Turn ignition switch ON. Perform “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. Turn ignition switch OFF. N Without CONSULT-III O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1195 2010 Sentra BASIC SERVICE PROCEDURE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Remove fuel pump fuse (1) located in IPDM E/R (2). • : Vehicle front 2. Start engine. 3. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. 5. Reinstall fuel pump fuse after servicing fuel system. [QR25DE] PBIB2958E FUEL PRESSURE CHECK CAUTION: Before disconnecting fuel line, release fuel pressure from fuel line to eliminate danger. NOTE: • Prepare pans or saucers under the disconnected fuel line because the fuel may spill out. The fuel pressure cannot be completely released because B16 models never have fuel return system. • Be careful not to scratch or get the fuel hose connection area dirty when servicing, so that the quick connector o-ring maintains seal ability. • Use Fuel Pressure Gauge Kit [SST (J-44321)] (A) and Fuel Pressure Adapter [SST (J-44321-6)] (B) to check fuel pressure. 1. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE”. 2. Remove fuel hose using Quick Connector Release [SST (J-45488)]. Refer to EM-148. • Never twist or kink fuel hose because it is plastic hose. • Never remove fuel hose (1) from quick connector. • Keep fuel hose connections clean. 3. Install Fuel Pressure Adapter [SST (J-44321-6)] and Fuel Pressure Gauge kit [SST (J-44321)] as shown in figure. • Never distort or bend fuel rail tube when installing fuel pressure gauge adapter. • When reconnecting fuel hose, check the original fuel hose for damage and abnormality. 4. Turn ignition switch ON (reactivate fuel pump), and check for fuel leakage. 5. Start engine and check for fuel leakage. 6. Read the indication of fuel pressure gauge. BBIA0934E • During fuel pressure check, check for fuel leakage from fuel connection every 3 minutes. At idling: 7. 8. 9. Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi) If result is unsatisfactory, go to next step. Check the following. • Fuel hoses and fuel tubes for clogging • Fuel filter for clogging • Fuel pump • Fuel pressure regulator for clogging If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator. If NG, repair or replace. Before disconnecting Fuel Pressure Gauge and Fuel Pressure Adapter [SSt (J-44321-6)], release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to “FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE”. Revision: January 2010 EC-1196 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS A Trouble Diagnosis Introduction INFOID:0000000005285746 INTRODUCTION EC The engine has an ECM to control major systems such as fuel control, ignition control, idle air control system, etc. The ECM accepts input signals from sensors and instantly drives actuators. It is essential that both input and output signals are proper and stable. At the same time, it is important that there are no malfunctions such as vacuum leaks, fouled spark plugs, or other malfunctions with the engine. C D E MEF036D F It is much more difficult to diagnose an incident that occurs intermittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent incidents are caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case, careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replacement of good parts. G H SEF233G A visual check only may not find the cause of the incidents. A road test with CONSULT-III (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should be performed. Follow the Work Flow on “WORK FLOW”. Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a customer who approaches with a drivability complaint. The customer can supply good information about such incidents, especially intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under what conditions they occur. A Diagnostic Worksheet like the example on “Worksheet Sample” should be used. Start your diagnosis by looking for conventional malfunctions first. This will help troubleshoot drivability malfunctions on an electronically controlled engine vehicle. I J K L SEF234G M WORK FLOW Overall Sequence N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1197 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > JSBIA0067GB *1: Include 1st trip DTC. *2: Include 1st trip freeze frame data. Detailed Flow 1.GET INFORMATION FOR SYMPTOM Revision: January 2010 EC-1198 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when the incident/malfunction occurred) using the “Diagnostic Work Sheet”. 2. Ask if the customer requests I/M examination. Malfunction information, obtained>>GO TO 2. No malfunction information, but a request for I/M examination>>GO TO 13. A EC 2.CHECK DTC 1. 2. - Check DTC. Perform the following procedure if DTC is displayed. Record DTC and freeze frame data. (Print them out with CONSULT-III or GST.) Erase DTC. (Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information".) Study the relationship between the cause detected by DTC and the symptom described by the customer. (Symptom Table is useful. Refer to EC-111, "Symptom Matrix Chart".) 3. Check related service bulletins for information. Are any symptoms described and any DTCs detected? Symptom is described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 3. Symptom is described, DTC is not detected>>GO TO 4. Symptom is not described, DTC is detected>>GO TO 5. C D E F 3.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM G Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer (except MIL ON). Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident. Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected. H >> GO TO 5. 4.CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM I Try to confirm the symptom described by the customer. Also study the normal operation and fail-safe related to the symptom. Diagnosis Work Sheet is useful to verify the incident. Verify relation between the symptom and the condition when the symptom is detected. J K >> GO TO 6. 5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE Perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE for the displayed DTC, and then make sure that DTC is detected again. If two or more DTCs are detected, refer to EC-109, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" and determine trouble diagnosis order. NOTE: • Freeze frame data is useful if the DTC is not detected. • Perform Component Function Check if DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE is not included on Service Manual. This simplified check procedure is an effective alternative though DTC cannot be detected during this check. If the result of Component Function Check is NG, it is the same as the detection of DTC by DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE. Is DTC detected? YES >> GO TO 10. NO >> Check according to EC-152, "Description". 6.PERFORM BASIC INSPECTION Perform EC-93, "Basic Inspection". Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> GO TO 9. Revision: January 2010 EC-1199 2010 Sentra L M N O P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 7.PERFORM SPEC IN DATA MONITOR MODE With CONSULT-III Make sure that “MAS A/F SE-B1”, “MAS A/F SE-B2”, “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, and “A/F ALPHAB2” are within the SP value using CONSULT-III “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode. Refer to EC-144, "Inspection Procedure". Is the measurement value within the SP value? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> GO TO 8. 8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-144, "Diagnosis Procedure". Is a malfunctioning part detected? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> GO TO 9. 9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM BY SYMPTOM TABLE Detect malfunctioning system according to EC-111, "Symptom Matrix Chart" based on the confirmed symptom in step 4, and determine the trouble diagnosis order based on possible causes and symptoms. >> GO TO 10. 10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART BY DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE Inspect according to Diagnosis Procedure of the system. NOTE: The Diagnosis Procedure in EC section described based on open circuit inspection. A short circuit inspection is also required for the circuit check in the Diagnosis Procedure. For details, refer to GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident". Is a malfunctioning part detected? YES >> GO TO 11. NO >> Monitor input data from related sensors or check voltage of related ECM terminals using CONSULT-III. Refer to EC-124, "ECM Terminal and Reference Value", EC-140, "CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor". 11.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PART 1. 2. 3. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part. Reconnect parts or connectors disconnected during Diagnosis Procedure again after repair and replacement. Check DTC. If DTC is displayed, erase it. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". >> GO TO 12. 12.FINAL CHECK When DTC was detected in step 2, perform DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE or Component Function Check again, and then make sure that the malfunction have been completely repaired. When symptom was described from the customer, refer to confirmed symptom in step 3 or 4, and make sure that the symptom is not detected. Is DTC detected and does symptom remain? YES-1 >> DTC is detected: GO TO 10. YES-2 >> Symptom remains: GO TO 6. NO-1 >> No request for I/M examination from the customer: Before returning the vehicle to the customer, always erase unnecessary DTC in ECM and TCM (Transmission Control Module). Refer to EC62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". NO-2 >> I/M examination, requested from the customer: GO TO 13. 13.PREPARE FOR I/M EXAMINATION 1. 2. Set SRT codes. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". Erase permanent DTCs. Refer to EC-62, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". Revision: January 2010 EC-1200 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A >> INSPECTION END DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET Description There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction of engine components. A good grasp of such conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate. In general, each customer feels differently about symptoms. It is important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a customer complaint. Utilize a diagnostic worksheet like WORKSHEET SAMPLE below in order to organize all the information for troubleshooting. Some conditions may cause the MIL to illuminate or blink and DTC to be detected. Examples: • Vehicle ran out of fuel, which caused the engine to misfire. • Fuel filler cap was left off or incorrectly screwed on, allowing fuel to evaporate into the atmosphere. EC C D E SEF907L F Worksheet Sample G H I J K L M N O P MTBL0017 Revision: January 2010 EC-1201 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000005285747 If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority chart. Priority Detected items (DTC) 1 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • U0101 U0140 U1001 CAN communication line P0101 P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor P0112 P0113 P0127 Intake air temperature sensor P0116 P0117 P0118 P0125 Engine coolant temperature sensor P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P1225 P1226 P2135 Throttle position sensor P0128 Thermostat function P0181 P0182 P0183 Fuel tank temperature sensor P0327 P0328 Knock sensor P0335 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) P0340 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) P0460 P0461 P0462 P0463 Fuel level sensor P0500 Vehicle speed sensor P0605 P0607 ECM P0643 Sensor power supply P0705 Transmission range switch P0850 Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch P1610 - P1615 NATS P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • P0031 P0032 P0051 P0052 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater P0037 P0038 P0057 P0058 Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater P0075 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve P0130 P0131 P0132 P0133 P0150 P0151 P0152 P0153 P2A00 P2A03 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 P0137 P0138 P0139 P0157 P0158 P0159 Heated oxygen sensor 2 P0441 EVAP control system purge flow monitoring P0443 P0444 P0445 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve P0447 P0448 EVAP canister vent control valve P0451 P0452 P0453 EVAP control system pressure sensor P0603 ECM power supply P0710 P0715 P0720 P0740 P0744 P0745 P0746 P0776 P0778 P0840 P1740 CVT related sensors, solenoid valves and switches P1217 Engine over temperature (OVERHEAT) P1777 P1778 CVT step motor P1805 Brake switch P2100 P2103 Throttle control motor relay P2101 Electric throttle control function P2118 Throttle control motor • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • P0011 Intake valve timing control P0171 P0172 P0174 P0175 Fuel injection system function P0300 - P0304 Misfire P0420 P0430 Three way catalyst function P0442 P0456 EVAP control system (SMALL LEAK, VERY SMALL LEAK) P0455 EVAP control system (GROSS LEAK) P0506 P0507 Idle speed control system P1148 P1168 Closed loop control P1212 TCS communication line P1421 Cold start control P1564 ASCD steering switch P1572 ASCD brake switch P1574 ASCD vehicle speed sensor P1715 Input speed sensor P2119 Electric throttle control actuator 3 Fail-safe Chart INFOID:0000000005285748 When the DTC listed below is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL illuminates. Revision: January 2010 EC-1202 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC No. Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode P0102 P0103 Mass air flow sensor circuit Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut. P0117 P0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following condition. CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM. A Condition Engine coolant temperature decided (CONSULT-III display) Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F) Approx. 4 minutes or more after engine starting 80°C (176°F) Except as shown above EC C D 40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F) (Depends on the time) E When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates while engine is running. The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor. F P0122 P0123 P0222 P0223 P2135 Throttle position sensor P0643 Sensor power supply ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. P2100 P2103 Throttle control relay ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. P2101 Electric throttle control function ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. P2118 Throttle control motor ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. P2119 Electric throttle control actuator (When electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring malfunction:) ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm. K (When throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range:) ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less. L (When ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open:) While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls. The engine can restart in N or P (CVT), Neutral (M/T) position, and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more. P2122 P2123 P2127 P2128 P2138 Accelerator pedal position sensor The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor. • When there is an open circuit on MIL circuit, the ECM cannot warn the driver by illuminating MIL when there is malfunction on engine control system. Therefore, when electrical controlled throttle and part of ECM related diagnoses are continuously detected as NG for 5 trips, ECM warns the driver that engine control system malfunctions and MIL circuit is open by means of operating fail-safe function. The fail-safe function also operates when above diagnoses except MIL circuit are detected and demands the driver to repair the malfunction. Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Revision: January 2010 Engine speed will not rise more than 2,500 rpm due to the fuel cut EC-1203 2010 Sentra G H I J M N O P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Symptom Matrix Chart INFOID:0000000005285749 SYSTEM — BASIC ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM 1 1 2 3 2 Fuel pressure regulator system 3 3 4 4 4 Fuel injector circuit 1 1 2 3 2 Evaporative emission system 3 3 4 4 4 Air Positive crankcase ventilation system 3 3 4 4 4 Incorrect idle speed adjustment 3 3 Ignition Electric throttle control actuator 1 1 2 3 3 Incorrect ignition timing adjustment 3 3 1 1 BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE) Fuel pump circuit EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION Fuel EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION AE OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION AD SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION AC IDLING VIBRATION HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT AB ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING ENGINE STALL AA Warranty symptom code HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA) SYMPTOM AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA 2 2 4 4 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 1 1 4 2 2 EC-1647 4 4 EC-1138 4 4 4 1 1 1 EC-1187 2 EC-1584, EC-1588, EC-1594, EC-1599 1 1 1 Ignition circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 Power supply and ground circuit 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 Mass air flow sensor circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 Throttle position sensor circuit 1 Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit 3 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit 1 Knock sensor circuit Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit Revision: January 2010 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 1 2 1 EC-1151 2 1 EC-1187 2 EC-1657 3 EC-1246 2 EC-1282, EC-1289 2 EC-1303, EC-1313 2 EC-1308, EC-1410, EC-1555, EC-1557, EC-1613 EC-1530, EC-1601, EC-1606, EC-1618 2 2 EC-1652 EC-1195 2 4 2 4 2 3 3 Reference page 2 EC-1321, EC-1329, EC-1337, EC-1345, EC-1625 3 EC-1421 EC-1425 EC-1204 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SYMPTOM ENGINE STALL HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING IDLING VIBRATION SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA) Warranty symptom code AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA 2 2 Vehicle speed signal circuit 2 3 2 2 3 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit 3 3 Park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit 3 3 ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) E 3 EC-1518, EC-1576 3 EC-1524, EC-1527 3 3 3 2 1 3 2 2 3 3 EC-1277 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 EC-1535 3 3 3 3 4 EC-1666 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 3 EC-1645 3 2 C D 3 2 2 Reference page 3 Electrical load signal circuit 2 EC EC-1431 ECM Air conditioner circuit A F G H I MTC-27 BRC-10 J 1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection. (continued on next TABLE) K SYSTEM — ENGINE MECHANICAL & OTHER L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1205 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Fuel Fuel tank Fuel piping ENGINE STALL HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING IDLING VIBRATION SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE) Warranty symptom code HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA) SYMPTOM AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA FL-10 5 Vapor lock 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-148 — 5 Valve deposit Poor fuel (Heavy weight gasoline, Low octane) Air — 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 — Air duct EM-133 Air cleaner EM-133 Air leakage from air duct (Mass air flow sensor —electric throttle control actuator) Electric throttle control actuator 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 EM-133 5 5 EM-135 Air leakage from intake manifold/ Collector/Gasket Cranking Battery Generator circuit EM-135 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 SC-5 SC-26 Starter circuit 3 SC-11 Signal plate/Flywheel/Drive plate 6 EM-188 4 MT-64 (without LSD) or MT-141 (with LSD) CVT-60 (A/ T) Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T) Transmission range switch (CVT) Engine Reference page Cylinder head Cylinder head gasket 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 4 5 3 EM-175 Cylinder block 4 Piston Piston ring Connecting rod 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 EM-175 Bearing Crankshaft Revision: January 2010 EC-1206 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SYMPTOM Valve mechanism HARD/NO START/RESTART (EXCP. HA) ENGINE STALL HESITATION/SURGING/FLAT SPOT SPARK KNOCK/DETONATION LACK OF POWER/POOR ACCELERATION HIGH IDLE/LOW IDLE ROUGH IDLE/HUNTING IDLING VIBRATION SLOW/NO RETURN TO IDLE OVERHEATS/WATER TEMPERATURE HIGH EXCESSIVE FUEL CONSUMPTION EXCESSIVE OIL CONSUMPTION BATTERY DEAD (UNDER CHARGE) Warranty symptom code A AA AB AC AD AE AF AG AH AJ AK AL AM HA EM-153 5 5 5 5 5 5 Exhaust manifold/Tube/Muffler/ Gasket EM-164 5 3 Exhaust valve Oil pan/Oil strainer/Oil pump/Oil filter/Oil gallery H 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 2 EM-142, LU-20, LU-22, LU-16 LU-18 Radiator/Hose/Radiator filler cap CO-44 Thermostat 5 CO-51 Water pump I J K CO-48 5 5 5 5 5 Cooling fan 5 5 2 5 Coolant level (low)/Contaminated coolant NVIS (NISSAN Vehicle Immobilizer System — NATS) G EM-175 Oil level (Low)/Filthy oil Water gallery F EM-140, EX-11 Three way catalyst Cooling E Camshaft 5 C D EM-164 Intake valve Lubrication Reference page Timing chain Intake valve timing control Exhaust EC 5 CO-51 CO-39 1 1 L CO-46 M BL-171 1 - 6: The numbers refer to the order of inspection. N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1207 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Engine Control Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000005285750 BBIA0896E 1. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 2. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug, 3. A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) 4. Cooling fan motor-1 5. A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) 6. Knock sensor and crankshaft position sensor (POS) 7. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Cooling fan motor-2 8. Engine coolant temperature sensor 9. 10. ECM 11. Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T) Transmission range switch (CVT) 12. Refrigerant pressure sensor 13. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 14. Electric throttle control actuator (with 15. EVAP service port built in throttle position sensor, throttle control motor) 16. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve Revision: January 2010 EC-1208 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A EC C D E F G H I J K L BBIA0928E M : Vehicle front 1. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 2. Drive shaft (RH) 3. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve N 4. EVAP service port 5. Electric throttle control actuator 6. ECM 7. Battery 8. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 9. Accelerator pedal position sensor O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1209 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BBIA0929E : Vehicle front 1. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 2. Knock sensor 3. Engine oil cooler 4. IPDM E/R 5. Fuel pump fuse 6. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump harness connector (view with inspection hole cover removed.) 7. Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump assembly 8. Fuel pressure regulator 9. Fuel level sensor 10. Fuel tank temperature sensor Revision: January 2010 11. Fuel injector EC-1210 12. Ignition coil (with power transistor) and spark plug 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A EC C D E F G H I J K L BBIA0930E : M Vehicle front 1. Cooling fan motor-1 2. Cooling fan motor-2 3. Cooling fan relay-5 4. Cooling fan relay-4 5. Mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) 6. Engine coolant temperature sensor 7. Data link connector 8. Refrigerant pressure sensor 9. EVAP control system pressure sensor 10. EVAP canister 11. EVAP canister vent control valve 13. ASCD clutch switch N O 12. Clutch pedal P Revision: January 2010 EC-1211 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BBIA0918E : Vehicle front 1. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1) 2. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2) 3. 4. Three-way catalyst (under floor) 5. Muffler 6. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) 7. Three-way catalyst (manifold) 8. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) harness connector 9. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1) harness connector 10. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2) harness connector Revision: January 2010 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) 11. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) harness connector EC-1212 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A EC C D E F G H I J K L BBIA0931E M : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E9 (view with front RH 2. and fender protect PH removed.) Washer tank 3. Fuse and fusible link box N 4. Body ground E15 5. ASCD steering switch 6. MAIN switch 7. CANCEL switch 8. SET/COAST switch 9. RESUME/ACCELERATOR switch 10. Transmission range switch (CVT models) 11. PNP switch (M/T models) (view with air cleaner assembly removed) 12. ASCD brake switch 13. Stop lamp switch 14. Brake pedal O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1213 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Vacuum Hose Drawing INFOID:0000000005285751 BBIA0897E 1. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve 2. Intake manifold collector NOTE: Do not use soapy water or any type of solvent while installing vacuum hoses or purge hoses. Refer to EC-1129, "Schematic" for Vacuum Control System. Revision: January 2010 EC-1214 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000005285752 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0206GB Revision: January 2010 EC-1215 2010 Sentra P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BBWA3070E Revision: January 2010 EC-1216 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ECM Harness Connector Terminal Layout INFOID:0000000005285753 A EC C PBIA9221J D ECM Terminal and Reference Value INFOID:0000000005285754 E PREPARATION ECM (1) is located in the engine room left side near battery. • : Vehicle front • Battery (2) F G H BBIA0915E ECM INSPECTION TABLE Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECMs transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. I J K TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM 2 Y/B Throttle control motor power supply CONDITION [Ignition switch: ON] DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) L Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V 4 BR/W A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 1) M [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) N PBIA8148J O 0 - 14 V 5 W Throttle control motor (Open) [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed P PBIA8150J Revision: January 2010 EC-1217 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) 0 - 14 V 6 L/R Throttle control motor (Close) [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully released PBIA8149J Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V 8 BR/Y A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 2) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) PBIA8148J 0 - 0.1 V 9 10 11 21 Y BR/Y V G Ignition signal No. 3 Ignition signal No. 2 Ignition signal No. 1 Ignition signal No. 4 [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle. PBIA9265J 0 - 0.2 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,500 rpm. PBIA9266J 12 16 13 B B B ECM ground Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (Bank 1) [Engine is running] • Idle speed [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. Body ground Approximately 10 V PBIA8148J [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm. 14 B/O Fuel pump relay Revision: January 2010 BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] • For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON [Engine is running] 0 - 1.0 V [Ignition switch: ON] • More than 1 second after turning ignition switch ON BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) EC-1218 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR 15 G/Y 17 R/L ITEM Throttle control motor relay Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (Bank 2) DATA (DC Voltage) A [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) EC [Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0 V CONDITION [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. Approximately 10 V D PBIA8148J [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm. 24 R/B ECM relay (Self shut-off) [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF [Ignition switch: OFF] • More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF C E BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) F 0 - 1.0 V G BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) H BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) I [Engine is running] • Idle speed • Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even slightly, after engine starting. 25 W/B EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve J PBIB0050E BATTERY VOLTAGE K (11 - 14 V) L [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Approx. 2,000 rpm (More than 100 seconds after starting engine) M PBIB0520E N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1219 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle. 29 30 31 32 R O GR L Fuel injector No. 4 Fuel injector No. 3 Fuel injector No. 2 Fuel injector No. 1 (11 - 14 V) PBIB0529E BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm PBIA4943J 33 G Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1) [Engine is running] • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. 0 - Approximately 1.0 V 0 - Approximately 1.0 V 34 W Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2) [Engine is running] • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. 35 B Sensor ground (Heated oxygen sensor 2) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V 36 G Sensor ground (Throttle position sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully released Less than 4.75 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 0.36 V 37 38 R W Throttle position sensor 1 Throttle position sensor 2 Revision: January 2010 EC-1220 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A Refrigerant pressure sensor [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates) 1.0 - 4.0 V EC Sensor ground (Refrigerant pressure sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V C 39 L 40 R/G 45 W A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 46 P Engine coolant temperature sensor [Engine is running] 47 B Sensor power supply (Throttle position sensor) [Ignition switch: ON] 49 B A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) [Ignition switch: ON] 50 BR/Y Intake air temperature sensor [Engine is running] 52 GR Sensor ground (Engine coolant temperature sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed 53 W A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 56 B Sensor ground 57 R A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) 58 V Mass air flow sensor Approximately 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. D Approximately 0 - 4.8 V Output voltage varies with engine coolant temperature. E Approximately 5 V F Approximately 2.2 V Approximately 0 - 4.8 V Output voltage varies with intake air temperature. Approximately 0 V H Approximately 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. I [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V J [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 2.2 V K [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed 0.9 - 1.1 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,500 rpm 1.4 - 1.7 V L M 59 G/Y Sensor power supply [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)] [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 60 B Sensor ground [Crankshaft position sensor (POS)] [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V 61 W Knock sensor [Engine is running] • Idle speed Approximately 2.5V 64 B Sensor ground [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)] [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V Revision: January 2010 G EC-1221 N 2010 Sentra O P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 4.0 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle. 65 Y Crankshaft position sensor (POS) PBIB2998E Approximately 4.0 V [Engine is running] • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm PBIB2999E 67 GR Sensor ground (Knock sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V 1.0 - 2.0 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle. 69 R Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) PBIB2986E 1.0 - 2.0 V [Engine is running] • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm. PBIB2987E 72 G/W Sensor power supply (Refrigerant pressure sensor) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 76 G/R Sensor power supply [Crankshaft position sensor (POS)] [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 77 Y/R Power supply for ECM (Back-up) [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 7 - 10 V 78 Y/R Intake valve timing control solenoid valve [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly PBIA4937J Revision: January 2010 EC-1222 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 81 82 83 84 85 WIRE COLOR W Y/G ITEM Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 DATA (DC Voltage) A [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V EC [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V CONDITION Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) [Ignition switch: ON] B/W Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V [Ignition switch: ON] • ASCD steering switch: OFF Approximately 4 V [Ignition switch: ON] • MAIN switch: Pressed Approximately 0 V [Ignition switch: ON] • CANCEL switch: Pressed Approximately 1 V [Ignition switch: ON] • RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approximately 3 V [Ignition switch: ON] • SET/COAST switch: Pressed Approximately 2 V ASCD steering switch Approximately 5 V F G R/B EVAP control system pressure sensor [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 - 4.8 V 87 BR/Y Sensor power supply (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 88 P/L DATA link connector 91 V/W Sensor power supply (EVAP control system pressure sensor) [Ignition switch: ON] Sensor ground (ASCD steering switch) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V [Ignition switch: OFF] 0V [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 93 B/Y B/R Ignition switch — L — Approximately 5 V M [Engine is running] 96 V/R Sensor ground (EVAP control system pressure sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed 97 P CAN communication line — — 98 L CAN communication line — — EC-1223 N Approximately 0 - 4.8 V Output voltage varies with fuel tank temperature Fuel tank temperature sensor Revision: January 2010 J K G/O 95 H I 86 92 D E O L/Y C Approximately 0 V 2010 Sentra O P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR 100 B 102 BR/R 104 B/P 105 G 106 R/G 107 108 B B 109 L/Y 110 G/B 111 112 B B ITEM Sensor ground (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) PNP signal CONDITION [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 0 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] • Except above Approximately 0 V Sensor ground (Fuel tank temperature sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) Stop lamp switch [Ignition switch: OFF] • Brake pedal: Fully released [Ignition switch: OFF] • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ECM ground [Engine is running] • Idle speed EVAP canister vent control valve [Ignition switch: ON] ASCD brake switch ECM ground Approximately 0 V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) Body ground BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT) • Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T) [Ignition switch: ON] • Brake pedal: Fully released (CVT) • Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released (M/T) [Engine is running] • Idle speed Approximately 0 V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) Body ground : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE) INFOID:0000000005285755 FUNCTION Diagnostic test mode Function Work support This mode enables a technician to adjust some devices faster and more accurately by following the indications on the CONSULT-III screen. Self Diagnostic Result Self-diagnostic results such as 1st trip DTC, DTCs and 1st trip freeze frame data or freeze frame data can be read and erased quickly.* Data Monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read. Active Test Diagnostic Test Mode in which CONSULT-III drives some actuators apart from the ECMs and also shifts some parameters in a specified range. Function Test This mode is used to inform customers when their vehicle condition requires periodic maintenance. DTC & SRT Confirmation The status of system monitoring tests and the self-diagnosis status/result can be confirmed. Ecu Identification ECM part number can be read. *: The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared when the ECM memory is erased. • Diagnostic trouble codes • 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes • Freeze frame data • 1st trip freeze frame data Revision: January 2010 EC-1224 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • System readiness test (SRT) codes A • Test values WORK SUPPORT MODE Work Item EC Work item Condition USAGE FUEL PRESSURE RELEASE • FUEL PUMP WILL STOP BY TOUCHING “START” DURING IDLING. CRANK A FEW TIMES AFTER ENGINE STALLS. When releasing fuel pressure from fuel line C IDLE AIR VOL LEARN • THE IDLE AIR VOLUME THAT KEEPS THE ENGINE WITHIN THE SPECIFIED RANGE IS MEMORIZED IN ECM. When learning the idle air volume D SELF-LEARNING CONT • THE COEFFICIENT OF SELF-LEARNING CONTROL MIXTURE RATIO RETURNS TO THE ORIGINAL COEFFICIENT. When clearing the coefficient of self-learning control value E EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE CLOSE THE EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE IN ORDER TO MAKE EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE UNDER THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS. • IGN SW “ON” • ENGINE NOT RUNNING • AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IS ABOVE 0°C (32°F). • NO VACUUM AND NO HIGH PRESSURE IN EVAP SYSTEM • FUEL TANK TEMP. IS MORE THAN 0°C (32°F). • WITHIN 10 MINUTES AFTER STARTING “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” • WHEN TRYING TO EXECUTE “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” UNDER THE CONDITION EXCEPT ABOVE, CONSULTIII WILL DISCONTINUE IT AND DISPLAY APPROPRIATE INSTRUCTION. NOTE: WHEN STARTING ENGINE, CONSULT-III MAY DISPLAY “BATTERY VOLTAGE IS LOW. CHARGE BATTERY”, EVEN IN USING CHARGED BATTERY. When detecting EVAP vapor leak point of EVAP system F TARGET IDLE RPM ADJ* • IDLE CONDITION When setting target idle speed TARGET IGN TIM ADJ* • IDLE CONDITION When adjusting target ignition timing VIN REGISTRATION • IN THIS MODE, VIN IS REGISTERED IN ECM. When registering VIN in ECM G H I J K L *: This function is not necessary in the usual service procedure. SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE Self Diagnostic Item Regarding items of DTC and 1st trip DTC, refer to EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data Freeze frame data item* N Description DIAG TROUBLE CODE [PXXXX] • The engine control component part/control system has a trouble code, it is displayed as PXXXX. (Refer to EC-1117.) FUEL SYS-B1 • “Fuel injection system status” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. • One mode in the following is displayed. Mode2: Open loop due to detected system malfunction Mode3: Open loop due to driving conditions (power enrichment, deceleration enleanment) Mode4: Closed loop - using oxygen sensor(s) as feedback for fuel control Mode5: Open loop - has not yet satisfied condition to go to closed loop FUEL SYS-B2 CAL/LD VALUE [%] • The calculated load value at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. COOLANT TEMP [°C] or [°F] • The engine coolant temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. Revision: January 2010 M EC-1225 O P 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Freeze frame data item* L-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] L-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] S-FUEL TRM-B1 [%] Description • “Long-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. • The long-term fuel trim indicates much more gradual feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule than short-term fuel trim. S-FUEL TRM-B2 [%] • “Short-term fuel trim” at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. • The short-term fuel trim indicates dynamic or instantaneous feedback compensation to the base fuel schedule. ENGINE SPEED [rpm] • The engine speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. VEHICL SPEED [km/h] or [mph] • The vehicle speed at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. ABSOL TH-P/S [%] • The throttle valve opening angle at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. B/FUEL SCHDL [msec] • The base fuel schedule at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. INT/A TEMP SE [°C] or [°F] • The intake air temperature at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed. INT MANI PRES [kPa] COMBUST CONDITION • These items are displayed but are not applicable to this model. *: The items are the same as those of 1st trip freeze frame data. DATA MONITOR MODE Monitored Item ×: Applicable Monitored item Unit Description Remarks rpm • Indicates the engine speed computed from the signals of the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE). • Accuracy becomes poor if engine speed drops below the idle rpm. • If the signal is interrupted while the engine is running, an abnormal value may be indicated. MAS A/F SE-B1 V • The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor is displayed. • When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated. • When engine is running specification range is indicated in “SPEC”. B/FUEL SCHDL ms • “Base fuel schedule” indicates the fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM, prior to any learned on board correction. • When engine is running specification range is indicated in “SPEC”. A/F ALPHA-B1 % A/F ALPHA-B2 % • The mean value of the air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle is indicated. • When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated. • When engine is running specification range is indicated in “SPEC”. • This data also includes the data for the air/fuel ratio learning control. • The engine coolant temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the engine coolant temperature sensor) is displayed. • When the engine coolant temperature sensor is open or short-circuited, ECM enters fail-safe mode. The engine coolant temperature determined by the ECM is displayed. ENG SPEED COOLAN TEMP/S °C or °F A/F SEN1 (B1) V A/F SEN1 (B2) V HO2S2 (B1) V HO2S2 (B2) V HO2S2 MNTR (B1) HO2S2 MNTR (B2) Revision: January 2010 RICH/LEAN RICH/LEAN • The A/F signal computed from the input signal of the A/F sensor 1 is displayed. • The signal voltage of the heated oxygen sensor 2 is displayed. • Display of heated oxygen sensor 2 signal: RICH: means the amount of oxygen after three way catalyst is relatively small. LEAN: means the amount of oxygen after three way catalyst is relatively large. EC-1226 • When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated. 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Monitored item Unit Description km/h or mph • The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed signal is displayed. BATTERY VOLT V • The power supply voltage of ECM is displayed. ACCEL SEN 1 V ACCEL SEN 2 V TP SEN 1-B1 V TP SEN 2-B1 V VHCL SPEED SE Remarks A • The accelerator pedal position sensor signal voltage is displayed. • ACCEL SEN 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal. • The throttle position sensor signal voltage is displayed. • TP SEN 2-B1 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal. EC C °C or °F • The fuel temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the fuel tank temperature sensor) is displayed. D FUEL T/TMP SE VEHICLE SPEED km/h or mph • Indicates the vehicle speed computed from the output speed sensor signal. E °C or °F • The intake air temperature (determined by the signal voltage of the intake air temperature sensor) is indicated. INT/A TEMP SE F EVAP SYS PRES V • The signal voltage of EVAP control system pressure sensor is displayed. FUEL LEVEL SE V • The signal voltage of the fuel level sensor is displayed. START SIGNAL ON/OFF • Indicates start signal status [ON/OFF] computed by the ECM according to the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. CLSD THL POS ON/OFF • Indicates idle position [ON/OFF] computed by the ECM according to the accelerator pedal position sensor signal. I AIR COND SIG ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of the air conditioner switch as determined by the air conditioner signal. J P/N POSI SW ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the park/ neutral position (PNP) signal. ON/OFF • [ON/OFF] condition of the power steering system (determined by the signal sent from EPS control unit) is indicated. LOAD SIGNAL ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the electrical load signal. ON: Rear window defogger switch is ON and/ or lighting switch is in 2nd position. OFF: Both rear window defogger switch and lighting switch are OFF. IGNITION SW ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ignition switch. HEATER FAN SW ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the heater fan switch signal. BRAKE SW ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from the stop lamp switch signal. PW/ST SIGNAL I/P PULLY SPD rpm INJ PULSE-B1 msec INJ PULSE-B2 msec IGN TIMING BTDC Revision: January 2010 G • After starting the engine, [OFF] is displayed regardless of the starter signal. K L M N O • Indicates the engine speed computed from the input speed sensor signal. P • Indicates the actual fuel injection pulse width compensated by ECM according to the input signals. • When the engine is stopped, a certain computed value is indicated. • Indicates the ignition timing computed by ECM according to the input signals. • When the engine is stopped, a certain value is indicated. EC-1227 H 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Monitored item Unit Description % • “Calculated load value” indicates the value of the current airflow divided by peak airflow. g·m/s • Indicates the mass airflow computed by ECM according to the signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor. PURG VOL C/V % • Indicates the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve control value computed by the ECM according to the input signals. • The opening becomes larger as the value increases. INT/V TIM (B1) °CA CAL/LD VALUE MASS AIRFLOW· • Indicates [°CA] of intake camshaft advanced angle. INT/V SOL (B1) % • The control value of the intake valve timing control solenoid valve (determined by ECM according to the input signal) is indicated. • The advance angle becomes larger as the value increases AIR COND RLY ON/OFF • The air conditioner relay control condition (determined by ECM according to the input signals) is indicated. FUEL PUMP RLY ON/OFF • Indicates the fuel pump relay control condition determined by ECM according to the input signals. VENT CONT/V ON/OFF • The control condition of the EVAP canister vent control valve (determined by ECM according to the input signals) is indicated. ON: Closed OFF: Open THRTL RELAY ON/OFF • Indicates the throttle control motor relay control condition determined by the ECM according to the input signals. HI/LOW/OFF • Indicates the condition of the cooling fan (determined by ECM according to the input signals). HI: High speed operation LOW: Low speed operation OFF: Stop COOLING FAN HO2S2 HTR (B1) ON/OFF HO2S2 HTR (B2) ON/OFF IDL A/V LEARN YET/CMPLT • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of heated oxygen sensor 2 heater determined by ECM according to the input signals. • Display the condition of idle air volume learning YET: Idle Air Volume Learning has not been performed yet. CMPLT: Idle Air Volume Learning has already been performed successfully. TRVL AFTER MIL km or mile A/F S1 HTR (B1) % A/F S1 HTR (B2) % AC PRESS SEN V VHCL SPEED SE km/h or mph • The vehicle speed computed from the vehicle speed signal sent from TCM is displayed. SET VHCL SPD km/h or mph • The preset vehicle speed is displayed. Revision: January 2010 Remarks • Distance traveled while MIL is activated. • Indicates A/F sensor 1 heater control value computed by ECM according to the input signals. • The current flow to the heater becomes larger as the value increases. • The signal voltage from the refrigerant pressure sensor is displayed. EC-1228 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Monitored item Unit Description MAIN SW ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from MAIN switch signal. CANCEL SW ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from CANCEL switch signal. RESUME/ACC SW ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from RESUME/ ACCELERATE switch signal. SET SW ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from SET/COAST switch signal. BRAKE SW1 ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition from ASCD brake switch signal. BRAKE SW2 ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of stop lamp switch signal. VHCL SPD CUT LO SPEED CUT NON/CUT NON/CUT Remarks A EC C D E • Indicates the vehicle cruise condition. NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD set speed. CUT: Vehicle speed increased to excessively high compared with the ASCD set speed, and ASCD operation is cut off. F • Indicates the vehicle cruise condition. NON: Vehicle speed is maintained at the ASCD set speed. CUT: Vehicle speed decreased to excessively low compared with the ASCD set speed, and ASCD operation is cut off. G H AT OD MONITOR ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT according to the input signal from the TCM. • For M/T models always “OFF” is displayed AT OD CANCEL ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CVT cancel signal sent from the TCM. • For M/T models always “OFF” is displayed CRUISE LAMP ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of CRUISE lamp determined by the ECM according to the input signals. J SET LAMP ON/OFF • Indicates [ON/OFF] condition of SET lamp determined by the ECM according to the input signals. K A/F ADJ-B1 • Indicates the correction factor stored in ECM. The factor is calculated from the difference between the target air/fuel ratio stored in ECM and the air/fuel ratio calculated from air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal. A/F ADJ-B2 HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B1) HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B2) HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B1) HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B2) INCMP/CMPLT • Indicates DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed responce) condition. INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete. CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete. INCMP/CMPLT • Indicates DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (delayed responce) condition. INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete. CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete. INCMP/CMPLT • Indicates DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow responce) condition. INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete. CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete. INCMP/CMPLT • Indicates DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (slow responce) condition. INCMP: Self-diagnosis is incomplete. CMPLT: Self-diagnosis is complete. L M N O P NOTE: Any monitored item that does not match the vehicle being diagnosed is deleted from the display automatically. Revision: January 2010 EC-1229 I 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ACTIVE TEST MODE Test Item TEST ITEM CONDITION JUDGMENT CHECK ITEM (REMEDY) FUEL INJECTION • Engine: Return to the original trouble condition • Change the amount of fuel injection using CONSULT-III. If trouble symptom disappears, see CHECK ITEM. • Harness and connectors • Fuel injector • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 IGNITION TIMING • Engine: Return to the original trouble condition • Timing light: Set • Retard the ignition timing using CONSULT-III. If trouble symptom disappears, see CHECK ITEM. • Perform Idle Air Volume Learning. POWER BALANCE • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine. • A/C switch OFF • Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • Cut off each fuel injector signal one at a time using CONSULTIII. Engine runs rough or dies. • • • • • • COOLING FAN* • Ignition switch: ON • Turn the cooling fan “LOW”, “HI” and “OFF” with CONSULT-III. Cooling fan moves and stops. • Harness and connectors • Cooling fan relay • Cooling fan motor ENG COOLANT TEMP • Engine: Return to the original trouble condition • Change the engine coolant temperature using CONSULT-III. If trouble symptom disappears, see CHECK ITEM. • Harness and connectors • Engine coolant temperature sensor • Fuel injector FUEL PUMP RELAY • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) • Turn the fuel pump relay “ON” and “OFF” using CONSULT-III and listen to operating sound. Fuel pump relay makes the operating sound. • Harness and connectors • Fuel pump relay PURG VOL CONT/V • Engine: After warming up, run engine at 1,500 rpm. • Change the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve opening percent using CONSULT-III. Engine speed changes according to the opening percent. • Harness and connectors • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve FUEL/T TEMP SEN • Change the fuel tank temperature using CONSULT-III. VENT CONTROL/V • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) • Turn solenoid valve “ON” and “OFF” with the CONSULT-III and listen to operating sound. Solenoid valve makes an operating sound. • Harness and connectors • EVAP canister vent control valve V/T ASSIGN ANGLE • Engine: Return to the original trouble condition • Change intake valve timing using CONSULT-III. If trouble symptom disappears, see CHECK ITEM. • Harness and connectors • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve Harness and connectors Compression Fuel injector Power transistor Spark plug Ignition coil *: Leaving cooling fan OFF with CONSULT-III while engine is running may cause the engine to overheat. DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION MODE SRT STATUS Mode For details, refer to EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". PERMANENT DTC STATUS Mode For details, refer to EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". NOTE: This mode is not used in regions that permanent DTCs are not regulated by law. Revision: January 2010 EC-1230 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SRT WORK SUPPORT Mode This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to set the SRT while monitoring the SRT status. A PERMANENT DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode This mode enables a technician to drive a vehicle to complete the driving pattern that is reguired for erasing EC permanent DTC. NOTE: This mode is not used in regions that permanent DTCs are not regulated by law. C DTC WORK SUPPORT Mode Test mode Test item Corresponding DTC No. Reference page P0442 EC-1447 P0455 EC-1497 EVP SML LEAK P0442/P1442* EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM A/F SEN1 HO2S2 EVP V/S LEAK P0456/P1456* P0456 EC-1504 PURG VOL CN/V P1444 P0443 EC-1454 PURG FLOW P0441 P0441 EC-1442 A/F SEN1 (B1) P1278/P1279 P0133 EC-1345 A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276 P0130 EC-1321 A/F SEN1 (B2) P1288/P1289 P0153 EC-1345 A/F SEN1 (B2) P1286 P0150 EC-1321 HO2S2 (B1) P1146 P0138 EC-1363 HO2S2 (B1) P1147 P0137 EC-1354 HO2S2 (B1) P0139 P0139 EC-1375 HO2S2 (B2) P1166 P0158 EC-1363 HO2S2 (B2) P1167 P0157 EC-1354 HO2S2 (B2) P0159 P0159 EC-1375 *: DTC P1442 and P1456 does not apply to B16 models but appears in DTC Work Support Mode screens. Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function D E F G H I J INFOID:0000000005285756 K DESCRIPTION Generic Scan Tool (OBD II scan tool) complying with SAE J1978/ ISO 15031-4 has several functions explained below. ISO15765-4 is used as the protocol. The name GST or Generic Scan Tool is used in this service manual. L M N SEF139P FUNCTION O Diagnostic test mode Function Service $01 READINESS TESTS This diagnostic service gains access to current emission-related data values, including analog inputs and outputs, digital inputs and outputs, and system status information. Service $02 (FREEZE DATA) This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related data value which were stored by ECM during the freeze frame. For details, refer to EC-1224, "CONSULT-III Function (ENGINE)". Service $03 DTCs This diagnostic service gains access to emission-related power train trouble codes which were stored by ECM. Revision: January 2010 EC-1231 2010 Sentra P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Diagnostic test mode Function Service $04 CLEAR DIAG INFO This diagnostic service can clear all emission-related diagnostic information. This includes: • Clear number of diagnostic trouble codes (Service $01) • Clear diagnostic trouble codes (Service $03) • Clear trouble code for freeze frame data (Service $01) • Clear freeze frame data (Service $02) • Reset status of system monitoring test (Service $01) • Clear on board monitoring test results (Service $06 and $07) Service $06 (ON BOARD TESTS) This diagnostic service accesses the results of on board diagnostic monitoring tests of specific components/systems that are not continuously monitored. Service $07 (ON BOARD TESTS) This diagnostic service enables the off board test drive to obtain test results for emissionrelated powertrain components/systems that are continuously monitored during normal driving conditions. Service $08 — This diagnostic service can close EVAP system in ignition switch ON position (Engine stopped). When this diagnostic service is performed, EVAP canister vent control valve can be closed. In the following conditions, this diagnostic service cannot function. • Low ambient temperature • Low battery voltage • Engine running • Ignition switch OFF • Low fuel temperature • Too much pressure is applied to EVAP system Service $09 (CALIBRATION ID) This diagnostic service enables the off-board test device to request specific vehicle information such as Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) and Calibration IDs. Service $0A* PERMANENT DTCs This diagnostic service gains access to permanent DTCs which were stored by ECM. NOTE: *: Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated. INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Connect GST to data link connector (1). • Accelerator pedal (2) BBIA0750E 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. Enter the program according to instruction on the screen or in the operation manual. (*: Regarding GST screens in this section, sample screens are shown.) SEF398S Revision: January 2010 EC-1232 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. Perform each diagnostic service according to each service procedure. For further information, see the GST Operation Manual of the tool maker. [QR25DE] A EC C SEF416S D CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285757 Remarks: z Specification data are reference values. z Specification data are output/input values which are detected or supplied by the ECM at the connector. * Specification data may not be directly related to their components signals/values/operations. i.e. Adjust ignition timing with a timing light before monitoring IGN TIMING, because the monitor may show the specification data in spite of the ignition timing not being adjusted to the specification data. This IGN TIMING monitors the data calculated by the ECM according to the signals input from the camshaft position sensor and other ignition timing related sensors. Monitor item ENG SPEED Condition • Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indication. MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-1237. See EC-1237. A/F ALPHA-B1 A/F ALPHA-B2 See EC-1237. COOLAN TEMP/S • Engine: After warming up A/F SEN1 (B1) A/F SEN1 (B2) • Engine: After warming up HO2S2 (B1) HO2S2 (B2) • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load 0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0 V HO2S2 MNTR (B1) HO2S2 MNTR (B2) • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load LEAN ←→ RICH VHCL SPEED SE • Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with the speedometer indication. Almost the same speed as the speedometer indication. BATTERY VOLT • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) ACCEL SEN 1 • Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released (Engine stopped) • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed ACCEL SEN 2* • Ignition switch: ON Accelerator pedal: Fully released (Engine stopped) • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) G H I More than 70°C (158°F) Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Accelerator pedal: Fully released • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Revision: January 2010 F Specification Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication. B/FUEL SCHDL TP SEN 1-B1 TP SEN 2-B1* E EC-1233 J Fluctuates around 2.2 V K L M N 11 - 14 V 0.6 - 0.9 V O 4.0 - 4.8 V 0.6 - 0.9 V 3.9 - 4.8 V More than 0.36 V Less than 4.75 V 2010 Sentra P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Monitor item Condition VEHICLE SPEED • Turn drive wheels and compare CONSULT-III value with speedometer indication. EVAP SYS PRES • Ignition switch: ON START SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON → START → ON CLSD THL POS • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) AIR COND SIG • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine P/N POSI SW • Ignition switch: ON PW/ST SIGNAL • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine LOAD SIGNAL • Ignition switch: ON Specification Almost the same speed as the speedometer indication 1.8 - 4.8 V OFF → ON → OFF Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF Air conditioner switch: ON (Compressor operates.) ON Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) ON Selector lever: Except above position OFF Steering wheel: Not being turned. OFF Steering wheel: Being turned. ON Rear window defogger switch: ON and/or Lighting switch: 2nd position ON Rear window defogger switch is OFF and lighting switch: OFF OFF IGNITION SW • Ignition switch: ON → OFF → ON HEATER FAN SW • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine BRAKE SW • Ignition switch: ON I/P PULLY SPD • Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12 MPH) INJ PULSE-B1 • Engine: After warming up • Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • Air conditioner switch: OFF • No load Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec Idle 5° - 15° BTDC IGN TIMING • Engine: After warming up • Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • Air conditioner switch: OFF • No load 2,000 rpm 25° - 45° BTDC Idle 10% - 35% CAL/LD VALUE • Engine: After warming up • Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • Air conditioner switch: OFF • No load 2,500 rpm 10% - 35% Idle 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/s MASS AIRFLOW • Engine: After warming up • Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • Air conditioner switch: OFF • No load 2,500 rpm 4.0 - 10.0 g·m/s PURG VOL C/V • Engine: After warming up • Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • Air conditioner switch: OFF • No load Idle (Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even slightly, after engine starting) INJ PULSE-B2 Revision: January 2010 ON → OFF → ON Heater fan: Operating ON Heater fan: Not operating OFF Brake pedal: Fully released OFF Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON 2,000 rpm EC-1234 Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication 0% 20 - 90% 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Monitor item Condition • Engine: After warming up • Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • Air conditioner switch: OFF • No load Idle Idle INT/V SOL (B1) • Engine: After warming up • Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • Air conditioner switch: OFF • No load AIR COND RLY • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine INT/V TIM (B1) 2,000 rpm Specification −5° - 5°CA Approx. 0° - 20°CA C 2,000 rpm Approx. 0% - 60% Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF Air conditioner switch: ON (Compressor operates) ON FUEL PUMP RLY ON • Except above conditions OFF VENT CONT/V • Ignition switch: ON OFF THRTL RELAY • Ignition switch: ON ON HO2S2 HTR (B1) HO2S2 HTR (B2) • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine • Air conditioner switch: OFF Engine coolant temperature is 97°C (207°F) or less OFF Engine coolant temperature is between 98°C (208°F) and 99°C (210°F) LOW Engine coolant temperature is 100°C (212°F) or more HIGH ON • Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF • Ignition switch: ON Vehicle has traveled after MIL has turned ON. A/F S1 HTR (B1) A/F S1 HTR (B2) • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine (More than 140 seconds after starting engine.) • Turn drive wheels and compare the CONSULT-III value with speedometer indication. SET VHCL SPD • Engine: Running MAIN SW • Ignition switch: ON CANCEL SW • Ignition switch: ON RESUME/ACC SW • Ignition switch: ON SET SW • Ignition switch: ON Revision: January 2010 ASCD: Operating 4 - 100% Almost the same speed as the speedometer indication. G J K L M The preset vehicle speed is displayed. MAIN switch: Pressed ON MAIN switch: Released OFF CANCEL switch: Pressed ON CANCEL switch: Released OFF RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed ON RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Released OFF SET/COAST switch: Pressed ON SET/COAST switch: Released OFF EC-1235 F 0 - 65,535 km (0 - 40,723 mile) 1.0 - 4.0 V VHCL SPEED SE E I • Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates) • Engine: Idle D H • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load TRVL AFTER MIL AC PRESS SEN EC 0% • For 1 seconds after turning ignition switch ON • Engine running or cranking COOLING FAN A 2010 Sentra N O P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Monitor item Condition Specification • Brake pedal: Fully released (CVT) • Brake peal and clutch pedal: Fully released (M/T) ON • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT) • Brake peal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T) OFF Brake pedal: Fully released OFF Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON BRAKE SW1 (ASCD brake switch) • Ignition switch: ON BRAKE SW2 (Stop lamp switch) • Ignition switch: ON CRUISE LAMP • Ignition switch: ON MAIN switch: Pressed at the 1st time → 2nd time ACSD: Operating ON SET LAMP • MAIN switch: ON • When vehicle speed is between 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH) ASCD: Not operating OFF ON → OFF HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B1) DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is incomplete. INCMP DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is complete. CMPLT HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B2) DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is incomplete. INCMP DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is complete. CMPLT HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B1) DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) is incomplete. INCMP DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) is complete. CMPLT HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B2) DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (slow response) is incomplete. INCMP DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (slow response) is complete. CMPLT *: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal and throttle position sensor 2 signal are converted by ECM internally. Thus, they differ from ECM terminals voltage signal. Revision: January 2010 EC-1236 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE Description A INFOID:0000000005285758 The specification (SP) value indicates the tolerance of the value that is displayed in “SPEC” of “DATA MONI- EC TOR” mode with CONSULT-III during normal operation of the Engine Control System. When the value in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is within the SP value, the Engine Control System is confirmed OK. When the value in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode is NOT within the SP value, the Engine Control System may C have one or more malfunctions. The SP value is used to detect malfunctions that may affect the Engine Control System, but will not light the MIL. The SP value will be displayed for the following three items: D • B/FUEL SCHDL (The fuel injection pulse width programmed into ECM prior to any learned on board correction) • A/F ALPHA-B1 /B2 (The mean value of air-fuel ratio feedback correction factor per cycle) E • MAS A/F SE-B1 (The signal voltage of the mass air flow sensor) Testing Condition • • • • • • • INFOID:0000000005285759 Vehicle driven distance: More than 5,000 km (3,107 miles) Barometric pressure: 98.3 - 104.3 kPa (1.003 - 1.064 kg/cm2, 14.25 - 15.12 psi) Atmospheric temperature: 20 - 30°C (68 - 86°F) Engine coolant temperature: 75 - 95°C (167 - 203°F) Transmission: Warmed-up CVT models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle until “FLUID TEMP SE” fluid temperature sensor signal) indicates more than 60°C (140°F). M/T models: After the engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature, drive vehicle for 5 minutes. Electrical load: Not applied Rear window defogger switch, air conditioner switch, lighting switch are OFF. Steering wheel is straight ahead. Engine speed: Idle Inspection Procedure INFOID:0000000005285760 NOTE: Perform “SPEC” in “DATA MONITOR” mode in maximum scale display. 1. Perform EC-1187, "Basic Inspection". 2. Confirm that the testing conditions indicated above are met. 3. Select “B/FUEL SCHDL”, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2 ”and “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 4. Check that monitor items are within the SP value. 5. If NG, go to EC-1237, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure F G H I J K L M INFOID:0000000005285761 OVERALL SEQUENCE N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1237 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > PBIB2268E Revision: January 2010 EC-1238 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O PBIB3214E DETAILED PROCEDURE P 1.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALAPHA-B2” 1. 2. 3. Start engine. Confirm that the testing conditions are met. Refer to EC-1237, "Testing Condition". Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the each indication is within the SP value. NOTE: Revision: January 2010 EC-1239 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” for approximately 1 minute because they may fluctuate. It is NG if the indication is out of the SP value even a little. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 2. NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 3. 2.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 19. 3.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 6. NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 25. 4.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” 1. 2. 3. 4. Stop the engine. Disconnect PCV hose, and then plug it. Start engine. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the each indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 6. 5.CHANGE ENGINE OIL 1. 2. Stop the engine. Change engine oil. Refer to MA-37, "ENGINE OIL : Changing Engine Oil". NOTE: This symptom may occur when a large amount of gasoline is mixed with engine oil because of driving conditions (such as when engine oil temperature does not rise enough since a journey distance is too short during winter). The symptom will not be detected after changing engine oil or changing driving condition. >> INSPECTION END 6.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE Check fuel pressure. (Refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check".) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG (Fuel pressure is too high)>>Replace fuel pressure regulator, refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check". GO TO 8. NG (Fuel pressure is too low)>>GO TO 7. 7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART 1. 2. Check the following. Clogged and bent fuel hose and fuel tube Clogged fuel filter Fuel pump and its circuit (Refer to EC-1652.) If NG, repair or replace the malfunctioning part. (Refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check".) If OK, replace fuel pressure regulator. Revision: January 2010 EC-1240 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A >> GO TO 8. 8.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” 1. 2. Start engine. EC Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the each indication is within the SP value. OK or NG C OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 9. 9.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST D 1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. 2. Check that the each cylinder produces a momentary engine speed drop. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> GO TO 10. E 10.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART 1. 2. F Check the following. Ignition coil and its circuit (Refer to EC-1657.) Fuel injector and its circuit (Refer to EC-1647.) Intake air leakage Low compression pressure (Refer to EM-175, "On-Vehicle Service".) If NG, repair or replace the malfunctioning part. If OK, replace fuel injector. (It may be caused by leakage from fuel injector or clogging.) G H I >> GO TO 11. 11.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” 1. 2. Start engine. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the each indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 12. 12.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 FUNCTION J K L Perform all DTC Confirmation Procedure related with A/F sensor 1. • For DTC P0130, P0150 refer to EC-1321, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". • For DTC P0131, P0151 refer to EC-1329, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". • For DTC P0132, P0152 refer to EC-1337, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". • For DTC P0133, P0153 refer to EC-1345, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". • For DTC P2A00, P2A03 refer to EC-1625, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> GO TO 13. M N O 13.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT Perform Diagnostic Procedure according to corresponding DTC. P >> GO TO 14. 14.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” 1. 2. Start engine. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the each indication is within the SP value. OK or NG Revision: January 2010 EC-1241 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 15. 15.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT ECM HARNESS CONNECTOR 1. 2. Stop the engine. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage, and then reconnect it. >> GO TO 16. 16.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” 1. 2. Start engine. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the each indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-1204, "Symptom Matrix Chart". 17.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG (More than the SP value)>>GO TO 18. NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 25. 18.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART 1. 2. - Check for the cause of large engine friction. Refer to the following. Engine oil level is too high Engine oil viscosity Belt tension of alternator, A/C compressor, etc. is excessive Noise from engine Noise from transmission, etc. Check for the cause of insufficient combustion. Refer to the following. Valve clearance malfunction Intake valve timing control function malfunction Camshaft sprocket installation malfunction, etc. >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 30. 19.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. • Crushed air ducts • Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element • Uneven dirt of air cleaner element • Improper specification of intake air system OK or NG OK >> GO TO 21. NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 20. 20.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” AND “B/FUEL SCHDL” Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B1” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the each indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG (“B/FUEL SCHDL” is more, “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” is less than the SP value)>>GO TO 21. 21.DISCONNECT AND RECONNECT MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR HARNESS CONNECTOR 1. Stop the engine. Revision: January 2010 EC-1242 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check pin terminal and connector for damage and then reconnect it again. A >> GO TO 22. 22.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” EC 1. 2. Start engine. Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the each indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> 1. Detect malfunctioning part of mass air flow sensor circuit and repair it. Refer to EC-1282. 2. GO TO 29. NG >> GO TO 23. 23.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1” 24.REPLACE ECM 3. 4. 5. 6. D E Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 24. NG (More than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 29. 1. 2. C F G Replace ECM. Perform initialization of NVIS(NATS) system and registration of all NVIS(NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function". Perform EC-1193, "VIN Registration". Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning". >> GO TO 29. H I J 25.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. • Crushed air ducts • Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element • Uneven dirt of air cleaner element • Improper specification of intake air system OK or NG OK >> GO TO 27. NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part, and then GO TO 26. K L M 26.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG (Less than the SP value)>>GO TO 27. N O 27.CHECK “MAS A/F SE-B1” Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 28. NG (Less than the SP value)>>Replace mass air flow sensor, and then GO TO 30. 28.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM Check for the cause of air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Refer to the following. Revision: January 2010 EC-1243 2010 Sentra P TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS - SPECIFICATION VALUE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Disconnection, looseness, and cracks in air duct • Looseness of oil filler cap • Disconnection of oil level gauge • Open stuck, breakage, hose disconnection, or cracks of PCV valve • Disconnection or cracks of EVAP purge hose, open stuck of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve • Malfunctioning seal of rocker cover gasket • Disconnection, looseness, or cracks of hoses, such as vacuum hose, connecting to intake air system parts • Malfunctioning seal of intake air system, etc. >> GO TO 30. 29.CHECK “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” AND “B/FUEL SCHDL” Select “A/F ALPHA-B1”, “A/F ALPHA-B2” and “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and check that the each indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-1204, "Symptom Matrix Chart". 30.CHECK “B/FUEL SCHDL” Select “B/FUEL SCHDL” in “SPEC” of “DATA MONITOR” mode, and then check that the indication is within the SP value. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Detect malfunctioning part according to EC-1204, "Symptom Matrix Chart". Revision: January 2010 EC-1244 2010 Sentra TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Description A INFOID:0000000005285762 Intermittent incidents may occur. In many cases, the malfunction resolves itself (the part or circuit function EC returns to normal without intervention). It is important to realize that the symptoms described in the customer's complaint often do not recur on (1st trip) DTC visits. Realize also that the most frequent cause of Intermittent Incidents occurrences is poor electrical connections. Because of this, the conditions under which the incident occurred may not be clear. Therefore, circuit checks made as part of the standard diagnostic procedure may C not indicate the specific malfunctioning area. Common Intermittent Incidents Report Situations D STEP in Work Flow 2 3 or 4 Situation The CONSULT-III is used. The SELF-DIAG RESULTS screen shows time data other than 0 or [1t]. E The symptom described by the customer does not recur. 5 (1st trip) DTC does not appear during the DTC Confirmation Procedure. 10 The Diagnostic Procedure for PXXXX does not indicate the malfunctioning area. Diagnosis Procedure F INFOID:0000000005285763 1.INSPECTION START G Erase (1st trip) DTCs. Refer to EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". H >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK GROUND TERMINALS I Check ground terminals for corroding or loose connection. Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace. J 3.SEARCH FOR ELECTRICAL INCIDENT K Perform GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident", “INCIDENT SIMULATION TESTS”. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace. 4.CHECK CONNECTOR TERMINALS Refer to GI-23, "How to Check Terminal", “HOW TO PROBE CONNECTORS”, “How to Check Enlarged Contact Spring of Terminal”. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace connector. L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1245 2010 Sentra POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285764 AABWA0253GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1246 2010 Sentra POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR 12 16 B B 24 R/G 93 B/R 105 G 107 108 B B 111 112 B B A ITEM ECM ground ECM relay (Self shut-off) CONDITION [Engine is running] • Idle speed DATA (DC Voltage) EC Body ground [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF 0 - 1.0 V [Ignition switch: OFF] • More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) C [Ignition switch: OFF] 0V [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) ECM ground [Engine is running] • Idle speed Body ground ECM ground [Engine is running] • Idle speed Body ground Ignition switch E F G Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285765 1.INSPECTION START H I Start engine. Is engine running? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 8. No >> GO TO 2. J 2.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. D K Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON. Check voltage between ECM terminal 93 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. L Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. M N PBIA9561J 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART O Check the following. • Harness connectors M6, E19 • Harness for open or short between ECM and ignition switch P >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Revision: January 2010 EC-1247 2010 Sentra POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". BBIA0927E : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 4. Body ground E15 2. Washer tank 3. Fuse and fusible link box OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 5.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-I 1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 12, 16, 107, 108, 111, 112 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6. 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors F10, E17 • Harness for open or short between ECM and ground >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. Reconnect ECM harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> Go to EC-1657. NG >> GO TO 8. PBIB2658E 8.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and then OFF. Revision: January 2010 EC-1248 2010 Sentra POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 105 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: [QR25DE] A After turning ignition switch OFF, battery voltage will exist for a few seconds, then drop approximately 0 V. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG (Battery voltage does not exist.)>>GO TO 9. NG (Battery voltage exists for more than a few seconds.)>>GO TO 11. EC C PBIB3037E D 9.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Check voltage between ECM terminal 24 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. E Voltage: Battery voltage F OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 11. G 10.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-V 1. 2. 3. PBIB3478E Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E43. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 105 and IPDM E/R terminal 4. Refer to Wiring Diagram. H I J Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K L 11.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-VI 1. 2. 3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E43. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 24 and IPDM E/R terminal 7. Refer to Wiring Diagram. M N Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> GO TO 12. O 12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART P Check the following. • Harness connectors E17, F10 • Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Revision: January 2010 EC-1249 2010 Sentra POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 13.CHECK 20 A FUSE 1. Disconnect 20 A fuse from IPDM E/R. 2. Check 20 A fuse. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> Replace 20 A fuse. 14.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". BBIA0927E : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 4. Body ground E15 2. Washer tank 3. Fuse and fusible link box OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 15.CHECK ECM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT-II 1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 12, 16, 107, 108, 111, 112 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> GO TO 16. 16.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors F10, E17 • Harness for open or short between ECM and ground >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. 17.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-1245. OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-17. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. Revision: January 2010 EC-1250 2010 Sentra POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Ground Inspection INFOID:0000000005285766 A Ground connections are very important to the proper operation of electrical and electronic circuits. Ground connections are often exposed to moisture, dirt and other corrosive elements. The corrosion (rust) can become an unwanted resistance. This unwanted resistance can change the way a circuit works. EC Electronically controlled circuits are very sensitive to proper grounding. A loose or corroded ground can drastically affect an electronically controlled circuit. A poor or corroded ground can easily affect the circuit. Even when the ground connection looks clean, there can be a thin film of rust on the surface. C When inspecting a ground connection follow these rules: • Remove the ground bolt or screw. • Inspect all mating surfaces for tarnish, dirt, rust, etc. • Clean as required to assure good contact. D • Reinstall bolt or screw securely. • Inspect for “add-on” accessories which may be interfering with the ground circuit. • If several wires are crimped into one ground eyelet terminal, check for proper crimps. Check that all of the wires are clean, securely fastened and providing a good ground path. If multiple wires are cased in one eye- E let check that no ground wires have excess wire insulation. For detailed ground distribution information, refer to PG-29, "Ground Distribution". F G H I J PBIB1870E K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1251 2010 Sentra DTC U0101 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC U0101 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE Description INFOID:0000000005285767 CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285768 This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. DTC No. U0101 0101 Trouble diagnosis name Lost communication with TCM DTC detecting condition When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal of OBD (emission-related diagnosis) with TCM for 2 seconds or more. DTC Confirmation Procedure 1. 2. 3. Possible cause • CAN communication line between TCM and ECM (CAN communication line is open or shorted.) INFOID:0000000005285769 Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds. Check DTC. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1255, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-1252 2010 Sentra DTC U0101 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285770 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O BBWA3021E Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285771 Go to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". Revision: January 2010 EC-1253 2010 Sentra P DTC U0140 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC U0140 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE Description INFOID:0000000005285772 CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285773 This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. DTC No. U0140 0140 Trouble diagnosis name Lost communication with BCM DTC detecting condition When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal of OBD (emission related diagnosis) with BCM for 2 seconds or more. DTC Confirmation Procedure 1. 2. 3. Possible cause • CAN communication line between BCM and ECM • CAN communication line open or shorted INFOID:0000000005285774 Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds. Check DTC. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1255, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-1254 2010 Sentra DTC U0140 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285775 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O BBWA3021E Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285776 Go to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". Revision: January 2010 EC-1255 2010 Sentra P DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE Description INFOID:0000000005285777 CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285778 The MIL will not illuminate for this self-diagnosis. DTC No. U1001 1001 Trouble diagnosis name CAN communication line DTC detecting condition When ECM is not transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal other than OBD (emissionrelated diagnosis) for 2 seconds or more. DTC Confirmation Procedure 1. 2. 3. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted.) INFOID:0000000005285779 Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 3 seconds. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1257, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-1256 2010 Sentra DTC U1001 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285780 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O BBWA3021E Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285781 Go to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". Revision: January 2010 EC-1257 2010 Sentra P DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL Description INFOID:0000000005285782 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Sensor Input signal to ECM Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed and piston position Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Combination meter Vehicle speed* ECM function Intake valve timing control Actuator Intake valve timing control solenoid valve *: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. PBIB3479E This mechanism hydraulically controls cam phases continuously with the fixed operating angle of the intake valve. The ECM receives signals such as crankshaft position, camshaft position, engine speed, and engine coolant temperature. Then, the ECM sends ON/OFF pulse duty signals to the intake valve timing control solenoid valve depending on driving status. This makes it possible to control the shut/open timing of the intake valve to increase engine torque in low/mid speed range and output in high-speed range. CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285783 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item Condition INT/V TIM (B1) • • • • Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) Air conditioner switch: OFF No load INT/V SOL (B1) • • • • Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Revision: January 2010 Specification Idle 2,000 rpm Idle 2,000 rpm EC-1258 −5° - 5°CA Approx. 0° - 20°CA 0% Approx. 0% - 60% 2010 Sentra DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. P0011 0011 INFOID:0000000005285784 A Trouble diagnosis name Intake valve timing control performance Detecting condition There is a gap between angle of target and phase-control angle degree. Possible cause • • • • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Intake valve timing control solenoid valve Accumulation of debris to the signal pick-up portion of the camshaft • Timing chain installation • Foreign matter caught in the oil groove for intake valve timing control EC C D FAIL-SAFE MODE ECM enters in fail-safe mode when the malfunction is detected. Detected items E Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Intake valve timing control The signal is not energized to the solenoid valve and the valve control does not function DTC Confirmation Procedure CAUTION: Always drive at a safe speed. NOTE: • If DTC P0011 is displayed with DTC P0075, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0075. See EC-1277. • If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 10 V and 16 V at idle. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 1,200 - 2,000 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.) COOLAN TEMP/S More than 60°C (140°F) B/FUEL SCHDL More than 3.5 msec Selector lever P or N position (CVT) Neutral position (M/T) 7. I K L Let engine idle for 10 seconds. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1260, "Diagnosis Procedure". If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step. Maintain the following conditions for at least 20 consecutive seconds. 1,200 - 3,175 rpm (A constant rotation is maintained.) COOLAN TEMP/S More than 65°C (149°F) Selector lever 1st or 2nd position Driving location uphill Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test.) N O P Check 1st trip DTC. Revision: January 2010 H M ENG SPEED 8. G J Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Maintain the following conditions for at least 6 consecutive seconds. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. ENG SPEED 4. 5. 6. F INFOID:0000000005285785 EC-1259 2010 Sentra DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL < SERVICE INFORMATION > 9. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1260, "Diagnosis Procedure". [QR25DE] WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285786 1.CHECK OIL PRESSURE WARNING LAMP 1. 2. Start engine. Check oil pressure warning lamp and confirm it is not illuminated. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Go to LU-18, "Inspection". 2.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE PBIA8559J Refer to EC-1261, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. 3.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) Refer to EC-1430, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). 4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) Refer to EC-1435, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). 5.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE) Check the following. • Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft (1) rear end • Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft rear end or replace camshaft. PBIB3480E 6.CHECK TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION Check service records for any recent repairs that may cause timing chain misaligned. Are there any service records that may cause timing chain misaligned? Yes or No Yes >> Check timing chain installation. Refer to EM-164. No >> GO TO 7. Revision: January 2010 EC-1260 2010 Sentra DTC P0011 IVT CONTROL [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 7.CHECK LUBRICATION CIRCUIT A Refer to EM-160, "Inspection After Installation". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Clean lubrication line. EC 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-1245. For Wiring Diagram, refer to EC-1426, "Wiring Diagram" for CKP sensor (POS) and EC-1432, "Wiring Diagram" for CMP sensor (PHASE). C D >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285787 E INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1. 2. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve as follows. F G 3. 4. Terminal Resistance 1 and 2 6.7 - 7.7 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)] 1 or 2 and ground ∞Ω (Continuity should not exist.) If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. If OK, go to next step. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Provide 12 V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals and then interrupt it. Check that the plunger moves as shown in the figure. CAUTION: Never apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more. Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve timing control solenoid valve. If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. NOTE: Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control solenoid valve is removed. Removal and Installation H I PBIB0193E J K L PBIB2275E M INFOID:0000000005285788 N INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EM-153. O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1261 2010 Sentra DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER Description INFOID:0000000005285789 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Sensor ECM function Input Signal to ECM Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Engine speed Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater control Actuator Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater The ECM performs ON/OFF duty control of the A/F sensor 1 heater corresponding to the engine operating condition to keep the temperature of A/F sensor 1 element at the specified range. CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285790 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item A/F S1 HTR (B1) A/F S1 HTR (B2) Condition • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine (More than 140 seconds after starting engine.) Specification 4 - 100% On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. P0031 0031 (Bank 1) P0051 0051 (Bank 2) P0032 0032 (Bank 1) P0052 0052 (Bank 2) Trouble diagnosis name INFOID:0000000005285791 DTC detecting condition Possible cause Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater control circuit low The current amperage in the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range. [An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater.] • Harness or connectors [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater circuit is open or shorted.] • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater control circuit high The current amperage in the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater circuit is out of the normal range. [An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater.] • Harness or connectors [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater circuit is shorted.] • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285792 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is 11 V at idle. 1. Start engine and run it for at least 10 seconds at idle speed. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1266, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-1262 2010 Sentra DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285793 A BANK 1 EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P ABBWA0172GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-1263 2010 Sentra DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V 4 BR/W A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 1) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) PBIA8148J 45 W A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 49 B A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. Approximately 2.2 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Revision: January 2010 EC-1264 2010 Sentra DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BANK 2 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0173GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1265 2010 Sentra P DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V 8 BR/Y [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 2) PBIA8148J 53 W A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm Approximately 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. 57 R A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 2.2 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285794 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". BBIA0927E : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 4. Body ground E15 2. Washer tank 3. Fuse and fusible link box OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) harness connector (1) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) (2) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) (3) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) harness connector (4) Turn ignition switch ON. BBIA0919E Revision: January 2010 EC-1266 2010 Sentra DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. A Voltage: Battery voltage EC OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. C PBIB3308E 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 (Bank 1) • Harness connectors E17, F10 (Bank 2) • Fuse block (J/B) connector E43 (Bank 1) • Fuse block (J/B) connector E39 (Bank 2) • 10 A fuse (Bank 1) • 15 A fuse (Bank 2) • Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse D E F G >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT H 1. 2. 3. I Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 4 (Bank 1) or 8 (Bank 2) and A/F sensor 1 terminal 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. J 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K 5.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER L Refer to EC-1267, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. M 6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT N Perform EC-1245. >> INSPECTION END O Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285795 AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER Revision: January 2010 EC-1267 P 2010 Sentra DTC P0031, P0032, P0051, P0052 A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Check resistance between A/F sensor 1 terminals as follows. Terminal No. Resistance 3 and 4 1.8 - 2.44 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] 3 and 1, 2 ∞Ω (Continuity should not exist) 4 and 1, 2 [QR25DE] 2. If NG, replace air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using heated oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). PBIB3309E Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285796 AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR HEATER Refer to EM-140. Revision: January 2010 EC-1268 2010 Sentra DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER A Description INFOID:0000000005285797 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC Sensor Input Signal to ECM Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Crankshaft position sensor (POS) ECM Function Actuator C Engine speed Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater control Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater The ECM performs ON/OFF control of the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater corresponding to the engine speed, amount of intake air and engine coolant temperature. D E OPERATION F Engine speed Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater Above 3,600 rpm OFF G • Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load ON H CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285798 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item HO2S2 HTR (B1) HO2S2 HTR (B2) I Condition Specification • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load ON • Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm OFF On Board Diagnosis Logic J K INFOID:0000000005285799 L DTC No. P0037 0037 (Bank 1) P0057 0057 (Bank 2) P0038 0038 (Bank 1) P0058 0058 (Bank 2) Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause M Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater control circuit low The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Harness or connectors (Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is open or shorted.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater control circuit high The current amperage in the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is out of the normal range. (An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the heated oxygen sensor 2 heater.) • Harness or connectors (Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater circuit is shorted.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater N O DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285800 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. Revision: January 2010 EC-1269 2010 Sentra P DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is between 11 V at idle. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1274, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. Revision: January 2010 EC-1270 2010 Sentra DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285801 A BANK 1 EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P AABWA0256GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-1271 2010 Sentra DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. 13 WIRE COLOR B ITEM Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (Bank 1) CONDITION [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 10 V PBIA8148J [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm. 33 G Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1) [Engine is running] • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. 35 B Sensor ground (Heated oxygen sensor 2) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 0 - Approximately 1.0 V Approximately 0 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Revision: January 2010 EC-1272 2010 Sentra DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BANK 2 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O BBWA3025E Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1273 2010 Sentra P DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 17 WIRE COLOR R/L ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (Bank 2) Approximately 10 V PBIA8148J [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm. BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 0 - Approximately 1.0 V Approximately 0 V 34 W Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2) [Engine is running] • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. 35 B Sensor ground (Heated oxygen sensor 2) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285802 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body. Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". BBIA0927E : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 4. Body ground E15 2. Washer tank 3. Fuse and fusible link box OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK HO2S2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 EC-1274 2010 Sentra DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1) harness connector (1) Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1) (2) Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2) (3) Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2) harness connector (4) 2. Turn ignition switch ON. [QR25DE] A EC C BBIA0920E D 3. Check voltage between HO2S2 terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. E Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. F G MBIB0186E 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H Check the following. • Harness connector E3, F2 (Bank 1) • Harness connector E17, F10 (Bank 2) • Fuse block (J/B) connector E45 (Bank 1) • Fuse block (J/B) connector E39 (Bank 2) • 10 A fuse (Bank 1) • 15 A fuse (Bank 2) • Harness for open or short between heated oxygen sensor 2 and ECM I J K >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK HO2S2 OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 13 (Bank 1) or 17 (Bank 2) and HO2S2 terminal 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram. L M Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. N O 5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER Refer to EC-1276, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. P 6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-1245. Revision: January 2010 EC-1275 2010 Sentra DTC P0037, P0038, P0057, P0058 HO2S2 HEATER [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285803 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 HEATER 1. Check resistance between HO2S2 terminals as follows. Terminal No. Resistance 2 and 3 3.4 - 4.4 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] 1 and 2, 3, 4 ∞Ω (Continuity should not exist) 4 and 1, 2, 3 2. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). PBIB3310E Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285804 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Refer to EM-140. Revision: January 2010 EC-1276 2010 Sentra DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Component Description A INFOID:0000000005285805 Intake valve timing control solenoid valve is activated by ON/OFF pulse duty (ratio) signals from the ECM. The intake valve timing control solenoid valve changes the oil amount and direction of flow through intake valve timing control unit or stops oil flow. The longer pulse width advances valve angle. The shorter pulse width retards valve angle. When ON and OFF pulse widths become equal, the solenoid valve stops oil pressure flow to fix the intake valve angle at the control position. EC C D PBIB1842E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285806 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item INT/V SOL (B1) F Condition • • • • E Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Specification Idle 2,000 rpm On Board Diagnosis Logic 0% G Approx. 0% - 60% H INFOID:0000000005285807 I DTC No. P0075 0075 Trouble diagnosis name Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit DTC detecting condition An improper voltage is sent to the ECM through intake valve timing control solenoid valve. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • Harness or connectors (Intake valve timing control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.) • Intake valve timing control solenoid valve INFOID:0000000005285808 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. 1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1279, "Diagnosis Procedure". J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1277 2010 Sentra DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285809 AABWA0257GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-1278 2010 Sentra DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. 24 WIRE COLOR R/G ITEM ECM relay (Self shut-off) A CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF 0 - 1.0 V C [Ignition switch: OFF] • More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) D [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) E EC 7 - 10 V 78 Y/R Intake valve timing control solenoid valve F [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • When revving engine up to 2,000 rpm quickly G PBIA4937J 105 G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) H : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) I Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285810 1.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. J Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve (1) harness connector. : Vehicle front Turn ignition switch ON. K L M BBIA0899E N 4. Check voltage between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. O Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2. P PBIB0192E 2.DETECT MALFUNCTION PART Check the following. Revision: January 2010 EC-1279 2010 Sentra DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Harness connectors E17, F10 • Harness for open or short between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R [QR25DE] >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 3.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 78 and intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EC-1280, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-1245. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285811 INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1. 2. 3. 4. Disconnect intake valve timing control solenoid valve harness connector. Check resistance between intake valve timing control solenoid valve as follows. Terminal Resistance 1 and 2 6.7 - 7.7 Ω [at 20°C (68°F)] 1 or 2 and ground ∞Ω (Continuity should not exist.) If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. If OK, go to next step. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Provide 12 V DC between intake valve timing control solenoid valve terminals and then interrupt it. Check that the plunger moves as shown in the figure. CAUTION: Never apply 12 V DC continuously for 5 seconds or more. Doing so may result in damage to the coil in intake valve timing control solenoid valve. If NG, replace intake valve timing control solenoid valve. NOTE: Always replace O-ring when intake valve timing control solenoid valve is removed. Revision: January 2010 EC-1280 PBIB0193E PBIB2275E 2010 Sentra DTC P0075 IVT CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285812 A INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EM-164. EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1281 2010 Sentra DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005285813 The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is reduced as the intake air flows around it. The greater air flow, the greater the heat loss. Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change. PBIA9559J CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285814 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item Condition Specification MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-1237. Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Idle 10% - 35% CAL/LD VALUE • • • • 2,500 rpm 10% - 35% • • • • Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Idle 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/s MASS AIRFLOW 2,500 rpm 4.0 - 10.0 g·m/s On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. INFOID:0000000005285815 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition A) P0101 0101 A high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM under light load driving condition. • Harness or connectors (Mass air flow sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Mass air flow sensor • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Intake air temperature sensor A low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM under heavy load driving condition. • Harness or connectors (Mass air flow sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Intake air leaks • Mass air flow sensor • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Intake air temperature sensor Mass air flow sensor circuit range/performance B) Possible cause DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285816 Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A NOTE: Revision: January 2010 EC-1282 2010 Sentra DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > If engine will not start or stops soon, wait at least 10 seconds with engine stopped (Ignition switch ON) instead of running engine at idle speed. A 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Run engine for at least 10 seconds at idle speed. EC 3. Check 1st trip DTC. 4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1285, "Diagnosis Procedure". PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B C CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. If engine cannot be started, go to EC-1285, "Diagnosis Procedure". Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check the voltage of “MAS A/F SE-B1” with “DATA MONITOR”. Increases engine speed to approximately 4,000 rpm. Monitor the linear voltage rise in response to engine speed increases. If NG, go to EC-1285, "Diagnosis Procedure". If OK, go to following step. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds. ENG SPEED More than 2,000 rpm TP SEN 1-B1 More than 1.5 V TP SEN 2-B1 More than 1.5 V E F G H I Selector lever Suitable position Driving location Driving vehicle uphill (Increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test. 8. 9. D J Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1285, "Diagnosis Procedure". K PBIB3457E L Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000005285817 PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B Use this procedure to check the overall function of the mass air flow sensor circuit. During this check, a 1st DTC might not be confirmed. With GST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. N Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select Service $01 with GST. Check the mass air flow sensor signal with Service $01. Check for linear mass air flow sensor signal value rise in response to increases to approximately 4,000 rpm in engine speed. If NG, go to EC-1285, "Diagnosis Procedure". O P SEF534P Revision: January 2010 M EC-1283 2010 Sentra DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285818 AABWA0258GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1284 2010 Sentra DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 24 56 58 105 A WIRE COLOR R/G B V G ITEM ECM relay (Self shut-off) Sensor ground Mass air flow sensor Power supply for ECM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) EC [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF 0 - 1.0 V [Ignition switch: OFF] • More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) C D [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed 0.9 - 1.1 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,500 rpm 1.4 - 1.7 V [Ignition switch: ON] Diagnosis Procedure E F BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) INFOID:0000000005285819 1.INSPECTION START Which malfunction (A or B) is duplicated? A or B A >> GO TO 3. B >> GO TO 2. H I J 2.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK Check the following for connections. • Air duct • Vacuum hoses • Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Reconnect the parts. K L 3.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. G M Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body. Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". N O P BBIA0927E Revision: January 2010 EC-1285 2010 Sentra DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 4. Body ground E15 2. Washer tank 3. Fuse and fusible link box OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor (1) harness connector. : Vehicle front Turn ignition switch ON. BBIA0900E 3. Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. PBIB1168E 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E17, F10 • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and IPDM E/R • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 56. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 58. Revision: January 2010 EC-1286 2010 Sentra DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Refer to Wiring Diagram. A Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short or short to power in harness or connectors. 8.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-1317, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace mas air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). EC C D 9.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR E Refer to EC-1481, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. F 10.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR G Refer to EC-1287, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor. H 11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT I Perform EC-1245. J >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285820 K MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR With CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. L Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication under the following conditions. Condition Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) MAS A/F SE-B1 (V) N Approx 0.4 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.9 - 1.1 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.7 Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm M O 0.9 - 1.1 to 2.4* P *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approximately 4,000 rpm. 5. a. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following. • Crushed air ducts • Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element • Uneven dirt of air cleaner element • Improper specification of intake air system parts Revision: January 2010 EC-1287 2010 Sentra DTC P0101 MAF SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > b. If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 to 4 again. If OK, go to next step. 6. Turn ignition switch OFF. 7. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. 8. Perform step 2 to 4 again. 9. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor. [QR25DE] Without CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check voltage between ECM terminal 58 (Mass air flow sensor signal) and ground. Condition Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) Voltage (V) Approx 0.4 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.9 - 1.1 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.7 Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.1 to 2.4* PBIB3481E *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approximately 4,000 rpm. 4. a. b. 5. 6. 7. 8. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following. • Crushed air ducts • Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element • Uneven dirt of air cleaner element • Improper specification of intake air system parts If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 and 3 again. If OK, go to next step. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. Perform step 2 and 3 again. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor. Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285821 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR Refer to EM-133. Revision: January 2010 EC-1288 2010 Sentra DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR A Component Description INFOID:0000000005285822 The mass air flow sensor (1) is placed in the stream of intake air. It measures the intake flow rate by measuring a part of the entire intake flow. The mass air flow sensor controls the temperature of the hot wire to a certain amount. The heat generated by the hot wire is reduced as the intake air flows around it. The more air, the greater the heat loss. Therefore, the electric current supplied to hot wire is changed to maintain the temperature of the hot wire as air flow increases. The ECM detects the air flow by means of this current change. EC C D PBIA9559J CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285823 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item E F Condition Specification G MAS A/F SE-B1 See EC-1237. Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Idle 10% - 35% CAL/LD VALUE • • • • 2,500 rpm 10% - 35% • • • • Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Idle 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/s MASS AIRFLOW 2,500 rpm 4.0 - 10.0 g·m/s On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285824 H I J These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic. DTC No. P0102 0102 P0103 0103 Trouble diagnosis name Mass air flow sensor circuit low input Mass air flow sensor circuit high input K DTC detecting condition Possible cause An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (Mass air flow sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Intake air leaks • Mass air flow sensor An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (Mass air flow sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Mass air flow sensor L M N FAIL-SAFE MODE When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL illuminates. Detected items Mass air flow sensor circuit O Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine speed will not rise more than 2,400 rpm due to the fuel cut. DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285825 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0102 Revision: January 2010 EC-1289 2010 Sentra P DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check DTC. 3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1292, "Diagnosis Procedure". [QR25DE] PROCEDURE FOR DTC P0103 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. Check DTC. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1292, "Diagnosis Procedure". If DTC is not detected, go to next step. Start engine and wait at least 5 seconds Check DTC. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1292, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-1290 2010 Sentra DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285826 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O AABWA0258GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1291 2010 Sentra P DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 24 56 58 105 WIRE COLOR R/G B V G ITEM ECM relay (Self shut-off) Sensor ground (Mass air flow sensor) Mass air flow sensor Power supply for ECM CONDITION [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF [Ignition switch: OFF] • More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF DATA (DC Voltage) 0 - 1.0 V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed 0.9 - 1.1 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,500 rpm 1.4 - 1.7 V [Ignition switch: ON] Diagnosis Procedure BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) INFOID:0000000005285827 1.INSPECTION START Which malfunction (P0102 or P0103) is duplicated? P0102 or P0103 P0102 >> GO TO 2. P0103 >> GO TO 3. 2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM Check the following for connection. • Air duct • Vacuum hoses • Intake air passage between air duct and intake manifold OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Reconnect the parts. 3.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". BBIA0927E Revision: January 2010 EC-1292 2010 Sentra DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 4. Body ground E15 A 2. Washer tank 3. Fuse and fusible link box EC OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. C 4.CHECK MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. D Disconnect mass air flow (MAF) sensor (1) harness connector. : Vehicle front Turn ignition switch ON. E F G BBIA0900E 3. Check voltage between MAF sensor terminal 2 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. H Voltage: Battery voltage I OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. J PBIB1168E 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E17, F10 • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and ECM • Harness for open or short between mass air flow sensor and IPDM E/R K L M >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. N Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 56. Refer to Wiring Diagram. O Continuity should exist. P 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK MAF SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between MAF sensor terminal 4 and ECM terminal 58. Revision: January 2010 EC-1293 2010 Sentra DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 8.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR Refer to EC-1294, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor. 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-1245. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285828 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR With CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Connect CONSULT-III and select “DATA MONITOR” mode. Select “MAS A/F SE-B1” and check indication under the following conditions. Condition Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) MAS A/F SE-B1 (V) Approx 0.4 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.9 - 1.1 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.7 Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm 0.9 - 1.1 to 2.4* *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approximately 4,000 rpm. 5. a. b. 6. 7. 8. 9. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following. • Crushed air ducts • Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element • Uneven dirt of air cleaner element • Improper specification of intake air system parts If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 to 4 again. If OK, go to next step. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. Perform step 2 to 4 again. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor. Without CONSULT-III 1. 2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Revision: January 2010 EC-1294 2010 Sentra DTC P0102, P0103 MAF SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check voltage between ECM terminal 58 (Mass air flow sensor signal) and ground. Condition Ignition switch ON (Engine stopped.) A Voltage (V) EC Approx 0.4 Idle (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 0.9 - 1.1 2,500 rpm (Engine is warmed-up to normal operating temperature.) 1.4 - 1.7 Idle to approx. 4,000 rpm [QR25DE] 0.9 - 1.1 to 2.4* C PBIB3481E D *: Check for linear voltage rise in response to engine being increased to approximately 4,000 rpm. 4. a. b. 5. 6. 7. 8. If the voltage is out of specification, proceed the following. Check for the cause of uneven air flow through mass air flow sensor. Refer to following. • Crushed air ducts • Malfunctioning seal of air cleaner element • Uneven dirt of air cleaner element • Improper specification of intake air system parts If NG, repair or replace malfunctioning part and perform step 2 and 3 again. If OK, go to next step. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector and reconnect it again. Perform step 2 and 3 again. If NG, clean or replace mass air flow sensor. Removal and Installation E F G H INFOID:0000000005285829 I MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR Refer to EM-133. J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1295 2010 Sentra DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005285830 The intake air temperature sensor is built-into the mass air flow sensor (1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ECM. The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the rise in temperature. PBIA9559J Intake air temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) 25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200 80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359 *: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 50 (Intake air temperature sensor) and ground. SEF012P On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name INFOID:0000000005285831 DTC detecting condition P0112 0112 Intake air temperature sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. P0113 0113 Intake air temperature sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • Harness or connectors (Intake air temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Intake air temperature sensor INFOID:0000000005285832 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1297, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-1296 2010 Sentra DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285833 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O BBWA3028E Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285834 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Revision: January 2010 EC-1297 2010 Sentra P DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". BBIA0927E : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 4. Body ground E15 2. Washer tank 3. Fuse and fusible link box OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor) (1) harness connector. : Vehicle front Turn ignition switch ON. BBIA0900E 3. Check voltage between mass air flow sensor terminal 5 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. PBIB1169E Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between mass air flow sensor terminal 6 and ECM terminal 56. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Revision: January 2010 EC-1298 2010 Sentra DTC P0112, P0113 IAT SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR A Refer to EC-1299, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). EC 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT C Refer to EC-1245. >> INSPECTION END D Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285835 E INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. Check resistance between mass air flow sensor (1) terminals 5 and 6 under the following conditions. F 2. Intake air temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ) 25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200 G If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). H PBIA9559J I J K SEF012P Removal and Installation L INFOID:0000000005285836 M MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR Refer to EM-133. N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1299 2010 Sentra DTC P0116 ECT SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0116 ECT SENSOR Description INFOID:0000000005285837 Component Description The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases. SEF594K Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) −10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4 20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9 50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260 *: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 46 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground. SEF012P CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM’s transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285838 NOTE: • If DTC P0116 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117 or P0118. Refer to EC-1303, "Component Description". • This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. DTC No. P0116 0116 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit range/performance Engine coolant temperature signal from engine coolant temperature sensor does not fluctuate, even when some time has passed after starting the engine with pre-warming up condition. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • Harness or connectors (High or low resistance in the circuit) • Engine coolant temperature sensor INFOID:0000000005285839 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, do not add fuel. 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm for more than 10 minutes. 3. Move the vehicle to a cool place, then stop engine. 4. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor and fuel pump” terminals 4 and 5. Revision: January 2010 EC-1300 2010 Sentra DTC P0116 ECT SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. Soak the vehicle until the resistance between “fuel level sensor and fuel pump” terminals 4 and 5 becomes 0.5 kΩ higher than the value measured before soaking. A CAUTION: Never turn ignition switch ON during soaking time. NOTE: EC Soak time changes depending on ambient air temperature. It may take several hours. 6. Start engine and let it idle for 20 minutes. 7. Check DTC. C 8. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1301, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285840 D 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". E F G H BBIA0927E : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 4. Body ground E15 I 2. Washer tank 3. Fuse and fusible link box J OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. K 2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR L Refer to EC-1301, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. M 3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT N Refer to EC-1245, "Diagnosis Procedure". >> INSPECTION END O Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285841 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Revision: January 2010 EC-1301 P 2010 Sentra DTC P0116 ECT SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure. [QR25DE] PBIB2005E 2. Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ) 20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor. SEF012P Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285842 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to CO-51, "Removal and Installation" Revision: January 2010 EC-1302 2010 Sentra DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR A Component Description INFOID:0000000005285843 The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases. EC C D SEF594K E F Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) –10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4 20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9 50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260 G H *: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 46 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground. SEF012P CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM’s transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. J On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285844 These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic. DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name I DTC Detecting Condition P0117 0117 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. P0118 0118 Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. K Possible Cause L • Harness or connectors (Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Engine coolant temperature sensor FAIL-SAFE MODE M N When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL illuminates. O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1303 2010 Sentra DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Detected items Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Engine coolant temperature will be determined by ECM based on the following condition CONSULT-III displays the engine coolant temperature decided by ECM. Condition Engine coolant temperature sensor circuit Engine coolant temperature decided (CONSULT-III display) Just as ignition switch is turned ON or START 40°C (104°F) Approx. 4 minutes or more after engine starting 80°C (176°F) 40 - 80°C (104 - 176°F) (Depends on the time) Except as shown above When the fail-safe system for engine coolant temperature sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates while engine is running. DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285845 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check DTC. 3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1305, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-1304 2010 Sentra DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285846 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O BBWA3029E Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285847 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Revision: January 2010 EC-1305 2010 Sentra P DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". BBIA0927E : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 4. Body ground E15 2. Washer tank 3. Fuse and fusible link box OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK ECT SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect engine coolant temperature (ECT) sensor (1) harness connector. : Vehicle front Turn ignition switch ON. BBIA0901E 3. Check voltage between ECT sensor terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK ECT SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. PBIB0080E Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 52 and ECT sensor terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Revision: January 2010 EC-1306 2010 Sentra DTC P0117, P0118 ECT SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR A Refer to EC-1307, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. EC 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT C Refer to EC-1245. >> INSPECTION END D Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285848 E ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure. F G H PBIB2005E I 2. Temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ) 20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 J K If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor. L SEF012P Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285849 M ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EM-175. N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1307 2010 Sentra DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005285850 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and controls the throttle valve opening signal in response to driving conditions via the throttle control motor. PBIB0145E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285851 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item TP SEN 1-B1 TP SEN 2-B1* Condition Specification • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V *: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285852 These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic. NOTE: If DTC P0122 or P0123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-1530. DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause P0122 0122 Throttle position sensor 2 circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. P0123 0123 Throttle position sensor 2 circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (TP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.) • Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 2) FAIL-SAFE MODE When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL illuminates. Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor. DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285853 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle. 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. 3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1310, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-1308 2010 Sentra DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285854 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0174GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1309 2010 Sentra P DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR 36 B 37 38 47 R W G ITEM CONDITION Sensor ground (Throttle position sensor) Throttle position sensor 1 Throttle position sensor 2 Sensor power supply (Throttle position sensor) DATA (DC Voltage) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully released Less than 4.75 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 0.36 V [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285855 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". BBIA0927E : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 4. Body ground E15 2. Washer tank 3. Fuse and fusible link box OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 EC-1310 2010 Sentra DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector (1). : Vehicle front 2. Turn ignition switch ON. [QR25DE] A EC C BBIA0902E D 3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. E Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. F G PBIB3484E 3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. H Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 4 and ECM terminal 36. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. I J 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K 4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 38 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. M 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. N 5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR O Refer to EC-1312, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6. P 6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. 3. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Revision: January 2010 L EC-1311 2010 Sentra DTC P0122, P0123 TP SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > >> INSPECTION END 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-1245. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285856 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Turn ignition switch ON. Set selector lever to D position (CVT) or 1st position (M/T). Check voltage between ECM terminals 37 (TP sensor 1 signal), 38 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions. Terminal 37 (Throttle position sensor 1) 38 (Throttle position sensor 2) 6. 7. 8. Accelerator pedal Voltage Fully released More than 0.36 V Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V Fully released Less than 4.75 V Fully depressed More than 0.36 V If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next step. Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Removal and Installation PBIB3482E INFOID:0000000005285857 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR Refer to EM-135. Revision: January 2010 EC-1312 2010 Sentra DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR A Description INFOID:0000000005285858 COMPONENT DESCRIPTION EC The engine coolant temperature sensor is used to detect the engine coolant temperature. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the engine coolant temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases. C D E SEF594K F Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) −10 (14) 4.4 7.0 - 11.4 20 (68) 3.5 2.1 - 2.9 50 (122) 2.2 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.9 0.236 - 0.260 G H *: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 46 (Engine coolant temperature sensor) and ground. SEF012P CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM’s transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. On Board Diagnosis Logic P0125 0125 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Insufficient engine coolant temperature for closed loop fuel control • Voltage sent to ECM from the sensor is not practical, even when some time has passed after starting the engine. • Engine coolant temperature is insufficient for closed loop fuel control. DTC Confirmation Procedure • Harness or connectors (High resistance in the circuit) • Engine coolant temperature sensor • Thermostat INFOID:0000000005285860 WITH CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Revision: January 2010 EC-1313 K L M Possible cause CAUTION: Be careful not to overheat engine. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. 1. 2. J INFOID:0000000005285859 NOTE: • If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0117 or P0118, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0117 or P0118. Refer to EC-1303, "On Board Diagnosis Logic". • If DTC P0125 is displayed with P0116, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0116. Refer to EC1300, "On Board Diagnosis Logic". DTC No. I 2010 Sentra N O P DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 20°C (68°F). If it is above 20°C (68°F), the test result will be OK. If it is below 20°C (68°F), go to following step. 4. Start engine and run it for 65 minutes at idle speed. If “COOLAN TEMP/S” increases to more than 20°C (68°F) within 65 minutes, stop engine because the test result will be OK. 5. Check 1st trip DTC. 6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1314, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285861 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". BBIA0927E : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 4. Body ground E15 2. Washer tank 3. Fuse and fusible link box OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-1315, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. 3.CHECK THERMOSTAT OPERATION When the engine is cold [lower than 70°C (158°F)] condition, grasp lower radiator hose and confirm the engine coolant does not flow. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace thermostat. Refer to CO-51. 4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-1245. Refer to EC-1305, "Wiring Diagram". >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-1314 2010 Sentra DTC P0125 ECT SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285862 A ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure. EC C D PBIB2005E E 2. Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ) 20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 F G If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor. H SEF012P Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285863 I ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR J Refer to CO-51 K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1315 2010 Sentra DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005285864 The intake air temperature sensor is built into mass air flow sensor (1). The sensor detects intake air temperature and transmits a signal to the ECM. The temperature sensing unit uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. Electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases in response to the temperature rise. PBIA9559J Intake air temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) 25 (77) 3.3 1.800 - 2.200 80 (176) 1.2 0.283 - 0.359 *: This data is reference value and is measured between ECM terminal 50 (Intake air temperature sensor) and ground. SEF012P On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. P0127 0127 INFOID:0000000005285865 Trouble diagnosis name Intake air temperature too high DTC detecting condition Possible cause Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signal from engine coolant temperature sensor. • Harness or connectors (Intake temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Intake air temperature sensor DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285866 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: This test may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. WITH CONSULT-III 1. a. b. c. d. 2. 3. Wait until engine coolant temperature is less than 90°C (194°F) Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check the engine coolant temperature. If the engine coolant temperature is not less than 90°C (194°F), turn ignition switch OFF and cool down engine. • Perform the following steps before engine coolant temperature is above 90°C (194°F). Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Revision: January 2010 EC-1316 2010 Sentra DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Start engine. 5. Hold vehicle speed at more than 70 km/h (43 MPH) for 100 consecutive seconds. 6. Check 1st trip DTC. 7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1317, "Diagnosis Procedure". A EC WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285867 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. C D Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". E F G BBIA0927E H : Vehicle front 1. 4. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 2. Washer tank 3. Fuse and fusible link box I Body ground E15 J OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR K Refer to EC-1317, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). L 3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT M Refer to EC-1245. Refer to EC-1297, "Wiring Diagram". N >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285868 O INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR P Revision: January 2010 EC-1317 2010 Sentra DTC P0127 IAT SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Check resistance between intake air temperature sensor (1) terminals 5 and 6 under the following conditions. 2. Intake air temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ) 25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200 [QR25DE] If NG, replace mass air flow sensor (with intake air temperature sensor). PBIA9559J SEF012P Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285869 MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR Refer to EM-133. Revision: January 2010 EC-1318 2010 Sentra DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION On Board Diagnosis Logic A INFOID:0000000005285870 NOTE: EC If DTC P0128 is displayed with DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303 or P0304, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0300, P0301, P0302, P0303, P0304. Refer to EC-1415, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". Engine coolant temperature has not risen enough to open the thermostat even though the engine has run long C enough. This is due to a leak in the seal or the thermostat stuck open. DTC No. P0128 0128 DTC detecting condition Possible cause D The engine coolant temperature does not reach to specified temperature even though the engine has run long enough. • Thermostat • Leakage from sealing portion of thermostat • Engine coolant temperature sensor E Trouble diagnosis name Thermostat function DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285871 F WITH CONSULT-III CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: • For best results, perform at ambient temperature of –10°C (14°F) or higher. • For best results, perform at engine coolant temperature of –10°C (14°F) to 56°C (133°F). • Before performing the following procedure, do not add fuel. 1. Turn A/C switch OFF. 2. Turn blower fan switch OFF. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Select “COOLAN TEMP/S” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 5. Check the indication of “COOLAN TEMP/S”. If it is below 75°C (167°F), go to next step. If it is above 75°C (167°F), cool down the engine to less than 75°C (167°F). Then go to next steps. 6. Start engine. 7. Drive vehicle for 10 consecutive minutes under the following conditions. VHCL SPEED SE 8. 9. More than 56 km/h (35 MPH) If “COOLAN TEMP/S” increases to more than 75°C (167°F) within 10 minutes, turn ignition switch OFF because the test result will be OK. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1319, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST I J K L M N INFOID:0000000005285872 P 1.CHECK ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-1320, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Replace engine coolant temperature sensor. 2.CHECK THERMOSTAT Revision: January 2010 H O Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. Diagnosis Procedure G EC-1319 2010 Sentra DTC P0128 THERMOSTAT FUNCTION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Refer to CO-51, "Removal and Installation". OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Replace thermostat. Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285873 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. Check resistance between engine coolant temperature sensor terminals 1 and 2 as shown in the figure. PBIB2005E 2. Engine coolant temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ) 20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 If NG, replace engine coolant temperature sensor. SEF012P Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285874 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to CO-51. Revision: January 2010 EC-1320 2010 Sentra DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1 A Component Description INFOID:0000000005285875 The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich. Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of approximately 800°C (1,472°F). EC C D PBIB3353E E F G H PBIB3354E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285876 I Specification data are reference values. Monitor item A/F SEN1 (B1) A/F SEN1 (B2) Condition • Engine: After warming up Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm On Board Diagnosis Logic Specification Fluctuates around 2.2 V K INFOID:0000000005285877 To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/ F) sensor 1 signal fluctuates according to fuel feedback control. DTC No. P0130 0130 (Bank 1) P0150 0150 (Bank 2) Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition A) The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly in the range other than approx. 2.2 V. B) The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 2.2 V. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible Cause • Harness or connectors [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.] • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 INFOID:0000000005285878 Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A Revision: January 2010 J EC-1321 2010 Sentra L M N O P DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Let engine idle for 2 minutes. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1326, "Diagnosis Procedure". With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN 1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN 1 (B2)” indication. If the indication is constantly approx. 2.2 V and does not fluctuates, go to EC-1326, "Diagnosis Procedure". If the indication fluctuates around 2.2 V, go to next step. 4. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1276 ” (for P0130) or “A/F SEN 1 (B2) P1286 ” (for DTC P0150) of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. 5. Touch “START”. 6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. 1. 2. 3. ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm VHCL SPEED SE More than 64 km/h (40 MPH) B/FUEL SCHDL 1.0 - 11.5 msec Selector lever D position (CVT) 5th position (M/T) 7. 8. 9. If “TESTING” is not displayed after 20 seconds, retry from step 2. Release accelerator pedal fully. NOTE: Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal. Check that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, retry from step 6. Check that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, go to EC-1326, "Diagnosis Procedure". Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000005285879 PROCEDURE MALFUNCTION B Use this procedure to check the overall function of the A/F sensor 1 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. With GST Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 80 km/h (50 MPH) for a few minutes in the suitable gear position. Set selector lever to D position (CVT) or 5th position (M/T), then release the accelerator pedal fully until the vehicle speed decreases to 50 km/h (31 MPH). NOTE: Never apply brake during releasing the accelerator pedal. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times. Stop the vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF. Wait at least 10 seconds and restart engine. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for 5 times. Stop the vehicle and connect GST to the vehicle. Check that no 1st trip DTC is displayed. Revision: January 2010 EC-1322 2010 Sentra DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > If 1st trip DTC is displayed, go to EC-1326, "Diagnosis Procedure". A Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285880 BANK 1 EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P ABBWA0175GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-1323 2010 Sentra DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V 4 BR/W A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 1) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) PBIA8148J 45 W A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 49 B A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. Approximately 2.2 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Revision: January 2010 EC-1324 2010 Sentra DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BANK 2 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0176GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1325 2010 Sentra P DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V 8 BR/Y [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 2) PBIA8148J 53 W A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm Approximately 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. 57 R A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 2.2 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285881 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". BBIA0927E : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 4. Body ground E15 2. Washer tank 3. Fuse and fusible link box OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) harness connector (1) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) (2) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) (3) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) harness connector (4) Turn ignition switch ON. BBIA0919E Revision: January 2010 EC-1326 2010 Sentra DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. A Voltage: Battery voltage EC OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. C PBIB3308E 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 (Bank 1) • Harness connectors E17, F10 (Bank 2) • Fuse block (J/B) connector E43 (Bank 1) • Fuse block (J/B) connector E39 (Bank 2) • 10 A fuse (Bank 1) • 15 A fuse (Bank 2) • Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse D E F G >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT H 1. 2. 3. I Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Bank A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal 1 45 2 49 1 53 2 57 1 2 J K Continuity should exist. 4. L Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. M Bank 1 Bank 2 A/F sensor terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor terminal ECM terminal 1 45 1 53 2 49 2 57 N O Continuity should not exist. 5. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. P 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Perform EC-1245. OK or NG Revision: January 2010 EC-1327 2010 Sentra DTC P0130, P0150 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair or replace. 6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285882 AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR Refer to EM-140 Revision: January 2010 EC-1328 2010 Sentra DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1 A Component Description INFOID:0000000005285883 The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich. Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of approximately 800°C (1,472°F). EC C D PBIB3353E E F G H PBIB3354E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285884 I Specification data are reference values. Monitor item A/F SEN1 (B1) A/F SEN1 (B2) Condition • Engine: After warming up Specification Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm On Board Diagnosis Logic Fluctuates around 2.2 V K INFOID:0000000005285885 To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/ F) sensor 1 signal is not inordinately low. DTC No. P0131 0131 (Bank 1) P0151 0151 (Bank 2) Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit low voltage The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 0 V. • Harness or connectors [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is open or shorted.] • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 M N INFOID:0000000005285886 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle. WITH CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Revision: January 2010 L O DTC Confirmation Procedure 1. J EC-1329 2010 Sentra P DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN 1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN 1 (B2)” indication. If the indication is constantly approx. 0 V, go to EC-1334, "Diagnosis Procedure". If the indication is not constantly approx. 0 V, go to next step. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine. 5. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine. 6. Maintain the following conditions for approximately 20 consecutive seconds. ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 MPH) B/FUEL SCHDL 1.5 - 9.0 msec Selector lever Suitable position 7. 8. NOTE: • Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising. • If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 4, return to step 4. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is displayed, go to EC-1334, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. Revision: January 2010 EC-1330 2010 Sentra DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285887 A BANK 1 EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P ABBWA0175GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-1331 2010 Sentra DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V 4 BR/W A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 1) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) PBIA8148J 45 B A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 49 W A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. Approximately 2.2 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Revision: January 2010 EC-1332 2010 Sentra DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BANK 2 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0176GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1333 2010 Sentra P DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V 8 BR/Y [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 2) PBIA8148J 53 W A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 57 R A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. Approximately 2.2 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285888 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". BBIA0927E : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 4. Body ground E15 2. Washer tank 3. Fuse and fusible link box OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) harness connector (1) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) (2) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) (3) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) harness connector (4) Turn ignition switch ON. BBIA0919E Revision: January 2010 EC-1334 2010 Sentra DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. A Voltage: Battery voltage EC OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. C PBIB3308E 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 (Bank 1) • Harness connectors E17, F10 (Bank 2) • Fuse block (J/B) connector E43 (Bank 1) • Fuse block (J/B) connector E39 (Bank 2) • 10 A fuse (Bank 1) • 15 A fuse (Bank 2) • Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse D E F G >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT H 1. 2. 3. I Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Bank A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal 1 45 2 49 1 53 2 57 1 2 J K Continuity should exist. 4. L Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. M Bank 1 Bank 2 A/F sensor terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor terminal ECM terminal 1 45 1 53 2 49 2 57 N O Continuity should not exist. 5. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. P 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Perform EC-1245. OK or NG Revision: January 2010 EC-1335 2010 Sentra DTC P0131, P0151 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair or replace. 6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285889 AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR Refer to EM-140. Revision: January 2010 EC-1336 2010 Sentra DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1 A Component Description INFOID:0000000005285890 The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich. Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of approximately 800°C (1,472°F). EC C D PBIB3353E E F G H PBIB3354E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285891 I Specification data are reference values. Monitor item A/F SEN1 (B1) A/F SEN1 (B2) Condition • Engine: After warming up Specification Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm On Board Diagnosis Logic Fluctuates around 2.2 V K INFOID:0000000005285892 To judge the malfunction, the diagnosis checks that the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/ F) sensor 1 signal is not inordinately high. DTC No. P0132 0132 (Bank 1) P0152 0152 (Bank 2) Trouble diagnosis name Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit high voltage DTC detecting condition The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is constantly approx. 5 V. Possible Cause M • Harness or connectors [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is open or shorted.] • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 N INFOID:0000000005285893 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle. WITH CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Revision: January 2010 L O DTC Confirmation Procedure 1. J EC-1337 2010 Sentra P DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN 1 (B2)” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check “A/F SEN1 (B1)” or “A/F SEN 1 (B2)” indication. If the indication is constantly approx. 5 V, go to EC-1342, "Diagnosis Procedure". If the indication is not constantly approx. 5 V, go to next step. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then restart engine. 5. Drive and accelerate vehicle to more than 40 km/h (25 MPH) within 20 seconds after restarting engine. 6. Maintain the following conditions for approximately 20 consecutive seconds. ENG SPEED 1,000 - 3,200 rpm VHCL SPEED SE More than 40 km/h (25 MPH) B/FUEL SCHDL 1.5 - 9.0 msec Selector lever Suitable position 7. 8. NOTE: • Keep the accelerator pedal as steady as possible during the cruising. • If this procedure is not completed within 1 minute after restarting engine at step 4, return to step 4. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is displayed, go to EC-1342, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. Revision: January 2010 EC-1338 2010 Sentra DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285894 A BANK 1 EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P ABBWA0175GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-1339 2010 Sentra DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V 4 BR/W A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 1) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) PBIA8148J 45 W A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 49 B A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. Approximately 2.2 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Revision: January 2010 EC-1340 2010 Sentra DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BANK 2 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0176GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1341 2010 Sentra P DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V 8 BR/Y [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 2) PBIA8148J 53 W A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm Approximately 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. 57 R A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 2.2 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285895 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten three ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". BBIA0927E : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 4. Body ground E15 2. Washer tank 3. Fuse and fusible link box OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) harness connector (1) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) (2) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) (3) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) harness connector (4) Turn ignition switch ON. BBIA0919E Revision: January 2010 EC-1342 2010 Sentra DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. A Voltage: Battery voltage EC OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. C PBIB3308E 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 (Bank 1) • Harness connectors E17, F10 (Bank 2) • Fuse block (J/B) connector E43 (Bank 1) • Fuse block (J/B) connector E39 (Bank 2) • 10 A fuse (Bank 1) • 15 A fuse (Bank 2) • Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse D E F G >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 4.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT H 1. 2. 3. I Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Bank A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal 1 45 2 49 1 53 2 57 1 2 J K Continuity should exist. 4. L Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. M Bank 1 Bank 2 A/F sensor terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor terminal ECM terminal 1 45 1 53 2 49 2 57 N O Continuity should not exist. 5. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. P 5.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Perform EC-1245. OK or NG Revision: January 2010 EC-1343 2010 Sentra DTC P0132, P0152 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair or replace. 6.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285896 AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR Refer to EM-23. Revision: January 2010 EC-1344 2010 Sentra DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1 A Component Description INFOID:0000000005285897 The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich. Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of approximately 800°C (1,472°F). EC C D PBIB3353E E F G H PBIB3354E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285898 I Specification data are reference values. Monitor item A/F SEN1 (B1) A/F SEN1 (B2) Condition • Engine: After warming up Specification Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm On Board Diagnosis Logic Fluctuates around 2.2 V K INFOID:0000000005285899 To judge the malfunction of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1, this diagnosis measures response time of the A/F signal computed by ECM from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 signal. The time is compensated by engine operating (speed and load), fuel feedback control constant, and the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 temperature index. Judgment is based on whether the compensated time (the A/F sensor 1 signal cycling time index) is inordinately long or not. DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible Cause The response of the A/F signal computed by ECM from A/F sensor 1 signal takes more than the specified time. • Harness or connectors [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor circuit is open or shorted.] • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor heater 1 • Fuel pressure • Fuel injector • Intake air leaks • Exhaust gas leaks • PCV valve • Mass air flow sensor P0133 0133 (Bank 1) P0153 0153 (Bank 2) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit slow response DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285900 EC-1345 L M N NOTE: Revision: January 2010 J 2010 Sentra O P DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Select “A/F SEN1 (B1) P1278/P1279” (for DTC P0133) or “A/F SEN1 (B2) P1288/P1289” (for DTC P0153) of “A/F SEN1” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. 6. Touch “START”. If “COMPLETED” appears on CONSULT-III screen, go to step 10. If “COMPLETED” does not appear on CONSULT-III screen, go to the following step. 7. After perform the following procedure, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. a. Increase the engine speed up to between 4,000 to 5,000 rpm and maintain that speed for 10 seconds. b. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for approximately 10 seconds. If “TESTING” is not displayed after 10 seconds, refer to EC-1237. 8. Wait for approximately 20 seconds at idle under the condition that “TESTING” is displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. 9. Check that “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. If “TESTING” changed to “OUT OF CONDITION”, refer to EC-1237. 10. Check that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, go to EC-1350, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select Service $01 with GST. Calculate the total value of “Short-term fuel trim” and “Long-term fuel trim” indications. Check that the total percentage should be within ± 15%. If OK, go to the following step. If NG, check the following. • Intake air leaks • Exhaust gas leaks • Incorrect fuel pressure • Lack of fuel • Fuel injector • Incorrect PCV hose connection • PCV valve • Mass air flow sensor Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Increase the engine speed up to between 4,000 to 5,000 rpm and maintain that speed for 10 seconds. Fully release accelerator pedal and then let engine idle for approximately 1 minute. Select Service $07 with GST. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1350, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-1346 2010 Sentra DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285901 A BANK 1 EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P ABBWA0175GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-1347 2010 Sentra DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V 4 BR/W A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 1) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) PBIA8148J 45 W A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 49 B A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. Approximately 2.2 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Revision: January 2010 EC-1348 2010 Sentra DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BANK 2 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0176GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1349 2010 Sentra P DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V 8 BR/Y [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 2) PBIA8148J 53 W A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 57 R A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. Approximately 2.2 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285902 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten engine screws on the body. Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". BBIA0927E : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 4. Body ground E15 2. Washer tank 3. Fuse and fusible link box OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.RETIGHTEN AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 Loosen and retighten the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Refer to EM140, "Removal and Installation". • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) harness connector (1) • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) (2) • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) (3) • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) harness connector (4) >> GO TO 3. BBIA0919E Revision: January 2010 EC-1350 2010 Sentra DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK 1. 2. A Start engine and run it at idle. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold). EC C D PBIB1216E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace. E 4.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK F Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace. G 5.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA H With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR” or “START”. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. : Vehicle front 4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. 5. Check that DTC P0102 is displayed. 6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". 7. Check that DTC P0000 is displayed. 8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected? BBIA0900E Is it difficult to start engine? Yes or No Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-275 or EC-281. No >> GO TO 6. 1. 2. 3. 4. 6.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. EC-1351 J K L M N O P Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: January 2010 I 2010 Sentra DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1 < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) harness connector (1) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) (2) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) (3) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) harness connector (4) 3. Turn ignition switch ON. [QR25DE] BBIA0919E 4. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 7. PBIB3308E 7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 (Bank 1) • Harness connectors E17, F10 (Bank 2) • Fuse block (J/B) connector E43 (Bank 1) • Fuse block (J/B) connector E39 (Bank 2) • 10 A fuse (Bank 1) • 15 A fuse (Bank 2) • Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 8.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Bank A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal 1 45 2 49 1 53 2 57 1 2 Continuity should exist. 4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Bank 1 Bank 2 A/F sensor terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor terminal ECM terminal 1 45 1 53 2 49 2 57 Revision: January 2010 EC-1352 2010 Sentra DTC P0133, P0153 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Continuity should not exist. A 5. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. EC 9.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER C Refer to EC-1267, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 13. D 10.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR E Refer to EC-1287, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Replace mass air flow sensor. F 11.CHECK PCV VALVE Refer to EC-1151, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> Repair or replace PCV valve. G Perform EC-1245. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> Repair or replace. I H 12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT J 13.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). K L M >> INSPECTION END Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285903 N AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR Refer to EM-140. O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1353 2010 Sentra DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2 Component Description INFOID:0000000005285904 The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold), monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank. Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 are shifted, the air/fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2. This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner conditions. Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation. SEF327R CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285905 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item Condition Specification HO2S2 (B1) HO2S2 (B2) • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load 0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0 V HO2S2 MNTR (B1) HO2S2 MNTR (B2) • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load LEAN ←→ RICH On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285906 The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the maximum voltage of the sensor is sufficiently high during the various driving condition such as fuel cut. SEF259VA DTC No. P0137 0137 (Bank 1) P0157 0157 (Bank 2) Trouble diagnosis name Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit low voltage DTC detecting condition Possible cause The maximum voltage from the sensor is not reached to the specified voltage. • Harness or connectors (Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit open or shorted.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 • Fuel pressure • Fuel injector • Intake air leaks DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285907 NOTE: Revision: January 2010 EC-1354 2010 Sentra DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > If DTC confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. A WITH CONSULT-III TESTING CONDITION: EC For the best results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F). 1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. C 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 5. Let engine idle for 1 minute. D 6. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F). If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F). 7. Open engine hood. E 8. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1147” (for DTC P0137) “HO2S2 (B2) or P1167” (for DTC P0157) of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. 9. Follow the instruction of CONSULT-III. F NOTE: It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed. 10. Check that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. G If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-1359, "Diagnosis Procedure". If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following. a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). H b. Return to step 1. Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000005285908 Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. WITH GST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. J Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle 1 minute. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 33 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 34 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and ground. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times. (Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.) The voltage should be above 0.68 V at least once during this procedure. If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not necessary. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position (CVT) or 3rd gear position (M/T). The voltage should be above 0.68 V at least once during PBIB3483E this procedure. If NG, go to EC-1359, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 I EC-1355 2010 Sentra K L M N O P DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285909 BANK 1 AABWA0262GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-1356 2010 Sentra DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. 13 WIRE COLOR B ITEM Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (Bank 1) CONDITION [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 10 V 33 35 G B Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1) Sensor ground (Heated oxygen sensor 2) [Engine is running] • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed EC C D PBIA8148J [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm. A BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 0 - Approximately 1.0 V E F G H Approximately 0 V I : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1357 2010 Sentra DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BBWA3034E Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1358 2010 Sentra DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 17 A WIRE COLOR R/L ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (Bank 2) Approximately 10 V EC C D PBIA8148J [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm. 34 35 W B BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Engine is running] • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2) Sensor ground (Heated oxygen sensor 2) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed F 0 - Approximately 1.0 V G Approximately 0 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure H I INFOID:0000000005285910 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. E J Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body. Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". K L M BBIA0927E N : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 4. Body ground E15 2. Washer tank 3. Fuse and fusible link box O P OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA 1. With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Revision: January 2010 EC-1359 2010 Sentra DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2 < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”. 4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0174 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. : Vehicle front 4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. 5. Check that DTC P0102 is displayed. 6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". 7. Check that DTC P0000 is displayed. 8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0174 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? Yes or No Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174. Refer to EC-275. No >> GO TO 3. [QR25DE] BBIA0900E 3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1) harness connector (1) Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1) (2) Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2) (3) Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2) harness connector (4) Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 and HO2S2 terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. BBIA0920E 4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and HO2S2 terminal as follows. Refer to Wiring Diagram. DTC Terminal Bank ECM Sensor P0137 33 4 1 P0157 34 4 2 Continuity should exist. 2. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Revision: January 2010 EC-1360 2010 Sentra DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC A Terminal Bank ECM Sensor P0137 33 4 1 P0157 34 4 2 EC Continuity should not exist. C 3. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D 5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 E Refer to EC-1361, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. F 6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT G Refer to EC-1245. >> INSPECTION END H Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285911 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 I With CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1) / (B2)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-III. Check “HO2S2 (B1) / (B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ± 25%. J K L M N PBIB3458E “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.68 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Revision: January 2010 EC-1361 2010 Sentra O P DTC P0137, P0157 HO2S2 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 33 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 34 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and ground. 6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times. (Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.) The voltage should be above 0.68 V and below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure. If the voltage can be confirmed at step 6, step 7 is not necessary. 7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position (CVT) or 3rd gear position (M/T). The voltage should be above 0.68 V and below 0.18 V at PBIB3483E least once during this procedure. 8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285912 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Refer to EM-23. Revision: January 2010 EC-1362 2010 Sentra DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2 A Component Description INFOID:0000000005285913 The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold), monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank. Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 are shifted, the air/fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2. This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner conditions. Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation. EC C D SEF327R CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285914 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item HO2S2 (B1) HO2S2 (B2) HO2S2 MNTR (B1) HO2S2 MNTR (B2) E F Condition Specification G • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load 0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0 V • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load LEAN ←→ RICH On Board Diagnosis Logic H INFOID:0000000005285915 The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/ F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity before the three way catalyst (manifold) causes the longer switching time. I J K MALFUNCTION A L To judge the malfunctions of rear heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the voltage is unusually high during the various driving condition such as fuel cut. M N PBIB2266E O MALFUNCTION B P Revision: January 2010 EC-1363 2010 Sentra DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the minimum voltage of sensor is sufficiently low during the various driving condition such as fuel cut. PBIB2376E DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name P0138 0138 (Bank 1) P0158 0158 (Bank 2) DTC detecting condition A) An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 The minimum voltage from the sensor is not reached to the specified voltage. • Harness or connectors (Heated oxygen sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 • Fuel pressure • Fuel injector Heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit high voltage B) Possible cause DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285916 Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A With CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 2 minutes. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1369, "Diagnosis Procedure". With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-III” above. PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B With CONSULT-III TESTING CONDITION: For the best results, perform DTC WORK SUPPORT at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F). 1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR ” mode with CONSULT-III 2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 5. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 6. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F). Revision: January 2010 EC-1364 2010 Sentra DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F). A 7. Open engine hood. 8. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P1146” (for DTC P0138) or “HO2S2 (B2) P1166” (for DTC P0158) of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. EC 9. Follow the instruction of CONSULT-III. NOTE: It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed. C 10. Check that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-1369, "Diagnosis Procedure". If “CAN NOT BE DIAGNOSED” is displayed, perform the following. a. Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). D b. Return to step 1. Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000005285917 E PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. F With GST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle 1 minute. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 33 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 34 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and ground. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times. (Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.) The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure. If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not necessary. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position (CVT) or 3rd gear position (M/T). The voltage should be below 0.18 V at least once during this PBIB3483E procedure. If NG, go to EC-1369, "Diagnosis Procedure". G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1365 2010 Sentra DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285918 BANK 1 AABWA0262GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-1366 2010 Sentra DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. 13 WIRE COLOR B ITEM Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (Bank 1) CONDITION [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 10 V 33 35 G B Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1) Sensor ground (Heated oxygen sensor 2) [Engine is running] • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed EC C D PBIA8148J [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm. A BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 0 - Approximately 1.0 V E F G H Approximately 0 V I : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1367 2010 Sentra DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BANK 2 BBWA3034E Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1368 2010 Sentra DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 17 A WIRE COLOR R/L ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (Bank 2) Approximately 10 V EC C D PBIA8148J [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm. 34 35 W B BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Engine is running] • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2) Sensor ground (Heated oxygen sensor 2) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed F 0 - Approximately 1.0 V G Approximately 0 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure E H I INFOID:0000000005285919 PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A J 1. 2. K 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body. Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". L M N BBIA0927E O : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 4. Body ground E15 2. Washer tank 3. Fuse and fusible link box P OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK HO2S2 CONNECTOR FOR WATER Revision: January 2010 EC-1369 2010 Sentra DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2 < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1) harness connector (1) Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1) (2) Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2) (3) Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2) harness connector (4) 2. Check that water is not inside connectors. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. [QR25DE] BBIA0920E Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 and HO2S2 terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and HO2S2 terminal as follows. Refer to Wiring Diagram. DTC Terminal Bank ECM Sensor P0137 33 4 1 P0157 34 4 2 Continuity should exist. 2. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. DTC Terminal Bank ECM Sensor P0137 33 4 1 P0157 34 4 2 Continuity should not exist. 3. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Refer to EC-1372, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. 6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-1245. Revision: January 2010 EC-1370 2010 Sentra DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A >> INSPECTION END PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. EC Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body. Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". C D E F BBIA0927E : Vehicle front 1. Engine ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 4. Engine ground E15 2. Washer tank 3. Fuse and fusible link box G H OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. I 2.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. : Vehicle front 4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. 5. Check that DTC P0102 is displayed. 6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". 7. Check that DTC P0000 is displayed. 8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? Yes or No Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0172 or P0175. Refer to EC-281. No >> GO TO 3. J 1. 2. 3. 4. K L M N O BBIA0900E 3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: January 2010 EC-1371 2010 Sentra P DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2 < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1) harness connector (1) Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1) (2) Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2) (3) Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2) harness connector (4) 3. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 4. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 and HO2S2 terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. [QR25DE] Continuity should exist. 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. BBIA0920E 4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and HO2S2 terminal as follows. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Terminal DTC Bank ECM Sensor P0137 33 4 1 P0157 34 4 2 Continuity should exist. 2. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Terminal DTC Bank ECM Sensor P0137 33 4 1 P0157 34 4 2 Continuity should not exist. 3. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Refer to EC-1372, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. 6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-1245. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285920 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Revision: January 2010 EC-1372 2010 Sentra DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > With CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. A Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. EC Let engine idle for 1 minute. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-III. C Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ± 25%. D E F PBIB3458E “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.68 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). Without CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. H I Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 33 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 34 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and ground. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times. (Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.) The voltage should be above 0.68 V and below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure. If the voltage can be confirmed at step 6, step 7 is not necessary. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position (CVT) or 3rd gear position (M/T). The voltage should be above 0.68 V and below 0.18 V at PBIB3483E least once during this procedure. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285921 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Revision: January 2010 G EC-1373 2010 Sentra J K L M N O P DTC P0138, P0158 HO2S2 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Refer to EM-140. Revision: January 2010 EC-1374 2010 Sentra DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2 A Component Description INFOID:0000000005285922 The heated oxygen sensor 2, after three way catalyst (manifold), monitors the oxygen level in the exhaust gas on each bank. Even if switching characteristics of the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 are shifted, the air/fuel ratio is controlled to stoichiometric, by the signal from the heated oxygen sensor 2. This sensor is made of ceramic zirconia. The zirconia generates voltage from approximately 1 V in richer conditions to 0 V in leaner conditions. Under normal conditions the heated oxygen sensor 2 is not used for engine control operation. EC C D SEF327R CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285923 Specification data are reference values. Monitor Item HO2S2 (B1) HO2S2 (B2) HO2S2 MNTR (B1) HO2S2 MNTR (B2) HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B1) HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B2) HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B1) HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B2) E F Condition Specification G • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load 0 - 0.3 V ←→ Approx. 0.6 - 1.0 V • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load LEAN ←→ RICH H DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is incomplete. INCMP DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is complete. CMPLT DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is incomplete. INCMP DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (delayed response) is complete. CMPLT DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) is incomplete. INCMP DTC P0139 self-diagnosis (slow response) is complete. CMPLT DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (slow response) is incomplete. INCMP DTC P0159 self-diagnosis (slow response) is complete. CMPLT On Board Diagnosis Logic I J K L INFOID:0000000005285924 The heated oxygen sensor 2 has a much longer switching time between rich and lean than the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The oxygen storage capacity of the three way catalyst 1 causes the longer switching time. To judge the malfunctions of heated oxygen sensor 2, ECM monitors whether the switching response of the sensor's voltage is faster than specified during various driving conditions such as fuel cut. M N O P SEF302U Revision: January 2010 EC-1375 2010 Sentra DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name P0139 Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 1) circuit slow response P0159 Heated oxygen sensor 2 (bank 2) circuit slow response DTC detecting condition The switching time between rich and lean of a heated oxygen sensor 2 signal delays more than the specified time computed by ECM. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Heated oxygen sensor 2 • Fuel system • EVAP system • Intake air system INFOID:0000000005285925 1.INSPECTION START Do you have CONSULT-III? Do you have CONSULT-III? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO 7. 2.PRECONDITIONING If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always perform the following procedure before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. TESTING CONDITION: For better results, perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” at a temperature of 0 to 30°C (32 to 86°F). >> GO TO 3. 3.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Make sure that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F). Drive the vehicle at a speed of 60 km/h (38 MPH) on the suitable gear position and keep the speed. CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. 10. Release the accelerator pedal fully at least 5 seconds. CAUTION: • Make it the condition that engine brake operates. • Always drive vehicle safely. • Never apply brake when releasing the accelerator pedal. 11. Repeat step 9 and 10 at least 8 times. 12. Check the following item of “DATA MONITOR”. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. DTC P0139 P0159 Data monitor item Status HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B1) HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B1) HO2 S2 DIAG1 (B2) CMPLT HO2 S2 DIAG2 (B2) Is “CMPLT” displayed on CONSULT-III screen? YES >> GO TO 6. Revision: January 2010 EC-1376 2010 Sentra DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2 < SERVICE INFORMATION > NO-1: “CMPLT” are not displayed on DIAG 1>>Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. NO-2: “CMPLT” are not displayed on DIAG 2>>GO TO 4. [QR25DE] A 4.PERFORM DTC WORK SUPPORT 1. 2. Open engine hood. Select “HO2S2 (B1) P0139” or “HO2S2 (B2) P0159” of “HO2S2” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with EC CONSULT-III. 3. Start engine and follow the instruction of CONSULT-III display. NOTE: C It will take at most 10 minutes until “COMPLETED” is displayed. Is “COMPLETED” displayed on CONSULT-III screen? D YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> GO TO 5. 5.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE AGAIN 1. 2. E Turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle). Perform DTC confirmation procedure again. F >> GO TO 3. 6.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS G With CONSULT-III Perform ECM self-diagnosis. Is DTC “P0139” or “P0159” detected? YES >> Proceed to EC-1381, "Diagnosis Procedure". NO >> INSPECTION END H 7.PERFORM COMPONENT FUNCTION CHECK Perform component function check. Refer to EC-1377, "Overall Function Check". NOTE: Use component function check to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. Is the inspection result normal? YES >> INSPECTION END NO >> Proceed to EC-1381, "Diagnosis Procedure". Overall Function Check WITH GST 6. 7. K L M Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 33 [HO2S2 (b1) signal] or 34 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and ground. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times. (Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.) A change of voltage should be more than 0.8 V for 1 second during this procedure. If the voltage can be confirmed in step 6, step 7 is not necessary. Keep vehicle at idling for 10 minutes, then check the voltage. Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position (CVT) or 3rd gear position (M/T). A change of voltage should be more than 0.8 V for 1 second PBIB3483E during this procedure. Revision: January 2010 J INFOID:0000000005285926 Use this procedure to check the overall function of the heated oxygen sensor 2 circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. I EC-1377 2010 Sentra N O P DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 8. If NG, go to EC-1381, "Diagnosis Procedure". Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285927 BANK 1 AABWA0262GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-1378 2010 Sentra DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. 13 WIRE COLOR B ITEM Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (Bank 1) CONDITION [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 10 V 33 35 G B Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1) Sensor ground (Heated oxygen sensor 2) [Engine is running] • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed EC C D PBIA8148J [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm. A BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 0 - Approximately 1.0 V E F G H Approximately 0 V I : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1379 2010 Sentra DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BANK 2 BBWA3034E Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1380 2010 Sentra DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 17 A WIRE COLOR R/L ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Below 3,600 rpm after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. Heated oxygen sensor 2 heater (Bank 2) Approximately 10 V EC C D PBIA8148J [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Above 3,600 rpm. 34 35 W B BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Engine is running] • Revving engine from idle to 3,000 rpm quickly after the following conditions are met. - Engine: After warming up - Keeping the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute and at idle for 1 minute under no load. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2) Sensor ground (Heated oxygen sensor 2) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed F 0 - Approximately 1.0 V G Approximately 0 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure H I INFOID:0000000005285928 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. E J Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body. Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". K L M BBIA0927E N : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 4. Body ground E15 2. Washer tank 3. Fuse and fusible link box O P OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA 1. With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Revision: January 2010 EC-1381 2010 Sentra DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”. 4. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0174, P0172 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector, and restart and run engine for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. : Vehicle front 4. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. 5. Check that DTC P0102 is displayed. 6. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". 7. Check that DTC P0000 is displayed. 8. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected? BBIA0900E Is it difficult to start engine? Yes or No Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-275 or EC-281. No >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK HO2S2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1) harness connector (1) Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 1) (2) Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2) (3) Heated oxygen sensor 2 (Bank 2) harness connector (4) Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 35 and HO2S2 terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. BBIA0920E 4.CHECK HO2S2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals and HO2S2 terminal as follows. Refer to Wiring Diagram. DTC Terminal Bank ECM Sensor P0137 33 4 1 P0157 34 4 2 Continuity should exist. 2. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Revision: January 2010 EC-1382 2010 Sentra DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC A Terminal Bank ECM Sensor P0137 33 4 1 P0157 34 4 2 EC Continuity should not exist. C 3. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D 5.CHECK HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 E Refer to EC-1383, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace malfunctioning heated oxygen sensor 2. F 6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT G Refer to EC-1245. >> INSPECTION END H Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285929 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 I With CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Select “FUEL INJECTION” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode, and select “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” as the monitor item with CONSULT-III. Check “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” at idle speed when adjusting “FUEL INJECTION” to ±25%. J K L M N PBIB3458E “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be above 0.68 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is +25%. “HO2S2 (B1)/(B2)” should be below 0.18 V at least once when the “FUEL INJECTION” is −25%. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Revision: January 2010 EC-1383 2010 Sentra O P DTC P0139, P0159 HO2S2 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 4. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 5. Set voltmeter probes between ECM terminal 33 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 34 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and ground. 6. Check the voltage when revving up to 4,000 rpm under no load at least 10 times. (Depress and release accelerator pedal as soon as possible.) The voltage should be above 0.68 V and below 0.18 V at least once during this procedure. If the voltage can be confirmed at step 6, step 7 is not necessary. 7. Keep vehicle idling for 10 minutes, then check voltage. Or check the voltage when coasting from 80 km/h (50 MPH) in D position (CVT) or 3rd gear position (M/T). The voltage should be above 0.68 V and below 0.18 V at PBIB3483E least once during this procedure. 8. If NG, replace heated oxygen sensor 2. CAUTION: • Discard any heated oxygen sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new oxygen sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285930 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR 2 Refer to EM-140 Revision: January 2010 EC-1384 2010 Sentra DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION A On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285931 With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the EC theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios. In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too lean.), the ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and illuminates the MIL (2 trip detection C logic). Sensor Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Input Signal to ECM Density of oxygen in exhaust gas (Mixture ratio feedback signal) ECM function Fuel injection control Actuator D Fuel injector E DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name P0171 0171 (Bank 1) P0174 0174 (Bank 2) Fuel injection system too lean DTC detecting condition • Fuel injection system does not operate properly. • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too large. (The mixture ratio is too lean.) DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • • • • • • • • Intake air leaks Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Fuel injector Exhaust gas leaks Incorrect fuel pressure Lack of fuel Mass air flow sensor Incorrect PCV hose connection a. b. 6. 7. 8. a. b. c. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”. Start engine. If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction. Performing the following procedure is advised. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. NOTE: When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much. If engine starts, go to EC-1390, "Diagnosis Procedure". If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leakage visually. Keep engine at idle for at least 5 minutes. Check 1st trip DTC. The 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC1390, "Diagnosis Procedure". NOTE: If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. Revision: January 2010 H I J WITH CONSULT-III 4. 5. G INFOID:0000000005285932 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. 1. 2. 3. F EC-1385 2010 Sentra K L M N O P DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > VHCL SPEED SE d. e. 50 - 120 km/h (31 - 75 MPH) CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1390, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST 1. 2. 3. • 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector. : Vehicle front Restart engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. 6. Select Service $03 with GST. Check that DTC P0102 is detected. 7. Select Service $04 with GST and erase the DTC P0102. 8. Start engine. If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malBBIA0900E function. Performing the following procedure is advised. a. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. NOTE: When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much. b. If engine starts, go to EC-1390, "Diagnosis Procedure". If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leakage visually. 9. Keep engine at idle for at least 5 minutes. 10. Check 1st trip DTC. 11. The 1st trip DTC P0171 or P0174 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC1390, "Diagnosis Procedure". NOTE: If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised. a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. b. Start engine. c. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. VHCL SPEED SE d. e. 50 - 120 km/h (31 - 75 MPH) CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1390, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-1386 2010 Sentra DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285933 A BANK 1 EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P ABBWA0177GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-1387 2010 Sentra DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V 4 BR/W A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 1) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) PBIA8148J BATTERY VOLTAGE [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle 29 32 R L Fuel injector No. 4 Fuel injector No. 1 (11 - 14 V) PBIB0529E BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm PBIA4943J 45 W A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 49 B A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. Approximately 2.2 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Revision: January 2010 EC-1388 2010 Sentra DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BANK 2 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0178GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1389 2010 Sentra P DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V 8 BR/Y A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 2) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) PBIA8148J BATTERY VOLTAGE [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle 30 31 O GR Fuel injector No. 3 Fuel injector No. 2 (11 - 14 V) PBIB0529E BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm PBIA4943J 53 W A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 57 R A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. Approximately 2.2 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285934 1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK 1. 2. Start engine and run it at idle. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold). PBIB1216E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace. 2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE 1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Revision: January 2010 EC-1390 2010 Sentra DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Check PCV hose connection. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace. A 3.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. EC Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) harness connector (1) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) (2) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) (3) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) harness connector (4) Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Bank A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal 1 45 2 49 1 53 2 57 1 2 C D E BBIA0919E G Continuity should exist. 5. F H Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. I Bank 1 Bank 2 A/F sensor terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor terminal ECM terminal 1 45 1 53 2 49 2 57 J K Continuity should not exist. 6. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L 4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE 1. 2. M Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check". Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check". N 2 At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm , 51 psi) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. O 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART P Check the following. • Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-1652.) • Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check".) • Fuel lines (Refer to EM-148.) • Fuel filter for clogging Revision: January 2010 EC-1391 2010 Sentra DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > >> Repair or replace. 6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Install all removed parts. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. At idling At 2,500 rpm 1. 2. 3. : 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec : 4.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec With GST Install all removed parts. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST. At idling At 2,500 rpm : 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec : 4.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or ground. Refer to EC-1282. 7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTORS With CONSULT-III Let engine idle. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. Without CONSULT-III 1. Let engine idle. 2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound. 1. 2. 3. Clicking noise should be heard. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-1647. PBIB3332E 8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle. Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Remove fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-148. Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube. The fuel injector harness connectors should remain connected. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector. Revision: January 2010 EC-1392 2010 Sentra DTC P0171, P0174 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION < SERVICE INFORMATION > 7. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds. Check that fuel sprays out from fuel injectors. [QR25DE] A Fuel should be sprayed evenly for each fuel injector. EC OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace fuel injectors from which fuel does not spray out. Always replace O-ring with new ones. C PBIA9666J 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT D Refer to EC-1245. E >> INSPECTION END F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1393 2010 Sentra DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285935 With the Air/Fuel Mixture Ratio Self-Learning Control, the actual mixture ratio can be brought closely to the theoretical mixture ratio based on the mixture ratio feedback signal from the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. The ECM calculates the necessary compensation to correct the offset between the actual and the theoretical ratios. In case the amount of the compensation value is extremely large (The actual mixture ratio is too rich.), the ECM judges the condition as the fuel injection system malfunction and illuminates the MIL (2 trip detection logic). Sensor Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 DTC No. P0172 0172 (Bank 1) P0175 0175 (Bank 2) Input Signal to ECM Density of oxygen in exhaust gas (Mixture ratio feedback signal) ECM function Fuel injection control Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Fuel injection system too rich • Fuel injection system does not operate properly. • The amount of mixture ratio compensation is too large. (The mixture ratio is too rich.) DTC Confirmation Procedure Actuator Fuel injector Possible cause • • • • • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Fuel injector Exhaust gas leaks Incorrect fuel pressure Mass air flow sensor INFOID:0000000005285936 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. a. b. 6. 7. 8. a. b. c. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”. Start engine. If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malfunction. Performing the following procedure is advised. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. NOTE: When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much. If engine starts, go to EC-1399, "Diagnosis Procedure". If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leakage visually. Keep engine at idle for at least 5 minutes. Check 1st trip DTC. The 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC1399, "Diagnosis Procedure". NOTE: If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. Revision: January 2010 EC-1394 2010 Sentra DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > VHCL SPEED SE d. e. A 50 - 120 km/h (31 - 75 MPH) CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1399, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC WITH GST C 1. 2. 3. • 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector. : Vehicle front Restart engine and let idle for at least 5 seconds. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. 6. Select Service $03 with GST. Check that DTC P0102 is detected. 7. Select Service $04 with GST and erase the DTC P0102. 8. Start engine. If it is difficult to start engine, the fuel injection system has a malBBIA0900E function. Performing the following procedure is advised. a. Crank engine while depressing accelerator pedal. NOTE: When depressing accelerator pedal three-fourths (3/4) or more, the control system does not start the engine. Do not depress accelerator pedal too much. b. If engine starts, go to EC-1399, "Diagnosis Procedure". If engine does not start, check exhaust and intake air leakage visually. 9. Keep engine at idle for at least 5 minutes. 10. Check 1st trip DTC. 11. The 1st trip DTC P0172 or P0175 should be detected at this stage, if a malfunction exists. If so, go to EC1399, "Diagnosis Procedure". NOTE: If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised. a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. b. Start engine. c. Maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive minutes. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. VHCL SPEED SE d. e. D E F G H I J K L M 50 - 120 km/h (31 - 75 MPH) N CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1399, "Diagnosis Procedure". O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1395 2010 Sentra DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285937 BANK 1 ABBWA0177GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-1396 2010 Sentra DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A EC Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V 4 BR/W A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 1) C [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) D PBIA8148J BATTERY VOLTAGE [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle 29 32 R L Fuel injector No. 4 Fuel injector No. 1 F G PBIB0529E BATTERY VOLTAGE H (11 - 14 V) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm I PBIA4943J 45 49 E (11 - 14 V) W A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm B A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. J K Approximately 2.2 V L : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1397 2010 Sentra DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BANK 2 ABBWA0178GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1398 2010 Sentra DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V 8 BR/Y A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 2) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) A EC C PBIA8148J D BATTERY VOLTAGE [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle 30 31 O GR Fuel injector No. 3 Fuel injector No. 2 (11 - 14 V) E F PBIB0529E BATTERY VOLTAGE G (11 - 14 V) H [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm I PBIA4943J 53 W A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 57 R A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. Approximately 2.2 V J K : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285938 L 1.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK 1. 2. M Start engine and run it at idle. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before three way catalyst (manifold). N O P PBIB1216E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace. 2.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE 1. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. Revision: January 2010 EC-1399 2010 Sentra DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Check PCV hose connection. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace. 3.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) harness connector (1) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) (2) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) (3) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) harness connector (4) Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Bank A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal 1 45 2 49 1 53 2 57 1 2 BBIA0919E Continuity should exist. 5. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Bank 1 Bank 2 A/F sensor terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor terminal ECM terminal 1 45 1 53 2 49 2 57 Continuity should not exist. 6. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE 1. 2. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check". Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check". At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-1652.) • Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check".) >> Repair or replace. Revision: January 2010 EC-1400 2010 Sentra DTC P0172, P0175 FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 6.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR A With CONSULT-III 1. Install all removed parts. 2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 3. Check “MASS AIR FLOW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. At idling At 2,500 rpm 1. 2. 3. EC : 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec : 4.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec C With GST Install all removed parts. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST. D At idling At 2,500 rpm E : 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec : 4.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or ground. Refer to EC-1282. 7.CHECK FUNCTION OF FUEL INJECTORS With CONSULT-III Let engine idle. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. Without CONSULT-III 1. Let engine idle. 2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound. F G H 1. 2. 3. I J Clicking noise should be heard. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Perform trouble diagnosis for EC-1647. K L PBIB3332E 8.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR M 1. Remove fuel injector assembly. Refer to EM-148. Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube. 2. Confirm that the engine is cooled down and there are no fire hazards near the vehicle. 3. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. 4. Prepare pans or saucers under each fuel injector. 5. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds. Check that fuel does not drip from fuel injectors. OK or NG OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 9. NG (Drips.)>>Replace the fuel injectors from which fuel is dripping. Always replace O-ring with new ones. 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-1245. >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-1401 2010 Sentra N O P DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005285939 The fuel tank temperature sensor (4) is used to detect the fuel temperature inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases. • Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1) • Fuel pressure regulator (2) • Fuel level sensor (3) BBIA0765E Fluid temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) 20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7 50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90 *: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 95 (Fuel tank temperature sensor) and ground. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result damage the ECM's transistor. Use ground other than ECM, such as ground. SEF012P On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. P0181 0181 INFOID:0000000005285940 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Fuel tank temperature sensor circuit range/performance Rationally incorrect voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM, compared with the voltage signals from engine coolant temperature sensor and intake air temperature sensor. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (Fuel tank temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Fuel tank temperature sensor DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285941 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Turn ignition switch ON wait at least 10 seconds. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1403, "Diagnosis Procedure". If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to following step. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check “COOLAN TEMP/S” value. If the “COOLAN TEMP/S” is less than 60°C (140°F), the result will be OK. If the “COOLAN TEMP/S” is above 60°C (140°F), go to the following step. Cool engine down until “COOLAN TEMP/S” signal is less than 60°C (140°F). Wait at least 10 seconds. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1403, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST Revision: January 2010 EC-1402 2010 Sentra DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. [QR25DE] A Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285942 EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P ABBWA0179GB Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285943 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: January 2010 EC-1403 2010 Sentra DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". BBIA0927E : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 4. Body ground E15 2. Washer tank 3. Fuse and fusible link box OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector (1). : Vehicle front Turn ignition switch ON. BBIA0754E 4. Check voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. PBIB0932E 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors B9, E13 • Harness for open or short between ECM and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector. 4.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect combination meter harness connector. Revision: January 2010 EC-1404 2010 Sentra DTC P0181 FTT SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check harness continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 5 and combination meter terminal 4, ECM terminal 104. Refer to Wiring Diagram. A Continuity should exist. EC 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. C 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors B8, M8 • Harness connectors B9, E13 • Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and combination meter. • Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and ECM. D E >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. F 6.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to, EC-1405, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. G 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT H Perform EC-1245. I >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285944 J FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. 2. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 4 and 5 by heating with hot water as shown in the figure. Temperature [°C (°F)] Resistance (kΩ) 20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7 50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90 K L M If NG, replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. PBIB0931E Removal and Installation N INFOID:0000000005285945 FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR O Refer to FL-6. P Revision: January 2010 EC-1405 2010 Sentra DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005285946 The fuel tank temperature sensor (4) is used to detect the fuel temperature inside the fuel tank. The sensor modifies a voltage signal from the ECM. The modified signal returns to the ECM as the fuel temperature input. The sensor uses a thermistor which is sensitive to the change in temperature. The electrical resistance of the thermistor decreases as temperature increases. • Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1) • Fuel pressure regulator (2) • Fuel level sensor (3) BBIA0765E Fluid temperature [°C (°F)] Voltage* (V) Resistance (kΩ) 20 (68) 3.5 2.3 - 2.7 50 (122) 2.2 0.79 - 0.90 *: This data is reference values and is measured between ECM terminal 95 (Fuel tank temperature sensor) and ground. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result damage the ECM's transistor. Use ground other than ECM, such as ground. On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. SEF012P INFOID:0000000005285947 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P0182 0182 Fuel tank temperature sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. P0183 0183 Fuel tank temperature sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • Harness or connectors (Fuel tank temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Fuel tank temperature sensor INFOID:0000000005285948 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1407, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-1406 2010 Sentra DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285949 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0179GB Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285950 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body. Revision: January 2010 EC-1407 2010 Sentra P DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". BBIA0927E : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 4. Body ground E15 2. Washer tank 3. Fuse and fusible link box OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector (1). : Vehicle front Turn ignition switch ON. BBIA0754E 3. Check voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. PBIB0932E 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors B9, E13 • Harness for open or short to ground or short between ECM and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector. 4.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect combination meter harness connector. Check harness continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 5 and combination meter terminal 4, ECM terminal 104. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Revision: January 2010 EC-1408 2010 Sentra DTC P0182, P0183 FTT SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Continuity should exist. A 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. EC 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART C Check the following. • Harness connectors B8, M8 • Harness connectors B9, E13 • Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and combination meter • Harness for open or short between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” and ECM D E >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector. 6.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR F Refer to, EC-1409, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. G Perform EC-1245. H 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285951 FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR 1. 2. J Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 4 and 5 by heating with hot water as shown in the figure. Temperature [°C (°F)] I K Resistance (kΩ) 20 (68) 2.3 - 2.7 50 (122) 0.79 - 0.90 L If NG, replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. M PBIB0931E Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285952 N FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to FL-6. O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1409 2010 Sentra DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005285953 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and controls the throttle valve opening signal in response to driving conditions via the throttle control motor. PBIB0145E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285954 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item TP SEN 1-B1 TP SEN 2-B1* Condition Specification • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V *: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285955 These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic. NOTE: If DTC P0222 or P0223 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-1530. DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause P0222 0222 Throttle position sensor 1 circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the TP sensor 1 is sent to ECM. P0223 0223 Throttle position sensor 1 circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the TP sensor 1 is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (TP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) (APP sensor 2 circuit is shorted.) • Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1) • Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 2) FAIL-SAFE MODE When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL illuminates. Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor. DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285956 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle. 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. Revision: January 2010 EC-1410 2010 Sentra DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Check DTC. 3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1412, "Diagnosis Procedure". A Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285957 EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P ABBWA0185GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-1411 2010 Sentra DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM 36 B Sensor ground (Throttle position sensor) 37 38 47 R W G CONDITION Throttle position sensor 1 Throttle position sensor 2 Sensor power supply (Throttle position sensor) DATA (DC Voltage) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully released Less than 4.75 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 0.36 V [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285958 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". BBIA0927E : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 4. Body ground E15 2. Washer tank 3. Fuse and fusible link box OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 EC-1412 2010 Sentra DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector (1). : Vehicle front 2. Turn ignition switch ON. [QR25DE] A EC C BBIA0902E D 3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. E Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors. F G PBIB3484E 3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. H Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 36 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 4. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. I J 4. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K 4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 37 and electric throttle control actuator terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. M 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. N 5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR O Refer to EC-1414, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6. P 6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. 3. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Revision: January 2010 L EC-1413 2010 Sentra DTC P0222, P0223 TP SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > >> INSPECTION END 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-1245. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285959 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Turn ignition switch ON. Set selector lever to D position (CVT) or 1st position (M/T). Check voltage between ECM terminals 37 (TP sensor 1 signal), 38 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions. Terminal 37 (Throttle position sensor 1) 38 (Throttle position sensor 2) 6. 7. 8. Accelerator pedal Voltage Fully released More than 0.36 V Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V Fully released Less than 4.75 V Fully depressed More than 0.36 V If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next step. Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Removal and Installation PBIB3482E INFOID:0000000005285960 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR Refer to EM-135. Revision: January 2010 EC-1414 2010 Sentra DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285961 A EC When a misfire occurs, engine speed will fluctuate. If the engine speed fluctuates enough to cause the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) signal to vary, ECM can determine that a misfire is occurring. C Sensor Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Input Signal to ECM ECM function Engine speed On board diagnosis of misfire The misfire detection logic consists of the following two conditions. 1. One Trip Detection Logic (Three Way Catalyst Damage) On the 1st trip when a misfire condition occurs that can damage the three way catalyst (TWC) due to overheating, the MIL will blink. When a misfire condition occurs, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor (POS) signal every 200 engine revolutions for a change. When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will turn off. If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC on a second trip, the MIL will blink. When the misfire condition decreases to a level that will not damage the TWC, the MIL will remain on. If another misfire condition occurs that can damage the TWC, the MIL will begin to blink again. 2. Two Trip Detection Logic (Exhaust quality deterioration) For misfire conditions that will not damage the TWC (but will affect vehicle emissions), the MIL will only light when the misfire is detected on a second trip. During this condition, the ECM monitors the CKP sensor signal every 1,000 engine revolutions. A misfire malfunction can be detected in any one cylinder or in multiple cylinders. DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P0300 0300 Multiple cylinder misfires detected Multiple cylinder misfire. P0301 0301 No.1 cylinder misfire detected No. 1 cylinder misfires. P0302 0302 No. 2 cylinder misfire detected No. 2 cylinder misfires. P0303 0303 No. 3 cylinder misfire detected No. 3 cylinder misfires. P0304 0304 No. 4 cylinder misfire detected No. 4 cylinder misfires. DTC Confirmation Procedure Improper spark plug Insufficient compression Incorrect fuel pressure Fuel injector circuit is open or shorted Fuel injector Intake air leak The ignition signal circuit is open or shorted Lack of fuel Drive plate or flywheel Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Incorrect PCV hose connection INFOID:0000000005285962 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle in safe manner according to traffic conditions and obey all traffic laws when driving. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Restart engine and let it idle for approximately 15 minutes. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. 5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1416, "Diagnosis Procedure". NOTE: If 1st trip DTC is not detected during above procedure, performing the following procedure is advised. a. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Revision: January 2010 EC-1415 E F G H I Possible cause • • • • • • • • • • • D 2010 Sentra J K L M N O P DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > b. Start engine and drive the vehicle under the similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data for a certain time. Refer to table below. Hold the accelerator pedal as steady as possible. The similar conditions to (1st trip) Freeze Frame Data means the vehicle operation that the following condition should be satisfied at the same time: Engine speed Engine speed in the freeze frame data ± 400 rpm Vehicle speed Vehicle speed in the freeze frame data ± 10 km/h (6 MPH) Basic fuel schedule Basic fuel schedule in freeze frame data × (1 ± 0.1) When the freeze frame data shows lower than 70°C (158°F), T should be lower than 70°C (158°F) Engine coolant temperature (T) condition When the freeze frame data shows higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F), T should be higher than or equal to 70°C (158°F) Driving time varies according to the engine speed in the freeze frame data. Refer to the following table. Engine speed Time Around 1,000 rpm Approximately 10 minutes Around 2,000 rpm Approximately 5 minutes More than 3,000 rpm Approximately 3.5 minutes Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285963 1.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK AND PCV HOSE 1. Start engine and run it at idle speed. 2. Listen for the sound of the intake air leak. 3. Check PCV hose connection. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace. 2.CHECK FOR EXHAUST SYSTEM CLOGGING Stop engine and visually check exhaust tube, three way catalyst and muffler for dents. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace. 3.PERFORM POWER BALANCE TEST With CONSULT-III Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. Is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary engine speed drop? Without CONSULT-III When disconnecting each fuel injector harness connector (1) one at a time, is there any cylinder which does not produce a momentary engine speed drop? • : Vehicle front Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 4. No >> GO TO 9. 1. 2. BBIA0903E 4.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR Revision: January 2010 EC-1416 2010 Sentra DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE < SERVICE INFORMATION > Does each fuel injector make an operating sound at idle? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 5. No >> Check fuel injector(s) and circuit(s). Refer to EC-1647. [QR25DE] A EC C PBIB3332E 5.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I D CAUTION: Perform the following procedure in a place with no combustible objects and good ventilation. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove fuel pump fuse (1) in IPDM E/R (2) to release fuel pressure. NOTE: Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following procedure. : Vehicle front 3. Start engine. 4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF. 6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electriPBIB2958E cal discharge from the ignition coils. 7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked. 8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder. 9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. 10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion as shown in the figure. 11. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and check whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion. Spark should be generated. 6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II G H I J K M N O P Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect spark plug and connect a non-malfunctioning spark plug. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion. Spark should be generated. Revision: January 2010 F L CAUTION: • During the operation, always stay 0.5 m (19.7 in) or more JMBIA0066GB away from the spark plag and the ignition coil. Be careful not to get an electrical shock while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage becomes 20 kV or more. • It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is made. NOTE: When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), a the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> GO TO 6. 1. 2. 3. E EC-1417 2010 Sentra DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-1657. [QR25DE] 7.CHECK SPARK PLUG Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc. OK or NG OK >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to MA-39, "SPARK PLUG : Removal and Installation". NG >> 1. Repair or clean spark plug. 2. GO TO 8. SEF156I 8.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III 1. 2. Reconnect the initial spark plugs. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded portion. Spark should be generated. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to MA-39, "SPARK PLUG : Removal and Installation". 9.CHECK COMPRESSION PRESSURE Check compression pressure. Refer to EM-175, "On-Vehicle Service". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Check pistons, piston rings, valves, valve seats and cylinder head gaskets. 10.CHECK FUEL PRESSURE 1. 2. 3. Install all removed parts. Release fuel pressure to zero. Refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check". Install fuel pressure gauge and check fuel pressure. Refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check". At idling: Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> GO TO 11. 11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Fuel pump and circuit (Refer to EC-1652.) • Fuel pressure regulator (Refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check".) • Fuel lines (Refer to EM-148.) • Fuel filter for clogging >> Repair or replace. 12.CHECK IGNITION TIMING Check the following items. Refer to EC-1187, "Basic Inspection". Revision: January 2010 EC-1418 2010 Sentra DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Items A Specifications CVT: 800 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) Idle speed M/T: 650 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) EC CVT:10 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position) Ignition timing M/T: 10 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position) C OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> Follow the EC-1187, "Basic Inspection". 13.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. D Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) harness connector (1) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) (2) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) (3) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) harness connector (4) Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Bank A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal 1 45 2 49 1 53 2 57 1 2 E F G BBIA0919E I Continuity should exist. 5. H J Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. K Bank 1 Bank 2 A/F sensor terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor terminal ECM terminal 1 45 1 53 2 49 2 57 L M Continuity should not exist. 6. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. N 14.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 HEATER O Refer to EC-1267, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 16. NG >> GO TO 15. P 15.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any A/F sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. Revision: January 2010 EC-1419 2010 Sentra DTC P0300 - P0304 MULTIPLE CYLINDER MISFIRE, NO. 1 - 4 CYLINDER MISFIRE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Before installing new A/F sensor, clean exhaust system threads using oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> INSPECTION END 16.CHECK MASS AIR FLOW SENSOR 1. 2. With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check mass air flow sensor signal in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. At idling At 2,500 rpm 1. 2. : 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec : 4.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec With GST Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check mass air flow sensor signal in Service $01 with GST. At idling At 2,500 rpm : 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec : 4.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> Check connectors for rusted terminals or loose connections in the mass air flow sensor circuit or ground. Refer to EC-1282. 17.CHECK SYMPTOM MATRIX CHART Check items on the rough idle symptom in EC-1204, "Symptom Matrix Chart". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 18. NG >> Repair or replace. 18.ERASE THE 1ST TRIP DTC Some tests may cause a 1st trip DTC to be set. Erase the 1st trip DTC from the ECM memory after performing the tests. Refer to EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". >> GO TO 19. 19.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-1245. >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-1420 2010 Sentra DTC P0327, P0328 KS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0327, P0328 KS A Component Description INFOID:0000000005285964 The knock sensor (1) is attached to the cylinder block. It senses engine knocking using a piezoelectric element. A knocking vibration from the cylinder block is sensed as vibrational pressure. This pressure is converted into a voltage signal and sent to the ECM. • Engine oil cooler (2) EC C D BBIA0904E On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285965 The MIL will not illuminate for these self-diagnoses. DTC No. Trouble Diagnosis Name E DTC Detected Condition P0327 0327 Knock sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. P0328 0328 Knock sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. DTC Confirmation Procedure F Possible Cause • Harness or connectors (Knock sensor circuit is open or shorted.) • Knock sensor G H INFOID:0000000005285966 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle. 1. Start engine and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1423, "Diagnosis Procedure". I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1421 2010 Sentra DTC P0327, P0328 KS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285967 ABBWA0180GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1422 2010 Sentra DTC P0327, P0328 KS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR 61 W Knock sensor [Engine is running] • Idle speed 67 GR Sensor ground (Knock sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed ITEM CONDITION Diagnosis Procedure DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 2.5 V Approximately 0 V EC C INFOID:0000000005285968 D 1.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. 3. A Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check resistance between ECM terminal 61 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. NOTE: It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ. E F Resistance: Approximately 532 - 588 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)] 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2. G H 2.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. Disconnect knock sensor (1) harness connector. Engine oil cooler (2) Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 61 and knock sensor terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. I J Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K BBIA0904E 3.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR Refer to EC-1424, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace knock sensor. L M N 4.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". O P BBIA0927E Revision: January 2010 EC-1423 2010 Sentra DTC P0327, P0328 KS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 4. Body ground E15 2. Washer tank 3. Fuse and fusible link box OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 5.CHECK KNOCK SENSOR SHIELD CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Reconnect knock sensor harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 67 and knock sensor terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-1245. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285969 KNOCK SENSOR 1. Check resistance between knock sensor terminal 1 and ground. NOTE: It is necessary to use an ohmmeter which can measure more than 10 MΩ. Resistance: Approximately 532 - 588 kΩ [at 20°C (68°F)] 2. CAUTION: Never use any knock sensors that have been dropped or physically damaged. Use only new ones. If NG, replace knock sensor. Removal and Installation SEF227W INFOID:0000000005285970 KNOCK SENSOR Refer to EM-188. Revision: January 2010 EC-1424 2010 Sentra DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) A Component Description INFOID:0000000005285971 The crankshaft position sensor (POS) is located on the cylinder block rear housing facing the gear teeth (cogs) of the signal plate at the end of the crankshaft. It detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution. The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. When the engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change. The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes. The ECM receives the voltage signal and detects the fluctuation of the engine revolution. ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure. EC C D PBIB3485E E F G H JMBIA0714GB CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285972 I Specification data are reference values. Monitor item ENG SPEED Condition • Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indication. On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. P0335 0335 Trouble diagnosis name Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit Specification Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication. INFOID:0000000005285973 DTC detecting condition Possible cause • The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not detected by the ECM during the first few seconds of engine cranking. • The proper pulse signal from the crankshaft position sensor (POS) is not sent to ECM while the engine is running. • The crankshaft position sensor (POS) signal is not in the normal pattern during engine running. • Harness or connectors [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is open or shorted.] (Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit is shorted.) (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is sorted.) • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 2) • Refrigerant pressure sensor • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Signal plate DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285974 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. Revision: January 2010 EC-1425 2010 Sentra J K L M N O P DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with ignition switch ON. 1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1427, "Diagnosis Procedure". Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005285975 ABBWA0210GB Revision: January 2010 EC-1426 2010 Sentra DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. A Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damEC age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR 60 B ITEM Sensor ground [Crankshaft position sensor (POS)] CONDITION [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 0 V C D Approximately 4.0 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle 65 Y Crankshaft position sensor (POS) E F PBIB2998E Approximately 4.0 V [Engine is running] • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm H PBIB2999E G/W Sensor power supply (Refrigerant pressure sensor) [Ignition switch: ON] G/R Sensor power supply [Crankshaft position sensor (POS)] [Ignition switch: ON] 87 BR/Y Sensor power supply (APP sensor 2) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 91 V/W EVAP control system pressure sensor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 72 76 G I Approximately 5 V J Approximately 5 V K L : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285976 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. M N Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". O P BBIA0927E Revision: January 2010 EC-1427 2010 Sentra DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 4. Body ground E15 2. Washer tank 3. Fuse and fusible link box OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. Disconnect crankshaft position (CKP) sensor (POS) (1) harness connector. Drive shaft (RH) (2) Turn ignition switch ON. BBIA0905E 3. Check voltage between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> GO TO 3. PBIB3312E 3.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 1 and ECM terminal 76. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit. 4.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram 72 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-1667, "Wiring Diagram" 76 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1 EC-1426, "Wiring Diagram" 87 APP sensor terminal 5 EC-1608, "Wiring Diagram" 91 EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-1484, "Wiring Diagram" OK or NG Revision: January 2010 EC-1428 2010 Sentra DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. [QR25DE] A 5.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to MTC-27. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. EC C 6.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-1488, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. D 7.CHECK APP SENSOR E Refer to EC-1611, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> GO TO 8. F 8.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY G 1. 2. 3. 4. H Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning". I >> INSPECTION END 9.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 2 and ECM terminal 60. Refer to Wiring Diagram. J K Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. L M 10.CHECK CKP SENSOR (POS) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between CKP sensor (POS) terminal 3 and ECM terminal 65. Refer to Wiring Diagram. N Continuity should exist. O 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. P 11.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) Refer to EC-1430, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). Revision: January 2010 EC-1429 2010 Sentra DTC P0335 CKP SENSOR (POS) [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 12.CHECK GEAR TOOTH Visually check for chipping signal plate gear tooth. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> Replace the signal plate. 13.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-1245. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285977 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) 1. 2. 3. 4. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. Disconnect crankshaft position sensor (POS) harness connector. Remove the sensor. Visually check the sensor for chipping. PBIB3486E 5. Check resistance as shown in the figure. Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] 1 (+) - 2 (-) 1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞ 2 (+) - 3 (-) 6. If NG, replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). PBIA9584J Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285978 CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) Refer to EM-188. Revision: January 2010 EC-1430 2010 Sentra DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) A Component Description INFOID:0000000005285979 The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the protrusion of camshaft (INT) to identify a particular cylinder. The camshaft position sensor (PHASE) senses the piston position. When the crankshaft position sensor (POS) system becomes inoperative, the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) provides various controls of engine parts instead, utilizing timing of cylinder identification signals. The sensor consists of a permanent magnet and Hall IC. When engine is running, the high and low parts of the teeth cause the gap with the sensor to change. The changing gap causes the magnetic field near the sensor to change. Due to the changing magnetic field, the voltage from the sensor changes. ECM receives the signals as shown in the figure. EC C D PBIB3487E E F G JMBIA0714GB CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005285980 I Specification data are reference values. Monitor item ENG SPEED Condition Specification • Run engine and compare CONSULT-III value with the tachometer indication. On Board Diagnosis Logic Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication. INFOID:0000000005285981 NOTE: If DTC P0340 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-1530. DTC No. P0340 0340 Trouble diagnosis name Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit DTC detecting condition Possible cause • The cylinder No. signal is not sent to ECM for the first few seconds during engine cranking. • The cylinder No. signal is not set to ECM during engine running. • The cylinder No. signal is not in the normal pattern during engine running. • Harness or connectors [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit is open or shorted.] • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) • Camshaft (INT) • Starter motor (Refer to SC-11.) • Starting system circuit (Refer to SC-11.) • Dead (Weak) battery DTC Confirmation Procedure J K L M N O INFOID:0000000005285982 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V with ignition switch ON. 1. Crank engine for at least 2 seconds and run it for at least 5 seconds at idle speed. Revision: January 2010 H EC-1431 2010 Sentra P DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1433, "Diagnosis Procedure". If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to next step. 4. Maintain engine speed at more than 800 rpm for at least 5 seconds. 5. Check 1st trip DTC. 6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1433, "Diagnosis Procedure". Wiring Diagram [QR25DE] INFOID:0000000005285983 BBWA3041E Revision: January 2010 EC-1432 2010 Sentra DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. A Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damEC age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM 59 G/Y Sensor power supply [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)] [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 64 B Sensor ground [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)] [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) C D E 1.0 - 2.0 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle 69 R Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) F G PBIB2986E 1.0 - 2.0 V H [Engine is running] • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm I PBIB2987E J INFOID:0000000005285984 K : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure 1.CHECK STARTING SYSTEM Turn ignition switch to START position. L Does the engine turn over? Does the starter motor operate? M Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> Check starting system. (Refer to SC-11.) N 2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1433 2010 Sentra DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". BBIA0927E : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 4. Body ground E15 2. Washer tank 3. Fuse and fusible link box OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 3.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR (PHASE) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect camshaft position (CMP) sensor (PHASE) (1) harness connector. : Vehicle front Turn ignition switch ON. BBIA0906E 3. Check voltage between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. PBIB3312E Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 2 and ECM terminal 64. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. Revision: January 2010 EC-1434 2010 Sentra DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5.CHECK CMP SENSOR (PHASE) INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. A Check harness continuity between CMP sensor (PHASE) terminal 3 and ECM terminal 69. Refer to Wiring Diagram. EC Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. C 6.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) D Refer to EC-1435, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). E 7.CHECK CAMSHAFT (INTAKE) F Check the following. • Accumulation of debris to the signal plate of camshaft (1) rear end • Chipping signal plate of camshaft rear end OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Remove debris and clean the signal plate of camshaft rear end or replace camshaft. G H I PBIB3480E 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT J Refer to EC-1245. >> INSPECTION END K Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285985 L CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) 1. 2. 3. 4. Loosen the fixing bolt of the sensor. Disconnect camshaft position sensor (PHASE) harness connector. Remove the sensor. Visually check the sensor for chipping. M N O P PBIB3488E Revision: January 2010 EC-1435 2010 Sentra DTC P0340 CMP SENSOR (PHASE) [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. Check resistance as shown in the figure. Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] 1 (+) - 2 (-) 1 (+) - 3 (-) Except 0 or ∞ Ω 2 (+) - 3 (-) 6. If NG, replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). PBIA9584J Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005285986 CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) Refer to EM-153. Revision: January 2010 EC-1436 2010 Sentra DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION On Board Diagnosis Logic A INFOID:0000000005285987 The ECM monitors the switching frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2. A three way catalyst (manifold) with high oxygen storage capacity will indicate a low switching frequency of heated oxygen sensor 2. As oxygen storage capacity decreases, the heated oxygen sensor 2 switching frequency will increase. When the frequency ratio of air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 and heated oxygen sensor 2 approaches a specified limit value, the three way catalyst (manifold) malfunction is diagnosed. EC C D PBIB2055E DTC No. P0420 0420 (Bank 1) P0430 0430 (Bank 2) Trouble diagnosis name Catalyst system efficiency below threshold DTC detecting condition • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not operate properly. • Three way catalyst (manifold) does not have enough oxygen storage capacity. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • • • • • • • Three way catalyst (manifold) Exhaust tube Intake air leaks Fuel injector Fuel injector leaks Spark plug Improper ignition timing F G H INFOID:0000000005285988 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. I J WITH CONSULT-III TESTING CONDITION: Do not maintain engine speed for more than the specified minutes below. 1. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. 5. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 6. Check that “COOLAN TEMP/S” indicates more than 70°C (158°F). If not, warm up engine and go to next step when “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication reaches to 70°C (158°F). 7. Open engine hood. 8. Select “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” then “SRT WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. 9. Rev engine up to between 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and hold it for 3 consecutive minutes then release the accelerator pedal completely. If “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changed to “CMPLT”, go to step 12. 10. Wait 5 seconds at idle. 11. Rev engine up to between 2,000 to 3,000 rpm and maintain it until “INCMP” of “CATALYST” changes to “CMPLT” (It will take approximately 5 minutes). If not “CMPLT”, stop engine and cool it down to less than 70°C (158°F) and then retest from step 1. 12. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III. 13. Confirm that 1st trip DTC is not detected. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1438, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 E EC-1437 2010 Sentra K L M N O P DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000005285989 Use this procedure to check the overall function of the three way catalyst (manifold). During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. WITH GST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Start engine and warm it up to the normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for at least 1 minute under no load. Let engine idle for 1 minute. Open engine hood. Set voltmeter probe between ECM terminals 33 [HO2S2 (B1) signal] or 34 [HO2S2 (B2) signal] and ground. Keep engine speed at 2,500 rpm constant under no load. Check that the voltage does not vary for more than 5 seconds. If the voltage fluctuation cycle takes less than 5 seconds, go to EC-1438, "Diagnosis Procedure". • 1 cycle: 0.6 - 1.0 → 0 - 0.3 → 0.6 - 1.0 PBIB3483E Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285990 1.CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM Visually check exhaust tubes and muffler for dents. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace. 2.CHECK EXHAUST GAS LEAK 1. 2. Start engine and run it at idle. Listen for an exhaust gas leak before the three way catalyst (manifold). PBIB1216E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace. 3.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace. 4.CHECK IGNITION TIMING Check the following items. Refer to EC-1187, "Basic Inspection". Revision: January 2010 EC-1438 2010 Sentra DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Items Target idle speed Ignition timing A Specifications CVT:650 ± 50 rpm (in P or N position) M/T: 800 ± 50 rpm (in Neutral position) EC CVT: 10 ± 5° BTDC (in P or N position) M/T: 10 ± 5° BTDC (in Neutral position) C OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Follow the EC-1187, "Basic Inspection". 5.CHECK FUEL INJECTORS D 1. 2. 3. 4. E Stop engine and turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminals 29, 30, 31, 32 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Refer to Wiring Diagram for fuel injectors, EC-1648, "Wiring Diagram". F Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Perform EC-1649, "Diagnosis Procedure". G 6.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-I H CAUTION: Perform following procedure in a place with no combustible objects and good ventilation. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Remove fuel pump fuse (1) in IPDM E/R (2) to release fuel pressure. NOTE: Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following procedure. : Vehicle front 3. Start engine. 4. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF. 6. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils. 7. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked. 8. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder. 9. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. 10. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 0.66 in) between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion as shown in the figure. 11. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and check whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion. I J K L PBIB2958E M N O Spark should be generated. CAUTION: JMBIA0066GB • During the operation, always stay 0.5 m (19.7 in) or more away from the spark plag and the ignition coil. Be careful not to get an electrical shock while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage becomes 20 kV or more. • It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is made. NOTE: Revision: January 2010 EC-1439 2010 Sentra P DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), a the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 7. 7.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-II 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect spark plug and connect non- malfunctioning spark plug. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion. Spark should be generated. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Check ignition coil, power transistor and their circuits. Refer to EC-1657. 8.CHECK SPARK PLUG Check the initial spark plug for fouling, etc. OK or NG OK >> Replace spark plug(s) with standard type one(s). For spark plug type, refer to MA-39, "SPARK PLUG : Removal and Installation". NG >> 1. Repair or clean spark plug. 2. GO TO 9. SEF156I 9.CHECK FUNCTION OF IGNITION COIL-III 1. 2. Reconnect the initial spark plugs. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and recheck whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded portion. Spark should be generated. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Replace spark plug (s) with standard type one (s). For spark plug type, refer to MA-39, "SPARK PLUG : Removal and Installation". 10.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove fuel injector assembly. Refer to EM-148. Keep fuel hose and all fuel injectors connected to fuel tube. 3. Disconnect all ignition coil harness connectors. 4. Reconnect all fuel injector harness connectors disconnected. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. Check that fuel does not drip from fuel injector. OK or NG OK (Does not drip.)>>GO TO 11. NG (Drips.)>>Replace the fuel injector (s) from which fuel is dripping. 11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-1245. Revision: January 2010 EC-1440 2010 Sentra DTC P0420, P0430 THREE WAY CATALYST FUNCTION < SERVICE INFORMATION > Trouble is fixed.>>INSPECTION END Trouble is not fixed.>>Replace malfunctioning three way catalyst (manifold). [QR25DE] A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1441 2010 Sentra DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM System Description INFOID:0000000005285991 NOTE: If DTC P0441 is displayed with other DTC such as P2122, P2123 P2127, P2128, P2138, first perform trouble diagnosis for other DTC. PBIB3640E In this evaporative emission (EVAP) control system, purge flow occurs during non-closed throttle conditions. Purge volume is related to air intake volume. Under normal purge conditions (non-closed throttle), the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is open to admit purge flow. Purge flow exposes the EVAP control system pressure sensor to intake manifold vacuum. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285992 Under normal conditions (non-closed throttle), sensor output voltage indicates if pressure drop and purge flow are adequate. If not, a malfunction is determined. DTC No. P0441 0441 Trouble diagnosis name EVAP control system incorrect purge flow DTC detecting condition Possible cause • EVAP control system does not operate properly. • EVAP control system has a leak between intake manifold and EVAP control system pressure sensor. • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve stuck closed • EVAP control system pressure sensor and the circuit • Loose, disconnected or improper connection of rubber tube • Blocked rubber tube • Cracked EVAP canister • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit • Accelerator pedal position sensor • Blocked purge port • EVAP canister vent control valve • Drain filter DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285993 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more. WITH CONSULT-III Revision: January 2010 EC-1442 2010 Sentra DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. A 3. Start engine and let it idle for at least 70 seconds. 4. Select “PURG FLOW P0441” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC & SRT CONFIRMATION” mode with CONSULT-III. EC 5. Touch “START”. If “COMPLETED” is displayed, go to step 7. 6. When the following conditions are met, “TESTING” will be displayed on the CONSULT-III screen. Maintain the conditions continuously until “TESTING” changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take at least 35 seconds.) C Selector lever Suitable position VHCL SPEED SE 32 - 120 km/h (20 - 75 MPH) ENG SPEED 500 - 3,800 rpm B/FUEL SCHDL 1.0 - 10.0 msec COOLAN TEMP/S More than 0°C (32 °F) 7. D E If TESTING does not change for a long time, retry from step 2. Check that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC1443, "Diagnosis Procedure". Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000005285994 F G Use this procedure to check the overall monitoring function of the EVAP control system purge flow monitoring. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. H WITH GST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Lift up drive wheels. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and wait at least 70 seconds. Set voltmeter probes to ECM terminals 42 (EVAP control system pressure sensor signal) and ground. Check EVAP control system pressure sensor value at idle speed and note it. Establish and maintain the following conditions for at least 1 minute. Air conditioner switch ON Headlamp switch ON Rear window defogger switch ON Engine speed Approx. 3,000 rpm Selector lever Any position other than P, N or R 8. 9. I J K L PBIB3313E M Verify that EVAP control system pressure sensor value stays 0.1 V less than the value at idle speed (measured at step 6) for at least 1 second. If NG, go to EC-1443, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285995 N O 1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check EVAP canister for cracks. OK or NG OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 2. OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 3. NG >> Replace EVAP canister. P 2.CHECK PURGE FLOW Revision: January 2010 EC-1443 2010 Sentra DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. With CONSULT-III Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port and install vacuum gauge. For the location of EVAP service port, refer to EC-1138, "Description". Start engine and let it idle. Select “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm. Touch “Qd” and “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to adjust “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening and check vacuum existence. PURG VOL CONT/V 100% VACUUM Should exist. 0% Should not exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 4. 3.CHECK PURGE FLOW Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Stop engine. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port and install vacuum gauge. For the location of EVAP service port, refer to EC-1138, "Description". 4. Start engine and let it idle. Do not depress accelerator pedal even slightly. 5. Check vacuum gauge indication before 60 seconds pass after starting engine. 1. 2. 3. Vacuum should not exist. 6. Rev engine up to 2,000 rpm after 100 seconds pass after starting engine. Vacuum should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check EVAP purge line for improper connection or disconnection. Refer to EC-1138, "Description". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair it. 5.CHECK EVAP PURGE HOSE AND PURGE PORT 1. 2. Disconnect purge hoses connected to EVAP service port A and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve B. Blow air into each hose and EVAP purge port C. SEF367U Revision: January 2010 EC-1444 2010 Sentra DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check that air flows freely. OK or NG OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 6. OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or clean hoses and/or purge port. [QR25DE] A EC C 6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE SEF368U D With CONSULT-III Start engine. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 7. 1. 2. E F 7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE G Refer to EC-1467, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. H 8.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR 1. 2. I Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector. Check connectors for water. J Water should not exist OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. K 9.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR FUNCTION L Refer to EC-1482 for DTC P0452 and EC-1489 for DTC P0453. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. M 10.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING N 1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. 2. Check the rubber tube for clogging. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower. O 11.CHECK DRAIN FILTER P Refer to EC-1446, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> Replace drain filter. 12.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Refer to EC-1472, "Component Inspection". Revision: January 2010 EC-1445 2010 Sentra DTC P0441 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. [QR25DE] 13.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE Inspect EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube). Check for evidence of leaks. Refer to EC-1138, "Description". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG >> Replace it. 14.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower. >> GO TO 15. 15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-1245. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005285996 DRAIN FILTER 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Check visually for insect nests in the drain filter air inlet. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B. Block port B. Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage. If NG, replace drain filter. PBIB3641E Revision: January 2010 EC-1446 2010 Sentra DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM A On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005285997 This diagnosis detects leaks in the EVAP purge line using engine intake manifold vacuum. EC If pressure does not increase, the ECM will check for leaks in the line between the fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve, under the following Vacuum test conditions. The EVAP canister vent control valve is closed to shut the EVAP purge line off. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve will then be opened to depressurize the EVAP purge line using intake manifold C vacuum. After this occurs, the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve will be closed. D E F G H PBIB3640E I DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause • • • • • • P0442 0442 EVAP control system small leak detected (negative pressure) EVAP control system has a leak, EVAP control system does not operate properly. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve Incorrect fuel filler cap used Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close. Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap. Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control valve. EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks EVAP purge line rubber tube bent Loose or disconnected rubber tube EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and the circuit Fuel tank temperature sensor O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing or damaged Drain filter EVAP canister is saturated with water EVAP control system pressure sensor Fuel level sensor and the circuit Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve ORVR system leaks CAUTION: • Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may illuminate. • If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may illuminate. • Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement. Revision: January 2010 EC-1447 2010 Sentra J K L M N O P DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005285998 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: • Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is placed on flat level surface. • Always perform test at a temperature of 0 to 10°C (32 to 140°F). • Open engine hood before conducting following procedure. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check the following conditions are met. COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 100°C (32 - 212°F) INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60°C (32 - 140°F) Select “EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Follow the instruction displayed. NOTE: If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, go to EC-1187, "Basic Inspection". Check that “OK” is displayed. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-1448, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST NOTE: Be sure to read the explanation of Driving Pattern on EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information" before driving vehicle. 1. Start engine. 2. Drive vehicle according to Driving Pattern, EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information" 3. Stop vehicle. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ignition switch ON. 5. Select Service $07 with GST. If P0442 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-1448, "Diagnosis Procedure". If P0441 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-1443, "Diagnosis Procedure" for DTC P0441. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005285999 1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap. SEF915U 2.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower. Revision: January 2010 EC-1448 2010 Sentra DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Retighten until reteaching sound is heard. [QR25DE] 3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION A Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. EC 4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE C Refer to EC-1140, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one. D 5.INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP E To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port (1) adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port securely. For the location of EVAP service port, refer to EC-1138, "Description". • : Vehicle front NOTE: Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause leaking. F G H BBIA0907E I J K L SEF916U M With CONSULT-III>>GO TO 6. Without CONSULT-III>>GO TO 7. 6.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK 1. 2. 3. N With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph. CAUTION: • Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump. • Never exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system. Revision: January 2010 EC-1449 2010 Sentra O P DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer to EC-1138, "Description". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair or replace. [QR25DE] SEF200U 7.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve. The valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts until the end of test.) This illustration is a view from under vehicle EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) EVAP canister (2) EVAP canister vent control valve (3) 3. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7 kPa (0.013 to 0.028 kg/cm2, 0.19 to 0.39 psi), then remove pump and EVAP service port adapter. CAUTION: • Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump. • Never exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system. 1. 2. BBIA0693E 4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer to EC-1138, "Description". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair or replace. SEF200U 8.CHECK DRAIN FILTER Refer to EC-1453, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace drain filter. 9.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Check the following, • EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly. Refer to EC-1142, "Removal and Installation". • EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to EC-1472, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring. 10.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER Revision: January 2010 EC-1450 2010 Sentra DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. A 2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 11. EC No (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 13. No (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 14. C D PBIB1213E 11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensorattached. The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb). OK or NG OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 13. OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 14. NG >> GO TO 12. 12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • EVAP canister for damage • EVAP hose connected to EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection E F G H I >> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. 13.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. With CONSULT-III Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. Start engine. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to increase “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening to 100%. Check vacuum hose for vacuum. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 16. NG >> GO TO 15. M 14.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION N Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Stop engine. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm. Vacuum should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> GO TO 15. 15.CHECK VACUUM HOSE Revision: January 2010 K L Vacuum should exist. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. J EC-1451 2010 Sentra O P DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-1214, "Vacuum Hose Drawing". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 16. NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose. 16.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EC-1467, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. 17.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-1405, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 18. NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. 18.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-1488, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 19. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. 19.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection. Refer to EC-1138. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 20. NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose. 20.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower. >> GO TO 21. 21.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, looseness and improper connection. For location, refer to EC-1145. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 22. NG >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes. 22.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, cracks, looseness and improper connection. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 23. NG >> Repair or replace hoses, tubes or filler neck tube. 23.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE Refer to EC-1148, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 24. NG >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. 24.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR Refer to FL-6. Revision: January 2010 EC-1452 2010 Sentra DTC P0442 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> GO TO 25. NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. A 25.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT EC Refer to EC-1245. >> INSPECTION END C Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005286000 D DRAIN FILTER 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Check visually for insect nests in the drain filter air inlet. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B. Block port B. Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage. If NG, replace drain filter. E F G H PBIB3641E I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1453 2010 Sentra DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Description INFOID:0000000005286001 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Sensor Input Signal to ECM Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1 Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Battery Battery voltage*1 Throttle position sensor Throttle position Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas (Mixture ratio feedback signal) Fuel tank temperature sensor Fuel temperature in fuel tank Combination meter Vehicle speed*2 ECM function EVAP canister purge flow control Actuator EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve *1: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. *2: This signal is sent to the ECM though CAN communication line. This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass passage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/ OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve. PBIB3489E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005286002 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item PURG VOL C/V Revision: January 2010 Condition • • • • Engine: After warming up Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) Air conditioner switch: OFF No load Specification Idle (Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even slightly, after engine starting) 2,000 rpm EC-1454 0% 20 - 90% 2010 Sentra DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. INFOID:0000000005286003 A Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition A P0443 0443 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve B The canister purge flow is detected during the vehicle is stopped while the engine is running, even when EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is completely closed. The canister purge flow is detected during the specified driving conditions, even when EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is completely closed. Possible cause • EVAP control system pressure sensor • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is stuck open.) • EVAP canister vent control valve • Drain filter • EVAP canister • Hoses (Hoses are connected incorrectly or clogged.) DTC Confirmation Procedure EC C D E INFOID:0000000005286004 Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. F G PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A TESTING CONDITION: • Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure” when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is placed on flat level surface. • Always perform test at a temperature of 5 to 60°C (41 to 140°F). • Cool the vehicle so that engine coolant temperature becomes same level as ambient temperature. H I With CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that the following condition are met. FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 – 35°C (32 – 95°F) Start engine and wait at least 60 seconds. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1458, "Diagnosis Procedure". J K L With GST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch ON. Set voltmeter probes to ECM terminal 95 (FTT sensor signal) and ground. Check that the voltage is 3.1 – 4.2 V. Start engine and wait at least 60 seconds. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1458, "Diagnosis Procedure". M N O JMBIA2164ZZ PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more. With CONSULT-III Revision: January 2010 EC-1455 2010 Sentra P DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Select “PURG VOL CN/V P1444” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. 5. Touch “START”. 6. Start engine and let it idle until “TESTING” on CONSULT-III changes to “COMPLETED”. (It will take approximately 10 seconds.) If “TESTING” is not displayed after 5 minutes, retry from step 2. 7. Check that “OK” is displayed after touching “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC1458, "Diagnosis Procedure". With GST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and let it idle for at least 20 seconds. Select Service $07 with GST. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1458, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-1456 2010 Sentra DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005286005 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0266GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-1457 2010 Sentra P DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. 24 WIRE COLOR R/G ITEM ECM relay (Self shut-off) CONDITION [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF [Ignition switch: OFF] • More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF DATA (DC Voltage) 0 - 1.0 V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Engine is running] • Idle speed • Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even slightly, after engine starting. 25 W/B EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve PBIB0050E BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Approx. 2,000 rpm (More than 100 seconds after starting engine) PBIB0520E 105 G Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005286006 1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (1) harness connector. : Vehicle front Turn ignition switch ON. BBIA0908E Revision: January 2010 EC-1458 2010 Sentra DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. [QR25DE] A Voltage: Battery voltage EC OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2. C PBIB0080E 2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART D Check the following. • Harness connectors E17, F10 • Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R • Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM E F >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 25 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. J 4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR K 1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor harness connector. This illustration is a view from under vehicle EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) EVAP canister (2) EVAP canister vent control valve (3) 2. Check that water is not inside connectors. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. L M N BBIA0693E O Refer to EC-1488, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 6. OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 7. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. P 6.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. Start engine. Revision: January 2010 EC-1459 H I 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR G 2010 Sentra DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 7. 7.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EC-1461, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. 8.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING 1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. 2. Check the rubber tube for clogging. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower. 9.CHECK DRAIN FILTER Refer to EC-1446, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Replace drain filter. 10.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Refer to EC-1472, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. 11.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER 1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached. 2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister? YES or NO YES >> GO TO 12. NO >> GO TO 14. PBIB1213E 12.CHECK EVAP CANISTER Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG >> GO TO 13. 13.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • EVAP canister for damage Revision: January 2010 EC-1460 2010 Sentra DTC P0443 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE < SERVICE INFORMATION > • EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection [QR25DE] A >> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. 14.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT EC Refer to EC-1245. >> INSPECTION END C Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005286007 D EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE With CONSULT-III Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions. Condition (PURG VOL CONT/V value) E F Air passage continuity between A and B 100% Yes 0% No G PBIB2058E Without CONSULT-III Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions. Condition I Air passage continuity between A and B 12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Yes No supply No H J K PBIB2059E Removal and Installation L INFOID:0000000005286008 M EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EM-135. N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1461 2010 Sentra DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Description INFOID:0000000005286009 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Sensor Input Signal to ECM Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed*1 Mass air flow sensor Amount of intake air Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Battery Battery voltage*1 Throttle position sensor Throttle position Accelerator pedal position sensor Accelerator pedal position Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Density of oxygen in exhaust gas (Mixture ratio feedback signal) Fuel tank temperature sensor Fuel temperature in fuel tank Combination meter Vehicle speed*2 ECM function Actuator EVAP canister purge flow control EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve *1: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signal of engine speed and battery voltage. *2: This signal is sent to the ECM through CAN communication line. This system controls flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The opening of the vapor by-pass passage in the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve changes to control the flow rate. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve repeats ON/OFF operation according to the signal sent from the ECM. The opening of the valve varies for optimum engine control. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by considering various engine conditions. When the engine is operating, the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister is regulated as the air flow changes. COMPONENT DESCRIPTION The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve uses a ON/ OFF duty to control the flow rate of fuel vapor from the EVAP canister. The EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve is moved by ON/OFF pulses from the ECM. The longer the ON pulse, the greater the amount of fuel vapor that will flow through the valve. PBIB3489E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005286010 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item PURG VOL C/V Condition • Engine: After warming up • Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • Air conditioner switch: OFF • No load Revision: January 2010 Idle (Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even slightly, after engine starting) 2,000 rpm EC-1462 Specification 0% 20 - 90% 2010 Sentra DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name INFOID:0000000005286011 A DTC detecting condition Possible cause P0444 0444 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit open An excessively low voltage signal is sent to ECM through the valve • Harness or connectors (EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted.) • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve P0445 0445 EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit shorted An excessively high voltage signal is sent to ECM through the valve • Harness or connectors (EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve circuit is shorted.) • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve DTC Confirmation Procedure EC C D E INFOID:0000000005286012 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. 1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 13 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1465, "Diagnosis Procedure". F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1463 2010 Sentra DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005286013 ABBWA0266GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-1464 2010 Sentra DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. 24 WIRE COLOR R/G ITEM ECM relay (Self shut-off) CONDITION [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF [Ignition switch: OFF] • More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) (11 - 14 V) [Engine is running] • Idle speed • Accelerator pedal: Not depressed even slightly, after engine starting. W/B PBIB0050E BATTERY VOLTAGE H I PBIB0520E Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] Diagnosis Procedure K INFOID:0000000005286014 1.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 3. J BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) 1. 2. E G EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve [Engine is running] • Engine speed: Approx. 2,000 rpm (More than 100 seconds after starting engine) G D F (11 - 14 V) 105 EC C 0 - 1.0 V BATTERY VOLTAGE 25 A Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve (1) harness connector. : Vehicle front Turn ignition switch ON. L M N O BBIA0908E Revision: January 2010 EC-1465 2010 Sentra P DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Check voltage between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. [QR25DE] Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2. SEF206W 2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E17, F10 • Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and IPDM E/R • Harness for open or short between EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 25 and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 4. OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION With CONSULT-III Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Start engine. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. 1. 2. 3. 5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EC-1467, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. 6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-1245. >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-1466 2010 Sentra DTC P0444, P0445 EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005286015 A EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE With CONSULT-III Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions. Condition (PURG VOL CONT/V value) EC C Air passage continuity between A and B 100% Yes 0% No D E PBIB2058E Without CONSULT-III Check air passage continuity of EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve under the following conditions. Condition F G Air passage continuity between A and B 12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Yes No supply No H PBIB2059E Removal and Installation I INFOID:0000000005286016 J EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EM-135. K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1467 2010 Sentra DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Component Description INFOID:0000000005286017 The EVAP canister vent control valve (3) is located on the EVAP canister (2) and is used to seal the canister vent. This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized. A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative emission control system components. This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains opened. When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative emission control system is depressurized and allows EVAP control system diagnoses. • This illustration is a view from under vehicle • EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) PBIB3642E BBIA0693E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005286018 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item VENT CONT/V Condition • Ignition switch: ON OFF On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. P0447 0447 INFOID:0000000005286019 Trouble diagnosis name EVAP canister vent control valve circuit open Specification DTC detecting condition An improper voltage signal is sent to ECM through EVAP canister vent control valve. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • Harness or connectors (EVAP canister vent control valve circuit is open or shorted.) • EVAP canister vent control valve • Drain filter INFOID:0000000005286020 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. 1. Start engine and wait at least 8 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1470, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-1468 2010 Sentra DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005286021 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O AABWA0267GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1469 2010 Sentra P DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 24 WIRE COLOR R/G 105 G 109 L/Y ITEM ECM relay (Self shut-off) CONDITION [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF DATA (DC Voltage) 0 - 1.0 V [Ignition switch: OFF] • More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) EVAP canister vent control valve [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005286022 1.INSPECTION START 1. Do you have CONSULT-III? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> GO TO 3. 2.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF and then turn ON. Select “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Touch “ON/OFF” on CONSULT-III screen. Check for operating sound of the valve. Clicking noise should be heard. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect EVAP canister vent control valve (3) harness connector. This illustration is a view from under vehicle EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) EVAP canister (2) Turn ignition switch ON. BBIA0693E Revision: January 2010 EC-1470 2010 Sentra DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Check voltage between EVAP canister vent control valve terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. [QR25DE] A Voltage: Battery voltage EC OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. C PBIB0080E 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART D Check the following. • Harness connectors B9, E13 • Harness for open or short between EVAP canister vent control valve and IPDM E/R E >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 109 and EVAP canister vent control valve terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. F G H Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. I 6.CHECK RUBBER TUBE FOR CLOGGING J 1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. 2. Check the rubber tube for clogging. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower. K L 7.CHECK DRAIN FILTER Refer to EC-1446, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace drain filter. M 8.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE N Refer to EC-1472, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. O 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT P Refer to EC-1245. >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-1471 2010 Sentra DTC P0447 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005286023 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE With CONSULT-III 1. 2. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister. Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being rusted. If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve. If OK, go to next step. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time. Check that new O-ring is installed properly. 3. 4. 5. 6. PBIB1033E Condition VENT CONTROL/V Air passage continuity between A and B ON No OFF Yes Operation takes less than 1 second. 7. 8. If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve. If OK, go to next step. Clean the air passage (Portion A to B) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower. Perform step 6 again. Without CONSULT-III 1. 2. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister. Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being rusted. PBIB1033E 3. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions. Check that new O-ring is installed properly. Condition Air passage continuity between A and B 12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 No OFF Yes Operation takes less than 1 second. 4. 5. If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve. If OK, go to next step. Clean the air passage (Portion A to B) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower. Perform step 3 again. Revision: January 2010 EC-1472 PBIB1034E 2010 Sentra DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Component Description A INFOID:0000000005286024 The EVAP canister vent control valve (3) is located on the EVAP canister (2) and is used to seal the canister vent. This solenoid valve responds to signals from the ECM. When the ECM sends an ON signal, the coil in the solenoid valve is energized. A plunger will then move to seal the canister vent. The ability to seal the vent is necessary for the on board diagnosis of other evaporative emission control system components. This solenoid valve is used only for diagnosis, and usually remains opened. When the vent is closed, under normal purge conditions, the evaporative emission control system is depressurized and allows EVAP control system diagnoses. • This illustration is a view from under vehicle • EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) EC C D PBIB3642E E F G H BBIA0693E I CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005286025 Specification data are reference values. J Monitor item VENT CONT/V Condition Specification • Ignition switch: ON OFF On Board Diagnosis Logic K INFOID:0000000005286026 L DTC No. P0448 0448 Trouble diagnosis name EVAP canister vent control valve close DTC detecting condition EVAP canister vent control valve remains closed under specified driving conditions. Possible cause • EVAP canister vent control valve • EVAP control system pressure sensor and the circuit • Blocked rubber tube to EVAP canister vent control valve • Drain filter • EVAP canister is saturated with water DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005286027 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Revision: January 2010 EC-1473 2010 Sentra M N O P DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 1 minute. 5. Repeat next procedures three times. a. Increase the engine speed up to between 3,000 to 3,500 rpm and maintain that speed for 2 minutes and 50 seconds to 3 minutes. Never exceed 3 minutes. b. Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for approximately 5 seconds. 6. Check 1st trip DTC. 7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1476, "Diagnosis Procedure". If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to the next step. 8. Repeat next procedure 20 times. a. Quickly increase the engine speed up to between 4,000 to 4,500 rpm and maintain that speed for 25 to 30 seconds. b. Fully released accelerator pedal and keep engine idle for at least 35 seconds. JMBIA1516GB 9. Check 1st trip DTC. 10. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1476, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. Revision: January 2010 EC-1474 2010 Sentra DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005286028 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O AABWA0267GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1475 2010 Sentra P DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 24 WIRE COLOR R/G 105 G 109 L/Y ITEM ECM relay (Self shut-off) CONDITION [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF DATA (DC Voltage) 0 - 1.0 V [Ignition switch: OFF] • More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) Power supply for ECM [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) EVAP canister vent control valve [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005286029 1.CHECK RUBBER TUBE 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve (3). 3. Check the rubber tube for clogging. This illustration is a view from under vehicle EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) EVAP canister (2) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Clean rubber tube using an air blower. BBIA0693E 2.CHECK DRAIN FILTER Refer to EC-1446, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Replace drain filter. 3.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Refer to EC-1477, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. 4.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER SATURATED WITH WATER 1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve attached. 2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 5. No >> GO TO 7. PBIB1213E Revision: January 2010 EC-1476 2010 Sentra DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5.CHECK EVAP CANISTER A Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb). EC OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6. C DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART 6. Check the following. • EVAP canister for damage • EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection D E >> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. 7.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR 1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) harness connector. This illustration is a view from under vehicle EVAP canister (2) EVAP canister vent control valve (3) 2. Check that water is not inside connectors. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. 8.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR F G H BBIA0693E Refer to EC-1496, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. I J K 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-1245. L >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005286030 M EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE N With CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister. Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being rusted. If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve. If OK, go to next step. Reconnect harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Perform “VENT CONTROL/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time. Check that new O-ring is installed properly. O P PBIB1033E Revision: January 2010 EC-1477 2010 Sentra DTC P0448 EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Condition (VENT CONT/V) Air passage continuity between A and B ON No OFF Yes 7. 8. Operation takes less than 1 second. If NG, go to next step. Clean the air passage (Portion A to B) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower. Perform step 6 again. If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Without CONSULT-III 1. 2. Remove EVAP canister vent control valve from EVAP canister. Check portion B of EVAP canister vent control valve for being rusted. PBIB1033E 3. Check air passage continuity and operation delay time under the following conditions. Check that new O-ring is installed properly. Condition Air passage continuity between A and B 12 V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 No OFF Yes 4. 5. Operation takes less than 1 second. If NG, go to next step. Clean the air passage (Portion A to B) of EVAP canister vent control valve using an air blower. Perform step 3 again. If NG, replace EVAP canister vent control valve. Revision: January 2010 EC-1478 PBIB1034E 2010 Sentra DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Component Description A INFOID:0000000005286031 The EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) detects pressure in the purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pressure increases. • This illustration is a view from under vehicle • EVAP canister (2) • EVAP canister vent control valve (3) EC C D BBIA0693E E F G H PBIB3370E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005286032 I Specification data are reference values. J Monitor item EVAP SYS PRES Condition • Ignition switch: ON Specification 1.8 - 4.8 V K On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005286033 L DTC No. P0451 0451 Trouble diagnosis name EVAP control system pressure sensor performance DTC detecting condition Possible cause ECM detects a sloshing signal from the EVAP control system pressure sensor • Harness or connectors [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.] (Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit is shorted.) (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Accelerator pedal position sensor • Refrigerant pressure sensor DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005286034 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. 1. Start engine and wait at least 40 seconds. NOTE: Do not depress accelerator pedal even slightly. Revision: January 2010 EC-1479 2010 Sentra M N O P DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1480, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005286035 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". BBIA0927E : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 4. Body ground E15 2. Washer tank 3. Fuse and fusible link box OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR CONNECTOR FOR WATER 1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) harness connector. This illustration is a view from under vehicle EVAP canister (2) EVAP canister vent control valve (3) 2. Check that water is not inside connectors. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness connector. BBIA0693E 3.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram 72 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-1667, "Wiring Diagram" 76 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1 EC-1426, "Wiring Diagram" 87 APP sensor terminal 5 EC-1608, "Wiring Diagram" 91 EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-1484, "Wiring Diagram" OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to MTC-27. Revision: January 2010 EC-1480 2010 Sentra DTC P0451 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. A 5.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) EC Refer to EC-1488, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). C 6.CHECK APP SENSOR Refer to EC-1611, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 7. D 1. 2. 3. 4. F E 7.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning". G >> INSPECTION END 8.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR H Refer to EC-1481, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. I 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT J Refer to EC-1245. For wiring diagram, refer to EC-1484, "Wiring Diagram". K >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005286036 L EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR 1. 2. 3. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected from EVAP canister. Always replace O-ring with a new one. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM terminal 42 (EVAP control system pressure sensor signal) and ground under the following conditions. Applied vacuum kPa (kg/cm2, psi) 4. N O Voltage (V) Not applied 1.8 - 4.8 -26.7 (-0.272, -3.87) 2.1 to 2.5 V lower than above value CAUTION: • Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it. • Never apply below -93.3 kPa (-0.952 kg/cm2, -13.53 psi) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (1.033 kg/cm2, 14.69 psi). If NG, replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Revision: January 2010 M EC-1481 P PBIB3314E 2010 Sentra DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005286037 The EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) detects pressure in the purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pressure increases. • This illustration is a view from under vehicle • EVAP canister (2) • EVAP canister vent control valve (3) BBIA0693E PBIB3370E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005286038 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item EVAP SYS PRES Condition • Ignition switch: ON 1.8 - 4.8 V On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. P0452 0452 INFOID:0000000005286039 Trouble diagnosis name EVAP control system pressure sensor low input Specification DTC detecting condition An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • Harness or connectors (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is open or sorted.) [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.] (Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit is shorted.) (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Accelerator pedal position sensor • Refrigerant pressure sensor INFOID:0000000005286040 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more. Revision: January 2010 EC-1482 2010 Sentra DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. A Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F). Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1485, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC C WITH GST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check that voltage between ECM terminal 95 (Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.2 V. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Start engine and wait at least 20 seconds. Select Service $07 with GST. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1485, "Diagnosis Procedure". D E F PBIB0675E G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1483 2010 Sentra DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005286041 ABBWA0212GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1484 2010 Sentra DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. A WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) EC G/W Sensor power supply (Refrigerant pressure sensor) 76 G/R Sensor power supply [Crankshaft position sensor (POS)] [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 86 R/B EVAP control system pressure sensor [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 - 4.8 V 87 BR/Y Sensor power supply (APP sensor 2) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 91 V/W EVAP control system pressure sensor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 96 V/R Sensor ground (EVAP control system pressure sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V 72 [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V C Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005286042 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. D E F G H Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". I J K BBIA0927E L : Vehicle front 1. 4. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 2. Washer tank 3. Fuse and fusible link box M Body ground E15 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. N 2.CHECK CONNECTOR O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1485 2010 Sentra DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) harness connector. This illustration is a view from under vehicle EVAP canister (2) EVAP canister vent control valve (3) 2. Check that water is not inside connectors. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness connector. 3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. BBIA0693E Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. PBIB0138E Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 76. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors B9, E13 • Harness for open between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit. 6.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS Check harness for short to power and short to ground between the following terminals. ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram 72 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-1667, "Wiring Diagram" 76 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1 EC-1426, "Wiring Diagram" 87 APP sensor terminal 5 EC-1608, "Wiring Diagram" 91 EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-1484, "Wiring Diagram" OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR Revision: January 2010 EC-1486 2010 Sentra DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Refer to MTC-27. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. A 8.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) EC Refer to EC-1488, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). C 9.CHECK APP SENSOR D Refer to EC-1611, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 16. NG >> GO TO 10. E 10.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. 4. F Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning". G >> INSPECTION END 11.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 96. Refer to Wiring Diagram. H I J Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> GO TO 12. K 12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART L Check the following. • Harness connectors B9, E13 • Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM M >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 13.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 86 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. O P 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> GO TO 14. 14.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Revision: January 2010 N EC-1487 2010 Sentra DTC P0452 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check the following. • Harness connectors B9, E13 • Harness for open or short between ECM and EVAP control system pressure sensor [QR25DE] >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 15.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-1488, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 16. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. 16.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-1245. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005286043 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR 1. 2. 3. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected from EVAP canister. Always replace O-ring with a new one. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM terminal 42 (EVAP control system pressure sensor signal) and ground under the following conditions. Applied vacuum kPa (kg/cm2, psi) 4. Voltage (V) Not applied 1.8 - 4.8 -26.7 (-0.272, -3.87) 2.1 to 2.5 V lower than above value CAUTION: • Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it. • Never apply below -93.3 kPa (-0.952 kg/cm2, -13.53 psi) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (1.033 kg/cm2, -). If NG, replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Revision: January 2010 EC-1488 PBIB3314E 2010 Sentra DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Component Description A INFOID:0000000005286044 The EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) detects pressure in the purge line. The sensor output voltage to the ECM increases as pressure increases. • This illustration is a view from under vehicle • EVAP canister (2) • EVAP canister vent control valve (3) EC C D BBIA0693E E F G H PBIB3370E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005286045 I Specification data are reference values. J Monitor item EVAP SYS PRES Condition • Ignition switch: ON Specification Approx. 1.8 - 4.8 V K On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005286046 L DTC No. P0453 0453 Trouble diagnosis name EVAP control system pressure sensor high input Revision: January 2010 DTC detecting condition Possible cause An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is open or sorted.) [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.] (Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit is shorted.) (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Accelerator pedal position sensor • Refrigerant pressure sensor • EVAP canister vent control valve • EVAP canister • Drain filter • Rubber hose to EVAP canister vent control valve EC-1489 2010 Sentra M N O P DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005286047 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Always perform test at a temperature of 5°C (41°F) or more. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that “FUEL T/TMP SE” is more than 0°C (32°F). Wait at least 10 seconds. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1492, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Check that voltage between ECM terminal 95 (Fuel tank temperature sensor signal) and ground is less than 4.2 V. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Wait at least 10 seconds. Select Service $07 with GST. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1492, "Diagnosis Procedure". PBIB0675E Revision: January 2010 EC-1490 2010 Sentra DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005286048 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0212GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1491 2010 Sentra P DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR 72 G/W Sensor power supply (Refrigerant pressure sensor) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 76 G/R Sensor power supply [Crankshaft position sensor (POS)] [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 86 R/B EVAP control system pressure sensor [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 - 4.8 V 87 BR/Y Sensor power supply (APP sensor 2) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 91 V/W EVAP control system pressure sensor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 96 V/R Sensor ground (EVAP control system pressure sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005286049 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". BBIA0927E : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 4. Body ground E15 2. Washer tank 3. Fuse and fusible link box OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK CONNECTOR Revision: January 2010 EC-1492 2010 Sentra DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Disconnect EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) harness connector. This illustration is a view from under vehicle EVAP canister (2) EVAP canister vent control valve (3) 2. Check that water is not inside connectors. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace harness connector. A EC C 3.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. BBIA0693E D Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. E Voltage: Approximately 5 V F OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> GO TO 4. G 4.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. PBIB0138E Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 and ECM terminal 91. Refer to Wiring Diagram. H I J Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 5. K 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART L Check the following. • Harness connectors B9, E13 • Harness for open between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM M >> Repair open circuit. 6.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS N Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. ECM terminal Sensor terminal O Reference Wiring Diagram 72 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-1667, "Wiring Diagram" 76 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1 EC-1426, "Wiring Diagram" 87 APP sensor terminal 5 EC-1608, "Wiring Diagram" 91 EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-1484, "Wiring Diagram" P OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR Revision: January 2010 EC-1493 2010 Sentra DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Refer to MTC-27. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. 8.CHECK CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (POS) Refer to EC-1488, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace crankshaft position sensor (POS). 9.CHECK APP SENSOR Refer to EC-1611, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 22. NG >> GO TO 10. 10.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. 4. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning". >> INSPECTION END 11.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 96. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> GO TO 12. 12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors B9, E13 • Harness for open or short between EVAP control system pressure sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 13.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 86 and EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> GO TO 14. 14.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Revision: January 2010 EC-1494 2010 Sentra DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check the following. • Harness connectors B9, E13 • Harness for open or short between ECM and EVAP control system pressure sensor [QR25DE] A >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. EC 15.CHECK RUBBER TUBE 1. Disconnect rubber tube connected to EVAP canister vent control valve. 2. Check the rubber tube for clogging, vent and kinked. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 16. NG >> Clean the rubber tube using an air blower, repair or replace rubber tube. C D 16.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Refer to EC-1472, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> Replace EVAP canister vent control valve. E Refer to EC-1496, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 18. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. G F 17.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR H 18.CHECK DRAIN FILTER Refer to EC-1446, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 19. NG >> Replace drain filter. I J 19.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER 1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. 2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 20. No >> GO TO 21. K L M N PBIB1213E 20.CHECK EVAP CANISTER Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensorattached. The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 22. NG >> GO TO 21. 21.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • EVAP canister for damage • EVAP hose between EVAP canister and drain filter for clogging or poor connection Revision: January 2010 EC-1495 2010 Sentra O P DTC P0453 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > >> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. 22.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-1245. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005286050 EVAP CONTROL PRESSURE SENSOR 1. 2. 3. Remove EVAP control system pressure sensor with its harness connector connected from EVAP canister. Always replace O-ring with a new one. Install a vacuum pump to EVAP control system pressure sensor. Turn ignition switch ON and check output voltage between ECM terminal 42 (EVAP control system pressure sensor signal) and ground under the following conditions. Applied vacuum kPa (kg/cm2, psi) 4. Voltage (V) Not applied 1.8 - 4.8 -26.7 (-0.272, -3.87) 2.1 to 2.5 V lower than above value CAUTION: • Always calibrate the vacuum pump gauge when using it. • Never apply below -93.3 kPa (-0.952 kg/cm2, -13.53 psi) or pressure over 101.3 kPa (1.033 kg/cm2, 14.69 psi). If NG, replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. Revision: January 2010 EC-1496 PBIB3314E 2010 Sentra DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM On Board Diagnosis Logic A INFOID:0000000005286051 This diagnosis detects a very large leak (fuel filler cap fell off etc.) in EVAP system between the fuel tank and EC EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. C D E F G PBIB3640E DTC No. P0455 0455 Trouble diagnosis name EVAP control system gross leak detected H DTC detecting condition Possible cause • EVAP control system has a very large leak such as fuel filler cap fell off. • EVAP control system does not operate properly. • Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close. • Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve • Incorrect fuel filler cap used • Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap • Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve • Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control valve. • EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks • EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks • EVAP purge line rubber tube bent. • Loose or disconnected rubber tube • EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit • Drain filter • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and the circuit • Fuel tank temperature sensor • O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing or damaged. • EVAP control system pressure sensor • Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve • ORVR system leaks CAUTION: • Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may illuminate. • If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may illuminate. • Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement. DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005286052 CAUTION: Never remove fuel filler cap during the DTC Confirmation Procedure. Revision: January 2010 EC-1497 2010 Sentra I J K L M N O P DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: • Perform “DTC WORK SUPPORT” when the fuel level is between 1/4 and 3/4 full, and vehicle is placed on flat level surface. • Open engine hood before conducting the following procedure. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Tighten fuel filler cap securely until reteaching sound is heard. Turn ignition switch ON. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that the following conditions are met. COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 100°C (32 - 212°F) INT/A TEMP SE: 0 - 60°C (32 - 140°F) Select “EVAP SML LEAK P0442/P1442” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Follow the instruction displayed. NOTE: If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on the CONSULT-III screen, go to EC-1187, "Basic Inspection". Check that “OK” is displayed. If “NG” is displayed, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode with CONSULT-III and check that “EVAP GROSS LEAK [P0455]” is displayed. If it is displayed, refer to EC-1498, "Diagnosis Procedure". If P0442 is displayed, perform Diagnostic Procedure for DTC P0442, EC-1448, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST NOTE: Be sure to read the explanation of Driving Pattern on EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information" before driving vehicle. 1. Start engine. 2. Drive vehicle according to Driving Pattern, EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". 3. Stop vehicle. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ignition switch ON. 5. Select Service $07 with GST. • If P0441 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-1443, "Diagnosis Procedure". • If P0442 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-1448, "Diagnosis Procedure". • If P0455 is displayed on the screen, go to EC-1498, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005286053 1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap. SEF915U 2.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise. OK or NG Revision: January 2010 EC-1498 2010 Sentra DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower. 2. Retighten until reteaching sound is heard. [QR25DE] A 3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION EC Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. C 4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE D Refer to EC-1140, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one. E 5.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks, improper connection or disconnection. Refer to EC-1138. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose. 6.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE F G H Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower. I >> GO TO 7. 7.CHECK DRAIN FILTER Refer to EC-1502, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace drain filter. J K 8.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Check the following. • EVAP canister vent control is installed properly. Refer to EC-1142, "Removal and Installation". • EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to EC-1472, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring. M To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port securely. For the location of EVAP service port (1), refer to EC-1138, "Description". O L N 9.INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP P Revision: January 2010 EC-1499 2010 Sentra DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • : Vehicle front NOTE: Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause leaking. BBIA0907E SEF916U With CONSULT-III>>GO TO 10. Without CONSULT-III>>GO TO 11. 10.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph. CAUTION: • Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump. • Never exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system. 4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer to EC-1138, "Description". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> Repair or replace. 1. 2. 3. SEF200U 11.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK 1. Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: January 2010 EC-1500 2010 Sentra DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve (3). The valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts until the end of test.) This illustration is a view from under vehicle EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) EVAP canister (2) 3. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7 kPa (0.013 to 0.028 kg/cm2, 0.19 to 0.39 psi), then remove pump and EVAP service port adapter. CAUTION: • Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump. • Never exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system. 4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer to EC-1138, "Description". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> Repair or replace. [QR25DE] A EC C BBIA0693E D E F G 12.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. SEF200U H With CONSULT-III Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. Start engine. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to increase “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening to 100%. Check vacuum hose for vacuum. I J Vacuum should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> GO TO 14. K 13.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. L Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Stop engine. Disconnect vacuum hose to EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve at EVAP service port. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm. M N Vacuum should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 16. NG >> GO TO 14. O 14.CHECK VACUUM HOSE P Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-1214, "Vacuum Hose Drawing". OK or NG OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 15. OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 16. NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose. Revision: January 2010 EC-1501 2010 Sentra DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 15.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE With CONSULT-III Start engine. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that engine speed varies according to the valve opening. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> GO TO 16. 1. 2. 16.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE Refer to EC-1467, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. 17.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-1405, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 18. NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. 18.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-1488, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 19. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. 19.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE Check refueling EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, looseness and improper connection. For location, refer to EC-1145. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 20. NG >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes. 20.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, cracks, looseness and improper connection. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 21. NG >> Repair or replace hoses, tubes or filler neck tube. 21.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE Refer to EC-1148, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 22. NG >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. 22.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-1245. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005286054 DRAIN FILTER Revision: January 2010 EC-1502 2010 Sentra DTC P0455 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Check visually for insect nests in the drain filter air inlet. 2. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance. 3. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose. 4. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B. 5. Block port B. 6. Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage. 7. If NG, replace drain filter. [QR25DE] A EC C D PBIB3641E E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1503 2010 Sentra DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005286055 This diagnosis detects very small leaks in the EVAP line between fuel tank and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve, using the intake manifold vacuum in the same way as conventional EVAP small leak diagnosis. If ECM judges a leak which corresponds to a very small leak, the very small leak P0456 will be detected. If ECM judges a leak equivalent to a small leak, EVAP small leak P0442 will be detected. If ECM judges that there are no leaks, the diagnosis will be OK. PBIB3640E DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause • • • • • • P0456 0456 Evaporative emission control system very small leak (negative pressure check) • EVAP system has a very small leak. • EVAP system does not operate properly. • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • Incorrect fuel tank vacuum relief valve Incorrect fuel filler cap used Fuel filler cap remains open or fails to close. Foreign matter caught in fuel filler cap Leak is in line between intake manifold and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister vent control valve EVAP canister or fuel tank leaks EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) leaks EVAP purge line rubber tube bent Loose or disconnected rubber tube EVAP canister vent control valve and the circuit EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve and the circuit Fuel tank temperature sensor Drain filter O-ring of EVAP canister vent control valve is missing or damaged EVAP canister is saturated with water EVAP control system pressure sensor Refueling EVAP vapor cut valve ORVR system leaks Fuel level sensor and the circuit Foreign matter caught in EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve CAUTION: • Use only a genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap as a replacement. If an incorrect fuel filler cap is used, the MIL may illuminate. • If the fuel filler cap is not tightened properly, the MIL may illuminate. • Use only a genuine NISSAN rubber tube as a replacement. Revision: January 2010 EC-1504 2010 Sentra DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005286056 A NOTE: • If DTC P0456 is displayed with P0442, first perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0456. • After repair, check that the hoses and clips are installed properly. EC • If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: C • Open engine hood before conducting following procedure. • If any of following conditions are met just before the DTC confirmation procedure, leave the vehicle for more than 1 hour. - Fuel filler cap is removed. D - Refilled or drained the fuel. - EVAP component parts is/are removed. • Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. E WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that the following conditions are met. FUEL LEVEL SE: 0.25 - 1.4 V COOLAN TEMP/S: 0 - 32°C (32 - 90°F) FUEL T/TMP SE: 0 - 35°C (32 - 95°F) INT/A TEMP SE: More than 0°C (32°F) If NG, turn ignition switch OFF and leave the vehicle in a cool place (soak the vehicle), or refill/drain fuel until the output voltage of the “FUEL LEVEL SE” meets within the range above and leave the vehicle for more than 1 hour. Then start from step 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “EVAP V/S LEAK P0456” of “EVAPORATIVE SYSTEM” in “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Follow the instruction displayed. Check that “OK” is displayed. If “NG” is displayed, refer to EC-1506, "Diagnosis Procedure". NOTE: If the engine speed cannot be maintained within the range displayed on CONSULT-III screen, go to EC-1187, "Basic Inspection". Overall Function Check F G H I J K INFOID:0000000005286057 WITH GST L Use this procedure to check the overall function of the EVAP very small leak function. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. CAUTION: • Never use compressed air, doing so may damage the EVAP system. • Never start engine. • Never exceeded 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi). 1. Attach the EVAP service port (1) adapter securely to the EVAP service port. : Vehicle front M N O P BBIA0907E Revision: January 2010 EC-1505 2010 Sentra DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Set the pressure pump and a hose. 3. Also set the pressure pump with pressure gauge to the EVAP service port adapter. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. 5. Connect GST and select Service $08. 6. Using Service $08 control the EVAP canister vent control valve (close). 7. Apply pressure and check that the following conditions are satisfied. Pressure to be applied: 2.7 kPa (0.028 kg/cm2, 0.39 psi) Time to be waited after the pressure drawn in to the EVAP system and the pressure to be dropped: 60 seconds and the pressure should not be dropped more than 0.4 kPa (0.0041 kg/cm2, 0.06 psi). If NG, go to EC-1506, "Diagnosis Procedure". If OK, go to next step. 8. Disconnect GST. 9. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 10. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 11. Restart engine and let it idle for 90 seconds. 12. Keep engine speed at 2,000 rpm for 30 seconds. 13. Turn ignition switch OFF. NOTE: For more information, refer to GST Instruction Manual. Diagnosis Procedure [QR25DE] SEF462UI INFOID:0000000005286058 1.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP DESIGN 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Check for genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap design. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Replace with genuine NISSAN fuel filler cap. SEF915U 2.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP INSTALLATION Check that the cap is tightened properly by rotating the cap clockwise. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> 1. Open fuel filler cap, then clean cap and fuel filler neck threads using air blower. 2. Retighten until reteaching sound is heard. 3.CHECK FUEL FILLER CAP FUNCTION Check for air releasing sound while opening the fuel filler cap. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK FUEL TANK VACUUM RELIEF VALVE Refer to EC-1140, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace fuel filler cap with a genuine one. Revision: January 2010 EC-1506 2010 Sentra DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5.INSTALL THE PRESSURE PUMP A To locate the EVAP leak, install EVAP service port (1) adapter and pressure pump to EVAP service port securely. For the location of EVAP service port, refer to EC-1138, "Description". • : Vehicle front NOTE: Improper installation of the EVAP service port adapter to the EVAP service port may cause leaking. EC C D BBIA0907E E F G SEF916U With CONSULT-III>>GO TO 6. Without CONSULT-III>>GO TO 7. H I 6.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “EVAP SYSTEM CLOSE” of “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Touch “START” and apply pressure into the EVAP line until the pressure indicator reaches the middle of the bar graph. CAUTION: • Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump. • Never exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system. 4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer to EC-1138, "Description". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair or replace. 1. 2. 3. J K L M N O SEF200U 7.CHECK FOR EVAP LEAK 1. P Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: January 2010 EC-1507 2010 Sentra DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Apply 12 volts DC to EVAP canister vent control valve (3). The valve will close. (Continue to apply 12 volts until the end of test.) This illustration is a view from under vehicle EVAP control system pressure sensor (1) EVAP canister (2) 3. Pressurize the EVAP line using pressure pump with 1.3 to 2.7 kPa (0.0133 to 0.028 kg/cm2, 0.19 to 0.39 psi), then remove pump and EVAP service port adapter. CAUTION: • Never use compressed air or a high pressure pump. • Never exceed 4.12 kPa (0.042 kg/cm2, 0.6 psi) of pressure in the system. 4. Using EVAP leak detector, locate the EVAP leak. For the leak detector, refer to the instruction manual for more details. Refer to EC-1138, "Description". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair or replace. [QR25DE] BBIA0693E SEF200U 8.CHECK DRAIN FILTER Refer to EC-1510, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace drain filter. 9.CHECK EVAP CANISTER VENT CONTROL VALVE Check the following. • EVAP canister vent control valve is installed properly. Refer to EC-1142, "Removal and Installation". • EVAP canister vent control valve. Refer to EC-1472, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Repair or replace EVAP canister vent control valve and O-ring. 10.CHECK IF EVAP CANISTER IS SATURATED WITH WATER 1. Remove EVAP canister with EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. 2. Does water drain from the EVAP canister? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 11. No (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 13. No (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 14. PBIB1213E 11.CHECK EVAP CANISTER Weigh the EVAP canister with the EVAP canister vent control valve and EVAP control system pressure sensor attached. The weight should be less than 1.9 kg (4.2 lb). Revision: January 2010 EC-1508 2010 Sentra DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 13. OK (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 14. NG >> GO TO 12. A 12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART EC Check the following. • EVAP canister for damage • EVAP hose between EVAP canister and vehicle frame for clogging or poor connection C >> Repair hose or replace EVAP canister. D 13.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. With CONSULT-III Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP service port and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve from EVAP service port. Start engine. Perform “PURG VOL CONT/V” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode. Touch “Qu” on CONSULT-III screen to increase “PURG VOL CONT/V” opening to 100%. Check vacuum hose for vacuum. E F G Vacuum should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 16. NG >> GO TO 15. H 14.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Stop engine. Disconnect vacuum hose connected to EVAP service port and EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve from EVAP service port. 4. Start engine and let it idle for at least 80 seconds. 5. Check vacuum hose for vacuum when revving engine up to 2,000 rpm. 1. 2. 3. I J K Vacuum should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> GO TO 15. L 15.CHECK VACUUM HOSE M Check vacuum hoses for clogging or disconnection. Refer to EC-1214, "Vacuum Hose Drawing". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 16. NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose. N 16.CHECK EVAP CANISTER PURGE VOLUME CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE O Refer to EC-1467, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 17. NG >> Replace EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. P 17.CHECK FUEL TANK TEMPERATURE SENSOR Refer to EC-1405, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 18. NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. Revision: January 2010 EC-1509 2010 Sentra DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 18.CHECK EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to EC-1488, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 19. NG >> Replace EVAP control system pressure sensor. 19.CHECK EVAP PURGE LINE Check EVAP purge line (pipe, rubber tube, fuel tank and EVAP canister) for cracks or improper connection. Refer to EC-1138, "Description". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 20. NG >> Repair or reconnect the hose. 20.CLEAN EVAP PURGE LINE Clean EVAP purge line (pipe and rubber tube) using air blower. >> GO TO 21. 21.CHECK EVAP/ORVR LINE Check EVAP/ORVR line between EVAP canister and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, looseness and improper connection. For location, refer to EC-1145. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 22. NG >> Repair or replace hoses and tubes. 22.CHECK RECIRCULATION LINE Check recirculation line between filler neck tube and fuel tank for clogging, kinks, cracks, looseness and improper connection. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 23. NG >> Repair or replace hose, tube or filler neck tube. 23.CHECK REFUELING EVAP VAPOR CUT VALVE Refer to EC-1148, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 24. NG >> Replace refueling EVAP vapor cut valve with fuel tank. 24.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR Refer to FL-6. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 25. NG >> Replace fuel level sensor unit. 25.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-1245. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005286059 DRAIN FILTER 1. 2. 3. Check visually for insect nests in the drain filter air inlet. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the appearance. Check visually for cracks or flaws in the hose. Revision: January 2010 EC-1510 2010 Sentra DTC P0456 EVAP CONTROL SYSTEM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Blow air into port A and check that it flows freely out of port B. 5. Block port B. 6. Blow air into port A and check that there is no leakage. 7. If NG, replace drain filter. [QR25DE] A EC C PBIB3641E D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1511 2010 Sentra DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005286060 The fuel level sensor (3) is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to the combination meter. The combination meter sends the fuel level sensor signal to the ECM through CAN communication line. It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float. • Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1) • Fuel pressure regulator (2) • Fuel tank temperature sensor (4) BBIA0765E On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005286061 NOTE: • If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P0460 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-1529. When the vehicle is parked, naturally the fuel level in the fuel tank is stable. It means that output signal of the fuel level sensor does not change. If ECM senses sloshing signal from the sensor, fuel level sensor malfunction is detected. DTC No. P0460 0460 Trouble diagnosis name Fuel level sensor circuit noise DTC detecting condition Possible cause Even though the vehicle is parked, a signal being varied is sent from the fuel level sensor to ECM. • Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted) • Harness or connectors (Fuel level sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Combination meter • Fuel level sensor DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005286062 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. 1. Start engine and wait maximum of 2 consecutive minutes. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1512, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005286063 1.CHECK FUEL GAUGE OPERATION Refer to DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Follow the instruction of DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter". 2.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AND CIRCUIT Refer to DI-20, "Fuel Level Sensor Signal Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. Revision: January 2010 EC-1512 2010 Sentra DTC P0460 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A Refer to EC-1245. >> INSPECTION END EC Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005286064 C FUEL LEVEL SENSOR Refer to FL-6. D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1513 2010 Sentra DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005286065 The fuel level sensor (3) is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to the combination meter. The combination meter sends the fuel level sensor signal to the ECM through CAN communication line. It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float. • Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1) • Fuel pressure regulator (2) • Fuel tank temperature sensor (4) BBIA0765E On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005286066 NOTE: • If DTC P0461 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P0461 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-1529. This diagnosis detects the fuel gauge malfunction of the gauge not moving even after a long distance has been driven.Driving long distances naturally affect fuel gauge level. DTC No. P0461 0461 Trouble diagnosis name Fuel level sensor circuit range/performance DTC detecting condition Possible cause The output signal of the fuel level sensor does not change within the specified range even though the vehicle has been driven a long distance. • Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted) • Harness or connectors (Fuel level sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Combination meter • Fuel level sensor Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000005286067 Use this procedure to check the overall function of the fuel level sensor function. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. WARNING: When performing following procedure, be sure to observe the handling of the fuel. Refer to FL-10. TESTING CONDITION: Before starting overall function check, preparation of draining fuel and refilling fuel is required. WITH CONSULT-III NOTE: Start from step 10, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/ 8 Imp gal) in advance. 1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose. 2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check". 3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit. 4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds then turn ON. 6. Select “FUEL LEVEL SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 7. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it. 8. Select “FUEL PUMP RELAY” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. 9. Touch “ON” and drain fuel approximately 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) and stop it. 10. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it. 11. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal). Revision: January 2010 EC-1514 2010 Sentra DTC P0461 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 12. Check “FUEL LEVEL SE” output voltage and note it. 13. Confirm whether the voltage changes more than 0.03 V during step 7 to 10 and 10 to 12. If NG, go to EC-1515, "Diagnosis Procedure". [QR25DE] A WITH GST NOTE: Start from step 8, if it is possible to confirm that the fuel cannot be drained by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) in advance. 1. Prepare a fuel container and a spare hose. 2. Release fuel pressure from fuel line, refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check". 3. Remove the fuel feed hose on the fuel level sensor unit. 4. Connect a spare fuel hose where the fuel feed hose was removed. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. 6. Drain fuel by 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal) from the fuel tank using proper equipment. 7. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies. 8. Fill fuel into the fuel tank for 30 (7-7/8 US gal, 6-5/8 Imp gal). 9. Confirm that the fuel gauge indication varies. 10. If NG, go to EC-1515, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005286068 1.CHECK FUEL GAUGE OPERATION EC C D E F G Refer to DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Follow the instruction of DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter". H 2.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AND CIRCUIT I Refer to DI-20, "Fuel Level Sensor Signal Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. J Refer to EC-1245. K 3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT >> INSPECTION END L Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005286069 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR M Refer to FL-6. N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1515 2010 Sentra DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005286070 The fuel level sensor (3) is mounted in the fuel level sensor unit. The sensor detects a fuel level in the fuel tank and transmits a signal to the combination meter. The combination meter. sends the fuel level sensor signal to the ECM through CAN communication line. It consists of two parts, one is mechanical float and the other is variable resistor. Fuel level sensor output voltage changes depending on the movement of the fuel mechanical float. • Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1) • Fuel pressure regulator (2) • Fuel tank temperature sensor (4) BBIA0765E On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005286071 NOTE: • If DTC P0462 or P0463 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P0462 or P0463 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-1529. DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P0462 0462 Fuel level sensor circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. P0463 0463 Fuel level sensor circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the sensor is sent to ECM. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted) • Harness or connectors (Fuel level sensor circuit is open or shorted) • Combination meter • Fuel level sensor DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005286072 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at ignition switch ON. 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 5 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1516, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005286073 1.CHECK FUEL GAUGE OPERATION Refer to DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Follow the instruction of DI-14, "Self-Diagnosis Mode of Combination Meter". 2.CHECK FUEL LEVEL SENSOR AND CIRCUIT Refer to DI-20, "Fuel Level Sensor Signal Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. Revision: January 2010 EC-1516 2010 Sentra DTC P0462, P0463 FUEL LEVEL SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A Refer to EC-1245. >> INSPECTION END EC Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005286074 C FUEL LEVEL SENSOR Refer to FL-6. D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1517 2010 Sentra DTC P0500 VSS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0500 VSS Description INFOID:0000000005286075 NOTE: • If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P0500 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-1529. The vehicle speed signal is sent to the combination meter from “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)” through CAN communication line. The combination meter then sends a signal to the ECM through CAN communication line. On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. INFOID:0000000005286076 Trouble diagnosis name P0500 0500 Vehicle speed sensor DTC detecting condition Possible cause The almost 0 km/h (0 MPH) signal from vehicle speed sensor is sent to ECM even when vehicle is being driven. • Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted.) • Harness or connectors (Vehicle speed signal circuit is open or shorted) • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) • Combination meter FAIL-SAFE MODE When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode. Detected item Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Vehicle speed sensor When the fail-safe system for vehicle speed sensor is activated, the cooling fan operates (High) while engine is running. DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005286077 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Steps 1 and 2 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine. Read “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. The vehicle speed on CONSULT-III should exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position. If NG, go to EC-1519, "Diagnosis Procedure". If OK, go to following step. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Warm engine up to normal operating temperature. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds. ENG SPEED More than 1,800 rpm (M/T) More than 1,600 rpm (CVT) COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F) B/FUEL SCHDL 4.5 - 31.8 msec (M/T) 6.0 - 31.8 msec (CVT) Selector lever Suitable position PW/ST SIGNAL OFF Revision: January 2010 EC-1518 2010 Sentra DTC P0500 VSS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 6. Check 1st trip DTC. 7. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1519, "Diagnosis Procedure". Overall Function Check [QR25DE] A INFOID:0000000005286078 Use this procedure to check the overall function of the vehicle speed signal circuit. During this check, a 1st trip EC DTC might not be confirmed. WITH GST 1. 2. 3. 4. Lift up drive wheels. Start engine. Read vehicle speed signal in Service $01 with GST. The vehicle speed signal on GST should be able to exceed 10 km/h (6 MPH) when rotating wheels with suitable gear position. If NG, go to EC-1519, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure C D E INFOID:0000000005286079 1.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)” F Refer to BRC-10. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace. G 2.CHECK COMBINATION METER H Refer to DI-6. I >> INSPECTION END J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1519 2010 Sentra DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM Description INFOID:0000000005286080 NOTE: If DTC P0506 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC. The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The ECM calculates the actual engine speed from signals of crankshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE). The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions, such as during warming up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan operation, etc.). On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. P0506 0506 INFOID:0000000005286081 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Idle speed control system RPM lower than expected The idle speed is less than the target idle speed by 100 rpm or more. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • Electric throttle control actuator • Intake air leak INFOID:0000000005286082 NOTE: • If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. • If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning", before conducting DTC Confirmation Procedure. For the target idle speed, refer to the EC-1673. TESTING CONDITION: • Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. • Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F). 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. 5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1520, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005286083 1.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK 1. Start engine and let it idle. 2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Discover air leak location and repair. 2.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Stop engine. Replace ECM. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function". Perform EC-1193, "VIN Registration". Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Revision: January 2010 EC-1520 2010 Sentra DTC P0506 ISC SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A >> INSPECTION END EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1521 2010 Sentra DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM Description INFOID:0000000005286084 NOTE: If DTC P0507 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for the other DTC. The ECM controls the engine idle speed to a specified level through the fine adjustment of the air, which is let into the intake manifold, by operating the electric throttle control actuator. The operating of the throttle valve is varied to allow for optimum control of the engine idling speed. The ECM calculates the actual engine speed from signals of camshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE). The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator so that the engine speed coincides with the target value memorized in the ECM. The target engine speed is the lowest speed at which the engine can operate steadily. The optimum value stored in the ECM is determined by taking into consideration various engine conditions, such as during warming up, deceleration, and engine load (air conditioner, power steering and cooling fan operation, etc.). On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. P0507 0507 INFOID:0000000005286085 Trouble diagnosis name Idle speed control system RPM higher than expected DTC detecting condition The idle speed is more than the target idle speed by 200 rpm or more. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • Electric throttle control actuator • Intake air leak • PCV system INFOID:0000000005286086 NOTE: • If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. • If the target idle speed is out of the specified value, perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning", before conducting DTC Confirmation Procedure. For the target idle speed, refer to the EC-1673. TESTING CONDITION: • Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. • Always perform the test at a temperature above −10°C (14°F). 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Start engine and run it for at least 1 minute at idle speed. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. 5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1522, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005286087 1.CHECK PCV HOSE CONNECTION Confirm that PCV hose is connected correctly. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace. 2.CHECK INTAKE AIR LEAK 1. Start engine and let it idle. 2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Discover air leak location and repair. 3.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. Stop engine. Replace ECM. Revision: January 2010 EC-1522 2010 Sentra DTC P0507 ISC SYSTEM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function". A 4. Perform EC-1193, "VIN Registration". 5. Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". 6. Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". EC 7. Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning". >> INSPECTION END C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1523 2010 Sentra DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY Component Description INFOID:0000000005286088 Battery voltage is supplied to the ECM even when the ignition switch is turned OFF for the ECM memory function of the DTC memory, the air-fuel ratio feedback compensation value memory, the Idle Air Volume Learning value memory, etc. PBIA9222J On Board Diagnosis Logic DTC No. P0603 0603 INFOID:0000000005286089 Trouble diagnosis name ECM power supply circuit DTC detecting condition ECM back-up RAM system does not function properly. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible cause • Harness or connectors [The ECM power supply (back-up) circuit is open or shorted.] • ECM INFOID:0000000005548697 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 5 minutes. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Repeat steps 2 and 3 for five times. 5. Check 1st trip DTC. 6. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1526, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-1524 2010 Sentra DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005286091 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O AABWA0272GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1525 2010 Sentra P DTC P0603 ECM POWER SUPPLY [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR 77 Y/R ITEM Power supply for ECM (Back-up) CONDITION [Ignition switch: OFF] DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005286092 1.CHECK ECM POWER SUPPLY 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check voltage between ECM terminal and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2. PBIB3615E 2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E17, F10 • 20 A fuse • Harness for open or short between ECM and battery >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-1245. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. Erase DTC. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See EC-1524, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". 3. Is the 1st trip DTC P0603 displayed again? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 5. No >> INSPECTION END 5.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Replace ECM. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-170. Perform EC-1193, "VIN Registration". Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning". >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-1526 2010 Sentra DTC P0605 ECM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0605 ECM A Component Description INFOID:0000000005286093 The ECM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. The ECM controls the engine. EC C D PBIA9222J On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005286094 This self-diagnosis has one or two trip detection logic. DTC No. P0605 0605 Trouble diagnosis name Engine control module E F DTC detecting condition A) ECM calculation function is malfunctioning. B) ECM EEP-ROM system is malfunctioning. C) ECM self shut-off function is malfunctioning. Possible cause G • ECM H FAIL-SAFE MODE ECM enters fail-safe mode when malfunction A is detected. I Detected items Malfunction A Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode • ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. • ECM deactivates ASCD operation. DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005286095 Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A first. If the 1st trip DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B. If there is no malfunction on PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1528, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC-1527 M P Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Repeat step 2 for 32 times. Revision: January 2010 L O Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1528, "Diagnosis Procedure". PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C 1. 2. 3. K N PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION B 1. 2. 3. 4. J 2010 Sentra DTC P0605 ECM < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Check 1st trip DTC. 5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1528, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure [QR25DE] INFOID:0000000005286096 1.INSPECTION START 1. 2. Erase DTC. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See EC-1527, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". 3. Is the 1st trip DTC P0605 displayed again? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> INSPECTION END 2.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Replace ECM. Perform initialization of NVIS(NATS) system and registration of all NVIS(NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function". Perform EC-1193, "VIN Registration". Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning". >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-1528 2010 Sentra DTC P0607 ECM [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0607 ECM A Description INFOID:0000000005286097 CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- EC tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005286098 D The MIL will not illuminate for this self-diagnosis. DTC No. P0607 0607 Trouble diagnosis name CAN communication bus DTC detecting condition When detecting error during the initial diagnosis of CAN controller of ECM. DTC Confirmation Procedure 1. 2. 3. Possible cause E • ECM F INFOID:0000000005286099 Turn ignition switch ON. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1529, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure G H INFOID:0000000005286100 1.INSPECTION START I 1. 2. Erase DTC. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See EC-1529, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". 3. Is the 1st trip DTC P0607 displayed again? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> INSPECTION END J K 2.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Replace ECM. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to EC-1193, "VIN Registration". Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning". L M N >> INSPECTION END O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1529 2010 Sentra DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005286101 This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. DTC No. P0643 0643 Trouble diagnosis name Sensor power supply circuit short DTC detecting condition Possible cause ECM detects a voltage of power source for sensor is excessively low or high. • Harness or connectors (APP sensor 1 circuit is shorted.) (Throttle position sensor circuit is shorted.) [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) circuit is shorted.] • Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 1) • Throttle position sensor (TP sensor 1 and 2) • Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) FAIL-SAFE MODE When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL illuminates. Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005286102 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle. 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. 3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1532, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-1530 2010 Sentra DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005286103 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O AABWA0268GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1531 2010 Sentra P DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR 47 G Sensor power supply (Throttle position sensor) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 59 G/Y Sensor power supply [Camshaft position sensor (PHASE)] [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 81 82 W Y/G ITEM CONDITION Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 DATA (DC Voltage) [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V Sensor power supply (APP sensor 1) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V B/W Sensor ground (APP sensor 1) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V 87 BR/Y Sensor power supply (APP sensor 2) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 100 B Sensor ground (APP sensor 2) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V 83 O 84 Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005286104 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". BBIA0927E : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 4. Body ground E15 2. Washer tank 3. Fuse and fusible link box OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. Revision: January 2010 EC-1532 2010 Sentra DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. A Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. EC C D PBIB3433E 3. E Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. F Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 3. G H PBIA9606J 3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUITS I Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram 47 Throttle position sensor terminal 1 EC-1614, "Wiring Diagram" 59 Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) terminal 1 EC-1432, "Wiring Diagram" 83 APP sensor terminal 4 EC-1531, "Wiring Diagram" OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J K L 4.CHECK CAMSHAFT POSITION SENSOR (PHASE) Refer to EC-1435, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace camshaft position sensor (PHASE). M N 5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR Refer to EC-1617, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6. O P 6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. 3. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning". >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-1533 2010 Sentra DTC P0643 SENSOR POWER SUPPLY [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 7.CHECK APP SENSOR Refer to EC-1624, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> GO TO 8. 8.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. 4. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning". >> INSPECTION END 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-1245. >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-1534 2010 Sentra DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH A Component Description INFOID:0000000005286105 When the shift lever position is Neutral, park/neutral position (PNP) switch is ON. (M/T models) When the shift lever position is P or N, transmission range switch is ON. (CVT models) ECM detects the position because the continuity of the line (the ON signal) exists. EC C D E BBIA0923E 1. Transmission range switch (CVT models) 2. F PNP switch (M/T models) (view with air cleaner assembly removed.) CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005286106 G Specification data are reference values. H Monitor item P/N POSI SW Condition • Ignition switch: ON Specification Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) ON Selector lever: Except above OFF On Board Diagnosis Logic I INFOID:0000000005286107 J DTC No. P0850 0850 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause Park/neutral position switch The signal of the park/neutral position (PNP) does not change during driving after the engine is started. • Harness or connectors [Park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit is open or shorted.] • Park/neutral position (PNP) switch (M/T) • Transmission range switch (CVT) DTC Confirmation Procedure WITH CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “P/N POSI SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Then check the “P/N POSI SW” signal under the following conditions. Position (Selector lever) Known-good signal N or P position (CVT) Neutral position (M/T) ON Except above OFF If NG, go to EC-1538, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 L INFOID:0000000005286108 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. 1. 2. K EC-1535 2010 Sentra M N O P DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH < SERVICE INFORMATION > If OK, go to following step. 3. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 4. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 5. Maintain the following conditions for at least 60 consecutive seconds. ENG SPEED More than 1,300 rpm COOLAN TEMP/S More than 70°C (158°F) B/FUEL SCHDL 2.1 - 31.8 msec VHCL SPEED SE More than 64km/h (29 MPH) Selector lever Suitable position 6. 7. [QR25DE] Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1538, "Diagnosis Procedure". Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000005286109 Use this procedure to check the overall function of the park/neutral position (PNP) signal circuit. During this check, a 1st trip DTC might not be confirmed. WITH GST 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminal 102 (PNP signal) and ground under the following conditions. Condition (Selector lever) P or N position (CVT) Neutral position (M/T) Except above 3. Voltage (Known-good data) Approx. 0 V BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) If NG, go to EC-1538, "Diagnosis Procedure". MBIB0043E Revision: January 2010 EC-1536 2010 Sentra DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005286110 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0213GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1537 2010 Sentra P DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 102 WIRE COLOR BR/R ITEM PNP signal CONDITION [Ignition switch: ON] • Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) [Ignition switch: ON] • Except above DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) Approximately 0 V Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005286111 M/T MODELS 1.CHECK PNP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect PNP switch harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between PNP switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2. PBIB3623E 2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors M2, E4 • Harness connectors E3, F2 • 10 A fuse • Harness for open or short between PNP switch and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK PNP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between PNP switch terminal 2 and ECM terminal 102. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors F2, E3 • Harness for open or short between PNP switch and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK PNP SWITCH Revision: January 2010 EC-1538 2010 Sentra DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Refer to MT-14. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace PNP switch. A 6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT EC Refer to EC-1245. C >> INSPECTION END CVT MODELS D 1.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect transmission range switch harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between transmission range switch terminal 7 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. E F Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2. G H PBIB3460E 2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART I Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • 10 A fuse • Harness for open or short between transmission range switch and fuse J >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. K 3.CHECK PNP INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between transmission range switch terminal 6 and ECM terminal 102. Refer to Wiring Diagram. L M Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. N O 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors F2, E3 • Harness for open or short between transmission range switch and ECM P >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH Refer to CVT-60. OK or NG Revision: January 2010 EC-1539 2010 Sentra DTC P0850 PNP SWITCH [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace transmission range switch. 6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-1245. >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-1540 2010 Sentra DTC P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P1148, P1168 CLOSED LOOP CONTROL A On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005286112 This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. DTC No. P1148 1148 (Bank 1) P1168 1168 (Bank 2) Trouble diagnosis name Closed loop control function EC DTC detecting condition The closed loop control function for bank 1 does not operate even when vehicle is being driven in the specified condition. The closed loop control function for bank 2 does not operate even when vehicle is being driven in the specified condition. Possible cause • Harness or connectors [Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.] • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater NOTE: DTC P1148 or P1168 is displayed with another DTC for air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. Perform the trouble diagnosis for the corresponding DTC. C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1541 2010 Sentra DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P1212 TCS COMMUNICATION LINE Description INFOID:0000000005585157 NOTE: • If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC U1001, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1001. Refer to EC-1256. • If DTC P1212 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-1529. This CAN communication line is used to control the smooth engine operation during the TCS operation. Pulse signals are exchanged between ECM and “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)”. Be sure to erase the malfunction information such as DTC not only for “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)” but also for ECM after TCS related repair. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005548643 Freeze frame data is not stored in the ECM for this self-diagnosis. The MIL will not light up for this self-diagnosis. DTC No. P1212 1212 Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause TCS communication line ECM can not receive the information from “ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)” continuously. • Harness or connectors (The CAN communication line is open or shorted.) • ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) • Dead (Weak) battery DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005548644 TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10.5 V at idle. 1. Start engine and let it idle for at least 10 seconds. 2. Check 1st trip DTC. 3. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1542, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005548645 Go to BRC-45. Revision: January 2010 EC-1542 2010 Sentra DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE A System Description INFOID:0000000005286113 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION EC NOTE: • If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P1217 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-1529. C Cooling Fan Control D Sensor Input Signal to ECM Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) ECM function Actuator Engine speed*1 E 1 Battery Battery voltage* Combination meter Vehicle speed*2 Engine coolant temperature sensor Engine coolant temperature Air conditioner switch Air conditioner ON signal*2 Refrigerant pressure sensor Refrigerant pressure Cooling fan control • IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relays-1, -2 and -3) • Cooling fan relays-4 and -5 F G *1: The ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. *2: This signal is sent to ECM through CAN communication line. The ECM controls the cooling fan corresponding to the vehicle speed, engine coolant temperature, refrigerant pressure, and air conditioner ON signal. The control system has 3-step control [HIGH/LOW/OFF]. Cooling Fan Operation H I J K L M N PBIB3477E Cooling Fan Relay Operation The ECM controls cooling fan relays through CAN communication line. Cooling fan speed O Cooling fan relay 1 2 3 4 5 Stop (OFF) OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Low (LOW) OFF OFF OFF ON OFF High (HI) ON ON ON OFF ON CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005286114 Specification data are reference values. Revision: January 2010 EC-1543 2010 Sentra P DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Monitor item Condition AIR COND SIG • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine COOLING FAN • Engine: After warming up, idle the engine • Air conditioner switch: OFF Specification Air conditioner switch: OFF OFF Air conditioner switch: ON (Compressor operates.) ON Engine coolant temperature is 97°C (207°F) or less OFF Engine coolant temperature is between 98°C (208°F) and 99°C (210°F) LOW Engine coolant temperature is 100°C (212°F) or more HIGH On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005286115 If the cooling fan or another component in the cooling system malfunctions, engine coolant temperature will rise. When the engine coolant temperature reaches an abnormally high temperature condition, a malfunction is indicated. This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. DTC No. P1217 1217 Trouble diagnosis name Engine over temperature (Overheat) DTC detecting condition Possible cause • Cooling fan does not operate properly (Overheat). • Cooling fan system does not operate properly (Overheat). • Engine coolant was not added to the system using the proper filling method. • Engine coolant is not within the specified range. • Harness or connectors (Cooling fan circuit is open or shorted.) • Cooling fan motor • IPDM E/R (Cooling fan relays-1, -2 and -3) • Cooling fan relays-4 and -5 • Radiator hose • Radiator • Reservoir tank • Radiator cap • Water pump • Thermostat For more information, refer toEC-1553, "Main 12 Causes of Overheating". CAUTION: When a malfunction is indicated, always replace the coolant. Refer to MA-32, "ENGINE COOLANT : Changing Engine Coolant". Also, replace the engine oil. Refer to MA-37, "ENGINE OIL : Changing Engine Oil". 1. Fill radiator with coolant up to specified level with a filling speed of 2 liters per minute. Always use coolant with the proper mixture ratio. Refer to MA-17, "Anti-freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio". 2. After refilling coolant, run engine to ensure that no water-flow noise is emitted. Overall Function Check INFOID:0000000005286116 Use this procedure to check the overall function of the cooling fan. During this check, a DTC might not be confirmed. WARNING: Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could be caused by high pressure fluid escaping from the reservoir tank or the radiator. Wrap a thick cloth around cap. Carefully remove the cap by turning it a quarter turn to allow built-up pressure to escape. Then turn the cap all the way off. WITH CONSULT-III Revision: January 2010 EC-1544 2010 Sentra DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator. Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-1548, "Diagnosis Procedure". 2. Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-1548, "Diagnosis Procedure". 3. Turn ignition switch ON. 4. Perform “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. 5. If the results are NG, go to EC-1548, "Diagnosis Procedure". [QR25DE] A EC C SEF621W D WITH GST 1. 2. 3. 4. Check the coolant level in the reservoir tank and radiator. Allow engine to cool before checking coolant level. If the coolant level in the reservoir tank and/or radiator is below the proper range, skip the following steps and go to EC-1548, "Diagnosis Procedure". Confirm whether customer filled the coolant or not. If customer filled the coolant, skip the following steps and go to EC-1548, "Diagnosis Procedure". Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motor operation. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test". If NG, go to EC-1548, "Diagnosis Procedure". E F G SEF621W H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1545 2010 Sentra DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005286117 BBWA3047E Revision: January 2010 EC-1546 2010 Sentra DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O BBWA3048E P Revision: January 2010 EC-1547 2010 Sentra DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BBWA3049E Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005286118 1.INSPECTION START Do you have CONSULT-III? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> GO TO 3. Revision: January 2010 EC-1548 2010 Sentra DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION A With CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Select “COOLING FAN” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check that cooling fans-1 and -2 operates at each speed (LOW/HI). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Check cooling fan control circuit. (Refer to “PROCEDURE A”.) EC C 3.CHECK COOLING FAN OPERATION D Without CONSULT-III 1. Perform IPDM E/R auto active test and check cooling fan motor operation. Refer to PG-20, "Auto Active Test". 2. Check that cooling fans-1 and -2 operates at each speed (Low/High). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Check cooling fan control circuit. (Refer to “PROCEDURE A”.) E F 4.CHECK COOLING SYSTEM FOR LEAK Refer to CO-39. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Check the following for leak. • Hose • Radiator • Water pump G H I 5.CHECK RADIATOR CAP Refer to CO-44. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace radiator cap. J 6.CHECK COMPONENT PARTS K Check the following. • Thermostat. (Refer to CO-48.) • Engine coolant temperature sensor. (Refer to EC-1307, "Component Inspection".) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace malfunctioning component parts. L M 7.CHECK MAIN 13 CAUSES N If the cause cannot be isolated, go to EC-1553, "Main 12 Causes of Overheating". >> INSPECTION END O PROCEDURE A 1.CHECK IPDM E/R POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. P Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E44. Revision: January 2010 EC-1549 2010 Sentra DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 22 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. [QR25DE] Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2. PBIB2607E 2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • 40 A fusible link • Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and battery >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAYS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. - Disconnect cooling fan relays-4 (2) and -5 (1). : Vehicle front BBIA0877E 2. Check voltage between cooling fan relays-4, -5 terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. PBIB3445E 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • 40 A fusible link • Harness for open or short between cooling fan relays-4, -5 and battery >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 EC-1550 2010 Sentra DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Disconnect cooling fan motor-2 (2) harness connector. : Vehicle front Cooling fan motor-1 (1) [QR25DE] A EC C BBIA0909E D 2. Check voltage between cooling fan motor-2 terminal 2, 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. E Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6. F G PBIB3446E 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H Check the following. • 40 A fusible link • Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor-2 and battery I >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connectors E43, E44 and E46. Disconnect cooling fan motor-1 (1) harness connector. : Vehicle front Cooling fan motor-2 (2) Check harness continuity between the following; cooling fan relay-4 terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 45, cooling fan relay-4 terminal 5 and IPDM E/R terminal 23, cooling fan relay-5 terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 6, cooling fan relay-5 terminal 5 and ground, cooling fan relay-4 terminal 3 and cooling fan motor-1 terminal 2, cooling fan motor-1 terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 24, cooling fan motor-1 terminal 4 and IPDM E/R terminal 20, cooling fan motor-1 terminal 1, 3 and ground. IPDM E/R terminal 39, 59 and ground. cooling fan relay-4 terminal 5 and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 1, cooling fan relay-5 terminal 3 and cooling fan motor-2 terminal 3, Refer to Wiring Diagram. J K L M BBIA0909E O P Continuity should exist. 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> GO TO 8. 8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Revision: January 2010 N EC-1551 2010 Sentra DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check the following. • Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-4 and IPDM E/R • Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-5 and IPDM E/R • Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-4 and cooling fan motor-1 • Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-4 and cooling fan motor-2 • Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-5 and cooling fan motor-2 • Harness for open or short between cooling fan relay-5 and ground • Harness for open or short between cooling fan motor-1 and ground • Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and ground >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 9.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS Loosen and retighten ground screw on the body. Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". BBIA0927E : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 4. Body ground E15 2. Washer tank 3. Fuse and fusible link box OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 10.CHECK COOLING FAN RELAYS-4 AND -5 Refer to EC-1553, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Replace malfunctioning cooling fan relay. 11.CHECK COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2 Refer to EC-1553, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> Replace malfunctioning cooling fan motor. 12.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Perform EC-1245. OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-17. NG >> Repair or replace harness or connector. Revision: January 2010 EC-1552 2010 Sentra DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Main 12 Causes of Overheating Engine Step OFF 1 • • • • 2 3 4 Inspection item Blocked radiator Blocked condenser Blocked radiator grille Blocked bumper INFOID:0000000005286119 A Equipment Standard Reference page EC • Visual No blocking • Coolant mixture • Coolant tester MA-17, "Anti-freeze Coolant Mixture Ratio". • Coolant level • Visual Coolant up to MAX level in reservoir tank and radiator filler neck CO-39, "Inspection". 59 - 98 kPa CO-39, "Inspection". • Radiator cap • Pressure tester — C D (0.6 - 1.0 kg/cm2, 9 - 14 psi) (Limit) E ON*2 5 • Coolant leaks • Visual No leaks CO-39, "Inspection". ON*2 6 • Thermostat • Touch the upper and lower radiator hoses Both hoses should be hot CO-51. ON*1 7 • Cooling fan • CONSULT-III Operating (EC-1548, "Diagnosis Procedure"). OFF 8 • Combustion gas leak • Color checker chemical tester 4 Gas analyzer Negative — ON*3 9 • Coolant temperature gauge • Visual Gauge less than 3/4 when driving — • Coolant overflow to reservoir tank • Visual No overflow during driving and idling MA-32, "ENGINE COOLANT : Changing Engine Coolant". F G H OFF*4 10 • Coolant return from reservoir tank to radiator • Visual Should be initial level in reservoir tank CO-39, "Inspection". OFF 11 • Cylinder head • Straight gauge feeler gauge 0.1 mm (0.004 in) Maximum distortion (warping) EM-175. 12 • Cylinder block and pistons • Visual No scuffing on cylinder walls or piston EM-188. I J K *1: Turn the ignition switch ON. *2: Engine running at 3,000 rpm for 10 minutes. L *3: Drive at 90 km/h (56 MPH) for 30 minutes and then let idle for 10 minutes. *4: After 60 minutes of cool down time. For more information, refer to CO-33. M Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005286120 COOLING FAN MOTORS-1 AND -2 1. 2. N Disconnect cooling fan motor harness connectors. Supply cooling fan motor terminals with battery voltage and check operation. Cooling fan speed Low (LO) High (HI) O Cooling fan motor terminals (+) (−) 1 3 and 4 2 3 and 4 1 and 2 3 and 4 P SEF734W Cooling fan motor should operate. If NG, replace cooling fan motor. Revision: January 2010 EC-1553 2010 Sentra DTC P1217 ENGINE OVER TEMPERATURE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > COOLING FAN RELAYS-4 AND -5 Check continuity between terminals 3 and 4. Conditions Continuity 12 V direct current supply between terminal 1 and 2 Yes No current supply No If NG, replace cooling fan relay. PBIB0098E Revision: January 2010 EC-1554 2010 Sentra DTC P1225 TP SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P1225 TP SENSOR A Component Description INFOID:0000000005286121 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and controls the throttle valve opening signal in response to driving conditions via the throttle control motor. EC C D PBIB0145E On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005286122 The MIL will not illuminate for this self-diagnosis. DTC No. P1225 1225 E Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Closed throttle position learning performance Closed throttle position learning value is excessively low. DTC Confirmation Procedure F Possible cause • Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 and 2) INFOID:0000000005286123 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Check 1st trip DTC. 4. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1555, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure G H I J K INFOID:0000000005286124 L 1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove the intake air duct. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1) and the housing. : Vehicle front Electric throttle control actuator (2) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside. M N O P 2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. 3. BBIA0910E Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Revision: January 2010 EC-1555 2010 Sentra DTC P1225 TP SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > >> INSPECTION END Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005286125 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR Refer to EM-135. Revision: January 2010 EC-1556 2010 Sentra DTC P1226 TP SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P1226 TP SENSOR A Component Description INFOID:0000000005286126 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and controls the throttle valve opening signal in response to driving conditions via the throttle control motor. EC C D PBIB0145E On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005286127 The MIL will not illuminate for this self-diagnosis. DTC No. P1226 1226 Trouble diagnosis name Closed throttle position learning performance E DTC detecting condition Closed throttle position learning is not performed successfully, repeatedly. DTC Confirmation Procedure F Possible cause • Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 and 2) INFOID:0000000005286128 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 10 V at idle. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. 3. Repeat steps 1 and 2 for 32 times. 4. Check 1st trip DTC. 5. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1557, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005286129 G H I J K L 1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY M 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove the intake air duct. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1) and the housing. : Vehicle front Electric throttle control actuator (2) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside. 2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. 3. N O P BBIA0910E Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Revision: January 2010 EC-1557 2010 Sentra DTC P1226 TP SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > >> INSPECTION END Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005286130 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR Refer to EM-135. Revision: January 2010 EC-1558 2010 Sentra DTC P1421 COLD START CONTROL [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P1421 COLD START CONTROL Description A INFOID:0000000005286131 ECM controls ignition timing and engine idle speed when engine is started with pre-warming up condition. This control promotes the activation of three way catalyst by heating the catalyst and reduces emissions. On Board Diagnosis Logic EC INFOID:0000000005286132 C DTC No. P1421 1421 Trouble diagnosis name Cold start emission reduction strategy monitoring DTC detecting condition ECM does not control ignition timing and engine idle speed properly when engine is started with pre-warming up condition. Possible cause • Lack of intake air volume • Fuel injection system • ECM D E DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005286133 NOTE: • If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. • If DTC P1421 is displayed with other DTC, first perform the trouble diagnosis for other DTC. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. F G WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that the “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is between 4°C (39°F) and 36°C (97°F). If “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is within the specified value, go to the following step. If “COOLAN TEMP/S” indication is out of the specified value, cool engine down or warm engine up and go to step 1. Start engine and let it idle for 5 minutes. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1559, "Diagnosis Procedure". H I J K WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. L Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005286134 1.PERFORM IDLE AIR VOLUME LEARNING M Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Is Idle Air Volume Learning carried out successfully? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> Follow the instruction of Idle Air Volume Learning. N O 2.CHECK INTAKE SYSTEM Check for the cause of intake air volume lacking. Refer to the following. • Crushed intake air passage • Intake air passage clogging OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part P 3.CHECK FUEL INJECTION SYSTEM FUNCTION Perform EC-1385, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" Revision: January 2010 for DTC P0171, P0174. EC-1559 2010 Sentra DTC P1421 COLD START CONTROL < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Go to EC-1390, "Diagnosis Procedure" 4.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE [QR25DE] for DTC P0171, P0174. 1. 2. Erase DTC. Perform DTC Confirmation Procedure. See EC-1559, "DTC Confirmation Procedure". 3. Is the 1st trip DTC P1421 displayed again? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 5. No >> INSPECTION END 5.REPLACE ECM 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Replace ECM. Perform initialization of NVIS (NATS) system and registration of all NVIS (NATS) ignition key IDs. Refer to BL-171, "ECM Re-communicating Function". Perform EC-1193, "VIN Registration". Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning". >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-1560 2010 Sentra DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH A Component Description INFOID:0000000005286135 ASCD steering switch has variant values of electrical resistance for each button. ECM reads voltage variation EC of switch, and determines which button is operated. C D E BBIA0911E 1. ASCD steering switch 2. MAIN switch 3. 4. SET/COAST switch 5. RESUME/ACCELERATE switch F CANCEL switch Refer to EC-1135 for the ASCD function. G CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005286136 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item Condition MAIN SW • Ignition switch: ON CANCEL SW • Ignition switch: ON RESUME/ACC SW SET SW H • Ignition switch: ON • Ignition switch: ON Specification MAIN switch: Pressed ON MAIN switch: Released OFF CANCEL switch: Pressed ON CANCEL switch: Released OFF RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed ON RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Released OFF SET/COAST switch: Pressed ON On Board Diagnosis Logic P1564 1564 Trouble Diagnosis Name DTC Detecting Condition ASCD steering switch • An excessively high voltage signal from the ASCD steering switch is sent to ECM. • ECM detects that input signal from the ASCD steering switch is out of the specified range. • ECM detects that the ASCD steering switch is stuck ON. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible Cause K L • Harness or connectors (ASCD switch circuit is open or shorted.) • ASCD steering switch • ECM INFOID:0000000005286138 EC-1561 M N O NOTE: Revision: January 2010 J INFOID:0000000005286137 • This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. • The MIL will not illuminate for this self-diagnosis. NOTE: If DTC P1564 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to EC-1527. DTC No. I 2010 Sentra P DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Wait at least 10 seconds. 3. Press MAIN switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Press CANCEL switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Press RESUME/ACCELERATE switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. 6. Press SET/COAST switch for at least 10 seconds, then release it and wait at least 10 seconds. 7. Check DTC. 8. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1564, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-1562 2010 Sentra DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005286139 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O BBWA3050E Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1563 2010 Sentra P DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 85 WIRE COLOR L/Y 92 ITEM ASCD steering switch B/Y Sensor ground CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) [Ignition switch: ON] • ASCD steering switch: OFF Approximately 4 V [Ignition switch: ON] • MAIN switch: Pressed Approximately 0 V [Ignition switch: ON] • CANCEL switch: Pressed Approximately 1 V [Ignition switch: ON] • RESUME/ACCELERATE switch: Pressed Approximately 3 V [Ignition switch: ON] • SET/COAST switch: Pressed Approximately 2 V [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005286140 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". BBIA0927E : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 4. Body ground E15 2. Washer tank 3. Fuse and fusible link box OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “MAIN SW”, “RESUME/ACC SW”, “SET SW and “CANCEL SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check each item indication under the following conditions. 1. 2. Switch Monitor item MAIN switch MAIN SW CANCEL switch CANCEL SW Revision: January 2010 Condition Indication Pressed ON Released OFF Pressed ON Released OFF EC-1564 2010 Sentra DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Switch Monitor item RESUME/ACCELERATE switch RESUME/ACC SW SET/COAST switch SET SW Condition Indication Pressed ON Released OFF Pressed ON Released OFF A EC C Without CONSULT-III 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Check voltage between ECM terminal 85 and ground with pressing each button. Switch MAIN switch CANCEL switch RESUME/ACCELERATE switch SET/COAST switch Condition Voltage (V) Pressed Approx. 0 Released Approx. 4.0 Pressed Approx. 1.0 Released Approx. 4.0 Pressed Approx. 3.0 Released Approx. 4.0 Pressed Approx. 2.0 Released Approx. 4.0 D E F PBIB3600E H OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 3. I 3.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. G Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect combination switch harness connector M78. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between combination switch terminal 20 (unit side) and ECM terminal 92. Refer to Wiring Diagram. J K Continuity should exist. L 5. Also check harness for short to ground or short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. M 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors M2, E4 • Combination switch (spiral cable) • Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch N O >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. P Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 85 and combination switch terminal 16. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG Revision: January 2010 EC-1565 2010 Sentra DTC P1564 ASCD STEERING SWITCH [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6. 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors M2, E4 • Combination switch (spiral cable) • Harness for open and short between ECM and combination switch >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK ASCD STEERING SWITCH Refer to EC-1566, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace ASCD steering switch. 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-1245. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005286141 ASCD STEERING SWITCH 1. 2. Disconnect combination switch (spiral cable) harness connector M78. Check continuity between combination switch (spiral cable) terminals 16 and 20 with pushing each switch. Switch MAIN switch CANCEL switch RESUME/ACCELERATE switch SET/COAST switch Condition Resistance [Ω] Pressed Approx. 0 Released Approx. 4,000 Pressed Approx. 250 Released Approx. 4,000 Pressed Approx. 1,480 Released Approx. 4,000 Pressed Approx. 660 Released Approx. 4,000 PBIB3601E If NG, replace ASCD steering switch. Revision: January 2010 EC-1566 2010 Sentra DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH A Component Description INFOID:0000000005286142 When the brake pedal is depressed, ASCD brake switch (1) is turned OFF and stop lamp switch (2) is turned ON. ECM detects the state of the brake pedal (3) by those two types of input (ON/OFF signal). Refer to EC-1135 for the ASCD function. EC C D BBIA0769E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005286143 Specification data are reference values. F Monitor item BRAKE SW1 (ASCD brake switch) BRAKE SW2 (Stop lamp switch) Condition • Ignition switch: ON • Ignition switch: ON Specification • Brake pedal: Fully released (CVT) • Brake peal and clutch pedal: Fully released (M/T) ON • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT) • Brake peal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T) OFF Brake pedal: Fully released OFF Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON On Board Diagnosis Logic I J DTC Detecting Condition When the vehicle speed is above 30km/h (19 MPH), ON signals from the stop lamp switch and the ASCD brake switch are sent to ECM at the same time. ASCD brake switch B) Revision: January 2010 H K L M Trouble Diagnosis Name A) P1572 1572 G INFOID:0000000005286144 • This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. • The MIL will not illuminate for this self-diagnosis. NOTE: • If DTC P1572 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to EC-1527. • This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. When malfunction A is detected, DTC is not stored in ECM memory. And in that case, 1st trip DTC and 1st trip freeze frame data are displayed. 1st trip DTC is erased when ignition switch is turned OFF. And even when malfunction A is detected in two consecutive trips, DTC is not stored in ECM memory. DTC No. E ASCD brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for extremely long time while the vehicle is being driven EC-1567 Possible Cause • Harness or connectors (Stop lamp switch circuit is shorted.) • Harness or connectors (ASCD brake switch circuit is shorted.) • Harness or connectors (ASCD clutch switch circuit is shorted.) (M/T) • Stop lamp switch • ASCD brake switch • ASCD clutch switch (M/T) • Incorrect stop lamp switch installation • Incorrect ASCD brake switch installation • Incorrect ASCD clutch switch installation (M/T) • ECM 2010 Sentra N O P DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005286145 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: • If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. • The procedure for malfunction B is not described. It takes the extremely long time to complete the procedure for malfunction B. By performing the procedure for malfunction A, the condition that causes malfunction B can be detected. TESTING CONDITION: Steps 4 and 5 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. Start engine. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Press MAIN switch and check that CRUISE indicator illuminates. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition. VHCL SPEED SE More than 30 km/h (19 MPH) Selector lever Suitable position 5. 6. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1570, "Diagnosis Procedure". If 1st trip DTC is not detected, go to the following step. Drive the vehicle for at least 5 consecutive seconds under the following condition. VHCL SPEED SE More than 30 km/h (19 MPH) Selector lever Suitable position Driving location Depress the brake pedal for more than 5 seconds so as not to come off from the above-mentioned vehicle speed. 7. 8. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1570, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. Revision: January 2010 EC-1568 2010 Sentra DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005286146 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O BBWA3051E Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1569 2010 Sentra P DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 106 110 WIRE COLOR ITEM R/G Stop lamp switch G/B ASCD brake switch CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) [Ignition switch: ON] • Brake pedal: Fully released Approximately 0 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT) • Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released (M/T) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT) • Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T) Approximately 0 V Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005286147 1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions. M/T models Condition Indication Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released ON CVT models Condition Indication Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF Brake pedal: Fully released ON 1. 2. Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminal 110 and ground under the following conditions. M/T models Condition Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released Voltage Approximately 0 V Battery voltage CVT models Condition Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Brake pedal: Fully released Voltage Approximately 0 V PBIB3602E Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> GO TO 3. 2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II With CONSULT-III Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode. Revision: January 2010 EC-1570 2010 Sentra DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Condition A Indication Brake pedal: Fully released OFF Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON EC Without CONSULT-III Check voltage between ECM terminal 106 and ground under the following conditions. Condition Brake pedal: Fully released Brake pedal: Slightly depressed C Voltage D Approximately 0 V Battery voltage E PBIB3603E F OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> GO TO 11. G 3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD brake switch (1) harness connector. Stop lamp switch (2) Brake pedal (3) Turn ignition switch ON. H I J BBIA0769E 4. Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage L : Battery voltage M OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG (M/T models)>>GO TO 4. NG (CVT models)>>GO TO 6. N 4.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. K PBIB0857E O Turn ignition switch OFF. P Revision: January 2010 EC-1571 2010 Sentra DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch (1) harness connector. Clutch pedal (2) 3. Turn ignition switch ON. [QR25DE] BBIA0770E 4. Check voltage between ASCD clutch switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 5. PBIB0857E 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • 10 A fuse • Harness for open or short between ASCD clutch switch and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • 10 A fuse • Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 8.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 110 and ASCD brake switch terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Revision: January 2010 EC-1572 2010 Sentra DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. [QR25DE] A 9.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH EC Refer to EC-1574, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> Replace ASCD brake switch. C 10.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH Refer to EC-1574, "Component Inspection" OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> Replace ASCD clutch switch. D 1. 2. - F E 11.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect stop lamp switch (2) harness connector. ASCD brake switch (1) Brake pedal (3) G H I BBIA0769E 3. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT -III or tester. J K L PBIB3443E M Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> GO TO 12. N 12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART O Check the following. • 10 A fuse • Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery P >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 13.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 106 and stop lamp switch terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Revision: January 2010 EC-1573 2010 Sentra DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 14.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH Refer to EC-1574, "Component Inspection" OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> Replace stop lamp switch. 15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-1245. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005286148 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. Check continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions. Condition Brake pedal: Fully released. Brake pedal: Slightly depressed. Continuity Should exist. Should not exist. If NG, adjust ASCD brake switch installation, refer to BR-8, and perform step 3 again. SEC023D ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector. Check continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions. Condition Clutch pedal: Fully released. Clutch pedal: Slightly depressed. Continuity Should exist. Should not exist. If NG, adjust ASCD clutch switch installation, refer to CL-6, and perform step 3 again. SEC023D STOP LAMP SWITCH 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. Revision: January 2010 EC-1574 2010 Sentra DTC P1572 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions. A EC C PBIB3444E D Condition Brake pedal: Fully released. Brake pedal: Slightly depressed. Continuity Should not exist. E Should exist. If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-8, and perform step 3 again. F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1575 2010 Sentra DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005286149 The ECM receives two vehicle speed sensor signals via CAN communication line. One is sent from combination meter, and the other is from TCM (Transmission control module). The ECM uses these signals for ASCD control. Refer to EC-1135 for ASCD functions. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005286150 • This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. • The MIL will not illuminate for this self-diagnosis. NOTE: • If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC UXXXX, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0500, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0500. Refer to EC-1518. • If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to EC-1527. • If DTC P1574 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-1529. DTC No. P1574 1574 Trouble Diagnosis Name ASCD vehicle speed sensor DTC Detecting Condition Possible Cause ECM detects a difference between two vehicle speed signals is out of the specified range. • Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted.) • Harness or connectors (Combination meter circuit is open or shorted.) • TCM (CVT models) • Combination meter • ECM DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005286151 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Step 3 may be conducted with the drive wheels lifted in the shop or by driving the vehicle. If a road test is expected to be easier, it is unnecessary to lift the vehicle. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Drive the vehicle at more than 40 km/h (25MPH). Check DTC. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1576, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005286152 1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM Check DTC with TCM. Refer to CVT-24. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated. Revision: January 2010 EC-1576 2010 Sentra DTC P1574 ASCD VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2.CHECK DTC WITH “ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT” A Refer to BRC-10. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace. EC 3.CHECK COMBINATION METER C Check combination meter function. Refer to DI-6. D >> INSPECTION END E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1577 2010 Sentra DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR Description INFOID:0000000005286153 ECM receives input speed signal from TCM through CAN communication line. ECM uses this signal for engine control. CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005286154 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item I/P PULLY SPD Condition Specification Almost the same speed as the tachometer indication • Vehicle speed: More than 20 km/h (12 MPH) On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005286155 The MIL will not illuminate for this self-diagnosis. NOTE: • If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC UXXXX first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC UXXXX. • If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0335, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0335. Refer to EC-1425. • If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0340 first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0340. Refer to EC-1431. • If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0605, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0605. Refer to EC-1527. • If DTC P1715 is displayed with DTC P0607, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0607. Refer to EC-1529. DTC No. P1715 1715 Trouble diagnosis name Input speed sensor (TCM output) DTC detecting condition Possible cause Input speed signal is different from the theoretical value calculated by ECM from output shaft revolution signal and engine rpm signal. • Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted) • Harness or connectors (Input speed sensor circuit is open or shorted) • TCM DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005286156 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Turn ignition switch ON. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Start engine. Drive vehicle at a speed of more than 50 km/h (31 MPH) for at least 5 seconds. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1578, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-III” above. Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005286157 1.CHECK DTC WITH TCM Check DTC with TCM. Refer to CVT-24. OK or NG Revision: January 2010 EC-1578 2010 Sentra DTC P1715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Perform trouble shooting relevant to DTC indicated. [QR25DE] A 2.REPLACE TCM Replace TCM. Refer to CVT-27. EC >> INSPECTION END C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1579 2010 Sentra DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH Description INFOID:0000000005286158 Brake switch signal is applied to the ECM through the stop lamp switch when the brake pedal is depressed. This signal is used mainly to decrease the engine speed when the vehicle is being driven. CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005286159 Specification data are reference values. monitor item BRAKE SW condition • Ignition switch: ON specification Brake pedal: Fully released OFF Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005286160 The MIL will not illuminate for this self-diagnosis. DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name P1805 1805 Brake switch DTC detecting condition Possible cause A brake switch signal is not sent to ECM for extremely long time while the vehicle is being driven. • Harness or connectors (Stop lamp switch circuit is open or shorted.) • Stop lamp switch FAIL-SAFE MODE When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters in fail-safe mode. Engine operation condition in fail-fail safe mode ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to a small range. Therefore, acceleration will be poor. Vehicle condition Driving condition Engine: Idling Normal Accelerating Poor acceleration DTC Confirmation Procedure 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. INFOID:0000000005286161 Turn ignition switch ON. Fully depress the brake pedal for at least 5 seconds. Erase the DTC with CONSULT-III. Check 1st trip DTC. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1582, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-1580 2010 Sentra DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005286162 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O BBWA3052E Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1581 2010 Sentra P DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 106 WIRE COLOR R/G ITEM Stop lamp switch CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) [Ignition switch: OFF] • Brake pedal: Fully released Approximately 0 V [Ignition switch: OFF] • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005286163 1.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check the stop lamp when depressing and releasing the brake pedal. Brake pedal Stop lamp Fully released Not illuminated Slightly depressed Illuminated OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. - Disconnect stop lamp switch (2) harness connector. ASCD brake switch (1) Brake pedal (3) BBIA0769E 2. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. PBIB3443E Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • 10 A fuse • Harness for open and short between stop lamp switch and battery Revision: January 2010 EC-1582 2010 Sentra DTC P1805 BRAKE SWITCH [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between stop lamp switch terminal 2 and ECM terminal 106. Refer to Wiring Diagram. EC C Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness connectors. D E 5.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH Refer to EC-1583, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace stop lamp switch. F 6.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT G Refer to EC-1245. H >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005286164 I STOP LAMP SWITCH 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions. J K L M PBIB3444E N Condition Brake pedal: Fully released. Brake pedal: Slightly depressed. Continuity Should not exist. O Should exist. If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-8, and perform step 3 again. P Revision: January 2010 EC-1583 2010 Sentra DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY Component Description INFOID:0000000005286165 Power supply for the throttle control motor is provided to the ECM via throttle control motor relay. The throttle control motor relay is controlled ON/OFF by the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned ON, the ECM sends an ON signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is provided to the ECM. When the ignition switch is turned OFF, the ECM sends an OFF signal to throttle control motor relay and battery voltage is not provided to the ECM. CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005286166 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item THRTL RELAY Condition Specification • Ignition switch: ON ON On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005286167 These self-diagnoses have one trip detection logic. DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause P2100 2100 Throttle control motor relay circuit open ECM detects that the voltage of power source for throttle control motor is excessively low. • Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor relay circuit is open) • Throttle control motor relay P2103 2103 Throttle control motor relay circuit short ECM detects the throttle control motor relay is stuck ON. • Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor relay circuit is shorted) • Throttle control motor relay FAIL-SAFE MODE When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL illuminates. Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005286168 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2100 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. Check DTC. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1586, "Diagnosis Procedure". PROCEDURE FOR DTC P2103 TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle. 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. 2. Check DTC. 3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1586, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-1584 2010 Sentra DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005286169 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O BBWA3054E Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-1585 2010 Sentra P DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM 2 Y/B Throttle control motor power supply CONDITION [Ignition switch: ON] DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) 0 - 14 V 5 W Throttle control motor (Open) [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed PBIA8150J 0 - 14 V 6 L/R Throttle control motor (Close) [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully released PBIA8149J 15 G/Y Throttle control motor relay [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005286170 1.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check voltage between ECM terminal 15 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. PBIA9569J Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E46. Check continuity between ECM terminal 15 and IPDM E/R terminal 46. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. Revision: January 2010 EC-1586 2010 Sentra DTC P2100, P2103 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R EC >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK FUSE C 1. Disconnect 15 A fuse. 2. Check 15 A fuse for blown. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Replace 15 A fuse. D 5.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I E Check voltage between ECM terminal 2 and ground under the following conditions with CONSULT-III or tester. Ignition switch Voltage OFF Approximately 0 V ON Battery voltage (11 - 14 V) F G H OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 6. PBIA9568J 6.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II I 1. 2. 3. 4. J Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E43. Check continuity between ECM terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 8. Refer to Wiring Diagram. K Continuity should exist. 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 7. L M 7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E17, F10 • Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R N >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. O 8.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-1245. OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-17. NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. Revision: January 2010 EC-1587 P 2010 Sentra DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION Description INFOID:0000000005286171 NOTE: If DTC P2101 is displayed with DTC P2100 or P2119, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P2100 or P2119. Refer to EC-1584 or EC-1599. Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor. The throttle position sensor provides feedback to the ECM when opens/closes the throttle valve in response to driving conditions via the throttle control motor. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005286172 This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. DTC No. P2101 2101 Trouble diagnosis name Electric throttle control performance DTC detecting condition Electric throttle control function does not operate properly. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is open or shorted) • Electric throttle control actuator FAIL-SAFE MODE When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL illuminates. Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005286173 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V when engine is running. 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. 2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. 3. Check DTC. 4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1590, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-1588 2010 Sentra DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005286174 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O AABWA0269GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-1589 2010 Sentra P DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM 2 Y/B Throttle control motor power supply CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 14 V 5 W [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Throttle control motor (Open) PBIA8150J 0 - 14 V 6 L/R Throttle control motor (Close) [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully released PBIA8149J 15 G/Y Throttle control motor relay [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005286175 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". BBIA0927E : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 4. Body ground E15 2. Washer tank 3. Fuse and fusible link box OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-I Revision: January 2010 EC-1590 2010 Sentra DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check voltage between ECM terminal 2 and ground under the following conditions with CONSULT-III or tester. Ignition switch Voltage OFF Approximately 0 V ON Battery voltage (11 - 14 V) [QR25DE] A EC C OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 3. PBIA9568J D 3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E43. Check continuity between ECM terminal 2 and IPDM E/R terminal 8. Refer to Wiring Diagram. E F Continuity should exist. 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. G H 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E17, F10 • Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R I J >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Check voltage between ECM terminal 15 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. K L Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> GO TO 6. M N 6.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. PBIA9569J O Disconnect ECM harness connector. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E46. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 15 and IPDM E/R terminal 46. Refer to Wiring Diagram. P Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 7. Revision: January 2010 EC-1591 2010 Sentra DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open or short between ECM and IPDM E/R >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 8.CHECK FUSE 1. Disconnect 15 A fuse. 2. Check if 15 A fuse is blown. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Replace 15A fuse. 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-1245. OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-17. NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 10.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator (1) harness connector. : Vehicle front Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Electric throttle control actuator terminal 5 6 ECM terminal Continuity 5 Should not exist. 6 Should exist. 5 Should exist. 6 Should not exist. BBIA0912E 5. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Repair or replace. 11.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY 1. 2. Remove the intake air duct. Check if foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1) and the housing. : Vehicle front Electric throttle control actuator (2) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside. BBIA0910E 12.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR Revision: January 2010 EC-1592 2010 Sentra DTC P2101 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL FUNCTION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Refer to EC-1593, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> GO TO 14. A 13.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT EC Refer to EC-1245. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. C 14. REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR D 1. 2. 3. E Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning". >> INSPECTION END F Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005286176 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR 1. 2. G Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Check resistance between terminals 5 and 6. H Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)] 3. 4. 5. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next step. Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning". I J PBIB2909E K Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005286177 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR L Refer to EM-135. M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1593 2010 Sentra DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005286178 The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. The current opening angle of the throttle valve is detected by the throttle position sensor. The throttle position sensor provides feedback to the ECM when opens/closes the throttle valve in response to driving conditions via the throttle control motor. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005286179 This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. DTC No. P2118 2118 Trouble diagnosis name Throttle control motor circuit short DTC detecting condition ECM detects short in both circuits between ECM and throttle control motor. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (Throttle control motor circuit is shorted.) • Electric throttle control actuator (Throttle control motor) FAIL-SAFE MODE When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL illuminates. Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode ECM stops the electric throttle control actuator control, throttle valve is maintained at a fixed opening (approx. 5 degrees) by the return spring. DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005286180 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. 1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 2 seconds. 2. Start engine and let it idle for 5 seconds. 3. Check DTC. 4. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1596, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-1594 2010 Sentra DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005286181 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O BBWA3055E Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-1595 2010 Sentra P DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM 2 Y/B Throttle control motor power supply CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 14 V 5 W [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Throttle control motor (Open) PBIA8150J 0 - 14 V 6 L/R Throttle control motor (Close) [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully released PBIA8149J 15 G/Y Throttle control motor relay [Ignition switch: OFF] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] 0 - 1.0 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005286182 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten engine screws on the body. Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". BBIA0927E : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 4. Body ground E15 2. Washer tank 3. Fuse and fusible link box OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT Revision: January 2010 EC-1596 2010 Sentra DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator (1) harness connector. : Vehicle front 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 3. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Electric throttle control actuator terminal ECM terminal 5 6 [QR25DE] A EC C Continuity 5 Should not exist. 6 Should exist. 5 Should exist. 6 Should not exist. BBIA0912E D E 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. F 3.CHECK THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR Refer to EC-1597, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 5. G Refer to EC-1245. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. I H 4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT J 5.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. 3. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning". K L >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005286183 M THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR 1. 2. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector. Check resistance between terminals 5 and 6. N Resistance: Approximately 1 - 15 Ω [at 25 °C (77°F)] 3. 4. 5. O If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to next step. Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning". P PBIB2909E Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005286184 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR Revision: January 2010 EC-1597 2010 Sentra DTC P2118 THROTTLE CONTROL MOTOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Refer to EM-135. Revision: January 2010 EC-1598 2010 Sentra DTC P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR A Component Description INFOID:0000000005286185 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. EC The throttle control motor is operated by the ECM and it opens and closes the throttle valve. The throttle position sensor detects the throttle valve position, and the opening and closing speed of the throttle valve and feeds the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and open/closes the throttle valve in response to driving conditions via the throttle C control motor. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005286186 D This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition A) P2119 2119 Electric throttle control actuator Possible cause Electric throttle control actuator does not function properly due to the return spring malfunction. B) Throttle valve opening angle in fail-safe mode is not in specified range. C) ECM detects the throttle valve is stuck open. E F • Electric throttle control actuator G FAIL-SAFE MODE When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL illuminates. Detected items H Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode Malfunction A ECM controls the electric throttle actuator by regulating the throttle opening around the idle position. The engine speed will not rise more than 2,000 rpm. Malfunction B ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator by regulating the throttle opening to 20 degrees or less. Malfunction C While the vehicle is driving, it slows down gradually by fuel cut. After the vehicle stops, the engine stalls. The engine can restart in N or P position (CVT), neutral (M/T), and engine speed will not exceed 1,000 rpm or more. DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005286187 NOTE: • Perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B first. If the DTC cannot be confirmed, perform PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C. • If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION A AND B 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. Set selector lever to D position (CVT) or 1st position (M/T), and wait at least 3 seconds. Set selector lever to P or N position (CVT) or Neutral position (M/T). Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. Set selector lever to D position (CVT) or 1st position (M/T), and wait at least 3 seconds. Set selector lever to P or N position (CVT) or Neutral position (M/T). Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds, and then turn ON. Check DTC. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1600, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC-1599 K L M O P Turn ignition switch ON and wait at least 1 second. Set selector lever to D position (CVT) or 1st position (M/T) and wait at least 3 seconds. Revision: January 2010 J N PROCEDURE FOR MALFUNCTION C 1. 2. I 2010 Sentra DTC P2119 ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Set selector lever to P or N position (CVT) or Neutral (M/T) position. 4. Start engine and let it idle for 3 seconds. 5. Check DTC. 6. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1600, "Diagnosis Procedure". Diagnosis Procedure [QR25DE] INFOID:0000000005286188 1.CHECK ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR VISUALLY 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove the intake air duct. Check if a foreign matter is caught between the throttle valve (1) and the housing. : Vehicle front Electric throttle control actuator (2) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Remove the foreign matter and clean the electric throttle control actuator inside. 2.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. 3. BBIA0910E Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning". >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-1600 2010 Sentra DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR A Component Description INFOID:0000000005286189 The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end EC of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator position and sends a signal to the ECM. Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors C are a kind of potentiometer which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and sends voltage signals to the ECM. The D ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals. PBIB1741E E Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for engine operations such as fuel cut. F CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005286190 Specification data are reference values. G Monitor item Condition Specification • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V ACCEL SEN 1 Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8 V • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V ACCEL SEN 2* Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8 V CLSD THL POS • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF H I J *: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005286191 These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic. NOTE: If DTC P2122 or P2123 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-1530. DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P2122 2122 Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 1 is sent to ECM. P2123 2123 Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 1 is sent to ECM. • Harness or connectors (APP sensor 1 circuit is open or shorted.) • Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 1) Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode P The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor. INFOID:0000000005286192 NOTE: EC-1601 N O When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL illuminates. Revision: January 2010 L M Possible cause FAIL-SAFE MODE DTC Confirmation Procedure K 2010 Sentra DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle. 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. 3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1603, "Diagnosis Procedure". Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005286193 BBWA3056E Revision: January 2010 EC-1602 2010 Sentra DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in dam- EC age to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR 81 W 82 Y/G 83 O ITEM CONDITION Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 DATA (DC Voltage) C [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V F [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V G Sensor power supply (APP sensor 1) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V Approximately 0 V 84 B/W Sensor ground (APP sensor 1) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed 87 BR/Y Sensor power supply (APP sensor 2) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 100 B Sensor ground (APP sensor 2) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V D E H I Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005286194 J K 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. L Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". M N O BBIA0927E P : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 4. Body ground E15 2. Washer tank 3. Fuse and fusible link box OK or NG Revision: January 2010 EC-1603 2010 Sentra DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. [QR25DE] 2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. PBIB3433E 3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. PBIA9606J Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 84 and APP sensor terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 81 and APP sensor terminal 3. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK APP SENSOR Refer to EC-1605, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6. 6.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY Revision: January 2010 EC-1604 2010 Sentra DTC P2122, P2123 APP SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. 2. Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". 3. Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". 4. Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning". [QR25DE] A EC >> INSPECTION END 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT C Refer to EC-1245. >> INSPECTION END D Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005286195 E ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1. 2. 3. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminals 81 (APP sensor 1 signal), 82 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions. Terminal Accelerator pedal G Voltage 81 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V 82 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V 4. 5. 6. 7. F H I PBIB3604E If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step. Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Removal and Installation J K INFOID:0000000005286196 ACCELERATOR PEDAL L Refer to ACC-4. M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1605 2010 Sentra DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005286197 The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator position and sends a signal to the ECM. Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometer which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and sends voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals. PBIB1741E Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for engine operations such as fuel cut. CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005286198 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item Condition Specification ACCEL SEN 1 • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8 V ACCEL SEN 2* • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8 V CLSD THL POS • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF *: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005286199 These self-diagnoses have the one trip detection logic. DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition P2127 2127 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit low input An excessively low voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. P2128 2128 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 circuit high input An excessively high voltage from the APP sensor 2 is sent to ECM. Possible cause • Harness or connectors (APP sensor 2 circuit is open or shorted.) [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.] (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) • Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 2) • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Refrigerant pressure sensor • EVAP control system pressure sensor FAIL-SAFE MODE When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL illuminates. Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor. Revision: January 2010 EC-1606 2010 Sentra DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005286200 A NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. EC TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle. 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. C 2. Check DTC. 3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1609, "Diagnosis Procedure". D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1607 2010 Sentra DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005286201 BBWA3057E Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1608 2010 Sentra DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 72 76 81 CONDITION G/W G/R Sensor power supply [Crankshaft position sensor (POS)] Y/G 83 ITEM Sensor power supply (Refrigerant pressure sensor) W 82 A WIRE COLOR O Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 DATA (DC Voltage) EC [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V C [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 0.6 - 0.9 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V F [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V G Sensor power supply (APP sensor 1) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V Approximately 0 V 84 B/W Sensor ground (APP sensor 1) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed 87 BR/Y Sensor power supply (APP sensor 2) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 91 V/W EVAP control system pressure sensor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 100 B Sensor ground (APP sensor 2) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V E H I Diagnosis Procedure J K INFOID:0000000005286202 L 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. D [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully released Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". M N O P BBIA0927E : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 4. Body ground E15 Revision: January 2010 2. Washer tank EC-1609 3. Fuse and fusible link box 2010 Sentra DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. PBIB3433E 3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 5 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 3. PBIA9607J 3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 5 and ECM terminal 87. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit. 4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. ECM terminal Sensor terminal Reference Wiring Diagram 72 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-1667, "Wiring Diagram" 76 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1 EC-1426, "Wiring Diagram" 87 APP sensor terminal 5 EC-1608, "Wiring Diagram" 91 EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-1484, "Wiring Diagram" OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK COMPONENTS Check the following. • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-1430, "Component Inspection".) • Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to MTC-27.) Revision: January 2010 EC-1610 2010 Sentra DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > • EVAP control system pressure (Refer to EC-1488, "Component Inspection".) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Replace malfunctioning component. [QR25DE] A 6.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. EC Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 100 and APP sensor terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. C D Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. E 7.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. F Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 82 and APP sensor terminal 6. Refer to Wiring Diagram. G Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H 8.CHECK APP SENSOR I Refer to EC-1611, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 9. J 9.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY K 1. 2. 3. 4. L Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning". M >> INSPECTION END 10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-1245. N >> INSPECTION END O Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005286203 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1. 2. P Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Revision: January 2010 EC-1611 2010 Sentra DTC P2127, P2128 APP SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check voltage between ECM terminals 81 (APP sensor 1 signal), 82 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions. Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage 81 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V 82 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V 4. 5. 6. 7. [QR25DE] PBIB3604E If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step. Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005286204 ACCELERATOR PEDAL Refer to ACC-4. Revision: January 2010 EC-1612 2010 Sentra DTC P2135 TP SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P2135 TP SENSOR A Component Description INFOID:0000000005286205 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, throttle position sensor, etc. The throttle position sensor responds to the throttle valve movement. The throttle position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the throttle valve position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the throttle valve from these signals and controls the throttle valve opening signal in response to driving conditions via the throttle control motor. EC C D PBIB0145E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005286206 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item TP SEN 1-B1 TP SEN 2-B2* F Condition Specification • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005286207 This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. NOTE: If DTC P2135 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-1530. P2135 2135 G H *: Throttle position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage signal. DTC No. E Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause Throttle position sensor circuit range/performance Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM compared with the signals from TP sensor 1 and TP sensor 2. • Harness or connector (TP sensor 1 or 2 circuit is open or shorted.) • Electric throttle control actuator (TP sensor 1 or 2) I J K L FAIL-SAFE MODE When the malfunction is detected, the ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL illuminates. M Engine operation condition in fail-safe mode The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor. DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005286208 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle. 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. 3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1615, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-1613 2010 Sentra N O P DTC P2135 TP SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005286209 ABBWA0181GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1614 2010 Sentra DTC P2135 TP SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 36 37 38 47 A WIRE COLOR B R W G ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) EC [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Sensor ground (Throttle position sensor) Throttle position sensor 1 Throttle position sensor 2 Sensor power supply (Throttle position sensor) Approximately 0 V C [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully released More than 0.36 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully released Less than 4.75 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Selector lever: D (CVT), 1st (M/T) • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed More than 0.36 V G [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V H D E Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005286210 I 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. F Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". J K L M BBIA0927E : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 4. Body ground E15 2. Washer tank 3. N Fuse and fusible link box O OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. P 2.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 EC-1615 2010 Sentra DTC P2135 TP SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Disconnect electric throttle control actuator harness connector (1). : Vehicle front 2. Turn ignition switch ON. [QR25DE] BBIA0902E 3. Check voltage between electric throttle control actuator terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. PBIB3484E Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between electric throttle control actuator terminal 4 and ECM terminal 36. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 4.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between the following; electric throttle control actuator terminal 2 and ECM terminal 37, electric throttle control actuator terminal 3 and ECM terminal 38. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR Refer to EC-1617, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6. 6.REPLACE ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR 1. 2. Replace the electric throttle control actuator. Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Revision: January 2010 EC-1616 2010 Sentra DTC P2135 TP SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning". A >> INSPECTION END 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT EC Refer to EC-1245. >> INSPECTION END C Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005286211 D THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Turn ignition switch ON. Set selector lever to D position (CVT) or 1st position (M/T). Check voltage between ECM terminals 37 (TP sensor 1 signal), 38 (TP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions. E F G Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage 37 (Throttle position sensor 1) Fully released More than 0.36 V Fully depressed Less than 4.75 V 38 (Throttle position sensor 2) Fully released Less than 4.75 V Fully depressed More than 0.36 V 6. 7. 8. If NG, replace electric throttle control actuator and go to the next step. Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Removal and Installation H PBIB3482E I J INFOID:0000000005286212 K ELECTRIC THROTTLE CONTROL ACTUATOR Refer to EM-135. L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1617 2010 Sentra DTC P2138 APP SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P2138 APP SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005286213 The accelerator pedal position sensor is installed on the upper end of the accelerator pedal assembly. The sensor detects the accelerator position and sends a signal to the ECM. Accelerator pedal position sensor has two sensors. These sensors are a kind of potentiometers which transform the accelerator pedal position into output voltage, and emit the voltage signal to the ECM. In addition, these sensors detect the opening and closing speed of the accelerator pedal and feed the voltage signals to the ECM. The ECM judges the current opening angle of the accelerator pedal from these signals and controls the throttle control motor based on these signals. PBIB1741E Idle position of the accelerator pedal is determined by the ECM receiving the signal from the accelerator pedal position sensor. The ECM uses this signal for the engine operation such as fuel cut. CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005286214 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item Condition Specification ACCEL SEN 1 • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 4.0 - 4.8 V ACCEL SEN 2* • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.8 V CLSD THL POS • Ignition switch: ON (Engine stopped) Accelerator pedal: Fully released ON Accelerator pedal: Slightly depressed OFF *: Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 signal is converted by ECM internally. Thus, it differs from ECM terminal voltage. On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005286215 This self-diagnosis has the one trip detection logic. NOTE: If DTC P2138 is displayed with DTC P0643, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC P0643. Refer to EC-1530. DTC No. P2138 2138 Trouble diagnosis name Accelerator pedal position sensor circuit range/ performance DTC detecting condition Possible cause Rationally incorrect voltage is sent to ECM compared with the signals from APP sensor 1 and APP sensor 2. • Harness or connector (APP sensor 1 and 2 circuit is open or shorted.) [Crankshaft position sensor (POS) circuit is shorted.] (Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) (EVAP control system pressure sensor circuit is shorted.) • Accelerator pedal position sensor (APP sensor 1 and 2) • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) • Refrigerant pressure sensor • EVAP control system pressure sensor FAIL-SAFE MODE When the malfunction is detected, ECM enters fail-safe mode and the MIL illuminates. Revision: January 2010 EC-1618 2010 Sentra DTC P2138 APP SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > A Engine operating condition in fail-safe mode The ECM controls the electric throttle control actuator in regulating the throttle opening in order for the idle position to be within +10 degrees. The ECM regulates the opening speed of the throttle valve to be slower than the normal condition. So, the acceleration will be poor. DTC Confirmation Procedure INFOID:0000000005286216 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 8 V at idle. 1. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. 2. Check DTC. 3. If DTC is detected, go to EC-1621, "Diagnosis Procedure". EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1619 2010 Sentra DTC P2138 APP SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005286217 BBWA3058E Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1620 2010 Sentra DTC P2138 APP SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 72 76 81 CONDITION G/W G/R Sensor power supply [Crankshaft position sensor (POS)] Y/G 83 ITEM Sensor power supply (Refrigerant pressure sensor) W 82 A WIRE COLOR O Accelerator pedal position sensor 1 Accelerator pedal position sensor 2 DATA (DC Voltage) EC [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V C [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 0.6 - 0.9 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V F [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V G Sensor power supply (APP sensor 1) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V Approximately 0 V 84 B/W Sensor ground (APP sensor 1) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed 87 BR/Y Sensor power supply (APP sensor 2) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 91 V/W EVAP control system pressure sensor power supply [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 100 B Sensor ground (APP sensor 2) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V E H I Diagnosis Procedure J K INFOID:0000000005286218 L 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. D [Ignition switch: ON] • Engine stopped • Accelerator pedal: Fully released Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". M N O P BBIA0927E : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 4. Body ground E15 Revision: January 2010 2. Washer tank EC-1621 3. Fuse and fusible link box 2010 Sentra DTC P2138 APP SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. [QR25DE] 2.CHECK APP SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. 2. Disconnect accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor (1) harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. PBIB3433E 3. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. PBIA9606J Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between APP sensor terminal 5 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 4. 4.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. PBIA9607J Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between APP sensor terminal 5 and ECM terminal 87. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit. 5.CHECK APP SENSOR 2 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III Check harness for short to power and short to ground, between the following terminals. Revision: January 2010 EC-1622 2010 Sentra DTC P2138 APP SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ECM terminal Sensor terminal A Reference Wiring Diagram 72 Refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-1667, "Wiring Diagram" 76 Crankshaft position sensor (POS) terminal 1 EC-1426, "Wiring Diagram" 87 APP sensor terminal 5 EC-1608, "Wiring Diagram" 91 EVAP control system pressure sensor terminal 3 EC-1484, "Wiring Diagram" EC C OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK COMPONENTS D Check the following. • Crankshaft position sensor (POS) (Refer to EC-1430, "Component Inspection".) • Refrigerant pressure sensor (Refer to MTC-27.) • EVAP control system pressure (Refer to EC-1488, "Component Inspection".) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Replace malfunctioning component. E F 7.CHECK APP SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT G 1. 2. 3. H Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following; ECM terminal 84 and APP sensor terminal 2, ECM terminal 100 and APP sensor terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. I Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. J K 8.CHECK APP SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between the following; ECM terminal 81 and APP sensor terminal 3, ECM terminal 82 and APP sensor terminal 6. Refer to Wiring Diagram. L M Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. N 9.CHECK APP SENSOR O Refer to EC-1624, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> GO TO 10. P 10.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. 4. Replace accelerator pedal assembly. Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Revision: January 2010 EC-1623 2010 Sentra DTC P2138 APP SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > >> INSPECTION END 11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-1245. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005286219 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION SENSOR 1. 2. 3. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminals 81 (APP sensor 1 signal), 82 (APP sensor 2 signal) and ground under the following conditions. Terminal Accelerator pedal Voltage 81 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 1) Fully released 0.6 - 0.9 V Fully depressed 3.9 - 4.7 V 82 (Accelerator pedal position sensor 2) Fully released 0.3 - 0.6 V Fully depressed 1.95 - 2.4 V 4. 5. 6. 7. PBIB3604E If NG, replace accelerator pedal assembly and go to next step. Perform EC-1193, "Accelerator Pedal Released Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Perform EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005286220 ACCELERATOR PEDAL Refer to ACC-4. Revision: January 2010 EC-1624 2010 Sentra DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1 A Component Description INFOID:0000000005286221 The air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 is a planar one-cell limit current sensor. The sensor element of the A/F sensor 1 is composed an electrode layer, which transports ions. It has a heater in the element. The sensor is capable of precise measurement = 1, but also in the lean and rich range. Together with its control electronics, the sensor outputs a clear, continuous signal throughout a wide range. The exhaust gas components diffuse through the diffusion layer at the sensor cell. An electrode layer is applied voltage, and this current relative oxygen density in lean. Also this current relative hydrocarbon density in rich. Therefore, the A/F sensor 1 is able to indicate air fuel ratio by this electrode layer of current. In addition, a heater is integrated in the sensor to ensure the required operating temperature of approximately 800°C (1,472°F). EC C D PBIB3353E E F G H PBIB3354E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005286222 I Specification data are reference values. Monitor item A/F SEN1 (B1) A/F SEN1 (B2) Condition • Engine: After warming up Specification Maintaining engine speed at 2,000 rpm Fluctuates around 2.2 V K On Board Diagnosis Logic INFOID:0000000005286223 To judge the malfunction, the A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is monitored not to be shifted to LEAN side or RICH side. DTC No. P2A00 2A00 (Bank 1) P2A03 2A03 (Bank 2) Trouble diagnosis name Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 circuit range/performance DTC detecting condition • The output voltage computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is shifted to the lean side for a specified period. • The A/F signal computed by ECM from the A/F sensor 1 signal is shifted to the rich side for a specified period. DTC Confirmation Procedure Possible Cause • • • • • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 heater Fuel pressure Fuel injector Intake air leaks INFOID:0000000005286224 NOTE: If DTC Confirmation Procedure has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. TESTING CONDITION: Before performing the following procedure, confirm that battery voltage is more than 11 V at idle. WITH CONSULT-III 1. 2. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Revision: January 2010 J EC-1625 2010 Sentra L M N O P DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. 4. Clear the self-learning coefficient by touching “CLEAR”. 5. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 6. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load. 7. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 8. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 minutes. 9. Check 1st trip DTC. 10. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1630, "Diagnosis Procedure". WITH GST 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector. : Vehicle front Start engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. 6. Select Service $03 with GST and check that DTC P0102 is detected. 7. Select Service $04 with GST and erase the DTC P0102. 8. Start engine and keep the engine speed between 3,500 and 4,000 rpm for 1 minute under no load. 9. Let engine idle for 1 minute. 10. Keep engine speed between 2,500 and 3,000 rpm for 20 minutes. 11. Select Service $07 with GST. If 1st trip DTC is detected, go to EC-1630, "Diagnosis Procedure". Revision: January 2010 EC-1626 BBIA0900E 2010 Sentra DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005286225 A BANK 1 EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P ABBWA0175GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-1627 2010 Sentra DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V 4 BR/W A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 1) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) PBIA8148J 45 W A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 49 B A/F sensor 1 (Bank 1) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. Approximately 2.2 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Revision: January 2010 EC-1628 2010 Sentra DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BANK 2 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0176GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1629 2010 Sentra P DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Approximately 2.9 - 8.8 V 8 BR/Y [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed (More than 140 seconds after starting engine) A/F sensor 1 heater (Bank 2) PBIA8148J 53 W A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm 57 R A/F sensor 1 (Bank 2) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 1.8 V Output voltage varies with air fuel ratio. Approximately 2.2 V : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005286226 1.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". BBIA0927E : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 4. Body ground E15 2. Washer tank 3. Fuse and fusible link box OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 2.RETIGHTEN AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 Loosen and retighten the air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (2). Refer to EM-140, "Removal and Installation". • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) harness connector (1) • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) (2) • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) (3) • Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) harness connector (4) >> GO TO 3. BBIA0919E Revision: January 2010 EC-1630 2010 Sentra DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3.CHECK FOR INTAKE AIR LEAK A 1. Start engine and run it at idle. 2. Listen for an intake air leak after the mass air flow sensor. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace. EC 4.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA. C With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Check 1st trip DTC. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected? Is it difficult to start engine? Is it difficult to start engine? Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Disconnect mass air flow sensor (1) harness connector. : Vehicle front 4. Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. 5. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. 6. Check that DTC P0102 is displayed. 7. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". 8. Check that DTC P0000 is displayed. 9. Run engine for at least 10 minutes at idle speed. Is the 1st trip DTC P0171, P0172, P0174 or P0175 detected? BBIA0900E Is it difficult to start engine? Is it difficult to start engine? Yes or No Yes >> Perform trouble diagnosis for DTC P0171, P0174 or P0172, P0175. Refer to EC-275 or EC-281. No >> GO TO 5. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 5.CHECK HARNESS CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. D E F G H I J K L Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 harness connector. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) harness connector (1) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 1) (2) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) (3) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 (Bank 2) harness connector (4) Check harness connector for water. M N Water should no exist. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair or replace harness connector. O BBIA0919E 6.CHECK AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. P Turn ignition switch ON. Revision: January 2010 EC-1631 2010 Sentra DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1 < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Check voltage between A/F sensor 1 terminal 4 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. [QR25DE] Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 7. PBIB3308E 7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 (Bank 1) • Harness connectors E17, F10 (Bank 2) • Fuse block (J/B) connector E43 (Bank 1) • Fuse block (J/B) connector E39 (Bank 2) • 10 A fuse (Bank 1) • 15 A fuse (Bank 2) • Harness for open or short between A/F sensor 1 and fuse >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 8.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between the following terminals. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Bank A/F sensor 1 terminal ECM terminal 1 45 2 49 1 53 2 57 1 2 Continuity should exist. 4. Check harness continuity between the following terminals and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Bank 1 Bank 2 A/F sensor terminal ECM terminal A/F sensor terminal ECM terminal 1 45 1 53 2 49 2 57 Continuity should not exist. 5. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 9.CHECK A/F SENSOR 1 HEATER Refer to EC-1267, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. Revision: January 2010 EC-1632 2010 Sentra DTC P2A00, P2A03 A/F SENSOR 1 [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > NG >> GO TO 11. 10.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT A Perform EC-1245. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Repair or replace. EC 11.REPLACE AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR 1 C Replace malfunctioning air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1. CAUTION: • Discard any air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. • Before installing new air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor, clean exhaust system threads using heated oxygen sensor thread cleaner [commercial service tool (J-43897-18 or J-43897-12)] and approved anti-seize lubricant (commercial service tool). >> GO TO 12. 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Select “A/F ADJ-B1” and “A/F ADJ-B2” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. 3. Check that “0.000” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 13. G H 13.CLEAR THE SELF-LEARNING DATA 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. E F 12.CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA 1. 2. 3. D I With CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Select “SELF-LEARNING CONT” in “WORK SUPPORT” mode with CONSULT-III. Clear the self-learning control coefficient by touching “CLEAR”. Without CONSULT-III Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect mass air flow sensor harness (1) connector. : Vehicle front Restart engine and let it idle for at least 5 seconds. Stop engine and reconnect mass air flow sensor harness connector. Check that DTC P0102 is displayed. Erase the DTC memory. Refer to EC-1155, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information". Check that DTC P0000 is displayed. J K L M N >> GO TO 14. BBIA0900E 14.CONFIRM A/F ADJUSTMENT DATA 1. 2. 3. O Turn ignition switch OFF and then ON. Select “A/F ADJ-B1” and “A/F ADJ-B2” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that “0.000” is displayed on CONSULT-III screen. P >> INSPECTION END Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005286227 AIR FUEL RATIO SENSOR Refer to EM-140. Revision: January 2010 EC-1633 2010 Sentra ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ASCD BRAKE SWITCH Component Description INFOID:0000000005286228 When depress on the brake pedal, ASCD brake switch (1) is turned OFF and stop lamp switch (2) is turned ON. ECM detects the state of the brake pedal (3) by this input of two kinds (ON/OFF signal) Refer to EC-1135 for the ASCD function. BBIA0769E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005286229 Specification data are reference values. MONITOR ITEM BRAKE SW1 (ASCD brake switch) BRAKE SW2 (Stop lamp switch) Revision: January 2010 CONDITION • Ignition switch: ON • Ignition switch: ON SPECIFICATION • Brake pedal: Fully released (CVT) • Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released (M/T) ON • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT) • Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T) OFF Brake pedal: Fully released OFF Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON EC-1634 2010 Sentra ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005286230 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O BBWA3060E Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1635 2010 Sentra P ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 106 110 WIRE COLOR ITEM R/G Stop lamp switch G/B ASCD brake switch CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) [Ignition switch: ON] • Brake pedal: Fully released Approximately 0 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] • Brake pedal: Slightly depressed (CVT) • Brake pedal and/or clutch pedal: Slightly depressed (M/T) Approximately 0 V [Ignition switch: ON] • Brake pedal: Fully released (CVT) • Brake pedal and clutch pedal: Fully released (M/T) BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005286231 1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-I 1. 2. 3. With CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Select “BRAKE SW1” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III. Check “BRAKE SW1” indication under the following conditions. M/T models CONDITION INDICATION Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released ON CVT models CONDITION INDICATION Brake pedal: Slightly depressed OFF Brake pedal: Fully released ON 1. 2. Without CONSULT-III Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminal 110 and ground under the following conditions. M/T models CONDITION Clutch pedal and/or brake pedal: Slightly depressed Clutch pedal and brake pedal: Fully released VOLTAGE Approximately 0 V Battery voltage CVT models CONDITION Brake pedal: Slightly depressed Brake pedal: Fully released VOLTAGE Approximately 0 V PBIB3602E Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> GO TO 3. 2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION-II With CONSULT-III Check “BRAKE SW2” indication in “DATA MONITOR” mode. Revision: January 2010 EC-1636 2010 Sentra ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CONDITION A INDICATION Brake pedal: Fully released OFF Brake pedal: Slightly depressed ON EC Without CONSULT-III Check voltage between ECM terminal 106 and ground under the following conditions. CONDITION Brake pedal: Fully released Brake pedal: Slightly depressed C VOLTAGE D Approximately 0 V Battery voltage E PBIB3603E F OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 11. G 3.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD brake switch (1) harness connector. Stop lamp switch (2) Brake pedal (3) Turn ignition switch ON. H I J BBIA0769E 4. Check voltage between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage L : Battery voltage M OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG (M/T models) >>GO TO 4. NG (CVT models)>>GO TO 6. N 4.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. K PBIB0857E O Turn ignition switch OFF. P Revision: January 2010 EC-1637 2010 Sentra ASCD BRAKE SWITCH < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch (1) harness connector. Clutch pedal (2) 3. Turn ignition switch ON. [QR25DE] BBIA0770E 4. Check voltage between ASCD clutch switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 5. PBIB0857E 5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • 10A fuse • Harness for open or short between ASCD clutch switch and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • 10A fuse • Harness for open or short between ASCD brake switch and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check harness continuity between ASCD brake switch terminal 1 and ASCD clutch switch terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 8.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 110 and ASCD brake switch terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. Revision: January 2010 EC-1638 2010 Sentra ASCD BRAKE SWITCH < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. [QR25DE] A 9.CHECK ASCD BRAKE SWITCH EC Refer to EC-1574, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> Replace ASCD brake switch. C 10.CHECK ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH Refer to EC-1574, "Component Inspection" OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> Replace ASCD clutch switch. D 1. 2. - F E 11.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect stop lamp switch (2) harness connector. ASCD brake switch (1) Brake pedal (3) G H I BBIA0769E 3. Check voltage between stop lamp switch terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT -III or tester. J K L PBIB3443E M Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> GO TO 12. N 12.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART O Check the following. • 10A fuse • Harness for open or short between stop lamp switch and battery P >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 13.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between ECM terminal 106 and stop lamp switch terminal 2. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Revision: January 2010 EC-1639 2010 Sentra ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 14.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH Refer to EC-1574, "Component Inspection" OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> Replace stop lamp switch. 15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-1245. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005286232 ASCD BRAKE SWITCH 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD brake switch harness connector. Check continuity between ASCD brake switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions. Condition Brake pedal: Fully released. Brake pedal: Slightly depressed. Continuity Should exist. Should not exist. If NG, adjust ASCD brake switch installation, refer to BR-8, and perform step 3 again. SEC023D ASCD CLUTCH SWITCH 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ASCD clutch switch harness connector. Check continuity between ASCD clutch switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions. Condition Clutch pedal: Fully released. Clutch pedal: Slightly depressed. Continuity Should exist. Should not exist. If NG, adjust ASCD clutch switch installation, refer to CL-6, and perform step 3 again. SEC023D STOP LAMP SWITCH 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect stop lamp switch harness connector. Revision: January 2010 EC-1640 2010 Sentra ASCD BRAKE SWITCH [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Check continuity between stop lamp switch terminals 1 and 2 under the following conditions. A EC C PBIB3444E D Condition Brake pedal: Fully released. Brake pedal: Slightly depressed. Continuity Should not exist. E Should exist. If NG, adjust stop lamp switch installation, refer to BR-8, and perform step 3 again. F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1641 2010 Sentra ASCD INDICATOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ASCD INDICATOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005286233 ASCD indicator lamp illuminates to indicate ASCD operation status. Lamp has two indicators, CRUISE and SET, and is integrated in combination meter. CRUISE indicator illuminates when MAIN switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON to indicate that ASCD system is ready for operation. SET indicator illuminates when following conditions are met. • CRUISE indicator is illuminated. • SET/COAST switch on ASCD steering switch is turned ON while vehicle speed is within the range of ASCD setting. SET indicator remains lit during ASCD control. Refer to EC-1135 for the ASCD function. CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005286234 Specification data are reference value. Monitor item Condition MAIN switch: Pressed at 1st time → 2nd CRUISE LAMP • Ignition switch: ON SET LAMP • MAIN switch: ON • Vehicle: Between 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH) Revision: January 2010 Specification ON → OFF ASCD: Operating ON ASCD: Not operating OFF EC-1642 2010 Sentra ASCD INDICATOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005286235 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O ABBWA0182GB Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005286236 1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION Check ASCD indicator under the following conditions. Revision: January 2010 EC-1643 2010 Sentra P ASCD INDICATOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ASCD indicator Condition MAIN switch: Pressed at 1st time → 2nd CRUISE LAMP • Ignition switch: ON SET LAMP • MAIN switch: ON • Vehicle: Between 40 km/h (25 MPH) and 144 km/h (89 MPH) Specification ON → OFF ASCD: Operating ON ASCD: Not operating OFF OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK DTC Check that DTC UXXXX is not displayed. Yes or No Yes >> Perform trouble diagnoses for DTC UXXXX. No >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK COMBINATION METER OPERATION Does combination meter operate normally? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 4. No >> Check combination meter circuit. Refer to DI-6. 4.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-1245. >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-1644 2010 Sentra ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode A INFOID:0000000005286237 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item LOAD SIGNAL Condition • Ignition switch: ON HEATER FAN SW EC • Ignition switch: ON Specification Rear window defogger switch is ON and/or lighting switch is in 2nd position. ON Rear window defogger switch is OFF and lighting switch is OFF. OFF Heater fan: Operating. ON Heater fan: Not operating. OFF Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005286238 1.CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-I 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Check “LOAD SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III under the following conditions. Condition ON Lighting switch: OFF OFF D E F G LOAD SIGNAL Lighting switch: ON at 2nd position C H OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> GO TO 4. I Check “LOAD SIGNAL” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III under the following conditions. J 2.CHECK LOAD SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION-II Condition LOAD SIGNAL Rear window defogger switch: ON ON Rear window defogger switch: OFF OFF K OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 5. L 3.CHECK HEATER FAN SIGNAL CIRCUIT OVERALL FUNCTION M Check “HEATER FAN SW” in “DATA MONITOR” mode with CONSULT-III under the following conditions. Condition N HEATER FAN SW Heater fan control switch: ON ON Heater fan control switch: OFF OFF O OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END. NG >> GO TO 6. P 4.CHECK HEADLAMP SYSTEM Refer to LT-4 or LT-25. >> INSPECTION END 5.CHECK REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SYSTEM Revision: January 2010 EC-1645 2010 Sentra ELECTRICAL LOAD SIGNAL [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Refer to GW-54. >> INSPECTION END 6.CHECK HEATER FAN CONTROL SYSTEM Refer to MTC-27. >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-1646 2010 Sentra FUEL INJECTOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > FUEL INJECTOR A Component Description INFOID:0000000005286239 The fuel injector is a small, precise solenoid valve. When the ECM supplies a ground to the fuel injector circuit, the coil in the fuel injector is energized. The energized coil pulls the ball valve back and allows fuel to flow through the fuel injector into the intake manifold. The amount of fuel injected depends upon the injection pulse duration. Pulse duration is the length of time the fuel injector remains open. The ECM controls the injection pulse duration based on engine fuel needs. EC C D PBIA9664J CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005286240 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item See EC-1237. INJ PULSE-B1 • Engine: After warming up • Air conditioner switch: OFF • Selector lever: P or N (CVT), Neutral (M/T) • No load INJ PULSE-B2 F Condition B/FUEL SCHDL E Specification G Idle 2.0 - 3.0 msec 2,000 rpm 1.9 - 2.9 msec H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1647 2010 Sentra FUEL INJECTOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005286241 BBWA3062E Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EC-1648 2010 Sentra FUEL INJECTOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) A EC BATTERY VOLTAGE [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle 29 30 31 32 R O GR L Fuel injector No. 4 Fuel injector No. 3 Fuel injector No. 2 Fuel injector No. 1 (11 - 14 V) C D PBIB0529E BATTERY VOLTAGE E (11 - 14 V) F [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,000 rpm G PBIA4943J H : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005286242 1.INSPECTION START I Turn ignition switch to START. Is any cylinder ignited? Yes or No Yes >> GO TO 2. No >> GO TO 3. J K 2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION With CONSULT-III Start engine. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. Without CONSULT-III 1. Start engine. 2. Listen to each fuel injector operating sound. L 1. 2. 3. M N Clicking noise should be heard. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 3. O P 3.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1. PBIB3332E Turn ignition switch OFF. Revision: January 2010 EC-1649 2010 Sentra FUEL INJECTOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector (1). : Vehicle front 3. Turn ignition switch ON. [QR25DE] BBIA0903E 4. Check voltage between fuel injector terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. PBIB0582E 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • 10 A fuse • Harness for open or short between fuel injector and fuse >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between fuel injector terminal 2 and ECM terminals 29, 30, 31, 32. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 6.CHECK FUEL INJECTOR Refer to EC-1651, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace malfunctioning fuel injector. 7.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-1245. >> INSPECTION END Revision: January 2010 EC-1650 2010 Sentra FUEL INJECTOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005286243 A FUEL INJECTOR 1. 2. Disconnect fuel injector harness connector. Check resistance between terminals as shown in the figure. EC Resistance: 10.4 - 15.3 Ω [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] 3. C If NG, replace fuel injector. D E PBIA9579J Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005286244 F FUEL INJECTOR Refer to EM-148. G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1651 2010 Sentra FUEL PUMP [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > FUEL PUMP Description INFOID:0000000005286245 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Sensor Input Signal to ECM Crankshaft position sensor (POS) Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Engine speed* Battery Battery voltage* ECM Function Fuel pump control Actuator Fuel pump relay *: ECM determines the start signal status by the signals of engine speed and battery voltage. The ECM activates the fuel pump for several seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON to improve engine start ability. If the ECM receives a engine speed signal from the crankshaft position sensor (POS) and camshaft position sensor (PHASE), it knows that the engine is rotating, and causes the pump to operate. If the engine speed signal is not received when the ignition switch is ON, the engine stalls. The ECM stops pump operation and prevents battery discharging, thereby improving safety. The ECM does not directly drive the fuel pump. It controls the ON/OFF fuel pump relay, which in turn controls the fuel pump. Condition Fuel pump operation Ignition switch is turned to ON Operates for 1 second Engine running and cranking Operates Engine: Stopped Stops in 1.5 seconds Except as shown above Stops COMPONENT DESCRIPTION A turbine type design fuel pump is used in the fuel tank. • Fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump (1) • Fuel pressure regulator (2) • Fuel level sensor (3) • Fuel tank temperature sensor (4) BBIA0765E CONSULT-III Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode INFOID:0000000005286246 Specification data are reference values. Monitor item FUEL PUMP RLY Condition Specification • For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON • Engine running or cranking ON • Except above conditions OFF Revision: January 2010 EC-1652 2010 Sentra FUEL PUMP [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005286247 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O BBWA3063E Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1653 2010 Sentra P FUEL PUMP [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 14 WIRE COLOR B/O ITEM Fuel pump relay CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) [Ignition switch: ON] • For 1 second after turning ignition switch ON [Engine is running] 0 - 1.0 V [Ignition switch: ON] • More than 1 second after turning ignition switch ON Diagnosis Procedure BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) INFOID:0000000005286248 1.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION 1. 2. - Turn ignition switch ON. Pinch fuel feed hose (1) with two fingers. : Vehicle front Fuel pressure pulsation should be felt on the fuel feed hose for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2. 2.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. 3. 4. BBIA0913E Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminal 14 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 3. 3.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. PBIB3605E Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E46. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between IPDM E/R terminal 47 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 11. PBIB3319E Revision: January 2010 EC-1654 2010 Sentra FUEL PUMP [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART A Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and ECM EC >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III C 1. 2. 3. D 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector (1). This illumination is shows the view with inspection hole cover removed. Turn ignition switch ON. E F BBIA0754E 5. Check voltage between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: G H Battery voltage should exist for 1 second after ignition switch is turned ON. I OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> GO TO 6. J PBIB0795E 6.CHECK 15A FUSE 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect 15A fuse. 3. Check 15A fuse. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Replace fuse. K L M 7.CHECK FUEL PUMP POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV 1. 2. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E45. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 36 and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. O Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> GO TO 8. P 8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E13, B9 • Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” Revision: January 2010 N EC-1655 2010 Sentra FUEL PUMP [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 9.CHECK FUEL PUMP GROUND CIRCUIT 1. Check harness continuity between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminal 3 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. 10.CHECK FUEL PUMP Refer to EC-1656, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 11. NG >> Replace fuel pump. 11.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-1245. OK or NG OK >> Replace IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-17. NG >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005286249 FUEL PUMP 1. 2. Disconnect “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” harness connector. Check resistance between “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump” terminals 1 and 3. Resistance: Approximately 0.2 - 5.0 Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] 3. If NG, replace “fuel level sensor unit and fuel pump”. SEC918C Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005286250 FUEL PUMP Refer to FL-6. Revision: January 2010 EC-1656 2010 Sentra IGNITION SIGNAL [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > IGNITION SIGNAL A Component Description INFOID:0000000005286251 IGNITION COIL & POWER TRANSISTOR EC The ignition signal from the ECM is sent to and amplified by the power transistor. The power transistor turns ON and OFF the ignition coil primary circuit. This ON/OFF operation induces the proper high voltage in the coil secondary circuit. • Ignition coil harness connector (1) • : Vehicle front C D E BBIA0914E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1657 2010 Sentra IGNITION SIGNAL [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005286252 AABWA0271GB Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1658 2010 Sentra IGNITION SIGNAL [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. 24 105 A WIRE COLOR R/G G ITEM ECM relay (Self shut-off) Power supply for ECM CONDITION [Engine is running] [Ignition switch: OFF] • For a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF DATA (DC Voltage) EC 0 - 1.0 V C [Ignition switch: OFF] • More than a few seconds after turning ignition switch OFF BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) [Ignition switch: ON] BATTERY VOLTAGE (11 - 14 V) D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1659 2010 Sentra IGNITION SIGNAL [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BBWA3065E Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. Pulse signal is measured by CONSULT-III. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1660 2010 Sentra IGNITION SIGNAL [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. A WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) EC 0 - 0.1 V 9 10 11 21 Y BR/Y V G Ignition signal No. 3 Ignition signal No. 2 Ignition signal No. 1 Ignition signal No. 4 [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle C D PBIA9265J 0 - 0.2 V E [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Engine speed: 2,500 rpm F PBIA9266J G : Average voltage for pulse signal (Actual pulse signal can be confirmed by oscilloscope.) Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000005286253 H 1.CHECK ENGINE START Turn ignition switch OFF, and restart engine. Is engine running? Yes or No Yes (With CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 2. Yes (Without CONSULT-III)>>GO TO 3. No >> GO TO 4. I J 2.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION K With CONSULT-III 1. Perform “POWER BALANCE” in “ACTIVE TEST” mode with CONSULT-III. 2. Check that each circuit produces a momentary engine speed drop. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 10. L M 3.CHECK OVERALL FUNCTION Without CONSULT-III Let engine idle. Read the voltage signal between ECM terminals 9, 10, 11, 21 and ground with an oscilloscope. 3. Verify that the oscilloscope screen shows the signal wave as shown below. NOTE: The pulse cycle changes depending on rpm at idle. 1. 2. N O P PBIB3616E PBIA9265J OK or NG Revision: January 2010 EC-1661 2010 Sentra IGNITION SIGNAL [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 10. 4.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-I 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF, wait at least 10 seconds and then turn ON. Check voltage between ECM terminal 105 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Go to EC-1246. 5.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. PBIA9575J Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect condenser-2 harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Check voltage between condenser-2 terminal 1 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 6. 6.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-III 1. 2. 3. PBIB0624E Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect IPDM E/R harness connector E43. Check harness continuity between IPDM E/R terminal 3 and condenser-2 terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> Go to EC-1246. NG >> GO TO 7. 7.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E17, F10 • Harness for open or short between IPDM E/R and condenser-2 >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 8.CHECK CONDENSER-2 GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check harness continuity between condenser-2 terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. Revision: January 2010 EC-1662 2010 Sentra IGNITION SIGNAL < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. [QR25DE] A 9.CHECK CONDENSER-2 EC Refer to EC-1664, "Component Inspection" OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Replace condenser-2. C 10.CHECK IGNITION COIL POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT-IV D 1. 2. 3. 4. E Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector (1). Turn ignition switch ON. F G BBIA0914E 5. Check voltage between ignition coil terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. H I Voltage: Battery voltage J OK or NG OK >> GO TO 12. NG >> GO TO 11. K PBIB0138E 11.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connector F10 • Harness for open or short between ignition coil and harness connector F10 M >> Repair or replace harness or connectors. N 12.CHECK IGNITION COIL GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check harness continuity between ignition coil terminal 2 and ground. Refer to Wiring Diagram. O Continuity should exist. P 3. Also check harness for short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 13. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to power in harness or connectors. 13.CHECK IGNITION COIL OUTPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT Revision: January 2010 L EC-1663 2010 Sentra IGNITION SIGNAL < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Disconnect ECM harness connector. 2. Check harness continuity between ECM terminals 9, 10, 11, 21 and ignition coil terminal 1. Refer to Wiring Diagram. [QR25DE] Continuity should exist. 3. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 14. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 14.CHECK IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR Refer to EC-1664, "Component Inspection". OK or NG OK >> GO TO 15. NG >> Replace malfunctioning ignition coil with power transistor. 15.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-1245. >> INSPECTION END Component Inspection INFOID:0000000005286254 IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR CAUTION: Perform the following procedure in a place with no combustible objects and good ventilation. 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ignition coil harness connector. 3. Check resistance between ignition coil terminals as follows. Terminal No. (Polarity) Resistance Ω [at 25°C (77°F)] 1 and 2 Except 0 or ∞ 1 and 3 2 and 3 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. Except 0 If NG, replace ignition coil with power transistor. If OK, go to next step. Turn ignition switch OFF. Reconnect all harness connectors disconnected. Remove fuel pump fuse (1) in IPDM E/R (2) to release fuel pressure. NOTE: Do not use CONSULT-III to release fuel pressure, or fuel pressure applies again during the following procedure. : Vehicle front Start engine. After engine stalls, crank it two or three times to release all fuel pressure. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove all ignition coil harness connectors to avoid the electrical discharge from the ignition coils. Remove ignition coil and spark plug of the cylinder to be checked. Crank engine for 5 seconds or more to remove combustion gas in the cylinder. Connect spark plug and harness connector to ignition coil. Revision: January 2010 EC-1664 PBIB0847E PBIB2958E 2010 Sentra IGNITION SIGNAL < SERVICE INFORMATION > 15. Fix ignition coil using a rope etc. with gap of 13 - 17 mm (0.52 – between the edge of the spark plug and grounded metal portion as shown in the figure. 16. Crank engine for approximately 3 seconds, and check whether spark is generated between the spark plug and the grounded metal portion. [QR25DE] A EC Spark should be generated. CAUTION: • During the operation, always stay 0.5 m (19.7 in) or more JMBIA0066GB away from the spark plag and the ignition coil. Be careful not to get an electrical shock while checking, because the electrical discharge voltage becomes 20 kV or more. • It might cause to damage the ignition coil if the gap of more than 17 mm (0.66 in) is made. NOTE: When the gap is less than 13 mm (0.52 in), a the spark might be generated even if the coil is malfunctioning. 17. If NG, replace ignition coil with power transistor. CONDENSER-2 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect condenser-2 harness connector. Check resistance between condenser-2 terminals 1 and 2. D E F G Resistance: Above 1 MΩ [at 25°C (77°F)] 4. C H If NG, replace condenser-2. I J PBIB0794E Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005286255 K IGNITION COIL WITH POWER TRANSISTOR Refer to EM-145. L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EC-1665 2010 Sentra REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR Component Description INFOID:0000000005286256 The refrigerant pressure sensor (1) is installed at the condenser of the air conditioner system. The sensor uses an electrostatic volume pressure transducer to convert refrigerant pressure to voltage. The voltage signal is sent to ECM, and ECM controls cooling fan system. • : Vehicle front BBIA0762E PBIB2657E Revision: January 2010 EC-1666 2010 Sentra REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000005286257 A EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O BBWA3066E Specification data are reference values and are measured between each terminal and ground. CAUTION: Never use ECM ground terminals when measuring input/output voltage. Doing so may result in damage to the ECM's transistor. Use a ground other than ECM terminals, such as the ground. Revision: January 2010 EC-1667 2010 Sentra P REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TERMINAL NO. WIRE COLOR ITEM CONDITION DATA (DC Voltage) Refrigerant pressure sensor [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Both A/C switch and blower fan switch: ON (Compressor operates) R/G Sensor ground (Refrigerant pressure sensor) [Engine is running] • Warm-up condition • Idle speed Approximately 0 V G/W Sensor power supply (Refrigerant pressure sensor) [Ignition switch: ON] Approximately 5 V 39 L 40 72 Diagnosis Procedure 1.0 - 4.0 V INFOID:0000000005286258 1.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OVERALL FUNCTION 1. 2. 3. Start engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch ON. Check voltage between ECM terminal 39 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. Voltage: 1.0 - 4.0 V OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 2. PBIB3606E 2.CHECK GROUND CONNECTIONS 1. 2. 3. Turn A/C switch and blower fan switch OFF. Stop engine and turn ignition switch OFF. Loosen and retighten ground screws on the body. Refer to EC-1251, "Ground Inspection". BBIA0927E : Vehicle front 1. Body ground E9 (view with front wheel RH and fender protector RH removed.) 4. Body ground E15 2. Washer tank 3. Fuse and fusible link box OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace ground connections. 3.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT Revision: January 2010 EC-1668 2010 Sentra REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Disconnect refrigerant pressure sensor (1) harness connector. : Vehicle front 2. Turn ignition switch ON. [QR25DE] A EC C BBIA0762E D 3. Check voltage between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 3 and ground with CONSULT-III or tester. E Voltage: Approximately 5 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. F G SEF479Y 4.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART H Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open or short between refrigerant pressure sensor and ECM I >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT J 1. 2. 3. K Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect ECM harness connector. Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 1 and ECM terminal 40. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. L 4. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6. M 6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART N Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open or short between refrigerant pressure sensor and ECM O >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 7.CHECK REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INPUT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN AND SHORT 1. Check harness continuity between refrigerant pressure sensor terminal 2 and ECM terminal 39. Refer to Wiring Diagram. Continuity should exist. 2. Also check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG Revision: January 2010 EC-1669 2010 Sentra P REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> GO TO 8. 8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING PART Check the following. • Harness connectors E3, F2 • Harness for open or short between refrigerant pressure sensor and ECM >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 9.CHECK INTERMITTENT INCIDENT Refer to EC-1245. OK or NG OK >> Replace refrigerant pressure sensor. NG >> Repair or replace. Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005286259 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR Refer to MTC-88, "Removal and Installation for Refrigerant Pressure Sensor". Revision: January 2010 EC-1670 2010 Sentra MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR Wiring Diagram A INFOID:0000000005286260 EC C D E F G H I J K L M N O P ABBWA0183GB Revision: January 2010 EC-1671 2010 Sentra MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > BBWA2913E Revision: January 2010 EC-1672 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A Fuel Pressure INFOID:0000000005286261 Approximately 350 kPa (3.57 kg/cm2, 51 psi) Fuel pressure at idle Idle Speed and Ignition Timing CVT Target idle speed Air conditioner: ON Ignition timing INFOID:0000000005286262 CVT In P or N position M/T In Neutral position CVT In P or N position M/T In Neutral position D 800 ± 50 rpm 1 No load* (in Neutral position) C 650 ± 50 rpm No load*1 (In P or N position) M/T EC 800 rpm or more E 10 ± 5° BTDC F *1: Under the following conditions: • Air conditioner switch: OFF • Electric load: OFF (Lights, heater fan & rear window defogger) G • Steering wheel: Kept in straight-ahead position Calculated Load Value INFOID:0000000005286263 H Calculated load value% (Using CONSULT-III or GST) At idle 10 - 35 At 2,500 rpm 10 - 35 Mass Air Flow Sensor I INFOID:0000000005286264 Supply voltage J Battery voltage (11 - 14 V) Output voltage at idle K 0.9 - 1.1* V 1.0 - 4.0 g·m/sec at idle* 4.0 - 10.0 g·m/sec at 2,500 rpm* Mass air flow (Using CONSULT-III or GST) L *: Engine is warmed up to normal operating temperature and running under no load. Intake Air Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000005286265 M Temperature °C (°F) Resistance (kΩ) 25 (77) 1.800 - 2.200 Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor N INFOID:0000000005286266 O Temperature °C (°F) Resistance (kΩ) 20 (68) 2.1 - 2.9 50 (122) 0.68 - 1.00 90 (194) 0.236 - 0.260 Air Fuel Ratio (A/F) Sensor 1 Heater INFOID:0000000005286267 1.8 - 2.44 Ω Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Revision: January 2010 P EC-1673 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Heated Oxygen sensor 2 Heater INFOID:0000000005286268 3.4 - 4.4 Ω Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Crankshaft Position Sensor (POS) INFOID:0000000005286269 Refer to EC-1430, "Component Inspection". Camshaft Position Sensor (PHASE) INFOID:0000000005286270 Refer to EC-1435, "Component Inspection". Throttle Control Motor INFOID:0000000005286271 Approximately 1 - 15 Ω Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Fuel Injector INFOID:0000000005286272 10.4 - 15.3 Ω Resistance [at 10 - 60°C (50 - 140°F)] Fuel Pump INFOID:0000000005286273 Approximately 0.2 - 5.0 Ω Resistance [at 25°C (77°F)] Revision: January 2010 EC-1674 2010 Sentra BRAKES SECTION PB PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM A B C D E CONTENTS On-Vehicle Service ................................................... 5 Component ............................................................... 6 Removal and Installation .......................................... 6 PB PARKING BRAKE SHOE .................................. 8 G SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 2 PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 2 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 2 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 2 PREPARATION ................................................... 4 Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 4 Component ............................................................... 8 Removal and Installation .......................................... 8 Drum and Lining Break-in ........................................10 H SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ................................................................. 11 I PARKING BRAKE CONTROL ............................ 5 Parking Drum Brake ................................................11 Parking Brake Control .............................................11 J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 PB-1 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000005614913 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect INFOID:0000000005937451 NOTE: • This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM). • Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the ″LOCK″ position. • Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results. For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder. For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and steering wheel rotation will become impossible. If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before starting the repair operation. OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the steering lock will be released. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be rotated. Perform the necessary repair operation. Revision: January 2010 PB-2 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.) 6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III. A B C D E PB G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 PB-3 2010 Sentra PREPARATION < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000005282930 Tool name Description Power tool Removing nuts, bolts and screws PIIB1407E Revision: January 2010 PB-4 2010 Sentra PARKING BRAKE CONTROL < SERVICE INFORMATION > PARKING BRAKE CONTROL A On-Vehicle Service INFOID:0000000005282931 INSPECTION B When parking brake lever is operated with a force of 196 N (20 kg-f, 44 lb-f), make sure parking brake lever stroke is within the specified number of notches. (Check it by listening and counting ratchet clicks.) Number of notches C : PB-11, "Parking Brake Control" D E WFIA0508E COMPONENTS INSPECTION • • - Make sure that the mounting conditions (looseness, backlash, etc.) of each component are normal. Check the following: Device assembly for bends, damage and cracks. Replace if any damage is noted. Cables and equalizer for wear and damage. Replace if any damage is noted. Parking brake switch. Replace if it does not work correctly. ADJUSTMENT 1. 2. PB G H Engage parking brake lever to access adjusting nut hole below grip. Insert a deep socket wrench onto adjusting nut. Rotate adjusting nut to fully loosen cable, and then release parking brake lever. I J K WFIA0095E 3. 4. 5. a. b. c. d. e. Depress the foot brake about 10 times and adjust the rear shoe clearance. CAUTION: Be sure to securely depress the foot brake. Rotate brake drum or disc rotor to make sure that there is no drag. Adjust parking brake cable with the following procedure. When replace parking brake cable, operate parking brake lever with a force of 490 N (50 kg-f, 110 lb-f) about 10 times. Engage parking brake lever to access adjusting nut hole below grip. Rotate adjusting nut to adjust parking brake lever stroke using a deep socket wrench. Operate parking brake lever with a force of 196 N (20 kg-f, 44 lb-f), make sure the parking brake lever stroke is within the specified number of notches. (Check it by listening and counting ratchet clicks.) Make sure that there is no drag on rear brake or parking brake shoe with parking brake lever completely released. Revision: January 2010 PB-5 2010 Sentra L M N O P PARKING BRAKE CONTROL < SERVICE INFORMATION > Component INFOID:0000000005282932 LFIA0254E 1. Device assembly 2. Adjusting nut 3. Parking brake switch 4. Front cable 5. Equalizer 6. Bracket 7. LH cable guide 8. LH rear cable 9. RH rear cable 10. RH cable guide Front Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005282933 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Remove center console assembly. Refer to IP-12, "Removal and Installation". Disconnect parking brake switch connector. Loosen adjusting nut. Remove equalizer from rear cable terminal ends. Remove device assembly nuts, then remove device assembly. Remove rear brake drum or disc rotor. Refer to BR-44, "Removal and Installation of Drum Brake Assembly" (drum brake), BR-38, "Removal and Installation of Caliper Assembly" (disc rotor). 7. Remove rear cables from the operating levers. Refer to BR-44, "Removal and Installation of Drum Brake Assembly" (drum brake), BR-38, "Removal and Installation of Caliper Assembly" (disc brake). 8. Remove rear cable bolts, and then remove LH and RH rear cables. 9. If replacing LH or RH cable guide, remove carpet and floor insulator. Refer to EI-39, "Removal and Installation", then perform the following: • Remove bracket nuts and bracket. • Remove cable guide bolts and cable guides. 10. Remove adjusting nut, and discard, remove front cable from device assembly (if replacing front cable assembly). Revision: January 2010 PB-6 2010 Sentra PARKING BRAKE CONTROL < SERVICE INFORMATION > CAUTION: Do not reuse the adjusting nut. A INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of the removal. • Adjust clearance of rear brake shoes. Refer to PB-5, "On-Vehicle Service". B C D E PB G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 PB-7 2010 Sentra PARKING BRAKE SHOE < SERVICE INFORMATION > PARKING BRAKE SHOE Component INFOID:0000000005282934 LFIA0259E 1. Anchor pin 2. Baffle plate 3. Lever 4. Brake shoe 5. Spring 6. Strut 7. Retainer spring 8. Adjuster Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005282935 REMOVAL WARNING: Clean brakes with a vacuum dust collector to minimize the hazard of airborne particles or other materials. 1. Remove wheel and tire. 2. Remove the brake rotor with the parking brake lever completely disengaged. If the brake rotor cannot be removed, remove as follows: Revision: January 2010 PB-8 2010 Sentra PARKING BRAKE SHOE < SERVICE INFORMATION > a. Secure the brake rotor with the wheel nut and remove the adjuster hole plug. b. Insert a flat-bladed screwdriver or suitable tool through the plug opening and rotate the star wheel on the adjuster assembly in the direction as shown to retract the parking brake shoes. 3. Remove the parking brake shoe springs. 4. Remove retainer springs, parking brake shoes, strut, and adjuster. Then remove lever from brake shoe. A B C WFIA0018E D INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL • Visually inspect the lining for abnormal wear, damage and peeling. • Using a micrometer, measure the thickness (A) of the lining. Standard lining thickness Lining wear limit (A) E : PB-11, "Parking Brake Control" : PB-11, "Parking Brake Control" PB • Visually inspect the inside of the drum for abnormal wear, damage and cracks. Using a pair of vernier calipers, measure the inside diameter of the drum. Standard inner diameter Maximum inner diameter : PB-11, "Parking Brake Control" : PB-11, "Parking Brake Control" G SBR021A H I CAUTION: If necessary, remove the parking brake shoe and check as follows. • Check the shoe sliding surface for abnormal wear and damage. • Check the anchor pin for abnormal wear and corrosion. • Check the return springs for sagging. • Check the adjuster for rough operation. J K INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • Apply brake grease to the contact areas on baffle plate. L M • The orientation of the adjuster is different from LH to RH brakes. Assemble the adjuster so that the threaded part is expanded when rotating it in the direction as shown. Completely retract the adjuster to assemble. When disassembling the adjuster, apply brake grease to the threads. • After installing parking brake shoes and rotor, adjust the parking brake. Refer to PB-8, "Removal and Installation". N O P SFIA0153E SHOE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT 1. Make sure the parking brake control lever is fully released and parking brake cable adjusting nut is loosened. Revision: January 2010 PB-9 2010 Sentra PARKING BRAKE SHOE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Remove the adjuster hole plug on the rotor. Using a screwdriver or suitable tool, turn the adjuster in the direction as shown until the rotor is locked. After locking, turn the adjuster in the opposite direction 5 or 6 notches. 3. Rotate the rotor to make sure that there is no drag. Install the adjuster hole plug. 4. After adjusting the clearance of the rear shoes, adjust the parking brake cable. Refer to PB-11, "Parking Drum Brake". • After replacing the shoes or the brake rotor or if the parking brake does not function well, perform the break-in procedure. Refer to PB-11, "Parking Drum Brake". Drum and Lining Break-in WFIA0286E INFOID:0000000005282936 CAUTION: Do not carry out the break-in procedure excessively. Doing so may cause uneven or premature wear of the brake shoe lining. When new parking brake shoes or brake rotors are installed or when parking brake performance is poor, perform the following break-in procedure. 1. Drive the unloaded vehicle on a safe, level and dry road. 2. Pull the parking brake control lever with a force of 147 N (15 kg-f, 33 lb-f). 3. While pulling the lever, continue to drive the vehicle forward 100 meters (328 ft) at approximately 35 km/h (22 MPH). 4. Allow the parking brake to cool down for approximately five minutes. 5. Release the parking brake control lever and drive the vehicle under normal conditions for two minutes to cool down the parking brake. 6. Repeat steps 1 through 5 three times and repeat just step 5 once more. 7. After performing the break-in procedure, check the stroke of the parking brake control lever. If it is out of specification, adjust again. Refer to PB-5, "On-Vehicle Service". Revision: January 2010 PB-10 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A Parking Drum Brake Brake lining Drum (in disc) INFOID:0000000005282937 Standard thickness (new) B 3.2 mm (0.126 in) Wear limit thickness — Standard inner diameter (new) C 172 mm (6.77 in) Wear limit of inner diameter — Parking Brake Control INFOID:0000000005282938 D QR25DE (All Models) Control type Hand lever E 8− 9 Number of notches [under a force of 196 N (20 kg-f, 44 lb-f)] Number of notches when warning lamp switch comes on 1 PB MR20DE (All Models) Control type Hand lever 7− 8 Number of notches [under a force of 196 N (20 kg-f, 44 lb-f)] Number of notches when warning lamp switch comes on G 1 H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 PB-11 2010 Sentra ENGINE SECTION EM ENGINE MECHANICAL A EM C D E CONTENTS MR20DE Changing Air Cleaner Filter .....................................17 SERVICE INFORMATION ............................ 3 INTAKE MANIFOLD ......................................... 18 Component ..............................................................18 Removal and Installation .........................................19 PRECAUTIONS ................................................... 3 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................... 3 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect ..................................... 3 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover...... 4 Precaution for Drain Coolant ..................................... 4 Precaution for Disconnecting Fuel Piping ................. 4 Precaution for Removal and Disassembly ................ 4 Precaution for Inspection, Repair and Replacement .......................................................................... 4 Precaution for Assembly and Installation .................. 4 Parts Requiring Angular Tightening .......................... 5 Precaution for Liquid Gasket ..................................... 5 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ............................11 NVH Troubleshooting - Engine Noise ..................... 11 Use the Chart Below to Help You Find the Cause of the Symptom ....................................................... 12 DRIVE BELTS ....................................................13 Component .............................................................. 13 Checking Drive Belts ............................................... 13 Tension Adjustment ................................................ 13 Removal and Installation ......................................... 13 Component .............................................................. 14 Removal and Installation of Drive Belt Auto Tensioner ...................................................................... 14 Component ..............................................................23 Removal and Installation .........................................24 OIL PAN ............................................................ 27 H Component ..............................................................27 Removal and Installation .........................................27 I IGNITION COIL, SPARK PLUG AND ROCKER COVER ........................................................ 33 J Component ..............................................................33 Removal and Installation .........................................33 K FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE ................ 36 Component ..............................................................36 Removal and Installation .........................................36 L TIMING CHAIN .................................................. 40 Component ..............................................................40 Removal and Installation .........................................41 M CAMSHAFT ....................................................... 50 Component ..............................................................50 Removal and Installation .........................................50 Valve Clearance ......................................................58 N OIL SEAL .......................................................... 62 O Removal and Installation of Valve Oil Seal ..............62 Removal and Installation of Front Oil Seal ..............62 Removal and Installation of Rear Oil Seal ...............63 P CYLINDER HEAD ............................................. 65 AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT ........................16 Component .............................................................. 16 Removal and Installation ......................................... 16 Revision: January 2010 G EXHAUST MANIFOLD ...................................... 23 PREPARATION ................................................... 7 Special Service Tool ................................................. 7 Commercial Service Tool .......................................... 9 F EM-1 On-Vehicle Service ..................................................65 Component ..............................................................66 Removal and Installation .........................................66 Component ..............................................................68 Disassembly and Assembly .....................................69 2010 Sentra Inspection After Disassembly ................................. 70 Removal and Installation ....................................... 133 ENGINE ASSEMBLY ......................................... 75 INTAKE MANIFOLD ......................................... 135 Component ............................................................. 75 Removal and Installation ........................................ 76 Removal and Installation ....................................... 135 CYLINDER BLOCK ........................................... 80 Component ............................................................. 80 Disassembly and Assembly .................................... 81 How to Select Piston and Bearing .......................... 90 Inspection After Disassembly ................................. 97 EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST ....................................................... 140 Removal and Installation ....................................... 140 OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER ........................ 142 Removal and Installation ....................................... 142 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ................................................................ 108 IGNITION COIL ................................................. 145 Standard and Limit ................................................108 SPARK PLUG ................................................... 146 QR25DE Removal and Installation ....................................... 145 Removal and Installation ....................................... 146 SERVICE INFORMATION .......................... 119 FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE ................ 148 PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 119 Removal and Installation ....................................... 148 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" ................................................................119 Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect .................................119 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover..120 Precaution for Draining Coolant ............................120 Precaution for Disconnecting Fuel Piping ..............120 Precaution for Removal and Disassembly .............120 Precaution for Inspection, Repair and Replacement .......................................................................120 Precaution for Assembly and Installation ..............120 Parts Requiring Angular Tightening .......................120 Precaution for Liquid Gasket .................................121 ROCKER COVER ............................................. 151 PREPARATION ............................................... 123 Special Service Tool ..............................................123 Commercial Service Tool ......................................125 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING .......................... 128 NVH Troubleshooting - Engine Noise ....................128 Use the Chart Below to Help You Find the Cause of the Symptom .....................................................128 DRIVE BELTS .................................................. 130 Checking Drive Belts .............................................130 Tension Adjustment ...............................................130 Removal and Installation .......................................130 Removal and Installation of Drive Belt Auto-tensioner .....................................................................131 AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT ...................... 133 Revision: January 2010 Removal and Installation ....................................... 151 CAMSHAFT ...................................................... 153 Removal and Installation ....................................... 153 Inspection After Installation ................................... 160 Valve Clearance .................................................... 161 TIMING CHAIN ................................................. 164 Removal and Installation ....................................... 164 OIL SEAL .......................................................... 172 Removal and Installation of Valve Oil Seal ........... 172 Removal and Installation of Front Oil Seal ............ 172 Removal and Installation of Rear Oil Seal ............ 173 CYLINDER HEAD ............................................. 175 On-Vehicle Service ............................................... 175 Removal and Installation ....................................... 176 Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 178 Inspection After Disassembly ................................ 180 ENGINE ASSEMBLY ....................................... 184 Removal and Installation ....................................... 184 CYLINDER BLOCK .......................................... 188 Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 188 How to Select Piston and Bearing ........................ 196 Inspection After Disassembly ................................ 202 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) ................................................................ 212 Standard and Limit ................................................ 212 EM-2 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION A PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" EM INFOID:0000000005283709 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. C D E F G H PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. I J Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect INFOID:0000000005283710 NOTE: • This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM). • Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the ″LOCK″ position. • Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results. For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder. For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and steering wheel rotation will become impossible. If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before starting the repair operation. K L M N O OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the steering lock will be released. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be rotated. Perform the necessary repair operation. Revision: January 2010 EM-3 2010 Sentra P PRECAUTIONS [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.) 6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III. Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000005283711 When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover the lower end of windshield. PIIB3706J Precaution for Drain Coolant INFOID:0000000005283712 • Drain coolant when engine is cooled. Precaution for Disconnecting Fuel Piping INFOID:0000000005283713 • Before starting work, make sure no fire or spark producing items are in the work area. • Release fuel pressure before disassembly. • After disconnecting pipes, plug openings to stop fuel leakage. Precaution for Removal and Disassembly INFOID:0000000005283714 • When instructed to use special service tools, use the specified tools. Always be careful to work safely, avoid forceful or uninstructed operations. • Exercise maximum care to avoid damage to mating or sliding surfaces. • Cover openings of engine system with tape or the equivalent, if necessary, to seal out foreign materials. • Mark and arrange disassembly parts in an organized way for easy troubleshooting and assembly. • When loosening nuts and bolts, as a basic rule, start with the one furthest outside, then the one diagonally opposite, and so on. If the order of loosening is specified, do exactly as specified. Power tools may be used where noted in the step. Precaution for Inspection, Repair and Replacement INFOID:0000000005283715 • Before repairing or replacing, thoroughly inspect parts. Inspect new replacement parts in the same way, and replace if necessary. Precaution for Assembly and Installation INFOID:0000000005283716 • Use torque wrench to tighten bolts or nuts to specification. • When tightening nuts and bolts, as a basic rule, equally tighten in several different steps starting with the ones in center, then ones on inside and outside diagonally in this order. If the order of tightening is specified, do exactly as specified. • Replace with new gasket, packing, oil seal or O-ring. • Thoroughly wash, clean, and air-blow each part. Carefully check oil or coolant passages for any restriction and blockage. • Avoid damaging sliding or mating surfaces. Completely remove foreign materials such as cloth lint or dust. Before assembly, oil sliding surfaces well. • Release air within route after draining coolant. • Before starting engine, apply fuel pressure to fuel lines with turning ignition switch ON (with engine stopped). Then make sure that there are no leaks at fuel line connections. • After repairing, start engine and increase engine speed to check coolant, fuel, oil, and exhaust systems for leakage. Revision: January 2010 EM-4 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Parts Requiring Angular Tightening INFOID:0000000005283717 A Use an angle wrench for the final tightening of the following engine parts: Cylinder head bolts Camshaft sprocket (INT) EM Main bearing cap bolts Connecting rod cap nuts Crankshaft pulley bolt (No angle wrench is required as the bolt flange is provided with notches for angular C tightening) • Do not use a torque value for final tightening. • The torque value for these parts are for a preliminary step. • Ensure thread and seat surfaces are clean and coated with engine oil. D • - Precaution for Liquid Gasket INFOID:0000000005283718 E REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET SEALING • After removing the bolts and nuts, separate the mating surface and remove the sealant using Tool. Tool number F : KV10111100 (J-37228) CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the mating surfaces. • In areas where the cutter is difficult to use, use a plastic hammer to lightly tap (1) the cutter where the RTV Silicone Sealant is applied. Use a plastic hammer to slide the cutter (2) by tapping on the side. CAUTION: If for some unavoidable reason a tool such as a flat-bladed screwdriver is used, be careful not to damage the mating surfaces. G H WBIA0566E I LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. Using a scraper, remove the old Silicone RTV Sealant adhering to the gasket application surface and the mating surface. • Remove the sealant completely from the groove of the gasket application surface, bolts, and bolt holes. Thoroughly clean the gasket application surface and the mating surface and remove adhering moisture, grease and foreign materials. Attach the sealant tube to the tube presser. Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant". J K L PBIC0003E 4. Apply the sealant without breaks to the specified location using Tool. Tool number WS39930000 ( – N ) • If there is a groove for the sealant application, apply the sealant to the groove. • As for the bolt holes, normally apply the sealant inside the holes. If specified, it should be applied outside the holes. Make sure to read the text of this manual. • Within five minutes of the sealant application, install the mating component. • If the sealant protrudes, wipe it off immediately. • Do not retighten after the installation. Revision: January 2010 M EM-5 O P WBIA0567E 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > • After 30 minutes or more have passed from the installation, fill the engine with the specified oil and coolant. Refer to MA-15, "MR20DE". [MR20DE] SEM159F CAUTION: Follow all specific instructions in this manual. Revision: January 2010 EM-6 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION A Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000005283719 The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here. EM Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description KV10111100 (J-37228) Seal cutter Removing steel oil pan and rear timing chain case C D E NT046 KV10112100 (BT-8653-A) Angle wrench Tightening bolts for bearing cap, cylinder head, etc. F G NT014 KV10107902 (J-38959) Valve oil seal puller Removing valve oil seal H I J S-NT011 EM03470000 (J-8037) Piston ring compressor Installing piston assembly into cylinder bore K L NT044 KV101092S0 (J-26336-B) Valve spring compressor 1 KV10109210 (J-26336-20) Attachment 2 KV10109220 ( — ) 3. KV10109230 Adapter (M8) WS39930000 ( — Tube presser Disassembling and assembling valve mechanism M N NT718 O Pressing the tube of liquid gasket ) P NT052 Revision: January 2010 EM-7 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description ST16610001 (J-23907) Pilot bushing puller Removing crankshaft pilot bushing NT045 KV11103000 (—) Pulley puller Removing crankshaft pulley NT676 KV991J0050 (J-44626) Air fuel sensor Socket Loosening or tightening air fuel ratio A/F sensor a: 22 mm (0.87 in) LBIA0444E KV10114400 (J-38365) Heated oxygen sensor wrench Loosening or tightening rear heated oxygen sensor a: 22 mm (0.87 in) NT636 KV11105210 (J-44716) Stopper plate Securing diveplate and flywheel ZZA0009D KV10115600 (J-38958) Valve oil seal drift S-NT603 Revision: January 2010 EM-8 Installing valve oil seal Use side A. a: 20 (0.79) dia b: 13 (0.51) dia. c: 10.3 (0.406) dia d: 8 (0.31) dia. e: 10.7 (0.421) f: 5 (0.20) 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description KV10115801 ( — ) Oil filter wrench Removing and installing oil filter a: 64.3 mm (2.531 in) A EM C S-NT375 — (J-48891) Spark plug socket Removing and installing spark plug D E F ALBIA0672GB Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000005283720 G (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description Power tool Loosening bolts and nuts H I J PBIC0190E Valve seat cutter set Finishing valve seat dimensions K L NT048 Piston ring expander Removing and installing piston ring M N O NT030 KV10109300 ( — ) Pulley holder Removing and installing crankshaft pulley P NT628 Revision: January 2010 EM-9 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description KV10111800 Valve guide drift Removing and installing valve guide PBIC4012E Valve guide reamer (1): Reaming valve guide inner hole (2): Reaming hole for oversize valve guide PBIC4013E (J-43897-18) (J-43897-12) Oxygen sensor thread cleaner AEM488 Anti-seize lubricant (Permatex 133AR or equivalent meeting MIL specification MIL-A-907) Reconditioning the exhaust system threads before installing a new oxygen sensor and Air Fuel ratio sensor (Use with anti-seize lubricant shown below.) a: J-43897-18 (18 mm dia.) Air Fuel ratio sensors b: J-43897-12 (12 mm dia.) Air Fuel ratio sensors Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool when reconditioning exhaust system threads AEM489 E20 Torx® Socket (J-45816) Removing and installing drive plate and flywheel bolts LBIA0285E Revision: January 2010 EM-10 2010 Sentra NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING NVH Troubleshooting - Engine Noise A INFOID:0000000005283721 EM C D E F G H I J K L M N O P WBIA0822E 1. Piston pin noise 2. Piston slap noise 3. Main bearing noise 4. Water pump noise 5. Timing chain and tensioner noise 6. Drive belt noise (stick/slipping) 7. Tappet noise 8. Camshaft bearing noise 9. Connecting rod noise A. Rotational mechanism B. Water pump C. Timing chain Revision: January 2010 EM-11 2010 Sentra NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > D. Drive belt E. Crankshaft pulley F. A/C compressor G. Water pump H. Generator I. Tension pulley J. Valve mechanism K. Valves Use the Chart Below to Help You Find the Cause of the Symptom INFOID:0000000005283722 1. Locate the area where noise occurs. 2. Confirm the type of noise. 3. Specify the operating condition of engine. 4. Check specified noise source. If necessary, repair or replace these parts. Operating condition of engine Location of noise Type of noise Top of engine Rocker cover Cylinder head Front of engine Front cover Front of engine Reference page After warmup When starting When idling When racing While driving Ticking or clicking C A — A B — Tappet noise Valve clearance EM-58 Rattle C A — A B C Camshaft bearing noise Camshaft journal oil clearance Camshaft runout EM-50 EM-50 — Piston pin noise Piston to piston pin oil clearance Connecting rod bushing oil clearance EM-97 EM-97 A Piston slap noise Piston to cylinder bore clearance Piston ring side clearance Piston ring end gap Connecting rod bend and torsion EM-97 EM-97 EM-97 EM-97 Connecting rod bushing oil clearance Connecting rod bearing oil clearance EM-97 EM-97 Slap or knock Crankshaft pulley Cylinder block (Side of engine) Oil pan Source of noise Before warmup Slap or rap — A A — — — B B B B Check item Knock A B C B B B Connecting rod bearing noise Knock A B — A B C Main bearing noise Main bearing oil clearance Crankshaft runout EM-97 EM-97 Timing chain cracks and wear Timing chain tensioner operation EM-41 Tapping or ticking A A — B B B Timing chain and chain tensioner noise Squeaking or fizzing A B — B — C Drive belt (Sticking or slipping) Drive belt deflection Creaking A B A B A B Drive belt (Slipping) Idler pulley bearing operation Squall Creak A B — B A B Water pump noise Water pump operation A: Closely related B: Related C: Sometimes related Revision: January 2010 EM-13 CO-19 —: Not related EM-12 2010 Sentra DRIVE BELTS [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DRIVE BELTS A Component INFOID:0000000005283723 EM C D PBIC3137J 1. Generator Drive belt auto–tensioner 3. Crankshaft pulley 4. A/C compressor (models with A/C) 5. Idler pulley (models without A/C) 2. Water pump 6. Drive belt A. Allowable use range Range when new drive belt is installed C. B. Checking Drive Belts E F Indicator INFOID:0000000005283724 WARNING: Inspect the drive belt only when the engine is stopped. NOTE: On vehicles not equipped with A/C, there is an idler pulley in the position for the drive belt routing. • Make sure that the indicator (notch on fixed side) of drive belt auto-tensioner is within the possible use range. NOTE: • Check the drive belt auto-tensioner indicator (notch) when the engine is cold. • When the new drive belt is installed, the range of possible use should be as shown. • Visually check entire belt for wear, damage or cracks. • If the indicator is out of allowable use range or belt is damaged, replace the drive belt. Tension Adjustment INFOID:0000000005283725 G H I J K Belt tension is not manually adjustable, it is automatically adjusted by the drive belt auto-tensioner. Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283726 L REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the splash shield RH. Refer to EI-21, "Component". Securely hold the hexagonal part (A) of drive belt auto-tensioner (1) with a suitable tool. Then move the tool in the direction of arrow (loosening direction of tensioner). WARNING: Never place hand in a location where pinching may occur if the holding tool accidentally comes off. CAUTION: Do not loosen the auto-tensioner pulley bolt. (Do not turn it counterclockwise.) If turned counterclockwise, the complete auto-tensioner must be replaced as a unit, including pulley. Insert a rod approximately 6 mm (0.24 in) in diameter into the hole (B) of the retaining boss to lock drive belt auto-tensioner. • Leave tensioner pulley arm locked until belt is installed again. Remove drive belt. M N O P PBIC3936E INSTALLATION Revision: January 2010 EM-13 2010 Sentra DRIVE BELTS [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Install drive belt. CAUTION: Confirm drive belt is completely set on the pulleys. 2. Release drive belt auto-tensioner, and apply tension to drive belt. WARNING: Never place hand in a location where pinching may occur if the holding tool accidentally comes off. CAUTION: Make sure no engine oil, working fluid and engine coolant are adhered to drive belt and each pulley groove. 3. Turn crankshaft pulley clockwise several times to equalize tension between each pulley. 4. Confirm tension of drive belt at indicator is within the allowable use range. Refer to EM-13, "Checking Drive Belts". 5. Install the splash shield RH. Refer to EI-21, "Component". Component INFOID:0000000005283727 PBIC4698E 1. Front cover 2. Drive belt auto–tensioner 4. Bracket (models without A/C) 5. Shaft (models without A/C) Removal and Installation of Drive Belt Auto Tensioner 3. Idler pulley (models without A/C) INFOID:0000000005283728 REMOVAL CAUTION: The complete auto-tensioner must be replaced as a unit, including the pulley. 1. Remove front air duct. Refer to EM-16, "Component". 2. Remove drive belt. Refer to EM-13, "Removal and Installation". 3. Support the engine and remove the torque rod (RH), engine mounting insulator (RH) and engine mounting bracket (RH). Refer to EM-75, "Component". 4. Release the fixed drive belt auto-tensioner pulley. 5. Loosen bolt and remove drive belt auto-tensioner. Revision: January 2010 EM-14 2010 Sentra DRIVE BELTS [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > NOTE: Use TORX socket (size T50). A 6. Remove idler pulley and bracket (models without A/C). CAUTION: Do not loosen the auto-tensioner pulley bolt. (Do not turn it counterclockwise). If turned counter- EM clockwise, the complete auto-tensioner must be replaced as a unit, including pulley. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: • If there is damage greater than peeled paint, replace drive belt auto-tensioner units • Install the drive belt auto-tensioner carefully so not to damage the water pump pulley. • Do not swap the pulley between the new and old auto-tensioner units C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EM-15 2010 Sentra AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT Component INFOID:0000000005283729 AWBIA0844GB 1. Air cleaner filter 4. Air duct 7. Air duct/battery tray A. To electric throttle control actuator 10. Resonator 2. Air cleaner holder 3. Air cleaner case 5. Mass air flow sensor 6. Air duct (Inlet) 8. Air duct 9. Grommet Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283730 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. a. b. c. d. e. 8. Remove the engine room cover. Remove the air duct (inlet). Remove the air cleaner filter from the air cleaner case. Refer to EM-17, "Changing Air Cleaner Filter". Remove the air duct [between air duct (inlet) and air cleaner case] from the air cleaner case. Remove the PCV hose. Remove the air duct (between air cleaner case and electric throttle control actuator). • Add marks as necessary for easier installation. Remove air cleaner case with the following procedure. Remove battery. Refer to SC-5. Disconnect the brake fluid level sensor. Disconnect and remove the ECM. Disconnect harness connector from mass air flow sensor. Remove the air cleaner case. Remove the mass air flow sensor from the air cleaner case, as necessary. CAUTION: Handle the mass air flow sensor with care: • Do not shock it. Revision: January 2010 EM-16 2010 Sentra AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Do not disassemble it. • Do not touch the internal sensor. A INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • Align marks. • Attach each joint securely. • Screw clamps firmly. EM Changing Air Cleaner Filter INFOID:0000000005283731 REMOVAL 1. C D Unclip the tabs (A) of both ends of the air cleaner cover (1). E F G WBIA0824E 2. 3. Remove the air cleaner filter and holder assembly from the air cleaner case. Remove the air cleaner filter from the holder. H INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL It is necessary to replace it at the recommended intervals, more often under dusty driving conditions. Refer to MA-9. I J INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EM-17 2010 Sentra INTAKE MANIFOLD [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > INTAKE MANIFOLD Component INFOID:0000000005283732 Except For California WBIA0771E 1. PCV hose 2. Gasket 3. Intake manifold 4. Bracket 5. O-ring 6. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve 7. Water hose 8. Water hose 9. Electric throttle control actuator A. To water outlet 10. Gasket Revision: January 2010 EM-18 2010 Sentra INTAKE MANIFOLD [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > For California A EM C D E F G H ALBIA0623GB 1. PCV hose 2. Intake manifold 3. Intake manifold adapter 4. Gasket 5. Cylinder head 6. Gasket 7. Electric throttle control actuator 8. Camshaft bracket A. To water outlet Removal and Installation I INFOID:0000000005283733 J REMOVAL WARNING: To avoid the danger of being scalded, never drain the coolant when the engine is hot. 1. Remove engine room cover (1). 2. Remove the air duct (inlet) and air ducts. Refer to EM-16, "Component". 3. Disconnect the EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. 4. Partially drain engine coolant from the radiator. Refer to CO-12, "Changing Engine Coolant". CAUTION: Perform this step when engine is cold. NOTE: This step is unnecessary when putting plugs to water hoses (to electric throttle control actuator) a. Disconnect water hoses from electric throttle control actuator. b. Remove electric throttle control actuator. CAUTION: • Handle carefully to avoid any shock to electric throttle control actuator. • Never disassemble. 5. Remove the PCV hose and the vacuum hose. 6. Remove oil level gauge. CAUTION: Cover the oil level gauge guide openings to avoid entry of foreign materials. Revision: January 2010 EM-19 K L M N WBIA0777E O P 2010 Sentra INTAKE MANIFOLD < SERVICE INFORMATION > 7. Loosen and remove intake manifold (1) bolts (A) (B). [MR20DE] : Engine front PBIC3939E 8. Loosen bolts in reverse order as shown. : Engine front CAUTION: Cover engine openings to avoid entry of foreign materials. 9. Remove EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve from intake manifold, if necessary. CAUTION: Handle it carefully and avoid impacts. 10. Remove intake manifold. 11. Remove intake manifold adapter (for California). PBIC3527J INSTALLATION 1. 2. 3. Install intake manifold adapter (for California). NOTE: Be sure the intake manifold adapter gasket is seated correctly in groove of intake manifold adapter (for California). Install intake manifold. NOTE: Be sure the intake manifold gasket is seated correctly in groove of intake manifold (except for California). Tighten bolts in numerical order as shown. : Engine front WBIA0788E Revision: January 2010 EM-20 2010 Sentra INTAKE MANIFOLD < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Tighten intake manifold bolt (A). Then tighten intake manifold bolt (B). 1 [MR20DE] A : Intake manifold EM : Engine front C D E F G PBIC3939E 5. 6. Install electric throttle control actuator. Install water hoses (3), (5) to electric throttle control actuator as shown (M/T models). 1 H I : Electric throttle control actuator 2 : Clamp 4 : Water outlet A : Paint Mark B : The clamp shall not interfere with the bulged section. J : Engine front K L M N PBIC4703E O P Revision: January 2010 EM-21 2010 Sentra INTAKE MANIFOLD < SERVICE INFORMATION > 7. Install water hoses (3), (5) to electric throttle control actuator as shown (CVT models). 1 : Electric throttle control actuator 2 : Clamp 4 : Water outlet A : Paint Mark B : The clamp shall not interfere with the bulged section. [MR20DE] : Engine front WBIA0821E 8. Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal. INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION • Check for leaks of engine coolant. Refer to CO-11, "Inspection". • Start and warm up the engine. Visually check for engine coolant leaks. Revision: January 2010 EM-22 2010 Sentra EXHAUST MANIFOLD [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > EXHAUST MANIFOLD A Component INFOID:0000000005283734 Except for California EM C D E F G H I WBIA0778E 1. Exhaust manifold cover 2. Exhaust manifold 3. Gasket 4. Stud bolt 5. Bracket 6. A/F ratio sensor 1 7. Exhaust manifold stay J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EM-23 2010 Sentra EXHAUST MANIFOLD [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > For California ALBIA0624GB 1. Cylinder head 2. Gasket 3. A/F ratio sensor 1 4. Exhaust manifold cover 5. Exhaust manifold 6. Exhaust manifold stay 7. Oil pan Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283735 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove cowl top. Refer to EI-19, "Removal and Installation". Remove exhaust front tube. Refer to EX-5, "Component". Remove exhaust manifold cover. Remove the A/F ratio sensor 1, using Tool (A). Tool number : KV991J0050 (J-44626) CAUTION: • Be careful not to damage heated oxygen sensor or air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor. • Discard any heated oxygen sensor or air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. WBIA0772E 5. Remove exhaust manifold side bolt of exhaust manifold stay. Revision: January 2010 EM-24 2010 Sentra EXHAUST MANIFOLD < SERVICE INFORMATION > 6. Loosen nuts in reverse order as shown and remove exhaust manifold. [MR20DE] A : Engine front EM CAUTION: Cover engine openings to avoid entry of foreign materials. C PBIC3529J D INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL Surface Distortion • Using straightedge (B) and feeler gauge (A), check the surface distortion of exhaust manifold mating surface in each exhaust port and entire part. Limit: Each exhaust port Entire part E F : 0.3 mm (0.012 in) : 0.7 mm (0.028 in) G • If it exceeds the limit, replace exhaust manifold. PBIC3530J H INSTALLATION 1. Install exhaust manifold gasket to cylinder head as shown. I : Engine front J K PBIC3943E 2. Tighten exhaust manifold nuts to specification in two stages in the numerical order as shown. L M : Engine front N O AWBIA0778ZZ 3. Install exhaust manifold stay. Revision: January 2010 P EM-25 2010 Sentra EXHAUST MANIFOLD < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Install exhaust manifold stay (2) in the direction as shown (except for California). 1 : Exhaust manifold A : Upper mark [MR20DE] : Engine front PBIC3944E 4. Install the A/F ratio sensor 1, using Tool (A). Tool number : KV991J0050 (J-44626) CAUTION: • Handle it carefully and avoid impacts. • Before installing a new A/F ratio sensor, clean the exhaust tube threads using suitable tool and approved anti-seize lubricant. • Do not over-tighten the A/F ratio sensor. Doing so may damage the A/F ratio sensor, resulting in the MIL coming on. Oxygen sensor thread cleaner Oxygen sensor thread cleaner 5. WBIA0772E : (J-43897-12) : (J-43897-18) Installation of the remaining parts is in the reverse order of removal. Revision: January 2010 EM-26 2010 Sentra OIL PAN [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OIL PAN A Component INFOID:0000000005283736 EM C D E F G H I J PBIC3123J 2. Oil level gauge guide 3. K 1. Oil level gauge Rear oil seal 4. O-ring 5. Oil pan (upper) 6. Oil pump drive chain 7. Crankshaft sprocket 8. Oil pump sprocket 9. Timing chain tensioner (for oil pump) 10. Drain plug 11. Drain plug washer 12. Oil pan (lower) 13. Connector bolt 14. Oil filter 15. O-ring A. B. Refer to LU-9 Oil pan side CAUTION: Never disassemble balancer and oil pump and oil pan (upper) because they are integral unit. Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283737 L M N REMOVAL WARNING: • To avoid the danger of being scalded, never drain the engine oil when the engine is hot. • Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer; try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil. If skin contact is made, wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible. 1. Drain engine oil. Refer to LU-7, "Changing Engine Oil". 2. Remove engine and transaxle assembly. Refer to EM-76, "Removal and Installation". 3. Remove oil filter using Tool. Tool number Revision: January 2010 : KV10115801 ( — ) EM-27 2010 Sentra O P OIL PAN < SERVICE INFORMATION > CAUTION: When removing, prepare a shop cloth to absorb any engine oil leakage or spillage. 4. Remove the oil pan (lower) bolts in reverse order as shown. [MR20DE] : Engine front PBIC3146J 5. After removing the bolts and nuts, separate the mating surface and remove the sealant using Tool. Tool number : KV10111100 (J-37228) • Slide (1) the Tool by tapping (2) its side with a hammer to remove the lower oil pan from the upper oil pan. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the mating surfaces. WBIA0566E 6. 7. Remove the following parts: • Flywheel (M/T models) or drive plate (CVT models); Refer to EM-80. • Front cover, timing chain, oil pump drive chain; Refer to EM-40. • Oil level gauge guide. Remove oil pan (upper) bolts in reverse order as shown. : Engine front PBIC3533J 8. Insert a screwdriver shown by the arrow ( ) and open up a crack between oil pan (upper) and cylinder block. : Engine front CAUTION: A more adhesive liquid gasket is applied compared to previous types when shipped, so it should not be forced off the position not specified. PBIC3534J Revision: January 2010 EM-28 2010 Sentra OIL PAN < SERVICE INFORMATION > 9. After removing the bolts, separate the mating surface and remove the sealant using Tool. Tool number [MR20DE] A : KV10111100 (J-37228) EM • Slide (1) the Tool by tapping (2) its side with a hammer to remove the upper oil pan from the cylinder block. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the mating surfaces. C WBIA0566E D 10. Remove O-ring between cylinder block and oil pan (upper). INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL E Oil Filter Clean oil strainer portion (part of the oil pump) if any object attached. INSTALLATION 1. F Use a scraper (A) to remove old liquid gasket from mating surfaces. • Remove the old liquid gasket from mating surface of cylinder block. • Remove old liquid gasket from the bolt holes and threads. CAUTION: Never scratch or damage the mating surfaces when cleaning off old liquid gasket. G H I PBIC3949E 2. J Apply the sealant without breaks to the specified location using Tool. Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant". Tool number WS39930000 ( – K ) L 1 : Oil pan (upper) A : 2 mm protruded to outside B : 2 mm protruded to rear oil seal mounting side C : Liquid gasket M : Engine front N : Engine outside CAUTION: Apply liquid gasket to outside of bolt hole for the positions shown by marks. O P PBIC4587E 3. Install new O-ring at cylinder block side. CAUTION: Install avoiding misalignment of O-ring. Revision: January 2010 EM-29 2010 Sentra OIL PAN < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Tighten the oil pan (upper) bolts in numerical order as shown. [MR20DE] : Engine front PBIC3533J 5. a. b. c. Install rear oil seal with the following procedure. CAUTION: • The installation of rear oil seal should be completed within 5 minutes after installing oil pan (upper). • Always replace rear oil seal with new one. • Never touch oil seal lip. Wipe off liquid gasket protruding to the rear oil seal mating part of oil pan (upper) and cylinder block using a scraper. Apply engine oil to entire outside area of rear oil seal. Press-fit the rear oil seal using a drift with outer diameter 115 mm (4.53 in) and inner diameter 90 mm (3.54 in) (A) (commercial service tool). PBIC3951E • Press-fit to the specified dimensions as shown. 6. 1 : Rear oil seal A : Cylinder block rear end surface CAUTION: • Never touch the grease applied to the oil seal lip. • Be careful not to damage the rear oil seal mounting part of oil pan (upper) and cylinder block or the crankshaft. • Press-fit straight, making sure that rear oil seal does not curl or tilt. NOTE: The standard surface of the dimension is the rear end surface of cylinder block. Install oil pump sprocket, oil pump drive chain and other related parts if removed. Revision: January 2010 EM-30 PBIC3952E 2010 Sentra OIL PAN < SERVICE INFORMATION > 7. Use a scraper (A) to remove old liquid gasket from mating surfaces. • Also remove old liquid gasket from mating surface of oil pan (upper). • Remove old liquid gasket from the bolt holes and threads. [MR20DE] A EM C PBIC3953E 8. D Apply the sealant without breaks to the specified location using Tool. Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant" Tool number 1 WS39930000 ( – E ) F : Oil pan (lower) : Engine outside G H I J PBIC4590E 9. K Tighten bolts in numerical order as shown. L : Engine front 10. Install oil filter with the following procedure: a. Remove foreign materials adhering to the oil filter installation surface. b. Apply new engine oil to the oil seal contact surface of new oil filter. M N PBIC3146J c. Screw oil filter manually until it touches the installation surface, then tighten it by 2/3 turn. Or tighten to specification. Oil filter: O : 17.7 N·m (1.8 kg-m, 13 ft-lb) P SMA229B Revision: January 2010 EM-31 2010 Sentra OIL PAN < SERVICE INFORMATION > 11. Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal. [MR20DE] INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION • Check for any engine oil leaks with the engine at operating temperature and running at idle. Revision: January 2010 EM-32 2010 Sentra IGNITION COIL, SPARK PLUG AND ROCKER COVER [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > IGNITION COIL, SPARK PLUG AND ROCKER COVER Component A INFOID:0000000005283738 EM C D E F G H I J PBIC3536J 1. PCV hose 2. Rocker cover 3. Spark plug 4. Ignition coil 5. PCV hose 6. PCV valve 7. O-ring 8. Gasket A. To air duct B. Refer to EM-33. C. To intake manifold Removal and Installation K L INFOID:0000000005283739 M REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. Remove intake manifold. Refer to EM-19, "Removal and Installation". Remove ignition coil. CAUTION: • Handle it carefully and avoid impacts. • Never disassemble. Remove spark plug using Tool. Tool number N O : — (J-48891) P CAUTION: Never drop or shock it. Revision: January 2010 EM-33 2010 Sentra IGNITION COIL, SPARK PLUG AND ROCKER COVER [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Remove rocker cover. • Loosen bolts in reverse order as shown. • Engine front PBIC3151J INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL CAUTION: • Never drop or shock spark plug. • Checking and adjusting spark plug gap is not required between change intervals. SMA806CA • If spark plug tip is covered with carbon, a spark plug cleaner may be used. Cleaner air pressure Cleaning time : Less than 588 kPa (5.88 bar, 6 kg/cm2, 85 psi) : Less than 20 seconds • Never use wire brush for cleaning spark plug. SMA773C INSTALLATION 1. 2. Install rocker cover gasket to rocker cover. Install rocker cover. • Tighten bolts in two steps separately in numerical order as shown. 1st step 2nd step : 1.96 N·m (0.20 kg-m, 17 in-lb) : 8.33 N·m (0.85 kg-m, 73 in-lb) • Engine front CAUTION: Check if rocker cover gasket is not dropped from the installation groove of rocker cover. Revision: January 2010 EM-34 PBIC3151J 2010 Sentra IGNITION COIL, SPARK PLUG AND ROCKER COVER [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Install spark plug using Tool. A Tool number : — (J-48891) Application Except for California Make : NGK Part number : PLZKAR6A-11 Gap (nominal) : 1.1 mm (0.043 in) EM For California : Denso : FXE20HR-11 : 1.1 mm (0.043 in) C CAUTION: Never drop or shock it. 4. 5. D Install ignition coil. CAUTION: • Handle it carefully and avoid impacts. • Never disassemble. Install intake manifold. Refer to EM-19, "Removal and Installation". E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EM-35 2010 Sentra FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE Component INFOID:0000000005283740 WBIA0779E 1. Bracket 2. Bracket 3. Fuel tube 4. Clip 5. Fuel injector 6. O-ring (green) 7. O-ring (black) Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283741 WARNING: • Put a “CAUTION: FLAMMABLE” sign in the workshop. • Be sure to work in a well ventilated area and furnish workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher. • Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from the work area. CAUTION: • Apply new engine oil to parts before installing the parts, as shown above. • Do not remove or disassemble parts unless instructed as shown. REMOVAL 1. 2. Release the fuel pressure. Refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check" (for California) or EC-656, "Fuel Pressure Check" (except for California). Disconnect the battery negative terminal. Refer to SC-7, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE Battery)". Revision: January 2010 EM-36 2010 Sentra FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Remove quick connector cap (1) from quick connector connection. [MR20DE] A EM C 4. PBIC3664E Disconnect fuel feed hose from hose clamp. 1 D : Quick connector cap E NOTE: There is no fuel return path. F PBIC3771E 5. 6. With the sleeve side of quick connector release facing quick connector, install quick connector release onto fuel tube. Insert quick connector release into quick connector until sleeve contacts and goes no further. Hold quick connector release on that position. CAUTION: Inserting quick connector release hard will not disconnect quick connector. Hold quick connector release where it contacts and goes no further. G H I J K KBIA0702E 7. Draw and pull out quick connector straight from fuel tube. CAUTION: • Pull quick connector holding “A” position. • Do not pull with lateral force applied. O-ring inside quick connector may be damaged. • Prepare container and cloth beforehand as fuel will leak out. • Avoid fire and sparks. • Keep parts away from heat source. Especially, be careful when welding is performed around them. • Do not expose parts to battery electrolyte or other acids. • Do not bend or twist connection between quick connector and fuel feed hose during installation/ removal. • To keep clean the connecting portion and to avoid damage and foreign materials, cover them completely with plastic bags or something similar. PBIC2205E Revision: January 2010 EM-37 2010 Sentra L M N O P FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 8. Remove intake manifold. Refer to EM-18. 9. Remove fuel tube. • Loosen bolts in reverse order as shown. : Engine front PBIC3154J 10. Remove the fuel tube and fuel injector assembly. CAUTION: • When removing, be careful to avoid any interference with fuel injector. • Use a shop cloth to absorb any fuel leaks from fuel tube. 11. Remove fuel injector from fuel tube with the following procedure: a. Open and remove clip. b. Remove fuel injector from fuel tube by pulling straight. CAUTION: • Be careful with remaining fuel that may go out from fuel tube. • Be careful not to damage fuel injector nozzle during removal. • Never bump or drop fuel injector. • Never disassemble fuel injector. INSTALLATION 1. Note the following, and install O-rings to fuel injector. CAUTION: • Upper and lower O-rings are different. Be careful not to confuse them. Fuel tube side : Black Nozzle side : Green • • • • • Handle O-ring with bare hands. Never wear gloves. Lubricate O-ring with new engine oil. Never clean O-ring with solvent. Make sure that O-ring and its mating part are free of foreign material. When installing O-ring, be careful not to scratch it with tool or fingernails. Also be careful not to twist or stretch O-ring. If O-ring was stretched while it was being attached, never insert it quickly into fuel tube. • Insert O-ring straight into fuel tube. Never twist it. Revision: January 2010 EM-38 2010 Sentra FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Install fuel injector (4) to fuel tube (1) with the following procedure: a. b. c. 3 : O–ring (black) 5 : O–ring (green) [MR20DE] A EM Insert clip (2) into clip groove (F) on fuel injector. • Insert clip so that protrusion (G) of fuel injector matches cutout (D) of clip. CAUTION: • Never reuse clip. Replace it with a new one. • Be careful to keep clip from interfering with O-ring. If interference occurs, replace O-ring. Insert fuel injector into fuel tube with clip attached. • Insert it while matching it to the axial center. • Insert fuel injector so that protrusion (B) of fuel tube matches cut-out (C) of clip. • Make sure that fuel tube flange (A) is securely fixed in flange fixing groove (E) on clip. Make sure that installation is complete by making sure that fuel injector does not rotate or come off. C D E F G PBIC3155J 3. 4. Set fuel tube and fuel injector assembly at its position for installation on cylinder head. CAUTION: For installation, be careful not to interfere with fuel injector nozzle. Tighten bolts in numerical order as shown. H I : Engine front J K PBIC3154J 5. L Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal. INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION Make sure there is no fuel leakage at connections as follows: 1. Apply fuel pressure to fuel lines by turning ignition switch ON (with engine stopped). Then check for fuel leaks at connections. 2. Start the engine and rev it up and check for fuel leaks at connections. NOTE: Use mirrors for checking on connections out of the direct line of sight. CAUTION: Do not touch engine immediately after stopping as engine is extremely hot. • Perform procedures for “Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning” after finishing repairs. Refer to EC654, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" (except for California) or EC-99, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning" (for California). • If electric throttle control actuator is replaced, perform procedures for “Idle Air Volume Learning” after finishing repairs. Refer to EC-654, "Idle Air Volume Learning" (except for California) or EC-99, "Idle Air Volume Learning" (for California). Revision: January 2010 EM-39 2010 Sentra M N O P TIMING CHAIN [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TIMING CHAIN Component INFOID:0000000005283742 PBIC3538J 1. Timing chain slack guide 2. 4. Timing chain 7. O-ring 10. Crankshaft pulley Timing chain tensioner 3. Camshaft sprocket (EXH) 5. Oil filler cap 6. Front cover 8. Intake valve timing control solenoid valve 9. Crankshaft pulley bolt 11. Front oil seal Timing chain tension guide (front cov14. Crankshaft sprocket 13. er side) Revision: January 2010 EM-40 12. Drive belt auto-tensioner 15. Oil pump sprocket 2010 Sentra TIMING CHAIN [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 16. Oil pump drive chain 17. Camshaft sprocket (INT) 19. O-ring 20. Chain tensioner (for oil pump) A. B. Refer to EM-41 18. Timing chain tension guide A Refer to EM-50 Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283743 CAUTION: The rotating direction indicated in the text indicates all directions seen from the engine front. C REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. a. EM Disconnect the battery negative terminal. Refer to SC-7, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE Battery)". Drain engine oil. Refer to LU-7, "Changing Engine Oil". NOTE: Perform this step when engine is cold. Partially drain engine coolant from the radiator. Refer to CO-12, "Changing Engine Coolant". Remove front RH wheel. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment". Remove splash shield (RH). Refer to EI-21. Remove the following parts. • Rocker cover: Refer to EM-33, "Component". • Drive belt: Refer to EM-13, "Component". • Water pump pulley: Refer to CO-19, "Component". • Ground cable (between engine bracket (RH) and radiator core support) Support the bottom surface of engine using a transmission jack, and then remove the torque rod (RH), engine mounting bracket and insulator (RH). Refer to EM-75. Set No. 1 cylinder at TDC on its compression stroke with the following procedure: Rotate crankshaft pulley (1) clockwise and align TDC mark (no paint) (B) to timing indicator (A) on front cover. D E F G H I C : White paint mark (Not use for service) J K L PBIC3960E b. At the same time, make sure that the cam noses of the No.1 cylinder are located ( ) as shown. 1 : Camshaft (INT) 2 : Camshaft (EXH) M N : Engine front • If not, rotate crankshaft pulley one revolution (360 degrees) and align as shown. O PBIC3359J Revision: January 2010 EM-41 2010 Sentra P TIMING CHAIN < SERVICE INFORMATION > 9. Hold crankshaft pulley (1) using suitable tool (A) loosen crankshaft pulley bolt, and locate bolt seating surface at 10 mm (0.39 in) from its original position. CAUTION: Never remove the crankshaft pulley bolt as it will be used as a supporting point for the pulley puller. [MR20DE] PBIC3961E 10. Attach Tool (A) in the M6 thread hole on crankshaft pulley (1), and remove crankshaft pulley. Tool number : KV11103000 ( — ) PBIC3962E 11. Remove oil pan (lower). Refer to EM-27. NOTE: When crankshaft sprocket, oil pump sprocket and other related parts are not removed, this step is unnecessary. 12. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. 13. Remove drive belt auto-tensioner. 14. Loosen bolts in reverse order as shown. PBIC3164J Revision: January 2010 EM-42 2010 Sentra TIMING CHAIN [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 15. Cut liquid gasket by prying the position ( ) shown, and then remove the front cover. CAUTION: • Be careful not to damage the mating surface. • A more adhesive liquid gasket is applied compared to previous types when shipped, so it should not be forced off the position not specified. A EM C PBIC3357J D 16. Remove front oil seal from front cover. • Lift up front oil seal using a suitable tool. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage front cover. 17. Push in timing chain tensioner plunger. 18. Insert a stopper pin (A) into the body hole to retain the plunger in collapsed position. NOTE: Use approximately 1.5 mm (0.059 in) diameter. hard metal pin as a stopper pin. E F G 19. Remove timing chain tensioner (1). H PBIC3165J 20. Remove timing chain slack guide (2), timing chain tension guide (3) and timing chain (1). CAUTION: Never rotate each crankshaft and camshaft individually while timing chain is removed. It causes interference between valve and piston. I J K L M N O P AWBIA0138ZZ Revision: January 2010 EM-43 2010 Sentra TIMING CHAIN < SERVICE INFORMATION > 21. Press stopper tab (A) in the direction shown to push the timing chain slack guide (B) toward timing chain tensioner (for oil pump) (1). • The slack guide (B) is released by pressing the stopper tab (A). As a result, the slack guide (B) can be moved. 22. Insert stopper pin (D) into tensioner body hole (C) to secure timing chain slack guide (B). NOTE: Use a hard metal pin with a diameter of approximately 1.2 mm (0.047 in) as a stopper pin. 23. Remove chain tensioner (for oil pump), if necessary. [MR20DE] PBIC5314E 24. Remove crankshaft sprocket, oil pump sprocket and oil pump drive chain as a set, if necessary. 25. Remove timing chain tension guide (front cover side) from front cover, if necessary. INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL Timing Chain • Check timing chain and oil pump drive chain for cracks (A) and any excessive wear (B) at the roller links of timing chain. • Replace timing chain and/or oil pump drive chain, if necessary. PBIC3169J INSTALLATION NOTE: Revision: January 2010 EM-44 2010 Sentra TIMING CHAIN < SERVICE INFORMATION > The figure shows the relationship between the matching mark on each timing chain and that on the corresponding sprocket, with the components installed. 1. Make sure that crankshaft key points straight up. 2. 3. 4. 1 : Timing chain 2 : Camshaft sprocket (EXH) 3 : Timing chain slack guide 4 : Timing chain tensioner 5 : Oil pump sprocket 6 : Oil pump drive chain 7 : Chain tensioner (for oil pump) 8 : Crankshaft sprocket 9 : Timing chain tension guide 10 : Camshaft sprocket (INT) A : Matching mark (dark blue link) B : Matching mark (stamping) C : Crankshaft key position (straight up) D : Matching mark (orange link) E : Matching mark (orange link) F : Matching mark (outer groove*) [MR20DE] A EM C D E F G AWBIA0140ZZ NOTE: *: There are two outer grooves in camshaft sprocket (INT). The wider one is a matching mark. If the timing chain tension guide (front cover side) is removed, install it to the front cover. CAUTION: Check the joint condition by sound or feeling. Install crankshaft sprocket (2), oil pump sprocket (3) and oil pump drive chain (1). A : Matching mark (stamping) B : Matching mark (orange link) C : Matching mark (dark blue link) H I J K • Install it by aligning matching marks on each sprocket and oil pump drive chain. • If these matching marks are not aligned, rotate the oil pump shaft slightly to correct the position. CAUTION: Check matching mark position of each sprocket after installing the oil pump drive chain. Install chain tensioner (for oil pump) (1). • Fix the plunger at the most compressed position using a stopper pin (A), and then install it. • Securely pull out ( ) the stopper pin after installing the chain tensioner (for oil pump). • Check matching mark position of oil pump drive chain and each sprocket again. L PBIC3171J M N O P AWBIA0139ZZ Revision: January 2010 EM-45 2010 Sentra TIMING CHAIN < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. Align the matching marks of each sprocket with the matching marks of timing chain. 1 : Camshaft sprocket (EXH) 2 : Camshaft sprocket (INT) 3 : Timing chain A : Matching mark (dark blue link) B : Matching mark (stamping) C : Matching mark (outer groove*) D : Matching mark (orange link) E : Matching mark (stamping) [MR20DE] NOTE: *: There are 2 outer grooves in camshaft sprocket (INT). The wider one is a matching mark. • If these matching marks are not aligned, rotate the camshaft slightly by holding the hexagonal portion to correct the position. CAUTION: Check matching mark position of each sprocket and timing chain again after installing the timing chain. PBIC3172J 6. Install the timing chain tension guide (3) and the timing chain slack guide (2). 1 : Timing chain AWBIA0138ZZ 7. Install timing chain tensioner (1). • Fix the plunger at the most compressed position using a stopper pin (A), and then install it. • Securely pull out the stopper pin after installing the timing chain tensioner. PBIC3165J Revision: January 2010 EM-46 2010 Sentra TIMING CHAIN < SERVICE INFORMATION > 8. Check matching mark position of timing chain and each sprocket again. 9. Apply new engine oil to new front oil seal joint surface. 10. Using a suitable tool install front oil seal so that each seal lip is oriented as shown. A : Dust seal lip B : Oil seal lip [MR20DE] A EM : Engine front C : Engine rear • Press-fit front oil seal until it is flush with front end surface of front cover as shown below with a suitable tool. Within 0.3 mm (0.012 in) toward engine front Within 0.5 mm (0.020 in) toward engine rear D PBIC3485J CAUTION: • Be careful not to damage front cover and crankshaft. • Press-fit oil seal straight to avoid causing burrs or tilting. • Never touch grease applied onto oil seal lip. F G 11. Install new O-ring to cylinder block. CAUTION: Be sure O-rings a aligned properly. H 12. Apply the sealant without breaks to the specified location using Tool. Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant". Tool number WS39930000 ( A : Liquid gasket application area B : Liquid gasket – E I ) J K : Engine outside L M N PBIC3959E 13. Make sure that matching marks of timing chain and each sprocket are still aligned. CAUTION: • Make sure O-ring on cylinder block is correctly installed. • Be careful not to damage front oil seal by interference with front end of crankshaft. Revision: January 2010 EM-47 O P 2010 Sentra TIMING CHAIN < SERVICE INFORMATION > 14. Install front cover, and tighten bolts in numerical order as shown. CAUTION: Attaching should be done within 5 minutes after liquid gasket application. NOTE: Use the following for the installation position of bolts. M6 bolts : [MR20DE] No. 1 M10 bolts : No. 6, 7, 10, 11, 14 M12 bolts : No. 2, 4, 8, 12 M8 bolts : Except the above 15. Tighten all bolts are in two stages to specified torque in numerical order as shown. CAUTION: Be sure to wipe off any excessive liquid gasket leaking. PBIC3164J 16. Install crankshaft pulley using the following procedure. a. Install crankshaft pulley. CAUTION: • Never damage front oil seal lip section. • If needed use a plastic hammer, tap on its center portion (not circumference) to seat crankshaft pulley. b. Apply new engine oil to thread and seat surfaces of crankshaft pulley bolt. c. Secure crankshaft pulley (1) using Tool (A). Tool number : KV10109300 ( — ) PBIC3961E d. Tighten crankshaft pulley bolt in two steps. Step 3 Step 2 e. : 29.4 N·m (3.0 kg-m, 22 ft-lb) : 60° clockwise • For angle tightening, put a paint mark (B) on crankshaft pulley (2), matching with any one of six easy to recognize angle marks (A) on crankshaft pulley bolt (1) flange. • Turn 60 degrees clockwise (angle tightening). • Check the tightening angle with movement of one angle mark. Make sure that crankshaft rotates clockwise smoothly. PBIC3963E Revision: January 2010 EM-48 2010 Sentra TIMING CHAIN [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 17. Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal. A EM C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EM-49 2010 Sentra CAMSHAFT [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CAMSHAFT Component INFOID:0000000005283744 PBIC4589E 1. O-ring 2. Camshaft position sensor (PHASE) 3. Camshaft bracket 4. Camshaft sprocket (EXH) 5. Camshaft sprocket (INT) 6. Camshaft (EXH) 7. Camshaft (INT) 8. Valve lifter (EXH) 9. Valve lifter (INT) 10. Cylinder head A. Refer to EM-50. Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283745 REMOVAL WARNING: • Put a “CAUTION: FLAMMABLE” sign in the workshop. • Be sure to work in a well ventilated area and furnish workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher. • Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from the work area. 1. Release the fuel pressure. Refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check" (for California) or EC-656, "Fuel Pressure Check" (except for California). 2. Disconnect battery negative terminal. Refer to SC-7, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE Battery)". 3. Remove front RH wheel. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment". 4. Remove splash shield (RH). Refer to EI-21. 5. Drain engine coolant. Refer to CO-11. NOTE: Perform this step when engine is cold. 6. Remove the following parts. • Intake manifold; Refer to EM-18. Revision: January 2010 EM-50 2010 Sentra CAMSHAFT < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Rocker cover; Refer to EM-33. • Fuel tube and fuel injector assembly; Refer to EM-36. • Front cover, timing chain and related parts; Refer to EM-40. • Generator; Refer to SC-32, "Removal and Installation MR20DE". 7. Remove camshaft position sensor (PHASE) from camshaft bracket. CAUTION: • Handle carefully to avoid dropping and shocks. • Never disassemble. • Never allow metal powder to adhere to magnetic part at sensor tip. • Never place sensor in a location where it is exposed to magnetism. 8. Put the matching mark (A) on the camshaft sprocket (INT) (2) and the camshaft bracket (1) as shown. [MR20DE] A EM C D : Engine front E NOTE: It prevents the knock pin of the camshaft (INT) from engaging with the incorrect pin hole when installing the camshaft sprocket (INT). F PBIC3992J 9. Remove camshaft sprockets (INT) (1) and (EXH) (2). • Secure hexagonal part (A) of camshaft with a wrench. Loosen camshaft sprocket bolts and remove camshaft sprocket. CAUTION: • Never rotate crankshaft or camshaft while timing chain is removed. It causes interference between valve and piston. • Never loosen the bolts with securing anything other than the camshaft hexagonal part or with tensioning the timing chain. G H I J PBIC3454J K 10. Loosen bolts in reverse order as shown. : Engine front L M N PBIC3176J 11. Cut liquid gasket by prying the position ( remove the camshaft bracket. ) shown, and then O : Engine front P CAUTION: • Be careful not to damage the mating surface. • A more adhesive liquid gasket is applied compared to previous types when shipped, so it should not be forced off the position not specified. PBIC3358J Revision: January 2010 EM-51 2010 Sentra CAMSHAFT < SERVICE INFORMATION > 12. Remove camshafts. 13. Remove valve lifters, if necessary. NOTE: Identify installed positions, and store them without mixing them up. [MR20DE] INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL Camshaft Runout 1. 2. 3. Put V-block on a precise flat table, and support No. 2 and 5 journal of camshaft. CAUTION: Never support No. 1 journal (on the side of camshaft sprocket) because it has a different diameter from the other four locations. Set dial indicator (A) vertically to No. 3 journal. Turn camshaft to one direction with hands, and measure the camshaft runout on dial indicator. (Total indicator reading) Standard Limit 4. : : Less than 0.02 mm (0.0008 in). 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) PBIC3177J If it exceeds the limit, replace camshaft. Camshaft Cam Height 1. 2. Measure the camshaft cam height with a micrometer (A). Standard: Intake Exhaust : 44.605 - 44.795 mm (1.7560 - 1.7635 in) : 43.175 - 43.365 mm (1.6997 - 1.7072 in) Limit: Intake Exhaust : 44.405 mm (1.7482 in) : 42.975 mm (1.6919 in) PBIC3178J If it exceeds the limit, replace camshaft. Camshaft Journal Oil Clearance CAMSHAFT JOURNAL OUTER DIAMETER Measure the outer diameter of camshaft journal with a micrometer (A). Standard: No. 1 : 27.935 - 27.955 mm (1.0998 - 1.1006 in) No. 2, 3, 4, 5 : 24.950 - 24.970 mm (0.9823 - 0.9831 in) PBIC3179J CAMSHAFT BRACKET INNER DIAMETER • Tighten camshaft bracket bolts with specified torque. Follow the "INSTALLATION" tightening procedure. Revision: January 2010 EM-52 2010 Sentra CAMSHAFT < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Measure the inner diameter of camshaft bracket with a bore gauge (A). B [MR20DE] A : Measuring direction of inner diameter Standard: No. 1 No. 2, 3, 4, 5 EM : 28.000 - 28.021 mm (1.1024 - 1.1032 in) : 25.000 - 25.021 mm (0.9843 - 0.9851 in) C PBIC3180J D CAMSHAFT JOURNAL OIL CLEARANCE • (Oil clearance) = (Camshaft bracket inner diameter) – (Camshaft journal diameter) Standard: No. 1 No. 2, 3, 4, 5 Limit: E : 0.045 - 0.086 mm (0.0018 - 0.0034 in) : 0.030 - 0.071 mm (0.0012 - 0.0028 in) F : 0.15 mm (0.0059 in) • If it exceeds the limit, replace camshaft or cylinder head, or both. NOTE: Camshaft bracket cannot be replaced as a single part, because it is machined together with cylinder head. Replace whole cylinder head assembly. G H Camshaft End Play 1. 2. Install camshaft in cylinder head. Follow the "INSTALLATION" tightening procedure. Install dial indicator in thrust direction on front end of camshaft. Read the end play of dial indicator (A) when camshaft is moved forward/backward (in direction to axis). Standard Limit I J : 0.075 - 0.153 mm (0.0030 - 0.0060 in) : 0.24 mm (0.0094 in) K L PBIC3181J • Measure the following parts if out of the standard. - Dimension “A” for groove of cylinder head No. 1 journal Standard M : 4.000 - 4.030 mm (0.1575 - 0.1587 in) N - Dimension “B” for camshaft flange Standard : 3.877 - 3.925 mm (0.1526 - 0.1545 in) O • Use the standards above, and then replace camshaft and/or cylinder head. PBIC3183J Camshaft Sprocket Runout 1. Put V-block on precise flat table, and support No. 2 and 5 journals of camshaft. CAUTION: Never support No. 1 journal (on the side of camshaft sprocket) because it has a different diameter from the other four locations. Revision: January 2010 EM-53 2010 Sentra P CAMSHAFT < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Measure the camshaft sprocket runout with a dial indicator (A). (Total indicator reading) Limit [MR20DE] : 0.15 mm (0.0059 in) • If it exceeds the limit, replace camshaft sprocket. PBIC3182J Valve Lifter Check if surface of valve lifter has any wear or cracks. • If anything above is found, replace valve lifter. Refer to EM-58, "Valve Clearance". KBIA0182E Valve Lifter Clearance VALVE LIFTER OUTER DIAMETER • Measure the outer diameter of valve lifter with a micrometer (A). Standard: Intake Exhaust : 33.977 - 33.987 mm (1.3377 - 1.3381 in) : 29.977 - 29.987 mm (1.1802 - 1.1806 in) PBIC3185J VALVE LIFTER HOLE DIAMETER Measure the diameter of valve lifter hole of cylinder head with an inside micrometer (A). Standard: Intake Exhaust : 34.000 - 34.021 mm (1.3386 - 1.3394 in) : 30.000 - 30.021 mm (1.1811 - 1.1819 in) VALVE LIFTER CLEARANCE • (Valve lifter clearance) = (Valve lifter hole diameter) – (Valve lifter outer diameter) PBIC3184J Standard: 0.013 - 0.044 mm (0.0005 - 0.0017 in) • If out of the standard, referring to the each standard of valve lifter outer diameter and valve lifter hole diameter, replace either or both valve lifter and cylinder head. INSTALLATION 1. 2. Install valve lifters. • Install them in the original positions. Install camshafts. Revision: January 2010 EM-54 2010 Sentra CAMSHAFT < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Clean camshaft journal to remove any foreign material. • Distinguish between the intake and the exhaust by looking at the different shapes of the front and rear ends of the camshaft or using the identification colors (A) and (B). 1 : Camshaft (EXH) 2 : Camshaft (INT) [MR20DE] A EM C Identification color A B Camshaft (EXH) — Yellow Camshaft (INT) Yellow — PBIC3188J • Install camshafts so that camshaft dowel pins (A) on the front side are positioned as shown. 1 : Camshaft (EXH) 2 : Camshaft (INT) E F NOTE: Though camshaft does not stop at the positions as shown, for the placement of cam nose, it is generally accepted camshaft is placed for the same direction as shown. G PBIC3189J 3. 4. Remove foreign material completely from camshaft bracket backside and from cylinder head installation face. Apply liquid gasket (A) to camshaft bracket as shown. Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant". Tool number B WS39930000 ( D – H I J ) : Plug hole inner wall K : Engine front : Engine outside L M N O PBIC3964E Revision: January 2010 EM-55 2010 Sentra P CAMSHAFT < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. Install camshaft bracket bolts in three stage in numerical order as shown in numerical order as shown. [MR20DE] : Engine front • There are two types of bolts. Use the following to locate bolts. M6 bolts [thread length: 57.5 mm (2.264 in)] : 13, 14 and 15 M6 bolts [thread length: 35.00 mm (1.378 in)] : Except the above 6. Tighten all bolts in numerical order in three steps. Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 7. PBIC3176J : 1.96 N·m (0.20 kg-m, 17 in-lb) : 5.88 N·m (0.60 kg-m, 52 in-lb) : 9.5 N·m (0.97 kg-m, 84 in-lb) Install the camshaft sprocket (INT) to the camshaft (INT). NOTE: When the camshaft sprocket (INT) (2) is removed, align the paint mark (A) put according to step “8”. Securely align the knock pin and the pin hole, and then install them. 1 : Camshaft bracket : Engine front PBIC3992J 8. Tighten camshaft (INT) sprocket bolt. Camshaft sprocket bolt (INT) : 35.0 N·m (3.6 kg-m, 26 ft-lb) NOTE: Secure the hexagonal part of camshaft (INT) using wrench to tighten bolt. 9. Turn 67 degrees clockwise (angle tightening) using Tool (B). 1 : Camshaft sprocket (INT) A : Camshaft (INT) hexagonal part CAUTION: Never judge by visual inspection without an angle wrench. Tool number : KV10112100 (BT-8653-A) PBIC3455J Revision: January 2010 EM-56 2010 Sentra CAMSHAFT [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 10. Install camshaft sprocket (EXH) (2). A 1 : Camshaft sprocket (INT) Camshaft sprocket bolt (EXH) : 88.2 N·m (9.0 kg-m, 65 ft-lb) EM NOTE: Secure the hexagonal part (A) of camshaft (EXH) using wrench to tighten bolt. C PBIC3454J D 11. Install timing chain and related parts. Refer to EM-40. 12. Inspect and adjust valve clearance. Refer to EM-58, "Valve Clearance". 13. Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal. E INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION F The following are procedures for checking fluids leak, lubricates leak. • Before starting engine, check oil/fluid levels including engine coolant and engine oil. If less than required quantity, fill to the specified level. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant". • Use procedure below to check for fuel leakage. - Turn ignition switch “ON” (with engine stopped). With fuel pressure applied to fuel piping, check for fuel leakage at connection points. - Start engine. With engine speed increased, check again for fuel leakage at connection points. • Run engine to check for unusual noise and vibration. NOTE: If hydraulic pressure inside timing chain tensioner drops after removal/installation, slack in the guide may generate a pounding noise during and just after engine start. However, this is normal. Noise will stop after hydraulic pressure rises. • Warm up engine thoroughly to make sure there is no leakage of fuel, or any oil/fluids including engine oil and engine coolant. • Bleed air from lines and hoses of applicable lines, such as in cooling system. • After cooling down engine, again check oil/fluid levels including engine oil and engine coolant. Refill to the specified level, if necessary. G H I J K Summary of the inspection items: Item Before starting engine Engine running After engine stopped Engine coolant Level Leakage Level Engine oil Level Leakage Level Other oils and fluid* Level Leakage Level Leakage Leakage Leakage — Leakage — Fuel Exhaust gases L M * Transmission/transaxle/CVT fluid, power steering fluid, brake fluid, etc. N Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove CAUTION: • Perform this inspection only when DTC P0011 is detected in self-diagnostic results of CONSULT-III and it is directed according to inspection procedure of EC section. Refer to EC-61, "Introduction" (for California) or EC-616, "Introduction" (except for California). • Check when engine is cold so as to prevent burns from the splashing engine oil. 1. Check engine oil level. Refer to LU-6, "Inspection". 2. Perform the following procedure so as to prevent the engine from being unintentionally started while checking. a. Remove intake manifold. Refer to EM-18, "Component". b. Disconnect ignition coil and injector harness connectors. 3. Remove intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-40, "Component". Revision: January 2010 EM-57 2010 Sentra O P CAMSHAFT < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Clean the mating area of intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Insert a clean shop cloth (with no oil adhesion) into the oil hole (A) of the cylinder head. 1 [MR20DE] : Front cover :Vehicle front 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Install engine mounting bracket (RH), engine mounting insulator, and torque rod (RH) under the Step 4 condition. (With intake valve timing control solenoid valve removed, and a shop cloth inserted into the oil hole.) Refer to EM-75, "Component". WBIA0781E Crank engine, and then make sure that engine oil comes out from intake valve timing control solenoid valve hole (A). End crank after checking. • Check engine oil leakage by oil amount adhered to the waste inserted into the oil hole. WARNING: Be careful not to touch rotating parts (drive belts, idler pulley, and crankshaft pulley, etc.). CAUTION: • Do not perform cranking without installing right engine mount bracket, right engine mount insulator, and right torque rod. • Prevent splashing by using a shop cloth so as to prevent the worker from injury from engine oil and so as to prevent engine oil contamination. • Prevent splashing by using a shop cloth so as to prevent engine oil from being splashed to engine and vehicle. Especially, be careful not to apply engine oil to rubber parts of drive belts, engine mounting insulator, etc. Wipe engine oil off immediately if it is splashed. Perform the following inspection if engine oil does not come out from intake valve timing control solenoid valve oil hole of the cylinder head. • Remove oil filter (for intake valve timing control), and then clean it. Refer to LU-9. • Clean oil groove between oil strainer and intake valve timing control solenoid valve. Refer to LU-5, "Lubrication Circuit". Remove components between intake valve timing control solenoid valve and camshaft sprocket (INT), and then check each oil groove for clogging. • Clean oil groove if necessary. Refer to LU-5, "Lubrication Circuit". Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal Valve Clearance INFOID:0000000005283746 INSPECTION Perform inspection as follows after removal, installation or replacement of camshaft or valve-related parts, or if there is unusual engine conditions regarding valve clearance. 1. Remove rocker cover. Refer to EM-33. 2. Measure the valve clearance with the following procedure: a. Set No. 1 cylinder at TDC of its compression stroke. • Rotate crankshaft pulley (1) clockwise and align TDC mark (no paint) (B) to timing indicator (A) on front cover. C : White paint mark (Not use for service) PBIC3960E Revision: January 2010 EM-58 2010 Sentra CAMSHAFT [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • At the same time, make sure that both intake and exhaust cam noses of No. 1 cylinder face inside ( ) as shown. 1 : Camshaft (INT) 2 : Camshaft (EXH) A EM : Engine front • If they do not face inside, rotate crankshaft pulley once more (360 degrees) and align as shown. C PBIC3359J b. D Use a feeler gauge, measure the clearance between valve lifter and camshaft. E F G PBIC3192J Valve clearance: Unit: mm (in) Cold Hot * (reference data) Intake 0.26 - 0.34 (0.010 - 0.013) 0.304 - 0.416 (0.012 - 0.016) Exhaust 0.29 - 0.37 (0.011 - 0.015) 0.308 - 0.432 (0.012 - 0.017) H I *: Approximately 80°C (176°F) • By referring to the figure, measure the valve clearances at locations marked “×” as shown in the table below [locations indicated with black arrow ( )] with a feeler gauge. • No. 1 cylinder compression TDC Measuring position No. 1 cylinder at compression TDC No. 1 CYL. EXH × INT × A : Exhaust side B : No.1 cylinder C : No.2 cylinder D : No.3 cylinder E : No.4 cylinder F : Intake side No. 2 CYL. No. 3 CYL. J K No. 4 CYL. × L × PBIC3193J N : Engine front c. M O Set No.4 cylinder at TDC of its compression stroke. P Revision: January 2010 EM-59 2010 Sentra CAMSHAFT < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Rotate crankshaft pulley (1) one revolution (360 degrees) and align TDC mark (no paint) (B) to timing indicator (A) on front cover. [MR20DE] C : White paint mark (Not use for service) PBIC3960E • By referring to the figure, measure the valve clearance at locations marked “×” as shown in the table below [locations indicated with black arrow ( )] with a feeler gauge. • No. 4 cylinder compression TDC Measuring position No. 4 cylinder at compression TDC EXH No. 1 CYL. No. 2 CYL. INT A : Exhaust side B : No.1 cylinder C : No.2 cylinder D : No.3 cylinder E : No.4 cylinder F : Intake side No. 3 CYL. No. 4 CYL. × × × × PBIC3194J : Engine front 3. If out of standard, perform adjustment. ADJUSTMENT • Perform adjustment depending on selected head thickness of valve lifter. 1. Remove camshaft. Refer to EM-50, "Removal and Installation". 2. Remove valve lifters at the locations that are out of the standard. 3. Measure the center thickness of the removed valve lifters with a micrometer (A). PBIC3195J 4. Use the equation below to calculate valve lifter thickness for replacement. Valve lifter thickness calculation: t = t1 + (C1 – C2) t = Valve lifter thickness to be replaced = Removed valve lifter thickness t1 C1 = Measured valve clearance C2 = Standard valve clearance: Revision: January 2010 EM-60 2010 Sentra CAMSHAFT [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Intake Exhaust : 0.30 mm (0.012 in) : 0.33 mm (0.013 in) A • Thickness of new valve lifter (B) can be identified by stamp mark (A) on the reverse side (inside the cylinder). Stamp mark “302” indicates 3.02 mm (0.1189 in) in thickness. EM C D PBIC3196J E NOTE: Available thickness of valve lifter: 26 sizes range 3.00 to 3.50 mm (0.1181 to 0.1378 in) in steps of 0.02 mm (0.0008 in) (when manufactured at factory). Refer to EM-108, "Standard and Limit". 5. Install the selected valve lifter. 6. Install camshaft. Refer to EM-50, "Removal and Installation". 7. Install timing chain and related parts. Refer to EM-40. 8. Manually rotate crankshaft pulley a few rotations. 9. Make sure that the valve clearances are within the standard. 10. Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal. F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EM-61 2010 Sentra OIL SEAL [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OIL SEAL Removal and Installation of Valve Oil Seal INFOID:0000000005283747 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove camshafts. Refer to EM-50, "Component". Remove valve lifters. Refer to EM-50. Rotate crankshaft, and set piston whose valve oil seal is to be removed to TDC. This will prevent valve from dropping into cylinder. CAUTION: When rotating crankshaft, be careful to avoid scarring front cover with timing chain. Remove valve collet. • Compress valve spring using Tool, the attachment and the adapter (A). Remove valve collet with a suitable magnet hand (B). CAUTION: When working, be careful not to damage valve lifter holes. Tool number : KV101092S0 (J-26336-B) PBIC3727E 5. 6. Remove valve spring retainer, valve spring and valve spring seat. Remove valve oil seal using Tool (A). Tool number :KV10107902 (J-38959) PBIC3728E INSTALLATION 1. 2. Apply new engine oil to valve oil seal joint surface and seal lip. Press in valve oil seal to the height “H” shown using Tool (A). Height “H” Tool number : 15.1 - 15.7 mm (0.594 - 0.618 in) : KV10115600 ( — ) PBIC3211J 3. Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal. Removal and Installation of Front Oil Seal INFOID:0000000005283748 REMOVAL 1. Remove the following parts. • RH front wheel and tire; Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment". Revision: January 2010 EM-62 2010 Sentra OIL SEAL < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Splash shield (RH); Refer to EI-21. • Drive belt; Refer to EM-13, "Component". • Crankshaft pulley; Refer to EM-40, "Component". 2. Remove front oil seal using a suitable tool. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage front cover and crankshaft. [MR20DE] A EM INSTALLATION 1. 2. C Apply new engine oil to new front oil seal joint surface and seal lip. Install front oil seal so that each seal lip is oriented as shown. A : Dust seal lip B : Oil seal lip D : Engine outside E : Engine inside F PBIC3485J G • Install front oil seal (2) using a suitable tool with outer diameter 57 mm (2.24 in) and inner diameter 45 mm (1.77 in) (A) to the dimension as shown. H 1: Front cover : Front Within 0.3 mm (0.012 in) toward engine front Within 0.5 mm (0.019 in) toward engine rear 3. CAUTION: • Be careful not to damage front cover and crankshaft. • Press-fit oil seal straight to avoid causing burrs or tilting. • Do not touch grease applied on oil seal lip. Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal. Removal and Installation of Rear Oil Seal I J PBIC3729E K L INFOID:0000000005283749 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove transaxle assembly. Refer to MT-18, "Removal and Installation" (M/T models), CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)" (CVT models). Remove clutch cover and clutch disc (M/T models). Refer to CL-15. Remove drive plate (CVT models) or flywheel (M/T models). Refer to EM-80, "Component". Remove rear oil seal with a suitable tool. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage crankshaft and cylinder block. M N O INSTALLATION 1. Apply the liquid gasket lightly to entire outside area of new rear oil seal. Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant". Revision: January 2010 EM-63 2010 Sentra P OIL SEAL < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Install rear oil seal so that each seal lip is oriented as shown. A : Dust seal lip B : Oil seal lip [MR20DE] : Engine outside : Engine inside PBIC3485J • Install rear oil seal with a suitable tool with an outer diameter 115 mm (4.53 in) and inner diameter 90 mm (3.54 in) (A). CAUTION: • Be careful not to damage crankshaft and cylinder block. • Press-fit oil seal straight to avoid causing burrs or tilting. • Do not touch grease applied onto oil seal lip. PBIC3951E • Install rear oil seal (1) to the position as shown. A : Rear end surface of cylinder block NOTE: The standard surface of the dimension is the rear end surface of cylinder block. PBIC3761E 3. Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal. Revision: January 2010 EM-64 2010 Sentra CYLINDER HEAD [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CYLINDER HEAD A On-Vehicle Service INFOID:0000000005283750 CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE 1. 2. 3. EM Warm up engine thoroughly. Then, stop it. Release fuel pressure. Refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check" (for California) or EC-656, "Fuel Pressure Check" (except for California). Disconnect fuel pump fuse (1) to avoid fuel injection during measurement. C D : Vehicle front E F PBIA9861J 4. 5. 6. 7. G Remove engine cover. Remove ignition coil and spark plug from each cylinder. Refer to EM-33. Connect an engine tachometer (not required in use of CONSULT-III). Install a suitable compression tester (B) with an adapter (A) onto spark plug hole. H I J K LBIA0459E • Use the adapter whose picking up end inserted to spark plug hole is smaller than 20 mm (0.79 in) in diameter. Otherwise, it may be caught by cylinder head during removal. L M N SBIA0533E 8. With accelerator pedal fully depressed, turn ignition switch to “START” for cranking. When the gauge pointer stabilizes, read the compression pressure and the engine rpm. Perform these steps to check each cylinder. Compression pressure: Unit: kPa (bar, kg/cm2 psi) /rpm Standard Minimum 1,390 (13.9, 14.2, 202) / 250 1,140 (11.4, 11.6, 165) / 250 Differential limit between cylinders 100 (1, 1, 15) / 250 CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EM-65 2010 Sentra O P CYLINDER HEAD [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Always use fully a charged battery to obtain the specified engine speed. • If the engine speed is out of the specified range, check battery liquid for proper gravity. Check engine speed again with normal battery gravity. • If compression pressure is below minimum value, check valve clearances and parts associated with combustion chamber (Valve, valve seat, piston, piston ring, cylinder bore, cylinder head, cylinder head gasket). After the checking, measure the compression pressure again. • If some cylinder has low compression pressure, pour small amount of engine oil into the spark plug hole of the cylinder to re-check it for compression. - If the added engine oil improves the compression, piston rings may be worn out or damaged. Check piston rings and replace if necessary. - If the compression pressure remains at low level despite the addition of engine oil, valves may be malfunctioning. Check valves for damage. Replace valve or valve seat accordingly. • If two adjacent cylinders have respectively low compression pressure and their compression remains low even after the addition of engine oil, cylinder head gasket is leaking. In such a case, replace cylinder head gasket. 9. After inspection is completed, install removed parts. 10. Start the engine, and confirm that the engine runs smoothly. 11. Perform trouble diagnosis. If DTC appears, erase it. Refer to EC-104, "Trouble Diagnosis Introduction" (for California) or EC-659, "Trouble Diagnosis Introduction" (except for California). Component INFOID:0000000005283751 PBIC3542J 1. Cylinder head assembly A. Refer to EM-66 2. Cylinder head bolt Removal and Installation 3. Cylinder head gasket INFOID:0000000005283752 REMOVAL WARNING: • Put a “CAUTION: FLAMMABLE” sign in the workshop. • Be sure to work in a well ventilated area and furnish workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher. • Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from the work area. 1. Release the fuel pressure. Refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check" (for California) or EC-656, "Fuel Pressure Check" (except for California). 2. Drain engine coolant and engine oil. Refer to CO-11 and LU-7, "Changing Engine Oil". 3. Remove front fender protector (RH). Refer to EI-21. 4. Remove drive belt. Refer to EM-13, "Removal and Installation". 5. Remove the following components and related parts. Revision: January 2010 EM-66 2010 Sentra CYLINDER HEAD < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Exhaust manifold; Refer to EM-23. • Intake manifold; Refer to EM-18. • Fuel tube and fuel injector assembly; Refer to EM-36. • Water outlet; Refer to CO-24. • Rocker cover; Refer to EM-33. • Front cover, timing chain; Refer to EM-40. • Camshaft; Refer to EM-50. 6. Remove cylinder head. • Loosen bolts in reverse order as shown. [MR20DE] A EM C : Engine front 7. D • Using TORX socket (size E18), loosen cylinder head bolts. Remove cylinder head gasket. E PBIC3206J INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL Cylinder Head Bolts Outer Diameter • Cylinder head bolts are tightened by plastic zone tightening method. Whenever the size difference between “d1” and “d2” exceeds the limit, replace them with a new one. F G H Limit (“d1” – “d2”): 0.15 mm (0.0059 in) • If reduction of outer diameter appears in a position other than “d2”, use it as “d2” point. I PBIC3994E Cylinder Head Distortion NOTE: When performing this inspection, cylinder block distortion should be also checked. Refer to EM-97, "Inspection After Disassembly". 1. Wipe off engine oil and remove water scale (like deposit), gasket, sealant, carbon, etc. with a scraper. CAUTION: Use utmost care not to allow gasket debris to enter passages for engine oil or water. 2. At each of several locations on bottom surface of cylinder head, measure the distortion in six directions using straightedge (A) and feeler gauge (B). Limit: 0.1 mm (0.004 in) J K L M N • If it exceeds the limit, replace cylinder head. O PBIC3207J P INSTALLATION 1. 2. Install cylinder head gasket. Apply new engine oil to threads and seating surface of bolts. CAUTION: If cylinder head bolts re-used, check their outer diameters before installation. Follow the "Cylinder Head Bolts Outer Diameter" procedure. Revision: January 2010 EM-67 2010 Sentra CYLINDER HEAD < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Install cylinder head, follow the steps below to tighten cylinder head bolts in numerical order as shown. Step a Step b Step c Step d Step e Step f [MR20DE] : 40 N·m (4.1 kg-m, 30 ft-lb) : 100° clockwise : Loosen to 0 N·m in the reverse order of tightening. : 40 N·m (4.1 kg-m, 30 ft-lb) : 100° clockwise : 100° clockwise PBIC3206J : Engine front CAUTION: Check and confirm the tightening angle by using Tool (A) or protractor. Never judge by visual inspection without the tool. Tool number : KV10112100 (BT-8653-A) PBIC3208J 4. Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal. Component INFOID:0000000005283753 PBIC3543J Revision: January 2010 EM-68 2010 Sentra CYLINDER HEAD [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Valve spring (EXH) (with valve spring seat) Valve collet 2. Valve spring retainer 3. 4. Valve oil seal 5. Valve guide (EXH) 6. Valve seat (EXH) 7. Valve (EXH) 8. Valve (INT) 9. Valve seat (INT) 10. Cylinder head 11. Valve guide (INT) 13. Valve spring (INT) (with valve spring seat) A. Refer to EM-70 B. A EM 12. Spark plug C Refer to EM-70 Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000005283754 D DISASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. Remove spark plug using suitable tool. Remove valve lifter. • Identify installation positions, and store them without mixing them up. Remove valve collet. • Compress valve spring using Tool, attachment and adapter (A). Remove valve collet using a suitable magnet hand. CAUTION: When working, be careful not to damage valve lifter holes. Tool number E F G : KV101092S0 (J-26336-B) H PBIC3209J 4. 5. 6. Remove valve spring retainer and valve spring (with valve spring seat). CAUTION: Never remove valve spring seat from valve spring. Push valve stem to combustion chamber side, and remove valve. NOTE: Identify installed positions, and store them without mixing them up. Remove valve oil seal using Tool (A). Tool number I J K L : KV10107902 (J-38959) M N PBIC3210J 7. 8. When valve seat must be replaced, refer to EM-70, "Inspection After Disassembly" to removal. When valve guide must be replaced, refer to EM-70, "Inspection After Disassembly" to removal. ASSEMBLY 1. 2. P Install valve guide if removed. Refer to EM-70, "Inspection After Disassembly". Install valve seat if removed. Refer to EM-70, "Inspection After Disassembly". Revision: January 2010 EM-69 O 2010 Sentra CYLINDER HEAD < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Install valve oil seal. • Install with a valve oil seal using Tool (A) to match dimension as shown. Tool number [MR20DE] : KV10115600 (J-38958) NOTE: Dimension “H” is height that measured before installing valve spring (with valve spring seat). Height “H” : 15.1 - 15.7 mm (0.594 - 0.618 in) PBIC3211J 4. Install valve. • Install larger diameter to intake side. 5. Install valve spring (with valve spring seat). • Install smaller pitch (valve spring seat side) to cylinder head side (B). • Confirm identification color (A) of valve spring. 1 : Valve spring seat (Do not remove from valve spring.) Intake Exhaust : White : Orange PBIC3462J 6. 7. Install valve spring retainer. Install valve collet. • Compress valve spring using Tool (A). Install valve collet with a magnet hand. Tool number : KV101092S0 (J-26336 B) CAUTION: When working, be careful not to damage valve lifter holes. • Tap valve stem edge lightly with a plastic hammer after installation to check its installed condition. PBIC3209J 8. 9. Install valve lifter. • Install it in the original position. Install spark plug using suitable tool. Inspection After Disassembly INFOID:0000000005283755 VALVE DIMENSIONS • Check dimensions of each valve. For dimensions, refer to EM-108, "Standard and Limit". • If dimensions are out of the standard, replace valve. VALVE GUIDE CLEARANCE Valve Stem Diameter Revision: January 2010 EM-70 2010 Sentra CYLINDER HEAD < SERVICE INFORMATION > Measure the diameter of valve stem with a micrometer (A). [MR20DE] A Standard Intake Exhaust : 5.465 - 5.480 mm (0.2152 - 0.2157 in) : 5.455 - 5.470 mm (0.2148 - 0.2154 in) EM C PBIC3213J D Valve Guide Inner Diameter Measure the inner diameter of valve guide with a bore gauge. E Standard : 5.500 - 5.518 mm (0.2165 - 0.2172 in) Valve Guide Clearance (Valve guide clearance) = (Valve guide inner diameter) – (Valve stem diameter). F Valve guide clearance: Standard Intake : 0.020 - 0.053 mm (0.0008 - 0.0021 in) Exhaust : 0.030 - 0.063 mm (0.0012 - 0.0025 in) Limit : 0.1 mm (0.004 in) G H I • If it exceeds the limit, replace valve guide and/or valve. VALVE GUIDE REPLACEMENT J When valve guide is removed, replace with oversized [0.2 mm (0.008 in)] valve guide. 1. To remove valve guide, heat cylinder head to 110° to 130°C (230° to 266°F) by soaking in heated oil (A). K L M PBIC3214J 2. N Drive out valve guide using suitable tools. CAUTION: Cylinder head contains heat, when working, wear protective equipment to avoid getting burned. O P SEM931C Revision: January 2010 EM-71 2010 Sentra CYLINDER HEAD < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Ream cylinder head valve guide hole using suitable tool (A). [MR20DE] Valve guide hole diameter (for service parts): : 9.675 - 9.696 mm (0.3809 - 0.3817 in) PBIC3215J 4. Heat cylinder head to 110° to 130°C (230° to 266°F) by soaking in heated oil (A). PBIC3214J 5. Press valve guide (1) from camshaft side to dimensions as shown. 2 : Cylinder head Projection “H” : 13.35 - 13.65 mm (0.526 - 0.537 in) CAUTION: Cylinder head contains heat, when working, wear protective equipment to avoid getting burned. PBIC3217J 6. Apply reamer finish to valve guide using suitable tool (A). Standard : 5.500 - 5.518 mm (0.2165 - 0.2172 in) PBIC3215J VALVE SEAT CONTACT • After confirming that the dimensions of valve guides and valves are within specifications, perform this procedure. • Apply prussian blue (or white lead) onto contacting surface of valve seat to check the condition of the valve contact on the surface. Revision: January 2010 EM-72 2010 Sentra CYLINDER HEAD < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Check if the contact area band is continuous all around the circumference. • If not, grind to adjust valve fitting and check again. If the contacting surface still has NG conditions even after the re-check, replace valve seat. [MR20DE] A EM C SBIA0322E D VALVE SEAT REPLACEMENT When valve seat is removed, replace with oversized [0.5 mm (0.020 in)] valve seat. 1. Bore out old seat until it collapses. Boring should not continue beyond the bottom face of the seat recess in cylinder head. Set the machine depth stop to ensure this. Refer to EM-108, "Standard and Limit". 2. Ream cylinder head (1) recess diameter for service valve seat. 2 E F : Valve seat Oversize [0.5 mm (0.020 in)] Intake : 35.200 - 35.227 mm (1.3858 - 1.3869 in) Exhaust : 29.200 - 29.227 mm (1.1496 - 1.1507 in) G H • Be sure to ream in circles concentric to the valve guide center. This will enable valve seat to fit correctly. PBIC3218J 3. I Heat cylinder head to 110° to 130°C (230° to 266°F) by soaking in heated oil (A). J K L PBIC3214J 4. 5. Provide valve seats cooled well with dry ice. Press-fit valve seat into cylinder head. CAUTION: • Never touch cold valve seats directly. • Cylinder head contains heat, when working, wear protective equipment to avoid getting burned. Using valve seat cutter set or valve seat grinder, finish valve seat to the specified dimensions. For dimensions, refer to EM108, "Standard and Limit". CAUTION: When using valve seat cutter, firmly grip the cutter handle with both hands. Then, press on the contacting surface all around the circumference to cut in a single drive. Improper pressure on with the cutter or cutting many different times may result in stage valve seat. SEM934C 6. 7. Using compound, grind to adjust valve fitting. Check again for normal contact. Use the "VALVE SEAT CONTACT" procedure. Revision: January 2010 EM-73 2010 Sentra M N O P CYLINDER HEAD [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > VALVE SPRING SQUARENESS • Set try square along the side of valve spring and rotate the spring. Measure the maximum clearance between the top of valve spring and try square. CAUTION: Never remove valve spring seat from valve spring. Limit: 1.9 mm (0.075 in) • If it exceeds the limit, replace valve spring (with valve spring seat). PBIC0080E VALVE SPRING DIMENSIONS AND VALVE SPRING PRESSURE LOAD • Check valve spring pressure with valve spring seat installed at the specified spring height. CAUTION: Never remove valve spring seat from valve spring. SEM113 Standard: Items Free height Installation height Installation load Height during valve open Load with valve open Identification color Intake Exhaust 44.90 - 45.10 mm (1.7677 - 1.7755 in) 45.74 - 45.94 mm (1.8007 - 1.8086 in) 35.30 mm (1.390 in) 35.30 mm (1.390 in) 153 - 173 N (15.6 - 17.6 kg, 34 - 39 lb) 139 - 157 N (14.2 - 16 kg, 10 - 35 lb) 26.36 mm (1.0377 in) 27.80 mm (1.0944 in) 335 - 377 N (34.2 - 38.5 kg, 75 - 85 lb) 266 - 297 N (27.1 - 3.03 kg, 60 - 67 lb) White Orange • If the installation load or load with valve open is out of the standard, replace valve spring (with valve spring seat). Revision: January 2010 EM-74 2010 Sentra ENGINE ASSEMBLY [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ENGINE ASSEMBLY A Component INFOID:0000000005283760 M/T Models EM C D E F G H I J K L ALBIA0655GB 1. Rear torque rod 2. 4. Engine mounting Insulator and bracket 5. (RH) M Bracket 3. Torque rod (RH) Engine mounting bracket (LH) 6. Engine mounting insulator (LH) Engine front N O P Revision: January 2010 EM-75 2010 Sentra ENGINE ASSEMBLY [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CVT Models ALBIA0656GB 1. Torque rod (RH) 2. Engine mounting Insulator and bracket 3. (RH) Engine mounting bracket (RH) 4. Pull down rod (RH) 5. Engine mounting bracket (LH) 6. Engine mounting support (LH) 7. Pull down rod (LH) 8. Pull down bracket (LH) 9. Bracket 10. Rear torque rod Engine front Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283761 WARNING: • Situate the vehicle on a flat and solid surface. • Place chocks at front and back of rear wheels. • Attach proper slingers and bolts described in PARTS CATALOG if engine slingers are not equipped. CAUTION: • Always be careful to work safely, avoid forceful or uninstructed operations. • Do not start working until exhaust system and coolant are cool enough. • If items or work required are not covered by the engine section, follow the applicable procedures. • Always use the support point specified for lifting. Revision: January 2010 EM-76 2010 Sentra ENGINE ASSEMBLY [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Use either 2-pole lift type or separate type lift as best you can. If board-on type is used for unavoidable reasons, support at the rear axle jacking point with a transmission jack or similar tool before starting work, in preparation for the backward shift of center of gravity. • For supporting points for lifting and jacking point at rear axle, refer to GI-39, "Garage Jack and Safety Stand and 2-Pole Lift". REMOVAL Outline Remove the engine and the transaxle assembly from the vehicle downward. Separate the engine and the transaxle. 1. Remove engine under cover. Refer to EI-14, "Removal and Installation". 2. Drain engine coolant from radiator. Refer to CO-12, "Changing Engine Coolant". CAUTION: • Perform this step when the engine is cold. • Do not spill engine coolant on drive belt. 3. Drain clutch fluid (M/T models). Refer to CL-9, "Air Bleeding Procedure". 4. Drain M/T oil (M/T models). Refer to MT-12, "Changing M/T Oil". 5. Remove front fender protector (RH and LH). Refer to EI-22, "Removal and Installation". 6. Remove exhaust front tube. Refer to EX-5. 7. Remove drive shafts (LH and RH) from steering knuckle. Refer to FAX-9, "Removal and Installation (Left Side)" and FAX-10, "Removal and Installation (Right Side)". 8. Remove transaxle joint bolts which pierce at oil pan (upper) lower rear side. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)" (CVT models) or MT-18, "Removal and Installation" (M/T models). 9. Remove front suspension member. Refer to FSU-11, "Removal and Installation". 10. Remove hood assembly. Refer to BL-13. 11. Remove cowl top cover and cowl top extension assembly. Refer to EI-19. 12. Release fuel pressure. Refer to EC-101, "Fuel Pressure Check" (for California) or EC-656, "Fuel Pressure Check" (except for California). 13. Remove battery and battery tray. Refer to SC-7, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE Battery)". 14. Remove drive belt. Refer to EM-13, "Component". 15. Remove engine room cover. 16. Disconnect transmission control module (TCM) (CVT models). 17. Disconnect ECM and brake fluid level sensor. 18. Remove ECM. 19. Remove air duct and air cleaner case assembly. Refer to EM-16. 20. Remove cooling fan assembly. Refer to CO-17, "Removal and Installation". 21. Remove radiator hose (upper and lower). Refer to CO-15. 22. Disconnect CVT fluid cooler hoses (CVT models). Refer to CO-15. 23. Disconnect all connections of engine harness around the engine mounting insulator (LH), and then temporarily secure the engine harness into the engine side. CAUTION: Protect connectors using a resin bag to protect against foreign materials during the operation. 24. Disconnect fuel feed hose at engine side. Refer to EM-36, "Component". 25. Disconnect heater hoses, and install plugs them to prevent engine coolant from draining. Refer to CO-24, "Component". 26. Disconnect control cables from transaxle. Refer to CVT-170 (CVT models), MT-15, "Removal and Installation" (M/T models). 27. Remove ground cable at transaxle side. 28. Remove ground cable between front cover and vehicle. 29. Remove generator, if necessary. Refer to SC-26. 30. Remove A/C compressor with piping connected from the engine, if equipped. Temporarily secure it on the vehicle side with a rope to avoid putting load on it. Refer to MTC-85, "Removal and Installation for Compressor - MR20DE". Revision: January 2010 EM-77 2010 Sentra A EM C D E F G H I J K L M N O P ENGINE ASSEMBLY [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 31. Remove the intake manifold to prevent the hanging chain from interfering. Refer to EM-18, "Component". 32. Install engine slinger to cylinder head front left side (A) and rear right side (B) and support the engine position with a hoist. : Engine front Slinger bolts (front) Slinger bolts (rear) : 32.9 N·m (3.3 kg-m, 24.2 ft-lb) : 25.0 N·m (2.5 kg-m, 18.4 ft-lb) LBIA0461E 33. Support engine and transaxle assembly with a hoist and secure the engine in appropriate position. 34. Use a manual lift table caddy (A) or equivalently rigid tool such as a transmission jack. Securely support bottom of the engine and the transaxle, and simultaneously adjust hoist tension. CAUTION: Put a piece of wood or something similar as the supporting surface, secure a completely stable condition. PBIC3223J 35. Remove torque rod (RH) (1), engine mounting insulator (RH) (2) and engine mounting bracket (3). 4 : Engine insulator (LH) A : Engine front side B : Transaxle side 36. Remove pull down rod (RH) (CVT models). 37. Remove pull down rod (LH) (CVT models). 38. Remove engine through bolt-securing nut (C). WBIA0827E 39. Remove the engine and the transaxle assembly from the vehicle downward by carefully operating supporting tools. CAUTION: • During the operation, make sure that no part interferes with the vehicle side. • Before and during this lifting, always check if any harnesses are left connected. • During the removal operation, always be careful to prevent the vehicle from falling off the lift due to changes in the center of gravity. • If necessary, support the vehicle by setting jack or suitable tool at the rear. • During operation, securely support the engine by placing a piece of wood under the engine oil pan and transaxle oil pan. Securely support the engine slingers with a hoist. 40. When the engine hoisting is not performed simultaneously, install engine slinger to cylinder head front left side and rear right side. 41. Remove starter motor. Refer to SC-11. 42. Lift with a hoist and position above engine. 43. Separate the engine and the transaxle. Refer to CVT-192, "Removal and Installation (MR20DE)" (CVT models) or MT-18, "Removal and Installation"(M/T models). INSTALLATION Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal. • Do not allow engine oil to get on engine mounting insulator. Be careful not to damage engine mounting insulator. Revision: January 2010 EM-78 2010 Sentra ENGINE ASSEMBLY [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • When installation directions are specified, install parts according to the directions. Refer to EM-75, "Component". • Make sure that each mounting insulator is seated properly, and tighten nuts and bolts. • Tighten engine mounting insulator (RH) bolts in the numerical order shown. A EM : Vehicle front C D WBIA0828E E INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION Inspection for Leaks F The following are procedures for checking fluids leak, lubricates leak and exhaust gases leak. • Before starting engine, check oil/fluid levels including engine coolant and engine oil. If less than required quantity, fill to the specified level. Refer to MA-15. • Use procedure below to check for fuel leakage. - Turn ignition switch “ON” (with engine stopped). With fuel pressure applied to fuel piping, check for fuel leakage at connection points. - Start engine. With engine speed increased, check again for fuel leakage at connection points. • Run engine to check for unusual noise and vibration. • Warm up engine thoroughly to make sure there is no leakage of fuel, exhaust gases, or any oil/fluids including engine oil and engine coolant. • Bleed air from lines and hoses of applicable lines, such as in cooling system. • After cooling down engine, again check oil/fluid levels including engine oil and engine coolant. Refill to the specified level, if necessary. Summary of the inspection items: Item Before starting engine Engine running After engine stopped Engine coolant Level Leakage Level Engine oil Level Leakage Level Other oils and fluid* Fuel Exhaust gases Level Leakage Level Leakage Leakage Leakage — Leakage — G H I J K L * Transmission/transaxle/CVT fluid, power steering fluid, brake fluid, etc. M N O P Revision: January 2010 EM-79 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CYLINDER BLOCK Component INFOID:0000000005283756 AWBIA0780GB 1. Cylinder block 4. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) cover Revision: January 2010 2. O-ring 3. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 5. Oil filter (for intake valve timing control) 6. Knock sensor EM-80 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 7. Oil pressure switch (except for California), Oil temperature sensor (for California) 10. Oil ring 8. Top ring 9. Second ring A 11. Snap ring 12. Piston 13. Piston pin 14. Connecting rod 15. Thrust bearing 16. Connecting rod bearing upper 17. Main bearing upper 18. Crankshaft key 19. Main bearing lower 20. Connecting rod bearing lower 21. Connecting rod bearing cap 22. Connecting rod bolt 23. Main bearing cap 24. Main bearing cap bolt 25. Crankshaft 26. Pilot converter (CVT models) 27. Signal plate EM C 28. Rear oil seal 29. Drive plate (CVT models) 30. Reinforcement plate (CVT models) 31. Flywheel (M/T models) 32. Block heater (Canada only) 33. Oil pressure switch connector (for California) 34. Gasket (for California) 35. Nut (for California) 36. Oil pressure switch (for California) 37. Cylinder block connector (for Califor- A. nia) Refer to EM-81 Disassembly and Assembly D E INFOID:0000000005283757 F DISASSEMBLY 1. 2. a. Remove engine and transaxle assembly from vehicle, separate transaxle from engine. Refer to EM-75. Install engine to engine stand as follows; Remove flywheel (M/T models) or drive plate (1) (CVT models). • Secure flywheel (M/T models) or drive plate (CVT models) using Tool (A), and remove bolts. Tool number b. : KV 11105210 (J-44716) CAUTION: Be careful not to damage or scratch drive plate (CVT models) and contact surface for clutch disc of flywheel (M/T models). NOTE: PBIC3226J Figure shows drive plate (CVT models) Lift the engine with a hoist to install it onto widely use engine stand. CAUTION: • Use the engine stand that has a load capacity [approximately 135 kg (298 lb) or more] large enough for supporting the engine weight. • If the load capacity of stand is not adequate, remove the following parts beforehand to reduce the potential risk of overturning stand. - Exhaust manifold; Refer to EM-23. - Rocker cover; Refer to EM-33. NOTE: The figure shows an example of widely used engine stand (A) that can support mating surface of transaxle with flywheel (M/T models) or drive plate (CVT models) removed. CAUTION: Before removing the hanging chains, make sure the engine stand is stable and there is no risk of overturning. G H I J K L M N O P PBIC3227J 3. 4. 5. Remove oil pan (upper and lower). Refer to EM-27. Remove cylinder head. Refer to EM-65. Remove thermostat housing. Refer to CO-21. Revision: January 2010 EM-81 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK < SERVICE INFORMATION > 6. Remove knock sensor. CAUTION: Carefully handle knock sensor avoiding shocks. 7. Remove crankshaft position sensor (POS) cover and crankshaft position sensor (POS). CAUTION: • Avoid impacts such as a dropping. • Never disassemble. • Keep it away from metal particles. • Never place sensor in a location where it is exposed to magnetism. 8. 9. [MR20DE] Remove oil filter (for intake valve timing control). Remove pilot converter (1) using Tool (A). (CVT models) Tool number :ST16610001 (J-23907) NOTE: M/T models have no pilot converter. PBIC3229J 10. Position crankshaft pin corresponding to connecting rod to be removed onto the bottom dead center. NOTE: Before removing piston and connecting rod assembly, check the connecting rod side clearance. Refer to EM-97, "Inspection After Disassembly". 11. Remove connecting rod cap. 12. Using a suitable tool, push piston and connecting rod assembly out to the cylinder head side. CAUTION: • Be careful not to damage matching surface with connecting rod cap. • Be careful not to damage the cylinder wall and crankshaft pin, resulting from an interference of the connecting rod big end. PBIC0259E 13. Remove connecting rod bearings. CAUTION: When removing them, note the installation position. Keep them in the correct order. 14. Remove piston rings from piston. • Before removing piston rings, check the piston ring side clearance. Refer to EM-97, "Inspection After Disassembly". 15. Using a suitable tool (A) remove piston rings. CAUTION: • When removing piston rings, be careful not to damage the piston. • Be careful not to damage piston rings by expanding them excessively. PBIC3233J Revision: January 2010 EM-82 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 16. Using snap ring pliers (A), remove snap rings. A EM C PBIC3230J D 17. Heat piston to 60° to 70°C (140° to 158°F) using a suitable tool (A). E F G PBIC3231J 18. Push out piston pin using a suitable tool of an outer diameter approximately 18 mm (0.71 in). H I J PBIC0262E 19. Loosen main bearing cap bolts in reverse order as shown, and remove them. NOTE: Before loosening main bearing cap bolts, measure crankshaft end play. Refer to EM-97, "Inspection After Disassembly". K L M : Engine front 20. Remove main bearing caps. • Tap main bearing caps lightly using a suitable tool for removal. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the mounting surface. 21. Remove crankshaft. CAUTION: N PBIC3235J O P Revision: January 2010 EM-83 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Be careful not to damage or deform signal plate (1) mounted on rear end of crankshaft (A). • When setting crankshaft on a flat floor surface, use a block of wood to avoid interference between signal plate and the floor surface. • Never remove signal plate unless it is necessary to do so. 22. Pull rear oil seal out from rear end of crankshaft. 23. Remove main bearings and thrust bearings from cylinder block and main bearing caps. CAUTION: Identify installation positions, and store them without mixing them up. [MR20DE] PBIC3234J ASSEMBLY 1. 2. Fully air-blow engine coolant and engine oil passages in cylinder block, cylinder bore and crankcase to remove any foreign material. CAUTION: Use goggles to protect your eyes. Install water drain plug (1) to cylinder block. : Engine front • Apply liquid gasket to the drain plug thread. Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant". 9.8 N·m (1.0 kg-m, 87 in-lb) 3. 4. Remove dust, dirt, and engine oil on the bearing mating surfaces of cylinder block and main bearing cap. PBIC3228J Install thrust bearings to the both sides of the No. 3 journal housing (B) on cylinder block. : Engine front • Install thrust bearings with the oil groove (A) facing crankshaft arm (outside). PBIC3258J 5. Install the main bearings paying attention to the direction. CAUTION: • Before installing main bearings, apply new engine oil to the bearing surface (inside). Do not apply new engine oil to the back surface, but thoroughly clean it. • When installing, align main bearing to the center position of cylinder block and main bearing cap. Revision: January 2010 EM-84 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK < SERVICE INFORMATION > • The difference (A) between main bearing upper (1) and main bearing lower (3) should be 0.85 mm (0.033 in) or less when installing. 2 : Cylinder block 4 : Main bearing cap [MR20DE] A EM C PBIC3237J D • Ensure the oil holes on cylinder block and oil holes (A) on the main bearings (1) are aligned. E F G PBIC3236J 6. 7. 8. 9. Install signal plate to crankshaft if removed. Set the signal plate with the flange facing toward the counter weight side (engine front side) to the crankshaft rear surface. Apply new engine oil to threads and seat surfaces of bolts. Position crankshaft (2) and signal plate (1) using a dowel pin (service part), and tighten bolts in numerical order as shown. H I J A : Dowel pin hole NOTE: Dowel pin of crankshaft and signal plate is provided as a set for each. 10. Tighten bolts in numerical order as shown. 11. Remove dowel pin. (service parts) CAUTION: Be sure to remove dowel pin. 12. Install crankshaft to cylinder block. • While turning crankshaft by hand, make sure that it turns smoothly. K L PBIC3238J M 13. Install main bearing caps referring to the journal No. stamp (A) and front mark (B) as shown. N : Engine front O NOTE: Main bearing cap cannot be replaced as a single part, because it is machined together with cylinder block. P PBIC3239J 14. Apply new engine oil to threads and seat surfaces of bolts. Revision: January 2010 EM-85 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK < SERVICE INFORMATION > 15. Tighten main bearing cap bolts in two steps in numerical order as shown. • : Engine front [MR20DE] PBIC3235J CAUTION: Measure the angle in Step 2 using Tool (A). Do not measure visually. Step 1 Step 2 : 34.3 N·m (3.5 kg-m, 25 ft-lb) : 60° clockwise Tool number : KV10112100 (BT-8653-A) PBIC3240J • After installing bolts, make sure that crankshaft can be rotated smoothly by hand. • Check crankshaft end play. Refer to EM-97, "Inspection After Disassembly". 16. Using snap ring pliers, install new snap ring to the groove of the piston rear side. • Insert it fully into groove to install. 17. Assemble piston to connecting rod. • Using a suitable tool, heat the piston until the piston pin can be pushed in by hand without excess force [approximately 60° to 70 °C (140° to 158 °F)]. From the front to the rear, insert piston pin into piston and connecting rod. • Assemble so that the front mark (A) on the piston head and the oil hole (B) and the cylinder number (C) on connecting rod are positioned as shown. D : Big end diameter grade E : Small end diameter grade F : Front mark (connecting rod bearing cap) 18. Install new snap ring to the groove of the piston front side. • Insert it fully into groove to install. • After installing, make sure that connecting rod moves smoothly. 19. Using a suitable tool, install piston rings. CAUTION: • Be careful not to damage piston. • Be careful not to damage piston rings by expanding them excessively. Revision: January 2010 EM-86 PBIC3587J 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Position each ring with the gap as shown referring to the piston front mark. A : Oil ring upper or lower rail gap B : Front mark C : Second ring and oil ring spacer gap D : Top ring gap E : Stamped mark [MR20DE] A EM C CAUTION: Never contact the rail end gap under the oil ring with the oil drain cast groove of piston. • Install second ring with the stamped surface facing upward. PBIC3588J D 20. Install connecting rod bearing upper (2) and lower (3) to connecting rod (1) and connecting rod cap (4). C : Oil hole (connecting rod) D : Arrow view E F : Engine front • Install the connecting rod in the dimension shown. • Make sure that connecting rod bearing oil hole (A) is completely in the inside of connecting rod oil hole chamfered area (B). • When installing connecting rod bearings, apply new engine oil to the bearing surface (inside). Do not apply new engine oil to the back surface, but thoroughly clean it. NOTE: • There is no positioning tab. • Install the connecting rod bearings in the center of connecting rod and connecting rod bearing cap as shown. For service operation, the center position can be checked, visually. G H I J K PBIC4541E 21. Install piston and connecting rod assembly to crankshaft. • Position crankshaft pin corresponding to connecting rod to be installed onto the bottom dead center. • Apply new engine oil sufficiently to the cylinder bore, piston and crankshaft pin. • Match the cylinder position with the cylinder number (C) on connecting rod to install. B : Oil hole D : Big end diameter grade E : Small end diameter grade F : Front mark (connecting rod bearing cap) M N O • Install so that front mark (A) on the piston head faces the front of engine. PBIC3587J Revision: January 2010 L EM-87 2010 Sentra P CYLINDER BLOCK < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Using Tool (A), install piston with the front mark on the piston head facing the front of the engine. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the cylinder wall and crankshaft pin, resulting from an interference of the connecting rod big end. Tool number [MR20DE] : EM03470000 (J-8037) PBIC3244J 22. Install connecting rod cap. • Match the stamped cylinder number marks (C) on connecting rod with those on connecting rod cap to install. A : Front mark (piston) B : Oil hole D : Big end diameter grade E : Small end diameter grade F : Front mark (connecting rod bearing cap) PBIC3587J 23. Tighten connecting rod bolt with the following procedure: CAUTION: • Make sure that there is no gap in the thrust surface (A) of the joint between connecting rod (1) and connecting rod bearing cap (2) and that these parts are in the correct position. And then, tighten the connecting rod bolts. • If the connecting rod bolts are reused, measure the outer diameter. Refer to EM-97, "Inspection After Disassembly". 24. Apply new engine oil to the threads and seats of connecting rod bolts. 25. Tighten connecting rod bolts in two steps using Tool. Step 1 Step 2 : 19.6 N·m (2.0 kg-m, 14 ft-lb) : 60° clockwise Tool number PBIC3510J : KV10112100 (BT-8653-A) • After tightening connecting rod bolt, make sure that crankshaft rotates smoothly. • Check the connecting rod side clearance. Refer to EM-97, "Inspection After Disassembly". 26. Install oil pan (upper). Refer to EM-27. NOTE: Install the rear oil seal after installing the oil pan (upper). 27. Install rear oil seal. Refer to EM-27. Revision: January 2010 EM-88 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK < SERVICE INFORMATION > 28. Install flywheel (M/T models) or drive plate (1) (CVT models). • Secure crankshaft using Tool. (A), and tighten bolts crosswise over several times. Tool number [MR20DE] A : KV11105210 (J-44716) EM C PBIC3998E D • Install pilot converter (1), drive plate (2) and reinforcement plate (3) as shown (CVT models). A : Crankshaft rear end B :R E • Using a suitable tool of 33 mm. (1.30 in) in diameter, press-fit pilot converter into the end of crankshaft until it stops (CVT models). NOTE: M/T models have no pilot converter and reinforcement plate. F G PBIC4075E 29. Install knock sensor (1) with connector facing toward the rear of engine. A H : Cylinder block left side I : Engine front CAUTION: • Never tighten bolts while holding the connector. • If any impact by dropping is applied to knock sensor, replace it with a new one. NOTE: • Make sure that there is no foreign material on the cylinder block mating surface and the back surface of knock sensor. • Make sure that knock sensor does not interfere with other parts. 30. Install crankshaft position sensor (POS) and crankshaft position sensor (POS) cover. CAUTION: • Avoid impacts such as a dropping. • Keep it away from metal particles. • Never place sensor in a location where it is exposed to magnetism. J PBIC3246J K L M 31. Install oil filter (for intake valve timing control) (1) in the direction shown. • Make sure that the oil filter does not protrude from the upper surface of cylinder block (2) after installation. N O P PBIC3260J 32. Assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly. Revision: January 2010 EM-89 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > How to Select Piston and Bearing INFOID:0000000005283758 DESCRIPTION Selection points Between cylinder block and crankshaft Selection parts Selection items Main bearing Selection methods Main bearing grade (bearing thickness) Determined by match of cylinder block bearing housing grade (inner diameter of housing) and crankshaft journal grade (outer diameter of journal) Between crankshaft and connecting rod Connecting rod bearing Connecting rod bearing grade (bearing thickness) Combining service grades for connecting rod big end diameter and crankshaft pin outer diameter determine connecting rod bearing selection. Between cylinder block and piston Piston and piston pin assembly (piston is available together with piston pin as an assembly.) Piston grade (piston outer diameter) Piston grade = cylinder bore grade (inner diameter of bore) • The identification grade stamped on each part is the grade for the dimension measured in new condition. This grade cannot apply to reused parts. • For reused or repaired parts, measure the dimension accurately. Determine the grade by comparing the measurement with the values of each selection table. • For details of the measurement method of each part, the reuse standards and the selection method of the selective fitting parts, use the applicable procedures. HOW TO SELECT PISTON When New Cylinder Block is Used • Check the cylinder bore grade on rear left side of cylinder block (L), and select piston of the same grade. A : Correction stamp B : Standard stamp C : Cylinder No. 1 bore grade D : Cylinder No. 2 bore grade E : Cylinder No. 3 bore grade F : Cylinder No. 4 bore grade G : No. 1 main bearing housing grade H : No. 2 main bearing housing grade I : No. 3 main bearing housing grade J : No. 4 main bearing housing grade K : No. 5 main bearing housing grade : Engine front • If there is a correction stamp mark on the cylinder block, use it as a correct reference. PBIC3264J When Cylinder Block is Reused 1. 2. Measure the cylinder bore inner diameter. Refer to EM-97, "Inspection After Disassembly". Determine the bore grade by comparing the measurement with the values under the cylinder bore inner diameter of the “Piston Selection Table”. Revision: January 2010 EM-90 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Select piston of the same grade. A A : Identification code B : Front mark C : Piston grade number D : Pin grade number EM C WBIA0830E D Piston Selection Table Unit: mm (in) Grade number (Mark) 1 2 [or no mark (piston only)] Cylinder bore Inner diameter 84.000 - 84.010 (3.3071 - 3.3075) 84.010 - 84.020 (3.3075 - 3.3079) Piston skirt diameter 83.970 - 83.980 (3.3059 - 3.3063) 83.980 - 83.990 (3.3063 - 3.3067) E F NOTE: • Piston is available together with piston pin as an assembly. • There is no piston pin (piston pin hole) grade. G HOW TO SELECT CONNECTING ROD BEARING When New Connecting Rod and Crankshaft are Used 1. H Apply connecting rod big end diameter grade stamped (C) on connecting rod side face to the row in the “Connecting Rod Bearing Selection Table”. A I : Oil hole B : Cylinder number D : Small end diameter grade E : Front mark J K PBIC3262J 2. 3. 4. Apply crankshaft pin journal diameter grade stamped on crankshaft front side to the column in the “Connecting Rod Bearing Selection Table”. A : No. 1 pin journal diameter grade B : No. 2 pin journal diameter grade C : No. 3 pin journal diameter grade D : No. 4 pin journal diameter grade E : No. 1 main journal diameter grade F : No. 2 main journal diameter grade G : No. 3 main journal diameter grade H : No. 4 main journal diameter grade I : No. 5 main journal diameter grade L M N PBIC3261J P Read the symbol at the cross point of selected row and column in the “Connecting Rod Bearing Selection Table”. Apply the symbol obtained to the “Connecting Rod Bearing Grade Table” to select connecting rod bearing. When Crankshaft and Connecting Rod are Reused 1. Measure the dimensions of the connecting rod big end diameter and crankshaft pin journal diameter individually. Refer to EM-97, "Inspection After Disassembly" and EM-97, "Inspection After Disassembly". Revision: January 2010 O EM-91 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Apply the measured dimension to the “Connecting Rod Bearing Selection Table”. 3. Read the symbol at the cross point of selected row and column in the “Connecting Rod Bearing Selection Table”. 4. Apply the symbol obtained to the “Connecting Rod Bearing Grade Table” to select connecting rod bearing. Connecting Rod Bearing Selection Table PBIC4077E Connecting Rod Bearing Grade Table Unit: mm (in) Grade number Thickness Identification color 0 1.494 - 1.497 (0.0588 - 0.0589) Black 1 1.497 - 1.500 (0.0589 - 0.0591) Brown 2 1.500 - 1.503 (0.0591- 0.0592) Green 3 1.503 - 1.506 (0.0592 - 0.0593) Yellow 4 1.506 - 1.509 (0.0593 - 0.0594) Blue Revision: January 2010 EM-92 Remarks Grade and color are the same for upper and lower bearings. 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Grade number 01 12 23 34 Thickness Identification color UPR 1.494 - 1.497 (0.0588 - 0.0589) Black LWR 1.497 - 1.500 (0.0589 - 0.0591) Brown UPR 1.497 - 1.500 (0.0589 - 0.0591) Brown LWR 1.500 - 1.503 (0.0591 - 0.0592) Green UPR 1.500 - 1.503 (0.0591 - 0.0592) Green LWR 1.503 - 1.506 (0.0592 - 0.0593) Yellow UPR 1.503 - 1.506 (0.0592 - 0.0593) Yellow LWR 1.506 - 1.509 (0.0593 - 0.0594) Blue Remarks A Grade and color are different between upper and lower bearings. EM C D Undersize Bearings Usage Guide • When the specified connecting rod bearing oil clearance is not obtained with standard size connecting rod bearings, use undersize (US) bearings. • When using undersize (US) bearing, measure the connecting rod bearing inner diameter with bearing installed, and grind the crankshaft pin so that the connecting rod bearing oil clearance satisfies the standard. CAUTION: In grinding crankshaft pin to use undersize bearings, keep the fillet R [1.5 - 1.7 mm (0.059 - 0.067 in)] (A). E F G H PBIC3263J Bearing undersize table Unit: mm (in) Size Thickness US 0.25 (0.0098) 1.623 - 1.631 (0.0639 - 0.0642) I J K HOW TO SELECT MAIN BEARING When New Cylinder Block and Crankshaft are Used L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EM-93 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. “Main Bearing Selection Table” rows correspond to main bearing housing grade on rear left side of cylinder block (L). A : Correction stamp B : Standard stamp C : Cylinder No. 1 bore grade D : Cylinder No. 2 bore grade E : Cylinder No. 3 bore grade F : Cylinder No. 4 bore grade G : No. 1 main bearing housing grade H : No. 2 main bearing housing grade I : No. 3 main bearing housing grade J : No. 4 main bearing housing grade K : No. 5 main bearing housing grade [MR20DE] : Engine front • If there is a correction stamp mark on cylinder block, use it as a correct reference. PBIC3264J 2. 3. 4. Apply main journal diameter grade stamped on crankshaft front side to column in the “Main Bearing Selection Table”. A : No. 1 pin journal diameter grade B : No. 2 pin journal diameter grade C : No. 3 pin journal diameter grade D : No. 4 pin journal diameter grade E : No. 1 main journal diameter grade F : No. 2 main journal diameter grade G : No. 3 main journal diameter grade H : No. 4 main journal diameter grade I : No. 5 main journal diameter grade PBIC3261J Read the symbol at the cross point of selected row and column in the “Main Bearing Selection Table”. CAUTION: There are two main bearing selection tables. One is for No. 1, 4 and 5 journals and the other is for No. 2 and 3 journals. Make certain to use the appropriate table. This is due to differences in the specified clearances. Apply the symbol obtained to the “Main Bearing Grade Table” to select main bearing. NOTE: Service part is available as a set of both upper and lower. When Cylinder Block and Crankshaft are Reused 1. 2. 3. 4. Measure the dimensions of the cylinder block main bearing housing inner diameter and crankshaft main journal diameter individually. Refer to EM-97, "Inspection After Disassembly" and EM-97, "Inspection After Disassembly". Apply the measured dimension to the “Main Bearing Selection Table”. Read the symbol at the cross point of selected row and column in the “Main Bearing Selection Table”. CAUTION: There are two main bearing selection tables. One is for No. 1, 4 and 5 journals and the other is for No. 2 and 3 journals. Make certain to use the appropriate table. This is due to differences in the specified clearances. Apply the symbol obtained to the “Main Bearing Grade Table” to select main bearing. NOTE: Revision: January 2010 EM-94 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK < SERVICE INFORMATION > Service part is available as a set of both upper and lower. [MR20DE] A Main Bearing Selection Table (No. 1, 4 and 5 journals) EM C D E F G H I J K L M PBIC4078E N O P Revision: January 2010 EM-95 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Main Bearing Selection Table (No. 2 and 3 journals) PBIC4079E Main Bearing Grade Table (All Journals) Unit: mm (in) Grade number Thickness Identification color 0 1.996 - 1.999 (0.0786 - 0.0787) Black 1 1.999 - 2.002 (0.0787 - 0.0788) Brown 2 2.002 - 2.005 (0.0788- 0.0789) Green 3 2.005 - 2.008 (0.0789 - 0.0791) Yellow 4 2.008 - 2.011 (0.0791 - 0.0792) Blue 5 2.011 - 2.014 (0.0792 - 0.0793) Pink 6 2.014 - 2.017 (0.0793 - 0.0794) Purple 7 2.017 - 2.020 (0.0794 - 0.0795) White Revision: January 2010 EM-96 Remarks Grade and color are the same for upper and lower bearings. 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Grade number 01 12 23 34 45 56 67 Thickness Identification color UPR 1.996 - 1.999 (0.0786 - 0.0787) Black LWR 1.999 - 2.002 (0.0787 - 0.0788) Brown UPR 1.999 - 2.002 (0.0787 - 0.0788) Brown LWR 2.002 - 2.005 (0.0788 - 0.0789) Green UPR 2.002 - 2.005 (0.0788- 0.0789) Green LWR 2.005 - 2.008 (0.0789 - 0.0791) Yellow UPR 2.005 - 2.008 (0.0789 - 0.0791) Yellow LWR 2.008 - 2.011 (0.0791 - 0.0792) Blue UPR 2.008 - 2.011 (0.0791 - 0.0792) Blue LWR 2.011 - 2.014 (0.0792 - 0.0793) Pink UPR 2.011 - 2.014 (0.0792 - 0.0793) Pink LWR 2.014 - 2.017 (0.0793 - 0.0794) Purple UPR 2.014 - 2.017 (0.0793 - 0.0794) Purple LWR 2.017 - 2.020 (0.0794 - 0.0795) White Remarks A EM C Grade and color are different between upper and lower bearings. D E F Use Undersize Bearing Usage Guide • When the specified main bearing oil clearance is not obtained with standard size main bearings, use undersize (US) bearing. • When using undersize (US) bearing, measure the main bearing inner diameter with bearing installed, and grind main journal so that the main bearing oil clearance satisfies the standard. CAUTION: In grinding crankshaft main journal to use undersize bearings, keep the fillet R [1.5 - 1.7 mm (0.059 - 0.067 in)] (A). G H I J K PBIC3263J L Bearing undersize table Unit: mm (in) Size Thickness US 0.25 (0.0098) 2.126 - 2.134 (0.0837 - 0.0840) Inspection After Disassembly M INFOID:0000000005283759 N CRANKSHAFT END PLAY • Measure the clearance between thrust bearings and crankshaft arm when crankshaft is moved fully forward or backward with a dial indicator (A). Standard Limit O : 0.10 - 0.26 mm (0.0039 - 0.0102 in) : 0.30 mm (0.012 in) P • If the measured value exceeds the limit, replace thrust bearings, and measure again. If it still exceeds the limit, replace crankshaft also. PBIC3252J CONNECTING ROD SIDE CLEARANCE Revision: January 2010 EM-97 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Measure the side clearance between connecting rod and crankshaft arm with a feeler gauge (A). Standard Limit [MR20DE] : 0.20 - 0.35 mm (0.0079 - 0.0138 in) : 0.40 mm (0.0157 in) • If the measured value exceeds the limit, replace connecting rod, and measure again. If it still exceeds the limit, replace crankshaft also. PBIC3251J PISTON TO PISTON PIN OIL CLEARANCE Piston Pin Hole Diameter Measure the inner diameter of piston pin hole with an inside micrometer (A). Standard: 19.993 - 19.999 mm (0.7871 - 0.7874 in) PBIC3265J Piston Pin Outer Diameter Measure the outer diameter of piston pin with a micrometer (A). Standard: 19.989 - 19.995 mm (0.7870 - 0.7872 in) PBIC3266J Piston to Piston Pin Oil Clearance (Piston to piston pin oil clearance) = (Piston pin hole diameter) – (Piston pin outer diameter) Standard: 0.002 - 0.006 mm (0.0001 - 0.0002 in) • If oil clearance is out of the standard, replace piston and piston pin assembly. • When replacing piston and piston pin assembly, follow the "Piston to Cylinder Bore Clearance" procedure. NOTE: • Piston is available together with piston pin as assembly. • Piston pin (piston pin hole) grade is provided only for the parts installed at the plant. For service parts, no grades can be selected. (Only grade “0” is available.) PISTON RING SIDE CLEARANCE Revision: January 2010 EM-98 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Measure the side clearance of piston ring and piston ring groove with a feeler gauge (A). Standard: Top ring 2nd ring Oil ring : 0.04 - 0.08 mm (0.002 - 0.003 in) : 0.03 - 0.07 mm (0.001 - 0.003 in) : 0.015 - 0.185 mm (0.001 - 0.007 in) Limit: Top ring 2nd ring : 0.11 mm (0.0043 in) : 0.10 mm (0.0039 in) [MR20DE] A EM C PBIC3280J D • If the measured value exceeds the limit, replace piston ring, and measure again. If it still exceeds the limit, replace piston also. E PISTON RING END GAP • Make sure that cylinder bore inner diameter is within specification. Follow the "Cylinder Bore Inner Diameter" procedure. • Lubricate with new engine oil to piston (1) and piston ring (2), and then insert (A) piston ring until middle of cylinder (B) with piston, and measure piston ring end gap with a feeler gauge (C). Standard: Top ring 2nd ring Oil ring (rail ring) : 0.20 - 0.30 mm (0.008 - 0.012 in) : 0.50 - 0.65 mm (0.020 - 0.026 in) : 0.15 - 0.45 mm (0.006 - 0.018 in) F G H I PBIC3267J Limit: Top ring 2nd ring Oil ring (rail ring) J : 0.51 mm (0.020 in) : 0.83 mm (0.033 in) : 0.78 mm (0.031 in) K • If the measured value exceeds the limit, replace piston ring, and measure again. If it still exceeds the limit, replace the cylinder block. L CONNECTING ROD BEND AND TORSION M N O P Revision: January 2010 EM-99 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Check with a connecting rod aligner. C : Feeler gauge Bend (A): Limit: 0.15 mm (0.0059 in) per 100 mm (3.94 in) length Torsion (B): Limit: 0.30 mm (0.0118 in) per 100 mm (3.94 in) length • If it exceeds the limit, replace connecting rod assembly. PBIC3268J CONNECTING ROD BIG END DIAMETER • Install connecting rod cap (1) without connecting rod bearing installed, and tightening connecting rod bolts to the specified torque. Refer to EM-81, "Disassembly and Assembly" for the tightening procedure. 2 : Connecting rod A : Example B : Measuring direction of inner diameter • Measure the inner diameter of connecting rod big end with an inside micrometer. PBIC3269J Standard: 47.000 - 47.013 mm (1.8504 - 1.8509 in) • If out of the standard, replace connecting rod assembly. CONNECTING ROD BUSHING OIL CLEARANCE Connecting Rod Bushing Inner Diameter Measure the inner diameter of connecting rod bushing with an inside micrometer (A). Standard: 20.000 - 20.012 mm (0.7874 - 0.7879 in) PBIC3270J Piston Pin Outer Diameter Revision: January 2010 EM-100 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK < SERVICE INFORMATION > Measure the outer diameter of piston pin with a micrometer (A). [MR20DE] A Standard: 19.989 - 19.995 mm (0.7870 - 0.7872 in) EM C PBIC3266J Connecting Rod Bushing Oil Clearance (Connecting rod bushing oil clearance) = (Connecting rod bushing inner diameter) – (Piston pin outer diameter) Standard Limit : 0.005 - 0.023 mm (0.0002 - 0.0009 in) : 0.03 mm (0.0012 in) • If the measured value is out of the standard, replace connecting rod assembly and/or piston and piston pin assembly. • If replacing piston and piston pin assembly, follow the "PISTON TO PISTON PIN OIL CLEARANCE" procedure. • If replacing connecting rod assembly, follow the "Connecting Rod Bushing Oil Clearance" procedure to select connecting rod bearing. D E F G H CYLINDER BLOCK TOP SURFACE DISTORTION • Using a scraper, remove gasket on the cylinder block surface, and also remove engine oil, scale, carbon, or other contamination. CAUTION: Be careful not to allow gasket flakes to enter engine oil or engine coolant passages. • Measure the distortion on the cylinder block upper face at some different points in six directions with a straight edge (A) and feeler gauge (B). I J K Limit: 0.1 mm (0.004 in) • If it exceeds the limit, replace cylinder block. L PBIC3250J M MAIN BEARING HOUSING INNER DIAMETER • Install main bearing cap without main bearings installed, and tighten main bearing cap bolts to the specified torque. Refer to EM-81, "Disassembly and Assembly" for the tightening procedure. • Measure the inner diameter of main bearing housing with a bore gauge. • Measure the position shown [5 mm (0.20 in)] backward from main bearing housing front side in the 2 directions as shown. The smaller one is the measured value. 1 2 N O : Cylinder block P : Main bearing cap : Engine front Standard: 55.997 - 56.017 mm (2.2046 - 2.2054 in) • If out of the standard, replace cylinder block and main bearing caps assembly. NOTE: Revision: January 2010 EM-101 PBIC4005E 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Main bearing caps cannot be replaced as a single, because it is machined together with cylinder block. PISTON TO CYLINDER BORE CLEARANCE Cylinder Bore Inner Diameter • Using a bore gauge (A), measure the cylinder bore for wear, outof-round and taper at six different points on each cylinder. (“X” and “Y” directions at “A”, “B” and “C”) (“Y” is in longitudinal direction of engine) NOTE: When determining cylinder bore grade, measure the cylinder bore “X” direction at “B” position. Standard inner diameter: 84.000 - 84.020 mm (3.3071 - 3.3079 in) Out-of-round (Difference between “X” and “Y”): 0.015 mm (0.0006 in) Taper limit (Difference between “A” and “C”): 0.01 mm (0.0004 in) • If the measured value exceeds the limit, or if there are scratches and/or seizure on the cylinder inner wall, replace cylinder block. NOTE: Oversize piston is not provided. PBIC4014E Piston Skirt Diameter Measure the outer diameter of piston skirt with a micrometer (A). Measure point : Distance from the top 39.9 mm (1.571 in) Standard : 83.970 - 83.990 mm (3.3059 - 3.3067 in) PBIC3272J Piston to Cylinder Bore Clearance Calculate by piston skirt diameter and cylinder bore inner diameter (direction “X”, position “B”). (Clearance) = (Cylinder bore inner diameter) – (Piston skirt diameter) Standard Limit : 0.020 - 0.040 mm (0.0008 - 0.0016 in) : 0.08 mm (0.0031 in) • If it exceeds the limit, replace piston and piston pin assembly and/or cylinder block. Refer to EM-90, "How to Select Piston and Bearing". CRANKSHAFT MAIN JOURNAL DIAMETER Revision: January 2010 EM-102 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Measure the outer diameter of crankshaft main journals with a micrometer (A). [MR20DE] A Standard: 51.959 - 51.979 mm (2.0456 - 2.0464 in) dia. EM • If out of the standard, measure the main bearing oil clearance. Then use undersize bearing. Follow the "MAIN BEARING OIL CLEARANCE" procedure. C PBIC3457J D CRANKSHAFT PIN JOURNAL DIAMETER • Measure the outer diameter of crankshaft pin journal with a micrometer. E Standard: 43.953 - 43.971 mm (1.7304-1.7311 in) dia. • If out of the standard, measure the connecting rod bearing oil clearance. Then use undersize bearing. Follow the "CONNECTING ROD BEARING OIL CLEARANCE" procedure. F OUT-OF-ROUND AND TAPER OF CRANKSHAFT • Measure the dimensions at four different points as shown on each main journal and pin journal with a micrometer. • Out-of-round is indicated by the difference in dimensions between “X” and “Y” at “A” and “B”. • Taper is indicated by the difference in dimension between “A” and “B” at “X” and “Y”. Limit: Out-of-round (Difference between “X” and “Y”) : 0.0035 mm (0.0001 in) Taper (Difference between “A” and “B”) : 0.0035 mm (0.0001 in) G H I PBIC3459J • If the measured value exceeds the limit, correct or replace crankshaft. • If corrected, measure the bearing oil clearance of the corrected main journal and/or pin journal. Then select main bearing and/or connecting rod bearing. Follow the "MAIN BEARING OIL CLEARANCE" and/or "CONNECTING ROD BEARING OIL CLEARANCE" procedures. CRANKSHAFT RUNOUT • Place a V-block on a precise flat table to support the journals on the both end of the crankshaft. • Place a dial indicator (A) straight up on the No. 3 journal. • While rotating crankshaft, read the movement of the pointer on the dial indicator. (Total indicator reading) Standard Limit J K L M N : 0.05 mm (0.0020 in) : 0.10 mm (0.0040 in) O • If it exceeds the limit, replace crankshaft. PBIC3458J P CONNECTING ROD BEARING OIL CLEARANCE Method by Calculation Revision: January 2010 EM-103 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Install connecting rod bearings (2) to connecting rod (3) and connecting rod bearing cap (1), and tighten connecting rod bolts to the specified torque. Refer to EM-81, "Disassembly and Assembly" for tightening procedure. A : Example B : Inner diameter measuring direction • Measure the inner diameter of connecting rod bearing with an inside micrometer. (Bearing oil clearance) = (Connecting rod bearing inner diameter) – (Crankshaft pin journal diameter) Standard Limit [MR20DE] PBIC3275J : 0.037 - 0.047 mm (0.0015 - 0.0019 in) : 0.07 mm (0.0028 in) • If clearance exceeds the limit, select proper connecting rod bearing according to connecting rod big end diameter and crankshaft pin journal diameter to obtain specified bearing oil clearance. Refer to EM-90, "How to Select Piston and Bearing". Method of Using Plastigage • Remove engine oil and dust on crankshaft pin and the surfaces of each bearing completely. • Cut a plastigage slightly shorter than the bearing width, and place it in crankshaft axial direction, avoiding oil holes. • Install connecting rod bearings to connecting rod and cap, and tighten connecting rod bolts to the specified torque. Refer to EM-81, "Disassembly and Assembly" for the tightening procedure. CAUTION: Never rotate crankshaft. • Remove connecting rod cap and bearing, and using the scale (A) on the plastigage bag, measure the plastigage width. NOTE: The procedure when the measured value exceeds the limit is same as that described in the “Method by Calculation”. PBIC3276J MAIN BEARING OIL CLEARANCE Method by Calculation • Install main bearings (3) to cylinder block (1) and main bearing cap (2), and tighten main bearing cap bolts to the specified torque. Refer to EM-81, "Disassembly and Assembly" for the tightening procedure. A : Example B : Inner diameter measuring direction • Measure the inner diameter of main bearing with a bore gauge. (Bearing oil clearance) = (Main bearing inner diameter) – (Crankshaft main journal diameter) PBIC3277J Standard: No. 1, 4 and 5 journals : 0.024 - 0.034 mm (0.0009 - 0.0013 in) No. 2 and 3 journals : 0.012 - 0.022 mm (0.0005 - 0.0009 in) Limit : 0.065 mm (0.0026 in) Revision: January 2010 EM-104 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • If clearance exceeds the limit, select proper main bearing according to main bearing inner diameter and crankshaft main journal diameter to obtain specified bearing oil clearance. Refer to EM-90, "How to Select Piston and Bearing". A Method of Using Plastigage EM • Remove engine oil and dust on crankshaft main journal and the surfaces of each bearing completely. • Cut a plastigage slightly shorter than the bearing width, and place it in crankshaft axial direction, avoiding oil holes. • Install main bearings to cylinder block and main bearing cap, and tighten main bearing cap bolts to the spec- C ified torque. Refer to EM-81, "Disassembly and Assembly" for the tightening procedure. CAUTION: Never rotate crankshaft. D • Remove main bearing cap and bearings, and using the scale (A) on the plastigage bag, measure the plastigage width. NOTE: The procedure when the measured value exceeds the limit is E same as that described in the “Method by Calculation”. F PBIC3278J G MAIN BEARING CRUSH HEIGHT • When main bearing cap is removed after being tightened to the specified torque with main bearings (1) installed, the tip end of bearing must protrude (B). Refer to EM-81, "Disassembly and Assembly" for the tightening procedure. H I A : Example Standard : There must be crush height. J • If the standard is not met, replace main bearings. PBIC3279J CONNECTING ROD BEARING CRUSH HEIGHT • When connecting rod bearing cap is removed after being tightened to the specified torque with connecting rod bearings (1) installed, the tip end of bearing must protrude. Refer to EM-81, "Disassembly and Assembly" for the tightening procedure (B). A L M : Example Standard K : There must be crush height. N • If the standard is not met, replace connecting rod bearings. PBIC3279J O MAIN BEARING CAP BOLT OUTER DIAMETER P Revision: January 2010 EM-105 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Measure the outer diameters (“d1”, “d2”) at two positions as shown. A : “d1” measuring position B : “d2” measuring position [MR20DE] • If reduction appears in places other than “B” range, regard it as “d2”. Limit (“d1” – “d2”): 0.15 mm (0.0059 in) • If it exceeds the limit (a large difference in dimensions), replace main bearing cap bolt with a new one. PBIC4015E CONNECTING ROD BOLT OUTER DIAMETER • Measure the outer diameter “d” at position as shown. • If reduction appears in a position other than “d”, regard it as “d”. Limit: 7.75 mm (0.3051 in) • When “d” exceeds the limit (when it becomes thinner), replace connecting rod bolt with a new one. PBIC4016E CLOGGED OR DAMAGED OIL FILTER (FOR INTAKE VALVE TIMING CONTROL) • Make sure that there is no foreign material on the oil filter and check it for clogging. - Clean it if necessary. • Check the oil filter for damage. - Replace it if necessary. PBIC3273J FLYWHEEL DEFLECTION (M/T MODELS) • Measure the deflection of flywheel contact surface to clutch with a dial indicator (A). • Measure the deflection at 210 mm (8.27 in) diameter. Limit : 0.45 mm (0.0177 in) or less. • If measured value is out of the standard, replace flywheel. • If a trace of burn or discoloration is found on the surface, repair it with sandpaper. CAUTION: When measuring, keep magnetic fields (such as dial indicator stand) away from signal plate of the rear end of crankshaft. PBIC4006E MOVEMENT AMOUNT OF FLYWHEEL (M/T MODELS) CAUTION: Never disassemble double mass flywheel. Movement Amount of Thrust (Fore-and-Aft) Direction • Measure the movement amount of thrust (fore-and-aft) direction when 100 N (10.2 kg, 22 lb) force is added at the portion of 125 mm (4.92 in) radius from the center of flywheel. Standard : 1.8 mm (0.071 in) or less Revision: January 2010 EM-106 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK < SERVICE INFORMATION > • If measured value is out of the standard, replace flywheel. Movement Amount in Radial (Rotation) Direction Check the movement amount of radial (rotation) direction with the following procedure: 1. Install clutch cover bolt (1) to clutch cover mating hole, and place a torque wrench (A) on the extended line of the flywheel (2) center line. • Tighten bolt at a force of 9.8 N·m (1.0 kg-m, 87 in-lb) to keep it from loosening. 2. Put a mating mark on circumferences of the two flywheel masses without applying any load (Measurement standard points). 3. Apply a force of 9.8 N·m (1.0 kg-m, 87 in-lb) in each direction, and mark the movement amount on the mass on the transaxle side. 4. Measure the dimensions of movement amounts “A” and “B” on circumference of the flywheel on the transaxle side. [MR20DE] A EM C D PBIC4007E E F Limit: 33.2 mm (1.307 in) or less. • If measured value is out of the standard, replace flywheel. G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EM-107 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) Standard and Limit INFOID:0000000005283762 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Engine type MR20DE Cylinder arrangement In-line 4 cm3 Displacement Bore and stroke (cu in) 1,997 (121.86) mm (in) 84.0 x 90.1 (3.307 x 3.547) Valve arrangement DOHC Firing order 1-3-4-2 Number of piston rings Compression 2 Oil 1 Compression ratio Compression pressure kPa (bar, kg/cm2, psi) / 250 rpm 10.2 Standard 1,390 (13.9, 14.2, 202) Minimum 1,140 (11.4. 11.6, 165) Differential limit between cylinders 100 (1.0, 1.0, 15) DRIVE BELT Tension of drive belt Auto adjustment by auto-tensioner WATER CONTROL VALVE Valve opening temperature 93.5 - 96.5°C (200 - 206°F) Full-open valve lift amount 8 mm/ 108°C (0.315 in/ 226°F) Valve closing temperature More than 90°C (194°F) EXHAUST MANIFOLD Unit: mm (in) Items Surface distortion Limit Each exhaust port 0.3 (0.012) Entire part 0.7 (0.028) THERMOSTAT Valve opening temperature 80.5 - 83.5°C (177 - 182°F) Full-open valve lift amount 8 mm/ 95°C (0.315 in/ 203°F) Valve closing temperature More than 77°C (171°F) SPARK PLUG Unit: mm (in) Application Make Standard type* Except for California For California NGK Denso PLZKAR6A-11 FXE20HR-11 Spark plug gap Nominal: 1.1 (0.043) *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information CYLINDER HEAD Revision: January 2010 EM-108 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Unit: mm (in) Items Head surface distortion Normal cylinder head height “H” Standard Limit — 0.1 (0.004) 130.9 (5.15) — A EM C D E PBIC0924E VALVE F Valve Timing Unit: degree G H I Valve timing J PBIC4542E ( a b c d e f 212 224 -8 (32) 52 (12) 7 25 K ): Valve timing control “ON” L Valve Dimensions Unit: mm (in) M N O P SEM188A Valve head diameter “D” Valve length “L” Revision: January 2010 Intake 33.8 - 34.1 (1.331 - 1.343) Exhaust 27.6 - 27.9 (1.087 - 1.098) Intake 106.27 (4.18) Exhaust 105.26 (4.144) EM-109 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Valve stem diameter “d” Intake 5.465 - 5.480 (0.2152 - 0.2157) Exhaust 5.455 - 5.470 (0.2148 - 0.2154) Valve seat angle “α” 45°15′ - 45°45′ Valve margin “T” Intake 1.1 (0.043) Exhaust 1.2 (0.047) Valve Clearance Unit: mm (in) Items Cold Hot* (reference data) Intake 0.26 - 0.34 (0.010 - 0.013) 0.304 - 0.416 (0.012 - 0.016) Exhaust 0.29 - 0.37 (0.011 - 0.015) 0.308 - 0.432 (0.012 - 0.017) *: Approximately 80°C (176°F) Available Valve Lifter Thickness mm (in) Identification mark* KBIA0119E Revision: January 2010 3.00 (0.1181) 300 3.02 (0.1189) 302 3.04 (0.1197) 304 3.06 (0.1205) 306 3.08 (0.1213) 308 3.10 (0.1220) 310 3.12 (0.1228) 312 3.14 (0.1236) 314 3.16 (0.1244) 316 3.18 (0.1252) 318 3.20 (0.1260) 320 3.22 (0.1268) 322 3.24 (0.1276) 324 3.26 (0.1283) 326 3.28 (0.1291) 328 3.30 (0.1299) 330 3.32 (0.1307) 332 3.34 (0.1315) 334 3.36 (0.1323) 336 3.38 (0.1331) 338 3.40 (0.1339) 340 3.42 (0.1346) 342 EM-110 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Thickness mm (in) Identification mark* 3.44 (0.1354) 344 3.46 (0.1362) 346 3.48 (0.1370) 348 3.50 (0.1378) 350 A EM *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information C Valve Spring Items Intake Exhaust 44.90 - 45.10 mm (1.7677 - 1.7755 in) 45.74 - 45.94 mm (1.8007 - 1.8086 in) 35.30 mm (1.390 in) 35.30 mm (1.390 in) 153 - 173 N (15.6 - 17.6 kg, 34 - 39 lb) 139 - 157 N (14.2 - 16.0 kg, 31 - 35 lb) 26.36 mm (1.0377 in) 27.80 mm (1.0944 in) 335 - 377 N (34.2 - 38.5 kg, 75 - 85 lb) 266 - 297 N (27.1 - 30.3 kg, 60 - 67 lb) White Orange Free height Installation height Installation load Height during valve open Load with valve open Identification color D E F Valve Lifter Unit: mm (in) Items G Standard Valve lifter outer diameter Valve lifter hole diameter Intake 33.977 - 33.987 (1.3377 - 1.3381) Exhaust 29.977 - 29.987 (1.1802 - 1.1806) Intake 34.000 - 34.021 (1.3386 - 1.3394) Exhaust 30.000 - 30.021 (1.1811 - 1.1819) Valve lifter clearance 0.013 - 0.044 (0.0005 - 0.0017) Valve Guide Unit: mm (in) H I J K L M PBIC0184E Items Valve guide Outer diameter Standard part Service part 9.523 - 9.534 (0.3749 - 0.3754) 9.723 - 9.734 (0.3828 - 0.3832) Inner diameter (Finished size) Cylinder head valve guide hole diameter 5.500 - 5.518 (0.2165 - 0.2172) 9.475 - 9.496 (0.3730 - 0.3739) Interference fit of valve guide O 9.675 - 9.696 (0.3809 - 0.3817) 0.027 - 0.059 (0.0011 - 0.0023) Items Valve guide clearance Standard Intake 0.020 - 0.053 (0.0008 - 0.0021) Exhaust 0.030 - 0.063 (0.0012 - 0.0025) Projection length “L” P Limit 0.1 (0.004) 13.35 - 13.65 (0.526 - 0.537) Valve Seat Revision: January 2010 N EM-111 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Unit: mm (in) PBIC2745E Items Cylinder head seat recess diameter “D” Valve seat outer diameter “d” Standard Oversize [0.5 (0.02)] (Service) Intake 34.700 - 34.727 (1.3661 - 1.3672) 35.200 - 35.227 (1.3858 - 1.3869) Exhaust 28.700 - 28.727 (1.1299 - 1.1310) 29.200 - 29.227 (1.1496 - 1.1507) Intake 34.808 - 34.824 (1.3704 - 1.3710) 35.308 - 35.324 (1.3901 - 1.3907) Exhaust 28.808 - 28.824 (1.1342 - 1.1348) 29.308 - 29.324 (1.1539 - 1.1545) Valve seat interference fit Diameter “d1”*1 Diameter “d2”*2 Angle “α1” 0.081 - 0.124 (0.0032 - 0.0049) Intake 31.8 (1.252) Exhaust 25.3 (0.996) Intake 33.1 - 33.6 (1.303 - 1.323) Exhaust 26.9 - 27.4 (1.059 - 1.079) Intake 60° Exhaust 45° Angle “α2” 88°45′ - 90°15′ Angle “α3” 120° Contacting width “W”*3 Height “h” Depth “H” Intake 1.0 - 1.4 (0.039 - 0.055) Exhaust 1.2 - 1.6 (0.047 - 0.063) Intake 5.9 - 6.0 (0.232 - 0.236) 5.03 - 5.13 (0.1980 - 0.2020) Exhaust 5.9 - 6.0 (0.232 - 0.236) 4.95 - 5.05 (0.1949 - 0.1988) Intake 6.04 (0.2378) Exhaust 6.05 (0.2382) *: Diameter made by intersection point of conic angles “α1” and “α2” *2: Diameter made by intersection point of conic angles “α2” and “α3” *3: Machining data CAMSHAFT AND CAMSHAFT BEARING Unit: mm (in) Items Camshaft journal oil clearance Camshaft bracket inner diameter Camshaft journal diameter Standard No. 1 0.045 - 0.086 (0.0018 - 0.0034) No. 2, 3, 4, 5 0.030 - 0.071 (0.0012 - 0.0028) Revision: January 2010 0.15 (0.0059) No. 1 28.000 - 28.021 (1.1024 - 1.1032) — No. 2, 3, 4, 5 25.000 - 25.021 (0.9843 - 0.9851) — No. 1 27.935 - 27.955 (1.0998 - 1.1006) — No. 2, 3, 4, 5 24.950 - 24.970 (0.9823 - 0.9381) — 0.075 - 0.153 (0.0030 - 0.0060) 0.24 (0.0094) Intake 44.605 - 44.795 (1.7560 - 1.7635) 44.405 (1.7482) Exhaust 43.175 - 43.365 (1.6997 - 1.7072) 42.975 (1.6919) Camshaft end play Camshaft cam height “A” Limit EM-112 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Camshaft runout [TIR*] Less than 0.02 (0.0008) 0.05 (0.0020) — 0.15 (0.0059) Camshaft sprocket runout [TIR*] A EM C D SEM671 E *: Total indicator reading CYLINDER BLOCK Unit: mm (in) F G H I PBIC4017E Top surface distortion Cylinder bore Limit Inner diameter Out-of-round (Difference between “X” and “Y”) Taper (Difference between “A” and “C”) Standard Grade No. 1 84.000 - 84.010 (3.3071 - 3.3075) Grade No. 2 84.010 - 84.020 (3.3075 - 3.3079) 0.01 (0.0004) Grade No. A Grade No. B Grade No. C Grade No. D Grade No. E Grade No. F Grade No. G Grade No. H Grade No. J Grade No. K Grade No. L Grade No. M Grade No. N Grade No. P Grade No. R Grade No. S Grade No. T Grade No. U Grade No. V Grade No. W 55.997 - 55.998 (2.2046 - 2.2046) 55.998 - 55.999 (2.2046 - 2.2047) 55.999 - 56.000 (2.2047 - 2.2047) 56.000 - 56.001 (2.2047 - 2.2048) 56.001 - 56.002 (2.2048 - 2.2048) 56.002 - 56.003 (2.2048 - 2.2048) 56.003 - 56.004 (2.2048 - 2.2049) 56.004 - 56.005 (2.2049 - 2.2049) 56.005 - 56.006 (2.2049 - 2.2050) 56.006 - 56.007 (2.2050 - 2.2050) 56.007 - 56.008 (2.2050 - 2.2050) 56.008 - 56.009 (2.2050 - 2.2051) 56.009 - 56.010 (2.2051 - 2.2051) 56.010 - 56.011 (2.2051 - 2.2052) 56.011 - 56.012 (2.2052 - 2.2052) 56.012 - 56.013 (2.2052 - 2.2052) 56.013 - 56.014 (2.2052 - 2.2053) 56.014 - 56.015 (2.2053 - 2.2053) 56.015 - 56.016 (2.2053 - 2.2053) 56.016 - 56.017 (2.2053 - 2.2054) PISTON, PISTON RING AND PISTON PIN Available Piston Revision: January 2010 K 0.015 (0.0006) Limit Main bearing housing inner diameter grade J 0.1 (0.004) EM-113 2010 Sentra L M N O P SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Unit: mm (in) PBIC0188E Grade* Piston skirt diameter “A” Standard Dimension Grade No. 1 83.970 - 83.980 (3.3059 - 3.3063) Grade No. 2 83.980 - 83.990 (3.3063 - 3.3067) Piston height “H” dimension 39.9 (1.571) Piston pin hole diameter Piston to cylinder bore clearance 19.993 - 19.999 (0.7871 - 0.7874) Standard 0.020 - 0.040 (0.0008 - 0.0016) Limit 0.08 (0.0031) *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information Piston Ring Unit: mm (in) Items Side clearance Standard Limit Top 0.04 - 0.08 (0.002 - 0.003) 0.11 (0.0043) 2nd 0.03 - 0.07 (0.001 - 0.003) 0.10 (0.0039) 0.015 - 0.185 (0.001 - 0.007) — Top 0.20 - 0.30 (0.008 - 0.012) 0.51 (0.020) 2nd 0.50 - 0.65 (0.020 - 0.026) 0.83 (0.033) Oil (rail ring) 0.15 - 0.45 (0.006 - 0.018) 0.78 (0.031) Oil ring End gap Piston Pin Unit: mm (in) Items Standard Limit 19.989 - 19.995 (0.7870 - 0.7872) — Piston to piston pin oil clearance 0.002 - 0.006 (0.0001 - 0.0002) — Connecting rod bushing oil clearance 0.005 - 0.023 (0.0002 - 0.0009) 0.03 (0.0012) Piston pin outer diameter CONNECTING ROD Unit: mm (in) Center distance 138.97 - 139.07 (5.47 - 5.48) Bend [per 100 (3.94)] Limit 0.15 (0.0059) Torsion [per 100 (3.94)] Limit 0.30 (0.0118) Connecting rod bushing inner diameter1 Side clearance Revision: January 2010 20.000 - 20.012 (0.7874 - 0.7879) Standard 0.20 - 0.35 (0.0079 - 0.0138) Limit 0.40 (0.0157) EM-114 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Grade2 Connecting rod big end diameter A 47.000 - 47.001 (1.8504 - 1.8504) 47.001 - 47.002 (1.8504 - 1.8505) 47.002 - 47.003 (1.8505 - 1.8505) 47.003 - 47.004 (1.8505 - 1.8505) 47.004 - 47.005 (1.8505 - 1.8506) 47.005 - 47.006 (1.8506 - 1.8506) 47.006 - 47.007 (1.8506 - 1.8507) 47.007 - 47.008 (1.8507 - 1.8507) 47.008 - 47.009 (1.8507- 1.8507) 47.009 - 47.010 (1.8507- 1.8508) 47.010 - 47.011 (1.8508 - 1.8508) 47.011 - 47.012 (1.8508 - 1.8509) 47.012 - 47.013 (1.8509 - 1.8509) Grade No. A Grade No. B Grade No. C Grade No. D Grade No. E Grade No. F Grade No. G Grade No. H Grade No. J Grade No. K Grade No. L Grade No. M Grade No. N EM C D 1 : After installing in connecting rod 2: E Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information CRANKSHAFT Unit: mm (in) F G H I PBIC3459J SEM645 Center distance “r” Out-of-round (Difference between “X” and “Y”) Limit 0.0035 (0.0001) Taper (Difference between “A” and “B”) Limit 0.0035 (0.0001) Runout [TIR1] Crankshaft end play J 40.41 - 40.49 (1.5909 - 1.5940) Standard 0.05 (0.0020) Limit 0.10 (0.0040) Standard K L 0.10 - 0.26 (0.0039 - 0.0102) Limit 0.30 (0.012) Grade2 M N O P Revision: January 2010 EM-115 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Pin journal diameter grade. “Dp” Grade No. A Grade No. B Grade No. C Grade No. D Grade No. E Grade No. F Grade No. G Grade No. H Grade No. J Grade No. K Grade No. L Grade No. M Grade No. N Grade No. P Grade No. R Grade No. S Grade No. T Grade No. U 43.970 - 43.971 (1.7311 - 1.7311) 43.969 - 43.970 (1.7311 - 1.7311) 43.968 - 43.969 (1.7310 - 1.7311) 43.967 - 43.968 (1.7310 - 1.7310) 43.966 - 43.967 (1.7309 - 1.7310) 43.965 - 43.966 (1.7309 - 1.7309) 43.964 - 43.965 (1.7309 - 1.7309) 43.963 - 43.964 (1.7308 - 1.7309) 43.962 - 43.963 (1.7308 - 1.7308) 43.961 - 43.962 (1.7307 - 1.7308) 43.960 - 43.961 (1.7307 - 1.7307) 43.959 - 43.960 (1.7307 - 1.7307) 43.958 - 43.959 (1.7306 - 1.7307) 43.957 - 43.958 (1.7306 - 1.7306) 43.956 - 43.957 (1.7305 - 1.7306) 43.955 - 43.956 (1.7305 - 1.7305) 43.954 - 43.955 (1.7305 - 1.7305) 43.953 - 43.954 (1.7304 - 1.7305) Main journal diameter grade. “Dm” Grade No. A Grade No. B Grade No. C Grade No. D Grade No. E Grade No. F Grade No. G Grade No. H Grade No. J Grade No. K Grade No. L Grade No. M Grade No. N Grade No. P Grade No. R Grade No. S Grade No. T Grade No. U Grade No. V Grade No. W 51.978 - 51.979 (2.0464 - 2.0464) 51.977 - 51.978 (2.0463 - 2.0464) 51.976 - 51.977 (2.0463 - 2.0463) 51.975 - 51.976 (2.0463 - 2.0463) 51.974 - 51.975 (2.0462 - 2.0463) 51.973 - 51.974 (2.0462 - 2.0462) 51.972 - 51.973 (2.0461 - 2.0462) 51.971 - 51.972 (2.0461 - 2.0461) 51.970 - 51.971 (2.0461 - 2.0461) 51.969 - 51.970 (2.0460 - 2.0461) 51.968 - 51.969 (2.0460 - 2.0460) 51.967 - 51.968 (2.0459 - 2.0460) 51.966 - 51.967 (2.0459 - 2.0459) 51.965 - 51.966 (2.0459 - 2.0459) 51.964 - 51.965 (2.0458 - 2.0459) 51.963 - 51.964 (2.0458 - 2.0458) 51.962 - 51.963 (2.0457 - 2.0458) 51.961 - 51.962 (2.0457 - 2.0457) 51.960 - 51.961 (2.0457 - 2.0457) 51.959 - 51.960 (2.0456 - 2.0457) 1: 2 Total indicator reading : Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information MAIN BEARING Unit: mm (in) Grade number* Thickness Identification color 0 1.996 - 1.999 (0.0786 - 0.0787) Black 1 1.999 - 2.002 (0.0787 - 0.0788) Brown 2 2.002 - 2.005 (0.0788 - 0.0789) Green 3 2.005 - 2.008 (0.0789 - 0.0791) Yellow 4 2.008 - 2.011 (0.0791 - 0.0792) Blue 5 2.011 - 2.014 (0.0792 - 0.0793) Pink 6 2.014 - 2.017 (0.0793 - 0.0794) Purple 7 2.017 - 2.020 (0.0794 - 0.0795) White Revision: January 2010 EM-116 Remarks Grade and color are the same for upper and lower bearings. 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 01 12 23 34 45 56 67 UPR 1.996 - 1.999 (0.0786 - 0.0787) Black LWR 1.999 - 2.002 (0.0787 - 0.0788) Brown UPR 1.999 - 2.002 (0.0787 - 0.0788) Brown LWR 2.002 - 2.005 (0.0788 - 0.0789) Green UPR 2.002 - 2.005 (0.0788 - 0.0789) Green LWR 2.005 - 2.008 (0.0789 - 0.0791) Yellow UPR 2.005 - 2.008 (0.0789 - 0.0791) Yellow LWR 2.008 - 2.011 (0.0791 - 0.0792) Blue UPR 2.008 - 2.011 (0.0791 - 0.0792) Blue LWR 2.011 - 2.014 (0.0792 - 0.0793) Pink UPR 2.011 - 2.014 (0.0792 - 0.0793) Pink LWR 2.014 - 2.017 (0.0793 - 0.0794) Purple UPR 2.014 - 2.017 (0.0793 - 0.0794) Purple LWR 2.017 - 2.020 (0.0794 - 0.0795) White A EM Grade and color are different between upper and lower bearings. C D E F *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information Undersize Unit: mm (in) Item Thickness Main journal diameter US 0.25 (0.0098) 2.126 - 2.134 (0.0837 - 0.0840) Grind so that bearing clearance is the specified value. Bearing Oil Clearance G H Unit: mm (in) Main bearing oil clearance Standard No. 1, 4 and 5 0.024 - 0.034 (0.0009 - 0.0013) No. 2 and 3 0.012 - 0.022 (0.0005 - 0.0009) Limit I 0.065 (0.0026) J CONNECTING ROD BEARING Grade number* Thickness mm (in) Identification color 0 1.494 - 1.497 (0.0588 - 0.0589) Black 1 1.497 - 1.500 (0.0589 - 0.0591) Brown 2 1.500 - 1.503 (0.0591 - 0.0592) Green 3 1.503 - 1.506 (0.0592 - 0.0593) Yellow 4 1.506 - 1.509 (0.0593 - 0.0594) Blue UPR 1.494 - 1.497 (0.0588 - 0.0589) Black LWR 1.497 - 1.500 (0.0589 - 0.0591) Brown UPR 1.497 - 1.500 (0.0589 - 0.0591) Brown 01 12 LWR 23 34 1.500 - 1.503 (0.0591 - 0.0592) Green UPR 1.500 - 1.503 (0.0591 - 0.0592) Green LWR 1.503 - 1.506 (0.0592 - 0.0593) Yellow UPR 1.503 - 1.506 (0.0592 - 0.0593) Yellow LWR 1.506 - 1.509 (0.0593 - 0.0594) Blue Remarks K Grade and color are the same for upper and lower bearings. L M N Grade and color are different between upper and lower bearings. P *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information Undersize Unit: mm (in) Item Thickness Crank pin journal diameter US 0.25 (0.0098) 1.623 - 1.631 (0.0639 - 0.0642) Grind so that bearing clearance is the specified value. Revision: January 2010 EM-117 O 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [MR20DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Bearing Oil Clearance Unit: mm (in) Connecting rod bearing oil clearance Revision: January 2010 Standard 0.037 - 0.047 (0.0015 - 0.0019) Limit 0.07 (0.0028) EM-118 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE INFORMATION A PRECAUTIONS Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER" EM INFOID:0000000005283763 The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. WARNING: • To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. • Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. • Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. C D E F G H PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS WARNING: • When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing serious injury. • When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. I J Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect INFOID:0000000005283764 NOTE: • This Procedure is applied only to models with Intelligent Key system and NATS (NISSAN ANTI-THEFT SYSTEM). • Remove and install all control units after disconnecting both battery cables with the ignition knob in the ″LOCK″ position. • Always use CONSULT-III to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing work. If DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnostic results. For models equipped with the Intelligent Key system and NATS, an electrically controlled steering lock mechanism is adopted on the key cylinder. For this reason, if the battery is disconnected or if the battery is discharged, the steering wheel will lock and steering wheel rotation will become impossible. If steering wheel rotation is required when battery power is interrupted, follow the procedure below before starting the repair operation. K L M N O OPERATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. Connect both battery cables. NOTE: Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged. Use the Intelligent Key or mechanical key to turn the ignition switch to the ″ACC″ position. At this time, the steering lock will be released. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released and the steering wheel can be rotated. Perform the necessary repair operation. Revision: January 2010 EM-119 2010 Sentra P PRECAUTIONS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. When the repair work is completed, return the ignition switch to the ″LOCK″ position before connecting the battery cables. (At this time, the steering lock mechanism will engage.) 6. Perform a self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT-III. Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000005283765 When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover the lower end of windshield. PIIB3706J Precaution for Draining Coolant INFOID:0000000005283766 • Drain coolant when engine is cooled. Precaution for Disconnecting Fuel Piping INFOID:0000000005283767 • Before starting work, make sure no fire or spark producing items are in the work area. • Release fuel pressure before any removal or disassembly. • After disconnecting pipes, plug openings to stop fuel leakage. Precaution for Removal and Disassembly INFOID:0000000005283768 • When instructed to use special service tools, use the specified tools. Always be careful to work safely, avoid forceful operations. • Use maximum care to avoid damage to mating or sliding surfaces. • Cover openings of engine system with tape or equivalent, if necessary, to seal out foreign materials. • Mark and arrange disassembly parts in an organized way for easy troubleshooting and assembly. • When loosening nuts and bolts, as a basic rule, start with the one furthest outside, then the one diagonally opposite, and so on. If the order of loosening is specified, follow the specifications. Precaution for Inspection, Repair and Replacement INFOID:0000000005283769 • Before repairing or replacing, thoroughly inspect parts. Inspect new replacement parts in the same way, and replace if necessary. Precaution for Assembly and Installation INFOID:0000000005283770 • Use torque wrench to tighten bolts or nuts. • When tightening nuts and bolts, as a basic rule, equally tighten in several different steps starting with the ones in center, then ones on inside and outside diagonally in this order. If the order of tightening is specified, follow the specifications. • Always replace the old with a new gasket, packing, oil seal or O-ring. • Thoroughly wash, clean, and air-blow each part. Carefully check oil or coolant passages for any restriction and blockage. • Avoid damaging sliding or mating surfaces. Completely remove foreign materials such as cloth lint or dust. Before assembly, oil sliding surfaces well. • Bleed the air trapped within the system after draining the coolant. • Before starting engine, apply fuel pressure to fuel lines with turning ignition switch ON (with engine stopped). Then make sure that there are no leaks at fuel line connections. • After repairing, start engine and increase engine speed to check coolant, fuel, oil, and exhaust systems for leakage or rattles. Parts Requiring Angular Tightening INFOID:0000000005283771 • Use an angle wrench for the final tightening of the following engine parts. Revision: January 2010 EM-120 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > - Cylinder head bolts - Lower cylinder block bolts A - Connecting rod cap bolts - Crankshaft pulley bolt (No angle wrench is required as the bolt flange is provided with notches for angular tightening) EM • Do not use a torque value for final tightening. • The torque value for these parts are for a preliminary step. • Ensure thread and seat surfaces are clean and coated with engine oil. C Precaution for Liquid Gasket INFOID:0000000005283772 REMOVAL OF LIQUID GASKET SEALING D • After removing the bolts and nuts, separate the mating surface and remove the sealant using Tool. Tool number E : KV10111100 (J-37228) CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the mating surfaces. • In areas where the cutter is difficult to use, use a plastic hammer to lightly tap (1) the cutter where the RTV Silicone Sealant is applied. Use a plastic hammer to slide the cutter (2) by tapping on the side. CAUTION: If for some unavoidable reason a tool such as a flat-bladed screwdriver is used, be careful not to damage the mating surfaces. F G PBIC0002E H LIQUID GASKET APPLICATION PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. Using a scraper, remove the old Silicone RTV Sealant adhering to the gasket application surface and the mating surface. • Remove the sealant completely from the groove of the gasket application surface, mounting bolts, and bolt holes. Thoroughly clean the gasket application surface and the mating surface and remove adhering moisture, grease and foreign materials. Attach the sealant tube to the tube presser. Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant". I J K PBIC0003E 4. L Apply the sealant using Tool without breaks to the specified location. M Tube presser WS39930000 ( – ) • If there is a groove for the sealant application, apply the sealant to the groove. • As for the bolt holes, normally apply the sealant inside the holes. If specified, it should be applied outside the holes. Make sure to read the text of this manual. • Within five minutes of the sealant application, install the mating component. • If the sealant protrudes, wipe it off immediately. • Do not retighten after the installation. Revision: January 2010 EM-121 N O EMA0622D P 2010 Sentra PRECAUTIONS < SERVICE INFORMATION > • After 30 minutes or more have passed from the installation, fill the engine with the specified oil and coolant. Refer to MA-15. [QR25DE] SEM159F CAUTION: Follow all specific instructions in this manual. Revision: January 2010 EM-122 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > PREPARATION A Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000005283773 The actual shapes of the Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of the special service tools illustrated here. Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description KV10111100 (J-37228) Seal cutter Removing steel oil pan and rear timing chain case EM C D E S-NT046 ST0501S000 Engine stand assembly 1. ST05011000 ( — ) Engine stand 2. ST05012000 ( — ) Base Disassembling and assembling F G NT042 H KV10106500 ( — ) Engine stand shaft I J NT028 KV10115300 ( — ) Engine sub-attachment K L ZZA1078D KV10116200 (J-26336-B) Valve spring compressor 1. KV10115900 (J-26336-20) Attachment M Disassembling valve mechanism N O NT022 KV10112100 (BT-8653-A) Angle wrench Tightening bolts for bearing cap, cylinder head, etc. P S-NT014 Revision: January 2010 EM-123 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description KV10107902 (J-38959) Valve oil seal puller Removing valve oil seal S-NT011 KV10115600 (J-38958) Valve oil seal drift Installing valve oil seal Use side A. a: 20 (0.79) dia. d: 8 (0.31) dia. b: 13 (0.51) dia. e: 10.7 (0.421) dia. c: 10.3 (0.406) dia. f: 5 (0.20) dia. Unit: mm (in) S-NT603 EM03470000 (J-8037) Piston ring compressor Installing piston assembly into cylinder bore S-NT044 ST16610001 (J-23907) Pilot bushing puller Removing crankshaft pilot bushing S-NT045 WS39930000 ( — ) Tube presser Pressing the tube of liquid gasket S-NT052 16441 6N210 (J-45488) Quick connector release Removing fuel tube quick connectors in engine room (Available in SEC. 164 of PARTS CATALOG: Part No. 16441 6N210) PBIC0198E KV10114400 (J-38365) Heated oxygen sensor wrench Loosening or tightening rear heated oxygen sensor a: 22 mm (0.87 in) NT636 Revision: January 2010 EM-124 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description KV10117100 (J-36471-A) Heated oxygen sensor wrench Loosening or tightening heated oxygen sensor For 22 mm (0.87 in) hexagon nut A EM C NT379 KV991J0050 (J-44626) Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor wrench Loosening or tightening air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 D E F LEM054 — (J-46535) Drive belt tension releaser Releasing drive belt tension G H WBIA0536E Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000005283774 Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description Pulley holder Crankshaft pulley removing and installing a: 68 mm (2.68 in) dia. b: 8 mm (0.31 in) dia. I J K L NT628 Crank puller M Crankshaft pulley removing N O ZZA0010D Spark plug wrench Removing and installing spark plug P PBIC2982E Revision: January 2010 EM-125 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description Valve seat cutter set Finishing valve seat dimensions S-NT048 Piston ring expander Removing and installing piston ring S-NT030 Valve guide drift Removing and installing valve guide Intake & Exhaust: a: 9.5 mm (0.374 in) dia. b: 5.5 mm (0.217 in) dia. S-NT015 Valve guide reamer 1: Reaming valve guide inner hole 2: Reaming hole for oversize valve guide Intake & Exhaust: d1: 6.0 mm (0.236 in) dia. d2: 10.2 mm (0.402 in) dia. S-NT016 (J-43897-18) (J-43897-12) Oxygen sensor thread cleaner Reconditioning the exhaust system threads before installing a new heated oxygen sensor (Use with anti-seize lubricant shown below.) a: J-43897-18 [18 mm (0.71 in) dia.] for zirconia heated oxygen sensor b: J-43897-12 [12 mm (0.47 in) dia.] for titania heated oxygen sensor AEM488 Anti-seize lubricant (Permatex 133AR or equivalent meeting MIL specification MIL-A-907) Lubricating oxygen sensor thread cleaning tool when reconditioning exhaust system threads AEM489 Power tool Loosening bolts and nuts PBIC0190E Revision: January 2010 EM-126 2010 Sentra PREPARATION [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name Description TP55 Torx® plus Bit Removing and installing M/T flywheel bolts A EM C LBIA0284E E20 Torx® Socket (J-45816) Removing and installing CVT drive plate bolts D E F LBIA0285E G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EM-127 2010 Sentra NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING NVH Troubleshooting - Engine Noise INFOID:0000000005283775 WBIA0069E Use the Chart Below to Help You Find the Cause of the Symptom 1. 2. INFOID:0000000005283776 Locate the area where noise occurs. Confirm the type of noise. Revision: January 2010 EM-128 2010 Sentra NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Specify the operating condition of engine. 4. Check specified noise source. If necessary, repair or replace these parts. A EM Operating condition of engine Location of noise Top of engine Rocker cover Cylinder head Type of noise When starting When idling When racing While driving Ticking or clicking C A — A B — Tappet noise Valve clearance EM-161 Rattle C A — A B C Camshaft bearing noise Camshaft journal clearance Camshaft runout EM-153 EM-153 — Piston pin noise Piston and piston pin clearance Connecting rod bushing clearance EM-202 EM-202 A Piston slap noise Piston-to-bore clearance Piston ring side clearance Piston ring end gap Connecting rod bend and torsion EM-202 EM-202 EM-202 EM-202 B Connecting rod bearing noise Connecting rod bushing clearance (Small end) Connecting rod bearing clearance (Big end) EM-202 EM-202 C Main bearing noise Main bearing oil clearance Crankshaft runout EM-202 EM-202 B Timing chain and chain tensioner noise Timing chain cracks and wear Timing chain tensioner operation B Drive belts (Sticking or slipping) Drive belts deflection — Slap or rap Knock Knock Front of engine Timing chain cover Front of engine Reference page After warmup Slap or knock Crankshaft pulley Cylinder block (Side of engine) Oil pan Source of noise Before warmup Tapping or ticking A A A A A — B B A — — C — — B B B A B B B B B B Check item C Squeaking or fizzing A Creaking A B A B A B Drive belts (Slipping) Idler pulley bearing operation Squall Creak A B — B A B Water pump noise Water pump operation A: Closely related B: Related B — C: Sometimes related B — D E F G H I J EM-164 K L EM-130 M CO-35 N —: Not related O P Revision: January 2010 EM-129 2010 Sentra DRIVE BELTS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > DRIVE BELTS Checking Drive Belts INFOID:0000000005283777 AWBIA0275ZZ 1. Generator pulley 2. Water pump pulley 3. Drive belt auto tensioner 4. Idler pulley 5. Crankshaft pulley 6. A/C compressor pulley C. Allowable use range A. Allowable use range (new belt) B. View B D. Indicator (notch) E. Temporary retaining boss WARNING: Inspect the drive belt only when the engine is stopped. • Make sure that the indicator (notch on fixed side) of drive belt auto-tensioner is within the possible use range. NOTE: • Check the drive belt auto-tensioner indicator (notch) when the engine is cold. • When the new drive belt is installed, the range of possible use should be as shown. • Visually check entire belt for wear, damage or cracks. • If the indicator is out of allowable use range or belt is damaged, replace the drive belt. Tension Adjustment INFOID:0000000005283778 Belt tension is not manually adjustable, it is automatically adjusted by the drive belt auto-tensioner. Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283779 REMOVAL 1. 2. Remove the splash shield (RH). Refer to EI-21, "Component". Securely hold the hexagonal part in pulley center of drive belt auto-tensioner, move in the direction of arrow (loosening direction of tensioner) using Tool. Tool number : — (J-46535) WARNING: Never place hand in a location where pinching may occur if the holding tool accidentally comes off. CAUTION: WBIA0561E Revision: January 2010 EM-130 2010 Sentra DRIVE BELTS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Do not loosen the auto-tensioner pulley bolt. (Do not turn it counterclockwise.) If turned counterclockwise, the complete auto-tensioner must be replaced as a unit, including pulley. A 3. Insert a rod approximately 6 mm (0.24 in) in diameter through the rear of tensioner into retaining boss to lock tensioner pulley. • Leave tensioner pulley arm locked until belt is installed again. EM 4. Remove drive belt. INSTALLATION 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Install the drive belt onto all of the pulleys except for the water pump pulley. Install the drive belt onto water pump pulley last. CAUTION: Confirm drive belt is completely set on the pulleys. Release drive belt auto-tensioner, and apply tension to drive belt. WARNING: Never place hand in a location where pinching may occur if the holding tool accidentally comes off. CAUTION: Make sure no engine oil, working fluid and engine coolant are adhered to drive belt and each pulley groove. Turn crankshaft pulley clockwise several times to equalize tension between each pulley. Confirm tension of drive belt at indicator is within the allowable use range. Refer to EM-130, "Checking Drive Belts". Install the splash shield (RH). Refer to EI-21, "Component". Removal and Installation of Drive Belt Auto-tensioner INFOID:0000000005283780 C D E F G H I J K L M WBIA0860E 1. Drive belt auto-tensioner 2. REMOVAL CAUTION: The complete auto-tensioner must be replaced as a unit, including the pulley. 1. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. Refer to SC-8, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery)". 2. Remove the RH front wheel and tire. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment". 3. Remove the drive belt EM-130, "Removal and Installation". 4. Remove the engine room cover. 5. Remove the front air duct and air duct. Refer to EM-133, "Removal and Installation". 6. Remove the engine coolant reservoir. Revision: January 2010 N Water pump pulley EM-131 2010 Sentra O P DRIVE BELTS [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 7. Support the engine and remove the engine mounting insulator and bracket (RH). Refer to EM-184, "Removal and Installation". 8. Remove the drive belt auto-tensioner. CAUTION: Do not loosen the auto-tensioner pulley bolt. (Do not turn it counterclockwise). If turned counterclockwise, the complete auto-tensioner must be replaced as a unit, including pulley. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. CAUTION: • If there is damage greater than peeled paint, replace drive belt auto-tensioner units • Install the drive belt auto-tensioner carefully so not to damage the water pump pulley. • Do not swap the pulley between the new and old auto-tensioner units Revision: January 2010 EM-132 2010 Sentra AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283781 EM C D E F G H WBIA0861E 1. Electric throttle control actuator tube 2. Air duct 3. Front air duct 4. Air cleaner case 5. Mass air flow sensor 6. Resonator tube 7. Resonator in fender A. To electric throttle control actuator I J REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Remove the battery tray. Refer to SC-9, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery Tray)". Remove the engine room cover. Disconnect the mass air flow sensor electrical connector. Disconnect the tube clamp at the electric throttle control actuator and the fresh air intake tube. Remove air cleaner to electric throttle control actuator tube, air cleaner case, with mass air flow sensor attached. • Add marks as necessary for easier installation. Remove mass air flow sensor from air cleaner case, as necessary. CAUTION: Handle the mass air flow sensor with care: • Do not shock it. • Do not disassemble it. • Do not touch the internal sensor. Remove ECM bracket and CVT controller, as necessary. Remove the resonator in the fender, as necessary. INSTALLATION CHANGING AIR CLEANER FILTER Depress the air cleaner case lid side clips and remove. Revision: January 2010 L M N O P Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • Align marks. • Attach each joint securely. • Screw clamps firmly. 1. K EM-133 2010 Sentra AIR CLEANER AND AIR DUCT [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Remove the air cleaner filter. 3. Install a new air cleaner filter. 4. Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Revision: January 2010 EM-134 2010 Sentra INTAKE MANIFOLD [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > INTAKE MANIFOLD A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283782 EM C D E F G H I ALBIA0521GB 1. EVAP hose 2. EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid 3. 4. Intake manifold support (front) 5. Rubber seal 6. Intake manifold adapter 7. Gasket 8. Gasket 9. Intake manifold support (rear) 10. Rubber seal 11. Electric throttle control actuator 12. PCV hose J Intake manifold 13. EVAP tube K L REMOVAL WARNING: To avoid the danger of being scalded, never drain the coolant when the engine is hot. 1. Remove the engine room cover. 2. Release the fuel pressure. Refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check". 3. Drain engine coolant from the radiator. Refer to CO-40, "Changing Engine Coolant". CAUTION: Perform this step when engine is cold. NOTE: This step necessary only when removing electric throttle control actuator from the vehicle. 4. Remove the battery tray. Refer to SC-9, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery Tray)". 5. Disconnect the MAF sensor electrical connector. 6. Remove air cleaner case and air duct assembly. Refer to EM-133, "Removal and Installation". 7. Remove cowl top. Refer to EI-19, "Removal and Installation". 8. Disconnect the following components at the intake side: • PCV hose • EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid • Electric throttle control actuator Revision: January 2010 EM-135 M N O P 2010 Sentra INTAKE MANIFOLD < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Brake booster vacuum hose 9. Disconnect the fuel quick connector on the engine side. • Using Tool perform the following steps to disconnect the quick connector. Tool number [QR25DE] : — (J-45488) WBIA0148E a. Remove quick connector cap. LBIA0090E b. c. d. With the sleeve side of Tool facing quick connector, install Tool onto fuel tube. Insert Tool into quick connector until sleeve contacts and goes no further. Hold the Tool on that position. CAUTION: Inserting the Tool hard will not disconnect quick connector. Hold Tool where it contacts and goes no further. Pull the quick connector straight out from the fuel tube. CAUTION: • Pull quick connector holding it at the "A" position, as WBIA0473E shown. • Do not pull with lateral force applied. O-ring inside quick connector may be damaged. • Prepare container and cloth beforehand as fuel will leak out. • Avoid fire and sparks. • Be sure to cover openings of disconnected pipes with plug or plastic bag to avoid fuel leakage and entry of foreign materials. 10. When removing fuel hose quick connector at vehicle piping side, perform as follows. a. Remove quick connector cap. b. Hold the sides of the connector, push in tabs and pull out the tube. (The figure is shown for reference only.) • If the connector and the tube are stuck together, push and pull several times until they start to move. Then disconnect them by pulling. CAUTION: • The tube can be removed when the tabs are completely depressed. Do not twist it more than necessary. • Do not use any tools to remove the quick connector. • Keep the resin tube away from heat. Be especially careful when welding near the tube. • Prevent acid liquid such as battery electrolyte etc. from getting on the resin tube. • Do not bend or twist the tube during installation and removal. • Do not remove the remaining retainer on tube. Revision: January 2010 EM-136 SFE562A 2010 Sentra INTAKE MANIFOLD [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • When the tube is replaced, also replace the retainer with a new one. Retainer color: Green. A • To keep clean the connecting portion and to avoid damage and foreign materials, cover them completely with plastic bags or something similar. 11. Remove EVAP canister purge volume control solenoid valve. EM 12. Loosen mounting bolts diagonally, remove the electric throttle control actuator and position aside. CAUTION: • Handle carefully to avoid any shock to electric throttle control actuator. C • Never disassemble. 13. Disconnect intake manifold collector harness, and vacuum hose. CAUTION: D Cover engine openings to avoid entry of foreign materials. 14. Loosen the bolts in the order shown to remove the intake manifold assembly, using power tools. E F G WBIA0863E Inspection After Removal Surface Distortion • Using straightedge and feeler gauge, inspect surface distortion of intake manifold adapter and intake manifold surface. Limit H I : 0.1 mm (0.004 in) INSTALLATION J • Install the intake manifold bolts and nuts in the reverse order of removal, following the tightening sequences below. Tightening Intake Manifold Bolts and Nuts • Tighten in numerical order as shown. CAUTION: After tightening No.5, retighten the No.1 bolt to specification. K L M WBIA0864E Tightening Intake Manifold Support Bolts • Tighten the intake manifold support bolts following the tightening sequence below. • Temporarily tighten the intake manifold support (rear) bolts. • Tighten the electric throttle control actuator bolts. • Tighten the intake manifold support (rear) bolts. • Temporarily tighten the intake manifold support (front) bolts (intake manifold side). • Tighten the intake manifold support (front) bolts (engine side). • Tighten the intake manifold support (front) bolts (intake manifold side). Installation of Electric Throttle Control Actuator: • Tighten the mounting bolts of electric throttle control actuator equally and diagonally in several steps. • After installation perform procedure in "INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION". CONNECTING QUICK CONNECTOR ON THE FUEL HOSE (ENGINE SIDE) Revision: January 2010 EM-137 2010 Sentra N O P INTAKE MANIFOLD [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Make sure no foreign substances are deposited in and around the fuel tube and quick connector, and there is no damage to them. 2. Thinly apply new engine oil around the fuel tube tip end. 3. Align center to insert quick connector straight into fuel tube. • Insert fuel tube into quick connector until the top spool on fuel tubes is inserted completely and the second level spool is positioned slightly below the quick connector bottom end. CAUTION: • Hold at position "A" as shown, when inserting the fuel tube into the quick connector. • Carefully align to center to avoid inclined insertion to prevent damage to the O-ring inside the quick connector. • Insert the fuel tube until you hear a “click” sound and actually feel the engagement. KBIA0272E • To avoid misidentification of engagement with a similar sound, be sure to perform the next step. 4. Before clamping the fuel hose with the hose clamp, pull the quick connector hard by hand, holding at the "A" position, as shown. Make sure it is completely engaged (connected) so that it does not come off of the fuel tube. NOTE: Recommended pulling force is 50 N (5.1 kg-f, 11.2 lb-f). 5. Install quick connector cap on quick connector joint. • Direct arrow mark on quick connector cap to upper side (fuel hose side). 6. Install fuel hose to hose clamp. KBIA0298E CONNECTING QUICK CONNECTOR ON THE FUEL HOSE (VEHICLE PIPING SIDE) 1. 2. Make sure no foreign substances are deposited in and around the fuel tube and quick connector, and there is no damage to them. Align center to insert quick connector straight into fuel tube. • Insert fuel tube until a click is heard. • Install quick connector cap on quick connector joint. Direct arrow mark on quick connector cap upper side. • Install fuel hose to hose clamp. PBIC0662E INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION Make sure there is no fuel leakage at connections as follows: 1. Apply fuel pressure to fuel lines by turning ignition switch ON (with engine stopped). Then check for fuel leaks at connections. 2. Start the engine and rev it up and check for fuel leaks at connections. NOTE: Use mirrors for checking on connections out of the direct line of sight. CAUTION: Do not touch engine immediately after stopping as engine is extremely hot. • Perform procedures for “Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning” after finishing repairs. Refer to EC1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". Revision: January 2010 EM-138 2010 Sentra INTAKE MANIFOLD [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • If electric throttle control actuator is replaced, perform procedures for “Idle Air Volume Learning” after finishing repairs. Refer to EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning". A EM C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EM-139 2010 Sentra EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283783 AWBIA0776GB 1. Exhaust manifold gasket 2. Heated oxygen sensor 1 3. Exhaust manifold cover (upper and lower) 6. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 2 4. Air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 5. Exhaust manifold cover lower bolt 7. Heated oxygen sensor 2 8. Exhaust manifold assembly REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Remove the engine under cover. Refer to EI-14, "Removal and Installation". Remove the splash shield (RH). Refer to EI-21, "Component". Remove generator and generator bracket. Refer to SC-33, "Removal and Installation QR25DE". Remove the exhaust front tube. Refer to EX-11, "Component". Remove oil level indicator tube. Disconnect the electrical connector of heated oxygen sensor 1 or air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1, and unhook the harness from the bracket and middle clamp on the cover. Remove the heated oxygen sensor 1 or air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor 1 using Tool. Tool numbers 8. : KV991J0050 (J-44626) : KV10117100 (J-36471-A) CAUTION: • Be careful not to damage heated oxygen sensor or air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor. • Discard any heated oxygen sensor or air fuel ratio (A/F) sensor which has been dropped from a height of more than 0.5 m (19.7 in) onto a hard surface such as a concrete floor; use a new one. Remove the lower exhaust manifold covers. Revision: January 2010 EM-140 WBIA0474E 2010 Sentra EXHAUST MANIFOLD AND THREE WAY CATALYST < SERVICE INFORMATION > 9. Remove the upper exhaust manifold cover. 10. Loosen the nuts in reverse order as shown, on the exhaust manifold and three way catalyst. 11. Remove the exhaust manifold and three way catalyst assembly and gasket. Discard the gasket. [QR25DE] A EM C AWBIA0777ZZ D INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL Surface Distortion • Use a reliable straightedge and feeler gauge to check the flatness of exhaust manifold fitting surface. Limit E F : 0.7 mm (0.0276 in) G H KBIA0046E INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Pay attention to the following. I Tightening Exhaust Manifold Nuts • Tighten the nuts in the numerical order shown, to specification. J K L AWBIA0332ZZ M Installation of A/F Sensors and Heated Oxygen Sensors Clean the A/F sensor and heated oxygen sensor threads with the Tool, then apply the anti-seize lubricant to the threads before installing the A/F sensor and heated oxygen sensors. Oxygen sensor thread cleaner Oxygen sensor thread cleaner : J-43897 - 18 : J-43897 - 12 O CAUTION: Do not over-tighten the A/F sensors and heated oxygen sensors. Doing so may cause damage to the A/F sensors and heated oxygen sensors, resulting in a malfunction and the MIL coming on. Revision: January 2010 EM-141 N 2010 Sentra P OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283784 WBIA0867E 1. Oil dipstick tube 2. Oil pan (upper) 3. 4. Oil filter 5. Oil pickup screen 6. Cylinder block Drain plug 7. Oil pan (lower) 8. Rear plate cover 9. O-ring A. Oil pan side REMOVAL WARNING: • To avoid the danger of being scalded, never drain the engine oil when the engine is hot. • Prolonged and repeated contact with used engine oil may cause skin cancer; try to avoid direct skin contact with used oil. If skin contact is made, wash thoroughly with soap or hand cleaner as soon as possible. 1. Remove the engine under cover. Refer to EI-14, "Removal and Installation". 2. Drain engine oil. Refer to LU-19, "Changing Engine Oil". 3. Remove oil dipstick tube and indicator. 4. Remove the front exhaust tube. Refer to EX-11, "Component". 5. Remove lower steering joint bolt. 6. Remove power steering hose bracket from rear of collector. 7. Remove LH and RH drive shafts. Refer to FAX-9, "Removal and Installation (Left Side)" (LH), FAX-10, "Removal and Installation (Right Side)" (RH). 8. Remove A/C compressor bolts and position the A/C compressor aside. Refer to MTC-86, "Removal and Installation for Compressor - QR25DE". 9. Support the engine from above and underneath with suitable hoist and floor jack. 10. Remove the front suspension member for clearance to remove the oil pan. Refer to FSU-11, "Removal and Installation". Revision: January 2010 EM-142 2010 Sentra OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER < SERVICE INFORMATION > 11. Remove the oil pan (lower) bolts in the order shown. [QR25DE] A EM C WBIA0868E D 12. Remove the oil pan (lower) using Tool. NOTE: Tap gently to cut sealant around the pan; do not damage the mating surface using Tool. Tool number E : KV10111100 (J-37228) F G WBIA0475E 13. Remove the oil pickup screen. 14. Remove rear plate cover, and four engine-to transaxle bolts, using power tool. H 15. Remove the oil pan (upper) bolts in the order shown. I J K WBIA0869E 16. Remove oil pan (upper) using Tool. NOTE: Tap gently to cut sealant around the oil pan; do not damage the mating surface using Tool. Tool number L M N : KV10111100 (J-37228) O WBIA0475E P INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL • Clean the oil pickup screen to remove any foreign material. INSTALLATION 1. Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Paying attention to the following. Revision: January 2010 EM-143 2010 Sentra OIL PAN AND OIL STRAINER < SERVICE INFORMATION > a. Apply Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant (A), or equivalent, to the upper oil pan. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant", and EM-121, "Precaution for Liquid Gasket". • Install the two new O-rings in the upper oil pan. [QR25DE] WBIA0870E b. Tighten the oil pan (upper) bolts in the order as shown. • NOTE: Use the bolt sizes specified below: M6 × 20 mm (0.79 in): No.16, 17 M8 × 25 mm (0.98 in): No.3, 4, 6, 11, 13, 14, 15 M8 x 60 mm (2.36 in): No.5, 7, 8, 9, 10 M8 x100 mm (3.97 in): No.1, 2, 12 WBIA0871E c. Apply Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant (A), or equivalent to the lower oil pan. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant", and EM-121, "Precaution for Liquid Gasket" WBIA0872E d. Tighten the oil pan (lower) bolts in the numerical order shown. • Wait at least 30 minutes after the oil pans are installed before filling the engine with oil. WBIA0873E INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION • Check for any engine oil leaks with the engine at operating temperature and running at idle. Revision: January 2010 EM-144 2010 Sentra IGNITION COIL [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > IGNITION COIL A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283785 EM C D E F G AWBIA0779GB 1. Ignition coil 2. Spark plug 3. Rocker cover H REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove the engine room cover. Remove air duct. Refer to EM-133, "Removal and Installation". Disconnect the harness connector from the ignition coil. Remove the ignition coil. CAUTION: Do not drop or shock it. I J INSTALLATION K Installation is in the reverse order of removal. L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EM-145 2010 Sentra SPARK PLUG [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SPARK PLUG Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283786 AWBIA0779GB 1. Ignition coil 2. Spark plug 3. Rocker cover REMOVAL 1. 2. Remove the ignition coil. Refer to EM-145, "Removal and Installation". Remove the spark plug with a suitable spark plug wrench. PBIC2982E INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL • Do not use a wire brush for cleaning the spark plugs. Replace as necessary. SMA773C • If plug is covered with carbon, a spark plug cleaner may be used. Cleaner air pressure Cleaning time Revision: January 2010 : less than 588 kPa (6 kg/cm2, 85 psi) : less than 20 seconds EM-146 2010 Sentra SPARK PLUG [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Checking and adjusting plug gap is not required between change intervals. If the gap is out of specification, replace the spark plug. Gap (nominal) A : 1.1 mm (0.043 in) EM C SMA806CA D INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Spark Plug Types Make E NGK Part number DILKAR6A-11 Gap (nominal) F 1.1 mm (0.043 in) G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EM-147 2010 Sentra FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283787 AWBIA0077ZZ 1. Fuel tube protector 2. Fuel tube 3. O-ring (upper) 4. Clip 5. Fuel injector 6. O-ring (lower) 7. Intake manifold adapter A. Refer to "INSTALLATION" EM-148 WARNING: • Put a “CAUTION: FLAMMABLE” sign in the workshop. • Be sure to work in a well ventilated area and furnish workshop with a CO2 fire extinguisher. • Do not smoke while servicing fuel system. Keep open flames and sparks away from the work area. CAUTION: • Apply new engine oil to parts before installing the parts, as shown above. • Do not remove or disassemble parts unless instructed as shown. REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Release the fuel pressure. Refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check". Remove the cowl top. Refer to EI-19, "Removal and Installation". Remove the intake air duct. Refer to EM-133, "Removal and Installation". Remove the battery tray. Refer to SC-9, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery Tray)". Remove the engine room cover. Remove the air cleaner assembly. Refer to EM-133, "Removal and Installation". Revision: January 2010 EM-148 2010 Sentra FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 7. Disconnect the fuel hose quick connector at the fuel tube side. Refer to EM-135. CAUTION: A • Prepare a container and shop cloth for catching any spilled fuel. • While hoses are disconnected seal their openings with vinyl bag or similar material to prevent foreign material from entering them. EM 8. Remove the intake manifold. Refer to EM-135. 9. Disconnect sub-harness for injector at engine front side, and remove it from bracket. 10. Loosen the bolts in the order as shown, then remove fuel tube C and fuel injectors as an assembly. 11. Remove the fuel injectors from the fuel tube. • Release the clip and remove the fuel injector. D • Pull fuel injector straight out of the fuel tube. CAUTION: • Be careful not to damage the nozzle. E • Avoid any impact, such as dropping the fuel injector. • Do not disassemble or adjust the fuel injector. WBIA0875E F INSTALLATION 1. 2. 3. 4. a. Install new O-rings on the fuel injector. • Fuel tube side: Black • Nozzle side: Green CAUTION: • Handle O-ring with bare hands. Never wear gloves. • Lubricate O-ring with new engine oil. • Never clean O-ring with solvent. • Make sure that O-ring and its mating part are free of foreign material. • When installing O-ring, be careful not to scratch it with tool or fingernails. Also be careful not to twist or stretch O-ring. If O-ring was stretched while it was being attached, never insert it quickly into fuel tube. • Insert O-ring straight into fuel tube. Never twist it. Install the fuel injector into the fuel tube with the following procedure: • Do not reuse the clip, replace it with a new one. • Insert the new clip into the clip attachment groove on fuel injector. • Insert the clip so that lug "A" of fuel injector matches notch "A" of the clip. Insert fuel injector into fuel tube with clip attached. • Insert it while matching it to the axial center. • Insert fuel injector so that lug "B" of fuel injector matches notch "B" of the clip. • Make sure that fuel tube flange is securely fixed in flange fixing groove on the clip. • Make sure that installation is complete by checking that fuel injector does not rotate or come off. Install fuel tube assembly. Insert the tip of each fuel injector into intake manifold. G H I J K L M N O P KBIA0240E Revision: January 2010 EM-149 2010 Sentra FUEL INJECTOR AND FUEL TUBE < SERVICE INFORMATION > b. Tighten the bolts in two steps in the numerical order as shown. [QR25DE] Fuel tube assembly bolts Step 1 : 10.0 N·m (1.0 kg-m, 7 ft-lb.) Step 2 : 22.0 N·m (2.2 kg-m, 16 ft-lb.) WBIA0875E CAUTION: • After properly connecting fuel tube assembly to injector and fuel hose, check connection for fuel leakage. 5. Install the intake manifold. Refer to EM-135. 6. Connect the fuel hose quick connector. Refer to EM-135. 7. Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal. INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION Make sure there is no fuel leakage at connections as follows: 1. Apply fuel pressure to fuel lines by turning ignition switch ON (with engine stopped). Then check for fuel leaks at connections. 2. Start the engine and rev it up and check for fuel leaks at connections. CAUTION: Do not touch engine immediately after stopping as engine is extremely hot. NOTE: Use mirrors for checking on connections out of the direct line of sight. • Perform procedures for “Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning” after finishing repairs. Refer to EC1193, "Throttle Valve Closed Position Learning". • If electric throttle control actuator is replaced, perform procedures for “Idle Air Volume Learning” after finishing repairs. Refer to EC-1193, "Idle Air Volume Learning". Revision: January 2010 EM-150 2010 Sentra ROCKER COVER [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ROCKER COVER A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283788 EM C D E F WBIA0876E 1. Oil filler cap A. Follow the installation procedure 2. Rocker cover 3. G Gasket H REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Disconnect the battery negative terminal. Refer to SC-8, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery)". Remove the engine room cover. Remove the engine coolant reservoir. Remove the ignition coils. Refer to EM-145, "Removal and Installation". Install a suitable jack under engine. Remove engine mounting insulator and bracket (RH). Refer to EM-184. Remove PCV hose. Loosen the bolts in the numerical order as shown using power tool. Remove the rocker cover. Remove the oil filler cap and PCV valve if necessary, to transfer to the new rocker cover. I J K L M WBIA0877E N INSTALLATION 1. Apply RTV Silicone Sealant to the joint part of the cylinder head and camshaft bracket using the following the steps. O P Revision: January 2010 EM-151 2010 Sentra ROCKER COVER < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant, or equivalent. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant". a. Follow illustration “a” to apply sealant to joint part of No.1 camshaft bracket and cylinder head. b. Follow illustration “b” to apply sealant in a 90° degree angle to the illustration “a”. 2. Install the rocker cover. • The rocker cover gasket must be securely installed in the groove in the rocker cover. [QR25DE] WBIA0164E 3. Tighten the rocker cover bolts in two steps, in the numerical order as shown. Step 1 Step 2 : 1.96 N·m (0.20 kg-m, 17 in-lb) : 8.33 N·m (0.85 kg-m, 74 in-lb) WBIA0878E 4. 5. 6. Connect the PCV hose and breather hose to the rocker cover. If necessary, install the oil filler cap and PCV valve and lubricate the PCV valve O-ring with new engine oil. Install the ignition coils. Refer to EM-145, "Removal and Installation". Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal. Revision: January 2010 EM-152 2010 Sentra CAMSHAFT [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CAMSHAFT A Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283789 EM C D E F G H I WBIA0879E 1. Camshaft bracket (No. 1) 2. Washer 3. 4. Chain guide 5. Chain tensioner 6. O-ring(s) 7. Chain tensioner spring 8. Chain tensioner plunger 9. IVT control solenoid valve Front cover (partial view) 10. IVT control cover 11. Camshaft sprocket (EXH) 12. Camshaft sprocket (INT) 13. Valve lifter 14. Camshaft (EXH) 15. Camshaft (INT) 16. Camshaft brackets (EXH) 17. Camshaft brackets (INT) 18. Camshaft sensor bracket A. K L Refer to "INSTALLATION" REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. J M Remove the rocker cover. Refer to EM-151, "Removal and Installation". Remove the front RH tire and wheel. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment". Remove the splash shield (RH). Refer to EI-21, "Component". Remove the drive belt. Refer to EM-130, "Removal and Installation". Remove the coolant overflow reservoir tank. Disconnect variable timing control solenoid harness connector. N O P Revision: January 2010 EM-153 2010 Sentra CAMSHAFT < SERVICE INFORMATION > 7. Loosen the IVT control cover bolts in the order as shown. [QR25DE] WBIA0883E • Remove the IVT control cover by cutting the sealant using Tool. Tool number : KV10111100 (J-37228) WBIA0475E 8. a. Set the No.1 cylinder at TDC on its compression stroke with the following procedure: Rotate crankshaft pulley clockwise, and align mating marks for TDC with timing indicator on front cover, as shown. KBIA0190E b. At the same time, make sure that the mating marks on camshaft sprockets are lined up with the yellow links in the timing chain, as shown. • If not, rotate crankshaft pulley one more turn to line up the mating marks to the yellow links, as shown. KBIA0115E 9. Disconnect and remove the camshaft position sensor. 10. Pull the timing chain guide out between the camshaft sprockets through front cover. Revision: January 2010 EM-154 2010 Sentra CAMSHAFT < SERVICE INFORMATION > 11. Remove camshaft sprockets with the following procedure. CAUTION: • Do not rotate the crankshaft or camshaft while the timing chain is removed. It causes interference between valve and piston. NOTE: • Chain tension holding work is not necessary. Crankshaft sprocket and timing chain do not disconnect structurally while front cover is attached. a. Line up the mating marks on camshaft sprockets with the yellow links in the timing chain, and paint an indelible mating mark on the sprocket and timing chain link plate. b. Push in the tensioner plunger and hold. Insert a stopper pin into the hole on tensioner body to hold the chain tensioner. Remove the timing chain tensioner. • Use a wire with 0.5 mm (0.02 in) diameter for a stopper pin. c. Secure the hexagonal part of camshaft with a suitable tool. Loosen the camshaft sprocket mounting bolts and remove the camshaft sprockets. [QR25DE] A EM C KBIA0049E D E F G KBIA0048E H 12. Loosen the camshaft bracket bolts in the order as shown, and remove the camshaft brackets and camshafts. • Remove No.1 camshaft bracket by slightly tapping it with a rubber mallet. 13. Remove the valve lifters, if necessary. • Check mounting positions, and set them aside in the order removed. I J WBIA0028E K INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL Camshaft Runout 1. 2. 3. L Put the camshaft on a V-block supporting the No.2 and No.5 journals. Set the dial gauge vertically on the No.3 journal. Turn camshaft in one direction by hand, and measure the camshaft runout on the dial gauge total indicator reading. M N Standard : Less than 0.04 mm (0.0016 in) O PBIC0038E Camshaft Cam Height Revision: January 2010 P EM-155 2010 Sentra CAMSHAFT [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Measure the camshaft cam height. Standard intake cam height Standard exhaust cam height 2. : 44.815 - 45.005 mm (1.7644 - 1.7718 in) : 43.975 - 44.165 mm (1.7313 - 1.7388 in) If wear is beyond the limit, replace the camshaft. PBIC0039E Camshaft Journal Clearance Outer Diameter of Camshaft Journal • Measure the outer diameter of the camshaft journal. Standard No.1 outer diameter Standard No.2, 3, 4, 5, outer diameter : 27.935 - 27.955 mm (1.0998 - 1.1006 in) : 23.435 - 23.455 mm (0.9226 - 0.9234 in) PBIC0040E Inner Diameter of Camshaft Bracket • Tighten the camshaft bracket bolts to the specified torque following the tightening pattern as shown. Step 1 (bolts 9 - 11) : 1.96 N·m (0.2 kg-m, 17 in-lb) Step 2 (bolts 1 - 8) : 1.96 N·m (0.2 kg-m, 17 in-lb) Step 3 (bolts 1 - 11) : 5.88 N·m (0.6 kg-m, 52 in-lb) Step 4 (bolts 1 - 11) : 10.4 N·m (1.02 kg-m, 92 in-lb) SBIA0255E • Using inside micrometer, measure inner diameter of camshaft bracket. Standard No.1 Standard No.2, 3, 4, 5 : 28.000 - 28.021 mm (1.1024 - 1.1032 in) : 23.500 - 23.521 mm (0.9252 - 0.9260 in) PBIC0041E Calculation of Camshaft Journal Clearance • (Journal clearance) = (inner diameter of camshaft bracket) – (outer diameter of camshaft journal) Standard : 0.045 - 0.086 mm (0.0018 - 0.0034 in) • When out of the specified range above, replace either or both the camshaft and the cylinder head assembly. NOTE: Inner diameter of the camshaft bracket is manufactured together with the cylinder head. If the camshaft bracket is out of specification, replace the whole cylinder head assembly. Revision: January 2010 EM-156 2010 Sentra CAMSHAFT [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Camshaft End Play 1. A Install a dial gauge in the thrust direction on the front end of the camshaft. Measure the end play with the dial gauge while moving the camshaft forward and backward (in direction to axis). EM Standard end play 2. 3. : 0.115 - 0.188 mm (0.0045 - 0.0074 in) If out of the specified range, replace with new camshaft and measure again. If out of the specified range again, replace with new cylinder head assembly. C PBIC0042E D Camshaft Sprocket Runout 1. 2. 3. Install the camshaft in the cylinder head. Install the camshaft sprocket on the camshaft. Measure camshaft sprocket runout while turning the camshaft by hand. Runout 4. E F : Less than 0.15 mm (0.0059 in) G If it exceeds the specification, replace camshaft sprocket. H KBIA0181J I Valve Lifter • Check if the surface of the valve lifter has any excessive wear or cracks, replace as necessary. J K L KBIA0182E Valve Lifter Clearance Outer Diameter of Valve Lifter • Measure the outer diameter of the valve lifter. Valve lifter outer diameter M N : 33.977 - 33.987 mm (1.3377 - 1.3381 in) • If out of the specified range, replace the valve lifter. O P JEM798G Revision: January 2010 EM-157 2010 Sentra CAMSHAFT < SERVICE INFORMATION > Valve Lifter Bore Inner Diameter • Using inside micrometer, measure diameter of valve lifter bore of cylinder head. Standard [QR25DE] : 34.000 - 34.021 mm (1.3386 - 1.3394 in) • If out of the specified range, replace the cylinder head assembly. PBIC0043E Calculation of Valve Lifter Clearance • (Valve lifter clearance) = (hole diameter for valve lifter) – (outer diameter of valve lifter) Standard : 0.013 - 0.044 mm (0.0005 - 0.0017 in) • If out of specified range, replace either or both valve lifter and cylinder head assembly. INSTALLATION 1. 2. Install the valve lifters, if removed. • Install them in the same position from which they were removed. Install the camshafts. • The distinction between the intake and exhaust camshafts is in a difference of shapes of the back end: Intake (B): Signal plate for the camshaft position sensor (PHASE) Exhaust (A): Cone end shape WBIA0881E • Install camshafts so that the dowel pins on the front side are positioned as shown. KBIA0051E 3. Install camshaft brackets. • Install by referring to identification mark on upper surface mark. • Install so that identification mark can be correctly read when viewed from the exhaust side. SBIA0256E Revision: January 2010 EM-158 2010 Sentra CAMSHAFT < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Install No. 1 camshaft bracket as follows. - Apply sealant to No.1 camshaft bracket as shown. • Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant, or equivalent. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant". CAUTION: • After installation, be sure to wipe off any excessive sealant leaking from part “A” (both on right and left sides). [QR25DE] A EM C SBIA0257E D • Apply sealant to camshaft bracket contact surface on the front cover backside. • Apply sealant to the outside of bolt hole on front cover. E F G SBIA0258E H • Position the No.1 camshaft bracket near the mounting position, and install it without disturbing the sealant applied to the surfaces. I J SBIA0259E 4. Tighten camshaft bracket bolts in four steps in the order as shown. Step 1 (bolts 9 - 11) Step 2 (bolts 1 - 8) Step 3 (bolts 1 - 11) Step 4 (bolts 1 - 11) L : 1.96 N·m (0.2 kg-m, 17 in-lb) : 1.96 N·m (0.2 kg-m, 17 in-lb) : 5.88 N·m (0.6 kg-m, 52 in-lb) : 10.4 N·m (1.02 kg-m, 92 in-lb) CAUTION: After tightening camshaft bracket bolts, be sure to wipe off excessive sealant from the parts listed below. • Mating surface of rocker cover. • Mating surface of front cover, when installed without the front cover. K M N SBIA0255E O P Revision: January 2010 EM-159 2010 Sentra CAMSHAFT [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. Install camshaft sprockets. • Install them by lining up the mating marks on each camshaft sprocket with the ones painted on the timing chain during removal. • Before installation of chain tensioner, it is possible to re-match the marks on timing chain with the ones on each sprocket. CAUTION: • Aligned mating marks could slip. Therefore, after matching them, hold the timing chain in place by hand. • Before and after installing chain tensioner, check again to make sure that mating marks have not slipped. KBIA0115E 6. Install chain tensioner. CAUTION: • After installation, pull the stopper pin off completely, and make sure that the tensioner is fully released. 7. Install chain guide. 8. Install IVT control cover with the following procedure. a. Install IVT control solenoid valve to IVT control cover. b. Install O-ring to front cover side. c. Apply Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant to the positions as shown (A). Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant". WBIA0882E d. Install IVT control cover. • Tighten the bolts in the numerical order as shown. 9. Check and adjust valve clearances. Refer to EM-161, "Valve Clearance". 10. Installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal. WBIA0880E Inspection After Installation INFOID:0000000005283790 Inspection of Camshaft Sprocket (INT) Oil Groove CAUTION: • Perform this inspection only when DTC P0011 is detected in self-diagnostic results of CONSULT III and it is directed according to inspection procedure of EC section. Refer to EC-1258. • Check when engine is cold so as to prevent burns from any splashing engine oil. 1. Check engine oil level. Refer to LU-18, "Inspection". 2. Perform the following procedure so as to prevent the engine from being unintentionally started while checking. a. Release fuel pressure. Refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check". b. Disconnect ignition coil and injector harness connectors if practical. 3. Remove IVT control solenoid valve. Refer to EM-153. Revision: January 2010 EM-160 2010 Sentra CAMSHAFT [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Crank engine, and then make sure that engine oil comes out from IVT control cover oil hole. End cranking after checking. A WARNING: Be careful not to touch rotating parts (drive belts, idler pulley, and crankshaft pulley, etc.). EM CAUTION: • Engine oil may squirt from IVT control solenoid valve installation hole during cranking. Use a shop cloth to preC vent engine oil from splashing on worker, engine components and vehicle. • Do not allow engine oil to get on rubber components such KBIA2683E as drive belts or engine mount insulators. Immediately D wipe off any splashed engine oil. 5. Clean oil groove between oil strainer and IVT control solenoid valve if engine oil does not come out from IVT control cover oil hole. Refer to LU-16, "Lubrication Circuit". E 6. Remove components between IVT control solenoid valve and camshaft sprocket (INT), and then check each oil groove for clogging. • Clean oil groove if necessary. Refer to LU-16, "Lubrication Circuit". F 7. After inspection, installation of the remaining components is in the reverse order of removal. Valve Clearance INFOID:0000000005283791 G Inspection • Perform this inspection as follows after removal, installation, or replacement of the camshaft or any valverelated parts, or if there are any unusual engine conditions due to changes in valve clearance over time (starting, idling, and/or noise). 1. Warm up the engine, then stop it. 2. Remove splash shield (RH). Refer to EI-21, "Component". 3. Remove the rocker cover. Refer to EM-151, "Removal and Installation". 4. Turn crankshaft pulley in normal direction (clockwise when viewed from front) to align TDC identification mark (without paint mark) with timing indicator. H I J K L KBIA0190E 5. At this time, check that the both intake and exhaust cam lobes of No. 1 cylinder face outside. • If they do not face outside, turn crankshaft pulley once more. M N O P KBIA0400J Revision: January 2010 EM-161 2010 Sentra CAMSHAFT < SERVICE INFORMATION > 6. By referring to the figure (locations indicated with black arrow), measure valve clearances with a feeler gauge at locations marked X as shown in the table below. • No.1 cylinder compression TDC. Cylinder Valve Measurable No.1 INT No.2 EXH INT × × × EXH No.3 INT [QR25DE] No.4 EXH INT EXH x KBIA0248E • Use a feeler gauge to measure the clearance between valve and camshaft. Valve clearance standard: Cold Intake : 0.24 - 0.32 mm (0.009 - 0.013 in) Exhaust : 0.26 - 0.34 mm (0.010 - 0.013 in) Hot* Intake : 0.304 - 0.416 mm (0.012 - 0.016 in) Exhaust : 0.308 - 0.432 mm (0.012 - 0.017 in) 7. 8. *Reference data at approximately 80°C (176°F) KBIA0185E CAUTION: If inspection was carried out with cold engine, check that values with fully warmed up engine are still within specifications. Turn crankshaft one complete revolution (360°) and align mark on crankshaft pulley with pointer. By referring to the figure (locations indicated with black arrow), measure valve clearances with a feeler gauge at locations marked X as shown in the table below. • No.4 cylinder compression TDC. Cylinder Valve No.1 INT Measurable EXH No.2 INT EXH x No.3 INT × No.4 EXH INT EXH x × KBIA0249E 9. If out of specifications, adjust as follows. ADJUSTMENT • Perform adjustment depending on selected head thickness of valve lifter. • The specified valve lifter thickness is the dimension at normal temperatures. Ignore dimensional differences caused by temperature. Use the specifications for hot engine condition to adjust. 1. Remove camshaft. Refer to EM-153, "Removal and Installation". 2. Remove the valve lifters at the locations that are outside the standard. Revision: January 2010 EM-162 2010 Sentra CAMSHAFT < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Measure the center thickness of the removed valve lifters with a micrometer. [QR25DE] A EM C KBIA0057E D 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Use the equation below to calculate valve lifter thickness for replacement. • Valve lifter thickness calculation. t = t1 + (C1 - C2) t = Thickness of replacement valve lifter. t1 = Thickness of removed valve lifter. C1 = Measured valve clearance. C2 = Standard valve clearance. • Thickness of a new valve lifter can be identified by stamp marks on the reverse side (inside the cylinder). Stamp mark 696 indicates a thickness of 6.96 mm (0.2740 in) Available thickness of valve lifter: 26 sizes with a range of 6.96 to 7.46 mm (0.2740 to 0.2937 in), in steps of 0.02 mm (0.0008 in), when assembled at the factory. Install the selected valve lifter. Install camshaft. Manually turn crankshaft pulley a few turns. Check that valve clearances for cold engine are within specificaKBIA0119E tions, by referring to the specified values. After completing the repair, check valve clearances again with the specifications for warmed engine. Use a feeler gauge to measure the clearance between the valve and camshaft. Make sure the values are within specifications. E F G H I J K Valve clearance standard: Cold Intake : 0.24 - 0.32 mm (0.009 - 0.013 in) Exhaust : 0.26 - 0.34 mm (0.010 - 0.013 in) Hot* Intake : 0.304 - 0.416 mm (0.012 - 0.016 in) Exhaust : 0.308 - 0.432 mm (0.012 - 0.017 in) L M *: Reference data at approximately 80°C (176°F) N O P Revision: January 2010 EM-163 2010 Sentra TIMING CHAIN [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > TIMING CHAIN Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283792 AWBIA0592GB 1. Oil rings 2. Camshaft sprocket (INT) 3. Camshaft sprocket (EXH) 4. Chain tensioner 5. Spring 6. Chain tensioner plunger 7. Timing chain slack guide 8. Timing chain 9. Front cover 10. Chain guide 11. IVT solenoid valve 12. IVT cover 13. Crankshaft pulley bolt 14. Crankshaft pulley 15. Front oil seal 16. Balancer unit timing chain tensioner 17. Oil pump drive spacer 18. Crankshaft sprocket 19. Timing chain tension guide 20. Balancer unit timing chain 21. Balancer unit 22. Balancer unit sprocket A. Follow the installation procedure CAUTION: Apply new engine oil to parts marked in illustration before installation. REMOVAL 1. 2. Remove the engine from the vehicle. Refer to EM-184, "Removal and Installation". Remove the drive belt. Refer to EM-130, "Removal and Installation". Revision: January 2010 EM-164 2010 Sentra TIMING CHAIN [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Remove the drive belt auto-tensioner. Refer to EM-131, "Removal and Installation of Drive Belt Auto-tensioner". A 4. Remove the A/C compressor. Refer to MTC-86, "Removal and Installation for Compressor - QR25DE". 5. Remove the upper and lower oil pan, and oil strainer. Refer to EM-142, "Removal and Installation". EM 6. Disconnect variable timing control solenoid harness connector. 7. Remove engine ground. 8. Loosen IVT control cover bolts in the numerical order as shown. C D E WBIA0883E a. F Remove the IVT control cover using Tool. Tool number : KV10111100 (J-37228) G H I WBIA0475E 9. Pull chain guide between camshaft sprockets out through front cover. 10. Set the No.1 cylinder at TDC on the compression stroke with the following procedure: a. Rotate the crankshaft pulley clockwise and align the mating marks to the timing indicator on the front cover. J K L M KBIA0190E b. At the same time, make sure that the mating marks on the camshaft sprockets are lined up as shown. • If not lined up, rotate the crankshaft pulley one more turn to line up the mating marks to the positions as shown. N O P KBIA0115E Revision: January 2010 EM-165 2010 Sentra TIMING CHAIN < SERVICE INFORMATION > 11. Remove crankshaft pulley with the following procedure: a. Hold the crankshaft pulley using suitable tool, then loosen the crankshaft pulley bolt, and pull the pulley out about 10 mm (0.39 in). [QR25DE] KBIA0077E b. Attach suitable pulley puller in the M 6 (0.24 in diameter) thread hole on crankshaft pulley, and remove crankshaft pulley using a suitable puller. KBIA0078E 12. Remove the front cover with the following procedure: a. Loosen the bolts in the reverse order as shown, and remove them. b. Remove the front cover. CAUTION: • Be careful not to damage the mounting surface. 13. If the front oil seal needs to be replaced, lift it out with a screwdriver to remove it. WBIA0885E 14. Remove timing chain with the following procedure: a. Push in the tensioner plunger. Insert a stopper pin into the hole on the tensioner body to hold the chain tensioner. • Use a wire of 0.5 mm (0.02 in) diameter as a stopper pin. b. Remove the chain tensioner. KBIA0048E Revision: January 2010 EM-166 2010 Sentra TIMING CHAIN [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > c. Secure hexagonal part of the camshaft with a wrench and loosen the camshaft sprocket bolt and remove the camshaft sprocket for both camshafts. CAUTION: • Do not rotate the crankshaft or camshafts while the timing chain is removed. It can cause damage to the valve and piston. A EM C KBIA0049E D 15. Remove the chain slack guide, tension guide, timing chain, and oil pump drive spacer. E 16. Press stopper tab (A) in the direction shown to push the timing chain slack guide (B) toward timing chain tensioner (for balancer unit) (1). • The slack guide (B) is released by pressing the stopper tab (A). As a result, the slack guide (B) can be moved. 17. Insert stopper pin (D) into tensioner body hole (C) to secure timing chain slack guide (B). NOTE: Use a hard metal pin with a diameter of approximately 1.2 mm (0.047 in) as a stopper pin. 18. Remove timing chain for balancer unit, sprocket for balancer unit and crankshaft sprocket. F G H I J K PBIC5314E L 19. Loosen bolts in reverse order as shown, and remove balancer unit, if necessary. • Use Torx socket (size E14) CAUTION: • Do not disassemble balancer unit. M N WBIA0886E O INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL P Timing Chain Revision: January 2010 EM-167 2010 Sentra TIMING CHAIN < SERVICE INFORMATION > Check the timing chain for cracks or serious wear. If a defect is detected, replace it. [QR25DE] PBIC0282E Balancer Unit Bolt Outer Diameter • Measure outer diameters (d1, d2) at the two positions as shown. • Measure d2 within the range A. • If the value difference (d1 - d2) exceeds the limit (a dimension difference is large), replace it with a new one. Limit : 0.15 mm (0. 0059 in) or more KBIA0126E INSTALLATION NOTE: • There may be two color variations of the link marks (link colors) on the timing chain. • There are 26 links between the gold/yellow mating marks on the timing chain; and 64 links between the camshaft sprocket gold/yellow link and the crankshaft sprocket orange/blue link, on the timing chain side without the tensioner. 1. Make sure the crankshaft key points straight up. 2. Install the balancer unit and tighten the bolts in the numerical order as shown, if removed: • : Front CAUTION: • When reusing a bolt, check its outer diameter before installation. Follow the "Balancer Unit Bolt Outer Diameter" procedure. Tool number (A) : KV10112100 (BT-8653-A) WBIA0887E CAUTION: • Check tightening angle with an angle wrench (A) or a protractor. Do not make judgment by visual check alone. • Apply new engine oil to threads and seating surfaces of bolts. Balancer unit bolts Step 1 Bolts 1-5 Bolt 6 Step 2 Bolts 1-5 Bolt 6 Revision: January 2010 : 42 N·m (4.3 kg-m, 31 ft-lb) : 36 N·m (3.7 kg-m, 27 ft-lb) WBIA0888E : 120° + 5° : 90° + 5° EM-168 2010 Sentra TIMING CHAIN [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Step 3 (Loosen in reverse order or tightening) Step 4 Bolts 1-5 Bolt 6 Step 5 Bolts 1-5 Bolt 6 3. : 0 N·m (0 kg-m, 0 ft-lb) A : 42 N·m (4.3 kg-m, 31 ft-lb) : 36 N·m (3.7 kg-m, 27 ft-lb) EM C : 120° + 5° : 90° + 5° D Install the crankshaft sprocket and timing chain for the balancer unit. • Make sure that the crankshaft sprocket is positioned with mating marks on the block and sprocket meeting at the top. • Install it by lining up mating marks on each sprocket and timing chain. E F KBIA0123E 4. Install timing chain tensioner (for balancer unit) (1). 1. Fix the plunger at the most compressed position using a stopper pin (A), and then install it. 2. Securely pull out (←) the stopper pin after installing the timing chain tensioner (for balancer unit). 3. Check matching mark position of balancer unit timing chain and each sprocket again. G H I J AWBIA0139ZZ 5. K Install timing chain and related parts. • Install by lining up mating marks on each sprocket and timing chain as shown. NOTE: Before installing chain tensioner, it is possible to change the position of mating mark on timing chain for that of each sprocket for alignment. CAUTION: For the above reason, after the mating marks are aligned, keep them aligned by holding them with a hand. • Before and after installing chain tensioner, check again to make sure that mating marks have not slipped. • After installing chain tensioner, remove stopper pin, and make sure the tensioner moves freely. • To avoid skipped teeth, do not move crankshaft and camshaft until front cover is installed. L M N O P PBIC3029E Revision: January 2010 EM-169 2010 Sentra TIMING CHAIN < SERVICE INFORMATION > 6. Install new front oil seal to front cover, using suitable tool • Install new oil seal in until it is flush with front end surface of front cover. CAUTION: • Be careful not to cause damage to circumference of oil seal. [QR25DE] SBIA0266E 7. a. b. Install front cover with the following procedure: Install O-rings to cylinder head and cylinder block. Apply Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant or equivalent, to positions specified (A), (B). Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant". C (Sealant dimension) c. : 3.9 mm (0.154 in) dia Make sure the mating marks on the timing chain and each sprocket are still aligned. Then install the front cover. CAUTION: • Be careful not to damage the front oil seal during installation with the front end of the crankshaft. WBIA0890E d. e. Tighten front cover bolts in the numerical order as shown. After all bolts are tightened, retighten them to the specified torque. Front cover bolt torque Bolts A : 49 N·m (5.0 kg-m, 36 ft-lb) Bolts B : 12.7 N·m (1.3 kg-m, 9 ft-lb) Bolts C : 12.7 N·m (1.3 kg-m, 9 ft-lb) Bolts D : 49 N·m (5.0 kg-m, 36 ft-lb) E Dowel pins CAUTION: Wipe off any excess sealant leaking at the surface for installing the oil pan. WBIA0891E Revision: January 2010 EM-170 2010 Sentra TIMING CHAIN [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 8. Install the chain guide between the camshaft sprockets. A 9. Install IVT cover with the following procedure: a. Install IVT solenoid valves to IVT cover. b. Install new oil rings to the intake camshaft sprocket insertion points on IVT control cover backside. EM c. Install new O-ring to front cover. d. Apply Silicone RTV Sealant to the IVT cover as shown. • Apply Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant (A) or equivalent, to posiC tions specified. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant". D E WBIA0882E e. F Tighten the IVT cover bolts in the numerical order as shown. G H WBIA0880E 10. Insert crankshaft pulley by aligning with crankshaft key. • Tap its center with a plastic hammer to insert. • Do not tap the belt hook. 11. Tighten crankshaft pulley bolts. • Secure crankshaft pulley with a pulley holder to tighten the bolt. • Perform angle tightening with the following procedure: a. Apply new engine oil to threads and seat surfaces of bolts. b. Tighten to initial specifications:· Crankshaft pulley bolt initial tightening J K L : 37.3 - 47.1 N·m (3.8 - 4.8 kg-m, 28 - 34 ft-lb) M c. Apply a paint mark on the front cover, mating with any one of six easy to recognize stamp marks on bolt flange. d. Turn crankshaft pulley bolt another 60° to 66° degrees [Target: 60° degrees]. • Check vertical mounting angle with movement of one stamp mark. 12. Installation of the remaining components is in reverse order of removal. N O SBIA0268E Revision: January 2010 I EM-171 2010 Sentra P OIL SEAL [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > OIL SEAL Removal and Installation of Valve Oil Seal INFOID:0000000005283793 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. Remove camshaft. Refer to EM-153, "Removal and Installation". Remove valve lifter. Refer to EM-153, "Removal and Installation". Rotate crankshaft, and set piston whose oil seal is to removed to top dead center. This prevents valve from dropping inside cylinder. CAUTION: When rotating crankshaft, be careful to avoid scarring the front cover with the timing chain. Remove valve collet, valve spring retainer and valve spring using Tool. Tool number : KV10116200 (J-26336-B) : KV10115900 (J-26336-20) WBIA0477E 5. Remove valve oil seal using Tool. Tool number : KV10107902 (J-38959) WBIA0478E INSTALLATION 1. 2. Apply new engine oil to new valve oil seal joint surface and seal lip. Press in valve oil seal to the position shown using Tool. Oil seal installed height (A) Tool number : 12.1 mm (0.476 in) : KV10115600 (J-38958) WBIA0892E 3. Installation of the remaining components in the reverse order of removal. Removal and Installation of Front Oil Seal INFOID:0000000005283794 REMOVAL 1. Remove the following parts: • RH front wheel and tire. Refer to WT-7, "Adjustment". Revision: January 2010 EM-172 2010 Sentra OIL SEAL < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Splash shield (RH). Refer to EI-21, "Component". • Drive belt. Refer to EM-130. • Crankshaft pulley. Refer to EM-164. 2. Remove front oil seal from front cover. CAUTION: Be careful not to scratch front cover. [QR25DE] A EM C D SEM829E E INSTALLATION 1. Apply new engine oil to new oil seal and install it using a suitable tool. F G H SBIA0266E I • Install new oil seal in the direction shown. J K L SEM715A 2. Installation of the remaining components is in reverse order of removal. Removal and Installation of Rear Oil Seal M INFOID:0000000005283795 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. N Remove the transaxle. Refer to MT-68, "Removal and Installation" (RS6F52A) or MT-145, "Removal and Installation" (RS6F52H) (M/T models) CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (CVT models). Remove clutch cover and clutch disc (M/T models). Refer to CL-15, "Exploded View". Remove flywheel (M/T models) or drive plate (CVT models). Refer to EM-188, "Disassembly and Assembly". O P Revision: January 2010 EM-173 2010 Sentra OIL SEAL < SERVICE INFORMATION > 4. Remove rear oil seal using suitable tool. CAUTION: Be careful not to scratch rear oil seal retainer. [QR25DE] WBIA0204E INSTALLATION 1. Apply new engine oil to new oil seal and install it using a suitable drift. • Install new oil seal in the direction shown. SEM715A • Press fit new oil seal straight using a suitable drift, to avoid causing burrs or tilting. SBIA0280E • Press in the new oil seal to the specified depth as shown. SBIA0281E 2. Installation of the remaining components in reverse order of removal. Revision: January 2010 EM-174 2010 Sentra CYLINDER HEAD [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CYLINDER HEAD A On-Vehicle Service INFOID:0000000005283796 CHECKING COMPRESSION PRESSURE 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. EM Warm up the engine to full operating temperature. Release the fuel pressure. Refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check". Remove the ignition coil and spark plug from each cylinder. Refer to EM-146, "Removal and Installation". Connect engine tachometer (not required in use of CONSULT-lIl). Disconnect the fuel injector harness connector to avoid any residual fuel injection during the measurement. C D E Install the compression tester with the adapter into the spark plug hole. F G H KBIA0130E • Use compression gauge whose picking up end inserted to spark plug hole is smaller than 20 mm (0.79 in) in diameter. Otherwise, it may be caught by cylinder head during removal. I J K SEM387C 7. With the accelerator pedal fully depressed, turn the ignition switch to the “START” position to crank over the engine. When the gauge pointer stabilizes, read the compression pressure and engine rpm. Perform these steps to check each cylinder. L M Unit: kPa (kg/cm2, psi) / rpm Standard Minimum Difference limit between cylinders 1,250 (12.8, 181.3) / 250 1,060 (10.8, 153.7) / 250 100 (1.0, 14) / 250 CAUTION: Always use a fully charged battery to obtain specified engine cranking speed. • If the engine speed is out of specified rpm range, check the battery. Check engine speed again with a fully charged battery. • If compression pressure is below minimum value, check valve clearances and parts associated with combustion chamber (valve, valve seat, piston, piston ring, cylinder bore, cylinder head, cylinder head gasket). After the checking, measure compression pressure again. • If some cylinders have low compression pressure, pour small amount of engine oil into the spark plug hole of the cylinder to re-check it for compression. • If the added engine oil improves the compression, the piston rings may be worn or damaged. Check the piston rings and replace if necessary. • If the compression pressure remains at low level despite the addition of engine oil, the valves may be malfunctioning. Check the valves for damage. Replace the valve or valve seat accordingly. Revision: January 2010 EM-175 2010 Sentra N O P CYLINDER HEAD [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • If two adjacent cylinders have respectively low compression pressure and their compression remains low even after the addition of engine oil, the head gasket is leaking. In such a case, replace the cylinder head gasket. 8. Install spark plug, ignition coil and harness connectors. Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283797 WBIA0835E 1. Cylinder head assembly A. Refer to "INSTALLATION" EM-176 2. Cylinder head gasket 3. Cylinder head bolt REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Remove the timing chain. Refer to EM-164, "Removal and Installation". Remove the camshafts. Refer to EM-153. Remove spark plugs. Refer to EM-146, "Removal and Installation". Remove exhaust manifold. Refer to EM-140, "Removal and Installation". Remove cylinder head loosening bolts in the order as shown, using power tool. Remove water outlet, if necessary. Refer to CO-53, "Component". If necessary to transfer to new cylinder head or remove for reconditioning, remove the intake manifold and fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-178, "Disassembly and Assembly". WBIA0033E INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL Outer Diameter of Cylinder Head Bolts Revision: January 2010 EM-176 2010 Sentra CYLINDER HEAD < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Cylinder head bolts are tightened by plastic zone tightening method. Whenever the size difference between d1 and d2 exceeds the limit, replace the bolts with new ones. Limit (d1 - d2) [QR25DE] A : 0.23 mm (0.0091 in) or less EM • If reduction of outer diameter appears in a position other than d2, use it as d2 point. C WBIA0836E D INSTALLATION 1. Install a new cylinder head gasket. 2. Follow the steps below to tighten the cylinder head bolts using Tool, in the numerical order as shown. • Apply new engine oil to the threads and the seating surfaces of bolts. CAUTION: • If cylinder head bolts are re-used, check their outer diameters before installation. Follow the "Outer Diameter of Cylinder Head Bolts" procedure. • Check and confirm the tightening angle by using angle wrench or protractor. Avoid judgment by visual inspection without the tool. Step a Step c Step d Step e Step f E F G H KBIA0058E : 98.1 N·m (10 kg-m, 37 ft-lb) : Loosen to 0 N·m in the reverse order of tightening. : 39.2 N·m (4.0 kg-m, 29 ft-lb) : 75° clockwise : 75° clockwise I J K WBIA0033E L Tool number : KV10112100 (BT-8653-A) M N WBIA0155E 3. O Installation of the remaining components is in reverse order of removal. P Revision: January 2010 EM-177 2010 Sentra CYLINDER HEAD [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000005283798 AWBIA0211ZZ 1. Valve collet 2. Valve spring retainer 3. Valve spring (with valve spring seat) 4. Valve oil seal 5. Valve guide 6. Spark plug tube 7. Head bolt 8. Head gasket 9. Valve seat (EXH) 10. Valve (EXH) 11. Valve (INT) 13. Cylinder head A. 12. Valve seat (INT) Follow installation procedure CAUTION: • When installing camshafts, chain tensioners, oil seals or other sliding parts, lubricate contacting surfaces with new engine oil. • Apply new engine oil to threads and seat surfaces when installing the cylinder head, camshaft sprocket, crankshaft pulley and camshaft bracket. • Attach tags to valve lifters so all parts are assembled in their original position. DISASSEMBLY 1. Remove the valve lifter. • Confirm installation point. Revision: January 2010 EM-178 2010 Sentra CYLINDER HEAD < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Remove the valve collet, valve spring retainer and valve spring using Tool. Tool number 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. A : KV10116200 (J-26336-B) : KV10115900 (J-26336-20) CAUTION: Do not remove valve spring seat from valve spring. Push valve stem to combustion chamber side, and remove valve. • Inspect valve guide clearance before removal. Refer to EM180, "Inspection After Disassembly". • Confirm installation point. Remove valve oil seal using Tool. Tool number [QR25DE] EM C WBIA0477E D E : KV10107902 (J-38959) When valve seat must be replaced, refer to EM-180, "Inspection After Disassembly". When valve guide must be replaced, refer to EM-180, "Inspection After Disassembly". Remove spark plug using suitable tool. Remove spark plug tubes, if necessary using suitable tool. CAUTION: • Be careful not to damage cylinder head. • Do not remove spark plug tube if not necessary. Once removed, the spark plug tube cannot be reused because of deformation. F G WBIA0478E H ASSEMBLY I 1. 2. 3. J Install valve guide. Refer to EM-180, "Inspection After Disassembly". Install valve seat. Refer to EM-180, "Inspection After Disassembly". Install new valve oil seal to the specified height as shown, using Tool. Oil seal installed height (A) Tool number : 12.1 mm (0.476 in) K : KV10115600 (J-38958) L WBIA0892E 4. 5. Install valve. • Install larger diameter to intake side. Install valve spring [with valve spring seat (1)]. • A: Identification color • B: Cylinder head • : To cylinder head • Install smaller pitch spring end (valve spring seat side) to cylinder head side. • Confirm the identification color of the valve spring. Intake spring identification color (CVT models) Exhaust spring identification color (CVT models) Revision: January 2010 N O P : Pink : Green EM-179 M PBIC3462J 2010 Sentra CYLINDER HEAD [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Intake spring identification color (M/T models) Exhaust spring identification color (M/T models) 6. 7. : Blue : Yellow Install valve spring retainer. Install valve collet using Tool. Tool numbers : KV10116200 (J-26336-B) : KV10115900 (J-26336-20) • Install valve collet with a magnet hand. CAUTION: When working, be careful not to damage valve lifter holes. • Tap valve stem edge lightly with a plastic hammer after installation to check its installed condition. WBIA0578E 8. 9. a. b. c. Install valve lifter. Install the spark plug tube, if removed. Press-fit the spark plug tube into the cylinder head using the following procedure: Remove old sealant from cylinder head side installation hole. Apply sealant all round on spark plug tube within approximately 12 mm (0.47 in) width from edge of spark plug tube on the press-fit side. Use Genuine High Strength Locking Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant" Press-fit the spark plug tube to specified height “H” as shown, using suitable tool. Standard press-fit height “H” PBIC2713E : 41.2 - 42.2 mm (1.622 - 1.661 in) CAUTION: • When press-fitting, be careful not to deform spark plug tube. • After press-fitting, wipe off any protruding sealant on top surface of cylinder head. 10. Install spark plug. Refer to EM-146. Inspection After Disassembly INFOID:0000000005283799 CYLINDER HEAD DISTORTION 1. 2. Wipe off oil and remove water scale deposits, old gasket, old sealer, and carbon with a scraper. CAUTION: Use care not to allow gasket debris to enter passages for oil or water. At each of several locations on bottom surface of cylinder head, measure distortion in six directions. Limit : 0.1 mm (0.004 in) or less PBIC0075E VALVE DIMENSIONS Check dimensions of each valve. Refer to EM-212, "Standard and Limit". VALVE GUIDE CLEARANCE Perform this inspection before removing the valve guide. Revision: January 2010 EM-180 2010 Sentra CYLINDER HEAD [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Make sure that the valve stem diameter is within the specification. 2. Push the valve out by approximately 15 mm (0.59 in) toward the combustion chamber side to measure the valve's run-out volume (in the direction of dial gauge) with dial gauge. 3. Half of the run-out volume accounts for the valve guide clearance. A EM Intake valve guide clearance Exhaust valve guide clearance : 0.020 - 0.053 mm (0.0008 0.0021 in) or less : 0.030 - 0.063 mm (0.0012 0.0025 in) or less C D PBIC0077E E VALVE GUIDE REPLACEMENT When valve guide is removed, replace with oversized (0.2 mm, 0.008 in) valve guide. 1. To remove valve guide, heat cylinder head to 110° to 130°C (230° to 266°F) by soaking in heated oil. F G H I SEM008A 2. Drive out valve guide with a press [under a 20 kN (2.2 ton-force) pressure] or hammer and suitable tool. J K L SEM931C 3. Ream cylinder head valve guide hole using suitable reamer. Intake and exhaust valve guide hole diameter (Standard) 4. M N : 9.975 - 9.996 mm (0.3927 - 0.3935 in) O Heat cylinder head to 110° to 130°C (230° to 266°F) by soaking in heated oil. P SEM932C Revision: January 2010 EM-181 2010 Sentra CYLINDER HEAD < SERVICE INFORMATION > 5. Press valve guide from camshaft side to dimensions as shown. [QR25DE] PBIC0078E 6. Apply finish to valve guide using suitable reamer. Intake and exhaust : 6.000 - 6.018 mm (0.2362 0.2369 in) SEM932C VALVE SEAT CONTACT NOTE: After confirming that the dimensions of valve guides and valves are within specifications, perform this procedure: • Apply prussian blue (or white lead) onto contacting surface of valve seat to check the condition of the valve contact on the seat surface. • Check if the contact area band is continuous all around the circumference. • If not, grind to adjust valve fitting and check again. If the contacting surface still has NG conditions even after the re-check, replace the valve seat. SBIA0322E VALVE SEAT REPLACEMENT NOTE: When valve seat is removed, replace with an oversized [0.5 mm (0.020 in)] valve seat. 1. Bore out old seat until it collapses. Boring should not continue beyond the bottom face of the seat recess in the cylinder head. Set the machine depth stop to ensure this. 2. Ream cylinder head recess diameter for service valve seat. Intake Exhaust : 37.000 - 37.016 mm (1.4567 - 1.4573 in) : 32.000 - 32.016 mm (1.2598 - 1.2605 in) • Be sure to ream in circles concentric to the valve guide center. This will enable the valve seat to fit correctly. SEM795A Revision: January 2010 EM-182 2010 Sentra CYLINDER HEAD < SERVICE INFORMATION > 3. Heat cylinder head to 110° to 130°C (230° to 266°F) by soaking in heated oil. [QR25DE] A EM C SEM008A 4. 5. D Use valve seats cooled well with dry ice. Force fit valve seat into cylinder head. CAUTION: Avoid directly touching the cold valve seats. E Finish the seat to the specified dimensions using suitable tool. CAUTION: When using valve seat cutter, firmly grip the cutter handle with both hands. Then, press on the contacting surface all around the circumference to cut in a single drive. Improper pressure on the cutter or cutting many different times may result in a defective valve seat. F G H SEM934C 6. 7. I Using compound, grind to adjust valve fitting. Check again for normal contact. VALVE SPRING SQUARENESS J Set try square along the side of the valve spring and rotate the spring. Measure the maximum clearance between the top face of the spring and the try square. Limit K : 1.9 mm (0.0748 in) L M PBIC0080E VALVE SPRING DIMENSIONS AND VALVE SPRING PRESSURE LOAD N Check valve spring pressure with valve spring seat installed at specified spring height. Replace if not within specifications. Refer to EM212, "Standard and Limit". CAUTION: Do not remove the valve spring seat. O P SEM113 Revision: January 2010 EM-183 2010 Sentra ENGINE ASSEMBLY [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > ENGINE ASSEMBLY Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000005283800 M/T Models ALBIA0657GB 1. Torque rod (RH) 2. Engine mounting insulator and bracket 3. (RH) Support bracket (LH) 4. Engine mounting bracket (LH) 5. Engine mounting insulator (LH) Bracket 7. Rear torque rod Revision: January 2010 6. Engine front EM-184 2010 Sentra ENGINE ASSEMBLY [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CVT Models A EM C D E F G H I J K L ALBIA0658GB 1. Torque rod (RH) 2. Engine mounting insulator and bracket 3. (RH) Engine mounting bracket (LH) 4. Support bracket (LH) 5. Bracket Rear torque rod 6. Engine front N WARNING: • Place chocks at the front and back of the rear wheels. • For engines not equipped with slingers, attach proper slingers and bolts as described in the parts catalog. CAUTION: • Do not start working until the exhaust system and coolant are cool. • If items or work required are not covered by the engine main body section, follow the applicable procedures. • Use the correct supporting points for lifting and jacking. Refer to GI-39. • In removing the drive shaft, be careful not to damage the grease seals on the transaxle. • Before separating the engine and transaxle, remove the crankshaft position sensor (POS) from the assembly. • Be sure not to damage the edge of the crankshaft position sensor (POS) or the ring gear teeth. Revision: January 2010 M EM-185 2010 Sentra O P ENGINE ASSEMBLY [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > REMOVAL 1. Release fuel pressure. Refer to EC-1195, "Fuel Pressure Check". 2. Disconnect the fuel rail at the fuel hose quick connector (engine side). Refer to EM-135. 3. Drain the engine coolant. Refer to CO-40, "Changing Engine Coolant". CAUTION: • Perform this step when the engine is cold. • Do not spill engine coolant on drive belt. 4. Drain clutch fluid (M/T models). Refer to CL-9, "Air Bleeding Procedure". 5. Drain M/T oil (M/T models). Refer to MT-62, "Changing M/T Oil" (RS6F52A) or MT-139, "Changing M/T Oil" (RS6F52H). 6. Remove the engine hood assembly. Refer to BL-14, "Removal and Installation". 7. Remove cowl extension. Refer to EI-19, "Removal and Installation". 8. Remove the battery, battery hold downs, and battery tray. Refer to SC-9, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE Battery Tray)". 9. Disconnect CVT fluid cooler hoses (CVT models). 10. Disconnect the MAF sensor electrical connector. 11. Remove the air duct and air cleaner case assembly. Refer to EM-133, "Removal and Installation". 12. Remove vacuum hose from intake manifold. 13. Disconnect EVAP hose. 14. Disconnect the heater hoses. 15. Remove engine room cover. 16. Remove the engine coolant reservoir tank and radiator hoses (upper) and (lower). Refer to CO-44, "Removal and Installation". 17. Disconnect and set aside the IPDM/ER and remove the IPDM/ER bracket. Refer to PG-27, "Removal and Installation of IPDM E/R". 18. Disconnect A/C piping from compressor and position aside. 19. Disconnect the engine wiring harness retainers and ground strap. 20. Disconnect the transaxle shift controls. 21. Remove front exhaust tube. Refer to EX-11, "Component". 22. Remove the LH and RH drive shafts. Refer to FAX-9, "Removal and Installation (Left Side)" and FAX-10, "Removal and Installation (Right Side)". 23. Remove the rear torque rod. 24. Remove the front suspension member. Refer to FSU-11, "Removal and Installation". 25. Install engine slingers into front left cylinder head and rear right cylinder head. • Use generator bracket bolt holes for the front slinger. • Use the proper slingers and bolts as described in the Parts Catalog. Slinger bolts - front (B) Slinger bolts - rear (A) : 48 N·m (4.9 kg-m, 35 ft-lb) : 28 N·m (2.8kg-m, 21 ft-lb) WBIA0895E 26. Support engine and transaxle assembly with engine lifting equipment from the top with the vehicle raised on a hoist. 27. Remove the torque rod (RH). 28. Remove engine mounting insulator and bracket (RH). 29. Remove engine mounting bracket (LH) (CVT models). 30. Remove engine mounting insulator (LH) nut. 31. Lower the engine and transaxle assembly from the engine compartment using Tool. CAUTION: Revision: January 2010 EM-186 2010 Sentra ENGINE ASSEMBLY [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Before and during this procedure, always check if any harnesses are left connected. • Avoid any damage to, or any oil/grease smearing or spills onto the engine mounting insulators. Tool number : — A (J-47242) EM 32. Remove the starter motor. Refer to SC-24, "Removal and Installation QR25DE". 33. Separate engine and transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (CVT models), MT-68, "Removal and Installation" (RS6F52A) or MT-145, "Removal and Installation" (RS6F52H) (M/T models). C INSTALLATION Combine engine and transaxle assembly. Refer to CVT-194, "Removal and Installation (QR25DE)" (CVT models), MT-68, "Removal and Installation" (RS6F52A) or MT-145, "Removal and Installation" (RS6F52H) (M/T models). Installation is in the reverse order of removal. • Do not allow oil to get on mounting insulators. Be careful not to damage mounting insulators. • If parts have a direction mark (arrow) this indicates front of the vehicle, and the parts must be installed according to the identification mark. INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION • Before starting engine, check oil/fluid levels including engine coolant and engine oil. If less than required quantity, fill to the specified level. Refer to MA-15. • Use procedure below to check for fuel leakage. • Turn ignition switch ON (with engine stopped). With fuel pressure applied to fuel piping, check for fuel leakage at connection points. • Start engine. With engine speed increased, check again for fuel leakage at connection points. • Run engine to check for unusual noise and vibration. • Warm up engine thoroughly to make sure there is no leakage of fuel, exhaust gas, or any oils/fluids including engine oil and engine coolant. • Bleed air from passages in lines and hoses, such as in cooling system. • After cooling down engine, again check oils/fluids including engine oil and engine coolant. Refill to specified level, if necessary. • Summary of the inspection items: Item Before starting engine Engine running After engine stopped Engine coolant Level Leakage Level Engine oil Level Leakage Level Other oils and fluids* Level Leakage Level Leakage Leakage Leakage — Leakage — Fuel Exhaust gas *Transmission/transaxle/CVT fluid, power steering fluid, brake fluid, etc. D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EM-187 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CYLINDER BLOCK Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000005283801 WBIA0897E 1. Cylinder block 2. O-ring 3. Crankshaft position sensor (POS) 4. Knock sensor 5. Oil pressure sensor 6. Lower cylinder block 7. Lower cylinder block bolt 8. Snap ring 9. Connecting rod 10. Connecting rod bearing 11. Connecting rod bearing cap 13. Piston 14. Oil ring 12. Connecting rod bearing cap bolt 15. Second ring 16. Top ring 17. Piston pin 18. Main thrust bearing 19. Main bearing upper 20. Crankshaft 21. Main bearing lower 22. Crankshaft rear oil seal 23. Pilot converter (CVT only) 24. Crankshaft signal plate 25. Drive plate (CVT) 26. Reinforcement plate (CVT) 27. Flywheel (M/T) 28. Cylinder block heater (if equipped) A. Refer to "ASSEMBLY" EM-188 CAUTION: Apply new engine oil to parts marked in illustration before installation. DISASSEMBLY Revision: January 2010 EM-188 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 1. Remove the engine and transaxle as an assembly from the vehicle, and separate the transaxle from the engine. Refer to EM-184, "Removal and Installation". A 2. Mount the engine on a suitable engine stand. 3. Drain any remaining engine oil and coolant from the engine. EM 4. Remove the following components and associated parts. • Exhaust manifold and three way catalyst assembly. Refer to EM-140, "Removal and Installation". • Intake manifold and fuel tube assembly. Refer to EM-135, "Removal and Installation". • Ignition coils. Refer to EM-145, "Removal and Installation". C • Rocker cover. Refer to EM-151, "Removal and Installation". • Front cover, timing chain, and balancer unit. Refer to EM-164, "Removal and Installation". • Cylinder head. Refer to EM-176, "Removal and Installation". D 5. Remove the knock sensor. CAUTION: Carefully handle the sensor and do not drop the sensor. E 6. Remove crankshaft position sensor (POS). CAUTION: • Avoid impacts such as a dropping. • Do not disassemble. F • Keep it away from metal particles. • Do not place sensor close to magnetic materials. G WBIA0482E 7. 8. Remove the flywheel (M/T models) or drive plate (CVT models). Hold the crankshaft with a stopper plate and use a suitable tool to remove the bolts. CAUTION: • Be careful not to damage the flywheel contact surface for the clutch disc. NOTE: • The flywheel two-block construction allows movement in response to transmission side pressure, or when twisted in its rotational direction, therefore, some amount of noise is normal. H I J K KBIA0062E L Remove pilot converter using Tool (CVT models). Tool number : ST16610001 (J-23907) M N O WBIA0483E P Revision: January 2010 EM-189 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 9. Remove the piston and connecting rod assemblies. a. Position the crankshaft and corresponding connecting rod, to be removed, to the bottom dead center stroke. b. Remove the connecting rod cap. Number the cap so it can be assembled in the same position. c. Using a hammer handle or similar tool, push the piston and connecting rod assembly out of the top of the cylinder block. Number the piston and rod so it can be assembled in the same position. • Before removing the piston and connecting rod assembly, PBIC0259E check the connecting rod side clearance. Refer to EM-202, "Inspection After Disassembly". 10. Remove the connecting rod bearings. If reusing, number them so they can be assembled in the same position and direction. CAUTION: • When removing them, note the installation position. Keep them in the correct order. 11. Remove the piston rings from the piston. • Use a piston ring expander. CAUTION: • When removing the piston rings, be careful not to damage the piston. • Be careful not to damage piston rings by expanding them excessively, if reusing them. • Before removing the piston rings, check the piston ring side clearance. Refer to EM-202, "Inspection After Disassembly". PBIC0087E 12. Remove the piston from the connecting rod as follows. a. Using a snap ring pliers, remove the two snap rings. PBIC0260E b. Heat the piston to 60° - 70°C (140° - 158°F) with a heat gun, or equivalent. PBIC0261E Revision: January 2010 EM-190 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK < SERVICE INFORMATION > c. Push out piston pin with a punch of an outer diameter of approximately 19 mm (0.75 in). [QR25DE] A EM C PBIC0262E D 13. Remove the lower cylinder block bolts. • Before loosening the lower cylinder block bolts, measure the crankshaft side clearance. Refer to EM-202, "Inspection After Disassembly". • Loosen them in the order as shown to remove them. E F G WBIA0037E 14. Remove the lower cylinder block. • Cut the Silicone RTV Sealant and remove the lower cylinder block from the cylinder block, using Tool. Seal cutter I KV10111100 (J-37228) CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the mounting surface. J 15. Remove the crankshaft. CAUTION: • Do not damage or deform the signal plate while mounted on the crankshaft. • When setting the crankshaft on a flat surface, use a block of wood to avoid interference between the signal plate and the surface. • Do not remove signal plate unless it is necessary. 16. Pull the rear oil seal out of the rear end of the crankshaft. CAUTION: Do not to damage the crankshaft or cylinder block when SBIA0275E removing the rear oil seal. NOTE: When replacing the rear oil seal without removing the cylinder block, use a screwdriver to pull it out from between crankshaft and block. 17. Remove the main bearings and thrust bearings from the cylinder block and lower cylinder block. CAUTION: Identify and number the bearings, if reusing them, so that they are assembled in the same position and direction. ASSEMBLY 1. Using compressed air, clean out the coolant and oil passages in the cylinder block, the cylinder bore and the crankcase to remove any foreign material. CAUTION: Use approved safety glasses to protect your eyes. Revision: January 2010 H EM-191 2010 Sentra K L M N O P CYLINDER BLOCK < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Install the drain plugs on the cylinder block. • : Engine front • Apply Silicone RTV Sealant. Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant, or equivalent. Refer to GI-44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant". • Replace the copper washers with new ones. Drain plug A Drain plug B [QR25DE] : 54 N·m (5.5 kg-m, 40 ft-lb) : 9.8 N·m (1.0 kg-m, 80 in-lb) AWBIA0070ZZ 3. a. b. Install the main bearings and the thrust bearings. Remove dust, dirt, and oil from the bearing mating surfaces of the cylinder block and lower cylinder block. Install the thrust bearings to both sides of the No. 3 main bearing journal on the cylinder block. • Install the thrust bearings with the oil groove facing the crankshaft arm (outside). PBIC0264E c. 4. a. b. 5. Install the main bearings paying attention to their position and direction. • The main bearing with an oil hole and groove goes on the cylinder block. The one without them goes on the lower cylinder block. • Only the main bearing (on the cylinder block) for No. 3 journal has different specifications. • Before installing the bearings, apply engine oil to the bearing friction surface (inside). Do not apply oil to the back surface, but thoroughly clean it. • When installing, align the bearing stopper to the notch. • Make sure that the oil holes on the cylinder block and those on the corresponding bearing are aligned. Install the signal plate to the crankshaft. Position the crankshaft and signal plate using a positioning dowel pin, and tighten the bolts to specification. Remove the dowel pin. CAUTION: Be sure to remove dowel pin before installing the crankshaft. NOTE: Dowel pins for the crankshaft and signal plate are supplied as a set for each. Install the crankshaft onto the cylinder block. • While turning the crankshaft by hand, check that it turns smoothly. Revision: January 2010 EM-192 SBIA0277E WBIA0898E 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK < SERVICE INFORMATION > 6. Install the lower cylinder block. • Apply Silicone RTV Sealant to positions as shown (A), (B). • Use Genuine Silicone RTV Sealant, or equivalent. Refer to GI44, "Recommended Chemical Product and Sealant". NOTE: Cylinder block and lower cylinder block are machined together. Neither of them can be replaced separately. CAUTION: After the Silicone RTV Sealant is applied, the lower cylinder block installation must be finished within 5 minutes. [QR25DE] A EM C WBIA0899E D 7. a. b. Tighten lower cylinder block bolts in the numerical order as shown and according to the following steps: Apply new engine oil to threads and seat surfaces of the bolts. Tighten bolts No. 11 - 22 only in the order as shown, to specification below. E F Step 1, bolts 11 - 22 only : 25.1 N·m (2.6 kg-m, 19 ft-lb) G KBIA0063E c. Tighten bolts No. 1 - 10 only in the order as shown, to specification below. Step 2, bolts 1 - 10 only d. : 39.2 N·m (4.0 kg-m, 29 ft-lb) I Tighten bolts No. 1 - 10 only in the order as shown, to specification below using Tool. CAUTION: Check tightening angle using Tool. Do not make judgment by visual inspection. Tool number J : KV 10112100 (BT-8653-A) Step 3, bolts 1 - 10 only K : 60° degrees rotation • Wipe off completely any protruding Silicone RTV Sealant on the exterior of engine. • Check crankshaft side clearance. Refer to EM-202, "Inspection After Disassembly". • After installing the bolts, make sure that the crankshaft can be rotated smoothly by hand. 8. H WBIA0484E L M Install the rear oil seal. • Press the oil seal between cylinder block and crankshaft with a suitable drift. • Be careful not to touch the grease on the oil seal lip. • Be careful not to cause scratches or burrs when pressing in the rear oil seal. N O P SBIA0280E Revision: January 2010 EM-193 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Press in rear oil seal to the position as shown. [QR25DE] SBIA0281E 9. a. b. c. Install the piston to the connecting rod. Assemble the components in their original positions. Using a snap ring pliers, install the snap ring to the grooves of the piston's rear side. • Insert the piston pin snap ring fully into groove. Install the piston to the connecting rod. • Using a heat gun, heat the piston [approximately 60° - 70 C° (140° - 158 °F)] until the piston pin can be pushed in by hand without excessive force. From the front to the rear, insert the piston pin into the piston and the connecting rod. • Assemble so that the front mark on the piston crown and the oil holes and the cylinder No. on the connecting rod are positioned as shown. Install the piston pin snap ring into the front of the piston. • Check that the connecting rod moves smoothly. PBIC0099E 10. Using a piston ring expander, install the piston rings. Assemble the components in their original positions. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the piston. • Position each ring with the gap as shown, referencing the piston front mark as the starting point. • Install the top ring and the second ring with the stamped surface facing upward. Stamped mark : 1K (top ring) : 2K (second ring) PBIC0100E 11. Install the connecting rod bearings to the connecting rod and the connecting rod cap. Assemble the components in their original positions. • When installing the connecting rod bearings, apply engine oil to the bearing friction surface (inside). Do not apply oil to the back surface, but thoroughly clean the back. • When installing, align the connecting rod bearing stopper protrusion with the notch of the connecting rod to install. • Check the oil holes on the connecting rod and those on the corresponding bearing are aligned. PBIC0266E 12. Install the piston and connecting rod assembly to the crankshaft. Assemble the components in their original positions using Tool. Revision: January 2010 EM-194 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Tool number : EM03470000 A • Rotate the crankshaft so the pin corresponding to the connecting rod to be installed is at the bottom dead center position. • Apply engine oil sufficiently to the cylinder bore, piston, and crankshaft pin. • Match the cylinder position number with the cylinder No. on the connecting rod for installation. • Using tool as shown, install the piston with the front mark on the piston crown facing the front of the engine. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage the crankshaft pin, resulting from an interference of the connecting rod big end. 13. Install the connecting rod caps. Assemble the components in their original positions. • Match the stamped cylinder number marks on the connecting rod with those on the cap to install. EM C WBIA0485E D E F G SBIA0282E H 14. Tighten the connecting rod bolt as follows: Apply engine oil to the threads and seats of the connecting rod bolts. CAUTION: Check tightening angle using Tool. Do not make judgment by visual inspection. Tool number I J : KV10112100 (BT-8653-A) K WBIA0163E L Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Stage 2 : 27.4 N·m (2.8 kg-m, 20 ft-lb) (SE-R), 29.4 (3.0 kg-m, 22 ft-lb) (SE-R Spec V) : 0 N·m : 19.6 N·m (2.0 kg-m, 14 ft-lb) : Rotate bolts 90° degrees M • Check the connecting rod side clearance. Refer to EM-202, "Inspection After Disassembly". • After tightening the bolts, make sure that the crankshaft rotates smoothly. 15. Install flywheel (M/T Models), or drive plate (CVT Models). • Install drive plate, reinforcement plate and pilot converter as shown. • Using a drift with 33 mm (1.30 in) diameter, push pilot converter into the end of the crankshaft. N O P KBIA0075E Revision: January 2010 EM-195 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 16. Install the knock sensor. • Make sure that there is no foreign material on the cylinder block mating surface and the back surface of the knock sensor. • Install the knock sensor with the connector facing lower left by 45° as shown. • Do not tighten the bolts while holding the connector. • Make sure that the knock sensor does not interfere with other parts. CAUTION: If the knock sensor is dropped, replace it with new one. 17. Install the crankshaft position sensor (POS). 18. Installation of remaining components is in the reverse order of removal. How to Select Piston and Bearing PBIC3020E INFOID:0000000005283802 DESCRIPTION Selection points Between cylinder block to crankshaft Selection parts Selection items Main bearing Selection methods Main bearing grade (bearing thickness) Determined by match of cylinder block bearing housing grade (inner diameter of housing) and crankshaft journal grade (outer diameter of journal) Between crankshaft to connecting rod Connecting rod bearing Connecting rod bearing grade (bearing thickness) Combining service grades for connecting rod big end inner diameter and crankshaft pin outer diameter determine connecting rod bearing selection Between cylinder block to piston Piston and piston pin assembly (The piston is available together with piston pin as an assembly) Piston grade (piston outer diameter) Piston grade = cylinder bore grade (inner diameter of bore) *Between piston to connecting rod — — — *For the service parts, the grade for fitting cannot be selected between a piston pin and a connecting rod. (Only 0 grade is available.) The information at the shipment from the plant is described as a reference. • The identification grade stamped on each part is the grade for the dimension measured in new condition. This grade cannot apply to reused parts. • For reused or repaired parts, measure the dimension accurately. Determine the grade by comparing the measurement with the values of each selection table. • For details of the measurement method of each part, the reuse standards, and the selection method of the selective fitting parts, follow the applicable procedures. HOW TO SELECT A PISTON When New Cylinder Block is Used: • Check the cylinder bore grade on rear left side of cylinder block, and select a piston of the same grade. • If there is a corrected stamp mark on the cylinder block, use it as a correct reference. SBIA0283E Revision: January 2010 EM-196 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > • A: Front mark • B: Piston pin bore grade • C: Piston grade I.D. stamp • D: Piston crown I.D. code stamp A EM C WBIA0900E D When a Cylinder Block is Reused: 1. 2. Measure the cylinder block bore inner diameter. Determine the bore grade by comparing the measurement with the values under the cylinder bore inner diameter of the "Piston Selection Table". Select the piston of the same grade. E Piston Selection Table Unit: mm (in) Grade number (Mark) 2 (or no mark) F 3 Inner diameter of cylinder bore 89.010-89.020 (3.5043-3.5047) 89.020-89.030 (3.5047-3.5051) Outer diameter of piston skirt 88.990-89.000 (3.5035-3.5039) 89.000-89.010 (3.5039-3.5043) G NOTE: • The piston is available together with piston pin as an assembly. • The piston pin (piston pin bore) grade is provided only for the parts installed at the plant. For service parts, no grades can be selected. Only 0 grade is available. HOW TO SELECT A CONNECTING ROD BEARING H I When New Connecting Rod and Crankshaft are Used: 1. Apply big end inside diameter grade stamped on connecting rod side face to the row in the "Connecting Rod Bearing Selection Table". J K L SBIA0282E M 2. 3. 4. Apply pin diameter grade stamped on crankshaft front side to the column in the "Connecting Rod Bearing Selection Table". Read the symbol at the cross point of selected row and column in the "Connecting Rod Bearing Selection Table". Apply the symbol obtained to connecting rod bearing grade table to select. • A: Journal diameter • B: Pin diameter N O P WBIA0901E When Crankshaft and Connecting Rod are Reused: 1. 2. Measure dimensions of the big end inner diameter of connecting rod and outer diameter of crankshaft pin individually. Apply the dimension measured to the "Connecting Rod Bearing Selection Table" below. Revision: January 2010 EM-197 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Connecting Rod Bearing Selection Table AWBIA0021GB Connecting Rod Bearing Grade Table Unit: mm (in) Grade number Thickness 0 1 2 3 4 1.496 - 1.493 (0.0589 - 0.0588) 1.499 - 1.496 (0.0590 - 0.0589) 1.502 - 1.499 (0.0591 - 0.0590) 1.505 - 1.502 (0.0593 - 0.0591) 1.508 - 1.505 (0.0594 - 0.0593) Black Brown Green Yellow Blue Identification color Undersize Bearing Usage Guide • When the specified oil clearance is not obtained with standard size connecting rod bearing, use undersize (US) bearing. • When using undersize bearing, measure the bearing inner diameter with bearing installed, and grind the crankshaft pin so that the oil clearance satisfies the standard. Bearing Undersize Table Unit: mm (in) Size U.S. Thickness 0.25 (0.0098) 1.622 - 1.630 (0.0639 - 0.0642) CAUTION: In grinding the crankshaft pin to use undersize bearings, do not damage the fillet R (All crankshaft pins). KBIA0148E Revision: January 2010 EM-198 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > HOW TO SELECT A MAIN BEARING A When New Cylinder Block and Crankshaft are Used: 1. "Main Bearing Selection Table" rows correspond to bearing housing grade on rear left side of cylinder block. • If there is a corrected stamp mark on the cylinder block, use it as a correct reference. EM C D SBIA0283E 2. E Apply pin diameter grade (B) stamped on crankshaft front side to column in "Main Bearing Selection Table". • A: Journal diameter grade F G H WBIA0901E 3. 4. Find value at crossing of row and column in "Main Bearing Selection Table". CAUTION: • There are two main bearing selection tables. One is for odd-numbered journals (1, 3, and 5) and the other is for even-numbered journals (2 and 4). Make certain to use the appropriate table. This is due to differences in the specified clearances. Apply the symbol obtained to "Main Bearing Grade Table" to select. NOTE: • Service parts are available as a set of both upper and lower. I J K When Cylinder Block and Crankshaft are Reused: 1. 2. 3. Measure inner diameter of cylinder block main bearing housing and outer diameter of crankshaft journal. Apply measurement in above step 1 to the "Main Bearing Selection Table". Follow steps 3 and 4 in "When New Cylinder Block and Crankshaft are Used". L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EM-199 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Main Bearing Selection Table (No.1, 3, and No.5 journals) KBIA0149E Revision: January 2010 EM-200 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Main Bearing Selection Table (No.2,and 4 journals) A EM C D E F G H I J K KBIA0150E Main Bearing Grade Table (All Journals) Unit: mm (in) Grade number Thickness Identification color (UPR / LWR) 0 1.973 - 1.976 (0.0777 - 0.0778) Black 1 1.976 - 1.979 (0.0778 - 0.0779) Brown 2 1.979 - 1.982 (0.0779- 0.0780) Green 3 1.982 - 1.985 (0.0780 - 0.0781) Yellow 4 1.985 - 1.988 (0.0781 - 0.0783) Blue 5 1.988 - 1.991 (0.0783 - 0.0784) Pink 6 1.991 - 1.994 (0.0784 - 0.0785) Purple L Remarks M Grade and color are the same for upper and lower bearings. N O P Revision: January 2010 EM-201 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > 01 12 23 34 45 56 67 UPR 1.973 - 1.976 (0.0777 - 0.0778) LWR 1.976 - 1.979 (0.0778 - 0.0779) UPR 1.976 - 1.979 (0.0778 - 0.0779) LWR 1.979 - 1.982 (0.0779 - 0.0780) UPR 1.979 - 1.982 (0.0779 - 0.0780) LWR 1.982 - 1.985 (0.0780 - 0.0781) UPR 1.982 - 1.985 (0.0780 - 0.0781) LWR 1.985 - 1.988 (0.0781 - 0.0783) UPR 1.985 - 1.988 (0.0781 - 0.0783) LWR 1.988 - 1.991 (0.0783 - 0.0784) UPR 1.988 - 1.991 (0.0783 - 0.0784) LWR 1.991 - 1.994 (0.0784 - 0.0785) UPR 1.991 - 1.994 (0.0784 - 0.0785) LWR 1.994 - 1.997 (0.0785 - 0.0786) Black / Brown Brown / Green Green / Yellow Yellow / Blue Grade and color are different for upper and lower bearings. Blue / Pink Pink / Purple Purple / White Use Undersize Bearing Usage Guide • Use undersize (U.S.) bearing when oil clearance with standard size main bearing is not within specification. • When using undersize (U.S.) bearing, measure the bearing inner diameter with the bearing installed and grind journal until oil clearance falls within specification. Bearing Undersize Table Unit: mm (in) Size U.S. Thickness 0.25 (0.0098) 2.106 - 2.114 (0.0829 - 0.0832) CAUTION: Do not damage fillet R when grinding crankshaft journal in order to use an undersize bearing (all journals). KBIA0148E Inspection After Disassembly INFOID:0000000005283803 CRANKSHAFT SIDE CLEARANCE • Using a dial gauge, measure the clearance between the thrust bearings and the crankshaft arm when the crankshaft is moved fully forward or backward. Standard Limit : 0.10 - 0.26 mm (0.0039 - 0.0102 in) : 0.30 mm (0.0118 in) • If the measured value exceeds the limit, replace the thrust bearings, and measure again. If it still exceeds the limit, replace the crankshaft. PBIC0268E CONNECTING ROD SIDE CLEARANCE Revision: January 2010 EM-202 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Measure side clearance between connecting rod and crankshaft arm using a feeler gauge. Standard Limit [QR25DE] A : 0.20 - 0.35 mm (0.0079 - 0.0138 in) : 0.50 mm (0.0197 in) EM • If the measured value exceeds the limit, replace the connecting rod bearings, and measure again. If it still exceeds the limit, replace the crankshaft also. C KBIA0071E D PISTON AND PISTON PIN CLEARANCE Diameter of Piston Pin Bore • Measure the diameter of piston pin bore using an inside micrometer. Refer to EM-212, "Standard and Limit". E F G PBIC0116E Outer Diameter of Piston Pin • Measure outer diameter of piston pin using a micrometer. Refer to EM-212, "Standard and Limit". H I J K PBIC0117E Piston to Piston Pin Clearance (Piston pin clearance) = (Piston pin bore diameter) – (Outer diameter of piston pin) • A: Front mark • B: Piston pin bore grade • C: Piston grade I.D. stamp • D: Piston crown I.D. code stamp Standard L M N : 0.002 - 0.006 mm (0.0001 - 0.0002 in) • If clearance exceeds specification, replace either or both of piston/ piston pin assembly and connecting rod assembly with reference WBIA0900E to specification of each parts. • Use the piston selection table to replace piston/piston pin assembly. Refer to EM-196, "How to Select Piston and Bearing". • Use the connecting rod bearing selection table to replace connecting rod. Refer to EM-196, "How to Select Piston and Bearing". NOTE: Revision: January 2010 EM-203 2010 Sentra O P CYLINDER BLOCK < SERVICE INFORMATION > • The connecting rod small end grade and piston pin hole (piston pin) grade are provided only for the parts installed at the plant. For service parts, no grades can be selected. Only 0 grade is available. • Follow the "CONNECTING ROD BUSHING OIL CLEARANCE (SMALL END)" for the values for each grade at the plant. • Regarding marks on piston head, Refer to EM-196, "How to Select Piston and Bearing". [QR25DE] SBIA0282E PISTON RING SIDE CLEARANCE • Measure side clearance of piston ring and piston ring groove using a feeler gauge. Refer to EM-212, "Standard and Limit". • If out of specification, replace piston and/or piston ring assembly. SEM024AA PISTON RING END GAP • Check if inner diameter of cylinder bore is within specification. Follow the "PISTON TO CYLINDER BORE CLEARANCE" procedure. • Insert piston ring until middle of cylinder with piston, and measure gap using a feeler gauge. Refer to EM-212, "Standard and Limit". • If out of specification, replace piston ring. SEM822B CONNECTING ROD BEND AND TORSION • Check with connecting rod aligner. Refer to EM-212, "Standard and Limit". SEM003F Revision: January 2010 EM-204 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK < SERVICE INFORMATION > • If it exceeds the limit, replace connecting rod assembly. [QR25DE] A EM C SEM038F D CONNECTING ROD BEARING (BIG END) • Install the connecting rod cap without the connecting rod bearing installed. After tightening the connecting rod bolt to the specified torque, measure the connecting rod big end inner diameter using an inside micrometer. Refer to EM-212, "Standard and Limit". E F G PBIC0119E CONNECTING ROD BUSHING OIL CLEARANCE (SMALL END) H Inner Diameter of Connecting Rod (Small End) • Measure inner diameter of bushing. Refer to EM-212, "Standard and Limit" I J K PBIC0120E Outer Diameter of Piston Pin • Measure outer diameter of piston pin. Refer to EM-212, "Standard and Limit". L M N O PBIC0117E Connecting Rod Bushing Oil Clearance (Small End) Revision: January 2010 P EM-205 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK < SERVICE INFORMATION > (Connecting rod small end oil clearance) = (Inner diameter of connecting rod small end) – (Outer diameter of piston pin) Standard [QR25DE] : 0.005 - 0.017 mm (0.0002 - 0.0007 in) • If the measured value exceeds the standard, replace the connecting rod assembly and/or piston and piston pin assembly. • If replacing the piston and piston pin assembly, use the "Piston Selection Table" to select the piston corresponding to the applicable bore grade of the cylinder block to be used. Refer to EM-196, "How to Select Piston and Bearing". SBIA0282E Factory Installed Parts Grading: • A: Front mark • B: Piston pin bore grade • C: Piston grade I.D. stamp • D: Piston crown I.D. code stamp • Service parts apply only to grade 0. Unit: mm (in) Grade 0 1 Connecting rod small end inner diameter 20.000 - 20.006 (0.7874 - 0.7876) 20.006 - 20.012 (0.7876 - 0.7879) Piston pin outer diameter 19.989 - 19.995 (0.7870 - 0.7872) 19.995 - 20. 001 (0.7872 - 0.7874) Piston pin bore diameter 19.993 - 19.999 (0.7871- 0.7874) 19.999 - 20.005 (0.7874 - 0.7876) WBIA0900E CYLINDER BLOCK DISTORTION • Using a scraper, remove gasket on the cylinder block surface, and also remove oil, scale, carbon, or other contamination. CAUTION: Be careful not to allow gasket debris to enter the oil or coolant passages. • Measure the distortion on the block upper face at some different points in 6 directions. Limit : 0.1 mm (0.004 in) • If out of the distortion limit, replace the cylinder block. PBIC0121E INNER DIAMETER OF MAIN BEARING HOUSING • Install the main bearing caps with the main bearings removed and tighten the bolts to the specified torque. Refer to EM-188, "Disassembly and Assembly". • Using a bore gauge, measure the inner diameter of the main bearing housing. Standard : 58.944 - 58.968 mm (2.3206 - 2.3216 in) • If out of the standard, replace the cylinder block and lower cylinder block assembly. NOTE: These components cannot be replaced as a single unit because they were processed together. PBIC0269E PISTON TO CYLINDER BORE CLEARANCE Inner Diameter of Cylinder Bore Revision: January 2010 EM-206 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Using a bore gauge, measure cylinder bore for wear, out-of-round and taper at 6 different points on each cylinder. (X and Y directions at A, B and C). The Y axis is in the longitudinal direction of the engine. NOTE: When determining cylinder bore grade, measure cylinder bore at B position. Refer to EM-212, "Standard and Limit". • If the measured value rebore exceeds the limit, or if there are scratches and/or seizure on the cylinder inner wall, hone the inner wall. [QR25DE] A EM C SBIA0284E D Outer Diameter of Piston • Measure piston skirt diameter using a micrometer. Refer to EM212, "Standard and Limit". E F G PBIC0125E H • Measure point (distance from the top): 42 mm (1.65 in) Piston to Cylinder Bore Clearance • Calculate by outer diameter of piston skirt and inner diameter of cylinder (direction X, position B). (Clearance) = (Inner diameter of cylinder) – (Outer diameter of piston skirt). Standard Limit : 0.010 - 0.030 mm (0.0004 - 0.0012 in) : 0.08 mm (0.0031 in) I J • If it exceeds the limit, replace piston/piston pin assembly. K Reboring Cylinder Bore 1. Cylinder bore size is determined by adding piston-to-bore clearance to piston diameter “A”. L Rebored size calculation: D = A + B - C D: Bored diameter A: Piston diameter as measured B: Piston-to-bore clearance (standard value) C: Honing allowance 0.02 mm (0.0008 in) M N 2. Install main bearing caps, and tighten to the specified torque. Otherwise, cylinder bores may be distorted in final assembly. 3. Cut cylinder bores. • When any cylinder needs boring, all other cylinders must also be bored. • Do not cut too much out of cylinder bore at a time. 4. Hone cylinders to obtain specified piston-to-bore clearance. 5. Measure finished cylinder bore for out-of-round and taper. • Measurement should be done after cylinder bore cools down. OUTER DIAMETER OF CRANKSHAFT JOURNAL • Measure outer diameter of crankshaft journals. Revision: January 2010 EM-207 2010 Sentra O P CYLINDER BLOCK [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Standard : 54.955 - 54.979 mm (2.1636 - 2.1645 in) OUTER DIAMETER OF CRANKSHAFT PIN • Measure outer diameter of crankshaft pin. Standard : 44.956 - 44.974 mm (1.7699 - 1.7706 in) PBIC0270E OUT-OF-ROUND AND TAPER OF CRANKSHAFT • Measure the dimensions at four different points as shown on each journal and pin using a micrometer. • Out-of-round is indicated by the difference in dimensions between "X" and "Y" at "A" and "B". • Taper is indicated by the difference in dimension between "A" and "B" at "X" and "Y". Limit Out-of-round (X - Y) Taper (A - B) : 0.005 mm (0.0002 in) : 0.005 mm (0.0002 in) PBIC0128E CRANKSHAFT RUNOUT • Place a V-block on a precise flat table to support the journals on both ends of the crankshaft. • Place a dial gauge straight up on the No. 3 journal. • While rotating the crankshaft, read the movement of the pointer on the dial gauge, the total indicator reading. Limit : Less than 0.05 mm (0.002 in) PBIC0271E OIL CLEARANCE OF CONNECTING ROD BEARING Method of Measurement • Install the connecting rod bearings to the connecting rod and the cap, and tighten the connecting rod bolts to the specified torque. Using a inside micrometer measure the inner diameter of connecting rod bearing. (Oil clearance) = (Inner diameter of connecting rod bearing) – (Outer diameter of crankshaft pin) Standard Limit : 0.035 - 0.045 mm (0.0014 - 0.0018 in) : 0.10 mm (0.0039 in) • If clearance cannot be adjusted within the standard, grind crankshaft pin and use undersized bearing. Refer to EM-196, "How to Select Piston and Bearing". PBIC0119E Method of Using Plastigage Revision: January 2010 EM-208 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK < SERVICE INFORMATION > • Remove oil and dust on the crankshaft pin and the surfaces of each bearing completely. • Cut the Plastigage slightly shorter than the bearing width, and place it in crankshaft axial direction, avoiding oil holes. • Install the connecting rod bearings to the connecting rod cap, and tighten the connecting rod bolts to the specified torque. CAUTION: Never rotate the crankshaft. • Remove the connecting rod cap and bearings, and using the scale on the Plastigage bag, measure the Plastigage width. NOTE: The procedure when the measured value exceeds the limit is same as that described in the method by calculation. [QR25DE] A EM C EM142 D OIL CLEARANCE OF MAIN BEARING Method of Measurement • Install the main bearings to the cylinder block and bearing cap. Measure the main bearing inner diameter with the bearing cap bolt tightened to the specified torque. (Oil clearance) = (Inner diameter of main bearing) – (Outer diameter of crankshaft journal) Standard: No. 1, 3, and 5 journals No. 2 and 4 journals Limit : 0.012 - 0.022 mm (0.0005 - 0.0009 in) : 0.018 - 0.028 mm (0.0007 - 0.0011 in) : 0.1 mm (0.004 in) H I J K L EM142 M CRUSH HEIGHT OF MAIN BEARING • When the bearing cap is removed after being tightened to the specified torque with main bearings installed, the tip end of bearing must protrude. Standard F G • If the measured value exceeds the limit, select main bearings referring to the main bearing inner diameter and crankshaft journal outer diameter, so that the oil clearance satisfies the standard. Refer to EM-196, "How to Select Piston and Bearing". Method of Using Plastigage • Remove oil and dust on the crankshaft journal and the surfaces of each bearing completely. • Cut the Plastigage slightly shorter than the bearing width, and place it in crankshaft axial direction, avoiding oil holes. • Tighten the main bearing bolts to the specified torque. CAUTION: Never rotate the crankshaft. • Remove the bearing cap and bearings, and using the scale on the plastigage bag, measure the plastigage width. NOTE: The procedure when the measured value exceeds the limit is same as that described in the "Method by Calculation". E N : There must be crush height. O • If the standard is not met, replace main bearings. P SEM502G OUTER DIAMETER OF LOWER CYLINDER BLOCK BOLT • Perform only with M10 (0.39 in) bolts. • Measure outer diameters (d1, d2) at two positions as shown. • Measure d2 at a point within area A as shown. Revision: January 2010 EM-209 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK < SERVICE INFORMATION > • When the value of d1- d2 exceeds the limit (a large difference in dimensions), replace the bolt with a new one. Limit [QR25DE] : 0.13 mm (0.0051 in) PBIC0272E OUTER DIAMETER OF CONNECTING ROD BOLT • Measure outer diameter (d) at position as shown. • When “d” exceeds the limit (when it becomes thinner), replace the bolt with a new one. Limit : 7.75 mm (0.3051 in) or less PBIC0273E MOVEMENT AMOUNT OF FLYWHEEL (M/T MODEL) NOTE: • Inspection for double mass flywheel only. • Do not disassemble double mass flywheel. Flywheel Deflection • Measure deflection of flywheel contact surface to the clutch with a dial gauge. • Measure runout at 210 mm (8.27 in) dia. Limit : 0.45 mm (0.0177 in) or less under no load • Measure axial displacement at 250 mm (9.84 in) dia. Limit : 1.3 mm (0.051 in) or less under 100N (22.48 lb) force • When measured value exceeds the limit, replace the flywheel with a new one. SBIA0287E Movement Amount in Rotation Direction • Check the movement amount in the following procedure. 1. Install a bolt to clutch cover mounting hole, and place a torque wrench on the extended line of the flywheel center line. • Tighten bolt to keep it from loosening at a force of 9.8 N·m (1 kg-m, 87 in-lb). Revision: January 2010 EM-210 2010 Sentra CYLINDER BLOCK < SERVICE INFORMATION > 2. Put a mating mark on circumferences of the two flywheel masses without applying any load (measurement standard points). 3. Apply a force of 9.8 N·m (1 kg-m, 87 in-lb) in each direction, and mark the movement amount on the mass on the transmission side. 4. Measure dimensions of movement amounts A and B on circumference of the flywheel on the transmission side. Standard : 35 mm (1.38 in) or less [QR25DE] A EM C SBIA0288E • When measured value is outside the standard, replace flywheel. D E F G H I J K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EM-211 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) Standard and Limit INFOID:0000000005283804 GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS Model SE-R Cylinder arrangement Displacement cm3 Bore and stroke SE-R Spec V In-line 4 (in3) 2,488 (151.82) mm (in) 89.0 x 100 (3.50 x 3.94) Valve arrangement DOHC Firing order 1-3-4-2 Compression Number of piston rings 2 Oil 1 Compression ratio 9.5:1 Compression pressure kPa (kg/cm2, psi) / 250 rpm 10.5:1 Standard 1,250 (12.8, 181.3) Minimum 1,060 (10.8, 153.7) Differential limit between cylinders 100 (1.0, 14) Valve timing PBIC0187E Unit: degree a b c d e f 224° 244° 0° 64° 3° 41° DRIVE BELTS Tension of drive belts Auto adjustment by auto tensioner INTAKE MANIFOLD AND EXHAUST MANIFOLD Unit: mm (in) Description Surface distortion Limit Intake manifold adapter 0.1 (0.004) Intake manifold 0.1 (0.004) Exhaust manifold 0.3 (0.012) SPARK PLUG Unit: mm (in) Make Type* NGK Standard Gap (nominal) DILKAR6A-11 1.1 (0.043) *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information Revision: January 2010 EM-212 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > CYLINDER HEAD Unit: mm (in) A EM C D PBIC0283E Description Limit Head surface distortion E 0.1 (0.004) VALVE F Valve Dimensions Unit: mm (in) G H I J SEM188 Valve head diameter “D” Valve length “L” Valve stem diameter “d” Valve seat angle “α” Valve margin “T” Intake 35.5 - 35.8 (1.398 - 1.409) Exhaust 30.5 - 30.8 (1.201 - 1.213) Intake 97.16 (3.8252) Exhaust 98.82 (3.8905) K L Intake 5.965 - 5.980 (0.2348 - 0.2354) Exhaust 5.955 - 5.970 (0.2344 - 0.2350) Intake M 45°15′ - 45°45′ Exhaust Intake 1.1 (0.043) Exhaust 1.3 (0.051) N Valve Clearance Unit: mm (in) Cold* (reference data) Hot Intake 0.24 - 0.32 (0.009 - 0.013) 0.304 - 0.416 (0.012 - 0.016) Exhaust 0.26 - 0.34 (0.010 - 0.013) 0.308 - 0.432 (0.012 - 0.017) *: Approximately 20°C (68 °F) Available Valve Lifter Revision: January 2010 EM-213 2010 Sentra O P SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > KBIA0119E Thickness mm (in) Identification mark (Stamp)* 7.88 (0.3102) 788U 7.90 (0.3110) 790U 7.92 (0.3118) 792U 7.94 (0.3126) 794U 7.96 (0.3134) 796U 7.98 (0.3142) 798U 8.00 (0.3150) 800U 8.02 (0.3157) 802U 8.04 (0.3165) 804U 8.06 (0.3173) 806U 8.08 (0.3181) 808U 8.10 (0.3189) 810U 8.12 (0.3197) 812U 8.14 (0.3205) 814U 8.16 (0.3213) 816U 8.18 (0.3220) 818U 8.20 (0.3228) 820U 8.22 (0.3236) 822U 8.24 (0.3244) 824U 8.26 (0.3252) 826U 8.28 (0.3260) 828U 8.30 (0.3268) 830U 8.32 (0.3276) 832U 8.34 (0.3283) 834U 8.36 (0.3291) 836U 8.38 (0.3299) 838U *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information Valve Spring Specifications* Identification color Free height Pressure standard at height 35.30 mm (1.390 in) Squareness Revision: January 2010 Intake Exhaust Blue (M/T), Pink (CVT) Yellow (M/T), Green (CVT) 43.72 - 43.92 mm (1.7213 - 1.7291 in) 45.29 - 45.49 mm (1.7831 - 1.7909 in) 151 - 175 N (15.4 - 17.8 kg-f, 34 - 39 lb-f) 151 - 175 N (15.4 - 17.8 kg-f, 34 - 39 lb-f) 1.9 mm (0.0748 in) 1.9 mm (0.0748 in) EM-214 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Specifications* Intake Exhaust 35.30 mm (1.390 in) 35.30 mm (1.390 in) 151 - 175 N (15.4 - 17.8 kg-f, 34 - 39 lb-f) 151 - 175 N (15.4 - 17.8 kg-f, 34 - 39 lb-f) 25.30 mm (0.996 in) 26.76 mm (1.0535 in) 351 - 394 N (35.8 - 40.2 kg-f, 79 - 89 lb-f) 318 - 362 N (32.4 - 36.9 kg-f, 71 - 81 lb-f) Installation height Installation load Height during valve open Load with valve open A EM *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information C Valve Lifter Unit: mm (in) Description Standard D Valve lifter outer diameter 33.977 - 33.987 (1.3377 - 1.3381) Lifter lifter bore inner diameter 34.000 - 34.021 (1.3386 - 1.3394) Clearance between lifter and lifter guide E 0.013 - 0.044 (0.0005 - 0.0017) Valve Guide Unit: mm (in) F G H I PBIC0184E Description Standard Service Valve guide 10.023 - 10.034 (0.3946 - 0.3950) 10.223 - 10.234 (0.4025 - 0.4029) Outer diameter Inner diameter (Finished size) Intake and exhaust valve guide hole diameter Interference fit of valve guide K 6.000 - 6.018 (0.2362 - 0.2369) 9.975 - 9.996 (0.3927 - 0.3935) J 10.175 - 10.196 (0.4006 - 0.4014) L 0.027 - 0.059 (0.0011 - 0.0023) Standard Valve guide clearance Projection length “L” Intake 0.020 - 0.053 (0.0008 - 0.0021) or less Exhaust 0.030 - 0.063 (0.0012 - 0.0025) or less Intake 10.1 - 10.3 (0.398 - 0.406) Exhaust 10.0 - 10.4 (0.394 - 0.409) M N Valve Seat O P Revision: January 2010 EM-215 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Unit: mm (in) PBIC2745E Description Cylinder head seat recess diameter (D) Valve seat interference fit Valve seat outer diameter (d) Diameter "d1" Diameter "d2" Angle α 1 Angle α 2 Angle α 3 Contacting width "W"* Standard Service Intake 36.500 - 36.516 (1.4370 - 1.4376) 37.000 - 37.016 (1.4567 - 1.4573) Exhaust 31.500 - 31.516 (1.2402 - 1.2408) 32.000 - 32.016 (1.2598 - 1.2605) Intake 0.081 - 0.113 (0.0032 - 0.0044) Exhaust 0.084 - 0.116 (0.0033 - 0.0046) Intake 36.597 - 36.613 (1.4408 - 1.4415) 37.097 - 37.113 (1.4605 - 1.4611) Exhaust 31.600 - 31.616 (1.2441 - 1.2447) 32.100 - 32.116 (1.2638 - 1.2644) Intake 33.5 (1.319) Exhaust 28.0 (1.102) Intake 34.8 - 35.3 (1.3701 - 1.3898) Exhaust 29.6 - 30.1 (1.1654 - 1.1850) Intake 60° Exhaust 60° Intake 88° 46' - 90° 14' Exhaust 88° 46' - 90° 14' Intake 120° Exhaust 120° Intake 0.99 - 1.35 (0.0390 - 0.0531) Exhaust 1.19 - 1.55 (0.0469 - 0.0610) *1 Machining data CAMSHAFT AND CAMSHAFT BEARING Unit: mm (in) Standard Camshaft runout [TIR*] Less than 0.04 (0.0016) SEM671 Cam height “A” Revision: January 2010 Intake 44.815 - 45.005 (1.7644 - 1.7718) Exhaust 43.975 - 44.165 (1.7313 - 1.7388) EM-216 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Standard Outer diameter of camshaft journal Inner diameter of camshaft bracket EM No.1 28.000 - 28.021 (1.1024 - 1.1032) No.2, 3, 4, 5 23.500 - 23.521 (0.9252 - 0.9260) C Camshaft journal clearance 0.045 - 0.086 (0.0018 - 0.0034) Camshaft end play 0.115 - 0.188 (0.0045 - 0.0074) Camshaft sprocket runout [TIR*] A No. 1 27.935 - 27.955 (1.0998 - 1.1006) No. 2, 3, 4, 5 23.435 - 23.455 (0.9226 - 0.9234) D Less than 0.15 (0.0059) *: Total indicator reading E CYLINDER BLOCK Unit: mm (in) F G H I PBIC0281E Surface distortion Cylinder bore Limit Inner diameter 0.1 (0.004) Standard Grade No. 2 89.010 - 89.020 (3.5043 - 3.5047) Grade No. 3 89.020 - 89.030 (3.5047 - 3.5051) Wear limit J 0.2 (0.008) Out-of-round (X − Y) Less than 0.015 (0.0006) Taper (C − A) Less than 0.01 (0.0004) K L M N O P Revision: January 2010 EM-217 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Main journal inner diameter grade (Without bearing) Grade No. A Grade No. B Grade No. C Grade No. D Grade No. E Grade No. F Grade No. G Grade No. H Grade No. J Grade No. K Grade No. L Grade No. M Grade No. N Grade No. P Grade No. R Grade No. S Grade No. T Grade No. U Grade No. V Grade No. W Grade No. X Grade No. Y Grade No. 4 Grade No. 7 Difference in inner diameter between cylinders Standard 58.944 - 58.945 (2.3206 - 2.3207) 58.945 - 58.946 (2.3207 - 2.3207) 58.946 - 58.947 (2.3207 - 2.3207) 58.947 - 58.948 (2.3207 - 2.3208) 58.948 - 58.949 (2.3208 - 2.3208) 58.949 - 58.950 (2.3208 - 2.3209) 58.950 - 58.951 (2.3209 - 2.3209) 58.951 - 58.952 (2.3209 - 2.3209) 58.952 - 58.953 (2.3209 - 2.3210) 58.953 - 58.954 (2.3210 - 2.3210) 58.954 - 58.955 (2.3210 - 2.3211) 58.955 - 58.956 (2.3211 - 2.3211) 58.956 - 58.957 (2.3211 - 2.3211) 58.957 - 58.958 (2.3211 - 2.3212) 58.958 - 58.959 (2.3212 - 2.3212) 58.959 - 58.960 (2.3212 - 2.3213) 58.960 - 58.961 (2.3213 - 2.3213) 58.961 - 58.962 (2.3213 - 2.3213) 58.962 - 58.963 (2.3213 - 2.3214) 58.963 - 58.964 (2.3214 - 2.3214) 58.964 - 58.965 (2.3214 - 2.3215) 58.965 - 58.966 (2.3215 - 2.3215) 58.966 - 58.967 (2.3215 - 2.3215) 58.967 - 58.968 (2.3215 - 2.3216) Less than 0.03 (0.0012) PISTON, PISTON RING, AND PISTON PIN Available Piston Unit: mm (in) PBIC0188E Grade* Piston skirt diameter “A” Standard Dimension Grade No. 1 88.980 - 88.990 (3.5031 - 3.5035) Grade No. 2 88.990 - 89.000 (3.5035 - 3.5039) Grade No. 3 89.000 - 89.010 (3.5039 - 3.5043) “H” dimension Piston pin bore diameter Piston clearance to cylinder bore 42 (1.65) Grade No. 0 19.993 - 19.999 (0.7871 - 0.7874) Grade No. 1 19.999 - 20.005 (0.7874 - 0.7876) Standard 0.010 - 0.030 (0.0004 - 0.0012) Limit 0.08 (0.0031) *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information Piston Ring Revision: January 2010 EM-218 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Unit: mm (in) Side clearance End gap Standard Limit Top 0.040 - 0.080 (0.0018 - 0.0031) 0.11 (0.0043) 2nd 0.030 - 0.070 (0.0012 - 0.0028) 0.10 (0.0039) Oil ring 0.045 - 0.125 (0.0018 - 0.0049) — Top 0.21- 0.31 (0.0083 - 0.0122) 0.54 (0.0213) 2nd 0.37 - 0.52 (0.0146 - 0.0205) 0.67 (0.0264) Oil (rail ring) 0.20 - 0.45 (0.0079 - 0.0177) 0.95 (0.0374) A EM C Piston Pin Unit: mm (in) Grade* Piston pin outer diameter Dimension Grade No.0 19.989 - 19.995 (0.7870 - 0.7872) Grade No.1 19.995 - 20.001 (0.7872 - 0.7874) Piston to piston pin clearance (Standard) Piston pin to connecting rod bushing clearance D 0.002 - 0.006 (0.0001 - 0.0002) Standard E F 0.005 - 0.017 (0.0002 - 0.0007) *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information G CONNECTING ROD Unit: mm (in) Grade1 Center distance 143.00 - 143.10 (5.63 - 5.63) Bend [per 100 (3.94)] Limit 0.15 (0.0059) Torsion [per 100 (3.94)] Limit 0.30 (0.0118) Connecting rod small end inner diameter Grade No. 0 20.000 - 20.006 (0.7874 - 0.7876) diameter2 Grade No. 1 20.006 - 20.012 (0.7876 - 0.7879) Connecting rod big end inner diameter Connecting rod bearing housing I 22.000 - 22.012 (0.7874 - 0.7879) Connecting rod small end inner Side clearance H Dimension J 48.000 - 48.013 (1.8898 - 1.8903) Standard K 0.20 - 0.35 (0.0079 - 0.0138) Limit 0.50 (0.0197) L 48.000 - 48.001 (1.8898 - 1.8898) 48.001 - 48.002 (1.8898 - 1.8898) 48.002 - 48.003 (1.8898 - 1.8899) 48.003 - 48.004 (1.8899 - 1.8899) 48.004 - 48.005 (1.8899 - 1.8899) 48.005 - 48.006 (1.8899 - 1.8900) 48.006 - 48.007 (1.8900 - 1.8900) 48.007 - 48.008 (1.8900 - 1.8901) 48.008 - 48.009 (1.8901 - 1.8901) 48.009 - 48.010 (1.8901 - 1.8902) 48.010 - 48.011 (1.8902 - 1.8902) 48.011 - 48.012 (1.8902 - 1.8902) 48.012 - 48.013 (1.8902 - 1.8903) Grade No. 0 Grade No. 1 Grade No. 2 Grade No. 3 Grade No. 4 Grade No. 5 Grade No. 6 Grade No. 7 Grade No. 8 Grade No. 9 Grade No. A Grade No. B Grade No. C M N O 1 : Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information 2 P : After installing in connecting rod CRANKSHAFT Revision: January 2010 EM-219 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Unit: mm (in) SEM715 SEM645 1 Dimension Pin journal dia. “DP” Grade No. A Grade No. B Grade No. C Grade No. D Grade No. E Grade No. F Grade No. G Grade No. H Grade No. J Grade No. K Grade No. L Grade No. M Grade No. N Grade No. P Grade No. R Grade No. S Grade No. T Grade No. U 44.974 - 44.973 (1.7706 - 1.7706) 44.973 - 44.972 (1.7706 - 1.7705) 44.972 - 44.971 (1.7705 - 1.7705) 44.971 - 44.970 (1.7705 - 1.7705) 44.970 - 44.969 (1.7705 - 1.7704) 44.969 - 44.968 (1.7704 - 1.7704) 44.968 - 44.967 (1.7704 - 1.7704) 44.967 - 44.966 (1.7704 - 1.7703) 44.966 - 44.965 (1.7703 - 1.7703) 44.965 - 44.964 (1.7703 - 1.7702) 44.964 - 44.963 (1.7702 - 1.7702) 44.963 - 44.962 (1.7702 - 1.7702) 44.962 - 44.961 (1.7702 - 1.7701) 44.961 - 44.960 (1.7701 - 1.7701) 44.960 - 44.959 (1.7701 - 1.7700) 44.959 - 44.958 (1.7700 - 1.7700) 44.958 - 44.957 (1.7700 - 1.7700) 44.957 - 44.956 (1.7700 - 1.7699) Main journal dia. “Dm” grade Grade No. A Grade No. B Grade No. C Grade No. D Grade No. E Grade No. F Grade No. G Grade No. H Grade No. J Grade No. K Grade No. L Grade No. M Grade No. N Grade No. P Grade No. R Grade No. S Grade No. T Grade No. U Grade No. V Grade No. W Grade No. X Grade No. Y Grade No. 4 Grade No. 7 54.979 - 54.978 (2.1645 - 2.1645) 54.978 - 54.977 (2.1645 - 2.1644) 54.977 - 54.976 (2.1644 - 2.1644) 54.976 - 54.975 (2.1644 - 2.1644) 54.975 - 54.974 (2.1644 - 2.1643) 54.974 - 54.973 (2.1643 - 2.1643) 54.973 - 54.972 (2.1643 - 2.1642) 54.972 - 54.971 (2.1642 - 2.1642) 54.971 - 54.970 (2.1642 - 2.1642) 54.970 - 54.969 (2.1642 - 2.1641) 54.969 - 54.968 (2.1641 - 2.1641) 54.968 - 54.967 (2.1641 - 2.1641) 54.967 - 54.966 (2.1641 - 2.1640) 54.966 - 54.965 (2.1640 - 2.1640) 54.965 - 54.964 (2.1640 - 2.1639) 54.964 - 54.963 (2.1639 - 2.1639) 54.963 - 54.962 (2.1639 - 2.1639) 54.962 - 54.961 (2.1639 - 2.1638) 54.961 - 54.960 (2.1638 - 2.1638) 54.960 - 54.959 (2.1638 - 2.1637) 54.959 - 54.958 (2.1637 - 2.1637) 54.958 - 54.957 (2.1637 - 2.1637) 54.957 - 54.956 (2.1637 - 2.1636) 54.956 - 54.955 (2.1636 - 2.1636) Grade Center distance “r” 49.60 - 50.04 (1.9528 - 1.9701) Out-of-round (X − Y) Standard Less than 0.005 (0.0002) Taper (A − B) Standard Less than 0.005 (0.0002) Runout [TIR2] Limit Revision: January 2010 Less than 0.05 (0.002) EM-220 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Standard Free end play 0.10 - 0.26 (0.0039 - 0.0102) Limit A 0.30 (0.0118) 1 : Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information 2: EM Total indicator reading MAIN BEARING Unit: mm (in) C D E F SEM685D Grade number* Thickness Identification color (UPR / LWR) 0 1.973 - 1.976 (0.0777 - 0.0778) Black 1 1.976 - 1.979 (0.0778 - 0.0779) Brown 2 1.979 - 1.982 (0.0779 - 0.0780) Green 3 1.982 - 1.985 (0.0780 - 0.0781) Yellow 4 1.985 - 1.988 (0.0781 - 0.0783) Blue 5 1.988 - 1.991 (0.0783 - 0.0784) Pink 6 1.991 - 1.994 (0.0784 - 0.0785) Purple 01 12 23 34 45 56 67 UPR 1.973 - 1.976 (0.0777 - 0.0778) LWR 1.976 - 1.979 (0.0778 - 0.0779) UPR 1.976 - 1.979 (0.0778 - 0.0779) LWR 1.979 - 1.982 (0.0779 - 0.0780) UPR 1.979 - 1.982 (0.0779 - 0.0780) LWR 1.982 - 1.985 (0.0780 - 0.0781) UPR 1.982 - 1.985 (0.0780 - 0.0781) LWR 1.985 - 1.988 (0.0781 - 0.0783) UPR 1.985 - 1.988 (0.0781 - 0.0783) LWR 1.988 - 1.991 (0.0783 - 0.0784) UPR 1.988 - 1.991 (0.0783 - 0.0784) LWR 1.991 - 1.994 (0.0784 - 0.0785) UPR 1.991 - 1.994 (0.0784 - 0.0785) LWR 1.994 - 1.997 (0.0785 - 0.0786) Remarks G H Grade and color are the same for upper and lower bearings. I J Black / Brown K Brown / Green L Green / Yellow Yellow / Blue Grade and color are different for upper and lower bearings. M Blue / Pink N Pink / Purple O Purple / White *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information P Undersize Unit: mm (in) Size U.S. 0.25 (0.0098) Thickness Main journal diameter 2.106 - 2.114 (0.0829 - 0.0832) Grind so that bearing clearance is the specified value. Bearing Clearance Revision: January 2010 EM-221 2010 Sentra SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [QR25DE] < SERVICE INFORMATION > Unit: mm (in) Main bearing oil clearance Standard No.1, 3, and 5 0.012 - 0.022 (0.0005 - 0.0009) No.2 and 4 0.018 - 0.028 (0.0007 - 0.0011) Limit 0.1 (0.004) CONNECTING ROD BEARING Grade number* Thickness mm (in) Identification color 0 1.493 - 1.496 (0.0588 - 0.0589) Black 1 1.496 - 1.499 (0.0589 - 0.0590) Brown 2 1.499 - 1.502 (0.0590 - 0.0591) Green 3 1.502 - 1.505 (0.0591 - 0.0593) Yellow 4 1.505 - 1.508 (00.593 - 0.0594) Blue *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information Undersize Unit: mm (in) Size U.S. Thickness Crank pin journal diameter 0.25 (0.0098) 1.622 - 1.630 (0.0639 - 0.0642) Grind so that bearing clearance is the specified value. Bearing Clearance Unit: mm (in) Connecting rod bearing oil clearance Standard 0.035 - 0.045 (0.0014 - 0.0018) Limit 0.10 (0.0039) FLYWHEEL Items Standard Limit Deflection of flywheel contact surface at 210 mm (8.27 in) dia. — 0.45 mm (0.0177 in) or less under no load Axial displacement at 250 mm (9.84 in) dia. — 1.3 mm (0.051 in) or less under 100N (22.48 lb) force 35 mm (1.38 in) or less — Rotation direction movement Revision: January 2010 EM-222 2010 Sentra